MASTER NEGATIVE 


NO. 935-81429-] 





MICROFILMED 1993 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES/NEW YORK 


| as part of the : a 
»Foundations of Western Civilization Preservation Project” Ὁ 


Funded by the 
NATIONAL ENDOWMENT FOR THE HUMANITIES: 


Reproductions may not be made without permission from 
Columbia University Library 





COPYRIGHT STATEMENT 


The copyright law of the United States - Title 17, United 
States Code - concerns the making of photocopies or 
other reproductions of copyrighted material. 


Under certain conditions specified in the law, libraries and 
archives are authorized to furnish a photocopy or other 
reproduction. One of these specified conditions is that the 


photocopy or other reproduction is not to be "used for any 
purpose other than private study, scholarship, or 
research." If a user makes a request for, or later uses, a 
photocopy or reproduction for purposes in excess of "fair 
use,” that user may be liable for copyright infringement. 


This institution reserves the right to refuse to accept a 
- copy order if, in its judgement, fulfillment of the order 
would involve violation of the copyright law. 





AUTHOR: 


-XENOPHON 


‘TITLE: 


THE ANABASIS 
OF XENOPHON 


PLACE: 


CHICAGO, NEW YORK 


| DATE: 


[c1914] 





Master Negative # 


| YA-B143.49-| 


COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES 
PRESERVATION DEPARTMENT 


BIBLIOGRAPHIC MICROFORM TARGET 


Original Material as Filmed - Existing Bibliographic Record 


egg: “- ““ᾳὦἔἐἔἝΨἘ,ο 











Anabasis. 1914, :2 
Xenophon. | 5 
The Anabasis of Xenophon, ed. with introduction and com- 

mentary, by Augustus Taber Murray ... Chicago, New York, 


Scott, Foresman and company ,°1914, 





lii, 335, 130 p. col. front., illus. (plans) plates, maps. 20™. (On cover: 
The Lake classical series) 


| mas 


I. Muray, Augustus Taber, 1866-1940, ed. 
Hit 144228 








Restrictions on Use: 





FILM 51ΖΕ: 9 9-iyym__ 

IMAGE PLACEMENT: JA 1A’) IB IIB | 
DATE FILMED: ST 44 INITIALS__| 
FILMED BY: RESE/ τ FUE NVOODBRI] 


























Γ- 


Association for Information and Image Management 


1100 Wayne Avenue, Suite 1100. 
Silver Spring, Maryland 2091 0 


301/587-8202 

















9 6: 44 i? Te: oe 15 mm 


3 4 5 


fice [125 


Sere 
ΞΘ Ὡς [132 ] 22 


Me as, 
w 36 


τ 
1) = = ie 
ΤᾺ “-------- -- - 
e be 
Coke 


We lhe 1.6. 


MANUFACTURED TO AIIM STANDARDS 
BY APPLIED IMAGE, INC. 











Columbia Gniversity 
in the City of Mew Dork 


THE LIBRARIES 












































THE 


ANABASIS OF XENOPHON 


EDITED WITH INTRODUCTION 
AND COMMENTARY 


BY 


AUGUSTUS TABER MURRAY, PH. D. 


Professor of Greek in the 
Leland Stanford Junior University 


SCOTT, FORESMAN AND COMPANY 
CHICAGO ATLANTA DALLAS NEW YORK 








CoPyRIGHT, 1914 
BY 


SCOTT, FORESMAN AND COMPANY 
413.5 


Printed in the United States of America 


PREFACE 


This edition of the Anabasis was undertaken with no other 
end in view than the production of a book which might prove 
interesting and helpful to the student of Greek in the early 
stages of his study, and a useful manual for the teacher. The 
text given follows Gemoll more closely than any other 
editor, but by no means all of his readings have been accepted. 
In general no real revision of the text has been undertaken. 
A very few excisions have been made, but for the most part 
square brackets have been used to designate words or phrases 
of doubtful authenticity. In passages in which the true read- 
ing is uncertain the needs of those for whom the book is 
intended have naturally led the editor to give a readable text. 

The text of the entire Anabasis (seven books), is given. 
although the commentary covers only the four books com- 
monly read. The interesting narrative of the later books 
is therefore available for sight translation, and the vocabulary 
has been made to cover all seven books, not the first four 


| merely, 


The vocabulary itself is condensed, and is meant to supply 
only what the student of Xenophon needs and can use. This 
is particularly true in the matter of etymologies, where a 
scientifie treatment seems quite beyond the reach of the 
average student of Xenophon, and it is true also in the matter 
of verb forms. 

Military matters occupy much less space in Introduction 
and Commentary than is the case in many editions, although 
enough information is given to enable the student to under- 
stand Xenophon’s narrative; and as regards the grammatical 


| element, which may seem to have been unduly emphasized, 
® the editor has been guided by the desire to meet the needs 


both of those who teach syntax from the grammars, and of 


those who, like himself, prefer to teach it by illustration. 
iii 





ἣν Preface 


Hence references to the standard grammars are given (G for 
Goodwin, H for Hadley-Allen, B for Babbitt), while at the 
same time much syntactical information is included in the 
Commentary itself. Cross-references naturally abound, and 
these have been repeatedly checked off to ensure accuracy. 
References to the text are to chapter and line, unless the 
section mark (§) is given. In the Vocabulary, however, refer- 
ences are uniformly to sections. 

The author has endeavored not to allow the stress laid 
upon grammar to prevent the student from feeling the charm 
of the story, or from becoming interested in Xenophon as 
writer and as man 

A. T. Murray. 

Chappaqua, New York. 

October, 1913. 





) Intropuction— 


I. Xenophon, His Life, Character, and Writings 
IT. Persia to the Time of Cyrus the Younger 
III. Cyrus and His Expedition 


IV. Miscellaneous 




















ΡΖ YDIMUeBIE Fz WOd} 1583 epnyisguor τ 


"ig Bole 
ov og ο 











ΞΞἼΙΝ HSIIONS 
oor οοξ 


vidvis 

















siseqvuy S,uoqdousx 10g 


TOUS 


jo dey 


ATV HM 


172 
&s f "ay winiung 


AIT 


ijodores τ 



































Pome 

















Psouacs 








‘Id ens Ψ 


WAS weyiy-— " ὯΝ ἢ - *: Pl 
NO1VH ΠΣ δ ἃ 19 
oss LT eyovsg ary 








0? 


SOHL3YUVd2 


Pe aati nena 


wo 














eee 
“ene 2s 


pe. 


πὲ 


eee, 
te 


44, Vt, 
= 





uojnjogy oR if Ἧι, ἈΕῚ 


ν, % ν S: : 
ny ' Sit 3 ‘ nny 
E wally Ay ‘ Ξ ὁ Ἶ Wy 


* Me 

: - “" = 

“tu Πὰς Ὁ Ὶ |: ws 2% +4 % — 
net P Sit - bis A 

% <7 ’ 2 γ᾽ Ξ te $ 


= a 
5 





: ae , a 9708 


We 
Wine” Me 


oe a 7 









































INTRODUCTION 
I 


XENOPHON, HIS LIFE, CHARACTER, AND WRITINGS 


1. Date or XENOPHON’s BirtH.—Xenophon, the author of 
the Anabasis, was an Athenian, the son of Gryllus and 
Diodéra. His birthplace was the deme Erchia, on the eastern 
slopes of the Hymettus range, some twelve miles from Athens. 
As to the date of his birth there has been much dispute, but 
it seems most probable that he was born about 431 B. c., 
the year in which the Peloponnesian war broke out. Cer- 
tainly he makes it clear that at the time of Cyrus’ expedition 
he was a young man, possibly, though hardly probably, under 
thirty (see Anabasis III, 1, δὲ 14 and 25; III, 2, § 37.) 
The older view, accepting as authentic the story told in 
Diog. Lert. II, 22 (ef. Strabo p. 403), to the effect that 
Socrates bore the wounded Xenophon from the field of Delium 
(B. c. 424), places his birth about Β. c. 444 This story is 
however all but certainly an echo of that told by Alcibiades 
in Plato’s Symposium (220 de; Plut. Alc. 7) of his being 
saved by Socrates at Potidaea (B. σ. 432), and lacks all 
credibility. 

2. BoyHoop AND TRAINING.—Of Xenophon’s boyhood and 
youth no record has come down to us, but certain things may 
safely be assumed. His fondness for out-of-door Sports is 
attested by the fact that among his writings are tracts on 
horsemanship and on hunting, and this fondness dates pre- 
sumably from his boyhood. He must also be assumed to have 
had the training in music, letters, and gymnastics, which a 
well-to-do Athenian, such as Gryllus undoubtedly was, would 
naturally give his son; and it must be remembered not only 
that the Athens of Xenophon’s boyhood days was the mistress 
of an empire, and a city of wealth and power, but that the 

vil 





Vili Introduction 





crowning manifestations of the Attic spirit in Art and Lit- 
erature would be among the most potent formative influences 
surrounding his early years. Moreover it was a time when 
his country was at war, and by the time Xenophon had 
reached his eighteenth year the Spartans had occupied 
Deceléa, in Attic territory, and Xenophon must have been 
among those who served in arms against the invaders. To 
these facts we must add that Xenophon was a man of deeply 
religious nature, and we note further that service in arms 
and in the popular assembly must have done much to develop 
in him that versatility which enabled him later on to deal so 
ably with the most baffling and disheartening situations. 

3. FRIENDSHIP WITH SocraTEes.—As a boy, or at least as a 
very young man, Xenophon became a pupil of Socrates, and 
was profoundly influenced by the unique personality of the 
great teacher. Diogenes Laertius tells a pretty story of the 
boy’s first meeting with the philosopher. Socrates, he says, 
met Xenophon, a comely and modest boy, in a narrow way, 
and, holding his staff so as to block the boy’s passage, asked 
him where provisions could be bought. On the boy’s answer- 
ing the question, he asked again: ‘‘And where are men made 
noble and good (καλοὶ κἀγαθοί) 1᾽ To this Xenophon could 
give no answer; and Socrates continued, ‘‘Follow me, then, 
and learn.’’ 

Whether this story be truth or fiction, it is certain that 
Xenophon was for years a follower of Socrates, and con- 
ceived for the homely and unpopular philosopher a deep 
and abiding affection, to which his Memorabilia bears 
abundant witness. 

4. JoINS THE EXPEDITION or Cyrus.—In the Anabasis III, 
1, Xenophon tells us how he came to join the expedition of 
Cyrus, which the Anabasis has made famous. In the spring 
of 401, having seen the downfall of Athens after a protracted 
struggle, marked not only by disasters to her arms, but by 
greed and party-strife within her walls, Xenophon was in- 
vited by a friend, Proxenus of Boeotia, to join an expedition 
under the young Persian prince, Cyrus. Various motives 





Introduction sx 





may have prompted him to accept the invitation, love of 
adventure, ambition (for the wealth and munificence of 
Cyrus were well known), and, it may be, a feeling of dis- 
content with conditions at Athens. He tells us, however 
that he asked the advice of Socrates, who bade ἫΝ ἀδοδαῖᾳ 
the oracle at Delphi. This Xenophon did, but, having already 
decided to go, merely asked the oracle to what gods he should 
Sacrifice, in order to ensure success in his project. Having 
followed the oracle’s instructions in this regard, he set sail, 
and joined Proxenus in Sardis. The latter introduced him to 
Cyrus, and Xenophon joined the expedition unofficially, as 
it were, and without rank in the army. 

9. PROMINENCE DurRING THE RETREAT.—We hear practically 
nothing of him during the upward march from Sardis to 
Babylonia, but after the treacherous seizure of the Greek 
generals, when the plight of the army seemed desperate, 
Xenophon comes to the front with remarkable courage wis. 
dom, and military skill, and becomes the real leader of the 
retreat. This remains true even if we accept the view that 
he has so shaped the narrative as to bring himself into undue 
prominence and to thrust others into the background (see 
below, $13). With all allowances, we must still recognize 
his courage, his resourcefulness, and his devotion to the 
common good. 

6. FRIENDSHIP WITH AGESILAUS.—Xenophon’s story of the 
Ten Thousand closes with his handing over the remnant of 
the army to the Spartan general Thibron in Asia Minor in 
the spring of 399, and we have no sure knowledge of his own 
movements during the years immediately following. He may 
have remained in Asia and taken part in Thibron’s campaign 
against Tissaphernes, or he may have revisited Greece: but 
three years later we find him in the service of Agesilaus ‘ine 
of Sparta, who was continuing the war against Persik. Be- 
tween Agesilaus and Xenophon a strong friendship grew up 
and a laudatory sketch of the king appears among Xenophon 's 
writings. 

When Agesilaus returned through Thrace and Macedonia, 





i Introduction 





Xenophon accompanied him, and ai cela daly ot Sets 
sent at the battle of Coronéa in ; a 
τον fought against his econ, hae sega 
on the side of the Thebans against the Sparta ae θὰ 
itively stated; but in any case the bonds conn A 
ce hace were by this time weak, if they had not a ἐν y 
a d. He had left Athens seven years before, seeking, 
oe ‘eave from a situation, which may well co 
το tatnto and hopeless; he had lived = esr ᾿ 
Asiatic and Peloponnesian Greeks he pe ma sa Bi 
tant campaign which had conclusively shown EES 
f Persia, the ancestral foe of Hellas, and he a tena 
b fired with a vision of a larger patriotism whic εἰ 
she Hellenic ideals, and looked forward to the conqu : : 
= hae by Greek armies; in which case Sparta would be 
me sare ca , rrRoM ATHENS.—Be all this . Ba =! 
Xenophon at some time (between 400 and ties ris ae 
e was banished from Athens, whether be ee 
acti ation in the expedition of Cyrus (we reca ρα ημριὸν 
τὰ sven him by Socrates, Anabasis III, 1, Jaq thse Ἢ 
his dane association with Sparta; or bP agape ἊΝ Ὧ 
resence in the enemy’s lines at Coronéa. Sp = pesgere 
: ‘ated man a welcome, and at Sparta he dwe Ha 
nies his wife, Philesia, whom he had wedded whi ᾿ 
res pe his two sn, These sons, therefore, grew up under 
aru sone seis few years later Si 
resented by the Spartans with an estate at Es 
Ol a ia. and there he lived for years, busied with is αὶ ΤῊ 
4 “ith the out-of-door exercises, the love of yes ἐν εἰ 
‘eft him. Of his life at Scillus he gives us a gump 
gaggle ly ae some sixteen or cand 
iain years of this quiet life, the defeat of the gpa a 
Leuctra (371) led to the recovery by the ΞΡ ῸΝ pos Sa 
taken from them by the Spartans, and Xenophon 





Introduction xi 





out of Scillus. He appears then to have removed to Corinth, 
and to have made this city his home until his death, although 
the decree of banishment against him was revoked at Athens. 
Just when this action was taken we cannot say, but one of 


his sons was killed while fighting on the Athenian side at the 
battle of Mantinéa (362). 


10. DeatH.—The date of Xeno 


phon’s death cannot be given 
with certainty, 


but he lived to a great age, if we may trust 
tradition, and in any ease his death must be put later than 
359 (357 3), the date of the assassination of Alexander of 
Pherae, to which event he refers in Hellenica, VI, 4, ὃ 35ff. 
11, Personan TRAITS.—Xenophon’s works, 
fessedly autobiographical, are full of passages 
flood of light upon his own character. 
be noted here in brief. He was at once s 
sophical theorist and a man of action ; or 
the truth to say that he became through ὁ 


of action. Yet even so his native ca 
reveal themselves. 


while not pro- 
which throw a 
Certain points may 
omething of a philo- 
perhaps it is nearer 
ircumstances a man 


pacity and alertness 
In the face of the most disheartening cir- 


cumstances he never loses hope, and however baffling the prob- 
lems before him his resourcefulness is boundless. 


less of tradition and of theory in the varying si 
the retreat, but is quick to see what the situatio 
and to act accordingly. Hence his military geni 


rated high, and the Anabasis abounds in illustra 
tactical skill.* 


He is eare- 
tuations of 
ἢ cails for, 
us has been 
tions of his 


Again he was ambitious and eager to win a name for him- 
self. To this motive more than to any 


haps ascribe his action in joining the e 
and in the later books of the Anabasis 
in which this side of his nature is, pe 
revealed; see the passages bearing upo 
of founding a colony (e. g. V, 6, §§1 


other we may per- 
xpedition of Cyrus. 
many passages occur 
rhaps unconsciously, 
n his cherished idea 
off.), that expressing 





xii Introduction 





his satisfaction when the supreme command was offered him 
(VI, 1, § 20), and others. 

Furthermore, although he spent years in active campaign- 
ing and must have been brought into contact with all the 
barbarities of warfare, his own instincts are genuinely humane 
and philanthropic. His kindly treatment of the village chief 
(IV, 5, §§ 28ff.) was based rather on humanity than on policy 
merely, and this same trait of his nature is revealed by his 
comment on the scene following upon the capture of the 
Taochian stronghold, ἐνταῦθα δὴ δεινὸν ἦν θέαμα (IV, 7, §12). 

Perhaps the most striking character of Xenophon was, 
however, his simple, childlike trust in the gods. This is con- 
stantly brought out in his narrative. He consults the oracle 
before he sets out, when invited by Proxenus to join Cyrus 
(III, 1, 88 5ff.) ; he recalls the omen of the eagle which ap- 
peared to him when he left Ephesus on his way to Sardis 
(VI, 1, § 23); it was through a dream, sent, as he devoutly 
believed, by the gods, that he was led to action on the mem- 
orable night following the seizure of the generals (III, 1, 
88 11ff.) ; it was a dream again that pointed the way to a 
successful solution of their problems when the Centrites 
blocked their passage (IV, 3, ὃ 8); and when the supreme 
command was offered to Xenophon, tempting as the offer was, 
he declined it because religious grounds deterred him from 
accepting (VI, 1, §§ 19ff.). It was doubtless from his reliance 
upon the gods and from his long experience in campaigning 
that he derived the stoic fortitude illustrated in a story told 
by Diogenes Laertius. According to this, Xenophon was 
engaged in offering sacrifice when the news of his son’s death 
at Mantinéa (see §9) was brought to him. On hearing the 
words, ‘‘Your son has fallen,’’ he is said to have removed 
the chaplet from his brow, but when the messenger added, 

‘‘Nobly,’’ he replaced it, merely uttering the words, ‘‘I knew 
that my son was mortal.”’ 

In connection with these traits of character it is interesting 
to note the moral tone of the narrative. Reference need be 
made only to the stress laid upon the solemnity of the com- 











Introduction xiii 





pact with Arigeus, which so strikingly enhances our sense of 
moral indignation at the Persian’s subsequent treachery (I 
2, 8§ 8f.), and to Cleainor’s vehement arraignment of both 
Ariaeus and Tissaphernes as godless breakers of faith (II, 5 
§ 39), a passage with which one inevitably contrasts the oraine 
meted out to Cyrus in this regard (I, 9, §7). 
Lack of patriotism toward his native state is often made 
a reproach to Xenophon, who is sometimes spoken of as littl 
better than an out-and-out traitor; but a larger view sees in 
this an evidence that what we may call pan-Hellenie atriot 
ism, which in the case of Xenophon was a natural ταὶ ἐρέθην 
from the circumstances of his life, became a tLe thin 
than devotion to a single state, even though that state aN 
Athens (cf. §6). In this, as in his vision of a Hellenic sey 
ye τὰ Asia, he is the precursor of Alexander and his ae 
me dy enophon’s honesty as an historian something is said 
12. XENOPHON AS A MAN or LETTERS.—Xenophon was a 
productive writer, and the versatility of his genius is evi 
denced by the variety of subjects treated in his works πω 
ing the quiet of the years spent at Scillus (§8) we a well 
believe that his time was largely spent in writing ae list 
of his works, compiled in antiquity, numbers forty books 
With this our extant collection, if regard be had to its patie! 
subdjvisions, fairly well coincides, so that apparently all of 
the works ascribed to Xenophon have come down to us 


The list includes the following works : 


1, «Ἑλληνικά : a continuation of the history of Thucydides in 
seven books. 


2. Κύρου ᾿ανάβασις : the present work; see the next section 

8. Κύρου παιδεία: a work in eight books, professedly τὸ 
account of the training and career of Cyrus the Great 
the founder of the Persian Empire, but really not i 
much a history as an historical romance, giving a sketch 


of an ideal ruler and of the writer’s own political 
views. 





χὶν Introduction 





4. ᾿Αγεσίλαος : a eulogistic sketch of the Spartan king, under 
whom Xenophon served in Asia Minor, and with whom 
he contracted a warm friendship. 

. ᾿Απομνημονεύματα Σωκράτους : a collection in four books of 
the sayings of Socrates and of anecdotes regarding 
him, constituting a defence of the writer’s beloved 
master and of his teachings regarded from their prac- 
tical, rather than from their philosophical side. 

. ᾿Απολογία Σωκράτους πρὸς τοὺς δικαστάς : a treatise, similar in 
scope to Plato’s Apology, but of very dubious authen- 
ticity. 

_ Συμπόσιον : a description of a symposium (drinking-party), 
with its accompaniment of music, dance, and philo- 
sophic discussion. 

. Οἰκονομικός : a Socratic dialogue, giving the author’s views 
on the proper management of the household and farm. 

. Ἱέρων ἢ τυραννικός : a tract, contrasting the life of the tyrant 


with that of the private citizen. 
. Aaxedaipovioy πολιτεία : an essay on the Spartan constitu- 


tion, possibly spurious. a 
᾿Αθηναίων πολιτεία : an essay on the Athenian constitution, 


certainly not by Xenophon. 
Πόροι ἢ περὶ προσόδων : a tract on the Athenian revenues. 
Κυνηγετικός : an interesting treatise on hunting and on the 
rearing of hunting dogs. 
Περὶ ἱππικῆς : a tract on the choosing and the care of horses. 


15, Ἱππαρχικός : a tract on the duties of a cavalry commander. 


13. Tue Anabasis, Irs PuBLICcATION AND ITs CREDIBILITY. 
The Anabasis is full of a high interest, not only because of 
the stirring and important events which it describes, and of 
the author’s skill as a narrator, but also because of the fact 
that the prominent part played by Xenophon in these events 
gives to the book the added charm of a personal narrative. 

The title of the book, strictly speaking, fits only the first 


seven chapters of the first book, in which Cyrus’ preparation 


for his upward march (ἀνάβασις) and the march itself are 








Introduction xy 





described. The bulk of the work is devoted to the narrative 
of the wonderful achievement of the Greek army in extricating 
itself from the perils menacing it after the death of Cyrus, 
and in particular after the seizure of its leaders. In this 
Xenophon played an important part, and the view has been 
held that the Anabasis was written by him for the purpose of 
glorifying himself, and that he distorts the true story of the 
events described in order to make himself more prominent. 
(See e.g. Gomperz, Greek Thinkers, ΤΙ, 120ff., English Trans- 
lation). ! 

The fact that the Anabasis was published anonymously or 
under a pseudonym has been thought to lend support to this 
view, as though Xenophon felt that the portrait he draws of 
himself would be discredited if it were known to come from 
his own hand. 

It is certainly true that in Hellenica III, 1, 2, Xenophon 
refers to the story of Cyrus’ expedition as having been writ- 
ten by Themistogenes of Syracuse. Now of an historian of 
that name nothing whatever is known, and it is generally 
believed that Xenophon is here referring to his own work. 
Further, an Anabasis by Sophaenetus of Stymphilus, one of 
Cyrus’ Greek generals, often mentioned in the Anabasis, is 
four times cited by the geographer Stephanus of Byzantium, 
and it has been thought that Xenophon may have written his 
own work in order to represent himself in a more flattering 
light than Sophenetus had done. Again, the historians Eph- 
orus and Ctesias, from whom Diodérus draws his account of 
the events narrated in the Anabasis, seem to have made little 
of Xenophon. Lastly, Xenophon besides using the third per- 
son throughout his work, speaks now and then as though his 
information had come to him at second hand (see e. g. 1. 8 
§ 18; II, 1, ὃ 14, with the note; and V, 4, ὃ 34), which cannot 
have been the case if he were really as prominent in the 
retreat as he makes himself out to have been. 

These are matters in which unity of opinion is hardly to 
be looked for. It should be said, however, that, if they pre- 
dispose one to take an unfavorable view of Xenophon, it is 





xvi Introduction 





none the less true that his work does not lack counter evi- 
dences of fairness of mind even when the matters reported 
do not tend to represent him in a particularly favorable light. 
For example, he attributes to himself the suggestion that the 
hollow square should be adopted as the formation in beginning 
the retreat (ITI, 2, § 36) ; yet he frankly states that they found 
the formation a bad one, which had to be altered (III, 4, 
§ 19). It is noteworthy, too, that the ingenious plan for 
meeting the difficulties due to this formation is attributed to 
“the generals,’’ not to Xenophon himself (III, 4, ὃ 21). So, 
too, he tells us frankly that his inability properly to deal 
with the problems of guarding the rear called down upon 
him the censure of Chirisophus and the older generals (III, 
3, § 11). The whole portrayal of the relations between 
Chirisophus and Xenophon seems marked by a spirit of fair- 
mindedness. The writer takes pains to mention their friendly 
cooperation (IV, 2, § 26), his own deference to Chirisophus, 
as a Lacedaemonian (III, 2, § 37), their playful banter (IV, 
6, §§ 14ff.), their single misunderstanding (IV, 6, ὃ 3). It 
is of interest, too, to note that the writer is at pains to 
account for Chirisophus’ absence at the time of the seizure 
of the generals (II, 5, § 37), and that in III, 3, § 27, it is 
Chirisophus who takes Clearchus’ place as virtual commander 
in chief, and speaks for the whole body in the colloquy with 
Mithradates. We may also refer to the words of praise meted 
out to subordinates, to the group of brave Arcadian captains 
whose rivalry in valor adds so much to the interest of the 
account of the assault on the Taochian fort (IV, 7, §§ 8ff.; 
see especially § 12) ; to Episthenes, who with his peltasts bore 
the brunt of Tissaphernes’ charge (I, 10, § 7); and to the 
scout Democrates (IV, 4, § 15). Contrast, too, the comment 
upon Polycrates’ faithfulness in the matter of procuring ships 
with the judgment passed upon the renegade Dexippus (V, 1, 
§ 15f.). Again it is plain that Xenophon’s sympathies were 
wholly with Clearchus in his rivalry with Menon; but at the 
same time he tells us that Clearchus, too, wished to win for 
himself the supreme command, and to brush aside all rivals 








Introduction XVii 





(II, 5, § 29), and despite appearances he abstains from 
accusing Menon of treachery (II, 6, § 28). 

We may surely see frankness again in the writer’s state- 
ments regarding his own ambitions, his desire to found a col- 
ony, and his gratification when the supreme command was 
offered to him; and his bearing in the vexatious situations 
brought about by the greed, jealousy, and bad faith of those 
with whom he was brought into contact must provoke our 
admiration. His defence, when with the other generals he 
was put on trial (V, 8, §§ 1ff.), and his speech before the 
Spartan ambassadors, when the disaffected were clamoring 
for his death (VII, 6, §§ 11ff.), deserve careful reading. 
Certain is it that there is nowhere the slightest evidence that 
he ever sought to use his position for private advantage at 
the expense of the interests of the whole army. After all the 
opportunities for gain-getting which fortune had put in his 
way, he tells us that he was compelled to sell his horse on 
reaching Lampsacus in order to secure funds for his journey. 
This of itself goes far to justify the estimate put upon Xen- 
ophon by Seuthes, τὰ μὲν ἄλλα od κακός, φιλοστρατιώτης δέ. 

For some remarks upon the style of the Anabasis see § 39. 


IT 


PERSIA TO THE TIME OF CYRUS THE YOUNGER 


14. THE Persian Empire; Cyrus THE Great.—The Persian 
Empire was founded in the sixth century B. c. by Cyrus the 
Great (died 529 8. c.). From earliest times the fertile 
region watered by the Tigris and the Euphrates has been the 
seat of great empires, Chaldaeans, Assyrians, Babylonians, 
Medes, and Persians succeeding one another. At the time of 
the accession of Cyrus to the throne the Persians were sub- 
ject to the Medes, while in the west lay the great kingdom of 


_ Lydia, and to the south that of Babylon. Under Cyrus the 


Persians, a tribe of hardy mountaineers, were freed from 





XViil Introduction 





Median control, and began an irresistible series of conquests. 
The Lydian monarchy was overthrown and its capital, Sardis, 
taken in 546. By this the domain of Persia was extended to 
the coasts of Asia Minor, and the Greek cities dotting these 
eoasts fell under its sway. In 538 Babylon was overthrown. 
Thus the empire founded by the great monarch extended over 
virtually all the region from the ASgean to the Indus and 
from the Caspian Sea to the Persian Gulf. Within this vast 
area there were naturally many peoples whose subjugation 
was incomplete. Even in Xenophon’s day the Cilicians were 
governed by their own rulers (Anabasis, I, 2, §12), and the 
Pisidians (I, 1, ὃ 11; I, 2, ὃ 1; I, 5, § 18; III, 2, § 23), the 
Mysians (II, 5, ὃ 13; III, 2, ὃ 23), and the Lycaonians (III, 
2, ὃ 23) were at least rebellious, while the Cardtichi were 
practically independent. 

Of Cyrus the Great, Xenophon has given a sketch, idealized 
and lacking in historie accuracy, in the Cyropaedia. 

15. CamBYsEs.—Cyrus was succeeded by his son, Cambyses 
(529-522), who extended his father’s conquests by campaigns 
against Phoenicia, Egypt, and Libya. By the conquest of 
Phoenicia Persia became a maritime, as well as an inland 
power. Cambyses, on departing for Egypt, had murdered 
his younger brother, Bardiya (Bardes), or Smerdis, as the 
Greeks called him. Cambyses was of a jealous temperament, 
and was subject to fits of ungovernable passion. He was 
therefore both hated and feared by his subjects, while Bardiya 
was beloved. While Cambyses was absent on his campaign 
against Egypt, a Magian proclaimed himself Bardiya, whom 
he happened to resemble in appearance, and seized the throne. 
On hearing of this Cambyses, it appears, took his own life, 
although traditions differ. The false Bardiya, on his part, 
after a rule of only seven months, was assassinated by a band 
of conspirators led by Darius, son of Hystaspes, a Persian 
noble of a younger branch of the royal house (Achaemenidae), 
who thereupon became king. 

16. Darius THE Great.—Darius (521-485) during the first 
six years of his reign had to contend against opposition from 





Introduction xix 





those who denied his right to rule, and to face rebellion in 
many parts of the empire, but by his energy, courage, and 
resourcefulness he finally triumphed over all his foes and 
established himself securely on the throne. He also extended 
the bounds of the empire by further conquests, and set him- 
self to the colossal task of organizing and unifying his vast 
domain, which, it is estimated, included possibly as many as 
eighty millions of inhabitants, differing widely from one an- 
other in civilization, in government, in language, and in all the 
habits of life. 

17. ORGANIZATION OF THE EmprireE.—Darius divided the 
empire into twenty-three satrapies, or provinces, each gov- 
erned by a viceroy (satrap) appointed by the king and sub- 
ject to removal at his will. Save for this fact the satraps 
were largely independent. They maintained their own courts, 
with palaces and game preserves (παράδεισοι), and lived in 
regal state. They had supreme authority in all civil matters, 
levied and collected taxes, and controlled the local military 
forces, though the imperial troops and garrisons were under 
command of officers appointed by the king and responsible to 
him. Even these, however, were dependent upon the satrap 
for pay for their troops; but they formed a substantial check 
upon the satraps, and kept them from assuming real as well 
as virtual independence. So did likewise the royal secretary 
sent down to each province. This officer was the king’s agent, 
and served as an independent channel through which the 
king could inform himself of what was going on. Moreover, 
inspectors (I, 1, §5) were from time to time sent out by the 
king to the different provinces. Despite these checks upon 
their power, however, the satraps had by the time of Xen- 
ophon become practically independent sovereigns, and the 
king cared little about their doings, provided the tribute was 
regularly sent to him (I, 1, § 8). It was in this matter of 
collecting tribute that the system organized by Darius proved 
most successful. The tribute was paid in kind (IV, 5, § 24), 
and was levied upon all the subjects of the empire except the 
Persians. The total revenue must have been enormous. 





χε Introduction 





Another means of solidifying the empire was the main- 
tenance of royal roads connecting the provinces with the cap- 
ital, and the establishment along these of stations where 
couriers with relays of horses were posted. By this means 
it was possible to despatch messengers to or from the capital 
with surprising speed. These roads must not be assumed to 
have been anything like the great military roads of the Ro- 
mans, yet by facilitating rapid communication they did much 
to unify the empire. The most famous of these roads, follow- 
ing probably an old trade route, ran from Nineveh to Susa 
and thence westward to Ephesus. On his upward march 
Cyrus availed himself of this royal road for a part of the 
distance. 

Lastly it should be stated that Darius sought to introduce 
a uniform system of gold and silver coinage, although from 
the nature of the case this attempt could not be wholly suc- 
cessful. The standard gold coin was, or came to be, called 
by the king’s name, the daric (I, 1, ὃ 9). 

18. GREECE AND PErsIA.—A glance at the map shows how 
closely connected Greece and Asia Minor are, and how from 
the earliest times the intervening islands must have tended 
to promote intercourse. It was therefore but natural that, as 
successive migrations from the north into the Greek peninsula 
forced the already existing population to seek new homes, 
homes should be found first of all on the islands and on the 
neighboring coasts of Asia Minor. Thus the coasts of Asia 
Minor became studded with Greek cities, some of which, like 
Ephesus and Milétus, became rich and powerful. These cities 
during the seventh and sixth centuries before Christ were 
marked by a far more highly developed culture and civiliza- 
tion than were the cities of European Greece. These Ionian 
cities (for having been colonized by Ionians the district was 
called Ionia) fell under the sway of Lydia in the days of 
Lydian greatness, and when the empire of Croesus fell before 
the advance of Persia (ὃ 14) they, too, became subject to 


Persia. 
19. THe Ionic Revout.—In 499 Bs. c. the Ionian cities 











Introduction xxi 





under the leadership of Aristagoras of Milétus expelled the 
tyrants whom the power of Persia had imposed upon them, 
and resolved to free themselves from Persian rule. Arista- 
goras went to Greece to seek help. He failed utterly at 
Sparta, but Athens and the little town of Eretria on the 
island of Euboea sent ships and men. Thanks to this assist- 
ance the Ionians were able to capture and burn Sardis, the 
capital of Lydia; but their success was short-lived. The 
Greeks were not united, nor was their leader a man of spirit. 
Milétus fell after a siege, and the revolt was crushed. 

20. THE PERSIAN ΕἸΧΡΕΡΙΤΙΟΝΒ AGAINST GreEce.—After the 
suppression of the revolt and the reorganization of Ionia, 
Darius in 492 sent forth an army and a fleet with the double 
purpose of re-establishing Persian supremacy in Thrace and 
Macedonia, and of proceeding against Greece in order to pun- 
ish the states which had dared to take part in the war against 
the Great King. The first project was successfully carried 
out, though with heavy losses, but the fleet was wrecked in 
attempting to round the promontory of Athos, and the 
expedition against Greece was given up. 

Darius, however, was not minded to allow Athens and 
Eretria to escape. In the picturesque story of Herodotus we 
are told that he commanded one of his slaves to say daily 
as dinner was served before him, ‘‘Master, remember the 
Athenians.’’ Hence, two years later the second expedition 
was despatched. Eretria fell, but Athens was saved by the 
genius of Miltiades and the valor of her citizens and those 
of Plataea in the memorable battle of Marathon (490). 
Nothing daunted, Darius began preparations for a third 
expedition, but died before they were completed. 

He was succeeded by his son Xerxes (485-465), who after 
a delay caused by the necessity of subjugating Egypt, which 
had revolted, led a vast host by land and sea against Greece. 
After he had triumphantly passed through Thrace, Mace- 
donia, and Thessaly, and, aided by treachery, had forced the 
pass at Thermopylae, his fleet was crushed in the battle of 
Salamis (480), and the next year his army was defeated at 





ΧΧῚΪ Introduction 





Plataea. Thus ended Persian attempts to subjugate European 
Greece, and Europe was not again to be menaced by an 
Oriental invasion for a full thousand years. 

21. THe DeEcLINE or PersiA.—After this check put upon 
its career of conquest Persia rapidly declined. The very 
vastness of its power and wealth gave rise to luxury and 
decay. The court was maintained with great magnificence, 
but owing to the fact that it was made up of jealous and 
self-seeking men and women—slaves, eunuchs, and concubines, 
with hosts of greedy hangers-on—intrigue and_ strife 
abounded, and led only too often to the darkest crimes. 
Xerxes was murdered in 465 and was succeeded by his son, 
Artaxerxes I (Longimanus), who reigned until 425. He was 
followed by his son, Xerxes II., who after a reign of less than 
two months was murdered by his half-brother, Sogdianus, 
who in his turn suffered a like fate at the hands of his brother, 
Darius, who seized the throne for himself. 

22. Dartus I1.—Darius II, called Nothus (bastard), since 
he was the son of one of the royal concubines, was the father 
of Cyrus and Artaxerxes, with whose quarrel we have to do in 
the Anabasis. He married his half-sister (some authorities 
say his aunt), Parysatis, a woman of a strong and unscru- 
pulous nature, whose infiuence at court became paramount. 
The reign of Darius was marked by a series of insurrections 
and disorders in various parts of the empire, notably by the 
revolt of Egypt, which threw off Persian rule and maintained 
its independence, and by renewed activity on the part of the 
satraps of the western provinces in dealing with the Greek 
states (§ 26). These satraps were able and energetic men, 
Pharnabazus, who governed the northern provinces, and Tis- 
saphernes, who was satrap of Caria on the south, though his 
dominion embraced Lydia as well. To these must be added 
Cyrus (§ 24), who was to become a dominant figure. 

23. TISSAPHERNES.—Tissaphernes, as the story of the Ana- 
basis makes all too clear, was a wily, unscrupulous Oriental. 
Instructed by the king to seek to regain control over the 
Greek cities, which had enjoyed virtual independence since 








Introduction Xxili 





the failure of the Persian expeditions against Greece, he 
endeavored to carry out this purpose by aiding now Athens 
and now Sparta in their war against each other. By this 
means he hoped to weaken both, and thus secure for Persia 
a free hand. This policy was shrewdly planned, but was 
after a time interrupted by the energetic action of Cyrus, 
whose support of the cause of Sparta did much to secure her 
triumph, and to make the downfall of Athens inevitable. 


ITT 


CYRUS AND HIS EXPEDITION 


24. Cyrus THE YouNGER.—Cyrus, called the Younger to 
distinguish him from Cyrus the Great, was appointed by his 
father, Darius, in 407, satrap of Lydia, Phrygia (the greater), 
and Cappadocia, and commander in chief (xdpavos) of one- 
fourth of the royal army,—of the troops, 1.e., whose mustering- 


place was the plain of Castdlus in western Asia (see Xeno- 
phon, Hellenica, I, 4, 3, and Anabasis I, 1, 82). Cyrus was 
at this time a youth of seventeen, but he was ambitious and 
possessed of marked ability. The powers given to him were 
vast, and he was set over many older and more experienced 
men. Even Tissaphernes was reduced to a subordinate posi- 
tion, though he retained the satrapy of Caria and the con- 
trol of the Greek cities on the coast, which were still under 
the power of Persia. Deeply incensed at being supplanted 
by a mere boy, Tissaphernes became the bitter enemy of 
Cyrus, and when the latter was summoned to Babylon on the 
occasion of his father’s last illness (404) he found it wise to 
take Tissaphernes with him, ostensibly as his friend 9 ae I 
§ 2), but we may well believe that the real ground was that 
he did not dare leave so dangerous a foe behind him. 

Cyrus was the younger son (the family was large, but we 
are concerned merely with the two brothers, Cyrus and Arta- 
xerxes), but was not without grounds for hoping that he 





XXiv Introduction 





would be designated his father’s successor. Artaxerxes had 
been born before Darius became king, and Cyrus was the 
eldest son ‘‘born in the purple.’’ Moreover, he could count 
upon the support of the all-powerful queen mother, Parysatis. 
So strong was Cyrus’ belief that he would succeed his father 
that he had already assumed the attitude of royalty, and had 
even, we are told, put to death two of his own first cousins, 
who had dared to come before him without assuming the 
posture which etiquette prescribed for those coming into the 
presence of the king. 

20. ARTAXERXES ΠῚ (MNEMon).—Cyrus came up to Baby- 
lon at his father’s summons attended by a strong body-guard 
of Greek troops, but despite the support of Parysatis he failed 
in his ambitious purpose. Artaxerxes was named by Darius 
as his successor. Enraged at this disappointment it may well 
be true, as was believed in antiquity, that Cyrus sought to 
murder his brother at the time of his coronation. Some 
declared that a priest charged Cyrus with intending to hide 
himself in the temple at Pasargadae and murder the king 
when he came thither, as custom demanded, to put on the 
robe of Cyrus the Great; and others went so far as to say 
that Cyrus was actually found lurking in the temple (so 
Plutarch, who gives both versions). Others, as Xenophon, 
regard these charges as malicious slanders uttered by 
Tissaphernes, who sought thus to avenge himself on his rival. 
In any case, Cyrus was seized and would have been put to 
death had it not been for the intercession of Parysatis. She 
secured his release, and sent him back in safety to his prov- 
ince (I, 1, § 3; the story is also picturesquely told by 
Plutarch). 

Deeply angered at the baffling of his hopes and at the indig- 
nity put upon him, Cyrus resolved to wrest the throne from 
his brother by force, and straightway set about making 
preparations. 

26. THE SITUATION AND THE Resources or Cyrus.—In 
planning to carry out his purpose Cyrus had certain advan- 
tages upon which he could rely. In the first instance he had 











Introduction XXV 





a strong ally in his mother, whose influence at court was im- 
mense, and whose strong imperious nature, at once vindictive 
and unscrupulous, would stop at nothing in seeking to fur- 
ther her ends. Again Cyrus had come to see the marked 
superiority of Greek over Persian troops, and was in a posi- 
tion to secure such troops for himself. He determined to 
gain control over the Greek cities of Ionia, and to this end 
made open war on Tissaphernes. As a result all these cities 
came over to his side save Milétus, in which Tissaphernes had 
a strong castle and a garrison. Moreover, the state of Greece 
at this time was a distinct advantage to Cyrus. It was in the 
period immediately following upon the overthrow of Athens 
by Sparta. The latter state owed her final success largely 
to.the aid furnished by Cyrus, and he could rightly look to 
her for support in his undertaking. Finally, it should be 
noted that well equipped and well disciplined troops could 
now readily be had for hire, and that Cyrus was in a position 
to secure them, having already come into contact with them 
and having won for himself a name as a liberal paymaster. 

27. Cyrus Musters Troors.—His war with Tissaphernes 
made it easy for Cyrus to muster a considerable body of 
troops without arousing suspicion as to his ulterior purpose. 
He laid siege to Milétus and strengthened the garrisons in 
the various Ionian cities; and the king was pleased, rather 
than otherwise, at the thought that his rival was thus wasting 
his resources, the more so as Cyrus took pains to remit to 
him the proper tribute not from his own province alone, but 
also from the cities which he had taken from Tissaphernes 
(I, 1, § 8). 

In this way the nucleus of a strong Greek force was mus- 
tered, but Cyrus was not blind to the magnitude of the task 
before him, and did not stop here. He furnished funds to 
Clearchus (§ 38), who collected and maintained a strong 
army in the Chersonésus; to Aristippus, who was struggling 
to hold his ground against rivals in Thessaly; and sent word 
to other Greek officers to come and take service under him, 
alleging as his reason his war against Tissaphernes and. fur- 





XXvi Introduction 





ther, a desire to punish the Pisidians, a hardy tribe of moun- 
taineers living to the south of his province, for their depreda- 
tions committed on his territory. Furthermore, he entered 
into negotiations with Sparta, to which state he had rendered 
such signal service in the latter years of the Peloponnesian 
war; and although loath to enter openly upon war with the 
Great King the government acceded to his request, at least 
to the extent of sending a fleet with seven hundred hoplites 
under Chirisophus to the coast of Cilicia, where they joined 
the army of Cyrus on its upward march. Cyrus himself had, 
of course, in his official capacity control of the imperial troops 
in western Asia; but on these, as the sequel proved, little 
reliance could be placed. 

28. THe ArMy or Cyrus.—lIn the above-mentioned ways 
Cyrus gathered together a body of approximately thirteen 
thousand well-trained troops by the time he was ready to set 
out. These were drawn from all parts of the Greek world, 
but especially from central and northern Peloponnésus (more 
_ than half of the whole army, Xenophon tells us, was made up 
of Arcadians or Achaeans, VI, 2, §10). The Arcadians in 
particular were famous as fighting men, and are often singled 
out for special mention in Xenophon’s narrative. The sepa- 
rate contingents with their commanders are given as follows: 


Xenias, an Arcadian (I, 2, §3), with 4000 hoplites. 

Proxenus, a Boeotian (ibid.), with 1500 hoplites and 500 
light-armed. 

Sophaenetus, an Arcadian (ibid.), with 1000 hoplites. 

Socrates, an Achaean (ibid.), with 500 hoplites. 

Pasion, a Megarian (ibid.), with 300 hoplites and 300 peltasts. 

Menon, a Thessalian (I. 2, §6), with 1000 hoplites and 500 
peltasts. 

Clearchus, a Lacedaemonian (I, 2, § 9), with 1000 hoplites. 
800 peltasts, 200 bowmen, and 40 horse. 

Sosis, a Syracusan (ibid.), with 300 hoplites. 

Agias (?), an Arcadian (ibid.), with 1000 hoplites.* 


* See the note on I, 2, 56. 











Introduction XXVll 





Chirisophus, a Lacedaemonian (I, 4, §3), with 700 hoplites. 

There is also mention of the troops which had been besieg- 
ing Milétus (I, 2, § 2); these may, or inay not, have been 
included in those brought by Pasion and Socrates, or by 
Xenias, since he was in general command of Cyrus’ garrison 
troops; and lastly we are told of 400 deserters from the king’s 
army (I, 4, § 3). 

The number of troops is given in I, 2, § 9, after the review 
at Celaenae, as 11,000 hoplites and ‘‘about 2000’ peltasts. 
Subsequent to this the 700 hoplites under Chirisophus joined 
the army ; yet in I, 7, ὃ 10, the number is given as 10,400 hop- 
lites and 2500 peltasts. We have no means of explaining 
the discrepancy. 

The heavy-armed soldier (ὁπλίτης ; see the frontispiece) was 
equipped with helmet (κράνος), cuirass (θώραξ, or σπολάς), 
Shield (ἀσπίς), and greaves (xvypides), and carried a spear 
(δόρυ) and a short, straight, double-edged sword (ξίφος). The 
light-armed troops embraced (1) peltasts (πελτασταί), who 
earried a target (πέλτη) and spears; (2) javelin-throwers 
(ἀκοντισταί), who carried javelins alone ;* (3) bowmen (τοξόται), 
whose equipment consisted of the bow (τόξον), quiver 
(φαρέτρα), and arrows (τοξεύματα, or οἰστοί) : and slingers 
(σφενδονῆται), who carried merely their slings (σφενδόναι) and 
stones or slugs for hurling. No force of slingers was, however, 
organized until during the retreat (III, 3, §§ 16ff.). 

The army was virtually without cavalry. Clearchus 
brought with him forty Thracian horsemen, but these de- 
serted (II, 2, §7) after the battle. During the retreat a 
small body of horse was organized (III, 3, §§19f.), which 
rendered good service. 

Naturally, being composed of contingents under separate 
commands, the army was not strictly unified. Indeed on one 
oceasion (I, 5, §$138ff.) the divisions of Clearchus and of 
Menon almost came to out-and-out fighting, and in general 


* For information as to the ancient javelin and the method of hurl- 
ing it with a thong (ἀγκύλη), see Gardiner, Greek Athletic Sports and 
Festwals, pp. 338ff., with the cuts on pp. 341 and 344, 





XXViil Introduction 





each commander regarded himself as in large measure inde- 
pendent. All the more striking, however, is the unity and 
good discipline which were manifested during the retreat, at 
least up to the time when safety seemed assured. Then 
bickerings and mutual distrust showed themselves, and make 
the story told in the last two books of the Anabasis, in par- 
ticular, one of petty jealousies, of strife, and disunion. 

The men, with the exception of the Lacedaemonian contin- 
gent under Clearchus, were paid by Cyrus. The rate was at 
first a daric per month per man, but after the mutiny at 
Tarsus this was increased to a darie and a half (I, 3, § 21). 
This was liberal treatment, especially as he promised them 
pay in full until he should bring them back to Ionia. Ordi- 
narily mercenaries were discharged whenever their employer 
had no further need of their services, and were left to find 
their way home as best they could. Moreover, Cyrus prom- 
ised liberal bounties to the men in the event of his success 
(I, 4, §13; I, 7, §7). A captain received twice as much, a 
general four times as much, as a private. 

There was no regular commissariat. The soldiers procured 
supplies from a market (ἀγορά) set up in the army. This was 
in the barbarian contingent (I, 3, § 14), and was maintained 
by orientals, chiefly by Lydians. These sutlers accompanied 
the army with wagons and pack-animals bearing supplies of 
flour and wine, and when we add to these the wagons laden 
with the camp equipment and the soldiers’ baggage, and the 
hordes of hangers-on and camp-followers, both men and 
women, it will be seen that the train was of considerable size 
and a great hindrance to rapid progress. On the retreat, 
after the Persians had treacherously broken the truce, the 
Greeks burned their tents and superfluous baggage, and got 
supplies as best they could by pillage. 

The army marched as a rule in column, and owing to the 
baggage train the line must have been of great length. During 
the retreat the hollow square was at first adopted as the wisest 
formation, but it was found to be impracticable. The battle 
line was ordinarily drawn up eight deep, but for a charge on 











Introduction Xxix 





rough or irregular ground the companies might be arranged 
in column, with open spaces between the columns (IV, 8, 
8§ 10ff.). The unit of organization was the enomoty (évwporia), 
or company of twenty-four men with their commander 
(ἐνωμόταρχος) ; four of these made up the λόχος, under com- 
mand of a captain (λοχαγός). Each unit was drilled so that 
the shift from column to line of battle and vice versa was 
attended with no confusion, and the rear men in each file 
were trained to act as leaders, when the order, ‘About face,’’ 
was given (IV, 3, §§ 26 and 29). 

Of the organization of the barbarian army of Cyrus little 
can be said, and it plays no part of importance in Xenophon’s 
narrative. It numbered, according to Xenophon, 100,000 men 
(I, 7, §10). The Greek and barbarian armies encamped 
separately (I, 3, ὃ 14, and II, 4, § 10). 

As to the size of the king’s army, accurate information is 
lacking. Xenophon’s estimate is based upon the reports of 
deserters (I, 7, §§ 12ff.) and is doubtless greatly exaggerated. 
Plutarch Artox. 13 (quoting Ctesias, see § 30) sets the number 
at 400,000. 

29. THE ANABASIS, oR UPwarp MarcH.—At the head of 
the forces enumerated above, Cyrus set out from Sardis in 
March, 401 8. c. His course led him through Lydia and 
Phrygia, the general direction being somewhat south of east 
(as though he were indeed moving against the Pisidians), 
until he reached the city of Celaenae. Here he made a halt 
of thirty days, as some of his troops had not yet joined him. 
From this point he turned back and proceeded in a north- 
westerly direction to Ceramon Agora, whence the eastern 
march was again resumed. By this otherwise surprising 
detour, Cyrus avoided passing through a rugged country, in 
which it might have been difficult to obtain supplies and 
where he might have been delayed by opposition on the part 
of the very mountaineers against whom his expedition was 
ostensibly directed. At the same time the change in direc- 
tion would not of necessity tend to arouse suspicion as to his 
ultimate goal. 





Xxx Introduction 





It is impossible to determine accurately the distances cov- 
ered in each day’s march, although Xenophon gives them in 
‘‘parasangs.’’ The parasang was a Persian measure of 
length, but seems not to have been of uniform value. Fol- 
lowing Herodotus, editors generally assume the parasang to 
have been equal to thirty stadia, or about three and a half 
English miles; but on this basis some of the day’s marches 
recorded by Xenophon—marches made in the heat of a Baby- 
lonian summer or through deep snow—are of incredible 
length. 

From Ceramon Agora the army proceeded by stages of 
unequal length, due doubtless to differences in the character 
of the country traversed, to the famous pass over the Taurus 
range in southeastern Asia Minor, called the Cilician gates. 
Here his course might easily have been checked by the Cilician 
king, Syennesis, who must have been forewarned by Tissa- 
phernes (I, 2, §4) of Cyrus’ treasonable preparations. Syen- 
nesis was however not disposed to make an enemy of so 
formidable a prince as Cyrus, and seems to have acted in 
collusion with him. He had already sent his queen, Epyaxa, 
with a supply of money to visit Cyrus, and appears to have 
resolved to do no more than make a show of resistance. More- 
over Cyrus had despatched Menon with a considerable force 
to escort the queen back to Cilicia, and these troops had 
availed themselves of a more direct route, and were in a 
position to attack Syennesis in the rear, had he really sought 
to defend the pass. He deserted his position, however, at 
the approach of Cyrus, and the latter passed through with- 
out encountering any opposition. The pass itself is a narrow 
defile 3600 feet in elevation and flanked on either side by 
high mountains. So strong is the position that it would 
have been impossible to force it, had any serious resistance 
been made. 

Thus the army reached Tarsus. Here, as it was plain that 
Cyrus had some other design than an expedition against the 
Pisidians, whose territory they had long since left behind 
them, the soldiers mutinied and refused to go further. They 





Introduction XXxi 





suspected by this time that they were being led against the 
king, and such an expedition seemed to them a far more 
serious and dangerous undertaking than that for which they 
had been hired. The story of the clever stratagem by which 
Clearchus, who was in the confidence of Cyrus, won them 
back to their allegiance forms one of Xenophon’s most inter- 
esting chapters. Finally, having become convinced that they 
were virtually in the power of Cyrus, and allured by the 
promise of a fifty per cent increase in pay, they were induced 
to accompany him at least as far as the Euphrates, where, 
he said, he wished to attack his foe Abrocomas. At that point 
he knew that they would find it impossible to desert. 

Thus the march was resumed. Passing Issus they reached 
the so-called Gates of Syria and Cilicia, a narrow road be- 
tween the cliffs and the coast, fortified by a wall at either 
end, where again opposition was to have been expected. To 
meet this contingency, Cyrus had ordered his fleet to meet 
him at this place in order that he might disembark troops 
within and without the walls and thus force a passage. Abro- 
comas, however, the commander of the king’s forces, doubt- 
less alarmed at the ease with which Cyrus had passed the 
Cilician Gates, made no resistance, but fled with the whole 
of his vast army (I, 4, §5). 

From this point on no real opposition was met until the 
battle. At Thapsacus, where he purposed crossing the 
Euphrates, Cyrus was forced to reveal his purpose to the 
Greeks. They must have realized it before, but here, too, 
they made a show of indignation at the deceit practiced upon 
them. They were, however, helpless. Long marches through 
a desert country lay behind them, and they had no supplies. 
When Menon, therefore, urged his men to win the favor of 
Cyrus by prompt obedience they readily complied, and the 
whole army followed, crossing on foot, as Abrocomas had 
burned all the available boats. 

From Thapsacus they proceeded along the left bank of the 
river until they reached the neighborhood of Babylonia (about 
September 1). The only events of importance, apart from the 





ΧΧΧΙΪ Introduction 





hardships attending a march through the desert, were the 
clash between Clearchus and Menon, which might so easily 
have led to disaster (I, 5, §§ 11ff.), and the attempted treason 
of the Persian noble, Orontas, whose trial and condemnation 
are vividly described (I, 6). Finally when they reached a 
huge trench that had been dug from the river to the ruins 
of the old Median wall (see the note on I, 7, 71), leaving 
but a narrow passage along. the river some twenty feet wide, 
and found this, too, undefended, it seemed clear that the king 
had given up all intention of making any resistance. The 
battle array, which must have been maintained in daily ex- 
pectation of a battle, was given up, and discipline was relaxed, 
as though their cause were already won. 

30. THE Barrie or Cunaxa.—At length, on the third (?) of 
September, while the army was proceeding in this disorderly 
fashion, word was suddenly brought that the king was ap- 
proaching with a large army. In the midst of great confusion 
the battle line was formed, the Greeks holding a position on the 
right wing next to the river. Of the battle itself Xenophon 
gives a graphic and picturesque account. After sacrifice and 
the singing of the pean, the Greeks charged the enemy who at 
once turned and fled, while the Greeks followed in pursuit. 
Tissaphernes alone with a body of horse rode through the 
Greek peltasts and advanced against the camp of Cyrus. On 
the other hand the barbarian troops of Cyrus, under Ariaeus, 
seem to have offered no real resistance to the king’s army, but 
fled at the first attack, or at least when the fall of Cyrus be- 
came known. Cyrus himself, with a body-guard of six hun- 
dred picked men, charged the king’s center, where he knew 
his brother would be stationed. He had previously bidden 
Clearchus to lead the Greek hoplites against the Persian 
center, but the cautious Spartan had refused to expose his 
right flank to the enemy, and had advanced straight on with 
his flank guarded by the river. Cyrus and his men routed 
the body-guard of the king, six thousand strong, and their 
cause seemed to be won; but, carried away by passion as he 
caught sight of his brother, Cyrus rushed upon him to slay 











Introduction XXXiii 





him, and was himself struck down by a blow from a javelin. 
His faithful followers were slain one after another, fighting 
desperately over his dead body. After this the king marched 
upon Cyrus’ camp, where he joined Tissaphernes and his 
detachment, and then turned back in order to attack the 
Greeks. These were still advancing in pursuit of the Persians 
who had given way at their first attack; but when they 
learned that their camp was being pillaged and presently 
saw the king’s army approaching, they wheeled about to 
offer battle. The barbarians, however, did not venture to 
engage the Greeks, but fled; and the Greeks marched back 
to their devastated camp. 

Such, in brief, is Xenophon’s story of the battle. Another 
account, varying in important particulars, may be read in 
Plutarch’s life of Artaxerxes. This is based in part upon 
the narrative of Ctesias, a Greek, who was for years court 
physician to Artaxerxes, and who is known to have written 
a history of Persia in twenty-three books. This work is known 
to us from abridgements preserved by the Byzantine scholar 
Photius, and from the fact that it was used by Plutarch and 
by the historian Diodorus Siculus. Xenophon alludes to 
Ctesias (Anabasis I, 8, § 26) in a way which suggests that he 
was himself familiar with his narrative, and it may be that 
Xenophon’s own story may be corrected here and there by 
information drawn from Ctesias. The latter’s credibility as 
an historian is, however, far from being above question. 

31. THE Return Marcu.—The victory of the Greeks dem- 
onstrated the superiority of Greek over Oriental troops, but 
all advantages which might have accrued to them from their 
triumph were nullified by the fact of Cyrus’ death. They 
were now in the heart of the Persian empire, over a thousand 
miles from their starting point, and fully five hundred miles 
from the nearest Greek city. Moreover, their journey had 
brought them through a desert country, over which it was 
impossible for them to retrace their steps, without supplies, 
as they were. They had no resources and no guides; and all 
their hopes based upon Cyrus’ promises had come to nothing. 





χχχὶν Introduction 





Moreover, as they were soon to learn, they had to cope with 
the blackest treachery on the part of those claiming to be 
their friends. 

All the greater must our admiration be for the courage and 
skill with which they met the difficulties surrounding them, 
and succeeded in fighting their way back to Greece. What- 
ever be our view as to the credibility of Xenophon’s narra- 
tive, particularly as regards his own prominence (§13), we 
should not be blind to the really stupendous character of the 
achievement of this body of men, or withhold from Xenophon 
his due meed of praise. This little army proved conclusively 
that the Greek conquest of Persia was a possibility and only 
waited for an Alexander to become a fact. The reader of the 
Anabasis even feels ready to echo the words of a Greek writer 
of the fourth century of our era: ὃ γοῦν μέγας ᾿Αλέξανδρος οὐκ 
ἂν ἐγένετο μέγας, εἰ μὴ Ἐενοφῶν. 

92. NEGOTIATIONS.—On the day after the battle, when the 
news of Cyrus’ death was brought to the Greeks by emiis- 
saries from Ariaeus, their reply was that they were victors, 
and that if Ariaeus would join them they would set him on 
the throne of Persia. Before his answer was received, how- 
ever, heralds from the king came with the peremptory com- 
mand that they should lay down their arms and throw them- 
selves on the mercy of the king. In the face of this demand, 
and despite their really desperate situation, Clearchus put on 
a bold front, and the firm refusal to surrender led the envoys 
(one of whom was an expatriated Greek, and another, if we 
may trust his own statement, the court physician, Ctesias) to 
add the further message that the king promised a truce if they 
remained where they were, but that any change of position, 
whether in advance or retreat, would be construed as an act 
oi war. To this Clearchus assented, though without stating 
what he would do. 

The king’s envoys then departed, and those sent to Ariaeus 
returned, bringing his answer declining their offer to set him 
on the throne, and declaring his intention to set out next 
morning for Ionia. At this the Greeks determined to throw 








Introduction XXXV 





in their lot with his. Reaching his camp about midnight 
they entered into a solemn compact and alliance with him, 
while he swore that he would guide them in all good faith. 

At daybreak they set out, and their advance made such 
an impression on the king that next day envoys came from 
him to propose a truce. Emboldened by this change of atti- 
tude on the part of their foes, Clearchus demanded first of 
all to be led to supplies. This demand was granted, a truce 
was made, and the Greeks were led to villages where provi- 
sions were abundant. There Tissaphernes entered into nego- 
tiations with them, laying stress upon his influence with the 
king, and declaring that it was due to this influence that the 
king was willing to allow them to depart in safety. The 
Greek generals, apparently placing entire confidence in the 
treacherous Persian, made a compact with him and with the 
king’s brother-in-law. Tissaphernes then left them, stating 
that he had business at court, and did not return for some 
weeks, during which time Ariaeus and his officers, having re- 
ceived assurances of immunity for themselves, showed less 
friendliness toward the Greeks. This gave rise to suspicions 
in the minds of the Greek officers, but Clearchus would listen 
to no arguments, declaring that their only hope was to remain 
loyal to the compact they had made. 

32, TREACHERY.—At length Tissaphernes returned, after 
having received high honors at court, and the march began, 
during which Ariaeus and his men marched and encamped 
with the troops of Tissaphernes, and held aloof from the 
Greeks. Their course led them eastward to the Tigris, across 
which the Persians had resolved to lead them, presumably in 
the fear that the Greeks might conceivably seize a district in 
the fertile area between the rivers and establish themselves 
there. The Greeks, however, had no thought of violating their 
oaths, and no wish save to return to their own land with what 
speed they could. They crossed the river, therefore, trusting 
in the good faith of the Persians, and proceeded with Tissa- 
phernes and his army to the point where the Greater Zab 
(Zapatas) joins the Tigris. 





ΧΧΧΥΪ Introduction 





Here they halted for three days, and Clearchus, hoping 
that the feelings of mutual distrust which had become more 
and more apparent, might be dispelled by a frank discussion, 
sought an interview with Tissaphernes. The latter met his 
overtures with a great show of friendliness, and promised 
᾿ that, if Clearchus would bring his generals and captains to 
a conference, he would disclose the names of those who were 
acting treasonably toward the Greeks, and seeking to promote 
ill-feeling. 

To this Clearchus assented, feeling certain in his own 
mind that Menon was the slanderer, and eager that the 
strife for supremacy between Menon and himself should be 
brought to an end by the death of his rival. He seems to 
have entertained no thought of treachery, and on returning 
to the camp, after having spent the night as the guest of 
Tissaphernes, urged that all the generals and captains should 
go to the proposed conference. Many protested against this, 
and pointed out the imprudence of putting all the command- 
ing officers in the power of Tissaphernes, but Clearchus was 
insistent, and at last won his point, at least to the extent 
that four generals besides himself—Proxenus, Menon, Agias, 
and Socrates—with twenty captains should accept the invi- 
tation of Tissaphernes. 

They went, therefore, and about two hundred of the men 
followed out of curiosity and to visit the Persian market. 
The generals were at once invited within, where at a given 
signal they were seized, while those without were cut down. 
The prisoners were taken in chains to Babylon, and after a 
short imprisonment were beheaded,—all, that is, save Menon, 
who is believed to have sought to win favor for himself by 
claiming that it was due to him that the plan of entrapping 
the Greek generals had succeeded. Xenophon is silent as to 
this, though he tells us that Menon was not beheaded as the 
others were, but was kept alive for a miserable year and then 
died in disgrace and torture. Apparently his attempt to win 
favor succeeded only in winning for him the fierce hatred of 
Parysatis. 





Introduction XXXVli 





94, REORGANIZATION.—The plight of the Greeks after the 
seizure of their generals was desperate indeed. All the diffi- 
culties that had menaced them after the death of Cyrus men- 
aced them now, magnified and intensified a thousand fold. It 
was plain by this time that no further dependence could be 
placed either on Ariaeus or on Tissaphernes, who had broken 
their most solemn oaths; and left to themselves, as they were, 
the Greeks had now not even leaders to whom they could look 
for direction and guidance. 

Of the utter despair that possessed the army during the 
night that followed the seizure of the generals, Xenophon 
gives a vivid picture in the opening chapter of the third book 
of the Anabasis; and even if we feel forced to assume that he 
has laid undue stress on the part played by him in the events 
of that night, it remains clear that through energetic action 
on the part of the few who had not lost heart the whole army 
was roused to action. Of these few, Xenophon was certainly 
one; and we must remember that the situation called not for 
energy alone and a clear vision of what was needed, but also 
for the ability to rouse the men from their despair by pre- 
senting a line of action to them in convincing and persuasive 
words. Hence it is in itself entirely credible that it was 
Xenophon rather than, for instance, Chirisophus, who came 
forward at this crisis; and we may follow Grote in his verdict 
that it was well for the army that the inspiration ‘‘fell upon 
one in whom a full measure of soldierly strength and courage 
was combined with the education of an Athenian, a democrat, 
and a philosopher.”’ 

In any case the army was roused to action; the stragglers 
were recalled; new generals were chosen to take the places of 
those who had been seized; and the men were led to realize 
that their only hope of safety lay in good discipline and in 
devotion to the common weal. It was voted to burn all the 
superfluous baggage, that their march might not be impeded 
by the size of the baggage-train, and to adopt the hollow 
square as their formation, the train and the light-armed being 
in the center and the hoplites on all sides of them. Chiriso- 





XXXVili Introduction 





phus, as a Lacedaemonian, was to have the honor of leading 
the van, while Xenophon and Timasion, the two youngest of 
the generals, were to guard the rear. 

30. From THE ΖΑΒ TO THE LAND OF THE CARDUCHI.—Thus 
reorganized and inspired with fresh hope and courage, the 
army crossed the Zab, which was, according to Xenophon, 
four hundred feet wide, but at which Tissaphernes seems to 
have made no effort to check their progress. As they pro- 
ceeded, however, a few hundred of the enemy’s horse and 
light-armed assailed the Greeks in the rear and inflicted some 
damage. The Greek bowmen and javelin-throwers were un- 
able to reach the foe, being a match for their adversaries 
neither in skill nor equipment, and being further compelled 
to shoot at longer range, since they were inside the hollow 
square. Xenophon attempted to charge the enemy with some 
of the hoplites who formed the rear of the square, but could 
accomplish nothing. He did no damage to the enemy and 
was himself compelled to bring his men back to the main 
body under fire. The first day was therefore a discouraging 
one; but that night a small body of fifty horse was equipped, 
and also a troop of slingers two hundred in number. There- 
after they met with better success in repelling the enemy, 
who continually hovered about their flanks, but even so they 
suffered considerably. 

In particular the Greeks found that their formation (the 
hollow square) could not be maintained in passing over rough 
country or when rivers were to be crossed. Hence separate 
companies were formed, which were to fall behind when the 
way was narrow, and, on the other hand, were to fill up any 
gap that might be made in their line, adapting their formation 
to the space to be filled. 

After fourteen days of marching, in the course of which 
they at times suffered severely and were compelled to halt 
frequently in order to procure supplies and to care for the 
wounded, the Greeks reached a point where farther progress 
seemed to be completely blocked. On the left was the Tigris, 
so deep that the soldiers could find no bottom with their 








Introduction XXXix 





spears, while high mountains shut them in on the right, and in 
front lay the rugged and mountainous country of the 
Cardiichi, a race of bold mountaineers who defied the Great 
King. Nevertheless the Greeks resolved to fight their way 
through this inhospitable region, knowing that thus they 
would reach Armenia, whence, they were told, it would be 
easy for them to make their way whithersoever they wished. 

36. THROUGH THE LAND OF THE CaRDUCHI AND ARMENIA 
ΤῸ TrRaPpEzuS.—Making their start, therefore, under cover of 
the darkness the Greeks reached the first of the passes through 
the Carduchian mountains before any resistance was under- 
taken, but as the rear-guard was descending from the pass 
into the villages beyond, the mountaineers assailed them with 
vigor. Xenophon even declares that had their foes had time 
to collect in larger numbers the whole Greek army might 
well have been destroyed. This was, however, but a fore- 
taste of what was to follow; and the seven days which the 
Greeks spent in passing through this rugged region, beset by 
their fierce and determined foes and forced by lack of sup- 
plies to march even through heavy snow, were fraught with 
hardships and dangers beyond all that they had suffered at 
the hands of Tissaphernes and the Persians. Finally they 
reached a plain where they found comfortable quarters in 
villages along the Centrites river, but here again their further 
progress seemed completely blocked. The river was two hun- 
dred feet in width and above their breasts in depth; and, as 
a new danger not heretofore experienced, Armenian cavalry 
were seen on the opposite bank ready to thwart any attempt 
on their part to cross. The Cardichi, moreover, were seen to 
be gathering in their rear; so that their situation was critical. 

Here again, however, Greek readiness in device, aided, as 
Xenophon devoutly believed, by the favor of heaven, found 
a means of coping with their difficulties, and the river was 
crossed by a clever stratagem. Thus they reached the high 
and undulating table-land of Armenia, a region of bitter cold 
—for it was now December. Over this they marched without 
any serious fighting, although the satrap Tiribazus, despite the 








xl Introduction 





fact that he had made an agreement with them that they 
would be allowed to pass through the country unmolested, if 
they did not burn the villages, followed closely after them, 
waiting for an opportunity for a treacherous attack. If, 
however, they had little fighting to do, they had to endure 
and many suffered from frozen extremities and from snow 
and the severity of the weather. Not only slaves and beasts 
of burden, but some also of the soldiers perished from cold, 
and many suffered from frozen extremities and from snow 
blindness; while at times the scarcity of provisions led to 
terrible sufferings and exhaustion. After all these hardships 
Xenophon records a week of feasting amid abundant sup- 
plies in Armenian villages, built half underground as at the 
present day. 

Thence through various tribes, Taochi, Chalybes, Phasiani, 
Scythéni, sometimes having to fight against stubborn oppo- 
sition, they made their way by a route that can no longer be 
determined with certainty, until at length they reached a 
mountain which offered a view of the sea. In a striking 
word-picture, Xenophon brings vividly before us the scene 
as the soldiers pressed forward crying out θάλαττα θάλαττα, 
and embraced one another with tears. For they thought that 
the sight of the sea meant that their hardships and troubles 
were over and their safety assured. After six days more of 
marching through the land of the Macrénes and Colchi, the 
latter of whom sought to oppose their progress, they reached 
the Greek city of Trapezus (Trebizond) on the shores of the 
Black Sea. Here with thanksgiving they offered to the gods 
the sacrifices they had vowed, and instituted games in truly 
Greek fashion. 

37. FRoM THE TRAPEZUS TO THE Bosporus.—At Trapezus 
the army remained thirty days for much-needed rest and in 
the hope that sufficient vessels might be collected to make it 
possible for them to proceed for the rest of the way by sea. 
Chirisophus was at his own suggestion despatched to Byzan- 
tium to seek to obtain transports from the Lacedaemonian 
admiral Anaxibius. Meanwhile passing merchantmen were 


Introduction xli 





seized, and supplies were procured by pillaging expeditions 
into the territory of the Colchi and other neighboring tribes. 

At length, in despair of obtaining more ships, they deter- 
mined to set out, putting on board of the vessels they had the 
sick and wounded with the women and all the baggage, while 
the able-bodied proceeded by land. Thus a three-days’ march 
brought them to Cerasus, where a halt of ten days was made, 
and after another journey of ten days they reached Cotyora. 
Both of these were Greek cities, like Trapezus colonies of 
Sinope, a powerful city lying farther to the westward. At 
Cotyoéra the governor would not admit them within the walls, 
and they had to resort to force to find shelter for their sick, 
although they abstained from further acts of violence. Their 
stay in this place was a long one (forty-five days), yet still 
Chirisophus did not appear. Envoys, however, came from 
Sinope, at which city they were promised a friendly welcome. 

It was during their stay at Cotyéra that Xenophon seems 
to have conceived the idea of seizing some non-Greek city with 
the force now at his command, and of establishing a colony, 
which would have been certain to become rich and powerful. 
This plan was unfortunately divulged to the army by the 
soothsayer Silinus, and led to much bitterness against Xeno- 
phon, although he publicly renounced the project and success- 
fully combatted the charges brought against him. It became 
more and more plain, however, that dissension was rife in 
the army and it required all of Xenophon’s eloquence to 
restore good discipline. At this time the generals were indi- 
vidually brought to trial for their acts during their term of 
office. 

Shortly after this, sufficient transports having been assem- 
bled from Sindpe and from Heracléa, a Greek city lying 
further to the west, the army set sail, and after a voyage of 
a day and a night reached Sindpe. Here Chirisophus joined 
them, having failed utterly in his quest for ships; and here 
the army resolved to choose a single general in the place of 
those now in command. The supreme command was offered 
to Xenophon, but he declined out of deference to Chirisophus 





xii Introduction 





as a Lacedaemonian, and because the omens were unfavorable. 
Chirisophus was then chosen leader and the army sailed under 
his command to Heracléa. 

At this point it became clear that the good discipline which 
had done so much to save them in their day of peril was break- 
ing down, and that many were now actuated by motives of 
greed and self-interest rather than by loyalty to the common 
weal. Dissensions broke out in the army which led to a revolt 
on the part of the Arcadians and Achaeans (who formed more 
than half of the whole army). These chose commanders of 
their own, while of the rest about half remained loyal to 
Chirisophus, while the other half attached themselves to Xeno- 
phon. The Arcadian division set out alone, but in attempting 
to pillage the country of Bithynia, it was surrounded, and 
would probably have been entirely destroyed had it not been 
rescued by Xenophon and his men. After this the whole army 
came together again at Calpé,—a point midway between 
Heracléa and Byzantium—and chose Neon as its commander, 
Chirisophus’ command having lasted only a week. 

The location of Calpé was so favorable for the foundation 
of a colony that the soldiers hesitated to take even the ordi- 
nary measures for making it defensible, lest Xenophon should 
seek to make their stay permanent. Finally, however, Clea- 
ander, the Lacedaemonian harmost (governor) of Byzantium, 
came to them, and although through the machinations of the 
renegade Dexippus serious trouble arose, and it looked for a 
time as though the Cyréan troops would find themselves in 
open war with Sparta, the trouble was adjusted and Cleander 
was asked to assume the command of the army. Unfavorable 
omens, however, deterred him from acting as their leader, 
and he departed alone, promising that he would assist them 
when they reached Byzantium. The army then set out under 
its own commanders, and marched through Bithynia until it 
reached Chrysopolis, directly across the Bosporus from 
Byzantium. 

37. CoNcLUSION.—Here, when they seemed to have passed 
through all the dangers and hardships that were to befall 


Introduction xliii 





them, they were destined to meet again with treachery, this 
time at the hands of an unworthy Greek. 

The Lacedaemonian admiral Anaxibius had been bribed by 
the satrap Pharnabazus to persuade the Greeks ta cross over 
to the European side of the strait, and brought this about 
by a false promise that he would provide pay for them. When 
they had crossed, however, and were within the walls of 
Byzantium, Anaxibius, instead of providing them with pay, 
beguiled them outside the walls and bade them get supplies 
from Thracian villages in the neighborhood. At this the army 
attempted to re-enter the city but found the gates shut and 
barred. Incensed at this the soldiers burst down the gates, 
rushed once more within, and were about to sack the city, 
when Xenophon in earnest and persuasive words showed them 
the odium they would bring upon themselves by such a deed, 
and the inevitable retribution that would be exacted by. the 
all-powerful Spartans. Brought to their senses by this plea, 
the soldiers withdrew again without the walls, and accepted 
the offer of an adventurer, Coeratadas, to take them under 
his command. But the proposal came to nothing, as the 
resources of Coeratadas proved wholly inadequate. 

Meanwhile Anaxibius, having in his turn been deceived by 
Pharnabazus in the matter of the reward promised him for 
leading the Greeks from Asia to Europe, sought to avenge 
himself on the Persian satrap by leading the Greeks back 
into Asia to make war upon him. But he was thwarted in 
this plan by the newly-appointed harmost, Aristarchus, who 
having no thought of allowing Anaxibius to make a private 
war on Persia, threatened to sink them if they tried to cross. 

Thwarted thus again, the army took service under the 
Thracian prince Seuthes, who promised them liberal pay and 
in addition special grants to the generals. For two months 
the army served under him, only to be defrauded of the prom- 
ised pay, and left once more destitute. At this crisis, how- 
ever, fortunately for them, Sparta determined upon war with 
Persia, and had need of troops. The army was led across 
into Asia and handed over to the Spartan general Thibron, 





xliv Introduction 





and Xenophon’s story ends with the account of a successful 
raid upon the estates of a wealthy Persian, whereby much 
booty was obtained. 


IV 
MISCELLANEOUS 


38. PROMINENT PERSONAGES.—Space may be taken here for 
a few brief paragraphs regarding individuals prominent in 
the first four books of Xenophon’s story, who, if mentioned, 
have received but a passing notice in the preceding sections. 

(4) CLEarcHus: Of Clearchus, the most prominent and 
the ablest (II, 2, §5) of the Greek generals under Cyrus, 
Xenophon has himself given a sketch in II, 6, §§ 1-15, telling 
of his warlike character, his defiance of the Spartan ephors, 
and his banishment from Sparta. He was an experienced 
campaigner before he took service with Cyrus, and in Xeno- 
phon’s story exhibits the traits of a typical Spartan. He 
was a severe disciplinarian (I, 5, ὃ 11, n; II, 3, §11; 11, 6, 
§§ 9-10), and was feared rather than loved by his men. 

During the battle of Cunaxa his undue caution led him to 
disregard Cyrus’ command to charge the Persian center (1, 8, 
§ 13, n.), and may be said to have been the indirect cause of 
Cyrus’ death; while his credulity in trusting the promises of 
Tissaphernes led directly to the seizure of the Greek generals, 
himself included. At the same time he seems to have been an 
able commander, and his loss was a severe blow to the Greeks. 

Of the strife between Clearchus and Menon, Xenophon says 
little (I, 5, §§ 11ff.; II, 5, § 28), and is apparently careful to 
be just, although his own sympathies are plainly on the side 
of Clearchus. 

(b) Menon: Of Menon, too, Xenophon gives a sketch (II, 
6, §§ 21-29), and one that is by no means flattering. He 
seems to have been an unprincipled adventurer, and we may 
well believe that after Cyrus’ death he was ready te secure 


Introduction xlv 





advantage for himself by betraying his comrades, although 
Xenophon is careful not to make direct charges. After the 
generals were seized there is ground for thinking that he 
sought to win favor for himself by claiming to have been 
instrumental in bringing about the success of Tissaphernes’ 
plan, but the result was merely that he was kept alive for a 
year, and died under torture instead of being beheaded at 
once as the other generals were (II, 6, § 29). In this scholars 
generally see the work of Parysatis, whose wrath Menon in- 
curred as being a traitor to Cyrus’ cause. 

(6) PRoxeNus: To Proxenus Xenophon devotes what is 
not merely a biographical sketch, but a tribute of personal 
affection (II, 6, §§ 16-20). He is in every way an attractive 
figure—generous, high-minded, and cultivated; he had even 
studied under the famous Gorgias (II, 6, §16). It was at 
his invitation that Xenophon joined the expedition of Cyrus, 
and allusions to their friendship abound (II, 4, §15; II, 5, 
δ 37; ITT, 1, §§ 4, 8, 9; V, 3, §5). 

(4) CuirisopHus: Chirisophus, too, is an attractive figure. 
Sent by the Spartan ephors at the head of a body of seven 
hundred Lacedaemonian hoplites, he joined Cyrus at Issus (I, 
4,§3). After the seizure of the generals he becomes a central 
figure (he was himself absent at that time procuring sup- 
plies). As a Spartan he was a man of few words, and could 
not have played the part which Xenophon attributes to him- 
self, and for which persuasive eloquence was indispensable, 
but he was given the post of honor, commanding the van, and 
conducted himself in a soldierly manner. 

Between Chirisophus and Xenophon a cordial friendship 
grew up, and the latter defers to him, as to a more experi- 
enced commander, on more than one occasion. 

From Trapezus, Chirisophus was at his own suggestion sent 
to Byzantium to endeavor to obtain ships from the Spartan 
admiral Anaxibius, but was unsuccessful. 

When, at Sindpe, the army determined to choose a single 
commander, and Xenophon positively declined the appoint- 
ment, Chirisophus was chosen (VI, 1, § 32). His command 





xlvi Introduction 





lasted only a week and, worn and disgusted with the dissen- 
sions rife in the army, he fell sick and died at Calpe (VI, 
4, §11). 

(e) XENIAS: Xenias seeems to have been a military ad- 
venturer. He was, as so many of the Cyrean Greeks, an 
Arcadian, and having taken service with Cyrus was made 
commander of the mercenary troops doing garrison duty in 
the Ionian cities (I, 2, §1). 

At Cyrus’ summons he joined him at Sardis with a strong 
force of four thousand hoplites (I, 2, ὃ 3)—the largest single 
contingent. At the same time Xenias is an insignificant 
figure. When the army mutinied at Tarsus and Clearchus 
declared his resolution to abide by the Greeks, rather than 
avail himself of the friendship of Cyrus, moré than half of 
Xenias’ troops went over to him, and Cyrus allowed Clearchus 
to retain them. This gave Clearchus a force larger than that 
of any other general, and when opportunity offered Xenias 
and another general, Pasion, deserted (I, 4, §7). 

(f) SopHaENETus: Sophaenetus, of Stymphalus in Arcadia, 
one of the Greek generals under Cyrus, plays a somewhat 
prominent part in Xenophon’s narrative. He joined Cyrus 
at Sardis (or at Celaenae; see the note on I, 2, 56), and asa 
veteran commander (he is twice called πρεσβύτατος, V, 3, $1, 
and VI, 5, § 13) is often mentioned. It was he, with Cleanor, 
who went to meet Ariaeus and those with him when they came 
to the Greek camp after the seizure of the generals (II, 5, 
§ 37), and he was left in command of the camp when the army 
set out for a night attack upon Tiribazus (IV, 4, ὃ 19). As 
one of the older men he was among those who sailed from 
Trapezus, while the main body marched by land (V, 3, ὃ 1). 
He was fined for neglect of duty (V, 8, §1). 

A history of Cyrus’ expedition is attributed to Sophaenetus 
(see § 13). 

(g) CLEANOR: Cleainor of Orchomenus in Arcadia was 
chosen general in the place of Agias after the latter had been 
seized. He is mentioned as the ‘‘eldest’’ in II, 1, §10 (see 
the note), and the speeches put into his mouth are marked by 








Introduction xlvii 





a distinct character. It is he who expostulates with Ariaeus 
and the other Persians after the seizure of the generals, and 
expresses the utmost moral indignation (II, 5, § 39), and he 
enlarges similarly upon the enormity of the Persian treachery 
in ΠῚ, 2, §§ 4ff. 

(h) Agastas: Agasias, also of Stymphalus in Arcadia, 
was one of the Greek captains and was a close friend of 
Xenophon’s (VI, 6, §11). He is often singled out for special 
mention as a brave soldier (IV, 1, § 27; IV, 7, § 11; V, 2, §15; 
VII, 8, ὃ 19). It was he who urged the choice of Xenophon as 
commander in chief, declaring that it was absurd always to 
defer to Lacedaemonians (VI, 1, § 30). 

For protecting a soldier of his company who had been 
unjustly seized by Dexippus, he was involved in serious 
trouble with the Spartan harmost Cleander, but was set free 
on the representations of Xenophon (VI, 6, §§ 7ff.). 

(i) CaLLIMacHus, ARISTONYMUS, AND ARISTEAS: These 
may be mentioned as like Agasias representative of a group 
of brave soldiers, each seeking to outdo the others in valor 
(see IV, 1, §§ 27f.; and IV, 7, §§ 8ff.). 

39. STYLE oF THE ANABASIS.—‘‘The Anabasis,’’ says Dio- 
nysius of Halicarnassus, ‘‘what is it but a splendid hymn 
of praise in honor of the Hellenes who shared in the cam- 
paign.’’* 

In this judgment sympathetic readers of the Anabasis will 
concur, and that the work deserves this enthusiastic praise is 
due not only to the character of the events narrated but also 
in no small measure to the art of the narrator. Many, to be 
sure, think only of the barren records of the early chapters 
of the first book—records which make upon one the impression 
that Xenophon was merely transcribing entries made in his 
diary,—as though the recurring ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει were a fair 
sample of the writer’s literary ability,—forgetting that no- 
where else in the whole work does this annalistic style reap- 
pear. It has indeed become fashionable of recent years not 


* Quoted in Dakyns’ Xenophon, p. xxvi. 





ΧΙ Introduction 





only to decry Xenophon as a falsifier in his narrative and as 
one whose sins against the laws of pure ‘‘Attic,’’ both as 
regards vocabulary and syntax, are manifold, but also as one 
who can lay claim to no merit as a stylist. Very different was 
the judgment of the Greeks who came after him—they are 
never weary of sounding his praises—and very different is 
the judgment of the Greeks of today. He was called, says 
Diogenes Laertius, ‘‘the Attic Muse’’; Plutarch praises the 
vividness of his description of the battle of Cunaxa as making 
us almost see the scene with our own eyes; and a similar 
tribute is paid to Xenophon by Lucian with reference to the 
Panthea episode in the Cyropoedia. 

This vividness is perhaps the most noteworthy trait in 
Xenophon’s style. Worthy to be put side by side with the 
description of the battle in I, 8, are such passages as III, 4, 
δὲ 38ff.; IV, 7, §§ 22ff.; V, 2, §§ 13ff.; and many others. 

To produce this effect of vividness, besides the writer’s own 
power of realizing vividly the scenes which he describes, many 
elements contribute—the frequent use of the historical present, 
the further treatment of the past as present in the use of the 
subjunctive instead of the optative in dependent clauses after 
secondary tenses, the frequent use of deictic pronouns and of 
graphic phrases such as ἔνθα δή, the use of dialogue, the inser- 
tion of speeches (see the next section), and very strikingly 
the preference, common to most Greek writers, for direct 
rather than indirect discourse. This last often leads to sudden 
shifts from the third person to the second or third, and is 
very frequent. See e. g. I, 3, §§ 14 and 16; IV, 1, §19; IV, 
8, § 4; V, 5, § 24; V, 6, §19. 

Again, while the style of the Anabasis is in the main flow- 
ing and easy, and while Xenophon is sparing in his use of 
rhetorical devices and in the employment of metaphors and 
similes, it would be a mistake to regard him as a careless 
writer. His style abounds in evidences of conscious art, a 
few of which may be noticed here. 

Very striking is his fondness for what is called ποικιλία, or 
variation of phrase. This is scarcely to be noticed in early 











Introduction xlix 





Greek, but in Xenophon it is common. We have 6. g. βούλει, 
ἐθέλω, and χρήζεις in immediate succession in III, 4, ὃ 41 (cf. 
II, 3, §23, and V, 7, §27); in II, 3, §§ 2-9, we have ἄχρι, 
μέχρι, and ἔστε; in I, 9, §19, ἐκτῶντο is immediately followed 
by ἐπέπατο, and in II, 6, ὃ 21, λαμβάνοι by κερδαίνοι. Some- 
times the variation is simply one of form, as when ἕξει is 
immediately followed by σχήσει in III, 5, §11, in II, 6, 89, 
ἐνίοτε by ἔσθ᾽ ὅτε, and in III, 1, ὃ 20, ydew by ἤδη; or of syntax, 
as when ἀγάλλομαι is used first with ἐπί and the dat., and then 
with the simple dat. (II, 6, § 26). 

This desire to vary a phrase already used may perhaps 
be the reason for the choice of an occasional poetic word (as 
in ov τελέθει τὰ ἱερά, VI, 6, ὃ 36). 

Again, Xenophon is very fond of the figure, anaphora, 
and frequently begins successive clauses with an identical 
phrase. Instances abound; 6. g. ἐπιδεικνὺς μὲν. . . ἐπιδεικνὺς δέ 
(I, 3, ὃ 16) ; ὁρῶσι pév . . . δρῶσι δὲ, . . . δρῶσι δέ (IV, 3, ὃ 7). 
Sometimes we have a combination of anaphora and varied 
phrase, as in éxvoinv μὲν. . . φοβοίμην δέ (I, 3, §17), or in 
ἐπειδὰν δὲ. .. ἐπειδὰν δὲ. .. ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ τρίτῳ (II, 2, ὃ 4). 

Further, the chiastic arrangement of words is often sought. 
Sometimes this is a natural arrangement, when regard is had 
to emphatic expression, as in II, 4, ὃ 16, πιστοὶ ὄντες Κύρῳ. καὶ 
ὑμῖν εὖνοι, but even so it is a conscious, rather than an uncon- 
scious, device, and instances occur in rhetorical passages— 
in the speeches and in the biographical chapter II, 6, 
oftener than in the narrative itself. Sometimes, too, the 
chiastic arrangement is more elaborate; see the notes on 
II, 6, 5, and III, 1, 93. One especially effective form is 
ealled palindromic; see I, 7, §13 (with the note) ; I, 10, §3; 
II, 4, $20; IT, 5, $3; IV, 7, $3. 

Other instances of conscious art in the matter of word 
arrangement, in cases where emphasis is sought, or where 
reference is had to euphony, alliteration, or to assonance, 
might easily be cited. Occasionally, too, it is plain that 
cacophony has been purposely avoided. In III, 1, § 23, e. g. 
μέν is omitted after ἔχομεν, because its use would have given 





Introduction 





an ill-sounding phrase; and the same grounds may have led 
to the omission of av before ἀναστρέφοιο in II, 5, § 14; similarly 
we have the infrequent τὸ ποιούμενον in I, 10, ὃ 12, because the 
normal τὸ γιγνόμενον Would have given an unpleasant assonance 
with the following γιγνώσκειν. Possibly the choice of the in- 
frequent infinitive construction after λέγει in III, 1, ὃ 26, is 
similarly to be accounted for. 

The un-Attic features and the frequent poeticisms in Xen- 
ophon’s style have often been commented on. They are of 
interest, when considered in connection with the facts of 
his life, as showing that he was as pan-Hellenic in his style 
as in his politics. It should not be forgotten that he lived 
for years among Asiatic and Peloponnesian Greeks, and that 
during the formative years of his early life there was no 
Attic prose literature upon which his style could have been 
modeled, while there is abundant evidence that he was 
strongly influenced by the poets, not one of whom wrote pure 
** Attic.”’ 

40. THE SPEECHES IN THE ANABASIS.—The incorporation 
of speeches in historical narrative was to the Greek not only 
an effective and dramatic method of vivifying the narrative 
itself, but was so entirely in accord with the actual political 
life with which he was acquainted that a history without 
speeches would have seemed to him at once a tame and life- 
less thing and an unnatural thing. It has been left for our 
modern age to question the right of the historian to avail 
himself of this device, and to find something of dishonesty 
in the incorporation of speeches unless he is in possession of 
an authentic record of the words actually used by the speaker 
on the particular occasion in question. 

The ancients felt far otherwise; and it is impossible rightly 
to appreciate the art of historical composition in antiquity, or 
even rightly to weigh the content of the historical narrative, 
unless we can in a measure approach the problem from the 
antique point of view. 

The first and most essential thing is to realize the value 
that to the Greeks of old the spoken word possessed, as con- 








Introduction li 





trasted with the written word. We must allow its due weight 
to the constant use of oratory in ancient political life, and 
must remember that there were no journals, no daily papers, 
indeed scarcely any prose literature, and no reading public 
until toward the end of the fifth century B. c. It was cus- 
tomary not for poets and orators alone, but for literary art- 
ists generally, to publish their works by public readings or 
recitations, rather than in written form. 

Remembering these facts we shall realize that the histo- 
rian’s gift of historic imagination found in the dramatic 
scenes which form the background of the speeches, and in 
the speeches themselves, a splendid field for its exercise; and 
we who read the narrative after the lapse of centuries find 
our ability to comprehend events and their causes greatly 
helped by such a method of vivifying the past. Nor must we 
forget that history-writing is an art; and it may be ques- 
tioned whether the modern theory of the science of history 
has not entailed losses which in part offset its gains in 
scientific accuracy. 

Xenophon makes free use of speeches in the Anabasis. 
Some are represented as having been delivered on occasions 
when he was presumably present, others when he certainly 
was not present, and under such circumstances that it must 
have been impossible for him to learn precisely what was 
said. All must be regarded as free compositions by Xeno- 
phon himself rather than as authentic records of what was 
actually said by the various speakers. At the same time it 
would be going too far to deny them all historic value. There 
is also an artistic fitness in the way in which some of the 
speeches are made to accord with the character of the speaker. 
Those of Chirisophus, for example, and of Cleanor have a 
distinct character of their own. 

In point of style, the speeches are quite different from the 
narrative portions of the work, and are at times highly rhetor- 
ical (see, e. g., II, 5, §§ 3ff., especially § 9; and IV, 6, §§ 10ff.). 

Of especial interest are the speeches put in the mouth of 
Xenophon himself, as they so admirably illustrate the influ- 





li Introduction 





ence of his Athenian training and his masterly power in 
dealing with men. We may refer not only to the speeches 
in III, 1 and 2, but in particular to that by which Xenophon 
restrained the angry soldiers in Byzantium (VII, 1, §§ 25-31), 
and to his striking address to Seuthes (VII, 7, §§ 21-47). 








ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ 
KTPOT ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ 


BOOK I 
1 I. Δαρείου καὶ Παρυσάτιδος. γέγνονται παῖδες δύο, πρεσ- 
βύτερος μὲν ᾿Αρταξέρξης, νεώτερος δὲ Κῦρος" ἐπεὶ δὲ ἠσθένει 
Δαρεῖος καὶ ὑπώπτευε τελευτὴν τοῦ βίου, ἐβούλετο τὼ πᾳῖδε 


(2 ἀμφοτέρω παρεῖναι. ὁ μὲν οὖν πρεσβύτερος παρὼν ἐτύγχανε" 





CuHapPTER I 


1 Δαρείου καὶ Παρυσάτιδος : gen. of 
source (G. 1130, 2; H. 750; Β. 
365). This was Darius Nothus 
(i. e. the illegitimate), who came 
to the throne in 425 B.c. See 
the Introd., § 22. 

γίγνονται : histor. pres. (G. 1252; 
H. 828; Β. 525). This is particu- 
larly common with vbs. of rela- 
tionship (genealogical present). 

παῖδες δύο: δύο more commonly 
takes the plural than the dual 
(below τὼ παῖδε, with stress on 
the idea of both, ἀμφοτέρω). 
There were thirteen children in 
all, but only two appear in 
Xenophon’s narrative. The fol- 
lowing proper names are in ap- 
position with παῖδες (G. 911; H. 
623; B. 317). The clauses are, 
as often, balanced by μέν and δέ. 
The former may rarely be trans- 
lated; the latter means and or 
but, as the context determines. 
Avoid cumbersome phrases such 
as on the one hand—on the 
other. Greek has a natural love 


of balance; English has not. 
For a sketch of the characters 
of the two brothers, see the 
Introd., §$24 and 25. Remember 
this was not Cyrus the Great. 


2 ἠσθένει : lay sick. The tense is " 


durative (G. 1250, 2; H. 829; Β.᾽ 
526). 


8 ὑπώπτενε: G. 543; H. 362a; cf. B. 


175. For the meaning, cf. Lat. 
suspicor 


τελευτὴν τοῦ βίου: the word θάνατος 


is ordinarily avoided; so, too, 
τελευτάω is the common vb. to die 
(ἀποθνήσκω denotes a_ violent 
death). In compound phrases 
like this the art. is regularly 
expressed only with the noun in 
the gen. Note the possessive 
force of the art., common in 
many languages. 


4 ἀμφοτέρω : the predicate position 


is regular with pronouns. Here 
the postponement adds em- 
phasis. 


μὲν οὖν, now. μέν simply paves the 


way for the following δέ. 


παρὼν ἐτύγχανε, happened to be 





Anabasis 





5 Κῦρον δὲ μεταπέμπεται ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἧς αὐτὸν σατράπην 

> / " Ἂ ‘ ey" > / ‘ Ld , a 

ἐποίησε" καὶ στρατηγὸν δὲ αὐτὸν ἀπέδειξε πάντων ὅσοι εἰς Kao- 

τωλοῦ πεδίον ἁθροίζονται. ἀναβαίνει οὖν ὁ Κῦρος λαβὼν Τισ- 
/ Δ 

σαφέρνην ὡς φίλον καὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἔχων ὁπλίτας ἀνέβη 





there. The supplementary 
partic. contains the main idea 
(G. 1586; H. 984; B. 660 n_). 

5 Kipov: the obj. may be empha- 
sized by being brought to the 
head of the sentence, the subj. 
by being postponed. 

μεταπέμπεται : another histor. pres. 
For the voice, see G. 1242, 2; H. 
813; B. 504. 

ἀρχῆς, province; see the Introd., 
§$ 17 and 24. 

σατράπην, satrap, a Persian word, 
familiar to the Greeks of Xeno- 
phon’s day. Herodotus (about 
half a century earlier) uses 
ὕπαρχος as a Greek equivalent. 
In general, Greek was slow to 
borrow foreign words, and, as a 
rule, made borrowed words look 
like Greek formations. (Cf. 
παράδεισος and παρασάγγης, also 
Persian words.) For the pred. 
acc., see G. 1077; H. 726; B. 341. 
ἐποίησε . . . ἀπέδειξε: translate 
as if plpfs. (Η. 837; Β. 519, note 
1; 528, 1; G. M. T. 58). Greek 
is less exact than Eng. in the 
use of past tenses; in expressing 
future relations far more exact. 

oa. «wen eed. « Cee Bis 
connective, xalintensive. Cyrus 
was not only satrap, but a mili- 
tary officer as well, commanding 
one of the four divisions of the 
imperial army; see the Introd., 
§24. This fact calls for em- 
phatic expression, and is 
brought into stronger promi- 


nence by the abandonment of 
the relative construction. 

πάντων ὅσοι: ὅσος is the normal 
form of the relative when the 
antecedent is πᾶς. 

7 ἁθροίζονται : habit. pres.; the re- 
view occurred each year. The 
plain of Castolus was the mus- 
tering place for the troops of 
lower Asia. 

ἀναβαίνει. .. ἀνέβη : histor. pres. 
and aor. side by side, as not in- 
frequently. For the form ἀνέβη, 
see G. 798; 799; H. 489; 8. 209; 
211. Note the force of ἀνα-. 

ὁ Κῦρος: the art. with proper 
names may serve (a) to mark 
the individual as famous; (δ) 
to contrast him with someone 
else; or (c) it refers back to some- 
one already mentioned. 

λαβὼν. . . ἔχων : circumstantial 
partics. (G. 1563; H. 968b; Β. 
652). Itis a mistake to assume 
that with suffices as a transla- 
tion. Cyrus took with him 
(λαβών) Tissaphernes, and went 
up at the head of (ἔχων) his 
troops. Note the chiastic order 
(ἀναβαίνει... λαβὼν... «ἔχων... 
ἀνέβη), often a mere rhetorical 
device, although at times the 
most natural arrangement. See 
the Introd., § 39. 

Τισσαφέρνην: see the Introd., § 23. 
Proper names in -9s, of the third 
decl., often form the acc. in -ην, 
as if of the first decl. 

8 ὡς φίλον: Cyrus’ rapid advance- 


Book I, Chap. I 3 





μην , | ‘\ Ἀ 
8 τριακοσίους, ἄρχοντα δὲ αὐτῶν Ἐξενίαν ΠΠαρράσιον. ἐπεὶ δὲ 


ἐτελεύτησε Δαρεῖος καὶ κατέστη εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν ᾿Αρταξέρξης, 10 
Τισσαφέρνης διαβάλλει τὸν Κῦρον πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν ὡς ἐπιβου- 
λεύοι αὐτῷ. ὃ δὲ πείθεται καὶ λαμβάνει Κῦρον ὡς ἀποκτενῶν" 


ἡ δὲ μήτηρ ἐξαιτησαμένη αὐτὸν ἀποπέμπει πάλιν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχήν. 


'΄ὠς 


{ °O ® as ἀπῆλθε κινδυνεύσας καὶ ἀτιμασθείς, βουλεύεται 





ment had aroused the jealousy 
of Tissaphernes. Perhaps Cyrus 
saw this, and took him with him, 
because he dared not leave him 
behind—or was he himself de- 
ceived? 

τῶν ‘EAAfvev: emphatic by posi- 
tion; three hundred Greek hop- 
lites afforded greater protection 
than many times that number of 
Orientals. For the equipment of 
the hoplite, see the Introd., § 28. 
The gen. τῶν Ἑλλήνων is partitive 
(6. 1088; H. 7296; B. 355). 
fleviav: see the Introd., § 38. Of 
the Greeks deemed worthy of 
special mention in the Anabasis 
many are Arcadians (cf. VI, 2, 
810). Find Parrhasia on the map. 

ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐτελεύτησε: ἐπεί, with the 
aor. may generally be rendered 
by the Eng. plpf.; in temporal 
clauses the Greek plpf. is excep- 
tional. 

10 κατέστη: with εἰς, because mo- 
tion is implied. 

11 διαβάλλει: maligned, falsely 
accused; yet it is possible that 
the charge was true; see the 
Introd., § 25. 

ὡς ἐπιβουλεύοι, (saying) that he 
was plotting against him. The 
opt. is due to the indirect quota- 
tion; see G. 1487; H. 932, 2; B. 673. 
The histor. pres. is a secondary 
tense. 


12 ὃ δέ: in this phrase, regularly 
referring toa new subj., the older 
use of the art. asa demonstrative 
survives (G. 981; 983; H. 654e; 
B. 443, 1). In such cases it is 
best written with the accent. 

ὡς ἀποκτενῶν: G. 1563, 4; 1574; H. 
969c; 978; B. 653, 5; 656, 3; ὡς 
shows that this was the avowed 
or assumed purpose of Arta- 
xerxes; dre, with the partic., on 
the other hand, makes a state- 
ment for which the writer is 
responsible (6. g. IV, 2, §13). 

13 ἐξαιτησαμένη . . .- ἀποπέμπει, 
begged him off (as a favor to her- 
self, mid.) and sent him back. 
Greek often uses a partic. and 
vb., instead of two vbs. coupled 
by καί, It is rich in partics., 
while Eng. is not. The use of 
the aor. indicates that the action 
of the partic. is prior to that of 
the vb. For the character of 
Parysatis, see the Introd., § 26. 

14 6 8é, 7. e., Cyrus, another shift of 
subject. 

és: temporal; cf. Lat. ut. 

βουλεύεται... . ἀντ᾽ ἐκείνον, planned 
that he might never again be in 
the power of his brother, but, if 
possible, might be king in his 
place. For the use of the fut. 
indic. in an obj. clause, see G. 
1372; H. 885; B. 593. Such a 
clause must, of course, take as 





Anabasis 





15 ὅπως μήποτε ἔτι ἔσται ἐπὶ τῷ ἀδελφῷ, ἀλλά, ἣν δύνηται, Ba- 


΄ » φ » Pl 
σιλεύσει AVT ἐκείνου. 


Παρύσατις μὲν δὴ ἡ μήτηρ ὑπῆρχε τῷ 


Κύρῳ, φιλοῦσα αὐτὸν μᾶλλον ἣ τὸν βασιλεύοντα ᾿Αρταξέρξην. 
ὅστις δ᾽ ἀφικνεῖτο τῶν παρὰ βασιλέως πρὸς αὐτὸν πάντας, οὕτω 
διατιθεὶς, ἀπεπέμπετο͵ ὥστε αὐτῷ μᾶλλον φίλους εἶναι ἢ βασιλεῖ. 
20 καὶ τῶν παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ δὲ βαρβάρων ἐπεμελεῖτο “ὡς πολεμεῖν τε 





its negative μή, not οὐ; see G. 
1610; H. 1021; B. 431, 1 and 4. 
15 ἣν δύνηται, strictly, if he should 

be able, a fut. condition (G. 1403; 
H. 898; B. 604). The subijv. is 
retained, although following a 
secondary tense (histor. pres.) in 
virtual indir. disc. (6. 1502; H. 

937; B. 677). 

16 μέν: balanced by δέ, 1. 18, serves 
to contrast the activity of Parys- 
atis with that of Cyrus himself. 
Especially when coupled with δή, 
as here, μέν often marks the dis- 
missal of one topic and the pass- 
ing on to another. 

ὑπῆρχε, favored, supported. Ob- 
serve the force of the prep., he 
had her to count upon. 

17 βασιλεύοντα : the partic. is a 
virtual adj. 

18 ὅστις ἀφικνεῖτο : when a rel. has 
a general or an indefinite ante- 
cedent, it regularly takes the 
constructions of the general con- 
ditional sentence (G. 1429; 1431, 
land 2; H.913; 914b; B. 620; 625). 
The opt. would, therefore, be nor- 
mal here, but the past indic. (as 
in the Eng. idiom) is also found; 
see G. 1432; H. 918; 894c; G. M. 
T. 535. This is especially com- 
mon with ὅστις, which is itself 
indefinite. 

τῶν παρὰ βασιλέως: the preposi- 
tional phrase, with the art., 


Serves as a substantive (G. 952, 
1 and 2; H. 666a, 621; B. 451, 1). 
The phrase is a condensed one; 
the full form would be, ὅστις δὲ 
τῶν παρὰ βασιλεῖ ἀφικνεῖτο παρὰ 
βασιλέως; of. I, 2, 818, οἱ ἐκ τῆς 
dyopas. This condensation is 
regular in Greek. βασιλεύς nor- 
mally omits the art., G. 957; H. 
660c; B. 446, note. 

πάντας: legitimately follows ὅστις, 
which implies a plural. The 
relative, after πᾶς, is usually ὅσος. 
Observe the emphasis falling on 
the antecedent, when the rela- 
tive precedes. These men were 
probably inspectors, sent out 
from Babylon. 

19 ὥστε. . . εἶναι: G. 1449, 1450; 
H. 953; B. 595. With the infin. 
(tendency) contrast the indic., 
noddvero, below, 1. 39 (actual re- 
sult). οὕτω often leads up to 
ὥστε. 

αὐτῷ : for the case, see G. 1174; 
H. 765; B. 376. 

μᾶλλον φίλους : commoner than 
the comp. form of this adj., al- 
though we have φιλαίτερον, I, 9, 
§ 29; cf. μάλιστα φίλος, VII, 6, § 15. 

20 wal... δέ: see above,1.6, δέ 
is not usually so far postponed; 
most frequently it is the second 
word in its clause. Here the 
postponement emphasizes the 
preceding words, and so marks 


4 


Book I, Chap. I 5 





6 ἱκανοὶ εἴησαν καὶ εὐνοϊκῶς ἔχοιεν αὐτῷ: τὴν δὲ Ἑλληνικὴν 


δύναμιν ἥθροιξεν ὡς μάλιστα ἐδύνατο ἐπικρυπτόμενος, ὅπως ὅτι 


, 
ἀπαρασκευότατον λάβοι βασιλέα. 


Ὧδε οὖν ἐποιεῖτο τὴν συλλογήν. 


ὁπόσας εἶχε φυλακὰς ἐν 





the contrast, τῶν παρὰ βασιλέως 
. τῶν παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ. 

τῶν βαρβάρων : for the case, see G. 
1102 ; H. 742; B. 356. The subj. 
of a depend. clause is often 
brought forward and made the 
obj. of the main vb. (prolepsis; 
see H. 878; B. 717, 18). This 
arrangement, very common in 
Greek, is infrequent in English, 
although it occurs in poetry, 
and in the authorized transla- 
tion of the New Testament the 
Greek idiom is sometimes kept 
(1 knew thee that thou art an 
hard man, Matt. XXV : 24). 

as... elnoav... ἔχοιεν : forthe 
ordinary syntax of such an obj. 
clause, cf. drws . . . ἔσται. 1. 15, 
and the note. The subjv. (after 
secondary tenses the opt.) is also 
permitted, as in pure final 
clauses (G. 1374,1; H. 885b; B. 
593, 1). Xenophon allows the 
use of ὡς, instead of ὅπως (G. M. 
T. 351, 1 and App. IV); for this 
there are but few parallels in 
other Attic authors. He stands 
alone also (among prose writers) 
in making free use of ὡς, instead 
of ἵνα or ὅπως, in final clauses. 

πολεμεῖν: dependent on ἱκανοί (G. 
1526; H. 952; B. 641). 

21 εὐνοϊκῶς ἔχσιεν : ἔχω, with advs., 
expresses a state or condition, 
and is best rendered by our vb. 
to be, with an adj. 

τὴν δὲ Ἑλληνικὴν δύναμιν: note 
again the emphatic pusition. 


22 ἥθροιζεν : he set about collecting. 
Note the tense. 

ὡς μάλιστα ἐδύνατο ἐπικρυπτόμενος, 
with all possible secrecy. How 
lit.? 

ὅπως λάβοι: G. 1365; H. 881; B. 
590. 8rwsis Xenophon’sfavorite , 
final particle, although ta is 
freely used, and also ὡς (c. 3. 
69). See G. M. T. 312, 3 and 
App. 111. 

ὅτι ἀπαρασκευότατον : ὅτι and ὡς 
are frequently used to intensify 
the meaning of a superlative 
(cf., below, ὅτι πλείστου). With 
ws, not ὅτι, the vb. of ability is 
often expressed (above, |. 22). 

24 ὧδε: as a rule, ὧδε looks forward, 
οὕτως back (G. 1005; H. 696; B. 
482). The remainder of the 
chapter is taken up with the 
narrative of the various ways in 
which Cyrus sought to raise 
troops. 

ἐποιεῖτο τὴν συλλογήν : a frequent 
periphrasis. ποιῶ (in the pas- 
sive, γίγνομαι), with the verbal 
noun, may take the place of al- 
most any vb. Here the use of the 
mid. emphasizes the activity of 
the subj. 

ὁπόσας εἶχε. .. λαμβάνειν, to the 
commanders of all the garri- 
sons which he had in the cities 
he gave orders that they should 
severally enlist. More regularly 
the Greek would be, φυλακῶν 
ὁπόσων εἶχε (by attraction for 
ὁπόσας εἶχε, G. 1031; H. 994; B. 





Anabasis 





» »"ἭἪ Ld 
25 ταῖς πόλεσι παρήγγειλε τοῖς φρουράρχοις ἑκάστοις λαμβάνειν 
ἄνδρας Πελοποννησίους ὅτι πλείστους καὶ βελτίστους, ὡς ἐπι- 


βουλεύοντος Τισσαφέρνους ταῖς πόλεσι. 


καὶ γὰρ ἦσαν αἱ ‘lo- 


al / 
νικαὶ πόλεις Τισσαφέρνους τὸ ἀρχαῖον ἐκ βασιλέως δεδομέναι, 


τότε δὲ ἀφειστήκεσαν πρὸς Κῦρον πᾶσαι πλὴν Μιλήτου: ἐν Me- 7 


»" ;; 

80 λήτῳ δὲ Τισσαφέρνης προαισθόμενος τὰ αὐτὰ ταῦτα βουλευομε- 
~ “ ‘ - Ἁ , 

vous, ἀποστῆναι πρὸς Κῦρον, τοὺς μὲν αὐτῶν ἀπέκτεινε τοὺς ὃ 





484). As it is, the antecedent is 
incorporated in the rel. clause 
(G. 1037; H. 995; B. 485). ὁπόσος 
implies the antecedent all; see 
the note on πάντας, 1.18. Dis- 
tinguish between φυλακάς (from 
φυλακή) and φύλακας (from φύλαξ). 

25 ἑκάστοις : pred. posit.; see on 
ἀμφοτέρω, 1. 4. When it desig- 
nates individuals, not groups, 
ἕκαστος is regularly in the sing. 
Here its close association with 
φρουράρχοις justifies the pl. 

26 Πελοποννησίους: confessedly the 
best soldiers among the Greeks; 
ef. the note on Zeviay, 1. 9. 

ὡς ἐπιβουλεύοντος T., alleging that 
T. was plotting against their 
cities. See the note on ws ἀπο- 
κτενῶν, 1. 12. For the gen. abs. 
see G. 1568; H. 970; B. 657. 

27 καὶ yap, and (with the more 
plausibility) for; but the ellip- 
sis is often hardly felt. 

ἦσαν. .. Τισσαφέρνους, had be- 
longed to T. The impf. stands 

where English requires the 
pipf.; see the note on ἐποίησε, 
1. 6. When the impf. is thus 
used, the idea of duration is 
often prominent. For the pred. 
gen., see G. 1094, 1; H. 732a; B. 
348, 1. 


ai ᾿Ιωνικαὶ πόλεις : see the Introd., 


§ 26. 


28 τὸ ἀρχαῖον: G. 1060; H. 719; 
B. 336. 

ἐκ βασιλέως, by the king. ἐκ, 
common in Ionic Greek, may be 
used even in Attic of the agent, 
considered as the source; οἵ. 
ἀπό, 1, 47. 

29 ἀφειστήκεσαν : for the form, see 
G. 528; H. 359a; B. 172, 2. 

πλὴν Μιλήτου : Tissaphernes kept 
the Milesians in check by a 
strong fortress which he had 
built. 

30 προαισθόμενος. .. βουλενομένους, 
perceiving that some were form- 
ing this same plan (xpo-, before 
their plan was ripe for execu- 
tion). Observe that the aor. 
partic. denotes an action prior 
to that of the principal vb. 

τὰ αὐτά (often written ταὐτά) : to 
be distinguished from ταῦτα (Ο. 
399; H. 679; B. 475,1). The 
case is acc. of the inner obj. (G. 
1054; H. 716b; B. 334). Insuch 
phrases the pl. is normal in 
Greek, although Eng. often re- 
quires the sing. 

βουλενομένους : partic. in indir. disc. 
(G. 1588; H. 982; B. 661). The 
indef. subj. of the partic. is 
omitted. 

$1 ἀποστῆναι: in appos. with τὰ 
αὐτὰ ταῦτα, 
τοὺς piv... τοὺς δέ, some... 


Book I, Chap. I 7 





’ , ud ps" “ Ψ Ἁ 

ἐξέβαλεν, ὁ δὲ Κῦρος ὑπολαβὼν τοὺς φεύγοντας συλλέξας 
> , ᾿ 

στράτευμα ἐπολιόρκει [Μέλητον καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν 


εἰν. cal f 
καὶ ἐπειρᾶτο κατάγειν τοὺς ἐκπεπτωκότας. 


το καθὰ καὶ αὕτη αὖ ἄλλη 
πρόφασις ἦν αὐτῷ τοῦ ἁθροίζειν στράτευμα. πρὸς δὲ βασιλέα 
8 πέμπων ἠξίου ἀδελφὸς ὧν αὐτοῦ δοθῆναι οἵ ταύτας τὰς πόλεις 
μᾶλλον ἢ Τισσαφέρνην ἄρχειν αὐτῶν, καὶ ἡ μήτηρ συνέπραττεν 
αὐτῷ ταῦτα: ὥστε βασιλεὺς τὴν μὲν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἐπιβουλὴν οὐκ 
ἠσθάνετο, Τισσαφέρνει δὲ ἐνόμιζε πολεμοῦντα αὐτὸν ἀμφὶ τὰ 





others. Fur the art. as a 


demonstr. see on ὃ δέ, 1. 12, 

ἀπέκτεινε : aor. indic. (6. 672; H. 
431; B. 204). This form might 
be impf., but ἐξέβαλεν shows that 
it is aor. For the latter form, 
see G.675; H. 435; B. 207; 208. 

82 ὑπολαβὼν... συλλέξας... ἐπο- 
λιόρκει, having taken the exiles 
under his protection (ὑπο-), col- 
lected an army and laid siege to. 
Observe that φεύγω supplies a 
passive to ἐκβάλλω ; cf. ἐκπεπτω- 
κότας, below. 

34 κατάγειν, restore. Observe the 
force of the prep.; ef. κατέρχομαι, 
come back from banishment. 

ἐκπεπτωκότας : ἐκπίπτω is the nor- 
mal passive of ἐκβάλλω, 

airy: attracted to the gender of 
the pred. noun, a common 
construction (cf. Lat.). On the 
other hand the neut. is often 
kept. Since demonstr. pro- 
nouns regularly take the art., 
the absence of the art. shows 
that the noun is a part of the 
pred. and does not go directly 
with the pronoun. 

35 αὐτῷ : dat. of possess. (G. 1173; 
H. 768; B. 379). 

τοῦ ἁθροίζειν, for collecting. The 
infin. stands as a noun in the 

gen. (G. 1547; H. 959; B. 639). 


Xen. is fond of the articular 
infin, 
36 ἠξίου, urged, asked as his right, 
a durative tense. 
ὦν, inasmuch as he was. 
δοθῆναι of : the infin. is the obj. of 
ἠξίου (G. 1518; H. 948; B. 638). 
of is the indir. refl. (G. 987-; H. 
685; B. 471; 472); ὦ ¢., while 
occurring in a subord. clause, it 
refers back to the main subj. 
Though enclitic, it is accented 
when emphatic (G. 144, 1; H. 
263; B. 71, 2). 
87 ἄρχειν, continue to rule. 
avrév: for the case, see G. 1109 ; 
Η. 741; B. 356. 
συνέπραττεν αὐτῷ : the dat. is due 
to the comp. vb. (G. 1179; H. 
775; B. 394). 
38 Sore: see the note on ὥστε εἶναι, 
1, 10: 
τὴν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἐπιβουλήν : the prep. 
with its case has the value of an 
attrib. adj.; see the references 
cited in the note on τῶν παρὰ Ba- 
σιλέως, 1.18. πρός is the most 
personal of the preps. governing 
the acc.; it may or may not 
denote hostility; ἐπί generally 
does. 
39 Τισσαφέρνει: emphatic, thought 
it was against T. that he was 
warring, ete. For the dat., see 











8 ' Anabasis 





, veal “ > \ al > Ὁ al 
40 στρατεύματα δαπανᾶν" ὥστε οὐδὲν ἤχθετο αὐτῶν πολεμούντων. 


καὶ γὰρ ὁ Κῦρος ἀπέπεμπε τοὺς γιγνομένους δασμοὺς βασιλεῖ 
ἐκ τῶν πόλεων, ὧν Τισσαφέρνους ἐτύγχανεν ἔχων. 


ἼΛλλο δὲ στράτευμα αὐτῷ συνελέγετο ἐν Χερρονήσῳ τῇ 9 
κατ᾽ ἀντιπέρας ᾿Αβύδου τόνδε τὸν τρόπον. 


Κλέαρχος Λακεδαι- 





G. 1177; H. 772; B. 892,1, with 
the note. The partic. πολεμοῦντα 
is, of course, not due to indir. 
disc., but the emphasis is best 
brought out by some such ren- 
dering as that given above. 

ἀμφί: more commonly εἰς is used 
in this phrase; e. g. c. 3. 15. 

40 δαπανᾶν: infin. in indir. disc. 
(G 1522, 1; H. 946; B. 646). 

ὥστε. . . πολεμούντων, so that he 
did not at all (οὐδέν) object to 
their being at war. οὐδέν is the 
acc. of the inner obj., here, as 
often, scarcely differing in force 
from anadv. See the references 
cited in the note on τὰ αὐτὰ 
ταῦτα, |, 30. 
αὐτῶν πολεμούντων: causal gen. 
abs.; see on ws ἐπιβουλεύοντος, 
ll. 26 f. 
41 καὶ yap, and (with more reason ) 
for. See |. 27 and the note. 

ἀπέπεμπε, continued to remit; 
observe the tense. ἀπο- does not 
merely indicate separation; the 
revenues belonged to the king; 
s0 ἀποδίδωμι, give back what is 
due, ἀπαιτῶ, ask what is due, 
etc. Cf. Lat. re-. 

Sacpots : the tribute was paid not 
in money only, but in the pro- 
ducts of the different provinces, 
cattle, horses, etc. 

42 ἐκ τῶν πόλεων . .. ἔχων, from the 
cities belonging to T., which he 
(Cyrus) happened to hold. The 


possess, gen. Τισσαφέρνους is in- 
corporated in the rel. clause; 
see the notes on Τισσαφέρνους 
ἦσαν, ll. 27f., and on ὁπόσας εἶχε 
φυλακάς, 1. 24. ὧν is attracted 
to the case of its antecedent 
(see the references cited in the 
note just referred to). For the 
partic. with ἐτύγχανεν, see |. 4 
and the note. 

43 αὐτῷ : for such dats. consult G. 
1157; H. 766; B. 377, note 2. 

Χερρονήσῳ : since Χερρόνησος strictly 
means peninsula, a further des- 
ignation may be added, although 
the presumption always is that 
the Thracian Chersonesus is 
meant; see the map. 

τῇ κατ᾽ ἀντιπέρας ᾿Αβύδου: it was 
at Abydus that Xerxes crossed 
the Hellespont. For the gen., 
see G. 1148; H. 757; B. 360. 
Note the third attrib. posit.; the 
epithet comes in as an after- 
thought. The student should 
observe that in all three posi- 
tions the attrib. is immediately 
preceded by the art.; see G. 959, 
1 and 2; H. 666; 667; 668; B. 452. 

44 τόνδε τὸν τρόπον, in the follow- 
ing manner. See the note on ὧδε, 
Ἰ, 24. For the acc. as an adv., 
cf. τὸ ἀρχαῖον, 1. 28, and the 
note. In the case of this word 
the dat. of manner and the adv. 
acc. are indistinguishable in 
meaning. 


? 





‘ 


ν΄ 





1 


Book I, Chap. II 11 





vl “Ὁ a * 
στρατεύεσθαι, ws πράγματα παρεχόντων τῶν Πισιδῶν τῇ éav- 


τοῦ χώρᾳ. 


Σοφαίνετον δὲ τὸν Στυμφάλιον καὶ Σωκράτην τὸν ᾿Αχαιόν, 


/ \ a 
ξένους ὄντας Kal τούτους, ἐκέλευσεν ἄνδρας λαβόντας ἐλθεῖν ὅτι 
4 / A a 
πλείστους, ὡς πολεμήσων Τισσαφέρνει σὺν τοῖς φυγάσι τοῖς 


Μιλησίων. 


> ἤ isd b 
Kal ἐποίουν οὕτως οὗτοι. 


> 1 ἢ νυν} " , >” N ᾿ ἢ 
II. Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐδόκει ἤδη πορεύεσθαι αὐτῷ ἄνω, τὴν μὲν πρό- 

> ° a 
φασιν ἐποιεῖτο ws Πισίδας βουλόμενος ἐκβαλεῖν παντάπασιν ἐκ 


ol Ud \ 
τῆς χώρας" Kal ἁθροίζει ws ἐπὶ τούτους τό τε βαρβαρικὸν καὶ τὸ 


Ἑλληνικόν. 


ἐνταῦθα καὶ παραγγέλλει τῷ τε Κλεάρχῳ λαβόντι 





meaning, εἰς, expressing the 
limit of motion, is not used 
with the sing. of persons. The 
Pisidians were a hardy tribe, 
inhabiting the mountainous dis- 
trict south of Cyrus’ satrapy 
(see the map), and enjoyed vir- 
tual independence. 

65 Στυμφάλιον... ᾿Αχαιόν: find 
Stymphalus and Achaea on the 
map, and consult the note on 
eviay, 1. 9. 

66 ξένους ὄντας καὶ τούτους, who 
were also guest-friends of his. 


CuHapPTER IT 


1 ἐπεὶ δ᾽. . ἄνω, but when at 
length it seemed good to him to 
proceed inland. Note the force 
of ἄνω, and cf. ἀναβαίνω, ἀνάβασις 
(the opposite is xara-; see the 
vocab.). This was in the early 
part of 401 B.c. 

τὴν μὲν πρόφασιν... as... βουλό- 
μενος, he gave out that he wished. 
Consult the notes on ὡς βουλό- 
μενος, c. 1. 62, and on ἐποιεῖτο τὴν 
συλλογήν, c. 1.24. Observe that 
the use of μέν, in this clause, 
leads one to expect a following 
clause with δέ, giving the real 


ground. This was, however, un- 
necessary. Well knowing that 
the Greeks would shrink from 
the undertaking, if they knew 
he intended to lead them. on so 
long and so dangerous a journey, 
Cyrus hides his purpose; but 
even so starts inland. To the 
Greeks long journeys by land 
were always distasteful; they 
ordinarily traveled by water. 
Cyrus did not disclose his real 
purpose until they reached the 
Euphrates (I, 4,§11), when to 
turn back was a virtual impos- 
sibility. Even as it was they 
suspected that Cyrus was de- 
ceiving them, and mutinied (I, 
3,§1), but were induced to pro- 
ceed by promises of higher pay. 
The course of the march should 
be carefully followed on the map. 
τὸ βαρβαρικὸν... τὸ Ἑλληνικόν: 
in such military phrases the 
neut. sing. is constantly used in 
a collective sense; no noun need 
be supplied. 

4 ἐνταῦθα: 7. e. to Sardis. 

καί, also, not and. 

παραγγέλλει : common in military 
writers; cf. pass the word. 





12 Anabasis 





΄“ Lid 9 > Mba ἤ ‘ hl ᾿ i 
5 ἥκειν ὅσον ἣν αὐτῷ στράτευμα, καὶ τῷ ᾿Αριστίππῳ συναλλα- 
γέντι πρὸς τοὺς οἴκοι ἀποπέμψαι πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ὃ εἶχε στράτευμα" 
ἃ _ ’;’ “a 9 ’ > “ ld “ b ~ 
καὶ Revia τῷ ᾿Αρκάδι, ὃς αὐτῷ προειστήκει τοῦ ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι 
“ Ψ 
ξενικοῦ, ἥκειν παραγγέλλει λαβόντα πλὴν ὁπόσοι ἱκανοὶ ἦσαν 
τὰς ἀκροπόλεις φυλάττειν. ἐκάλεσε δὲ καὶ τοὺς Μίλητον πολι- 
ἴω ’ “ 
ορκοῦντας, καὶ τοὺς φυγάδας ἐκέλευσε σὺν αὐτῷ στρατεύεσθαι, 
ὑποσχόμενος αὐτοῖς, εἰ καλῶς καταπράξειεν ἐφ᾽ ἃ ἐστρατεύετο, 





λαβόντι ἥκειν, to come bringing. 8 πλὴν ὁπόσοι... φυλάττειν, save 


The partic. is in agreement with 
Κλεάρχῳ (cf. συναλλαγέντι) below. 
In such cases it should be noted 
that, while the vb. calls for a 
dat., the following infin. implies 
a subj. acc. The partic. varies 
in agreement. If it stands near 
the dat., as here, it may itself 
be dat.; but it is oftener acc., 
especially when it stands at a 
distance from the noun and in 
close proximity to the infin. 
See Ὁ. 928,1; H. 941; B. 631, 1, 
and cf. λαβόντα, below, |. 8, after 
mevig. 
ὅσον... στράτευμα: the noun is 
incorporated in the rel. clause; 
see on ὁπόσας εἶχε, c. 1. 24. 

᾿Αριστίππῳ: Aristippus appears 
to have sent Menon in his place; 
see |. 34. 

συναλλαγέντι: for the formation of 
the pres., see G. 580; H. 397; 
B. 195, 1. 

6 τοὺς οἴκοι: no noun expressed; 
see On τῶν παρὰ βασιλέως, c. 1. 18. 

7 Ἐξνίᾳ: he afterward proved a 
deserter (I, 4, § 7). 

αὐτῷ, under him (Cyrus). This 
dat. is often best rendered by 
the Eng. possess., was in com- 
mand of his mercenaries. 

τοῦ ξενικοῦ; see on τὸ βαρβαρικόν, 
1. 8, 


as many as would suffice to 
defend the citadels. The ante- 
cedent of the rel. is unexpressed, 
as Often; if expressed, it would 
be τοσούτων. The ancient city 
regularly consisted of a fortified 
citadel and the lower town at 
its base; Mycenae, Corinth, and 
Athens are examples. Names of 
cities are often pl., 6. . ᾿Αθῆναι. 

9 φυλάττειν: cf. πολεμεῖν, c. 1. 20, 
and the note. 

δὲ καί, see on καὶ δέ, c. 1. 6. 

ἐκάλεσε. . . ἐκέλευσε: note the 
chiastic order; see on λαβὼν.,, 
ἔχων, c. 1. 7. 

τοὺς Μίλητον πολιορκοῦντας : the 
partic, with the art., is often 
best rendered by a rel. clause. 

11 ὑποσχόμενος... οἴκαδε: direct, 
ἐὰν καλῶς καταπράξω ἐφ᾽ ἃ orpa- 
τεύομαι, οὐ πρόσθεν παύσομαι πρὶν 
ἂν ὑμᾶς καταγάγω. For ἐὰν κατα- 
πράξω, see On ἣν δύνηται, c. 1. 15; 
for πρὶν ἂν καταγάγω, on πρὶν 
ἂν συμβουλεύσηται, ο. 1. 58 ἢ, The 
change to the opt. is due to 
the quotation after a secondary 
tense (G. 1487; H. 932, 2; B. 673). 
Similarly, στρατεύομαι might have 
been changed to στρατεύοιτο; but, 
in historical writers, a shift to 
the point of view of the narrator 
leads, not infrequently, to the 


2 


Book I, Chap. II 13 





μὴ πρόσθεν παύσασθαι πρὶν αὐτοὺς καταγάγοι οἴκαδε. of δὲ 


3 ἡδέως ἐπείθοντο! ἐπίστευον γὰρ αὐτῷ" καὶ λαβόντες τὰ ὅπλα 


Fievias μὲν δὴ τοὺς ἐκ τῶν πόλεων λα- 


a ᾽ ἤ 
παρῆσαν εἰς Σάρδεις. 
βὼν παρεγένετο εἰς Σάρδεις ὁπλίτας εἰς τετρακισχιλίους, Πρό- 
ξενος δὲ παρῆν ἔχων ὁπλίτας μὲν εἰς πεντακοσίους καὶ χιλίους, 
γυμνῆτας δὲ πεντακοσίους, Σοφαίνετος δὲ ὁ Στυμφάλιος ὁπλί- 
τας ἔχων χιλίους, Σωκράτης δὲ ὁ ᾿Αχαιὸς ὁπλίτας ἔχων ὡς 

, / ν᾿ Σ \ f \ e [4 
πεντακοσίους, Ilaciwy δὲ ὁ Μεγαρεὺς τριακοσίους μὲν ὁπλίτας, 
τριακοσίους δὲ πελταστὰς ἔχων παρεγένετο" ἦν δὲ καὶ οὗτος καὶ 


ὁ Σωκράτης τῶν ἀμφὶ Μέλητον στρατευομένων. 


/ > hI fl 
Σάρδεις αὐτῷ ἀφίκοντο. 


LA A > 
οὗτοι μὲν εἰς 





substitution of the past indic. 
(G. 1501, 1489; H. 936; B. 676). 
This corresponds to the Eng. 
idiom. παύσασθαι is governed by 
the vb. of promising, regarded 
as a vb. of will; hence the infin. 
is timeless and the neg. is μή, 
not οὐ (see G. 1496; H. 1024, end; 
B. 549, note). With vbs. of this 
class the fut. infin. is commoner; 
see G. 1286; H. 948a; B. 549, 2, 
with the note. 

ἐφ᾽’ &: the antecedent is omitted, 
as commonly when it is indef. 
(G. 1026; 1027; H. 996; B. 486); 
cf. πλὴν ὁπόσοι, c. 1.8. Trans., 
the objects of his expedition. 

12 πρόσθεν... πρίν: see c. 1. 58, 
and the note. 

καταγάγοι: cf. κατάγειν, c. 1.34, and 
the note. 

14 παρῆσαν els: see On παραγενέσθαι, 
c. 1.62. Sardis was the capital 
of Lydia; see the map. 

τοὺς ἐκ τῶν πόλεων : SEE ON τῶν παρὰ 
βασιλέως, c. 1. 18. 

15 ὁπλίτας : see the Introd., § 28. 

els, about, to the number of. It 
is still a prep., however, and 
governs the acc.; so does ἀμφί 


(1. 59); ὡς (below, 1. 18), and ὅσον 
(I, 8, § 6), on the other hand, 
are advs., and do not govern a 
case. : 

17 γυμνῆτας : see the Introd., § 28. 

19 Μεγαρεύς: find Megara on the 
map 

20 πελταστάς: see the Introd., 
§ 28. 

qv: the vb. agrees with the nearer 
of two subjs.; see G. 901: H. 
607; B. 496, 1. 

21 τῶν... στρατευομένων : the par- 
tic.isimpf., not pres.; see G. 1289; 
H. 856a; B. 542, 1. Render by 
the Eng. plpf. For the pred. 
gen., cf. Τισσαφέρνους, c. 1. 28 
(there possess., here partit.). 

οὗτοι μέν : no connective is needed; 
see on τούτῳ, c. 1.45. μέν indi- 
cates that others came later 
(consult the note on μὲν δή, 
6. 1.16). The total number of 
the troops thus far mentioned 
is 8,100, 7,300 of them hoplites. 

22 αὐτῷ, at his summons. The 
translation of such dats. must 
vary in different connections; 
see the references given in the 
note on αὐτῷ, c. 1. 43. 








14 Anabasis 





Τισσαφέ δὲ κ } D 1 μείζονα ἡ j 
puns δὲ κατανοήσας ταῦτα, καὶ μείζονα ἡγησάμενος 4 


yr td 
εἶναι ἢ ws ἐπὶ Πισίδας τὴν παρασκευήν, πορεύεται ὡς βασιλέα 
25 ἡ ἐδύνατο τάχιστα ἱππέας ἔχων ὡς πεντακοσίους, καὶ βασιλεὺς 
\ \ > Ν ’ 3 ᾽ ᾽ » 
μὲν δὴ ἐπεὶ ἤκουσε Τισσαφέρνους τὸν Κύρου στόλον, ἄντιπαρεσ.- 


κευάζετο. 


Κῦρος δὲ ἔχων ods εἴρηκα ὡρμᾶτο ἀπὸ Σάρδεων: καὶ 
ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς Λυδίας σταθμοὺς τρεῖς παρασάγγας εἴκοσι 


80 καὶ δύο ἐπὶ τὸν Μαίανδρον ποταμόν. τούτου τὸ evpos δύο 


/ , \ > A « »Ἥ 
πλέθρα" γέφυρα δὲ ἐπὴν ἑπτὰ ἐζευγμένη πλοίοις. τοῦτον 





28 μείζονα : brought to the head of 
the clause for emphasis, al- 
though belonging to the pred. 

24 εἶναι: see the note on δαπανᾶν, 
c. 1. 40, 

ἢ ὡς ἐπί, freely, than would be 
needed against. 

ὡς βασιλέα : ὡς, as a prep., denoting 
the limit, is used only with the 
acc. of words denoting persons; 
els may not be used in such 
cases; see on és Πισίδας, c. 1. 62. 

25 qj ἐδύνατο τάχιστα, with all pos- 
sible speed ; cf. ὡς μάλιστα ἐδύνατο, 
c. 1. 22, and Tissaphernes’ own 
statement, 11, 3, §19. 

26 μὲν δή : see on 6. 1. 16. 

ἤκουσεν: with gen., of the person 
(source), and acc., of the thing, 
as often; G. 1103; H. 742c; 
B. 365. 

28 οὗς εἴρηκα, the forces I have 
mentioned. 

ὡρμᾶτο: the date, according to 
accepted chronology, was Mar. 
6th, 401 Βα. 

29 σταθμούς: acc. of extent (G. 
1062; H. 720; B. 338, with the 
note); so παρασάγγας, also. 

παρασάγγας: a Persian word, made 
to look like Greek; see on 
σατράπην, Ο. 1.5. For the length 


of the parasang, see the Introd., 
§ 29, 

εἴκοσι καὶ δύο: the καί might have 
been omitted; see G. 382, 1; 
H. 291b; B. 153. 

80 Μαίανδρον: names of rivers 
stand regularly in the attrib. 
posit. The tortuous course of 
this stream has given us our 
word meander. 

δύο πλέθρα: in expressions of 
measure we have either the 
pred. nom., as here; the gen. of 
measure (6. g. 1. 47); or, less fre- 
quently, the adj. (e.g. πλεθριαῖον 
I, 5, 8.4); again edpos may stand in 
the nom., as here, or in the acc. 
(acc. of specification, G. 1058; 
H. 718; B. 337). ἐστι, when a 
mere copula, is often omitted. 

31 ἑπτὰ ἐζευγμένη πλοίοις, made of 
(lit. joined by) seven boats. For 
the dat., see G. 1181; H. 776; 
B. 387. fevyvivac γέφυραν and 
fevyvivar ποταμόν are both legiti- 
mate phrases. Pontoon bridges 
were very common in antiquity, 
and are still much used in many 
countries. Note the force of the 
perf., expressing a state. For 
the form, see G. 523; H. 365; 
B. 178, 1. 


Book I, Chap. IT 15 





Ἂ id , i \ 
διαβὰς ἐξελαύνει διὰ Φρυγίας σταθμὸν ἕνα παρασάγγας ὀκτὼ 
Ν > \ i 
eis Κολοσσάς, πόλιν οἰκουμένην καὶ εὐδαίμονα καὶ μεγάλην. 
\ ς 
ἐνταῦθα ἔμεινεν ἡμέρας ἑπτά: καὶ ἧκε Μένων Θετταλὸς ὁπλίτας 


’ 
ἔχων χιλίους Kal πελταστὰς πεντακοσίους, Δόλοπας καὶ Ain- 
dvas καὶ ᾿Ολυνθίους. ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς τρεῖς παρα- 

/; Μ Ld / el ᾧ ἤ x. ᾽ έν ν 
σάγγας εἴκοσιν εἰς Κελαινάς, τῆς Φρυγίας πόλιν οἰκουμένην, 
‘ ἴω , ᾿ d 

μεγάλην καὶ εὐδαίμονα. ἐνταῦθα Κύρῳ βασίλεια ἦν καὶ παρά- 
Cal A 

δεισος μέγας ἀγρίων θηρίων πλήρης, ἃ ἐκεῖνος ἐθήρευεν ἀπὸ 





82 διαβάς: for the tense, see on 
ἐξαιτησαμένη, c.1.13; for the form, 
G. 798; 799; H. 489; B. 209; 211. 

33 Κολοσσάς: see the map; in 
Xenophon’s time a place of some 
importance, and even in Chris- 
tian times the seat of one of 
-the churches of Asia (cf. Paul’s 
epistle). In common with al- 
most all the ancient cities of 
Asia Minor and Mesopotamia it 
is now desolate; Smyrna, still an 
important commercial center, is 
an isolated exception. 

πόλιν οἰκουμένην: the addition of 
this phrase shows that even in 
Xenophon's time many of these 
cities were deserted; he himself 
mentions instances (e.g. 1, 5, § 4). 

εὐδαίμονα καὶ μεγάλην: a favorite 
phrase of Xenophon’s, 

34 ἡμέρας : acc. of duration; cf. the 
note on σταθμούς, 1. 29. 

Μένων: apparently sent by Aris- 
tippus; see on 1.5. For a sketch 
of his character, see IT, 6, §§ 21- 
30, and the Introd., § 38. 

35 ἔχων: seeonc.1.7. Cyrus’ stay 
here was probably due to the 
fact that he was waiting for 
these troops. 

36 ἐντεῦθεν: note the constant 
vuission of the connective with 


these demonstr. advs., and con- 
sult the note on τούτῳ, c. 1. 45. 
Regarding the style of this pas- 
sage, see the Introd., § 39. 

38 Κύρῳ : see on αὐτῷ, c. 1. 35. 

βασίλεια: distinct from βασιλεία 
(c. 1.10). For the use of the pl, 
cf. Lat. aedes. 

qv: sing. vb., with neut. pl. subj.; 
see G. 899, 2; H. 604; B. 498. To 
this rule Xenophon offers many 
exceptions, although most of 
them are easily explainable. For 
the agreement with the nearer 
of two subjs., see on ἦν, ]. 20. 

παράδεισος : another Persian word; 
see on σατράπην, 6.1.5. Hunting 
has always been a favorite pas- 
time with royalty (cf. I, 9, § 6, of 
Cyrus himself), and the Persian 
nobles often had game preserves, 
or parks; cf. I, 4, § 10. 

39 ἀγρίων θηρίων: gen. with an 
adj. expressing fulness (G. 1139; 
1140; cf. 1112; H. 753c; 743; B. 
357). 

ἀπὸ ἵππου, on horseback. The 
prep. is justified, because, in 
hunting, the action is exerted 
from the horse. ἐφ᾽ ἵππου, also 
a common phrase, merely de- 
notes the position of the rider 
on his horse. 














16 Anabasis 





“7 “ ᾿ ω " / ‘ A 
40 \@7roU, ὁπότε γυμνάσαι βούλοιτο ἑαυτόν τε Kal τοὺς ἵππους. 


διὰ μέσου δὲ τοῦ παραδείσου ῥεῖ ὁ Μαίανδρος ποτα ὅς" αἱ δὲ 
μ ῥ μ 


πηγαὶ αὐτοῦ εἰσιν ἐκ τῶν βασιλείων" ῥεῖ δὲ καὶ διὰ τῆς Κελαι- 


νῶν πόλεως. ἔστι δὲ καὶ μεγάλου βασιλέως βασίλεια ἐν 


Κελαιναῖς ἐρυμνὰ ἐπὶ ταῖς πηγαῖς τοῦ Μαρσύου ποταμοῦ ὑπὸ 


τῇ ἀκροπόλει" ῥεῖ δὲ καὶ οὗτος διὰ τῆς πόλεως καὶ ἐμβάλλει 


εἰς τὸν Μαίανδρον: τοῦ δὲ Μαρσύου τὸ εὗρός ἐστιν εἴκοσι καὶ 


πέντε ποδῶν. ἐνταῦθα λέγεται ᾿Απόλλων ἐκδεῖραι Μαρσύαν 





40 ὁπότε. .. βούλοιτο, whenever he 
wished; a general temporal sen- 
tence. See the note on ἀφικνεῖτο, 
c. 1.18. Observe that here and 
in the indir. disc. use, the Greek 
opt. is regularly to be translated 
by the Eng. past indic., not by 
a form with could or would. 

yrvaoca... ἑαυτόν; the addition of 
the reflexive makes the act. vb. 
a virtual mid., and usually im- 
plies that the action in question 
is regarded as an unusual one; 
here, however, it is simply a 
means of including the two 
ideas, γυμνάσασθαι and γυμνάσαι 
τοὺς ἵππους, in one phrase. 

41 διὰ μέσου... τοῦ παραδείσου, 
through the middle of the park. 
For the position of μέσου, see G. 
978; H. 671; B. 454. 

42 αὐτοῦ : for the position, see G. 
977, 1; H. 673b; B. 457. 

εἰσιν ἐκ, are (in and flow) out 
from. With this condensed 
phrase cf. ὅθεν (= ἐξ οὗ) αἱ πηγαί, 
below, 1. 49. See also the note 
On Τῶν παρὰ βασιλέως, c. 1. 18. 

43 ἔστι: for the accent, see G. 144, 
5; H. 480, 2; B. 262, 1. 

μεγάλου βασιλέως : no art.; see on 
ce. 1. 18. 

45 καὶ οὗτος, this too (as well as 
the Meander). 


ἐμβάλλει, empties into. The vb. 
is properly trans., but, in this 
sense, is regularly used without 
an obj. 

47 ποδῶν: pred. gen. of measure; 
see the note on δύο πλέθρα, 1], 30f. 

λέγεται : the pers. construction in 
indir. disc. is decidedly preferred 
in Greek; see G. 1522,1; H. 944; 
B. 634. In the pass. λέγω regu- 
larly takes the infin.; in the 
act. almost always ὡς or ὅτι, with 
a finite vb. (The infin. occurs, 
however, with the act., III, 1, 
§ 26; V, 4, §34; and VII,5,§13; 
and is regular when Aéyw means 
bid, move, etc. The partic. also 
occurs, I, 3, § 15.) 

Μαρσύαν: the story is as follows: 
Athene once, while playing the 
flute, chanced to catch sight of 
the reflection of her face in a 
pool of water, and, in disgust at 
her inflated cheeks and conse- 
quent disfigurement, flung the 
reed from her. The satyr Mar- 
syas found it, and, puffed up 
with pride at the divine music 
he was able to produce upon it, 
dared to challenge Apollo to a 
contest. It was agreed by both 
that the victor might do what 
he would with the vanquished. 
Marsyas was defeated, the Muses 


Book I, Chap. IT 





ἤ ὟΝ ἢ ᾽ ς \ rl y." Ἃ 4 Υ͂ F | “a 
νικήσας ἐρίζοντά οἱ περὶ σοφίας, καὶ τὸ δέρμα κρεμάσαι ἐν τῷ 


bd μή e ἤ \ ᾿ ap ε , a / 
ἄντρῳ ὅθεν ai πηγαί. διὰ δὲ τοῦτο ὁ ποταμὸς καλεῖται Μαρσύας. 


ἐνταῦθα Ἐξέρξης, ὅτε ἐκ τῆς “Ελλάδος ἡττηθεὶς τῇ μάχῃ ἀπ- 50 


λέγεται οἰκοδομῆσαι ταῦτά τε τὰ βασίλ ὶ τὴ 
εχώρει, λέγ μῆ avTa τε τὰ βασίλεια καὶ τὴν 


Κελαινῶν ἀκρόπολιν. ἐνταῦθα ἔμεινε Κῦρος ἡμέρας τριάκοντα- 
καὶ ἧκε Κλέαρχος ὁ Λακεδαιμόνιος φυγὰς ἔχων ὁπλίτας χιλίους 
καὶ πελταστὰς Θρᾷκας ὀκτακοσίους καὶ τοξότας Κρῆτας διακο- 


σίους. ἅμα δὲ καὶ Σῶσις παρῆν ὁ Συρακόσιος ἔχων ὁπλίτας 55 


τριακοσίους, καὶ Σοφαίνετος ᾿Αρκάδας ἔχων ὁπλίτας χιλίους. 





being judges, and, in punish- 
ment for his presumption, Apollo 
tied him to a tree and flayed 
him alive. Ovid, Metamorpho- 
ses, VI, 382-97, gives the story in 
brief. In Eng., see Matthew 
Arnold’s Empedocles on Etna 
(the song of Charicles) and L. 
Morris’s Epic of Hades. The 
legend furnished a favorite 
theme to ancient artists; the 
cut reproduces a statue in the 
Uffizi at Florence. 

48 νικήσας ἐρίζοντά οἱ, having con- 
quered him in a contest; lit. 
contending with him (Apollo). 
For the indir. reflexive, see on 
ol, c. 1.36. The clause well illus- 
trates the advantage Greek has 
over Eng. in the matter of 
pronouns. 

σοφίας, skill, especially, as here, 
musical skill. 

δέρμα for the suffix, see G. 837; 
Η. 553, 1; B. 280. 

49 ὅθεν: the use of an adv., instead 
of a prep., with the rel. iscommon 
also in Eng. For the omission 
of εἰσι, see 1.101. Cf., also, the 
note on εἰσιν ἐκ τῶν βασιλείων, 
above, |. 42, 

50 Ἐέρξης : see the Introd., § 20. 


τῆς “EAAdbos: Ἑλλάς, properly an 
adj., regularly has the ait. 

τῇ μάχῃ: {.6. the naval fight at 
Salamis. The use of the art. 
marks the battle as famous, 

51 λέγεται οἰκοδομῆσαι: the pers. 
construction again; see on λέγεται 
ἐκδεῖραι, above, 1. 47. 

52 ἡμέρας τριάκοντα : this was the 
longest halt made on the up- 
ward march: Cyrus is waiting 
for reinforcements. 

53 Κλέαρχος: re-read § 9 of the 
preceding chapter. 

54 Θρᾷκας. . . Κρῆτας: both 
words are nouns, not adjs.; they 
are in appos. with πελταστάς and 
τοξότας respectively. The Cre- 
tans were famous bowmen. 

55 Σῶσις: utterly unknown, and 
not again mentioned. 

56 Zodatveros: doubtless an error. 
A Sophaenetus had joined the 
army at Sardis with a thousand 
hoplites (above, 1. 17). It has 
been suggested that we should 
read ᾿Αγίας, who is mentioned 
among the generals treacher- 
ously seized (II, 5, § 31), and who 
was also an Arcadian. Others 
would read Κλεάνωρ, who is prom- 
inent in Book II, and who 











18 Anabasis Book I, Chap. 11 19 








καὶ ἐνταῦθα Κῦρος ἐξέτασιν καὶ ἀριθμὸν τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐποίησεν 

ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ, καὶ ἐγένοντο οἱ σύμπαντες ὁπλῖται μὲν μύριοι τὸ 

χίλιοι, πελτασταὶ δὲ ἀμφὶ τοὺς δισχιλίους. 
60 Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς δύο παρασάγγας δέκα εἰς 
ἐνταῦθ᾽ ἔμεινεν ἡμέρας τρεῖς" ἐν 


μων ἀγοράν, πόλιν οἰκουμένην, ἐσχάτην πρὸς τῇ Μυσίᾳ χώρᾳ. 65 
11 ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς τρεῖς παρασάγγας τριάκοντα εἰς 

Καύστρου πεδίον, πόλιν οἰκουμένην. ἐνταῦθ᾽ ἔμεινεν ἡμέρας 
πέντε: καὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις ὠφείλετο μισθὸς πλέον ἢ τριῶν 
μηνῶν, καὶ πολλάκις ἰόντες ἐπὶ τὰς θύρας ἀπήτουν. ὃ δὲ 
ἐλπίδας λέγων διῆγε καὶ δῆλος ἦν ἀνιώμενος" οὐ γὰρ ἣν πρὸς 
τοῦ Κύρου τρόπου ἔχοντα μὴ ἀποδιδόναι. 


ἤ > / 
Πέλτας, πόλιν οἰκουμένην. 


αἷς Ξενίας ὁ ᾿Αρκὰς τὰ Λύκαια ἔθυσε καὶ ἀγῶνα ἔθηκε" τὰ δὲ 
ἦἄθλα ἦσαν στλεγγίδες χρυσαῖ" ἐθεώρει δὲ τὸν ἀγῶνα καὶ ἸΚῦρος. 

“ vd , 
ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς δύο παρασάγγας δώδεκα ἐς Kepa- 


ἐνταῦθα ἀφικνεῖται 
’ ΄ a 
Επύαξα ἡ Συεννέσιος γυνὴ τοῦ Κιλίκων βασιλέως παρὰ Κῦρον" 








took the place of Agias, afier 
the latter was murdered (III, 
1, §47). A third suggestion is 
that the name Zogaiveros is in 
its proper place here, and should 
be omitted from the text in the 
previous passage, where it might 
easily have been interpolated. 

57 ἐξέτασιν: other reviews are men- 
tioned in §14 of this chapter, in 
I,7, §1, and in V,3, §3. For the 
use of ποιῶ with a verbal noun, 
cf. ἐποιεῖτο τὴν συλλογήν, c. 1. 24. 

58 ἐγένοντο οἱ σύμπαντες, the whole 
number amounted ἰο. 

μύριοι χίλιοι: note the Greek 
method of counting, not ἕνδεκα 
χίλιοι. 

59 πελτασταί: the word here in- 
cludes al! light-armed troops. 
ἀμφί, about; cf. els, 1.15. Round 
numbers frequently have the 
art. (G. 948b; H. 664c), generally 
with a prep. as here. The 
actual totals, from the numbers 
given, are hoplites 10,600, light- 

armed 2,300. 

60 ἐντεῦθεν : 7. 6. from Celaenae. 

εἰς Πέλτας : Peltae was northwest 
of Celaenae; see the map. lor 
a possible reason for this change 
in the direction of the march, 
see the Introd., § 29. 


62 τὰ Λύκαια ἔθυσε, celebrated 
(with sacrifice) the Lycaea, 7 6. 
the festival of Ζεὺς Λύκαιος;: see 
the vocab. Find Mt. Lycaeus 
on the map. Xenias, though 
absent, remembers the annual 
rite. Primitive worship often 
centers about mountain-tops; 
cf. the “high places” of the 
Bible. τὰ Λύκαια is the inner 
obj. of the vb. (cognate acc.); 
see on τὰ αὐτὰ ταῦτα, c. 1. 30. 

ἀγῶνα: athletic contests formed 
an important part of Greek 
festivals. 

ἔθηκε: for the form, see G. 670; 
H. 432; B. 205. 

63 ἦσαν: the vb. is attracted to 
the number of the pred.; see G. 
904; H. 610; B. 501; the neut. 
pl. subj. normally takes a sing. 
vb.; see on ἦν, |. 38. 

στλεγγίδες, strigils; see the vocab. 
After exercising, naked, or 
nearly so, in the dust of the 
palaestra, the Greek athlete 
must have needed something 
of this sort, especially as the 
body was rubbed with oil before 
the contest. 


64 Kepdpwv ἀγοράν: cf. New- 


market, as the name of a 


town. 





65 ἐσχάτην πρός, the last in the 
direction of. 

67 Kavorpov πεδίον : practically 
one word; cf. Eng. names of 
towns ending in -field. 

68 πλέον: here indeclinable, as 
often. 

τριῶν μηνῶν : for the case, see c. 1. 
55 and the note. Three months’ 
pay for 12,000 men (they were 
receiving a daric a month, I, 3, 
8.21) would amount to nearly 
$200,000, without allowing for 
the higher pay of the officers; 
see the Introd., § 28. 

69 ἐπὶ τὰς θύρας : more than to the 
dour of his tent. In oriental 
countries the gate of the palace 
is often the place where the king 
dispenses justice and where sup- 
pliants throng; the phrase, ai 
βασιλέως θύραι, therefore, often 
denotes the king’s court (I, 9, §3; 
II, I, 88); cf. Il Sam. XV:2-6; 
Esther II:19; and our modern 
phrase, The Sublime Porte, refer- 
ring to the Turkish government. 

ἀπήτουν, they kept demanding it. 
For the force of the prep., see 
on ἀπέπεμπε, c. 1. 41. 

70 λέγων διῆγε, kept talking of. 
For the suppl. partic., see on 
παρὼν ἐτύγχανε, c. 1. 4, 


δῆλος ἦν ἀνιώμενος, was evidently 
distressed ; a form of indir. disc., 
with the personal construction; 
see G. 1589; H. 981; B. 661. Cf. 
the personal construction with 
ἐλέγετο, below, 1. 73. 

πρὸς... τρόπου, in keeping with 
Cyrus’ character. rod belongs 
to τρόπου, not to Κύρου. 

71 ἔχοντα, if able; the acc., despite 
the preceding gen., Κύρου; see 
on λαβόντι, |]. 4, adding to the 
references there given G. 928, 2; 
B. 631, 1. 

μή: for the neg., see c. 1. 57, and 
the note. 

72 Σνεννέσιος : Ionic forms occur 
even in Attic in the case of prop- 
er names; see G. 255; H.201d; B. 
110,2. The name, Syennesis, is 
Semitic, and was doubtless a 
title (cf. Pharaoh), but Xeno- 
phon uses it as an individual 
name. Cilicia was a dependency 
of Persia, but maintained its 
own court. Syennesis desired, 
apparently, to win favor both 
with Cyrus and with the king; 
he gives effectual aid to Cyrus, 
yet makes at least a show of 
obstructing his advance (ef. 
below, § 21). 

τοῦ... βασιλέως : in appos. with 





fod 


20 Anabasis 





“ ἤ ” ψ Ψ ” 
καὶ ἐλέγετο Κύρῳ δοῦναι χρήματα πολλά. τῇ δ᾽ οὖν στρατιᾷ 12 


“~ / “ 4 ΨΥ, ΄ 
τότε ἀπέδωκε Kipos μισθὸν τεττάρων μηνῶν. εἶχε δὲ ἡ Κίλισσα 
/ > , \ \ 
φυλακὴν περὶ αὑτὴν Κέλικας καὶ ᾿Ασπενδίους" ἐλέγετο δὲ καὶ 


συγγενέσθαι Κῦρον τῇ Κιλίσσῃ. ay 
, ’ 
ἘἘντεῦθεν δὲ ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς δύο παρασάγγας δέκα εἰς 13 


Θύμβριον, πόλιν οἰκουμένην. ἐνταῦθα ἣν παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν κρήνη 
ἡ Μίδου καλουμένη τοῦ Φρυγῶν βασιλέως, ἐφ᾽ ἡ λέγεται Μίδας 


~ ᾽ ἢ » “ > a 
τὸν Σάτυρον θηρεῦσαι οἴνῳ κεράσας αὐτήν. ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει 14 


Ul ᾽ὔ ε / 
σταθμοὺς δύο παρασάγγας δέκα εἰς Τυριάειον, πόλιν οἰκουμένην. 


ἐνταῦθα ἔμεινεν ἡμέρας τρεῖς. are 
~ , ~ 
Κύρου ἐπιδεῖξαι τὸ στράτευμα αὐτῇ" βουλόμενος οὖν ἐπιδεῖξαι 


καὶ λέγεται δεηθῆναι ἡ Κίλισσα 





Συεννέσιος. It is only when 
designating the king of Persia 
that βασιλεύς omits the art. 

73 ἐλέγετο . . - δοῦναι, if was 
rumored that she gave; but in 
the Greek the construction is 
personal; see on λέγεται, 1. 47. 
Below, 1. 75, we have ἐλέγετο, 
with the acc. and infin., a much 
rarer use. 

δ᾽ οὖν, be that as it may, a regular 
formula in passing from rumor 
to fact; ef. below, § 22. 

75 ᾿Ασπενδίους : consult the map. 

78 Θύμβριον: Cyrus has resumed 
his eastern march; see the map. 

qv... Kpfvn... καλουμένη : retain 
the Greek order, and note the 
effect of the third attrib. po- 
sition; see on τῇ κατ᾽ ἀντιπέρας, 
ce. 1.43f. When a form of εἰμέ 
precedes its subj., it is often 
best rendered by our English 
phrase, there is, there was, 
etc. 

παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν : motion is implied; 
hence the acc.; see the note on 
ὑπὲρ Ἑλλήσποντον, c. 1. 48, and ef. 
εἰσιν ἐκ, 1. 42. 


80 τὸν Σάτυρον : i. 6. Silenus. 

οἴνῳ κεράσας αὐτήν : οἴνῳ is dat. of 
association, rather than dat. of 
means; see G. 1175; H. 772; B. 
392. For the formation of the 
present, κεράννυμι, see G. 608; 797, 
1; H. 402e; B. 196, 5. Having 
thus caught Silenus, Midas did 
him no harm, but restored him 
to Dionysus, who, in return, 
allowed him to choose his own 
reward. Midas foolishly chose 
that whatever he touched might 
become gold. Of this plague 
he was finally healed by bathing 
in the river Pactolus, the sands 
of which were thereafter rich 
in gold. See Ovid, Met. XI, 90- 
145, and Saxe’s poetical travesty, 
The Choice of King Midas. 

81 Τυριάειον: of uncertain situa- 
tion. 

82 δεηθῆναι: with gen. and infin.; 
see on δεῖται, c. 1. 57 f. 

83 ἐπιδεῖξαι: Cyrus’ object was not 
only to please the queen, but 
also to impress her with the 
splendor and strength of his 
Greek troops. 





Book 1, 





Chap. II 91 





+f ἢ a > bl / a e / ‘al 
ἐξέτασιν ποιεῖται ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ τῶν βαρβάρων. 


15 ἐκέλευσε δὲ τοὺς “ἕλληνας ὡς νόμος αὐτοῖς εἰς μάχην οὕτω 


θῇ \ io Ld δ᾽ Ψ \ e ἊΝ ες , 

ταχθῆναι Kat στῆναι, συντάξαι δ᾽ ἕκαστον τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ. érdy- 
θησαν οὖν ἐπὶ τεττάρων: εἶχε δὲ τὸ μὲν δεξιὸν Μένων καὶ 
c \ > Ὁ Ὰ ὃ Καὶ 4 » | e > / y." 
οἱ σὺν αὑτῷ, τὸ δὲ εὐώνυμον Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου, τὸ 


16 δὲ μέσον οἱ ἄλλοι στρατηγοί: ἐθεώρει οὖν ὁ Κῦρος πρῶτον 


‘\ ἃ 
μὲν τοὺς βαρβάρους. of δὲ παρήλαυνον τεταγμένοι κατὰ 
ἴλας καὶ κατὰ τάξεις. εἶτα δὲ τοὺς “EXAnvas, παρελαύνων ἐφ᾽ 





84 τῶν Ἑλλήνων... τῶν βαρβάρων: 
the repeated art. marks the 
two divisions as separate. How 
many barbarians Cyrus had at 
this time is not stated; in I, 7, 
§ 10 they are said to number 100,- 
000. Xenophon’s interest, and 
ours, centers in the Greek troops. 

85 οὕτω: resuming the «s-clause, 
may be omitted in translating; a 
demonstr. word is frequently so 
used after a rel. 

86 στῆναι: the ingressive force, 
common in the first aor. (G. 1260; 
H. 841; B. 529), is marked also in 
the second aors., ἔστην and ἔσχον. 

ἕκαστον : 86. στρατηγόν. 

τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ, his own men. For 
the omitted noun, cf. τῶν παρὰ 
βασιλέως, ο. 1. 18, 

87 ἐπὶ τεττάρων, four deep. Cyrus 
wishes the army to present as 
impresssive an appearance as 
possible. Arranged in line of 
battle, four deep, 12,000 men 
(including the Jlight-armed) 
would present a front nearly 
two miles long. Observe, also, 
that the barbariané march by 
Cyrus and the queen, but that 
the Greeks remain in battle 

array, while Cyrus and the 
queen drive past their front. 
On another occasion, when it 


was desirable that the Greeks 
should make an impression by 
their numbers, Clearchus has 
them march by, two abreast and 
with frequent halts, ὥστε τὸ στρά- 
τευμα καὶ (even) αὐτοῖς τοῖς Ἕλλησι 
δόξαι πάμπολυ εἶναι (seemed to be 
of vast extent), καὶ τὸν Πέρσην 
ἐκπεπλῆχθαι (was filled with 
amazement) θεωροῦντα. 

elxe: for the agreement of the vb. 
with the nearer subj., see on ἦν, 
1. 20. 

τὸ. ., δεξιόν: no noun need be 
supplied; see the noteon τό... 
βαρβαρικόν, |. 3. 

88 οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ, his men; scarcely 
different from οἱ ἐκείνου, below. 
Xen. makes wider use of the 
prep. σύν than is permitted in 
normal Attic prose. 

τὸ . . . εὐώνυμον, the left; see the 
vocab. Antique superstition 
avoided mentioning what was 
ill-omened, and often substi- 
tuted a euphemistic term. In 
soothsaying the left was the 
side of ill omen; hence the 
word ἀριστερός was ordinarily 
avoided. Xen. has it, however, 
e.g. II, 3, 811; II, 4, § 28. 

89 πρῶτον μέν: balanced by εἶτα 
δέ, below, 1. 91. 

91 τοὺς Ἕλληνας : 86. ἐθεώρει. 





22 Anabasis 





ἅρματος καὶ ἡ Κίλισσα ἐφ᾽ ἁρμαμάξης. εἶχον δὲ πάντες 
κράνη χαλκᾶ καὶ χιτῶνας φοινικοῦς καὶ κνημῖδας καὶ τὰς 
ἀσπίδας ἐκκεκαλυμμένας. ἐπειδὴ δὲ πάντας παρήλασε, στήσας 17 
τὸ ἅρμα πρὸ τῆς φάλαγγος μέσης, πέμψας Πίγρητα τὸν ép- 
μηνέα παρὰ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς τῶν ‘EXAnvev ἐκέλευσε προ- 
βαλέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα καὶ ἐπιχωρῆσαι ὅλην τὴν φάλαγγα. οἱ δὲ 
ταῦτα προεῖπον τοῖς στρατιώταις" καὶ ἐπεὶ ἐσάλπιγξε, προ- 
βαλόμενοι τὰ ὅπλα ἐπῇσαν. ἐκ δὲ τούτου θᾶττον προϊόντων 
σὺν κραυγῇ ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτομάτου δρόμος ἐγένετο τοῖς στρατιώταις 
ἐπὶ τὰς σκηνάς, τῶν δὲ βαρβάρων φόβος πολύς, καὶ ἥ τε 18 








Book I, Chap. II 





Κίλισσα ἔφυγεν ἐπὶ τῆς ἁρμαμάξης καὶ of ἐκ τῆς ἀγορᾶς Kata- 
λιπόντες τὰ ὦνια ἔφυγον. οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες σὺν γέλωτι ἐπὶ τὰς 
σκηνὰς ἦλθον. ἡ δὲ Κίλισσα ἰδοῦσα τὴν λαμπρότητα καὶ 
τὴν τάξιν τοῦ στρατεύματος ἐθαύμασε. Κῦρος δὲ ἥσθη τόν ἐκ 
τῶν Ἑλλήνων εἰς τοὺς βαρβάρους φόβον ἰδών. 

ιν. ᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς τρεῖς παρασάγγας εἴκοσιν εἰς 
Ἰκόνιον, τῆς Φρυγίας πόλιν ἐσχάτην. ἐνταῦθα ἔμεινε τρεῖς 
ἡμέρας. ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς Λυκαονίας σταθμοὺς πέντε 
παρασάγγας τριάκοντα. ταύτην τὴν χώραν ἐπέτρεψε διαρπά- 

20 σαι τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ὡς πολεμίαν οὖσαν. ἐντεῦθεν Κῦρος τὴν 


, ᾽ \ / » 
Κίλισσαν εἰς τὴν Κιλικίαν ἀποπέμπει τὴν ταχίστην ὁδόν" καὶ 


93 χαλκᾶ: for the form see G. 310; 
H. 223; B.118. Bronze was far 
more widely used in antiquity 
than it is now; steel and iron 
far less widely. 

φοινικοῦς : the color of the Spartan 
uniform, according to Xen., 
Rep. Lac., 11. 3. 

94 ἐκκεκαλυμμένας : note the pred. 
posit. The shields were ordi- 
narily kept in leathern cases; 
now they are uncovered and, 
doubtless, burnished — another 
touch of the λαμπρότης that im- 
pressed Epyaxa. 

παρήλασε: for the aor., where the 
English requires the plpf., see 
on ἐτελεύτησε, c. 1. 10. 

στήσας: first aor., and so trans.; 
see the vocab. 

95 μέσης: for the position, see on 
μέσου, |. 41. 

96 προβαλέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα, to ad- 
vance arms (in readiness for a 
charge). 

97 ὅλην; for the posit., see G. 979; 
H. 672c; B. 455. 

ot δέ, and they. See the note on 
6 6é. c. 1. 12. 

98 ἐσάλπιγξε: so-called impers. 
vbs. really contain their own sub- 


jects, here ὁ σαλπικτής, which is 
expressed with the vb. σημαίνω, 
IV, 3, §§ 29 and 32. See G. 897, 
4; H. 602c; B. 305. 

99 ἐκ. .. τούτου, upon this. ἐκ 
often denotes immediate se- 
quence. 

θᾶττον, faster and faster. For 
the form see G. 357, 1; H. 253 
with 74b; B. 134. 

προϊόντων: sc. αὐτῶν, gen. abs., 
despite the following dat. For 
the omitted subj., see G. 1568, fine 
print; H. 972a; B. 657, 1, note LL 

100 ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτομάτου, of their own 
accord. A prep. with the neut. 
of an adj. often stands for an 
adv.; 67. ἐκ τοῦ αὐτομάτου, c. 3. 62. 

δρόμος ἐγένετο : see On ἐποιεῖτο τὴν 
συλλογήν, c. 1. 24. 

101 τὰς σκηνάς, the camp, where 
were not only the quarters of the 
Greeks and the barbarians, 
(these were, however, separate), 
but the market, ἀγορά, of the 
sutlers as well. For the last, 
see the Introd., § 28. 

τῶν δὲ βαρβάρων: subject. gen., 
G. 1094, 2; Η. 729b; Β. 349. 

φόβος: forms of εἰμέ, when it is a 
mere copula, may at any time be 


/ > “ ἢ 
συνέπεμψεν auth στρατιώτας ods Μένων εἶχε καὶ αὐτόν. Κῦρος 
\ \ “a ΝΜ 
δὲ μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἐξελαύνει διὰ Καππαδοκίας σταθμοὺς τέτ- 





omitted, but such omissions are 
common only in the third per- 
son and are rare in other moods 
than the indic. 

102 οἱ ἐκ τῆς ἀγορᾶς: see on τῶν 
παρὰ βασιλέως, c. 1. 18, 

καταλιπόντες, abandoning, ποῖ 
simply leaving; the prep. is in- 
tensive. 

103 ἔφυγον: the repetition of the 
vb. adds to the effect. 

ἐπὶ τὰς σκηνάς, to their tents; not, 
as above, to the camp. 

105 τάξιν : even in their charge the 
Greeks had not broken ranks. 
ἐθαύμασε, was seized with wonder. 
Observe the tense, and see the 
note on ἠγάσθη, c. 1. 45. So, too, 

ἤσθη, below. 

Tov... φόβον; all that inter- 
venes between the art. and the 
noun serves as an attrib. of the 
noun: the terror literally pro- 
ceeds from the Greeks into the 
hearts of the barbarians. 

108 Ἰκόνιον: familiar from the 
Book of Acts, e. g. XIII:51. 


ἐσχάτην: cf. 1. 65, and see the 
map. 

110 διαρπάσαι : infin. of purpose, G. 
1932; H. 951; B. 592. Cyrus has 
now left his own province, and, 
furthermore, the lLycaonians 
were rebellious (111, 2, § 23). 

111 ὡς: with οὖσαν; see on ὡς 
ἀποκτενῶν, c. 1. 12. 

112 τὴν . . . ὁδόν, by the shortest 
road; a so-called adv. acc., here 
plainly a development from the 
inner obj. (cognate acc.). 

113 καὶ airév,and (Menon)himself. 
This manoeuvre, by which a 
considerable force (Menon had 
1,500 men, ll. 34 f.) was unexpect- 
edly sent into Cilicia, made 
Syennesis’ preparations for de- 
fense futile (assuming that thvy 
were seriously meant); see, be- 
low, §21, end. Cyrus himself, 
with the main army, made a 
wide detour; see the map. This 
short road was, presumably, 


impassable for the baggage 
train. 





24 Anabasis 





ν \ / Ἃ , , ᾽ 
Tapas παρασάγγας εἴκοσι καὶ πέντε πρὸς Δάνα, πόλιν οἰκου- 


μένην μεγάλην καὶ εὐδαίμονα. 


ἐνταῦθα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τρεῖς" 


a ἤ / x 
ἐν ᾧ Κῦρος ἀπέκτεινεν ἄνδρα Πέρσην Μεγαφέρνην, φοινικιστὴν 
»“ Ul > ᾽ 
βασίλειον, καὶ ἕτερόν τινα τῶν ὑπάρχων δυνάστην, αἰτιασάμε- 


» “~ 
vos ἐπιβουλεύειν αὐτῷ. 


» ‘ * "1 
᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐπειρῶντο εἰσβάλλειν εἰς τὴν Κιλικίαν" ἡ δὲ εἰσ- 
» “Ὁ > , > A 
βολὴ ἦν ὁδὸς ἁμαξιτὸς ὀρθία ἰσχυρῶς καὶ ἀμήχανος εἰσελθεῖν 


"μ ΝΜ ΣΧ. 
στρατεύματι, εἰ τις ἐκώλυεν. 


ἐλέγετο δὲ καὶ Συέννεσις εἶναι 


| ~ v Ud \ > λ , " ὃ » 5 ν ξ έ αν ἐν 
ἐπὶ τῶν ἄκρων φυλάττων τὴν εἰσβολήν" διὸ ἔμειναν ἡμέρ 
~ / - \ 
τῷ πεδίῳ. τῇ δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ ἧκεν ἄγγελος λέγων ὅτι λελοιπὼς 
[ 7 





115 Δάνα: see the map. 

117 ἐν 3: we should have expected 
ἐν als; cf. 61 f. In this phrase 
a’ in the similar ἀφ᾽ οὗ, since 

§ 14), the proper form of 
χρόνος is ordinarily supplied (ἐν 
τούτῳ τῷ χρόνῳ iS a common 
phrase); but the rel. is certainly 
neut. in eis 8, wntil. 

Φοινικιστὴν βασίλειον, either, wear- 
er of the royal purple, or, as 
a title, dyer of the purple, indi- 
cating one set in charge of the 
fisheries (the purple dye was ob- 
tained from a shell-fish) or the 
dye-houses of the king. 

118 ἕτερον... δυνάστην, another 
man of rank among his sub- 
ordinates. 

119 ἐπιβουλεύειν, of plotting ; infin. 
in indir. disc., as αἰτιασάμενος im- 
plies saying. αὐτούς readily sup- 
plies itself; and, in general, what 
supplies itself may be omitted. 

120 ἐπειρῶντο: durative tense of 
effort. 

εἰσβάλλειν : intrans. as ἐμβάλλει, 
above, ]. 45. 

ἣ δὲ εἰσβολή: a narrow pass be- 
tween lofty mountains (7,000 to 
8,000 feet in elevation) of the 


Taurus range, so completely 
commanding the approach tu 
Asia Minor (Cilicia) from the 
S. E. that it was called Κιλικίας 
πύλαι, 

121 ἁμαξιτός: the army was, of 
course, accompanied *by an ex- 
tensive baggage tr 1; see the 
Introd., § 28. 

ἰσχυρῶς : often used to intensify 
the meaning of an adj. Note 
that here its postponement gives 
an added force. 

ἀμήχανος εἰσελθεῖν στρατεύματι, dif- 
ficult for an army to enter. 
The adj. governs the dat. and 
the infin. as well, G. 1165; 1526; 
H. 767; 952; B. 378, 641. 

122 εἴ τις ἐκώλνεν, if anyone tried 
to prevent it. For the tense, see 
G. 1255; H. 832; B. 527. 

ἐλέγετο : again the personal con- 
struction; see on λέγεται... 
ἐκδεῖραι, 1. 47. 

εἶναι... φυλάττων: not a mere 
equivalent of guAdrrer- “a is 
a full vb.; progressive 2. rms 
are relatively rare it C reek. 
Syennesis makes at leasi a show 
of resistance. 

124 τῇ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ: ἡμέρᾳ is regular- 


Book I, Chap. IT 25 





v / Ἂ " » ΙΝ Ψ ‘ , “ 
εἴη Συέννεσις τὰ ἄκρα, ἐπεὶ ἤσθετο ὅτι τὸ Μένωνος στρᾶτε + 125 


non ἐν Κιλικία ἣν εἴσω τῶν ὀρέων, καὶ ὅτι τριήρεις ἤκ 
περιπλεούσας ἀπ᾽ ᾿Ἰωνίας εἰς Κιλικίαν Ταμὼν ἔχοντα τὰς Λα- 


22 κεδαιμονίων καὶ αὐτοῦ Κύρου. Κῦρος δ᾽ οὖν ἀνέβη ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη 


οὐδενὸς κωλύοντος͵ καὶ εἶδε τὰς σκηνὰς οὗ οἱ Κίλικες ἐφύλαττον. 
ἐντεῦθεν δὲ κατέβαινεν εἰς πεδίον μέγα καὶ καλόν, ἐπίρρυτον, 
καὶ δένδρων παντοδαπῶν σύμπλεων καὶ ἀμπέλων- πολὺ δὲ καὶ 





ly omitted in this phrase. For 
the case, see G. 1192; H. 782; 
B. 385. 

ἧκεν. . λέγων: the remainder of 
the section is in indir. disc. after 
this secondary tense. 

λελοιπὼς εἴη: direct Ad\oure. For 
the opt., see on ἐπιβουλεύοι, ο. 
1, 11; for the form, see G. 733 ; 
Hi. 457; B. 221. 1. 

125 yo8ero: past indicatives, in 
subordinate clauses, remain, asa 
ru., , ‘nchanged; so, below, ἤκουε; 
see G. 499; 1482; H. 925be; B. 
675, 1 and 3. Observe that the 
clause, ὅτε. . . τῶν ὀρέων, is 
quoted after ἤσθετο, which is 
itself in indir. disc. This en- 
tails no difficulty. 

126 καὶ ὅτι, . . ἤκονε: this clause 
is parallel with ἐπεὶ ἤσθετο, and 
gives another reason for the 
action of Syennesis in aban- 
doning the pass. What follows 
is quoted after ἤκουε, the prin- 
cipal vb. being ἔχοντα, despite 
the involved order (direct, Ταμὼς 
ἔχει). Trans.: because he heard 
that Tamos was in charge of 
triremes belonging to the Lace- 
daemenians and to Cyrus him- 
Self wt «were sailing around 
from ,01 ἃ to Cilicia. For the 
partic. in:indir. disc., after ἤκουε, 
see G. 1588; H. 982; B. 661. 


τριήρεις is brought to the head 
of the clause for emphasis: the 
possession of ships enabled Cy- 
rus to disembark troops and 
attack the opposing force both 
in front andin tH τὸ, 

127 τὰς Ack... κι 108 Κύρου; 
for the order, see on τῇ κατ᾽ ἀντι- 
πέρας, c.1.44. For Cyrus’ rela- 
tions with the Lacedaemonians, 
see the Introd., § 26. 

128 8’ οὖν: cf. 1. 73, and the 
note. 

129 οὐδενὸς κωλύοντος, without op- 
position. See the note on ém- 
βουλεύοντος Τισσαφέρνους, c. 1. 96 ἢ. 

τὰς σκηνάς: cf. 1. 101, and the 
note. 

ov, where. 

ἐφύλαττον, had been keeping guard. 
In Greek the plpf. has no very 
wide range; here a durative 
tense was wanted; cf. ἦσαν, 
e. 1, 27. 

130 κατέβαινεν: how different in 
force from the aor. ἀνέβη, above? 

131 δένδδων. . . ἀμπέλων: gens, 
with an adj. of fulness; see on 
θηρίων, 1. 39. σύμπλεων itself is 
not gen., but acc. sing., G. 305; 
306; H. 227; B. 119; ef. 92. 

πολύ: agreeing only with the 
nearest noun, but to be taken, 
also, with the others, G. 923; 
H. 620a; B. 421. 





26 Anabasis Book I, Chap. IT 27 








\ Ἁ \ . / 
σήσαμον καὶ μελίνην καὶ κέγχρον Kal πυροὺς καὶ κριθὰς φέρει. 
» Ἁ > 4 
ὄρος δ᾽ αὐτὸ περιεῖχεν ὀχυρὸν Kal ὑψηλὸν πάντῃ ἐκ θαλάττης 
is θά us δὲ διὰ τού ῦ πεδίου ἤλασε σταθ- 23 
εἰς θάλατταν. καταβὰς δὲ διὰ τούτου TOU πεδίου ἢ 


πεδίον δύο λόχοι τοῦ Μένωνος στρατεύματος ἀπώλοντο: οἱ μὲν 
, al “Ὁ « 

ἔφασαν ἁρπάζοντάς τι κατακοπῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν Κιλίκων, οἱ δὲ 

ὑπολειφθέντας καὶ οὐ δυναμένους εὑρεῖν τὸ ἄλλο στράτευμα 


Ν / ἢ / νΝ » T / ~ 
κοσιν εἰς Ταρσούς, τῆς 
μοὺς τέτταρας παρασάγγας πέντε καὶ εἰ ς Tap , τῇ οὐδὲ τὰν Sheds ata ὡλανυμόνον Suotdilien ἡ κα ὦ 


Κιλικίας πόλιν μεγάλην καὶ εὐδαίμονα, οὗ ἣν τὰ Συεννέσιος 
βασίλεια τοῦ Κιλίκων βασιλέως διὰ μέσου δὲ τῆς πόλεως ῥεῖ 
ποταμὸς Κύδνος ὄνομα, εὗρος δύο πλέθρων. ταύτην τὴν πόλιν 24 
ἐξέλιπον οἱ ἐνοικοῦντες μετὰ Συεννέσιος εἰς χωρίον ὀχυρὸν ἐπὶ 
τὰ ὄρη πλὴν οἱ τὰ καπηλεῖα ἔχοντες ἔμειναν δὲ καὶ οἱ παρὰ 


οὗτοι ἑκατὸν ὁπλῖται. οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι ἐπεὶ ἧκον, τήν τε πόλιν 
τοὺς Ταρσοὺς διήρπασαν, διὰ τὸν ὄλεθρον τῶν συστρατιωτῶν 
ὀργιζόμενοι, καὶ τὰ βασίλεια τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ. Κῦρος δ᾽ ἐπεὶ 
εἰσήλασεν εἰς τὴν πόλιν, μετεπέμπετο τὸν Συέννεσιν πρὸς 
ἑαυτόν: ὃ δ᾽ οὔτε πρότερον οὐδενί πω κρείττονι ἑαυτοῦ εἰς 


"Ἢ ν᾿ ᾽ ~ 
τὴν θάλλατταν οἰκοῦντες ἐν Σόλοις Kal ἐν ᾿Ισσοῖς. 


᾿Ἐπύαξα δὲ ἡ Συεννέσιος γυνὴ προτέρα Κύρου πέντε ἡμέ- 25 


\ “~ Ὁ a ’ a Ἂ 9 Ν 
pas εἰς Ταρσοὺς ἀφίκετο" ἐν δὲ τῇ ὑπερβολῇ τῶν ὁρῶν TH εἰς τὸ 








132 φέρει : pres. of lasting truth; 
ef. ἀθροίζονται, of habitual action, 
cma 1. 

πυροὺς καὶ κριθάς : both words are 
regularly used in the pl. 

133 αὐτό: t.e. τὸ πεδίον, 

ἐκ θαλάττης εἰς θάλατταν: see the 
map. 

134 ἤλασε: Xen. prefers the com- 
pound, ἐξελαύνω, as a rule. 

135 Ταρσούς : familiar as the birth- 
place of St. Paul. Ancient 
cities often had plural names 
(᾿Αθῆναι, Σάρδεις, and, below, Σόλοι 
and ᾿Ισσοί), but, in this case, 
the sing., Tapeés, is also found. 
Plural names may be due to the 
upper and lower city; cf. the 
note on ἀκροπόλεις, 1. 9. 

137 μέσου : used as a noun (G. 932.1; 
H. 621b; Β. 424) with τῆς πόλεως 
depending on it, as a partit. gen. 
(zen. of the whole) (G. 1088; H. 
729e; B. 354, 355, last example). 

138 ὄνομα... edpos: accs. of speci- 
fication (G. 1058; H. 718; B. 337). 

εὗρος δύο πλέθρων : see the note on 
δύο πλέθρα, Il. 30f. δύο is fre- 
quently treated as indeclinable. 


139 ἐξέλιπον els, had abandoned 
(and fled) to,a condensed phrase; 
cf. εἰσιν ἐκ, 1, 42. 

οἱ ἐνοικοῦντες, the inhabitants. A 
partic. with the art. is often 
equivalent to a noun, G. 1560; 
H. 966; B. 650, 1. 

140 πλήν: here a conjunc. οὐκ 
ἐξέλιπον is, therefore, to be under- 
stood. As a prep. πλήν governs 
the gen. (see c. 1. 29) although 
there the gen. (antecedent to a 
rel.) is omitted. 

ot τὰ καπηλεῖα ἔχοντες : these men 
were willing to take chances, 
hoping for business. 

παρὰ τὴν θάλατταν ; for the acc. cf. 
ὑπὲρ Ἑλλήσποντον, c. 1.48. Find 
Soli and Issi on the map. 

142 προτέρα. . . ἡμέραις, five days 
before Cyrus. For the adj., 
where Eng. uses the adv., see 
G. 926; H. 619; B. 425; for the 
gen. Κύρου G. 1153; H. 755; B. 
363; and for the dat., ἡμέραις, (ἃ. 
1184; H. 781; B. 388. 

143 τῇ ὑπερβολῇ. . . τῇ εἰς τὸ πεδίον: 
the formal attrib. position; see 
on τῇ κατ᾽ dvrimépas,c.1.43f. For 





the use of a prep. with its case 
as an attrib., see on πρὸς ἑαυτόν, 
c. 1. 38. 
144 of μὲν, .. of δέ; see on τοὺς μὲν 
. τοὺς δέ, ο. 1.31. No connec- 
tive is needed, as the clause ex- 
plains the preceding one; see on 
Κλέαρχος, c. 1. 44. 

145 ἁρπάζοντάς τι κατακοπῆναι, 
that, while engaged in some act 
of plunder, they had been cut to 
pieces. τι is the inner obj. of 
ἁρπάζοντας; see on τὰ αὐτὰ ταῦτα, 
9,1. 80, αὐτούς, subj. οὗ κατακοπῆ- 
vat, supplies itself; see on |. 119, 

οἵ δέ : sc. ἔφασαν αὐτούς. 

146 καὶ ov, and not, following a 
positive clause, but, below, οὐδέ, 

, continuing the neg. οὐδέ, when 
there is no preceding neg., 
means not even. 

τὸ ἄλλο στράτευμα, the rest of the 
army: see the vocab. So, below, 
ol ἄλλοι, the rest, i. 6. of Menon’s 
force. 

147 εἶτα, then, resuming the par- 
tics.; cf. οὕτω, resuming ὡς, 1. 85. 

δ᾽ οὖν: cf. 1. 73, and the note. 

148 ἑκατόν: ordinarily a single λόχος 
numbered 100 men (IV, 8, § 15). 

οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι : emphasized by being 
placed before ἐπεί: βο Κῦρος, 1. 150. 

πόλιν... ἸΤαρσούς : apposition. 


151 μετεπέμπετο: note the durative 
tense. For the voice, see on c. 1.5, 
Here the force of the vb. is 
strengthened by the addition of 
πρὸς ἑαυτόν. 

152 68’... ἤθελε, but he declared 
that he had never before come 
into the power of anyone 
mightier than himself, and now 
he refused to come into Cyrus’ 
power. Syennesis said οὐκ ἦλθον, 
which is thrown into the infin. 
after ἔφη (cf. ἐπιβουλεύειν, 1. 119, 
and the note). In such cases 
the neg., which belongs prop- 
erly with the principal vb., 
is expressed with the vb. of 
Saying (οὐκ ἔφη ἐλθεῖν, instead of 
ἔφη οὐκ ἐλθεῖν : cf. Lat. nego). 
The neg. here is οὔτε, not οὐκ, 
because ἔφη is made parallel 
with ἤθελε, although the paral- 
lelism (neither ... nor) should 
not be kept in translating. οὐδενί 
is used, not τινί, because it fol- 
lows a neg.; see G. 1619; H. 1030; 
B. 433. For the dat., see G. 1175; 
1177; H. 772a; B. 392; and ef. εἰς 
λόγους σοι ἐλθεῖν, I1,5,§4. ἐθέλω, 
with the neg., often means refuse. 
For the case of ἑαυτοῦ, see Κύρου, 
1.142, and the note. With Κύρῳ, 
εἰς χεῖρας is to be supplied. 





28 Anabasis 





χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν ἔφη οὔτε τότε Κύρῳ ἱἑέναι ἤθελε, πρὶν ἡ γυνὴ 


αὐτὸν ἔπεισε καὶ πίστεις ἔλαβε. μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἐπεὶ συνε- 21 


γένοντο ἀλλήλοις, Συέννεσις μὲν ἔδωκε Κύρῳ χρήματα πολλὰ 
» Ἃ Al “ ᾿ > il Ὁ Δ / \ 
eis τὴν στρατιάν, Κῦρος δὲ ἐκείνῳ δῶρα ἃ νομίζεται παρὰ 
βασιλεῖ τίμια, ἵππον χρυσοχάλινον καὶ στρεπτὸν χρυσοῦν 
καὶ ψέλια καὶ ἀκινάκην χρυσοῦν καὶ στολὴν Περσικήν, καὶ 
\ ’ / ld Ἃ ν κ᾽ > U 

τὴν χώραν μηκέτι διαρπάζεσθαι: τὰ δὲ ἡρπασμένα ἀνδράποδα, 


Book I, Chap. III 29 





ἤδη ἐπὶ βασιλέα ἰέναι" μισθωθῆναι δὲ οὐκ ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἔφασαν. 

“ \ / Ih e Ὁ A ᾽ 27 A 
πρῶτος δὲ Κλέαρχος τοὺς αὑτοῦ στρατιώτας ἐβιάζετο ἰέναι" of 
δ᾽ αὐτόν τε ἔβαλλον καὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια τὰ ἐκείνου, ἐπεὶ ἄρξαιν- 


το προϊέναι. Κλέαρχος δὲ τότε μὲν μικρὸν ἐξέφυγε μὴ καταπε- 
- Ψ ye » ΝΜ) σ΄ 3 cd , 
τρωθῆναι, ὕστερον δ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἔγνω ὅτι ov δυνήσεται βιάσασθαι, 


ἊΝ La) “ὦ ‘ aA 
συνήγαγεν ἐκκλησίαν TOV αὑτοῦ στρατιωτῶν. καὶ πρῶτον μὲν 
25 / Ἁ , 4 ἢ . “Ὁ δὲ e a 30 , A > 
ἐδάκρυε πολὺν χρόνον ἑστώς" οἱ δὲ ὁρῶντες ἐθαύμαζον Kai ἐσι- 
Ud 
ὦπων. εἶτα δὲ ἔλεξε τοιάδε. 


» ᾽ ’ > / 
ἤν που ἐντυγχάνωσιν ἀπολαμβάνειν. 


III. ᾿Ἐνταῦθα ἔμεινεν ὁ Kipos καὶ ἡ στρατιὰ ἡμέρας εἴκοσιν" 


“ > a 
οἱ yap στρατιῶται οὐκ ἔφασαν ἰέναι τοῦ πρόσω: ὑπώπτευον γὰρ 





153 πρίν : see c. 1.58, and the note. 
All temporal partics., when refer- 
ring to definite past time, take, 
of course, the indic. For the 
subjv., with πρίν, see συμβουλεύ- 
onra, c. 1.59, and the note; for 
the opt., καταγάγοι, 1. 12. Ob- 
serve that πρίν, until, regularly 
follows a neg. 

154 ἔπεισε . . . ἔλαβε: a rapid shift 
of subj., common in Greek. 

155 χρήματα πολλά: cf. 1. 73. 

156 els: cf. c. 1. 50. 

Κῦρος δέ: sc. ἔδωκε. 

παρὰ βασιλεῖ, at court. παρά, 
with the dat. of persons, regu- 
larly denotes, not nearness only, 
but characteristic locality—the 
place where the person in ques- 
tion properly is. Cyrus here 
usurps royal prerogatives; his 
gifts are such as the king alone 
could rightly bestow (Xen. Cyro- 
paedia, VIII, 2, 8). 

157 χρυσοῦν : for the decl., see on 
χαλκᾶ, 1. 93. 

158 στολήν : “raiment” formed no 
small item in the wealth of the 
Oriental; ef. III, 1, 819 and 
Joshua, VII: 21. 

159 τὴν χώραν... διαρπάζεσθαι, that 
his country should no longer be 


pillaged (διήρπασαν, above, 1. 149). 
The clause supplies another obj. 
to ἔδωκε, as does also the fol- 
lowing infin. clause, τὰ δὲ... 
ἀπολαμβάνειν. For the neg. μηκέτι, 
see on μὴ . . . καταλῦσαι, c. 1. 58. 

160 ἤν που ἐντυγχάνωσιν, wherever 
they should find them. For the 
subjv., cf. ἣν δύνηται, c. 1.15, and 
the note. The conditional with 
an indef. adv. is often tanta- 
mount to a rel. 

ἀπολαμβάνειν : force of the prep.? 
See on ἀπέπεμπε, c. 1. 41. 


Cuapter III 
1 εἴκοσιν : a long stay, due to the 
mutiny. 
2 οὐκ ἔφασαν ἱέναι, declared they 
would not go. They said, οὐκ 
tuev (εἶμι is a fut., G. 1257; H. 


477a; B. 524 note), but, in the - 


infin. phrase, the neg. is ex- 
pressed with the vb. of saying,see 
on οὔτε ἔφη, c. 2.152. The pron. 
subj. of the infin., is regularly 
omitted when it is the same as 
the subj. of the vb. upon which 
the infin. depends (G. 895, 2; H. 
940; B. 630); ef. μισθωθῆναι, below. 

τοῦ πρόσω, forward, a local gen. 
(partit.); see G. 1138- H. 760a; 
B. 358. 





ὑπώπτενον : see on ὑπώπτευε, c. 1. 3, 
ἰέναι is here a pres. 

3 ἤδη, by this time. They were 
far past Pisidia (see the map), 
and had been three months on 
the march. 

μισθωθῆναι: direct, οὐκ ἐμισθώθημεν. 
Note the order of the words. 

ἐπὶ τούτῳ : for this, on this basis. 
ἐπί with the dat. is regular in 
contracts. 

πρῶτος : adj., not adv.; Clear- 
chus was the first to. πρῶτον, the 
alv., would merely contrast 
ἐβιάζετο with some subsequent 
act on his part; see G. 926; H. 
619b; B. 425. 

ἐβιάζετο : for the force of the tense, 
cf. ἐκώλνεν, c. 2. 122, and the note. 
This act was characteristic of 
Clearchus; see the Introd., § 38. 

δ ἔβαλλον: βάλλω means pelt, 
rather than throw ; the missile is 
oftener in the dat. (means) than 
in the acc. (direct obj.). 

ἐπεὶ ἄρξαιντο: cf. ὁπότε βούλοιτο, 
c. 2.40, and tae note. 

3 μικρόν, barely, an adv. acc.; see 
on τὸ ἀρχαῖον, c. 1. 28. 

μή: to be omitted in translating. 
For its use with an infin., de- 
pending on a vb. which itself 
contains a neg. idea, see G. 1615; 
Η. 1029; B. 434. 


καταπετρωθῆναι: for the force of 
the prep., cf. κατακοπῆναι, c. 2. 145, 

7 ἔγνω, saw, came to know. For 
the form, see G. 799; H. 489, 15; 
B. 209; cf. 256. 

ὅτι οὐ δυνήσεται, that he would not 
be able. Eng. requires would, al- 
though in the Greek the direct 
form is retained (save for the ne- 
cessary change of person; direct, 
οὐ δυνήσομαι). The change to the 
opt., after a secondary tense (see 
on ἐπιβουλεύοι, c. 1.11), is never 
obligatory and is less common 
in the fut. than in other tenses. 

8 συνήγαγεν: for the form, see G. 
536; H. 436; B. 208, 1. 

πρῶτον μὲν... εἶτα δέ: cf.c. 2. 89-91. 

9 ἐδάκρνε: the Greeks, like most 
southern peoples, were much 
more frank than we in emotional 
expression. These were, how- 
ever, “crocodile tears.” 

πολὺν χρόνον: see the note on 
ἡμέρας, c. 2. 34. 

ἑστώς : a perfect (G. 508; H. 336; 
B. 258). For its force, see on 
ἐζευγμένη, c. 2.31. For the accent, 
see G. 117; H. 105; B. 65, 2. 
Trans., stood and wept. [tense, 

ὁρῶντες, as they looked; note the 

10 ἔλεξε: somewhat more formal 
than the commoner ἔλεγε. 

τοιάδε, about as follows; cf. the 





80 Anabasis 





ἼΑνδρες στρατιῶται, μὴ θαυμάζετε ὅτι χαλεπῶς φέρω τοῖς 3 


“ / > \ \ Ld “~ > ἔ ἤ A 
παροῦσι πράγμασιν. ἐμοὶ yap ξένος Κῦρος ἐγένετο καί με φεύ- 


γοντα ἐκ τῆς πατρίδος τά τε ἄλλα ἐτίμησε καὶ μυρίους ἔδωκε 


δαρεικούς" ods ἐγὼ λαβὼν οὐκ εἰς τὸ ἴδιον κατεθέμην ἐμοὶ οὐδὲ 


καθηδυπάθησα, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς ὑμᾶς ἐδαπάνων. καὶ πρῶτον μὲν πρὸς 


τοὺς Θρᾷκας ἐπολέμησα, καὶ ὑπὲρ τῆς "Ελλάδος ἐτιμωρούμην 


μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν, ἐκ τῆς Χερρονήσου αὐτοὺς ἐξελαύνων βουλομένους 


ἀφαιρεῖσθαι τοὺς ἐνοικοῦντας “EXXnvas τὴν γῆν. ἐπειδὴ δὲ Κῦ- 


ρος ἐκάλει, λαβὼν ὑμᾶς ἐπορευόμην, ἵνα εἴ τι δέοιτο ὠφελοίην 





note on ὧδε, c. 1. 24. Xen. may 
not have heard the speech him- 
self, but he could hardly have 
failed to learn what was said. 
This is not, then, one of the 
cases in which, for the sake cf 
dramatic effect, the antique his- 
torian has permitted the inser- 
tion of an imaginary speech. 
See the Introd., § 40. 

11 ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, Fellow sol- 
diers. ἄνδρες is regularly added 
to such vocatives. In comedy 
we have even ἄνδρες fy ves, and in 
Lucian, ἄνδρες θεοί. The familiar 
phrase in the Book of Acts, Men 
and brethren, isa mistranslation 
of ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί. 

μὴ θαυμάζετε: for prohibitions, see 
G. 1346; H. 874; B. 584. 

12 πράγμασιν: dat. of cause; see 
G. 1181; H. 776; 778; B. 391. 

ξένος : cf. c. 1. 53, and the note. 

éyévero, became, not was. 

φεύγοντα: see the Introd., § 38, 
and c. 1.45. Note the emphasis 
given to this word by its position. 

13 τά re GAAa... καί, honored me 
in other things and (in particu- 
lar). Very commonly, after a 
form of ἄλλος with re, καί intro- 
duces some fact singled out for 


special mention, τά... ἄλλα is, 
of course, the inner obj. 

ἔδωκε : cf. c. 1. 46. 

14 οὐκ els τὸ ἴδιον... ἐμοί, did not 
store up for my own personal 
use. 

οὐδέ, nor, when a neg. precedes; 
elsewhere not even. 

15 καθηδυπάθησα: the prep. im- 
plies waste, 

éSardvev: note the change to the 
durative tense in passing from 
the neg. to the positive state- 
ment. The neg. has a strong 
preference for the aor. 

16 ἐτιμωρούμην : sc. αὐτούς. 

17 ἐξελαύνων, here lit., driving 
out. 

βουλομένους (with αὐτούς), because 
they wished. 

18 ἀφαιρεῖσθαι... γῆν, to rob the 
Greeks dwelling there of their 
land. For the two accs., see 
G. 1069; H. 724; B. 340. This 
vb. may also take an acc. anda 
gen. (separation), as in IV, 4, 12; 
see G. 1118; H. 748a; B. 362 
note. 

19 ἵνα. . . ὑπ᾽ ἐκείνου, in order 
that, should he have any need of 
me, I might help him, in return 
for the good I had received at 


Book I, Chap. III 31 








ε αὐτὸν ἀνθ᾽ ὧν ev ἔπαθον ὑπ᾽ ἐκείνου. 


ἐπεὶ δὲ ὑμεῖς οὐ βούλεσ- 20 


θε συμπορεύεσθαι, ἀνάγκη δή μοι ἢ ὑμᾶς προδόντα τῇ Κύρου 
λί A θ ἢ \ er. 0 , 0 θ᾽ ς ῶ > ᾽ 

φιλίᾳ χρῆσθαι ἢ πρὸς ἐκεῖνον ψευσάμενον μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν εἶναι. εἰ 
Ἁ ‘ ἢ / > 43 ΚΟΥ 9 3 ς A A \ 

μὲν δὴ δίκαια ποιήσω οὐκ οἶδα, αἱρήσομαι δ᾽ οὖν ὑμᾶς καὶ σὺν 


ὑμῖν ὅ,τι ἂν δέῃ πείσομαι. καὶ οὔποτε ἐρεῖ οὐδεὶς ὡς ἐγὼ “EX- 
Anvas ἀγαγὼν εἰς τοὺς βαρβάρους, προδοὺς τοὺς “Ἑλληνας 


6 τὴν τῶν βαρβάρων φιλίαν εἱλόμην, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπεὶ ὑμεῖς ἐμοὶ οὐ θέ- 


λετε πείθεσθαι, ἐγὼ σὺν ὑμῖν ἕψομαι καὶ ὅ,τι ἂν δέῃ πείσομαι. 
Λ A e n > 1 > " ὃ x / Ἀ 4 
νομίζω γὰρ ὑμᾶς ἐμοὶ εἶναι καὶ πατρίδα καὶ φίλους καὶ συμμά- 


\ ‘ ae \ a W i ’ isd aA > ς Mid δὲ 
χους, καὶ συν υμιν μὲν ἂν OLPAL ELVAL τιμιος ὁποὺ ἂν ως. υμῶν OE 





hishands. For the final clause, 
see on ὅπως λάβοι, c. 1.22 f.; for εἴ 
τι δέοιτο, representing ἐάν τι δέηται, 
after the opt. final clause, as 
though quoted after a secondary 
tense, see G. 1503; H. 937; B. 677; 
and, for the form ὠφελοίην, G. 737; 
Η. 374a, end; B. 199,1. ἀνθ᾽ ὧν 
stands for ἀντὶ τούτων ἅ, the 
antecedent being omitted and 
the rel. attracted to the case it 
would have had, if expressed ; 
see the notes on ἐφ᾽ 4, c. 2.11, 
and on ὁπόσας εἶχε φυλακάς, c. 1. 24. 
ὑπ᾽ ἐκείνου is used beeause εὖ 
ἔπαθον is a virtual passive; see 
G. 1241; H. 820; B. 513. ἐκείνου 
is more emphatic than αὐτοῦ. 

20 ὑμεῖς: emphatic, as personal 
pronouns always are when ex- 
pressed in the nom.; see G. 985; 
H. 677; B. 467. Observe this in 
what follows. 

21 ἀνάγκη . . . μοι, 1 must. ἐστί 
is usually omitted in this phrase. 
For μοι, with the following acc., 
προδόντα, see the note on λαβόντι 
ἥκειν, c. 2. 4f, 

τῇ - .. χρῆσθαι, to enjoy the 
friendship of Cyrus. The dat., 
with χρῶμαι, is dat. of means; 
see G.1183; Η. 777; B.387 note. 


22 el, whether, introducing an 
indir. ques.; see G. 16.5; H. 
1016; B. 578. 

23 δ᾽ οὖν: cf. c. 2. 73. 

σύν: cf. c. 2. 88, and the note. 

24 ὅ,τι ἂν δέῃ, whatever may be 
necessary. The rel. is condi- 
tional; hence the subj. with ἄν; 
see G. 1434; H. 916; B. 620; 623; 
cf. the note on ὅστις ἀφικνεῖτο, 
e, 1. 18. 

οὔποτε. .. οὐδείς, never shall any- 
one say. For the repeated neg., 
see on οὐδενί, c. 2.152. Ina neg. 
sentence indef. words regularly 
become neg. 

ὡς... εἱλόμην: quoted, but, after 
the primary tense, there is no 
change of mood. 

25 els, into the country of; see 
the note on c. 1. 62. 

26 ἐμοί: indir. obj. (G. 1159; 1160; 
H. 764, 2; B. 376). 

27 σὺν ὑμῖν ἕψομαι : ἕπομαι usually 
takes the simple dat. 

ὅ,τι ἂν δέῃ : see above, |. 24. 

28 νομίζω: with acc. and infin., in 
indir. disc. 

29 σὺν ὑμῖν. ... τίμιος, with you, 
I think I should be held in 
honor. oluacresumes νομίζω, and 
is expressed again in the next 





89 Anabasis Book I, Chap. ITT 33 








! Ταῦτα εἶπεν: οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται οἵ τε αὐτοῦ ἐκείνου καὶ οἱ 
ἄλλοι ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες ὅτι οὐ φαίη παρὰ βασιλέα πορεύεσθαι 
ἐπήνεσαν" παρὰ δὲ Ἐξενίου καὶ Πασίωνος πλείους ἢ δισχίλιοι 
8 λαβόντες τὰ ὅπλα καὶ τὰ σκευοφόρα ἐστρατοπεδεύσαντο παρὰ 
Κλεάρχῳ. Κῦρος δὲ τούτοις ἀπορών τε καὶ λυπούμενος μετε- 
πέμπετο τὸν Κλέαρχον" ὃ δὲ ἰέναι μὲν οὐκ ἤθελε, λάθρᾳ δὲ τῶν 
στρατιωτῶν πέμπων αὐτῷ ἄγγελον ἔλεγε θαρρεῖν ὡς καυραϑτιν. 


Ν A > A ¢ \ . + w 9 δ Λ > - 

80 ἔρημος ὧν οὐκ ἂν ἱκανὸς οἶμαι εἶναι οὔτ᾽ av φίλον ὠφελῆσαι 
lal s ΄ 

οὔτ᾽ ἂν ἐχθρὸν ἀλέξασθαι. ὡς ἐμοῦ οὖν ἰόντος ὅπῃ ἂν καὶ ὑμεῖς 


οὕτω τὴν γνώμην ἔχετε. 





line. The direct form was σὺν 30 οὐκ ἂν. . . εἶναι: direct, οὐκ ἂν 
ὑμῖν τίμιος ἂν εἴην (potential opt., . εἴην, as above. 

for which see G. 1327 ΕἾ: H.872; οὔτ᾽ av... ἀλέξασθαι, either fo 
B. 563). Here σὺν ὑμῖν supplies ...or to. We have otre.. 


a virtual protasis; see G. 1413; 
H. 902; B.614. For the change 
to the infin. with dv, see G. 1494; 
H. 964; B. 671. Observe that 
ἄν, like od (see the note on οὔτε 
ἔφη, c. 2. 152), although belonging 
with the infin., is regularly ex- 
pressed with the vb. of saying. 
This often causes ἄν to stand at 
the head of the sentence or 
clause, and so prepares the 
hearer or reader for the poten- 
tial idea which is to follow. 
ἄν may then be repeated later 
on in the sentence (see below). 
By remembering that ἄν may 
not be used with the pres. indic. 
the student will be prevented 
from construing it with the vb. 
of saying. 

ὅπου Gv ὦ, wherever I may be, 
another condit. rel. clause; see 
on ὅ,τι ἂν δέῃ, 1.24. The subjv. 
is retained, although the opt. 
(by assimilation to ay .. -. εἴην, 
implied in ἂν εἶναι) would be 
more regular. See the note on 
ἃ δοίη, below, §17, and compare 
the retention of the subjv. after 
a secondary tense (see on ἣν 
δύνηται, c. 1. 15). 

ὑμῶν δὲ ἔρημος, but bereft of you 
(G. 1140; H. 753c; B. 362, 2). 
This like σὺν ὑμῖν, above, supplies 
a protasis for the following po- 
tential clause. 


οὔτε, because a neg. precedes 
(see the note on οὐδενί, c. 2. 152). 
ἄν, repeated with both infins., 
belongs only with εἶναι. These 
infins. are governed by ἱκανός 
(see the note on c.1.20). ἀλέξασ- 
θαι is a poetic vb.; see the 
Introd., §39. 


31 ἐχθρόν, a personal foe, not 


merely a man with whom one 
happens to be at war (πολέμιος). 


ὡς ἐμοῦ... ὑμεῖς, that, therefore, 


I shall go wherever you go (ἴητε 
is to be supplied with ὑμεῖς, 
another condit. rel. clause). καί 
marks the parallelism between 
ἐμοῦ and ὑμεῖς. It should not be 
translated, but the pronouns 
should be strongly emphasized. 
The gen. abs., with ὡς (see the 
note on ws ἐπιβουλεύοντος, c. 1. 26 
f.), is here a virtual form of indir. 
disc. See G. 1593, 2; B. 661, 
note 4; G. M. T. 918. 


$2 οὕτω. . . ἔχετε, be of this 


opinion. οὕτω merely resumes 
the preceding #s-clause; see the 
note on οὕτω ταχθῆναι, c. 2. 85. 
In Eng. it is more natural to 
reverse the order of the clauses, 
and to translate, simply, be 
of this opinion, then, that I, 
etc. τὴν γνώμην ἔχετε is tan- 
tamount to γιγνώσκετε: see the 
note on ἐποιεῖτο τὴν συλλογήν, 
c. 1, 24. 


/ , > \ 4 
σομένων τούτων εἰς TO δέον. μεταπέμπεσθαι δ᾽ ἐκέλευεν αὐτόν" 


> \ 
αὐτὸς δ᾽ οὐκ ἔφη ἰέναι. 





33 ταῦτα εἶπεν: normal asyn.; see 
on Κλέαρχος, c. 1. 44. 


οἵ te: the accent of of is due to the 


following enclitic; see G. 143, 4; 
H. 115c; B. 70, 3. 


of... ἐκείνου, his own. How 


lit.? 


84 ταῦτα: despite the principle 


stated in the note on ὧδε, c. 1. 24, 
τοῦτο and ταῦτα often look for- 
ward to an explanatory clause. 
The words ὅτε... πορεύεσθαι are 
omitted by some editors, as a 
needless gloss. 


οὐ φαίη : for the position of the 


neg., see on οὔτε ἔφη, c. 2. 152, 


πορεύεσθαι : direct; οὐ πορεύομαι, I 


am not going. The pres. is 
freely used for the fut., when 
the action depends solely on the 
will of thesubj.; this is common 
also in Eng. 


35 πλείους : not acc.; see G. 358; H. 


236; B.121. This episode gives 
a good idea of the lack of or- 
ganization among Cyrus’ troops, 
regarded as an army. Discip- 
line, in a sense, there was, but it 


was coupled with a strong sense 
of democracy. 


36 παρὰ Κλεάρχῳ: for the force of 


παρά, see c. 2. 156, and the note. 


37 τούτοις ἀπορῶν: see |. 12, and 
the note. 

μετεπέμπετο : force of the tense? 
Cf. c. 1. 2, and the note. 

88 οὐκ ἤθελε: cf. c. 2. 152, and 
the note. 

λάθρᾳ: with the gen.; see G. 1150; 
H. 757a ed; B. 418. 

39 ἔλεγε, bade; so generally, when 
(in the act.) it takes the infin. 
When used as a simple vb. of 
saying, Aéyw (in the act.) almost 
invariably takes ὅτε or as; see 
the note on λέγεται, c. 2. 47, 

ὡς... τὸ Séov, assuring him that 
(ὡς) this would turn out all right. 
See the note on ὡς ἐπιβουλεύοντος, 
c.1.26f. τὸ δέον (partic. of δέω) 
is used as ἃ noun; G. 932, 1; H. 
621b; B. 650, 1. 

40 μεταπέμπεσθαι: note the dura- 
tive tense. 

41 αὐτός: when the subj. of an 
infin. is the same as the subj. of 
the vb. governing it, modifiers of 
the subj. must be nom., not acc. 
Here the intensive pron. con- 
trasts the activity of Clearchus 
with that of Cyrus; direct, αὐτὸς 

δ᾽ οὐκ εἶμι, for my part I will not 
come (cf. οὔτε ἔφη, c. 2. 152, and 
the note). 





84 Anabasis 





Mera δὲ ταῦτα συναγαγὼν τοὺς θ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ στρατιώτας Kal 
τοὺς προσελθόντας αὐτῷ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τὸν βουλόμενον ἔλεξε 
τοιάδε. “Avdpes στρατιῶται, τὰ μὲν δὴ Κύρου δῆλον ὅτι οὕτως 
ἔχει πρὸς ἡμᾶς ὥσπερ τὰ ἡμέτερα πρὸς ἑκεῖνον" οὔτε γὰρ ἡμεῖς 
ἐκείνου ἔτι στρατιῶται, ἐπεί γε οὐ συνεπόμεθα αὐτῷ, οὔτε ἐκεῖνος 


ἔτι ἡμῖν μισθοδότης. 


ὅτι μέντοι ἀδικεῖσθαι νομίζει ὑφ᾽ ἡμῶν 


-»" > Cal Ἁ 
οἷἶδα- ὥστε καὶ μεταπεμπομένου αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἐθέλω ἐλθεῖν, τὸ 


, ~ , ᾽ / 
μὲν μέγιστον αἰσχυνόμενος ὅτι σύνοιδα ἐμαυτῷ πάντα ἐψευσμε- 
νος αὐτόν, ἔπειτα καὶ δεδιὼς μὴ λαβών με δίκην ἐπιθῇ ὧν νομί- 





42 0’: 1. 6. τε. 

43 τοὺς προσελθόντας : i.e. the men 
of Xenias and Pasion; see |. 85. 
τῶν ἄλλων : for the gen., see τῶν 
“Ἑλλήνων, c. 1. 8, and the note. 
τὸν βουλόμενον, whoever wished (to 

come). 

44 ἄνδρες στρατιῶται : cf. 1.11, and 
the note. 

τὰ pev... πρὸς ἐκεῖνον, Cyrus’ 
affairs, you see (δή) evidently 
stand in the same relation to us, 
as ours to him. τὰ Κύρου needs 
no noun; πράγματα comes easily 
to the mind. 

δῆλον ὅτι : ἐστίν is regularly omit- 
ted, and the phrase (often writ- 
ten as one word, δηλονότι) becomes 
a virtual adv. For ἔχω with an 
adv., see on εὐνοϊκῶς ἔχοιεν, c. 1,21; 
for ἐκεῖνον, instead of αὐτόν, cf. c. 
2. 88, and the note. 

45 οὔτε . . - ἔτι: equivalent to 
οὐκέτι, but serving to mark the 
parallelism of the two neg. 
clauses. Note the omission of 
ἐσμέν and ἐστίν. 

46 στρατιῶται : no art., soldiers of 
his. 

ἐπεί ye: γε regularly emphasizes 
the preceding word. 

47 ἡμῖν, our; see G. 1174; Η. 765a; 


B. 376; and cf. the note on αὐτῷ, 
c. 2. 7. 

ὅτι. . . νομίζει. . . οἶδα: retain 
the Greek order in translating. 
pévro is strongly adversative. 

48 καὶ μεταπεμπομένου αὐτοῦ, even 
though he keeps sending. See 
G. 1573; H. 979; B. 656, 2. 

τὸ μὲν μέγιστον, chiefly (continued 
by ἔπειτα καί, 1. 50), an adv. acc.; 
see on τὸ ἀρχαῖον, c. 1. 28. 

49 αἰσχυνόμενος, from shame. As 
Greek is far richer in partics. 
than Eng. (see the note on ἐξαι- 
τησαμένη, c. 1.13), the translation 
should vary with the context. 

ἐμαυτῷ : with σύνοιδα (cf. conscius, 
with a dat., in Lat.). It may be 
omitted in translating, or ren- 
dered, e. g., in my heart. 

πάντα, utterly, inner obj. of ἐψευσ- 
μένος. 

ἐψευσμένος: for the form, see G.523; 
H. 365; B.178,1. The partic. is 
quoted after σύνοιδα (see the note 
on ἔχοντα, c. 2.127). For the case, 
see on αὐτός, 1. 41; although here 
we might have had the dat., in 
agreement with ἐμαυτῷ (G. 1590; 
H. 982a; B. 661 note 2). 

50 δεδιώς, from fear, parallel with 
αἱσ χυνόμενος, above. 


Book I, Chap. 111 





¢ "Ὁ Ν a > ἂ ~~ 
11 ζει ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἠδικῆσθαι. ἐμοὶ οὖν δοκεῖ οὐχ ὥρα εἶναι ἡμῖν κα- 
ἤ 9 9 > val e a > “ 
θεύδειν οὐδ᾽ ἀμελεῖν ἡμῶν αὐτῶν, ἀλλὰ βουλεύεσθαι ὅτι χρὴ 
al hd , WI , al 
ποιεὶν EK τούτων. καὶ ἕως γε μένομεν αὐτοῦ σκεπτέον μοι δοκεῖ 
εἶναι ὅπως ὡς ἀσφαλέσ D i Te ἢ c 
ε TaTa μενοῦμεν, εἴ τε ἤδη δοκεῖ ἀπιέναι, 
e > / ΝΜ 
ὅπως ὡς ἀσφαλέστατα ἄπιμεν, καὶ ὅπως τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἕξομεν 
Ν \ , v “ Ϊ 
ἄνευ yap τούτων οὔτε στρατηγοῦ οὔτε ἰδιώτου ὄφελος οὐδέν. ὁ 
12 δ᾽ ἀνὰ νων .᾽᾽ιὦ΄ὴῖὴ , > 
gd πολλοῦ μὲν ἄξιος ᾧ ἂν φίλος H, χαλεπώτατος 8 ἐχθρὸς 
ᾧ ἄν πολέμιος ἧ, ἔχει δὲ δύ ὶ ἐ ὁ 
᾿ ἢ» ἔχει ὃὲ δυναμιν καὶ πεζὴν καὶ ἱππικὴν καὶ 





‘ 


py. . . ἐπιθῇ : see G. 1378; H. 887; 

B. 594. 

av... ἠδικῆσθαι, lit., for the 
things in which he thinks he 
has been wronged by me. ὧν 
stands for τούτων ἅ (cf. 1. 20, 
and the note), representing the 
inner obj. of ἠδικῆσθαι, retained 
in the pass. (G. 1239; H. 725c; 
B. 512). 

51 ἐμοί : emphatic by position; re- 
tain the Greek order. 

δοκεῖ, it seems, with depend. infin.; 

but in the Greek the construc- 
tion is personal, with dpa as 
subj. This is regular in Greek 
(see the note on λέγεται, c. 2. 47), 
but is often unnatural in Eng. 
This infin. is the indir. disc. 
infin., and has its proper tense 
value. For the other use of 
δοκεῖ, see ὁ. 2, 1. 

καθεύδειν : with dpa; see G. 1521; 
H. 952; B. 641. 

52 ἡμῶν αὐτῶν, ourselves (G. 401: 
H. 266; B.141). For the case, see 
G. 1102; H. 742; B. 356. 

5,7 χρὴ ποιεῖν, sc. ἡμᾶς, what we 
are to do. ὅ,τι is the indir. 
interrog. (G. 1600; H. 1011; B. 
580). 

53 ἐκ τούτων, in view of this, not 
mere sequence, 


ἕως, while. For γε, cf. ἐπεί γε, 
above, 1. 46, and the note. 

αὐτοῦ, here, the adv. of the inten- 
og Cf. the note on τοῦ πρόσω, 

σκεπτέον. . . εἶναι; direct, σκεπτέον 
ἐστί. For the use of the verbal 
adj., see G. 1597; H. 990; B. 665. 

54 ὅπως μενοῦμεν: for the obj. 
clause, after a vb. of striving, 
- the note on ὅπως ἔσται, ς͵ 1, 
0. 

ὡς ἀσφαλέστατα : see c, 1, 99 f., and 

the note. 

δοκεῖ, seems best, not seems. 

55 ἄπιμεν : ἃ fut.; see 1. 2, and the 
note. 

56 ἄνευ... οὐδέν, for without these 

neither general nor private is 
of any use whatever. οὐδέν, for 
τι, in a neg. clause; see c. 2. 152, 
and the note. Neg. words, at 
the end of a clause, are regu- 
larly emphatic. 

ὁ δ᾽ ἀνήρ: ὦ, 6. Cyrus. 

57 πολλοῦ ἄξιος, valuable. For the 
gen., see G. 1135; H. 753, B. 
353, 1. 

ᾧ ἂν φίλος 7: see the note on ὅ, τι 
ἂν δέῃ, 1. 24. 

ἐχθρός... πολέμιος : cf. 1. 31, and 
the note. 


58 kal... Kal... «al: the poly- 





86 Anabasis 





a , a U th \ \ 
ναυτικὴν ἣν πάντες ὁμοίως ὁρῶμέν τε καὶ ἐπιστάμεθα: καὶ oP 
~ ~ ¢ “ 
οὐδὲ πόρρω δοκοῦμέν μοι αὐτοῦ καθῆσθαι. ὥστε ὥρα λέγειν 


Μ 7 
ὅ,τι τις γιγνώσκει ἄριστον εἰναι. 


f ὃ μὲν ἐ ὃ αὐτομάτου, λέξον- 13 
Ἔκ δὲ τούτου ἀνίσταντο οἱ μὲν ἐκ τοῦ αὐτομάτου, λέξ 


ταῦτα εἰπὼν ἐπαύσατο. 


> / | 
res ἃ ἐγίγνωσκον, of δὲ καὶ ὑπ’ ἐκείνου ἐγκέλευστοι, ἐπιδει- 


te! ‘ / 4 rd | 
κνύντες οἵα εἴη ἡ ἀπορία ἄνευ τῆς Κύρου γνώμης καὶ μένειν καὶ 


᾽ , ε 
ἀπιέναι. εἷς δὲ δὴ εἶπε προσποιούμενος σπεύδειν ὡς τάχιστα 14 


πορεύεσθαι εἰς τὴν Ελλάδα στρατηγοὺς μὲν ἑλέσθαι ἄλλους -“ 
, > ’ ‘ > , 

τάχιστα, εἰ μὴ βούλεται Κλέαρχος ἀπάγειν: τὰ δ᾽ ἐπιτήδει 

ἀγοράζεσθαι.--- ἡ δ᾽ ἀγορὰ ἣν ἐν τῷ βαρβαρικῷ στρατεύματι--- 





syndeton marks the gravity of 
the situation. 

59 ὁμοίως : intensifies πάντες. 

60 δοκοῦμεν : the construction with 
δοκῶ is nearly always personal. 

αὐτοῦ: with πόρρω, far from him. 
See G. 1149; H. 757; B. 362, 3. 

ὥρα : see above, |. 51. Note how 
cleverly Clearchus, who, at the 
outset, had won the good will 
of his listeners by his promise 
to stand by them, now leads 
them to realize the dangers that 
threaten them if they break 
with Cyrus. 

62 ἐκ τοῦ αὐτομάτου : cf. c. 2. 100. 

λέξοντες : fut. partic. of purpose; 
see on ws ἀποκτενῶν, c.1.12. With 
ἐπιδεικνύντες, below, 1. 63, the 
idea of purpose is less apparent, 
and the partic. is rather circum- 
stantial. 

63 ot δὲ καί, and others too. 


ἐγκέλευστοι : the verbal adj. in -ros 
is often equivalent to a perf. 


εἴη, the opt. is due to the indir, 
ques.; direct, rola ἐστί. 

μοὶ...» καὶ, either... OF. 

μένειν . . . ἀπιέναι: with dropia; 
cf. ὥρα καθεύδειν, 1, 51, and the 
note. 

65 εἷς δέ δή εἶπε, and one man, in 
particular (δή), moved. 

προσποιούμενος : we are to think of 
him as really a tool of Clear- 
chus’. 

66 ἑλέσθαι: this, with all the fol- 
lowing infins. as far as the end of 
the section (save ἀπάγειν, 1. 67), 
is governed by εἶπε, moved. In 
this sense εἶπον always takes the 
infin. 

67 εἰ μὴ βούλεται : the direct form 
isretained. The opt. would have 


been ambiguous, since it would 


suggest ἐὰν μὴ βούληται, as the 
direct form. The speaker means, 
if he doesn’t want to, not, if he 
shall prove unwilling. Cf. the 
retention of past indics. in sub- 


Book I, Chap. III 





καὶ συσκευάξεσθαι: ἐλθόντας δὲ Κῦρον αἰτεῖν πλοῖα, ὡς ἀπο. 
πλέοιεν: ἐὰν δὲ μὴ διδῷ ταῦτα, ἡγεμόνα αἰτεῖν Κῦρον ὅστις διὰ 
φιλίας τῆς χώρας ἀπάξει. ἐὰν δὲ μηδὲ ἡγεμόνα διδῷ, συντάτ- 

\ sf , id \ 
τεσθαι τὴν ταχίστην, πέμψαι δὲ καὶ προκαταληψομένους τὰ 
ἄκρα, ὅπως μὴ φθάσωσι μήτε Κῦρος μήτε οἱ Κίλικες καταλα. 
βόντες, ὧν πολλοὺς καὶ πολλὰ χρήματα ἔχομεν ἀνηρπακότες. 


οὗτος μὲν τοιαῦτα εἶπε. 


Υ̓ :5 Μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Κλέαρχος εἶπε τοσοῦτον: Ὥς μὲν στρατη- 





absurd the man’s proposal was. 
The Greeks and the barbarians 
had separate camps. For the 
ἀγορά, cf. 1,5, 86, and the Introd., 
§ 28. 

69 ἐλθόντας: in agreement with 
the unexpressed subj. of αἰτεῖν, 
One readily supplies τινάς. 

alretv: with two accs.; see c. 1. 55, 
and the note. 

ὡς ἀποπλέοιεν : purpose; see c. 1. 22, 
and the note. 

70 ἐὰν δὲ μὴ διδῷ: this offers a 
good illustration of the Greek 
love of directness. The direct 
form is retained in all of the 
conditional clauses, and, at the 
last, we have even a vb. in the 
first person (ἔχομεν). In all there 
is but a single opt. How many 
of the vbs. might have been in 
that mood? 


ὅστις... ἀπάξει: a rel. clause of 


purpose ; see G. 1442; H.911; B. 
591. ὅστις is often used where 
Eng. more easily expresses the 
indef. idea with the antecedent, 
some guide who. 


προκαταληψομένους: cf. λέξοντες, 
above, |. 62, and the note, and, 
for the omission of the subj. of 
the partic., ἐλθόντας, above, 1. 69. 

τὰ ἄκρα: ἐ.6. the pass through 
which they had come, or the 
heights commanding it. 

73 ὅπως ph... καταλαβόντες, that 
netther Cyrus nor the Cilicians 
should seize them first. For the 
partic. with φθάνω, see the note 
On παρὼν ἐτύγχανεν, ο.1.4, Note 
the various ways in which pur- 
pose has been expressed in this 
section. 

74 ὧν: the antecedent is of Κίλικες, 
The gen. goes both with πολλούς 
and with πολλὰ χρήματα) many 
men and much property); with 
the former it is partitive, with 
the latter it is a gen. of pos- 
session. 

ἔχομεν ἀνηρπακότες, have seized and 
hold; not a mere periphrastic 
vb. form; see G. 1262; H. 9818; 
B. 536, 2. With the use of the 
first person, the speaker falls 
into dir. disc.; cf. the note on 


37 


70 


ordinate clauses (see the note on 
ἤσθετο, c. 2.125), and consult G. 
1499; H. 933a; B. 673. 

68 ἣ δ᾽ ἀγορὰ . . . στρατεύματι: a 
parenthetical statement by the 
narrator (Xen.) to show how 


71 Alas: note the pred. posit., 
through the country as friendly. 

72 τὴν ταχίστην, with all speed, 
an adv. acc.; see the note on τὸ 
ἀρχαῖον, c. 1.28. Cf. τὴν ταχίστην 
ὁδόν, c. 2. 112, 


pass. partic. (cf. the Lat. partic. 
in -tus); see G. 776, 2; H. 475, 1; 
B. 667; hence we have ὑπό, with 
the gen. 

64 ola, how utter. olos is quali- 
tative, ὅσος quantitative. 


ἐὰν δὲ μὴ διδῷ, above, 1. 70. 

75 τοιαῦτα, to this effect. 

76 εἶπε τοσοῦτον, said merely this 
(thus much and no more). 

ὡς μὲν... λεγέτω, let no one speak 
of me as intending to assume 





88 Anabasis Book I, Chap. IIT 








/ θ \ κω 3 δὲ 5 | κ᾿ a A a Ἅ 
μαινόμεθα τὴν πρᾶξιν. εἰ δὲ καὶ τῷ ἡγεμόνι πιστεύσομεν ὃν ἂν 
“ “Ὁ / ll ΝΜ lal “ 
Κῦρος διδῷ, τί κωλύει καὶ τὰ ἄκρα ἡμῖν κελεύειν Κῦρον προκα- 85 
“ » Ἁ ν᾿ μι ‘ o ‘ 
17 ταλαβεῖν; ἐγὼ yap ὀκνοίην μὲν ἂν εἰς τὰ πλοῖα ἐμβαίνειν ἃ 
i "f \ € La} a 
ἡμῖν δοίη, μὴ ἡμᾶς ταῖς τριήρεσι καταδύσῃ, φοβοίμην δ᾽ ἂν 
Δ ¢ iy a ὃ / Ψ θ Ἂ e al > Ul 50 > Μ 
τῷ ἡγεμόνι ὃν δοίη ἕπεσθαι, μὴ ἡμᾶς ἀγάγῃ ὅθεν οὐκ ἔσται 
ἐξελθεῖν. βουλοίμην 8 ἂν ἄκοντος ἀπιὼν Κύρου λαθεῖν 
" ἣ > Ld a > / > 
αὐτὸν ἀπελθών: ὃ ov δυνατόν ἐστιν. 


/ \ ¢ “ / ὺ I 

γήσοντα ἐμὲ ταύτην THY στρατηγίαν μηδεὶς ὑμῶν λεγέτω: πολ 
Ἂ μ \ “ Ὁ ‘ 

ha yap ἐνορῶ δι᾽ ἃ ἐμοὶ τοῦτο οὐ ποιητέον" ὡς δὲ τῷ ἀνδρὶ ὃν 

a Ψ ri ¢ Ν 4 “ ᾿δῇ ὅτι καὶ ἄ :- 

ἂν ἕλησθε πείσομαι ἣ δυνατὸν μάλιστα, ἵνα εἰδῆτε ὃ ρ 

> , \ 

χεσθαι ἐπίσταμαι ὥς τις Kal ἄλλος μάλιστα ἀνθρώπων. μετὰ 16 

a Ν ".} aie mn 

τοῦτον ἄλλος ἀνέστη, ἐπιδεικνὺς μὲν THY εὐήθειαν τοῦ τὰ πλοῖα 
᾿ 

αἰτεῖν κελεύοντος, ὥσπερ πάλιν τὸν στόλον Κύρου ποιουμένου, 
; > “ \ / ¢t 

ἐπιδεικνὺς δὲ ὡς εὔηθες εἴη ἡγεμόνα αἰτεῖν παρὰ τούτου ᾧ λυ- 


ἀλλ᾽ ἐγώ φημι ταῦτα 
18 μὲν φλυαρίας εἶναι: δοκεῖ δέ μοι ἄνδρας ἐλθόντας πρὸς Κῦρον 





this command. This, like ὡς 
ἐμοῦ. . . ἰόντος, 1. 31 (where see 
the note), amounts to indir. 
disc., although λέγω does not 
take the partic. construction; 
see G. 1593; B. 661, note 4; and 
G.M.T.919. On the analogy of 
the preceding passage, this may 
be construed as acc. abs. (G. 
1569; 1570; H. 973; 974; B. 658, 
with the note). 

7Ἴ στρατηγίαν : cogn. acc. (inner 
obj.); see the note on τὰ αὐτὰ 
ταῦτα, c. 1. 30. 

πολλὰ . .. δι᾽ &, many reasons 
why. 

18 ποιητέον : sc. ἐστί ; cf. σκεπτέον 
1. 53, and the note. Here it 
may be taken either as personal 
or impersonal. 

ὡς. . . πείσομαι: the vb. of saying 
must be supplied in positive 
form. 

ὃν ἂν ἕλησθε: cf. ὅ,τι ἂν δέῃ, |. 24, 
and the note. Observe that 
here the rel. is not attracted to 
the case of the antecedent. 

79 ἡ δυνατὸν μάλιστα (sc. ἐστι), to 
the full extent of my power. 
Cf. ὅτι dwapacxevéraroy, c. 1. 22 f., 
and the note. 

καὶ ἄρχεσθαι: i.e. be ruled as well 
as rule. 

80 ὥς τις Kal ἄλλος... 


. ἀνθρώπων, 


as well as any other man in the 
world. ἀνθρώπων is partitive 
gen., with the superlative adv. 
μάλιστα (most of all men). This 
addition intensifies the phrase. 
ὥς τις καὶ ἄλλος, which is itself 
inclusive; cf. εἴ τις καὶ ἄλλος, 
Ι, 4, 815. 

81 ἐπιδεικνὺς μὲν... ἐπιδεικνὺς δέ: 
a good example of the figure 
anaphora; see the Introd., 8 39. 
Similar is ὀκνοίην μὲν ἃν... νὴ 
φοβοίμην δ᾽ ἄν, although there the 
vb. first used gives place to ἃ 
stronger synonym. 

82 ὥσπερ . . . ποιουμένου, (lit.) as 
though it were backward that 
Cyrus was making his march 
The stress falls on πάλιν, The 
text is, however, uncertain. 
Some insert ἄν, and the correc- 
tor of the Paris MS. inserts μή 
Note the shift of construction 
with αἰτεῖν; above we had two νι 
8008. 

83 as... εἴη, how foolish it was. 
ὡς is how, rather than that, and 
should generally be translated 
how in this use. 

ᾧ ... πρᾶξιν, whose undertaking 
we are ruining—another shift 
to direct speech, always easy for 
the Greek. For the dat. ᾧ, οὐ 
αὐτῷ, c. 2. 7, and the note. 





a ae 


85 rl nmwAve.. ὦ 


ὀκνοίην ἄν: 


ΒῚ μὴ so « 


. πιστεύσομεν : for the 
tense, see G. 1391; H. 893c; B. 
602 note 2. Note the difference 
between such a condition and 
the form with ἐάν. 
προκαταλαβεῖν, 
what hinders our bidding Cyrus 
to seize the heights for us as 
well? For the constructions 
with vbs. of hindering, see G. 
1549; H. 963; B. 643. 


86 ἐγὼ γάρ, for I, certainly. The 


pron. is strongly emphasized. 
potential opt., for 
which the following condit. rel. 
clause supplies the protasis. Cf. 
σὺν tuiv... ἂν εἶναι, 1, 29, and 
the note. The vb., in such a 
rel. clause, generally agrees in 
mood with the subjv. or opt. 
upon which it depends; see G. 
1270, 2; 1436; H. 9194: 917; B. 
624; G. M. T. 177, I, a. 
καταδύσῃ, lest he may 
sink us with his triremes (dat. 
of means). The contrast be- 
tween πλοῶν (merchantman, 
transport) and τριήρης or vais 
(ship of war) is constantly em- 
phasized. Observe that in the 
clause with μή the vb. is not 
assimilated to the opt. (G. 1270, 
2; 6. M. T. 1800; and the note 
on εἴη, II, 4, 8 3). 


88 ὃν δοίη : the mood exactly as 
in ἃ δοίη, above. Again the rel, 
is not attracted to the case of its 
antecedent. 

ὅθεν, (to a place) whence. 

οὐκ ἔσται, it will be impossible— 
stronger than οὐκ ἃν εἴη. 

89 βουλοίμην... ἀπελθών, and I 
should wish, were I to try to 
go away (ἀπιών) without Cyrus’ 
consent, to get off without his 
knowledge - another potent. opt., 
for which ἀπιών supplies a prot- 
asis. ἄκοντος Κύρου is gen. abs. 
In this construction the partic. 
ὄντος is almost never omitted, 
save with words which can, of 
themselves, be felt as partics. 
(ἑκών, ἄκων, etc.); see G. 1571; H. 
972. For the phrase, λαθεῖν... 
ἀπελθών, cf. τρεφόμενον ἐλάνθανεν, 
c.1.51. Note the shift of tense, 
ἀπιών... ἀπελθών; and see G. 
1586; 1290; H. 856b; B. 543. 

90 6: clauses beginning with a 
rel. are far commoner in Greek 
and Lat. than in Eng., and 
are often best rendered by a 
demonstr. with and or but. 

ἐγώ : again strongly emphatic. 

91 δοκεῖ δέ μοι, freely, I recom- 
mend. Five following infins. 
stand as subjs. to δοκεῖ. 

ἄνδρας ἐλθόντας... ἐρωτᾶν, that 





40 Anabasis 





“~ > » / ’ 
οἵτινες ἐπιτήδειοι σὺν Κλεάρχῳ ἐρωτᾶν ἐκεῖνον τί βούλεται 
a > / “ 
ἡμῖν χρῆσθαι: καὶ ἐὰν μὲν ἡ πρᾶξις ἢ παραπλησία οἴᾳπερ 
~ a“ [ῳ 6 Ὁ »\ \ 
καὶ πρόσθεν ἐχρῆτο τοῖς ξένοις, ἕπεσθαι καὶ ἡμᾶς καὶ μὴ 


Li ΝᾺ ἣ 
95 κακίους εἶναι τῶν πρόσθεν τούτῳ συναναβάντων" ἐὰν δὲ μείζων 19 


ἡ πρᾶξις τῆς πρόσθεν φαίνηται καὶ ἐπιπονωτέρα καὶ ἐπικιν- 
δυνοτέρα, ἀξιοῦν ἢ πείσαντα ἡμᾶς ἄγειν 7) τασϑωτα wpe 
φιλίαν ἀφιέναι: οὕτω yap καὶ ἑπόμενοι ay ΩΝ were καὶ 
πρόθυμοι ἑποίμεθα καὶ ἀπιόντες ἀσφαλῶς dv ἀπίοιμεν- ὅ,τι 


Book I, Chap. III 41 





σιν ot ἠρώτων Kipov τὰ δόξαντα τῇ στρατιᾷ. ὃ δ᾽ ἀπεκρίνατο 
"“" > , > \ A Ὁ a 

ὅτι ἀκούει ᾿Α βροκόμαν ἐχθρὸν ἄνδρα ἐπὶ τῷ Εὐφράτῃ ποταμῷ 
? > / ὃ ὃ ν" \ i 2 ” ΄ 
εἰναι, ἀπέχοντα δώδεκα σταθμούς. πρὸς τοῦτον οὖν ἔφη βού- 
λεσθαι ἐλθεῖν: κἂν μὲν ἢ ἐκεῖ, τὴν δίκην ἔφη χρήζειν ἐπιθεῖναι 
αὐτῷ, ἢν δὲ φύγῃ, ἡμεῖς ἐκεῖ πρὸς ταῦτα βουλευσόμεθα- ἀκού 
ῷ, Yn, ἡμ ρ υλευσόμεθα" ἀκού- 
σαντες δὲ ταῦτα οἱ αἱρετοὶ ἀγγέλλουσι τοῖς στρατιώταις " τοῖς 
δὲ ὑποψία μὲν ἣν ὅτι ἄγει πρὸς βασιλέα, ὅμως δὲ ἐδόκει ἕπεσ- 
θαι. προσαιτοῦσι δὲ μισθόν" ὁ δὲ Κῦρος ὑπισχνεῖται ἡμιόλιον 
πᾶσι δώσειν οὗ πρότερον ἔφερον, ἀντὶ δαρεικοῦ τρία ἡμιδαρεικὰ 


“ A ‘9 ΄ 
100 δ᾽ dv πρὸς ταῦτα λέγῃ ἀπαγγεῖλαι δεῦρο": ἡμᾶς δ᾽ ἀκούσαντας 


πρὸς ταῦτα βουλεύεσθαι. 


- ° , Ν ἢ / 
"Edoke ταῦτα, καὶ ἄνδρας ἑλόμενοι σὺν Κλεάρχῳ πέμπου- 20 





suitable men go... and ask. 
The student should distinguish 
between αἰτεῖν and ἐρωτᾶν. 

92 οἵτινες ἐπιτήδειοι : sc. εἰσι. ὅστις 
often serves to characterize. 

τί... χρῆσθαι, what use he wishes 
to make of us. τί is the inner 
obj., ἡμῖν, the dat. of means. 

93 ἢ : subjv. of εἰμί, 

οἵᾳπερ: attracted from the acc. 
(cf. τί, above) to the case of the 
unexpressed antecedent. For 
the dat., see G. 1175; H. 773; B. 
392, 2. 

94 πρόσθεν: the reference is to 
the expedition mentioned in 1, 
1, §2. 

ἕπεσθαι καὶ ἡμᾶς, that we too follow 
(as well as they). 

μή : not οὐ, for the infin. is not in 
indir. disc. 

95 κακίους: for the form, α΄. πλείους, 
1. 35; there nom., here acc. 

τούτῳ: i.e. Κύρῳ. The dat. is due 
to the compound vb.; cf. αὐτῷ, 
c. 1. 37. 

τῶν συναναβάντων : for the gen., see 
the note on Κύρου, c. 2. 142. 

μείζων : for the form, see G. 361, 4; 
84, 3; H. 253a, 68; B. 134; 39, 2. 


96 τῆς πρόσθεν: πράξεως supplies 
itself. For the case, cf. τῶν συ- 
ναναβάντων, above. 

ἐπιπονωτέρα : for the form, see G. 
350, end; H. 249; B. 132, 1. 

97 ἀξιοῦν: another subj. of δοκεῖ. 
Upon it, in turn, ἄγειν and ἀφιέναι 
depend. As its subj. we may 
supply ἄνδρας (i.e. the envoys; 
cf. 1. 91), or ἡμᾶς (that we de- 
mand, acting through the en- 
voys). 

πείσαντα: in agreement with αὐτόν, 
i.e. Κῦρον, to be supplied as 
subj. of ἄγειν. The “persuasion” 
meant is, of course, increase of 
pay. 

πρὸς φιλίαν, in friendship. The 
prep., with its case, takes the 
place of an adv.; cf. ἀπὸ τοῦ 
αὐτομάτου, c. 2, 100. 

98 ἑπόμενοι. . . ἀπιόντες : equiva- 
lent to εἰ ἑποίμεθα . . . εἰ ἀπίοιμεν, 

φίλοι... πρόθυμοι: pred. adjs. 

100 ἀπαγγεῖλαι: sc. the envoys. This 
infin. and, finally, βουλεύεσθαι, are 
still subjs. of δοκεῖ 

101 πρὸς ταῦτα, in view of this. 


102 ἔδοξε ταῦτα, this was deter- 
mined on, a stock legal phrase. 





No connective is, of course, 
needed; cf. ταῦτα εἶπεν, 1, 33, and 
the note. 

103 of ἠρώτων... τῇ στρατιᾷ, who 
asked Cyrus the questions de- 
cided on by the army. The vb. 
has both outer and inner obj. 

104 ἀκούει : Greek, like Eng., often 
uses the pres. of vbs. of percep- 
tion in cases where the perf. 
would be more logical. After 
the past tense we might, of 
course, have had ἀκούοι, 

ἐχθρὸν ἄνδρα, a foe of his. For 
the difference between ἐχθρός 
and πολέμιος, see the note on 
1, 31, 

105 εἶναι: indir. disc. after ἀκούει, 
which oftener takes the partic., 
as above, c. 2. 127, or ὅτι, as 
above, 1.34. With the infin. mere 
hearsay is indicated (G. 1592, 1- 
H. 986). 

ἀπέχοντα: with ᾿Αβροκόμαν. 

δώδεκα: an understatement, not 
unnatural under the circum- 
stances. Asa matter of fact it 
took them nineteen days to 
reach Thapsacus, where they 
crossed the Euphrates. 


ἔφη: resuming ἀπεκρίνατο, but with 


a shift to the infin. construc- 


tion. It is expressed again a 
line below. 


106 κἂν (καὶ ἐὰν)... 4, if he 
should (prove to) be. The direct 
form is retained, as so often, and 
in the next line we have-the vb. 
in the first person, as above, 
ll. 83 £. 

Χρηζειν: scarcely to be distin- 
guished from the far commoner 
βούλεσθαι. Here its use avoids 
the repetition of the same word; 
see the Introd., § 39. 

107 πρὸς ταῦτα: cf. above, 1. 100. 

108 aipero{: for the force of the 
suffix -ros, see the note on 
ἐγκέλευστοι, 1. 63. 

τοῖς δέ: see the note on ὃ δέ, ο. 1.12. 

109 ὅτι Gye: pres. indics., as well 
as opts., when quoted after a 
secondary tense, are necessarily 
rendered as past tenses in Eng. 

ἐδόκει (86. αὐτοῖς), they concluded. 
The tense implies deliberation. 

110 προσαιτοῦσι:; note the force of 
the prep. 

111 δώσειν: indir. disc. after ὑπισ- 
xvetrac; for the other construc- 
tion, see c. 2. 11, and the note. 

ov: attracted to the case of its 
omitted antecedent. The gen. 
is due to the fact that ἡμιόλιον 





42 Anabasis Book I, Chap. IV 43 








τοῦ μηνὸς τῷ στρατιώτῃ" ὅτι δὲ ἐπὶ βασιλέα ἄγοι οὐδὲ ἐνταῦθα 4 Κύρῳ πρὸς αὐτὸν. παρῆν δὲ καὶ Χειρίσοφος Λακεδαιμόνιος ἐπὶ 
τῶν νεῶν, μετάπεμπτος ὑπὸ Κύρου, ἑπτακοσίους ἔχων ὁπλίτας, 
ὧν ἐστρατήγει παρὰ Κύρῳ. αἱ δὲ νῆες ὥρμουν παρὰ τὴν Κύρου 
σκηνήν. ἐνταῦθα καὶ οἱ παρὰ ᾿Α ββρροκόμα μισθοφόροι Ἕλληνες 
ἀποστάντες ἦλθον παρὰ Κῦρον τετρακόσιοι ὁπλῖται καὶ συνε- 
στρατεύοντο ἐπὶ βασιλέα. 


» » , | % “~ - 
ἤκουσεν οὐδεὶς ἐν τῷ γε φανερῳ. 
IV. ᾿Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς δύο παρασάγγας δέκα 1 
ἐπὶ τὸν Ψάρον ποταμόν, οὗ ἦν τὸ εὗρος τρία πλέθρα. ἐντεῦθεν 
> cl ‘ @ / / > \ \ ΄ 
ἐξελαύνει σταθμὸν ἕνα παρασάγγας πέντε ἐπὶ τὸν Πύραμον 
ποταμόν, οὗ ἣν τὸ εὗρος στάδιον. ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς 
δύο παρασάγγας πεντεκαίδεκα εἰς ᾿Ισσούς, τῆς Κιλικίας ἐσχάτην 4 


3 ‘a > 
Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμὸν ἕνα παρασάγγας πέντε ἐπὶ 
, “ rd \ io “ “ , 
ἢ πύλας τῆς Κιλικίας καὶ τῆς Συρίας. ἦσαν δὲ ταῦτα δύο τείχη, 
\ | » ” \ . ol 
καὶ TO μὲν ἔσωθεν τὸ πρὸ τῆς Κιλικίας Συέννεσις εἶχε καὶ Κιλί- 
ἤ \ a. = \ \ a 
κων φυλακή, τὸ δὲ ἔξω τὸ πρὸ τῆς Συρίας βασιλέως ἐλέγετο 


\ A Cal 
διὰ μέσου δὲ ῥεῖ τούτων ποταμὸς Kapoos 


πόλιν ἐπὶ τῇ θαλάττῃ οἰκουμένην, μεγάλην καὶ εὐδαίμονα. 

3 Ὁ Ν ε 4 ~ » ‘al a ΞΖ 

ἐνταῦθα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τρεῖς - καὶ Κύρῳ παρῆσαν αἱ ἐκ ἸΪελο- : 

ποννήσου νῆες τριάκοντα καὶ πέντε καὶ ἐπ᾽ αὐταῖς ναύαρχος 
»" »" \ > 

Πυθαγόρας Λακεδαιμόνιος. ἡγεῖτο δ᾽ αὐταῖς Ταμὼς Αἰγύπτιος φυλακὴ φυλάττειν. 

ἐξ ᾿Εφέσου, ἔχων ναῦς ἑτέρας Κύρου πέντε καὶ εἴκοσιν, αἷς 





"» 
ἐπολιόρκει Μίλητον ὅτε Τισσαφέρνει φίλη ἤν, καὶ συνεπολέμει 





is felt as a comparative; cf. 
Κύρου, c. 2. 142, and the note, and 
G. 1154. 

ἔφερον: had been receiving. Cf. 
ἐφύλαττον, c. 2. 129, and the note. 
With this use of φέρω, cf. μισθο- 
φόροι, I, 4, 83. 

Sapexod: cf. c. 1. 46, and the note. 

112 τοῦ μηνὸς τῷ στρατιώτῃ, per 
month per man. The art. is dis- 
tributive, G. 951; H. 657c. For 
the gen. μηνός, see G. 1136; H. 
759; B. 359. 

οὐδέ: cf. c. 2. 146, and the note. 

113 ἐν τῷ ye φανερῷ: cf. ἀπὸ τοῦ 
αὐτομάτου, c. 2. 100, and the note, 
γε implies that there was a secret 
understanding between Cyrus 
and some of the Greek leaders. 
This charge is made in I, 4, § 12. 


CuaptTer IV 


2 εὖρος. . . πλέθρα: see the note 
on δύο πλέθρα, c. 2. 30 Ff. 

4 στάδιον : the commonest Greek 
measure of length (the length 
of the standard course for the 


foot race), roughly two hundred 
yards. The word makes its 
plural either regularly (στάδια͵ 
I, 8, §17), or irregularly (στάδιοι, 
I, 4, § 4). 
οἰκουμένην, s/tuated. 
Κύρῳ: cf. αὐτῷ. c. 2. 22, and the 
note. Many notions often blend 
in these dats. This is not mere 
advantage; Cyrus had sum- 
moned these ships (§ 5). 
παρῆσαν : cf. c. 2. 14, and the note. 
For the mention of the fleet, 
ef. c. 2. 127. 

Πελοποννήσου : on the connection 
of Sparta with the expedition, 
see the Introd., § 27. 

8 ἐπ᾽ αὐταῖς, in command of them. 
Contrast ἐπὶ τῶν νεῶν (below, 
1. 12), on board of. 

9 ἡγεῖτο δ᾽ αὐταῖς, they were con- 
ducted by. The dat. (as con- 
trasted with the gen.) shows 
that he was not their regular 
commander. 

11 ἐπολιόρκει. . . συνεπολέμει: cf. 
ἔφερον, ubove, c. 3. 111, and the 


note. For the facts, see c. 
32, and the Introd., §26. The 
words ὅτε... πρὸς αὐτόν are by 
many considered an interpola- 
tion. 

12 Χειρίσοφος : see the Introd., 
§§ 27 and 38. 

13 μετάπεμπτος : see the note on 
ἐγκέλευστοι, above, c.3.63. Here 
too we have ὑπό with the gen., a 
construction proper only with 
passives. 

14 ὧν: the gen. is normal with vbs. 
meaning command, be at the 
head of, etc. (cf. c. 1.37, and the 
note), but here the denomina- 
tive force is so strong that the 
phrase is practically the same 
as ὧν στρατηγὸς ἣν ; see G. 1109; 
1110. 

παρὰ Κύρῳ, under Cyrus. 

ὥρμουν, lay at anchor. 

15 σκηνήν: for the case, see Ἑλλήσ- 
ποντον, c. 1, 48, and the note. 

"ABpoxépa: a Doric form of the 
gen. (G. 188, 3; H. 146D). Cf. 
Συεννέσιος (Lonic), c. 2.72, and the 
note. 

19 πύλας: practically a proper 
name; hence no art. For a de- 


scription of this pass, see the 
Introd., § 29. 

ἦσαν : pl., although the subj. is 
neut. ταῦτα stands, however, for 
αὗται (attracted to the gender of 
the pred. noun; see on airy, c. 1. 
34), so this is hardly to be 
included among Xen.’s excep- 
tions to the rule (see the note 
on ἢν, c. 2. 38). 

20 τὸ μὲν ἔσωθεν : 86. τεῖχος This 
is further explained by the addi- 
tion of the phrase τὸ πρὸ τῆς 
Κιλικίας, as, below, τὸ δὲ ἔξω is 
explained by τὸ πρὸ τῆς Συρίας. 
The formal attrib. posit. lends 
itself to explicitness. With the 
use of the adv. in -θεν, ef. the use 
of ἐκ in, 6. g., ἐκ δεξιᾶς, on the 
right, where the Greek point of 
view differs from ours. 

elxe: for the agreement, cf. ἦν, c. 2. 
20, and the note. Syennesis 
was of course not there in 
person. 

21 βασιλέως : emphatic position. 

22 μέσου: a noun, as above, c. 2. 137. 
Upon this word the gen τούτων 


depends; cf. below, τὸ μέσον τῶν 
τειχῶν. 





44 Anabasis 





7] * s Ψ \ \ , a a * 
ὄνομα, εὗρος πλέθρου. ἅπαν δὲ τὸ μέσον τῶν τειχῶν ἧσαν 
, ~ \ a“ > = ἤ Φ \ ξ 4 
στάδιοι τρεῖς" καὶ παρελθεῖν οὐκ ἦν βίᾳ: ἣν yap ἡ πάροδος 
στενὴ καὶ τὰ τείχη εἰς τὴν θάλατταν καθήκοντα, ὕπερθεν δ᾽ 
ἦσαν πέτραι ἠλίβατοι" ἐπὶ δὲ τοῖς τείχεσιν ἀμφοτέροις ἐφειστή- 
κεσαν πύλαι. ταύτης ἕνεκα τῆς παρόδου Κῦρος τὰς ναῦς 
μετεπέμψατο, ὅπως ὁπλίτας ἀποβιβάσειεν εἴσω καὶ ἔξω τῶν 

ων / \ i > ᾿ς > “ 
πυλῶν βιασομένους τοὺς πολεμίους εἰ φυλάττοιεν ἐπὶ ταῖς 
Συρίαις πύλαις, ὅπερ ᾧετο ποιήσειν ὁ Κῦρος τὸν ᾿Α βροκόμαν, 
” \ , > ’ \ ᾽ a 9 3 ΄ 
ἔχοντα πολὺ στράτευμα. ᾿Αβροκόμας δὲ οὐ τοῦτ᾽ ἐποίησεν, 
ἀλλ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἤκουσε Κῦρον ἐν Κιλικίᾳ ὄντα, ἀναστρέψας ἐκ 
Φοινίκης παρὰ βασιλέα ἀπήλαυνεν, ἔχων, ὡς ἐλέγετο, τριά- 


Book I, Chap. IV 45 





᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ Συρίας σταθμὸν ἕνα παρασάγγας 
πέντε εἰς Μυρίανδον, πόλιν οἰκουμένην ὑπὸ Φοινίκων ἐπὶ τῇ 
θαλάττῃ" ἐμπόριον δ᾽ ἣν τὸ χωρίον καὶ ὥρμουν αὐτόθι ὁλκάδες 
πολλαί. ἐνταῦθα ἔμεινεν ἡμέρας ἑπτά" καὶ Ἐξενίας ὁ ᾿Αρκὰς 
καὶ Πασίων ὁ Μεγαρεὺς ἐμβάντες εἰς πλοῖον καὶ τὰ πλείστου 
ἄξια ἐνθέμενοι ἀπέπλευσαν, ὡς μὲν τοῖς πλείστοις ἐδόκουν φιλο- 


¢ \ ‘ > a“ 
τιμηθέντες ὅτι τοὺς στρατιώτας αὐτῶν τοὺς παρὰ Κλέαρχον 


> e 
ἀπελθόντας ὡς ἀπιόντας εἰς τὴν “Ἑλλάδα πάλιν καὶ οὐ πρὸς 
fon ἡ a 
βασιλέα εἴα Kipos τὸν Κλέαρχον ἔχειν. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἦσαν ἀφανεῖς, 
“" , id 5 / > \ Ko v4 \ ἃ ‘ 
διῆλθε λόγος ὅτι διώκοι αὐτοὺς Κῦρος τριήρεσι" καὶ of μὲν 
3 n « 
ηὔχοντο ws δειλοὺς ὄντας αὐτοὺς ληφθῆναι, of δ᾽ ᾧκτιρον εἰ 


κοντα μυριάδας στρατιᾶς. 





23 εὖρος πλέθρου : see the note on 
δύο πλέθρα, c. 2. 30, 

ἅπαν τὸ μέσον, the whole space 
between. 

ἦσαν: attracted to the number of 
the pred. noun, although the 
subj. is sing. Cf. ἦσαν, c. 2. 63, 
and the note. 

25 καθήκοντα: with jv, but not 
quite equivalent to καθῆκε. The 
partic. has the force of an adj. 
(like στενή); ef. φυλάττων, c. 2. 123, 
and the note. 

26 ἠλίβατοι: a poetical word of 
uncertain etymology; see the 
Introd., § 39. 

ἀμφοτέροις : for the posit., see c. 1. 
4, and the note. 

ἐφειστήκεσαν, had been set (and so 
were) on. 

27 ταύτης : retain the Greek order, 
it was becuuse of this pass that. 
Cyrus’ preparations had been 
shrewdly planned. 

28 εἴσω καὶ ἔξω : Cyrus himself is 
on the Cilician side; he means to 
land trvops between the two 
walls (εἴσω), and a!so on the Syr- 
ian side (ἔξω), so as to be in a 


position to attack Abrocomas 
both in front and in the rear. 
For the gen. πυλῶν, see G. 1148; 
H. 757; B. 360. 

29 Bracopévovs: fut. partic. of 
purpose. 

el φυλάττοιεν : cf. εἴ τι δέοιτο, c. 3.19, 
and the note. 

30 ὅπερ: -rep makes the reference 
of the rel. more explicit. 

31 ἔχοντα, since he had. 

82 ἤκουσε... ὄντα: cf. c. 2. 126, 
and the note. 

ἀναστρέψας, turning back. 

33 ὡς ἐλέγετο: it was doubtless 
impossible for Xen. to get at the 
truth in matters like this, but it 
was easy for the Greek to believe 
in the vast size of the Persian 
armies; cf. I, 7, §$11 and 12. 
Probably Abrocomas, like Syen- 
nesis, was waiting to see which 
side was to win before openly 
antagonizing either Cyrus or 
the king. 

τριάκοντα... στρατιᾶς: cf. I, 10, 
§1, τέτταρες 5’ ἐλέγοντο παρασάγγαι 
εἶναι τῆς ὁδοῦ. With this inver- 
sion of the usual case relation- 


ἁλώσοιντο. 


Κῦρος δὲ συγκαλέσας τοὺς στρατηγοὺς εἶπεν: ᾿Απολελοί. 


val \ f > Ψ 
πασιν ἡμᾶς ἘΞενίας καὶ Πασίων. ἀλλ᾽ εὖ γε μέντοι ἐπιστάσθων 


hdl ” > ὃ ὃ U Hs) \ Ὁ "Μ » > 
OTL OUTE ATTOOE βακασιν" 0Loa yap O77) οὐχοόνται" OUTE αἀἸτὸὺπε. 





ship, contrast the normal gen. 
of measure (6. g., c. 2. 47). 

86 οἰκουμένην : here the two mean- 
ings inhabited and situated are 
blended. 

87 τὸ χωρίον: the subj., not the 
pred. noun, has the art.; see G. 
956 ; H. 669; B. 449. 

αὐτόθι: an older form of αὐτοῦ, 
there. 

ὁλκάδες : cf. πλοῖον, as contrasted 
with vais (c. 3. 87, and the note). 

39 ἐμβάντες els: note the preps., 
and ef. ἐμβάλλει els, c. 2. 45. 

τὰ πλείστου ἄξια, their most valu- 
able effects. Cf. c. 3. 57, and the 
note. 

40 ὡς μὲν τοῖς πλείστοις : note μέν; 
others thought differently. 

ἐδόκουν : personal, in a case where 
Eng. requires the impersonal 
use; cf. c. 2. 47, and the note. 

φιλοτιμηθέντες Ste. . ἔχειν, Jealous 
because Cyrus had permitted 
Clearchus to keep, etc. For the 


form εἴα, see G. 537; H. 359; 
B. 172, 2. 

41 rovs... ἀπελθόντας, who had 
gone over. For the facts, see 
ce. 3. 35. 

42 ὡς ἀπιόντας: cf. ὡς ἀποκτενῶν, 
c.1.12,and the note. ἘῸΓ εἶμι, ἃ5 
ἃ fut., see c. 3. 2, and the note. 

44 διώκοι, was pursuing; not 
would pursue; direct, διώκει, 

45 ηὔχοντο... ληφθῆναι, prayed 
that they might be captured. 

el ἁλώσοιντο, if they were to be 
captured. For the fut., cf. πισ- 
τεύσομεν, C. 3. 84, and the note, and, 
for the implied indir. disc., the 
note on εἴ τι δέοιτο, c.3.19. Cyrus’ 
severity had already been shown 
(I, 2, §20); ef, also, the Orontas 
episode in chap. vi, and Xeno- 
phon’s own words in I, 9, 8.13, 

47 ye μέντοι: ye emphasizes the 
preceding word and μέντοι is 
adversative, however. 

48 ἀποδεδράκασιν: the word im- 


35 


40 


45 





46 Anabasis 





hal »ν \ / LA φ ~ Ἃ 3 “ “ 
50 φεύγασιν. ἔχω yap τριήρεις ὥστε ἑλεῖν τὸ ἐκείνων πλοῖον" 


ἀλλὰ μὰ τοὺς θεοὺς οὐκ ἔγωγε αὐτοὺς διώξω, οὐδ᾽ ἐρεῖ οὐδεὶς ὡς 
> ‘ [τώ ‘ bal Ἵ "»“Ἅ > Ἂ δ ν᾿» / / 

ἐγὼ ἕως μὲν ἂν παρῇ τις χρῶμαι, ἐπειδὰν δὲ ἀπιέναι βούληται, 
συλλαβὼν καὶ αὐτοὺς κακῶς ποιῶ καὶ τὰ χρήματα ἀποσυλῶ. 
> \ Ν᾿ ᾽ ΄ “ f > \ ¢ “ ¢ “ \ 
ἀλλὰ ἰόντων εἰδότες ὅτι κακίους εἰσὶ περὶ ἡμᾶς ἢ ἡμεῖς περὶ 
ἐκείνους. καίτοι ἔχω γε αὐτῶν καὶ τέκνα καὶ γυναῖκας ἐν 
Τράλλεσι φρουρούμενα: ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ τούτων στερήσονται, ἀλλ᾽ 
καὶ ὃ μὲν 


> ἢ) »Ἤ , - \ > Ἂ > “~ 
ἀπολήψονται τῆς πρόσθεν ἕνεκα περὶ ἐμὲ ἀρετῆς. 


ταῦτα εἶπεν" οἱ δὲ “Ἕλληνες, εἴ τις καὶ ἀθυμότερος ἣν πρὸς τὴν 





plies stealth; it is regularly used 
of runaway slaves. ἀποφεύγω, on 
the other hand, implies speed. 
The two vbs. again occur side 
by side in II, 2, §13 and II, 5, §7. 

οἴχονται: a pres., with the force of 
a perf. (G. 1256; H. 827, end; 
B. 521, note). 

50 τριήρεις . . . πλοῖον: cf. above, 
c. 3. 87, and the note. 

ὥστε: not of actual result; see the 
note on c. 1. 19. 

51 pa τοὺς θεούς: ἃ neg. oath; see 
G. 1066; 1067; H. 723; B. 344. 
ἔγωγε: emphatic form, regularly 

used in oaths. 

διώξω : more commonly the fut. of 
this vb. has the middle form. 

οὐδ᾽ ἐρεῖ οὐδείς: a postponed subj. 
is regularly to be emphasized. 
For the double neg., see c. 2. 152, 
and the note. 

52 ἕως. . . ἂν παρῇ tis, so long as 
one is with me. See the note 
on ὅστις ἀφικνεῖτο, c. 1. 18, and ef. 
ἐπειδὰν βούληται, below. 

χρῶμαι. . . ποιῶ. . . ἀποσυλῶ: 
quoted after ἐρεῖ ws. With χρῶ- 
μαι Supply αὐτοῖς (for the pl. after 
ris, Cf. doris . . . Wdvras, C. 1, 18, 
and the note). 

ΒΝ καὶ . + « WA Both oss κα. 


The order of the words brings 
αὐτούς and χρήματα into strong 
contrast. 

54 ἰόντων: imperat., not partic. 

κακίους : not acc.; cf, πλείους, c.3. 35, 
and the note. 

περί, toward; so again three lines 
below. 

55 ye: cf. γε μέντοι, above, |. 47, 
and the note. 

τέκνα καὶ γυναῖκας: in this phrase 
τέκνα commonly stands first (cf. 
ΠῚ, 4, §46; V, 3,81; yet see IV, 
1, §8; VII, 4, §5, ete.). It isa 
word connoting affection. In the 
enumeration in ITI, 1, §3, παίδων 
comes last. 

56 Τράλλεσι: in Caria; see the 
map. 

povpotpeva: neut., since the 
women and children are re- 
garded as chatteis. 

οὐδέ: see c. 2. 146, and the note. 

στερήσονται: fut. mid. as pass. In 
the act., vbs. of depriving take 
either two accs. or acc. and 
gen.; see the note on ἀφαιρεῖσθαι, 
c. 3. 18, 

58 εἴ τις kal... ἦν, freely, even 
those who had been. 

ἀθυμότερος, rather disheartened— 
a frequent force of comp. adjs. 


: 


Book I, Chap. IV 47 





. > ΄ \ ᾿ > \ “ \ ’ 
ἀνάβασιν, ἀκούοντες THY Κύρου ἀρετὴν ἥδιον καὶ προθυμότερον 
συνεπορεύοντο. 
Μετὰ ταῦτα Κῦρος ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς τέτταρας παρα- 
ἤ ΝΜ ety i Υ͂ / »” ᾿ 2 / 
σάγγας εἴκοσιν ἐπὶ τὸν Χάλον ποταμόν, ὄντα τὸ εὖρος πλέθρου, 
πλήρη δ᾽ ἰχθύων μεγάλων καὶ πραέων, ods οἱ Σύροι θεοὺς 
ἐνόμιζον καὶ ἀδικεῖν οὐκ εἴων οὐδὲ τὰς περιστεράς. αἱ δὲ κῶμαι 
> > “ iu > “ , .] tal 
ἐν ais ἐσκήνουν Παρυσάτιδος ἧσαν εἰς ζώνην δεδομέναι. ἐντεῦ- 
θεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοῦς πέντε παρασάγγας τριάκοντα ἐπὶ τὰς 


πηγὰς τοῦ Δάρδατος ποταμοῦ, οὗ τὸ εὗρος πλέθρου. 


ἐνταῦθα 





59 ἀρετήν, magnanimity; but it 
may well have been policy. 

ἥδιον. . . προθυμότερον: for these 
advs., see G. 369; H. 259; B. 138. 

61 μετὰ ταῦτα: no connective is 
needed; see the note on Κλέαρ- 
xos, c. 1, 44, 

62 εὖρος πλέθρον : see the note on 
δύο πλέθρα, c. 2.30 f. We have the 
opposite construction (of εὖρος), 
below, 1 67, 

63 πλήρη : acc. masc. sing.; see G. 
313; H. 230; B. 120, 

ἰχθύων : for the case, see θηρίων, c. 
2. 39, and the note. 

πραέων: for the form, see G. 348; 
H. 247a; B. 128, 

64 ἐνόμιζον: with two accs. (G. 
1077; H. 726; B.341). Both this 
vb. and the following εἴων might 
have been in the pres., as the 
statement is of lasting truth; 
but the past is equally natural 
in historical narrative. 

οὐκ εἴων, would not suffer. The 
neg. with the imperf. is to be 
rendered would not, or could 
not; it rarely means merely did 
not. Cf. the note on ἐδαπάνων, 
c. 3.15. For the augment of εἴων, 
see ela, above, c. 4. 43. 

οὐδὲ τὰς περιστεράς, or the doves 


either, a second obj. to ἀδικεῖν. 
The words may be an interpo- 
lation. Fish were sacred to 
the Syrian goddess, Derceto, 
who, the legend said, had been 
changed into a fish, as her 
daughter Semiramis had been 
changed into a dove (Ovid, Met. 
IV, 44 ff.). Modern travelers 
speak of this superstition re- 
garding fishes as still surviving 
in this region. 

65 Παρυσάτιδος: cf. Τισσαφέρνους, 
c. 1, 28, and the note. 

els ζώνην, for girdle money, as we 
might say for pin money. The 
student will easily read the 
following passage from Plato, 
χώραν... ἣν καλεῖν (ἔφη) τοὺς ἐπι- 
χωρίους (the natives) ζώνην τῆς 
βασιλέως γυναικός" εἶναι δὲ καὶ ἄλλην 
ἣν αὖ καλεῖσθαι καλύπτραν (veil), 
καὶ ἄλλους πολλοὺς τόπους (districts) 
καλοὺς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς εἰς τὸν κόσμον 
(adornment) ἐξῃρημένους τὸν τῆς 
γυναικός (Ale. I, 123b). See also 
Cicero, Verr. II, 3,33, 76: Solere 
aiunt reges barbaros Persarum 
ac Syrorum plures uxores ha- 
bere, his autem uxoribus civi- 
tates attribuere hoc modo: Haec 
civitas mulieri in redimiculum 





48 Anabasis 





ἦσαν τὰ Βελέσυος βασίλεια τοῦ Συρίας ἄρξαντος, καὶ παρά- 
δεισος πάνυ μέγας καὶ καλός, ἔχων πάντα ὅσα ὧραι φύουσι. 
Κῦρος δ᾽ αὐτὸν ἐξέκοψεν καὶ τὰ βασίλεια κατέκαυσεν. ἐντεῦ- 
θεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς τρεῖς παρασάγγας πεντεκαίδεκα ἐπὶ τὸν 
Εὐφράτην ποταμόν, ὄντα τὸ εὗρος τεττάρων σταδίων" καὶ πόλις 
ΝΥ > Cad , > / ᾿ »” > “ 
αὐτόθι ὠκεῖτο μεγάλη καὶ εὐδαίμων Θάψακος ὄνομα. ἐνταῦθα 
a ᾽ 
ἔμεινεν ἡμέρας πέντε. καὶ Κῦρος μεταπεμψάμενος τοὺς στρα- 
τηγοὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἔλεγεν ὅτε ἡ ὁδὸς ἔσοιτο πρὸς βασιλέα 
/ , ἴω , > ᾿, “ al 
μέγαν eis Βαβυλῶνα- καὶ κελεύει αὐτοὺς λέγειν ταῦτα τοῖς 
‘ > / Lid “Ὁ \ / > 
στρατιώταις καὶ ἀναπείθειν ἕπεσθαι. οἱ δὲ ποιήσαντες ἐκκλη- 
σίαν ἀπήγγελλον ταῦτα" οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται ἐχαλέπαινον τοῖς 
στρατηγοῖς, καὶ ἔφασαν αὐτοὺς πάλαι ταῦτ᾽ εἰδότας κρύπτειν͵ 


Book I, Chap. IV 49 





/ > A a “ 
καὶ οὐκ ἔφασαν ἰέναι, ἐὰν μή τις αὐτοῖς χρήματα διδῷ, ὥσπερ 80 
“ “ “~ ld 
τοῖς προτέροις μετὰ Κύρου ἀναβᾶσι, καὶ ταῦτα οὐκ ἐπὶ μάχην 
Ὁ Ὁ ‘ nw lal ε 
ἰόντων, ἀλλὰ καλοῦντος τοῦ πατρὸς Κῦρον. ταῦτα οἱ στρα- 


τηγοὶ Κύρῳ ἀπήγγελλον. ὃ δ᾽ ὑπέσχετο ἀνδρὶ ἑκάστῳ δώσειν 


πέντε ἀργυρίου μνᾶς, ἐπὰν εἰς Βαβυλῶνα ἥκωσι, καὶ τὸν μισθὸν 
ἐντελῇ μέχρι ἂν καταστήσῃ τοὺς “Ελληνας εἰς ᾿Ιωνίαν πάλιν. 
τὸ μὲν δὴ πολὺ τοῦ ᾿Ελληνικοῦ οὕτως ἐπεῖσθη. 

Μένων δὲ πρὶν δῆλον εἶναι τί ποιήσουσιν οἱ ἅλλοι στρα- 
τιῶται, πότερον ἕψονται Κύρῳ ἢ οὔ, συνέλεξε τὸ αὑτοῦ στρά- 





εἰδότας: concessive, although ἀργυρίου: gen. οὗ material (G. 1085, 





praebeat, haec in collum, haec 
in crinis. Cf. Anab. II, 4, § 27. 

68 ἦσαν. ... βασίλεια; see the note 
on ἦν, c. 2. 38. 

ἄρξαντος : note the tense; a pre- 
vious ruler must be meant, or, 
possibly, Belesys had relin- 
quished his authority and fied 
as Cyrus approached. 

Συρίας : for the case, cf. c. 1.37, and 
the note. 

παράδεισος: cf.c. 2.38, and the note. 

69 ἔχων. .. φύουσι: the Greek 
loved the beauty of a rich vege- 
tation; a barren, treeless land 
oppressed him. Herodotus (IV, 
61) speaks of the steppes of 
Scythia as γῇ αἰνῶς ἄξυλος (ter- 
ribly treeless). Xenophon’s en- 
thusiasm is, therefore, natural. 

Spar: the art. is often omitted 
with words which denote time 
in a general sense. 

70 αὐτόν : 7. 6. τὸν παράδεισον. 

72 σταδίων : see the note on στά- 
διον, 1. 4. The word may here 
be due to an error, as the width 
of the river at this place is now 
about 400 ft., 7. e., four plethra. 


73 αὐτόθι: cf. 1. 37, and the note. 

Θάψακος : see the Introd., § 29. 

ὄνομα : here acc., but in I, 5, §4 it is 
nom. Cf. the twoconstructions 
of εὖρος (see c. 2.30, and the note). 

75 ἔσοιτο : direct, ἔσται. The use 
of the opt. in this tense is always 
due to the law of indir. disc. 

βασιλέα : no art., even when used 
with an epithet; see the note on 
c. 2.43. Observe the prep. used; 
πρὸς is more personal than εἰς. 

77 ἀναπείθειν, try to induce. 

ποιήσαντες ἐκκλησίαν; cf. συνήγαγεν 
ἐκκλησίαν, c. 3. 8. 

78 ἐχαλέπαινον: perhaps no more 
than made a show of anger, for 
they must have seen the truth 
for some time past. Still by this 
attitude they hope to extort 
from Cyrus a promise of higher 
pay; and they are mercenaries, 
after all. For the dat., στρατη- 
γοῖς, see G. 1159; H. 764, 2; B. 376. 

79 πάλαι... κρύπτειν, had lung 
been hiding. For the pres., 
with πάλαι, see G. 1258; H. 826; 
B. 522. Cf. the similar use of 
iam dudum, in Latin. 


knowing. 

80 οὐκ ἔφασαν ἱέναι : cf. c. 3. 2, and 
the note. 

ἐὰν μή τις διδῷ : cf. c. 1. 15, and the 
note. τις is, of course, Cyrus; 
but they are more concerned 
with the gift than with the 
giver. 

χρήματα, bounty, largess, not pay 
(μισθός). 

81 τοῖς προτέροις . . . ἀναβᾶσι, lit., 
the former ones who went up; 
but see c. 3. 95, τῶν πρόσθεν ἀνα- 
βάντων, those who went up 
before. There is no real differ- 
ence in meaning. Greek often 
prefers an adj. in cases where 
Eng. calls for an adv.; see the 
note on προτέρα, c. 2.142. The 
reference is, of course, to the 
expedition mentioned in I, 1, § 2. 

καὶ ταῦτα, and that too. 

82 ἰόντων : 86. ἐκείνων. The gen. 
abs. frequently stands where we 
might have looked for a case 
in agreement (here ἐοῦσι). The 
partic. is again concessive; κα- 
λοῦντος, below, is causal. 

83 ὑπέσχετο δώσειν: cf.c. 2. 11, and 
the note. 

84 πέντε μνᾶς: not far from $100. 


4; H. 729 f.; B. 352, with the 
note). 

ἐπὰν... ἥκωσι, when they should 
reach Babylon. The direct 
form is retained, as so often. 
Cf. μέχρι av καταστήσῃ, below. 

μισθὸν ἐντελῆ: 7.e. the daric and a 
half, already promised (c. 3.110), 
paid in full even after their 
service was properly over. From 
the Greek point of view this was 
munificence indeed, and doubts 
might easily arise on reflection 
(see I,7,§5); but, for the present, 
they are won. 

86 τὸ... πολύ, the greater part 
(G. 967; H. 665). 

μὲν δή: cf. c. 1. 16, and the note. 

87 πρίν δῆλον εἶναι: for the con- 
structions of πρίν, see the notes 
on πρὶν av... συμβουλεύσηται, C. 
1, 58f., and on πρὶν ἔπεισε, c. 2. 
154. Cf. this same phrase 7 lines 
below, and also }. 102. 

τί: the direct interrogative in an 
indir. quest. (G. 1012; H. 700; 
B. 490); below, in the same con- 
nection, we have the more regu- 
lar ὅ,τι. 

88 wétepov ... ἤ, Whether... or, 
a further explanation of τί ποιή- 





50 Anabasis Book I, Chap. IV 51 








τευμα χωρὶς τῶν ἄλλων καὶ ἔλεξε τάδε. “Avdpes, ἐάν μοι 14 


a i ἡ x 16 ὡς φίλοι τεύξεσθε Κύρου. axvvoavtes ταῦτα ἐπείθοντο καὶ 
πεισθῆτε, οὔτε κινδυνεύσαντες οὔτε πονήσαντες τῶν ἄλλων 


διέβησαν πρὶν τοὺς ἄλλους ἀποκρίνασθαι. Κῦρος δ᾽ ἐπεὶ 
ἤσθετο διαβεβηκότας. ἥσθη τε καὶ τῷ στρατεύματι πέμψας 


Γλοῦν εἶπεν: ᾿Εγὼ μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἤδη ὑμᾶς ἐπαινῶ: ὅπως δὲ 


πλέον προτιμήσεσθε στρατιωτῶν ὑπὸ Κύρου. τί οὖν κελεύω 
ποιῆσαι; νῦν δεῖται Κῦρος ἕπεσθαι τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἐπὶ βασιλέα- 
9 ‘ > € “ » » " » ᾽ ‘ 
ἐγὼ οὖν φημι ὑμᾶς χρῆναι διαβῆναι τὸν Evdhparnv ποταμὸν 
πρὶν δῆλον εἶναι ὅ,τι οἱ ἄλλοι Ἕλληνες ἀποκρινοῦνται Κύρῳ. 
»' i! a 

ἢν μὲν yap ψηφίσωνται ἕπεσθαι, ὑμεῖς δόξετε αἴτιοι εἶναι 
ΝΜ) “Ὁ A 

ἄρξαντες τοῦ διαβαίνειν, καὶ ὡς προθυμοτάτοις οὖσιν ὑμῖν χάριν 


e 7 > ‘ > 4 > ‘ / , ra 
καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐμὲ ἐπαινέσετε ἐμοὶ μελήσει, ἢ μηκέτι με Κῦρον 

͵ ς \ \ a ? > iY f ” 
17 νομίζετε. οἱ μὲν δὴ στρατιῶται ἐν ἐλπίσι μεγάλαις ὄντες 
ηὔχοντο αὐτὸν εὐτυχῆσαι, Μένωνι δὲ καὶ δῶρα ἐλέγετο πέμψα, 


μεγαλοπρεπῶς. ταῦτα δὲ ποιήσας διέβαινε: συνείπετο δὲ καὶ 


Ν a Ss , bd ‘ + Ν 
εἴσεται Κῦρος καὶ ἀποδώσει" ἐπίστατα . ἢ . . 
in ἕσταται δ' εἴ τις καὶ ἄλλος- ἣν τὸ ἄλλο στράτευμα αὐτῷ ἅπαν. καὶ τῶν διαβαινόντων τὸν 


| » / if »ν ν \ vf ν 
δὲ ἀπο ίσωνται οὗ ἄλλοι, ἄπιμεν , " vs Bae ᾿ 
ψηφ μὲν μὲν ἅπαντες τοὐμπάλμ, ποταμὸν οὐδεὶς ἐβρέχθη ἀνωτέρω τῶν μαστῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ. 


¢ »" Ἁ ¢ ‘ ὃ al Ἁ » 
ὑμῖν δὲ ὡς μόνοις πειθομένοις tic , 
‘i Tier ee ΠΣ eT ee ne eee ee ἊΝ is of δὲ Θαψακηνοὶ ἔλεγον ὅτι οὐπώποθ᾽ οὗτος ὁ ποταμὸς δια- 


La > 
φρούρια καὶ εἰς λοχαγίας, Kal ἄλλου οὗτινος ἂν δέησθε οἶδα ὅτι 





govorv; cee G. 1606; H. 1017; 
Β. 579. 

ot: for the accent, see G. 138, 1; 
H. 112a; B. 69, 1. 

89 χωρὶς τῶν ἄλλων: cf. λάθρᾳ, c. 3. 
38, and the note. 

90 πεισθῆτε: deponent, not passive, 
hearken to, obey. 

οὔτε. . . πονήσαντες, without in- 
curring either toil or danger. 

τῶν ἄλλων. .. στρατιωτῶν: the 
gen. is due to the comp. vb. 
(G. 1132; H. 751; B. 370), and 
the meaning is further empha- 
sized by the redundant πλέον 
(which would itself call for a 
gen.; see on Κύρου, c. 2.142). Cf. 
I, 6, § 5, προτιμηθῆναι μάλιστα τῶν 
Ἑλλήνων. For the fut. mid., 
used as a pass., cf. στερήσονται, 
]. 56, and the note. 

91 τί οὖν... ποιῆσαι: a rhetorical 
question. 

92 δεῖται: with acc. and infin., asks 
that the Greeks follow. The 
construction with gen. and infin. 
(asks of the Greeks that they 
follow) is commoner. See, 6. g., 
c. 2. 82f., and the note. 


93 ἐγώ : strongly emphatic. 

Xpfvar: quoted after φημί, and 
itself governing διαβῆναι. 

96 ἄρξαντες, because you began. 
For τοῦ διαβαίνειν, see G. 1547; H. 
959; B.639; for the case, G. 1099; 
H. 738; B. 356. 

Kalas... ἀποδώσει, and to you, 
as being the most zealous, Cy- 
rus will feel gratitude and will 
show it. Cf. the Lat. phrases, 
gratias habere and gratias 
referre. ws gives us Cyrus’ 
thought; so, below, 1. 101. 

97 ἐπίσταται : sc. χάριν ἀποδοῦναι. 

εἴ τις καὶ ἄλλος: cf. c. 3, 80, and the 
note. 

98 ἀποψηφίσωνται: for the neg. 
force of the prep., cf. ἀπεγνωκέναι 
(1, 7, 819) and ἀποδόξῃ (II, 3, 8 9). 

ἅπαντες, all alike, i.e., we no less 
than they. 

τοὔμπαλιν: by crasis (G. 42; H. 
76; B. 43) for τὸ ἔμπαλιν. 

99 ὑμῖν: emphatic. 

πιστοτάτοις, as most trustworthy. 

100 φρούρια. . . Aoxaylas: desir- 
able positions. 

καὶ ἄλλου... δέησθε, and what- 


Δ 


a ᾽ 
βατὸς γένοιτο πεζῇ εἰ μὴ τότε, ἀλλὰ πλοίοις, ἃ τότε A BpoKo- 





ever else you may want. Cf. 
ὅ,τι ἂν δέῃ, c. 3. 24, and the note. 
ἄλλου is generally explained as 
an instance of inverse attraction 
(G. 1035; H. 1008; B. 484, 2), 
but τεύξεσθε may itself properly 
take a gen. (6. σ. 1,9, 8.29). Simi- 
larly Κύρου may be taken as de- 
pendent on φίλοι, or as expressing 
the source (with τεύξεσθε). 

103 διαβεβηκότας (sc. αὐτούς), that 
they had crossed. For the partic. 
in indir. disc., ef. ἔχοντα, c. 2. 127, 
and the note. With the partic. 
αἰσθάνομαι denotes actual percep- 
tion; contrast ἤσθετο ὅτι, c. 2. 125. 

ἥσθη: cf. ἠγάσθη, c. 1. 45, and the 
note. 

104 Γλοῦν: he was the son of 
Tamos, Cyrus’ admiral. 

ἐγὼ... ὑμᾶς... ὑμεῖς ἐμέ: all 
strongly emphatic. For the 
chiastic order, see the Introd., 
§ 39. 

ὅπως... ἐπαινέσετε: obj. clause 
after μελήσει; see the note on 
βουλεύεται ὅπως... ἔσται, ο. 1.14. 
The obj. clause takes the place 
of the usual gen. with the 


impers. μέλει (G. 1105; H. 742; 
B. 356). Cf. I, 8, § 13, end. 

107 ηὔχοντο. . . εὐτυχῆσαι: c,. 
ηὔχοντο... ληφθῆναι, 1]. 45. 

ἐλέγετο πέμψαι: for the pers. con- 
struction, see c. 2. 47, and the 
note. 

108 μεγαλοπρεπῶς, in princely 
fashion. 

109 ἅπαν: emphatic by postpone- 
ment. They did not propose to 
sever connections with their 
paymaster. 

110 τῶν μαστῶν: gen. with the 
comp. ἀνωτέρω. The pl. is used, 
because μαστός does not mean 
breast (1. 6. chest), but one of the 
breasts. 

ὑπό: a slight personification. 

112 γένοιτο, had been, opt. in indir. 
disc.; the aor. instead of the 
pipf., as often. 

el ph, except. 

ἀλλὰ πλοίοις : sc. διαβατὸς γένοιτο. 
A pontoon bridge had been built 
here by Xerxes. 

ἃ... διαβῇ: a statement added 
by Xen., not, of course, included 
in the quotation. The use of 





52 Anabasis 





μας προϊὼν κατέκαυσεν, ἵνα μὴ Κῦρος διαβῇ. ἐδόκει δὴ θεῖον 
* \ cs ε a x \ , ¢ , 
εἰναι καὶ σαφῶς ὑποχωρῆσαι τὸν ποταμὸν Κύρῳ ὡς βασιλεύ. 


σοντι. 


᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς Συρίας σταθμοὺς ἐννέα παρα- 


σάγγας πεντήκοντα" καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται πρὸς τὸν ᾿Αράξην ποταμόν. 
ἐνταῦθα ἦσαν κῶμαι πολλαὶ μεσταὶ σίτου καὶ οἴνου ἐνταῦθα 
ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τρεῖς καὶ ἐπεσιτίσαντο. 

Υ. Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς ᾿Αραβίας τὸν Εὐφράτην 
ποταμὸν ἐν δεξιᾷ ἔχων σταθμοὺς ἐρήμους πέντε παρασάγγας 
τριάκοντα καὶ πέντε. ἐν τούτῳ δὲ τῷ τόπῳ ἣν μὲν ἡ γῇ πεδίον 
ἅπαν ὁμαλὲς ὥσπερ θάλαττα, ἀψινθίου δὲ πλῆρες" εἰ δέ τι καὶ 
ἄλλο ἐνὴν ὕλης ἢ καλάμου, ἅπαντα ἦσαν εὐώδη ὥσπερ ἀρώ- 
ματα" δένδρον δ᾽ οὐδὲν ἐνῆν, θηρία δὲ παντοῖα, πλεῖστοι ὄνοι 


Book I, Chap. V 53 





ἄγριοι, πολλαὶ δὲ στρουθοὶ ai μεγάλαι: ἐνῆσαν δὲ καὶ ὠτίδες 
"4 ΄Ὁ | A / ΝΕ »" A > [4 μ᾿ 

καὶ δορκάδες: ταῦτα δὲ τὰ θηρία οἱ ἱππεῖς ἐνίοτε ἐδίωκον. καὶ 
οἱ μὲν ὄνοι, ἐπεί τις διώκοι, προδραμόντες ἕστασαν: πολὺ γὰρ 
“ “4 » a y,' “i > , ᾿ 
τῶν ἵππων ἔτρεχον θᾶττον: καὶ πάλιν, ἐπεὶ πλησιάζοιεν οἱ 
“ as ’ s a 3 Ν , εἃ ; ς 
ἵπποι, ταῦτον ἐποίουν, καὶ οὐκ ἣν λαβεῖν, εἰ μὴ διαστάντες οἱ 
ἱππεῖς θηρῷεν διαδεχόμενοι. τὰ δὲ κρέα τῶν ἁλισκομένων ἦν 
παραπλήσια τοῖς ἐλαφείοις, ἁπαλώτερα δέ. στρουθὸν δὲ οὐδεὶς 
ἔλαβεν" οἱ δὲ διώξαντες τῶν ἱππέων ταχὺ ἐπαύοντο: πολὺ γὰρ 
ἀπέσπα φεύγουσα, τοῖς μὲν ποσὶ δρόμῳ, ταῖς δὲ πτέρυξιν 
αἴρουσα, ὥσπερ ἱστίῳ χρωμένη. τὰς δὲ ὠτίδας ἄν τις ταχὺ 








the subj., rather than the opt., 
in final clauses, after secondary 
tenses, is a mark of vividness; 
the past is treated as present. 

113 ἐδόκει . . . βασιλεύσοντι, it 
seemed a miracle, and that the 
river had plainly given way 
before Cyrus, as before one who 
was tobe king. The river is said 
to be highest about the end of 
May and lowest in November. 
At its lowest there are but two 
feet of water or evenless. It was 
now about the end of July,so the 
river might still be flowing some- 
what full. This was doubtless 
the cause of the amazement of 
the natives, but allowance must 
be made for oriental exaggera- 
tion and flattery. Years later 
(69 Β.0.) Lucullus and his army 
forded the river as Cyrus did, 
and Plutarch (Lucull. 24) tells a 
story similar tothis. Alexander 
crossed by means of boats. 

118 peoral: with the gen., as πλή- 
pns, c. 2. 39, 


119 ἐπεσιτίσαντο: for they now 
enter the desert of Arabia. To- 
day the region through which 
they have been passing is also a 
desert. 


CuHaPTeR V 

2 ἔχων, keeping. Cf. the note 
on c. 1. 8, 

3 τόπῳ, region. 

πεδίον ἅπαν ὁμαλές, wholly a level 
plain. ἅπασα, in agreement with 
γῆ, would be more natural to us. 

4 ὥσπερ θάλαττα: reference to 
the sea was always easy to 
the Greek, 

εἰ 5€ τι: equivalent to ὅ,τι δέ, what- 
ever. 

5 ὕλης, brush, as is plain from 
what follows. 

ἅπαντα ἦσαν; see the note on 
ce. 2.38. For ἅπαντα, after τι, cf. 
πάντας, after ὅστις, c. 1. 18, 

εὐώδη: commonly the case in 
waterless districts, 

6 δένδρον: note the position, 
trees there were none. For the 








Greek love of trees, see the note 
on c. 4 69, 

ὄνοι ἄγριοι: still occasionally found 
in this region. 

7 στρουθοὶ ai μεγάλαι, ostriches, 
later called στρουθοκάμηλοι. Note 
the order; ai μεγάλαι comes in 
as an afterthought, added for 
the sake of clearness. Without 
it στρουθοί might mean sparrows. 
ot ἱππεῖς: the horsemen men- 
tioned below (§ 13), as forming a 
part of Clearchus’ force, are the 
only ones mentioned in the enu- 
meration of the Greek troops. 
See the Introd , § 28. 

9 ἐπεί τις διώκοι: cf. ὁπότε βού 
λοιτο, c. 2. 40, and the note, and 
ἐπεὶ πλησιάζοιεν, below. 

προδραμόντες ἕστασαν, would run 
forward and stop. ἕστασαν, 
though plpf. (G. 508; H. 336; 
B. 258), has the force of an 
imperf., since the 2nd perf. of 
ἵστημι is practically a pres. 

πολύ; emphatic by position and 
by its separation from θᾶττον, 

11 ταὐτόν: cf. the note on τὰ αὐτά, 
c. 1. 30, and for the crasis, on 
τοὔμπαλιν, c.4,98. In this form 


the final » often appears (G. 400; 
H. 265). 

ἦν, it was possible; ef. c. 4. 24. 

διαστάντες, stationing themselves 
at intervals. Note the prep. 
and cf. διαδεχόμενοι, below (by 
relays). 

12 θηρῷεν: the opt., as διώκοι and 
πλησιάζυιεν, above; here condi- 
tional, there temporal. 

13 τοῖς ἐλαφείοις, venison (sc. xpé- 
act). For the dat., see the note 
on c. 3. 93. 

στρουθόν : note the position; cf. τὰς 
ὠτίδας, below, |. 16. 

15 ἀπέσπα, it drew off (intrans.). 

τοῖς μὲν. . . χρωμένη, lit. wsing its 
feet in running and its wings 
(raising them) like a sail. Both 
ποσί and πτέρυξιν are dats. of 
means with χρωμένη; δρόμῳ is 
dat. of manner, and αἴρουσα (se. 
αὐτάς, 7.e. Tas πτέρυγας), also ex- 
pressing manner, is added for 
graphic effect. ἱστίῳ naturally 
stands in the same case as πτέ- 
piv. In reality the ostrich 
merely steadies itself with its 
wings. 

16 ἄν τις... ἀνιστῇ, if one start 











54 Anabasis 





» “ Ν a 
ἀνιστῃ ἔστι λαμβάνειν: πέτονται yap βραχὺ ὥσπερ πέρδικες 


\ x | 2 il " \ / > “ “ δ 
καὶ ταχὺ ἀπαγορεύουσι. τὰ δὲ κρέα αὐτῶν ἥδιστα ἣν. 


Ἢ ’ - “ 
Πορευόμενοι δὲ διὰ ταύτης τῆς χώρας ἀφικνοῦνται ἐπὶ τὸν 4 


Μάσκαν ποταμόν, τὸ εὖρος πλεθριαῖον. ἐνταῦθα ἣν πόλις 
ἐρήμη, μεγάλη, ὄνομα δ᾽ αὐτῇ Κορσωτή᾽ περιερρεῖτο δ᾽ αὕτη 
ὑπὸ τοῦ Μάσκα κύκλῳ. ἐνταῦθ᾽ ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τρεῖς καὶ 
ἐπεσιτίσαντο. ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς ἐρήμους τρεῖς καὶ 
δέκα παρασάγγας ἐνενήκοντα τὸν Εὐφράτην ποταμὸν ἐν δεξιᾷ 
ἔχων, καὶ ἀφικνεῖται ἐπὶ Πύλας. ἐν τούτοις τοῖς σταθμοῖς 
πολλὰ τῶν ὑποζυγίων ἀπώλετο ὑπὸ λιμοῦ" οὐ γὰρ ἣν χόρτος 
οὐδὲ ἄλλο οὐδὲν δένδρον, ἀλλὰ ψιλὴ ἣν ἅπασα ἡ χώρα" οἱ δὲ 
ἐνοικοῦντες ὄνους ἀλέτας παρὰ τὸν ποταμὸν ὀρύττοντες καὶ 


~ ’ “ Lu 4 
ποιοῦντες εἰς Βαβυλῶνα ἦγον καὶ ἐπώλουν καὶ ἀνταγοράζοντες 











them up suddenly, a pres. gen- 
eral condit. 

17 tort: cf. ἦν, above, 1. 11, and, for 
the accent, c. 2. 43, and the note. 

18 ἀπαγορεύουσι, give out. 

qv: the past tense resumes the 
narrative, after the general 
statements. 

20 πλεθριαῖον : equivalent to πλέ- 
θρου ; see the note on δύο πλέθρα, 
c.2.30f. The adj. and the gen. 
are in many uses very nearly 
interchangeable. 

21 ἐρήμη : of a city, this would na- 
turally mean uninhabited (III, 
4, 810), yet they remain here 
three days and take in supplies. 
Perhaps the word means no 
more than in σταθμοὺς ἐρήμους, 
1, 2 (here, situated in the des- 
ert?), or had the inhabitants 
fled at Cyrus’ approach? This, 
however, Xen. would surely 
have stated plainly (cf. c. 2. 139). 
πόλις ἐρήμη forms one idea, so 
there is no connective between 
it and the fullowing adj. 


ὄνομα δ᾽ airy: sc. ἦν. ὄνομα varies 
in construction, as edpos does. 

περιερρεῖτο ὑπό: the act. of this 
vb. is treated as trans.,so the 
passive construction is legiti- 
mate. 

22 Μάσκα: see the note on ’Afpo- 
κόμα, c. 4, 15, 

23 ἐπεσιτίσαντο : this region is now 
a desert. 

24 évevfxovra: very rapid march- 
ing; cf. below, § 7. 

26 ὑπὸ λιμοῦ : preferred to λιμῷ, 
because of the slight personifi- 
cation. 

27 οὐδ᾽ ἄλλο οὐδὲν δένδρον, nor any 
tree either. For this idiomatic 
use of ἄλλος, see G. 966, 2; H. 
705; B. 492 note 2. 

28 ὄνους ἀλέτας, (upper) mill- 
stones. ddéras is properly a 
noun, but it serves as an adj. 
The lower mill-stone was fixed; 
the upper one revolved upon it 
and was often turned by an ass; 
hence the name. 

29 ποιοῦντες, shaping. 


Ἵ 


6 σῖτον ἔζων. 


7 διεγίγνοντο. 


Book I, Chap. V 55 





c 


τὸ δὲ στράτευμα ὁ σῖτος ἐπέλιπε, καὶ πρίασθαι 30 
οὐκ ἣν εἰ μὴ ἐν τῇ Λυδίᾳ ἀγορᾷ ἐν τῷ Κύρου βαρβαρικῷ, τὴν 
καπίθην ἀλεύρων ἢ ἀλφίτων τεττάρων σίγλων. ὁ δὲ σίγλος 
δύναται ἕπτ᾽ ὀβολοὺς καὶ ἡμιωβόλιον ᾿Αττικούς" 
δύο χοίνικας ᾿Αττικὰς ἐχώρει. κρέα οὖν ἐσθίοντες οἱ στρατιῶται 
ἣν δὲ τούτων τῶν σταθμῶν οὗς πάνυ μακροὺς 


ἡ δὲ καπίθη 


/ ol / pt 
ἤλαυνεν, ὁπότε ἢ πρὸς ὕδωρ βούλοιτο διατελέσαι ἢ πρὸς 
χιλόν. 

Καὶ δή ποτε στενοχωρίας καὶ πηλοῦ φανέντος ταῖς ἁμάξαις 








80 πρίασθαι : sc. σῖτον. 

$1 εἰ μή, save; ο΄. α. 4. 112, 

Λυδίᾳ : the Lydians were “a nation 
of shop-keepers.” Tradition 
says that Cyrus the Great for- 


bade them the use of arms and 
led them to devote themselves 


to such pursuits as would be 
least apt to keep alive the war- 
like spirit; see Herod. I, 155. 

βαρβαρικῷ : no noun expressed; cf. 
6. 2.3. For the market, cf. 
c. 3. 68, and the note. 

82 ἀλεύρων ἢ ἀλφίτων: gens. of 
material, G. 1085, 4; Η. 729f; B. 
352 note. Barley meal, with 
wine, formed the staple food of 
the Greek soldier. It was ordi- 
narily much cheaper than wheat 
flour, but, owing to the famine, 
now cost as much. The price 
mentioned ($0.45 a quart) was 
fully fifty times the usual price 
at Athens. 

τεττάρων σίγλων : gen. of price, G. 
1133; H. 746; B.353. The σίγλος 
(cf. shekel) stood in the same 
relation to the Persian talent 
that the δραχμή did to the Greek; 
it was worth about $0.225. 

$3 δύναται, amounts to. 

84 κρέα οὖν. .. Steylyvovro, it was 


by eating meat, therefore, that 
the soldiers got along. The 
Greek ate but little meat (see 
above, on ἀλφίτων); to be forced 
to subsist on meat from lack 
of grain was accordingly a hard- 
ship. Cf. II, 1, §6 end, and 
Caesar, Gallic War, VII, 17. 

35 qv... ἤλαυνεν, some of these 
were the longest day’s marches 
Cyrus made (lit. there were of 
these day’s marches some which 
Cyrus marched very long). For 
ἣν ots, see G. 1029; H. 998; B. 
486 note. The rel., of course, 
takes the case called for by the 
syntax of the clause in which it 
stands (here cogn. acc. with 
ἤλαυνεν), and the vb. remains 
unchanged, This is common 
with ἔστιν, and εἰσὶν of (ots) also 
occurs; but ἦν is very rare. 
μακρούς is, of course, pred. 

36 ὁπότε... βούλοιτο: cf. c. 2. 40, 
and the note. In dry countries 
one must push on until water is 
reached—a fact scarcely appre- 
ciated in regions where springs 
and streams abound. 

38 καὶ δή ποτε: δή, as often, singies 
something out for special men- 
tion. Cf. c. 3. 65. 














58 Anabasis 





δυσπορεύτου ἐπέστη ὁ Κῦρος σὺν τοῖς περὶ αὐτὸν ἀρίστοις καὶ 


40 εὐδαιμονεστάτοις καὶ ἔταξε ΤΓλοῦν καὶ Πίγρητα λαβόντας τοῦ 
βαρβαρικοῦ στρατοῦ συνεκβιβάζειν τὰς ἁμάξας. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐδόκουν 
αὐτῷ σχολαίως ποιεῖν, ὥσπερ ὀργῇ ἐκέλευσε τοὺς περὶ αὐτὸν 


Πέρσας τοὺς κρατίστους συνεπισπεῦσαι τὰς ἁμάξας. ἔνθα δὴ 
μέρος τι τῆς εὐταξίας ἣν θεάσασθαι. ῥίψαντες γὰρ τοὺς πορ- 
φυροῦς κάνδυς ὅπου ἔτυχεν ἕκαστος ἐστηκώς, ἵεντο ὥσπερ ἄν 
δράμοι τις ἐπὶ νίκῃ καὶ μάλα κατὰ πρανοῦς γηλόφου, ἔχοντες 
Ἁ “ “ ‘ f > UA » 
τοὺς τε πολυτελεῖς χιτῶνας καὶ τὰς ποικίλας ἀναξυρίδας, ἔνιοι 
δὲ καὶ στρεπτοὺς περὶ τοῖς τραχήλοις καὶ ψέλια περὶ ταῖς 
χερσίν: εὐθὺς δὲ σὺν τούτοις εἰσπηδήσαντες εἰς τὸν πηλὸν 


Book I, Chap. V 57 





“ Φ a »“ 
δὲ σύμπαν δῆλος ἦν Κῦρος ὡς σπεύδων πᾶσαν τὴν ὁδὸν καὶ οὐ 
διατρίβων ὅπου μὴ ἐπισιτισμοῦ ἕνεκα ἤ τινος ἄλλου ἀναγκαίου 
᾽ / ff Ψ “ Ν ; > 
ἐκαθέζετο, νομίζων, ὅσῳ θᾶττον ἔλθοι, τοσούτῳ ἀπαρασκευ- 
i Ὁ [κω , 
αστοτέρῳ βασιλεῖ μαχεῖσθαι, ὅσῳ δὲ σχολαίτερον, τοσούτῳ 


πλέον συναγείρεσθαι βασιλεῖ στράτευμα. καὶ συνιδεῖν δ᾽ ἣν 55 


a \ “ 
τῷ προσέχοντι τὸν νοῦν ἡ βασιλέως ἀρχὴ πλήθει μὲν χώρας καὶ 
» Ly »" Γι a“ lal 
ἀνθρώπων ἰσχυρὰ οὖσα, τοῖς δὲ μήκεσι τῶν ὁδῶν Kal τῷ διεσ- 
f Ἃ ὃ / > “ ΝΜ , (4 \ , 
πάσθαι τὰς δυνάμεις ἀσθενής, εἴ τις διὰ ταχέων τὸν πόλεμον 
ἐποιεῖτο. 





than one would have thought. jight against) the king. With 
For the potential indic., see G. ὅσῳ... τοσούτῳ, ef. quanto 


“ ef bal » , ᾿ , Ἃ e Ld ‘ 
θᾶττον ἢ ὥς τις ἂν ῴετο μετεώρους ἐξεκόμισαν Tas ἁμάξας. τὸ 





φανέντος : in agreement with the 
nearer of the two subjs. 

ταῖς ἁμάξαις : for the dat., cf. 
στρατεύματι, c. 2, 122, 

39 σὺν τοῖς. . . εὐδαιμονεστάτοις, 
with the noblest and wealthiest 
of his retinue. 

40 τοῦ . . . στρατοῦ: partitive 
gen., with λαβόντας, G. 1097, 1; 
H. 736; B. 356. 

43 συνεπισπεῦσαι: in commands 
the aor. is more peremptory 
than the pres. 

ἔνθα δὴ . . . θεάσασθαι, then it was 
that one might behold... . δή 
is very commonly used with tem- 
poral words. θεάσασθαι is stronger 
than ἰδεῖν. 

ΔΑ τῆς εὐταξίας: their (famous) 
discipline. ΟΥ̓. τῇ μάχῃ, c. 2. 50. 

πορφοροῦς: purple (scarlet) has 
always been the color of royalty 
and nobility. For the form of 
the adj., cf. χαλκᾶ, c. 2. 93, 

45 κάνδυς: these were long, 
flowing robes which impeded 
action. 

ὅπου ἔτυχεν. . . ἑστηκώς, where each 
one happened to be standing. 


Cf. the note on παρὼν ἐτύγχανε, 
c.1.4. Observe the force of the 
perf. partic. 

ὥσπερ - « « νίκῃ, as one would run 
in a race. References to the 
great games are naturally very 
common in Greek literature. 
ἂν δράμοι is a potent. opt., for 
which ἐπὶ νίκῃ supplies a prota- 
sis; cf. σὺν ὑμῖν, c. 3. 29. 

46 καὶ pada, very, modifying πρά- 
vous. καί and μάλα are not to be 
separated (cf. IV, 1, §23; IV, 6, 
§ 16). 

ἔχοντες, having on. 

47 τούς re... καὶ rots: the art. 
as with εὐταξίας, above, 1. 44. 
ἀναξυρίδις is another Persian 
word; cf. the note on σατράπην, 
6.1. δ. 

48 στρεπτοὺς . . . ψέλια : both men- 
tioned by Herodotus (IX, 80) 
as stripped in quantities from 
the Persian dead at Plataea. 

περὶ τοῖς τραχήλοις . . . χερσίν: a 
purely local use of the prep. 
περί, with the dat., is uncommon 
in prose, 

50 θᾶττον ... wero, more quickly 


1335-1337; B. 565. ὡς is redun- 
dant and should be omitted in 
translating. 

μετεώρους ἐξεκόμισαν, they lifted up 
and bore out. For the use of 
the pred. adj., see G. 972; H. 618; 
Β, 453, 1. 

τὸ δὲ σύμπαν, and in general 
(adv. acc.). 

51 δῆλος. . σπεύδων, Cyrus 
showed that he was hastening. 
δῆλος, used personally, takes a 
partic. (cf. c. 2. 70, and the note); 
used impersonally, it takes ὅτι 
with a finite vb. (cf. c. 3.44). It 
is very unusual to have ὡς ex- 
pressed with the partic., in the 
former construction, as here. 

πᾶσαν τὴν ὁδόν : acc. of extent. 

δῷ διατρίβων : construed as σπεύ- 
δων, above. 

ὕπου μή, except where. The rel. is 
often equivalent to a conditional 
clause (6. g. ὅστις =e ris); so this 
phrase is equivalent to εἰ μή που. 
Similarly, ]. 4, we had the condit. 
equivalent to the rel. 

53 νομίζων. .. μαχεῖσθαι, think- 
ing that the more quickly he 
should advance the more un- 
prepared he should find (lit. 


- . . tanto, and consult the note 
on ἡμέραις, c. 2. 142, 

55 συναγείρεσθαι, was being col- 
lected. Note the change of 
tense. 

βασιλεῖ : dat. of advantage, rather 
than of the agent. 

kal συνιδεῖν. . , τὸν νοῦν, and 
moreover (καί) one who gave 
close attention could see at a 
glance (συν-). For the dat., see 
G. 1172; H. 771; B. 382. 

56 ἣ βασιλέως ἀρχὴ . . . οὖσα, that 
the king’s empire was. The 
nom. partic. follows, as though 
δήλη ἣν (cf. 1.51) had preceded, 
instead of συνιδεῖν ἣν. 

πλήθει : α΄. 1182; H. 780; B. 390. 
The word goes both with χώρας 
(extent) and with ἀνθρώπων (mul- 
titude). pihxercand τῷ διεσπάσθαι 
stand in this same construction. 

57 τῷ... δυνάμεις, in the dis- 
persion of its forces. For the 
infin. with the art., cf. c. 1. 35, 
and the note. 

58 διὰ ταχέων : cf. ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτομά- 
του, c. 2. 100, and the note. 

59 ἐποιεῖτο : for the mood, cf ἐκώ- 
Aver, Cc. 2,122; the condition is felt 
as logical rather than as general. 











60 


58 Anabasis 





Πέραν δὲ τοῦ Εὐφράτου ποταμοῦ κατὰ τοὺς ἐρήμους σταθ.- τὸ 
μοὺς ἦν πόλις εὐδαίμων καὶ μεγάλη, ὄνομα δὲ Χαρμάνδη" ἐκ 
ταύτης οἱ στρατιῶται ἠγόραζον τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, σχεδίαις διαβαί- 

φ ἢ Δ Ὅ“ / > / / 
vovtes ὧδε. διφθέρας as εἶχον στεγάσματα ἐπίμπλασαν χόρτου 


’ = ~ / ε \ e an , 
κούφου, εἶτα συνῆγον Kal συνέσπων, ὡς μὴ ἅπτεσθαι τῆς κάρφης 
τὸ ὕδωρ: ἐπὶ τούτων διέβαινον καὶ ἐλάμβανον τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, 
οἶνόν τε ἐκ τῆς βαλάνου πεποιημένον τῆς ἀπὸ τοῦ φοίνικος καὶ 
σῖτον μελίνης" τοῦτο γὰρ ἣν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ πλεῖστον. 

᾿Αμφιλεξάντων δέ τι ἐνταῦθα τῶν τε του Μένωνος στρατι- 

lal 4 “ὦ / Ψ a / > ad \ “Ὁ 
ὠτῶν καὶ τῶν του Κλεάρχου ὁ Κλέαρχος κρίνας ἀδικεῖν τὸν τοῦ 
Μένωνος πληγὰς ἐνέβαλεν" ὃ δὲ ἐλθὼν πρὸς τὸ ἑαυτοῦ στρά- 








Book I, Chap. V 59 





” ᾽ " e a > / \ 
τευμα ἔλεγεν: ἀκούσαντες δὲ οἱ στρατιῶται ἐχαλέπαινον καὶ 
ὠργίζοντο ἰσχυρῶς τῷ Κλεάρχῳ. τῇ δὲ αὐτῇ ἡμέρᾳ Κλέαρχος 
> \ 5... " \ / a a ἃ > a / 
ἐλθὼν ἐπὶ τὴν διάβασιν τοῦ ποταμοῦ Kal ἐκεῖ κατασκεψάμενος 
τὴν ἀγορὰν ἀφιππεύει ἐπὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σκηνὴν διὰ τοῦ Μένωνος 

᾽’ ‘ > / a \ > / a \ 7 e 
στρατεύματος σὺν ὀλίγοις τοῖς περὶ αὐτόν" Κῦρος δὲ οὔπω ἧκεν, 
ἀλλ᾽ ἔτι προσήλαυνε" τῶν δὲ Μένωνος στρατιωτῶν ξύλα σχίζων 
τις ὡς εἶδε Κλέαρχον διελαύνοντα, ἵησι τῇ ἀξίνῃ" καὶ οὗτος μὲν 
αὐτοῦ ἥμαρτεν: ἄλλος δὲ λίθῳ καὶ ἄλλος, εἶτα πολλοί, κραυγῆς 
γενομένης. ὃ δὲ καταφεύγει εἰς τὸ ἑαυτοῦ στράτευμα, καὶ 
εὐθὺς παραγγέλλει εἰς τὰ ὅπλα" καὶ τοὺς μὲν ὁπλίτας αὐτοῦ 
> ’ al Ἁ > “ὃ \ Xn / / > \ ἣ" 
ἐκέλευσε μεῖναι τὰς ἀσπίδας πρὸς τὰ γόνατα θέντας, αὐτὸς δὲ 
λαβὼν τοὺς Θρᾷκας καὶ τοὺς ἱππέας οἱ ἦσαν αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ στρα- 


60 τοῦ ποταμοῦ: gen. with πέραν, 
an improper prep., like λάθρᾳ, 
c. 3. 38. 

61 ὄνομα : nom. or acc.? 

62 ἠγόραζον: the supplies 8]- 
ready laid in must have been 
nearly, or quite, exhausted. 

63 ὧδε: cf. c. 1.24, and the note. 
With what follows cf. 11, 4, § 28, 
and III, 5, 89, and the descrip- 
tion, in Arrian (An. ITI, 29), of 
Alexander's crossing the Oxus. 
Inflated skins have long been 
used in Eastern countries 
(where wood is scarce), as a 
means of crossing rivers, 
whether singly, as a support for 
the individual swimmer, or col- 
lectively, as rafts or bridges. 
An account of methods, strik- 
ingly similar to those described 
in the text, in the German army 
of our own day, is given in the 
Illustrierte Zeitung for 1895, no. 
2718 (Vollbrecht). 

ἃς εἶχον στεγάσματα, which they 
had as (tent-) coverings. 

xSprov: for the case, cf. θηρίων, 
c, 2. 39. 


64 συνέσπων, sewed together. 


Arrian uses ξυρράψαι, of the same 
act. 

ὡς : for ὥστε, a usage rare in most 
prose writers, (G. 1456; H. 1054, 
1f.; B. 595; 615). See, further, 
the note on c. 1. 19, and, for the 
neg., on c. 1. 57. 

κάρφης : for the case, see G. 1099; 
H. 738; B. 356. 

66 τῆς βαλάνου... τῆς ἀπό τοῦ 
φοίνικος, the date. For this the 
Greek has no word, hence the 
specifying phrase added to βάλα- 
vos (nut). Note the formal attrib. 
posit., and the exact use of the 
preps. ἐκ and ἀπό. Palm wine is 
said still to be much used in 
this region; cf. II, 3, §14, where 
it is called simply οἶνος φοινίκων. 

67 peAlvyns: descript. gen. with 
σῖτον. 

τοῦτο: neut., although referring 
to μελένης, a construction always 
allowable in the case of words 
designating things. 

68 ἀμφιλεξάντων τι, having had 
some quarrel. τι is, of course, 
the inner obj. 

69 κρίνας. . . ἐνέβαλεν, deciding 
that Menon’s man was in the 





wrong, flogged him. The sing., 
τόν, implies that the original dis- 
pute was between two men only. 
The flogging was doubtless done 
with the staff (Saxrnpig), which 
the Spartan commander regu- 
larly carried; cf. II, 3, §11—an- 
other instance of the severity of 
Clearchus, for which see also 11, 
6, §9, and the Introd., §38. Such 
occurrences were not rare: Xeno- 
phon was himself accused of 
having flogged soldiers; see his 
defense in V, 8, §1. 

72 ἡμέρᾳ: dat. of time; see the 
note on ὑστεραίᾳ, c. 2. 124, 

73 διάβασιν : the word, properly 
designating the act of crossing, 
comes, by an easy extension, to 
include the means of crossing 
(II, 3,§10), or as here, the place 
of crossing. 

74 ἀγοράν : evidently the sutlers, 
bringing food across the river 
from Charmande, had arranged 
a market where they landed. 

75 ὀλίγοις : pred., being few, who 
were but few. 

77 διελαύνοντα, as he rode through 


(the camp), a circumstantial 
partic. 

ἵησι... ἀξίνῃ : with vbs. of throw- 
ing or pelting the word denoting 
the missile is often omitted, or, 
if expressed, is, as a rule, not 
acc., but dat. (means). The 
person or thing pelted is regu- 
larly the dir. obj, e.g. c. 3. 5, 
which, in the case of tym, would 
be a gen. See the note on 
κάρφης, 1. θά. 

78 αὐτοῦ: gen. with ἥμαρτεν, 
classed by some as partitive 
(see the references just given), 
by others, more correctly, as abl. 
(H. 748). 

λίθῳ : 86. incr. 

79 καταφεύγει, fled for refuge 
(κατα-). 

80 αὐτοῦ, where they were. The 
hoplites were to act as a reserve 
to be called upon, if needed. 
They form in readiness to ad- 
vance, the spear grasped in the 
right hand and the shield on the 
left arm with its base resting on 
the left knee. 

82 τοὺς Θρᾷκας : mere barbarian 











60 Anabasis 





il ff a ’ \ ε » “ 
τεύματι πλείους 7) τετταράκοντα, τούτων δὲ οἱ πλεῖστοι Θρᾷκες, 
» Εν" \ , “ ,»ν ͵ > a Ἢ 
ἤλαυνεν ἐπὶ τοὺς Μένωνος, ὥστ᾽ ἐκείνους ἐκπεπλῆχθαι καὶ 

ll ’ ‘ / psa , κῃ ὡ \ κυ 
αὑτὸν Μένωνα, καὶ τρέχειν ἐπὶ τὰ ὅπλα" οἱ δὲ καὶ ἕστασαν 
ἀποροῦντες τῷ πράγματι. ὁ δὲ Πρόξενος --- ἔτυχε γὰρ ὕστερος 
προσιὼν καὶ τάξις αὐτῷ ἑπομένη τῶν ὁπλιτῶν. εὐθὺς οὖν εἰς 
τὸ μέσον ἀμφοτέρων ἄγων ἔθετο τὰ ὅπλα καὶ ἐδεῖτο τοῦ Κλεαρ- 

‘ » “ a oe / Ψ > Lapel Σ ' 4 

χου μὴ ποιεῖν ταῦτα. ὃ δ᾽ ἐχαλέπαινεν ὅτι αὐτοῦ ὀλίγου δεή- 
»ἭἍἍ 4 / Ν γ “ , 9 / / 

σαντος καταλευσθῆναι πράως λέγοι τὸ αὑτοῦ πάθος, ἐκέλευσέ 

+ ν᾿ » “ / > / > Ld ΟΡ. al ‘ fal 

τε αὑτον ἐκ τοῦ μέσου ἐξίστασθαι. ἐν τούτῳ δ᾽ ἐπήει καὶ Κῦρος 
καὶ ἐπύθετο τὸ πρᾶγμα" εὐθὺς δ᾽ ἔλαβε τὰ παλτὰ εἰς τὰς 
χεῖρας καὶ σὺν τοῖς παροῦσι τῶν πιστῶν ἧκεν ἐλαύνων εἰς τὸ 
μέσον, καὶ λέγει τάδε. Κλέαρχε καὶ Πρόξενε καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι οἱ 





hirelings, not Greeks. There 
were 800 of them among Clear- 
chus’ troops. Some of them 
desert (II, 2, $7). 

imméas: only here are mounted 
troops mentioned as forming a 
part of Cyrus’ Greek forces. 
They, too, desert (II, 2, §7). 

83 πλείους : for the form, see the 
note on c. 3. 35. 

84 ἐκπεπλῆχθαι, were filled with 
terror. The perf., especially of 
vbs. of emotion, may denote 
intense action. Observe that 
the infin. after ὥστε may denote 
the actual result (G. M. T. 583). 

85 of δέ: as if of μέν had precoded. 

ἕστασαν, stood riveted to the spot 
(Dakyns). 

86 ὕστερος : cf. προτέρα, c. 2. 142, 
and the note. 

87 τάξις. . . ἑπομένη : 86. ἔτυχε. 

οὖν : resumptive, after the paren- 
thetic words. 

88 τὸ μέσον: cf. c. 4. 23. 

ἔθετο τὰ ὅπλα, halted under arms. 
This is the commonest meaning 
of the phrase; for a different 
one, see below, § 17. 





ἐδεῖτο, implored. For the con- 
struction, cf. c. 1, 57. 

89 αὐτοῦ... πάθος, when he (Cle- 
archus) had barely escaped being 
stoned to death, he (Proxenus) 
spoke lightly of his experience. 
ὀλίγου is gen. after δεήσαντος : for 
the phrase, see the vocab. 

90 λέγοι: opt.in acausal sentence; 
see G. 1506; H. 925b; B. 598, 
note. 

αὑτοῦ refers, with emphasis, to the 
main subj. 

91 re: thus used, without a bal- 
ancing re or xal, re is rare in 
prose. 

ἐν τούτῳ: cf. c. 2.117, and the note. 

92 τὰ παλτά; the Persian warrior 
regularly carried two spears. 

93 τῶν πιστῶν: “the Faithful” was 
a title in Persia for the king’s 
counsellors. 

ἐλαύνων, riding. 

94 of ἄλλοι: in apposition with 
ὑμεῖς, implied in the vb. Such 
appositives must take the art., 
and are often found in connec- 
tion with vocatives. 

Κλέαρχε. . . Πρόξενε: Cyrus 


14 


15 


16 


Book I, Chap. VI 61 





παρόντες Ἕλληνες, οὐκ ἴστε ὅ,τι ποιεῖτε. εἰ γάρ τινα ἀλλήλοις 95 
μάχην συνάψετε, νομίζετε ἐν τῇδε τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐμέ τε κατακεκό- 
ψεσθαι καὶ ὑμᾶς οὐ πολὺ ἐμοῦ ὕστερον: κακῶς γὰρ τῶν 
ἡμετέρων ἐχόντων πάντες οὗτοι οὗς ὁρᾶτε βάρβαροι πολεμιώ- 
τεροι ἡμῖν ἔσονται τῶν παρὰ βασιλεῖ ὄντων. ἀκούσας ταῦτα 
ὁ Κλέαρχος ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἐγένετο" καὶ παυσάμενοι ἀμφότεροι κατὰ 
χώραν ἔθεντο τὰ ὅπλα. 

VI. ’Evreddev προϊόντων ἐφαίνετο ἴχνια ἵππων καὶ κόπρος. 


ἠκάζετο δ᾽ εἶναι ὁ στίβος ὡς δισχιλίων ἵππων. οὗτοι προῖ- 


, > > , 
ὄντες ἔκαιον Kal χιλὸν Kal εἴ TL ἄλλο χρήσιμον ἦν. ᾿Ορόντας 
» \ 
δὲ Πέρσης ἀνὴρ γένει te προσήκων βασιλεῖ καὶ τὰ πολέμια 
κ Ὁ» ᾿ ‘ 
λεγόμενος ἐν τοῖς ἀρίστοις ἹΠερσῶν ἐπιβουλεύει Κύρῳ καὶ 











thinks that the quarrel is be- 
tween these two. Menon does 
not appear as an aggressor. 

95 ε συνάψετε: in conditional 
clauses implying a warning or a 
threat, εἰ, with the fut. indic., 
is regularly preferred to ἐάν, 
with the subjv.; see G. 1405, 

96 ἐν. . . ἡμέρᾳ, in the course of 
this day, slightly different from 
the simple dat. of time. 

κατακεκόψεσθαι: the fut. perf. 
stands as a strong fut., with 
stress on the permanence of the 
result (and that will be the end 
of it), G. 1266; H. 855b; B. 538, 
note. 

97 κακῶς... ἐχόντων : thegen. abs. 
supplies a protasis to ἔσονται. 

98 ovs ὁρᾶτε; a direct appeal; there 
may well have been friction 
between the two armies. 

99 τῶν... ὄντων, than those with 
the king are; see G. 1155; H. 
643b; Β. 426, note 2. 

ἀκούσας ταῦτα: no connective is 
needed. 

[00 ἐν ἑαντῷ ἐγένετο, came to his 
senses. 


κατὰ χώραν, in their quarters. 
101 ἔθεντο τὰ ὅπλα, grounded their 
arms; cf. 1, 10, § 16. 


CHAPTER VI 


1 προϊόντων, as they advanced. 
The subj. of the partic., in this 
construction, may be omitted. 
whenever it is readily supplied 
by the context. 

ἐφαίνετο, there kept appearing. 
For the sing. vb., cf. ἦν, c: 2. 38, 
and the note. 

2 as, about; cf.c. 2.18. 

ἵππων : pred. gen. of possession. 

οὗτοι: tro, of course, implies 
ἱππεῖς. 

προϊόντες, Going on in advance of 
them; slightly different from 
προϊόντων, above. 

8 εἴ τι ἄλλο, whatever else; cf. 
c. 5. 4, and the note. 

4 γένει: dat. of respect; G. 1182; 
H. 780; B. 390, 

τὰ πολέμια, in matters pertaining 
to war; acc. of respect. 

5 λεγόμενος, reckoned. 

καὶ πρόσϑεν, formerly also (as well 
as now). 











62 Anabasis 





, ’ \ ld 
πρόσθεν πολεμήσας, καταλλαγεὶς δέ. οὗτος Κύρῳ εἶπεν, εἰ 2 


αὐτῷ δοίη ἱππέας χιλίους, ὅτι τοὺς προκατακαίοντας ἱππέας 
ἢ κατακαίνοι ἂν ἐνεδρεύσας ἢ ζῶντας πολλοὺς αὐτῶν ἂν ἕλοι 
καὶ κωλύσειε τοῦ καίειν ἐπιόντας, καὶ ποιήσειεν ὥστε μήποτε 
δύνασθαι αὐτοὺς ἰδόντας τὸ Κύρου στράτευμα βασιλεῖ διαγς- 
γεῖλαι. τῷ δὲ Κύρῳ ἀκούσαντι ταῦτα ἐδόκει ὠφέλιμα εἶναι, 
καὶ ἐκέλευεν αὐτὸν λαμβάνειν μέρος παρ᾽ ἑκάστου τῶν ἡγεμό- 
νων. ὁ δ᾽ ᾿Ορόντας νομίσας ἑτοίμους εἶναι αὑτῷ τοὺς ἱππέας 
γράφει ἐπιστολὴν παρὰ βασιλέα ὅτι ἥξοι ἔχων ἱππεῖς ὡς ἂν 
δύνηται πλείστους" ἀλλὰ φράσαι τοῖς αὑτοῦ ἱππεῦσιν ἐκέλευεν 
ὡς φίλιον αὐτὸν ὑποδέχεσθαι. ἐνῆν δὲ ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ καὶ τῆς 
πρόσθεν φιλίας ὑπομνήματα καὶ πίστεως. ταύτην τὴν ἐπισ- 
τολὴν δίδωσι πιστῷ ἀνδρί, ὡς ᾧετο" ὃ δὲ λαβὼν Κύρῳ δίδωσιν. 


Book I, Chap. VI 63 





᾿ rn ’ \ , ν ἃ \ Ν ς κ᾿ , 
ἀγαγεῖν, τούτους δὲ θέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα περὶ τὴν αὑτοῦ σκηνήν. 
ἃ Or a ? / > ’ ς " ξ " 
οἱ δὲ ταῦτα ἐποίησαν, ἀγαγόντες ὡς τρισχιλίους ὁπλίτας. 
Κλέαρχον δὲ καὶ εἴσω παρεκάλεσε σύμβουλον, ὅς γε καὶ 
αὐτῷ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐδόκει προτιμηθῆναι μάλιστα τῶν Ἑλλή- 
νων. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐξῆλθεν, ἀπήγγειλε τοῖς φίλοις τὴν κρίσιν τοῦ 
Ὀρόντα ὡς ἐγένετο: οὐ γὰρ ἀπόρρητον ἦν. ἔφη δὲ Κῦρον 
ἄρχειν τοῦ λόγου ὧδε. ἸΠαρεκάλεσα ὑμᾶς, ἄνδρες φίλοι, ὅπως 
‘ IR 4 Md f , > \ \ a“ \ \ 
σὺν ὑμῖν βουλευόμενος ὅ,τι δίκαιόν ἐστι Kal πρὸς θεῶν Kal πρὸς 
ἀνθρώπων, τοῦτο πράξω περὶ ᾿Ορόντα τουτουί. τοῦτον yap 
lal \ | \ ἊΝ . Vd WI > / > \ δὲ 
πρῶτον μὲν ὁ ἐμὸς πατὴρ ἔδωκεν ὑπήκοον εἶναι ἐμοί: ἐπεὶ δὲ 
ταχθείς, ὡς ἔφη αὐτός, ὑπὸ τοῦ ἐμοῦ ἀδελφοῦ οὗτος ἐπολέμησεν 
J Κ᾽ \ > ld > , ‘ > ls, > \ 
ἐμοὶ ἔχων τὴν ἐν Σάρδεσιν ἀκρόπολιν καὶ ἐγὼ αὐτὸν προσπο- 





‘ ‘ > \ ε “ “ 
ἀναγνοὺς δὲ αὐτὴν ὁ Κῦρος συλλαμβάνει ᾽Ορόνταν, καὶ συγκαλεῖ 4 


᾽ ε “~ , A 
εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σκηνὴν Πέρσας τοὺς ἀρίστους τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν 


e ᾿ “~ ε \ " 5 
ἑπτά, καὶ τοὺς τῶν “Ελλήνων στρατηγοὺς ἐκέλευσενὸ πλίτας 





6 καταλλαγείς: cf. συναλλαγέντι, Cc. 
2. 5. 

ei... δοίη: this clause forms 
part of the quotation, despite 
its position before ὅτι. It is 
unusual to have ὅτι so far post- 
poned, although a single word 
is not infrequently placed before 
it for emphasis. Cf., however, 
II, 2, § 20. 

8 κατακαίνοι: a poetical vb., used 
by Xen. alone among Attic prose 
writers. In his works, however, 
it is not infrequent. He has the 
simple καίνω (ITI, 2, 8.39). ἄν, ex- 
pressed with this vb. and with 
the following ἕλοι, is to be sup- 
plied also with κωλύσειε and with 
ποιήσειεν. In general, if ex- 
pressed with one opt., ἄν may 
be omitted with others imme- 
diately following, in the same 
construction. 

9 τοῦ καίειν ἐπιόντας, from burning 


as they advanced. The partic. 
agrees with the omitted subj. of 
καίειν, For the infin. with τοῦ, see 
the note on τοῦ διαβαίνειν, c. 4. 96, 
and add G. 1549; H. 963, 2; B. 
643, 2. 

ποιήσειεν. . . αὐτούς, would bring 
it about that they should never 
be able. The same construction 
occurs below, c. 6. 34; oftener 
ὥστε is omitted. 

11 ἐδόκει : personal; ταῦτα is subj. 

12 τῶν ἡγεμόνων: 7. 6., of course, 
from the Persian, not the Greek, 
commanders. 

14 nfo: direct ἥξω: but in δύνη- 
ται the mood of dir. disc. is re- 
tained. 

ὡς av... πλείστους : of. &. 1, 2 
and the note, 

15 φράσαι: the subj. is αὐτόν, 7. e., 
βασιλέα. This infin. governs ὑπο- 
δέχεσθαι. 

21 ἑπτά: limiting τοὺς ἀρίστους. 


Seven was a sacred number 
among the Persians. 

22 θέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα : cf. c. 5. 88, and 
the note. Cyrus evidently fears 
trouble, and takes ample pre- 
cautions. Three thousand Greek 
hoplites would form a strong 
guard, and would effectually 
prevent any attempt at rescue. 

24 Κλέαρχον : note the emphatic 
position and the intensive καί; 
Clearchus he even invited 
within, as an adviser. 

ὅς ye: causal. The rel. is often 
equivalent to ὅτι with the 
demonstr. 

25 προτιμηθῆναι.... τῶν Ἑλλήνων : 
cf. α. 4. 91, and the note. 

26 τὴν κρίσιν: prolepsis; see the 
note on τῶν βαρβάρων, c. 1. 20. 

27 ἔφη : sc. Κλέαρχος. 

98 ἄρχειν τοῦ λόγου, opened the de- 
bate. ἄρχεσθαι would have meant, 
began his speech (III, 2,§7). The 
infin. is here imperf., G. 1494; 
‘H. 853a; B. 671. 

ὅπως, in order that; the vb. is 
πράξω, 1. 30. 

29 πρός, in the sight of. 


30 τοῦτο : resuming the preceding 
rel.; cf. c. 2. 85, and the note. 
τουτουί: equivalent to a gesture; 

see G. 412; H. 274; B. 147. 

31 ὑπήκοον: Orontas was ¢povpap- 
xos in Sardis (see below, |. 33), 
and, therefore, under Cyrus, as 
commander-in-chief. On this 
question, see the Introd., § 24. 

82 ταχθείς, ordered. 

ὡς ἔφη αὐτός, as he himself said. 
αὐτός in the nom. is always inten- 
sive, =ipse, unless immediately 
preceded by the art. (ὁ αὐτός-Ξ- 
idem). 

33 αὐτόν: redundant with ὥστε 
δόξαι αὐτῷ. There isa shift in the 
construction: αὐτόν is expressed, 
as though παύσασθαι were to fol- 
low (I made him cease); but, 
instead of this, we have ὥστε 
δόξαι αὐτῷ (so that he thought it 
better), whereby αὐτόν is left 
without grammatical depend- 
ence (προσπολεμῶν would require 
a dat.). The result is that 
Orontas’ act in concluding 
peace is represented as a volun- 
tury one, not as one forced upon 











θ4 Anabasis 





“~ ᾿ “~ \ 
λεμῶν ἐποίησα ὥστε δόξαι τούτῳ τοῦ πρὸς ἐμὲ πολέμου παύ- 
\ a“ 
σασθαι, καὶ δεξιὰν ἔλαβον καὶ ἔδωκα, μετὰ ταῦτα, ἔφη, ὦ 
> , ΝΜ Ὁ ἡδί ω > /. Ψ Μ ᾿ \ 
Opovta, ἔστιν ὅ,τι σε ἠδίκησα; ἀπεκρίνατο ὅτι ov. πάλιν δὴ 
“a re > ld 3 Ὁ “ Lj ον Ἁ “ la , ‘ 
ὁ Κῦρος ἠρώτα: Οὐκοῦν ὕστερον, ws αὐτὸς σὺ ὁμολογεῖς, οὐδὲν 
“~ » \ “~ 
ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἀδικούμενος ἀποστὰς εἰς Μυσοὺς κακῶς ἐποίεις τὴν 
, “ ς “ 

ἐμὴν χώραν ὅ,τι ἐδύνω; ἔφη ‘Opdvtas. Οὐκοῦν, ἔφη ὁ Κῦρος, 
ε el a Ν “Ὁ / > ‘ > \ Ἃ “ b | / 
ὁπότ᾽ ad ἔγνως τὴν σαυτοῦ δύναμιν, ἐλθὼν ἐπὶ τὸν τῆς ᾿Αρτέ. 

x , , ” \ , es \ 
μιδος βωμὸν μεταμέλειν τέ σοι ἔφησθα καὶ πείσας ἐμὲ πιστὰ 








Book I, Chap. VI 65 





πάλιν ἔδωκάς μοι καὶ ἔλαβες παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ; Kal ταῦθ᾽ ὡμολόγει 
Ὀρόντας. Τί οὖν, ἔφη ὁ Κῦρος, ἀδικηθεὶς ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ νῦν τὸ 
τρίτον ἐπιβουλεύων μοι φανερὸς γέγονας. εἰπόντος δὲ τοῦ 
Ὀρόντα ὅτι οὐδὲν ἀδικηθείς, ἠρώτησεν ὁ Κῦρος αὐτόν: Ὁ μο- 


λογεῖς οὖν περὶ ἐμὲ ἄδικος γεγενῆσθαι; Ἦ γὰρ ἀνάγκη, ἔφη 


/ , a“ 
Ὀρόντας. ἐκ τούτου πάλιν ἠρώτησεν ὁ Κῦρος- “Er οὖν ἂν 
γένοιο τῷ ἐμῷ ἀδελφῷ πολέμιος, ἐμοὶ δὲ φίλος καὶ πιστός ὃ δὲ 
᾽ / “ "δ᾽ > / > a AMMA TT ” 
ἀπεκρίνατο ὅτι οὐδ᾽ εἰ γενοίμην, ὦ Κῦρε, σοί γ᾽ av ποτε ἔτι 
δόξαιμι. πρὸς ταῦτα Κῦρος εἶπε τοῖς παροῦσιν: Ὃ μὲν ἀνὴρ 


τοιαῦτα μὲν πεποίηκε, τοιαῦτα δὲ λέγει: ὑμῶν δὲ σὺ πρῶτος, 


him; so that his present defec- 
tion is the more worthy of pun- 
ishment (Rehdantz). For the 
infin. with dere, after ἐποίησα, cf. 
]. 9, and the note. 

835 μετὰ ταῦτα: resumptive; the 
preceding vbs. have been intro- 
duced by érei. Now comes the 
apodosis, in the form of a direct 
address to Orontas. ἔφη is, there- 
fore, parenthetic. 

36 ἔστιν... ἠδίκησα, is there any- 
thing in which I have wronged 
you? 8, τι is the inner obj.; cf. 
οὐδέν, below, 1. 45. 

ἀπεκρίνατο ὅτι οὔ, he answered, No. 
ὅτι, introducing a direct quota- 
tion, is a somewhat uncommon 
use; see G. 1477. 

37 ἠρώτα: the imperf. has to do 
with the course of questioning; 
below, 1. 47, we have the aor., of 
a single question. 

οὐκοῦν: what answer is expected? 
See the vocab., and G. 1603; 
H. 1015; B. 572, 1. The vb. is, 
of course, ἐποίεις, two lines be- 
low. 

αὐτὸς σύ: a good instance of the 
adj. force of the pron. In the 
first and second persons both 
prons. (personal and intensive) 
are often expressed; in the 


third the person is indicated by 
the vb. 

οὐδέν: inner obj. of ἀδικούμενος, 
which is concessive. Cf. the act. 
construction, 8,7: ce ἠδίκησα, 
above, 1. 36. 

88 els Mucots: see the note on eis 
Πισίδας, c. 1.62. For the Mysians, 
ef. III, 2, §§ 23 and 24. 

κακῶς ἐποίεις : with a direct obj.; 
sce G. 1074; H. 712; B. 330. 

39 6, τι ἐδύνω, as far as you were 
able. The inner obj. has passed 
into an acc. of respect. 

ἔφη, said, Yes. 

40 δύναμιν, weakness. The word is 
relative, and the context deter- 
mines its meaning. 

τῆς ᾿Αρτέμιδος : probably the fa- 
mous Ephesian A:itemis; see 
Acts, chap. XIX. Thealtar has 
always been a place of refuge 
for the fugitive and the sup- 
pliant; but no more may be 
meant than that the oaths men- 
tioned were sworn at Artemis’ 
altar. 

41 μεταμελεῖν σοι: he eaid, μετα- 
were? por; cf. the biblical Jt re- 
penteth me (Gen. IV:7), and the 
Lat. use of paenitet. μετα-, 
in composition, often implies 
change. 





ὦ Κλέαρχε, ἀπόφηναι γνώμην ὅ,τι σοι δοκεῖ. Κλέαρχος δὲ 





42 καὶ ταῦθ᾽ : καί is intensive, not 
connective. 

43 τὸ τρίτον : adv. acc. 

44 ἐπιβουλεύων : with φανερὸς γέγο- 
vas; cf. δῆλος ἣν ἀνιώμενος, ο. 2. 70, 
and the note. 

45 “Opévra: for the form of the 
gen., cf. ᾿Αβροκόμα, c. 4. 15, and 
the note. 

οὐδὲν ἀδικηθείς: Cyrus’ question 
supplies the vb. 

46 περί, toward; cf. c. 4. 54. περί 
regulurly takes the acc. after 
vbs. of action, the gen. after 
vis. of saying. 

γεγενῆσθαι: quoted after ὁμολογεῖς ; 
retain the tense. Note that, 
when the subj. of the infin. is 
the same as the subj. of the vb. 
of saying, it is unexpressed, and 
that a pred. noun or adj. is nom., 
not acc. 

: one of the very few particles 
that may be rendered by indeed. 


Note that γάρ often implies - 


assent, yes, for. 

ἀνάγκη : sc. ἐστί. 

47 ἂν γένοιο: potential opt. No 
protasis is to be supplied. 


49 ὅτι: again introducing direct 
quotation; cf. 1. 36, and the 
note. 3 

οὐδ᾽ εἰ: a good instance of the 
fondness of the neg. for the 
emphatic position at the head 
of thesentence. Grammatically 
it goes, of course, with δόξαιμι 
(evenif...I should never seem). 

σοί ye: for the force of γε, see 
c.3 46, and the note. 

50 πρὸς ταῦτα, in the light of these 
statements. 

51 τοιαῦτα μὲν... τοιαῦτα δέ: the 
figure anaphora ; see the Introd., 
§ 39. 

πρῶτος: different from πρῶτον: 
see c. 3, 4, and the note. 

52 ἀπόφηναι : aor. imv. mid., as is 
shown by the accent. Re- 
member that the Ist aor. infin. 
act. always accents the penult, 
and that the infrequent opt. 
form, ἀποφήναι (regularly ἀποφή- 
vee), has a long ultima (G. 113; 
H. 102b; B. 63). 

ὅ,τι. . . δοκεῖ: an indir. quest., 
since ἀπόφηναι γνώμην implies 
statement. 











66 Anabasis 





εἶπε τάδε. Συμβουλεύω ἐγὼ τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον ἐκποδὼν ποιεῖ- 
σθαι ὡς τάχιστα, ὡς μηκέτι δέῃ τοῦτον φυλάττεσθαι, ἀλλὰ 
σχολὴ ἡ ἡμῖν τὸ κατὰ τοῦτον εἶναι τοὺς ἐθελοντὰς φίλους εὖ 
ποιεῖν. ταύτῃ δὲ τῇ γνώμῃ ἔφη καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους προσθέσθαι. 
Μετὰ ταῦτα, ἔφη, κελεύοντος Κύρου ἔλαβον τῆς ζώνης τὸν 
Ὀρόνταν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ ἅπαντες ἀναστάντες καὶ οἱ συγγενεῖς" 
εἶτα δ᾽ ἐξῆγον αὐτὸν οἷς προσετάχθη. ἐπεὶ δὲ εἶδον αὐτὸν 
οἵπερ πρόσθεν προσεκύνουν, καὶ τότε προσεκύνησαν, καίπερ 








53 συμβουλεύω ἐγώ : thesact.is used 
of one who gives advice, the mid. 
of one who asks it. Note the 
emphasis on the pronoun. 

ἐκποδὼν ποιεῖσθαι, to put out of 
our way. Note the voice; if 
the phrase were pass., γίγνεσθαι 
would be used. 

54 ws: purpose. 

τοῦτον: obj. of φυλάττεσθαι; see 
the vocab. 

55 ἡμῖν: dat. of possessor. Does 
the use of the pl. suggest that 
Clearchus puts himself on the 
same plane with Cyrus? 

τὸ... εἶναι, as far as this fellow 
is concerned. τοῦτον is con- 
temptuous, as often. For the 
idiomatic infin., see G. 1534, 
1535; H. 956a; B. 642. The 
whole phrase stands as an acc, 
of specification. 

ἐθελοντάς : a noun, in appos. with 
φίλους ; the partic. is differently 
accented. Render, these who 
are our friends of their own 
choosing. 

εὖ ποιεῖν: cf. κακῶς ἐποίεις, above, 
1, 38, and the note. 

56 ἔφη: sc. Κλέαρχος. The indir. 
disc. is resumed, although only 
for aline. In the next line ἔφη 
is parenthetic, and refers the 


narrative to Clearchus, not to 
Xen. 

57 τῆς ζώνης, by the girdle. For 
the case, see G. 1100; Η. 738a; B. 
356, with note 1. This act was 
symbolical among the Persians, 
and indicated condemnation. It 
sufficed for the king alone to 
touch the girdle of the man on 
trial before him. Xen., writing 
for Greek readers, adds ἐπὶ θανάτῳ 
(as a sign of condemnation). 

58 ἅπαντες... συγγενεῖς, all, even 
those of his own kin. 

59 ols προσετάχθη, who had been 
bidden, whose duty it was, an 
impers. pass. This construc- 
tion, so common in Lat., is 
regular in Greek with vbs. of 
commanding, and is frequent 
also with παρασκευάζω; elsewhere 
it is very rare. 

60 προσεκύνουν: contrast the fol- 
lowing aor., προσεκύνησαν. The 
vb. denotes the oriental manner 
of saluting a superior by pros- 
trating oneself before him; cf. 
Dan. II, 46, and elsewhere in the 
Old Testament. 

kal τότε. . . καίπερ, even then 
... although. καίπερ (although) 
takes a partic.; καίτοι (and yet) 
a vb. (e.g., c. 4. 55). 


Book I, Chap. VII 67 





\ , 4 
11 εἰδότες ὅτι ἐπὶ θάνατον ἄγοιτο. ἐπεὶ δὲ εἰς τὴν ᾿Αρταπάτου 


σκηνὴν εἰσήχθη τοῦ πιστοτάτου τῶν Κύρου σκηπτούχων, μετὰ 

a ΝΜ “Ὁ > U wv / > \ . , 
ταῦτα οὔτε ζῶντα ᾿Ορόνταν οὔτε τεθνηκότα οὐδεὶς εἶδε πώποτε 
οὐδὲ ὅπως ἀπέθανεν οὐδεὶς εἰδὼς ἔλεγεν: ἤκαζον δὲ ἄλλοι 
ἄλλως" τάφος δὲ οὐδεὶς πώποτε αὐτοῦ ἐφάνη. 

VII. ᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς Βαβυλωνίας σταθμοὺς 
τρεῖς παρασάγγας δώδεκα. ἐν δὲ τῷ τρίτῳ σταθμῷ Κῦρος 
ἐξέτασιν ποιεῖται τῶν “Ἑλλήνων καὶ τῶν βαρβάρων ἐν τῷ 


/ ‘ / Ud > , Ἂ ᾽ Ἁ > “ “ e 
πεδίῳ περὶ μέσας νύκτας" ἐδόκει yap εἰς THY ἐπιοῦσαν ἕω ἥξειν 
βασιλέα σὺν τῷ στρατεύματι μαχούμενον" καὶ ἐκέλευε Κ λέαρ- 

‘ lal ὃ “Ὁ , 4 »“ / | [οἱ > ΄ 
χον μὲν τοῦ δεξιοῦ κέρως ἡγεῖσθαι, Μένωνα δὲ τοῦ εὐωνύμου, 
ν Ν \ ε “~ dl "" κ᾿ \ > ἤ Ὁ“ ,» 
αὐτὸς δὲ τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ διέταξε. μετὰ δὲ τὴν ἐξέτασιν ἅμα τῇ 











61 ἐπὶ θάνατον : limit of motion; 
not as ἐπὶ θανάτῳ, above. 

63 οὔτε. . . ἔλεγεν, neither alive 
nor dead did anyone ever see 
Orontas, nor could anyone say 
with knowledge in what manner 
he was put to death. For the 
accumulation of negatives, cf. 
οὐδενί, ο. 2,152, and the note. Ob- 
serve, also, the force of the neg. 
with the impf. (could not or 
would not); see the note on 
c. 4.64. Orontas may have been 
buried alive, Herodotus, VII, 114. 

64 ἄλλοι ἄλλως: cf. alii aliter (H. 
704a ; B. 492, note 3). 


CuaptTer VII 


8 ἐξέτασιν ποιεῖται: cf. c. 1. 24, and 
the note. 

4 vixras: pl., as we speak of the 
watches of the night. 

ἐδόκει, he thought. This use of 
δοκῶ is not very common in Attic 
Greek. 

els... ἕω, next morning. See 
G. 1207b; H. 796b; B. 405, and 
ef. II, 3, 25; ITI, 1, 3; and IV, 1, 
§15. These phrases seem often 


scarcely to differ from simple 
dats. of time. For the acc. ἕω, 
see G. 199; H. 161; B. 92, 3.. 

5 paxovpevov, to uffer batile; see 
the note on ἀποκτενῶν, c. 1. 12. 

6 κέρως: for the form, see G. 228; 
H. 191; B. 115, 10; for the case, G. 
1109; H. 741; B. 356. The dat. 
also occurs with ἡγεῖσθαι (6. g., 
c. 4.9; but the gen. prevails in 
cases where the individual is at 
the head of his own troops—i. e., 
is leader de iure, as well as de 
facto. τὸ δεξιόν occurs, c. 2. 87, 
without any noun; see the note 
there. The right wing was the 
post of honor and of danger, for 
the side unprotected by the 
shield was exposed to a flank 
attack (see I, 8, § 13). 

τοῦ εὐωνύμου: 7. 6., of the Greek 
force. For the word, cf. c. 2. 88, 
and the note. The arrangement 
here given was followed in the 
battle (I, 8, § 4), the barbarians 
having their position on the 
Greek left. 

7 Gpa .. . ἡμέρᾳ, at dawn on the 
following day. ἐπιούσῃ is not 











68 Anabasis 





ἐπιούσῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἧκον αὐτόμολοι παρὰ μεγάλου βασιλέως 
στρατιᾶς. 

Κῦρος δὲ συγκαλέσας τοὺς στρατηγοὺς καὶ λοχαγοὺς τῶν 
€ ’ , ’ a A \ ͵ a \ 
Ελλήνων συνεβουλεύετό τε πῶς ἂν THY μάχην ποιοῖτο Kal 
αὐτὸς παρήνει θαρρύνων τοιάδε. Ὦ, ἄνδρες Ἕλληνες, οὐκ 
b Ld > “Ὁ ᾿ ld € “Ὁ Ν > \ 
ἀνθρώπων ἀπορῶν βαρβάρων συμμάχους ὑμᾶς ἄγω, ἀλλὰ 

/ ν il \ tA “Ὁ ’ ¢ “ , 
νομίζων ἀμείνονας καὶ κρείττους πολλῶν βαρβάρων ὑμᾶς εἶναι, 


Book I, Chap. VII 69 





ἀγῶνα, ὑμᾶς εἰδὼς διδάξω. τὸ μὲν yap πλῆθος πολὺ καὶ 
κραυγῇ πολλῇ ἐπίασιν. ἂν δὲ ταῦτα ἀνάσχησθε, τὰ ἄλλα 
καὶ αἰσχυνεῖσθαί μοι δοκῶ οἵους ἡμῖν γνώσεσθε τοὺς ἐν τῇ 
χώρᾳ ὄντας ἀνθρώπους. ὑμῶν δὲ ἀνδρῶν ὄντων καὶ εὖ τῶν 


steal , A A a \ \ ν ὃ ἢ > , 
ἐμῶν γενομένων, ἐγὼ ὑμῶν τὸν μὲν οἴκαδε βουλόμενον ἀπιέναι 
τοῖς οἴκοι ζηλωτὸν ποιήσω ἀπελθεῖν, πολλοὺς δὲ οἶμαι ποιήσειν 


διὰ τοῦτο προσέλαβον. ὅπως οὖν ἔσεσθε ἄνδρες ἄξιοι τῆς 


ἐλευθερίας hs κέκτησθε καὶ ἧς ὑμᾶς ἐγὼ εὐδαιμονίζω. εὖ γὰρ 


Μ μή \ > r ¢ ἤ Ἄ > ‘ = »” ’ Ν 
ἴστε ὅτι τὴν ἐλευθερίαν ἑλοίμην ἂν ἀντὶ ὧν ἔχω πάντων καὶ 


ἄλλων πολλαπλασίων. ὅπως δὲ καὶ εἰδῆτε εἰς οἷον ἔρχεσθε 





usually added to this common 
phrase, but serves to make it 
more explicit. For the dat., see 
G. 1175, 1176; H. 772c; B. 392, 3. 

10 τοὺς στρατηγοὺς Kal λοχαγούς: 
the art., expressed but once, 
shows that both groups are re- 
garded as forming a single class. 

11 συνεβουλεύετο, asked their ad- 
vice; contrast the act., above, 
6. 6. 53. 

πῶς Gv. . . ποιοῖτο, how he should 
conduct the battle, a potential 
opt., in an indir. quest. ὅπως 
would have been more normal 
than πῶς, but the dir. interrog. 
is often kept; see G. 1600; H. 
1011; B. 580. Note the position 
of ἄν at the head of the clause. 

12 τοιάδε, (substantially) as fol- 
lows. 

ὦ ἄνδρες Ἕλληνες : ὦ is commonly 
expressed with the voc. in Greek. 
For ἄνδρες, cf. c. 3. 11, and the 
note. With this word contrast 
ἀνθρώπων βαρβάρων (so again in 
§ 4), and cf. the words of Herodo- 
tus (VII, 210), regarding the 
Persians at Thermopylae, ὅτι πολ- 
hol μὲν ἄνθρωποι elev, ὀλίγοι δὲ ἄνδρες. 


18 ἀπορῶν: causal. Trans., it is 
not because I lack barbarians 
that I.... For the gen. ἀνθρώ- 
πων, see the note on c. 1. 29. 

14 ἀμείνους. .. κρείττους, braver 

. stronger. 

15 διὰ τοῦτο: resumes, with em- 
phasis, the causal partic. 

ὅπως. . . ἔσεσθε, see that ye be. 
See G. 1352, 1353; H. 885, 886; 
B. 583 note 3 (cf. 593). 

16 ἧς κέκτησθε, which you possess, 
another case of attraction. 

καὶ ts... εὐδαιμονίζω, and for 
which I congratulate you. The 
gen. is causal (G. 1126; H. 774; 
B. 366). Cyrus uses ἐγώ with 
emphasis; all the Persians were 
accounted the slaves (δοῦλοι) of 
the king. Cyrus knows to whom 
he is speaking. 

17 tere: imv., not indic. 

ἀντὶ ὧν ἔχω πάντων, in preference 
to all that I possess. For the 
incorporation of the antecedent 
in the rel. clause, see the note 
on c. 1. 24, 

18 els olov .. . ἀγῶνα, into what 
sort of a contest, another indir. 
quest. 




















τὰ παρ᾽ ἐμοὶ ἑλέσθαι ἀντὶ τῶν οἴκοι. 

᾿Ενταῦθα Ταυλίτης παρὼν φυγὰς Σάμιος, πιστὸς δὲ Κύρῳ, 
εἶπεν: Καὶ μήν, ὦ Κῦρε, λέγουσί τινες ὅτι πολλὰ ὑπισχνῇ νῦν 
διὰ τὸ ἐν τοιούτῳ εἶναι τοῦ κινδύνου προσιόντος, ἂν δὲ εὖ 


4 ᾿ a 
γένηταί τι, ov μεμνήσεσθαί σέ φασιν" ἔνιοι δὲ οὐδ᾽ εἰ μεμνῇό τε 





90 ἐπίασιν : fut., see the note on 
ἱέναι, c. 3, 2. 

ταῦτα: 7. 6. τὸ πλῆθος καὶ τὴν κραυγήν. 

τὰ ἄλλα... ἀνθρώπους, for the 
rest, I think I shall even be 
ashamed (to see) what sort of 
men you will find those in our 
country to be. The indir. quest., 
οἵους... γνώσεσθε, is introduced 
by αἰσχυνεῖσθαι; ἡμῖν is the ethi- 
cal dat., and ὄντας is in indir. 
disc. after γνώσεσθε. 

22 ὄντων... γενομένων : the gen. 
abs. in both instances expresses 
condition. ἀνδρῶν is emphatic, 
as above. 

τῶν ἐμῶν is neut., my affairs. 

ἐγὼ... ἀπελθεῖν, J (on my part) 
will cause those of you who 
wish to return home, to return 
as objects of envy to those at 
home. τὸν... βουλόμενον is lit. 
him that wishes, but the pl. is 
more in harmony with Eng. 
usage. τοῖς οἴκοι is masc.; the dat. 
depends upon the adj. ζηλωτόν. 

25 ra wap’ ἐμοί, freely, what I can 
offer here. τῶν οἴκοι is here neut., 
not masc. 

26 φυγάς: an exile from a Greek 


state often found an asylum at 
one of the Persian courts. 

morés: not here a title, one of 
“the Faithful” (see c. 5. 93, and 
the note), but simply trusted by, 
in contrast with φυγάς. There 
is no reason for the assumption 
that Gaulites spoke at Cyrus’ 
instigation. 

27 καὶ μήν, and yet. 

28 διὰ rd... εἶναι, because you are 
in such acritical position. For 
the articular infin., see the note 
on c.1.35. ἐν τοιούτῳ is further 
explained by τοῦ κινδύνου προσι- 
ὀντος, best taken as gen. abs. (now 
that the danger is approaching). 

29 τι, your affairs; but the vague 
word is purposely chosen. 

μεμνήσεσθαι; a mere fut., since 
μέμνημαι is a present. 

ἔνιοι δέ : sc. φασί. 

οὐδ᾽ εἰ. , . ὑπισχνῇ, that, even if 
you should remember and 
should wish to, you would not 
be able to repay all that you 
promise. For the form μεμνῇο, 
see G. 734, 1; H. 465a; B. 227, 
note. δύνασθαι ἄν represents an 
original δύναιο ἄν. 











80 καὶ βούλοιο δύνασθαι ἂν ἀποδοῦναι ὅσα ὑπισχνῇ. 


70 Anabasis 





ταῦτα ἔλεξεν ὁ Κῦρος" ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἔστι μὲν ἡμῖν, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἡ ἀρχὴ 
ἡ πατρῴα πρὸς μὲν μεσημβρίαν μέχρι οὗ διὰ καῦμα οὐ δύνανται 
οἰκεῖν ἄνθρωποι, πρὸς δὲ ἄρκτον μέχρι οὗ διὰ χειμῶνα" τὰ δ᾽ 
ἐν μέσῳ τούτων πάντα σατραπεύουσιν οἱ τοῦ ἐμοῦ ἀδελφοῦ 
φίλοι. ἣν δ᾽ ἡμεῖς νικήσωμεν, ἡμᾶς δεῖ τοὺς ἡμετέρους φίλους 
τούτων ἐγκρατεῖς ποιῆσαι. ὥστε οὐ τοῦτο δέδοικα μὴ οὐκ ἔχω 
ὅ,τι δῶ ἑκάστῳ τῶν φίλων, ἂν εὖ γένηται, ἀλλὰ μὴ οὐκ ἔχω 
ἱκανοὺς ols 80. ὑμῶν δὲ τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ στέφανον ἑκάστῳ 





ἀκούσας 6 


Book I, Chap. VII 71 





ye 5 , ἃ δὲ a > , ᾽ , ΓῚ \ 
8 χρύυσουν ὠσω. Ot € TAVTA AKOVOAVTES AUTOL TE σαν πολυ 


προθυμότεροι καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐξήγγελλον. 
> ὦ \ 5 Ml, “ \ \ a ” 
Εἰσῇσαν δὲ παρ᾽ αὐτὸν of τε στρατηγοὶ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων 
Ἑλλήνων τινὲς ἀξιοῦντες εἰδέναι τί σφίσιν ἔσται, ἐὰν κρατή-" 
σωσιν. ὃ δὲ ἐμπιμπλὰς ἁπάντων τὴν γνώμην ἀπέπεμπε. 
παρεκελεύοντο δὲ αὐτῷ πάντες ὅσοιπερ διελέγοντο μὴ μάχεσθαι, 
ἀλλ᾽ ὄπισθεν ἑαυτῶν τάττεσθαι. ἐν δὲ τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ Κλέαρ- 
DOE Μ) \ Ko »” / al > 
χος ὧδέ πως ἤρετο τὸν Κῦρον: Οἴει yap σοι μαχεῖσθαι, ὦ 
Κῦρε, τὸν ἀδελφόν: Νὴ Δί᾽, ἔφη ὁ Κῦρος, εἴπερ γε Δαρείου . 


καὶ Παρυσάτιδός ἐστι παῖς, ἐμὸς δὲ ἀδελφός, οὐκ ἀμαχεὶ ταῦτ᾽ -. 


31 ἔστι : not the copula, but a full 
vb.; hence the accent (cf. c. 2. 43, 
and the note). Trans. with πρός, 
extends to. Note the assevera- 
tive force of μέν. 

ἡμῖν: dat. of advantage, not of 
possessor. Note the pl. of ma- 
jesty. 

89 μέχρι οὗ, to a point where. 

$3 ra δ᾽... πάντα, all that lies 
between. For this use of μέσῳ, 
see c. 4. 23. 

34 σατραπεύουσιν, administer as 
satraps. In III, 4, §31 the vb. 
(in the meaning, be satrap of) 
governs the more regular gen. 

35 ἡμεῖς... ἡμετέρους : in emphatic 

contrast to what precedes. 

36 ἐγκρατεῖς ποιῆσαι, to put in con- 
trol of. The gen., τούτων, goes 
with this phrase, as with a vb. 
of ruling. 

τοῦτο: when referring to a follow- 
ing clause, τοῦτο is more common 
than τόδε, despite the normal 
rule (see c. 1. 24, and the note). 

μὴ οὐκ ἔχω, that I shall not know 
(have). For the double neg., 
see G. 1362, 3; 1364; H. 887, 1033; 
B. 594; 432, 

$7 ὅ,τι δῶ, what to give. The de- 
liberative subjv. appears in the 


indir. quest. (G. 1358; 1490; H. 
866; 3; 932; B. 577; 581). οἷς δῶ, 
below, is to be explained in the 
same way. That sentence is rel., 
not interrog., but in such cases 
the subjv. seems to follow the 
analogy of the subjv. in delib- 
erative questions; see G. M. T. 
572. Others explain the words 
as a condit. rel. clause, with ἄν 
omitted. The rel. and the 
interrog. are not always strictly 
differentiated in Greek, Lat., or 
Eng. 

ἂν εὖ γένηται, if all goes well. 

38 ὑμῶν δέ: possibly the whole 
Greek force is meant, but, more 
probably, only the generals and 
captains present at the inter- 
view. The gen. depends on 
ἑκάστῳ, both words being em- 
phasized by their separation 
from one another. 

στέφανον. .. χρυσοῦν: in this 
Cyrus is adopting a Greek 
custom. Among them crowns 
were regularly bestowed as 
rewards of extraordinary merit. 
The extravagance of Cyrus’ 
promises is in keeping with his 
character as an oriental prince; 
yet he was doubtless sincere. 











ἐγὼ λήψομαι. 


Ἐνταῦθα δὴ ἐν τῇ ἐξοπλισίᾳ ἀριθμὸς ἐγένετο τῶν μὲν 


Ἑλλήνων ἀσπὶς μυρία καὶ τετρακοσία, πελτασταὶ δὲ δισχίλιοι 





89 αὐτοί: see c. 6.37, and the note. 

40 ἐξήγγελλον : 1.6. to those who 
had not been called in for con- 
sultation. 

41 eloqoav: note the tense. If the 
following words, of re στρατηγοί, 
are genuine, we must assume 
that the generals severally 
sought for confirmation of the 
promise. 

42 τί σφίσιν ἔσται : for the indir. 
reflexive, cf. ol, c. 1. 36, and the 
note, Observe, also, that in the 
fut. the indic. is regularly re- 
tained in an indir. statement or 
quest. (also in an obj. clause after 
a secondary tense), although the 
fut. opt. exists only for the needs 
of indir. disc. 

44 μάχεσθαι : 7. 6. in person. 

45 ἑαυτῶν : with ὄπισθεν. The re- 
flexive is indir.; yet ἑαυτῶν is pre- 
ferred to σφῶν, which is rarely 
used. According to Plutarch, 
Artox. 8, Cyrus’ answer was, 
τί λέγεις, ὦ Κλέαρχε; σὺ κελεύεις pe 


τὸν βασιλείας ὀρεγόμενον (reaching 
out for) ἀνάξιον εἶναι βασιλείας. 

46 οἴει γάρ, why, do you suppose? 
To the veteran Clearchus the 
mere fact that they have come 
so far without opposition is proof 
that the king will not dare to 
fight. 

47 νὴ Ai’: for the acc. in an oath, 
cf. μὰ τοὺς θεούς, c. 4. 51. 

48 ἐμὸς δὲ ἀδελφός, and a brother 
of mine. 

ἀμαχεί : emphatic. 

ταῦτα: .6. the realm, described 
in § 6, perhaps said with a ges- 
ture. 

50 ἐξοπλισίᾳ, muster under arms, 
almost = ἐξετάσει. 

ἀριθμὸς ἐγένετο, a numbering was 
made (the pass. of ἀριθμὸν ποιεῖν, 
c. 2. 57). 

51 ἀσπίς: i.e. ὁπλῖται. It was as 
easy for the Greek to use ἀσπίς 
in this collective sense, as, 6. 9.» 
ἵππος. So,in Eng., we speak of 
so many horse. The totals here 











Δ Anabasis 





καὶ πεντακόσιοι, τῶν δὲ μετὰ Κύρου βαρβάρων δέκα μυριάδες 
καὶ ἅρματα δρεπανηφόρα ἀμφὶ τὰ εἴκοσι. τῶν δὲ πολεωίων 
ἐλέγοντο εἶναι ἑκατὸν καὶ εἴκοσι μυριάδες καὶ ἅρματα δρεπανη- 
φόρα διακόσια. ἄλλοι δὲ ἧσαν ἑξακισχίλιοι ἱππεῖς, ὧν ᾿Αρτα- 
γέρσης ἦρχεν: οὗτοι δ᾽ αὖ πρὸ αὐτοῦ βασιλέως τεταγμένοι 
ἦσαν. τοῦ δὲ βασιλέως στρατεύματος ἦσαν ἄρχοντες τέτταρες, 
τριάκοντα μυριάδων ἕκαστος, ᾽Α βροκόμας, Τισσαφέρνης, Γωβ- 
ρύας, ᾿Αρβάκης. τούτων δὲ παρεγένοντο ἐν τῇ μάχῃ ἐνενήκοντα 
μυριάδες καὶ ἅρματα δρεπανηφόρα ἑκατὸν καὶ πεντήκοντα" 


Book I, Chap. VII 73 





βασιλέα: κατὰ yap μέσον τὸν σταθμὸν τοῦτον τάφρος ἣν 
ὀρυκτὴ βαθεῖα, τὸ μὲν εὗρος ὀργυιαὶ πέντε, τὸ δὲ βάθος ὀργυιαὶ 
τρεῖς. παρετέτατο δὴ ἡ τάφρος ἄνω διὰ τοῦ πεδίου ἐπὶ δώδεκα 
παρασάγγας μέχρι τοῦ Μηδίας τείχους. [ἔνθα αἱ διώρυχες,. 
ἀπὸ τοῦ Τίγρητος ποταμοῦ ῥέουσαι" εἰσὶ δὲ τέτταρες, τὸ μὲν 
εὗρος πλεθριαῖαι, βαθεῖαι δὲ ἰσχυρῶς, καὶ πλοῖα πλεῖ ἐν αὐταῖς 
σιταγωγά: εἰσβάλλουσι δὲ εἰς τὸν Εὐφράτην, διαλείπουσι & 


ἑκάστη παρασάγγην, γέφυραι δ᾽ ἔπεισιν.) ἦν δὲ παρὰ τὸν 


Εὐφράτην πάροδος στενὴ μεταξὺ τοῦ ποταμοῦ καὶ τῆς τάφρου 


~ ᾿ “ Ν ~ a! Ψ . ἤ ᾿ , 
᾿Αβροκόμας δὲ ὑστέρησε τῆς μάχης ἡμέραις πέντε, ἐκ Φοινίκης 16 ὡς εἴκοσι ποδῶν τὸ εὗρος" ταύτην δὲ τὴν τάφρον βασιλεὺς 


ἐλαύνων. ταῦτα δὲ ἤγγελλον πρὸς Κῦρον οἱ αὐτομολήσαντες 





παρὰ μεγάλου βασιλέως πρὸ τῆς μάχης, καὶ μετὰ τὴν μάχην 


of ὕστερον ἐλήφθησαν τῶν πολεμίων ταὐτὰ ἤγγελλον. 
Ἐντεῦθεν δὲ Κῦρος ἐξελαύνει σταθμὸν ἕνα παρασάγγας 

τρεῖς συντεταγμένῳ τῷ στρατεύματι παντὶ καὶ τῷ ᾿Ἑλληνικῷ 

καὶ τῷ βαρβαρικῷ: ᾧετο γὰρ ταύτῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ μαχεῖσθαι 





given cause difficulty; see the 
Introd., § 28. 

52 δέκα μυριάδες : for the method 
of counting, regular in Greek, 
cf. c. 2. 58, and the note. 

53 ἅρματα δρεπανηφόρα : described 
in 8 10 οὗ the next chapter. 

δά ἑκατὸν ... μυριάδες, probably 
the statement is grossly ex- 
aggerated (cf. c. 4. 33, and the 
note); Xen. gives it as a mere 
rumor. Ctesias (see the In- 
trod., § 30) fixed the number 
as 400,000 (Plutarch, Artoz. 
13). 

55 ἄλλοι, besides; cf.c. 5. 27, and 
the note. 

᾿Αρταγέρσης : slain by Cyrus him- 
self, c. 8, § 24. 

56 av, on their part. 

τοῦ: with στρατεύματος, not with 
βασιλέως. 

58 ᾿Αβροκόμας: he seems to have 


been careful to keep out of 
Cyrus’ way; cf. c. 4. 31. 

61 τῆς μάχης : gen., since ὑστέρησε 
implies comparison. 

ἡμέραις : cf. c. 2. 143, and the note. 

62 ἤγγελλον . . . ἤγγελλον: the ar- 
rangement, causing the sentence 
to close with a word prominent 
at the opening (palindromic 
chiasm), throws great stress on 
ἤγγελλον (cf. 1, 10, §3). Xen. is 
careful to give the source of his 
information and to assure us that 
it was subsequently corrobo- 
rated. Had he Ctesias’ counter- 
statement in mind (Rehdantz)? 

64 ταὐτά: not ταῦτα. 

66 συντεταγμένῳ τῷ στρατεύματι: 
note that the posit. is pred. 
This dat. (of accompaniment) is 
especially common in military 
writers (G. 1189; 1190; H. 774; 
B. 392, 1. 





68 μέσον : for the position, cf. c. 2. 
41, and the note. 

τάφρος. .. ὀρυκτή: 7. 6. clearly 
artificial; cf., below, ll. 77f., βα- 
σιλεὺς ποιεῖ, 

69 εὖρος ὀργνιαὶ πέντε: Plutarch 
(Artox. 7) gives less credible 
measurements (depth and width 
ten fathoms each). 

70 waperéraro: for the form, see 
G. 647; H. 448ab; B. 224 note. 

ave, inland. 

δώδεκα παρασάγγας: this agrees 
closely with Plutarch’s σταδίους 
τετρακοσίους. 

71 τοῦ Μηδίας τεῖχος : the wall is 
described in II, 4, 12, where see 
the note. It seems originally to 
have been built from river to 
river to protect Babylonia from 
northern invaders. By Xen.’s 
time the southwestern end, at 
least, must have fallen in ruins, 
so that this trench was dug to 
bar Cyrus’ advance. 

[évOa . . . ἔπεισιν]: this passage, 
which interrupts the narrative, 
is probably a note added by 
some editor or copyist. 

διώρυχες : 86. εἰσί, 

73 πλεθριαῖαι : adj, corresponding 


to the gen. of measure; cf. c. 2. 
30, and the note. 

74 εἰσβάλλουσι : cf. ἐμβάλλει, c. 2. 45. 

διαλείπουσι : for the force of δια-, 
cf. διαστάντες, c. 5. 11. With 
ἑκάστη, in apposition with the 
subj. ofa pl. vb., cf. the use of 
quisque, in Lat. 

76 πάροδος: apparently Cyrus’ 
rapid advance had prevented the 
completion of the trench; the 
opposite view—that the passage 
was left, in order that Cyrus 
might be enticed within—lacks 
all probability. Why this posi- 
tion, however, was not defended 
remains an unanswerable enig- 
ma. It would have been impos- 
sible for Cyrus to force it; and 
he had nosupplies. Artaxerxes 
and his counselors seem to have 
been thoroughly afraid—and 
with good reason, as the sequel 
showed. Plutarch, Artox. 7, 
states that the king actually 
purposed abandoning the whole 
of the western part of his em- 
pire; but was dissuaded by 
Tiribazus. 

77 ὡς, about, cf. c. 2. 18. 

ποιεῖ : render by the Eng. plpf. 











74 Anabasis 





‘ “ / 
ποιεῖ μέγας ἀντὶ ἐρύματος, ἐπειδὴ πυνθάνεται Κῦρον προσελαύ- 


td ‘ ‘\ , “Ὁ , \ μ \ 

νοντα. ταύτην δὴ τὴν πάροδον Κῦρός te καὶ ἡ στρατιὰ 
a ’ A = a 

παρῆλθε καὶ ἐγένοντο εἴσω τῆς τάφρου. ταύτῃ μὲν οὖν τῇ 
ἡμέρᾳ οὐκ ἐμαχέσατο βασιλεύς, ἀλλ᾽’ ὑποχωρούντων φανερὰ 


ἦσαν καὶ ἵππων καὶ ἀνθρώπων ἴχνη πολλά. ἐνταῦθα Kipos 
Σιλανὸν καλέσας τὸν ᾿Αμπρακιώτην μάντιν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ δαρει- 
κοὺς τρισχιλίους, ὅτι τῇ ἑνδεκάτῃ ἀπ᾽ ἐκείνης ἡμέρᾳ πρότερον 
θυόμενος εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὅτι βασιλεὺς οὐ μαχεῖται δέκα ἡμερῶν, 
Κῦρος δ᾽ εἶπεν: Οὐκ ἄρα ἔτι μαχεῖται, εἰ ἐν ταύταις οὐ 
μαχεῖται ταῖς ἡμέραις" ἐὰν δ᾽ ἀληθεύσῃς, ὑπισχνοῦμαί σοι 
δέκα τάλαντα. τοῦτο τὸ χρυσίον τότε ἀπέδωκεν, ἐπεὶ παρῆλθον 
αἱ δέκα ἡμέραι. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐπὶ τῇ τάφρῳ οὐκ ἐκώλυε βασιλεὺς τὸ 
Κύρου στράτευμα διαβαίνειν, ἔδοξε καὶ Κύρῳ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις 
ἀπεγνωκέναι τοῦ μάχεσθαι" ὥστε τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ Κῦρος ἐπορεύετο 





and cf. the note on ἐφύλαττον, c. 2 
129. 

78 péyas: the position is unusual; 
is contempt implied (Rehdantz)? 

80 παρῆλθε: agreement with the 
nearer of two subjs. The next 
vb. is pl. 

81 ἀλλ’ ὑποχωρούντων, nay, actu- 
ally in retreat. Note the order. 
It is not strange that Cyrus 
grew careless. 

82 ἦσαν. .. ἴχνη: for the agree- 
ment cf. 1. 95. 

85 θυόμενος : for the difference in 
meaning between the act. and 
the mid. of this vb., see the 
vocab. 

εἶπεν, had said. 

ἡμερῶν : gen. of the time within 
which; see G. 1136; H. 759; B. 
309. 

86 ἔτι, at all. 

el... ov μαχεῖται : for the type 
of condition, see the note on εἰ 
πιστεύσομεν, c. 3. 84. οὐ is used, 
not μή, because Cyrus is but 


echoing Silanus’ words, and οὐ 
μαχεῖται forms a single neg. idea 
(G. 1383; B. 600 note). 

87 ἐὰν δ᾽ ἀληθεύσῃς, if you shall 
prove to have spoken the truth, 

88 δέκα τάλαντα : equivalent to the 
3,000 darics mentioned above. A 
silver talent, therefore ($1,080), 
was worth 300 darics. On this 
basis the daric was worth only 
$3.60, while, by the weight of 
the gold, it should be $5.40. 
This shows that silver wus 
worth half as much again, with 
reference to gold, as it is in our 
cuinage, and practically three 
times as much as it is now in 
fact. The purchasing power of 
both metals was much greater 
than now. 

ἀπέδωκεν : note the force of the 
prep. Cyrus is paying a debt. 

89 οὐκ ἐκώλνε, made no attempt to 
prevent. 

90 ἔδοξε: personal. 

91 ἀπεγνωκέναι τοῦ μάχεσθαι, fo have 


20 ἠμελημένως μᾶλλον. 


Book I, Chap. VIII 75 





τῇ δὲ τρίτῃ ἐπί τε τοῦ ἅρματος καθή- 


A / > “Ὁ Ἶ ἢ / 3 “ »” A e “ 
μενος τὴν πορείαν ἐποιεῖτο καὶ ὀλίγους ἐν τάξει ἔχων πρὸ αὑτοῦ, 
τὸ δὲ πολὺ αὐτῷ ἀνατεταραγμένον ἐπορεύετο καὶ τῶν ὅπλων 

μ , . κι αὶ na ἦν oe , 
τοῖς στρατιώταις πολλὰ ἐπὶ ἁμαξῶν ἤγοντο καὶ ὑποζυγίων. 
VIII. Καὶ ἤδη τε ἦν ἀμφὶ ἀγορὰν πλήθουσαν καὶ πλη- 
σίον ἣν ὁ σταθμὸς ἔνθα ἔμελλε καταλύειν, ἡνίκα ἸΠατηγύας 
ἀνὴρ Πέρσης τῶν ἀμφὶ Κῦρον χρηστὸς προφαίνεται ἐλαύνων 
ἀνὰ κράτος ἱδροῦντι τῷ ἵππῳ, καὶ εὐθὺς πᾶσιν οἷς ἐνετύγχανεν 


ἐβόα καὶ βαρβαρικῶς καὶ ἑλληνικῶς ὅτι βασιλεὺς σὺν στρατεύ- 
ματι πολλῷ προσέρχεται ὡς εἰς μάχην παρεσκευασμένος. ἔνθα 





given up the idea of fighting. 
For this neg. force of ἀπο-, cf. 
ἀποψηφίσωνται, c. 4. 98; for the 
infin. with the art., see the note 
on τοῦ διαβαίνειν, c. 4. 96. The 
case is here due possibly to the 
idea of separation; Xen., Hel- 
lenica VII, 5, 7, uses the acc. 
with this vb. 

92 ἠμελημένως: an adv. formed from 
the partic. ἠμελημένος. This is 
not overcommon; but the partic., 
felt as an adj., may even be com- 
pared (6. g. ἐρρωμενέστεροι, ITI, 1, 
§ 42). The perf. partic. has an es- 
pecially strong adjectival value. 

94 τὸ δὲ πολύ : practically = οἱ δὲ 
πολλοί, For such generalized 
neuters, see the note on 7d... 
βαρβαρικόν, c. 2. 3. 

avarerapaypévov, in a state of com- 
plete disorder. 

τῶν ὅπλων: partitive gen. with 
πολλά, 

95 τοῖς στρατιώταις : dat. οἵ advan- 
tage; contrast αὐτῷ, above. 

ἤγοντο : a common custom. The 
hoplite’s shield, cuirass, and 
helmet made up a heavy weight. 
That Cyrus tolerated such laxity 
at this time shows how com- 


pletely confident he was that his 
cause was already won. Cf. 
Plutarch, Artox. 7. Note again 
the pl. vb. with neut. pl. subj. 
Cf. 1. 82, and the note on ο. 2. 38. 


CuHapTer VIII 


1 ἀμφὶ ἀγορὰν πλήθουσαν: 7.¢.,about 
the middle of the morning. 

2 σταθμός, halting-place. 

καταλύειν, to halt, i. 6. for the morn- 
ing meal (ἄριστον); ef. I, 10, 8 19. 

4 ἀνὰ κράτος, at full speed; cf. xara 
κράτος, below, § 19. Save in spe- 
cial uses ἀνά is scarcely used in 
prose, although compounds are 
very common. 

ἱδροῦντι τῷ ἵππῳ, with his horse 
bathed in sweat. The notions 
of means, manner, and accom. 
papiment are often blended in 
the dat. 

δ ἐβόα: note the tense. Xenophon’s 
description is very graphic. 

βαρβαρικῶς : 7. 6. in Persian. 

6 προσέρχεται: the retention of the 

_indic, adds greatly to the vivid- 
ness of the passage. 

ἔνϑα 5. . . ἐγένετο, then indeed 
ensued a scene of great confu- 
sion. The form, τάραχος, is 








BATTLE OF CUNAXA 


First ΡΟΞΙΤΙΟΝ OF THE Two ARMIES 


Paphlyonian cavalry. 

Greek light-armed. 

Greek hoplites. 

Cyrus and his native troops. 
Cyrus’ camp. 

Army of Artaxerxes. 
Position of Artaxerxes. 














BATTLE OF CUNAXA 


SEcOoND PosITION OF THE Two ARMIES 


The Greeks have advanced in pursuit of the Persians, 
who had fled before them. The king, whose army, save those 
facing the Greeks, had met with no opposition, proceeded 
against Cyrus’ camp and pillaged it. There he was joined 
by Tissaphernes, who with his body of horse had ridden 
through the Greek peltasts. After this the king returned 
by the same way by which he had advanced,—. e., outside of 
what had originally been the left wing of Cyrus’ army. The 
Greeks, seeing his advance, wheeled about in order to meet 
his attack. They therefore now face up-stream, the river 
being on their left, as it had before been on their right. 
Fearing that the king might attack them on the right flank, 
they were planning to fall back and bring the river in their 
rear (see the note on ὁ. 10, 41); but the king meanwhile 
shifted his position, so as to face them. 








76 Anabasis 





\ \ LU > / > Υ͂ \ 25 Md νυν 

δὴ πολὺς τάραχος ἐγένετο" αὐτίκα γὰρ ἐδόκουν οἱ “EAAnves 2 
\ , ν ἃ ᾿’ 4 > " Ὡς ν᾿ 

καὶ πάντες δὲ ἀτάκτοις σφίσιν ἐπιπεσεῖσθαι" Κῦρός τε κατα- 3 


, > \ 7 ᾿ὶ \ “ > A > Ν 
πηδήσας ἀπὸ τοῦ ἅρματος τὸν θώρακα ἐνεδύετο καὶ ἀνα βὰς 
ἐπὶ τὸν ἵππον τὰ παλτὰ εἰς τὰς χεῖρας ἔλαβε, τοῖς τε ἄλλοις 
πᾶσι παρήγγελλεν ἐξοπλίζεσθαι καὶ καθίστασθαι εἰς τὴν 


ἑαυτοῦ τάξιν ἕκαστον. ἔνθα δὴ σὺν πολλῇ σπουδῇ καθί 4 


/ Ἅ \ \ ” / ld \ Ὁ 
σταντο, Κλέαρχος μὲν τὰ δεξιὰ τοῦ κέρατος ἔχων πρὸς τῷ 
Εὐφράτῃ ποταμῷ, Πρόξενος δὲ ἐχόμενος, οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι μετὰ 
τοῦτον, Μένων δὲ [καὶ τὸ στράτευμα] τὸ εὐώνυμον κέρας ἔσχε 


τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ. τοῦ δὲ βαρβαρικοῦ ἱππεῖς μὲν Παφλαγόνες 5 


εἰς χιλίους παρὰ Κλέαρχον ἔστησαν ἐν τῷ δεξιῷ καὶ τὸ 








Book I, Chap. VIII 77 





Ἑλληνικὸν πελταστικόν, ἐν δὲ τῷ εὐωνύμῳ ᾿Αριαῖός τε ὁ Κύρου 
ὕπαρχος καὶ τὸ ἄλλο βαρβαρικόν, Kipos δὲ καὶ ἱππεῖς τούτου 
ὅσον ἑξακόσιοι <KaTa τὸ μέσον», ὡπλισμένοι θώραξι μὲν αὐτοὶ 
καὶ παραμηριδίοις καὶ κράνεσι πάντες πλὴν Κύρου" Κῦρος δὲ 
ψιλὴν ἔχων τὴν κεφαλὴν εἰς τὴν μάχην καθίστατο. οἱ δ᾽ 
ἵπποι πάντες εἶχον καὶ προμετωπίδια καὶ προστερνίδια" εἶχον 
δὲ καὶ μαχαίρας οἱ ἱππεῖς “Ελληνικάς. 
Καὶ ἤδη τε ἦν μέσον ἡμέρας καὶ οὔπω καταφανεῖς ἦσαν 

΄ / ξ / » | A 5 / > , \ [2 
οἱ πολέμιοι: ἡνίκα δὲ δείλη ἐγίγνετο, ἐφάνη κονιορτὸς ὥσπερ 
νεφέλη λευκή, χρόνῳ δὲ συχνῷ ὕστερον ὥσπερ μελανία τις ἐν 

“ rd > \ ‘dl “ ν᾽ > [4 > , A \ 
τῷ πεδίῳ ἐπὶ πολύ. ὅτε δὲ ἐγγύτερον ἐγίγνοντο, τάχα δὴ καὶ 

αλκός τις ἤστραπτε καὶ λόγχαι καὶ αἱ τάξεις καταφανεῖς 
χ ἤ 


found several times in Xen.; 
ταραχή is far commoner. 

Ἴ αὐτίκα: with ἐπιπεσεῖσθαι, but 
brought to the head of the 
clause for emphasis. 

ἐδόκουν, they thought; cf. c. 7. 4. 

8 σφίσιν: the reflexive is indirect. 

ἐπιπεσεῖσθαι : the context makes 
clear what the subj. is. For 
the form, see G. 666; H. 426; B. 
214. 

9 τοῦ ἅρματος: the art. with this 
and with the following nouns is 
possessive, 

10 τὸν ἵππον : Plutarch, Artox. 9 
(from Ctesias; see the Introd., 
§ 30), describes Cyrus’ horse as 
γενναῖον (high-bred), ἄστομον 
(hard-mouthed), and ὑβριστήν 
(fiery); cf. Alexander’s Buceph- 
alus. 

τὰ παλτά : cf. c. 5. 92. 

τοῖς τε ἄλλοις. . . ἕκαστον : for 
ἕκαστον, after a pl., see the note 
on ἑκάστοις, c. 1.25; and for the 
acc., after a dat., on λαβόντι, 
6. 2. 4. 

11 ἐξοπλίζεσϑαι: they were un- 
armed and had broken ranks. 


18 τὰ δεξιὰ τοῦ κέρατος, the extreme 
right; see the plan and the 
Introd., §30. The Greeks, as a 
body, formed the δεξιὸν κέρας of 
the whole force. With the form 
κέρατος contrast κέρως, c. 7. 6. 

14 ἐχόμενος, next to him (sc. αὐτοῦ, 
partitive gen.). 

15 [καὶ τὸ στράτευμα]: if these 
words are genuine, they must 
refer to Menon’sown force. The 
text is, however, uncertain. For 
ἔσχε we should have expected 
εἶχε, although the context may 
perhaps justify the ingressive 
form. 

16 τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ : added, because 
this was not the left of the 
whole force. 

τοῦ δὲ βαρβαρικοῦ: brought by its 
position into strong contrast 
with the preceding ᾿Ἑλληνικοῦ, 
The gen. is partitive with ἱππεῖς. 

17 εἰς, to the number of ; cf. c. 2. 15. 

mapa Κλέαρχον : acc., since ἔστησαν 
expresses motion. 

ἐν τῷ δεξιῷ : these troops were, 
therefore, between Clearchus’ 
hoplites and the river. 


Se \ 9 ς a \ ΄ δ δ ns > 
ἐγίγνοντο. Kal σαν ἵππεῖὶς MEV λευκοθώρακες ἐπί τοῦ €UW- 





18 τῷ εὐωνύμῳ: i.e., of the whole 
force. 

᾿Αριαῖος : see the Introd., § 32. 

19 καὶ ἱππεῖς τούτου, and horse- 
men of his, a body-guard of 
horsemen. 

20 ὅσον, about; see the note on 
c. 2. 15. 

«κατὰ τὸ μέσον»: these words 
are conjecturally inserted as re- 
quired by the sense. We must 
supply ἔστησαν. 

αὐτοί: contrasted with οἱ δ᾽ ἵπποι, 
below, 1. 22. 

21 πλὴν Κύρου : this has reference 
to the helmet alone, as the con- 
text shows. Cyrus was otherwise 
fully armed. 

22 ψιλήν: pred. The word is em- 
phasized by its position. Plu- 
tarch (Artox. 11) states that 
Cyrus wore the tiara—the badge 
of kingly authority. 

οἱ δ᾽ ἵπποι: δέ answers to μέν, above, 
1. 20. That cavalry horses 
should be protected by armor 
is recommended by Xen. in his 


treatise De Re Equestri XII, 8 
(cf., also, Cyrop. VI, 4,1). It 
seems not to have been a Greek 
custom. 

25 ἤδη Te Rv... καί: cf. the open- 
ing words of the chapter. 

26 δείλη, (early) afternoon. InITI, 
3, §11, the word means evening. 
When doubt might exist in the 
mind of the hearer or reader, 
the adj. πρωΐα (early) might be 
added. 

ἐγίγνετο, was getting to be. 

ἐφάνη, there appeared. Retain the 
Greek order in this graphic de- 
scription. 

27 λευκή: a cloud of dust, seen in 
the distance, seems white in the 
sunshine. 

χρόνῳ... πολύ, and, some time 
afterward, a sort of (rs) black- 
ness on the plain, extending 
over a great distance. 

28 καὶ χαλκός τις ἤστραπτε, their 
bronze (armor) too (καί) began 
to flash here and there (rs). 

30 λευκοθώρακες: probably these 








78 Anabasis 





ἢ ~ ff ᾽ > dl a Μ 
νύμου τῶν πολεμίων’ Τισσαφέρνης ἐλέγετο τούτων ἄρχειν" 
> ᾽ \ ld > , \ + a ᾿, ὃ 7 
ἐχόμενοι δὲ γερροφόροι, ἐχόμενοι δὲ ὁπλῖται σὺν ποδήρεσι 
ξυλίναις ἀσπίσιν. Αὐγύπτιοι δ᾽ οὗτοι ἐλέγοντο εἶναι" ἄλλοι δ᾽ 
ἱππεῖς, ἄλλοι τοξόται. πάντες δ᾽ οὗτοι κατὰ ἔθνη ἐν πλαισίῳ 

ἥ b tl Ψ | a > , Ν > a 
πλήρει ἀνθρώπων ἕκαστον τὸ ἔθνος ἐπορεύοντο. πρὸ δὲ αὐτῶν 
ἅρματα διαλείποντα συχνὸν ἀπ᾿ ἀλλήλων τὰ δὴ δρεπανηφόρα 

° ? \ \ / > ~ > ; ? f 
καλούμενα" εἶχον δὲ τὰ δρέπανα ἐκ τῶν ἀξόνων eis πλάγιον 
ἀποτεταμένα καὶ ὑπὸ τοῖς δίφροις εἰς γῆν βλέποντα, ὡς δια- 
/ by 
κόπτειν ὅτῳ ἐντυγχάνοιεν. ἡ δὲ γνώμη ἦν ὡς eis τὰς τάξεις 
τῶν Ελλήνων ἐλῶντα καὶ διακόψοντα. ὃ μέντοι Κῦρος εἶπεν 
ὅτε καλέσας παρεκελεύετο τοῖς “EAA τὴν κραυγὴν τῶν βαρ- 





Book I, Chap. VIII 79 





βάρων ἀνέχεσθαι, ἐψεύσθη τοῦτο" οὐ yap κραυγῇ ἀλλὰ συγῇ 
ὡς ἁνυστὸν καὶ ἡσυχῇ ἐν ἴσῳ καὶ βραδέως προσῇσαν. 
Καὶ ἐν τούτῳ Κῦρος παρελαύνων αὐτὸς σὺν Πέγρητι τῷ 


Cl ἃ Ὁ Ud 
ἑρμηνεῖ καὶ ἄλλοις τρισὶν ἢ τέτταρσι τῷ Κλεάρχῳ ἐβόα ἄγειν 
‘ ld “ val Ἁ 
τὸ στράτευμα κατὰ μέσον τὸ τῶν πολεμίων, ὅτι ἐκεῖ βασιλεὺς 
Ν bal κι.» ΝΜ “ ud a eg / ΕΝ \ 
εἴη" Kav TOUT, ἔφη, νικῶμεν, πάνθ᾽ ἡμῖν πεποίηται. ὁρῶν δὲ 
Lf / x V4 “Ὁ \ > ἤ al ΝΜ νΜ) Ὁ 
ὁ Κλέαρχος τὸ μέσον στῖφος καὶ ἀκούων Κύρου ἔξω ὄντα τοῦ 
εὐωνύμου βασιλέα---τοσοῦτον γὰρ πλήθει περιῆν βασιλεὺς ὥστε 


lal Aa a lal ‘ 
μέσον τῶν ἑαυτοῦ ἔχων τοῦ Κύρου εὐωνύμου ἔξω ἣν--- ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως 50 


ὁ Κλέαρχος οὐκ ἤθελεν ἀποσπάσαι ἀπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ τὸ δεξιὸν 
κέρας, φοβούμενος μὴ κυκλωθείη ἑκατέρωθεν, τῷ δὲ Κύρῳ ἀπε- 





cuirasses were of linen (IV, 7, 
§ 15). 

31 Τισσαφέρνης: normal asynde- 
ton. 

32 ἐχόμενοι: cf. ἐχόμενος, above, 1.14, 
and the note. 

γερροφόροι : 7.e., the Persian infan- 
try. These wicker shields and 
the wooden Egyptian shields are 
mentioned (II, 1, § 6) as found in 
great quantities on the battle- 
field next day. 

38 Αἰγύπτιοι : as Egypt was at this 
time in revolt, these may be 
assumed to be descendants of 
the Egyptians whom Cyrus 
the Great had settled in Persia 
(Xen., Cyrop. VII, 1, 45). 

$4 πάντες. . . ἐπορεύοντο, all of 
these were marching nation by 
nation (a Persian custom), each 
nation in a solid square. ἕκαστον 
τὸ ἔθνος is in apposition with οὗτοι. 

36 ἅρματα: retain the Greek order, 
and observe that ἅρματα has no 
article, while ra δὴ δρεπανηφόρα is 
purposely postponed. For the 
partic. καλούμενα, cf. c. 2. 79. 

διαλείποντα... ἀλλήλων, at con- 


siderable intervals from one 
another. See the note on δια- 
στάντες, c. 5. 11. 

37 εἶχον: for the pl., cf. c. 7. 95, and 
the note. With the description 
here given cf. Xen. Cyrop. VI, 
1, 29 and 30. 

els πλάγιον ἀποτεταμένα, extending 
out slantwise. 

38 ὡς διακόπτειν : ws for ὥστε; cf. 
c. 5. 64, and the note. 

39 ὅτῳ ἐντυγχάνοιεν: for ὅτῳ ἂν 
ἐντυγχάνωσι, after the implied 
indir. disc. See the note on c.3 
19. 

ἣ δὲ γνώμη... διακόψοντα, the 
purpose was that they should 
drive through the ranks of the 
Greeks and cut them down. 
The partics., ἐλῶντα and διακό- 
yorvra, are in the acc, abs., a 
construction unusual, save with 
impers. vbs. 

40 ὃ μέντοι. . . εἶπεν : cf. c. 7. 20. 
The antecedent is τοῦτο, below. 

41 τοῖς "EAAnot: dat. with παρεκε- 
λεύετο, the obj. of καλέσας being 


unexpressed. This is regular in 
Greek. 





/ id > ~ , ev Lad Μ) 
κρίνατο OTL αὑτῷ μέλει ὅπως καλῶς ἔχοι. 





42 τοῦτο, in this, acc. of specifica- 
tion. 

οὐ γὰρ κραυγῇ: dat. of manner. 
Cyrus’ expectation was, how- 
ever, a reasonable one and is 
corroborated by what we are 
told of the advance of the Per- 
sians at Plataea (Herod. IX, 59) 
and again at Issus and at Arbela. 
Plutarch (Arto. 7) also speaks 
of the Greek surprise at the 
orderly advance of the Persians. 

σιγῇ ὡς ἁνυστόν, as quietly as 
possible. ἁνυστόν is a poetical 
equivalent of δυνατόν. 

43 ἐν ἴσῳ, in even line; cf. ὁμαλῶς, 
1, 55. 

44 αὐτός, by himself, i. e. un- 
attended. In such cases αὐτός 
practically=évos. 

45 ἐβόα, kept crying out to. The 
vb. is construed as a vb. of com. 
manding. 

46 ὅτι... εἴη : a causal sentence, 
with the construction of indir. 
disc.; ef. c. 5. 90, and the note. 
The more vivid form of direct 
speech is at once resumed. 

47 πεποίηται; perf. for fut. perf., 


with a distinct gain in vividness; 
see G. 1264; H. 848; B. 537. ἡμῖν 
is dat. of the agent (G. 1186; H. 
769; B. 380). 

ὁρῶν, although he saw; so ἀκούων, 
below. 

48 τὸ μέσον στῖφος, the solid body 
at the centre (i. 6. the 6,000, men- 
tioned, c. 7. 55. 

Κύρου: cf. Τισσαφέρνους, c. 2.26, and 
the note. 

ὄντα : c/. c. 2. 126, and the note. 

49 πλήθει : for the case, see G. 1182; 
H. 780; B. 390. 

50 rod: with εὐωνύμου, not with 
Κύρου. The former is governed 
by ἔξω ; the latter is possessive. 

ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως, despite all this, resuming 
the concessive partics. above. 

51 οὐκ ἤθελεν, would not. A Greek 
commander kept his right flank 
(the shieldless side) protected, 
if possible. Spartan generals 
were often overcautious. 

53 ὅτι αὐτῷ μέλει, that he was tak- 
ing care. Our idiom would more 
naturally have, he would see; 
but the Greek is pres., not fut. 

ὅπως καλῶς ἔχοι, that all should be 








80 Anabasis 





“~ ~ ‘ ἢ 
Καὶ ἐν τούτῳ τῷ καιρῷ τὸ μὲν βαρβαρικὸν στράτευμα 14 


“ 4 “~ > “” / 
ὁμαλῶς προΐει, τὸ δὲ ᾿Ελληνικὸν ἔτι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ μένον συνε- 


τάττετο ἐκ τῶν ἔτι προσιόντων. 
πάνυ πρὸς αὐτῷ τῷ στρατεύματι κατεθεᾶτο ἑκατέρωσε ἀπο- 
βλέπων εἴς τε τοὺς πολεμίους καὶ τοὺς φίλους. 
ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ Ξενοφῶν ᾿Αθηναῖος, πελάσας ὡς συναν- 


ἤ by \ 
τῆσαι ἤρετο εἴ τι παραγγέλλοι. ὃ δ᾽ ἐπιστήσας εἶπε καὶ 


καὶ ὁ Κῦρος παρελαύνων οὐ 


ἰδὼν δὲ αὐτὸν 


lal \ \ Ul , 

λέγειν ἐκέλευε πᾶσιν ὅτι Kal τὰ ἱερὰ καλὰ καὶ τὰ σφάγια Kana. 
“ / In! “ Ul » ἢ \ 
ταῦτα δὲ λέγων θορύβου ἤκουσε διὰ τῶν τάξεων ἰόντος, Kai 


ἤρετο τίς ὁ θόρυβος εἴη. 


a \ = -“ ΄ , 
ὃ δὲ εἶπεν ὅτι σύνθημα παρέρχεται 





well. For the opt. in the obj. 
clause, see the note on ὡς εἴησαν, 
ec. 1. 21. Plutarch (Artoz. 8), 
after remarking that Clearchus, 
if inclined to be as cautious as 
this, ought to have remained at 
home, adds, ὃ δὲ (¢. e. KAéapxos) 
αὐτῷ μέλειν εἰπὼν ὅπως ἕξει κάλλιστα, 
τὸ πᾶν διέφθειρεν. In this view 
modern scholars have generally 
concurred. 

54 τὸ μὲν βαρβαρικὸν orparevpa: i. 6. 
the king’s army. 

55 ὁμαλῶς: cf. ἐν ἴσῳ, above, |. 43. 

συνετάττετο, was completing its 
formation. 

56 τῶν ἔτι προσιόντων : the army 
marched in column, so that the 
line was long. 

ov πάνυ πρός, at some little dis- 
tance from. 

57 κατεθεᾶτο: attentive observation 
from a point of outlook (xara-). 
59 Ξξενοφῶν ᾿Αθηναῖος : the first 
mention of Xen. in the Anaba- 
sis. For his position in the 
army, see III, 1, 88 4 ff., and the 
Introd., §4. Note the modest 
omission of the art. with ᾿Αθη- 

ναῖος. 

πελάσας ὡς συναντῆσαι, coming up 


to meet him. πελάσας is one of 
Xen.’s poetic words. ὡς stands 
here for ὥστε, as above, 1. 38. 

60 εἴ τι παραγγέλλοι, whether he 
had any commands to give. 

ἐπιστήσας, reining in (his horse). 

61 τὰ ἱερά : omens (according to 
the old interpretation) drawn 
from the appearance of the vital 
organs, while σφάγια were omens 
drawn from the movements of 
the victims. It is now held that 
ἱεεά was the general term for 
sacrifice and that σφάγια denoted 
special or propitiatory sacrifices. 
The Greek offered sacrifice 
before all important under- 
takings; if the omens at the 
first were unfavorable, he per- 
sisted in his sacrifice; see II, 2, 
§3, and the note. Observe here 
the emphatic repetition of καλά. 

62 ταῦτα... . λέγων, while saying 
this; note the tense. 

θορύβου... lévros: for the case, 
see G.1102; H. 742; B. 356. The 
partic. is not in indir. disc. (G. 
1582; 1583; H. 968; B. 661 note 
1, end). 

63 τίς... εἴη : dir. interrog., in an 
indir. ques. Just below we have 





Book I, Chap. VIII 81 





‘ wy ‘ a > ἡ ἣ / i, | "“ 
δεύτερον ἤδη. καὶ ὃς ἐθαύμασε τίς παραγγέλλει καὶ ἤρετο 


“ ” \ " θ Δ δ᾽ > / | 3 \ / 
ὅ,τι εἴη τὸ σύνθημα. ὃ δ᾽ ἀπεκρίνατο Ζεὺς σωτὴρ καὶ νίκη. 

17 ὃ δὲ Κῦρος ἀκούσας ᾿Αλλὰ δέχομαί τε, ἔφη, καὶ τοῦτο ἔστω. 
ταῦτα δ᾽ εἰπὼν εἰς τὴν αὑτοῦ χώραν ἀπήλαυνε. 


" να " ᾿ ’ , ν ’ 
Kal οὐκέτι τρία ἢ τέτταρα στάδια διειχέτην τὼ φάλαγγε 
ἀπ᾿ ἀλλήλων ἡνίκα ἐπαιάνιζόν τε οἱ “Ἕλληνες καὶ ἤρχοντο 
is ἀντίοι ἰέναι τοῖς πολεμίοις. ὡς δὲ πορευομένων ἐξεκύμαινέ τι 
a ¢ i κ᾿ ’ ” ’ rn \ ¢ 
τῆς φάλαγγος, TO ὑπολειπόμενον ἤρξατο δρόμῳ θεῖν: καὶ ἅμα 
ἐφθέγξαντο πάντες οἷον τῷ ᾿Ενυαλίῳ ἐλελίζουσι, καὶ πάντες δὲ 


ἔθεον. λέγουσι δέ τινες ὡς καὶ ταῖς ἀσπίσι πρὸς τὰ δόρατα 





ὅ,τι εἴη. Both forms are common. 
Note, also, the free use of the 
indic., instead of the opt., in this 
section. 

64 δεύτερον: the watchword was 
passed down the line and back 
again. 

ἤδη : brought into prominence by 
its postponement. 

καὶ ὅς, and he (Cyrus). The rel. 
with demonstrative force is 
found chiefly in this phrase (G. 
1023, 2; H. 655a; B. 1448). 

ἐθαύμασε : he himself should have 
been the one to give it. 

66 ἀλλὰ δέχομαι, well, 1 accept it. 

τοῦτο ἔστω, so be it. This probably 
means no more than be this the 
watchword; not as some have 
assumed, may victory be ours. 

67 χώραν : cf.c.5.101. Where was 
Cyrus’ position? 

68 τὼ φάλαγγε: for the form τώ, as 
ἃ fem.. see G. 388; H. 272a; B.144. 

69 ἐπαιάνιζον : see the Introd., § 30. 

ἤρχοντο : these augmented forms 
are always, in Attic prose, to 
be referred to ἄρχομαι, never to 
ἔρχομαι, 

70 ἀντίοι : see the note on προτέρα, 
c. 2. 142, 


πορενομένων : sc αὐτῶν: cf. προϊόντων, 
c. 2. 99, and the note. 

ἐξεκύμαινε. .. φάλαγγος, a part of 
the phalanz billowed out. The 
metaphor is graphic, but. was 
natural to the Greek; cf. ὥσπερ 
θάλαττα, c. 5, 4, and the note. 

71 τὸ ὑπολειπόμενον : the neut. is all 
the more natural, because of the 
preceding τ In general, how- 
ever, such phrases are common; 
see the note on τὸ βαρβαρικόν, 
c. 2. 3. 

δρόμῳ θεῖν, to charge at double 
quick. The use of θεῖν is almost 
limited to this phrase in most 
prose writers. In Xen. it hasa 
wider range (in IV, 8, § 28 there 
is no military connotation). The 
Greeks regularly charged the 
enemy on the run; see Herodo- 
tus’ account of Marathon (VI, 
112), 

72 olov, such a shout as, inner obj. 

᾿Ενναλίῳ : an epithet of Ares, the 
destroyer; cf. V, 2, § 14. 

ἐλελίζουσι: the vb. is formed 
directly from the cry ἐλελεῦ 
(hurrah). This is the case with 
many vbs. in -fw. 

73 λέγουσι δέ τινες : probably an- 








82 Anabasis 





ἐδούπησαν φόβον ποιοῦντες τοῖς ἵπποις. 
ἐξικνεῖσθαι ἐκκλίνουσιν οἱ βάρβαροι καὶ φεύγουσι. καὶ ἐν- 


ταῦθα δὴ ἐδίωκον μὲν κατὰ κράτος οἱ Ἕλληνες, ἐβόων δὲ 


ἀλλήλοις μὴ θεῖν δρόμῳ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τάξει ἕπεσθαι. τὰ δ᾽. 


ἅρματα ἐφέροντο τὰ μὲν δι᾽ αὐτῶν τῶν πολεμίων, τὰ δὲ καὶ 
διὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων κενὰ ἡνιόχων. οἱ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ προΐδοιεν, διίσ- 
ν . νυ \ V4 “ > ς " 
ταντο" ἔστι δ᾽ ὅστις καὶ κατελήφθη ὥσπερ ἐν ἱπποδρόμῳ 
ἐκπλαγείς - καὶ οὐδὲν μέντοι οὐδὲ τοῦτον παθεῖν ἔφασαν, οὐδ᾽ 
ἄλλος δὲ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ μάχῃ ἔπαθεν οὐδεὶς 
> / ‘ > Ν “Ὁ > , An / > / 
οὐδέν, πλὴν ἐπὶ τῷ εὐωνύμῳ τοξευθῆναί Tis ἐλέγετο. 
Κῦρος δ᾽ ὁρῶν τοὺς Ἕλληνας νικῶντας τὸ καθ᾽ αὑτοὺς καὶ 
dl ΟΝ | δϑ' " μ ᾿ wey 
διώκοντας, ἡδόμενος καὶ προσκυνούμενος ἤδη ws βασιλεὺς ὑπὸ 





other interpolated note, not by that Xen. thinks of the chariots 


πρὶν δὲ τόξευμα 19 


Xen. On this view τινες desig- 
nates other historians; others 
consider that Xen. is quoting 
statements made by certain of 
the Greeks themselves after the 
battle, which seems very un- 
likely. With the whole passage 
ef. IV, 5, 818. 

74 ἐδούπησαν isa poetic word; Xen. 
has also the noun δοῦπος, II, 2, 
§ 19. 

πρὶν 5¢. . . ἐξικνεῖσθαι, freely, be- 
fore the Greeks were within bow- 
shut of them. For the syntax 
of πρίν, see the note on c. 2. 153. 

76 κατὰ κράτος: cf. ἀνὰ κράτος, 
above, l. 4. 

ἐβόων : cf. 1. 5. 

77 θεῖν δρόμῳ: here the phrase im- 
plies breaking ranks. 

τὰ 8’ ἅρματα. .. τὰ μὲν... τὰ δέ: 
partitive apposition (6. 914; Η. 
624d; B. 319). 

78 ἐφέροντο : the vb. often denotes 
violent, uncontrollable motion; 
cf. IV,2,§3. The pl. vb. (see the 
note on c. 2. 38) is perhaps to 
be explained by the assumption 


severally, rather than collect- 
ively. 

79 κενὰ ἡνιόχων : the gen. as with 
ἔρημος, c. 3. 30. 

ἐπεὶ προΐδοιεν: see the note on 
ὁπότε βούλοιτο, c. 2. 40. 

διίσταντο, opened ranks. Note 
the prep., and cf. διαλείποντα, 
above, 1. 36. 

80 ἔστι δ᾽ ὅστις, there was one man 
who. The Greek expresses the 
indefinite idea by the rel.; Eng. 
by the antecedent. In these 
phrases the vb. is generally pres- 
ent, even in cases where the 
past would seem more logical. 
Cf. the note on ἣν otis, c. 5. 35. 
Xen. plainly refers to a single 
individual; cf. τοῦτον, below. 

καί, actually. 

81 ἐκπλαγείς, scared out of his wits. 

οὐδὲ... οὐδέ, not even... nor. 

82 οὐδεὶς οὐδέν: indef. wordsassume 
neg. form in a neg. sentence; see 
the note on οὐδενί, ο, 2. 152. 

84 τὸ Kad’ αὑτούς, those opposite 
them, another collective neut. 

85 ἡδόμενος . . . προσκυνούμενος: 


f 


2 ἔχοι τοῦ Ἰ]ερσικοῦ στρατεύματος. 


3 νεσθαι τὸ στράτευμα. 


Book I, Chap. VIII 83 





~ 


τῶν ἀμφ᾽ αὐτόν, οὐδ᾽ ὡς ἐξήχθη διώκειν, ἀλλὰ συνεσπειρα 


μένην ἔχων τὴν τῶν σὺν ἑαυτῷ ἑξακοσίων ἱππέων τάξιν ἐπεμε- 
a of / ral A Ἂ wv "ἈΝ “ 
λεῖτο ὅ,τι ποιήσει βασιλεύς. καὶ γὰρ ἤδει αὐτὸν ὅτι μέσον 
καὶ πάντες δ᾽ οἱ τῶν βαρ- 
βάρων ἄρχοντες μέσον ἔχοντες τὸ αὑτῶν ἡγοῦνται, νομίζοντες 
“ SR ἢ ’ > τ} \ 2 κα ε , 
οὕτω Kal ἐν ἀσφαλεστάτῳ εἶναι, ἢν ἦ ἡ ἰσχὺς αὐτῶν ἑκατέ. 
\ »” ων" ‘al dl ) bat / » U 
ρωθεν, καὶ εἴ τι παραγγεῖλαι χρήζοιεν, ἡμίσει ἂν χρόνῳ aicba- -- 
\ \ ‘\ / / 3 lo] 
καὶ βασιλεὺς δὴ τότε μέσον ἔχων τῆς 
αὑτοῦ στρατιᾶς ὅμως ἔξω ἐγένετο τοῦ Κύρου εὐωνύμου κέρατος. 
9 ἃ 4 ᾽ ," > ie > ld > “Ὁ > [4 20." a > n 
ἐπεὶ δ᾽ οὐδεὶς αὐτῷ ἐμάχετο ἐκ τοῦ ἀντίου οὐδὲ τοῖς αὐτοῦ 
τεταγμένοις ἔμπροσθεν, ἐπέκαμπτεν ὡς εἰς κύκλωσιν. 
» Ἂ “ / ‘ bd ; U 
Ενθα δὴ Κῦρος δείσας μὴ ὄπισθεν γενόμενος κατακόψῃ 
τὸ “Ἑλληνικὸν ἐλαύνει ἀντίος" καὶ ἐμβαλὼν σὺν τοῖς ἑξακοσίοις 
ἱκᾷ τοὺς πρὸ βασιλέως τεταγμένους καὶ εἰς φυγὴν ἔτρεψε τοὺ 
ving ρ YH υγὴν ἐτρ υς 











ig / ὃ > » / 2 UN “ e a A 
ἑξακισχιλίους, Kal ἀποκτεῖναι λέγεται αὐτὸς Τῇ εαυτοὺυ χειρὶ 





both concessive. For the latter 
vb., cf. c. 6. 60. 

86 οὐδ᾽ ὥς, not even thus, resuming 
the preceding partics. For the 
use of ὥς (always accented) in 
the sense of οὕτως, see G. 138, 3; 
H.120. It survives in prose only 
after an intensive, καί or οὐδέ 
(μηδέ). 

συνεσπειραμένην ἔχων, keeping in 
close order. 

87 ἐπεμελεῖτο, waited to see, fol- 
lowed by an indir. ques. 

88 ἤδει αὐτὸν ὅτι, knew that he. 
For the prolepsis, see c. 1. 20, 
and the note. 

90 μέσον. . . αὑτῶν, holding the 
centre of their own force. 

91 οὕτω : resumes the partic., and 
is itself explained by the follow- 
ing condit. clause. 

ἢν ἦ: the condit. is general (G. 
1393, 1; H. 894; B. 609). 

92 καὶ et... xpylouev, and, should 
they wish to give any orders. 


Note the change to the ideal 
form (less vivid fut.). 

ἡμίσει... χρόνῳ: the dat. of time 
commonly has the prep. 

Gv... αἰσϑάνεσθαι : direct, ἂν... 
αἰσθάνοιτο; see the note on ἂν 
εἶναι, c. 8. 29. 

93 καὶ... δὴ τότε, and so in this 
case. 6% often introduces the 
particular instance of a general 
truth. Cf. c. 3. 65. 

95 αὐτοῦ : with ἔμπροσθεν. 

96 ὡς εἰς κύκλωσιν, as if to sur- 
round (the enemy). For this 
movement, see the second posi- 
tion on the plan. 

98 τοῖς ἑξακοσίοις : see 1. 20. 

99 τοὺς ἑξακισχιλίους : see c. 7. 55 f. 
The words are postponed to em- 
phasize the contrast—six hun- 
dred men routed six thousand. 

100 αὐτὸς... χειρί, himself with 
his own hand. αὐτός is redun- 
dant but forcible (G. 997; H. 688; 
B. 473). 





84 Anabasss Book I, Chap. IX 85 








> » ¢ κ᾿ , U > / ‘ | ~ c ΝΜ ἴω ‘ ." yy 
᾿Αρταγέρσην τὸν ἄρχοντα αὐτῶν. ὡς δ᾽ ἡ τροπὴ ἐγένετο, 25 αὐτός τε ἀπέθανε καὶ ὀκτὼ οἱ ἄριστοι τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν ἔκειντο 


> “Ὁ / « “ »“ 
3 ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ: ᾿Αρταπάτης δ᾽ ὁ πιστότατος αὐτῷ τῶν σκηπτούχων 


ὃ ἤ \ “ ῇ 6 / ’ Ἂ ὃ , ς / 
ἰασπείρονται Kai οἱ Κύρου ἑξακόσιοι εἰς TO διώκειν ὁρμήσαντες, 


᾿ , > \ , Ὺ ἴων / 
πλὴν πάνυ ὀλίγοι ἀμφ᾽ αὐτὸν κατελείφθησαν, σχεδὸν οἱ ὁμο- θεράπων λέγεται, ἐπειδὴ πεπτωκότα εἶδε Κῦρον, καταπηδήσας 





᾽ \ “ΜΝ Ψ' “ ὕ Ἂ A ἃ / “4 
29 ἀπὸ τοῦ ἵππου περιπεσεῖν αὕτῳ. καὶ οἵ μέν φασι βασιλέα 


κελεῦσαί τινα ἐπισφάξαι αὐτὸν Κύρῳ, οἱ δ᾽ ἑαυτὸν ἐπισφά- 


τράπεζοι καλούμενοι. σὺν τούτοις δὲ ὧν καθορᾷ βασιλέα καὶ : 
105 τὸ ἀμφ᾽ ἐκεῖνον στῖφος: καὶ εὐθὺς οὐκ ἠνέσχετο, ἀλλ᾽ εἰπών, 

Τὸν ἄνδρα ὁρῶ, ἵετο ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν καὶ παίει κατὰ τὸ στέρνον καὶ ξασθαι σπασάμενον τὸν ἀκινάκην: εἶχε γὰρ χρυσοῦν: καὶ 
τιτρώσκει διὰ τοῦ θώρακος, ὥς φησι Κτησίας ὁ ἰατρός, καὶ στρεπτὸν δ᾽ ἐφόρει καὶ ψέλια καὶ τἄλλα ὥσπερ οἱ ἄριστοι 
ἰᾶσθαι αὐτὸς τὸ τραῦμά φησι. Περσῶν: ἐτετίμητο γὰρ ὑπὸ Κύρου δι᾽ εὔνοιάν τε καὶ πισ- 
Παίοντα: δ᾽ αὐτὸν ἀκοντίζει τις παλτῷ ὑπὸ τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν : τότητα. 
110 βιαίως καὶ ἐνταῦθα μαχόμενοι καὶ βασιλεὺς καὶ Κῦρος καὶ οἱ ΙΧ, Κῦρος μὲν οὖν οὕτως ἐτελεύτησεν, ἀνὴρ ὧν Περσῶν τῶν 
ἀμφ᾽ αὐτοὺς ὑπὲρ ἑκατέρου, ὁπόσοι μὲν τῶν ἀμφὶ βασιλέα μετὰ Κῦρον τὸν ἀρχαῖον γενομένων βασιλικώτατός τε καὶ ἄρχειν 


ἀπέθνησκον Κτησίας λέγει: παρ᾽ ἐκείνῳ γὰρ ἦν: Κῦρος δὲ ἀξιώτατος, ὡς παρὰ πάντων ὁμολογεῖται τῶν Κύρου δοκούντων 





101 ᾿Αρταγέρσην: see Plutarch, 
Artox. 9, for an account of the 
combat between the two. 

102 εἰς τὸ διώκειν, in pursuit. 

103 πλήν: the conjunc., not the 
prep.; see the note on c. 2. 140. 

οἱ ὁμοτράπεζοι καλούμενοι, his table 
companions, so called. This 
was a title of honor among the 
Persians for the king’s most 
trusted and most devoted fol- 
lowers. They were allowed to 
dine in the same room with the 
king, or in one immediately ad- 
joining. No one might sit at 
the king’s own table. In 1,9, 31 
they are called συντράπεζοι. 

104 καθορᾷ, he caught sight of 
(properly used of one looking 
down [xara-] from a point of 
vantage). 

105 στῖφος: doubtless the king’s 
ὁμοτράπεζοι, loyally rallying to his 
defense, although the main body 
of the 6,000 had fled. 

οὐκ ἠνέσχετο, lost control of him- 
self. For the double augment, 
see G. 544; Η. 8618; B. 175 note. 


107 Κτησίας : see the Introd., § 30. 
He was for years the Persian 
court physician. Xen. men- 
tions him only here and below, 
]. 112. 

καὶ ἰᾶσθαι. . . φησι, and declares 
that he himself healed the 
wound. It is not necessary to 
assume that the rel. és has 
fallen out after éarpés. ἰᾶσθαι, if 
right, is the impf. infin. (G. 
1285, 1; H. 853a; B. 671; G. M.T. 
119). Some read, on conjecture, 
ἰάσασθαι. 

109 τις: Mithradates, in Ctesias’ 
account, 

110 μαχόμενοι : translate as if gen. 
abs. The structure of the sen- 
tence shifts, so that, instead of 
the expected vb., we have the in- 
dir. ques., ὁπόσοι ἀπέθνῃσκον. Dio- 
dorus, perhaps drawing from 
Ephorus, a historian of the 
fourth century B.c., states that 
over 15,000 fell on the side of 
Artaxerxes, and 3,000 of Cyrus’ 
barbarian troops. 

112 ἀπέθνῃσκον. . . ἀπέθανε: the 








imperf, of the multitude, the aor. 
of the individual. 

118 ἔκειντο: κεῖμαι is a passive of 
τίθημι : were laid low. 

114 ᾿Αρταπάτης : see c. 6. 61. 

116 περιπεσεῖν, to have flung him- 
self about him. 

αὐτῷ : the dat. is due to the com- 
pound vb. (G. 1179; H. 775; B. 
394); cf. Κύρῳ, below. 

117 ἑαυτὸν ἐπισφάξασθαι: the re- 
flexive is redundant with the 
mid. vb., but serves to empha- 
size the reflexive idea (cf. αὐτὸς 
. +. €avrod χειρί, 1. 100). As a 
rule, the simple mid. is used 
of actions that are normal or 
natural, the act. with the re- 
flexive of actions that are ab- 
normal. 

119 ἐφόρει, wore. φορῶ is the fre- 
quentative of φέρω. 

ὥσπερ... Περσῶν: for the dress 
und decorations of the Persian 
noble, see I, 2, § 27, and I, 5, § 8. 


CuHapTEerR IX 


This chapter is noteworthy as 
being, perhaps, the oldest bio- 


graphical sketch in literature. It 
is, of course, idealized. Xen. por- 
trays only the favorable sides of 
his hero’s character; yet modern 
historians have generally followed 
him. It is striking that Xen. in- 
terrupts his account of the battle in 
order to introduce this sketch. Cf. 
the biographical sketches in 11, 6. 


1 ἀνὴρ ὦν, a man who was. 

Περσῶν: partit. gen. with the fol- 
lowing superlatives. 

τῶν... γενομένων: note the effect 
of the third attrib. position; see 
the note on c. 5.7, and cf. Κῦρον 
τὸν ἀρχαῖον, below. 

2 Κῦρον τὸν ἀρχαῖον: Cyrus the 
Great, the founder of the Per- 
sian Empire (B.c. 560-529). Of 
his character and training Xen. 
gives an account in his Cyro- 
paedw. 

3 παρά: of the agent, like the nor- 
mal ὑπό: cf. ἐκ, c. 1.28, and II, 6, 
§ 1, in an exactly parallel phrase. 

Tov... γενέσθαι, who are reputed 
to have been intimately uc- 
quainted with Cyrus. 








Anabasis Book I, Chap. IX 87 








‘\ i \ ἴω 
ἀλλὰ συμπεσὼν κατεσπάσθη ἀπὸ τοῦ ἵππου, καὶ τὰ μὲν ἔπαθεν, 


“ ~ A | , 
ἐν πείρᾳ γενέσθαι. πρῶτον μὲν yap ἔτι παῖς ὧν ὅτ᾽ ἐπαιδεύετο 2 
4 
~ ~ » ΝΜ ,ὔἅ ἤ ͵ 
καὶ σὺν τῷ ἀδελφῷ καὶ σὺν τοῖς ἄλλοις παισί, πάντων πάντα 


ὧν καὶ τὰς ὠτειλὰς εἶχεν, τέλος δὲ κατέκανε" καὶ τὸν πρῶτον 
μέντοι βοηθήσαντα πολλοῖς μακαριστὸν ἐποίησεν. 

᾿Επεὶ δὲ κατεπέμφθη ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς σατράπης Λυδίας τε 
καὶ Φρυγίας τῆς μεγάλης καὶ Καππαδοκίας, στρατηγὸς δὲ καὶ 
πάντων ἀπεδείχθη οἷς καθήκει εἰς Καστωλοῦ πεδίον ἁθροί- 
ζεσθαι, πρῶτον μὲν ἐπέδειξεν αὑτὸν ὅτι περὶ πλείστου ποιοῖτο, 


κράτιστος ἐνομίζετο. πάντες γὰρ οἱ τῶν ἀρίστων ἹἸ]ερσῶν 3 
παῖδες ἐπὶ ταῖς βασιλέως θύραις παιδεύονται: ἔνθα πολλὴν 
μὲν σωφροσύνην καταμάθοι ἄν τις, αἰσχρὸν δ᾽ οὐδὲν οὔτ᾽ ἀκοῦσαι 
οὔτ᾽ ἰδεῖν ἔστι. θεῶνται δ᾽ οἱ παῖδες καὶ τιμωμένους ὑπὸ βασι- 4 
λέως καὶ ἀκούουσι, καὶ ἄλλους ἀτιμαζομένους - ὥστε εὐθὺς παῖδες 
ὄντες μανθάνουσιν ἄρχειν τε καὶ ἄρχεσθαι": ἔνθα ἸΚῦρος αἰδη- 5 
μονέστατος μὲν πρῶτον τῶν ἡλικιωτῶν ἐδόκει εἶναι, τοῖς τε 
πρεσβυτέροις καὶ τῶν ἑαυτοῦ ὑποδεεστέρων μᾶλλον πείθεσθαι, 
ἔπειτα δὲ φιλιππότατος καὶ τοῖς ἵπποις ἄριστα χρῆσθαι" ἔκρινον 


5 | nei, Ν A ὕ Ν , Μ) ΄"» \ > / 
δ᾽ αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν eis τὸν πόλεμον ἔργων, τοξικῆς τε Kal ἀκοντί- 


Ν \ » , 
εἴ τῷ σπείσαιτο καὶ εἴ τῳ συνθοῖτο Kal εἴ τῳ ὑπόσχοιτό τι, 
[2] \ 4 A 
8 μηδαμῶς ψεύδεσθαι. καὶ γὰρ οὖν ἐπίστευον μὲν αὐτῷ ai πόλεις 
᾽ / > “ 9 ΙΝ x Μ 4 3 4 
ἐπιτρεπόμεναι, ἐπίστευον δ᾽ οἱ ἄνδρες" Kal εἴ τις πολέμιος eye 
νετο, σπεισαμένου Κύρου ἐπίστευε μηδὲν ἂν παρὰ τὰς σπονδὰς 





it \ s 
σεως, φιλομαθέστατον εἶναι Kal μελετηρότατον. 


f ‘ \ \ / / 
ἡλικίᾳ ἔπρεπε, Kai φιλοθηρότατος ἦν καὶ πρὸς τὰ θηρία μέντοι 


φιλοκινδυνότατος. 


᾽ Ν 
καὶ ἄρκτον ποτὲ ἐπιφερομένην οὐκ ἔτρεσεν, 





4 πρῶτον μέν: continued by ἐπεὶ δέ, 
in § 6 and again in § 7. 

ἔτι παῖς ὦν, while still a boy. 

5 πάντα, in everything. The paro- 
nomasia (πάντων πάντα) seems to 
have been pleasing to the Greek 
ear; occurrences are common. 

7% θύραις: cf. c. 2. 69, and the note. 

8 σωφροσύνην: this was the prime 
virtue in the eyes of the Greek. 
We have noequivalent word. It 
may be rendered, in various con- 
nections, by temperance, modes- 
ty, self-control, or even wisdom. 
Note the stress that fulls on the 
obj. because of its position; ef. 
αἰσχρὸν 5’ οὐδέν, below. 
ἔστι: for the meaning and the 
accent, see the notes on c. 2. 43 
und ec. 5.11. We may question 
whether this statement is liter- 
ally true. 

τιμωμένους : 80. τινας, 

11 αἰδημονέστατος : note the em- 


phatic position. The word would 
naturally follow πρῶτον μέν. 

12 τοῖς τε. . . πείθεσθαι, and to be 
even (xal) more obedient to his 
elders then his inferiors (were). 
re, Standing alone, without a 
balancing word (re, καί, οὔτε, or 
μήτε), is unusual in prose. 

14 φιλιππότατος : 86. ἐδόκει εἶναι. 

χρῆσθαι, to manage; sc. ἐδόκει, 
simply. 

ἔκρινον : the indef, third pers.; so, 
very commonly φασί, they say. 

15 ἔργων : the gen. depends on the 
following adjs. (G. 1142; H. 754a; 
B. 351). 

16 ἐπεὶ, . . ἔπρεπε, freely, when 
he was of the proper age. 

18 ἄρκτον : the word is epicene (G. 
158; H. 127). 

ἐπιφερομένην : cf. ἐφέροντο, 1.78, and 
the note. 

οὐκ ἔτρεσεν : a poetic vb. in a preg- 
nant sense (did not flee from). 


ἐπεὶ δὲ TH 6 


19 συμπεσών, grappling with it 
(the bear). Cf. περιπεσεῖν, 1. 116. 

τὰ μὲν... τέλος δέ: not infre- 
quently some other word than 
τά stands with δέ, balancing τὰ 
μέν, τέλος is adv. acc. 

20 xaréxave: for this poetic vb., see 
the note on c. 6. 8. 

kal... μέντοι, and yet; 7. 6. de- 
spite the fact that help had been 
unnecessary. 

21 πολλοῖς... ἐποίησεν: see c. 7. 24, 
and the note. 

22 κατεπέμφθη: i.e. down to the 
coast. 

σατράπης, as satrap; seec. 1.15,and 
the Introd., § 24. 

23 Φρυγίας τὴς μεγάλης: 7. 6. the 
Persian province, as contrasted 
with the region in N. W. Asia 
Minor, also called Phrygia by 
the Greeks. Consult the map. 
Note again the third attributive 
position. 

στρατηγὸς δὲ kal: emphatic; cf. 
a 

24 πάντων... ols: in the parallel 
passage, just cited, we have more 
exactly πάντων ὅσοί. 


οἷς καθήκει, whose duty it is. 


25 πρῶτον μέν: balanced, loosely, 
by φανερὸς δέ in 1. 36. 

ἐπέδειξεν αὑτὸν ὅτι : for the prolepsis 
see the note on τῶν βαρβάρων, 
c. 1.90. 

περὶ πλείστου ποιοῖτο, counted it of 
the utmost importance. Cf. περὶ 
παντός, ἴῃ 1.57. In these phrases 
the old sense of epi, above, sur- 
vives. The following conditions 
are all general, and would have 
ἐάν with the subjv. in direct 
speech. Note the climax: a 
public contract, a private con- 
tract, a mere promise. 

26 τῳ: i. 6. τινι; see G. 416, 1; H. 
277; B. 148. 

συνθοῖτο : for the form, see G. 741; 
H. 445b; B. 170, 4; cf. προοῖτο 
(προΐημι) 1. 34. 

27 καὶ yap, and (this policy had 
its effect) for. 

ἐπίστενον μὲν. . . ἐπίστευον δ᾽: an 
instance of anaphora (see the 
Introd., § 39), a figure much af- 
fected in rhetorical passages. 
The Greek order may be retained, 
if we render, he won the co.- 
jidence of. 


29 μηδὲν ἂν. . . παθεῖν : direct, 





Anabasis 





παθεῖν. 


αὐτόν. 
al P ~~ er / » lal > / 999 >, \ / 
προοῖτο, ἐπεὶ ἅπαξ φίλος αὐτοῖς ἐγένετο, οὐδ᾽ εἰ ἔτι μὲν μείους 


Ld ” \ , ’ 
γένοιντο, ἔτι δὲ κάκιον πράξειαν. 
Ν  ν"ν ἈΝ ¥ ἤ > ‘ \ / 3 ; 
Davepos δ᾽ ἣν καὶ εἴ τίς τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ κακὸν ποιήσειεν AUTO, 11 
νικᾶν πειρώμενος" καὶ εὐχὴν δέ τινες αὐτοῦ ἐξέφερον ὡς εὔχοιτο 
”~ “ 4 \ = ‘ “ 
τοσοῦτον χρόνον ζῆν ἔστε νικῴη καὶ τοὺς εὖ καὶ τοὺς κακῶς ποι- 


τοιγαροῦν ἐπεὶ Τισσαφέρνει ἐπολέμησε, πᾶσαι αἱ 9 
πόλεις ἑκοῦσαι Κῦρον εἵλοντο ἀντὶ Τισσαφέρνους πλὴν Μιλη- 
σίων- οὗτοι δὲ ὅτι οὐκ ἤθελε τοὺς φεύγοντας προέσθαι ἐφοβοῦντο 
καὶ γὰρ ἔργῳ ἐπεδείκνυτο καὶ ἔλεγεν ὅτι οὐκ ἄν ποτε 10 


Book I, Chap. IX 


89 





13 ἑαυτῶν σώματα προέσθαι. 


ὅ,τι προχωροίη. 





οὐδὲν dy... πάθοιμι. The change 
of the neg. from οὐδέν to μηδέν is 
due to the vb. of belief, ἐπίστευε ; 
cf. μὴ παύσασθαι, Cc. 2. 12. 

mapa, contrary to. 

31 ἑκοῦσαι: cf. προτέρα, c. 2. 142, 
and the note. 

Μιλησίων : by metonymy for the 
less personal Μιλήτου. For the 
facts, see c. 1. 32 ff., and the In- 
trod., § 26. 

$3 kal yap ... ἔλεγεν, freely, he 
showed both by word and deed. 

24 προοῖτο: see the note on συν- 
θοῖτο, above, 1.26. The potential 
opt. with the neg. is often the 
strongest form of denial. 

ἅπαξ: often used with temporal 
and conditional particles, like 
the Eng. once. It is to be dis- 
tinguished from the indef. ποτέ, 
once upon a time. 

οὐδ᾽ εἰ... πράξειαν, no, not though 
they should become still fewer 
(in numbers) and should be in 
still greater straits. For this 
use of πράττω, see the vocab. 
The opts. are due to the condit., 
not to indir. disc. Note the an- 
aphora, ἔτι μὲν... ἔτι δέ. 

36 φανερὸς δ᾽ ἦν .. . πειρώμενος, if 
was plain, also ... that he en- 


12 οὗντας ἀλεξόμενος. καὶ yap οὖν πλεῖστοι δὴ αὐτῷ ἑνί γε ἀνδρὶ 

τῶν ἐφ᾽ ἡμῶν ἐπεθύμησαν καὶ χρήματα καὶ int Kat Ta 
, , οὐ μὲν δὴ οὐδὲ τοῦτ᾽ ἄν τις εἴποι ὡς 
τοὺς κακούργους καὶ ἀδίκους εἴα καταγελᾶν, ἀλλὰ ἀφειδέστατα 
πάντων ἐτιμωρεῖτο" πολλάκις δ᾽ ἦν ἰδεῖν παρὰ τὰς στειβομένας 
ὁδοὺς καὶ ποδῶν καὶ χειρῶν καὶ ὀφθαλμῶν στερομένους ἀνθρώ- 
mous: ὥστ᾽ ἐν τῇ Κύρου ἀρχῇ ἐγένετο καὶ Ἕλληνι καὶ βαρ- 
βάρῳ μηδὲν ἀδικοῦντι ἀδεῶς πορεύεσθαι ὅπῃ τις ἤθελεν, Poi 





deavored. Cf. the use of δῆλος, 
ο. 2. 70, and the note. Greek 
strongly prefers personal con- 
structions. 

εἴ τις . . . ποιήσειεν : a past gen- 
eral condition. This, with the 
corresponding relative and tem- 
poral constructions, is of fre- 
quent occurrence in this chapter, 
as was to be expected * om the a 
character of the subject-matter. 
The student will do well to re- 
view the matter inthe grammar 
(G. 1393, 2; 1431, 2; H. 894, 2; 
914B, 2; B. 610; 625). Note the 
ease with which ποιῶ takes two 
accs., the inner and the outer 
obj. (G. 1073; H. 725a; B. 340); 
cf. 1. 38, where the advs. εὖ and 
κακῶς supply the place of one 
acc. 

37 καὶ εὐχὴν δὲ. . . ds εὔχοιτο, und 
a prayer of his, too, men used to 
report, how he prayed. Exactly 
similar is Acts 20:35, Remember 
the words . .. how he said. 

38 τοσοῦτον χρόνον . . . ἔστε, long 
enough to. ἔστε, until, is one of 
Xen.’s poetic words. It has no 
footing in any other prose author 
of the classic period. The same 
may be said of ἄχρι (II, 3, 8 2). 


éws is the normal word, although 
μέχρι also occurs, and πρίν is 
regular after real or implied 
negatives. 

39 ἀλεξόμενος, paying like for like, 
another poetic word (see c. 3. 31, 
and the note). 

πλεῖστοι δή, by far the greatest 
number, 

αὐτῷ... ἐφ᾽ ἡμῶν, to him above 
ull other men of our time. The 
dat. follows προέσθαι, below. ἑνί 
ye ἀνδρί stands in apposition 
with αὐτῷ. It adds a superla- 
tive force; hence the partit. gen. 
τῶν ἐφ᾽ ἡμῶν. 

40 χρήματα... 
climax, 

41 προέσθαι, entrust. Contrast the 
meaning, abandon, above, 1. 34; 
yet note that both usages come 
from the same original meaning. 

οὐ μὲν δὴ. . . ὡς, not, however, 
that any one might say this, that. 
In connection with δή, μέν often 
retains its original force as a 
particle of asseveration (= μήν). 
τοῦτο, in such phrases, regularly 
looks forward; cf. c. 7. 36. 

42 κακούργους καὶ ἀδίκους : oneclass, 
hence the art. is expressed but 
once; cf. c. 7. 10, und the note. 








σώματα: note the 





καταγελᾶν : the word implies with 
impunity; ef. 11, 4, § 4. 

43 ἦν ἰδεῖν: seec. 4. 24; 5. 11, and 
cf. éyévero, below, 1. 45. 

44 ὁδούς : the Persians maintained 
a system of roads connecting the 
different satrapies, although no 
other people in antiquity built 
roads as the Romans did. The 
Greeks themselves were not 
road-builders, using their ships 
as a means of communication; 
hence Greek writers often re- 
mark upon the Persian high- 
ways. 

ποδῶν: this and the following gens. 
depend upon στερομένους. Burba- 
rous mutilations have character- 
ized oriental methods of punish- 
ment in all ages. 


46 μηδὲν ἀδικοῦντι: the neg., μηδέν, 


shows that the partic. is con- 
ditional. 


ὅπῃ τις ἤθελεν, wherever he chose. 


Note the indic. ἤθελε. With 
words indefinite in themselves 
the indic. is often found, instead 
of the subjv. (with ἄν), or the 
opt.; see G. 1432; H. 918 (ef. 
8946). Cf. ἀφικνεῖτο, c. 1. 18. 


47 ὅ,τι προχωροίη, whatsoever it 


wus tu his interest (to have). 








Anabasis Book I, Chap. IX 91 








θινῷ ἐχρήσατο. καὶ yap στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοί, οἱ χρημάτων 60 
ἕνεκα πρὸς ἐκεῖνον ἔπλευσαν, ἔγνωσαν κερδαλεώτερον εἶναι 

ι8 Κύρῳ καλῶς ὑπάρχειν ἢ τὸ κατὰ μῆνα κέρδος. ἀλλὰ μὴν εἴ 
τίς γέ τι αὐτῷ προστάξαντι καλῶς ὑπηρετήσειεν, οὐδενὲὴ πώποτε 
ἀχάριστον εἴασεν τὴν προθυμίαν. 


Τούς γε μέντοι ἀγαθοὺς εἰς πόλεμον ὡμολόγητο διαφε- 14 
ρόντως τιμᾶν. καὶ πρῶτον μὲν ἣν αὐτῷ πόλεμος πρὸς Πισίδας 
50 καὶ Μυσούς- στρατευόμενος οὖν καὶ αὐτὸς εἰς ταύτας τὰς χώρας 

, v 

ods ἑώρα ἐθελόντας κινδυνεύειν, τούτους Kal ἄρχοντας ἐποίει ἧς 

; fal »” δὲ κ᾿ ὃ ’ ν. ἡ ef + 

κατεστρέφετο χώρας, ἔπειτα OE Καὶ ἄλλοις δώροις ἐτίμα" ὥστε 15 
φαίνεσθαι τοὺς μὲν ἀγαθοὺς εὐδαιμονεστάτους, τοὺς δὲ κακοὺς 


τοιγαροῦν κράτιστοι δὴ ὑπη- 


" \ vd > 
ρέται παντὸς ἔργου Κύρῳ ἐλέχθησαν γενέσθαι. 


, > / i 
δούλους τούτων ἀξίως εἰναι. 


τοιγαροῦν πολλὴ ἣν ἀφθονία 


“ “ ‘ id “ > 
55 αὐτῷ τῶν ἐθελόντων κινδυνεύειν, ὅπου τις οἴοιτο Κῦρον αἰσθή- 


ΝΜ Ἅ wi ν » “ > ὃ ’ 
σεσθαι. εἴς γε μὴν δικαιοσύνην εἴ τις φανερὸς γένοιτο ἐπιθείκ- 16 


’ " Ν > » Ud / 
νυσθαι βουλόμενος, περὶ παντὸς ἐποιεῖτο τούτους πλουσιωτέρως 


»-" a “Ὁ Ἂ | \ Φ 
ζῆν ποιεῖν τῶν ἐκ τοῦ ἀδίκου φιλοκερδούντων. καὶ γὰρ οὖν 17 


ἄλλα τε πολλὰ δικαίως αὐτῷ διεχειρίζετο καὶ στρατεύματι ἀλη- 





48 τούς γε μέντοι... τιμᾶν: the 
emphasis due to the order is 
best retained by the Eng. peri- 
phrasis, it was, however, the 
brave that he honored especially. 
ὡμολόγητο is personal. It may 
be rendered by a subordinate 
clause, as all men acknowledged. 
Note that, when the pres. of a 
vb. denotes a state, the perf. 
(or plpf.) is merely intensive. 

διαφερόντως: an adv. formed from 
the partic. See the note on 
ἠμελημένως, c. 7. 92. 

49 πρῶτον μέν: these words go, in 
effect, with ἄρχοντας ἐποίει, below, 
]. 51, and are balanced by ἔπειτα 
δέ, 1. 52. The clause, jv... 
πόλεμος, may be made subordi- 
nate in translating. 

50 καὶ αὐτός, in his uwn person. In 
this phrase καί is regular, but 





Kipov: note the force of the proper 
name used instead of the pro- 
noun. 

56 els ye μὴν δικαιοσύνην: with 
ἐπιδείκνυσθαι (show himself con- 
spicuous in), but doubly em 
phasized by its position and by 
the parts. Note that the sentence 
closes with the words τῶν... 
φιλοκερδούντων, thus contrasting 
the opposite ideas. 

φανερός: cf. ὁ. 2. 70, and the note. 

57 περὶ παντὸς ἐποιεῖτο: cf. περὶ πλεί- 
στου ποιοῖτο, |. 20. 

τούτους: after the general τις, as 
πάντας after ὅστις, c. 1. 18, 

πλουσιωτέρως: a rare form of the 
comp. adv., G. 369; 370, 2; H. 
959 with a; B. 138. The text is, 
however, conjectural. 

58 ἴῆν: governed by ποιεῖν. 

ἐκ τοῦ ἀδίκου: cf. ἐκ τοῦ δικαίου, be- 








19 


Εἰ δέ τινα ὁρῴη δεινὸν ὄντα οἰκονόμον ἐκ τοῦ δικαίου καὶ 
κατασκευάζοντά τε ἧς ἄρχοι χώρας καὶ προσόδους ποιοῦντα 
οὐδένα ἂν πώποτε ἀφείλετο, ἀλλ᾽ ἀεὶ πλείω προσεδίδου- oad 
καὶ ἡδέως ἐπόνουν καὶ θαρραλέως ἐκτῶντο καὶ ὃ ἐπέπατο ad τις 


id Ὁ Ν) > “~ al 
ἥκιστα Κῦρον ἔκρυπτεν" ov yap φθονῶν τοῖς φανερῶς πλου- 





kal: singling out an important 
fact after ἄλλα; cf. c. 3.13, and 
the note. 

ἀληθινῷ, worthy of the name. The 
Greek army is meant, as is 
shown by what follows. 

60 ἐχρήσατο, acquired, secured. 
The aor. is ingressive; cf. the 
note on ἡγάσθη, c. 1. 45. Con- 
trast διεχείριζετο, above. 

61 ἔπλευσαν : the means of motion 
is normally expressed in Greek ; 
hence the frequent use of πλεῖν. 

ἔγνωσαν: again ingressive, αἱ- 
though second aor.; cf. ἔσχον 
and ἔστην. 

62 ὑπάρχειν, to serve. 

κατὰ μῆνα, monthly. 

63 tue: inner obj. οὗ ὑπηρετήσειεν. 

οὐδενὶ. . . προθυμίαν, in the case 
of no one did he ever allow his 
zeul to go unrewarded. 

τ a δή: cf. πλεῖστοι δή, 
. 39, 


ἐκ τοῦ δικαίου : cf. ἐκ τοῦ ἀδίκου, 1. 58. 
Trans. as an adj. with οἰκονόμον. 
67 ἧς ἄρχοι χώρας : incorporation, 
as above, 1. 52, ἧς κατεστρέφετο 
χώρας, but here the antecedent 
is attracted to the case of the 
rel. ἄρχοι follows, of course, the 

construction of ὁρῴη. 

68 οὐδένα. . . ἀφείλετο, he would 
never deprive him of it. The ἄν 
is iterative (G, 1296; H. 835a; B. 
568). Note that this gives the 
aor. the force of an impf.; with 
an impf. ἄν, in this sense, is some- 
times found, but is never neces- 
sary. For οὐδένα, after τινα, cf. 
the note on οὐδενί, above, |. 63. 
Observe that pl. vbs. follow. 
For the two accs. (χώραν being 
understood), see G. 1069; H. 
724; B. 340. Cf. ἔκρυπτεν, below, 
1. 70. 

69 ἐπέπατο: a poetic vb. used sev- 
eral times by Xen. (again in III, 


65 ἐλέχθησαν : personal in Greek, 
impersonal in Eng. Render, it 
was said that Cyrus had. Κύρῳ 
is dat. of possessor. 

66 évra: partic. in indir. disc.; so 
the two following partics. 


low, 1.66. é« gives the source, and 
so, not infrequently, the means. 
Cf. its use of the agent, c. 1. 28. 
59 δικαίως, faithfully. 
αὐτῷ : dat. of advantage, not of the 
agent. 


3,§18). For the tense, see the 
note on κέκτησθε, c. 7. 16. 

70 οὐ yap φθονῶν. . . πειρώμενος, 
for he plainly did not envy... 
but sought. Distinguish between 
φαίνεσθαι with the infin. (seem to 


may rarely be translated. 
δὶ ἑώρα: indic., as ἤθελεν, above. 
ἧς. . - χώρας: incorporation; cf. 
c. 1. 24, and the note. 
55 ὅπου. . . οἴοιτο: see the note 


on εἴ τις. .. ποιήσειεν, 1. 36. 





92 Anabasis 





τοῦσιν ἐφαίνετο, ἀλλὰ πειρώμενος χρῆσθαι τοῖς τῶν ἀποκρυπ- 
/ 
τομένων χρήμασι. 
e ‘ 
Φίλους γε μὴν ὅσους ποιήσαιτο καὶ εὔνους γνοίη ὄντας καὶ 20 
Φ “ , | 
ἱκανοὺς κρίνειε συνεργοὺς εἶναι ὅ,τι τυγχάνοι βουλόμενος κατερ- 
»Ἤ \ Ud ld \ / 
γάζεσθαι, ὁμολογεῖται πρὸς πάντων κράτιστος δὴ γενέσθαι 
a i Ψ Ἢ 
θεραπεύειν. καὶ γὰρ αὐτὸ τοῦτο οὗπερ αὑτὸς ἕνεκα φίλων 21 
» \ ἌΝ “ Ν 
ᾧετο δεῖσθαι, ὡς συνεργοὺς ἔχοι, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπειρᾶτο συνεργὸς 
al ’ ᾽ Ul “ 
τοῖς φίλοις κράτιστος εἶναι τούτου ὅτου αἰσθάνοιτο ἕκαστον 
% ral “ Ν a \ Ψ ? > ln" > U 
ἐπιθυμοῦντα. Sapa δὲ πλεῖστα μὲν οἶμαι εἷς ye ἀνὴρ ἐλαᾶμ- 22 
Bave διὰ πολλά" ταῦτα δὲ πάντων δὴ μάλεστα τοῖς φίλοις διε- 
“ \ “ A 
δίδου, πρὸς τοὺς τρόπους ἑκάστου σκοπῶν καὶ ὅτου μάλιστα 
᾿" Ὁ ’ Ὁ ’ 
ὁρῴη ἕκαστον δεόμενον. καὶ ὅσα τῷ σώματι αὐτοῦ κόσμον 23 
, ale , , a” e » rd \ \ 
πέμποι τις ἢ WS εἰς πόλεμον ἢ WS ELS καλλωπισμοὸν, καὶ περὶ 





be) and φαίνεσθαι: with the partic. παρέχειν), the writer substitutes 
(manifestly to be). the more explicit phrase, cvvep- 
73 φίλους : doubly emphasized by yds... elvack.t.d. Exactly simi- 
its position and by the following lar is III,5,§5. In Eng. the sen- 








Book I, Chap. IX 93 





τούτων λέγειν αὐτὸν ἔφασαν ὅτι τὸ μὲν ἑαυτοῦ σῶμα οὐκ ἂν 
δύναιτο τούτοις πᾶσι κοσμηθῆναι, φίλους δὲ καλῶς κεκοσμη- 
24 μένους μέγιστον κόσμον ἀνδρὶ νομίζοι. καὶ τὸ μὲν τὰ μεγάλα 
νικᾶν τοὺς φίλους εὖ ποιοῦντα οὐδὲν θαυμαστόν, ἐπειδή γε καὶ 
, ‘ 
δυνατώτερος ἦν: τὸ δὲ τῇ ἐπιμελείᾳ περιεῖναι τῶν φίλων καὶ 
τῷ προθυμεῖσθαι χαρίζεσθαι, ταῦτα ἔμοιγε μᾶλλον δοκεῖ ἀγαστὰ 
25 εἶναι. Κῦρος γὰρ ἔπεμπε βίκους οἴνου ἡμιδεεῖς πολλάκις 
ὁπότε πάνυ ἡδὺν λάβοι, λέγων ὅτι οὔπω δὴ πολλοῦ χρόνου 
τούτου ἡδίονι οἴνῳ ἐπιτύχοι: τοῦτον οὖν σοὶ ἔπεμψε καὶ 
δεῖταί σου τήμερον τοῦτον ἐκπιεῖν σὺν οἷς μάλιστα φιλεῖς. 
26 πολλάκις δὲ χῆνας ἡμιβρώτους ἔπεμπε καὶ ἄρτων ἡμίσεα καὶ 
ἄλλα τοιαῦτα, ἐπιλέγειν κελεύων τὸν φέροντα, Τούτους ἥσθη 
27 Κῦρος βούλεται οὖν καὶ σὲ τούτων γεύσασθαι. ὅπου δὲ χιλὸς 
σπάνιος πάνυ εἴη, αὐτὸς δὲ δύναιτο παρασκευάσασθαι διὰ τὸ 
πολλοὺς ἔχειν ὑπηρέτας καὶ διὰ τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν, διαπέμπων 


» / \ / » " lal 
ἐκέλευε Tous φίλους τοῖς τὰ ἑαυτῶν σώματα ἄγουσιν ἵπποις 





parts. It is the obj. οὗ θεραπεύειν, 
1. 76. 

ὅσους: the rel. is conditional; 
hence the opts. 

ὄντας: quoted after γνοίη. 

74 ἱκανοὺς... . κατεργάζεσθαι, judged 
to be adequate co-workers in 
whatever he might wish to ac 
complish. 

75 πρὸς πάντων: πρός, of the agent, 
is rare. 

1G αὐτὸ τοῦτο... ἐπιθυμοῦντα, the 
very thing, on account of which 
he thought he had need of 
friends, namely, that he might 
have co-workers, he on his own 
part (καὶ adrés) sought to bring 
about by being a most energetic 
co-worker with his friends in 
whatever he saw that each of 
them desired. αὐτὸ τοῦτο is obj. 
ace., but, instead of expressing 
the governing vb. (e.g. πράττειν or 


tence may be rendered as above 

or αὐτὸ τοῦτο οὗπερ. . . ἕνεκα may 

be rendered, for the very reason 

for which. In that case éreparo 

. . εἶναι follows naturally. οὗπερ 

is used, not the simple od, because 

of the preceding intensive, αὐτό. 

τούτου is governed by συνεργός, 
ὅτου by ἐπιθυμοῦντα. 

79 εἷς γε ἀνήρ: cf. 1. 39, ἐνέ γε ἀνδρί. 


80 πάντων δὴ μάλιστα, above all 


men. 


διεδίδου : force of the prep.? Cf. 


c. 5. 11. 


81 ὅτου: i. 6. πρὸς τοῦτο brov. The 


gen. depends on δεόμενον. 


83 as... ὡς: giving the idea of 


the sender. 


Kal... ἔφασαν, also in the case 
of these they (4. 6. people gener- 
ally) said that he was wont to 
say. λέγειν is impf. infin. Cf. 


ἰᾶσθαι, c. 8. 108, and the note. 


84 οὐκ ἂν δύναιτο : potential opt.; 
νομέζοι, opt. in indir. disc. 

86 καὶ τὸ μὲν. . . θαυμαστόν, now 
for him to outdo his friends in 
conferring great benefits was 
nothing strange. τὰ μεγάλα is 
emphasized by its separation 
from εὖ ποιοῦντα, of which it is the 
inner obj, 

89 τῷ προθυμεῖσθαι: dat. of respect, 
as the preceding ἐπιμελείᾳ. 

ταῦτα : resuming 7d ... περιεῖναι, 
which, owing to the two explan- 
atory dats., has the effect of a 
pl. dyacrés, used several times 
by Xen., is rare in Attic Greek. 

91 οὔπω ... χρόνου, not for along 
time. For the gen., see G. 1136; 
H. 759; B. 359. 

92 τούτου: the gen. follows the 
comp. ἡδίονι, 

ἐπιτύχοι : direct, ἐπέτυχον, as said 
by Cyrus. 


ἔπεμψε : the tense used by the mes- 
senger; cf. the epistolary impf. 
in Lat. With the shift from 
ἔπεμψε to δεῖται, cf. that from ἥσθη 
to βούλεται below, |. 96. 

93 σὺν ois: 1,6. σὺν τούτοις οὕς. 

95 ἐπιλέγειν, to say (in addition to 
the gift). 

96 τούτων: partit. gen. with yet 
σασθαι, Cf. ζώνης, c.6.57. Tore- 
ceive gifts from the king’s table 
was accounted a high honor. 

97 σπάνιος πάνυ: the adv. gains 
force by its postponement. Cf. 
2. 121. 

διὰ τὸ. .. ἔχειν: parallel with 
ἐπιμέλειαν. Cf. above, 1.89. The 
matter of supplies was carefully 
attended to by Persian military 
officials. 

99 ἄγουσιν : partic., in agreement 
with tos. σώματα is its obj. 
Observe that ἑαυτῶν refers to 





94 Anabasis Book I, Chap. X 95 








31 ἀποθνήσκοντος yap αὐτοῦ πάντες οἱ περὶ αὐτὸν φίλοι καὶ συν- 
τράπεζοι ἀπέθανον μαχόμενοι ὑπὲρ Κύρου πλὴν ᾿Αριαίου" οὗτος 115 
δὲ τεταγμένος ἐτύγχανεν ἐπὶ τῷ εὐωνύμῳ τοῦ ἱππικοῦ ἄρχων" 
ὡς δ᾽ ἤσθετο Κῦρον πεπτωκότα, ἔφυγεν ἔχων καὶ τὸ στράτευ 
πᾶν οὗ ἡγεῖτο. tr 


100 ἐμβάλλειν τοῦτον τὸν χιλόν, WS μὴ πεινῶντες τοὺς ἑαλυτοῦ φίλους 
ἄγωσιν. εἰ δὲ δή ποτε πορεύοιτο καὶ πλεῖστοι μέλλοιεν ὄψεσ- 2 
θαι, προσκαλῶν τοὺς φίλους ἐσπουδαιολογεῖτο, ὡς δηλοίη ods 
τιμᾷ. ὥστε ἐγὼ μέν γε ἐξ ὧν ἀκούω οὐδένα κρίνω ὑπὸ πλειόνων 
pa. Y 7 
a A ; / \ 
πεφιλῆσθαι οὔτε Ἑλλήνων οὔτε βαρβάρων. τεκμήριον δὲ 
105 τούτου καὶ τόδε. παρὰ μὲν Κύρου δούλου ὄντος οὐδεὶς ἀπῇει 5: 
πρὸς βασιλέα, πλὴν ᾿Ορόντας ἐπεχείρησε" καὶ οὗτος δὴ ὃν 
D ν οἱ εἶ ἡ αὐτὸν ηὗρε Κύρῳ φιλαίτερον ἢ ἑαυτῷ." 
ᾧετο πιστόν οἱ εἶναι ταχὺ αὑτὸν NUP ρᾳ ρ ΐ a 
mapa δὲ βασιλέως πολλοὶ πρὸς Κῦρον ἀπῆλθον, ἐπειδὴ πολέ:- h 
> , " ἡ Φ , ς , “κα > a 
pot ἀλλήλοις ἐγένοντο, καὶ οὗτοι μέντοι οἱ μάλιστα ὑπ᾽ αὐτου 
» , ’ὔ © rid ld > \ > / A 
110 ἀγαπώμενοι, νομίζοντες παρὰ Κύρῳ ὄντες ἀγαθοὶ ἀξιωτέρας ἂν 
~ a \ 
τιμῆς τυγχάνειν ἢ παρὰ βασιλεῖ. μέγα δὲ τεκμήριον καὶ τὸ ἐν 30 


X. ᾿Ενταῦθα δὴ Κύρου ἀποτέμνεται ἡ κεφαλὴ καὶ ἡ χεὶρ ἡ 
δεξιά. βασιλεὺς δὲ [καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ] διώκων εἰσπίπτει εἰς τὸ 
Κύρειον στρατόπεδον" καὶ οἱ μὲν μετὰ ᾿Αριαίου οὐκέτι ἵστανται 
ἀλλὰ φεύγουσι διὰ τοῦ αὑτῶν στρατοπέδου εἰς τὸν σταθμὸν ἔνθεν 
ὥρμηντο" τέτταρες δ᾽ ἐλέγοντο παρασάγγαι εἶναι τῆς ὁδοῦ 

2 βασιλεὺς δὲ καὶ οἱ σὺν αυτῷ τά τε ἄλλα πολλὰ δρυϑα δον 





114 συντράπεζοι: cf. ὁμοτράπεζοι, ο. 8. 


~ ~ ~ I > ἴω ͵ “ \ > \ * > \ 
τῇ τελευτῇ τοῦ βίου αὐτῷ γενόμενον OTL καὶ αὐτὸς ἣν ἀγαθὸς 
Ἁ / ? Ὁ > , ‘ \ ‘ Ν \ / 
καὶ κρίνειν ὀρθῶς ἐδύνατο τοὺς πιστοὺς καὶ εὔνους καὶ βεβαίους. 





φίλους, but ἑαυτοῦ, two lines below, 
to Cyrus. The context makes 
the reference of a reflexive clear. 

101 ὄψεσθαι : the infin. after μέλλω 
is most commonly fut., although 
the pres. also occurs and, very 
rarely, the aor. Save for this 
use, the fut. infin. is found chief- 
ly in indir. disc. 

102 ἐσπουδαιολογεῖτο = σπουδῇ διελέ- 
yero. The word is a rare one, 
occurring in Xen. alone of clas- 
sic writers (Rehd.). 

ovs τιμᾷ: more definite than ods 
τιμῴη. In rel. clauses in which 
the direct form has the indic., 
not ἄν with the subjv., the change 
to the opt. is avoided. 

104 Ἑλλήνων . . . βαρβάρων : both 
gens. go with οὐδένα. The sepa- 
ration adds emphasis. 

τεκμήριον ... τόδε: ἐστί is regu- 
larly omitted with this word. 
Note the exact use of the prons. 

105 δούλου ὄντος, slave though he 
was. See the note onc. 7. 16. 


106 οὗτος δή: contemptuous. For 
the facts, see c. 6. 18. 

107 ot: indir. reflexive, see c. 1. 36, 
and the note. It is governed by 
πιστόν. 

αὐτόν : here resuming the preced- 
ing rel. For this οὗτος is the usual 
word. It was perhaps avoided 
here, because it occurs just 
above, designating the main sub). 

φιλαίτερον : G. 352; H. 250b; cf. B. 
132, 2. The form is a rare one. 
We have μᾶλλον φίλους, c. 1. 19. 

109 ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ : i.e. the king. 

110 ἀγαπώμενοι, beluved, and there- 
fore honored. 

ὄντες : equivalent to εἰ elev. 

ἂν... . τυγχάνειν : direct, ἂν rvyxa- 
νοίμεθα. 

111 rd... . γενόμενον, that which 
happened. With τεκμήριον, ἐστί 
is again omitted. 

113 τούς : expressed but once with 
the three adje., since they desig- 
nate asingle class. Cf. φίλοι καὶ 
συντράπεζοι, ll. 114 f. 


103. 

115 πλήν: how different ‘rom πλήν, 
above, I. 106, 

116 τεταγμένος. . . εὐωνύμῳ: see the 
plan, facing p. 76. For the use 
of the partic., cf. παρὼν ἐτύγχανε, 
0.1.4. 

τοῦ ἱππικοῦ : gen. with ἄρχων. Ari- 
aeus is elsewhere spoken of as 
commanding the whole of Cy- 
rus’ barbarian force. We can 
hardly assume that all were 
mounted. . 

118 οὗ ἡγεῖτο : for the force of the 
gen., as contrasted with the dat., 
after ἡγοῦμαι, see c.4.9 and the 
note, 


CuHapter X 


1 ἐνταῦθα : the adv. resumes the 
narrative interrupted by c. 9. 
ἀποτέμνεται : according to Persian 
custom; yet to the Greeks it 
seemed wanton barbarity. Cf. 

ITT, 1, §17. 

2 [kal of civ αὐτῷ] : these words 
may be an interpolation. If gen- 
uine, they are to be regarded as 
parenthetic, since both vb. and 


partic. are in the sing., agreeing 
with βασιλεύς. 

3 Kipeov: equivalent to Κύρου, The 
use of the adj. instead:of the 
gen. is common in poetry, but, in 
the case of proper names, is very 
rare in prose. It occurs also 
in English poets (Tennyson, A 
Niobean Daughter). 

οἱ μὲν μετὰ ᾿Αριαίου: in the Greek 
of Xen.’s day such a phrase in- 
cluded the individual (Ariaeus 
and his men); later it became a 
somewhat pompous phrase for 
the individual alone. Above, |. 2, 
and below, |. 6, we have βασιλεὺς 
δὲ καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ, where the indi- 
vidual is brought into greater 
prominence, 
ἔνθεν ὥρμηντο : i. 6. on that morn- 
ing. Some temporal adv. may 
have fallen out. 

τῆς 6503: for the case, see the 
note on στρατιᾶς, c. 4, 34. The 
clause affords a good instance of 
the Greek fondness for personal 
constructions. 

διαρπάζουσι. . . λαμβάνει : the 
former vb. expresses an act of 
the whole force, the latter an act 





90 Anabasis 





καὶ τὴν Φωκαΐδα τὴν Κύρου παλλακίδα τὴν σοφὴν καὶ καλὴν 


λεγομένην εἶναι λαμβάνει. ἡ δὲ Μιλησία ληφθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῶν 3 


ἀμφὶ βασιλέα ἐκφεύγει γυμνὴ πρὸς τῶν Ἑλλήνων, οἱ ἔτυχον 
ἐν τοῖς σκευοφόροις ὅπλα ἔχοντες καὶ ἀντιταχθέντες πολλοὺς 
μὲν τῶν ἁρπαζόντων ἀπέκτειναν, οἱ δὲ καὶ αὐτῶν ἀπέθανον" 
οὐ μὴν ἔφυγόν γε, ἀλλὰ καὶ ταύτην ἔσωσαν καὶ τἄλλα ὁπόσα 
ἐντὸς αὐτῶν καὶ χρήματα καὶ ἄνθρωποι ἐγένοντο πάντα ἔσωσαν. 


ἐνταῦθα διέσχον ἀλλήλων βασιλεύς τε καὶ οἱ “λληνες ὡς τριά- 4 


, Ἁ \ ὃ , \ θ᾽ e \ “A δ᾽ ε ’ 
κοντα στάδια, OF μὲν διώκοντες τοὺς KAY αὑτοὺς, Ob αρπα- 


ζοντες ὡς ἤδη πάντα νικῶντες. 
Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἤσθοντο οἱ μὲν Ἕλληνες ὅτι βασιλεὺς σὺν τῷ 8 

; > “ , ν \ δ᾽ 9 ν 
στρατεύματι ἐν τοῖς σκευοφόροις εἴη, βασιλεὺς ὃ᾽ αὖ ἤκουσε 
a ΄ > \ 
Τισσαφέρνους ὅτι of “Ἕλληνες νικῷεν τὸ καθ᾽ αὑτοὺς καὶ εἰς τὸ 





of the king’s, i.e. one done at 
his bidding; hence the change 
of number. 

τά τε ἄλλα . .. kal: a common 
phrase, throwing strong empha- 
sis on the second member. Simi- 
larly ἄλλως re καί means, espe- 
cially. See c. 8. 12, and the note. 
τὴν Φωκαΐδα : alluded to as one 
well known. She is said to have 
been called Milto, from her rosy 
cheeks (ἡ μίλτος τεγεα ochre), but 
Cyrus called her Aspasia, after 
the famous consort of Pericles 
(Plut. Artow. 26; Pericles 24; 
Aclian, Varia Historia XII, 1). 

σοφήν: not witty; Aelian speaks 
of her intelligence (σύνεσις) and 
states that Cyrus often turned 
to her for counsel. 

9 γυμνή: 7. 6. without her outer 
garment, which was doubtless 
torn from her in her struggles 
to free herself. 

πρὸς τῶν Ἑλλήνων, towards the 
Greeks (cf. II, 2, § 4). Others 
regard the gen. as partitive and 


supply τούτους or τινας; but such 
omission could scarcely be paral- 
leled. 

11 οἱ δὲ καὶ αὐτῶν : this balances 
πολλοὺς μέν, with a shift of con- 
struction. 

12 οὐ μὴν ἔφυγόν ye: spoken with 
the pride of a Greek. μήν should 
always be felt as a particle of 
asseveration. 

ταύτην : i.e. τὴν Μιλησίαν, 

ὁπόσα: the antecedent is πάντα, 
postponed for ewphasis. 

13 ἐγένοντο: the pl. is here due to 
the vicinity of ἄνθρωποι. 

ἔσωσαν: repeated to emphasize the 
achievement of this handful of 
Greeks. See also the note on 
ἤγγελλον, c. 7. 62. 

14 διέσχον: cf. διειχέτην, ὁ. 8, 68. 

15 οἱ μὲν διώκοντες : ἱ. 6. the Greeks. 
The order is, therefore, chiastic. 

18 αὖ, on his part. 

19 Τισσαφέρνους : for the case, see 
c. 2.26. Here the 4r:-clause sup- 
plies the place of the acc. 

νικῷεν. . . οἴχονται : the shift of 








Book I, Chap. X 


97 





! ¥ , 
πρῦσθεν οἴχονται διώκοντες, ἔνθα δὴ βασιλεὺς μὲν ἁθροίζει τε 20 
‘ ¢ “ 
τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ Kal συντάττεται, ὁ δὲ Κλέαρχος ἐβουλεύετο Πρό- 
ἤ /. 
ἕενον καλέσας, πλησιαίτατος yap ἦν, εἰ πέμποιέν τινας ἢ 


Ν) > ‘ 
6 πάντες ἴοιεν ἐπὶ TO στρατόπεδον ἀρήξοντες. 


ἐν τούτῳ καὶ 


βασιλεὺς δῆλος ἦν προσιὼν πάλιν ὡς ἐδόκει ὄπισθεν. καὶ οἱ 
μὲν “EdAnves στραφέντες παρεσκευάζοντο ὡς ταύτῃ προσιόντος 
καὶ δεξόμενοι, ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ταύτῃ μὲν οὐκ ἀνῆγον ἡ δὲ 
παρῆλθεν ἔξω τοῦ εὐωνύμου κέρατος ταύτῃ καὶ ἀπῆγεν, ere 
λαβὼν καὶ τοὺς ἐν TH μάχῃ πρὸς τοὺς “ἕλληνας αὐτομολή- 
7 σαντας καὶ Τισσαφέρνην καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷς ὁ γὰρ Τισσα- 
φέρνης ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ συνόδῳ οὐκ ἔφυγεν, ἀλλὰ διήλασε παρὰ 
τὸν ποταμὸν κατὰ τοὺς “ἕλληνας πελταστάς: διελαύνων δὲ 
κατέκανε μὲν οὐδένα, διαστάντες δ᾽ οἱ “Ἕλληνες ἔπαιον καὶ 





mood is virtually a change from 
indirect to the more vivid direct 
speech. Thisisvery common. To 
begin with the indic. and later to 
change to the opt. is much less so. 

21 ὁ δὲ Κλέαρχος : theorderis again 
chiastic— Greeks, king, king, 
Clearchus. 

22 πλησιαίτατος : for the form, cf. 
Φιλ. ίτερον, c. 9. 107, 

εἰ... ἤ: an alternative indir. 
ques. (G. 1606; H. 1017; B. 579). 
The vbs. in direc. ques. would 
have been subjvs. (G. 1358; 1490; 
H. 866, 3; 932, 2; B. 577; 581). 

23 ἀρήξοντες ; a poetic vb. 

ἐν τούτῳ: is the asyndeton felt? 

24 δῆλος ἦν προσιών: cf. c. 2.70, and 
the note. The king’s force is 
meant. He himself had been 
wounded, and cannot have led 
them. 

25 στραφέντες : wheeling; not sim- 
ply “about face,” but by a coun- 
termarch, so that the companies 
had the same men as before in 
their front ranks. The Greeks 


now face up-stream; see the 
plan facing p. 76. 

os: both with προσιόντος (gen. abs.; 
sc. αὐτοῦ) in the expectation that 
and with δεξόμενοι, with the ine 
tention of. 

27 παρῆλθεν : plpf.in Eng. For the 
fact, see c. 8. 96. 

εὐωνύμου : referring to the original 
position of the Greeks. See the 
plan. 

ταύτῃ : this postponement of the 
antecedent, very common in 
Greek, is rare in Eng. 

kal... καὶ... καί: the first two 
only are co-ordinate. 

28 αὐτομολήσαντας: many had 
doubtless deserted, thinking that 
Cyrus was victor. Cf. II, 1, 86. 

29 6 yap T., for, you remember, 
Tiss.—resuming the narrative of 
ο,. 5. 

80 δι-, παρά, κατά : note the prepo- 
sitions. Where were the Greek 
peltasts stationed ? 

32 κατέκανε: see c. 6. 8, and the note. 

διαστάντες, opening their ranks. 








Anabasis 





ἠκόντιζον αὐτούς: ᾿Επισθένης δὲ ᾿Αμφιπολίτης ἦρχε TOV πελ- 
ταστῶν καὶ ἐλέγετο φρόνιμος γενέσθαι. 


Ὁ δ᾽ οὖν Τισσαφέρνης ὡς μεῖον ἔχων ἀπηλλάγη, πάλιν μὲν 5 
ρ x μ 


οὐκ ἀναστρέφει, εἰς δὲ τὸ στρατόπεδον ἀφικόμενος τὸ τῶν ᾿ Ἑλλή- 
» “ “ ld 
νων ἐκεῖ συντυγχάνει βασιλεῖ, καὶ ὁμοῦ δὴ πάλιν συνταξάμενοι 


> , ’ ν 99 4 \ \ » “κ᾿ ἢ ’ 
ἐπορεύοντο. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἦσαν κατὰ τὸ εὐώνυμον τῶν ᾿ Ελλήνων κέρας, 9 


ν ον 4 ’ ‘ ‘ / \ , 
ἔδεισαν of Ἕλληνες μὴ προσάγοιεν πρὸς TO κέρας καὶ περιπτύ- 

> ἤ > \ ’ Ν > / > A 
ἕαντες ἀμφοτέρωθεν αὐτοὺς κατακόψειαν: καὶ ἐδόκει αὐτοῖς 
ἀναπτύσσειν τὸ κέρας καὶ ποιήσασθαι ὄπισθεν τὸν ποταμόν. 

» , \ \ \ Ud 
ἐν ᾧ δὲ ταῦτα ἐβουλεύοντο, καὶ δὴ βασιλεὺς παραμειψάμενος 
εἰς τὸ αὐτὸ σχῆμα κατέστησεν ἀντίαν τὴν φάλαγγα ὥσπερ τὸ 
~ ᾽ ὔ Ly Ἁ ῳ wl il > ’ 

πρῶτον μαχούμενος συνήει. ὡς δὲ εἶδον οἱ “Ελληνες ἐγγύς τε 
ὄντας καὶ παρατεταγμένους, αὖθις παιανίσαντες ἐπῇσαν πολὺ 
προθυμότερον ἢ πρόσθεν. οἱ δ᾽ αὖ βάρβαροι οὐκ ἐδέχοντο, ἀλλὰ 





33 ᾿Αμφιπολίτηϑ : where was Am- 
phipoiis? 

34 γενέσθαι, to have shown him- 
self. 

35 ὡς... ἀπηλλάγη, having come 
off with the worst of it. For the 
phrase μεῖον ἔχων, cf. ILI, 2, 8 17; 
III, 4,918. ἀπαλλάττομαι gener- 
ally implies being well rid of a 
thing. 

πάλιν. .. ἀναστρέφει : he dared 
not charge the Greeks again. 
Note the emphatic position of 
οὐκ. 

37 ὁμοῦ δή : sarcastic. 

88 τὸ εὐώνυμον: see the note on 6. 2. 
88. 

39 ἔδεισαν : ingressive aor. 

mpordyouv . . . κατακόψειαν : see 
the references cited in the note 
on μὴ ἐπιθῇ, ο. 3.50. περιπτύσσω is 
ἃ poetic vb. So, too, ἀναπτύσσω, 
below. 

41 ἀναπτύσσειν: what the proposed 
manoeuvre was cannot be deter- 
mined with certainty. The most 


plausible view is that the Greeks, 
menaced with an attack upon 
their right flank, purposed to 
wheel so that their line should 
be parallel to the river instead 
of at right angles to it. The vb. 
ἀναπτύσσειν (fold back) admits of 
this view, and the phrase ποιή- 
σασθαι ὄπιθεν τὸν ποταμόν distinct- 
ly favors it. Others, understand- 
ing the vb. to mean fold out, 
unfold, assume an extension of 
the wing; and still othersimagine 
that the wing alone wheeled, 
not the whole line, so that the 
Greek front presented the ap- 
pearance of two sides of a hollow 
square. The following phrase 
ἐν ᾧ ... ἐβουλεύοντο has led 
many to the belief that the pro- 
jected manoeuvre was not car- 
ried out. 

45 ὄντας. . . παρατεταγμένους : par- 
tics. in indir. disc. 

46 ἐδέχοντο : note the tence: they 
could not bring themselves to. 


Book 1, 


Chap. X 99 





9 ry ‘ 4 
ἐκ πλέονος ἢ τὸ πρόσθεν ἔφευγον" οἱ δ᾽ ἐπεδίωκον μέχρι κώμης 


12 τινός" ἐνταῦθα δ᾽ ἔστησαν οἱ 


Ἕλληνες: ὑπὲρ γὰρ τῆς κώμης 


»" = r A =| " 

γήλοφος ἣν, ἐφ᾽ οὗ ἀνεστράφησαν of audi βασιλέα, πεζοὶ μὲν 
b , a“ ᾿ = a 4 / 

οὐκέτι, τῶν δὲ ἱππέων ὁ λόφος ἐνεπλήσθη, ὥστε Td ποιούμενον 
\ lA \ Ἃ » 

μὴ γιγνώσκειν. καὶ τὸ βασίλειον σημεῖον ὁρᾶν ἔφασαν αἰετόν 


« Me 4 
ι3 τινα χρυσοῦν ἐπὶ πέλτῃ ἀνατεταμένον. 


ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ ἐνταῦθ᾽ 


ἐχώρουν οἱ “Ἕλληνες, λείπουσι δὴ καὶ τὸν λόφον οἱ ἱππεῖς- οὐ 
μὴν ἔτι ἁθρόοι ἀλλ᾽ ἄλλοι ἄλλοθεν: ἐψιλοῦτο δ᾽ ὁ λόφος τῶν 
14 ἱππέων: τέλος δὲ καὶ πάντες ἀπεχώρησαν. ὁ οὖν Κλέαρχος 
οὐκ ἀνεβίβαζεν ἐπὶ τὸν λόφον, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπ᾽ αὐτὸν στήσας τὸ στρά- 





47 ἐκ πλέονος, when at a greater 
distance. 

κώμης τινός : perhaps Cunaxa; see 
Plut. Artoz. 8. 

49 ἀνεστράφησαν, rallied ; note the 
prep. 

οἱ ἀμφὶ βασιλέα : according to Dio- 
dorus (XIV, 23), Tissaphernes 
was their leader. 

50 τῶν δ᾽ ἱππέων : a slight shift of 
construction, permissible also in 
Eng. 

ὥστε... γιγνώσκειν : see the note 
on 90.1.19. Tendency may include 
result, and when ὥστε takes the 
infin. there is no indication that 
the result does not follow. When 
used with the indic., however, 
there is positive indication that 
it does. 

τὸ ποιούμενον, what was going on. 
As a rule, γίγνεσθαι supplies the 
pass. to ποιῶ, ποιεῖσθαι being used 
strictly of what is put into poetry. 

51 ἔφασαν : does this indicate that 
Xen. was not with the main 
body? Cf. II, 1,8 14. 

52 τινα, a sort of. Cf. μελανία τις, 
c.8.27. The Persian standard is 

again described by Xen. in 
Cyrop. VII, 1, 4, as ἀετὸς χρυσοῦς 


ἐπὶ δόρατος μακροῦ dvarerapévos. 
From this it would appear that 
πέλτῃ here means, not a target, 
but a lance; and inthe Greek 
lexicographers it is glossed by 
δόρυ, ἀκόντιον, and λόγχη. But 
these may be mere guesses from 
this passage. (Does él πελτῃ 
mean against a background in 
the shape of a shield? [Smith].) 
A bas-relief, representing such 
a standard, has been found at 
Kuyunjik, the ancie..t Nineveh. 
See, further, Curtius, ITI, 3, 16. 

dvarerapévov: Curtius has pinnas 
extendenti. 

ἐνταῦθ᾽ : loosely used of the limit, 
as there in Eng. 

53 δή : contemptuous again. 

54 ἄλλοι ἄλλοθεν: the Greek, as 
often, expresses the “whence” 
idea. In Eng. we prefer to state 
the direction. For the phrase, 
see the note on ἄλλοι ἄλλως, c. 6, 64, 

ἐψιλοῦτο: the tense paints the 
progress of the action; contrast 
ἀπεχώρησαν, below. 

56 dveBiBafev: apparently intrans., 
but the obj. supplies itself. 

ὑπ᾽ αὐτόν, at its foot. στήσας and 
ords must be distinguished. 





Anabasis Book I, Chap. X 101 








τευμα πέμπει Λύκιον τὸν Συρακόσιον καὶ ἄλλον ἐπὶ τὸν λόφον 
καὶ κελεύει κατιδόντας τὰ ὑπὲρ τοῦ λόφου τί ἐστιν ἀπαγγεῖλαι. 
καὶ ὁ Λύκιος ἤλασέ τε καὶ ἰδὼν ἀπαγγέλλει ὅτι φεύγουσιν ἀνὰ 
κράτος. σχεδὸν δ᾽ ὅτε ταῦτα ἣν καὶ ἥλιος ἐδύετο. 

Ἐνταῦθα δ᾽ ἔστησαν οἱ Ἕλληνες καὶ θέμενοι τὰ ὅπλα ave- 
παύοντο- καὶ ἅμα μὲν ἐθαύμαζον ὅτι οὐδαμοῦ Κῦρος φαίνοιτο 
οὐδ᾽ ἄλλος ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ οὐδεὶς παρήει" οὐ γὰρ ἤδεσαν αὐτὸν τεθνη- 
κότα, ἀλλ᾽ ἤκαζον ἢ διώκοντα οἴχεσθαι ἢ καταληψόμενόν τι 


λαμβάνουσι δὲ τῶν τε ἄλλων χρημάτων τὰ πλεῖστα διηρπασ- 
μένα καὶ εἴ τι σιτίον ἢ ποτὸν ἦν, καὶ τὰς ἁμάξας μεστὰς ἀλεύρων 
καὶ οἴνου, ἃς παρεσκευάσατο Κῦρος, ἵνα εἴ ποτε σφόδρα τὸ στρά- 
τευμα λάβοι ἔνδεια, διαδιδοίη τοῖς “Ελλησιν --ἦσαν δ᾽ αὗται 
τετρακόσιαι ὡς ἐλέγοντο ἅμαξαι--- καὶ ταύτας τότε οἱ σὺν βασι- 
19 λεῖ διήρπασαν. ὥστε ἄδειπνοι ἦσαν οἱ πλεῖστοι τῶν ᾿ Ελλήνων" 


ΓῚ δὲ ν "» U . \ Ἂ ὃ) » \ 7] 
ησαν ε Kal αναρίστοι πριν yap q) καταλυσαι TO στρατευμα 


προεληλακέναι" καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐβουλεύοντο εἰ αὐτοῦ μείναντες τὰ 
σκευοφόρα ἐνταῦθα ἄγοιντο ἢ ἀπίοιεν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. ἔδο- 
» “ > / \ > Ὁ > ὶ ὃ ‘ > i Ν 
Eev αὐτοῖς ἀπιέναι" καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται ἀμφὶ δορπηστον ἐπὶ τὰς 
σκηνάς. ταύτης μὲν τῆς ἡμέρας τοῦτο τὸ τέλος ἐγένετο. κατα- 





58 κατιδόντας : καθορᾶν is regularly 
used of a scout or lookout. He 
looks down from some point of 
vantage. ΟἿ. ο. 8. 104. 

ὑπέρ, beyond. 

τί ἐστιν: τί sums up the preceding 
τά; it refers to the whole, as τά 
to the details. The clause is 
best construed with κατιδόντας 
(prolepsis). 

59 ἀνὰ κράτος : see c. 8.4, and the 
note. 

60 σχεδὸν . . .- ἦν, freely, about 
this time. καὶ marks the two 
events as parallel. 

ἥλιος : with such words the art. is 
generally omitted. 

61 θέμενοι τὰ ὅπλα : 566 ὁ. ὃ. 88 and 
the note. 

62 φαίνοιτο : opt. in a causal sen- 
tence; cf. c. 5. 90. With the 
whole ef. IT, 1, § 2. 

63 τεθνηκότα : indir. disc. In the 
perf. and plpf. the simple vb. 
is common. 

64 ἤκαζον. . . προεληλακέναι, they 
fancied that they had either 
gone off in pursuit or had 


pushed forward to seize some 
position. οἴχομαι has, as usual, 
the force of a perf. 

65 et... Re of. 1. 22. 

αὐτοῦ, where they were. 

66 ἔδοξεν : the asyndeton is strik- 
ing here. Cf. its normal use, 
e.g. c. 3. 102. 

67 ἀμφὶ δορπηστόν, about supper 
time. The phrase is probably 
an old one. δεῖπνον was the At 
tic word for the evening meal— 
the chief meal of the day. (δόρ- 
πον is common in Homer, and 
doprnorésoccursonce in Aristoph- 
anes Wasps 103). In Greece, 
as in Europe to-day, there were 
but two regular meals daily — 
the ἄριστον (déjeuner ἃ la four- 
chette), taken a little before 
noon, and the δεῖπνον. A barley 
cake, dipped in unmixed wine, 
was eaten on rising, and sup- 
plied the place of the modern 
café. On this subject, see Gulick, 
Life of the Ancient Greeks 141- 
52. 

68 ταύτης μέν : μέν concludes the 





πρὸς ἄριστον βασιλεὺς ἐφάνη. 
διεγένοντο. 


"αἱ \ Ψ ΄ 
ταύτην μὲν οὖν τὴν νύκτα οὕτω 





episode, as so often. Cf. μὲν δή, 
c. 1. 16, and μὲν οὖν, below, 1. 76. 

70m... ἦν, whatever there 
was to eat or drink. Cf. c. 5. 
4f., with the note. σιτίον is 
much rarer than σῖτος. 

τὰς ἁμάξας : obj. of διήρπασαν, |. 74, 
After the parenthesis it is re- 
sumed by καὶ ταύτας. 

μεστάς, which had been full of; 
but the ellipsis of οὔσας, the impf. 
partic. (G. 1289; H. 856a; B. 542, 
1), is hardly felt. 

13 ὡς ἐλέγοντο : a striking instance 
of.the pers. construction. 


74 ἦσαν. . . ἀνάριστοι : an em- 
phatic clause. The chiasm 
heightens the effect. 

15 καταλῦσαι : cf. c. 8. 2. 

17 διεγένοντο: cf. c. 5. 34, and 
the note. μέν in this clause is 
balanced by d¢inII,1,§2. The 
originally connected narrative 
is interrupted by the later 
division into books and the 
introductory paragraph pre- 
fixed to Book II; see the next 
note. The part of the work 
properly called the Anabasis 
ends here. 





BOOK II 


Ι. [Ὡς μὲν οὖν ἠθροίσθη Κύρῳ τὸ Ἑλληνικὸν ὅτε ἐπὶ Ι 
τὸν ἀδελφὸν ᾿Αρταξέρξην ἐστρατεύετο, καὶ ὅσα ἐν τῇ ἀνόδῳ 
ἐπράχθη καὶ ὡς ἡ μάχη ἐγένετο καὶ ὡς Κῦρος ἐτελεύτησε καὶ 
ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον ἐλθόντες οἱ Ἕλληνες ἐκοιμήθησαν 
οἰόμενοι τὰ πάντα νικᾶν καὶ Κῦρον ζῆν, ἐν τῷ πρόσθεν λόγῳ 
δεδήλωται.) ἅμα δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ συνελθόντες οἱ στρατηγοὶ ἐθαύ-. 
μαξον ὅτι Κῦρος οὔτε ἄλλον πέμπει σημανοῦντα ὅ,τι χρὴ ποιεῖν 


a 


οὔτε αὐτὸς φαίνοιτο. ἔδοξεν οὖν αὐτοῖς συσκευασαμένοις ἃ 
εἶχον καὶ ἐξοπλισαμένοις προϊέναι εἰς τὸ πρόσθεν ἕως Κύρῳ 
συμμείξειαν. ἤδη δὲ ἐν ὁρμῇ ὄντων ἅμα ἡλίῳ ἀνέχοντι ἦλθε 
Προκλῆς ὁ Τευθρανίας ἄρχων, γεγονὼς ἀπὸ Δαμαράτου τοῦ 





Book II, Chap. I 103 





“~ € » 

Λάκωνος, καὶ Τλοῦς 6 Tayo. οὗτοι ἔλεγον ὅτι Κῦρος μὲν 

a“ \ “ὦ ~ »-" 

τέθνηκεν, ᾿Αριαῖος δὲ πεφευγὼς ἐν τῷ σταθμῷ εἴη μετὰ τῶν 
/ “ 

ἄλλων βαρβάρων ὅθεν τῇ προτεραίᾳ ὥρμηντο, καὶ λέγει ὅτι 

ταύτην μὲν τὴν ἡμέραν περιμένοιεν αὐτούς, εἰ μέλλοιεν ἥκειν, 


\ ΝΜ 


477 δὲ ἄλλῃ ἀπιέναι φαίη ἐπὶ ᾿Ιωνίας, ὅθενπερ ἦλθε. ταῦτα 


ἀκούσαντες οἱ στρατηγοὶ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι Ἕλληνες πυνθανόμενοι 
βαρέως ἔφερον. Κλέαρχος δὲ τάδε εἶπεν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὥφελε μὲν 
Κῦρος ζῆν: ἐπεὶ δὲ τετελεύτηκεν, ἀπαγγέλλετε ᾿Αριαίῳ ὅτι 
ἡμεῖς νικῶμέν τε βασιλέα καὶ ὡς ὁρᾶτε οὐδεὶς ἔτι ἡμῖν μάχεται, 
καὶ εἰ μὴ ὑμεῖς ἤλθετε, ἐπορευόμεθα ἂν ἐπὶ βασιλέα. ἐπαγ- 
γελλόμεθα δὲ ᾿Αριαίῳ, ἐὰν ἐνθάδε ἔλθῃ, εἰς τὸν θρόνον τὸν 
βασίλειον καθιεῖν αὐτόν: τῶν γὰρ μάχην νικώντων καὶ τὸ 


Ν > f “~ > \ > 4 Ἅ » i ) \ 
δ ἄβχειν ἐστι. ταῦτα εἰπὼν ἀποστέλλει τοὺς ἀγγέλους καὶ σὺν 


αὐτοῖς Χειρίσοφον τὸν Λάκωνα καὶ Μένωνα τὸν Θετταλόν. καὶ 
γὰρ αὐτὸς Μένων ἐβούλετο: ἣν γὰρ φίλος καὶ ξένος ᾿Αριαίου. 





CuHaptTer I 


The first section gives a reca- 
pitulation of Book I and is all but 
certainly not by Xen. The work 
was probably not divided into 
books until the time of the Alex- 
andrian grammarians (third and 
second centuries B.c.), and the in- 
troductions, which are now found 
prefixed to all the books except 
the sixth, were probably added at 
that time oreven later. The close 
connection between I, 10, §19 and 
IT, 1, §2 (μέν---δέ) has been noted 
above. 


8 ὡς, how. The five indirect ques- 
tions in this section are subjs. 
of δεδήλωται. 

5 νικᾶν, be victorious, has often 
the force of a perf., to have con- 
quered (G. 1256; H. 827; B. 521). 

6 δεδήλωται, stands recorded. 


7 σημανοῦντα : purpose, 


6,7. χρὴ ποιεῖν: direct, τί χρή, a 
frequent substitute for the de- 
liberative subjv. 

8 συσκενασαμένοις : for the case of 
this and the following partics., 
see the note on λαβόντι, I, 2, 41, 

9 els τὸ πρόσθεν: cf.I,10,19f. The 
direction was presumably to- 
ward Babylon. 

ἕως... συμμείξειαν: direct, ἕως ἂν 
συμμείξωμεν. 

10 ἤδη... . ὄντων, when they were 
now on the point of starting, 
gen. abs. with omitted subj. Cf. 
προϊόντων, I, 2, 99, 

ἡλίῳ, cf. I, 10, 60, and the note. 

11 TevOpavias: seethe map. This 
district had been given to Da- 
maratus by Darius. 

γεγονὼς ἀπό: he may well have 
been the grandson of Damara- 
tus. For the latter, see the 
vocab. 


102 


12 Τλοῦς: cf. I, 4,104. He seems 
suddenly to have changed sides. 

Topo: cf. I,4,9. For the form of 
the gen., see G. 196; H.159; B. 92. 

ἔλεγον ὅτι : introducing indir. disc. 
which continues to the end of 
the section. 7éévnxev(direct form 
retained), εἴη and λέγει (with φαίη 
which resumes it) are quoted 
after ἔλεγον ὅτι. λέγει ὅτι governs 
περιμένοιεν (direct, περιμένομεν) and 
ἀπιέναι depends upon φαίη. We 
have, therefore, double indir. 
disc. 

13 πεφευγὼς : partic., not an opt. 
with εἴη. Render, had jled and 
was. 

σταθμῷ: cf. I, 8, 2. 

15 μέλοιεν: direct, μέλλουσι. 

16 τῇ δὲ ἄλλῃ, on the next. 

ἀπιέναι: afut. See on I, 3, 2. 

ἐπί, towards. 

17 ἀκούσαντες, 
note the chiasm. 


- πυνθανόμενοι: 


18 βαρέως ἔφερον: cf. I, 3, 11. 

GAN’ Sede. . . ζῆν, Well, would 
that Cyrus were alive. See G. 
1512; H. 8714; B. 588. 

20 ἡμεῖς: said with pride in con- 
trast with the dead Cyrus. 

21 εἰμὴ... ἤλθετε, ἐπορευόμεθα ἄν: 
note the tenses, and see G. 1397; 
H. 895; B. 606. 

22 ἐπαγγελλόμεθα: the mid. marks 
the act as voluntary. 

23 βασίλειον : the adj. and the gen. 
stand close together; see, how- 
ever, the note on Kuper, I, 10, 3. 

καθιεῖν : for the formation of such 
futures, see G. 665, 3; H. 425; 
B. 215. 

νικώντων : possess. gen. with ἐστί, 
Cf. Τισσαφέρνους, I, 1, 28. 

25 Xepicopov: see the Introd., 
827. ΑΒ ἃ representative of the 
most powerful state in Greece 
he was wisely chosen. 

26 φίλος καὶ ξένος : each word has 


15 





104 Anabasis 





‘ \ U 
Oi μὲν ᾧχοντο, Κλέαρχος δὲ περιέμενε" τὸ δὲ στράτευμα 6 


ἐπορίζετο σῖτον ὅπως ἐδύνατο ἐκ τῶν ὑποζυγίων παρ ἠμομ τοὺς 
βοῦς καὶ ὄνους" ξύλοις δὲ ἐχρῶντο μικρὸν προϊόντες ἀπὸ τῆς 
80 φάλαγγος οὗ ἡ μάχη ἐγένετο τοῖς τε οἰστοῖς πολλοῖς οὖσιν, obs 
ἠνάγκαζον οἱ Ἕλληνες ἐκβάλλειν τοὺς αὐτομολοῦντας παρὰ 
βασιλέως, καὶ τοῖς γέρροις καὶ ταῖς ἀσπίσι ταῖς ξυλίναις ταῖς 
Αὐγυπτίαις- πολλαὶ δὲ καὶ πέλται καὶ ἅμαξαι or i ean 
ἔρημοι: ols πᾶσι χρώμενοι κρέα ἕψοντες ἤσθιον ἐκείνην τὴν 


ἡμέραν. 


Καὶ ἤδη τε ἣν ἀμφὶ πλήθουσαν ἃ 


> 


ἧς ὶ f ) ‘ μὲν ἄλλοι βάρβαροι, ἣν 
βασιλέως καὶ Τισσαφέρνους κήρυκες οἱ μὲν ἃ ρβαροι, 
/ \ / 

δ᾽ αὐτῶν Φαλῖνος εἷς Ἕλλην, ὃς ἐτύγχανε παρὰ Τισσαφέρνει 
~ ad 9 

dv καὶ ἐντίμως ἔχων: καὶ γὰρ προσεποιεῖτο ἐπιστήμων εἶναι 








its own force. For ξένος, see the 
vocab. and I, 1, 53. 

27 ot μέν: a somewhat striking 
asyndeton. 

περιέμενε: this compound is in 
place when the one waiting has 
nothing to do; ef. the colloquial 
Eng., loaf around. 

28 σῖτον: here food, in the broad- 
est sense. 

ὅπως ἐδύνατο, as best it could. ὅπως 
is here the rel. adv. With this 
passage cf. the similar one, 5, 
8 6 end. 

κόπτοντες: pl., because στράτευμα 
implies στρατιῶται. 

τοὺς βοῦς καὶ ὄνους: [΄.ὃ art. ex- 
pressed but once; wt. 1, ἃς ἂν 
and the note. 

29 ξύλοις, as fuel, in appos. with 
οἰστοῖς, γέρροις, and ἀσπίσι, all of 
which are governed by ἐχρῶντο, 
the intervening clauses being 
parenthetic. 

$1 ἠνάγκαζον: trans. as if in pi pf. 

ἐκβάλλειν: ὁ. 6. out of their quivers. 

avropodotvras: cf. I, 7, 62. 


88 ἦσαν φέρεσθαι: a somewhat rare 


use of the infin., in prose, at 
least; but one showing clearly 
its dat.force. See G. M. T. 772c, 
For the omitted οὖσαι with ἔρημοι, 
ef. I, 10, 70. 

84 κρέα, bits of meat. The obj. 
is, as usual, expressed with but 
one of the two governing words 
(ἕψοντες ἤσθιον). 

36 καὶ ἤδη τε ἦν: cf. I, 8, 1. 

παρὰ βασιλέως: the others, Glus 
and Tamos, had come from 
Ariaeus, whom the Greeks con- 
sidered their friend. 

37 of μὲν ἄλλοι: in appos. with 
κήρυκε. This would naturally 
be followed by εἷς δ᾽ αὐτῶν Φαλῖνος 
Ἕλλην, but the order chosen is 
more pointed. This passage con- 
tradicts the statement of Ctesias 
(Plut. Artow. 13) that he himself 
was a member of the embassy. 

39 ἐντίμως ἔχων: equivalent to ἔντι- 


pos dv; cf. εὐνοϊκῶς ἔχοιεν, I, 1, 21. 
προσεποιεῖτο: Xen. seems to be- 


lieve him an impostor. 


yopav καὶ ἔρχονται παρὰ 7 


10 


Book II, Chap. I 105 





5 τῶν ἀμφὶ τάξεις τε Kal ὁπλομαχίαν. 


καὶ καλέσαντες τοὺς τῶν Ελλήνων ἄρχοντας λέγουσιν ὅτι βασι- 
λεὺς κελεύει τοὺς “Ἕλληνας, ἐπεὶ νικῶν τυγχάνει καὶ Κῦρον 
ἀπέκτονε, παραδόντας τὰ ὅπλα ἰόντας ἐπὶ βασιλέως θύρας 


9 εὑρίσκεσθαι ἄν τι δύνωνται ἀγαθόν. 


a 4A 3 e 
ταῦτα μὲν εἶπον οἱ βασι- 


λέως κήρυκες" οἱ δὲ “EXAnves βαρέως μὲν ἤκουσαν, ὅμως δὲ 
Κλέαρχος τοσοῦτον εἶπεν ὅτι οὐ τῶν νικώντων εἴη τὰ ὅπλα 
παραδιδόναι" ἀλλ᾽, ἔφη, ὑμεῖς μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες στρατηγοί, τούτοις 
᾽ 4 Γ , / Ν »” b \ A 
ἀποκρίνασθε ὅ,τι κάλλιστόν τε Kal ἄριστον ἔχετε" ἐγὼ δὲ 


αὐτίκα ἥξω. 


> U Ld oA Mp . “ ν ν 
ἐκάλεσε γάρ τις αὐτὸν τῶν ὑπηρετῶν, ὅπως ἴδοι 


τὰ ἱερὰ ἐξηρημένα" ἔτυχε γὰρ θυόμενος. 


Ἔνθα δὴ ἀπεκρίνατο Κλεάνωρ ὁ ᾿Αρκὰς πρεσβύτατος ὧν 


ὅτι πρόσθεν ἂν ἀποθάνοιεν ἢ τὰ ὅπλα παραδοίησαν: IIpdéevos 





40 τῶν ἀμφὶ τάξεις: for the gen., 
see G. 1142; H. 754a; B. 351. 
ἐπιστήμων is used especially of 
scientific knowledge. 

41 λέγουσιν ὅτι: the histor. pres. 
is a secondary tense, yet none of 
the following vbs. have been 
changed to the opt. The mes- 
sage is more peremptory in the 
direct form. 

43 βασιλέως θύρας: cf. 1, 2, 69, and 
the note. 

44 ἄν τι. , . ἀγαθόν, whatever 
favor they could. See the note 
on εἰ δέ τι, I, 5, 4. 

45 βαρέως, with anger, rather than 
with heavy hearts. 

46 τοσοῦτον, (only) thus much, an 
example of Spartan brevity. 
Cf. I, 3, 76. 

τῶν νικώντων: cf. I, 1, 28. 

47 G\AG: with this Clearchus 
turns from the envoys to the 
Greeks. Xen. gives his words 
in direct form, ἔφη (said he) be- 
ing parenthetic. 

48 κάλλιστόν τε καὶ ἄριστον, most 


to your honor and to your ad- 
vantage. 

49 αὐτίκα, presently. The scant 
deference Clearchus shows to 
the envoys was politic. He was 
a wily Greek (cf. §§ 16,17, and 23; 
II, 3,§ 9; and II, 4, §26), yet in 
the end he was completely 
hoodwinked by Tiss. 

50 ἐξῃρημένα, which had been taken 
out (from the victim). The in- 
spection of the entrails, espe- 
cially the nobler organs, was 
considered of great importance. 

θυόμενος: cf. I, 7, 85, and the note. 

51 Κλεάνωρ: see the Introd., 8.38. 
πρεσβύτατος must have reference 
to honor and influence rather 
than to age, as in V, 8,81 Phi- 
lesius and Sophaenetus are 
called the oldest. Cleanor is 
often brought into prominence. 
For precedence given to age, 
cf. III, 1, §34, and Xenophon's 
words regarding himself, III, 1, 
§ 25 end. 


52 or... . παραδοίησαν, that they 





οὗτοι δὲ προσελθόντες 40 


106 Anabasis 





δὲ ὁ Θηβαῖος, ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐγώ, ἔφη, ὦ Darive, θαυμάζω πότερα ὡς 
κρατῶν βασιλεὺς αἰτεῖ τὰ ὅπλα ἢ ὡς διὰ φιλίαν δῶρα. εἰ μὲν 
γὰρ ὡς κρατῶν, τί δεῖ αὐτὸν αἰτεῖν καὶ οὐ λαβεῖν ἐλθόντα; εἰ δὲ 
πείσας βούλεται λαβεῖν, λεγέτω τί ἔσται τοῖς στρατιώταις, ἐὰν 
αὐτῷ ταῦτα χαρίσωνται. πρὸς ταῦτα Φαλῖνος εἶπε: Βασιλεὺς 
νικᾶν ἡγεῖται, ἐπεὶ Κῦρον ἀπέκτεινε. τίς γὰρ αὐτῷ ἔτι τῆς 
ἀρχῆς ἀντιποιεῖται; νομίζει δὲ καὶ ὑμᾶς ἑαυτοῦ εἶναι, ἔχων ἐν 
μέσῃ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ χώρᾳ καὶ ποταμῶν ἐντὸς ἀδιαβάτων καὶ πλῆθος 
ἀνθρώπων ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς δυνάμενος ἀγαγεῖν ὅσον οὐδ᾽ εἰ παρέχοι 
ὑμῖν δύναισθε ἂν ἀποκτεῖναι. μετὰ τοῦτον Θεόπομπος ᾿Αθη- 
ναῖος elev: Ὦ, Darive, νῦν, ὡς σὺ ὁρᾷς, ἡμῖν οὐδὲν ἔστιν 
ἀγαθὸν ἄλλο εἰ μὴ ὅπλα καὶ ἀρετή. ὅπλα μὲν οὖν ἔχοντες 
οἰόμεθα ἂν καὶ τῇ ἀρετῇ χρῆσθαι, παραδόντες δ᾽ ἂν ταῦτα καὶ 
τῶν σωμάτων στερηθῆναι. μὴ οὖν οἴου τὰ μόνα ἀγαθὰ ἡμῖν 
ὄντα ὑμῖν παραδώσειν, ἀλλὰ σὺν τούτοις καὶ περὶ τῶν ὑμετέρων 





Book II, Chap. I 107 





. " θ ; SUM ” » ἡ \ ς , > \ 
ἀχάριστα" ἴσθι μέντοι ἀνόητος ὦν, εἰ οἴει THY ὑμετέραν ἀρετὴν 70 
“A ἊΝ 
περιγενέσθαι ἂν τῆς βασιλέως δυνάμεως. ἄλλους δέ τινας 
" ἢ ς , © \ , "ἢ 
ἔφασαν λέγειν ὑπομαλακιζομένους ὡς καὶ Κύρῳ πιστοὶ ἐγένοντο 
a Ἂ Ὁ 

καὶ βασιλεῖ ἂν πολλοῦ ἄξιοι γένοιντο, εἰ βούλοιτο φίλος 
γενέσθαι" καὶ εἴτε ἄλλο τι θέλοι χρῆσθαι εἴτ᾽ ἔπ᾽ Αἴγυπτον 
στρατεύειν, συγκαταστρέψαιντ᾽ ἂν αὐτῷ. 

> il ry Φ > 

Ev τούτῳ Κλέαρχος ἧκε, καὶ ἠρώτησεν εἰ ἤδη ἀποκεκρι- 
μένοι εἶεν. Φαλῖνος δὲ ὑπολαβὼν εἶπεν: Οὗτοι μέν, ὦ Κλέαρχε, 


3 ἄλλος ἄλλα λέγει" σὺ δ᾽ ἡμῖν εἰπὲ τί λέγεις. ὃ δ᾽ εἶπεν: ᾿Εγώ 


σε, ὦ Φαλῖνε, ἄσμενος ἑώρακα, οἶμαι δὲ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι πάντες" 
Ὰ v al a a 

ov τε yap “Ἕλλην εἶ Kal ἡμεῖς τοσοῦτοι ὄντες ὅσους σὺ ὁρᾷς" ἐν 

τοιούτοις δὲ ὄντες πράγμασι συμβουλευόμεθά σοι τί χρὴ ποιεῖν 





69 ἀλλά, well. 
φιλοσόφῳ: ὦ. 6. one trained in ar- 


76 ἐν τούτῳ: asyndeton of rapid 
narrative; observe that Pha- 


a“ “ »»Ἤ \ 
ἀγαθῶν μαχούμεθα. ἀκούσας δὲ ταῦτα ὁ Φαλῖνος ἐγελασε καὶ 


\ / > 
εἶπεν: ᾿Αλλὰ φιλοσόφῳ μὲν ἔοικας, ὦ νεανίσκε, Kal λέγεις οὐκ 





would die before they would 
give up their arms. ἄν goes 
with both vbs. 

Πρόξενος : Xenophon’s friend. See 
the Introd., §38, and III, 1, 
858 4-10. 

53 ὡς κρατῶν: gives the view of 
the king, not that of the Greeks; 
so, below, ὡς διὰ φιλίαν δῶρα, as 
gifts, alleging that he is our 
friend. 

56 πείσας : contrasted with ws xpa- 
τῶν. 

ἐὰν . . . χαρίσωνται, if they grant 
him this favor. With the whole 
sentence cf. I, 7, 42. 

58 αὐτῷ: dat. after the vb. of con- 
tending (G. 1177; H. 772; B. 
376). 

59 ἀρχῆς: G.1128; H.739a; B.366. 

ἑαυτοῦ : cf. νικώντων, |. 46. 

ἔχων : causal, as δυνάμενος, below. 


60 μέσῃ: for the position, see I, 2, 
41, and the note. 

61 ὅσον .. . ἀποκτεῖναι, so greut 
that, even if he should put them 
in your power, you would not 
be able to slay them. 

62 Θεόπομπος: mentioned only 
here. The inferior MSS. give 
Ξενοφῶν: yet see the note on 
ἔφασαν, below, 1. 72. 

63 ὡς σὺ ὁρᾷς, as you can see for 
yourself. 

64 el μή, except. Cf. I, 4, 112. 

ἔχοντες: equivalent to εἰ ἔχοιμεν; 
cf. παραδόντες, below. 

65 av: with χρῆσθαι ; similarly the 
next ἄν goes with στερηθῆναι. 
Consult the note on I, 3, 29. 

67 παραδώσειν : sc. ἡμᾶς, easily sup- 
plied from the preceding ἡμῖν. 
68 ἐγέλασε, burst into a laugh, an 

ingressive aor. 











gument, but unfitted for action. 

70 ἀχάριστα: ironical,as we might 
say, You argue very prettily. 

ἴσθι... ὦν, know that you are. 
See G. 1588; H. 982 B. 661. 

71 περιγενέσθαι Gv, could (possibly) 
get the better of. Cf. I, 1, 56, 
and the notes. 

72 ἔφασαν : Xen. again appears to 
give the narrative at second 
hand; cf. I, 8, 73. 

λέγειν : imperf. infin., as I, 8, 107. 

ὑπομαλακιζομένους: force of the 
prep.? 

74 ἄλλο τι: inner obj. for any- 
thing else. 

θέλοι : for this form, see the vocab: 

75 συγκαταστρέψαιντο : instead of 
a conclusion that would follow 
equally well after either sug- 
gestion, we have aspecial phrase 
suiting the second one only. Cf. 
I, 9, 76 ff.,and the note. Egypt, 
subdued by Cambyses, had re- 
volted during the reign of Darius 
Nothus, and had not yet been 
permanently reconquered. 


linus’ answer is not given. 

el, whether. 

77 ὑπολαβών: absolute, as often, 
interrupting. 

οὗτοι . . . ἄλλος ἄλλα λέγει: partit. 
appos. See the note on I, 8, 77. 
Here the vb. agrees with ἄλλος: 
the opposite agreement is found, 
e. g. I, 6, 64. 

78 εἰπέ: for the accent, see G. 131, 
2; H. 387b; B. 210 note. 

λέγεις, have to say, think. 

ἐγώ : emphatic, balancing σύ, above. 

79 ἄσμενος : adj., where we use the 
adv. Cf. mporépa, I, 2, 142, and 
the note. 

οἶμαι: without influence on the 
construction. In this use the 
form olua:is preferred; elsewhere 
οἴομαι. 

80 τοσοῦτοι ὄντες ὅσους : stronger 
than πάντες ὅσους. “EdAnvés ἐσμεν 
is easily supplied. 

81 πράγμασι, troubles, plight. 

συμβουλενόμεθα : note the meanings 
of the act.and the mid. of this vb. 

rl, as to what, indir. ques. 





Anabasis 





‘ “ »"Ἥ " 
περὶ ὧν λέγεις. σὺ οὖν πρὸς θεῶν συμβούλευσον ἡμῖν ὅ,τι σοι 17 


δοκεῖ κάλλιστον καὶ ἄριστον εἶναι, καὶ ὅ σοι τιμὴν οἴσει εἰς τὸν 
a \ 
ἔπειτα χρόνον ἀεὶ λεγόμενον, ὅτι Dadives ποτε πεμφθεὶς παρὰ 
βασιλέως κελεύσων τοὺς Ἕλληνας τὰ ὅπλα παραδοῦναι ξυμβου- 
λευομένοις ξυνεβούλευσεν αὐτοῖς τάδε. οἶσθα δὲ ὅτι ἀνάγκη 
᾽ > ν»ε ᾿ Δ bal rl e \ , 
λέγεσθαι ἐν τῇ Ἑλλάδι ἃ ἂν EvpBovrevons. ὁ δὲ Κλέαρχος 
~ ε / , > Ἂ Ν / 
ταῦτα ὑπήγετο βουλόμενος καὶ αὐτὸν Tov παρὰ βασιλέως πρεσ- 
βεύοντα ξυμβουλεῦσαι μὴ παραδοῦναι τὰ ὅπλα, ὅπως εὐέλπιδες 
μᾶλλον εἶεν οἱ “EAAnves. Φαλῖνος δὲ ὑποστρέψας παρὰ τὴν 
δόξαν αὐτοῦ εἶπεν" ᾿Εγώ, εἰ μὲν τῶν μυρίων ἐλπίδων μία τις 
¢ ~ > ΓΙ “ “~ / ἣ 
ὑμῖν ἐστι σωθῆναι πολεμοῦντας βασιλεῖ, συμβουλεύω μὴ παρα- 
διδόναι τὰ ὅπλα" εἰ δέ τοι μηδεμία σωτηρίας ἐστὶν ἐλπὶς 
ἄκοντος βασιλέως, ξυμβουλεύω σῴξεσθαι ὑμῖν ὅπῃ δυνατόν. 


Κλέαρχος δὲ πρὸς ταῦτα εἶπεν" ᾿Αλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν δὴ σὺ λέγεις" : 


παρ᾽ ἡμῶν δὲ ἀπάγγελλε τάδε ὅτι ἡμεῖς οἰόμεθα, εἰ μὲν δέοι 
βασιλεῖ φίλους εἶναι, πλείονος ἂν ἄξιοι εἶναι φίλοι ἔχοντες τὰ 





Book II, Chap. IT 109 





ὅπλα ἢ παραδόντες ἄλλῳ, εἰ δὲ δέοι πολεμεῖν, ἄμεινον ἂν 
πολεμεῖν ἔχοντες τὰ ὅπλα ἢ ἄλλῳ παραδόντες. ὁ δὲ Φαλῖνος 
al ‘ae! e a a 
εἶπε: Ταῦτα μὲν δὴ ἀπαγγελοῦμεν: ἀλλὰ καὶ τάδε ὑμῖν εἰπεῖν 
᾿ , \ “ / bs ς Cal > - ὃ ὶ ΝΜ) 
ἐκέλευσε βασιλεὺς ὅτι μένουσι μὲν ὑμῖν αὐτοῦ σπονδαὶ εἴησαν, 


-τ ἃ δὲ 5 ἢ a“ / 7 = } A s 
προιουσι € Kal αἸἴιουσι πόλεμος. €LTTATE οὖν Κα περὺ τούτου 


πότερα μενεῖτε καὶ σπονδαί εἰσιν ἢ ὡς πολέμου ὄντος παρ᾽ ὑμῶν 
ἀπαγγείλω. Κλέαρχος δ᾽ ἔλεξεν: ᾿Απάγγελλε τοίνυν καὶ περὶ 
τούτου ὅτι καὶ ἡμῖν ταὐτὰ δοκεῖ ἅπερ καὶ βασιλεῖ. Τί οὖν 
ταῦτά ἐστιν; ἔφη ὁ Φαλῖνος. ἀπεκρίθη ὁ Κλέαρχος: Ἢν μὲν 
μένωμεν, σπονδαί, ἀπιοῦσι δὲ καὶ προϊοῦσι πόλεμος. ὃ δὲ 
πάλιν ἠρώτησε: Σπονδὰς ἢ πόλεμον ἀπαγγείλω; Κλέαρχος δὲ 
ταὐτὰ πάλιν ἀπεκρίνατο: Σπονδαὶ μένουσιν, ἀπιοῦσι δὲ ἢ 
προϊοῦσι πόλεμος. ὅ,τι δὲ ποιήσοι οὐ διεσήμηνε. 

II. Φαλῖνος μὲν δὴ ᾧχετο καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ. οἱ δὲ παρὰ 
᾿Αριαίου ἧκον ἸΠροκλῆς καὶ Χειρίσοφος: Μένων δὲ αὐτοῦ ἔμενε 
παρὰ ᾿Αριαίῳ- οὗτοι δὲ ἔλεγον ὅτι πολλοὺς φαίη ὁ ᾿Ἀριαῖος εἶναι 
Πέρσας ἑαυτοῦ βελτίους, ods οὐκ ἂν ἀνασχέσθαι αὐτοῦ βασιλεύ- 


82 πρὸς θεῶν : he is put upon oath, 
as it were. 

6,t ... καὶ 5, whatever... and 
a thing which, a shift from the 
general to the particular. 

83 εἰς. . . χρόνον, for all future 
time. 

84 del λεγόμενον, when from time to 
time told. The text is uncertain. 

Φαλῖνος: far more effective than 
σύ. Xen. is giving the words of 
the supposed future narrator. 

86 τάδε, thus and so. The actual 
advice is of course not given. 

ἀνάγκη: for the omission of ἐστί, 
see I, 3, 21, and the note. 

88 ταῦτα ὑπήγετο, sought cun- 
ningly (vro-) to draw him on in 
this. ταῦτα is the inner obj. 

καὶ αὐτὸν Tov... mperpevovra, even 
the very one who was serving 
as ambassador. 

90 ὑποστρέψας, cunningly evading 


him. The metaphor is from 
wrestling. 

παρά, contrary to. 

91 τῶν μυρίων ἐλπίδων: the art. 
marks the numeral as the ordi- 
nary or proper one (a round 
number); it should not be trans- 
lated. 

pia τις, a single une. 

92 σωθῆναι: the infin. depends 
upon ἐλπίς, understood with μία 
τις, Below we have σωτηρίας in 
a corresponding phrase. 

94 ἄκοντος βασιλέως : cf. I, 3, 89, 
and the note. 

95 μὲν δή: the matter is thus dis- 
missed. Note the exact use of 
ταῦτα and τάδε with the emphatic 
pronouns σύ and ἡμεῖς. Cf. iste 
and hic. 

97 πλείονος : cf. πολλοῦ, I, 3, 57. 

Gv... εἶναι: direct, ἂν εἶμεν : so av 
πολεμεῖν, below, representing ἂν 








πολεμοῖμεν. The partics. ἔχοντες 
and παραδόντες supply in each 
case a new protasis. 

101 μένουσι: conditional, as mpoi- 
οὔσι and ἀπιοῦσι, below. 

εἴησαν : direct εἰσί, The pres. often 
covers the fut.; cf. εἰσιν, two lines 
below. Do not trans., would be. 

102 εἴπατε: in the forms εἶπας and 
εἴπατε (indic. or imv.) this second 
aor. often has the first aor. vowel. 

103 ὡς πολέμου ὄντος, that there is 
war. See I, 3, 31, and the note. 

104 ἀπαγγείλω: observe that the 
subjv. question is followed by 
an imv. answer. 

105 καὶ piv... καὶ βασιλεῖ: a rel. 
indicating sameness is regularly 
followed by καί. Often, as here, 
καί is expressed in both clauses 
emphasizing the parallelism. 

106 ἀπεκρίθη: one of Xen.’s un- 


classic forms: ἀπεκρίνατο would 
be regular. Note the asyndeton; 
the answer comes quickly. 

107 σπονδαί . . . πόλεμος : notethe 
chiasm. 

110 ποιήσοι: fut. opts. are always 
due to indir. disc. (G. 1287; H. 
855a; B. 548). 


CuHapter II 


2 ἧκον, came back. 

αὐτοῦ : the adv. (cf. 1,3, 11), further 
explained by παρὰ ᾿Αριαίῳ. For 
the relations of these two men 
to one another, see c. 1. 26. 

8 ἔλεγον . .. φαίη: the former of 
these vbs. has, in the act., almost 
invariably the construction with 
ὅτι ; thelatter virtually only the 
infin. 

πολλούς : emphatic position. 

4 βελτίους : i.e.in rank; cf. ἀρίστοις, 





Anabasis Book II, Chap. II 111 








4 Κύρου φίλους πάνυ καλὰ ἡμῖν τὰ ἱερὰ ἦν. ὧδε οὖν χρὴ ποιεῖν" 
ἀπιόντας δειπνεῖν ὅ,τι τις ἔχει" ἐπειδὰν δὲ σημήνῃ τῷ κέρατι ὡς 


ἤ bod , "»" 
δόντος: ἀλλ᾽ εἰ βούλεσθε συναπιέναι, ἥκειν ἤδη κελεύει τῆς 
' € \ 
νυκτός. εἰ δὲ μή, αὔριον πρῷ ἀπιέναι φησίν. ὁ δὲ Κλέαρχος 2 
» ᾽ ἤ > Ἂ \ \ , > 

εἶπεν" ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὕτω χρὴ ποιεῖν" ἐὰν μὲν ἥκωμεν, ὥσπερ λέγετε" ἀναπαύεσθαι, συσκευάζεσθε" ἐπειδὰν δὲ τὸ δεύτερον, ἀνατίθεσθε 
ἐπὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια": ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ τρίτῳ ἕπεσθε τῷ ἡγουμένῳ, τὰ μὲν 
t *, Ν \ a a \ δὲ “ » να 
5 ὑποζύγια ἔχοντες πρὸς τοῦ ποταμοῦ, τὰ δὲ ὅπλα ἔξω. ταῦτ 
ἀκούσαντες οἱ στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοὶ ἀπῆλθον καὶ ἐποίουν οὕτω. 
καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν ὃ μὲν ἦρχεν, οἱ δὲ ἐπείθοντο, οὐχ ἑλόμενοι, ἀλλὰ 


b Ἁ ’ , © » ν t » Μ) ἤ ; 
εἰ δὲ μή, πράττετε ὁποῖον ἄν τι ὑμῖν οἴησθε μάλιστα συμφέρειν. 
“ Ν ᾿ νὼ" ud Ψ 
ὅ,τι δὲ ποιήσοι οὐδὲ τούτοις εἶπε. 
Μετὰ ταῦτα ἤδη ἡλίου δύνοντος συγκαλέσας στρατηγοὺς καὶ 3 





λοχαγοὺς ἔλεξε τοιάδε. ᾿Εμοί, ὦ ἄνδρες, θυομένῳ ἰέναι ἐπὶ 
ON μή ᾿ > / "Ὃ ὃ a 5 Ν ς » ψῃὉ ΝΜ 

ὁρῶντες ὅτι μόνος ἐφρόνει οἷα δεῖ τὸν ἄρχοντα, οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι ἄπει- 
[ἀριθμὸς τῆς ὁδοῦ ἣν ἦλθον ἐξ ᾿Εφέσου τῆς Ἰωνίας 
μέχρι τῆς μάχης σταθμοὶ τρεῖς καὶ ἐνενήκοντα, παρασάγγαι 
πέντε καὶ τριάκοντα καὶ πεντακόσιοι, στάδιοι πεντήκοντα καὶ 


/ ᾿ » ἥ 4 “ , > ’ »ν » » of 
βασιλέα οὐκ ἐγίγνετο Ta ἱερά. καὶ εἰκότως ἄρα οὐκ ἐγέγνετο" 
φ΄ “Ὁ »" ε 4 
ὡς γὰρ ἐγὼ νῦν πυνθάνομαι, ἐν μέσῳ ἡμῶν καὶ βασιλέως ὁ Τίγρης 6 ροι ἦσαν. 
ποταμός ἐστι ναυσίπορος, ὃν οὐκ ἂν δυναίμεθα ἄνευ πλοίων δια- 


» »ἭἬ ‘ c a > Ν > hs 4 > “ ld 
βῆναι" πλοῖα δὲ ἡμεῖς οὐκ ἔχομεν. οὐ μὲν δὴ αὐτοῦ ye μένειν 


¢ I i \ 4 > \ A »Ἢ Ld > f W > 
ἑξακισχίλιοι καὶ μύριοι’ aro δὲ τῆς μάχης ἐλέγοντο εἶναι εἰς 


, ἈΝ \ > , b » » pi \ \ ‘ 
οἷόν τε" τὰ yap ἐπιτήδεια οὐκ ἔστιν ἔχειν" ἰέναι δὲ παρὰ τοὺς 





I, 5,39. Xen. uses comparative 
forms both with and without 
the ν. 

οὗς . . . βασιλεύοντος, who would 
not endure his being king. The 
influence of φαίη extends (excep- 
tionally) even to the subordinate 
rel.clause. See G. 1524; H. 947; 
B. 671 note. The direct form 
was ol οὐκ ἂν ἀνάσχοιντο. αὐτοῦ 
βασιλεύοντος is gen. abs. Cf 
αὐτῶν πολεμούντων, I, 1, 40. 

5 ἀλλ᾽ εἰ βούλεσθε: a sudden shift 
to direct speech. 

τῆς νυκτός: for the gen. of time, 
see the note on ἡμερῶν, I, 7, 85. 

6 εἰ δὲ μή, otherwise. The phrase 
reverses a preceding assumption 
of whatever type, positive or 
negative. Here it is equivalent 
to ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἥκητε, and below, 
l. 8, it follows ἐάν with the 
subj. See G. 1417; H. 906; B. 
616, 3. 

ἀπιέναι : fut., not pres. Cf. I, 3, 2, 
and the note. 

7 ὥσπερ λέγετε: the ellipsis is easily 
supplied. 


8 πράττετε: the imv. is more vivid 
than a clause with χρή. 

ὁποῖον ... Tt: τι is often added 
to indefinite words. 

9 ὅ,τι . .. εἶπε: retain the order 
in translating and remember 
οὐδέ is more than not. 

10 δύνοντος: an Llonic form; cf. 
below, |. 62, The mid. is normal; 
cf. ἐδύετο, I, 10, 60. 

11 ἱέναι: dat. infin. of purpose; cf. 
φέρεσθαι, c. 1. 33. 

12 οὐκ ἐγίγνετο, would not prove 
favorable, i. 6. after repeated 
trials. Contrast the aor. in IV, 
5, § 8, ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τοῦ πρώτου καλὰ 
τὰ σφάγια. 

ἄρα, as I now see, a constant use 
with the impf. 

13 ἐν μέσῳ, between. Cf. I, 7, 34. 

Τίγρης : Clearchus must have been 
misinformed, or he mistakes 
some canal for the river. 

15 πλοῖα : note the emphatic posi- 
tion, and cf. τὰ γὰρ ἐπιτήδεια, 
below. 

οὐ μὲν δή: not that it is. 

16 olév re: see G. 1024b; H. 1000; 





Βαβυλῶνα στάδιοι ἑξήκοντα καὶ τριακόσιοι. | 





B. 641. The neut. has reference 
to circumstances; the personal 
masc. or fem., as a rule, to char- 
acter. 

ἱέναι : cf. 1.11. 

18 σημήνῃ: the vb. contains its 
own subj. Cf. ἐσάλπιγξε, I, 2, 98. 

τῷ κέρατι : an isolated use. Greek 
military signals were ordinarily 
given with the σάλπιγξ. 

ὡς : Clearchus plans to deceive the 
enemy. 

20 τῷ ἡγουμένῳ, the van, acollective 
neut. 

21 πρός, on the side of. 

τὰ δὲ ὅπλα -- τοὺς ὁπλίτας, as often. 

22 ἀπῆλθον... ἐποίουν: contrast 
the tenses. 

23 τὸ λοιπόν, in future. In this 
general sense the gen., τοῦ λοιποῦ 
(6. g. V, 7, § 34), is somewhat 
commoner. Theacc.often means 
the rest of, and may have a de- 
pendent gen. (6. g. III, 4, 8 16). 

ὃ μέν: 7. 6. Clearchus; see the 
Introd., § 38. 

24 ἐφρόνει : the vb. is past indic., 


rather than opt., since the nar- 
rator looks back over the past. 

25 ἀριθμὸς : this section is probably 
spurious. It reads like an inter- 
polation and its figures do not 
agree in all particulars with 
those of Book I. 

τῆς ᾿Ιωνίας: a regular use of the 
gen. with local words. 

26 μάχης, battlefield; so again 
below. 

τρεῖς καὶ ἐνενήκοντα: eighty-four, 
according to Book I. Allowance 
must, of course, be made for the 
fact that Ephesus, not Sardis, is 
here taken as the starting-point. 
From Ephesus to Sardis was, 
however, only a three days’ jour- 
ney, so that a discrepancy of six 
σταθμοί remains, It will be noted 
that, if we allow eighteen para- 
sangs for the additional three 
days’ journey, we have, in this 
particular, complete agreement, 
as 517 is the total number accord- 
ing to Book I. 

28 ἐλέγοντο: of this Xen. could 





30 


112 Anabasis 





> “Ὁ > \ ᾿ > “ if \ ¢ μον Ν 
Εντεῦθεν ἐπεὶ σκότος ἐγένετο Μιλτοκύθης μὲν ὁ Θρᾷξ ἔχων 7 


τούς τε ἱππέας τοὺς μεθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ εἰς τετταράκοντα καὶ τῶν πεζῶν 
a \ 
Θρᾳκῶν ὡς τριακοσίους ηὐτομόλησε πρὸς βασιλέα. 


Κλέαρχος δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἡγεῖτο κατὰ τὰ παρηγγελμένα, οἱ 5 


δ᾽ εἵποντο" καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται εἰς τὸν πρῶτον σταθμὸν παρ᾽ ᾽Αρι- 
atov καὶ τὴν ἐκείνου στρατιὰν ἀμφὶ μέσας νύκτας" καὶ ἐν τάξει 
θέμενοι τὰ ὅπλα ξυνῆλθον οἱ στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοὶ τῶν Ἑλλή- 
νων παρ᾽ ᾿Αριαῖον" καὶ ὥμοσαν οἵ τε Ἕλληνες καὶ ὁ ᾿Αριαῖος 
καὶ τῶν σὺν αὐτῷ οἱ κράτιστοι μήτε προδώσειν ἀλλήλους σύμ- 
μαχοΐί τε ἔσεσθαι" οἱ δὲ βάρβαροι προσώμοσαν καὶ ἡγήσεσθαι 
ἀδόλως. ταῦτα δὲ ὥμοσαν, σφάξαντες ταῦρον καὶ κάπρον καὶ 
κριὸν εἰς ἀσπιδα, of μὲν “Ἕλληνες βάπτοντες ξίφος, οἱ δὲ Bap- 


ld > ‘ ‘ \ 4 > / “, ς ἤ 
βαροι λόγχην. ἐπεὶ δὲ τὰ πιστὰ ἐγένετο, εἶπεν ὁ Κλέαρχος" 





Book II, Chap. 11 113 





"Aye δή, ὦ ᾿Αριαῖε, ἐπείπερ ὁ αὐτὸς ὑμῖν στόλος ἐστὶ καὶ ἡμῖν, 
a ” A 
εἰπὲ τίνα γνώμην ἔχεις περὶ τῆς πορείας, πότερον ἄπιμεν ἥνπερ 


11 ἤλθομεν ἢ ἄλλην τινὰ ἐννενοηκέναι δοκεῖς ὁδὸν κρείττω. ὃ δὲ 


εἶπεν. Ἣν μὲν ἤλθομεν ἀπιόντες παντελῶς av ὑπὸ λιμοῦ ἀπο- 
λοίμεθα: ὑπάρχει γὰρ νῦν ἡμῖν οὐδὲν τῶν ἐπιτηδείων. ἑπτακαί- 
δεκα γὰρ σταθμῶν τῶν ἐγγυτάτω οὐδὲ δεῦρο ἰόντες ἐκ τῆς χώρας 
οὐδὲν εἴχομεν λαμβάνειν" ἔνθα δέ τι Hy, ἡμεῖς διαπορευόμενοι 


Ὁ , 
κατεδαπανήσαμεν. νῦν δ᾽ ἐπινοοῦμεν πορεύεσθαι μακροτέραν 


a ‘ / > e€ » \ 
12 μέν, τῶν δ᾽ ἐπιτηδείων οὐκ ἀπορήσομεν. πορευτέον δ᾽ ἡμῖν τοὺς 


Ο e » 
πρώτους σταθμοὺς ὡς ἂν δυνώμεθα μακροτάτους, ἵνα ὡς πλεῖ- 
lel Ἂ \ ef 
στον ἀποσπάσωμεν τοῦ βασιλικοῦ στρατεύματος" ἢν yap ἅπαξ 
a A ha 4 
δύο ἢ τριῶν ἡμερῶν ὁδὸν ἀπόσχωμεν, οὐκέτι μὴ δύνηται βασι- 


λεὺς ἡμᾶς καταλαβεῖν. ὀλίγῳ μὲν γὰρ στρατεύματι οὐ τολμή- 


speak only from hearsay. Plut. 
Artoz. 8, gives the distance as 
500 stadia. 

30 ἐντεῦθεν: 7. 6. from the plun- 
dered camp. 

31 ἱππέας : see the note on I, 5, 82 f. 

els: cf. I, 2, 15, and the note. 

35 μέσας νύκτας: for the pl., see 
I, 7, 4, and the note. 

36 θέμενοι τὰ ὅπλα : see I, 5, 88, and 
the note. The partic. includes 
the troops, although agreeing 
with στρατηγοί and λοχαγοί. 

38 μήτε. . . Te, mot... but. The 
parallelism calls for re... re, 
even when one clause is neg. 
In such cases Eng. generally 
uses the adversative, but. Note 
that vbs. of swearing, although 
usually taking the construction 
of indir. disc., have the neg. μή, 
never οὐ. 

39 προσώμοσαν καί, swore in addi- 
tion thut they would also. 

40 ἀδόλως, without guile. The 
word occurs often in treaties; 
cf. II, 3, § 26. 


41 els ἀσπίδα, so that the blood ran 
into a shield. Cf. els ποταμόν, 
IV,3,§18. In solemn compacts 
three gods were often invoked 
and three victims slain (cf. the 
suovetaurilia of the Romans). 
The dipping of a weapon in the 
blood is doubtless symbolic: the 
one giving the oath invokes a 
like fate upon himeelf, if he 
provefaithless(Vollbrecht). The 
corrector of the Paris MS. adds 
a wolf to the list of victims, and, 
according to Plutarch, the wolf 
was the proper victim to sacri- 
fice to Ahriman, the power of 
evil and darkness. 

This is the most solemn com- 
pact recorded in the Anabasis. 
In most instances the oath and 
the giving of the hand suffice. 
(6. g. 1, 6,35, and II, 3, § 28). Per- 
haps Xen. wished to make the 
subsequent treachery of Ariaeus 
appear the more black. 

42 éyévero, had been exchanged. 
γίγνομαι must be translated as 


ce ἐφέπεσθαι" 
ἢ " ‘ \ wn > ὃ , al 
πορεύεσθαι" ἴσως δὲ καὶ τῶν ἐπιτηδείων σπανιεῖ. 


τὴν γνώμην ἔχω ἔγωγε. 


πολὺν δ᾽ ἔχων στόλον οὐ δυνήσεται ταχέως 


, 4 
ταύτην, ἔφη, 


Ἦν δὲ αὕτη ἡ στρατηγία οὐδὲν ἄλλο δυναμένη ἢ ἀποδρᾶναι 








the context demands. It may 
supply a passive to almost any 
vb. 

43 aye δή, come now. 

44 ἥνπερ, the same as; 86. ὁδόν. 

46 ὑπὸ λιμοῦ: a slight personifica- 
tion, common with this word. 
Cf. I, 5, 26. 

47 ὑπάρχει, have to count upon, 
more than = ἔστι. 

48 σταθμῶν: gen. of time. 

ἐγγυτάτω: adv. as an attributive. 

49 εἴχομεν, were we able. 

50 xareSarravicapev: for the force 
of the prep., cf. καθηδυπάθησα, I, 3, 
15, 

paxporépav: 86. ὁδόν, 

51 ἐπιτηδείων : gen. with a word ex- 
pressing want. 

πορευτέον : verb. adj. in the imper- 
sonal construction, with acc. of 


the inner obj. (G. 1597; H. 990; 
B. 665). Trans., we must make. 
Cf. I, 5, 35. 

52 ὡς ἂν . . . μακροτάτους, as long 
as possible. 

53 ἅπαξ: cf. I, 9, 34. 

54 ἡμερῶν: gen. of measure, with 
ὁδόν. 

οὐκέτι μὴ δύνηται: emphatic neg. 
of the fut. (G. 1360; H. 1032; Β. 
569, 2). 

57 σπανιεῖ: for the form, cf. xat- 
εἶν, c. 1. 23. 

58 ἔγωγε, 1, for my part. Note, 
also, the emphatic postponement 
of the word. 

59 qv... δυναμένη, now this was 
a form of generalship which 
amounted to nothing else. The 
resolved vb. form (for ἐδύνατο) 
brings the partic. into stronger 





114 Anabasis 





60 ἢ ἀποφυγεῖν: ἡ δὲ τύχη ἐστρατήγησε κάλλιον. ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἡμέρα 


fs “ Ν 
ἐγένετο, ἐπορεύοντο ἐν δεξιᾷ ἔχοντες τὸν ἥλιον, λογιζόμενοι ἥξειν 
Ld 4 / ‘Al > , “Ὁ , ἥ ‘ a 
ἅμα ἡλίῳ δύνοντι εἰς κώμας τῆς Βαβυλωνίας χώρας" καὶ τοῦτο 


μὲν οὐκ ἐψεύσθησαν. ἔτι δὲ ἀμφὶ δείλην ἔδοξαν πολεμίους 1 


ὁρᾶν ἱππέας" καὶ τῶν τε Ἑλλήνων οἱ μὴ ἔτυχον ἐν ταῖς τάξεσιν 
ὄντες εἰς τὰς τάξεις ἔθεον, καὶ ᾿Αριαῖος, ἐτύγχανε γὰρ ἐφ᾽ ἁμά- 
Ens πορευόμενος διότι ἐτέτρωτο, καταβὰς ἐθωρακίζετο καὶ οἱ σὺν 
αὐτῷ. ἐν ᾧ δὲ ὡπλίζοντο ἧκον λέγοντες οὗ προπεμφθέντες 
σκοποὶ ὅτι οὐχ ἱππεῖς εἶεν ἀλλ᾽ ὑποζύγια νέμοιντο. καὶ εὐθὺς 
ἔγνωσαν πάντες ὅτι ἐγγύς που ἐστρατοπεδεύετο βασιλεύς" καὶ 
γὰρ καπνὸς ἐφαίνετο ἐν κώμαις οὐ πρόσω. 

Κλέαρχος δὲ ἐπὶ μὲν τοὺς πολεμίους οὐκ ἦγεν" ἤδει γὰρ 
καὶ ἀπειρηκότας τοὺς στρατιώτας καὶ ἀσίτους ὄντας" ἤδη δὲ 
καὶ ὀψὲ ἦν" οὐ μέντοι οὐδὲ ἀπέκλινε, φυλαττόμενος μὴ δοκοίη 
φεύγειν, ἀλλ᾽ εὐθύωρον ἄγων ἅμα τῷ ἡλίῳ δυομένῳ εἰς τὰς ἐγγυ- 
τάτω κώμας τοὺς πρώτους ἔχων κατεσκήνωσεν, ἐξ ὧν διήρπαστο 
ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλικοῦ στρατεύματος καὶ αὐτὰ τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν οἰκιῶν 
ξύλα. οἱ μὲν οὖν πρῶτοι ὅμως τρόπῳ τινὶ ἐστρατοπεδεύσαντο, 


οἱ δὲ ὕστεροι σκοταῖοι προσιόντες ὡς ἐτύγχανον ἕκαστοι NUXI- 





Book II, Chap. IIT 115 





ζοντο, Kal κραυγὴν πολλὴν ἐποίουν καλοῦντες ἀλλήλους, ὥστε 
καὶ τοὺς πολεμίους ἀκούειν: ὥστε οἱ μὲν ἐγγύτατα τῶν πολε- 
μίων καὶ ἔφυγον ἐκ τῶν σκηνωμάτων. δῆλον δὲ τοῦτο τῇ 
e ΄ 9.9. ἡ ” \ e , v9 2O\ ea ” 
ὑστεραίᾳ ἐγένετο: οὔτε yap ὑποζύγιον ἔτ᾽ οὐδὲν ἐφάνη οὔτε 
/ 5 LA \ ἠὃ a f ᾽ , δ ,» ε 
στρατόπεδον οὔτε καπνὸς οὐδαμοῦ πλησίον. ἐξεπλάγη δέ, ὡς 
ἔοικε, καὶ βασιλεὺς τῇ ἐφόδῳ τοῦ στρατεύματος. ἐδήλωσε δὲ 
A “ ¢ “ , “~ ‘ 
τοῦτο ols TH ὑστεραίᾳ ἔπραττε. προϊούσης μέντοι τῆς νυκτὸς 
‘ a a 
ταύτης καὶ τοῖς “Ἕλλησι φόβος ἐμπίπτει, καὶ θόρυβος καὶ δοῦ- 
Tos ἦν οἷον εἰκὸς φόβου ἐμπεσόντος γίγνεσθαι. Κλέαρχος δὲ 
Τολμίδην ᾿Ηλεῖον, ὃν ἐτύγχανεν ἔχων παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ κήρυκα ἄρι- 
στον τῶν τότε, ἀνειπεῖν ἐκέλευσε σιγὴν κηρύξαντα ὅτι προαγο- 
ἤἍ SM ἃ εν \ > / Ἁ ” > νὸν 
ρεύουσιν οἱ ἄρχοντες, ὃς ἂν τὸν ἀφέντα τὸν ὄνον εἰς τὰ ὅπλα 
“ μη / ‘ / > x a 3 Ud 
μηνύσῃ, ὅτι λήψεται μισθὸν τάλαντον. ἐπεὶ δὲ ταῦτα ἐκηρύχθη, 
ἔγνωσαν οἱ στρατιῶται ὅτι κενὸς ὁ φόβος εἴη καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες 
σῶοι. ἅμα δὲ ὄρθρῳ παρήγγειλεν ὁ Κλέαρχος εἰς τάξιν τὰ 


ὅπλα τίθεσθαι τοὺς “Ἕλληνας ἥπερ εἶχον ὅτε HY ἡ μάχη. 
III. Ὃ δὲ δὴ ἔγραψα ὅτι βασιλεὺς ἐξεπλάγη τῇ ἐφόδῳ, 
τῷδε δῆλον ἦν. τῇ μὲν γὰρ πρόσθεν ἡμέρᾳ πέμπων τὰ ὅπλα 


παραδιδόναι ἐκέλευε, τότε δὲ ἅμα ἡλίῳ ἀνατέλλοντι κήρυκας 





relief. Cf. εἶναι φυλάττων, I, 2, 
122f. For this use of δύναμαι, cf. 
I, 5, 33. 

ἀποδρᾶναι... ἀποφυγεῖν: cf. 1,4, 49- 

60 τύχη : almost personified. 

62 δύνοντι: cf. 1.10, and the note. 

τοῦτο. . - ἐψεύσθησαν: cf. I, 8, 42. 

63 δείλην: cf. I, 8, 26, and the note, 
It was not yet sunset, § 16. 

ἔδοξαν, they thought. Cf. I, 7, 4, 
and the note. 

64 of μὴ ἔτυχον: the neg. shows 
that the rel. is indefinite. 

65 ἐφ᾽ ἁμάξης: cf. I, 7, 92. 

67 év¢ : cf. 1, 2,117, and the note. 

68 εἶεν. . . νέμοιντο: opt., since λέ- 
yovres takes the time of ἧκον. 
For the pl. vb. with neut. pl. 
subj., cf. I, 2, 38, and the note. 


71 ἦγεν: the obj., τὸ στράτευμα, is 
omitted. 

72 ἀπειρηκότας, were worn out. Cf. 
ἀπαγορεύουσι, I, 5, 18. 

73 οὐ μέντοι οὐδὲ ἀπέκλινε, however 
he did not even turn aside either. 

74 εὐθύωρον, straight on, a poetic 
word. The adj. supplies the 
place of an inner obj. 

75 ἐξ ὧν... ξύλα: retain the or- 
der, from which there had been 
taken ...even the very timbers. 
For the pregnant use of the 
prep., cf. wapd, I, 1, 18, and the 
note, 

77 τρόπῳ τινί, after a fashion. 

78 oxorato:: adj. for adv. again. 

ηὐλίζοντο: the circumstances ac- 
count for the choice of the 











ἔπεμψε περὶ σπονδῶν. ot δ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἦλθον πρὸς τοὺς προφύλακας, 





durative tense. Contrast the 
aor. ἐστρατοπεδεύσαντο, |. 77. 

81 καὶ ἔφυγον, actually fled. 

83 ἐξεπλάγη : cf. ἐκπλαγείς, I, 8, 81. 
The word is a strong one, and is 
further emphasized by its posi- 
tion. 

86 δοῦπος: a poetic word. (Cf. 
ἐδούπησαν, I, 8, 74. 

87 οἷον: masc., not neut. With 
εἰκός Supply ἐστι. 

89 τῶν τότε: SC. κηρύκων. 

90 ὁςἂν . .. μηνύσῃ: acondit. rel. 
clause, forming a part of the 
indir. disc. despite its position 
before ὅτι. Cf. 1,6,6f., and the 
note. 

τὸν ὄνον: i.e. the generals make 


nothing of the matter. A very 
similar story is told of the Athe- 
nian general Iphicrates in Po- 
lyaenus III, 9, 4. 

91 τάλαντον: a large reward. 

93 τὰ ὅπλα: the heavy arms were, 
as a rule, stacked in one place. 

94 yep εἶχον, just as they stood. 


CuHaprTerR III 


16... ἔγραψα: seec. 2. 83 f. 

2 πέμπων : used without an obj., as 
send may be in Eng. 

3 ἐκέλευε: with this vb. there is 
often a tendency to use the impf., 
rather than the aor. 

4 περὶ σπονδῶν: a decided change 





110 Anabasis 





ν᾽ , Ἃ bi 
5 ἐζήτουν τοὺς ἄρχοντας. 


ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἀπήγγελλον οἱ προφύλακες, 


Κλέαρχος τυχὼν τότε τὰς τάξεις ἐπισκοπῶν εἶπεν τοῖς προφύ- 


/ \ , / » bal Ul ᾽ ‘ 
λαξι κελεύειν TOUS KNPUKAS περιμένειν ἄχρι ἂν σχολάσῃ. ἐπεὶ 


δὲ κατέστησε τὸ στράτευμα ὥστε καλῶς ἔχειν ὁρᾶσθαι πάντῃ 


, > \ Ὁ Ψ \ ΄ A ο 
φάλαγγα πυκνήν, ἐκτὸς τῶν ὅπλων δὲ μηδένα καταφανῆ εἶναι͵ 


10 ἐκάλεσε τοὺς ἀγγέλους, καὶ αὐτός τε προῆλθε τούς τε εὐοπλο- 


τάτους ἔχων καὶ εὐειδεστάτους τῶν αὑτοῦ στρατιωτῶν καὶ τοῖς 
Ν Ἂ > ¥ > \ Ν = Ν »“ > 
ἄλλοις στρατηγοῖς ταὐτὰ ἔφρασεν. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦν πρὸς τοῖς ay- 


γέλοις, ἀνηρώτα τί βούλοιντο. 


οἱ δ᾽ ἔλεγον ὅτι περὶ σπονδῶν 


od Ν Ψ e = Ul \ ἤ κ 
ἥκοιεν ἄνδρες οἵτινες ἱκανοὶ ἔσονται τὰ τε παρὰ βασιλέως τοῖς 


ι5 Ἕλλησιν ἀπαγγεῖλαι καὶ τὰ παρὰ τῶν ᾿Ἑλλήνων βασιλεῖ. 


ὃ δὲ ἀπεκρίνατο: ᾿Απαγγέλλετε τοίνυν αὐτῷ ὅτι μάχης δεῖ 


a“ ᾿ b ” xO ε / \ δῶ 
πρῶτον" αριστον yap OUK ἐστιν ovo 0 τολμήσων περι στονοων 





in the king’s attitude, com- 
mented on in ITI, 1, § 28. 
ἐπισκοπῶν: supplementary par- 
tic. with τυχών. 
axpt, until. This word lacks 
prose warrant. It has been as. 
sumed that Xen. means to rep- 
resent Clearchus as speaking in 
his own dialect; but, in view of 
our author’s many poeticisms, 
this is, at best, highly uncertain. 
Cf. his use of ἔστε, below |. 30, a 
word used by no other prose 
author. 
ὥστε. . . ὁρᾶσθαι, so that it pre- 
sented a fine appearance. This 
phrase is further explained by 
πάντῃ φάλαγγα πυκνήν. ὁρᾶσθαι 
limits and defines καλῶς (for the 
looking). See G. 1528; H. 952; 
B. 641. The act. infin. is regular 
in these phrases (cf. ὁρᾶν στυγνός 
[II, 6, §9]), so that it may be re- 
garded as doubtful whether we 
have here the pass., or the un- 
Attic mid. in the sense of the act. 
9 ἐκτὸς τῶν ὅπλων, except the armed 


men. The closed ranks of the 
hoplites in front would prevent 
the unarmed from being seen. 

10 αὐτός re: correlative with καὶ 
τοῖς ἄλλοις, below; the interven- 
ing τε and καί connect the adje. 

12 ταὐτά: i.e. they were to follow 
his example. 

14 ἥκοιεν, had come, since ἥκω is in 
force a perf. 

οἵτινες . . . ἔσονται: a rel. clause 
of purpose. Cf. doris ... ἀπά- 
te, I, 3, 70 f. Observe that in 
such a clause the indic. is usually 
retained, even after a secondary 
tense. 

τά τε παρά: i.e. proposals. The 
context supplies the noun. 

16 μάχης . . - πρῶτον: both words 
are emphasized by their position. 

17 Spicrov ... ἄριστον: for the 
order, cf. ἤγγελλον. . . ἤγγελλον, 
I, 7, 62 ff., and the note. 

ἔστιν : for the accent, see G. 144, 5; 
H. 480; B. 262, 1. 

ὁ τολμήσων (sc. ἔστι), nor lives there 
a man who will dare. 


7 τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. 








Book II, Chap. 111 117 





~ ΝΜ ~ 7 
6 λέγειν τοῖς “ἔλλησι μὴ πορίσας ἄριστον. ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες 


οἱ ἄγγελοι ἀπήλαυνον, καὶ ἧκον ταχύ: ᾧ καὶ δῆλον ἦν ὅτι 


ἐγγύς που βασιλεὺς ἣν ἢ ἄλλος τις ᾧ ἐπετέτακτο ταῦτα πράττειν" 


ἔλεγον δὲ ὅτι εἰκότα δοκοῖεν λέγειν βασιλεῖ, καὶ ἥκοιεν ἡγεμόνας 


¢€ LA 
ἔχοντες of αὐτούς, ἐὰν σπονδαὶ γένωνται, ἄξουσιν ἔνθεν ἕξουσι 


ὃ δὲ ἠρώτα εἰ αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἀνδράσι σπένδοιτο 


τοῖς ἰοῦσι καὶ ἀπιοῦσιν, ἢ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἔσοιντο σπονδαί. οἵ 
bal “ a cal 
δέ, Ἅπασιν, ἔφασαν, μέχρι ἂν βασιλεῖ τὰ παρ᾽ ὑμῶν διαγγελθῇ. 


ς ἐπεὶ δὲ ταῦτα εἶπον, μεταστησάμενος αὐτοὺς ὁ Κλέαρχος ἐβου- 


λεύετο: καὶ ἐδόκει τὰς σπονδὰς ποιεῖσθαι ταχὺ καὶ καθ᾽ ἡσυ- 


9 χίαν ἐλθεῖν τε ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια καὶ λαβεῖν. ὁ δὲ Κλέαρχος 


. “ \ > 1 A > z , » a 
εἶπε. Δοκεῖ μὲν κἀμοὶ ταῦτα" ov μέντοι ταχύ γε aTrayyero, 
ἀλλὰ διατρίψω ἔστ᾽ ἂν ὀκνήσωσιν οἱ ἄγγελοι μὴ ἀποδόξῃ ἡμῖν 

\ " Φ ol ‘sl Ν ἃ “Ὁ e ᾽ 
τὰς σπονδὰς ποιήσασθαι" οἶμαί γε μέντοι, ἔφη, καὶ τοῖς ἡμετέ- 


ροις στρατιώταις τὸν αὐτὸν φόβον παρέσεσθαι. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐδόκει 


καιρὸς εἶναι, ἀπήγγελλεν ὅτι σπένδοιτο, καὶ εὐθὺς ἡγεῖσθαι 


» / \ > , 
ἐκέλευε πρὸς τἀπιτήδεια. 





18 μὴ πορίσας: conditional, as is 
shown by the neg. Clearchus 
keeps up his bold bearing, and 
with success; the envoys are 
ready enough to procure sup- 
plies. 

19 ᾧ, whereby. 

20 ᾧ ἐπετέτακτο, to whom com- 
mands had been given. See 
I, 6, 59, and the note, 

21 δοκοῖεν... ἥκοιεν... ἕξουσι: 
direct, doxetre . . . ἥμομεν ... 
ἕξετε, Note the rapid shift of 
subj , always easy in Greek. 

23 αὐτοῖς : practically =pébvos, Cf. 
I, 8, 44, and the note. 

σπένδοιτο: cf. εἴησαν, c. 1, 101, and 
the note. 

24 τοῖς ἰοῦσι: i.e. those going with 
the Persian envoys to obtain 
supplies. As a matter of fact, 
Clearchus leads the whole army 


(§ 6). 


25 μέχρι av... διαγγελθῇ : in this 
chapter we have already had 
ἄχρι in the sense of until (1. 7, 
where see the note) and ἔστε 
occurs below, |. 30, μέχρι is not 
rare in prose, but is not nearly 
as common as éws. After negs. 
πρίν is regular; see I, 2, 12. 

26 μεταστησάμενος αὐτούς, having 
them retire. Cf., with change 
of voice, μεταστάντες, below (1.86). 

27 ἐδόκει : i.e. to the deliberating 
generals. Clearchus’ own opin- 
ion follows. 

80 ὀκνήσωσιν : ingressive. 

ἀποδόξῃ: for the neg. force of the 
prep., cf. ἀποψηφίσωνται, I, 4, 98. 

81 οἶμαι. . . παρέσεσθαι: these 
words show that Clearchus, de- 
spite his bold front, was not un- 
aware of the gravity of their 
situation. 

83 σπένδοιτο : he said σπένδομιι, 





118 Anabasis 





K i," “Ὁ Ἂ e ~ K / 4 > " Ν \ 
at ov μὲν nyouvTo, Ἀλέαρχος μέντοι ἐπορεύετο τὰς μὲν 10 


σπονδὰς ποιησάμενος, τὸ δὲ στράτευμα ἔχων ἐν τάξει, καὶ αὐτὸς 
> e Ἁ ᾽ al / > “ ΄ 
ὠπισθοφυλάκει. καὶ ἐνετύγχανον τάφροις καὶ αὐλῶσιν ὕδατος 
πλήρεσιν ὡς μὴ δύνασθαι διαβαίνειν ἄνευ γεφυρῶν: ar’ 
ἐποιοῦντο διαβάσεις ἐκ τῶν φοινίκων οἱ ἦσαν ἐκπεπτωκότες, 
τοὺς δὲ καὶ ἐξέκοπτον. καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἣν Κλέαρχον καταμαθεῖν 
ὡς ἐπεστάτει, ἐν μὲν τῇ ἀριστερᾷ χειρὶ τὸ δόρυ ἔχων, ἐν δὲ τῇ 
δεξιᾷ βακτηρίαν" καὶ εἴ τις αὐτῷ δοκοίη τῶν πρὸς τοῦτο TETAY- 
/ , > , " > / ¥ ” ἃ 
μένων βλακεύειν, ἐκλεγόμενος τὸν ἐπιτήδειον ἔπαισεν ἄν, καὶ 
Lid > \ ϑ » Ἂ \ 3 ἤ “ “ 
ἅμα αὑτὸς προσελάμβανεν εἰς τὸν πηλὸν ἐμβαίνων-: ὥστε πᾶσιν 
αἰσχύνην εἶναι μὴ οὐ συσπουδάξειν. καὶ ἐτάχθησαν πρὸς αὐτὸ 
οἱ εἰς τριάκοντα ἔτη γεγονότες" ἐπεὶ δὲ Κλέαρχον ἑώρων σπου- 





35 μέντοι balances μέν, Ὀυΐ is more 40 Κλέαρχον: prolepsis; see on τῶν 


strongly adversative than δέ. 

36 ποιησάμενος : Concessive. 

ἐν τάξει : ready, in case of an attack. 
He feared treachery. 

37 ἐνετύγχανον : frequentative. 

αὐλῶσιν : doubtless smaller ditches 
intersecting the τάφρο. The 
whole represents an elaborate 
system of irrigation, whereby 
the natural fertility of Babylonia 
was greatly enhanced. Cf. II, 
4,§13. From 813 we infer that 
these had been flooded, in order 
to impede the progress of the 
Greeks. 

38 ὡς μὴ δύνασθαι: cf. I, 5, 64, and 
the note. 

39 διαβάσεις : cf. I, 5,73, and the 
note. Many editors omit the 
word, as γεφύρας readily supplies 
itself as the obj. 

of ἦσαν ἐκπεπτωκότες, which lay 
there, fallen. The phrase is not 
a mere plpf. (= ἐξεπεπτώκεσαν); 
each element has its own force. 
Cf. the note on evar . . . φυλάτ- 
twy, I, 2, 122 f. 


βαρβάρων, I, 1, 20. 

41 τῇ ἀριστερᾷ χειρί: he is not 
cumbered with a shield, but 
carries his spear (τὸ δόρυ) in the 
left hand, leaving the right free 
to wield a stick (no art.). For 
the stick, see I, 5, 70, and for 
Clearchus as a disciplinarian, 
IT, 6, § 8. 

42 el... δοκοίη... ἔπαισεν ἄν: 
the ἄν is frequentative (see I, 9, 
68) and the condition is general. 

44 els τὸν πηλόν: cf. I, 5, 49. 

45 μὴ οὐ συσπουδάζειν, not to be 
equally zealous. Such an infin. 
has regularly the neg. μή; it 
takes μὴ οὐ only when the lead- 
ing vb. is neg.; see G. 1616; H 
1034; B. 434. Here the phrase 
ὥστε αἰσχύνην εἶναι implies nega- 
tion. See G. Μ. T. 817, and ef. 
Anab. ITI, 1,§13, where, however, 
the question, τί ἐμποδών;, is equi- 
valent to οὐδὲν ἐμποδών. Such 
cases are exceptional. 

πρὸς αὐτό: αὐτός is often used of 
the matter in hand. 


12 


3 δάζοντα, προσελάμβανον καὶ oi πρεσβύτεροι. 


Book II, Chap. III 119 





πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον 
»λ “ - 
ὁ Κλέαρχος ἔσπευδεν, ὑποπτεύων μὴ αἰεὶ οὕτω πλήρεις εἶναι 
τὰς τάφρους ὕδατος" οὐ γὰρ ἣν ὥρα οἵα τὸ πεδίον ἄρδειν: ἀλλ᾽ 
» ν΄ ᾽ \ 
iva ἤδη πολλὰ προφαίνοιτο τοῖς Ἕλλησι δεινὰ εἰς τὴν πορείαν, 
‘ “ / € / , re | »᾿ δί \ “ὃ 
τούτου ἕνεκα βασιλέα ὑπώπτευεν ἐπὶ τὸ πεδίον τὸ ὕδωρ 
> ’ 
ἀφεικέναι. 
Πορευόμενοι δὲ ἀφίκοντο εἰς κώμας ὅθεν ἀπέδειξαν οἱ ἡγε- 
μόνες λαμβάνειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. ἐνῆν δὲ σῖτος πολὺς καὶ οἶνος 
f Μ e Ἂ » A “ > - 
φοινίκων καὶ ὄξος ἑψητὸν ἀπὸ τῶν αὐτῶν. 
τῶν φοινίκων οἵας μὲν ἐν τοῖς “λλησιν ἔστιν ἰδεῖν τοῖς οἰκέταις 


αὐταὶ δὲ αἱ βάλανοι 


> f i » » f = > , 
ἀπέκειντο, αἱ δὲ τοῖς δεσπόταις ἀποκείμεναι ἦσαν ἀπόλεκτοι, 
θαυμάσιαι τοῦ κάλλους καὶ μεγέθους, ἡ δὲ ὄψις ἠλέκτρου οὐδὲν 





46 of ... γεγονότες, those thirty note on ἅρματα, I, 8, 78. Here 


years old and under. 

47 οἱ πρεσβύτεροι : observe how the 
chiastic order emphasizes this 
word. 

48 ὑποπτεύων ph... εἶναι: forthe 
neg., see the note on μηδὲν ἂν 
... παθεῖν, 1,9, 29. Some explain 
by assuming that the direct 
form was interrog., μὴ ἀεί εἰσιν; 

49 ola... ἄρδειν: cf. the use of 
the infin. with ὥστε, οἷός re, and 
οἷόν τε (G. 1526; H. 1000; B. 641; 
G. M. T. 759). The time for 
irrigation was summer; it was 
now October. 

50 ἤδη, at the start. 

51 τούτου évexa: resuming the final 
clause. 

54 οἶνος φοινίκων, palm-wine. Cf. 
I, 5, 66, and the note. 

55 ὄξος. . . αὐτῶν: presumably, 
after the juice had been pressed 
out for wine, the residue was 
boiled and an inferior drink 
made. 

βάλανοι: cf. I, 5, 66, and the note. 
For the partitive appos., see the 


the partitive gen. at the head of 
the sentence would have given 
an awkward succession of geni- 
tives. 

56 ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησιν: even when the 
name of a country is in common 
use (as ἡ “EAAds) the Greek 
often prefers to use the name 
of the people in the pl. (Cf. 
és Πισίδας, I, 1, 62, and the 
note. 

ἔστιν: cf. I, 5, 17, and the note. 

57 ἀπέκειντο, were laid aside. κεῖ- 
μαι Often supplies a pass. to 
τίθημι. 

58 κάλλους. . . μεγέθους: causal 
gens. (G. 1126; Η. 744; B. 366). 
ἠλέκτρου: 7. 6. ἠλέκτρου ὄψεως. This 
shorter form of comparison is 
often preferred. Cf. III, 1, 8 23, 
σώματα ἱκανώτερα τούτων, and see 
G. 1178; Η. 7130. For ἤλεκτρον, 
see the vocab. Amber would 
seem a natural rendering here, 
but these dates were also called 
χρυσοβάλανοι; so that Xen. very 
probably had in mind the metal. 





190 Anabasis 





διέφερεν" τὰς δέ τινας Enpaivovtes τραγήματα ἀπετίθεσαν. καὶ 


60 ἦν καὶ παρὰ πότον ἡδὺ μέν, κεφαλαλγὲς δέ. ἐνταῦθα καὶ τὸν 


> s A ͵ a ” ε a a iene 
ἐγκέφαλον τοῦ φοίνικος πρῶτον ἔφαγον οἱ στρατιῶται, καὶ οἱ 
πολλοὶ ἐθαύμαζον τό τε εἶδος καὶ τὴν ἰδιότητα τῆς ἡδονῆς. ἣν 
δὲ σφόδρα καὶ τοῦτο κεφαλαλγές. ὁ δὲ φοῖνιξ ὅθεν ἐξαιρεθείη 
an / [τὰ 2 il 
ὁ ἐγκέφαλος ὅλος ηὐαίνετο. 

᾿Ενταῦθα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τρεῖς: καὶ παρὰ μεγάλου βασιλέως 
ἧκε Τισσαφέρνης καὶ ὁ τῆς βασιλέως γυναικὸς ἀδελφὸς καὶ 
ἄλλοι Πέρσαι τρεῖς" δοῦλοι δὲ πολλοὶ εἵποντο. ἐπεὶ δὲ 
ἀπήντησαν αὐτοῖς οἱ τῶν ᾿Ελλήνων στρατηγοί, ἔλεγε πρῶτος 
Τισσαφέρνης δι᾽ ἑρμηνέως τοιάδε. ᾿Εγώ, ὦ ἄνδρες “Ἕλληνες, 
γείτων οἰκῶ τῇ Ἑλλάδι, καὶ ἐπεὶ ὑμᾶς εἶδον εἰς πολλὰ καὶ 
ἀμήχανα πεπτωκότας, εὕρημα ἐποιησάμην εἴ πως δυναίμην 
παρὰ βασιλέως αἰτήσασθαι δοῦναι ἐμοὶ ἀποσῶσαι ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν 
¢ , | ν᾽ Ἅ > > / »Ψ v \ e “ 
Ελλάδα. οἶμαι γὰρ ἂν οὐκ ἀχαρίστως μοι ἔχειν οὔτε πρὸς ὑμῶν 
οὔτε πρὸς τῆς πάσης Ελλάδος. ταῦτα δὲ γνοὺς ἠτούμην βασιλέα, 





59 τὰς δέ τινας: τις is often added 
to ὃ μέν and ὃ δέ; ef. ITI, 8, 8 19. 

τραγήματα, for sweetmeats. 

60 ἦν: the subj. is probably vague. 
It is unnecessary to evolve τὸ 
τράγημα from τραγήματα. ἡδύ is 
the substant. neut. in the pred. 
(a pleasant thing); see G. 925; 
H. 617; B. 423; and ef. IT, 5, 8 9. 

G1 ἐγκέφαλον τοῦ φοίνικος, the cab- 
bage of the palm. Cf. Pliny, 
H.N., XIII, 4. Dulcis medulla 
earum (7. 6. palmarum) in cacu- 
mine quod cerebrum apellant. 

πρῶτον, for the first time; contrast 
πρῶτος, below, |. 68. 

62 ἰδιότητα. . . ἡδονῆς, its peculiar 
jiavor. 

63 ἐξαιρεθείη : frequentative. 

66 yvvatxdés: her name was Statira. 

70 yelrwv: remember that ἡ Ἑλλάς 
includes the Greek cities of 
Asia Minor. 


πολλὰ καὶ ἀμήχανα: after forms 
οὗ πολύς, καί may often be left 
untranslated; cf. II, 4, § 21. 

71 εὕρημα ἐποιησάμην, 1 counted it 
a piece of good fortune. 

el δυναίμην : oblique for ἐὰν δύνωμαι, 

12 αἰτήσασθαι, to win my request. 
Note the tense and the voice. 

δοῦναι, that he should grant, obj. 
of αἰτήσασθαι (cf. δοθῆναι, I, 1, 36), 
and itself governing ἀποσῶσαι. 

73 οἶμαι. .. ἔχειν, for I think it 
would not be a thankless task. 
For the position of ἄν, cf. I, 3, 29, 
and the note. Here ἄν precedes 
οὐκ because of the latter’s close 
connection with ἀχαρίστως. 

πρός: cf. I, 6, 29. 

74 τῆς πάσης Ἑλλάδος : for πᾶς in 
the attrib. position, see G. 979; 
H. 672; Β, 455. 

ἡτούμην : note the tense, and con- 
trast αἰτήσασθαι, above. 


Book II, Chap. 111 121 





~ w “~ - 

λέγων αὐτῷ ὅτι δικαίως ἄν μοι χαρίζοιτο, ὅτι αὐτῷ Κῦρόν τε ἐπι- 
στρατεύοντα πρῶτος ἤγγειλα καὶ βοήθειαν ἔχων ἅμα TH ἀγγελίᾳ 

P Ρ NYY 1) x μα Τῇ ἀγγελίᾳ 
> ' »" , a“ pt A σ , 3 
ἀφικόμην, καὶ μόνος τῶν κατὰ τοὺς “EAAnvas τεταγμένων οὐκ 
ἔφυγον, ἀλλὰ διήλασα καὶ συνέμειξα βασιλεῖ ἐν τῷ ὑμετέρῳ 
στρατοπέδῳ ἔνθα βασιλεὺς ἀφίκετο, ἐπεὶ Κῦρον ἀπέκτεινε καὶ 
τοὺς ξὺν Κύρῳ βαρβάρους ἐδίωξε σὺν τοῖσδε τοῖς παροῦσι νῦν 
μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ, οἵπερ αὐτῷ εἰσι πιστότατοι. καὶ περὶ μὲν τούτων 
ὑπέσχετό μοι βουλεύσεσθαι" ἐρέσθαι δέ με ὑμᾶς ἐκέλευεν ἐλθόντα 


, Ψ > ΄ mw »» A , oe. 
τίνος ἕνεκεν ἐστρατεύσατε ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν. Kal συμβουλεύω ὑμῖν 
μετρίως ἀποκρίνασθαι, ἵνα μοι εὐπρακτότερον ἦ ἐάν τι δύνωμαι 


ἀγαθὸν ὑμῖν παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ διαπράξασθαι. 

Πρὸς ταῦτα μεταστάντες οἱ “Ελληνες ἐβουλεύοντο" καὶ 
ἀπεκρίναντο, Κλέαρχος δ᾽ ἔλεγεν: Ἡμεῖς οὔτε συνήλθομεν ὡς 
βασιλεῖ πολεμήσοντες οὔτε ἐπορευόμεθα ἐπὶ βασιλέα, ἀλλὰ 
πολλὰς προφάσεις Κῦρος ηὕρισκεν, ὡς καὶ σὺ εὖ οἶσθα, ἵνα 
ὑμᾶς τε ἀπαρασκεύους λάβοι καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐνθάδε ἀγάγοι. ἐπεὶ 
μέντοι ἤδη αὐτὸν ἑωρῶμεν ἐν δεινῷ ὄντα, ἠσχύνθημεν καὶ θεοὺς 
καὶ ἀνθρώπους προδοῦναι αὐτόν, ἐν τῷ πρόσθεν χρόνῳ παρέ- 








75 émotparevovra: quoted after 
ἤγγειλα, ἀγγέλλω permits all 
three constructions, although 
the partic. is infrequent. For 
the fact, see I, 2, 23 ff. 

78 διήλασα: cf. 1, 10, 30 

79 ἔνθα: cf. 1,10, 2ff., and the note. 

ἀπέκτεινε: Plut. Artox. 14 states 
that the king claimed to have 
slain Cyrus with his own hand. 

80 τοῖσδε: said with a gesture. 

81 αὐτῷ: i. 6. the king. 

82 ἐρέσθαι : in chiustic order with 
βουλεύσεσθαι. 

84 μετρίως: i.e. less haughtily than 
before. 

εὐπρακτότερον : verbal adjs. may of 
course be compared. For pur- 
tics., see the note on ἠμελημένως, 
I, 7, 92. 

85 διαπράξασθαι, win. Cf. διαπε- 


mpaypévos, below, 1. 104. The 
prep. emphasizes the idea of ac- 
complishment. 

86 μεταστάντες: cf. μεταστησάμενος, 
above, 1. 26, and note the differ- 
ence in voice. 

87 ἔλεγεν, was spokesman. 

91 ἐν δεινῷ: at Thapsacus? See 
I, 5, 74 fi. 

ἠσχύνθημεν . .. αὐτόν, we were 
ushamed both before gods and 
men to betray him. αἰσχύνομαι 
takes an acc. of the thing of 
which one is ashamed, and also 
of the person before whom one 
feelsshame. Here we have both, 
προδοῦναι supplying the place of 
one acc. See G. 1049, 1519; H. 
712, 948; B. 329, 1; 638. 

92 παρέχοντες : impf. partic., as is 
clear from the context. 


80 


90 





122 Anabasis 





¢ Ὁ} » ‘ Φ “Ὁ > \ “Ὁ / w 
χοντες ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς ev ποιεῖν. ἐπεὶ δὲ Κῦρος τέθνηκεν, οὔτε 
βασιλεῖ ἀντιποιούμεθα τῆς ἀρχῆς οὔτ᾽ ἔστιν ὅτου ἕνεκα βουλοί. 

a \ ; , a “ γῸ oi > 
95 μεθα ἂν τὴν βασιλέως χώραν κακῶς ποιεῖν, οὐδ᾽ αὐτὸν ἀπο- 
κτεῖναι ἂν ἐθέλοιμεν, πορευοίμεθα δ᾽ ἂν οἴκαδε, εἴ τις ἡμᾶς μὴ 
λυποίη" ἀδικοῦντα μέντοι πειρασόμεθα σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς ἀμύ- 
νασθαι" ἐὰν μέντοι τις ἡμᾶς καὶ εὖ ποιῶν ὑπάρχῃ, καὶ τούτου 
εἴς γε δύναμιν οὐχ ἡττησόμεθα εὖ ποιοῦντες. ὃ μὲν οὕτως εἶπεν" 


100 ἀκούσας δὲ ὁ Τισσαφέρνης Ταῦτα, ἔφη, ἐγὼ ἀπαγγελῶ βασιλεῖ 


καὶ ὑμῖν πάλιν τὰ παρ᾽ ἐκείνου" μέχρι δ᾽ ἂν ἐγὼ ἥκω αἱ σπονδαὶ 
μενόντων" ἀγορὰν δὲ ἡμεῖς παρέξομεν. 

Καὶ εἰς μὲν τὴν ὑστεραίαν οὐχ ἧκεν: ὥσθ᾽ οἱ “Ἕλληνες 
ἐφρόντιζον: τῇ δὲ τρίτῃ ἥκων ἔλεγεν ὅτι διαπεπραγμένος ἥκοι 


105 παρὰ βασιλέως δοθῆναι αὐτῷ σῴζειν τοὺς “Ἕλληνας, καίπερ 


πολλῶν ἀντιλεγόντων ὡς οὐκ ἄξιον εἴη βασιλεῖ ἀφεῖναι τοὺς ἐφ᾽ 
4 ». a - 
ἑαυτὸν στρατευσαμένους. τέλος δὲ εἶπε: Καὶ νῦν ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν 


πιστὰ λαβεῖν παρ᾽ ἡμῶν ἣ μὴν φιλίαν παρέξειν ὑμῖν τὴν χώραν 





98 καὶ εὖ ποιῶν: καί marks this 


93 εὖ ποιεῖν: infin. of purpose. 

94 ἀντιποιούμεθα: cf. c. 1. 59. 

οὔτ᾽ ἔστιν ὅτου ἕνεκα, nor is there 
any reason why. 

βοιλοίμεθα . . . ἐθέλοιμεν: the dif- 
ference in meaning is not to be 
pushed. Xen. often chooses to 
vary his language; see the In- 
trod., §39. Note the potential 
opt., following an indic., and the 
chiastic order. 

96 ris: often used when a definite 
person is meant (cf. II, 4, 822 
end). Here the threatening tone 
is manifest. 

97 ἀδικοῦντα μέντοι, him that 
wrongs us, however. The em- 
phatic order should be retained. 

σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς, with heaven's help. 
The phrase is a common one, 
but does not therefore lack force. 
For the tone, cf. II, 5,§7; III, 
2, §10. 


phrase as parallel with ἀδικοῦντα. 
ὑπάρχῃ, begin, with supplementary 
partic. 

καὶ τούτου: retain the ord:r, In 
his case also. The gen, is due 
to the vb. of inferiority. 

99 εὖ ποιοῦντες, in doing good, cir- 
cumstantial partic. with ἡττησό- 
μεθα. 

ὃ pév: is the asyndeton felt? 

101 ἥκω: what mood? 

102 μενόντων: not a partic. 

103 els: cf. I, 7, 4. 

104 διαπεπραγμένος: cf. διαπράξασ- 
θαι, above, |. 85. Its obj. is the 
infin. clause. 

105 δοθῆναι... “Ἕλληνας. Cf. δοῦ- 
vat, above, 1. 72. 

106 ἄξιον, becoming. 

108 πιστὰ λαβεῖν: the phrase im- 
plies a promise, and so legiti- 
mately governs the infin. 


23 


24 


Book II, Chap. IV 123 





καὶ ἀδόλως ἀπάξειν eis τὴν Ελλάδα ἀγορὰν παρέχοντας" ὅπου 
δ᾽ ἂν μὴ ἦ πρίασθαι, λαμβάνειν ὑμᾶς ἐκ τῆς χώρας ἐάσομεν τὰ 


ἢ , ε-» ee , A a. ΄, 
o7 ἐπιτήδεια. ὑμᾶς δὲ αὖ ἡμῖν δεήσει ὀμόσαι ἢ μὴν πορεύσεσθαι 


ὡς διὰ φιλίας ἀσινῶς σῖτα καὶ ποτὰ λαμβάνοντας ὁπόταν μὴ 
ἀγορὰν παρέχωμεν: ἣν δὲ παρέχωμεν ἀγοράν, ὠνουμένους ἕξειν 


os τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. ταῦτα ἔδοξε, καὶ ὥμοσαν καὶ δεξιὰς ἔδοσαν αὖ 


Τισσαφέρνης καὶ ὁ τῆς βασιλέως γυναικὸς ἀδελφὸς τοῖς τῶν 
Ἑλλήνων στρατηγοῖς καὶ λοχαγοῖς καὶ ἔλαβον παρὰ τῶν 
Ἑλλήνων. μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα Τισσαφέρνης εἶπεν: Νῦν μὲν δὴ 
ἄπειμι ὡς βασιλέα: ἐπειδὰν δὲ διαπράξωμαι ἃ δέομαι, ἥξω 
U e > id . "“ > ‘ e (ὃ \ ὍΣΟΝ 
συσκευασάμενος ws ἀπάξων ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν “Ελλάδα καὶ αὐτὸς 
ἀπιὼν ἐπὶ τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ ἀρχήν. 
IV. Μετὰ ταῦτα περιέμενον Τισσαφερνὴην οἵ τε “EXAnves 
καὶ ὁ ᾿Αριαῖος ἐγγὺς ἀλλήλων ἐστρατοπεδευμένοι ἡμέρας πλεί- 
¥ > \ A > ap \ > » \ e 
ous ἢ εἴκοσιν. ἐν δὲ ταύταις ἀφικνοῦνται πρὸς ᾿Αριαῖον καὶ οἱ 
ἀδελφοὶ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι ἀναγκαῖοι καὶ πρὸς τοὺς σὺν ἐκείνῳ Περσῶν 





ἦ μήν, verily,a stereotyped formula themselves indefinitely; cf. II, 





in oaths. 

109 ἀδόλως: cf. c. 2. 40. 

ἀγοράν : see the Introd., § 28. 

ὅπον . . . ἐάσομεν : a change to di- 
rectspeech. ἢ, of course, means, 
be possible. 

112 διὰ φιλίας : 86. τῆς χώρας; cf. 
I, 3, 70f., and the note. 

do.vas: a poeticism. Cf. ἀσινέστα- 
ra, III, 3, §3, and ἐσίνοντο, ITI, 4, 
§ 16. 

118 ὠνουμένους, by purchase. 

ἕξειν : governed by the vb. of swear- 
ing. 

114 ταῦτα ἔδοξε: the asyndeton is 
normal; cf. 1, 3, 102. 

δεξιάς: cf. I, 6, 35. The Persians 
muke a great show of friendliness 
at the start, doubtless in order to 
induce the Greeks to leave their 
present position, in which they 
might well have maintained 


4, § 22, and III, 2, § 24 ff. 

118 ὡς βασιλέα: cf. I, 2, 24, and the 
note. 

ἃ δέομαι: the antecedent is defi. 
nite; contrast 8, rc ἂν δέῃ, I, 3, 24. 


CuapTer IV 
περιέμενον: it was idle waiting; 
ef.c 1.27,and the note. During 
this time, according to Diodorus, 
XIV, 26, Tiss. went to Babylon, 
whither the king had gone to 
celebrate his victory. There he 
received high honors at the 
hands of the king, being in- 
vested with the command of the 
provinces that had belonged to 
Cyrus, and receiving, besides, 
the daughter of the king as his 
wife. On his part he promised 
to destroy the Gre: ks. 

4 ἀναγκαῖοι: cf. necessarii; prop- 
erly blood-relatiuns. 





Anabasis 





5 τινες, (οἷ παρεθάρρυνόν τε καὶ δεξιὰς ἐνίοις παρὰ βασιλέως 


ν \ ἢ rd > “ ~ \ 4 > 
ἔφερον μὴ μνησικακήσειν βασιλέα αὐτοῖς τῆς σὺν Κύρῳ ἐπι- 
ἣ Ν ») ‘ ~ , 
στρατείας μηδὲ ἄλλου μηδενὸς τῶν παροιχομένων. τούτων δὲ 
γιγνομένων ἔνδηλοι ἦσαν οἱ περὶ ᾿Αριαῖον ἧττον προσέχοντες 
τοῖς ἕλλησι τὸν νοῦν: ὥστε καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τοῖς μὲν πολλοῖς 
τῶν “Ἑλλήνων οὐκ ἤρεσκον, ἀλλὰ προσιόντες τῷ Κλεάρχῳ ἔλε- 
᾿ “ ΜΝ » / ; > > Ul 
γον καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις στρατηγοῖς" Τί μένομεν; ἢ οὐκ ἐπιστάμεθα 
ν Ἁ ¢ “Ὁ > 4 A " / 7 \ 
ὅτι βασιλεὺς ἡμᾶς ἀπολέσαι ἂν περὶ παντὸς ποιήσαιτο, ἵνα Kal 
ra v 
τοῖς ἄλλοις “EAAnot φόβος εἴη ἐπὶ βασιλέα μέγαν στρατεύειν; 
καὶ νῦν μὲν ἡμᾶς ὑπάγεται μένειν διὰ τὸ διεσπάρθαι αὐτῷ τὸ 
, aN \ ᾿ ς Ὁ Ag, 4 > Μ 
στράτευμα: ἐπὴν δὲ πάλιν ἁλισθῇ αὐτῷ ἡ στρατιά, οὐκ ἔστιν 
μη ᾽ b , ¢ - » al > / 
ὅπως οὐκ ἐπιθήσεται ἡμῖν. ἴσως δέ που 7) ἀποσκάπτει τι ἢ 








5 παρεθάρρυνον: cf. the simple vb. 
I, 7,12. For the force of the 
prep., cf. παρακελεύομαι (I, 7, 44), 
and παρακαλῶ (III, 1, §44). 

6 μὴ μνησικακήσειν : the infin. after 
δεξιὰς ἔφερον, as after πιστὰ λαβεῖν, 
above, c. 3.104. The neg. must, 
of course, be μή. 

ἐπιστρατείας : causal gen. 

8 ἔνδηλοι ἦσαν... προσέχοντες: cf. 
δῆλος ἣν ἀνιώμενος, 1, 2, 70. Hereto- 
fore they had felt that their own 
safety depended on their alliance 
with the Greeks. 

9 rois . . . πολλοῖς: sce the note 
on Td... πολύ, I, 4, 86. 

10 ἤρεσκον. .. ἔλεγον: againa rap- 
id shift of subj. 

11 ἢ οὐκ: # properly introduces 
the second member of a double 
question, but here the first mem- 
ber is not expressed. 

12 περὶ παντὸς ποιήσαιτο: cf. περὶ 
πλείστου ποιοῖτο, I, 9,25, and the 
note 

ἵνα... εἴη: a potential opt. counts 
as a primary tense, but the vb. 
of a clause depending upon it 


may be assimilated to the opt. 
This regularly happens in the 
case of condit. rel. clauses (cf. 
& δοίη, I, 3,87, and the note); it is 
less frequent in the case of final 
clauses (cf. μὴ καταδύσῃ, I, 3, 87, 
and the note). ΟΠ, however, III, 
1, §18, and add to the references 
previously given H. 8810; B. 590, 
note 1, 

13 στρατεύειν: after φόβος εἴη, as 
after φοβοῦμαι. 

14 ὑπάγεται: cf. c. 1. 88, and the 
note. 

διὰ τὸ διεσπάρθαι: cf. τῷ διεσπάσθαι, 
I, 5, 57. 

15 ἐπὴν... ἁλισθῇ: render by the 
fut. perf., as regularly after ére- 
δάν, ἁλίζω is one of Xen.’s poetic 
words; it recurs VI, 3, §3, and, in 
composition with σύν, VII, 3, § 48. 

οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως οὐκ, it is not possible 
that he will not; 7. 6. he cer- 
tainly will. Cf. οὐκ ἣν ὅπου οὐ, 
IV, 5, 8531. 

16 τι: the inner obj., is digging 
some trench to cut us off (ἀπο-). 
Cf. I, 10, 64. 


Book II, Chap. IV 125 





᾽ / e Ν oe lig > e , 
ἀποτειχίζει, ὡς ἄπορος 7 ἡ ὁδός. οὐ yap ποτε ἑκών γε Bov- 
λήσεται ἡμᾶς ἐλθόντας εἰς τὴν “Ελλάδα ἀπαγγεῖλαι ὡς ἡμεῖς 
f + > Ὁ Ν Ig + » 4 > rn 4 
τοσοίδε ὄντες ἐνικῶμεν Tov βασιλέα ἐπὶ ταῖς θύραις αὐτοῦ καὶ 
καταγελάσαντες ἀπήλθομεν. Κλέαρχος δὲ ἀπεκρίνατο τοῖς 
ταῦτα λέγουσιν: ᾿Ε)γὼ ἐνθυμοῦμαι μὲν καὶ ταῦτα πάντα" ἐννοῶ 
δ᾽ ὅτι εἰ νῦν ἄπιμεν, δόξομεν ἐπὶ πολέμῳ ἀπιέναι καὶ παρὰ τὰς 
σπονδὰς ποιεῖν. ἔπειτα πρῶτον μὲν ἀγορὰν οὐδεὶς παρέξει ἡμῖν 
᾽ Ἁ [ > rd ° \ ¢ ΄ 4 > A »"᾿ 
οὐδὲ ὅθεν ἐπισιτιούμεθα: αὖθις δὲ ὁ ἡγησόμενος οὐδεὶς ἔσται" 
καὶ ἅμα ἂν ταῦτα ποιούντων ἡμῶν εὐθὺς ᾿Δριαῖος ἀποσταίη" 
ὥστε φίλος ἡμῖν οὐδεὶς λελείψεται, ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ πρόσθεν ὄντες 
, δ » Ἂ 9 > /  Ν bd 
πολέμιοι ἡμῖν ἔσονται. ποταμὸς δ᾽ εἰ μέν TIS καὶ ἄλλος apa 
ἡμῖν ἐστι διαβατέος οὐκ οἶδα" τὸν δ᾽ οὖν Εὐφράτην οἴδαμεν ὅτι 
>o 7 an , ’ > \ ae ΄ 
ἀδύνατον διαβῆναι κωλυόντων πολεμίων. οὐ μὲν δὴ ἂν μάχεσ- 
θαί γε δέῃ ἱππεῖς εἰσιν ἡμῖν ξύμμαχοι, τῶν δὲ πολεμίων ἱππεῖς 











17 ἑκών ye: strongly emphatic, not 
at least, if he can help it. 

19 τοσοίδε ὄντες, although so few. 
Cf. τοσοῦτον, c. 1. 46. 

ἐπὶ ταῖς θύραις, αὐ his very doors, a 
pardonable hyperbole. For θύ- 
pas, see I, 2, 69. 

20 xarayeAdoavres: cf. I, 9, 42. 

21 καὶ ταῦτα πάντα, all this and 
more (Pretor). 

ἐννοῶ: varied from ἐνθυμοῦμαι. 

22 el... ἄπιμεν : observe the warn- 
ing tone. 

ἐπὶ πολέμῳ, on a basis of war, 
rather than indicating purpose, 
as ordinarily rendered, Cf. ἐπὶ 
γάμῳ, below, § 8. 

ἀπιέναι : a pres., not a fut. 

24 ὅθεν, freely, an opportunity to. 
How lit.? For the fut. in such 
clauses, cf. ἀπάξει, I, 3, 71, and 
the note. 

ὁ ἡγησόμενος: cf. ὁ τολμήσων, c. 3 
17, and ἡ ποιοῦσα, III, 1, 8.42, 

26 λελείψεται: the tense denotes 
the state, we shall find that, etc. 


With the whole passage ef. ITI, 
1, §2. 

ὄντες : 86. φίλοι. 

27 ποταμός: note the emphatic po- 
sition, which may be kept if the 
word be rendered as if it were 
an acc. of specification. Cf. Ev- 
φράτην, below, 1. 28, and βασιλέα, 
1. 33. The word, although subj. 
of the interrogative clause, is 
put before the interrogative 
word; cf. 1, 9, 56, and the note. 

τις καὶ ἄλλος: cf. I, 3, 80. 

28 SiaBaréos: the personal con- 
struction (G. 1595; H. 989; B. 664). 

δ᾽ οὖν: cf. I, 2, 73, and the note. 

Eidparnv: felt as the obj. of ofda- 
μεν, rather than of διαβῆναι (pro- 
lepsis; cf. βασιλέα, below, 1. 33). 
For the Ionic form, οἴδαμεν, see 
G. 821, 1; H. 4914; B. 2598. 

29 πολεμίων : no art., because whol- 
ly general. 

οὐ μὲν δή: cf. I, 9, 41. 

30 ἱππεῖς : on the absence of cav- 
alry in the Greek army, see the 





126 


Anabasis 





» ¢ ~ \ ; Bll ΄ ~ \ ff 
εἰσιν OL πλεῖστοι καὶ πλείστου ἄξιοι: ὥστε νικῶντες μὲν τίνα 


> \ 
eyo 


A 2 , ς ᾿ 32 5 , ῖ / On 
QV ATOKTELVALMEV, ἡττωμένων O€ OVOEVA OLOV TE σωθῆναι. 


\ ῳ ἤ φ [τὰ Te » ἢ ; νΝ 
μὲν οὖν βασιλέα, ᾧ οὕτω πολλά ἐστι τὰ σύμμαχα, εἴπερ προ- 
“ e “Ἢ > / > i “ Cal ἃ > U \ 
θυμεῖται ἡμᾶς ἀπολέσαι, οὐκ olda ὅ,τι δεῖ αὐτὸν ὀμόσαι καὶ 
al »“"Ἅ \ “Ὁ Ν 
δεξιὰν δοῦναι καὶ θεοὺς ἐπιορκῆσαι καὶ τὰ ἑαυτοῦ πιστὰ ἄπιστα 


ποιῆσαι “Ἑλλησί τε καὶ βαρβάροις. 


τοιαῦτα πολλὰ ἔλεγεν. 


7 


"Ev δὲ τούτῳ ἧκε Τισσαφέρνης ἔχων τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν ὡς : 


᾿ > > \ ν ἢ ᾿ hn e “ ἢ 
εἰς οἶκον ἀπιὼν καὶ ᾿᾽Ορόντας τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν" 
᾿ ἢ; % ; » , 
τὴν θυγατέρα τὴν βασιλέως ἐπὶ γάμῳ. 


ἦγε δὲ καὶ 
ἐντεῦθεν δὲ 





note on I,5,82. The Greeks were 
conscious of their disadvantage 
in this respect (although in III, 
2,§18 Xen. tries to belittle it), 
and seek in a measure to make 
it good (III, 3, 819). With the 
latter part of this section cf. ITI, 
1, §2 end. 

τῶν δὲ. . . ἄξιοι, while of the ene- 
my the most numerous and the 
most serviceable troops are 
cavalry. The statement is, of 
course, exaggerated; but the 
cavalry under Tissaphernes were 
the only ones who had made 
any show of fighting against the 
Greeks at Cunaxa. Some edi- 
tors omit of (before πλεῖστοι), 
others render, the most, with 
reference to other nations, which 
is impossible. 

31 τίνα ἂν ἀποκτείναιμεν: the rhe- 
torical question is quits in keep- 
ing with the tone of the whole 
passage, which is due, of course, 
to Xen., not to Clearchus. 

82 ἡττωμένων: 56. ἡμῶν. 

οὐδένα. .. σωθῆναι, it is impos- 
sible that a single one should 
escape. For olév re (86. ἐστινῚ, cf. 
c. 2.16, and the note. Observe 
the change from opt. to indic., 


marking the gravity of the situa- 
tion. 

33 βασιλέα: for the position, see 
the note on ποταμός, above, |. 27. 
Here the word is so far removed 
from the vb. that it is resumed 
by αὐτόν. 

σύμμαχα: neut., because referring 
not to troops alone, but to situa- 
tion, supplies, etc. Trans., whom 
so many things conspire to help. 

εἴπερ, assuming that. 

34 ὅ,τι Set αὐτόν, what need he has, 
an indir. ques. For the acc. ὅ,τι, 
ef. I, 6, 36. 

35 wal... «al... καί: the poly- 
syndeton heightens the cumu- 
lative effect. 

θεούς: for the case, see G. 1049; H. 
712; B. 329, 1. 

πιστὰ ἄπιστα: such instances of 
paronomasia are not rare in 
rhetorical passages. 

36 τοιαῦτα: asyndeton with a de- 
monstrative. 

87 as... ἀπιών: this was Tissa- 
phernes’ avowed intention. 

38 els οἶκον, homeward. The art. 
is omitted in many old preposi- 
tional phrases. 

*Opévras: he was satrap of Ar- 
menia; cf. III, 5, §17. 


ἤδη Τισσα- ¢ 


























-» 
. 


OPIS 44°E. Gr 
\ \*(Cheaney ) 





." Bakouba 


αἱ 
Arid gravelly pt 


Ἂν 
[Γ Sigreat οἱ Beidha 


CASIPPARAH?T 
Saklaw; yah Can,, 


Aubar 
~@ Omm Barra 
ts Felujah 
AW" , Kubr Mah 
7? | 


opis (Rawlinson) 
t+ Mismai 


eal Khntil 
Ee Woeyapef ak ef ctesiPHon 
5 SSITTAKE 


De (Collin, 
VY ¢ Bewaher) 


Ἢ The Route of the Ten Thousand 
Ὁ Mounds, ruins 


1? English Miles 
l 3 Σ 5 Parasangs 
x08 20 Ὁ Ὁ Ὁ 100 Greck Stades 





ὃ, ή Moseyb® 








ἘΞ Meshed_ Hossein? [Ὁ 
KERBELA 9 -- τ g ο 











MAP OF A PART OF BABYLONIA 
From actual survey 


SHOWING MEDIAN WALL AND ROUTE OF THE Tren THOUSAND 
(From Dakyns’ Xenophon) 








Book II, Chap. IV 127 





φέρνους ἡγουμένου Kal ἀγορὰν παρέχοντος ἐπορεύοντο" ἐπορεύετο 40 


δὲ καὶ ᾿Αριαῖος τὸ Κύρου βαρβαρικὸν ἔχων στράτευμα ἅμα 


Τισσαφέρνει καὶ ᾿Ορόντᾳ καὶ ξυνεστρατοπεδεύετο σὺν ἐκείνοις. 


οἱ δὲ Ελληνες ὑφορῶντες τούτους αὐτοὶ ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν ἐχώρουν 


ἡγεμόνας ἔχοντες. ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο δὲ ἑκάστοτε ἀπέχοντες 


ἀλλήλων παρασάγγην καὶ μεῖον: ἐφυλάττοντο δὲ ἀμφότεροι 


ὥσπερ πολεμίους ἀλλήλους, καὶ εὐθὺς τοῦτο ὑποψίαν παρεῖχεν. 


ἐνίοτε δὲ καὶ ξυλιζόμενοι ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ καὶ χόρτον καὶ ἄλλα 


τοιαῦτα ξυλλέγοντες πληγὰς ἐνέτεινον ἀλλήλοις: ὥστε καὶ τοῦτο 


ἔχθραν παρεῖχε. 


Διελθόντες δὲ τρεῖς σταθμοὺς ἀφίκοντο πρὸς τὸ Μηδίας κα- 


, »" \ “ Vv » | Γ᾿] 9 A > / 
λούμενον τεῖχος, καὶ παρῆλθον εἴσω αὐτοῦ. ἣν δὲ φὠκοδομημένον 





39 τὴν θυγατέρα : her ΠδΠ16,οοοτᾶ- 
ing to Plutarch, was Rhodogune. 

ἐπὶ γάμῳ, as his wife. Cf. ἐπὶ πο- 
héuw, above, 1. 22, and the note. 

40 ἐπορεύοντο, began their march. 
Note that the next clause begins 
with thesame vb. (epanastrophe). 

41 ᾿Αριαῖος : for his changed bear- 
ing, cf. §1 of this chapter. 

43 ὑφορῶντες, regarding with sus- 
picion. 

αὐτοὶ ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν, alone by them- 
selves. The intensive is often 
combined with the reflexive; cf. 
I, 8,100. For αὐτός virtually= 
μόνος, 67. 1, 8, 44. 

45 ἀλλήλων: 7. 6. the Greeks on 
the one hand and Tiss. and Ari- 
aeus, with their armies, on the 
other. 

petov: sothe MSS. πλέον has been 
conjectured, and seems to us 
more natural. 

ἐφυλάττοντο... ἀλλήλους, were ever 
on their guard against one an- 
other. 

48 πληγὰς ἐνέτεινον : of the simple 
vb. πλήττω only πέπληγμαι, ἐπλή- 


γὴν, and πληγήσομαι were in com- 
mon use. Other tenses were 
supplied by other vbs. (παίω, 
πατάσσω, τύπτω), or by peri- 
phrases, as I, 5, 70, and in the 
present case. 

50 τὸ . .. τεῖχος: see I, 7, 71, and 
the note. 

51 παρῆλθον εἴσω αὐτοῦ, either, 
passed within it, 7. 6. from the 
outside, or, passed along its inner 
side. Theformer rendering isthe 
more natural one, but it is hard 
to see how the Greeks, after 
passing the trench described on 
I, 7, 68 ff., could have got outside 
the wall again. Possibly Xen. 
was in error in saying that the 
trench actually reached the wall, 
or, if the wall was largely broken 
down, they may have passed it 
without his mentioning the fact. 
At the same time, it seems im- 
possible that the Greeks should 
by this time have got so far to 
the West. The accompanying 
map, reproduced, by permission 
from Dakyns’ Xenophon, sug: 





198 Anabasis 





πλίνθοις ὀπταῖς ἐν ἀσφάλτῳ κειμέναις, edpos εἴκοσι ποδῶν, ὕψος 
Ἁ 4 ᾽ “ “ » 
δὲ ἑκατόν" μῆκος δ᾽ ἐλέγετο εἶναι εἴκοσι παρασαγγῶν. ἀπεῖχε 
\ ~ ~ , 
δὲ Βαβυλῶνος οὐ πολύ. ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμοὺς δύο 
La > dl ὶ ὃ ὃ ra ’ \ ‘ | ἢ 
παρασάγγας ὀκτώ" καὶ διέβησαν διώρυχας δύο, τὴν μὲν ἐπὶ 
ἥ \ ‘ / 
γεφύρας, τὴν δὲ ἐζξευγμένην πλοίοις ἑπτά" αὗται δ᾽ ἦσαν ἀπὸ 
~ Γ᾿ “~ ~ 
τοῦ Τίγρητος ποταμοῦ": κατετέτμηντο δὲ ἐξ αὐτῶν καὶ τάφροι 
> Ἁ a ε ἃ “Ὁ 
ἐπὶ τὴν χώραν, ai μὲν πρῶται μεγάλαι, ἔπειτα δὲ ἐλάττους. 
Ly \ \ μὴ “ Ν 
τέλος δὲ καὶ μικροὶ ὀχετοί, ὥσπερ ἐν τῇ Ἑλλάδι ἐπὶ τὰς μελίνας. 
ν »" a > MUI \ f , Ν Φ , 
Καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται ἐπὶ τὸν Τίγρητα ποταμόν: πρὸς ᾧ πόλις 
Φ ir \ λ , θ ΝΥΝ ld > , x 
ἣν μεγάλη καὶ πολυάνθρωπος 7 ὄνομα Σιττάκη, ἀπέχουσα τοῦ 
ποταμοῦ σταδίους πεντεκαίδεκα. οἱ μὲν οὖν Ἕλληνες παρ᾽ 
ἡ | ra n 
αὑτὴν ἐσκήνησαν ἐγγὺς παραδείσου μεγάλου Kal καλοῦ καὶ δασέος 
f / Ψ 
παντοίων δένδρων, οἱ δὲ βάρβαροι διαβεβηκότες τὸν Τίγρητα" 
’ ᾽ » κ 
οὐ μέντοι καταφανεῖς ἧσαν. μετὰ δὲ τὸ δεῖπνον ἔτυχον ἐν περι- 


’ wv \ “Ὁ "“ “~ 
πάτῳ ὄντες πρὸ τῶν ὅπλων Ἰ]ρόξενος καὶ Ἐξενοφῶν" καὶ mpoc- 





gests a widely different location 
for the wall (usually identified 
with the ruins known as Sidd-i- 
Nimrud) and also suits the 
second rendering. It shows, 
further, how uncertain the iden- 
tifications are. 

ἦν. .. φκοδομημένον = ὠκοδόμητο, 
although the forms are not ul- 
ways identical in meaning. In 
the resolved form the partic. 
often has an independent (ad- 
jectival) meaning. Cf. εἶναι φυ- 
λάττων͵ I, 2, 122 f , and the note. 

52 πλίνθοις orrats: ἱ. 6. not merely 
sun-dried, as oft-n. 

εἴκοσι ποδῶν: see I, 2, 30f., and the 
note. edpos, ὕψος, and μῆκος are 
all uce. 

δά οὐ πολύ: this agrees with the 
identification given on the map, 
rather than with the common 
View. 

55 διώρυχας... .. τὴν μὲν... τὴν 
δέ: partitive apposition. 


56 éLevypévnv: cf. I, 2, 31, and the 
n te, 

58 ἐλάττους : for the form, see the 
note on I, 3, 35. 

61 μεγάλη καὶ πολυάνθρωπος: yet 
the very site οὗ Sittuce is now 
uncertain; see the map. It was 
apparently on the west side of 
the river, as the Greeks encamp 
near it and do not cross until 
next morning (§ 24). 

ὄνομα: nom., as I, 5, 21; more 
frequently it is acc. 

63 δασέος: here construed with 
the gen., as an adj. of fulness; 
ordinarily it takes the dat. 
(means), as IV, 7, 86, δασὺ πίτυσι. 
Others regard δασέος as abs., and 
the gen. as dependent on παρά- 
decos, which seems most un- 
likely. 

64 οἱ δὲ βάρβαροι : 86. ἐσκήνησαν. 

66 τῶν ὅπλων, the camp. Cf. III 
1, §3. 

Πρόξενος καὶ Elevohdv: for their 


13 


8 ποταμοῦ καὶ τῆς διώρυχος. 


Book IT, Chap. IV | 129 





ελθὼν ἄνθρωπός τις ἠρώτησε τοὺς προφύλακας ποῦ ἂν ἴδοι 
Πρόξενον ἢ Κλέαρχον. 
᾿Αριαίου ὧν τοῦ Μένωνος ἕένου. 
αὐτός εἰμι ὃν ζητεῖς, εἶπεν ὁ ἄνθρωπος τάδε. "Ἐπεμψέ με 


Μένωνα δὲ οὐκ ἐζήτει, καὶ ταῦτα παρ᾽ 
ἐπεὶ δὲ Πρόξενος εἶπεν ὅτι 


᾿Αριαῖος καὶ ᾿Αρτάοζος, πιστοὶ ὄντες Κύρῳ καὶ ὑμῖν εὖνοι, καὶ 
κελεύουσι φυλάττεσθαι μὴ ὑμῖν ἐπιθῶνται τῆς νυκτὸς οἱ βάρ- 
βαροι" ἔστι δὲ στράτευμα πολὺ ἐν τῷ πλησίον παραδείσῳ. καὶ 
παρὰ τὴν γέφυραν τοῦ Τίγρητος ποταμοῦ πέμψαι κελεύουσι 
φυλακήν, ὡς διανοεῖται αὐτὴν λῦσαι Τισσαφέρνης τῆς νυκτός, 
ἐὰν δύνηται, ὡς μὴ διαβῆτε ἀλλ᾽ ἐν μέσῳ ἀποληφθῆτε τοῦ 
ἀκούσαντες ταῦτα ἄγουσιν αὐτὸν 
παρὰ τὸν Κλέαρχον καὶ φράζουσιν ἃ λέγει. ὁ δὲ Κλέαρχος 
ἀκούσας ἐταράχθη σφόδρα καὶ ἐφοβεῖτο. 

Νεανίσκος δέ τις τῶν παρόντων ἐννοήσας εἶπεν ὡς οὐκ ἀκό- 





λουθα εἴη τό τε ἐπιθήσεσθαι καὶ τὸ λύσειν τὴν γέφυραν. 
Ν Lid > / “ "y ς A 
yap ὅτι ἐπιτιθεμένους ἣ νικᾶν δεήσει ἢ ἡττᾶσθαι. 


δῆλον 
3\ A Φ 
ἐὰν μὲν οὖν 


a a \ Ἅ Ἃ \ 
νικῶσι, τί δεῖ λύειν αὐτοὺς THY γέφυραν; οὐδὲ yap ἂν πολλαὶ 





friendship see the Introd., § 38, 
and III,1 84 

67 ποῦ ἂν ἴδοι : potential opt. in an 
indir. ques. Cf. I, 6, 47f. 

68 καὶ ταῦτα... ὦν: and that too, 
although hecame. Thecircum- 
stance was in itself suspicious; 
the warning would naturally 
have been given to Menon. 

69 ὅτι: introducing dir. disc.; cf: 
I, 6, 36. 

70 "Enepe: for the agreement, cf. 
I, 2, 20, and the note. 

71 morol... εὖνοι: the chiastic 
order is often the natural one, 
when emphasis is desired (heie 
on ὑμῖν). 

73 ἔστι: accented at the he:d of 
the sentence (G. 144, 5; H. 480, 2; 
B. 262, 1). 

74 παρὰ τὴν γέφυραν : an exception 
to the rule that παρά, expressing 


the limit, is, in prose, used only 
of persons, 

75 ὡς διανοεῖται: causal; but, be- 
low, ws μὴ διαβῆτε, final. 

78 φράζουσιν: φράζω regularly 
means, ὦ. 11 in wetail; it is more 
than λέγω. 

79 érapaxOn . . . ἐφοβεῖτο : note the 
tenses. 

80 νεανίσκος : it las been assumed 
that this was Xen. himself, or pos- 
sibly the Theopompus of c. 1. 62. 

ἐννοήσας, on reflection. 

81 τότε... καὶ τὸ λύσειν, the in- 
tention of attacking and of 
destroying. For the fut. infin., 
thus used, see G. 1277; H. 855a; 
B. 548, 549; G. M. T. 113. 

δῆλον yap: a shift to direct speech. 

82 ἐπιτιθεμένους : 86. αὐτούς. It is 
equivalent to ἐὰν ἐπιτιθῶνται. 

88 οὐδὲ . . . σωθῶμεν, for not even 





180 Anabasis 





ἤ Φ ν Ὰ Ψ al ¢ ~ Ὁ bs.” ‘ 
γέφυραι ὦσιν ἔχοιμεν ἂν ὅποι φυγόντες ἡμεῖς σωθῶμεν. ἐὰν δὲ. 


ἡμεῖς νικῶμεν, λελυμένης τῆς γεφύρας οὐχ ἕξουσιν ἐκεῖνοι ὅποι 

ἤ +D\ \ “ Ὁ“ ΝΜ / > \ > a 
φύγωσιν": οὐδὲ μὴν βοηθῆσαι πολλῶν ὄντων πέραν οὐδεὶς αὐτοῖς 
δυνήσεται λελυμένης τῆς γεφύρας. 


᾿Ακούσας δὲ ὁ Κλέαρχος ταῦτα ἤρετο τὸν ἄγγελον πόση τις - 


" ἢ , » Ld “ / \ “ , Δ 4 > 
εἴη χώρα ἡ ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ Τίγρητος καὶ τῆς διώρυχος. ὃ δὲ εἶπεν 
ὅτι πολλὴ καὶ κῶμαι ἔνεισι καὶ πόλεις πολλαὶ καὶ μεγάλαι. 


τότε δὴ καὶ ἐγνώσθη ὅτι οἱ βάρβαροι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ὑποπέμψαιεν, : 


ὀκνοῦντες μὴ οἱ Ἕλληνες διελόντες τὴν γέφυραν μείναιεν ἐν τῇ 
/ ae ¥ 4 \ \ 4 ” \ ‘ , 

νήσῳ ἐρύματα ἔχοντες ἔνθεν μὲν τὸν Τίγρητα, ἔνθεν δὲ τὴν διώ. 
\ i 7 Μ > ~ > ὔ , »" 4 

puxa: τὰ δ᾽ ἐπιτήδεια ἔχοιεν ἐκ τῆς ἐν μέσῳ χώρας πολλῆς καὶ 

ἀγαθῆς οὔσης καὶ τῶν ἐργασομένων ἐνόντων: εἶτα δὲ καὶ ἀπο- 

A / ν Ud / “~ la 
στροφὴ γένοιτο εἴ τις βούλοιτο βασιλέα κακῶς ποιεῖν. 


Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἀνεπαύοντο" ἐπὶ μέντοι τὴν γέφυραν ὅμως 2: 


φυλακὴν ἔπεμψαν" καὶ οὔτε ἐπέθετο οὐδεὶς οὐδαμόθεν οὔτε πρὸς 
τὴν γέφυραν οὐδεὶς HAGE τῶν πολεμίων, ὡς οἱ φυλάττοντες ἀπήγ- 


γέλλον. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἕως ἐγένετο, διέβαινον τὴν γέφυραν ἐζευγμένην : 


πλοίοις τριάκοντα καὶ ἑπτὰ ὡς οἷόν τε μάλιστα πεφυλαγμένως" 
ἐξήγγελλον γάρ τινες τῶν παρὰ Τισσαφέρνους Ἑλλήνων ὡς δια- 


Book II, Chap. IV 131 





βαινόντων μέλλοιεν ἐπιθήσεσθαι. ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν ψευδῆ ἣν" 
διαβαινόντων μέντοι ὁ ΓΤ λοῦς αὐτοῖς ἐπεφάνη per’ ἄλλων σκοπῶν 
εἰ διαβαίνοιεν τὸν ποταμόν: ἐπειδὴ δὲ εἶδεν, ὥχετο ἀπελαύνων. 

᾿Απὸ δὲ τοῦ Τίγρητος ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμοὺς τέτταρας παρα- 
σάγγας εἴκοσιν ἐπὶ τὸν Φύσκον ποταμόν, τὸ εὖρος πλέθρου" 
ἐπῆν δὲ γέφυρα. καὶ ἐνταῦθα @xeito πόλις μεγάλη ὄνομα 
Ὦπις: πρὸς ἣν ἀπήντησε τοῖς “EXAnow ὁ Κύρου καὶ ᾽Αρτα- 
ξέρξου νόθος ἀδελφὸς ἀπὸ Σούσων καὶ ᾿Εκβατάνων στρατιὰν 
πολλὴν ἄγων ὡς βοηθήσων βασιλεῖ: καὶ ἐπιστήσας τὸ ἑαυτοῦ 
στράτευμα παρερχομένους τοὺς Ελληνας ἐθεώρει. ὁ δὲ Κλέ- 
αρχος ἡγεῖτο μὲν εἰς δύο, ἐπορεύετο δὲ ἄλλοτε καὶ ἄλλοτε ἐφ- 
ιστάμενος" ὅσον δ᾽ οὖν χρόνον τὸ ἡγούμενον τοῦ στρατεύματος 
ἐπιστήσειε, τοσοῦτον ἣν ἀνάγκη χρόνον δι’ ὅλου τοῦ στρατεύ- 
ματος γίγνεσθαι τὴν ἐπίστασιν: ὥστε τὸ στράτευμα καὶ αὐτοῖς 
τοῖς “Ελλησι δόξαι πάμπολυ εἶναι, καὶ τὸν Πέρσην ἐκπεπλῆχθαι 
θεωροῦντα. ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν διὰ τῆς Μηδίας σταθμοὺς 
ἐρήμους ἕξ παρασάγγας τριάκοντα εἰς τὰς Παρυσάτιδος κώμας 
τῆς Κύρου καὶ βασιλέως μητρός. ταύτας Τισσαφέρνης Κύρῳ 
ἐπεγγελῶν διαρπάσαι τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἐπέτρεψε πλὴν ἀνδραπό- 





though there be many bridges 
should we be able to save our- 
selves by flight. Note the blend- 
ing of two forms (G. 1421, 2; H. 
90la; ἢ 612, 1; G. M. T. 505). 
σωθῶμεν is the deliberative subjv. 
in an indir. ques.; so φύγωσιν, 
below. We might have had the 
opt. by assimilation; see the note 
on εἴη, above, |. 12. 

85 λελυμένης τῆς γεφύρας : for the 
position and repetition of this 
phrase, cf. ἤγγελλον, I, 7, 62, and 
the note. 

86 οὐδὲ μήν, no, nor. 

βοηθῆσαι : emphatic position. 

ὄντων : concessive. 

90 πολλαὶ καὶ μεγάλαι: cf. c. 3. 70, 
and the note. 


91 ὑποπέμψαιεν:; cf. ὑπήγετο, c. 2. 88, 
and ὑπόπεμπτος, ITT, 3, § 4. 

93 ἐρύματα, as defences. The word 
is uncommon in Attic prose. 

95 οὔσης, which was. 

καὶ, ἐνόντων, and in which there 
were men tov till it. 

εἶτα δὲ καί, and furthermore ( fear- 
ing) that. 

ἀποστροφή, place of refuge, “base,” 
a poetic word. 

96 tis: cf. I, 4, 80, and the note. 

97 μέντοι. . . ὅμως, however... 
none the less. 

98 οὔτε... ἦλθε: for the accumu- 
lation of negatives, ef. I, 2, 152, 
and I, 8, 81 f. 

101 πεφυλαγμένως : from the partic. 
See the note on ἠμελημένως, 1,7, 92. 





102 Ἑλλήνων : mercenaries, doubt- 
less. Many Greeks took service 
under Persian princes; cf. the 
instances of Gaulites (I, 7, 26), 
Ctesias (I, 8, 107), and Phalinus 
(c. 1. 38). 

διαβαινόντων : gen. abs., with subj. 
omitted. We should have ex- 
pected the dat. after ἐπιθήσεσθαι; 
see, however, προϊόντων, I, 2, 99, 
and a more striking instance, 
below, 1.104, where αὐτοῖς follows. 

104 σκοπῶν, to see whether. The 
pres. partic. (conative) may ex- 
press purpose. 

105 ῴᾧχετο ἀπελαύνων, he rode off. 
The circumstantial partic. with 
οἴχομαι often expresses the means 
of motion. 


109 πρὸς Hv: motion is implied. 

111 βοηθήσων: he was too late, as 
Abrocomas was (1, 7, 61). 

112 παρερχομένους : ἔρχομαι is rarely 
found, in prose, save in the pres. 
indic. 

113 εἰς δύο, two abreast. With the 
whole passage, cf. the note on 
ἐπὶ rerrdpwy, I, 2, 87. 

114 τὸ ἡγούμενον: cf. I, 2, 3, and 
the note. 

115 ἐπιστήσειε: frequentative. 

116 καὶ αὐτοῖς τοῖς Ἕλλησι : the καί 
is intensive, not parallel with καὶ 
τὸν Πέρσην. 

117 ἐκπεπλῆχθαι : see 6. 3. 83, and 
the note. 

121 ἐπεγγελῶν : different from xara- 
γελάσαντες, |. 20, in that ém-, in 


110 





132 Anabasis 





δων. ἐνῆν δὲ σῖτος πολὺς καὶ πρόβατα καὶ ἄλλα χρήματα. 
ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμοὺς ἐρήμους τέτταρας παρα- 
σάγγας εἴκοσι τὸν Τίγρητα ποταμὸν ἐν ἀριστερᾷ ἔχοντες. ἐν 
δὲ τῷ πρώτῳ σταθμῷ πέραν τοῦ ποταμοῦ πόλις φκεῖτο μεγάλη 
καὶ εὐδαίμων ὄνομα Kawai, ἐξ ἧς οἱ βάρβαροι διῆγον ἐπὶ 
σχεδίαις διφθερίναις ἄρτους, τυρούς, οἶνον. 

V. Μετὰ ταῦτα ἀφικνοῦνται ἐπὶ τὸν Ζαπάταν ποταμόν, 
τὸ εὗρος τεττάρων πλέθρων. καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τρεῖς - 
ἐν δὲ ταύταις ὑποψίαι μὲν ἦσαν, φανερὰ δὲ οὐδεμία ἐφαίνετο 
ἐπιβουλή. ἔδοξεν οὖν τῷ Κλεάρχῳ ξυγγενέσθαι τῷ Τισσαφέρνει 
καὶ εἴ πως δύναιτο παῦσαι τὰς ὑποψίας πρὶν ἐξ αὐτῶν πόλεμον 
γενέσθαι" καὶ ἔπεμψέν τινα ἐροῦντα ὅτι ξυγγενέσθαι αὐτῷ 


Book II, Chap. V 133 





ποιεῖν ἐγώ τε σαφῶς οἶδα ὅτι ἡμεῖς γε οὐδὲ ἐπινοοῦμεν τοιοῦτον 
οὐδέν, ἔδοξέ μοι εἰς λόγους σοι ἐλθεῖν, ὅπως εἰ δυναίμεθα ἐξέ. 
λοιμεν ἀλλήλων τὴν ἀπιστίαν. καὶ γὰρ οἷδα ἀνθρώπους ἤδη 
τοὺς μὲν ἐκ διαβολῆς τοὺς δὲ καὶ ἐξ ὑποψίας οἱ φοβηθέντες 
ἀλλήλους φθάσαι βουλόμενοι πρὶν παθεῖν ἐποίησαν ἀνήκεστα 
κακὰ τοὺς οὔτε μέλλοντας οὔτ᾽ αὖ βουλομένους τοιοῦτον οὐδέν. 
τὰς οὖν τοιαύτας ἀγνωμοσύνας νομίζων συνουσίαις μάλιστ᾽ ἂν 
παύεσθαι ἥκω καὶ διδάσκειν σε βούλομαι ὡς σὺ ἡμῖν οὐκ ὀρθῶς 
ἀπιστεῖς. πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ καὶ μέγιστον οἱ θεῶν ἡμᾶς ὅρκοι 
κωλύουσι πολεμίους εἶναι ἀλλήλοις: ὅστις δὲ τούτων σύνοιδεν 
αὑτῷ παρημεληκώς, τοῦτον ἐγὼ οὔποτ᾽ ἂν εὐδαιμονίσαιμι. τὸν 





χρήζει. ὃ δὲ ἑτοίμως ἐκέλευεν ἥκειν. 

᾿Επειδὴ δὲ ξυνῆλθον, λέγει ὁ Κλέαρχος τάδε. ᾿Εγώ, ὦ 
Τισσαφέρνη, οἶδα μὲν ἡμῖν ὅρκους γεγενημένους καὶ δεξιὰς δεδο- 
μένας μὴ ἀδικήσειν ἀλλήλους. φυλαττόμενον δὲ σέ τε ὁρῶ ὡς 


" oa Ve en AO a ᾿ ’ θ bd ᾿ 
πολεμίους ἡμᾶς καὶ ἡμεῖς ὁρῶντες ταῦτα ἀντιφυλαττόμεθα. ἐπεὶ 


Ν “~ > / Ν Ν » / , [ὦ an “ 
δὲ σκοπῶν οὐ δύναμαι οὔτε σὲ αἰσθέσθαι πειρώμενον ἡμᾶς κακῶς 





such compounds, denotes exul- 
tation over a fallen foe. 

διαρπάσαι: cf. I, 2, 110. 

πλὴν ἀνδραπόδων: i.e. they might 
not enslave the inhabitants. 

124 év 8. .  Καιναί: a very simi- 
lar sentence occurs I, 5, 60f. 

127 σχεδίαις διφθερίναις : described 
in the passage just cited. 

ἄρτους . . .olvov: asyndeton in an 
enumeration. 


CHAPTER V 


1 Ζαπάταν: at last a geographical 
point, the identification of which 
seems certain. See the map. 

2 ἡμέρας τρεῖς : doubtless supplies 
were needed, so that the delay 
was not in itself a ground for 
suspicion. 

3 ὑποψίαι: the pl. of abstract 





nouns is often concrete und has 
a cumulative force. 

4 ξυγγενέσθαι, to have an interview 
with. 

5 παῦσαι : also governed by ἔδοξεν. 

πρίν, before. See I, 1,58, and the 
note. 

8 τάδε: on this speech see the 
Introd.. § 40. 

9 Τισσαφέρνη : a rare voc. form, as 
if of the first declension. Ac- 
cusatives in -ν, on the other 
hand, are not uncommon; sce 
6.0. Τισσαφέρνην, I, 1, 37. 

γεγενημένους : cf. ἐγένετο, c. 2. 42. 

10 ἀδικήσειν : cf. παρέξειν, c. 3. 108. 

φυλαττόμενον ... ἀντιφυλαττόμεθα : 
for the order, ef. the note on 
ἤγγελλον, I, 7,62. For the fact, 
cf. c. 4. 43 ff, 


12 οὔτε σὲ. .. ἐγώ te: οὔθ' ἡμᾶς 


would follow logically, but there 
is a shift in the thought and the 
latter part of the sentence is the 
stronger for not being exactly 
parallel with the former. As to 
the attitude and intentions of 
the Greeks Clearchus had cer- 
tain knowledge. For the cor- 
relation of οὔτε with re, cf. μήτε 
e Te, c. 2, 38. 

14 els λόγους σοι ἐλθεῖν : cf. εἰς χεῖρας 
ἐλθεῖν, I, 2, 152 ἔ,, and the note. 

15 ἤϑη, ere now. 

16 of... ἐποίησαν : rel. clause, in- 
stead of the partic. in indir. 
disc., due, perhaps, to the desire 
to avoid a cumulation of partics. 
Cf. ΠΤ, 2, § 23. Some, however, 
read ὅτι, for οἵ, 

17 φθάσαι. .. πρίν: a frequent 
combination. Cf. πρόσθεν and 
πρότερον, leading up to πρίν (6. g. 
I, 1, 58). 

18 τοὺς... μέλλοντας... Bovdo- 
μένους : obj. of ἐποίησαν κακά: cf. 
I, 9, 36. μέλλοντας may perhaps 
be rendered intending, thouzh 
it need not be regarded as trans. 

19 συνουσίαις : emphatic position. 


21 πρῶτον μέν: balanced by τῶν δ᾽ 
ἀνθρωπίνων, below, 1. 29. 

οἱ θεῶν... ὅρκοι, our oaths (sworn 
in the name) of the gods. The 
gen. is objective (G. 1085, 3; H. 
729c; B. 350). 

22 otis... σύνοιδεν : ὅστις, being 
itself indefinite, does not need 
the generalized construction; 67. 
ὅστις ἀφικνεῖτο, I, 1,18, and the 
note. 

τούτων: after παρημεληκώς; ch. ἡμῶν 
αὐτῶν, I, 8, 562, Note the emph.- 
sis the word receives from its 
position. For the partic., ef. 
ἐψευσμένος, I, 3, 49, and the note. 

23 τοῦτον: resumptive, as often. 

Tov... πόλεμον, a war against the 
gods. The gen. is better taken 
as objective than as subjective 
(the war the gods wage), al- 
though the idea of the inevita- 
bility of retribution has led 
many to prefer the second ren- 
dering. The perjurer is, how- 
ever, in a sense, the aggressor. 
The ace. is to be construed with 
οἶδα (prolepsis), rather than with 
ἀποφύγοι. 





134 Anabasis 





yap θεῶν πόλεμον οὐκ οἶδα οὔτ᾽ ἀπὸ ποίου ἂν τάχους φεύγων 
> Md ae > “ x ᾿ > ὃ β Hee Ὁ“ x 
25 τις ἀποφύγοι οὔτ᾽ εἰς ποῖον ἂν σκότος ἀποδραίη οὔθ᾽ ὅπως ἂν 
/ U ca κ 
εἰς ἐχυρὸν χωρίον ἀποσταίη. πάντῃ γὰρ πάντα τοῖς θεοῖς 
lol \ \ ~ 
ὕποχα καὶ πάντων ἴσον οἱ θεοὶ κρατοῦσι. περὶ μὲν δὴ τῶν 8 
a“ “ , ἃ e “ \ 
θεῶν τε καὶ τῶν ὅρκων οὕτω γιγνώσκω, Tap’ οὗς ἡμεῖς τὴν 
"ἣν / 
φιλίαν συνθέμενοι κατεθέμεθα: τῶν δ᾽ ἀνθρωπίνων σὲ ἐγὼ ἐν 
~ »" \ ‘ ‘ 
30 τῷ παρόντι νομίζω μέγιστον εἶναι ἡμῖν ἀγαθόν. σὺν μὲν γὰρ 9 
~ ~ Ἁ , A 
col πᾶσα μὲν ὁδὸς εὔπορος, πᾶς δὲ ποταμὸς διαβατός, τῶν τε 
ἐπιτηδείων οὐκ ἀπορία: ἄνευ δὲ σοῦ πᾶσα μὲν διὰ σκότους ἡ 
" »Ὁ “Ὁ ‘ Ἂ 
ὁδός- οὐδὲν γὰρ αὐτῆς ἐπιστάμεθα: πᾶς δὲ ποταμὸς δύσπορος, 
an , 7 3 r ‘ Ν 
πᾶς δὲ ὄχλος φοβερός, φοβερώτατον δ᾽ ἐρημία. μεστὴ yap 
35 πολλῆς ἀπορίας ἐστίν. εἰ δὲ δὴ καὶ μανέντες σε κατακτείναιμεν, 10 
¥ A A ‘ > / ’ ‘ ld ‘ 
ἄλλο τι ἂν ἢ τὸν εὐεργέτην κατακτείναντες πρὸς βασιλέα Tov 
\ \ » > / 
μέγιστον ἔφεδρον πολεμήσομεν; ὅσων δὲ δὴ καὶ οἵων ἂν ἐλπί- 


Book 11], Chap. V 135 





δων ἐμαυτὸν στερήσαιμι, εἰ σέ τι κακὸν ἐπιχειρήσαιμι ποιεῖν, 
11 ταῦτα λέξω. ἐγὼ γὰρ Κῦρον ἐπεθύμησά μοι φίλον γενέσθαι, 
νομίζων τῶν τότε ἱκανώτατον εἶναι εὖ ποιεῖν ὃν βούλοιτο" σὲ δὲ 
νῦν ὁρῶ τήν τε Κύρου δύναμιν καὶ χώραν ἔχοντα καὶ τὴν σαυτοῦ 
σῴζοντα, τὴν δὲ βασιλέως δύναμιν, ἡ Κῦρος πολεμίᾳ ἐχρῆτο, 
12) σοὺ ταύτην ξύμμαχον οὖσαν. τούτων δὲ τοιούτων ὄντων τίς 
οὕτω μαίνεται ὅστις οὐ βούλεται σοὶ φίλος εἶναι; ἀλλὰ μὴν 
ἐρῶ γὰρ καὶ ταῦτα ἐξ ὧν ἔχω ἐλπίδας καὶ σὲ βουλήσεσθαι 
13 φίλον ἡμῖν εἶναι. οἶδα μὲν γὰρ ὑμῖν Μυσοὺς λυπηροὺς ὄντας, 
ovs νομίζω ἂν σὺν τῇ παρούσῃ δυνάμει ταπεινοὺς ὑμῖν παρα- 
σχεῖν" οἶδα δὲ καὶ Πισίδας: ἀκούω δὲ καὶ ἄλλα ἔθνη πολλὰ 
τοιαῦτα εἶναι, ἃ οἶμαι ἂν παῦσαι ἐνοχλοῦντα ἀεὶ τῇ ὑμετέρᾳ 
εὐδαιμονίᾳ. Αἰγυπτίους δέ, οἷς μάλιστα ὑμᾶς γιγνώσκω τεθυ- 
μωμένους, οὐχ ὁρῶ ποίᾳ δυνάμει συμμάχῳ χρησάμενοι μᾶλλον 





24 ἀπό, with. ΟΥΓ.1,1, 41. 

φεύγων. . . ἀποφύγοι : observe the 
change of tense, and cf. the note 
on αἰτήσασθαι, c. 3. 70. 

25 ἀποδραίη : see the note on drode- 
δράκασιν, 1,4,48. Forthe thought, 
cf. Ps. exxxix : 7-12. 

26 ἐχυρόν : the form ὀχυρόν is found 
I, 2, 133 and 139, and IV, 7, §17. 

πάντῃ .. + πάντα. .. πάντων: ἃ 
noteworthy instance of parono- 
masia. 

27 πάντων : masc., not neut. It is 
the obj. of κρατοῦσι. 

τῶν θεῶν . . . ὅρκων : not a case of 
hendiadyoin (=T&v θεῶν ὅρκων); 
each noun has independent 
value. 

28 wap’ ots... κατεθέμεθα, into 
whose keeping we consigned the 
friendship which we contracted. 

29 τῶν δ᾽ ἀνθρωπίνων, of things hu- 
man; neut., not masc. 

80 μέγιστον... . ἀγαθόν : ἀγαθόν has 
become a substantive and itself 
takes an adj. 


civ... σοί: cf. σὺν ὑμῖν, I, 3, 29. 

31 waca... ὁδός, every road; con- 
trust πᾶσα... .. ἡ ὁδός, below, 1.32, 
all our way. 

πᾶσα pev... πᾶς δέ: for the ana- 
phora, cf. I, 3, 16. 

τῶν re: re, rather than δέ, is ofteu 
used to add a third clause. 
84 φοβερώτατον : for the neut., cf. 
ἡδύ, c. 3. 60. Note the chiasm. 
perth... ἐστίν : a bold oxymoron. 
The literal rendering is perhaps 
the best. 

35 εἰ δὲ δὴ kal: both δή and καί are 
intensive. 

pavévres, in a fit of madness; note 
the tense. 

86 ἄλλο τι... H=nonne (G. 1604; 
H. 1015b; B. 573, note). 

κατακτείναντες : purposely chosen, 
in a rhetorical passage, instead 
of the usual ἀποκτείναντες. Xen. 
has also κατακαίνω (e.g. I, 6, 8). 

37 ἔφεδρον, a reserve combatunt, 
i. 6. one who draws a bye and 
fights the winner of the bout. 











bal 4 el ἴω 
14 ἂν κολάσαισθε τῆς νῦν σὺν ἐμοὶ οὔσης. ἀλλὰ μὴν ἔν γε τοῖς 





Metaphors from the games are 
very common. 

πολεμήσομεν : more effective than 
the opt. with ἄν. 

39 ταῦτα: resuming the indir. 
ques., ὅσων... στερήσαιμι. 

40 τῶν τότε: cf. ο. 2. 89. 

σέ: note the position. Cf. col, be- 
low, 1. 43. 

42 ἐχρῆτο: cf. II, 6, §13. 

43 ξύμμαχον : fem.; see G. 304; H. 
225; B. 119. 

τούτων... ὄντων, quae cum ita 
stint. 

44 ὅστις οὐ βούλεται : a rel. clause 
expressing result (G. 1445; H. 
910; B. 597), where we might 
have looked for ὥστε μὴ βούλεσθαι. 
ὅστις often serves to characterize. 
Cf. the use of οἵτινες, below, 1. 83, 
and ὅστις, II, 6, § 6. 

ἀλλὰ pv... yap: with ἀλλὰ γάρ 
there is regularly an ellipsisy us 
with xai γάρ; here, but (we can 


also be of service to you) for. 
The irregularity consists in the 
fact that what, to us, is the 
principal vb. is contained in the 
ydép-clause. Cf. ITI, 2,§11. For 
ἀλλὰ μήν, ef. 1, 9, 62, and below, 
1, 52. 

46 οἶδα piv. . 
again. 

Μυσούς: cf. III, 2, § 23. 

47 νομίζω av: for the position of 
ἄν, cf. I, 3, 29, and the note. 

48 ἀκούω: with the infin. of hear- 
Say. 

49 ἐνοχλοῦντα, from disturbing. 

50 Αἰγυπτίους, as for the Egyp- 
tians. Byso rendering we keep 
the emphatic order. The word 
is, of course, obj. of κολάσαισθε. 

μάλιστα... . τεθυμωμένους : because 
of their revolt; see I, 8,33. The 
perf. partic. is intensive. 

52 τῆς. .. οὔσης--εἢ τῇ... οὔσῃ. 

ἀλλὰ μήν: resuming the thought 
of §11. 


. οἶδα δέ: anaphora 





136 Anabasis 





πέριξ οἰκοῦσι σὺ εἰ μὲν βούλοιο φίλος ws μέγιστος ἂν εἴης, εἰ 
/ / / 9 / > Ld »” ¢ “ J , 
δέ τίς σε λυποίη, ὡς δεσπότης ἀναστρέφοιο ἔχων ἡμᾶς ὑπηρέ- 
of > A  ἫΜἷὧ ¢e a > 4 4 a 

Tas, of σοι οὐκ ἂν μισθοῦ ἕνεκα ὑπηρετοῖμεν ἀλλὰ Kal τῆς 


, ἃ p: ‘AA “ tA ” , > \ \ 
χάριτος ἣν σωθέντες ὑπὸ σοῦ σοὶ ἂν ἔχοιμεν δικαίως. ἐμοὶ μὲν 


ταῦτα πάντα ἐνθυμουμένῳ οὕτω δοκεῖ θαυμαστὸν εἶναι τὸ σὲ 
ἡμῖν ἀπιστεῖν ὥστε καὶ ἥδιστ᾽ ἂν ἀκούσαιμι τὸ ὄνομα τίς οὕτως 
3 ‘ μ᾿ , of Ὁ , ε ε “- > 
ἐστὶ δεινὸς λέγειν ὥστε σε πεῖσαι λέγων ὡς ἡμεῖς σοι ἐπιβου- 
λεύομεν. Κλέαρχος μὲν οὖν τοσαῦτα εἶπε' Τισσαφέρνης δὲ 
ὧδε ἀπημείφθη. 
᾿Αλλ᾽ ἥδομαι μέν, ὦ Κλέαρχε, ἀκούων σου φρονίμους λό- 
yous ταῦτα γὰρ γιγνώσκων εἴ τι ἐμοὶ κακὸν βουλεύοις, ἅμα ἄν 
" ‘ “Ὁ , Ψ J 9 ἡ U Ὁ 3 9 
μοι δοκεῖς καὶ σαυτῷ κακόνους εἶναι. ὡς δ᾽ ἂν μάθῃς ὅτι οὐδ 
5 a! ll ~ ἢ νΝ Ὁ“ “ΒΟ. > / > ’ 
ἂν ὑμεῖς δικαίως οὔτε βασιλεῖ οὔτ᾽ ἐμοὶ ἀπιστοίητε, ἀντάκουσον. 
’ ‘ t “ ᾿ Ul > ἢ) ᾿ , a ε ’ 
€) γὰρ ὑμᾶς ἐβουλόμεθα ἀπολέσαι, πότερά σοι δοκοῦμεν ἱππέων 





54 ἀναστρέφοιο, would conduct 59 λέγων, by his mere words, since 


yourself. For the omission of 
ἄν, cf. 1,6,9 and the note. The 
particle could, however, easily 
have been omitted by a copyist 
before dvacrpégow, and many in- 
sert it. 

ὑπηρέτας: a strong word; they 
would do his bidding in all 
things. 

55 οὐκ ἄν: for the position of ἄν, 
cf. I, 3, 29, and the note. 

μισθοῦ: a frank admission of the 
fact that they are mercenaries. 

56 qv: js, with attraction, would 
be more regular. 

σοῦ gol: the collocation adds em- 
phasis, as does also the post- 
ponement of δικαίως. Cf. ἡμεῖς 
col, below, 1. 59. 

57 rd... . ἀπιστεῖν, your distrust 
of us. The articular infin. is a 
favorite construction with Xen. 

58 τὸ ὄνομα tis: a blending of two 
constructions, ἀκούειν τίς, and 
ἀκούειν τὸ ὄνομα τούτου ὅστις. 


proofs are lacking. 

61 ἀπημείφθη: another of Xen.’s 
poeticisms, ἀμείβεσθαι, in this 
sense, has no footing in prose. 

62 ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἥδομαι : for ἀλλά, begin- 
ning a speech, cf. I, 7, 31. 

cov: cf. I, 2, 26, and the note. 

63 av... δοκεῖς... εἶναι : ἄν goes, 
of course, wiih εἶναι; cf. I, 8, 
29, and the note. Observe that 
the personal construction cannot 
here be retained in Eng. Cf, 
below, ἀπορεῖν... dv... σοι do- 
κοῦμεν. 

64 ὡς δ᾽ ἂν μάθῃς: Xen. stands 
alone among prose writers in 
using ὡς ἄν, in final clauses (G. 
1367; H. 882; B. 590, note 2; G. 
M. T. 326, 2, and Appendix IV). 
Cf. his unusual fondness for ὡς, 
alone. 

66 εἰ ἐβουλόμεθα: best taken as 
contrary to fact; see on εἰ μὴ 
ἤλθετε, c. 1. 21. Instead of the 
normal apodosis, Xen. has chosen 


Book II, Chap. V 137 





hi 


πλήθους ἀπορεῖν ἣ πεζῶν ἢ ὁπλίσεως ἐν 7 ὑμᾶς μὲν βλάπτειν 
. \ " ΝΜ > , > \ / > \ ‘4 
ἱκανοὶ εἴημεν ἄν, ἀντιπάσχειν δὲ οὐδεὶς κίνδυνος; ἀλλὰ χωρίων 
ἐπιτηδείων ὑμῖν ἐπιτίθεσθαι ἀπορεῖν ἄν σοι δοκοῦμεν; οὐ τοσαῦτα 
μὲν πεδία ἃ ὑμεῖς φίλια ὄντα σὺν πολλῷ πόνῳ διαπορεύεσθε, 
τοσαῦτα δὲ ὄρη ὁρᾶτε ὑμῖν ὄντα πορευτέα, ἃ ἡμῖν ἔξεστι προκα- 
a ΝΜ Γι. / “ >] ᾽ “ιν Ὁ 
ταλαβοῦσιν ἄπορα ὑμῖν παρέχειν, τοσοῦτοι δ᾽ εἰσὶ ποταμοὶ ἐφ 
bo Μ e “Ὁ ἤ “ / Ἅ ς [οἱ , A 
ὧν ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν ταμιεύεσθαι ὁπόσοις ἂν ὑμῶν βουλώμεθα pa- 
θ " ». δ᾽ > A "δ᾽ Δ , ὃ 7, ᾽ 
χεσθαι; εἰσὶ δ᾽ αὐτῶν ods οὐδ᾽ ἂν παντάπασι διαβαίητε, εἰ μὴ 
ἡμεῖς ὑμᾶς διαπορεύοιμεν. εἰ δ᾽ ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις ἡττῴμεθα, 
ἀλλὰ τό γέ τοι πῦρ κρεῖττον τοῦ καρποῦ ἐστιν" ὃν ἡμεῖς Suvai- 
ἃ ,, \ ὌΝ > U a 25 > 
μεθ᾽ ἂν κατακαύσαντες λιμὸν ὑμῖν ἀντιτάξαι, ᾧ ὑμεῖς οὐδ᾽ εἰ 
/ > wv Ud “A rl “~ τ᾽ 9 ΝΜ 
πάνυ ἀγαθοὶ εἴητε μάχεσθαι ἂν δύναισθε. πῶς ἂν οὖν ἔχοντες 
τοσούτους πόρους πρὸς τὸ ὑμῖν πολεμεῖν, καὶ τούτων μηδένα 
ἡμῖν ἐπικίνδυνον, ἔπειτα ἐκ τούτων πάντων τοῦτον ἂν τὸν τρό- 
πον ἐξελοίμεθα ὃς μόνος μὲν πρὸς θεῶν ἀσεβής, μόνος δὲ πρὸς 
ἀνθρώπων αἰσχρός; παντάπασι δὲ ἀπόρων ἐστὶ καὶ ἀμηχάνων 














the more pointed rhetorical ques- 
tion, equally natural in Eng. 

67 ἐν 4, by means of which. 

68 εἴημεν Gv: ideal, not unreal; but 
the shift is an easy one. With 
the following οὐδεὶς κίνδυνος, ἂν εἴη 
is to be supplied. 

ἀλλά: here best rendered by or. 
It anticipates objections. 

69 ot=nonne. The vb. is ὁρᾶτε, 
below. 

τοσαῦτα pev... τοσαῦτα S€... το- 
σοῦτοι: the anaphora is rhetori- 
cal, but vigorous. 

70 φίλια ὄντα : concessive. 

11 ὄντα πορευτέα : indir. disc., after 
ὁρᾶτε. For the construction of 
the verbal, see the note on δια- 
Baréos, c. 4.28. It goes also with 
πεδία, above, both phrases being 
an extension of ὁδὸν πορεύεσθαι. 

72 εἰσί, are there not? The inter- 
rog. force of οὐ is still felt. 


74 εἰσὶ dS’... ots: cf. ὃν... obs, 
I, 5, 35, and the note. 

75 διαπορεύοιμεν : no other instance 
of the occurrence of this com- 
pound in the act. is known; δια- 
βιβάξζω supplies its place. The 
act. of the simple vb. occurs in 
a causative sense, but is rare in 
prose. 

76 ἀλλὰ.... ἐστιν, yet, at any rate, 
jire, as you know, is. 

77 κατακαύσαντες : Tiss. tries this, 
ITI, 5,§3. Cf., also, I, 6, 3. 

λιμὸν... ἀντιτάξαι: a fine meta- 
phor. 

78 πῶς av: for the position of ἄν, 
cf. 1,3,29. It is repeated below, 
1. 80. 

79 μηδένα: not οὐδένα; ἔχοντες is 
felt as conditional. 

81 πρός: cf. I, 6, 29. 

82 ἐστί, belongs to, is characteris- 
tic of. The gens. are possessive. 








138 Anabasis 





καὶ ἐν ἀνάγκῃ ἐχομένων, καὶ τούτων πονηρῶν, οἵτινες ἐθέλουσι 
δι’ ἐπιορκίας τε πρὸς θεοὺς καὶ ἀπιστίας πρὸς ἀνθρώπους πράτ- 


85 τειν τι. οὐχ οὕτως ἡμεῖς, ὦ Κλέαρχε, οὔτε ἀλόγιστοι οὔτε ἠλί- 


θιοί ἐσμεν. ἀλλὰ τί δὴ ὑμᾶς ἐξὸν ἀπολέσαι οὐκ ἐπὶ τοῦτο 
ἤλθομεν : εὖ ἴσθι ὅτι ὁ ἐμὸς ἔρως τούτου αἴτιος τὸ τοῖς Ἑλλησιν 
ἐμὲ πιστὸν γενέσθαι, καὶ ᾧ Κῦρος ἀνέβη ξενικῷ διὰ μισθοδοσίας 
πιστεύων τούτῳ ἐμὲ καταβῆναι δι᾽ εὐεργεσίαν ἰσχυρόν. ὅσα 8 


> | φ “Ὁ > Ἂ 4 \ > μ᾽ / 

ἐμοὶ χρήσιμοι ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὰ μὲν Kal σὺ εἶπας, TO δὲ μέγιστον 
ἐγὼ οἶδα" τὴν μὲν γὰρ ἐπὶ τῇ κεφαλῇ τιάραν βασιλεῖ μόνῳ ἔξε- 
στιν ὀρθὴν ἔχειν, τὴν δ᾽ ἐπὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ ἴσως ἂν ὑμῶν παρόντων 


καὶ ἕτερος εὐπετῶς ἔχοι. 
Ταῦτα εἰπὼν ἔδοξε τῷ Κλεάρχῳ ἀληθῆ λέγειν: καὶ εἶπεν" 
Οὐκοῦν, ἔφη, οἵτινες τοιούτων ἡμῖν εἰς φιλίαν ὑπαρχόντων πει- 








Book II, Chap. V 139 





A » a > 
ρῶνται διαβάλλοντες ποιῆσαι πολεμίους ἡμᾶς ἄξιοί εἰσι τὰ 


25 ἔσχατα παθεῖν; Καὶ ἐγὼ μέν γε, ἔφη ὁ Τισσαφέρνης, εἰ βού- 


7 “ \ nf 1 - > cee Ὁ 
λεσθέ μοι οἵ τε στρατηγοὶ καὶ οἱ λοχαγοὶ ἐλθεῖν, ἐν τῷ ἐμφανεῖ 
λέξω τοὺς πρὸς ἐμὲ λέγοντας ὡς σὺ ἐμοὶ ἐπιβουλεύεις καὶ τῇ 


23 σὺν ἐμοὶ στρατιᾷ. ᾿Εγὼ δέ, ἔφη ὁ Κλέαρχος, ἄξω πάντας, καὶ 
\ Φ idl Ψ ei, \ “ Ἂ ,) 4 , ὃ) “ 
27 σοὶ αὖ δηλώσω ὅθεν ἐγὼ περὶ σοῦ ἀκούω. ἐκ τούτων δὴ τῶν 


\ 
λόγων ὁ Τισσαφέρνης φιλοφρονούμενος τότε μὲν μένειν τε αὐτὸν 
ἐκέλευε καὶ σύνδειπνον ἐποιήσατο. 

Τῇ δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ ὁ Κλέαρχος ἀπελθὼν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον 

δῆλός τ᾽ ἣν πάνυ φιλικῶς οἰόμενος διακεῖσθαι τῷ Τισσαφέρνει 

a »” > “ > αἱ 5" “~ | dhe of A 

καὶ ἃ ἔλεγεν ἐκεῖνος ἀπήγγελλεν, ἔφη TE χρῆναι ἱέναι παρᾶ 

Τισσαφέρνην ods ἐκέλευσεν, καὶ of ἂν ἐλεγχθῶσι διαβάλλοντες 
"“ a_e@ 

τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ὡς προδότας αὐτοὺς Kal κακόνους τοῖς ᾿ EXAnoww 








88 ἀνάγκῃ ἐχομένων, the thralls of 
necessity. Cf. ἀνάγκῃ κατεχομέ- 
νων (II, 6, 8. 18). 

καὶ τούτων πονηρῶν: cf. καὶ ταῦτα, 
I, 4,81. Observe the climax. 

οἵτινες ἐθέλουσι: as if ἄποροί εἰσι 
had preceded. ὄπ should have 
looked for the simple infin.; c/. 
the use of ὅστις, II, 6, §6. 

86 ἐξόν : acc. abs. (G. 1569; H. 973; 
B. 343). Note that the acc. abs. 
generally expresses an adversa- 
tive relation, although we had 
every chance to destroy you. 

87 ἔρως, passion, burning desire, 
a strong word. 

τούτου: 7%. 6. τοῦ ἡμᾶς μὴ ἐπὶ τοῦτο 
ἐλθεῖν. The gen. depends on αἴ- 
τιον. 

TO... γενέσθαι. . . καταβῆναι: a 
clause, in the acc., defining the 
verbal noun ἔρως. Trans., my 
burning desire to show myself 

εν and to go down. 

88 ®... ξενικῷ : military dat. of 
accompaniment; see on I, 7, 66. 
For the incorporation of the 


noun in the rel. clause, cf. I, 2,5 
and for the order (rel. first, re- 
sumed by demonstrative), cf. 
I, 9, 107. 

μισθοδοσίας : acc., not gen. 

89 ὅσα, in what respects. Cf. the 
acc. with χρῶμαι, 6. g. I, 3, 93. 

90 ἐστε: stronger than ἔσεσθε. 
Note the emphatic pronouns. 
εἶπας : for the form, see c. 1. 102, 

and the note. 

91 τιάραν. . . ὀρθήν: a symbol of 
royalty. Itis debatable whether 
by τὴν δ᾽ ἐπὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ (se. ὀρθήν) 
Tiss. means to indicate a desire 
on his part to set himself up as 
king with the help of the Greeks, 
or whether the phrase simply 
denotes the enjoyment of kingly 
power. The former view seems 
preferable. 

93 érepos: more modest than ἐγώ 
Cf. the use of τις to denote a 
definite individual (e. g. I, 4, 80). 

94 elwev: the subj. is easily sup- 
plied from the preceding dat. 

95 οὐκοῦν: cf. I, 6,37, and the note. 











ἔφη : repeating εἶπεν; it is paren- 
thetic. 

τοιούτων... ὑπαρχόντων, when we 
have such grounds for; see the 
note on ὑπῆρχε, I, 1, 16. 

98 μοι: with ἐλθεῖν; less formal 
than mpés pe. 

ol... στρατηγοὶ. .. λοχαγοί: ap- 
position with ὑμεῖς, contained in 
the vb.; cf. 1,5, 94, and the note. 
The art. is repeated,since the two 
groups do not form one class. 

ἐν τῷ ἐμφανεῖ : cf. ἐν τῷ γε φανερῷ, 
I, 3,113. Note the punctuation; 
this clause goes with λέξω, not 
with ἐλθεῖν. 

101 ὅθεν -- those from whom. 

δή: the particle emphasizes the 
treachery of Tiss. 

102 φιλοφρονούμενος, with a great 
show of friendliness. 

108 σύνδειπνον ἐποιήσατο, made him 
his guest at dinner (note the 
mid.). This was a pledge of 
friendship among eas‘ern peo- 
ples. Cf. ὁμοτράπεζοι, I, 8, 103 ἔ,, 


and συντράπεζοι, I,9,114f.,and the 
reference to the present passage 
in ITI, 2, §4. 

105 δῆλός τ᾽ qv... διακεῖσθαι, evi- 
dently thought that he stood on 
very friendly terms with. For 
the use of δῆλος with a partic.,see 
I, 2, 70, and for διακεῖσθαι, ex- 
pressing a state, cf. II, 6, §12, 
and III, 1, §3. It serves as a 
pass, of διατιθέναι (ef. διατιθείς, 
I, 1, 19). Clearchus evidently 
felt flattered by the attention 
shown him. 

107 ovs ἐκέλευσεν : the subj. is Tiss., 
not Clearchus. 

οἵ ἂν... Ἑλλήνων, whoever of the 
Greeks should be found guilty 
of making false charges. 

108 αὐτούς: less frequent in re- 
suming a rel. than τούτους. .. 
τούτους, however, would properly 
have stood at the head of the 
sentence, and would thus have 
deprived ὡς προδότας of its em- 
phatic position. 





140 Anabasis 





ὄντας τιμωρηθῆναι. ὑπώπτευε δὲ εἶναι τὸν διαβάλλοντα Μένωνα, 
γῶν » " \ , , ᾿»ν , \ 
εἰδὼς αὐτὸν καὶ συγγεγενημένον Τισσαφέρνει μετ᾽ ᾿Αριαίου καὶ 
“ \ 
στασιάζοντα αὐτῷ καὶ ἐπιβουλεύοντα, ὅπως τὸ στράτευμα ἅπαν 
πρὸς αὑτὸν λαβὼν φίλος ἦ Τισσαφέρνει. ἐβούλετο δὲ καὶ 
Κλέαρχος ἅπαν τὸ στράτευμα πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἔχειν τὴν γνώμην 
καὶ τοὺς παραλυποῦντας ἐκποδὼν εἶναι. τῶν δὲ στρατιωτῶν 
a ? 
ἀντέλεγόν τινες αὐτῷ μὴ ἰέναι πάντας τοὺς λοχαγοὺς καὶ στρα- 
\ \ , 4 e \ 4 > ~ 
τηγοὺς μηδὲ πιστεύειν Τισσαφέρνει. ὁ δὲ Κλέαρχος ἰσχυρῶς 
κατέτεινεν, ἔστε διεπράξατο πέντε μὲν στρατηγοὺς ἰέναι, εἴκοσι 
δὲ λοχαγούς: συνηκολούθησαν δὲ ὡς εἰς ἀγορὰν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων 
στρατιωτῶν ὡς διακόσιοι. 
᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἦσαν ἐπὶ θύραις ταῖς Τισσαφέρνους, οἱ μὲν στρατηγοὶ 
παρεκλήθησαν εἴσω, IIpefevos Βοιώτιος, Μένων Θετταλός, ’Ayias 
᾿Αρκάς, Κλέαρχος Λάκων, Σωκράτης ᾿Αχαιός" οἱ δὲ λοχαγοὶ 
᾿ς ‘ , »” > Δ \ “ > \ “~ ’ Ὁ 
ἐπὶ θύραις ἔμενον. οὐ πολλῷ δὲ ὕστερον ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτοῦ ση- 








109 τιμωρηθῆναι : the infin. is gov- 
erned by χρῆναι, above. 

Μένωνα : for the strife between 
Clearchus and Menon, see I, 5, 
68 ff. Clearchus’ precedence 
da‘es from the events narrated 
in I,3 (ef. I, 6, §5), and seems 
not to have been affected by 
Menon’s action at Thapsacus 
(I, 4, §$13-17). Cresias (see the 
Introd. 30) says: Κλεάρχῳ ἅπαντα 
ὁ Κῦρος συνεβούλευε, τοῦ δὲ Μένωνος 
λόγος οὐδεὶς Fr. 

110 μετ᾽ ᾿Αριαίου: for his friend- 
ship with Menon, see c. 1. 26. 

111 αὐτῷ: 7. ὁ. Κλεάρχῳ. 

112 καὶ Κλέαρχος : ἃ remark show- 
ing Xen.’s fairness; Menon was 
not the only schemer. 

113 ἅπαν τὸ στράτευμα : a chiastic 
variation from τὸ στράτευμα ἅπαν, 
above. 

115 ἀντέλεγον, protested, a dura- 
tive tense, as κατέτεινεν, below. 


The vb. takes μή, as implying a 
command. 

116 ὁ δὲ Κλέαρχος : Ctesias’ ver- 
sion is different. According to 
him, Menon was the prime mover 
and Clearchus was forced by the 
troops to go against his will. It 
was natural that Xen. should 
emphasize the activity of Cle- 
archus, and Ctesias (in the Per- 
sian camp) that of Menon. We 
may well believe that each was 
scheming to get the other out of 
the way. 

117 ἔστε: cf. I, 9, 38, and the note. 

118 ὡς els ἀγοράν : 7. 6. unarmed. 

120 ἐπὶ θύραις... Τισσ. : note the 
position; cf. I, 1, 43f., and the 
note. For θύραις, cf. I, 2, 69, 
and the note. 

123 πολλῷ: dat. of measure, but 
indistinguishable from the adv. 
πολύ, 

ἀπό, ut. The signal is said to have 


Book II, Chap. V 141 





“ , , 
μείου οἵ τ᾽ ἔνδον ξυνελαμβάνοντο καὶ οἱ ἔξω κατεκόπησαν. μετὰ 
‘el “ Ul “ 
δὲ ταῦτα τῶν βαρβάρων τινὲς ἱππέων διὰ τοῦ πεδίου ἐλαύνοντες 
e > Ud Lf , 
ᾧτινι ἐντυγχάνοιεν “ Ελληνι ἢ δούλῳ ἢ ἐλευθέρῳ πάντας ἔκτει- 
e \o@ “ 
88 νον. οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες τήν τε ἱππασίαν ἐθαύμαζον ἐκ τοῦ στρατο- 


φ ~ 

πέδου ὁρῶντες καὶ ὅ,τι ἐποίουν ἠμφεγνόουν, πρὶν Νίκαρχος 
φ 

᾿Αρκὰς ἧκε φεύγων τετρωμένος εἰς τὴν γαστέρα καὶ τὰ ἔντερα 


a » | ΝΜ Wr 
34 ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν ἔχων, καὶ εἶπε πάντα τὰ γεγενημένα. ἐκ τούτου 


ed , 

δὴ οἱ Ἕλληνες ἔθεον ἐπὶ τὰ ὅπλα πάντες ἐκπεπληγμένοι καὶ 
/ > / a > A > \ \ / 

νομίζοντες αὐτίκα ἥξειν αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. 


35 Οἱ δὲ πάντες μὲν οὐκ ἦλθον, ᾿Αριαῖος δὲ καὶ ᾿Αρτάοζος καὶ 


Μιθραδάτης, of ἦσαν Κύρῳ πιστότατοι- ὁ δὲ τῶν ᾿Ελλήνων 
ἑρμηνεὺς ἔφη καὶ τὸν Τισσαφέρνους ἀδελφὸν σὺν αὐτοῖς ὁρᾶν 
καὶ γιγνώσκειν: ξυνηκολούθουν δὲ καὶ ἄλλοι Περσῶν τεθωρα- 


86 κισμένοι εἰς τριακοσίους. οὗτοι ἐπεὶ ἐγγὺς ἦσαν, προσελθεῖν 


ἐκέλευον εἴ τις εἴη τῶν “Ἑλλήνων στρατηγὸς ἢ λοχαγός, ἵνα 


87 ἀπαγγείλωσι τὰ παρὰ βασιλέως. μετὰ ταῦτα ἐξῆλθον φυλατ- 


τόμενοι τῶν “Ελλήνων στρατηγοὶ μὲν Κ λεάνωρ Ὀρχομένιος καὶ 
Σοφαίνετος Στυμφάλιος, ξὺν αὐτοῖς δὲ Ξενοφῶν ᾿Αθηναῖος, ὅπως 











μάθοι τὰ περὶ ἸΠροξένου: Χειρίσοφος δὲ ἐτύγχανεν ἀπὼν ἐν 





been the raising of a red flag 
over the tent of Tiss. 

124 EvvehapBdvovro .. . κατεκόπη- 
σαν: note the change in tense. 
With the whole cf. Caesar’s ac- 
tion toward the Upsipites and 
Tencteri (B. G. IV, 13). It was 
thus, also, that the Parthians 
seized Crassus. 

125 τινές : for the position, cf. III, 
3, §4. It is permitted in Attic 
only when the subst. has an at- 
trib. adj., but is common in 
Herodotus. 

126 ᾧτινι ἐντυγχάνοιεν : see the note 
on ὅστις ἀφικνεῖτο, I, 1, 18, where 
again ὅστις is followed by a pl. 

ἔκτεινον : the simple vb. only here 
in Xen. 


128 ἐποίουν : instead of ποιοῖεν; see 
I, 2, 11, and the note. 

ἠμφεγνόουν : for the double aug- 
ment, cf. ἠνέσχετο, I, 8, 105, and 
the note 

πρίν : see the notes on I, 1, 53, and 
I, 9,38. Here ἠμφεγνόουν implies 
a neg. 

131 ἔθεον: see the note on θεῖν, 
I, 8, 71. 

ἐκπεπληγμένοι : how different from 
ἐκπλαγέντες 

137 προσελθεῖν : they said, εἴ τίς ἐστι 

. προσελθέτω. 

140 στρατηγοὶ μὲν. .. ξὺν αὐτοῖς 
δέ: Xen. held no rank, hence the 
two groups. 

142 τὰ περί, the news about, ἃ com- 
mon phrase, oftener with the 


125 


130 


135 


140 





142 Anabasis 





κώμῃ τινὶ ξὺν ἄλλοις ἐπισιτιξομένοις. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἔστησαν εἰς 38 
Κλέαρχος μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες “Ἑλλη- 


~ , 
ἐπήκοον, εἶπεν ᾿Αριαῖος τάδε. 


νες, ἐπεὶ ἐπιορκῶν τε ἐφάνη καὶ τὰς σπονδὰς λύων, ἔχει τὴν 
δίκην καὶ τέθνηκε, Πρόξενος δε καὶ Μένων, ὅτι κατήγγειλαν 
αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐπιβουλήν, ἐν μεγάλῃ τιμῇ εἰσιν. ὑμᾶς δὲ βασιλεὺς 
τὰ ὅπλα ἀπαιτεῖ" αὑτοῦ γὰρ εἶναί φησιν, ἐπείπερ Κύρου ἧσαν 


"“" εν Ν 
τοῦ ἐκείνου δούλου. πρὸς ταῦτα ἀπεκρίναντο οἱ EXAnves, ἔλεγε 39 


δὲ Κλεάνωρ ὁ ᾽Ορχομένιος" Ὦ, κάκιστε ἀνθρώπων *Apiaie καὶ 
οἱ ἄλλοι ὅσοι ἦτε Κύρου φίλοι, οὐκ αἰσχύνεσθε οὔτε θεοὺς οὔτ᾽ 
ἀνθρώπους, οἵτινες ὀμόσαντες ἡμῖν τοὺς αὐτοὺς φίλους καὶ 
ἐχθροὺς νομιεῖν, προδόντες ἡμᾶς σὺν Τισσαφέρνει τῷ ἀθεωτάτῳ 
τε καὶ πανουργοτάτῳ τούς τε ἄνδρας αὐτοὺς οἷς ὥμνυτε ἀπολω- 
λέκατε καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἡμᾶς προδεδωκότες ξὺν τοῖς πολεμίοις 


ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς ἔρχεσθε; ὁ δὲ ᾿Αριαῖος εἶπε. Κλέαρχος γὰρ πρόσθεν 40 


» , \ 
ἐπιβουλεύων φανερὸς ἐγένετο Τισσαφέρνει τε καὶ ᾿Ορόντᾳ, καὶ 


“ “~ “ ‘ ’ 
πᾶσιν ἡμῖν τοῖς ξὺν τούτοις. 


“~ ld “΄ 
ἐπὶ τούτῳ Ἐξενοφῶν τάδε εἶπε. 41 


\ U 
Κλέαρχος μὲν τοίνυν εἰ παρὰ τοὺς ὅρκους ἔλυε τὰς σπονδάς, 
> “ 
τὴν δίκην ἔχει: δίκαιον γὰρ ἀπόλλυσθαι τοὺς ἐπιορκοῦντας" 





acc. than the gen. For the 
friendship of Xen. and Proxe- 
nus, see the note on c. 4. 66. 

Χειρίσοφος : his subsequent prom- 
inence justifies the special men- 
tion of him here. 

143 ἔστησαν els: motion, followed 
by rest. 

145 ἐφάνη, was proved; cf. φανερὸς 
ἐγένετο, below, 1. 157. See the 
note on ἐφαίνετο, I, 9, 70. 

τὴν δίκην, his deserts. 

148 ἀπαιτεῖ: for the two accs., see 
the ποθ on I,1,55. Observe the 
emphatic position of ὑμᾶς and of 
αὑτοῦ, below. 

ἦσαν: pl, despite the neut. }}. 
subj ; see the note on 1, 2, 38. 

149 ἐκείνου: ὁ. 6. the king, said 
from the standpoint of Ariaeus. 

δούλου: cf. I, 9, 105, and the note. 


ἀπεκρίναντο... . ἔλεγε: cf. c. 3. 87. 

150 Κλεάνωρ: called πρεσβύτατος, 
c. 1.51, and therefore entitled to 
take a prominent place. His 
words well express his outraged 
moralsense. Compare his words 
in ΠῚ, 2, 88 4 ff. 

151 of ἄλλοι: apposition; cf. I, 5, 
94, and the note. 

θεοὺς... ἀνθρώπους : for the case, 
see the note on c. 3. 91. 

152 οἵτινες, seeing that you. The 
rel. is often causal (G. 1461; H. 
910; B. 598; 619, note). 

ἡμῖν: the dat. goes with ὀμόσαντες, 
but is felt also with τοὺς αὐτούς 
(the same as we). 

155 προδεδωκότες : varied from προ- 
δόντες, above. The repetition 
adds emphasis. 


156 γάρ, (we are not traitors) for. 








Book II, Chap. VI 143 





/ ‘ \ / 
Πρόξενος δὲ καὶ Μένων ἐπείπερ εἰσὶν ὑμέτεροι μὲν εὐεργέται, 
; \ / a ‘al A 
ἡμέτεροι δὲ στρατηγοί, πέμψατε αὐτοὺς δεῦρο: δῆλον γὰρ ὅτι 
, a A 
φίλοι ye ὄντες ἀμφοτέροις πειράσονται καὶ ὑμῖν Kal ἡμῖν τὰ 


42 βέλτιστα ξυμβουλεῦσαι. πρὸς ταῦτα οἱ βάρβαροι πολὺν χρό- 


νον διαλεχθέντες ἀλλήλοις ἀπῆλθον οὐδὲν ἀποκρινάμενοι. 

VI. Οἱὲ μὲν δὴ στρατηγοὶ οὕτω ληφθέντες ἀνήχθησαν ὡς 
βασιλέα καὶ ἀποτμηθέντες τὰς κεφαλὰς ἐτελεύτησαν, εἷς μὲν 
αὐτῶν Κλέαρχος ὁμολογουμένως ἐκ πάντων τῶν ἐμπείρως αὐτοῦ 
ἐχόντων δόξας γενέσθαι ἀνὴρ καὶ πολεμικὸς καὶ φιλοπόλεμος 

2 ἐσχάτως. καὶ γὰρ δὴ ἕως μὲν πόλεμος ἣν τοῖς Λακεδαιμονίοις 
πρὸς τοὺς ᾿Αθηναίους παρέμενεν, ἐπειδὴ δὲ εἰρήνη ἐγένετο, πεί- 
σας τὴν αὑτοῦ πόλιν ὡς οἱ Θρᾷκες ἀδικοῦσι τοὺς Ἕλληνας καὶ 
διαπραξάμενος ὡς ἐδύνατο παρὰ τῶν ἐφόρων ἐξέπλει ὡς πολε- 

8 μήσων τοῖς ὑπὲρ Χερρονήσου καὶ Περίνθου Θρᾳξίν. ἐπεὶ δὲ 





γάρ is very common in answers, 
the context supplying yes or no. 
Here it may be rendered but. 
161 Πρόξενος. .. Μένων: best re- 
garded as a real anacolouthon 
(nom. abs.). The emphasis may 
be retained by translating, as 
regards Proxenus and Menon. 
Cf. the note on ποταμός, c. 4. 27. 


CuHapTer VI 


τὰς κεφαλάς : acc. of the part af- 
fected (G. 1058; H. 718; Β. 335; 
e/. III, 1, §31, τὰ ὦτα τετρυπημέ- 
νον, with his ears pierced). Used 
with a pass. this suggests an 
act. construction ἀποτέμνειν τινὰ 
τὴν κεφαλήν (cf. βάλλειν with two 
accs.). Instead of this we have 
ITI, 1, §17, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ... ἀποτε- 
μὼν τὴν κεφαλήν, and I, 10,1 the 
regular pass., Κύρου ἀποτέμνεται ἡ 
κεφαλή. 

εἷς μέν: balanced by Πρόξενος δέ, 
816, It is a form of partitive 
appos. with oi στρατηγοί, εἷς μέν 


serving to bring the individual 
into stronger relief than ὁ μέν. 

8 Κλέαρχος : see the Introd., §38. 

ἐκ πάντων: with ὁμολογουμένως, in 
the opinion of all. For this use 
of ἐκ, cf. I, 1, 28, and the note. 

τῶν... ἐχόντων, those acquainted 
with him. Cf. 1, 9, 81. 

4 δόξας, reputed. 

5 ἐσχάτως : a strong word in em- 
phatic position. 

54: a specific instance of a general 
truth. The two characteristics 
(πολεμικός and φιλοπόλεμος) are 
taken up in reverse (chiastic) 
order. Cf. III, 1, §20. 

πόλεμος: the Peloponnesian war, 
431-404 B.c. 

6 παρέμενεν, could find service at 
home (Dakyns). 

7 τοὺς Ἕλληνας : 7. 6. those inhab- 
iting the Chersonesus; see the 
map, and I, 1, 49. 

8 διαπραξάμενος : cf. c. 3. 85. 

ὡς ἐδύνατο, no matter how. In- 
trigue is implied. 





144 Anabasis 





10 μεταγνόντες πως οἱ ἔφοροι ἤδη ἔξω ὄντος ἀποστρέφειν αὐτὸν 
ἐπειρῶντο ἐξ ᾿Ισθμοῦ, ἐνταῦθα οὐκέτι πείθεται, ἀλλ’ ᾧχετο 
πλέων εἰς Ἑλλήσποντον. ἐκ τούτου καὶ ἐθανατώθη ὑπὸ τῶν 
ἐν Σπάρτῃ τελῶν ὡς ἀπειθῶν. ἤδη δὲ φυγὰς ὧν ἔρχεται πρὸς 
Κῦρον, καὶ ὁποίοις μὲν λόγοις ἔπεισε Κῦρον ἄλλῃ γέγραπται, 
δίδωσι δὲ αὐτῷ Κῦρος μυρίους δαρεικούς" ὃ δὲ λαβὼν οὐκ ἐπὶ 
ῥᾳθυμίαν ἐτράπετο, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν χρημάτων συύλλέζο: 
στράτευμα ἐπολέμει τοῖς Θρᾳξί, καὶ μάχῃ τε ἐνίκησε καὶ ἀπὸ 
τούτου δὴ ἔφερε καὶ ἦγε τούτους καὶ πολεμῶν διεγένετο μέχρι 
Κῦρος ἐδεήθη τοῦ στρατεύματος" τότε δὲ ἀπῆλθεν ὡς ξὺν ἐκείνῳ 
αὖ πολεμήσων. ταῦτα οὖν φιλοπολέμου μοι δοκεῖ ἀνδρὸς ἔργα 
εἶναι, ὅστις ἐξὸν μὲν εἰρήνην ἄγειν ἄνευ αἰσχύνης καὶ βλάβης 
αἱρεῖται πολεμεῖν, ἐξὸν δὲ ῥᾳθυμεῖν βούλεται πονεῖν ὥστε πολε- 
μεῖν, ἐξὸν δὲ χρήματα ἔχειν ἀκινδύνως αἱρεῖται πολεμῶν μείονα 
ταῦτα ποιεῖν: ἐκεῖνος δὲ ὥσπερ εἰς παιδικὰ ἢ εἰς ἄλλην τινὰ 
ἡδονὴν ἤθελε δαπανᾶν εἰς πόλεμον. οὕτω μὲν φιλοπόλεμος 





Book II, Chap. VI 145 





\ ¢ ld \ Ἃ ΝΜ ,. Ὁ \ ἤ \ 3 a 

καὶ ἡμέρας Kal νυκτὸς ἄγων ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους καὶ ἐν τοῖς 
Lal . ‘el 
δεινοῖς φρόνιμος, ὡς οἱ παρόντες πανταχοῦ πάντες ὡμολόγουν. 
καὶ ἀρχικὸς δ᾽ ἐλέγετο εἶναι ὡς δυνατὸν ἐκ τοῦ τοιούτου τρόπου 
na S i 

οἷον κἀκεῖνος εἶχεν. ἱκανὸς μὲν yap ὥς τις καὶ ἄλλος φροντί- 
Ce ἣν ὅπως ἔχοι ἡ στρατιὰ αὐτῷ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια καὶ παρασκευ- 
ἄξειν ταῦτα, ἱκανὸς δὲ καὶ ἐμποιῆσαι τοῖς παροῦσιν ὡς πειστέον 
εἴη Κλεάρχῳ. τοῦτο δ᾽ ἐποίει ἐκ τοῦ χαλεπὸς εἶναι" καὶ γὰρ 
ὁρᾶν στυγνὸς ἦν καὶ τῇ φωνῇ τραχύς, ἐκόλαζέ τε ἰσχυρῶς, καὶ 
> »“ ἂν e ) 7 A , » 9. ὦ \ , , 
opyn ἐνίοτε, ὡς καὶ αὐτῷ μεταμέλειν ἔσθ᾽ ὅτε. καὶ γνώμῃ ὃ 


10 ἐκόλαζεν’ ἀκολάστου γὰρ στρατεύματος οὐδὲν ἡγεῖτο ὄφελος 


εἶναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ λέγειν αὐτὸν ἔφασαν ὡς δέοι τὸν στρατιώτην 
φοβεῖσθαι μᾶλλον τὸν ἄρχοντα ἢ τοὺς πολεμίους, εἰ μέλλοι ἢ 
φυλακὰς φυλάξειν ἢ φίλων ἀφέξεσθαι ἢ ἀπροφασίστως ἰέναι 


11 πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους. ἐν μὲν οὖν τοῖς δεινοῖς ἤθελον αὐτοῦ 





words καὶ ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς ἄγων, 35, and the note. Observe that 


a ΄ > , 3 Ψ“ ᾿ , 4 
ἣν: πολεμικὸς δὲ αὖ ταύτῃ ἐδόκει εἶναι ὅτι φιλοκίνδυνός τε ἦν 





10 μεταγνόντες: cf. μεταμελεῖν, I, 6, 
41, and the note. 

ἤδη... ὄντος : 86. αὐτοῦ, For the 
gen. abs., where we should have 
looked for a case in agreement, 
cf. I, 2, 99, and the note. 

11 Ἰσθμοῦ: the isthmus of Cor- 
inth is meant. 

ἐνταῦθα : resumptive. 

ᾧχετο πλέων : cf. ο. 4.105, and the 
note. 

12 καί, actually. 

13 τελῶν : often used of high mag- 
istrates. 

14 ἄλλῃ γέγραπται : note the tense. 
Xen. is perhaps referring to I, 
1, §9 (which section should be 
compared throughout), but the 
arguments are not given. 

15 ἐπὶ ῥᾳθυμίαν: cf. Clearchus’ 
own words, 1, 3, 15. 

16 ἀπό: cf. I, 1, 47. 


17 ἀπὸ τούτου, thenceforth. 

18 ἔφερε καὶ ἦγε, plundered, a 
standing phrase. ἔφερε has ref- 
erence to inanimate objects, ἦγε 
to live stock. Cf. ἔφερον, IV, 1, 
88, 

πολεμῶν διεγένετο: stronger than 
ἐπολέμει. Cf. λέγων διῆγε, I, 2, 70. 

19 ἐδεήθη : for the fact, cf. 1, 2, 4. 

21 ὅστις. . . αἱρεῖται: instead of 
αἱρεῖσθαι. See the note on οἵτινες, 
c. 5. 83. 

ἐξόν : 67. ο. 5.86. Note the anaphora 
and the parallel structure. 

22 ὥστε πολεμεῖν, so it be for war. 
See G. 1453; H. 953b; B. 596. 

26 πολεμικὸς δὲ ad: returning to 
the first characteristic, men- 
tioned at the end of §1; see the 
note there. 

Φιλοκίνδυνός re: parallel with καὶ 
. «+ φρόνιμο. The intervening 


«.7.X., explain φιλοκίνδυνος. Do 
not connect ἄγων with ἦν. For 
the gens. ἡμέρας and νυκτός, cf. 
I, 7, 85, and the note. 

28 φρόνιμος: cf. I, 10, 34. 

πανταχοῦ πάντες : cf. c. 5. 26. 

29 as... εἶχεν, as far as was 
possible for a man with such a 
temper as he had. καί with rel. 
words may often be left untrans- 
lated; cf. καὶ ἄλλος, just below, 
and see the notes on I, 3, 31, and 
I. 4. 97. 

81 ὅπως ἔχοι: obj. clause after 
φροντίζειν. 

αὐτῷ: cf. 1,1 43, and the note. 

82 ἐμποιῆσαι τοῖς παροῦσιν, to in- 
spire in those about him (the 
feeling that). For the vb., ef. 
below, 1. 69. 

33 Κλεάρχῳ: the use of the proper 
name instead of the pron. has 
always a distinct force. 

ἐκ rod... εἶναι, by being. Cf.I,1, 


χαλεπός must be nom., despite the 
fact that the clause is gen. 

34 ὁρᾶν: dat. infin., parallel with 
the following τῇ φωνῇ; cf. ὁρᾶσθαι, 
c. 3.8. In these cases dat. and 
acc. are indistinguishable. 

ἐκόλαζέ re: for the solitary re, cf. 
I, 5,91. Clearchus was a severe 
disciplinarian; ef. c. 3. 41, and 
the note, and III, 2, 8.31. 

35 ὡς — ὥστε. 

ἐσθ᾽ ὅτε: varied from ἐνίοτε, above. 
For the form, cf. the note on ἣν 
obs, I, 5, 35. 

kal... ἐκόλαζεν : repeated in chi- 
astic order, a rhetorical feature 
common in this chapter. 

86 ὄφελος: cf. I, 3, 56. 

817 λέγειν... ἔφασαν: cf. c. 1. 72, 
and the note. 

88 εἰ μέλλοι, if he was to. After 
this vb. the fut. infin. is usual. 
89 ἀφέξεσθαι, hold aloof from, ab- 

stain from injuring. 


30 





140 Anabasis 





> ΄ / > Ν ε “~ φ “~ ‘ 
ἀκούειν σφόδρα καὶ οὐκ ἄλλον ἡροῦντο οἱ στρατιῶται: Kal yap 
Ν \ / Ἂ » ΧΙ ἋΣ ~ ΝΜ , ») 
τὸ στυγνὸν τότε φαιδρὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις προσώποις ἔφασαν 
φαίνεσθαι καὶ τὸ χαλεπὸν ἐρρωμένον πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους ἐδό- 
= “ ΄ > / \ > / [τς > » 
κει εἶναι, ὥστε σωτήριον, οὐκέτι χαλεπὸν ἐφαίνετο" ὅτε δ᾽ ἔξω 
“ “ ᾽» > v I ΝΜ > / > ἤ 
τοῦ δεινοῦ γένοιντο καὶ ἐξείη πρὸς ἄλλον ἀρξομένους ἀπιέναι, 
πολλοὶ αὐτὸν ἀπέλειπον: τὸ γὰρ ἐπίχαρι οὐκ εἶχεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀεὶ 
χαλεπὸς ἦν καὶ ὠμός: ὥστε διέκειντο πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ στρατιῶται 
ὥσπερ παῖδες πρὸς διδάσκαλον. καὶ γὰρ οὖν φιλίᾳ μὲν καὶ 
\ 
εὐνοίᾳ ἑπομένους οὐδέποτε εἶχεν" οἵτινες δὲ ἢ ὑπὸ πόλεως τεταγ- 
) μένοι ἢ ὑπὸ τοῦ δεῖσθαι ἢ ἄλλῃ τινὶ ἀνάγκῃ κατεχόμενοι παρείη- 
σαν αὐτῷ, σφόδρα πειθομένοις ἐχρῆτο. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἄρξαιντο νικᾶν 
ξὺν αὐτῷ τοὺς πολεμίους, ἤδη μεγάλα ἣν τὰ χρησίμους ποιοῦντα 
εἶναι τοὺς ξὺν αὐτῷ στρατιώτας" τό τε γὰρ πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους 
θαρραλέως ἔχειν παρὴν καὶ τὸ τὴν παρ᾽ ἐκείνου τιμωρίαν φοβεῖ- 


Book II, Chap. VI 147 





16 Πρόξενος δὲ ὁ Βοιώτιος εὐθὺς μὲν μειράκιον ὧν ἐπεθύμει γε- 
νέσθαι ἀνὴρ τὰ μεγάλα πράττειν ἱκανός: καὶ διὰ ταύτην τὴν 
ες / ΝΜ Ἢ > Ud n vr > \ δ 
11 ἐπιθυμίαν ἔδωκε Τ᾽οργίᾳ ἀργύριον τῷ Λεοντίνῳ. ἐπεὶ δὲ συνε- 
V4 > ,ὔ e A / 3 Ψ Ψ ’ὔ 
γένετο ἐκείνῳ, ἱκανὸς νομίσας ἤδη εἶναι καὶ ἄρχειν καὶ φίλος 
ὧν τοῖς πρώτοις μὴ ἡττᾶσθαι εὐεργετῶν, ἦλθεν εἰς ταύτας τὰς 
σὺν Κύρῳ πράξεις" καὶ ᾧετο κτήσεσθαι ἐκ τούτων ὄνομα μέγα 
\ , ᾿ \ , ’ ΄ "»»υ 
ιῖ8 καὶ δύναμιν μεγάλην καὶ χρήματα πολλά: τοσούτων δ᾽ ἐπι- 
θυμῶν σφόδρα ἔνδηλον αὖ καὶ τοῦτο εἶχεν ὅτι τούτων οὐδὲν ἂν 


θελοι κτᾶσθαι μετὰ ἀδικίας, ἀλλὰ σὺν τῷ δικαίῳ καὶ καλῷ ᾧετο 


19 δεῖν τούτων τυγχάνειν, ἄνευ δὲ τούτων μὴ. ἄρχειν δὲ καλῶν 
μὲν καὶ ἀγαθῶν δυνατὸς ἦν" οὐ μέντοι οὔτ᾽ αἰδῶ τοῖς στρατι- 

/ ε “ ” ; ᾿ ‘ > “ > \ 9 ΄ 
ὦταις ἑαυτοῦ οὔτε φόβον ἱκανὸς ἐμποιῆσαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἠσχύνετο 
“ \ Ud e > , > “ tA 
μᾶλλον τοὺς στρατιώτας ἢ οἱ ἀρχόμενοι ἐκεῖνον: καὶ φοβού- 

lal δ Ν Δ κ᾿ U ial 4 

μενος μᾶλλον ἣν φανερὸς τὸ ἀπεχθάνεσθαι τοῖς στρατιώταις ἢ 


> i > f “~ Ν ἘΞ Ψ bd \ 
σθαι εὐτάκτους ἐποίει. τοιοῦτος μὲν δὴ ἄρχων ἦν: ἄρχεσθαι δὲ 


ὑπὸ ἄλλων οὐ μάλα ἐθέλειν ἐλέγετο. ἣν δὲ ὅτε ἐτελεύτα ἀμφὶ 


τὰ πεντήκοντα ἔτη. 





41 σφόδρα: with ἀκούειν (yield ab- 
solute obedience), rather than 
with ἤθελον. Cf. σφόδρα πειθομέ- 
vos, 1.8]. 

42 τὸ στυγνὸν. .. φαίνεσθαι: 
strongly rhetorical, his gloomi- 
ness then shone as a bright 
light. φαιδρὸν is pred. to dal verba 
(note the alliteration). αὐτοῦ, by 
its very unusual position, is 
strongly contrasted with τοῖς 
ἄλλοις, This phrase is one of 
very doubtful interpretation: 
either among the faces of the 
rest (in which fear was seen), or 
reflected in the faces of the rest. 
Some omit ἄλλοις, in which case 
αὐτοῦ ἐν τοῖς προσώποις means 
simply in his face, a poetical 
use of the pl. πρόσωπα referring 
to a single individual (Gilder- 
sleeve, Syntax, 48, 50). 


44 σωτήριον οὐκέτι χαλεπόν: Plu- 
tarch (Marius 14) uses similar 
language of Marius. 

45 aptopévous, to take service, fut. 
mid. in pass. sense. 

46 τὸ . .. ἐπίχαρι, charm of man- 
ner. Retain the order. 

47 διέκειντο : cf. c. 5. 105, and the 
note. 

50 ὑπὸ. ,. δεῖσθαι: with κατεχό- 
μενοι, and therefore parallel with 
the following dat., but the use of 
ὑπό gives aslight personification. 

51 σφόδρα... ἐχρῆτο, he exacted 
absolute obedience. 

52 μεγάλα: the order must be re- 
tained, else this word loses its 
emphasis. 

53 τό... ἔχειν, boldness in the 
face of the foe. 

56 οὐ μάλα, not much, but mean- 
ing, not at all (litotes). 


20 οὗ στρατιῶται TO ἀπιστεῖν ἐκείνῳ. ᾧετο δὲ ἀρκεῖν πρὸς τὸ 


> a A a ral a 
ἀρχικὸν εἶναι Kal δοκεῖν τὸν μὲν καλῶς ποιοῦντα ἐπαινεῖν, τὸν 


δὲ ἀδικοῦντα μὴ ἐπαινεῖν. τοιγαροῦν αὐτῷ οἱ μὲν καλοί τε καὶ 





57 τὰ πεντήκοντα: for the art., cf. 
τοὺς δισχιλίους, 1, 2, 59. 

58 IIpétevos δέ: see the Introd., 
§ 38. δέ balances μέν in 1. 2. 

ἐπεθύμει, cherished the desire. How 
different from ἐπεθύμησεΐ 

60 Γοργίᾳ: the most famous, per- 
haps, of the Greek “sophists.” 
His fee is stated to have been 
100 minae (nearly $2,000). Where 
was Leontini? 

συνεγένετο ἐκείνῳ, had completed his 
course with him. συγγίγνεσθαι 
and συνεῖναι are regularly used to 
express the relations of teacher 
and pupil. 

62 rots πρώτοις, the first men (of 
his day). 

εὐεργετῶν : after ἡττᾶσθαι; cf.c. 3.99. 

63 καὶ. .. καί: in enumerations 
both polysyndeton and asynde- 
ton (1. 93) are common. 


65 ἔνδηλον... εἶχεν, yet he made 
this too clear. ἢ 

67 μή: ποῦ οὐ, because going with 
τυγχάνειν, not with δεῖν; cf. μὴ 
ἐπαινεῖν, below, 1]. 74. 

καλῶν . . . ἀγαθῶν, gentlemen, i. 6. 
men endowed with the ideal 
qualities, comeliness and manli- 
ness. The phrase is a common 
one; cf. § 20 and IV, 1, §19. 

68 αἰδῶ. . . ἑαυτοῦ, respect for 
himself, obj.gen. For ἐμποιῆσαι, 
cf. 1. 32. 

70 οἱ ἀρχόμενοι: a synonym in- 
stead of the word just used. 

φοβούμενος : after φανερὸς ἣν. Sev- 
eral instances of this use of the 
partic. occur in §§ 21 and 22. Cf. 
I, 2, 70, and the note. 

72 ἀρκεῖν: the subj. is the clause 
Tov μὲν... Tov δὲ... ἐπαινεῖν. 


18 ἀρχικόν;: acc., not nom., since 





148 Anabasis 





75 ἀγαθοὶ τῶν συνόντων εὗνοι ἦσαν, οἱ δὲ ἄδικοι ἐπεβούλευον ὡς 
εὐμεταχειρίστῳ ὄντι. ὅτε δὲ ἀπέθνῃσκεν ἦν ἐτῶν ὡς τριάκοντα. 
Μένων δὲ ὁ Θετταλὸς δῆλος ἣν ἐπιθυμῶν μὲν πλουτεῖν ioyv- 
ρῶς, ἐπιθυμῶν δὲ ἄρχειν, ὅπως πλείω λαμβάνοι, ἐπιθυμῶν δὲ 
“~ / bf ~ 
τιμᾶσθαι, ἵνα πλείω κερδαίνοι: φίλος τε ἐβούλετο εἶναι τοῖς 
»»Ἄ ν᾿ 
μέγιστα δυναμένοις, ἵνα ἀδικῶν μὴ διδοίη δίκην. ἐπὶ δὲ τὸ 
’ bo > / , ” er > ὃ \ 
κατεργάζεσθαι ὧν ἐπιθυμοίη συντομωτάτην ᾧετο ὁδὸν εἶναι διὰ 
τοῦ ἐπιορκεῖν τε καὶ ψεύδεσθαι καὶ ἐξαπατᾶν, τὸ δ᾽ ἁπλοῦν καὶ 
ἀληθὲς τὸ αὐτὸ τῷ ἠλιθίῳ εἶναι. στέργων δὲ φανερὸς μὲν ἣν 
οὐδένα, ὅτῳ δὲ φαίη φίλος εἶναι, τούτῳ ἔνδηλος ἐγίγνετο ἐπι- 
, \ sf A > Ἃ A , 
βουλεύων. καὶ πολεμίου μὲν οὐδενὸς κατεγέλα, τῶν δὲ συνόντων 
ω J “ 2 " ὃ s ὶ “ \ “ / 
πάντων WS KATAYEAWY GEL διελέγετο. καὶ τοῖς μὲν τῶν πολεμίων 
ἥ > > / Ἁ ν᾿ Μ = “ 
κτήμασιν οὐκ ἐπεβούλευε: χαλεπὸν yap ᾧετο εἶναι τὰ τῶν φυ- 
λαττομένων λαμβάνειν: τὰ δὲ τῶν φίλων μόνος ᾧετο εἰδέναι 
ῥᾷστον ὃν ἀφύλακτα λαμβάνειν. καὶ ὅσους μὲν αἰσθάνοιτο 
ἐπιόρκους καὶ ἀδίκους ὡς εὖ ὡπλισμένους ἐφοβεῖτο, τοῖς δὲ 
ὁσίοις καὶ ἀλήθειαν ἀσκοῦσιν ὡς ἀνάνδροις ἐπειρᾶτο χρῆσθαι. 





Book II, Chap. VI 149 





26 ὥσπερ δέ TIS ἀγάλλεται ἐπὶ θεοσεβείᾳ καὶ ἀληθείᾳ καὶ δικαιό- 
τητι) οὕτω Μένων ἠγάλλετο τῷ ἐξαπατᾶν δύνασθαι, τῷ πλά- 
σασθαι ψευδῆ, τῷ φίλους διαγελᾶν: τὸν δὲ μὴ πανοῦργον τῶν 
ἀπαιδεύτων ἀεὶ ἐνόμιζεν εἶναί. καὶ παρ᾽ οἷς μὲν ἐπεχείρει πρω- 
τεύειν φιλίᾳ, διαβάλλων τοὺς πρώτους τοῦτο ᾧετο δεῖν κτήσασθαι. 

27 τὸ δὲ πειθομένους τοὺς στρατιώτας παρέχεσθαι ἐκ τοῦ συναδι- 
κεῖν αὐτοῖς ἐμηχανᾶτο. τιμᾶσθαι δὲ καὶ θεραπεύεσθαι ἠξίου 
ἐπιδεικνύμενος ὅτι πλεῖστα δύναιτο καὶ ἐθέλοι ἂν ἀδικεῖν. εὐερ- 
γεσίαν δὲ κατέλεγεν, ὁπότε τις αὐτοῦ ἀφίστατο, ὅτι χρώμενος 

28 αὐτῷ οὐκ ἀπώλεσεν αὐτόν. καὶ τὰ μὲν δὴ ἀφανῇ ἔξεστι περὶ 
αὐτοῦ ψεύδεσθαι, ἃ δὲ πάντες ἴσασι τάδ᾽ ἐστί. παρὰ "ἈΑριστίπ- 
που μὲν ἔτι ὡραῖος dv στρατηγεῖν διεπράξατο τῶν ξένων, ᾿Αριαίῳ 
δὲ βαρβάρῳ ὄντι, ὅτι μειρακίοις καλοῖς ἥδετο, οἰκειότατος ἐγέ. 
νετο, αὐτὸς δὲ παιδικὰ εἶχεν Θαρύπαν ἀγένειος ὧν γενειῶντα. 

29 ἀποθνῃσκόντων δὲ τῶν συστρατήγων ὅτι ἐστράτευσαν ἐπὶ βασι- 
λέα ξὺν Κύρῳ, ταὐτὰ πεποιηκὼς οὐκ ἀπέθανε, μετὰ δὲ τὸν τῶν 
ἄλλων θάνατον στρατηγῶν τιμωρηθεὶς ὑπὸ βασιλέως ἀπέθανεν, 
οὐχ ὥσπερ Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι στρατηγοὶ ἀποτμηθέντες τὰς 


the notion is an abstract one 
and there is no reference to the 
main subj.; contrast 1. 33. 

76 ὅτε δὲ ἀπέθνῃσκεν: Xen. varies 
the phrase in each case, both in 
stating the fact of death and in 
giving the age. 

ἐτῶν : gen. of measure. 

77 Μένων: see the Introd., § 38. 

ἐπιθυμῶν : note the triple anaphora. 

78 ὅπως... ἵνα: note the varied 
phrases. 

79 φίλος te: for the solitary re, cf. 
1. 34, and the note. 

80 μέγιστα: adv. modifying δυνα- 
pévots, 

ἀδικῶν... δίκην: note the allit- 
eration. 

ἐπὶ... ὁδόν, the shortest road 
leading to the accomplishment 
of his desires. Why is ἐπιθυμοίη 
opt.? 


83 τὸ αὐτό, the same thing as, 
synonymous with. For the dat., 
sce G. 1175; H. 773; B. 392, 2. 

στέργων: a strong word, properly 
denoting natural affection. Note 
the strong emphasis that falls 
both on στέργων und on οὐδένα, 
and also the chiastic order. 

85 trav... διελέγετο, while, as fur 
his associates, his whole cun- 
versation turned upon their 
ridicule. The gen. is governed 
by καταγελῶν. 

88 μόνος . .. εἰδέναι, thought that 
he knew better than any one else. 
Cf. the use of els in évl ye ἀνδρί, 
I, 9, 39. 

89 ὄν: partic, in indir. disc. after 
εἰδέναι. 

ἀφύλακτα : trans. as causal, 

92 ἀγάλλεται: with ἐπί, but below 
ἠγάλλετο, with the simple ἃ .t. 








δικαιότητι:; ἃ Xenophontic word, 
for which δικαιοσύνη is usual. 

98 76... 7TH... τῷ: note the 
effect of the asyndeton. 

94 διαγελᾶν : a rare compound. 

TOV » « . μὴ πανοῦργον: μή shows 
that the phrase is general. 

τῶν ἀπαιδεύτων: partitive gen. in 
the pred. 

95 ἐπεχείρει: we should have ex- 
pected the opt.; cf. ὅστις ἀφικνεῖτο, 
I, 1, 18, and ὁπότε τις... ἀφί- 
στατο, below. 

96 διαβάλλων: in agreement with 
the main subj., although logi- 
cally subordinated to δεῖν. 

τοὺς πρώτους: z.e. these already 
first in their friendship. 

τοῦτο : 7. 6. τὸ πρωτεύειν φιλίᾳ. 

97 τὸ... παρέχεσθαι: obj. οὗ ἐμη- 
Xavaro, 


99 δύναιτο Kal ἐθέλοι ἄν: direct, 
δύναμαι καὶ ἐθέλοιμ᾽ ἄν. The shift 
of construction is appropriate to 
the meanings of the two vbs. 

100 χρώμενος, while associated 
with him. 

101 αὐτόν: emphatic repetition 
after αὐτῷ. Generally the pron, 
is expressed but once. 

δή : emphasizing the contrast be- 
tween ἀφανῇ and 4... πάντες ἴσα- 
ot. By ἀφανῇ Menon’s assumed 
treachery is doubtless meant. 

102 ᾿Αριστίππου: cf. I, 1, 52 ff. 

104 βαρβάρῳ ὄντι : said with indig- 
nation. 

105 ἀγένειος . . . γενειῶντα : con- 
temptuous contrast. 

107 πεποιηκώς : Concessive, 

109 ἀποτμηθέντες τὰς κεφαλάς: cf. 
j.3 








Anabasis 





Ὁ ᾽ 
is, ὅ [ j i εἶναι, ἀλλὰ ζῶν αἰκισ- 
i10 κεφαλάς, ὅσπερ τάχιστος θάνατος δοκεῖ εἶναι, 4 


θεὶς ἐνιαυτόν ὡς πονηρὸς λέγεται τῆς τελέυτης τυχεῖν. 


᾿Αγίας δὲ ὁ ᾿Αρκὰς καὶ Σωκράτης ὁ ᾿Αχαιὸς καὶ τούτω ἀπε- 80 


ΝΜ ¢ > / a > ‘ 4 a 

Oavérnv. τούτων δὲ οὔθ᾽ ws ἐν πολέμῳ κακῶν οὐδεὶς σατεγέλα 
3 ΝΜ 

οὔτ᾽ εἰς φιλίαν αὐτοὺς ἐμέμφετο. ἤστην δὲ ἄμφω ἀμφὶ τὰ 


΄ Ν > Ν ἊὉ 
115 πέντε καὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη πὸ γενεᾶς. 





110 ὅσπερ: the rel. is attracted to 
the gender of the pred. noun. 
tav αἰκισθεὶς ἐνιαυτόν, tortured 
alive for a year. αἰκισθείς sug- 
gests mutilation, but we know 
nothing of the manner of his 
end. 

112 "Aylas... Σωκράτης : of these 
men nothing is known beyond 
what the Anabasis tells us. 


καὶ τούτω: they too, but Eng. omits 
the pron. The dual groups the 
two together as contrasted with 
the others, but it is not consis- 
tently used. 

114 els, with reference to. 

αὐτούς : μέμφομαι more often takes 


a dat. 
115 ἀπὸ γενεᾶς: note the varied 


phrase. 














BOOK III 


I. [Ὅσα μὲν δὴ ἐν τῇ Κύρου ἀναβάσει of Ἕλληνες ἔπρα- 
ξαν μέχρι τῆς μάχης, καὶ ὅσα ἐπεὶ Κῦρος ἐτελεύτησεν ἐγένετο 
ἀπιόντων τῶν Ελλήνων σὺν Τισσαφέρνει ἐν ταῖς σπονδαῖς, ἐν 

2 τῷ πρόσθεν λόγῳ δεδήλωται. ἐπεὶ δὲ οἱ στρατηγοὶ συνειλημ- 
μένοι ἦσαν καὶ τῶν λοχαγῶν καὶ τῶν στρατιωτῶν οἱ συνεπισπό- 
μενοι ἀπωλώλεσαν, ἐν πολλῇ δὴ ἀπορίᾳ ἦσαν οἱ Ἕλληνες, 
ἐννοούμενοι ὅτι ἐπὶ ταῖς βασιλέως θύραις ἦσαν, κύκλῳ δὲ αὐτοῖς 
πάντῃ πολλὰ καὶ ἔθνη καὶ πόλεις πολέμιαι ἦσαν, ἀγορὰν δὲ 
οὐδεὶς ἔτι παρέξειν ἔμελλεν, ἀπεῖχον δὲ τῆς “Ελλάδος οὐ μεῖον 

, ld e \ 9 > \ »Ν ¢ ὦ A A an 
ἢ μύρια στάδια, ἡγεμὼν δ᾽ οὐδεὶς τῆς ὁδοῦ ἦν, ποταμοὶ δὲ διεῖρ- 

> ὃ > , ~ ΝΜ ὃ δὸὃ A 7) ὃ a δὲ > \ 
γον ἀδιάβατοι ἐν μέσῳ τῆς οἴκαδε ὁδοῦ, προὐδεδώκεσαν δὲ αὐτοὺς 
καὶ οἱ σὺν Κύρῳ ἀναβάντες βάρβαροι, μόνοι δὲ καταλελειμμένοι 
= > \ φ / > / ’ Μ) σ΄ "ἡ 9 
ἦσαν οὐδὲ ἱππέα οὐδένα σύμμαχον ἔχοντες, ὥστε εὔδηλον ἣν 





CHAPTER I 


1 Ὅσα... . δεδήλωται: with this 
introductory paragraph cf. II, 1, 
1, and the note. 

3 ἀπιόντων : temporal. 

4 συνειλημμένοι ἦσαν . . . ἀπωλώλε- 
σαν: plipf. in a temp. clause, 
instead of the normal aor.; see 
the note on ἐτελεύτησε, I, 1, 9. 

7 évvootpevor: after eight depend. 
clauses, in which the despond- 
ency of the Greeks is effectively 
portrayed, this is resumed by 
ταῦτ᾽ ἐννοούμενοι, 1. 15, 

ἐπὶ, . . θύραις: cf. I, 2, 69, and the 
note. The phrase is here an ex- 
aggerated one, but they are at 
least in the heart of the king’s 
country. 

ἦσαν: past indic., not opt., and so 
in the following clauses. This 


151 


accords with Xen.’s point of view 
at the time of the composition 
of the Anabasis. 

8 πολλά: to be taken with both 
nouns, although agreeing in 
gender with the nearer only; so, 
too, πολέμιαι, in the pred. 

ἀγορὰν δέ: with this passage cf. 
the words of Clearchus in II, 4, 
§ 5. 

10 μύρια στάδια: a round number, 
like our a thousand miles. In 
reality the distance by the route 
over which they had come was 
far greater. 

διεῖργον, barred their progress. ἐν 
μέσῳ is best taken in its literal 
sense, in the midst of. 

13 ἱππέα οὐδένα : cf. with the whole 


passage IT, 4, § 6, and the notes 
there. 





152 Anabasis 





[τ “Ὁ Ν > ἥ A , « / b an 
ὅτι νικῶντες μὲν οὐδένα ἂν κατακάνοιεν, ἡττηθέντων δὲ αὐτῶν 
οὐδεὶς ἂν λειφθείη" ταῦτ᾽ ἐννοούμενοι καὶ ἀθύμως ἔχοντες ὀλίγοι 
fq > a > ‘ 4 / / > * > ἤ A > , 
μὲν αὐτῶν εἰς τὴν ἑσπέραν σίτου ἐγεύσαντο, ὀλίγοι δὲ πῦρ ἀνέ. 
καυσαν, ἐπὶ δὲ τὰ ὅπλα πολλοὶ οὐκ ἦλθον ταύτην τὴν νύκτα, 
ἀνεπαύοντο δὲ ὅπου ἐτύγχανεν ἕκαστος, οὐ δυνάμενοι καθεύδειν 
φ Ἅ ἢ ᾿ A / Ὁ“ f' ἃ 
ὑπὸ λύπης καὶ πόθου πατρίδων, γονέων, γυναικῶν, παίδων, ods 
LA 7 ἋΣ ld ΝΜ v ΝΜ \ | / / 
οὔποτ᾽ ἐνόμιζον ἔτι ὄψεσθαι. οὕτω μὲν δὴ διακείμενοι πάντες 
ἀνεπαύοντο. 
ἮΝν δέ τις ἐν τῇ στρατιᾷ Ἐξενοφῶν ᾿Αθηναῖος, ὃς οὔτε στρα- 
Ἁ 
τηγὸς οὔτε λοχαγὸς οὔτε στρατιώτης ὧν συνηκολούθει, ἀλλὰ 
Πρόξενος αὐτὸν μετεπέμψατο οἴκοθεν ξένος ὧν ἀρχαῖος ὑπισχ- 
νεῖτο δὲ αὐτῷ, εἰ ἔλθοι, φίλον αὐτὸν Κύρῳ ποιήσειν, ὃν αὐτὸς 


Book ITI, Chap. I 153 





πόλεως ὑπαίτιον εἴη Κύρῳ φίλον γενέσθαι, ὅτι ἐδόκει ὁ Kipos 
προθύμως τοῖς Λακεδαιμονίοις ἐπὶ τὰς ᾿Αθήνας συμπολεμῆσαι, 
συμβουλεύει τῷ Ἐξενοφῶντι ἐλθόντα εἰς Δελφοὺς ἀνακοινῶσαι 
τῷ θεῷ περὶ τῆς πορείας. ἐλθὼν δ᾽ ὁ Ἐξενοφῶν ἐπήρετο τὸν 
᾿Απόλλω τίνι ἂν θεῶν θύων καὶ εὐχόμενος κάλλιστα καὶ ἄριστα 
ἔλθοι τὴν ὁδὸν ἣν ἐπινοεῖ καὶ καλῶς πράξας σωθείη. καὶ ἀνεῖλεν 
αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Απόλλων θεοῖς οἷς ἔδει θύειν. ἐπεὶ δὲ πάλιν ἦλθε, 
λέγει τὴν μαντείαν τῷ Σωκράτει. ὃ δ᾽ ἀκούσας ἠτιᾶτο αὐτὸν 
ὅτι οὐ τοῦτο πρῶτον ἠρώτα πότερον λῷον εἴη αὐτῷ πορεύεσθαι 


’ > 9 ν. ἃ " AM 4 a : , Ψ 
ἢ μένειν, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸς κρίνας itéov εἶναι τοῦτ᾽ ἐπυνθάνετο ὅπως 
ἂν κάλλιστα πορευθείη. ἐπεὶ μέντοι οὕτως ἤρου, ταῦτ᾽, ἔφη, 
χρὴ ποιεῖν ὅσα ὁ θεὸς ἐκέλευσεν. ὁ μὲν δὴ Ἐξενοφῶν οὕτω θυσά- 


a a \ a a ε A 5. ἢ > ’ 
ἔφη κρείττω ἑαυτῷ νομίζειν τῆς πατρίδος. ὁ μέντοι ἘΞενοφῶν 5 μενος οἷς ἀνεῖλεν ὁ θεὸς ἐξέπλει, καὶ καταλαμβάνει ἐν Σάρδεσι 


ἀναγνοὺς τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ἀνακοινοῦται Σωκράτει τῷ ᾿Αθηναίῳ 


περὶ τῆς πορείας. καὶ ὁ Σωκράτης ὑποπτεύσας μή τι πρὸς τῆς 





14 κατακάνοιεν: for the vb., cf. I, 
6, 8, and the note. 

15 ὀλίγοι μὲν . . - ὀλίγοι δέ: parti- 
tive apposition with anaphora. 

16 els τὴν ἑσπέραν : cf. I, 7, 4. 

17 érl. . . τὰ ὅπλα, to their quar- 
ters. 

18 ὅπου ἐτύγχανεν: cf. II, 2, 78. 
There the pl. was used, denoting 
groups, here the sing. of indi- 
viduals; ef. the note on ἑκάστοις, 
ir 

19 ὑπό: again a slight personifica- 
tion. 

πατρίδων: there were many states 
in Greece. Note the asyndeton 
and the order of the words. We 
begin with the most emphatic, 
and we havechiastic alliteration. 

20 διακείμενοι: cf. διακεῖσθαι, ΤΊ, 5, 
105, and the note, 

22 Ἦν δέτις : Xen. introduces him- 
self modestly. He has been 
mentioned before, but only cas- 
ually (I, 8, 85 15 and 16, and II, 


4, § 15); now he comes te the 
front. 

᾿Αθηναῖος : no art., but below, Σω- 
κράτει τῷ ᾿Αθηναίῳ, since Socrates 
was famous. 

24 airév: the rel. construction is 
given up, as regularly (G. 1040; 
H. 1005; B. 487). 

25 εἰ ἔλθοι . . . ποιήσειν: direct, 
ἐὰν ἔλθῃς . . . ποιήσω. 

αὐτός : for the combination of the 
intensive and the reflexive, c/. I, 
8, 100, and the note. 

26 τῆς πατρίδος : Boeotia. 

21 ἀνακοινοῦται, consulted with, 
but, below, the act., ἀνακοινῶσαι, 
simply, lay the matter before. 

28 ὑποπτεύσας . . . γενέσθαι, sus- 
pecting that his becoming a 
friend of Cyrus’ might preju- 
dice him with the state. The 
infin. elause (φίλον... γενέσθαι) 
is the subj.of εἴη. τι goes closely 
with ὑπαίτιον, u matter for accu- 
sation. 


9 συνεστάθη Κύρῳ. 








Πρόξενον καὶ Κῦρον μέλλοντας ἤδη ὁρμᾶν τὴν ἄνω ὁδόν, καὶ 


προθυμουμένου δὲ τοῦ Προξένου καὶ ὁ Kipos 





29 Sti... συμπολεμῆσαι: the al- 
lusion is to the latter part of the 
Peloponnesian war when Cyrus 
furnished the Lacedaemonians 
with funds; see the Introd., 
§26. Socrates’ apprehensions 
were apparently well grounded. 
Xen. was subsequently banished, 
and an epigram quoted by Di- 
ogenes Laertius in his Greek 
life of Xen. contains the words, 
πολῖται φεύγειν κατέγνων τοῦ φίλου 
χάριν Κύρου. 

81 ἐλθόντα: for the acc. after the 
dat., cf. 1, 2, 4, and the note. 

32 τῷ θεῷ: Apollo, of course; see 
below. 

33 τίνι... σωθείη, freely, fo whom 
of the gods he should sacrifice 
in order to. 

κάλλιστα kal ἄριστα: cf. IT, 1, 83. 

84 ἀνεῖλεν . . . θύειν, made answer 
(naming) the gods to whom he 
was to sacrifice. θεοῖς is dat. by 


inverse attraction; see the note 
on ἄλλου, I, 4,100. These gods 
were doubtless Zeus, Hermes, 
and Heracles. In any case Zeus 
was one of them; see VI, 1, § 22. 
For the religious side of Xen.’s 
nature, see the Introd., § 11. 

87 τοῦτο: looking forward to the 
question; so again 1. 38; ef. I, 3, 
34, and the note. 

λῷον = ἄμεινον; very rare in prose. 

38 iréov εἶναι : cf. I, 3, 53. 

ὅπως . . . πορευθείη : direct, πῶς ἂν 
. -- πορευθείην; cf. I, 7, 2. 

39 ἐπεὶ... ἤρου: a shift to direct 
speech, as so often. 

40 θυσάμενος: what is the force of 
θύεσθαι, as contrasted with @vev? 

42 ὁρμᾶν, to set out on, with cogn. 
acc., as ἔλθοι, above. The act. of 
this vb. is often intrans., like the 
mid. 

τὴν ἄνω 686v; for ἄνω, cf. I, 2, 1. 

43 συνεστάθη, was presented to. 





154 Anabasis 





συμπρουθυμεῖτο μεῖναι αὐτόν, εἶπε δὲ ὅτι ἐπειδὰν τάχιστα ἡ 
στρατεία λήξῃ, εὐθὺς ἀποπέμψει αὐτόν. ἐλέγετο δὲ ὁ στόλος 
εἶναι εἰς Πισίδας. ἐστρατεύετο μὲν δὴ οὕτως ἐξαπατηθείς --- 
οὐχ ὑπὸ ἸΠροξένου" οὐ yap ἤδει τὴν ἐπὶ βασιλέα ὁρμὴν οὐδὲ 
ἄλλος οὐδεὶς τῶν Ἑλλήνων πλὴν Κλεάρχου" ἐπεὶ μέντοι εἰς 
Κιλικίαν ἦλθον, σαφὲς πᾶσιν ἤδη ἐδόκει εἶναι ὅτι ὁ στόλος εἴη 
ἐπὶ βασιλέα. φοβούμενοι δὲ τὴν ὁδὸν καὶ ἄκοντες ὅμως οἱ 
πολλοὶ δι᾽ αἰσχύνην καὶ ἀλλήλων καὶ Κύρου συνηκολούθησαν" 
ὧν εἷς καὶ Ἐξενοφῶν ἦν. 


᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἀπορία ἣν, ἐλυπεῖτο μὲν σὺν τοῖς ἄλλοις καὶ οὐκ 
ἐδύνατο καθεύδειν: μικρὸν δ᾽ ὕπνου λαχὼν εἶδεν ὄναρ. ἔδοξεν 


αὐτῷ βροντῆς γενομένης σκηπτὸς πεσεῖν εἰς τὴν πατρῴαν οἰκίαν, 
δ ἃ ἤ ᾽ al f > | > ,," > / 
καὶ ἐκ τούτου λάμπεσθαι πᾶσα. περίφοβος δ᾽ εὐθὺς ἀνηγέρθη, 
καὶ τὸ ὄναρ τῇ μὲν ἔκρινεν ἀγαθόν, ὅτι ἐν πόνοις ὧν καὶ κινδύ- 
νοις φῶς μέγα ἐκ Διὸς ἰδεῖν ἔδοξε" τῇ δὲ καὶ ἐφοβεῖτο, ὅτι ἀπὸ 
Διὸς μὲν βασιλέως τὸ ὄναρ ἐδόκει αὐτῷ εἶναι, κύκλῳ δὲ ἐδόκει 








Book IIT, Chap. I 155 





λάμπεσθαι τὸ πῦρ, μὴ οὐ δύναιτο ἐκ τῆς χώρας ἐξελθεῖν τῆς 60 


13 βασιλέως, ἀλλ᾽ εἴργοιτο πάντοθεν ὑπό τινων ἀποριῶν. ὁποῖόν 


‘ > \ a“ ει ᾷ a - » a b a 
τι μὲν δὴ ἐστὶ τὸ τοιοῦτον ὄναρ ἰδεῖν ἔξεστι σκοπεῖν ἐκ τῶν 
, 
συμβάντων μετὰ τὸ ὄναρ. γίγνεται γὰρ τάδε. εὐθὺς ἐπειδὴ 
ἀνηγέρθη πρῶτον μὲν ἔννοια αὐτῷ ἐμπίπτει: τί κατάκειμαι; ἡ 
‘ 4 "ἢ . Lud ‘ Ὁ e / ow ‘ , Cd 
δὲ νὺξ προβαίνει: ἅμα δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ εἰκὸς τοὺς πολεμίους ἥξειν. 
"Ὁ \ ‘ 
εἰ δὲ γενησόμεθα ἐπὶ βασιλεῖ, τί ἐμποδὼν μὴ οὐχὶ πάντα μὲν 
4 , > ὃ , , δὲ \ ὃ ’ θ ’ 
τὰ χαλεπώτατα ἐπιδόντας, πάντα τὰ δεινότατα παθόντας 
ὑβριζομένους ἀποθανεῖν; ὅπως δ᾽ ἀμυνούμεθα οὐδεὶς παρασκευ- 
άζεται οὐδὲ ἐπιμελεῖται, ἀλλὰ κατακείμεθα ὥσπερ ἐξὸν ἡσυχίαν 
i." a 
ἄγειν. ἐγὼ οὖν τὸν ἐκ ποίας πόλεως στρατηγὸν προσδοκῶ 
ταῦτα πράξειν; ποίαν δ᾽ ἡλικίαν ἐμαυτῷ ἐλθεῖν ἀναμείνω; οὐ 
a \ 
yap ἔγωγ᾽ ἔτι πρεσβύτερος ἔσομαι, ἐὰν τήμερον προδῷ ἐμαυτὸν 
τοῖς πολεμίοις. 








45 λήξῃ... . ἀποπέμψει : the direct 
form is retained in both vbs. 

46 Πισίδας: cf. I. 2, 62. 

ἐστρατεύετο... ἐξαπατηθείς : retain 
the order. 

51 ἀλλήλων... Κύρου: obj. gens. 
after αἰσχύνην. 

oi πολλοί: only Xenias and Pasion 
deserted (I, 4,§7). The tone of 
the whole passage suggests that 
Xen. is defending his own course 
in the matter; cf. the notes on 
§5 of this chapter. 

54 ὕπνου: partitive gen. with μι- 
κρόν. In such cases the word 
denoting the part stands, of 
course, in the acc., even if the 
vb. might properly take a gen. 

εἶδεν ὄναρ: cf. IV,3,§ 8, for a similar 
occurrence. Dreams have in all 
ages been regarded as fraught 
with meaning; cf. Iliad I, 63, 
καὶ γάρ τ᾽ ὄναρ ἐκ Διός ἐστιν. 


ἔδοξεν αὐτῷ: explanatory asynde 
ton, 

56 πᾶσα: note the emphatic po- 
sition. 

περίφοβος, in great fear. For the 
force of the prep., ο΄. περιγενέσθαι, 
περιεῖναι, and the phrase περὶ πολ- 
λοῦ (παντὸς) ποιεῖσθαι. 

57 τῇ μὲν . . . τῇ δέ, partly... 
pertly. The construction shifts 
slightly. ὅτε is causal in both 
clauses. 

58 φῶς: not a mere variant for 
σκηπτός, but chosen because it 
commonly denotes a light of 
safety; so constantly in Homer, 

ἀπὸ Διὸς... . βασιλέως, from Zeus as 
king: ἃ. 6. King Zeus suggested 
King Artaxerxes. 

59 κύκλῳ : strongly emphatic. 

60 μὴ οὐ: for the double neg., cf. 
I, 7, 36, and the note. 

τῆς Xapas ... τῆς βασιλέως: the 











formal order of the words (cf. 
I, 1, 43, and the note) suits well 
the gravity of the situation. 

61 ὁποῖόν... ἐστι, now what it 
betokens. 

62 ἐκ τῶν συμβάντων: a sage re- 
flection. 

64 πρῶτον μέν: there is no ἔπειτα 
δέ, but ἐκ τούτου follows in 1. 74. 
τί κατάκειμαι: a vivid dramatic 
touch, quite in Homer’s man- 

ner. 

65 εἰκός : sc. ἐστι, which is often 
omitted. 

66 εἰ δὲ γενησόμεθα : note the warn- 
ing tone of the condition; cf. 
I, 5,.96, and the note. 

ἐπὶ βασιλεῖ: cf. ἐπὶ τῷ ἀδελφῷ, I, 1, 
15. 

τί ἐμποδὼν. . ἀποθανεῖν, what is 
to prevent our beholding... 
suffering ...and then being 
slain? wh οὐ is used, not μή 
alone, since the question, τί 
ἐμποδών, implies a neg.; see on 
μὴ οὐ συσπουδάζειν, II, 3, 45. 


67 émdévras: so Priam says of 
himself (Iliad XXII, 61) κακὰ 
πόλλ᾽ ἐπιδόντα, having lived to 
see many ills. 


68 ὅπως. . . ἀμυνούμεθα : obj.clause 
after παρασκευάζεσθαι. 


69 ἐξόν: cf. IT, 5, 86, and the note. 


70 ἐγὼ... πράξειν, lit., now I, for 
my part, expect the general from 
what city to do this? ἐγώ is 
strongly emphasized by being 
placed before the interrogative 
word: although neither general 
nor captain he must act. Note 
that ποίας connotes quality; it is 
more than τίνος. What state, 
indeed, if not Athens? 


71 dvapelvw: for the subjv. ques- 
tion, cf. I, 7, 37, and the note. 


ἡλικίαν: Xen. was probably about 
thirty years old at this time; 
see the Introd.,§1. Note the 
modest tone of the whole; yet 
the Greeks owed their salvation 
to his energetic action. 





156 Anabasis 





> tl ~ »“ 
Ex τούτου ἀνίσταται καὶ συγκαλεῖ τοὺς Προξένου πρῶτον 15 


λοχαγούς. ἐπεὶ δὲ συνῆλθον, ἔλεξεν. ᾿Εγώ, ὦ ἄνδρες λοχα- 
of, οὔτε καθεύδειν δύνα a ἷ vO” ὑμεῖς, οὔ 
γοί, μαι, ὥσπερ οἶμαι οὐδ᾽ ὑμεῖς, οὔτε κατα- 


» a ν φ ~ , Lyd > ; 
KELOUQGL ETL, Op@y εν OLOLS ἐσμεν. 


ot μὲν yap πολέμιοι δῆλον 16 


ὅτι οὐ πρότερον πρὸς ἡμᾶς τὸν πόλεμον ἐξέφηναν πρὶν ἐνόμισαν 
καλῶς τὰ ἑαυτῶν παρασκευάσασθαι, ἡμῶν δ᾽ οὐδεὶς οὐδὲν ἀντεπι- 
μελεῖται ὅπως ὡς κάλλιστα ἀγωνιούμεθα. καὶ μὴν εἰ ὑφησόμεθα 
καὶ ἐπὶ βασιλεῖ γενησόμεθα, τί οἰόμεθα πείσεσθαι; ὃς καὶ τοῦ 
ὁμομητρίου ἀδελφοῦ καὶ τεθνηκότος ἤδη ἀποτεμὼν τὴν κεφαλὴν 
καὶ τὴν χεῖρα ἀνεσταύρωσεν: ἡμᾶς δέ, οἷς κηδεμὼν μὲν οὐδεὶς 
πάρεστιν, ἐστρατεύσαμεν δὲ ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν ὡς δοῦλον ἀντὶ βασιλέως 
ποιήσοντες καὶ ἀποκτενοῦντες εἰ δυναίμεθα, τί ἂν οἰόμεθα πα- 
θεῖν; ap’ οὐκ ἂν ἐπὶ πᾶν ἔλθοι ὡς ἡμᾶς τὰ ἔσχατα αἰκισάμενος 
πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις φόβον παράσχοι τοῦ στρατεῦσαί ποτε ἐπ᾽ 





14 Ἔϊκ τούτου: is the asyndeton 
felt? 

τοὺς IIpofévov . . . Aoxayots: with 
these he was doubtless already 
acquainted. 

76 οἶμαι; parenthetic; ef. I, 9, 79. 
δύνασθε is therefore to be sup- 
plied. 

77 ἐν οἵοις, in what straits; ef. ἐν 
τοιούτοις... πράγμασι, II, 1, 81. 
δῆλον Sri: cf. I, 3, 44, and the note. 
78 πρότερον. .. πρίν: cf. πρόσθεν 

πρίν, I, 2, 12. 

79 οὐδέν: inner obj. of ἀντεπιμελεῖ- 
Tat 

80 καὶ μήν, σπα yet. μήν is strongly 
adversative. 

ὑφησόμεθα... γενησόμεθα: again 
a warning condition. 

81 ὅς, a man who. The rel. is 
causal; cf. ὅς ye, I, 6, 24. 

82 ὁμομητρίου : thisconstituted the 
strongest tie of kinship. 

kal... ἤδη, even though already 
dead —i. e. it was wanton bar- 
barity, although in harmony 


with Persian customs; ef. I, 
10, 1. 

83 ἡμᾶς δέ, but as for us, an inde- 
pendent acc., as the sentence 
stands, rather than the subj. of 
παθεῖν, which would properly be 
nom. Doubtless Xen. had in 
mind a trans. phrase (6. g. ποιεῖν 
αὐτόν) and shifted his thought 
as the sentence went on. 

κηδεμὼν οὐδείς : there was no Pary- 
satis to support their cause. 

84 δοῦλον: cf. I, 7, 16. 

85 Gv... παθεῖν: cf. I, 3, 29, and 
the note. 

86 ἐπὶ πᾶν ἔλθοι, make every effort. 

τὰ ἔσχατα: inner obj. of αἰκισά- 
μενος. 

87 παράσχοι: for the mood, cf. 
εἴη, II, 4, 12, and the note. That 
whole passage should be com- 
pared with this. 

τοῦ στρατεῦσαι : obj. gen. with φό- 
βον. 

88 ὅπως... γενησόμεθα: an obj. 
clause; despite the fact that 





Book III, Chap. I 157 





αὐτόν; ἀλλ᾽ ὅπως Toi μὴ ἐπ᾽ ἐκείνῳ γενησόμεθα πάντα ποιητέον. 


+ ly \ = »” a" μα ὃ 5 » ᾽ € a 
ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν ἐστε μὲν AL σπονδαὶ σαν οὔποτε ἐπαυόμην ἡμᾶς 


μὲν οἰκτίρων, βασιλέα δὲ καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ μακαρίζων, δια- 90 


θεώμενος αὐτῶν ὅσην μὲν χώραν καὶ οἵαν ἔχοιεν, ὡς δὲ ἄφθονα 


τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, ὅσους δὲ θεράποντας, ὅσα δὲ κτήνη, χρυσὸν δέ, 


᾽ a δὲ \ δ᾽ 9 ἃ a A νγ ᾽ θ , φ a 
ἐσθῆτα δέ" Ta δ᾽ av τῶν στρατιωτῶν ὁπότε ἐνθυμοίμην, ὅτι τῶν 


μὲν ἀγαθῶν τούτων οὐδενὸς ἡμῖν μετείη, εἰ μὴ πριαίμεθα, ὅτου 
δ᾽ ὠνησόμεθα ἤδειν ἔτι ὀλίγους ἔχοντας, ἄλλως δέ πως πορί- 95 
ἕεσθαι τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἢ ὠνουμένους ὅρκους ἤδη κατέχοντας ἡμᾶς" 
ταῦτ᾽ οὖν λογιζόμενος ἐνίοτε τὰς σπονδὰς μᾶλλον ἐφοβούμην ἢ 





ποιητέον has its own obj., πάντα. 
The two together are equivalent 
to a vb. of striving. Cf. the 
similar sentence, below, § 35, 
and the note. 

89 ἔστε μέν : balanced by ἐπεὶ μέντοι 
in 1. 98. For the poetic word, 
ἔστε. cf. I, 9, 38, and the note. 

90 οἰκτίρων . . . μακαρίζων : suppl. 
partics. with ἐπαυόμην. 

91 αὐτῶν, in regard to them. A 
personal gen is frequently found 
with vbs. of observing, wonder- 
ing, etc., often in connection 
with the acc. of a demonstr. pron. 
(6. g. gov ταῦτα θαυμάζω). This 
acc. may be omitted and some- 
times cannot easily be supplied, 
so that some prefer to construe 
the gen. directly with the vb. 
Here the place of the acc. is 
supplied by the followingclauses. 
Cf. III, 3, § 18. 

92 χρυσὸν... ἐσθῆτα: the omis- 
sion of the exclamatory rel. is 
natural at the end of the enu- 
meration (aye, and gold and rat- 
ment). For ἐσθῆτα, cf. the note 
on στολήν, I, 2, 158. 

93 τὰ... τῶν στρατιωτῶν, the lot 
of our men, further explained by 


the ért-clause. This phrase pre- 
cedes the temporal word for em- 
phasis; cf. 1, 9,56. Observe that 
the ideas expressed by olxripwy 
and μακαρίζων are taken up in 
chiastic order; ef. II, 6, 5. . 

ὁπότε évOupolunv: cf. ὁπότε βούλοιτο, 
I, 2, 40, and the note. Owing to 
the length of the clause, this 
is resumed by ταῦτ᾽ οὖν λογιζόμε- 
vos. 

τῶν... ἀγαθῶν τούτων: partitive 
gen. with οὐδενός, which is itself 
governed in the same way by 
μετείη. μικρόν, 1. 54, is differ- 
ent; see the note there. 

94 εἰ μὴ πριαίμεθα: direct, ἐὰν μὴ 
πριώμεθα. 

ὅτου δ᾽ ὠνησόμεθα, wherewith to 
buy, ἃ rel. final clause; οἵ. ὅστις 
ἀπάξει, I, 3, 71, and the note. 
For the gen. ὅτου, cf. σίγλων, 
I, 5, 32, and the note. 

95 ἔχοντας : indir. disc. after ἤδειν; 
κατέχοντας, after ἤδη. 

ἄλλως... Tas... ἢ ὠνουμένους, 
otherwise than by purchase. 

πορίζεσθαι, from procuring. The 
infin. is governed by κατέχοντας, 
a vb. of hindering. 

97 ἐνίοτε: cf. ἔσθ᾽ ὅτε, IT, 6, 35. 





158 Anabasis 


— 





“ Ἁ I, ἤ ᾽ a ¥ . Ul 
νῦν Tov πόλεμον. ἐπεὶ μέντοι ἐκεῖνοι ἔλυσαν τὰς σπονδάς, λε- 21 


λύσθαι μοι δοκεῖ καὶ ἡ ἐκείνων ὕβρις καὶ ἡ ἡμετέρα ὑποψία. ἐν 
, . " a a > . » ay 4 ec oa 
μέσῳ yap ἤδη κεῖται ταῦτα τὰ ἀγαθὰ ἄθλα ὁπότεροι ἂν ἡμῶν 
” ’ , - > " 9 ς ἈΞ “A ‘ ς oa 
ἄνδρες ἀμείνονες ὦσιν, ἀγωνοθέται δ᾽ οἱ θεοί εἰσιν, of σὺν ἡμῖν, 
ὡς τὸ εἰκός, ἔσονται. οὗτοι μὲν γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἐπιωρκήκασιν" ἡμεῖς 
Ἂ Ἅ ξ “ > Ἂ nw > “Ὁ > / Ἂ Ἁ 
δὲ πολλὰ ὁρῶντες ἀγαθὰ στερρῶς αὐτῶν ἀπειχόμεθα διὰ τοὺς 
τῶν θεῶν ὅρκους" ὥστε ἐξεῖναί μοι δοκεῖ ἰέναι ἐπὶ τὸν ἀγῶνα 
\ \ f f' , ΝΜ) ιν , 
πολὺ σὺν φρονήματι μείζονι ἣ τούτοις. ἔτι δ᾽ ἔχομεν σώματα 
| Al 4 \ , ἢ Ul \ / / 
ἱκανώτερα τούτων Kal ψύχη καὶ θάλπη καὶ πόνους φέρειν" 


ἔχομεν δὲ καὶ ψυχὰς σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς ἀμείνονας" οἱ δὲ ἄνδρες καὶ 


τρωτοὶ καὶ θνητοὶ μᾶλλον ἡμῶν, ἣν οἱ θεοὶ ὥσπερ τὸ πρόσθεν 


Book III, Chap. I 159 


= 





Ὁ 


o4 νίκην ἡμῖν διδῶσιν. ἀλλ᾽ ἴσως γὰρ καὶ ἄλλοι ταὐτὰ ἐνθυ- 


μοῦνται, πρὸς τῶν θεῶν μὴ ἀναμένωμεν ἄλλους ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς ἐλθεῖν 
παρακαλοῦντας ἐπὶ τὰ κάλλιστα ἔργα, GAN’ ἡμεῖς ἄρξωμεν τοῦ 
ἐξορμῆσαι καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρετήν" φάνητε τῶν λοχα- 
γῶν ἄριστοι καὶ τῶν στρατηγῶν ἀξιοστρατηγότεροι. κἀγὼ δέ, 
εἰ μὲν ὑμεῖς ἐθέλετε ἐξορμᾶν ἐπὶ ταῦτα, ἕπεσθαι ὑμῖν βούλομαι, 
εἰ δ᾽ ὑμεῖς τάττετ᾽ ἐμὲ ἡγεῖσθαι, οὐδὲν προφασίζομαι τὴν ἡλικίαν, 
ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀκμάζειν ἡγοῦμαι ἐρύκειν ἀπ᾽ ἐμαυτοῦ τὰ κακά. 

Ὃ μὲν ταῦτ᾽ ἔλεξεν, οἱ δὲ ἀρχηγοὶ ἀκούσαντες ἡγεῖσθαι ἐκέ. 
λευον πάντες, πλὴν ᾿Απολλωνίδης τις ἣν βοιωτιάζων τῇ φωνῇ" 
οὗτος δ᾽ εἶπεν ὅτι φλυαροίη ὅστις λέγει ἄλλως πως σωτηρίας ἂν 





98 ἔλυσαν... λελύσθαι: the chi- 
astic order gives to the second 
vb. an emphasis that well suits 
the meaning. Note, also, the 
force of the tense. 

99 ἐν μέσῳ: in the great games 
of Greece the prizes were set 
forth in plain view. All such 
metaphors were easy for the 
Greek. 

100 ἄθλα, as prizes, pred. 

ὁπότεροι . . . ὦσιν, for whichever 
of us (the two contending par- 
ties). 

101 ἀγωνοθέται, judges; cf, the 
phrase ἀγῶνα ἔθηκε, I, 2, 62. 

102 αὐτούς: for the acc., cf. θεούς, 
IT, 4, 35, and the note. 

103 rots... Spxovs: cf. II, 5, 21, 
and the note. 

104 ἐξεῖναι : sc. ἡμῖν, it is permitted 
us. 

105 πολύ: strongly emphasized by 
its separation from μείζονι; ef. 
I, 5, 9. 

ἢ τούτοις : agreeing in case with 
the omitted ἡμῖν. 

ἔτι δ᾽ ἔχομεν: μέν is omitted for 
euphony’s sake, although ἔχομεν 
δέ follows. 


106 τούτων, than theirs. For the 
“short comparison,” cf. ἠλέκτρου, 
II, 3, 58, and the note. 

Wixy . . . θάλπη: the pl. of ab- 
stract nouns is often concrete 
(successive attacks of cold and 
heat). 

107 σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς, with heaven's 
help. The Greek shunned ex- 
pressions which sounded like 
idle boasting. 

ἀμείνονας, braver, not better. 

οἱ δὲ ἄνδρες: ὦ. 6. the enemy; cf. 
6. 4. 840, and ἀνθρώπους, IV, 2, 
81. 

108 τρωτοὶ .. . θνητοί: 7. 6, their 
armor is poorer and they are 
physically inferior. There are 
many flings at Persian effemi- 
nacy in Greek writers: the 
memory of Marathon and Sal- 
amis lived long, and Xen.’s 
hearers had had experience of 
their own toconfirm it. Cf., also, 
the words of Cyrus in I, 7, 14. 

fv... δίδωσιν: the apodosis im- 
plies the fut. (we shall find them 
80, if). 

109 ἀλλ᾽ ἴσως γάρ: there is no el- 
lipsis: ἀλλ᾽ introduces the appeal 














(uh ἀναμένωμεν), γάρ the subordi- 
nate clause. 

110 πρὸς τῶν θεῶν: more formal, 
and hence more impressive than 
the commoner πρὸς θεῶν (II, 1, 82). 
For the subjv., see G. 1344; H. 
866, 1; B. 585. 

111 παρακαλοῦντας: fut., not pres. 
In pure vbs., if the final vowel 
of the theme is not lengthened 
in the fut. and aor. (contrast éxd- 
Neca with ἐποίησα), the o of the 
fut. is regularly dropped, and 
contraction ensues (καλῶ as 
against ποιήσω). The same prin- 
ciple holds if the vowel e is ad- 
ded to the theme (μαχοῦμαι, but 
γενήσομαι). 

GAN’... ἄρξωμεν, nay, let us be 
first to. With τοῦ ἐξορμῆσαι, cf. 
τοῦ διαβαίνειν, I, 4, 96. 

112 φάνητε: note the abruptness 
of this effective climax. 

113 τῶν στρατηγῶν: the gen. follows 
the comparative adj. Xen.’s au- 
dience was composed of λοχαγοί. 

115 εἰ δ᾽ ὑμεῖς: the expression of 
the pron. is a mark of modesty: 
he is ready to lead, but only if it 
is their wish. 


οὐδὲν. .. τὴν ἡλικίαν: the inner 
and the outer obj. of προφασίζο- 
pat. This passage is proof posi- 
tive that Xen. was a young man 
at this time—probably not much 
over thirty; see the Introd., §1. 
The Greeks placed a man's 
prime (ἀκμή) at about forty. 

116 épixev: a poetic word. Xen. 
has ἀπήρυξα, V,8,§25. The infin. 
is governed by ἀκμάζειν, as a vb. 
of ability. 

117 ἀρχηγοί: another poeticism; 
many read λοχαγοί. 

118 πλήν: cf.I, 2,140, and the note. 
The new personage is introduced 
in an independent clause. 

βοιωτιάζων τῇ φωνῇ, speaking the 
Boeotian dialect. He was, how- 
ever, not a Boeotian, as the 
sequel shows. 

119 φλναροίη .. . λέγει: a rapid 
shift of mood in indir. disc.; the 
converse shift (indic. to opt.) is 
far less common. 

ἄλλως πως . . . ἤ: Cf. above, |. 95f. 

ἂν τυχεῖν: the infin. is unusual 
after λέγω (see the note on I, 2, 
47), but, ifthe normal ὅτε... ἂν 
τύχοι had been used here, we 





120 τυχεῖν ἢ βασιλέα πείσας 


125 παραδιδόναι τὰ ὅπλα. 


160 Anabasis 





> ὃ . Μ) x / Ἂ 
» εἰ ὀύναιτο, καὶ ἅμα ἤρχετο λέγειν τὰς 
ἀπορίας. ὁ μέντοι Ἐξενοφῶν μεταξὺ ὑπολαβὼν ἔλεξεν ὧδε. 7Q 27 


, Ld , » 3 “ , > ae ") 
θαυμασιώτατε ἄνθρωπε, σύγε οὐδὲ ὁρῶν γιγνώσκεις οὐδὲ ἀκούων 
μέμνησαι. ἐν ταὐτῷ γε μέντοι ἦσθα τούτοις ὅτε βασιλεύς, ἐπεὶ 
Κῦρος ἀπέθανε, μέγα φρονήσας ἐπὶ τούτῳ πέμπων ἐκέλευε 


ἐπεὶ δὲ ἡμεῖς οὐ παραδόντες, ἀλλ᾽ ἐξο- 


Ld / rd > Ὁ ἤ » > / 
πλισάμενοι ἐλθόντες παρεσκηνήσαμεν αὐτῷ, τί οὐκ ἐποίησε 
πρέσβεις πέμπων καὶ σπονδὰς αἰτῶν καὶ παρέχων τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, 
” »" ΜΝ Ml > > Ψ e \ ‘ 
ἔστε σπονδῶν ἔτυχεν; ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ad οἱ στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοί, 
ὥσπερ δὴ σὺ κελεύεις, εἰς λόγους αὐτοῖς ἄνευ ὅπλων ἦλθον 


180 πιστεύσαντες ταῖς σπονδαῖς, 


οὐ νῦν ἐκεῖνοι παιόμενοι, κεντού- 


μενοι, ὑβριξόμενοι οὐδὲ ἀποθανεῖν οἱ τλήμονες δύνανται, καὶ 
μάλ᾽ οἶμαι ἐρῶντες τούτου; ἃ σὺ πάντα εἰδὼς τοὺς μὲν ἀμύνασθαι 
κελεύοντας φλυαρεῖν φής, πείθειν δὲ πάλιν κελεύεις ἰόντας ; ἐμοί, 
ὦ ἄνδρες, δοκεῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον μήτε προσίεσθαι εἰς ταὐτὸ 





should have had an ill-sounding 
sentence. Observe the omission 
of the subj. of the infin. and the 
fact that πείσας is nom., not acc. 
The sentence is not general, but 
personal. 

121 μεταξύ: 56, λέγοντα, in the 
m’ dst of his talk. For ὑπολαβών, 
of. ΣΤῚ, Ti. 

122 οὐδὲ... οὐδέ, not even .. 
nor. Demosthenes (XXV, 89) 
cites the proverb, ὁρῶντας μὴ ὁρᾶν 
καὶ ἀκούοντας μὴ ἀκούειν. Cf., also, 
Isa. vi:9 and Matt. xiii:13. N ote 
the varied phrase in our text. 

123 ἐν rairS... τούτοις, present 
(lit., in the same place) with 
these men. Cf. εἰς ταὐτὸ ἡμῖν, 
below, 8 30. 

ὅτε βασιλεύς: the allusion is to IT, 
1, §$7 ff. 

126 τί οὐκ ἐποίησε: cf. ἄρ᾽ οὐκ ἂν 
ἐπὶ πᾶν ἔλθοι, above, 1. 86. For 
the events here alluded to, see 
IT, 3, §$ 1 ff. 


127 αἰτῶν... παρέχων: the order 
is chiastic. 

128 ἔστε: cf. I, 9, 38, and the note. 

129 els λόγους αὐτοῖς: o-: 1. 
85 25 f., and the note on I, 2, 152. 

a 6... 5 Oe. 2: δύνανται, are 
they not ... unable even to die? 
The first neg. is interrogative, 
the second intensive (nonne... 
ne quidem). 

παιόμενοι... ὑβριζόμενοι : the asyn- 
deton well marks the speaker’s 
indignation. Observe that Xen. 
could not have known these 
facts at the time this speech is 
assumed to have been made. 
See the Introd., § 40, 

132 ἐρῶντες τούτου: i.e. τοῦ ἀποθα. 
νεῖν, &@ strong phrase; cf. the 
note on ἔρως, II, 5,87. The gen. 
is used as with ἐπιθυμῶ (e.g. IV, 
1, 814). 

188 guol, . . . δοκεῖ, 7 move. 

134 μήτε... re: cf. II, 2, 38, and 
the note. 


Book III, Chap. I 161 


» 





f ΄ > , e 
ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς ἀφελομένους τε τὴν λοχαγίαν σκεύη ἀναθέντας ὡς 135 
ἃ Ἅ / UA A 
τοιούτῳ χρῆσθαι. οὗτος yap καὶ THY πατρίδα καταισχύνει Kal 
ἢ A U > ᾽ A 
πᾶσαν τὴν ᾿ Ελλάδα, ὅτι “Ἕλλην ὧν τοιοῦτός ἐστιν. ἐντεῦθεν 
> > \ 7 ¥ 
ὑπολαβὼν ’Ayacias Στυμφάλιος εἶπεν: ᾿Αλλὰ τούτῳ γε οὔτε 
Lol " ’ . 
τῆς Βοιωτίας προσήκει οὐδὲν οὔτε τῆς “Ελλάδος παντάπασιν, 
‘ > \ 
ἐπεὶ ἐγὼ αὐτὸν εἶδον ὥσπερ Λυδὸν ἀμφότερα τὰ ὦτα τετρυ- 140 
i ὕ ἐν οὖν ἀπήλασαν. 
πημένον. καὶ εἶχεν οὕτως. τοῦτον μὲν ο ή , 
“ A 
Oi δὲ ἄλλοι παρὰ τὰς τάξεις ἰόντες ὅπου μὲν στρατηγὸς 
U e / 4 ” \ 
σῶος εἴη τὸν στρατηγὸν παρεκάλουν, ὁπόθεν δὲ οἴχοιτο τὸν 
Ἃ “ Μ \ ‘ 
ὑποστράτηγον, ὅπου δ᾽ αὖ λοχαγὸς σῶος εἴη τὸν λοχαγόν. 
/ “ “ > ξ. 
ἐπεὶ δὲ πάντες συνῆλθον, εἰς τὸ πρόσθεν τῶν ὅπλων ἐκαθέ- 145 
, \ \ A 
ζοντο: καὶ ἐγένοντο οἱ συνελθόντες στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοὶ 
a \ / > 7 
ἀμφὶ τοὺς ἑκατόν. ὅτε δὲ ταῦτα ἣν σχεδὸν μέσαι ἦσαν νύκτες. 
a , 
ῦθα ‘lepa Ἠλεῖ εσβύτατος ὧν τῶν ἹΠροξένου 
ἐνταῦθα ‘lepwvupos ᾿Ηλεῖος mp 


λοχαγῶν ἤρχετο λέγειν ὧδε. 


ε a > bd \ \ 
Hyiv, ὦ ἄνδρες στρατηγοὶ καὶ 


A Εἰ ὶ αὐτοῖ iv καὶ ὑμᾶς 150 
λοχαγοί, ὁρῶσι τὰ παρόντα ἔδοξε καὶ αὐτοῖς συνελθεῖν Με μὲ 
ΝΜ 
παρακαλέσαι, ὅπως βουλευσαίμεθα εἴ τι δυναίμεθα ἀγαθόν. 
Δ [τὰ ,. \ ς lal 
λέξον δ᾽, ἔφη, καὶ σύ, ὦ Ἐενοφῶν, ἅπερ καὶ πρὸς ἡμᾶς. 





135 ἀφελομένους. . . χρῆσθαι, to 
deprive him of his command 
and packing our baggage on 
him to use him in that capacity 
(ὡς oxevopipyw). The chiastic or- 
der emphasizes the contrast 
between Aoxaylay and σκεύη. 

136 τὴν πατρίδα : assuming him to 
be a Boeotian. 

καταισχύνει: the prep. is inten- 
sive. 

137 ἐντεῦθεν: cf. ἐκ τούτου, 1. 74. 

138 τούτῳ. . . προσήκει: cf. τῶν 
pev ... μετείη, 1. 93. 

140 ὥσπερ Λυδόν: gentile names 
of barbarian races were often 
used by the Greeks as synony- 
mous with slave, but this word 
hus here an especial force, The 
effeminacy of the Lydians was 
proverbial; cf. the note on Λυδίᾳ 


dyopg, 1,5, 31. To wear earrings 
marked a man as an Asiatic 
(J uvenal I, 104). 

τὰ ὦτα: for the case, cf. the note 
on II, 6, 2. 

148 etn . . . οἴχοιτο: for the mood, 
see the note on ὅστις ἀφικνεῖτο, 
17.1.15 

145 els... ὅπλων, infront of. For 
the ace. (rest following motion), 
see the note on 1, 2, 78. 

146 éyévovro: cf. I, 2, 58. 

147 ἀμφὶ τοὺς ἑκατόν: cf. I, 2, 59, 
and the note. 

Ste . . . ἦσαν: cf. I, 10, 60. 

μέσαι. . . νύκτες: cf. I, 7, 4, and 
the note. 

148 πρεσβύτατος : see the note on 
Κλεάνωρ, IT, 1, 51. 

150 καὶ αὐτοῖς. .. καί, ourselves 
to come together and... The 





162 Anabasis 





"Ex τούτου λέγει τάδε ἘΞενοφῶν. ᾿Αλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν Sh 5: 
éy μὲν δὴ 


πάντες ἐπιστάμεθα ὅτι βασιλεὺς καὶ Τισσαφέρνης ods μὲν 
155 ἐδυνήθησαν συνειλήφασιν ἡμῶν, τοῖς δ᾽ ἄλλοις δῆλον ὅτι ἐπι- 


βουλεύουσιν, ὡς ἢν δύνωνται ἀπολέσωσιν. 


ἡμῖν δέ γε οἶμαι 


πάντα ποιητέα ὡς μήποτε ἐπὶ τοῖς βαρβάροις γενώμεθα, ἀλλὰ 


μᾶλλον ἐκεῖνοι ἐφ᾽ ἡμῖν. εὖ τοίνυν ἐπίστασθε ὅτι ὑμεῖς τοσοῦ- 36 


τοι ὄντες ὅσοι νῦν συνεληλύθατε μέγιστον ἔχετε καιρόν. οἱ γὰρ 
160 στρατιῶται οὗτοι πάντες πρὸς ὑμᾶς βλέπουσι, κἂν μὲν ὑμᾶς 
ὁρῶσιν ἀθύμους, πάντες κακοὶ ἔσονται, ἂν δὲ ὑμεῖς αὐτοί τε 
παρασκευαζόμενοι φανεροὶ ἧτε ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους καὶ τοὺς 
ἄλλους παρακαλῆτε, εὖ ἴστε ὅτι ἕψονται ὑμῖν καὶ πειράσονται 


μιμεῖσθαι. ἴσως δέ τοι καὶ δίκαιόν ἐστιν ὑμᾶς διαφέρειν τι 37 


165 τούτων. ὑμεῖς γάρ ἐστε στρατηγοί, ὑμεῖς ταξίαρχοι καὶ λοχα- 
γοί: καὶ ὅτε εἰρήνη ἣν ὑμεῖς καὶ χρήμασι καὶ τιμαῖς τούτων 
ἐπλεονεκτεῖτε: καὶ νῦν τοίνυν ἐπεὶ πόλεμός ἐστιν ἀξιοῦν δεῖ 
ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἀμείνους τε τοῦ πλήθους εἶναι καὶ προβουλεύειν 





intensive may be of any person; 
here it agrees with ἡμῖν. 


152 ἅπερ καί: see the note on I, 3, 
31 


153 "Adda: ef. I, 7, 62. 

155 ἡμῶν: partitive gen. with ots. 

δῆλον ὅτι: cf. I, 3,44, and the note. 

156 ἡμῖν δέ ye: the contrast is, of 
course, with βασιλεὺς καὶ Tise., 
although formally δέ balances 
ταῦτα μέν, 

161 πάντα ποιητέα: how different 
from πάντα ποιητέον, 1. 88? 

as... γενώμεθα: in view of the 
parallel sentence in §18 (which 
cannot be final), this is best re- 
garded as an obj. clause of an 
irregular type; ef. the note on 
ὡς εἴησαν, I, 1, 230 ζ, 

168 ὑμεῖς : this pron. is expressed 
ten times in this and the follow- 
ing sections. 

τοσοῦτοι... ὅσοι: cf. II, 1, 80, 


159 καιρόν, opportunity. 

161 αὐτοί τε: cf. αὐτοῖς, above, 1.150, 
and the note. 

162 παρασκευαζόμενοι : cf. the note 
On ἀνιώμενος, I, 2, 70, 

163 εὖ tore ὅτι: inserted for em- 
phasis; not a mere adv., as δῆλον 
ὅτι. 

164 διαφέρειν τι, to excel in a 
measure. re is the inner obj.; 
cf. οὐδὲν διέφερεν, II, 3, 58 £. 

165 τούτων: thrice in this section 
after a word implying compari- 
son. 

ὑμεῖς γὰρ. . . iets... ὑμεῖς : for 
the emphatic repetition, cf. Ar- 
nold’s Rugby Chapel, 


We were weary, and we 
Fearful, and we in our march 
Fain to drop down and to die. 


166 χρήμασι: 7. 6. higher pay. 
167 ἀξιοῦν δεῖ, it is right to de- 
mand that. 








Book IIT, Chap. 1 163 





“ Μ) / 
48 τούτων Kal προπονεῖν, ἤν που δέῃ. 


al “ | Μ) 
καὶ νῦν πρῶτον μὲν οἴομαι 


ν ἢ ΄ ἐπ 
ἂν ὑμᾶς μέγα ὠφελῆσαι τὸ στράτευμα, εἰ ἐπιμεληθείητε ὅπως 170 
»" ‘ we τὶ 
ἀντὶ τῶν ἀπολωλότων ὡς τάχιστα στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοὶ ἄντι 


κατασταθῶσιν. 


\ ΜΝ 
ἄνευ γὰρ ἀρχόντων οὐδὲν ἂν οὔτε καλὸν οὔτε 


bd a 3 “ > \ A a 
ἀγαθὸν γένοιτο ὡς μὲν συνελόντι εἰπεῖν οὐδαμοῦ, ἐν δὲ δὴ τοῖς 


- “ 
πολεμικοῖς πανταπασιν. 


” > , 
go δὲ ἀταξία πολλοὺς ἤδη ἀπολώλεκεν. 


/ ΄ » e 
ἡ μὲν yap εὐταξία σῴζειν δοκεῖ, ἡ 
ἐπειδὰν δὲ καταστή- 175 


σησθε τοὺς ἄρχοντας ὅσους δεῖ, sid καὶ rere ἄλλου» pc 
συλλέγητε καὶ παραθαρρύνητε, οὐμὰς. ἂν ὑμᾶς ΚΜ ΕΝ ΜΔ 
40 ποιῆσαι. νῦν γὰρ ἴσως καὶ ὑμεῖς αἰσθάνεσθε ὡς ἀδύμωε μὲν 
ἦλθον ἐπὶ τὰ ὅπλα, ἀθύμως δὲ πρὸς τὰς φυλακάν ὅστε οὕτω 
γ᾽ ἐχόντων οὐκ οἶδα ὅ,τι ἄν τις χρήσαιτο αὑτοῖς εἰτε νυκτὸς δέοι 180 


” » AM f 
41 εἰτε KAL ἡμέρας. 


, e 4 
ἣν δέ τις αὐτῶν τρέψῃ Tas γνώμας, ὡς μὴ 





168 αὐτούς : as αὐτοῖς, 1. 150. 

προβουλεύειν . . . προπονεῖν : force 
of the prep.? Plan and labor for, 
or in @ higher degree than? 
Probably the former. 

169 πρῶτον pév: balanced by ére- 
Sav δέ, at the beginning of § 39. 

οἴομαι ἄν: for the order, cf. I, 3, 29. 
and the note. The type of con- 
dition chosen suits Xen.’s ad- 
visory tone. He has no author- 
ity. 

170 ὅπως . . . ἀντικατασταθῶσιν: 
again the subjv. in an obj. clause, 
but this time with the normal 
ὅπως, not ws. 

172 οὐδὲν Gv: ἄν is often expressed 
with the neg. (the emphatic 
word), even though far removed 
from its vb. 

173 as... εἰπεῖν, in a word. For 
the dat., cf. G. 1172, 2; H. 771b; 
B. 382; for the infin., G. 1534; 
H. 956; B. 642, 1. The phrase 
modifies the strong word οὐδαμοῦ. 

ἐν δὲ δή: the specific after the gen- 
eral; cf. I, 3, 65. 


174 εὐταξία. .. ἀταξία: note the 
rhetorical tone: anaphora with 
paronomasia. 

175 ἀπολώλεκεν : the empiric (gno- 
mic) perf., an appeal to experi- 
ence; see G. 1295; H. 824b; Gil- 
dersleeve, Syntax, 257. 

ἐπειδὰν. . . καταστήσησθε, when 
you shall have appointed (see the 
note on II, 4,15). After this 
subjv. the condit. clause has na- 
turally the corresponding type, 
yet the apodosis is again in the 
ideal form. 

177 πάνυ ἐν καιρῷ, at a very op- 
portune time. 

179 ἀθύμως δέ: with the omission 
of ws, cf. χρυσὸν... ἐσθῆτα, ο.1. 
92 f. 

οὕτω γ᾽ ἐχόντων (sc. αὐτῶν), while 
they are thus minded. 

180 ὅ,τι. . . αὐτοῖς, what use any 
one could make of them. Cf. 
I, 3, 92 f. 

νυκτὸς. . . ἡμέρας: cf. IT, 6, 27. 

181 αὐτῶν: with γνώμας, not with 
TLS. 





164 Anabasis Book III, Chap. II 165 








τοῦτο μόνον ἐννοῶνται τί πείσονται ἀλλὰ καὶ τί ποιήσουσι, εἰς τὸ μέσον τοῦ στρατοπέδου καὶ τοὺς αἱρεθέντας ἄγετε": ἔπειτ᾽ 
πολὺ εὐθυμότεροι ἔσονται. ἐπίστασθε γὰρ δὴ ὅτι οὔτε πλῆθός 42 ἐκεῖ συγκαλοῦμεν τοὺς ἄλλους στρατιώτας. παρέστω δ᾽ ἡμῖν, 
ἐστιν οὔτε ἰσχὺς ἡ ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ τὰς νίκας ποιοῦσα, ἀλλ᾽ ἔφη, καὶ Τολμίδης ὁ κῆρυξ. καὶ ἅμα ταῦτ᾽ εἰπὼν ἀνέστη, ὡς 205 
185 ὁπότεροι ἂν σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἐρρωμενέστεροι ἴωσιν μὴ μέλλοιτο ἀλλὰ περαίνοιτο τὰ δέοντα. ἐκ τούτου ἡρέθησαν 
ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους, τούτους ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ οἱ ἀντίοι οὐ ἄρχοντες ἀντὶ μὲν Κλεάρχου Τιμασίων Δαρδανεύς, ἀντὶ δὲ 
δέχονται. ἐντεθύμημαι δ᾽ ἔγωγε, ὦ ἄνδρες, καὶ τοῦτο ὅτι 43 Σωκράτους ἘΞανθικλῆς ᾿Αχαιός, ἀντὶ δὲ ᾿Α γίου Κλεάνωρ ὁ Ὄρχο- 
ὁπόσοι μὲν μαστεύουσι ζῆν ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου ἐν τοῖς πολεμι- μένιος, ἀντὶ δὲ Μένωνος Φιλήσιος ᾿Αχαιός, ἀντὶ δὲ ΠΙροξένου 
κοῖς, οὗτοι μὲν κακῶς τε καὶ αἰσχρῶς ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ ἀποθνγ- Ξενοφῶν ᾿Αθηναῖος. 210 
190 σκουσιν, ὁπόσοι δὲ τὸν μὲν θάνατον ἐγνώκασι πᾶσι κοινὸν εἶναι Il. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ὕἥρηντο, ἡμέρα τε σχεδὸν ὑπέφαινε καὶ εἰς τὸ 
καὶ ἀναγκαῖον ἀνθρώποις, περὶ δὲ τοῦ καλῶς ἀποθνήσκειν μέσον ἧκον οἱ ἄρχοντες, καὶ ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς προφυλακὰς κατα- 
ἀγωνίζονται, τούτους ὁρῶ μᾶλλόν πως εἰς τὸ γῆρας ἀφικνου- στήσαντας συγκαλεῖν τοὺς στρατιώτας. ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι 
μένους καὶ ἕως ἂν ζῶσιν εὐδαιμονέστερον διάγοντας. ἃ καὶ | στρατιῶται συνῆλθον, ἀνέστη πρῶτος μὲν Χειρίσοφος ὁ Λακε- 
ἡμᾶς δεῖ νῦν καταμαθόντας, ἐν τοιούτῳ γὰρ καιρῷ ἐσμεν, δαιμόνιος καὶ ἔλεξεν ὧδε. “Avdpes στρατιῶται, χαλεπὰ μὲν τὰ 5 
195 αὐτούς τε ἄνδρας ἀγαθοὺς εἶναι καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους παρακαλεῖν. παρόντα, ὁπότε ἀνδρῶν στρατηγῶν τοιούτων στερόμεθα καὶ 
ὃ μὲν ταῦτα εἰπὼν ἐπαύσατο. 45 
Μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον εἶπε Χειρίσοφος: ᾿Αλλὰ πρόσθεν μέν, ὦ pers. is natural; Chirisophus is 210 Ἐξενοφῶν: we are prepared for 
a general already. his election after the events of 
, mn Oy ve n > 4 οἱ δεόμενοι, you who lack them. this night. 
Pig eel ee ἐπαινῶ σε ἐφ᾽ ols λέγεις τε καὶ πράττεις καὶ 204 συγκαλοῦμεν: fut.; cf. the note 
200 βουλοίμην ἂν ὅτι πλείστους εἶναι τοιούτους - κοινὸν γὰρ ἂν εἴη on c. 1, 111, 
τὸ ἀγαθόν. καὶ νῦν, ἔφη, μὴ μέλλωμεν, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπελ- 46 205 Τολμίδης: cf. 11,2, 88, ὁ 1 ἥρηντο: plpf. again; ef. c. 1. 4, 
θόντες ἤδη αἱρεῖσθε of ded x “ies = ὡς μὴ μέλλοιτο, that there might and the note. 
iid eit δὲ ae ‘nia Mit owt ya ere be no delay. Strictly the vb. is ὑπέφαινε, for the force of the prep., 
pass. with τὰ δέοντα as its subj. cf. ὑπομαλακιζομένους, II, 1, 72. 
184... ποιοῦσα, that which ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου, at all hazards, —a rare use. 2 προφυλακάς : collective, but mpo- 
brings about. Cf.c.2.96. Here by hook or crook. | 207 Δαρδανεύς : Dardanus, a city in φύλακας (IT, 3, 4) individual. 
the partic. is attracted from the 189 κακῶς... αἰσχρῶς: the words theTroad;cf.map. Timasionhad καταστήσαντας: for acc. after the 
abstract neut. to the gender of go naturally together, as do καλός served underClearchus, V,6,§24. dat., cf. note on λαβόντι, I, 2, 4. 
ἰσχύς. and ἀγαθός. ' 908 Κλεάνωρ: see the Introd.,§38. 4 Χειρίσοφος : see the Introd., § 38. 
185 ὁπότεροι Gv... ἴωσιν: cf.1.100. 192 τούτους ὁρῶ... ἀφικνουμένους : As he was already a general (al- From now on he and Xen. eclipse 
Note the position of the rel. a more effective form of state- though not mentioned in con- all the others. Remember that 
clause, resumed by τούτους, below. ment than οὗτοι δὲ... ἀφικνοῦνται. nection with the mustering of Chirisophus held a commission 
σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς: cf. 1.107, and the 195 αὐτούς: cf. αὐτοῖς, 1. 150, li the army in book I; (see, how- from Sparta, then the leading 
note. 198 τοσοῦτον . . . ὅσον, to this ex- ever, the note on Zo¢galveros, I, 2, state in Greece. πρῶτον μέν is 
186 ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ, for the most tent only, that. | 56), he seems to have had the balanced by ἐπὶ τούτῳ, in 1. 13. 
part; cf. below, 1. 189. ἤκονον ... εἶναι: with the infin. q troopsof Agias added tohisown. 5 “Avipes στρατιῶται: cf. I, 3, 11. 
187 τοῦτο ὅτι: in this use τοῦτο ἀκούω denotes mere hearsay. | Observe the art. before *Opxopé- The omission of 6 makes the 
regularly looks forward; cf. 1,7, 901 μὴ μέλλωμεν: cf. μὴ ἀναμένωμεν, vos; Cleanor was well known. address less formal. 
36, and the note. 1. 110, 909 Φιλήσιος : mentioned in V, 3, 6 ὁπότε: seeing that. 
188 μαστεύουσι: a poetic word, 202 αἱρεῖσθε... ἥκετε: imv., not §1 as being, with Sophaenetus, ἀνδρῶν στρατηγῶν: apposition. 
used several times by Xen. indic. The shift to the second . πρεσβύτατος. στερόμεθα : ἃ perf. in sense, but with 





‘ Ὁ ᾿ > 
Ἐξενοφὼν, τοσοῦτον μόνον σε ἐγίγνωσκον ὅσον ἤκουον ᾿Αθηναῖον 


Cuapter II. 








166 Anabasis 





λοχαγῶν καὶ στρατιωτῶν, πρὸς δ᾽ ἔτι καὶ οἱ ἀμφὶ ᾿Αριαῖον ot 
, r »ν , 4 “~ hud \ »ν 2 
πρόσθεν σύμμαχοι ὄντες προδεδώκασιν ἡμᾶς" ὅμως δὲ δεῖ ἐκ 
τῶν παρόντων ἄνδρας ἀγαθοὺς τελέθειν καὶ μὴ ὑφίεσθαι, ἀλλὰ 
al ν ‘ , “ “ ΄ 
πειρᾶσθαι ὅπως ἣν μὲν δυνώμεθα καλῶς νικῶντες σῳζώμεθα" 
εἰ δὲ μή, ἀλλὰ καλῶς γε ἀποθνήσκωμεν, ὑποχείριοι δὲ μηδέποτε 
γενώμεθα ζῶντες τοῖς πολεμίοις. οἴομαι γὰρ ἂν ἡμᾶς τοιαῦτα 
“ ‘ > \ e / I, , , 
παθεῖν ola τοὺς ἐχθροὺς οἱ θεοὶ ποιήσειαν. ἐπὶ τούτῳ Kreavwp 
ὁ Ὀρχομένιος ἀνέστη καὶ ἔλεξεν ὧδε. ᾿Αλλ’ ὁρᾶτε μέν, ὦ 
” ᾿ 4 > ἤ »" > / rea Ν Ν 
ἄνδρες, τὴν βασιλέως ἐπιορκίαν καὶ ἀσέβειαν, ὁρᾶτε δὲ τὴν 
Τισσαφέρνους ἀπιστίαν, ὅστις λέγων ὡς γείτων τε εἴη τῆς 
Ἑλλάδος καὶ περὶ πλείστου ἂν ποιήσαιτο σῶσαι ἡμᾶς, καὶ ἐπὶ 
; > Ἂ > , e “ » bh \ [4 > Ἁ > , 
τούτοις αὐτὸς ὀμόσας ἡμῖν, αὐτὸς δεξιὰς δούς, αὐτὸς ἐξαπατήσας 
συνέλαβε τοὺς στρατηγούς, καὶ οὐδὲ Δία ξένιον ἠδέσθη, ἀλλὰ 
Κλεάρχῳ καὶ ὁμοτράπεζος γενόμενος αὐτοῖς τούτοις ἐξαπατήσας 





vbs. of depriving the durative 
tenses prevail. 

7 πρὸς δ᾽ ἔτι, and furthermore. 
The prep. is a mere adv. 

9 τελέθϑειν : poetic for γίγνεσθαι. For 
subj. supply ἡμᾶς. 

10 Sag .. . σῳζώμεθα : obj.clause, 
instead of another infin. 

11 εἰ δὲμή: cf. II, 2,6, and the note. 
The phrase generally, as here, 
introduces the unfavo: able alter- 
native. 

ἀλλὰ « . . ye, Yet at any rate. 

ἀποθνήσκωμεν . .. γενώμεθα: best 
regarded as governed by ὅπως, 
like σῳζώμεθα, above. The alter- 
native is to regard them as hor- 
tative (cf. ἀναμένωμεν, above, c. 1. 
110). 

ὑποχείριοι. . . ζῶντες : both strong- 
ly emphasized by their position. 

13 ποιήσειαν: a wish; see G. 1507; 
H. 870; B. 587. Observe that in 
the imprecation the speaker uses 
ἐχθρούς, not πολεμίους: see the 
note on I, 3, 31. 


Κλεάνωρ : with the speech, cf. Cle- 
anor’s words in 11, 5, § 39. 

16 ὅστις, a man who. ὅστις is fre- 
quently used to characterize. 
λέγων: the reference is to the 

speech of Tiss. in II, 3, §$18 ff. 
εἴη. .. ἂν ποιήσαιτο: direct, εἰμι 
... ἂν ποιησαίμην. The former 
vb. states a fact, the latter is 
hypothetical. [this. 

17 ἐπὶ τούτοις, in confirmation of 

18 αὐτός : note the indignant repe- 
tition of this word and the asyn- 
deton. 

19 ἠδέσθη: cf. αἰδεσθείς, below, 1. 24. 
The vb. is far stronger than 
αἰσχύνομαι (cf. II, 5, 151). 

20 ὁμοτράπεζος γενόμενος : see II, 
5, § 27. 

αὐτοῖς τούτοις, by these very means. 
The pl. embraces the various 
details mentioned. 

21 ᾿Αριαῖος δὲ . . . καὶ οὗτος, and 
Ariaeus ...he too. For the 
facts alluded to, see II, 1,§ 4, and 


II, 2, 89 8 ff. 


3 


Book III, Chap. IT 167 





, al va > 
τοὺς ἄνδρας ἀπολώλεκεν. ᾿Αριαῖος δέ, ὃν ἡμεῖς ἠθέλομεν Ba- 
/ al \ 25 dl Ἀ Υ iB 4 Ν ὦ 
σιλέα καθιστάναι, καὶ ἐδώκαμεν καὶ ἐλάβομεν πιστὰ μὴ προ 
δώσειν ἀλλήλους, καὶ οὗτος οὔτε τοὺς θεοὺς δείσας οὔτε Κῦρον 
ς [4 “ a! 
τεθνηκότα αἰδεσθείς, τιμώμενος μάλιστα ὑπὸ Κύρου ζῶντος νῦν 
ml \ ’ / 
πρὸς τοὺς ἐκείνου ἐχθίστους ἀποστὰς ἡμᾶς τοὺς Κύρου φίλους 
κακῶς ποιεῖν πειρᾶται. ἀλλὰ τούτους μὲν οἱ θεοὶ ἀποτείσαιντο" 


ξ val \ o “Ὁ e A M4 3 θῇ ΝΜ e x 
ἡμᾶς δὲ δεῖ ταῦτα ὁρῶντας μήποτε ἐξαπατηθῆναι ἔτι ὑπὸ 


τούτων, ἀλλὰ μαχομένους ὡς ἂν δυνώμεθα κράτιστα τοῦτο ὅ,τι 
ἂν δοκῇ τοῖς θεοῖς πάσχειν. 

Ἔκ τούτου Ἐξνοφῶν ἀνίσταται ἐσταλμένος ἐπὶ πόλεμον ὡς 
ἐδύνατο κάλλιστα, νομίζων, εἴτε νίκην διδοῖεν οἱ θεοί, τὸν 
κάλλιστον κόσμον τῷ νικᾶν πρέπειν, εἴτε τελευτᾶν δέοι, ὀρθῶς 
ἔχειν τῶν καλλίστων ἑαυτὸν ἀξιώσαντα ἐν τούτοις τῆς τελευτῆς 
τυγχάνειν: τοῦ λόγου δὴ ἤρχετο ὧδε. Τὴν μὲν τῶν βαρβάρων 
ἐπιορκίαν τε καὶ ἀπιστίαν λέγει μὲν Κλεάνωρ, ἐπίστασθε δὲ 





καὶ ὑμεῖς οἶμαι. εἰ μὲν οὖν βουλόμεθα πάλιν αὐτοῖς διὰ φιλίας 





22 ἐδώκαμεν: the rel. is not re- 
expressed in a different case; 
ef. c. 1. 24. Pl. forms, like ἐδώ- 
kapev, are rare; G. 670; H. 432; 
B. 205. 

ph προδώσειν : after ἐλάβομεν πιστά; 
cf. II, 8, 108, and the note. 

23 Κῦρον. .. Κύρου... Κύρου: 
note the pathetic repetition. 

25 ἐχθίστους : the adj., although 
superlative, is felt as a noun; 
hence the gen. ἐκείνου. Some- 
what similar is τῆς αὑτῶν πολεμίας 
χώρας, IV, 7, §19. 

26 ἀποτείσαιντο: another impre- 
cation. Note the force of the 
prep. (as is their due). 

28 τοῦτο ὅ,τι: ordinarily in such 
phrases τοῦτο is not expressed 
unless it follows the rel. 

90 "Ex rotrov... ἀνίσταται: note 
the asyndeton and the graphic 
force of the pres. 


ἐσταλμένος, arrayed. Xen. wishes 
to make an impression, and he 
knows that his appearance will 
count for much. 

82 ὀρθῶς ἔχειν, that it was right. 

838 ἀξιώσαντα : the context supplies 
the pronominal subj. 

34 τοῦ λόγου δή, his speech, con- 
trasted with his action just men- 
tioned. This speech is worthy 
of a close rhetorical study. 

Τὴν μέν: μέν dismisses the topic 
and paves the way for another; 
there is no balancing δέ. Observe 
that the art. is expressed but 
once; the two nouns form one 
idea. 

86 αὐτοῖς. .. ἱέναι, fo be on terms 
of friendship with them. (Cf. 
below, διὰ παντὸς πολέμου ἰέναι, be 
on terms of absolute hostility. 
For the dat., cf. I, 2, 152, and 
the note. 





168 Anabasis 





7. > Ld 4 ~ ᾿ > ri » GN Ν \ \ 
ἰέναι, ἀνάγκη ἡμᾶς πολλὴν ἀθυμίαν ἔχειν, ὁρῶντας καὶ τοὺς 
στρατηγούς, of διὰ πίστεως αὐτοῖς ἑαυτοὺς ἐνεχείρισαν, ola 
᾽ > ἢ , \ a σ φ 
πεπόνθασιν: εἰ μέντοι διανοούμεθα σὺν τοῖς ὅπλοις ὧν τε 
ἢ / by lal > al ‘ Ν Ν ν᾿ Ν 
40 πεποιήκασι δίκην ἐπιθεῖναι αὐτοῖς καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν διὰ παντὸς 
πολέμου αὐτοῖς ἰέναι, σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς πολλαὶ ἡμῖν καὶ καλαὶ 
")Ἤ tll, f 
ἐλπίδες εἰσὶ σωτηρίας. 
n \ , ’ a , s > ΄ ᾽ ξ 
Τοῦτο δὲ λέγοντος αὐτοῦ πτάρνυταί τις: ἀκούσαντες δ᾽ οἱ 
στρατιῶται πάντες μιᾷ ὁρμῇ προσεκύνησαν τὸν θεόν, καὶ ὁ 
— a 2 a > κῃ’ > \ " ς Ha 
45 Revopav εἶπε" Δοκεῖ μοι, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἐπεὶ περὶ σωτηρίας ἡμῶν 
» % “ \ “ “~ > td » a ~ 
λεγόντων οἰωνὸς τοῦ Διὸς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐφάνη, εὔξασθαι τῷ θεῷ 
; θύ 4 Ψ A ” ’ λέ al > 
τούτῳ θύσειν σωτήρια ὅπου ἂν πρῶτον eis φιλίαν χώραν ἀφι- 
κώμεθα, συνεπεύξασθαι δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις θεοῖς θύσειν κατὰ 


δύναμιν. καὶ ὅτῳ δοκεῖ ταῦτ᾽, ἔφη, ἀνατεινάτω τὴν χεῖρα. καὶ 


Book III, Chap. II 169 





πολεμίοις ἐναντίους εἶναι τοὺς θεούς, ἡμῖν δὲ συμμάχους, οἵπερ 
ἱκανοί εἰσι καὶ τοὺς μεγάλους ταχὺ μικροὺς ποιεῖν καὶ τοὺς 
μικροὺς κἂν ἐν δεινοῖς ὦσι σῴζειν εὐπετῶς, ὅταν βούλωνται. 
ἔπειτα δὲ ἀναμνήσω γὰρ ὑμᾶς καὶ τοὺς τῶν προγόνων τῶν 
ἡμετέρων κινδύνους, ἵνα εἰδῆτε ὡς ἀγαθοῖς τε ὑμῖν πρδσίμοι 
εἶναι σῴζονταί τε σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς καὶ ἐκ πάνυ δεινῶν οἱ ἀγαθοί. 


ἐλθόντων μὲν γὰρ Περσῶν καὶ τῶν σὺν αὐτοῖς παμπληθεῖ 
στόλῳ ὡς ἀφανιούντων τὰς ᾿Αθήνας, ὑποστῆναι αὐτοὶ ᾿Αθη- 
ναῖοι τολμήσαντες ἐνίκησαν αὐτούς. καὶ εὐξάμενοι τῇ ᾿Αρτέ. 
μιδι ὁπόσους κατακάνοιεν τῶν πολεμίων τοσαύτας χιμαίρας 
καταθύσειν τῇ θεῷ, ἐπεὶ οὐκ εἶχον ἱκανὰς εὑρεῖν, ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς 
κατ᾽ ἐνιαυτὸν πεντακοσίας θύειν, καὶ ἔτι νῦν ἀποθύουσιν. ἔπειτα 
ὅτε Ἐξέρξης ὕστερον ἀγείρας τὴν ἀναρίθμητον στρατιὰν ἦλθεν ἐπὶ 


by , σ 
50 ἀνέτειναν αἼαντες. 


> ΄ ” we , om 
eX TOVUTOV ηὔξαντο Kat €7TTaiavicoayv. ἐπεὶ 


δὲ τὰ τῶν θεῶν καλῶς εἶχεν, ἤρχετε: πάλιν ὧδε. 
᾿Ετύγχανον λέγων ὅτι πολλαὶ καὶ καλαὶ ἐλπίδες ἡμῖν εἶεν 
σωτηρίας. πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ ἡμεῖς μὲν ἐμπεδοῦμεν τοὺς τῶν 
~ Ψ ¢ \ , > ἤ \ Ib \ 
θεῶν ὅρκους, οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι ἐπιωρκήκασί τε καὶ τὰς σπονδὰς 


55 παρὰ τοὺς ὅρκους λελύκασιν. 


" ᾽ > ; ἘΝ » Ἀ 
οὕτω δ᾽ ἐχόντων εἰκὸς τοῖς μὲν 





87 τοὺς στρατηγούς : prolepsis. 

39 ὧν: ὦ, 6. τούτων ἅ; α΄. 1,3 ὦ, 
and the note. 

40 τὸ λοιπόν: cf. II, 2, 23, and the 
note. 

41 πολλαὶ.... καὶ καλαί: cf. πολλὰ 
καὶ ἀμήχανα, IT, 8, TOF. 

43 πτάρννται;: in antiquity (Hom. 
Od. 17. 545) the sneeze was com- 
monly regarded as an omen (so 
still in many countries). Here 
the omen is favorable, since it 
accompanies mention of σωτηρία. 
So Xen. himself regards it as 
sent by Zeus Soter. 

44 προσεκύνησαν: cf. I, 6, 60, al- 
though here it bears the re- 
ligious sense, worshipped. 

τὸν θεόν: ὦ, 6. the god who sent the 
omen, 


46 οἰωνός, omen, a common use, see 
the vocab. 

47 θύσειν σωτήρια, to make thank- 
offerings for safety. Cf. I, 2, 
62,and the note. The fut. infin. 
follows εὔχεσθαι, as it follows 
vbs. of promising. 

ὅπου Gv... ἀφικώμεθα: this vow 
was performed at Trapezus, IV, 
8, § 25. 

48 συνεπεύξασθαι : note the force 
of both preps., to make at the 
same time an additional vow. 

49 dvarevdrw: Greek popular as- 
semblies regularly voted by a 
show of hands, 

53 rots... ὅρκους: cf. II, 5, 21, 
and the note. 

55 οὕτω δ᾽ ἐχόντων, since this is so. 
Cf. c. 1.141 





57 τοὺς μεγάλους : for the thought, 
see Luke i:52, and, in general, 
the words of Clearchus, II, 5,§7. 

58 κἄν: i.e. καὶ ἐάν, even if. 

59 érara... yap: with the whole 
cf. 11,8, 44 ἴ., and the note. We 
may render by omitting γάρ, and 
treating ἀναμνήσω as the princi- 
palvb. By this long parenthesis 
the sequence is interrupted and 
the speaker goes on with ἐλθόντων 
μὲν γάρ. 

60 ἀγαθοῖς : the pred. adj. takes 
the case of ὑμῖν. προσήκει may 
also take the acc. and infin. 
(below 1. 80). 

62 ἐλθόντων μέν: balanced by ἔπειτα 
ὅτε, below, 1. 67. 

παμπληθεῖ στόλῳ: for the dat., cf. 
στρατεύματι, 1, 7,66, and the note. 

63 ὡς ἀφανιούντων, to blot out of 
existence. Cf. ὡς droxrevdr, I, 1, 
12, 

αὐτοί, by themselves; cf. I, 8, 44, 
and the note. As a matter of 
fact Athens had the support of 
a thousand Plataeans. 


64 ἐνίκησαν: 7. 6. at Marathon, 490 
B.C. 

εὐξάμενοι . . . ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς, having 
vowed ... they resolved. The 
nom. abs. is not uncommon; ἔδοξεν 
αὐτοῖς is equivalent to a pers. vb. 

65 τοσαύτας xipalpas: according to 
the scholiast on Aristophanes’ 
Knights, 657, the vow was origi- 
nally to sacrifice heifers, but be- 
cause of the large number 
(Herodotus VI, 117 states that 
6,400 of the barbarians were 
slain) an annual sacrifice of 500 
she-goats was substituted. 

67 ἀποθύουσιν: the prep. would 
naturally mean that the debt 
had not yet been paid in full (see 
on ἀπέπεμπε, I,1,41). The num- 
ber 6,400, however, would have 
been reached in thirteen years, 
so that we must assume that an 
annual sacrifice was instituted. 
It appears to have been con- 
tinued for centuries. 

68 τὴν . . . στρατιάν: for the art.. 
cf. τῇ μάχῃ, I, 2,50. Herodotus 





170 Anabasis 





τὴν Ελλάδα, καὶ τότε ἐνίκων οἱ ἡμέτεροι πρόγονοι τοὺς τούτων 

70 προγόνους καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν. ὧν ἔστι μὲν 
+ νΝ 

τεκμήρια ὁρᾶν τὰ τρόπαια, μέγιστον δὲ μαρτύριον ἡ ἐλευθερία 

τῶν πόλεων ἐν αἷς ὑμεῖς ἐγένεσθε καὶ ἐτράφητε" οὐδένα yap 

Ν - ὃ / Ar ‘ Ἃ θ \ “ ‘ 

ἄνθρωπον δεσπότην ἀλλὰ τοὺς θεοὺς προσκυνεῖτε. τοιούτων 


μέν ἐστε προγόνων. 


᾽ ᾿ δὴ rac MN > nA 64 4... ὦ ΄ > ΄ ᾽ ᾽ 
οὐ μὲν δὴ τοῦτό γε ἐρῶ ὡς ὑμεῖς καταισχύνετε αὐτούς: ἀλλ 

> a 

ov πολλαὶ ἡμέραι ἀφ᾽ οὗ ἀντιταξάμενοι τούτοις τοῖς ἐκείνων 

ἐκγόνοις πολλαπλασίους ὑμῶν αὐτῶν ἐνικᾶτε σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς. 

\ A / 

καὶ τότε μὲν δὴ περὶ τῆς Κύρου βασιλείας ἄνδρες Fre ἀγαθοί: 

A 4 A 

νῦν δ᾽ ὁπότε περὶ τῆς ὑμετέρας σωτηρίας ὁ ἀγών ἐστι πολὺ 
ἤ e “Ὁ ie 

80 δήπου ὑμᾶς προσήκει καὶ ἀμείνονας καὶ προθυμοτέρους εἶναι. 

ἰλλὰ μὴ L @ λεωτέ D ; ἷ ὸ ὲ 

ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ θαρραλεωτέρους νῦν πρέπει εἶναι πρὸς τοὺς 

ἤ ἢ \ ‘ » Μ » ἦν Ἁ Ἀ a 

πολεμίους. τότε μὲν yap ἄπειροι ὄντες αὐτῶν, TO δὲ πλῆθος 

A ς ~ “ 

ἄμετρον ὁρῶντες, ὅμως ἐτολμήσατε σὺν τῷ πατρίῳ φρονήματι 

> > “ al a 

ἰέναι εἰς αὐτούς" viv δὲ ὁπότε καὶ πεῖραν ἤδη ἔχετε αὐτῶν ὅτι 


85 οὐ θέλουσι καὶ πολλαπλάσιοι ὄντες δέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς, τί ἔτι ὑμῖν 


προσήκει τούτους φοβεῖσθαι; 
μηδὲ μέντοι τοῦτο μεῖον δό 


ξητε ἔχειν εἰ οἱ Κύρειοι πρόσθεν 





makes the army of Xerxes to 
number more than two and a 
half millions of fighting men. 

69 évixwv: imperf., since there was 
a series of victories—Salamis, 
Plataea, and Mycale. 

70 ἔστι. . . ὁρᾶν: cf. IT, 3, 56. 

71 τεκμήρια : pred., as proofs. 

ἡἣ ἐλευθερία : if ἔστιν ὁρᾶν is supplied, 
the construction must be per- 
sonal (cf. ἀρχή, I, 7, 31). Ob- 
serve, however, that ἐστι would 
suffice, and that the shift would 
be an easy one. 

73 ἀλλά, nay, on the contrary. 

75 οὐ μὲν δή: cf. I, 9, 41. 

76 οὐ πολλαὶ... . ἀφ᾽ οὗ, not many 
days ago. 

77 πολλαπλασίους ὑμῶν, although 
many times your number. For 


the gen., ef. of, I, 3, 111, and 
the note. Observe the acc., de- 
spite the nearness of the dat., 
ἐκγόνοις. 

19 πολύ: for the position, cf. c. 1. 
105. 

80 ὑμᾶς: προσήκει far more fre- 
quently takes the dat. (above, 
1. 60). 

83 ἄμετρον: pred.; se. bv. 

84 els αὐτούς, into their midst, 
stronger than the normal én’ 
αὐτούς. 

ὁπότε... ὅτι, when from your 
experience with them you know 
that. 

87 μηδὲ. .  δόξητε: G. 1346; Ἡ, 
74; B. 584. For δοκῶ, meaning 
think, cf. 1, 7, 4, and the note. 

τοῦτο μεῖον... ἔχειν, that you are 





Book 171, Chap. IT 171 





a A , 
σὺν ἡμῖν ταττόμενοι viv ἀφεστήκασιν. ἔτι yap οὗτοι κακίονές 


’ a ὁ "ἡ ὁ "» € , Ν a \ 9 f 

εἰσι τῶν ὑφ᾽ ἡμῶν ἡττημένων: ἔφυγον γοῦν πρὸς ἐκείνους KaTa- 
λιπόντες ἡμᾶς. τοὺς δ᾽ ἐθέλοντας φυγῆς ἄρχειν πολὺ κρεῖττον 90 

σὺν τοῖς πολεμίοις ταττομένους ἢ ἐν τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ τάξει ὁρᾶν. 
᾽ ἤ ς ἴω > alll ΟΝ \ > Ay | e εκ a 4 
εἰ δέ τις ὑμῶν ἀθυμεῖ ὅτι ἡμῖν μὲν οὐκ εἰσὶν ἱππεῖς, τοῖς δὲ 
r ". Ul >? 10 id c lA J ry 
πολεμίοις πολλοὶ πάρεισιν, ἐνθυμήθητε ὅτι οἱ μύριοι ἱππεῖς 
οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἢ μύριοί εἰσιν ἄνθρωποι: ὑπὸ μὲν γὰρ ἵππου ἐν 


μάχῃ οὐδεὶς πώποτε οὔτε δηχθεὶς οὔτε λακτισθεὶς ἀπέθανεν, οἱ 95 


δὲ ἄνδρες εἰσὶν οἱ ποιοῦντες ὅ, τι ἂν ἐν ταῖς μάχαις γίγνηται. 


> a rn ς , SA a .». » , “ike Bae ’ 
οὐκοῦν τῶν ἱππέων πολὺ ἡμεῖς ἐπ᾿ ἀσφαλεστέρονυ οχηματός 
’ ξ \ \ 999 ¢ , ’ ᾽ a 
ἐσμεν" of μὲν yap ἐφ᾽ ἵππων κρέμανται φοβούμενοι οὐχ ἡμᾶς 
μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ καταπεσεῖν: ἡμεῖς δ᾽ ἐπὶ γῆς βεβηκότες 


πολὺ μὲν ἰσχυρότερον παίσομεν, HY τις προσίῃ, πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον 100 





at a disadvantage in this. Cf. 
I, 10, 35. 

el: cee G. 1423; H. 926; B. 598, 1. 

ot Kipeo: cf. I, 10, 3. The 
word must here denote Ariaeus 
and his men—Cyrus’ barbarian 
troops. The text is perhaps 
corrupt. 


88 ἔτι: strongly emphatic. For 
its position, cf. πολύ, 1. 79. 


89 ἐκείνους : 7.€. τοὺς ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν ἡττη- 
μένους. With πρός, which the MSS. 
give, but which some editors 
omit, the meaning is: they 
sought safety by fleeing for 
refuge to cowards; therefore 
they are the greater cowards. 
It is literally true that Ariaeus’ 
and Cyrus’ barbarian troops 
had bought their safety by going 
over to the king’s side. Xen. 
attempts in this and the next 
section to make the best of a 
bad situation by adopting a joc- 
ular tone, but he does not do 
this until he is sure of his 


ground. Contrast the words of 
Clearchus in II, 4, §5. 

92 ἱππεῖς: cf. II, 4, §6, and the 
Introd., § 28. 

93 ἐνθυμήθητε: as though ὑμεῖς, not 
τις ὑμῶν, had preceded. 

οἱ μύριοι: for the art. with round 
numbers, cf. I, 2, 59. 

96 οἱ ποιοῦντες : cf. ἡ... ποιοῦσα, 
c. 1. 184. 

γίγνηται : plainly the pass. οὗ ποιεῖν, 
cf. II, 2,42,and the note. With 
this passage contrast IIT, 3, § 16, 
where Xen. points out their need 
of cavalry. It is to be noted 
that his audience is composed 
largely of Peloponnesians, among 
whom, owing to the mountainous 
character of the country, cav- 
alry was little used and little 
esteemed. 

97 ἱππέων : gen. after the compara- 
tive. Note again the emphatic 
position of πολύ. 

98 κρέμανται, sit clinging. 

99 βεβηκότες, with feet firmly 
planted, note the tense. 





172 Anabasis 





ὅτου ἂν βουλώμεθα τευξόμεθα: evi δὲ μόνῳ προέχουσιν οἱ 
ἱππεῖς" φεύγειν αὐτοῖς ἀσφαλέστερόν ἐστιν ἢ ἡμῖν. εἰ δὲ δὴ 
τὰς μὲν μάχας θαρρεῖτε, ὅτι δὲ οὐκέτι ὑμῖν Τισσαφέρνης ἡγήσε- 
ται οὐδὲ βασιλεὺς ἀγορὰν παρέξει, τοῦτο ἄχθεσθε, σκέψασθε 
πότερον κρεῖττον Τισσαφέρνην ἡγεμόνα ἔχειν, ὃς ἐπιβουλεύων 
ἡμῖν φανερός ἐστιν, ἢ οὗς ἂν ἡμεῖς ἄνδρας λαβόντες ἡγεῖσθαι 
κελεύωμεν, οὗ εἴσονται ὅτι ἤν τι περὶ ἡμᾶς ἁμαρτάνωσι, περὶ τὰς 
ἑαυτῶν ψυχὰς καὶ σώματα ἁμαρτήσονται. τὰ δὲ ἐπιτήδεια 
πότερον ὠνεῖσθαι κρεῖττον ἐκ τῆς ἀγορᾶς ἧς οὗτοι παρεῖχον 
μικρὰ μέτρα πολλοῦ ἀργυρίου, μηδὲ τοῦτο ἔτι ἔχοντας, ἢ αὐτοὺς 
λαμβάνειν, ἤνπερ κρατῶμεν, μέτρῳ χρωμένους ὁπόσῳ ἂν ἕκαστος 
βούληται. 

εἰ δὲ ταῦτα μὲν γιγνώσκετε ὅτι κρείττονα, τοὺς δὲ ποταμοὺς 
ἄπορον νομίζετε εἶναι καὶ μεγάλως ἡγεῖσθε ἐξαπατηθῆναι δια- 
βάντες, σκέψασθε εἰ ἄρα τοῦτο καὶ μωρότατον πεποιήκασιν οἱ 


Book III, Chap. II 173 





” Pa. - \ \ \ ὃ ὶ , δὲ 
ἄποροΐ εἰσι, προσιοῦσι πρὸς Tas πηγᾶς διαβατοὶ γίγνονται οὐδὲ 


τὸ γόνυ βρέχοντες. 

εἰ δὲ μήθ᾽ οἱ ποταμοὶ διήσουσιν ἡγεμών τε μηδεὶς ἡμῖν φανεῖ- 
ται, οὐδ᾽ ὡς ἡμῖν γε ἀθυμητέον. ἐπιστάμεθα γὰρ Μυσούς, ods 
οὐκ ἂν ἡμῶν φαίημεν βελτίους εἶναι, ὅτι ἐν βασιλέως χώρᾳ πολ- 
λάς τε καὶ εὐδαίμονας καὶ μεγάλας πόλεις οἰκοῦσιν, ἐπιστάμεθα 
δὲ Πισίδας ὡσαύτως, Λυκάονας δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ εἴδομεν ὅτι ἐν τοῖς 
πεδίοις τὰ ἐρυμνὰ καταλαβόντες τὴν τούτων χώραν καρποῦνται" 
καὶ ἡμᾶς δ᾽ ἂν ἔφην ἔγωγε χρῆναι μήπω φανεροὺς εἶναι οἴκαδε 
ὡρμημένους, ἀλλὰ κατασκευάζεσθαι ὡς αὐτοῦ οἰκήσοντας. οἶδα 
γὰρ ὅτι καὶ Μυσοῖς βασιλεὺς πολλοὺς μὲν ἡγεμόνας ἂν δοίη, 
πολλοὺς δ᾽ ἂν ὁμήρους τοῦ ἀδόλως ἐκπέμψειν, καὶ ὁδοποιήσειέ 
γ᾽ ἂν αὐτοῖς καὶ εἰ σὺν τεθρίπποις βούλοιντο ἀπιέναι. καὶ ἡμῖν 
γ᾽ ἂν οἶδ᾽ ὅτι τρισάσμενος ταῦτ᾽ ἐποίει, εἰ ἑώρα ἡμᾶς μένειν 





βάρβαροι. πάντες γὰρ ποταμοί, εἰ καὶ πρόσω τῶν πηγῶν 





101 τεύξομεθα, shall hit. 

108 τὰς... μάχας θαρρεῖτε, have 
courage for the fighting. The 
acc.is used as after érpecev, I, 9,18. 

104 τοῦτο: resuming the ér:-clause. 
It is the inner obj. of ἄχθεσθε; cf. 
οὐδὲν ἤχθετο, I, 1, 40. 

105 κρεῖττον; 86. ἐστι. 

106 ἄνδρας: incorporated in the 
rel. clause; ef. I, 1, 24. 

107 περὶ. .. σώματα: i.e. they 
will be scourged or even killed 
(ef. IV, 1, §23). For the acc. 
after περί, cf. I, 4,54. Observe 
that the art. is expressed but 
once; ¢f. I, 7, 10, and the note. 

108 τὰ δὲ ἐπιτήδεια : see the note 
on ποταμός, IT, 4, 27. 

110 μηδὲ... ἔχοντας: cf. c. 1. 95. 
The partic. agrees with ἡμᾶς, 
understood. We have μηδέ, not 
οὐδέ, because of the infin. con- 

. Struction. 


αὐτούς : cf. αὐτοῖς, c. 1. 150, and the 
note, 

113 ταῦτα: prolepsis. Observe how 
this serves to emphasize the 
word, 

114 ἄπορον, a hopeless difficulty. 
Cf. ἡδύ, 11, 3, 60, and the note, 

διαβάντες : causal. 

115 σκέψασθε. . . βάρβαροι, con- 
sider whether this is not the 
most foolish thing the barbari- 
ans have done. We insert not, 
since an affirmative answer is 
expected. The thought is that 
the Persians would have done 
well to have got rid of the Greeks 
as soon as possible, instead of 
putting obstacles in their way— 
and besides the obstacles are 
not unsurmountable. 

116 et καί, even if; i.e. it makes 
no difference. 

πρόσω: with the gen., far from. 





117 προσιοῦσι: for the dat., ef. 
συνελόντι, Cc. 1.173, and the note. 

119 διήσουσιν, shall let us pass. 

120 οὐδ᾽ ὥς: cf. I, 8, 86, and the 
note. 

ἡμῖν ye: the particle adds em- 
phasis. 

Mvoots: prolepsis. Cf. 1. 37. 

ols . . . βελτίους: a clause mark- 
ing the Greek contempt for 
Asiatics; see the note on Avéér, 
c. 1. 140, 

123 Πισίδας: cee I, 1, 62. 

Avudovas . . . εἴδομεν : 7. 6. on their 
upward march; see I, 2, 109. 

124 τούτων: after βασιλέως, an easy 
shift, whereby the passage gains 
in force. 

125 ἂν ἔφην, 1 should say. The 
protasis is not expressed, al- 
though ἀλλὰ γὰρ δέδοικα, below, 
Ἰ, 131, suggests that Xen. had 
in mind εἰ ph ἐδεδοίκη. ἔφην, of 
course, governs χρῆναι. 

126 ὡρμημένους : after φανεροὺς εἶναι ; 
cf. I, 2, 70, and the note. 


ὡς... οἰκήσοντας, as if intending 
to make uur homes here. 

128 τοῦ. . . ἐκπέμψειν, that he 
would send them forth without 
guile. The gen. depends on 
ὁμήρους : cf. τοῦ στρατεῦσαι, c. 1. 87. 
For the fut. infin. with the art., 
cf. ἐπιθήσεσθαι and λύσειν, IT, 4, 81, 
and the note. 

129 καί εἰ: different from εἰ καί, 
above, 1. 116, in that here the 
supposition is a most unlikely 
one. 

σὺν τεθρίπποις : implying a trium- 
phal progress, as though they 
were victors in the great games. 
For ancient roads, see I, 9, 44, 
and the note, and the Introd. §17. 

130 οἶδ᾽ ὅτι: parenthetic; see the 
note on δῆλον ὅτι, I, 3, 44, 

τρισάσμενος: adj. where we use the 
adv.; cf. προτέρα, I, 2, 142, and 
dpyol, below, which is parallel 
with ἐν ἀφθόνοις. The use of τρισ- 
(or its equivalents), with inten- 
sive force, is very common in 





174 Anabasis 





κατασκευαζομένους. ἀλλὰ yap δέδοικα μή, ἂν ἅπαξ μάθωμεν 25 


ἀργοὶ ζῆν καὶ ἐν ἀφθόνοις βιοτεύειν, καὶ Μήδων δὲ καὶ Περσῶν 
καλαῖς καὶ μεγάλαις γυναιξὶ καὶ παρθένοις ὁμιλεῖν, μὴ ὥσπερ οἱ 
λωτοφάγοι ἐπιλαθώμεθα τῆς οἴκαδε ὁδοῦ. δοκεῖ οὖν μοι εἰκὸς 
καὶ δίκαιον εἶναι πρῶτον εἰς τὴν Ελλάδα καὶ πρὸς τοὺς οἰκείους 
πειρᾶσθαι ἀφικνεῖσθαι καὶ ἐπιδεῖξαι τοῖς “Ἑλλησιν ὅτι ἑκόντες 
πένονται, ἐξὸν αὐτοῖς τοὺς νῦν σκληρῶς ἐκεῖ πολειτεύοντας ἐνθάδε 


κομισαμένους πλουσίους ὁρᾶν. 


ἀλλὰ γάρ, ὦ ἄνδρες, πάντα ταῦτα τἀγαθὰ δῆλον ὅτι τῶν 
κρατούντων ἐστί" τοῦτο δὲ δεῖ λέγειν ὅπως ἂν πορευοίμεθά τε 
ὡς ἀσφαλέστατα καὶ εἰ μάχεσθαι δέοι ὡς κράτιστα μαχοίμεθα. 
πρῶτον μὲν τοίνυν, ἔφη, δοκεῖ μοι κατακαῦσαι τὰς ἁμάξας ἃς 
ἔχομεν, ἵνα μὴ τὰ ζεύγη ἡμῶν στρατηγῇ, ἀλλὰ πορευώμεθα ὅπῃ 
ἂν τῇ στρατιᾷ συμφέρῃ" ἔπειτα καὶ τὰς σκηνὰς συγκατακαῦσαι. 
αὗται γὰρ αὖ ὄχλον μὲν παρέχουσιν ἄγειν, συνωφελοῦσι δ᾽ οὐδὲν 





Greek. Cf. Vergil’s ter quater- 
que beati (Aen. I, 94) and the 
Eng. use of thrice—. 

Gv... ἐποίει, εἰ ἑώρα : a shift from 
the ideal to the unreal; note the 
position of ἄν. 

131 ἀλλὰ γάρ: for the ellipsis, οὖ. 
II, 5,44, and the note. Here, as 
so often, we may render, but the 
fact is. 

ἂν ἅπαξ: cf. 11, 2, 53. 

133 ph ὥσπερ: μή is repeated after 
the interposed condit. clause; 
so ἄν frequently, and in 8 35, εἰ, 

καλαῖς καὶ μεγάλαις: to the Greek, 
tallness was an important ele- 
ment of beauty. 

134 λωτοφάγοι: see Odyssey IX, 83- 
104, and Herodotus IV, 177, and 
ef. Tennyson’s “Lotus Eaters.” 
The fruit of the lotus is actually 
used as a food in north Africa. 

136 ἑκόντες, of their own choosing. 
Cf. τρισάσμενος, above, |. 130. 

137 ἐξόν, when they might. Cf. 


II, δ, 86, and the note. The acc. 
abs. most frequently expresses 
an adversative relation. 

τοὺς. . . πολιτεύοντας : Obj. of κομι- 
σαμένους. Forthelatter(acc.after 
dat.), see the note on λαβόντι, I, 
2,4. What Xen. here declares 
feasible Alexander subsequently 
accomplished. 

140 τοῦτο : looking forward to the 
drws-clause. 

ὅπως Gv: with μαχοίμεθα, as well as 
with πορευοίμεθα. For the opt. 
with ἄν in an indir. quest., cf. πῶς 
ἂν... ποιοῖτο, 1, 7,11. Some of 
Xen.’s “irregular” object clauses 
with ὅπως ἄν are merely indir. 
quests. (e. σ. IV, 3, §14; V, 7, § 20). 
The two vbs., with their modi- 
fiers, are given in chiastic order. 

143 ἡμῶν: with στρατηγῇ; see the 
note on I, 4, 14. 

145 ὄχλον. . . ἄγειν, are a nui- 
sance to carry. ἄγειν defines 
ὄχλον (in the matter of carrying). 








Book 111, Chap. II 175 





‘ 
28 οὔτε εἰς TO μάχεσθαι οὔτ᾽ εἰς τὸ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἔχειν. ἔτι δὲ καὶ 


τῶν ἄλλων σκευῶν τὰ περιττὰ ἀπαλλάξωμεν πλὴν ὅσα πολέμου 
ἕνεκεν ἢ σίτων ἢ ποτῶν ἔχομεν, ἵνα ὡς πλεῖστοι μὲν ἡμῶν ἐν 
τοῖς ὅπλοις ὦσιν, ὡς ἐλάχιστοι δὲ σκευοφορῶσι. κρατουμένων 


μὲν γὰρ ἐπίστασθε ὅτι πάντα ἀλλότρια" ἢν δὲ κρατῶμεν, καὶ 
τοὺς πολεμίους δεῖ σκευοφόρους ἡμετέρους νομίζειν. 

λοιπόν μοι εἰπεῖν ὅπερ καὶ μέγιστον νομίζω εἶναι. ὁρᾶτε yap 
καὶ τοὺς πολεμίους ὅτι οὐ πρόσθεν ἐξενεγκεῖν ἐτόλμησαν πρὸς 
ἡμᾶς πόλεμον πρὶν τοὺς στρατηγοὺς ἡμῶν συνέλαβον, νομίζον- 
τες ὄντων μὲν τῶν ἀρχόντων καὶ ἡμῶν πειθομένων ἱκανοὺς εἶναι 
ἡμᾶς περιγενέσθαι τῷ πολέμῳ, λαβόντες δὲ τοὺς ἄρχοντας ἀναρ- 


/ A RE / eee Υ̓́ ἀμ. > 4 a 9 ‘ \ 
30 yia ἂν καὶ ἀταξίᾳ ἐνόμιζον ἡμᾶς ἀπολέσθαι. δεῖ οὖν πολὺ μὲν 


τοὺς ἄρχοντας ἐπιμελεστέρους γενέσθαι τοὺς νῦν τῶν πρόσθεν, 
πολὺ δὲ τοὺς ἀρχομένους εὐτακτοτέρους καὶ πειθομένους μᾶλλον 


81 τοῖς ἄρχουσι viv ἣ πρόσθεν" ἣν δέ τις ἀπειθῇ, ψηφίσασθαι τὸν 


ν» Κ μη > , i “ ΜΝ U Ὁ “ / 
ἀεὶ ὑμῶν ἐντυγχάνοντα σὺν τῷ ἄρχοντι κολάζειν: οὕτως οἱ πολέ- 





It may be felt as acc. or as dat. 
Cf. ὁρᾶν, II, 0, 34, and the note. 
147 ἀπαλλάξωμεν, let us get rid cf. 
See the note on ἀπηλλάγη, I, 10, 
35. For the subjv., cf. ἀναμένωμεν, 
c.1.110. The advice here given 

is carried out, c. 3. §1. 

148 ἕνεκεν : with all three gens. 

149 κρατουμένων: Xen. purposely 
avoids expressing ἡμῶν or using 
a vb. in the first person (ἣν. .. 
κρατώμεθα, parallel with ἣν δὲ 
κρατῶμεν, below). Render, when 
men are conquered. 

150 πάντα ἀλλότρια, all their goods 
become the property of others 
(i. e. of the foe). γίγνεται or ἐστι 
is easily supplied. 

καί: {. 6. in addition to the bearers 
we have now. 

152 λοιπόν (sc. ἐστιν), if remains. 

ὁρᾶτε yap: the rest of the section 
is parenthetic. The important 


matter is told in § 30, with re- 
sumptive οὖν. 

153 τοὺς πολεμίους : prolepsis. 

οὐ πρόσθεν. .. πρίν, not until. 
Cf. I, 2, 58, and the note. 

155 ἡμῶν πειθομένων... ἡμᾶς : cf. 
ἰόντων, I, 4, 82, with the note. 
Here the absolute construction 
was necessitated by the preced- 
ing gen. abs. 

157 ἄν: with ἀπολέσθαι. For its 
position, see 1, 3, 29, and the 
note. 

πολὺ μὲν... πολὺ δέ: anaphora 
of the strongly emphatic adv. 
(see the note on c. 1.105) instead 
of the simple parallelism, τοὺς μὲν 
ἄρχοντας... τοὺς δὲ ἀρχομένους. 

168 τοὺς νῦν τῶν πρόσθεν : for the 
emphatic collocation, cf. σὲ ἐγώ, 
II, 5, 29. 

160 ψηφίσασθαι: sc. δεῖ, 

161 κολάζειν : cf. the note on πληγὰς 





176 Anabasis 





μιοι πλεῖστον ἐψευσμένοι ἔσονται" τῇδε yap TH ἡμέρᾳ μυρίους 
ὄψονται ἀνθ᾽ ἑνὸς Kredpyous τοὺς οὐδενὲ ἐπιτρέψοντας κακῷ 
εἶναι. ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ περαίνειν ἤδη ὥρα" ἴσως γὰρ οἱ πολέμιοι 
αὐτίκα παρέσονται. ὅτῳ οὖν ταῦτα δοκεῖ καλῶς ἔχειν, ἐπικυρω- 
σάτω ὡς τάχιστα, ἵνα ἔργῳ περαίνηται. εἰ δέ τι ἄλλο βέλτιον 
ἢ ταύτῃ, τολμάτω καὶ ὁ ἐδιώτης διδάσκειν" πάντες γὰρ κοινῆς 
σωτηρίας δεόμεθα. 

Μετὰ ταῦτα Χειρίσοφος εἶπεν: ᾿Αλλ᾽ εἰ μέν τινος ἄλλου 
δεῖ πρὸς τούτοις οἷς λέγει Ἐξενοφῶν, καὶ αὐτίκα ἐξέσται “ποιεῖν- 
ἃ δὲ νῦν εἴρηκε δοκεῖ μοι ὡς τάχιστα ψηφίσασθαι ἄριστον 
εἶναι- καὶ ὅτῳ δοκεῖ ταῦτα, ἀνατεινάτω τὴν χεῖρα. ἀνέτειναν 
πάντες. 

ἀναστὰς δὲ πάλιν εἶπε Ἐξενοφῶν.: ἾΩ ἄνδρες, ἀκούσατε ὧν 

a“ a Ψ ἢ ΙΝ a w@ \ 
προσδοκεῖ μοι. δῆλον ὅτι πορεύεσθαι ἡμᾶς δεῖ ὅπου ἕξομεν τὰ 
ἐπιτήδεια" ἀκούω δὲ κώμας εἶναι καλὰς οὐ πλέον εἴκοσι σταδίων 
> ’ > a bed Ld > e e 
ἀπεχούσας" οὐκ ἂν οὖν θαυμάζοιμεν εἰ οἱ πολέμιοι, ὥσπερ οἱ 
δειλοὶ κύνες τοὺς μὲν παριόντας διώκοντες καὶ δάκνουσιν, ἣν δύ- 
νωνται, τοὺς δὲ διώκοντες φεύγουσιν, εἰ καὶ αὐτοὶ ἡμῖν ἀπιοῦσιν 
> “ ν δ > ἢ δ » , / 
ἐπακολουθοῖεν. ἴσως οὖν ἀσφαλέστερον ἡμῖν πορεύεσθαι πλαί- 





Book III, Chap. II 177 





σιον ποιησαμένους τῶν ὅπλων, ἵνα τὰ σκευοφόρα και ὁ πολὺς 
ὄχλος ἐν ἀσφαλεστέρῳ εἴη. εἰ οὖν νῦν ἀποδειχθείη τίνας χρὴ 
ἡγεῖσθαι τοῦ πλαισίου καὶ τὰ πρόσθεν κοσμεῖν καὶ τίνας ἐπὶ 
τῶν πλευρῶν ἑκατέρων εἶναι, τίνας δ᾽ ὀπισθοφυλακεῖν, οὐκ ἂν 


ὁπότε οἱ πολέμιοι ἔλθοιεν βουλεύεσθαι ἡμᾶς δέοι, ἀλλὰ χρῴ- 


μεθα ἂν εὐθὺς τοῖς τεταγμένοις. εἰ μὲν οὖν ἄλλο τις βέλτιον 
ὁρᾷ, ἄλλως ἐχέτω" εἰ δέ, Χειρίσοφος μὲν ἡγοῖτο, ἐπειδὴ καὶ 
Λακεδαιμόνιός ἐστι" τῶν δὲ πλευρῶν ἑκατέρων δύο τὼ πρεσβυ- 
τάτω στρατηγὼ ἐπιμελοίσθην: ὀπισθοφυλακοῖμεν δ᾽ ἡμεῖς οἱ 

, 2 / \ “ Ψ A \ , 
νεώτατοι ἐγὼ καὶ Τιμασίων τὸ viv εἶναι. τὸ δὲ λοιπὸν πειρώ- 
μενοι ταύτης τῆς τάξεως βουλευσόμεθα ὅ,τι ἂν ἀεὶ κράτιστον 
δοκῇ εἶναι. εἰ δέ τις ἄλλο ὁρᾷ βέλτιον, λεξάτω. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ οὐδεὶς 
> / συ a a 3 y \ - 
ἀντέλεγεν, εἶπεν. Ὅτῳ δοκεῖ ταῦτα, ἀνατεινάτω τὴν χεῖρα. 
ἔδοξε ταῦτα. Νῦν τοίνυν, ἔφη, ἀπιόντας ποιεῖν δεῖ τὰ δεδογ- 
μένα. καὶ ὅστις τε ὑμῶν τοὺς οἰκείους ἐπιθυμεῖ ἰδεῖν, μεμνήσθω 
ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς εἶναι" οὐ γὰρ ἔστιν ἄλλως τούτου τυχεῖν" ὅστις τε 
ζῆν ἐπιθυμεῖ, πειράσθω νικᾶν" τῶν μὲν γὰρ νικώντων τὸ καίνειν, 
τῶν δὲ ἡττωμένων τὸ ἀποθνήσκειν ἐστί" καὶ εἴ τις δὲ χρημάτων 
ἐπιθυμεῖ, κρατεῖν πειράσθω" τῶν γὰρ νικώντων ἐστὶ καὶ τὰ 
ἑαυτῶν σῴζειν καὶ τὰ τῶν ἡττωμένων λαμβάνειν. 





181 τῶν ὅπλων -- τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, as 


ἐνέβαλεν, I, 5, 69. Xen. alludes 
to this compact, V, 8, §21. 

162 ἐψευσμένοι ἔσονται, will find 
themselves deceived. The com- 
pound form of the fut. perf., 
regular in the act., is not infre- 
quent in the pass., and may be 
the only form in use. 

163 Κλεάρχους: i.e. stern discip- 
linarians likehim. See the note 
on I, 5, 69. 

Tous .. . ἐπιτρέψοντας, who will 
not permit. 

κακῷ: cf. ἀγαθοῖς, 1. 60, and the 
note. 

164 περαίνειν: with dpa; cf. καθεύ- 
dev, I, 3, 51. 

167 καὶ ὁ ἰδιώτης, even though he 
be a private. 


170 καὶ αὐτίκα: i.e. presently (as 
well as now). 

ποιεῖν, attend to, carry out; cf. 
below, 1. 194, 

172 avéravav: vivid asyndeton. 

174 ὧν προσδοκεῖ por, what further 
meusures recommend themselves 
to me. 

176 dxotw . . . εἶναι: cf. I, 3, 105, 
and the note. 

177 εἰ of πολέμιοι: resumed, after 
the simile, by εἰ καὶ αὐτοί. 

178 διώκοντες καὶ δάκνουσιν: the 
καί is intensive, not connective— 
go so far as to bite. 

179 εἰ καὶ αὐτοί, if they too, I say. 

180 πλαίέσιον: herea hollowsquare; 
see the Introd., §34. Contrast 
I, 8, 35. 


often. 

182 ἐν ἀσφαλεστέρῳ: i.e. in the 
center. 

185 ὁπότε. . . ἔλθοιεν: for the 
mood, cf. δοίη, I, 3, 87, and the 
note. 

187 εἰ δέ: exceptional for εἰ δὲ μή 
(G. Μ. T. 478.2; H. 9060). We 
may understand καλῶς ἔχει, or 
something of that sort. Observe 
that if εἰ δὲ μή were used, it would 
not here, as usual, introduce the 
unfavorable alternative. 

ἡγοῖτο: opt. for the more natural 
imv., an uncommon use in prose; 
so, again the two opts. that 
follow. 

188 Λακεδαιμόνιος: this was the 


period of Spartan supremacy, 
and an Athenian is speaking. 

190 τὸ viv εἶναι, for the present; 
cf. I, 6, 55. 

194 ἔδοξε ταῦτα: cf. I, 3, 102, and 
the note. 

τὰ δεδογμένα : cf. τὰ δόξαντα, I, 3, 103. 

196 ὅστις τε: note the parallel 
clauses, ὅστις re. . . BorisTe... 
εἴ ris, 

μεμνήσθϑω εἶναι, let him remember 
to be. 

197 τῶν... νικώντων... τῶν... 
ἡττομένων: both gens. are pos- 
sessive. 

kalvev: Xen. has the simple form 
of this poetic vb. here and Cyrop. 
IV, 2, 24. For the compound, 
κατακαίνειν, 67. the note un I, 6, 8. 


190 


195 





178 Anabasis 





III. Τούτων λεχθέντων ἀνέστησαν καὶ ἀπελθόντες κατέ- 1 


καιον τὰς ἁμάξας καὶ τὰς σκηνάς, τῶν δὲ περιττῶν ὅτου μὲν 
δέοιτό τις μετεδίδοσαν ἀλλήλοις, τὰ δὲ ἄλλα εἰς τὸ πῦρ ἐρρίπ- 
τουν. ταῦτα ποιήσαντες ἠριστοποιοῦντο. ἀριστοποιουμένων 
δὲ αὐτῶν ἔρχεται Μιθραδάτης σὺν ἱππεῦσιν ὡς τριάκοντα, καὶ 
καλεσάμενος τοὺς στρατηγοὺς εἰς ἐπήκοον λέγει ὧδε. ᾿Εγὼ, ὦ 
ἄνδρες Ἕλληνες, καὶ Κύρῳ πιστὸς ἦν, ὡς ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε, καὶ 
νῦν ὑμῖν εὔνους" καὶ ἐνθάδε δ᾽ εἰμὲ σὺν πολλῷ φόβῳ διάγων. 
εἰ οὖν ὁρῴην ὑμᾶς σωτήριόν τι βουλευομένους, ἔλθοιμι ἂν πρὸς 
ὑμᾶς καὶ τοὺς θεράποντας πάντας ἔχων. λέξατε οὖν πρός με τί 
ἐν νῷ ἔχετε ὡς φίλον τε καὶ εὔνουν καὶ βουλόμενον κοινῇ σὺν 
ὑμῖν τὸν στόλον ποιεῖσθαι. βουλευομένοις τοῖς στρατηγοῖς ἔδο- 
fev ἀποκρίνασθαι τάδε: καὶ ἔλεγε Χειρίσοφος: Ἡμῖν δοκεῖ, εἰ 
μέν τις ἐᾷ ἡμᾶς ἀπιέναι οἴκαδε, διαπορεύεσθαι τὴν χώραν ὡς ἂν 
δυνώμεθα ἀσινέστατα: ἢν δέ τις ἡμᾶς τῆς ὁδοῦ ἐπικωλύῃ, δια- 
πολεμεῖν τούτῳ ὡς ἂν δυνώμεθα κράτιστα. ἐκ τούτου ἐπειρᾶτο 
Μιθραδάτης διδάσκειν ὡς ἄπορον εἴη βασιλέως ἄκοντος σωθῆναι. 


Ν) Ν 2 , ν΄ ς ΄ ν \ \ “Ὁ 
ἔνθα δὴ ἐγυγνώσκετο ὅτι ὑπόπεμπτος εἴη" καὶ γὰρ τῶν Τισσα- 





Cuapter III 


1 κατέκαιον, set about burning ; cf. 
the following impfs. 

2 trav... περιττῶν; partitive; ὅτου, 
with δέοιτο. 

8 ἐρρίπτουν: Xen. uses both ῥιπτῶ 
and ῥίπτω (ἔρριπτον, IV, 8, 8 3). 
A difference in meaning is not 
to be insisted on. 

δ Μιθραδάτης: ef. II, 5, 134. 

6 εἰς ἐπήκοον: ef. II, 5, 143f. 

8 εἰμὶ. .. διάγων: for such forms, 
see the note on elvat . .. φυλάτ- 
των, I, 2,122. Here we may ren- 
der, And here I am—living in 
great fear. 

11 ὡς φίλον: 7. 6. ὡς πρὸς φίλον. The 
prep. may be omitted before ὡς 
and ὥστε, as it often is before 
rel, prons. 


13 εἰ μέν τις ἐᾷ, if we are permitted. 
For τις, ef. I, 4, 80. 

15 ἀσινέστατα : cf. the note on ἀσι- 
vos, II, 3, 112. 

τῆς ὁδοῦ: gon. with the vb. of hin- 
dering (separation). 

διαπολεμεῖν, fight it owt. Observe 
the parallelism in structure be- 
tween the two clauses and the 
fact that both end with a superl. 
adv. In the second clause the 
threatening form of condition 
(εἴ τις. . . ἐπικωλύσει) is avoided. 

17 as, how, rather than that. 

βασιλέως ἄκοντος : cf. ἄκοντος Κύρου, 
I, 3, 89, and the note. 

18 ὑπόπεμπτος : cf. ὑποπέμψαιεν, II, 
4, 91. 

19 τις: for the position, οὔ. II, 5, 
125. 








, HIN / “ Ψ 
5 φέρνους τις οἰκείων παρηκολουθήκει πίστεως ἕνεκα. 


Book ITI, Chap. III 179 





καὶ ἐκ 
τούτου ἐδόκει τοῖς στρατηγοῖς βέλτιον εἶναι δόγμα ποιήσασθαι 
τὸν πόλεμον ἀκήρυκτον εἶναι ἔστ᾽ ἐν τῇ πολεμίᾳ εἶεν: διέφθειρον 
γὰρ προσιόντες τοὺς στρατιώτας, καὶ ἕνα γε λοχαγὸν διέφθειραν 
Νίκαρχον ᾿Αρκάδα, καὶ ᾧχετο ἀπιὼν νυκτὸς σὺν ἀνθρώποις ὡς 
εἴκοσι. 

Μετὰ ταῦτα ἀριστήσαντες καὶ διαβάντες τὸν Ζαπάταν ποτα- 
μὸν ἐπορεύοντο τεταγμένοι τὰ ὑποζύγια καὶ τὸν ὄχλον ἐν μέσῳ 
ἔχοντες. οὐ πολὺ δὲ προεληλυθότων αὐτῶν ἐπιφαίνεται πάλιν 
ὁ Μιθραδάτης, ἱππέας ἔχων ὡς διακοσίους καὶ τοξότας καὶ 
σφενδονήτας εἰς τετρακοσίους μάλα ἐλαφροὺς καὶ εὐζώνους. καὶ 
προσήει μὲν ὡς φίλος ὧν πρὸς τοὺς “EAAnvas: ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐγγὺς 
ἐγένοντο, ἐξαπίνης οἱ μὲν αὐτῶν ἐτόξευον καὶ ἱππεῖς καὶ πεζοί, 
οἱ δ᾽ ἐσφενδόνων καὶ ἐτίτρωσκον. οἱ δὲ ὀπισθοφύλακες τῶν 
Ἑλλήνων ἔπασχον μὲν κακῶς, ἀντεποίουν δ᾽ οὐδέν: οἵ τε yap 
Κρῆτες βραχύτερα τῶν ἹΠερσῶν ἐτόξευον καὶ ἅμα ψιλοὶ ὄντες 
εἴσω τῶν ὅπλων κατεκέκλειντο, οἱ δὲ ἀκοντισταὶ βραχύτερα 
ἠκόντιζον ἢ ὡς ἐξικνεῖσθαι τῶν σφενδονητῶν. ἐκ τούτου Ἐξενο- 
φῶντι ἐδόκει διωκτέον εἶναι" καὶ ἐδίωκον τῶν ὁπλιτῶν καὶ τῶν 





παρηκολουθήκει : the tense denotes 
the permanent relation. 

πίστεως ἕνεκα, to secure his good 
faith (he had formerly been 
Κύρῳ πιστότατος, II, 5, 134). 

20 δόγμα ποιήσασθαι: cf. ἐποιεῖτο 
τὴν συλλογήν, I, 1, 24, and the 
note. 

21 ἔστ᾽ : see the note on I, 9, 38. 

διέφθειρον... διέφθειραν : the 
former vb. is conative, the latter 
records an actual occurrence. 

23 Νίκαρχον: can this be the Ni- 
carchus mentioned in II, 5, 128? 

25 Zardrav: cf. II, 5, 1. 

26 τεταγμένοι: 7. 6. in the forma- 
tion suggested by Xenophon, 
c. 2. 180 f. 

$1 ἐξαπίνης : an Ionicism, but more 


frequent in the Anabasis than 
the normal ἐξαίφνης, 

καὶ ἱππεῖς kal πεζοί: apposition with 
οἱ μέν, 

82 ἐτίτρωσκον: the subj. is the 
whole body (οἱ μὲν as well as ol 
δέ). 

33 ἀντεποίουν δ᾽ οὐδέν, could do 
nothing in retaliation. Note 
the tense, and see the note on 
I, 4, 64. 

84 Κρῆτες: see the note on I, 2, 54. 

35 βραχύτερα. .. ἢ ὡς, not far 
enough to (a shorter distance 
than so as to). 

86 τῶν σφενδονητῶν: for the gen., 
see G. 1099; H. 739; B. 356, 

87 ὁπλιτῶν... πελταστῶν: parti- 
tive with οἵ 





180 Anabasis 





πελταστῶν οἱ ἔτυχον σὺν αὐτῷ ὀπισθοφυλακοῦντες: διώκοντες 
δὲ οὐδένα κατελάμβανον τῶν πολεμίων. οὔτε γὰρ ἱππεῖς ἦσαν 
τοῖς Ἕλλησιν οὔτε οἱ πεζοὶ τοὺς πεζοὺς φεύγοντας ἐδύναντο 
καταλαμβάνειν ἐν ὀλίγῳ χωρίῳ: πολὺ γὰρ οὐχ οἷόν τε ἣν ἀπὸ 
τοῦ ἄλλου στρατεύματος διώκειν: οἱ δὲ βάρβαροι ἱππεῖς καὶ 
φεύγοντες ἅμα ἐτίτρωσκον εἰς τοὔπισθεν τοξεύοντες ἀπὸ τῶν 
ἵππων, ὁπόσον δὲ διώξειαν οἱ “EAXAnves, τοσοῦτον πάλιν ἐπανα- 
χωρεῖν μαχομένους ἔδει. ὥστε τῆς ἡμέρας διῆλθον οὐ πλέον 
πέντε καὶ εἴκοσι σταδίων, ἀλλὰ δείλης ἀφίκοντο εἰς τὰς κώμας. 
καὶ Χειρίσοφος καὶ οἱ πρεσβύ- 
τατοι τῶν στρατηγῶν Ἐξενοφῶντα ἠτιῶντο ὅτι ἐδίωκεν ἀπὸ τῆς 


ἔνθα δὴ πάλιν ἀθυμία ἦν. 


φάλαγγος καὶ αὐτός τε ἐκινδύνευε καὶ τοὺς πολεμίους οὐδὲν 
μᾶλλον ἐδύνατο βλάπτειν. ’ ἀκούσας δὲ Ἐξενοφῶν ἔλεγεν ὅτι 
> ~ » “ ,. vey ν "Ν ᾽ »" / > , | , 
ὀρθῶς αἰτιῷντο καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ ἔργον αὐτοῖς μαρτυροίη. ἀλλ᾽’ ἐγώ, 
Μ > ἢ / 3 \ ἢ e a“ > Ὁ / “” 
ἔφη, ἠναγκάσθην διώκειν, ἐπειδὴ ἑώρων ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ μένειν κακῶς 
μὲν πάσχοντας, ἀντιποιεῖν δὲ οὐ δυναμένους. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐδιώ- 
κομεν, ἀληθῆ, ἔφη, ὑμεῖς λέγετε: κακῶς μὲν γὰρ ποιεῖν οὐδὲν 
“ > , \ / > “ \ / 
μᾶλλον ἐδυνάμεθα τοὺς πολεμίους, ἀνεχωροῦμεν δὲ παγχαλέπως. 
τοῖς οὖν θεοῖς χάρις ὅτι οὐ σὺν πολλῇ ῥώμῃ ἀλλὰ σὺν ὀλίγοις 
ἦλθον, ὥστε βλάψαι μὲν μὴ μεγάλα, δηλῶσαι δὲ ὧν δεόμεθα. 





39 κατελάμβανον; the tense, as 
ἀντεποίουν, above. Cf. ἐδύνατο xa- 
ταλαμβάνειν, below. 

41 πολύ: in emphatic position be- 
cause contrasted with ὀλίγῳ 
χωρίῳ. 

οὐχ οἷόν τε ἦν: cf. IT, 2, 16, and the 
note. 

42 καὶ φεύγοντες ἅμα, even while 
fleeing. Cf. εὐθύς with partic., 
I, 9, 10. 

43 εἰς τοὔπισθεν, backwards. This 
method of fighting, made famous 
by the Parthians, is said still to 
be characteristic of the Persians. 

44 ὁπόσον, as far as. 

45 μαχομένους: 7. 6. the Persians 
in turn pursued them. 


τῆς ἡμέρας, in the course of the 
day. See the note on I, 7, 85. 
Cf. δείλης, below. They had, 
however, not started until after 
their ἄριστον. 

46 τὰς κώμας: 7. 6. those men- 
tioned, c. 2. 176. 

49 οὐδὲν μᾶλλον, none the more; 
i. 6. than if he had not incurred 
the risk. οὐδέν is, of course, 
inner obj.; so μεγάλα, below, 
]. 57. 

51 τὸ ἔργον, the result. 

δῷ ἐν τῷ μένειν, while staying 
(where we were). 

54 ἀληθῆ... λέγετε: ὦ. 6. it was 
as you say. 

56 rots... χάρις, thank Heaven. 


13 





Book III, Chap. III 181 





a e / A 
15 νῦν γὰρ οἱ πολέμιοι τοξεύουσι καὶ σφενδονῶσιν ὅσον οὔτε οἱ 


Κρῆτες ἀντιτοξεύειν δύνανται οὔτε οἱ ἐκ χειρὸς βάλλοντες ἐξι- 
κνεῖΐσθαι" ὅταν δὲ αὐτοὺς διώκωμεν, πολὺ μὲν οὐχ οἷόν τε χωρίον 
ἀπὸ τοῦ στρατεύματος διώκειν, ἐν ὀλίγῳ δὲ οὐδ᾽ εἰ ταχὺς εἴη 
πεζὸς πεζὸν ἂν διώκων καταλαμβάνοι ἐκ τόξου ῥύματος. ἡμεῖς 
οὖν εἰ μέλλοιμεν τούτους εἴργειν ὥστε μὴ δύνασθαι βλάπτειν 
ἡμᾶς πορευομένους, σφενδονητῶν τὴν ταχίστην δεῖ καὶ ἱππέων. 
ἀκούω δ᾽ εἶναι ἐν τῷ στρατεύματι ἡμῶν Ῥοδίους, ὧν τοὺς πολλούς 
φασιν ἐπίστασθαι σφενδονᾶν, καὶ τὸ βέλος αὐτῶν καὶ διπλά- 
σιον φέρεσθαι τῶν Περσικῶν σφενδονῶν. ἐκεῖναι γὰρ διὰ τὸ 
χειροπληθέσι τοῖς λίθοις σφενδονᾶν ἐπὶ βραχὺ ἐξικνοῦνται, οἱ δὲ 
“Ῥόδιοι καὶ ταῖς μολυβδίσιν ἐπίστανται χρῆσθαι. ἣν οὖν αὐτῶν 
ἐπισκεψώμεθα τίνες πέπανται σφενδόνας, καὶ τούτῳ μὲν δῶμεν 
αὐτῶν ἀργύριον, τῷ δὲ ἄλλας πλέκειν ἐθέλοντι ἄλλο ἀργύριον 
τελῶμεν, καὶ τῷ σφενδονᾶν ἐν τῷ τεταγμένῳ ἐθέλοντι ἄλλην 
τινὰ ἀτέλειαν εὑρίσκωμεν, ἴσως τινὲς φανοῦνται ἱκανοὶ ἡμᾶς 
ὠφελεῖν. 


“ » ‘ vw A 
ὁρῶ δὲ ἵππους ὄντας ἐν τῷ στρατεύματι, τοὺς μέν 





58 ὅσον: of space, as ὁπόσον, above, in a rel. clause, as c 2. 190 ἔ, 
1, 44. Note, however, that the rel. con- 


59 of ἐκ χειρὸς βάλλοντες: 7. 6. οἱ struction is given up in the next 
ἀκοντισταί, clause. 


62 ἐκ τόξου ῥύματος, with a bow- 
shot the start. Cf. ἐκ πλέονος, 
I, 10, 47. 

ἡμεῖς : assimilated to μέλλοιμεν, 
where we should have expected 
ἡμῖν (with δε. Trans., as if the 
construction were personal, we, 
if we areto..., have need of. 
Cf. also the note on ποταμός, IT, 4, 
27. With μέλλω the potential 
form is less frequent; εἰ μέλλομεν 
would have been normal. 

64 τὴν ταχίστην, at once. The el- 
lipsis of a fem. noun (ὁδόν) is 
hardly felt. 

65 ἀκούω 5’ εἶναι: see I, 3, 105, and 
the note. 

jv... ἐπίστασθαι: acc. and infin. 


66 kal... φέρεσθαι, carries even 
twice as far. For the vb. ef. 
I, 8, 78. 

67 διὰ τὸ . . . σφενδονᾶν, because 
the stones they sling are as 
large as the fist. Note that the 
adj. is pred. 

69 αὐτῶν: see the note on c. 1.91. 

70 πέπανται : for the vb. cf. I, 9, 69, 
and the note. There was as yet 
no troop of slingers in the army. 

τούτῳ: = τῷ πεπαμένῳ (κεκτημένῳ); 
sing. despite the preceding pl. 

71 αὐτῶν, for them, i. 6. the slings. 

72 ἐν τῷ τεταγμένῳ, wherever sta- 
tioned. 

ἄλλην... ἀτέλειαν, exemption from 
some other duty. 





182 Anabasis Book III, Chap. IV 183 








"»" .Σ / Ἁ a , / 
a of, τοὺς δὲ τῶν KXedpyo α 3 : 
75 τινας παρ ἐμοὶ, TOUS ρχου καταλελειμμένους, πολ, κότες ἀπεῖχον τῆς χαράδρας ὅσον ὀκτὼ σταδίους, διέβαινε καὶ ὃ 10 


λοὺς δὲ καὶ ἄλλους αἰχμαλώτους σκευοφοροῦντας. ἂν οὖν τούτους 
πάντας ἐκλέξαντες σκευοφόρα μὲν ἀντιδῶμεν, τοὺς δὲ ἵππους 
εἰς ἱππέας κατασκευάσωμεν, ἴσως καὶ οὗτοί τι τοὺς φεύγοντας 
ἀνιάσουσιν. ἔδοξε καὶ ταῦτα. καὶ ταύτης τῆς νυκτὸς σφενδο- 
νῆται μὲν εἰς διακοσίους ἐγένοντο, ἵπποι δὲ καὶ ἱππεῖς ἐδοκι- 
μάσθησαν τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ εἰς πεντήκοντα, καὶ σπολάδες καὶ θώρακες 
αὐτοῖς ἐπορίσθησαν, καὶ ἵππαρχος ἐπεστάθη Λύκιος ὁ ἸΠολυ- 
στράτου ᾿Αθηναῖος. 

IV. Metvavtes δὲ ταύτην τὴν ἡμέραν τῇ ἄλλῃ ἐπορεύοντο 
πρφαίτερον ἀναστάντες. χαράδραν γὰρ ἔδει αὐτοὺς δια βῆναι 
ἐφ᾽ ἡ ἐφοβοῦντο μὴ ἐπιθοῖντο αὐτοῖς διαβαίνουσιν οἱ πολέμιοι. 
διαβεβηκόσι δὲ αὐτοῖς πάλιν φαίνεται Μιθραδάτης, ἔχων ἱππέας 
χιλίους, τοξότας δὲ καὶ σφενδονήτας εἰς τετρακισχιλίους " τοσού- 
tous yap ἤτησε Τισσαφέρνην, καὶ ἔλαβεν ὑποσχόμενος, ἂν τού- 
τους λάβῃ, παραδώσειν αὐτῷ τοὺς “Ἕλληνας, καταφρονήσας, 
ὅτι ἐν τῇ πρόσθεν προσβολῇ ὀλίγους ἔχων ἔπαθε μὲν οὐδέν, 


Μιθραδάτης ἔχων τὴν δύναμιν. παρήγγελτο δὲ τῶν τε πελτα- 


a Δ ΜΝ , ἢ “ " [2] A a 4 »“ yy 
στῶν ods ἔδει διώκειν Kal τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, καὶ τοῖς ἱππεῦσιν εἴρητο 
lal , e I | A e ~ , 3 ἃ A ξ 
θαρροῦσι διώκειν ὡς ἐφεψομένης ἱκανῆς δυνάμεως. ἐπεὶ δὲ ὁ 
Μιθραδάτης κατειλήφει, καὶ ἤδη σφενδόναι καὶ τοξεύματα ἐξι- 
κνοῦντο, ἐσήμηνε τοῖς Ἕλλησι τῇ σάλπιγγι, καὶ εὐθὺς ἔθεον 
ὁμόσε οἷς εἴρητο καὶ οἱ ἱππεῖς ἤλαυνον" οἱ δὲ οὐκ ἐδέξαντο, ἀλλ᾽ 
ἔφευγον ἐπὶ τὴν χαράδραν. ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ διώξει τοῖς βαρβάροις 
τῶν τε πεζῶν ἀπέθανον πολλοὶ καὶ τῶν ἱππέων ἐν τῇ χαράδρᾳ 
. ὃς 2 ". κ᾿ " \ SWE , ? " 
ζωοὶ ἐλήφθησαν εἰς ὀκτωκαίδεκα. τοὺς δὲ ἀποθανόντας αὐτοκέ- 
λευστοι of Ἕλληνες ἠκίσαντο, ὡς ὅτι φοβερώτατον τοῖς πολεμίοις 
εἴη ὁρᾶν. 
καὶ οἱ μὲν πολέμιοι οὕτω πράξαντες ἀπῆλθον, οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες 
> aA , ‘ \ n 2 he ye 2 \ \ 
ἀσφαλῶς πορευόμενοι TO λοιπὸν τῆς ἡμέρας ἀφίκοντο ἐπὶ Tov 
Τίγρητα ποταμόν. ἐνταῦθα πόλις ἣν ἐρήμη μεγάλη, ὄνομα δ᾽ 
αὐτῇ ἣν Λάρισα: ᾧκουν δ᾽ αὐτὴν τὸ παλαιὸν Μῆδοι. τοῦ δὲ 





πολλὰ δὲ κακὰ ἐνόμιζε ποιῆσαι. ἐπεὶ δὲ οἱ “Ἕλληνες διαβεβη- 





74 τοὺς μέν τινας, some few. Cf. 
II, 3, 59. 

75 wap’ ἐμοί: Xen., as a man of 
means, had brought horses with 
him. 

τῶν Κλεάρχου: for Clearchus’ troop 
of horse see I, 5, 82; for their 
desertion, II, 2, 31. Evidently 
some horses had been left be- 
hind. 

77 σκευοφόρα. . . ἀντιδῶμεν, put 
puck-animals in their places. 

78 els ἱππέας, for cavalry. 

79 καὶ ταῦτα: καί is intensive, not 
connective. The asyndeton is 
regular. 

80 ἐγένοντο, were equipped. ylyvo- 
pat may supply a passive to al- 
most any vb. 

ἐδοκιμάσθησαν : the vb. is suggested 


by the Attic custom of having 
all candidates for cavalry service 
pass certain tests (a δοκιμασία) 
before the βουλή (Senate). 


CHAPTER IV 


1 μείναντες: i.e. this day was oc- 
cupied with the equipment of 
the cavalry. 

2 χαράδραν: i.e. a deep water 
course, presumably dry. 

3 ἐπιθοῖντο: for the form see the 
note on I, 9, 26. 

6 ἤτησε: with two accs.; cf. I, 3, 69. 

7 λάβῃ, παραδώσειν : he said, dv... 
Ad Bw, παραδώσω. 

καταφρονήσας : note the tense, hav- 
ing come to despise. 

8 οὐδέν, πολλά: an effective 
chiasm. 





10 ὅσον, about; ef. I, 2, 15. 

11 wapfyyeATo... εἴρητο, word had 
been pussed ... commands had 
been given. Only in the case of 
vbs. of saying and commanding, 
and of παρασκευάζω is the impers. 
pass. common in Greek—a 
marked contrast with Latin. 
Cf. ols εἴρητο, below. 

πελταστῶν ... ὁπλιτῶν: partitive 
with ois. 

13 θαρροῦσι, boldly. 

15 ἐσήμνε: cf. I, 2, 98, and the note. 

16 ols εἴρητο: trans. as if pers., 
those who had been ordered. 

17 τοῖς βαρβάροις, on the part of 
the barbarians. 

19 αὐτοκέλευστοι: see the vocab. 
for similar compounds, 

21 ὁρᾶν: cf. ὁρᾶσθαι, II, 3, 8, and 
the note. 

23 τὸ λοιπὸν τῆς ἡμέρας: cf. II, 2, 
23, and the note. 


ἀφίκοντο . . . ποταμόν: this proves 
that they had crossed the Zab 
at a point some distance above 
its junction with the Tigris. 

25 Λάρισα: the ruins now called 
Nimrud, apparently identical 
with the Calah of Gen. x:11 
and 12, but, in reality, a portion 
of the great complex of capitals 
making up the ancient Nineveh 
(see below). Included in these 
was also the Resen of Gen. x:12, 
and it has been assumed that 
this (in the form with the art. 
Al Resen) may have suggested 
to Xen. the name Larisa, which 
was, however, common in Greece, 
designating the citadels of vari- 
ous towns. 

Μῆδοι : Xen. may refer to the rela- 
tively short period of Median 
occupation (before their empire 
was overthrown by Cyrus), but 





184 Anabasis Book £T1, Chap. IV 185 








, ας νὰ , ν δε. ἢ κα eas Μῆδοι δ᾽ αὐτήν ποτε ᾧκουν. ἦν δὲ ἡ μὲν κρηπὶς λίθου ξεστοῦ 
τείχους αὑτῆς ἣν τὸ εὗρος πέντε καὶ εἴκοσι πόδες, ὕψος δ᾽ ἑκατόν" . 


τοῦ δὲ κύκλου ἡ περίοδος δύο παρασάγγαι" ὠκοδόμητο δὲ πλώ- 
θοις κεραμεαῖς" κρηπὶς δ᾽ ὑπῆν λιθίνη τὸ ὕψος εἴκοσι ποδῶν. 
ταύτην βασιλεὺς Περσῶν ὅτε παρὰ Μήδων τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐλάμβα- 
νον Πέρσαι πολιορκῶν οὐδενὶ τρόπῳ ἐδύνατο ἑλεῖν: ἥλιον δὲ 
νεφέλη προκαλύψασα ἠφάνισε μέχρι ἐξέλιπον οἱ ἄνθρωποι, καὶ 
οὕτως ἑάλω. παρὰ ταύτην τὴν πόλιν ἦν πυραμὶς λιθίνη, τὸ μὲν 9 
εὗρος ἑνὸς πλέθρου, τὸ δὲ ὕψος δύο πλέθρων. ἐπὶ ταύτης 
πολλοὶ τῶν βαρβάρων ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν πλησίον κωμῶν ἀποπε- 


ἤ A > ἤ “~ A Ὁ 4 

κογχυλιάτου, TO εὖρος πεντήκοντα ποδῶν Kal TO ὕψος πεντή- 

11 κοντα. ἐπὶ δὲ ταύτῃ ἐπῳκοδόμητο πλίνθινον τεῖχος, τὸ μὲν 

® , n A \ α΄ ς , A / e 

εὗρος πεντήκοντα ποδῶν, τὸ δὲ ὕψος ἑκατόν" τοῦ δὲ τείχους ἡ 

περίοδος ἕξ παρασάγγαι. ἐνταῦθα λέγεται Μήδεια γυνὴ βασι- 

λέως καταφυγεῖν ὅτε ἀπώλλυσαν τὴν ἀρχὴν ὑπὸ Περσῶν Μῆδοι. 

12 ταύτην δὲ τὴν πόλιν πολιορκῶν ὁ Περσῶν βασιλεὺς οὐκ ἐδύνατο 

“ “" , \ 

οὔτε χρόνῳ ἑλεῖν οὔτε Bia: Ζεὺς δὲ βροντῇ κατέπληξε τοὺς 
ἐνοικοῦντας, καὶ οὕτως ἑάλω. 


φευγότες. 


ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμὸν ἕνα παρασάγγας ἕξ πρὸς 
τεῖχος ἔρημον μέγα κείμενον: ὄνομα δὲ ἣν τῇ πόλει Μέσπιλα: 





it is more likely that he is 
speaking loosely. Neither he 
nor his readers felt interested 
in the history of the despised 
barbarians, so he has nothing to 
say of the glory of Nineveh, 
“that great city.” 

26 πόδες: cf. πλέθρα, I, 2, 30, and 
the note. Contrast ὕψος, acc., 
and ποδῶν (below, |. 28). 

27 πλίνϑοις : cf. II, 4, 52. 

28 εἴκοσι ποδῶν: a statement cor- 
roborated by excavations. 

29 βασιλεὺς Περσῶν: Cyrus the 
Great. 

30 ἥλιον... ἠφάνισε: cf. “I will 
cover the sun with a cloud,” 
Ezek. xxxii: 7. The passage is 
one of doubtful interpretation 
(the MSS. give ἥλιος... νεφέλην 
mpoxadiyas), Xen. may have 
meant that thecity wasshrouded 
in fog, or that there was an 
eclipse (there was one in 556 8. Ο.). 
Probably both here and in §12 
he is giving local traditions. To 
the popular mind there has al- 
ways seemed a connection be- 
tween darkness and disaster 


82 πόλιν: for the case, cf. I, 2, 78, 
and the note. 

πυραμίς: not a pyramid, but, as 
the ruins still to be seen make 
clear, a structure of several 
stories, each smaller than the 
last. Its present height is said 
to be 141 feet and the base is 
150 feet square. .. Presumably 
Xen. took no meastrements him- 
self, and it may well be that in 
his time the height was greater, 
in proportion to the base, than 
now. 

λιθίνη: really of brick, with a 
stone facing. This was a natu- 
ral and common mode of build- 
ing: the base of durable stone 
and upon this a superstructure 
of material lighter and more 
easily worked. 

84 ἦσαν... ἀποπεφευγότες : each 
element has its own force; see 
on elvat . . . φυλάττων, I, 2, 122, 

80 παρασάγγας ἕξ: the actual dis- 
tance between the ruins of Nim- 
rud and those of Kuyunjik 
(Μέσπιλα) is eighteen miles. 

81 Μέσπιλα: cf. the note on Λάρισα, 


13 Ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμὸν ἕνα παρασάγγας τέττα- 


ρας. εἰς τοῦτον δὲ τὸν σταθμὸν Τισσαφέρνης ἐπεφάνη, οὕς τε 


αὐτὸς ἱππέας ἦλθεν ἔχων καὶ τὴν ᾿Ορόντα δύναμιν τοῦ τὴν 





above. Nineveh was destroyed 
by Cyrus the Great in 549 B.c. 
It was the last and most noted 
of the capitals of the Assyrian 
empire, and is said (by Diodorus 
Siculus II, 3) to have been of 
such enormous extent that the 
circuit of its walls was 480 stadia, 
or nearly 60 miles. (This agrees 
with Jonah iii:3, “ Now Nineveh 
was an exceeding great city of 
three days’ journey.”) The 
length given by Diodorus (150 
stadia) corresponds roughly to 
the distance between Larisa 
and Mespila. These statements 
must be understood as including 
the capitals built at different 
periods, for the founder of each 
new dynasty established one of 
his own. Excavations at these 
sites have brought to light ex- 
tensive remains of palaces and 
important works of art, many of 
which are in the British Mu- 
seum. 

38 Μῆδοι. . . ᾧκουν : see the note 
on ]. 25. 


39 κογχυλιάτου: a hard fossilifer- 
ous stone, capable of receiving a 
high polish—still used as the 
common building material in 
this district. 

42 ἕξ παρασάγγαι: apparently ex- 
aggerated; eight miles is the 
estimate of modern travelers. 

Μήδεια: the name of one of the 
wives of Astyages, the last king 
of Media. 

43 καταφυγεῖν: force of the prep.? 
Cf. I, 5, 79. 

ὑπὸ: ἀπώλλυσαν is a virtual pass., 
were being robbed of. 

45 βροντῇ κατέπληξε: a wholly 
obscure tradition, indicating ap- 
parently a connection between 
some phenomenon, believed to 
be supernatural, and the fall of 
the city. 

48 eis: temporal; cf. I, 7, 4. 

49 ἔχων: if the text is right this 
must be taken with ἦλθεν (cf. 
ἔχων ἀνέβη and ἔχων ἐβοήθει, be- 
low, and see the note on I, 1, 8, 
and also with ἐπεφάνη. Properly 
ἔχων should have been expressed 





186 Anabasis 





50 βασιλέως θυγατέρα ἔχοντος καὶ ods Κῦρος ἔχων ἀνέβη BapBa- 
ρους καὶ ods ὁ βασιλέως ἀδελφὸς ἔχων βασιλεῖ ἐβοήθει, καὶ 


Ἂ , ΄ I’ » » “Ὁ ΄ ».. F 
πρὸς τούτοις ὅσους βασιλεὺς ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ, ὥστε TO στράτευμα 

᾿ > Ud > ? | \ > “ \ μ᾽ he , 
πάμπολυ ἐφάνη. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐγγὺς ἐγένετο, τὰς μὲν τῶν τάξεων 
ὄπισθεν καταστήσας, τὰς δὲ εἰς τὰ πλάγια παραγαγὼν ἐμβαλεῖν 
μὲν οὐκ ἐτόλμησεν οὐδ᾽ ἐβούλετο διακινδυνεύειν, σφενδονᾶν δὲ 

ff Ἃ [4 > ‘ \ ἥ e 4 / 
παρήγγειλε καὶ τοξεύειν. ἐπεὶ δὲ διαταχθέντες οἱ “Ῥόδιοι 
> / e , bh , " ᾽ \ e 4 
ἐσφενδόνησαν καὶ οἱ τοξόται ἐτόξευσαν καὶ οὐδεὶς ἡμάρτανεν 
ἀνδρός, οὐδὲ γὰρ εἰ πάνυ προὐθυμεῖτο ῥᾷδιον ἣν, καὶ ὁ Τισσα- 
φέρνης μάλα ταχέως ἔξω βελῶν ἀπεχώρει καὶ αἱ ἄλλαι τάξεις 
ἀπεχώρησαν. 
aR Ν a - ὦ a \ ’ , A. κυ 
καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν τῆς ἡμέρας οἱ μὲν ἐπορεύοντο, οἱ δ᾽ εἵποντο" 
᾽ ἢ by rl e μι “ / > “ , 

καὶ οὐκέτι ἐσίνοντο οἱ βάρβαροι τῇ τότε axpoBorica* paxpo- 
τερον γὰρ οἵ γε Ῥόδιοι τῶν Περσῶν ἐσφενδόνων καὶ τῶν τοξοτῶν. 
μεγάλα δὲ καὶ τόξα τὰ Περσικά ἐστιν" ὥστε χρήσιμα ἣν ὁπόσα 
e ff Me ΄ Way "a δ , 
ἁλίσκοιτο τῶν τοξευμάτων τοῖς Κρησί, καὶ διετέλουν χρώμενοι 





"»" ~ / , ‘ > / til νΝ hell 
τοῖς τῶν πολεμίων τοξεύμασι, καὶ ἐμελέτων τοξεύειν ἄνω ἱέντες 


μακρᾶν. 


ηὑρίσκετο δὲ καὶ νεῦρα πολλὰ ἐν ταῖς κώμαις καὶ 





again, but, as it is, we have ἔχων 
three times and ἔχοντος once in 
this sentence. 

*Opévra: for the form see I, 4, 15, 
and the note. 

50 ἔχοντος: cf. II, 4, 39, and the 
note. 

51 ὁ βασιλέως ἀδελφός: cf. II, 4,110. 

52 ὥστε... ἐφάνη: cf. II, 4,116F. 

53 τὰς μὲν . . . τὰς δέ: 1. 6. the 
Greeks were threatened on three 
sides of the square. 

54 ἐμβαλεῖν. .. διακινδυνεύειν : note 
the chiasm. 

56 διαταχθέντες, stationed at in- 
tervals. 

58 ἀνδρός, his man. 

οὐδὲ... ῥάδιον Rv: because of the 
dense ranks of the enemy. 

62 écivovro: cf. dowds, II, 3, 112, 
and the note. 


63 καὶ τῶν τοξοτῶν, even than the 
bowmen. That they could hurl 
their missiles farther than the 
Persian slingers has already 
been stated (above, c. 3. 65f). 
The text of this passage is, how- 
ever, very uncertain. 

65 τῶν τοξευμάτων : these words are 
bracketed by Gemoll, in order 
that ὁπόσα may refer not to the 
arrows of the enemy, but to 
their bows. The Cretans could 
not make use of the long arrows 
of the Persians unless they used 
the captured bows as well. 

διετέλουν χρώμενοι, they made con- 
stant use of. Cf. λέγων διῆγε, 
I, 2, 70. 

66 ἄνω ἱέντες: i.e. so that they 
could recover the arrows. 

νεῦρα, cords; not bowstrings (vevpal). 





PLANS TO ILLUSTRATE III, 4, 88 19-23 


The Greeks found that the hollow square was a forma- 
tion which could not always be maintained. Sometimes the 
wings would be forced to converge, and the men in the centre 
would then necessarily be thrown out of position; sometimes 
they would diverge, and a gap would then be formed in the 
line. To meet this difficulty the generals formed six com- 
panies of one hundred men each. These fell behind when 
the way was narrow, and thus allowed the wings to converge 
without confusion, and if there was a gap they filled it up, 
adapting their formation to the space to be filled. 

















ΠΠΠ 


C 


ΠΠΠ 



















































































A. Original formation of the square. 


BC. Possible arrangements with the six companies. 





1. Company in column (3232 men). 

















2. Company formed by fifties (6716 men). 





3. Company formed by enomoties (12278 
men). 














Book III, Chap. IV 187 





is μόλυβδος, ὥστε χρῆσθαι εἰς τὰς σφενδόνας. καὶ ταύτῃ μὲν τῇ 


ἡμέρᾳ, ἐπεὶ κατεστρατοπεδεύοντο οἱ “EAAnves κώμαις ἐπιτυ- 
χόντες, ἀπῆλθον οἱ βάρβαροι μεῖον ἔχοντες τῇ ἀκροβολίσει-" 
τὴν δ᾽ ἐπιοῦσαν ἡμέραν ἔμειναν οἱ “Ἕλληνες καὶ ἐπεσιτίσαντο" 
ἣν γὰρ πολὺς σῖτος ἐν ταῖς κώμαις. τῇ δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ ἐπορεύοντο 
διὰ τοῦ πεδίου, καὶ Τισσαφέρνης εἵπετο ἀκροβολιζόμενος. 

ἔνθα δὲ οἱ “EAAnves ἔγνωσαν πλαίσιον ἰσόπλευρον ὅτι πονηρὰ 
τάξις εἴη πολεμίων ἑπομένων. ἀνάγκη γάρ ἐστιν, ἣν συγκύπτῃ 
τὰ κέρατα τοῦ πλαισίου ἢ ὁδοῦ στενοτέρας οὔσης ἢ ὀρέων avay- 
καζόντων ἢ γεφύρας, ἐκθλίβεσθαι τοὺς ὁπλίτας καὶ πορεύεσθαι 
πονήρως, ἅμα μὲν πιεζομένους, ἅμα δὲ ταραττομένους, ὥστε 


ὃ / 3 > Ud »” Ψ δ᾽ Φ ὃ ’ \ 
υσχβήστους elvat ατακτοὺς OVTaAS* οταν av ασΧῇ Ta 


/ » ’ ~ \ Ἢ > / ‘ A 
κέρατα, ἀνάγκη διασπᾶσθαι τοὺς τότε ἐκθλιβομένους καὶ κενὸν 80 
γίγνεσθαι τὸ μέσον τῶν κεράτων, καὶ ἀθυμεῖν τοὺς ταῦτα πά- 

ς / Ἶ | / / 4 / 
σχοντας πολεμίων ἑπομένων. καὶ ὁπότε δέοι γέφυραν διαβαίνειν 
ἢ ἄλλην τινὰ διάβασιν, ἔσπευδεν ἕκαστος βουλόμενος φθάσαι 


21 πρῶτος" καὶ εὐεπίθετον ἦν ἐνταῦθα τοῖς πολεμίοις. ἐπεὶ δὲ 


a9 » ς i / a ’ "ὦν κε A 
ταῦτ᾽ ἔγνωσαν οἱ στρατηγοί, ἐποίησαν ἕξ λόχους ava ἑκατὸν 
ἄνδρας, καὶ λοχαγοὺς ἐπέστησαν καὶ ἄλλους πεντηκοντῆρας 








70 μεῖον ἔχοντες : cf. I, 10, 35. 

72 πολὺς σῖτος : the plain is still 
noted for its fertility. 

74 ἔγνωσαν, came to know, found 
(ingressive aor.). 

πλαίσιον : prolepsis. 

πονηρὰ τάξις : the normal depth of 
the Greek phalanx was eight 
ranks. If we assume this for 
each side of the square, and ac- 
cept 9,600 as the probable num- 
ber of the hoplites, we may con- 
clude that each side of the 
square had a frontage of 300 
men—i, 6. would measure ap- 
proximately 900 feet. It is 
apparent that this formation 
could not always be main- 
tained. 


75 qv συγκύπτῃ: the opposite of 
ὅταν. . . dideoxy, below, 1. 79. 
The following partics. are causal. 

77 γεφύρας: 86. ἀναγκαζούσης. 

80 τότε, in the former case. 

81 τὸ μέσον, the space between; cf. 
I, 4, 23. 

82 ὁπότε δέοι: a shift to the past, 
referring to their actual experi- 
ence. 

83 φθάσαι πρῶτος: redundant, but 
effective. Cf. πλέον προτιμήσεσθε, 
I, 4, 91. 

84 εὐεπίθετον Hv: probably impers. 
Ξεῥᾷδιον ἣν ἐπιτίθεσθαι. 

85 ἀνὰ... ἄνδρας, of a hundred 
men each, 

86 ἄλλους, besides. Cf. ἄλλο, I, 5, 
27, and the note. 





188 Anabasis 





¢ 
καὶ ἄλλους ἐνωμοτάρχους. οὗτοι δὲ πορευόμενοι ὁπότε μὲν 
συγκύπτοι τὰ κέρατα ὑπέμενον, οἱ μὲν ὕστεροι, ὥστε μὴ ἐνοχλεῖν 
“ A “ e 
τοῖς κέρασι, τοὺς δὲ παρῆγον ἔξωθεν τῶν κεράτων. ὁπότε δὲ 
ἢ ς , a“ ff Ἂ ᾿ς nw > 
διάσχοιεν at πλευραὶ τοῦ πλαισίου, TO μέσον ἂν ἐξεπίμπλασαν, 
» \ , v ‘ / , > 4 ΄ 
εἰ μὲν στενότερον εἴη τὸ διέχον, κατὰ λόχους, εἰ δὲ πλατύτερον, 
κατὰ πεντηκοστῦς, εἰ δὲ πάνυ πλατύ, κατ᾽ ἐνωμοτίας" ὥστε 
ἀεὶ ἔκπλεων εἶναι τὸ μέσον. εἰ δὲ καὶ διαβαίνειν τινὰ δέοι διά- 
βασιν ἢ γέφυραν, οὐκ ἐταράττοντο, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τῷ μέρει οἱ λόχοι 
7 ΜΝ 4 cpl Uj > ” Φ 
διέβαινον: καὶ εἴ που δέοι τι τῆς φάλαγγος, ἐπιπαρῇσαν οὗτοι. 
τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμοὺς τέτταρας. 
ἡνίκα δὲ τὸν πέμπτον ἐπορεύοντο, εἶδον βασίλειόν τι καὶ 
, Ἂ ‘ a 
περὶ αὐτὸ κώμας πολλάς, THY δὲ ὁδὸν πρὸς TO χωρίον τοῦτο διὰ 


φ 


γηλόφων ὑψηλῶν γιγνομένην, οὗ καθῆκον ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄρους ὑφ᾽ ᾧ 
“ @ 

ἣν ἡ κώμη. ᾿ καὶ εἶδον μὲν τοὺς λόφους ἄσμενοι οἱ “Ἕλληνες, ὡς 
A “ ἢ »” € / > Ν , > Ἂ 
εἰκὸς τῶν πολεμίων ὄντων ἱππέων" ἐπεὶ δὲ πορευόμενοι ἐκ τοῦ 
πεδίου ἀνέβησαν ἐπὶ τὸν πρῶτον γήλοφον καὶ κατέβαινον, ὡς 
> \ " “ > / > “ > / e , 

ἐπὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀναβαίνειν, ἐνταῦθα ἐπιγίγνονται ot βάρβαροι 
καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὑψηλοῦ εἰς τὸ πρανὲς ἔβαλλον, ἐσφενδόνων, ἐτό- 
ξευον ὑπὸ μαστίγων, καὶ πολλοὺς ἐτίτρωσκον καὶ ἐκράτησαν 
“ «ε / / \ / > \ “ 
τῶν Ελλήνων γυμνήτων καὶ κατέκλεισαν αὐτοὺς εἴσω τῶν 





87 οὗτοι δέ: the nom. is continued 
by of μὲν... rods δέ (part. appos.), 
but stands itself without pred. 
The text is again uncertain. οἵ 
μέν is a conjecture, adopted by 
recent editors. The MSS. give 
οἱ λοχαγοί, after ὕστεροι, but this 
appears to be but a gloss, ex- 
plaining οὗτοι. For the manoeu- 
vres here described, see the 
plan. 

90 ai πλευραί: identical with ra 
κέρατα, above. 

ἂν ἐξεπίμπλασαν : for the frequenta- 
tive ἄν, cf. I, 9, 68, and the note. 

91 τὸ διέχον, the gap. 

93 ἔκπλεων : for the form, cf. σύμ- 
whewv, I, 2, 131, and the note. 


95 που: with τῆς φάλαγγος, at any 
part of. 

97 βασίλειόν τι, a sort of palace. 
The pl. βασίλεια is more common, 

98 τὴν δὲ ὁδὸν . . . yryvopévnv: ren- 
der by an independent clause. 
For the extended use of γίγνομαι, 
cf. II, 2, 42, and the note. 

100 ἄσμενοι: cf. ἄσμενος, IT, 1, 79. 

104 els τὸ πρανές, down hill. 

ἔβαλλον . . . ἐτόξευον: note the 
graphic asyndeton. 

105 ὑπὸ μαστίγων: 7. 6. like slaves. 
Cf. Herodotus’ account of the 
battle of Thermopylae (VII, 
223). 

ἐκράτησαν: the aor. gives the re- 
sult, as often. 


26 








Book IIT, Chap. IV 189 





ὅπλων: ὥστε παντάπασι ταύτην THY ἡμέραν ἄχρηστοι ἦσαν ἐν 
τῷ ὄχλῳ ὄντες καὶ οἱ σφενδονῆται καὶ οἱ τοξόται. ἐπεὶ δὲ 
πιεζόμενοι οἱ “EAAnves ἐπεχείρησαν διώκειν, σχολῇ μὲν ἐπὶ τὸ 
Ν > “A e “ " e δὲ ’ \ 3 , 

ἄκρον ἀφικνοῦνται ὁπλῖται ὄντες, OL δὲ πολέμιοι ταχὺ ἀπεπήδων. 


\ \ 
πάλιν δὲ ὁπότε ἀπίοιεν πρὸς τὸ ἄλλο στράτευμα ταὐτὰ ἔπασχον, 


καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ δευτέρου γηλόφου ταὐτὰ ἐγίγνετο, ὥστε ἀπὸ τοῦ 
τρίτου γηλόφου ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς μὴ κινεῖν τοὺς στρατιώτας πρὶν 
ἀπὸ τῆς δεξιᾶς πλευρᾶς τοῦ πλαισίου ἀνήγαγον πελταστὰς 
\ ν or > \ ᾽ od > ‘al e A - ε 4 
πρὸς TO ὄρος. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ οὗτοι ἐγένοντο ὑπὲρ τῶν ἑπομένων πολε- 
/ b rd > / . ; ral s 
μίων, οὐκέτι ἐπετίθεντο οἱ πολέμιοι τοῖς καταβαίνουσι, δεδοι- 
κότες μὴ ἀποτμηθείησαν καὶ ἀμφοτέρωθεν αὐτῶν γένοιντο οἱ 
πολέμιοι. οὕτω τὸ λοιπὸν τῆς ἡμέρας πορευόμενοι, oF μὲν τῇ 
ὁδῷ κατὰ τοὺς γηλόφους, of δὲ κατὰ τὸ ὄρος ἐπιπαριόντες, adi- 
KOVTO εἰς τὰς κώμας: καὶ ἰατροὺς κατέστησαν ὀκτώ" πολλοὶ 
γὰρ ἦσαν οἱ τετρωμένοι. 
ἐνταῦθα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τρεῖς καὶ τῶν τετρωμένων ἕνεκα καὶ 
ἅμα ἐπιτήδεια πολλὰ εἶχον, ἄλευρα, οἶνον, κριθὰς ἵπποις συμβε- 
βλημένας πολλας. 
a ‘ ‘ δ᾽ ς , f 3 A δέ > \ 
τῆς χώρας. τετάρτῃ δ᾽ ἡμέρᾳ καταβαίνουσιν εἰς τὸ πεδίον. ἐπεὶ 
δὲ κατέλαβεν αὐτοὺς Τισσαφέρνης σὺν τῇ δυνάμει, ἐδίδαξεν αὐὖ- 
τοὺς ἡ ἀνάγκη κατασκηνῆσαι οὗ πρῶτον εἶδον κώμην καὶ μὴ 


ταῦτα δὲ συνενηνεγμένα ἦν τῷ σατραπεύοντι 


i A LA ». \ Ψ ἌΣ. , “ 
πορεύεσθαι ἔτι μαχομένους: πολλοὶ γὰρ ἦσαν οἱ ἀπόμαχοι, οἵ 





/ . " / \ ἡ “Ὁ , 
τε τετρωμένοι Kal οἱ ἐκείνους φέροντες Kal οἱ τῶν φερόντων τὰ 





107 ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ: 7. 6. the baggage 
train. These had from the first 
(c. 2. 8.36) been within the hol- 
low square. 

113 πρὶν . . . ἀνήγαγον, until they 
had brought; not, until they 
should have brought (πρὶν... 
ἀναγάγοιεν). The indic. follows, 
as usual a neg. expression (ἔδοξεν 
++ μὴ κινεῖν being tantamount 
to οὐκ ἐκίνησαν). 

116 ἐπετίθεντο : note the tense. 

117 οἱ πολέμιοι: 1. 6. the Greeks, 
from the Persian standpoint. 


118 of pév: the main body. 

119 of δέ: the peltasts. 

120 ἰατρούς: hardly more than 
purses, 

128 εἶχον: an independent clause, 
where we might have looked for 
ἔχοντες. 

ἄλευρα . . . κριθάς: asyndeton in 
an enumeration. 

124 τῷ σατραπεύοντι: dat. of the 
agent—or of advantage? 

127 κατασκηνῆσαι: the word is 
general; they had burned their 
tents. 





130 ὅπλα δεξάμενοι. 


190 Anabasis 





ἀκροβολίζεσθαι οἱ βάρβαροι πρὸς τὴν κώμην προσιόντες, πολὺ 
περιῆσαν οἱ Ἕλληνες: πολὺ γὰρ διέφερεν ἐκ χώρας ὁρμῶντας 
> / / > “Ὁ a ἥ , 
ἀλέξασθαι ἢ πορευομένους ἐπιοῦσι τοῖς πολεμίοις μάχεσθαι. 

ἡνίκα δ᾽ ἦν ἤδη δείλη, ὥρα hv ἀπιέναι τοῖς πολεμίοις" οὔποτε 
γὰρ μεῖον ἀπεστρατοπεδεύοντο οἱ βάρβαροι τοῦ ᾿Ἑλληνικοῦ 
ἑξήκοντα σταδίων, φοβούμενοι μὴ τῆς νυκτὸς οἱ “EXAnves ἐπι- 
θῶνται αὐτοῖς. πονηρὸν γὰρ νυκτός ἐστι στράτευμα Περσικόν. 
΄ \ Ld > “ , ν " ? \ , 
οἵ τε γὰρ ἵπποι αὐτοῖς δέδενται καὶ ὡς ἐπὶ πολὺ πεποδισμένοι 
εἰσὶ τοῦ μὴ φεύγειν ἕνεκα εἰ λυθείησαν, ἐάν τέ τις θόρυβος γί: 

~ > ‘ Ν " / > \ μη 

γνηται, δεῖ ἐπισάξαι τὸν ἵππον Πέρσῃ ἀνδρὶ καὶ χαλινῶσαι, 
δεῖ καὶ θωρακισθέντα ἀναβῆναι ἐπὶ τὸν ἵππον. ταῦτα δὲ πάντα 
χαλεπὰ νύκτωρ καὶ θορύβου ὄντος. τούτου ἕνεκα πόρρω ἀπε- 

“ “Ὁ ε / 
σκήνουν τῶν Ελλήνων. 

ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐγέγνωσκον αὐτοὺς οἱ “EXAnves βουλομένους ἀπιέναι 


καὶ διαγγελλομένους, ἐκήρυξε τοῖς Ἕλλησι συσκευάζεσθαι ἀκου- 





130 κατεσκήνησαν ... ἐπεχείρησαν: 140 Ilépoq ἀνδρί: the dat. and 


a sudden shift of subj. 

132 πολὺ yap διέφερεν, it was a very 
different thing. 

χώρας, base, position. 

133 ἀλέξασθαι: cf. I, 3, 31, and the 
note. 

137 πονηρόν, a wretched thing. 
The gender of the adj. is not 
due to στράτευμα, but is to be 
understood as φοβερώτατον, IT, 5, 
34. With this passage cf. the very 
similar one, Cyrop. III, 3, 26f. 

138 Séevra:: the perf. marks the 
state or condition. 

αὐτοῖς: dat. of disadvantage, al- 
though we render by the possess. 
gen. Cf. the note on I, 2, 7. 

139 τοῦ ph φεύγειν ἕνεκα: equiva- 
lent to a final sentence—one of 
the less common uses of the 
artic. infin. 

εἰ λυθείησαν, (as they might do) if 
they got loose. 


infin. with δεῖ is so unusual that 
this is best rendered, a Per- 
sian’s horse must be saddled 
and bridled for him. Thus the 
dat. is essentially the same as 
αὐτοῖς, above (although not here 
disadvantage), and we must un- 
derstand θεράποντα (squire) or 
possibly τινα as the subj. of the 
infin., if a subj. be required (yet 
it is not the squire, but the 
horseman himself, that is subj. 
of ἀναβῆναι). It should be re- 
membered that χρή, too, takes 
properly the acc. and infin. (not 
the dat.). Exceptions to this 
rule are few and, for the most 
part, merely apparent. 

ἐπισάξαι: the “saddle” was but a 
cloth. 

142 θορύβου ὄντος: the gen. abs. is 
parallel with the adv. 

145 διαγγελλομένους, passing the 


ἐπεὶ δὲ κατεσκήνησαν Kal ἐπεχείρησαν αὐτοῖς 33 


36 





Book IIT, Chap. IV 191 





ὄντων τῶν πολεμίων. καὶ χρόνον μέν τινα ἐπέσχον τῆς πορείας 
οἱ βάρβαροι, ἐπειδὴ δὲ ὀψὲ ἐγίγνετο, ἀπῇσαν: οὐ γὰρ ἐδόκει 
λύειν αὐτοὺς νυκτὸς πορεύεσθαι καὶ κατάγεσθαι ἐπὶ τὸ στρατό- 
a / 

medov. ἐπειδὴ δὲ σαφῶς ἀπιόντας ἤδη ἑώρων οἱ Ἕλληνες, 
ἐπορεύοντο καὶ αὐτοὶ ἀναζεύξαντες καὶ διῆλθον ὅσον ἑξήκοντα 
σταδίους. καὶ γίγνεται τοσοῦτον μεταξὺ τῶν στρατευμάτων 
ὥστε τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ οὐκ ἐφάνησαν οἱ πολέμιοι οὐδὲ τῇ τρίτῃ, τῇ 
ὥστε Τῇ par 0 “i Ὦ Τρέτῃ, TY 
δὲ τετάρτῃ νυκτὸς προελθόντες καταλαμβάνουσι χωρίον ὕπερ- 
δέξιον οἱ βάρβαροι, ἣ ἔμελλον οἱ “Ἕλληνες παριέναι, ἀκρωνυχίαν 
ὄρους, ὑφ᾽ ἣν ἡ κατάβασις Hv εἰς τὸ πεδίον. 

ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἑώρα Χειρίσοφος προκατειλημμένην τὴν ἀκρωνυ- 

7 " »-«ῇ “ » Ν a > A " ;» , 

yiav, καλεῖ Ἐξενοφῶντα ἀπὸ τῆς οὐρᾶς καὶ κελεύει λαβόντα 
τοὺς πελταστὰς παραγενέσθαι εἰς τὸ πρόσθεν: ὁ δὲ Ἐξενοφῶν 
τοὺς μὲν πελταστὰς οὐκ ἦγεν. ἐπιφαινόμενον γὰρ ἑώρα Τισσα- 


’ A, ͵ a ,ν \ ’ > 7 " ΄; 
φέρνην Kat TO στρατευμα Tav* αὐτὸς δὲ προσελάσας ηρῶωτα Té 160 


καλεῖς; ὃ δὲ λέγει αὐτῷ: "Εξεστιν ὁρᾶν: κατείληπται yap ἡμῖν 
ς e x el Ul / \ > Ν fe 5 μ᾿ 
ὁ ὑπὲρ τῆς καταβάσεως λόφος, καὶ οὐκ ἔστι παρελθεῖν, εἰ μὴ 











word (from rank to rank) ; παρα- 
is commoner. 

ἐκήρυξε: for the omission of the 
subj., cf. ἐσάλπιγξε, I, 2, 98, and 
the note. 

147 οὐ yap... λύειν, it did not 
seem to be worth while. λύειν is 
here used, as not rarely by the 
poets, in the sense of λυσιτελεῖν. 

νυκτός: with both the following 
infins. 

150 καὶ αὐτοί, they too (as well as 
the Persians). αὐτός is frequently 
thus used with καί. Often it is 
best to leave the pron. untrans- 
lated and to render the whole 
simply, also. English is much 
more restricted in its use of 
pronouns than Greek is. 

ἀναζεύξαντες : freely used; they had 
burned their wagons. Cf. xara- 
σκηνῆσαι, 1. 127, and the note. 


153 χωρίον ὑπερδέξιον, a command- 
ing position on their right. 

154 ἀκρωνυχίαν: appos. with xw- 
plov. 

155 ὑφ’ qv: why not ὑφ᾽ 7? See 
the note on παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν, I, 2, 78. 
The Tigris was on their left, so 
that they could not make a 
détour. 

156 ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἑώρα: the following 
vivid narrative is in Xen.’s best 
style. 

158 παραγενέσθαι : a vb. of motion; 
cf. I, 1, 62, and the note. 

159 οὐκ ἦγεν: he could not, as the 
next sentence shows. 

160 αὐτός : almost—pévos. 

161 ἔξεστιν. . . ἔστι: the former 
is the stronger word. 

ἡμῖν : dat. of disadvantage. 

162 εἰ pn... ἀποκόψομεν : a “ warn- 


” 


ing” condition, marking the 





199 Anabasis 





τούτους ἀποκόψομεν. ἀλλὰ τί οὐκ ἦγες τοὺς πελταστάς: ὃ δὲ 
λέγει ὅτι οὐκ ἐδόκει αὐτῷ ἔρημα καταλιπεῖν τὰ ὄπισθεν πολε- 
165 μέων ἐπιφαινομένων. ᾿Αλλὰ μὴν ὥρα γ᾽, ἔφη, βουλεύεσθαι 
~ ‘ v > Ὁ > ‘ »“" ’ 
πῶς τις τοὺς ἄνδρας ἀπελᾷ ἀπὸ τοῦ λόφου. 
1 NN “ νΝ \ \ ¢ ἣ > a a ΄ a , 
ὁρᾷ τοῦ ὄρους THY κορυφὴν ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἑαυτῶν στρατεύ- 
ματος οὖσαν, καὶ ἀπὸ ταύτης ἔφοδον ἐπὶ τὸν λόφον ἔνθα ἧσαν 
οἱ πολέμιοι, καὶ λέγει: Κράτιστον, ὦ Χειρίσοφε, ἡμῖν ἵεσθαι 
e Ld ? \," 6 ἊΝ Ν “ Ld > A 
170 ὡς τάχιστα ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον. ἢν yap τοῦτο λάβωμεν, ov δυνήσονται 
ἀλλά, εἰ βούλει, μένε ἐπὶ τῷ f 
᾿ γ) μένε ἐπὶ τῷ στρατεύ- 
ματι, ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἐθέλω πορεύεσθαι: εἰ δὲ χρήζεις, πορεύου ἐπὶ τὸ 
ὄρος, ἐγὼ δὲ μενῶ αὐτοῦ. ᾿Αλλὰ δίδωμί σοι, ἔφη ὁ Χειρίσοφος, 
ὁπότερον βούλει ἑλέσθαι. 


μένειν οἱ ὑπὲρ τῆς ὁδοῦ. 


Ὗ ‘ ¢ =~ “ ied 4 ’ > 
εὐπτὼν ὁ Ξενοφῶν ὅτι νεώτερός ἐστιν 
175 αἱρεῖται πορεύεσθαι, κελεύει δέ οἱ συμπέμψαι ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος 

yw \ " ῳ ᾽ \ ~ > - » 4 / 
ἄνδρας" μακρὸν yap ἣν ἀπὸ τῆς οὐρᾶς λαβεῖν. καὶ ὁ Χειρίσο- 
/ \ > ‘ “ ᾽ ἤ 
gos συμπέμπει τοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος πελταστάς, ἔλαβε δὲ 
\ \ f 7, , mM A ‘ 
TOUS κατὰ μέσον TAaiciov. συνέπεσθαι δ᾽ ἐκέλευσεν καὶ τοὺς 
, a “~ “- 
τριακοσίους ods αὐτὸς εἶχε τῶν ἐπιλέκτων ἐπὶ τῷ στόματι τοῦ 
180 πλαισίου. 

by “ ᾿ ΄ ε γὼ 7 , e - 2 “ , 
ἐντεῦθεν ἐπορεύοντο ὡς ἐδύναντο τάχιστα. οἱ δ᾽ ἐπὶ τοῦ λό- 
φου πολέμιοι ὡς ἐνόησαν αὐτῶν τὴν πορείαν ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον, εὐθὺς 





gravity of the situation. τούτους 
is said with a gesture. 
166 was... ἀπελᾷ, how we shall 


pression of the subj.; the one 
who proposes the plan is also 
ready to carry it out. Observe 


dislodge —an indir, ques. with 
dir. interrog. (cf. I, 8, 63, and the 
ncte). The indefinite third pers. 
is far commoner in Greek than 
in Eng. 


that the balancing σὺ μέν is 
omitted. The language is varied 
(βούλει, ἐθέλω, χρή ζεις), as often. 

114 εἰπών: asyndeton in rapid nar- 
rative, 


167 κορυφήν: called below τὸ ἄκρον 
and τὸ ὄρος. This was, of course, 
higher than the spur (dxpwvvx lay) 
held by the enemy. 

ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ. . . στρατεύματος: the 
pron. is intensive; the whole 
may be rendered, right above 
their own army. 

172 ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἐθέλω, I am ready, vol- 
unteer. Note the emphatic ex- 


175 oi: indir. reflexive. Cf. I, 1, 
36, and the note. In prose κελεύω 
does not govern a dat. 

177 τοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος : cf. the 
note on τῶν παρὰ βασιλέως͵ I, 1,18. 

ἔλαβες 7. 6. to replace those taken 
by Xen. 

178 τοὺς τριακοσίους: since these 
are called “picked men” they 
may well have been three of the 


40 


ἐνταῦθα Ἐξενοφῶν 41 








Book III, Chap. IV 193 





Ἅ ᾽ Ἃ ” \ 9 aA 
45 καὶ αὐτοὶ ὥρμησαν ἁμιλλᾶσθαι ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον. καὶ ἐνταῦθα 


πολλὴ μὲν κραυγὴ ἣν τοῦ ᾿Ελληνικοῦ στρατεύματος διαιρελευο- 
μένων τοῖς ἑαυτῶν, πολλὴ δὲ κραυγὴ τῶν ἀμφὶ Τισσαφέρνην 
τοῖς ἑαυτῶν διακελευομένων. ἘΞενοφῶν δὲ παρελαύνων ἐπὶ τοῦ 
ἵππου παρεκελεύετο: “Avdpes, νῦν ἐπὶ τὴν Ἔνθα νυμέηγε 
ἁμιλλᾶσθαι, νῦν πρὸς τοὺς παῖδας καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας, γὴν ὀλίγον 
πονήσαντες ἀμαχεὶ τὴν λοιπὴν πορευσόμεθα. Σωτηρίδας δὲ ὁ 


. > “A > / A \ \ 4 
Σικυώνιος εἶπεν. Οὐκ ἐξ ἴσου, ὦ Ἐενοφῶν, ἐσμέν: σὺ μὲν yap 


ἐφ᾽ ἵππου ὀχῇ, ἐγὼ δὲ χαλεπῶς κάμνω τὴν ἀσπίδα φέρων. est 
ds ἀκούσας ταῦτα καταπηδήσας ἀπὸ τοῦ ἵππου ὠθεῖται αὑτὸν 
ἐκ τῆς τάξεως καὶ τὴν ἀσπίδα ἀφελόμενος ὡς ἐδύνατο τάχιστα 
ἔχων ἐπορεύετο: ἐτύγχανε δὲ καὶ θώρακα ἔχων τὸν ἱππικόν" 


«dl , ΄ 
καὶ τοῖς μὲν ἔμπροσθεν ὑπάγειν παρεκελεύετο, 
οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι στρατιῶ- 


ὥστ᾽ ἐπιέζετο. 
τοῖς δὲ ὄπισθεν παριέναι μόλις ἑπόμενος. 
ται παίουσι καὶ βάλλουσι καὶ λοιδοροῦσι τὸν Σωτηρίδαν, ἔστε 
ἠνάγκασαν ἀναλαβόντα τὴν ἀσπίδα πορεύεσθαι. ὃ δ ssi ci 
ἕως μὲν βάσιμα ἣν, ἐπὶ τοῦ ἵππου ἦγεν, ἐπεὶ δὲ ἄβατα ἦν, 





λόχοι mentioned in 821. Others ' 
assume that they formed Chi- Jooting. 
risophus’ body-guard. 191 καὶ ds: cf. I, 8, 64, and the 
183 καὶ αὐτοί: as above, |. 150. note. 
ἁμιλλᾶσθαι, to race. 194 ἔχων, with it (the shield). 
184 πολλὴ μὲν . . . πολλὴ δέ: ana- Odpaxa.. . ἱππικόν: : this was of 
phora. The rhetorical effect is metal and so heavier than the 
leathern cuirass of the hoplite. 


190 οὐκ ἐξ ἴσον, not on an equal 





heightened by the chiastic ar- 
rangement, διακελευομένων τοῖς ἑαυ- 
τῶν... τοῖς ἑαυτῶν διακελευομένων. 
For the pl. partic. after στρατεύ- 
ματος, cf. κόπτοντες, II, 1, 28, and 
the note. 

185 τῶν ἀμφὶ Τισσαφέρνην : Tiss. is 
included; cf. I, 10, 3, and the 
note. 

187 "Ανδρες: the formal ὦ would 
plainly be out of place here. 

viv... viv... viv: the anaphora 
is forcible. 

188 παῖδας... γυναῖκας: cf. I, 4, 
55, and the note. 


The horseman, of course, car- 
ried no shield. 

195 ὑπάγειν, to lead on (whether 
he kept up or not). The ren- 
dering ordinarily given (lead on 
slowly) does not well suit the 
race for the summit. 

196 παριέναι, to pass him by. 

ports ἑπόμενος: causal; since he 
could hardly keep up. 

197 tore, until. Cf. I, 9, 38, and 
the note. 

198 ὃ δ᾽: 7. e. Xen. 

199 βάσιμα.... ἄβατα: 7. 6. for the 





194 Anabasis Book ITI, Chap. V 195 








200 καταλιπὼν τὸν ἵππον ἔσπευδε πεζῇ. καὶ φθάνουσιν ἐπὶ τῷ 
ἄκρῳ γενόμενοι τοὺς πολεμίους. 

V. ἔνθα δὴ οἱ μὲν βάρβαροι στραφέντες ἔφευγον ἡ ἕκαστος 1 
ἐδύνατο, οἱ δὲ ἕλληνες εἶχον τὸ ἄκρον. οἱ δὲ ἀμφὶ Τισσαφέρνην 
καὶ ᾿Αριαῖον ἀποτραπόμενοι ἄλλην ὁδὸν ὥχοντο. οἱ δὲ ἀμφὶ 
Χειρίσοφον καταβάντες ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο ἐν κώμῃ μεστῇ πολ- 

5 λῶν ἀγαθῶν. ἦσαν δὲ καὶ ἄλλαι κῶμαι πολλαὶ πλήρεις πολλῶν 
ἀγαθῶν ἐν τούτῳ τῷ πεδίῳ παρὰ τὸν Τίγρητα ποταμόν. ἡνίκα 2 
δ᾽ ἦν δείλη ἐξαπίνης οἱ πολέμιοι ἐπιφαίνονται ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ, καὶ 
τῶν Ἑλλήνων κατέκοψάν τινας τῶν ἐσκεδασμένων ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ 
καθ᾽ ἁρπαγήν. καὶ γὰρ νομαὶ πολλαὶ βοσκημάτων διαβιβα- 

10 ζόμεναι εἰς τὸ πέραν τοῦ ποταμοῦ κατελήφθησαν. ἐνταῦθα 3 
Τισσαφέρνης καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ καίειν ἐπεχείρησαν τὰς κώμας. 
καὶ τῶν ᾿Ελλήνων μάλα ἠθύμησάν τινες, ἐννοούμενοι μὴ τὰ 
ἐπιτήδεια, εἰ καίοιεν, οὐκ ἔχοιεν ὁπόθεν λαμβάνοιεν. καὶ οἱ 4 
μὲν ἀμφὶ Χειρίσοφον ἀπῇσαν ἐκ τῆς βοηθείας. ὁ δὲ Ξενοφῶν 

15 ἐπεὶ κατέβη, παρελαύνων τὰς τάξεις ἡνίκα ἀπὸ τῆς βοηθείας 
ἀπήντησαν [of Ἕλληνες] ἔλεγεν: Ὁρᾶτε, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἕλληνες, δ 


ε / \ / "ὃ ¢ f nf . Ὁ \ Ψ ᾽ , ὃ 
ὑφιέντας τὴν χώραν ἤδη ὑμετέραν εἶναι; ἃ γὰρ ὅτε ἐσπένδοντο 
διεπράττοντο, μὴ καίειν τὴν βασιλέως χώραν, νῦν αὐτοὶ καίουσιν 
ὡς ἀλλοτρίαν. ἀλλ᾽ ἐάν που καταλείπωσί γε αὑτοῖς ἐπιτήδεια, 
ὄψονται καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐνταῦθα πορευομένους. ἀλλ᾽, ὦ Χειρίσοφε, 20 
Ν A ~ ». ὶὰ \ "fl e e A a e ’ 

᾿ ἔφη, δοκεῖ μοι βοηθεῖν ἐπὶ τοὺς καίοντας ὡς ὑπὲρ τῆς ἡμετέρας. 
ὁ δὲ Χειρίσοφος εἶπεν: Οὔκουν ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ" ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡμεῖς, 
ἔφη, καίωμεν, καὶ οὕτω θᾶττον παύσονται. 

᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἐπὶ τὰς σκηνὰς ἦλθον, οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι περὶ τὰ ἐπιτή- 
Sea ἦσαν, στρατηγοὶ δὲ καὶ λοχαγοὶ συνῆσαν. καὶ ἐνταῦθα 25 
πολλὴ ἀπορία ἦν. ἔνθεν μὲν γὰρ ὄρη ἣν ὑπερύψηλα, ἔνθεν δὲ 
ὁ ποταμὸς τοσοῦτος βάθος ὡς μηδὲ τὰ δόρατα ὑπερέχειν πειρω- 
“Ἢ aA , 
μένοις τοῦ βάθους. ἀπορουμένοις δ᾽ αὐτοῖς προσελθών τις 
ἀνὴρ Ῥόδιος εἶπεν: ᾿Εγὼ θέλω, ὦ ἄνδρες, διαβιβάσαι ὑμᾶς 
f “ Υ A > “2 4 e , 

κατὰ τετρακισχιλίους ὁπλίτας, ἂν ἐμοὶ ὧν δέομαι ὑπηρετήσητε 30 
καὶ τάλαντον μισθὸν πορίσητε. ἐρωτώμενος δὲ ὅτου δέοιτο, 
᾿Ασκῶν, ἔφη, δισχιλίων δεήσομαι" πολλὰ δ᾽ ὁρῶ πρόβατα καὶ 
αἶγας καὶ βοῦς καὶ ὄνους, ἃ ἀποδαρέντα καὶ φυσηθέντα ῥᾳδίως 
Ὁ / Ν. , δὲ \ a ὃ a ? 
ἂν παρέχοι τὴν διάβασιν. δεήσομαι δὲ καὶ τῶν δεσμῶν ols 














17 ὑφιέντας: sc. αὐτούς, 7. 6. τοὺς 26 ἔνθεν piv... ἔνθεν δέ, on the 
horse. Withtheseadjs.nonoun 11 καίειν ἐπεχείρησαν: cf. the words Πέρσας. one side ... on the other. 
need be supplied; cf. Bard, IV, of Tiss., IT, 5, 76. ἃ yap... χώραν, lit. the thing 27 és=dere; cf. I, 5, 64, and the 
6, § 17. 12 ph... οὐκ ἔχοιεν: ἐννοούμενοι which they stipulated, when note. 

200 φθάνουσιν: with dir. obj. and implies fear. For μὴ οὐκ, cf. II, they made the treaty, that we πειρωμένοις τοῦ βάθους, when they 
supplementary partic. as well. 3, 45, and the note. should not do. ἃ for 8, as fre- tried the depth. For the dat., 
The experience here narrated 13 ὁπόθεν λαμβάνοιεν: direct, πόθεν quently ταῦτα for rodro—a course see the note on προσέχοντι, I, 5, 
seems to have taught Xen. a λαμβάνωμεν; with the whole ¢f. of action, rather than a concrete 56. Cf. διαβάντι, below, 1. 54. 
lesson; see VII, 3, $45. the note on 8, τι δῶ, I, 7, 37. act. 29 θέλω, volunteer; cf. c. 4. 172. 

14 βοηθείας: they had evidently 18 viv αὐτοὶ καίουσιν: we should 30 κατά: distributive; cf. I, 8, 34. 





CHAPTER V 


8 ἄλλην ὁδόν: an extension of the 
inner obj.: trans., by another 
road. Such accs. are often vir- 
tual advs. 

5 ἀγαθῶν -- ἐπιτηδείων. 

7 ἐξαπίνης: cf. c.3.31, and the note. 

9 νομαὶ. . . βοσκημάτων, grazing 
herds. 

διαβιβαζόμεναι, while being trans- 
ported; note the tense. 


gone to the aid of the Greeks 
scattered in search of booty 
(§ 2). 

15 ἐπεὶ κατέβη: he had a longer 
and a harder descent to make — 
from the κορυφή. 

16 [οἱ Ἕλληνες): 7. 6. of ἀμφὶ Χειρί- 
gogov; but the words have all 
the appearance of a gloss, indi- 
cating that ἀπή.τησαν has not 
here a hostile sense. 


have expected ποιοῦσιν, but a 
more explicit word is substi- 
tuted; cf. I, 9, 76. 

21 βοηθεῖν ἐπί, bear aid against, 
as always. 

22 καίωμεν: cf. the note on ἀναμέ- 
νωμεν, Cc. 1, 110, 

24 ἐπὶ τὰς σκηνάς, fo their quarters. 


Cf. the note on κατασκηνῆσαι, c. 4. 


127. 


περὶ. .. ἦσαν, were busied with. 


ὑπηρετήσητε, freely, supply. 

33 &, beasts which, although with 
φυσηθέντα we think, of course, of 
the skins (¢puara)—a shift made 
easy by the preceding ἀποδαρέντα. 

34 διάβασιν, means of crossing; 
cf. the note on I, 5,73. The Rho- 
dian had seen skins used in this 
or similar ways; cf. I, 5, 63, and 
the note. 

δεσμῶν, thongs. 





85 χρῆσθε περὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια" 


196 Anabasis 





s e ‘ > ‘ ‘ 
τούτοις ζεύξας τοὺς ἀσκοὺς πρὸς 
ἀλλήλους, ὁρμίσας ἕκαστον ἀσκὸν λέθους ἀρτήσας καὶ ἀφεὶς 
A > ᾽ » \ “ὃ ὃ Ν > / θ ὃ ‘ 
ὥσπερ ἀγκύρας eis τὸ ὕδωρ, διαγαγὼν καὶ ἀμφοτέρωθεν δήσας 
ἐπιβαλῶ ὕλην καὶ γῆν ἐπιφορήσω" ὅτι μὲν οὖν οὐ καταδύσεσθε 
αὐτίκα μάλα εἴσεσθε: πᾶς γὰρ ἀσκὸς δύ᾽ ἄνδρας ἕξει τοῦ μὴ 
καταδῦναι. ὥστε δὲ μὴ ὀλισθάνειν ἡ ὕλη καὶ ἡ γῆ σχήσει. 
ἀκούσασι ταῦτα τοῖς στρατηγοῖς τὸ μὲν ἐνθύμημα χαρίεν ἐδόκει 
εἶναι, τὸ δ᾽ ἔργον ἀδύνατον. ἦσαν γὰρ οἱ κωλύσοντες πέραν 

oe »“" “ὋΔ ᾽ ᾿, ~ / >> A > / ἢ 
πολλοὶ ἱππεῖς, οἱ εὐθὺς τοῖς πρώτοις οὐδὲν ἂν ἐπέτρεπον τούτων 
ποιεῖν. 

> » A , e / > al > bd ν᾽ 
ἐνταῦθα τὴν μὲν ὑστεραίαν ἐπανεχώρουν εἰς τοὔμπαλιν εἰς 
τὰς ἀκαύστους κώμας, κατακαύσαντες ἔνθεν ἐξῇσαν: ὥστε οἱ 
πολέμιοι οὐ προσήλαυνον, ἀλλὰ ἐθεῶντο καὶ ὅμοιοι ἦσαν θαυμά- 


ζουσιν ὅποι ποτὲ τρέψονται οἱ “λληνες καὶ τί ἐν νῷ ἔχοιεν. 








35 περί, in connection with, ποῖ 
merely around (of girths). 

ζεύξας . . . δήσας, note the array 
of partics. ζεύξας, dpuicas, διαγα- 
γών, and δήσας are co-ordinate, 
and give the successive stages 
of construction. dprijcas and 
ἀφείς are subordinate to ὁρμίσας 
(anchoring them by attaching 
and letting down). 

37 διαγαγὼν . .. δήσας: the line 
of inflated skins was to be cur- 
ried across the stream and made 
fast on both banks. 

38 ἐπιβαλῶ. .. ἐπιφορήσω: chiasm. 

39 ἕξει τοῦ μὴ καταδῦναι, will keep 
from sinking. For the gen. of 
the infin. (after a vb. of hinder- 
ing), cf. τοῦ καίειν, I, 6, 9, and the 
note. For μή, cf. I, 3, 6, and the 
note. Below we have the varied 
phrase, ὥστε μὴ ὀλισθάνειν, 

40 σχήσει: sing., since ὕλη and γῆ 
form one idea (the covering of 
earth and brush). 

41 χαρίεν: cf. οὐκ ἀχάριστα, IT, 1, 70. 


42 oi κωλύσοντες, men to prevent 
it. With this πολλοὶ ἱππεῖς stands 
in appos, 

43 Gv ἐπέτρεπον: past potential 
(unreal); the condition is sup- 
pressed, as often. 

45 τὴν ὑστεραίαν : acc. of duration. 

els τοὔμπαλιν : the opposite of els τὸ 
mpocGev(I,10,19f). The reason for 
this march was plainly the hope 
of finding some means of egress 
from their present position, Its 
exact direction, however, can- 
not be determined. The Greeks 
can hardly have retraced their 
steps over the hills where they 
had been so harassed. It has 
been assumed that they followed 
some valley leading eastward. 

46 ἔνθεν-- τὰς κώμας ἐξ ὧν. Cf. II, 5, 
101, 

47 ὅμοιοι, . . θαυμάζουσιν, seemed 
lost in wonder. The best MS. 
has θαυμάζειν. 

48 rpéipovra: .. ἔχοιεν: the fut. 
is of all tenses the one least apt 





14 


15 


Book III, Chap. V 197 





ἐνταῦθα οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι στρατιῶται ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἦσαν" οἱ δὲ 


U a \ , ‘ e , 
στρατηγοὶ πάλιν συνῆλθον, καὶ συναγαγόντες τοὺς ἑαλωκότας 
a , ᾽ ε 
ἤλεγχον τὴν κύκλῳ πᾶσαν χώραν τίς ἑκάστη εἴη. οἱ δὲ ἔλεγον 
ὅτι τὰ πρὸς μεσημβρίαν τῆς ἐπὶ Βαβυλῶνα εἴη καὶ Μηδίαν, 
δι᾿ ἧσπερ ἥκοιεν, ἡ δὲ πρὸς ἕω ἐπὶ Σοῦσά τε καὶ ᾿Εκβάτανα 
φέροι, ἔνθα θερίζειν λέγεται βασιλεύς, ἡ δὲ διαβάντι τὸν ποτα- 
μὸν πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐπὶ Λυδίαν καὶ ᾿Ιωνίαν φέροι, ἡ δὲ διὰ τῶν 
ὀρέων καὶ πρὸς ἄρκτον τετραμμένη ὅτι εἰς Καρδούχους ἄγοι. 
΄ δὲ J > aA AS δι ἂν \ \ τὸ 

τούτους δὲ ἔφασαν οἰκεῖν ἀνὰ τὰ ὄρη καὶ πολεμικοὺς εἶναι, καὶ 
βασιλέως οὐκ ἀκούειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐμβαλεῖν ποτε εἰς αὐτοὺς βασι- 
λικὴν στρατιὰν δώδεκα μυριάδας: τούτων δ᾽ οὐδέν᾽ ἀπονοστῆσαι 
διὰ τὴν δυσχωρίαν. ὁπότε μέντοι πρὸς τὸν σατράπην ἐν τῷ 
πεδίῳ σπείσαιντο, καὶ ἐπιμευγνύναι σφῶν τε πρὸς ἐκείνους καὶ 
ἐκείνων πρὸς ἑαυτούς. ἀκούσαντες ταῦτα οἱ στρατηγοὶ ἐκάθισαν 

\ i, e / / sf ἡ OX - 7 
χωρὶς tos ἑκασταχόσε φάσκοντας εἰδέναι, οὐδὲν δῆλον ποιή- 


σαντες ὅποι πορεύεσθαι ἔμελλον. 


Ὁ / » a os 
ἐδόκει δὲ τοῖς στρατηγοῖς 





to change to the opt. in indir. 
quests. or quotations. 

51 ἤλεγχον . .. εἴη, asked about 
the whole surrounding country, 
what it was in each direction 
(ἑκάστη. The prolepsis is ad- 
missible in Eng. 

52 τὰ πρός, the region toward. 

τῆς ert... εἴη: 80. ὁδοῦ, formed 
part of, was on. 

53 δὶ ἧσπερ ἥκοιεν, the very road 
over which they had come. 

54 θερίζειν : in Cyrop. VIII, 6, 22 it 
is stated that the king spent the 
winter season (seven months) in 
Babylon, the spring (three 
months) in Susa, and the hot 
season (two months) in Ecba- 
tana. 

διαβάντι : see the note on πειρωμέ- 
vous, above, 1. 27 f. 

56 ὅτι: note the repetition—possi- 
bly intended to emphasize the 
route finally decided on. 


εἰς Καρδούχους: see the note on 
és Πισίδας, I, 1, 62. 

57 ava: distributive, throughout, 
among. 

πολεμικούς: the Kurds of today 
defy the Turks, and mock at 
their attempts to collect tribute. 

58 ἀκούειν, obey; cf. TI, 6, 41. 

59 δώδεκα μυριάδας: appos. with 
στρατιάν; we might have looked 
for the gen. 

ἀπονοστῆσαι : another poeticism. 

60 ὁπότε... σπείσαιντο : still gov- 
erned by ἔφασαν; direct, ὁπόταν 
σπείσωνται. In the following, 
σφῶν and ἑαυτούς denote the Per- 
sians (properly indir. reflexives, 
but ἑαυτούς is substituted for the 
infrequent o@as); ἐκείνους and éxel- 
νων the Carduchi. With σφῶν 
and ἐκείνων supply τινας. καί, be- 
fore ἐπιμειγνύναι, is intensive 
(actually, even). 

63 rots... εἰδέναι, those who 





198 Anabasis 





65 ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι διὰ τῶν ὀρέων εἰς Kapdov-yous ἐμβάλλειν: τού- 
τους γὰρ διελθόντας ἔφασαν εἰς ᾿Αρμενίαν ἥξειν, ἣς ᾿Ορόντας 
ἦρχε πολλῆς καὶ εὐδαίμονος. ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ εὔπορον ἔφασαν εἶναι 
ν > ,) il > ‘ il > rl τ . / 
ὅποι τις ἐθέλοι πορεύεσθαι. ἐπὶ τούτοις ἐθύσαντο, ὅπως ἡνίκα 18 


BOOK IV 


καὶ δοκοίη τῆς ὥρας τὴν πορείαν ποιοῖντο: τὴν yap ὑπερβολὴν 


τῶν ὀρέων ἐδεδοίκεσαν μὴ προκαταληφθείη" καὶ παρήγγειλαν, Ι. [Ὅσα μὲν δὴ ἐν τῇ ἀναβάσει ἐγένετο μέχρι τῆς μάχης, 


᾿ Ψ ν᾿ h,” / ᾽ al “ Δ \ \ c 
ἐπειδὴ δειπνήσαιεν, συσκευασαμένους πάντας ἀναπαύεσθαι, καὶ καὶ ὅσα μετὰ τὴν μάχην ἐν ταῖς σπονδαῖς ἃς βασιλεὺς καὶ οἱ 


\ , > ’ er ᾽ , \o ; 
ἕπεσθαι ἡνίκ᾽ ἄν τις παραγγέλλῃ. σὺν Κ ύρῳ ἀναβάντες “EXAnves ἐποιήσαντο, καὶ ὅσα παραβάντος 


τὰς σπονδὰς βασιλέως καὶ Τισσαφέρνους ἐπολεμήθη πρὸς τοὺς 





claimed to know the country in 
each direction. 

66 ἔφασαν: i.e. the captives; di- 
rect, τούτους διελθόντες ἤξετε. 

68 ἐθύσαντο: cf. I, 7, 85, and the 
note. 

qvixa... ὥρας, at whatsoever (καί) 


time it might seem best. ἡνίκα 
takes the gen., as local advs. do. 

69 ὑπερβολήν : prolepsis. 

72 ἡνίκ᾽... παραγγέλλῃ, when the 
word should be passed (i.e. from 
mouth to mouth; no signal was 
to be given). 


3 πορευτέον εἶναι. 


Ἕλληνας ἐπακολουθοῦντος τοῦ ἹΠερσικοῦ στρατεύματος, ἐν τῷ 


2 πρόσθεν λόγῳ δεδήλωται. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀφίκοντο ἔνθα ὁ μὲν Τίγρης 


μ᾿ 4 ld Φ ye Ἅ , \ / / 
ποταμὸς παντάπασιν ἄπορος ἣν διὰ τὸ βάθος καὶ μέγεθος, πά- 
» > 9 3 \ A lA " > dl c | > »“ 
ροδος δὲ οὐκ ἦν, ἀλλὰ τὰ ἹΚαρδούχεια ὄρη ἀπότομα ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ 
τοῦ ποταμοῦ ἐκρέματο, ἐδόκει δὴ τοῖς στρατηγοῖς διὰ τῶν ὁρέων 


τὰ Καρδούχεια ὄρη, ἐν τῇ ᾿Αρμενίᾳ τὰς πηγὰς τοῦ Τίγρητος 
ποταμοῦ, ἢν μὲν βούλωνται, διαβήσονται, ἢν δὲ μὴ βούλωνται, 
περιίασι. καὶ τοῦ Εὐφράτου δὲ τὰς πηγὰς ἐλέγετο οὐ πρόσω τοῦ 


4 Τίγρητος εἶναι, καὶ ἔστιν οὕτως ἔχον. τὴν δ᾽ εἰς τοὺς Καρδού- 


yous ἐμβολὴν ὧδε ποιοῦνται, ἅμα μὲν λαθεῖν πειρώμενοι, ἅμα 


ἤκουον γὰρ τῶν ἁλισκομένων ὅτι εἰ διέλθοιεν 10 











δὲ φθάσαι πρὶν τοὺς πολεμίους καταλαβεῖν τὰ ἄκρα. 





CHAPTER I 


For the opening sections consult 
the note on II,1,1. Sec. 1 gives 
a recapitulation of the narrative 
up tothe point now reached, while 
secs. 2-4 (omitted in the best MS.) 
give a restatement of the matter 
contained in the concluding sec- 
tions of the preceding book. In 
all probability the first four sec- 
tions are a later addition and are 
not by Xen. Note that sec.5 takes 
up the narrative again and follows 
closely on the end of Book III. 


3 ὅσα. .. ἐπολεμήθη: ὅσα would 
have been the inner obj. in the 
act. phrase. 


8 ἀπότομα. ... ἐκρέματο, hung sheer 
over the very stream. 

10 τῶν ἁλισκομένων : for the case, 
cf. Τισσαφέρνους, I, 2, 26, 

13 ἐλέγετο: the personal use is far 
commoner. 

τοῦ Τίγρητος--τῶν τοῦ Τίγρητος πη- 
γῶν, Cf. the note on ἠλέκτρου, 
IJ, 3, 58, 

14 ἔστιν οὕτως ἔχον--οὕτως ἔχει. Cf. 
the note on eva: ... φυλάττων, 
I, 2,122f. The text is, however, 
conjectural. 

15 ἅμα μὲν. . . ἅμα δέ: cf. 111, 4, 
18. 

16 φθάσαι πρίν: cf. II, 5, 17, and 
the note. 


199 





200 Anabasis 





ἡνίκα δ᾽ ἦν ἀμφὶ τὴν τελευταίαν φυλακὴν καὶ ἐλείπετο τῆς 5 


‘ ind f “ \ f a > , 
νυκτὸς ὅσον σκοταίους διελθεῖν τὸ πεδίον, τηνικαῦτα ἀναστάντες 
ἀπὸ παραγγέλσεως πορευόμενοι ἀφικνοῦνται ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ πρὸς 

20 τὸ ὄρος. ἔνθα δὴ Χειρίσοφος μὲν ἡγεῖτο τοῦ στρατεύματος λα- 
\ AE ; es \ \ a ’ a 4 \ 
βὼν τὸ ἀμφ᾽ αὑτὸν καὶ τοὺς γυμνῆτας πάντας, Ἐξενοφῶν δὲ σὺν 
τοῖς ὀπισθοφύλαξιν ὁπλίταις εἵπετο οὐδένα ἔχων γυμνῆτα" οὐδεὶς 
γὰρ κίνδυνος ἐδόκει εἶναι μή τις ἄνω πορευομένων ἐκ τοῦ ὄπισθεν 
> / y,' Ἄν Ν ‘ Ld > , al Ἢ i 
ἐπίσποιτο. καὶ ἐπὶ μὲν TO ἄκρον ἀναβαίνει Χειρίσοφος πρίν 
86 τινας αἰσθέσθαι τῶν πολεμίων: ἔπειτα δ᾽ ὑφηγεῖτο: ἐφείπετο 
δὲ ἀεὶ τὸ ὑπερβάλλον τοῦ στρατεύματος εἰς τὰς κώμας τὰς ἐν 
PME " \ - 1S v A AA a 
τοῖς ἄγκεσί Te Kal μυχοῖς τῶν ὀρέων. ἔνθα δὴ οἱ μὲν Κααρδοῦχοι 
ἐκλιπόντες τὰς οἰκίας ἔχοντες καὶ γυναῖκας καὶ παῖδας ἔφευγον 
ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη. τὰ δὲ ἐπιτήδεια πολλὰ ἣν λαμβάνειν, ἧσαν δὲ καὶ 
80 χαλκώμασι παμπόλλοις κατεσκευασμέναι αἱ οἰκίαι, ὧν οὐδὲν 
rl 
ἔφερον οἱ Ἕλληνες, οὐδὲ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐδίωκον, ὑποφειδόμενοι, 
εἴ πως ἐθελήσειαν οἱ Καρδοῦχοι διιέναι αὐτοὺς ὡς διὰ φιλίας 
~ , - 
τῆς χώρας, ἐπείπερ βασιλεῖ πολέμιοι ἧσαν: τὰ μέντοι ἐπιτή- 

“ » ul > ’ > ἢ 4 * e 

dea ὅτῳ τις ἐπιτυγχάνοι ἐλάμβανεν: ἀνάγκη yap ἦν. of δὲ 





18 ὅσον . . . πεδίον, enough for ὑπερβάλλονΞξεραοΐἶ, division as it 
crossing the plain in the dark. crossed. 
For the infin., cf. οἵα... ἄρδειν, 27 μυχοῖς: a poetic word, used also 
II, 3, 49, and the note. Cf. c.8. by Thucyd. VII, 5, 2. 
§12. 28 yuvaixas... παῖδας: cf. I, 4, 
σκοταίους : adj. for adv.; cf. προτέρα, 55, and the note. 
I, 2, 142, and the note. 81 ἔφερον: cf. the note on II, 6, 
19 ἀπὸ παραγγέλσεως : cf. the last 18. Observe the force οὗ the 
note on the preceding book. tense of this vb. and of the fol- 
21 τὸ ἀμφ᾽ αὑτόν: no noun need be lowing ἐδίωκον. 
supplied; ef. τὸ ὑπερβάλλον, be- ὑποφειδόμενοι: note the force of 
low, 1. 26, and the note on I, 2, 3. the prep.; they had an object in 
22 ὁπλίταις: in appos. with the view. Cf. ὑπήγετο, II, 1, 88, and 
preceding noun. the note. 
23 wopevopévav: 86. αὐτῶν, We 82 εἴ πως, in the hope that. See 
might have looked for the dat., G. 1420; H. 907. 
but cf.the note on I,2,99. Asa διιέναι: cf. διήσουσιν, ITI, 2, 119. 
matter of fact the Persians pur- φιλίας: pred., cf. I, 3, 71, and the 
sued them no farther. note. 
26 ἀεί: primarily with ἐφείπετο, al- 34 ὅτῳ: collective sing. after a pl.; 
though it is felt also with τὸ cf. ὅστις... πάντας͵ I,1,18. The 











Book IV, Chap. I 201 





Καρδοῦχοι οὔτε καλούντων ὑπήκουον οὔτε ἄλλο φιλικὸν οὐδὲν 35 
ἐποίουν. ἐπεὶ δὲ οἱ τελευταῖοι τῶν Ἑλλήνων κατέβαινον εἰς 
τὰς κώμας ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄκρου ἤδη σκοταῖοι---διὰ γὰρ τὸ hiss 
εἶναι τὴν ὁδὸν ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν ἡ ἀνάβασις αὐτοῖς ἐγένετο καὶ 
κατάβασις---τότε δὴ συλλεγέντες tives τῶν Καρδούχων τοῖς 
τελευταίοις ἐπετίθεντο, καὶ ἀπέκτεινάν τινας καὶ λίθοις καὶ 40 
τοξεύμασι κατέτρωσαν, ὀλίγοι ὄντες: ἐξ ἀπροσδοκήτου γὰρ αὐ- 
τοῖς ἐπέπεσε τὸ Ἑλληνικόν. εἰ μέντοι τότε πλείους συνελέγησαν, 
ἐκινδύνευσεν ἂν διαφθαρῆναι πολὺ τοῦ στρατεύματος. καὶ ταύ- 
την μὲν τὴν νύκτα οὕτως ἐν ταῖς κώμαις ηὐλίσθησαν. οἱ δὲ 
Καρδοῦχοι πυρὰ πολλὰ ἔκαιον κύκλῳ ἐπὶ τῶν ὀρέων καὶ συνεώρων 45 
ἀλλήλους. 
ἅμα δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ συνελθοῦσι τοῖς στρατηγοῖς καὶ λοχαγοῖς 
τῶν Ελλήνων ἔδοξε τῶν τε ὑποζυγίων τὰ ἀναγκαῖα καὶ δυνατώ- 
τατα ἔχοντας πορεύεσθαι, καταλιπόντας τἄλλα, καὶ ὅσα ἦν 
νεωστὶ αἰχμάλωτα ἀνδράποδα ἐν τῇ στρατιᾷ πάντα ἀφεῖναι. 50 
σχολαίαν yap ἐποίουν τὴν πορείαν πολλὰ ὄντα τὰ ὑποζύγια καὶ 
τὰ αἰχμάλωτα, πολλοὶ δὲ οἱ ἐπὶ τούτοις ὄντες ἀπόμαχοι ἦσαν, 





best attested reading is ὅτι, would have been in danger of 
emended by some to ὅπου. destruction. 

35 καλούντων: 86. αὐτῶν, when they πολύ, much of; but τὸ πολύ, I, 4, 
called. Again note the force of 86, the greater part of. 
the impf. with the neg. (ὑπήκουον). 45 συνεώρων, kept each other in 

87 διὰ γὰρ Td... εἶναι, on account view (Pretor)— presumably by 
of the narrowness of the road. means of fire signals; but συνε- 
Cf. the note on I, 1, 35. Béwy is a plausible emendation 

88 ἐγένετο, lasted. The aor. may (cf. VI, 3, § 6); see, however, VI, 
be used with words expressing 2, § 13. 
duration and the impf. with 48 ἀναγκαῖα, indispensable. 
words implying speed. It de- 49 ἔχοντας. .. καταλιπόντας: acc. 
pends on the point of view; with after dat. See the note on I, 2, 4. 
ἐπετίθεντο we shift to the impf. 51 σχολαίαν: note the emphasis 

41 ἐξ ἀπροσδοκήτου: cf. ἀπὸ τοῦ av- given to this word by its posi- 
roudrov, I, 2, 100, and the note. tion. : 

With this phrase, cf.the Lat.ew ἐποίουν, rendered. The mid., 1, 1, 
improviso. 21, is different. The subj. is 

42 πλείους, in larger numbers. neut., but the idea of plurality is 

43 ἐκινδύνευσεν ἂν διαφθαρῆναι, marked. 





55 


60 


65 


202 Anabasis 





διπλάσιά τε ἐπιτήδεια ἔδει πορίζεσθαι καὶ φέρεσθαι πολλῶν 
τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὄντων. δόξαν δὲ ταῦτα ἐκήρυξαν οὕτω ποιεῖν. 
᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἀριστήσαντες ἐπορεύοντο, ὑποστήσαντες ἔν τῳ στενῷ 
οἱ στρατηγοί, εἴ τι εὑρίσκοιεν τῶν εἰρημένων μὴ ἀφειμένον, ἀφῃ- 
ροῦντο, οἱ δ᾽ ἐπείθοντο, πλὴν εἴ τις ἔκλεψεν, οἷον ἢ παιδὸς ἐπι- 
θυμήσας ἢ γυναικὸς τῶν εὐπρεπῶν. καὶ ταύτην μὲν τὴν ἡμέραν 
οὕτως ἐπορεύθησαν, τὰ μέν τι μαχόμενοι τὰ δέ TL ἀναπαυόμενοι. 
εἰς δὲ τὴν ὑστεραίαν γίγνεται χειμὼν πολύς, ἀναγκαῖον δ᾽ ἣν 
Ἃ > hy Φ e > ΄ ς Lal \ ¥ 
πορεύεσθαι" ov yap ἣν ἱκανὰ τἀπιτήδεια. καὶ ἡγεῖτο μὲν Xe- 
ρίσοφος, ὠπισθοφυλάκει δὲ Ἐενοφῶν. καὶ οἱ πολέμιοι ἰσχυρῶς 
ἐπετίθεντο, καὶ στενῶν ὄντων τῶν χωρίων ἐγγὺς προσιόντες ἐτό- 
ξευον καὶ ἐσφενδόνων" ὥστε ἠναγκάζοντο of “Ἕλληνες ἐπιδιώκοντες 
‘ r > , A ΄ \ ΄ 
καὶ πάλιν ἀναχάζοντες σχολῇ πορεύεσθαι: καὶ θαμινὰ παρήγ- 
e — “ hl ol “ ᾿ , > “~ > / 
γελλεν ὁ Ξξενοφῶν ὑπομένειν, ὅτε οἱ πολέμιοι ἰσχυρῶς ἐπικέοιντο. 
> “ " ri bd Ν bd “~ e ld U 
ἐνταῦθα ὁ Χειρίσοφος ἄλλοτε μὲν ὅτε παρεγγυῷτο ὑπέμενε, τότε 
δὲ οὐχ ὑπέμενεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἦγε ταχέως καὶ παρηγγύα ἕπεσθαι, ὥστε 
δῆλον ἣν ὅτι πρᾶγμά τι εἴη" σχολὴ δ᾽ οὐκ ἣν ἰδεῖν παρελθόντι 





Book IV, Chap. I 203 





τὸ αἴτιον τῆς σπουδῆς: ὥστε ἡ πορεία ὁμοία φυγῇ ἐγίγνετο τοῖς τὸ 
ὀπισθοφύλαξι. καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἀποθνήσκει ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς Λακωνικὸς 
Λεώνυμος τοξευθεὶς διὰ τῆς ἀσπίδος καὶ τῆς σπολάδος εἰς τὰς 
πλευράς, καὶ Βασίας ᾿Αρκὰς διαμπερὲς τὴν κεφαλήν. 
ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀφίκοντο ἐπὶ σταθμόν, εὐθὺς ὥσπερ εἶχεν ὁ Ἐξενοφῶν 
ἐλθὼν πρὸς τὸν Χειρίσοφον ἠτιᾶτο αὐτὸν ὅτι οὐχ ὑπέμενεν, ἀλλ᾽ 
> , , Lcd Ud \ a“ ὃ ’ ’ \ 
ἠναγκάζοντο φεύγοντες ἅμα μάχεσθαι. καὶ viv δύο Kado τε καὶ 
ἀγαθὼ ἄνδρε τέθνατον καὶ οὔτε ἀνελέσθαι οὔτε θάψαι ἐδυνάμεθα. 
ἀποκρίνεται ὁ Χειρίσοφος: Βλέψον, ἔφη, πρὸς τὰ ὄρη καὶ ἰδὲ 
e Ν ἤ > yl f δ᾽ c 500 a » θί Ν᾿ Φ' ἡ 
ὡς ἄβατα πάντα ἐστί: μία δ᾽ αὕτη ὁδὸς ἣν ὁρᾷς ὀρθία, καὶ ἐπὶ 
ταύτῃ ἀνθρώπων ὁρᾶν ἔξεστί σοι ὄχλον τοσοῦτον, οἱ κατειλη- 
/ ld \ 4 oe ᾽ \ Ν ὃ \ ὃ Ἂ 
φότες φυλάττουσι τὴν ἔκβασιν. ταῦτ᾽ ἐγὼ ἔσπευδον καὶ διὰ 
lal / > e ’ Ν ἢ) ld ‘ A 
τοῦτό σε οὐχ ὑπέμενον, εἴ πως δυναίμην φθάσαι πρὶν κατειλῆφθαι 
τὴν ὑπερβολήν: οἱ δ᾽ ἡγεμόνες ods ἔχομεν οὔ φασιν εἶναι ἄλλην 





52 ἀπόμαχοι: cf. III, 4, 128, 

53 διπλάσια: not to be taken lit- 
erally; yet the train was large, 

54 Séfav... ταῦτα: acc.abs.; ree 
the note on ἐξόν, II, 5, 86, ταῦτα 
is best taken as subj. (cf. ταῦτα 
édote). Xen. has also δόξαντα ταῦτα 
(Hell. III, 2, 19), δοξάντων τού- 
των (Hell. I, 7, 30), and δόξαντος 
τούτου (Hell. I, 1, 36). 

55 ὑποστήσαντες, posting men(with 
a covert purpose, dro-; ef. 11,1,88). 

56 εἴ τι, whatever; cf. I, 5, 4. 

τῶν εἰρημένων, of the objects above 
mentioned. Thisissimpler than 
to take the phrase, as is usually 
done, as=rodrwr ἃ εἴρητο ἀφεῖναι, 
of the things they had been or- 
dered to abandon. 

57 ot 8’: 1.6. the men, ol στρατιῶται. 

ἔκλεψεν, smuggled through (Voll- 
brecht). 


olov, for example. 

58 εὐπρεπῶν: part.gen. Theother 
gens. are governed by ἐπιθυμήσας. 
They would more naturally have 
been expressed in the acc. (objs- 
of ἔκλεψεν). 

59 τὰ μέν. .. τὰ δέ, NOW... now. 
For the added τι, ef. IT, 3, 59. 

60 els: cf. I, 7, 4. 

χειμών: it was now about the mid- 
dle of November. 

65 ἀναχάζοντες: a poetic word, as 
is also the θαμινά, below. 

παρήγγελλεν: ὦ. 6. to Chirisophus. 

66 émxéo.wro: frequentative. 

67 ἄλλοτε μὲν . . . τότε δέ: co- 
ordination (parataxis), where to 
us subordination (although ... 
yet) is more natural. 

ὅτε παρεγγνῷτο, whenever word was 
passed. Impers. pass.; see on 
παρήγγελτο, III, 4, 11. 





69 πρᾶγμά τι, some trouble. 

παρελθόντι: the omission of tim or 
Ξενοφῶντι is natural; so in Eng., 
there was no time to go forward 
and see. 

73 διαμπερές, straight through, a 
poetic word. 

τὴν κεφαλήν: (sc. rogevdels). For 
the acc., see the note on τὰς 
κεφαλάς, IT, 6, 67 f. 

74 ὥσπερ εἶχεν, just as he was; 
emphasizing εὐθύς. 

75 ὑπέμενεν... ἠναγκάζοντο: rapid 
shift of subj. 

76 καὶ νῦν: transition to dir. 
speech. 

καλώ τε kal dyads: cf. IT, 6, 67, 
and the note. 

77 τέθνατον, are lying dead. Note 
the tense. 

ἀνελέσθαι: the recovery and inter- 
ment of the bodies of those slain 
in battle was to the Greeks a 
sacred duty. (The events fol- 
lowing upon the battle of Argi- 


nusae, 406 B.c., are the best 
illustration of this.) 

78 ἀποκρίνεται: asyndeton in dia- 
logue. After this vb. the fol- 
lowing ἔφη is redundant; it is 
none the less often inserted in 
colloquial narrative. 

79 pla δ᾽ αὕτη . .. ὀρθία, there is 
this one road which you see, a 
steep one. With numerals οὗτος 
omits the art. It is here said 
with a gesture (so τοσοῦτον, be- 
low). Cf.c. 7. §4. 

81 ἔκβασιν: it is not necessary to 
understand the word of a pass 
in the strict sense. It means a 
way out of the narrow valleys in 
which they now were. Below 
it is called ὑπερβολή. 

ταῦτ᾽ : best taken as the inner 
obj. of ἔσπευδον, although it is 
sometimes used for διὰ ταῦτα. 

82 εἴ πως: cf. 1. 32, and the note. 

φθάσαι πρίν: cf. 11, 5, 17, and the 
note. 

83 οὔ φασιν: cf. 1,3, 2,and the note. 





204 Anabasis 
PLAN TO ILLUSTRATE IV 


AB Steep road. 
C Position of Carduchi. 
D_ Ravine 
E Position seized by the volun- 
teers. 
First hill seized by Xenophon. 





ὁδόν. ὁ δὲ Ξενοφῶν λέγει: ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐγὼ ἔχω δύο ἄνδρας. ἐπεὶ 22 
γὰρ ἡμῖν πράγματα παρεῖχον, ἐνηδρεύσαμεν, ὅπερ ἡμᾶς καὶ 
ἀναπνεῦσαι ἐποίησε, καὶ ἀπεκτείναμέν τινας αὐτῶν, καὶ ζῶντας 

b / a > “ A Ld Ψ € / γὼ ἡ 
προὐθυμήθημεν λαβεῖν αὐτοῦ τούτου ἕνεκα ὅπως ἡγεμόσιν εἰδόσι 


τὴν χώραν χρησαίμεθα. sy “AX Έ 1 
Kai εὐθὺς ἀγαγόντες τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἤλεγχον διαλαβόντες =| aaa,’ ΞΝ ; ᾿ 

᾿ ὯΝ oe : eg ν Ρ ; ἐμ ΤᾺ ἜΝ: , ae iy 2 Second hill seized by Xeno- 

εἴ τινα εἰδεῖεν ἄλλην ὁδὸν ἢ THY φανεράν. ὃ μὲν οὖν ἕτερος οὐκ 1¥ 0% Υ : τω 

ἔφη μάλα πολλῶν φόβων προσαγομένων: ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐδὲν ὠφέλι- ἔων: ᾿ oN | fe 9 κ΄ <i “i οὐ, bias)! ec ϑενς 

” eo) γν τὰ ee ’ c δὲ 4 Μ Η »- } g 
μον ἔλεγεν, ὁρῶντος τοῦ ἑτέρου κατεσφάγη. ὁ δὲ λοιπὸς ἔλεξεν ἶ were io have’ weed’ ual 
, CE We ᾽ 

ὅτι οὗτος μὲν οὐ φαίη διὰ ταῦτα εἰδέναι ὅτι αὐτῷ ἐτύγχανε θυγά- : third hill seized by Xeno- 
0 ia " "5 " " , Py, "ΚΝ oF Φ \ AE ‘ating /2 

Typ ἐκεῖ παρ᾽ ἀνδρὶ ἐκδεδομένη" αὐτὸς δ᾽ ἔφη ἡγήσεσθαι δυνατὴν Ay | es phon. 

καὶ ὑποζυγίοις πορεύεσθαι ὁδόν: ἐρωτώμενος δ᾽ εἰ εἴη τι ἐν αὐτῇ 4 Hill opposite the height (6. 2, 

δυσπάριτον χωρίον, ἔφη εἶναι ἄκρον ὃ εἰ μή τις προκαταλήψοιτο, : 75). 


ἀδύνατον ἔσεσθαι παρελθεῖν. 


ἐνταῦθα δ᾽ ἐδόκει συγκαλέσαντας λοχαγοὺς καὶ πελταστὰς 


καὶ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν λέγειν τε τὰ παρόντα καὶ ἐρωτᾶν εἴ τις αὐτῶν 





85 πράγματα παρεῖχον, were bother- 
ing us; cf. I, 1, 63. 

ὅπερ: neut., because referring to 
the preceding clause. 

86 ἀναπνεῦσαι: the word recalls 
Homeric usage and was, there- 
fore, probably felt asa poeticism, 
although Demosth. also has it 
(18, 195). 

87 ἡγεμόσιν, as guides; sc. αὐτοῖς. 

89 διαλαβόντες: note the force of 
the prep. 

90 εἰδεῖεν : indir. ques.; dir., ἴστε. 

οὐκ ἔφη, said, No. It is not neces- 
sary to supply εἰδέναι. 

91 φόβων: here concrete; threats, 
or possibly forms of torture. 
Cf. ὑποψίαι, II, 5, 3, and the note. 

92 ἔλεγεν: note the tense; he per- 
sistently refused to speak. 

ὁρῶντος τοῦ ἑτέρου, before the eyes 
of the other. 

93 ὅτι. . . ἐκδεδομένη, because he 
happened to have a married 


daughter living there with her 
husband. Note that παρά (like 
the German bei and the French 
chez) implies characteristic lo- 
cality (at her husband’s house). 

ἐτύγχανε: in causal clauses the 
indic. is often retained; cf. I, 2, 
126. 

94 δυνατὴν. . ὁδόν, a road over 
which even the beasts of burden 
could travel. The personal con- 
struction should be noted. 

96 ὃ εἰ μή τις προκαταλήψοιτο: the 
rel. and condit. clauses are com- 
bined, as rarely in Eng.; render, 
and if they should not first oc- 
cupy this. Note that the condit. 
is of the warning type. 

98 συγκαλέσαντας : acc., despite its 
nearness to ἐδόκει. 

λοχαγοὺς... . τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, the cap- 
tains, both those who were pel- 
tasts and those of the hoplites. 

99 εἴ ris... γενέσθαι, if there was 





The Greeks are passing along a road ACB which leads up 
a steep ascent to a plateau beyond (c. 1, 79). A point C on 
this road is occupied by the Carduchi.. The guide agreed 
to lead them by a circuitous route AEB (6. 1, 94) over which 
even the baggage train could pass; the sequel showed that 
the train could not have proceeded by the road ACB. This 
circuitous road was commanded by a height (ec. 1, 96) which 
must be seized. For this purpose a call for volunteers was 
issued (c. 1, 99). These set out, two thousand strong, along 
the road AE, with instructions to seize and occupy the hill and 
at daybreak to advance against the enemy at C. The main 
body was to make a simultaneous attack along the direct 
road (c. 2, 5). As the volunteers started, Xenophon, to 
divert the attention of the enemy (6. 2, 9) led the rear-guard 
along the road toward C. Crossing this was a ravine D 
(6. 2, 11) which it was impossible to cross, as the enemy 
rolled down huge stones from their position at C. Mean- 
while the volunteers reached the point E (6. 2, 22) and there 
found a guard of the enemy sitting about a fire. These they 
dispersed, and themselves occupied the position (6. 2, 24), 
thinking that it was the height. It was not, however; and 
the guide seems not to have undeceived them. At daybreak 
they proceeded against the position C (ec. 2, 29), which the 
Carduchi abandoned at their approach (c. 2, 32). Here at 





C the volunteers were joined by Chirisophus and the main 
body of the Greeks, who had crossed the ravine D as best 
they could, some even drawing one another up by their spears 
(c. 2, 36). They then advanced to the plateau beyond. 

Xenophon, on his part, dividing the rear-guard and plac- 
ing the baggage train between the two halves (6. 2, 39), 
proceeded by the road AEB. As they advanced they came 
upon a hill (1 in the plan) which the enemy had occupied 
(ec. 2, 42). This they took by a spirited charge in company 
columns (c. 2, 47), and, leaving a guard here, proceeded on 
their way. <A second hill (2 in the plan) was met (6. 2, 51) 
and taken in the same way (6. 2, 59). Still another height 
remained (3 in the plan), higher and steeper than the others 
(6. 2, 60), and apparently commanding them. This was the 
one which the volunteers were to have occupied, and it was 
on one of the lower spurs of this that they had surprised 
the guard of the Carduchi (6. 2, 61). As Xenophon pro- 
ceeded to attack this the enemy suddenly left it (c. 2, 63), 
and by making a détour re-occupied the first hill, overpower- 
ing the guard that had been left there and threatening the 
train. Xenophon with the youngest of the men occupied 
the hill 3 and bade the rest advance along the road EB, and 
halt under arms on the plateau beyond (6. 2, 69). While 
they were doing this the enemy occupied a hill (4 on the 
plan) over against the height (6. 2, 75). A truce was now 
made according to which the Carduchi agreed to restore the 
dead, and Xenophon not to burn the villages (6. 2, 78). 
Trusting in this, Xenophon and his men left the command- 
ing height, although the numbers of the enemy had now 
greatly increased (c. 2, 80). As they did this the Carduchi 
rushed and seized the height (6. 2, 82), and rolled stones 
down upon the retreating Greeks (c. 2, 84). Finally, how- 
ever, Xenophon and his men joined the main body under 
Chirisophus (c. 2, 89) and encamped in villages on the 
plateau, where there were abundant supplies (c. 2, 80). By 
negotiating with the enemy an arrangement was made 
whereby the bodies of the dead were restored to the Greeks, 
while they on their part released the guide (c. 2, 92). 


Book IV, Chap. IT 205 





ἔστιν ὅστις ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς ἐθέλοι ἂν γενέσθαι Kai ὑποστὰς ἐθε- 
λοντὴς πορεύεσθαι. ὑφίσταται τῶν μὲν ὁπλιτῶν ᾿Αριστώνυμος 
Μεθυδριεὺς καὶ ᾿Αγασίας Στυμφάλιος ἀντιστασιάζων δὲ αὐτοῖς 
Καλλέμαχος Παρράσιος ἔφη ἐθέλειν πορεύεσθαι προσλαβὼν 
ἐθελοντὰς ἐκ παντὸς τοῦ στρατεύματος: ἐγὼ γάρ, ἔφη, οἶδα ὅτι 
ἕψονται πολλοὶ τῶν νέων ἐμοῦ ἡγουμένου. ἐκ τούτου ἐρωτῶσιν 
εἴ τις καὶ τῶν γυμνήτων ταξιάρχων ἐθέλοι συμπορεύεσθαι. 
ὑφίσταται ᾿Αριστέας Xios, ὃς πολλαχοῦ πολλοῦ ἄξιος τῇ στρατιᾷ 
εἰς τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐγένετο. 

II. Καὶ ἣν μὲν δείλη, of δ᾽ ἐκέλευον αὐτοὺς ἐμφαγόντας 


“ θ \ μ᾿ e / ὃ Val ὃ ὃ / ᾽ a” 
TTOPEVET al. Kat τον ηγεέμονα ησαντες παρα ἐοοασιν αὐυτοὶῖς, 


| ἤ Ἂ \ A U ys A A / 

καὶ συντίθενται τὴν μὲν νύκτα, ἢν λάβωσι τὸ ἄκρον, τὸ χωρίον 
φυλάττειν, ἅμα δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ σάλπιγγι σημαίνειν: καὶ τοὺς 
μὲν ἄνω ὄντας ἰέναι ἐπὶ τοὺς κατέχοντας τὴν φανερὰν ἔκβασιν, 
αὐτοὶ δὲ συμβοηθήσειν ἐκβαίνοντες ὡς ἂν δύνωνται τάχιστα. 
ταῦτα συνθέμενοι οἱ μὲν ἐπορεύοντο πλῆθος ὡς δισχίλιοι: καὶ 
ὕδωρ πολὺ ἣν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ: Ἐξενοφῶν δὲ ἔχων τοὺς ὀπισθοφύλα- 

€ ~ \ ν᾽ \ ” “ ’ aA ¢gQrn ¢e 
Kas ἡγεῖτο πρὸς τὴν φανερὰν ἔκβασιν, ὅπως ταύτῃ TH ὁδῷ οἱ 








any one among them who would 
be glad to show his valor. For 
yevésbat=show oneself, cf. I, 10, 
34. 

100 kal... πορεύεσθαι, freely, by 
offering to go as a volunteer. 
Grammatically πορεύεσθαι de- 
pends upon ἐθέλοι ἄν. 

101 ὑφίσταται: asyndeton, as be- 
low, 1. 107. Note that all the 
volunteers from the hoplites are 
Arcadians, and cf. the note on 
E34, 9; 

104 ἐγὼ... ἐμοῦ: said with pride. 

106 γυμνήτων ταξιάρχων : appos., as 
πελταστάς, above, 1. 98. 

ἐθέλοι, was ready. Not potential, as 
above. 

Cuaprer II 

1 SeXy: cf. I, 8, 26, and the note. 

ot 8’: de. Xen. and Chirisophus. 


ἐμφαγόντας, fo eat something and. 
This cpd. is used of hasty eat- 
ing. 

8 συντίθενται, made an agreement 
with them (i.e. Xen. and Chiri- 
sophus with the volunteers). 

ἄκρον: the height meutioned 
above, c. 1. 20. For this whole 
episode, study the plan and the 
accompanying comments. 
τοὺς . . . ἄνω ὄντας: the volun- 
teers. 
τὴν φανερὰν ἔκβασιν : cf. c. 1. 21, 
αὐτοὶ δὲ συμβοηθήσειν : construed 
after συντίθενται, as after a vb. of 
promising (that they themselves 
would). 
συνθέμενοι of piv... lev... δέ: 
part. appos.; cf. I, 8, 77, and the 
note. 
ὕδωρ . . . ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, rain. 





206 Anabasis 





4 ἤ μ᾿ Ὁ ν κ" , ld c 
10 πολέμιοι προσέχοιεν TOV νοῦν καὶ ὡς μάλιστα λάθοιεν οἱ περι- 3 


ἰόντες. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦσαν ἐπὶ χαράδρᾳ οἱ ὀπισθοφύλακες ἣν ἔδει 
διαβάντας πρὸς τὸ ὄρθιον ἐκβαίνειν, τηνικαῦτα ἐκυλίνδουν οἱ 
βάρβαροι ὁλοιτρόχους ἁμαξιαίους καὶ μείζους καὶ ἐλάττους, οἱ 
φερόμενοι πρὸς τὰς πέτρας παίοντες διεσφενδονῶντο" καὶ παντά- 
πασιν οὐδὲ πελάσαι οἷόν τ᾽ ἦν τῇ εἰσόδῳ. ἔνιοι δὲ τῶν λοχαγῶν, 


> 4 , ἢ ba > “Ὁ “ > f / 
εἰ μὴ ταύτῃ δύναιντο, ἄλλῃ ἐπειρῶντο: καὶ ταῦτα ἐποίουν μέχρι 


, > , , »ν > a . > , ‘ 
σκότος ἐγένετο: ἐπεὶ δὲ ᾧοντο ἀφανεῖς εἶναι ἀπιόντες, τότε 
3 onl rien \ " > ra 4 > ld wv 
ἀπῆλθον ἐπὶ τὸ δεῖπνον: ἐτύγχανον δὲ καὶ ἀνάριστοι ὄντες. 

> ἴω I Υ ς ἤ 3 ΔΝ) > ΄ 
αὐτῶν οἱ ὀπισθοφυλακήσαντες. οἱ μέντοι πολέμιοι οὐδὲν ἐπαύ- 
σαντο δι᾽ ὅλης τῆς νυκτὸς κυλινδοῦντες τοὺς λίθους" τεκμαίρεσθαι 
δ᾽ ἦν τῷ ψόφῳ. 

οἱ δ᾽ ἔχοντες τὸν ἡγεμόνα κύκλῳ περιιόντες καταλαμβάνουσι 
τοὺς φύλακας ἀμφὶ πῦρ καθημένους καὶ τοὺς μὲν κατακαίνοντες 

\ \ ’ > ΝΣ nt 2 e Ἂ ΝΜ , 
τοὺς δὲ καταδιώξαντες αὐτοὶ ἐνταῦθ᾽ ἔμενον ὡς τὸ ἄκρον κατέ. 


Ds) δ᾽ » »" ἀλλὰ ‘ > ¢ 4 > “~ > 
XOvTES. Ot OU KATELY OD, a & μαστος ἣν ὕπερ αὐτῶν παρ 





Book IV, Chap. II 207 





Ὅ 


ὃν ἣν ἡ στενὴ αὕτη ὁδὸς ἐφ᾽ ἣ ἐκάθηντο οἱ φύλακες. ἔφοδος 
μέντοι αὐτόθεν ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους ἣν οἱ ἐπὶ τῇ φανερᾷ ὁδῷ ἐκά- 
‘os , 
βηντι. καὶ τὴν μὲν νύκτα ἐνταῦθα διήγαγον: ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἡμέρα 
ὑπέφαινεν, ἐπορεύοντο σιγῇ συντεταγμένοι ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους" 
καὶ γὰρ ὁμίχλη ἐγένετο, ὥστ᾽ ἔλαθον ἐγγὺς προσελθόντες ἐπεὶ 
‘ U 
δὲ εἶδον ἀλλήλους, 7 τε σάλπιγξ ἐφθέγξατο Kal ἀλαλάξαντες 
ἵεντο ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους. of δὲ οὐκ ἐδέξαντο, ἀλλὰ λιπόντες 
€ 
τὴν ὁδὸν φεύγοντες ὀλίγοι ἀπέθνῃσκον: εὔζωνοι yap ἦσαν. οἵ 
δὲ ἀμφὶ Χειρίσοφον ἀκούσαντες τῆς σάλπιγγος εὐθὺς ἵεντο ἄνω 
κατὰ τὴν φανερὰν ὁδόν: ἄλλοι δὲ τῶν στρατηγῶν κατὰ ἀτριβεῖς 
ε \ > [4 - ἮΝ [τς bd ὶ > ως ε δύ 
ὁδοὺς ἐπορεύοντο ἧ ἔτυχον ἕκαστοι ὄντες, καὶ ἀναβάντες ὡς ἐδύ- 
a “ ἤ 
vavTo ἀνίμων ἀλλήλους τοῖς δόρασι. καὶ οὗτοι πρῶτοι συνέ. 
a “ A / 
μειξαν τοῖς προκαταλαβοῦσι τὸ χωρίον. 
“ . » al ᾽ ἡ ‘ e / > LA 

Eevopav δὲ ἔχων τῶν ὀπισθοφυλάκων τοὺς ἡμίσεις ἐπορεύετο 
ἧπερ οἱ τὸν ἡγεμόνα ἔχοντες" εὐοδωτάτη γὰρ ἣν τοῖς ὑποζυγίοις" 








10 προσέχοιεν τὸν νοῦν: cf. I, 5, 56. 

11 ἣν ἔδει... ἐκβαίνειν, which they 
must cross in order to make 
their way out up the ascent. 

13 ὁλοιτρόχους: an Homeric word. 

ἁμαξιαίους: Xen. has the word 
again, Hell. 11, 4,7. It is not a 
mere gloss on the preceding. 

14 φερόμενοι: cf. ἐφέροντο, I, 8, 78, 
and the note. 

διεσφενδονῶντο, were flung as from 
slings in all directions. 

kal... ἦν, and it was absolutely 
impossible even to approach. 
For the poetic πελάσαι, cf. I, 8, 59. 

15 εἰσόδῳ, the entrance, i. 6. to the 
ἔκβασις, which must have been 
a pass through the mountains. 

16 εἰ py... δύναιντο: general con- 
dit. with frequentative impf. in 
the apodosis. 

18 τὸ δεῖπνον : for the Greek meals, 
see I, 10, 67, and the note. 


19 οἱ ὀπισθοφυλακήσαντες: these 
had been fighting steadily (c. 1. 
§ 16). 

οὐδὲν ἐπαύσαντο : οὐδέν in such cases 
is stronger than οὐκ. 


23 τοὺς φύλακας : i.e. of the Car- 
duchi. 

κατακαίνοντες : cf. I, 6,8, and the 
note. 


24 as . . κατέχοντες, in the belief 
that they held. 


25 of δ᾽: note that here (excep- 
tionally) the subj. does not 
change. 


μαστός, a hill; see the vocab., and 
cf. below, §$ 14, 18, and 20. The 
word thus used savors of poetry, 
although such metaphors were 
easy to the Greek (cf. ἀκρωνυχία). 
This was apparently the ἄκρον 
which they were to have occu- 
pied. 








26 ἣ στενὴ αὕτη 686s: for the posi- 
tion of αὕτη, see G. 975; H.673c; 
B. 458. This path led to tho 
main position of the Carduchi; 
hence the guard. 

27 αὐτόθεν: ὦ. 6. from where they 
were, although they had not 
taken the height. They are thus 
able to carry out their original 
plan of attacking the main body 
of the enemy, as outlined in §1. 

28 διήγαγον: here with dir. obj.; 
it is abs. in IIT, 1, 193; ITI, 3, 8. 

29 ὑπέφαινεν: cf. III, 2,1, and the 
note. 

31 ἐφθέγξατο : we, also, speak of the 
trum] et’s voice. 

ἀλαλάξαντες : ἀλαλάζω is a poetical 
equivalent of ἐλελίζω (I, 8, 72). 
It occurs again in VI, 5, 8526, 
and 27. 

82 τοὺς ἀνθρώπους : i.e. the enemy, 
as often; cf. ἄνδρες, III, 1, 107. 
Note the rapidity with which the 
subj. shifts in this section. 


33 ὀλίγοι : limiting appos. 

εὔζωνοι: cf. IIT, 3,29. This clause 
gives the reason why but few 
were killed. 

34 ἵεντο. . . ἐπορεύοντο : chiasm. 

86 ὡς ἐδύναντο, as best they could. 

87 ἀνίμων: the word is a graphic 
one; it is used of drawing buck- 
ets from a well. 

συνέμειξαν : cf. II, 1, 10. 

38 τὸ χωρίον: i.e. the position 
which the enemy had been oc- 
cupying. 

39 ἘΠενοφῶν δέ: we now learn of 
the experiences of the rear-guard 
and the train, while they en- 
deavored to follow the circuitous 
road over which the volunteers 
had gone. 

τοὺς ἡμίσεις : assimilation in gen- 
der; we also have τὸ ἥμισυ, as a 
noun. 

40 εὐοδωτάτη: it was, in fact, the 
only road; see below. 





208 Anabasis 





τοὺς δὲ ἡμίσεις ὄπισθεν τῶν ὑποζυγίων ἔταξε. πορευόμενοι δ᾽ 
by Ud , € ‘ a“ ς “Ἢ / al ‘ “ 
ἐντυγχάνουσι λόφῳ ὑπὲρ τῆς ὁδοῦ κατειλημμένῳ ὑπὸ τῶν πολε- 
“~ ~ "» 
μίων, ods ἢ ἀποκόψαι ἦν ἀνάγκη ἢ διεζεῦχθαι ἀπὸ τῶν ἄλλων 
Ἑλλήνων. καὶ αὐτοὶ μὲν ἄν ἐπορεύθησαν ἧπερ οἱ ἄλλοι, τὰ 
» "ἡ ἥ ᾽ ( ΝΜ , % ps » \ 
δὲ ὑποζύγια οὐκ ἣν ἄλλῃ ἢ ταύτῃ ἐκβῆναι. ἔνθα δὴ παρακε- 
, » “-“ 
λευσάμενοι ἀλλήλοις προσβάλλουσι πρὸς τὸν λόφον ὀρθίοις τοῖς 
λόχοις, οὐ κύκλῳ ἀλλὰ καταλιπόντες ἄφοδον τοῖς πολεμίοις, εἰ 
βούλοιντο φεύγειν. καὶ τέως μὲν αὐτοὺς ἀναβαίνοντας ὅπῃ ἐδύ- 
vato ἕκαστος οἱ βάρβαροι ἐτόξευον καὶ ἔβαλλον, ἐγγὺς δ᾽ οὐ 
/ > ἈΝ “ ral Ἁ / \ “ ; 
προσίεντο, ἀλλὰ φυγὴ λείπουσι TO χωρίον. Kal τοῦτον TE 
παρεληλύθεσαν οἱ “Ἕλληνες καὶ ἕτερον ὁρῶσιν ἔμπροσθεν λόφον 
κατεχόμενον ἐπὶ τοῦτον αὖθις ἐδόκει πορεύεσθαι. ἐννοήσας δ᾽ 
ὁ Ἐενοφῶν μή, εἰ ἔρημον καταλίποι τὸν ἑαλωκότα λόφον, πάλιν 
φι » “~ ‘ 
λαβόντες οἱ πολέμιοι ἐπιθοῖντο τοῖς ὑποζυγίοις παριοῦσιν--- ἐπὶ 
/ - »"Σ΄: ε “ 
πολὺ δ᾽ ἣν τὰ ὑποζύγια ἅτε διὰ στενῆς τῆς ὁδοῦ Tropevdpeva— 
καταλείπει ἐπὶ τοῦ λόφου λοχαγοὺς Κηφισόδωρον Κηφισοφῶντος 
» “ ‘ 
᾿Αθηναῖον καὶ ᾿Αμφικράτην ᾿Αμφιδήμου ᾿Αθηναῖον καὶ ’Apya- 





42 λόφῳ: this was not the ἄκρον 
(μαστός); see the plan. 

43 διεζεῦχθαι, fo be cut off once for 
all; note the tense. 

44 τὰ δὲ ὑποζύγια : subj. of διαβῆναι, 

46 ὀρθίοις τοῖς λόχοις, with com- 
panies in column. See the In- 
trod., §28. Such a formation 
was well adapted to rough 
ground, where the phalanx could 
hardly have been used. 

47 ἄφοδον: they did not wish to 
force an engagement. 

εἰ βούλοιντο: see G. 1420; H. 907; 
B. 613. 

50 «wpoclevro: for the vb., cf. ITI, 1, 
134. 

ve... kal: co-ordination; freely, 
when the Greeks had passed 
this, they saw another. (ὁρῶσιν 
is dat. of the partic., with ἐδόκει.) 


This second hill is also distinct 
from the ἄκρον; see the plan. 

52 ἐννοήσας: cf. III, 5,12. The 
aor. is ingressive, 

δά ἐπιθοῖντο: for the form, see G. 
741; H. 445b; B. 170, 4. 

ἐπὶ πολὺ δ᾽ ἦν, stretched over a 
long distance. Cf. I, 8, 28. 

55 ἅτε: with causal partic.; see 
G. 1575; H. 977; B.656,1. For 
the difference between dre and 
ws, see the note on I,1,12. Cf. 
6. 5. 818; c. 8. $27. 

στενῆς: pred. (because the road 
over which they were passing 
was narrow). 

56 Κηφισοφῶντος... ᾿Αμφιδήμου: 
in such cases the omitted word 
is regularly υἱός, These men 
are both Athenians, and at 
Athens it was the custom to 





(Book IV, Chap. II 209 





/ » »“ 4 , ᾺἋ »"Ἢ » 
γόραν ᾿Αργεῖον φυγάδα, αὐτὸς δὲ σὺν τοῖς λοιποῖς ἐπορεύετο 
‘ , “Ὁ Ὁ “ la! 
ἐπὶ τὸν δεύτερον λόφον, καὶ τῷ αὐτῷ τρόπῳ καὶ τοῦτον αἱροῦσιν. 


14 ἔτι δὲ αὐτοῖς τρίτος μαστὸς λοιπὸς ἣν πολὺ ὀρθιώτατος ὁ 
ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐπὶ τῷ πυρὶ καταληφθείσης φυλακῆς τῆς νυκτὸς ὑπὸ 
15 τῶν ἐθελοντῶν. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐγγὺς ἐγένοντο οἱ Ἕλληνες, λείπουσιν 
οἱ βάρβαροι ἀμαχητὶ τὸν μαστόν, ὥστε θαυμαστὸν πᾶσι γενέσθαι 
καὶ ὑπώπτευον δείσαντας αὐτοὺς μὴ κυκλωθέντες πολιορκοῖντο 


-" ἁὰ "ΚΝ A “Ὁ a 
ἀπολιπεῖν. οἱ δ᾽ ἄρα ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄκρου καθορῶντες τὰ ὄπισθεν 65 


" ld > 
16 γιγνόμένα πάντες ἐπὶ τοὺς ὀπισθοφύλακας ἐχώρουν. καὶ Eevo- 
“~ \ » 
φῶν μὲν σὺν τοῖς νεωτάτοις ἀνέβαινεν ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον, τοὺς δὲ 
LU > 4 ᾿ Ul “ ε a / f 
ἄλλους ἐκέλευσεν ὑπάγειν, ὅπως οἱ τελευταῖοι λόχοι προσμεί.- 
\ a a 
ξειαν, καὶ προελθόντας κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ἐν τῷ ὁμαλῷ θέσθαι τὰ 
ὅπλα. 
4 lA Ὁ , = > ς ~ 
17. Kal ἐν τούτῳ τῷ χρόνῳ ἦλθεν ᾿Αρχαγόρας ὁ ᾿Αργεῖος πεφευ- 
Ἂ ὶ λ f ε > / > \ a id 1 = nm 
γῶς καὶ λέγει ὡς ἀπεκόπησαν ἀπὸ τοῦ λόφου Kal ὅτι τεθνᾶσι 





give the father’s name as well 65 ἄρα, as dt proved. 
as that of the man in ques- 66 τοὺς ὀπισϑοφύλακας: 7. 6. those 
tion. left to guard the first hill, as 
60 τρίτος μαστός: this was the §17 shows. The Carduchi had 
ἄκρον of c. 1. 25, which the vol- seen from their position on the 
unteers should have occupied. height what was happening in 
ὁ . . . ἐθελοντῶν, the one above the their rear, and now make ἃ dé- 
outpost which had been sur- tour, intending to overpower 
prised at the fire during the these men and attack the Greeks 
night by the volunteers. In from behind. 
such cases it is not necessary 67 vewrdrois: the younger men 
that all the defining words were often chosen for arduous 
should stand between art, and or hazardous duty; cf.II,3,45f. 
noun (G. 969; H. 667a). Had By occupying this height Xen. 
they done so in this case the secures the road for the passage 
tentence would have been less of the train. 
cear, 68 ὑπάγειν, lead on slowly; not 
63 ἀμαχητί: but I, 7, 48, and else- quite as ITT, 4, 195. 
where, ἀμαχεί. 69 θέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα: cf. 1,5, 88, and 
64 αὐτοὺς ... ἀπολιπεῖν: quoted the note. 
after ὑπώπτευον (subj., the 71 πεφευγώς: not equivalent to 
Greeks); δείσαντας is causal. Note φυγάς, but=having made his 
the shift from the infin. after escape; cf. II, 1, 13. Note the 
ὥστε to an independ. vb. vivid indics. in indir. disc. 





210 Anabasis 





Κηφισόδωρος καὶ ᾿Αμφικράτης καὶ ἄλλοι ὅσοι μὴ ἁλάμενοι 
κατὰ τῆς πέτρας πρὸς τοὺς ὀπισθοφύλακας ἀφίκοντο. ταῦτα 
δὲ διαπραξάμενοι οἱ βάρβαροι ἧκον ἐπ᾽ ἀντίπορον λόφον τῷ 
“ Me —_ “ ὃ / > a 5 Μ᾽. ‘ 
μαστῷ: Kal ὁ Ἐξενοφῶν διελέγετο αὐτοῖς δι᾿ ἑρμηνέως περὶ σπον- 
“ ‘ ‘ ‘\ > ᾽ Ἂ " = > 5 ἥ a. ὋΦ 
δῶν καὶ τοὺς νεκροὺς ἀπήτει. οἱ δὲ ἔφασαν ἀποδώσειν ἐφ᾽ ᾧ 
μὴ καίειν τὰς οἰκίας. συνωμολόγει ταῦτα ὁ Ἐενοφῶν. ἐν ᾧ δὲ 
τὸ μὲν ἄλλο στράτευμα παρήει, οἱ δὲ ταῦτα διελέγοντο, πάντες 
οἱ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ τόπου συνερρύησαν ἐνταῦθα πολέμιοι. καὶ 
> ,. ” f > ». “ » ' \ bad 
ἐπεὶ ἤρξαντο καταβαίνειν ἀπὸ τοῦ μαστοῦ πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους 
ἔνθα τὰ ὅπλα ἔκειντο, ἵεντο δὴ οἱ πολέμιοι πολλῷ πλήθει καὶ 
θορύβῳ- καὶ ἐπεὶ ἐγένοντο ἐπὶ τῆς κορυφῆς τοῦ μαστοῦ ἀφ᾽ οὗ 
“ / ᾽ / ἢ es \ / 
Ξενοφῶν κατέβαινεν, ἐκυλίνδουν πέτρους" καὶ ἑνὸς μὲν κατέαξαν 
Ν / “ 5 κα ‘ ΝΜ ‘ > / > / 
τὸ σκέλος, Ἐξενοφῶντα δὲ ὁ ὑπασπιστὴς ἔχων τὴν ἀσπίδα ἀπέ. 


λίπεν: Εὐρύλοχος δὲ Λουσιεὺς προσέδραμεν αὐτῷ ὁπλίτης, καὶ 
ν "ἡ » ἢ > , ‘ > κα Ν \ 
πρὸ ἀμφοῖν προβεβλημένος ἀπεχώρει, Kal οἱ ἄλλοι πρὸς τοὺς 


συντεταγμένους ἀπῆλθον. 
> ; “ ε ν᾿», ἤ Ν, ΜΚ , > , 
ἐκ δὲ τούτου πᾶν ὁμοῦ ἐγένετο τὸ Ἑλληνικόν, καὶ ἐσκήνησαν 
αὐτοῦ ἐν πολλαῖς καὶ καλαῖς οἰκίαις καὶ ἐπιτηδείοις δαψιλέσι" 
‘ \ + \ Φ “ > / “ fy 
καὶ yap οἶνος πολὺς ἦν, ὥστε ἐν λάκκοις κονιατοῖς εἶχον. Fevo- 





Book IV, Chap. II 211 





φῶν δὲ καὶ Χειρίσοφος διεπράξαντο ὥστε λαβόντες τοὺς νεκροὺς 
ἀπέδοσαν τὸν ἡγεμόνα" καὶ πάντα ἐποίησαν τοῖς ἀποθανοῦσιν 
ἐκ τῶν δυνατῶν ὥσπερ νομίζεται ἀνδράσιν ἀγαθοῖς. 

τῇ δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ ἄνευ ἡγεμόνος ἐπορεύοντο: μαχόμενοι δ᾽ οἱ 
πολέμιοι καὶ ὅπῃ εἴη στενὸν χωρίον προκαταλαμβάνοντες ἐκώ- 
λυον τὰς παρόδους. ὁπότε μὲν οὖν τοὺς πρώτους κωλύοιεν, 
Ἐξενοφῶν ὄπισθεν ἐκβαίνων πρὸς τὰ ὄρη ἔλυε τὴν ἀπόφραξιν 
τῆς ὁδοῦ τοῖς πρώτοις ἀνωτέρω πειρώμενος γίγνεσθαι τῶν κωλυ- 
ὄντων, ὁπότε δὲ τοῖς ὄπισθεν ἐπιθοῖντο, Χειρίσοφος ἐκβαίνων 
καὶ πειρώμενος ἀνωτέρω γίγνεσθαι τῶν κωλυόντων ἔλυε τὴν 
ἀπόφραξιν τῆς παρόδου τοῖς ὄπισθεν" καὶ ἀεὶ οὕτως ἐβοήθουν 
ἀλλήλοις καὶ ἰσχυρῶς ἀλλήλων ἐπεμέλοντο. 

ἣν δὲ καὶ ὁπότε αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἀναβᾶσι πολλὰ πράγματα 
παρεῖχον οἱ βάρβαροι πάλιν καταβαίνουσιν: ἐλαφροὶ γὰρ ἦσαν 
ὥστε καὶ ἐγγύθεν φεύγοντες ἀποφεύγειν: οὐδὲν γὰρ εἶχον ἄλλο 
ἢ τόξα καὶ σφενδόνας. ἄριστοι δὲ καὶ τοξόται ἦσαν: εἶχον δὲ 
τόξα ἐγγὺς τριπήχη, τὰ δὲ τοξεύματα πλέον ἢ διπήχη: εἷλκον 
δὲ τὰς νευρὰς ὁπότε τοξεύοιεν πρὸς τὸ κάτω τοῦ τόξου τῷ ἀρι- 





Armenia. The custom was fa- 104 ἦν δὲ καὶ ὁπότε, and sometimes, 


73 ὅσοι μή, all whohad not. μή ἰδ 
generic; cf. IT, 2, 64, and the note. 

75 ἀντίπορον, opposite, another 
poetic word. This may, or may 
not, have been the height seized 
by the volunteers in the night. 
Note the free position of τῷ 
μαστῷ. 

77 τοὺς νεκρούς: cf. the note on 
οι... 

ἐφ᾽ ᾧ μὴ καίειν, on condition that 
they should not burn. See G. 
1460; H. 999a; B. 596. 

78 ἐν ᾧ, while. For such phrases, 
ef. the note on 1, 2, 117. 

80 οἱ ἐκ : cf. τῶν παρὰ βασιλέως, I, 1, 
18, and the note. 

συνερρύησαν: a vivid metaphor; 


cf. V, 2, §3. 


81 ἤρξαντο: 7. 6. Xen. and the 
νεώτατοι. 

82 ἔνθα τὰ ὅπλα ἔκειντο, where the 
hoplites stood under arms. The 
phrase is the pass. of τίθεσθαι τὰ 
ὅπλα. 

84 ἐκυλίνδουν . . . κατέαξαν: note 
the tenses. 

85 ἀπέλιπεν, had left in the lurch, 
doubtless through fear. 

87 προβεβλημένος, with his shield 
thrown before them both. With 
this use of the mid. cf. διηγκυλο- 
μένους and ἐπιβεβλημένους, c. 3. § 28. 

τοὺς συντεταγμένους : cf. above, § 16. 

90 δαψιλέσι: a poetic word, used 
occasionally by Xen.; cf.c. 4.§ 2. 

91 ἐν λάκκοις: such cisterns are 
still to be seen in Kurdistan and 





miliar to the Greeks, as well. 

92 διεπράξαντο ὥστε: cf. ποιήσειεν 
ὥστε, I, 6, 9,and the note. Here 
the use of the indic. emphasizes 
the fact that the terms of the 
contract were actually fulfilled. 

93 τὸν ἡγεμόνα: cf.c. 1. 824. 

τοῖς ἀποθανοῦσιν, in honor of the 
dead. Cf. the note on c. 1.77. 

94 ἐκ τῶν δυνατῶν : limiting πάντα. 

νομίζεται, is held right. 

96 ὅπῃ εἴη, wherever there was. 
Cf. the general temporal sen- 
tences below. 

ἐκώλνον: conative, as κωλύοιεν, below. 

97 τὰς παρόδους, their passage. 
The pl. refers to the several oc- 
casions, 

98 ἀπόφραξιν, blockade, arare word. 


too. Cf. ἔσθ᾽ ὅτε, II, 6, 35, and 
the note on ἣν οὕς, I, 5, 35. 
αὐτοῖς, freely, even. 

πράγματα παρεῖχον: cf. I, 1, 63. 

105 ἐλαφροί: tantamount to εὔζωνοι 
(l. 33), with which it is joined, 
ΠῚ, 3, 29. 

106 ὥστε... ἀποφεύγειν, so as to 
make good their escape even 
when fleeing from near at hand. 
For ἀποφεύγειν, cf. the note on I, 4, 
48; with ἐγγύθεν, cf. ἐκ πλέονος, I, 10, 
47, and ἐκ τόξου ῥύματος, ITT, 3, 62. 

108 ἐγγύς, nearly. 

109 πρὸς τὸκάτω. . . προσβαίνοντες, 
planting the left foot against 
the base of the bow. Some as- 
sume that Xen. means to indi- 
cate a sort of cross-bow, but 


100 





212 Anabasis 





110 otep@ ποδὶ προσβαίνοντες. τὰ δὲ τοξεύματα ἐχώρει διὰ τῶν 


ἀσπίδων καὶ διὰ τῶν θωράκων. ἐχρῶντο δὲ αὐτοῖς οἱ Ἕλληνες, 
ἐπεὶ λάβοιεν, ἀκοντίοις ἐναγκυλῶντες. ἐν τούτοις τοῖς χωρίοις 
οἱ Κρῆτες χρησιμώτατοι ἐγένοντο. ἦρχε δὲ αὐτῶν Στρατοκλῆς 
Κρής. 

III. Ταύτην δ᾽ αὖ τὴν ἡμέραν ηὐλίσθησαν ἐν ταῖς κώμαις 
ταῖς ὑπὲρ τοῦ πεδίου παρὰ τὸν Κεντρίτην ποταμόν, edpos ὡς 
δίπλεθρον, ὃς ὁρίζει τὴν ᾿Αρμενίαν καὶ τὴν τῶν Καρδούχων 

, \ εν ᾽ a a ” φῷν» 
χώραν. καὶ οἱ “EAAnves ἐνταῦθα ἀνέπνευσαν ἄσμενοι ἰδόντες 

δέ > ~ δὲ Lo ee e ν᾽ ἃ e μ᾽ (ὃ “ 

5 πεδίον: ἀπεῖχε δὲ τῶν ὀρέων ὁ ποταμὸς ἕξ ἢ ἑπτὰ στάδια τῶν 
Καρδούχων. τότε μὲν οὖν ηὐλίσθησαν μάλα ἡδέως καὶ τἀπι- 

Fd Μ) \ Ἂ ”~ ’ ’ 
τήδεια ἔχοντες καὶ πολλὰ τῶν παρεληλυθότων πόνων μνημο- 
νεύοντες. ἑπτὰ γὰρ ἡμέρας ὅσασπερ ἐπορεύθησαν διὰ τῶν 
Καρδούχων πάσας μαχόμενοι διετέλεσαν, καὶ ἔπαθον κακὰ ὅσα 


3 


4 


Book IV, Chap. III 213 





Ἅμα δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ὁρῶσιν ἱππέας που πέραν τοῦ ποταμοῦ 
ἐξωπλισμένους ὡς κωλύσοντας διαβαίνειν, πεζοὺς δ᾽ ἐπὶ ταῖς 
ὄχθαις παρατεταγμένους ἄνω τῶν ἱππέων ὡς κωλύσοντας εἰς 
τὴν ᾿Αρμενίαν ἐκβαίνειν. ἦσαν δ᾽ οὗτοι ᾿Ορόντα καὶ ᾿Αρτούχα 
᾿Αρμένιοι καὶ Μάρδοι καὶ Χαλδαῖοι μισθοφόροι. ἐλέγοντο δὲ 
οἱ Χαλδαῖοι ἐλεύθεροί τε καὶ ἄλκιμοι εἶναι' ὅπλα δ᾽ εἶχον 


5 γέρρα μακρὰ καὶ λόγχας. αἱ δὲ ὄχθαι αὗται ἐφ᾽ ὧν παρατε- 


ἢ > \ a a 
ταγμένοι οὗτοι ἦσαν τρία ἢ τέτταρα πλέθρα ἀπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ 

¥ Ψ [4 
ἀπεῖχον" ὁδὸς δὲ μία ὁρωμένη ἣν ἄγουσα ἄνω ὥσπερ χειροποίη- 


a ᾽ \ \ 
6 τος" ταύτῃ ἐπειρῶντο διαβαίνειν οἱ “Ἕλληνες. ἐπεὶ δὲ πειρω- 


μένοις τό τε ὕδωρ ὑπὲρ τῶν μαστῶν ἐφαίνετο, καὶ τραχὺς ἦν ὁ 
ποταμὸς μεγάλοις λίθοις καὶ ὀλισθηροῖς, καὶ οὔτ᾽ ἐν τῷ ὕδατι 
τὰ ὅπλα ἣν ἔχειν, ---εἰ δὲ μή, ἥρπαζεν ὁ ποταμός "--- ἐπί τε τῆς 
κεφαλῆς τὰ ὅπλα εἴ τις φέροι, γυμνοὶ ἐγίγνοντο πρὸς τὰ τοξεύ- 


Ἁ > “~ 3 , 
10 οὐδὲ τὰ σύμπαντα ὑπὸ βασιλέως καὶ Τισσαφέρνους. ὡς οὖν ματα καὶ τάλλα βέλη, ἀνεχώρησαν καὶ αὐτοῦ ἐστρατοπεδεύσαντο 


ἀπηλλαγμένοι τούτων ἡδέως ἐκοιμήθησαν. 





this seems very unlikely. Cf. 
Arrian, Ind. 16, τὸ τόξον κάτω ἐπὶ 
τὴν γῆν θέντες καὶ τῷ ἀριστερῷ 
ἀντιβάντες, and Diod. Sic. III, 8, 
(ξύλινα τόξα) ols τοξεύουσι μὲν τῷ 
ποδὶ προσβαίνοντες. 

112 ἀκοντίοις : appos. with αὐτοῖς. 

ἐναγκυλῶντες : the javelin was fitted 
with a thong (ἀγκύλη) attached 
to the middle of the shaft. By 
means of this greater force and 
greater certainty of aim were at- 
tained. See the Introd., § 28, 
and cf. διηγκυλωμένους, c. 4. 28. 

113 Κρῆτες: cf. I, 2, 54, and the 
ΠΟ΄ 8. 

Cuapter III 

2 Κεντρίτην ποταμόν: the present 
Butan Tchai, an eastern tribu- 
tary of the Tigris; see the map. 

3 δίπλεθρον: cf. πλεθριαῖον, I, 5, 20, 
andthe note. Consult, also, the 
note on δύο πλέθρα, I, 2, 30f. 


4 avérvevoav: cf. c. 1. 86. 

ἄσμενοι: ef. προτέρα, I, 2, 142, and 
the note. 

5 τῶν Καρδούχων: with ὀρέων. 

7 πολλά: inner obj. οὗ μνημονεύον- 
τες. Render freely, often. The 
thought isacommonone. Most 
familiar is, perhaps, Vergil’s 
Forsan et haec olim meminisse 
iuvabit. 
ἑπτά: only five days have been 
enumerated. The difficulty is 
usually met by assuming that 
Xen. includes the next two days, 
in which they were beset by the 
same enemies. 

9 μαχόμενοι διετέλεσαν: cf. διετέλουν 
χρώμενοι, ITT, 4, 65. 

κακά: yet had not the mountain- 
ous country saved them from 
the pursuit by Tiss. and the 
Persians, they might well have 
succumbed in the end. 





4 UA 5 

παρὰ τὸν ποταμόν. ἔνθα δὲ αὐτοὶ τὴν πρόσθεν νύκτα ἦσαν 
Ὁ \ , 

ἐπὶ Tov ὄρους ἑώρων τοὺς Kapdovyous πολλοὺς συνειλεγμένους 





11 ἀπηλλαγμένοι: cf. ἀπηλλάγη, I, 
10, 35, and the note. Their 
troubles were, however, not yet 
over. 

15 ἐκβαίνειν : used as ἔκβασιν, c. 2.5, 
and below, |. 88. 

᾽Ορόντα. . . ’Aprotya: for these 
gen. forms, cf. ᾿Αβροκόμα, I, 4, 15, 
and the note. 

17 ἐλεύθεροι: yet they were nomi- 
nally under Persian rule. 

ἄλκιμοι: a poetic word, occurring 
again, c. 7. § 15. 

ὅπλα: appos., as ἀκοντίοις, above, 
c. 2. 112. 

20 ὁδὸς . . ἄγουσα, freely, there 
was a single road in sight, which 
led. For the form ἣν ἄγουσα, cf. 
the note on εἶναι. .. φυλάττων, 
I, 2,122f. Here, too, each ele- 
ment has its own force. 

χειροποίητος: “made” roads were 


not common until Roman days; 
see the note on 1,9,44. Remains 
of an ancient causeway are re- 
ported by travelers as still to be 
seen in this region, but the ex- 
act locality is uncertain. 

21 πειρωμένοις: cf. III, 5, 27, and 
the note. 

22 ὁ ποταμός, the river bed. 

23 οὔτ᾽ : balanced by re, below. 

24 εἰ δὲ μή: cf. II, 2,6, and the note. 
This clause is parenthetic. 

25 yupvol ... πρός, exposed to. 
Note the pl. after the collective 
τις, and the postponement of the 
condit. part. (cf. the note on II, 
4, 27). 

27 παρὰ τὸν ποταμόν: further de- 
fining αὐτοῦ (where they were). 
ἦσαν, had been. See the note on 

I, 2, 129. 





214 Anabasis 





ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις. ἐνταῦθα δὴ πολλὴ ἀθυμία ἣν τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, 
80 ὁρῶσι μὲν τοῦ ποταμοῦ τὴν δυσπορίαν, ὁρῶσι δὲ τοὺς διαβαίνειν 
κωλύσοντας, ὁρῶσι δὲ τοῖς διαβαίνουσιν ἐπικεισομένους τοὺς 


Καρδούχους ὄπισθεν. 


/ \ Ψ ‘ ξ ἤ LA Ν > “Ὁ 
ταύτην μὲν οὖν τὴν ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτα ἔμειναν ἐν πολλῇ 
ἀπορίᾳ ὄντες. ἘΞενοφῶν δὲ ὄναρ εἶδεν: ἔδοξεν ἐν πέδαις δεδέσθαι, 
85 αὗται δὲ αὐτῷ αὐτόμαται περιρρυῆναι, ὥστε λυθῆναι καὶ δια- 
a “ , > Ud > ». Ν | = Μ) \ \ 
βαίνειν ὁπόσον ἐβούλετο. ἐπεὶ δὲ ὄρθρος ἣν, ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν 
Χειρίσοφον καὶ λέγει ὅτι ἐλπίδας ἔχει καλῶς ἔσεσθαι, καὶ διη- 
“~ > bid Ἁ bd ὅ δὲ “ὃ , ὶ e A Ψ ¢ / 
γεῖται αὐτῷ TO ὄναρ. € ἥδετό τε καὶ ὡς τάχιστα ἕως ὑπέ. 
φαινεν ἐθύοντο πάντες παρόντες οἱ στρατηγοί: καὶ τὰ ἱερὰ καλὰ 
40 ἦν εὐθὺς ἐπὶ τοῦ πρώτου. καὶ ἀπιόντες ἀπὸ τῶν ἱερῶν οἱ στρα- 
τηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοὶ παρήγγελλον τῇ στρατιᾷ ἀριστοποιεῖσθαι. 
καὶ ἀριστῶντι τῷ Ἐενοφῶντι προσέτρεχον δύο νεανίσκω" ἦὖδε- 
σαν γὰρ πάντες ὅτι ἐξείη αὐτῷ καὶ ἀριστῶντι καὶ δειπνοῦντι 
» 4 ᾽ / > ἤ » »“Ἢ Μ / ν 
προσελθεῖν καὶ εἰ καθεύδοι ἐπεγείραντα εἰπεῖν, εἴ τίς τι ἔχοι 


a ‘ ‘ , 
45 τῶν πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον. 


\ / ΝΜ Ψ ’ , 
καὶ τότε ἔλεγον OTL τυγχάνοιεν φρύ- 


/ ¢ > ~ » / > Ὁ) / 
yava συλλέγοντες ws ἐπὶ πῦρ, κἄπειτα κατίδοιεν ἐν τῷ πέραν 
ἐν πέτραις καθηκούσαις ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν τὸν ποταμὸν γέροντά τε καὶ 





80 ὁρῶσιμὲν.... ὁρῶσι δὲ... ὁρῶσι 
δέ: triple anaphora. 

31 ἐπικεισομένους : cf. ο. 1.65. We 
have ἐπιθήσεσθαι, II, 4, 81. 

84 ὄναρ: ef. ITI, 1, 54. 

ἔδοξεν : normal asyn. 

35 περιρρνῆναι, to slip off his feet. 

διαβαίνειν, could move his legs, 
take a step. This is a proper 
meaning of the word (for the 
simple vb., cf. Be8nxéres, ITT, 2, 99, 
and the note). This epd.is, how- 
ever, generally trans., to pass 
through, cross, and is doubtless 
chosen with reference to their 
crossing the river. 

87 ἐλπίδας ἔχει = ἐλπίζει, and so fol- 
lowed by the fut. infin. Cf. the 
note on πιστὰ λαβεῖν, II, 3, 108. 


88 ὡς τάχιστα: ὡς is the temp. 
conjunc., not, as so often, an 
intensifying adv. 

40 ἐπὶ τοῦ πρώτου: cf. VI, 5, 8 2, 
where the word ἱερείου (victim) is 
added. 

48 αὐτῷ: ft. 6. Ξενοφῶντι; dat. after 
προσελθεῖν. 

44 ἔχοι: 86. λέγειν, 

45 καὶ τότε, and so in this case— 
an illustration of what has just 
been said. 

τυγχάνοιεν: imperf. opt.; see G. 
1488; H. 935b; B. 675, 1, note. 
The vbs. were in dir. disc. érvy- 
χάνομεν and κατείδομεν. 

46 ἐν τῷ πέραν: cf. εἰς τὸ πέραν, III, 
5, 10, 

41 καθηκούσαις: cf. καθήκοντα, 1,4, 25, 


> A > “» i 
12 vous ἐν πέτρᾳ ἀντρώδει. 





Book IV, Chap. 111 215 





σ il ᾿ ΄ ’ 
γυναῖκα καὶ παιδίσκας ὥσπερ μαρσίπους ἱματίων κατατιθεμέ. 


ἰδοῦσι δὲ σφίσι. δόξαι ἀσφαλὲς εἶναι 


a “" \ - 
διαβῆναι: οὐδὲ γὰρ τοῖς πολεμίοις ἱππεῦσι προσ ββατὸν εἶναι 50 
/ 4 
κατὰ τοῦτο. ἐκδύντες δ᾽ ἔφασαν ἔχοντες τὰ ἐγχειρίδια γυμνοὶ 
\ ’ lol 
ὡς νευσόμενοι διαβαίνειν: πορευόμενοι δὲ πρόσθεν διαβῆναι 
ὶ : % αἰδοῖ tL διαβά λαβό ὰ ἱμάτια 
πρὶν βρέξαι τὰ αἰδοῖα: καὶ διαβάντες, λαβόντες τὰ ἐμ 


sd 
πάλιν ἥκειν. 


σι ἴω f > “ 
εὐθὺς οὖν Bevodav αὐτός τε ἔσπενδε καὶ τοῖς νεανίσκοις ἐγχεῖν 55 
Cal a , > tA \ \ 
ἐκέλευε καὶ εὔχεσθαι τοῖς φήνασι θεοῖς Ta τε ὀνείρατα καὶ TOV 
, \ Ἅ ‘ > θὰ > λέ / δ᾽ Ow = € 
πόρον καὶ Ta λοιπὰ ἀγαθὰ ἐπιτελέσαι. σπείσας δ᾽ εὐθὺς HY 
‘ 4 4 > Ud 
τοὺς νεανίσκους παρὰ τὸν Χειρίσοφον, καὶ διηγοῦνται ταὐτά. 
/ \ 
ἀκούσας δὲ καὶ ὁ Χειρίσοφος σπονδὰς ἐποίει. σπείσαντες δὲ 
Ul > \ \ 
τοῖς μὲν ἄλλοις παρήγγελλον συσκευάξεσθαι, αὐτοὶ δὲ συγκα- 60 


ῳ / 
λέσαντες τοὺς στρατηγοὺς ἐβουλεύοντο ὅπως ἂν κάλλιστα δια- 


βαῖεν καὶ τούς τε ἔμπροσθεν νικῷεν καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ὄπισθεν μηδὲν 
πάσχοιεν κακόν. καὶ ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς Χειρίσοφον μὲν ἡγεῖσθαι 
καὶ διαβαίνειν ἔχοντα τὸ ἥμισυ τοῦ στρατεύματος, τὸ δ᾽ ἥμισυ 
ἔτι ὑπομένειν σὺν Ἐξενοφῶντι, τὰ δὲ ὑποζύγια καὶ τὸν ὄχλον ἐν 68 


μέσῳ τούτων διαβαίνειν. 





48 ὥσπερ, freely, what appeared 
to be. 

49 δόξαι: infin., as though ἔφασαν, 
not ἔλεγον ὅτι, had preceded. 
This is of common occurrence. 

52 ὡς νευσόμενοι, thinking that 
they would have to swim. 

πρόσθεν. - . πρίν: cf. I, 1, 58, and 
the note. Observe the neg. force 
of πρίν. We might render πρὶν 
βρέξαι, without wetting. 

53 λαβόντες: this explains their 
motive in crossing—to steal the 
clothing. 

55 rots νεανίσκοις: dat. after ἐγχεῖν, 
not after ἐκέλευε, which does not 
take a dat. in Attic prose. We 
need not supply any word; in 
Eng., too, we can say bade pour. 


56 φήνασι, who had shown. . This 
has both ὀνείρατα and πόρον as 
objs. The former is perhaps pl. 
because the dream had two dis- 
tinct phases. 

kal... ἐπιτελέσαι, lit., that they 
would bring to accomplishment 
also the remaining blessings 
(i.e. whatever was wanting to 
success). The infin. is governed 
by εὔχεσθαι. 

59 σπονδὰς ἐποίει = ἔσπενδε. 

61 ὅπως Gv... διαβαῖεν. . . νικῷεν 
. + » πάσχοιεν: poten. opt. in an 
indir. quest., rather than an obj. 
clause of irregular type. Cf. 
III, 2, 140, and the note. 

64 τὸ ἥμισυ: probably felt as a 
noun, although στρατεύματος is 














PLAN TO ILLUSTRATE IV, 3, 88 3-34 


ξ΄} 
Β 


Ὁ : ἡ ΠΝ ΜΝ ww) 
i AON (Me ng Mle 


"υγῦ ; 
“ll Nt NS 








The road AB crossing the river is guarded by Armenian 
cavalry at E and by a force of footmen (F) on the bluffs 
above (CCC). The young men have discovered a ford D 
where the bluffs come so close to the river as to leave no 
room for the enemy’s cavalry. Chirisophus, with half the 
army and the train, crosses the river at the ford D, Xeno- 
phon and the other half remaining behind. As Chirisophus 
crosses, Xenophon marches back quickly to the crossing AB, 
and the Armenian cavalry, fearing an attack on both sides, 
flee. Xenophon then returns to the ford D and, as the Car- 
duchi threaten to attack him in the rear, forms his men 
facing them. The Greeks charge and the Carduchi turn and 
flee. Then at the sound of the trumpet the Greeks wheel 
about quickly and cross the river before the enemy discover 
the trick. 





216 Anabasis 





by »' \ ~ μην ied > ¢ “ » | a 
ἐπεὶ δὲ ταῦτα καλῶς εἶχεν ἐπορεύοντο: ἡγοῦντο δ᾽ οἱ vea- 
/ > > lI \ / ΣΝ Φ uN \ 
νίσκοι ἐν ἀριστερᾷ ἔχοντες τὸν ποταμόν: ὁδὸς δὲ ἦν ἐπὶ τὴν 
διάβασιν ὡς τέτταρες στάδιοι. πορευομένων δ᾽ αὐτῶν ἀντιπα- 
“ μι ’ “~ μ , > δ) δὲ Φ \ ." ὃ / 

70 ρῇῃσαν at τάξεις τῶν ἱππέων. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἦσαν κατὰ τὴν διάβασιν 
καὶ τὰς ὄχθας τοῦ ποταμοῦ, ἔθεντο τὰ ὅπλα, καὶ αὐτὸς πρῶτος 
Χειρίσοφος στεφανωσάμενος καὶ ἀποδὺς ἐλάμβανε τὰ ὅπλα καὶ 
τοῖς ἄλλοις πᾶσι παρήγγελλε, καὶ τοὺς λοχαγοὺς ἐκέλευεν 
Ν \ / ν᾿ ’ \ Ν > > “ ‘ nt ~ 
ἄγειν τοὺς λόχους ὀρθίους, τοὺς μὲν ἐν ἀριστερᾷ τοὺς δ᾽ ἐν δεξιᾷ 

75 ἑαυτοῦ. καὶ οἱ μὲν μάντεις ἐσφαγιάζοντο εἰς τὸν ποταμόν" οἱ 
δὲ πολέμιοι ἐτόξευον καὶ ἐσφενδόνων- ἀλλ᾽ οὔπω ἐξικνοῦντο-" ἐπεὶ 

Ἁ \ ῳ ‘ ἤ , ᾽ ε “ 
δὲ καλὰ ἣν τὰ σφάγια, ἐπαιάνιζον πάντες οἱ στρατιῶται καὶ 
avnraralov, συνωλόλυζον δὲ καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες ἅπασαι. πολλαὶ 
γὰρ ἦσαν ἑταῖραι ἐν τῷ στρατεύματι. 

80 καὶ Χειρίσοφος μὲν ἐνέβαινε καὶ οἱ σὺν ἐκείνῳ" ὁ δὲ Ξενοφῶν 

lal > 
τῶν ὀπισθοφυλάκων λαβὼν τοὺς εὐξωνοτάτους ἔθει ἀνὰ κράτος 
πάλιν ἐπὶ τὸν πόρον τὸν κατὰ τὴν ἔκβασιν τὴν εἰς τὰ τῶν 
3 ἤ w ἢ ΄ ὃ \ » , \ 
Ἀρμενίων ὄρη, προσποιούμενος ταύτῃ διαβὰς ἀποκλείσειν τοὺς 


Book IV, Chap. III 217 





21 παρὰ τὸν ποταμὸν ἱππεῖς. οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι ὁρῶντες μὲν τὸ 
ἀμφὶ Χειρίσοφον εὐπετῶς τὸ ὕδωρ περῶντας, ὁρῶντες δὲ τοὺς 
ἀμφὶ Ἐξνοφῶντα θέοντας εἰς τοὔμπαλιν, δείσαντες μὴ ἀπο- 
ληφθείησαν φεύγουσιν ἀνὰ κράτος ὡς πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ποταμοῦ 
ἄνω ἔκβασιν. ἐπεὶ δὲ κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ἐγένοντο, ἔτεινον ἄνω πρὸς 

22 τὸ ὄρος. Λύκιος δ᾽ ὁ τὴν τάξιν ἔχων τῶν ἱππέων καὶ Αἰσχίνης 
ὁ τὴν τάξιν τῶν πελταστῶν ἀμφὶ Χειρίσοφον ἐπεὶ ἑώρων ἀνὰ 
κράτος φεύγοντας, εἵποντο" οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται ἐβόων μὴ ἀπολεί. 

23 πεσθαι, ἀλλὰ συνεκβαίνειν ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος. Χειρίσοφος δ᾽ αὖ ἐπεὶ 
διέβη, τοὺς ἱππέας οὐκ ἐδίωκεν, εὐθὺς δὲ κατὰ τὰς προσηκούσας 
ὄχθας ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμὸν ἐξέβαινεν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄνω πολεμίους. οἱ 
δὲ ἄνω, ὁρῶντες μὲν τοὺς ἑαυτῶν ἱππέας φεύγοντας, ὁρῶντες 
δ᾽ ὁπλίτας σφίσιν ἐπιόντας, ἐκλείπουσι τὰ ὑπὲρ τοῦ ποταμοῦ 
ἄκρα. 

24 ἘΞενοφῶν δ᾽ ἐπεὶ τὰ πέραν ἑώρα καλῶς γιγνόμενα, ἀπεχώρει 
τὴν ταχίστην πρὸς τὸ διαβαῖνον στράτευμα" καὶ γὰρ οἱ Kap- 
δοῦχοι φανεροὶ ἤδη ἦσαν εἰς τὸ πεδίον καταβαίνοντες ὡς ἐπιθη- 





itself neut. Cf. the note.on τοὺς 
ἡμίσεις, c. 2. 39. 

69 ἀντιπαρῇσαν, kept abreast of 
them (on the opposite bank). 

70 διάβασιν: ὦ, 6. the ford dis- 
covered by the youths. 

Kara... τὰς ὄχθας, at the ford 
and opposite the bluffs (§ 3). 

72 στεφανωσάμενος: a Spartan cus- 
tom. Xen. Repub. Lac. 13, 8, 
gives as a law of Lycurgus, 
μηδένα Λακεδαιμονίων ἀστεφάνωτον 
εἶναι (i.e. when facing the foe). 
Cf. Plut. Lycurg. 22). 

73 παρήγγελλε: 7. 6. to follow his 
example. 

74 τοὺς λόχους ὀρθίους : ef. c. 2. 46, 
and the note. 

75 ἐσφαγιάζοντο els: cf. σφάξαντες 
eis, II, 2, 40 £., and the note. 

78 ἀνηλάλαζον, συνωλόλυζον : forthe 


former vb., cf. c. 2. 31, and the 
note. The latter is almost in- 
variably used of a cry raised 
by women, whether of fear or 
(oftener) of joy. Note the chias- 
tic order. 

79 ἑταῖραι: cf. Motley’s descrip- 
tion of the army of Alva (Dutch 
Republic, Part ITI, chap. i). 

81 εὐζωνοτάτους: cf. c. 2. 33. 

ἀνὰ κράτος: cf. I, 8, 4, and below, 
1. 87. 

82 τὸν πόρον τὸν κατά: the formal 
position is due to a desire for 
clearness. This was the regu- 
lar ford which the enemy had 
been guarding. For ἔκβασιν, cf. 
c. 2. δ. 

83 προσποιούμενος... ἀποκλείσειν, 
pretending that he was going 
to cross there and cut off. 


25 σόμενοι τοῖς τελευταίοις. 





καὶ Χειρίσοφος μὲν τὰ ἄνω κατεῖχε, 





84 ὁρῶντες μὲν. . . ὁρῶντες δέ: 


anaphora, as so often; c/. 1. 30. 
87 ws πρὸς... . ἔκβασιν, apparently 
to the road which led up from 
the river. τοῦ ποταμοῦ is governed 
by the prep. in the verbal noun 
ἔκβασιν. Others construe with 
ἄνω, but the order is against this. 


88 ἔτεινον, they hastened on, not a 
common prose use. They made 
no attempt to defend the road 
after all. 

89 Λύκιος: ef. III, 3, 82. Aeschi- 
nes is mentioned again, c. 4.§ 18. 

91 στρατιῶται: 7. 6. the hoplites 
with Chirisophus. 

ἐβόων... ὄρος, kept shouting to 
them not to fall behind, but to 
pursue them right up to the 


mountain. The vbs. were imv. 
in dir. disc. The alternative 
rendering, protested that they 
(the hoplites) should not be left 
behind, but should join in the 
pursuit, is unlikely. The heavy 
armed men would be no help, 
but rather a hindrance. 

92 δ’ αὖ, on his part, contrasted 
with Lycius and Aeschines. 

94 ὄχθας: the πέτραι of §11. For 
the order, cf. c. 2. 75. 

τοὺς ἄνω πολεμίους : cf. § 3. 

98 ἀπεχώρει: 7. 6. from the main 
ford to that discovered by the 
youths. 

99 τὴν ταχίστην: cf. I, 3, 72. 

100 φανεροὶ... ἦσαν: with partic.; 
Cf. δῆλος ἣν ἀνιώμενος, I, 2, 70, 





218 Anabasis 





, ‘ 4 > ~ ~ 
Λύκιος δὲ σὺν ὀλέγοις ἐπιχειρήσας ἐπιδιῶξαι ἔλαβε τῶν σᾳευο. 
, δ Mi ἢ a 
φόρων τὰ ὑπολειπόμενα καὶ μετὰ τούτων ἐσθῆτά τε καλὴν καὶ 
> ὃ ‘ ν᾿ a 
ἐκπώματα. καὶ Ta μὲν σκευοφόρα τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ ὁ ὄχλος 


105 ἀκμὴν διέβαινε, Ἐξνοφῶν δὲ στρέψας πρὸς τοὺς Καρδούχους 


ἀντία τὰ ὅπλα ἔθετο, καὶ παρήγγειλε τοῖς λοχαγοῖς κατ᾽ évo- 
μοτίας ποιήσασθαι ἕκαστον τὸν ἑαυτοῦ λόχον, παρ᾽ ἀσπίδα 
παραγαγόντας τὴν ἐνωμοτίαν ἐπὶ φάλαγγος: καὶ τοὺς μὲν 
λοχαγοὺς καὶ τοὺς ἐνωμοτάρχους πρὸς τῶν Καρδούχων ἰέναι, 


110 οὐραγοὺς δὲ καταστήσασθαι πρὸς τοῦ ποταμοῦ. οἱ δὲ Kap- 


~ ε A A “ 
δοῦχοι ws ἑώρων τοὺς ὀπισθοφύλακας τοῦ ὄχλου ψιλουμένους 
‘ aw? "δ , θᾶ κα ἡ δ» 
καὶ ολίγους ἤδη φαινομένους, θᾶττον δὴ ἐπῆσαν ὠδάς τινας 
Μ 4 \ / > a “ 
ἄδοντες. ὁ δὲ Χειρίσοφος, ἐπεὶ τὰ παρ᾽ αὐτῷ ἀσφαλῶς εἶχε, 
’ \ “Ὁ 
πέμπει παρὰ ἘΞξενοφῶντα τοὺς πελταστὰς καὶ σφενδονήτας καὶ 


᾽ \ » 
115 τοξότας καὶ κελεύει ποιεῖν ὅ,τι ἂν παραγγέλλῃ. 


7 \ 9 > \ “ 
ἐδὼν δ᾽ αὐτοὺς διαβαίνοντας Ξενοφῶν πέμψας ἄγγελον 
, > “ 7“ “Ὁ “ ‘ 

κελεύει αὐτοῦ μεῖναι ἐπὶ τοῦ ποταμοῦ μὴ διαβάντας - ὅταν δ᾽ 











Book IV, Chap. III 219 





ἄρξωνται αὐτοὶ διαβαίνειν, ἐναντίους ἔνθεν καὶ ἔνθεν σφῶν ἐμ- 


᾿ " rd v \ > Ἂ 
βαίνειν ὡς διαβησομένους, διηγκυλωμένους τοὺς ἀκοντιστὰς καὶ 
> / \ / \ ¢ δὲ “ “ 
ἐπιβεβλημένους Tous τοξότας" μὴ πρόσω δὲ Tod ποταμοῦ προ- 

; a δὲ » & ” , > δὰ ὃ , 
βαίνειν. τοῖς δὲ παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ παρήγγειλεν, ἐπειδὰν σφενδόνη 

ee - a > \ 
ἐξικνῆται καὶ ἀσπὶς ψοφῇ, παιανίσαντας θεῖν eis τοὺς πολεμί- 

᾽ | , ς V4 1 "ἡ A a 
ous, ἐπειδὰν δ᾽ ἀναστρέψωσιν οἱ πολέμιοι Kal ἐκ τοῦ ποταμοῦ 
ὁ σαλπικτὴς σημήνῃ τὸ πολεμικόν, ἀναστρέψαντας ἐπὶ δόρυ 
e - \ \ > vd θ Ὁ δὲ ὶ ὃ ΄ - 
ἡγεῖσθαι μὲν τοὺς οὐραγούς, θεῖν δὲ πάντας καὶ διαβαίνειν ὅτι 
τάχιστα H ἕκαστος τὴν τάξιν εἶχεν, ὡς μὴ ἐμποδίζειν ἀλλήλους" 
ὅτι οὗτος ἄριστος ἔσοιτο ὃς ἂν πρῶτος ἐν τῷ πέραν γένηται. 

οἱ δὲ Καρδοῦχοι ὁρῶντες ὀλίγους ἤδη τοὺς λοιποὺς---πολλοὶ 
γὰρ καὶ τῶν μένειν τεταγμένων ᾧχοντο ἐπιμελόμενοι of μὲν 
ὑποζυγίων, ot δὲ σκευῶν, οἱ δ᾽ ἑταιρῶν---ἐνταῦθα δὴ ἐπέκειντο 
θρασέως καὶ ἤρχοντο σφενδονᾶν καὶ τοξεύειν. οἱ δὲ “Ἕλληνες 

/ LA ὃ ’ 1S b / “Ὁ δὲ ᾽ 25 , 
παιανίσαντες ὥρμησαν δρόμῳ ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς" of δὲ οὐκ ἐδέξαντο" 
καὶ γὰρ ἦσαν ὡπλισμένοι ὡς μὲν ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἱκανῶς πρὸς τὸ 





102 τῶν σκευοφόρων: 7. 6. of the 
enemy. 

103 τὰ ὑπολειπόμενα, those that kept 
falling behind; note the tense. 

ἐσθῆτα: cf. I, 2,158, and the note. 

105 ἀκμὴν διέβαινε, were in the 
midst of crossing. Cf. ἀρχήν and 
τέλος used as advs. 

106 κατ’ ἐνωμοτίας : the troops were 
presumably formed in company 
columns (5. 17). Xen. now orders 
his captains to form by enomo- 
ties and by deploying the com- 
panies to the left (παρ᾽ ἀσπίδα) to 
form the phalanx. 

107 ἕκαστον: sing. after a pl.; cf. 
1. 1, 74, 

109 πρός, on the side of, facing. 
Cr. FL FS. 

110 οὐραγούς, rear men. These 
were picked men, trained in 
tactics, for whenever the order 


“about face!” was given, they 
became the leaders; so in this 
case. The omission of the art. 
is striking. 

111 τοῦ ὄχλου: here the main 
body ; not the train, which would 
be absurd. 

112 θᾶττον δή: marks their con- 
fidence. 

ᾧδάς τινας : the war chant of the 
barbarians seems hardly music 
to the Greek. 

114 πέμπει: ὦ, 6, back across the 
stream. Note that one art. suf- 
fices for the three following 
nouns. 

117 αὐτοῦ μεῖναι, to stay where 
they were. 

ἐπί, on the bank of. 

μὴ διαβάντας, without crossing. 
μή, not οὐ, because of the com- 
mand. 


118 αὐτοί: Xen. and his men. 

ἐναντίους, to meet them. 

ἔνθεν καὶ ἔνθεν σφῶν, above and be- 
low them. 

119 SinyxvAwpévous, with their 
jingers on the thong (of the jave- 
lin). 

120 ἐπιβεβλημένους, with their ar- 
rows on the string. Both par- 
tics. are mid., not pass. With 
the latter phrase, cf. V, 2, §12. 

πρόσω... Tod ποταμοῦ, far into the 
river. The gen. is local (parti- 
tive); cf. I, 3, 2, and the note. 
Contrast πρόσω τῶν πηγῶν, III, 
2, 116 (far from their sources). 

122 ψοφῇ, ring, when struck by a 
missile, 

els: stronger than ἐπί, as indicating 
a hand-to-hand conflict. 

124 ὁ σαλπικτῆς : rarely expressed 
(cf. 1. 135); see the note on écd)- 
πίγξε, I, 2, 98. 


τὸ πολεμικόν : of course to deceive 
the enemy. 

ἐπὶ δόρυ: contrast παρ᾽ ἀσπίδα, 
above, 1. 107. ? 

126 εἶχεν: instead of ἔχοι; see the 
note on III, 1, 7. 

as: fur ὥστε; cf. I, 5, 64, and the 
note. 

127 ὅτι, adding that. A vb. of 
Saying is, as often, implied in 
the preceding vb. of command- 
ing. 

129 τῶν μένειν τεταγμένων : really 
half of the army; cf. 8 15. 

133 as... ἱκανῶς, well enough for 
mountaineers. Insuch phrases 
ws hasalimiting force; cf. Lat. ut. 

ἱκανῶς. . ἱκανῶς: note that the 
chiastic order best brings out 
the emphasis. The Carduchi 
were doubtless without defen 
sive armor, save the shield; and 
ΒΟ were no match for hoplites. 





290 Anabasis 





ἐπιδραμεῖν καὶ φεύγειν, πρὸς δὲ τὸ εἰς χεῖρας δέχεσθαι οὐχ 


6 “~ > iA ἤ ε , e \ / 
ἱκανῶς. ἐν τούτῳ σημαίνει ὁ σαλπικτής" καὶ οἱ μὲν πολέμιοι 32 


ἔφευγον πολὺ ἔτι θᾶττον, οἱ δὲ “Ἕλληνες τἀναντία στρέψαντες 


Νν Ὁ “Ὁ »Ὁ»Ἥ 
ἔφευγον διὰ τοῦ ποταμοῦ ὅτι τάχιστα. τῶν δὲ πολεμίων οἱ 33 


μέν τινες αἰσθόμενοι πάλιν ἔδραμον ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμὸν καὶ 
τοξεύοντες ὀλίγους ἔτρωσαν, οἱ δὲ πολλοὶ καὶ πέραν ὄντων τῶν 
Ἑλλήνων ἔτι φανεροὶ ἦσαν φεύγοντες. οἱ δὲ ὑπαντήσαντες 
ἀνδριζόμενοι καὶ προσωτέρω τοῦ καιροῦ προϊόντες ὕστερον τῶν 
μετὰ Ἐξενοφῶντος διέβησαν πάλιν: καὶ ἐτρώθησάν τινες καὶ 
τούτων. 

IV. ᾿Ἐπεὶ δὲ διέβησαν, συνταξάμενοι ἀμφὶ μέσον ἡμέρας 
ἐπορεύθησαν διὰ τῆς ᾿Αρμενίας πεδίον ἅπαν καὶ λείους γηλόφους 
οὐ μεῖον ἢ πέντε παρασάγγας" οὐ γὰρ ἦσαν ἐγγὺς τοῦ ποταμοῦ 
κῶμαι διὰ τοὺς πολέμους τοὺς πρὸς τοὺς Καρδούχους. εἰς δὲ 
ἣν ἀφίκοντο κώμην μεγάλη τε ἦν καὶ βασίλειον εἶχε τῷ σα- 
τράπῃ καὶ ἐπὶ ταῖς πλείσταις οἰκίαις τύρσεις ἐπῆσαν" ἐπιτήδεια 


δ᾽ ἦν δαψιλῆ. ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμοὺς δύο παρα- 


σάγγας δέκα μέχρι ὑπερῆλθον τὰς πηγὰς τοῦ Τίγρητος ποταμοῦ. 





136 τἀναντία στρέψαντες, wheeling 
about so as to face the opposite 
direction (stronger than ἀνα- 
στρέψαντες, above, 1. 124). The 
acc. is the inner obj., felt almost 
as an adv. 

137 οἱ μέν tives: cf. II, 3, 59, and 
the note. 

139 kal... Ἑλλήνων, even when 
the Greeks were on the other side. 

140 οἱ δὲ ὑπαντήσαντες : 7. 6. those 
sent by Chirisophus. 

141 προσωτέρω τοῦ καιροῦ, farther 
than they should have. 


CuaprEr IV 
2 πεδίον... γηλόφους : acc. of the 
country traversed, an extension 
of the inner obj. Cf. the note on 
II,5,71. This statement is usu- 
ally said not to agree with the 


actual character of the country; 
but their route is wholly un- 
certain. If they turned west- 
ward it accords well (Karbe, 
Marsch der Zehntausend, p. 27). 

5 κώμην : incorporation (see I, 1, 24, 
and the note) is rare when the 
antecedent is the subj. of the 
sentence. Cf. Vergil’s Urbem 
quam statuo vestra est (Aen. I, 
673). 

τῷ σατράπῃ : Orontas. 

6 τύρσεις: ἃ statement true of the 
architecture in these regions to- 
day. 

7 δαψιλῆ: cf. c. 2.90,and the note. 

8 ὑπερῆλθον: this must not be 
taken too literally. They now 
cross a ridge which forms the 
watershed between the twogreat 
rivers. The Teleboas (1: 10), 


34 





Book IV, Chap. IV 221 





ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμοὺς τρεῖς παρασάγγας πεντε- 
καίδεκα ἐπὶ τὸν Τηλεβόαν ποταμόν: οὗτος δ᾽ ἣν καλὸς μέν͵ 
μέγας δ᾽ οὔ" κῶμαι δὲ πολλαὶ περὶ τὸν ποταμὸν ἦσαν. ὁ δὲ 
τόπος οὗτος ᾿Αρμενία ἐκαλεῖτο ἡ πρὸς ἑσπέραν. ὕπαρχος δ᾽ ἣν 
αὐτῆς Τιρίβαζος, ὁ καὶ βασιλεῖ φίλος γενόμενος, καὶ ὁπότε 
παρείη, οὐδεὶς ἄλλος βασιλέα ἐπὶ τὸν ἵππον ἀνέβαλλεν. οὗτος 
προσήλασεν ἱππέας ἔχων, καὶ προπέμψας ἑρμηνέα εἶπεν ὅτι 
βούλοιτο διαλεχθῆναι τοῖς ἄρχουσι. τοῖς δὲ στρατηγοῖς ἔδοξεν 
ἀκοῦσαι" καὶ προσελθόντες εἰς ἐπήκοον ἠρώτων τί θέλει. ὃ δὲ 
εἶπεν ὅτι σπείσασθαι βούλοιτο ἐφ᾽ ᾧ μήτε αὐτὸς τοὺς “EAAnvas 
ἀδικεῖν μήτε ἐκείνους καίειν τὰς οἰκίας, λαμβάνειν τε τἀπιτή- 
δεια ὅσων δέοιντο. ἔδοξε ταῦτα τοῖς στρατηγοῖς καὶ ἐσπείσαντο 
ἐπὶ τούτοις. 

᾿Εντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμοὺς τρεῖς διὰ πεδίου παρα- 
σάγγας πεντεκαίδεκα" καὶ Τιρίβαζος παρηκολούθει ἔχων τὴν 
ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν ἀπέχων ὡς δέκα σταδίους" καὶ ἀφίκοντο εἰς 
βασίλεια καὶ κώμας πέριξ πολλὰς πολλῶν τῶν ἐπιτηδείων 
μεστάς. στρατοπεδευομένων δ᾽ αὐτῶν γίγνεται τῆς νυκτὸς χιὼν 
πολλή" καὶ ἕωθεν ἔδοξε διασκηνῆσαι τὰς τάξεις καὶ τοὺς στρα- 
τηγοὺς κατὰ τὰς κώμας: οὐ γὰρ ἑώρων πολέμιον οὐδένα καὶ 








whatever its identification, plain- 
ly flows into the Euphrates. 

Τίγρητος : certainly not the Tigris 
proper,'but some tributary. Just 
what stream it was cannot be 
determined. 

12 ἣ πρὸς ἑσπέραν, western. 

ὕπαρχος, lieutenant (cf. 1,1, 5), ap- 
parently subordinate to Oron- 
tas, although some assume that 
Tiribazus, too, was satrap (of 
western, as Orontas of eastern, 
Armenia). 

14 ἀνέβαλλεν, assisted to mount. 
The ancients had no stirrups. 
17 els ἐπήκοον: cf. 11,5,143f. They 

are on their guard. 
18 ἐφ’ ᾧ: cf. c. 2.77, and the note. 


phre... pare... τε, neither..- 
nor... but. Cf. II, 2, 38, and 
the note. 

20 ἔδοξε : normal asyndeton. 

21 ἐπὶ τούτοις: cf. III, 5, 68, and 
the note on IT, 4, 22. 

23 παρηκολούθει: doubtless wait- 
ing for an opportunity to attack. 

25 πολλῶν : pred., in great abund- 
ance. The paronomasia is inten- 
tional. 

26 χιὼν πολλή: it was late Novem- 
ber, and they were at an eleva- 
tion of nearly four thousand feet 
in the latitude of Philadelphia. 

27 διασκηνῆσαι: for the force of 
the prep., cf. I, 5, 11, and the 
note. 





999 Anabasis Book IV, Chap. IV 223 








‘ 4 0 UE / > cal “ 4 7 
i " i ν καὶ ἀμυγδάλινον ἐκ τῶν πικρῶν καὶ τερμίνθινον. 
ἀσφαλὲς ἐδόκει εἶναι διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῆς χιόνος. ἐνταῦθα εἶχον καὶ σησάμινον καὶ ἄμυγ ρ ρμ 


“ > \ > ᾽ e a “Ὁ »ν \ > 7 > 
30 ὅσα ἐστὶν ἀγαθά, ἱερεῖα, σῖτον, οἴνους παλαιοὺς εὐώδεις, ἀστα- 


ἐκ δὲ τῶν αὐτῶν τούτων καὶ μύρον ηὑρίσκετο. 45 
Μετὰ ταῦτα ἐδόκει πάλιν διασκηνητέον εἶναι εἰς τὰς κώμας 

> , Μ li, if a \ “ “ 

εἰς στέγας. ἔνθα δὴ οἱ στρατιῶται σὺν πολλῇ κραυγῇ καὶ 

« “ν > Ἂ Ad Ἁ ν᾿ 3 ἠδ Ψ δὲ μὴ a 

ἡδονῇ ἦσαν ἐπὶ τὰς στέγας καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια" ὅσοι δὲ ὅτε τὸ 

πρότερον ἀπῇσαν τὰς οἰκίας ἐνέπρησαν ὑπὸ ἀτασθαλίας, δίκην 


φίδας, ὄσπρια παντοδαπά. τῶν δὲ ἀποσκεδαννυμένων τινὲς 
» Ἁ “ / » Lid tA ΄ ‘4 1 
amo τοῦ στρατοπέδου ἔλεγον ὅτι κατίδοιεν νύκτωρ πολλὰ πυρὰ 
φαίνοντα. ἐδόκει δὴ τοῖς στρατηγοῖς οὐκ ἀσφαλὲς εἶναι δια- 
σκηνοῦν, ἀλλὰ συναγαγεῖν τὸ στράτευμα πάλιν. 


νυκτερευόντων δ᾽ αὐτῶν 11 


ἐντεῦθεν 
3 a ΝΜ \ 
ἐντεῦθεν ἔπεμψαν νυκτὸς Δημο- 50 


ἐδίδοσαν κακῶς σκηνοῦντες. 
κράτην Τημνίτην ἄνδρας δόντες ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη ἔνθα ἔφασαν οἱ 
ἀποσκεδαννύμενοι καθορᾶν τὰ πυρά" οὗτος γὰρ ἐδόκει καὶ 
πρότερον πολλὰ ἤδη ἀληθεῦσαι τοιαῦτα, τὰ ὄντα τε ὡς ὄντα 
πορευθεὶς δὲ τὰ μὲν πυρὰ οὐκ 


35 συνῆλθον" καὶ γὰρ ἐδόκει διαιθριάζειν. 
ἐνταῦθα ἐπιπίπτει χιὼν ἄπλετος, ὥστε ἀπέκρυψε καὶ τὰ ὅπλα 
καὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους κατακειμένους" καὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια συνε- 


πόδισεν ἡ χιών: καὶ πολὺς ὄκνος ἣν ἀνίστασθαι" κατακειμένων ΤῊΣ al aha i 2 
καὶ τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς οὐκ ὄντα. 


ἔφη ἰδεῖν, ἄνδρα δὲ συλλαβὼν ἧκεν ἄγων ἔχοντα τόξον Περσι- 55 
κὸν καὶ φαρέτραν καὶ σάγαριν οἵανπερ καὶ αἱ ᾿Αμαζόνες 
Μ) > , A + , ‘ ») s 
ἔχουσιν. ἐρωτώμενος δὲ ποδαπὸς εἴη Πέρσης μὲν ἔφη εἶναι, 
πορεύεσθαι δ᾽ ἀπὸ τοῦ Τιριβάζου στρατοπέδου, ὅπως ἐπιτήδεια 

, \ > , b] \ A , e ’ . Μ A 
λάβοι. οἱ δὲ ἠρώτων αὐτὸν τὸ στράτευμα ὁπόσον τ᾽ εἴη καὶ 
ἐπὶ τίνι συνειλεγμένον. ὃ δὲ εἶπεν ὅτι Τιρίβαζος εἴη ἔχων τήν 60 
τε αὑτοῦ δύναμιν καὶ μισθοφόρους Χάλυβας καὶ Ταόχους" 


γὰρ ἀλεεινὸν ἦν ἡ χιὼν ἐπιπεπτωκυῖα ὅτῳ μὴ παραρρυείη. 
40 ἐπεὶ δὲ Ξενοφῶν ἐτόλμησε γυμνὸς ἀναστὰς σχίζειν ξύλα, τάχ᾽ 
ἀναστάς τις καὶ ἄλλος ἐκείνου ἀφελόμενος ἔσχιζεν. ἐκ δὲ 

s Μ) > ‘ “ Μ | dl ‘ 
τούτου καὶ ἄλλοι ἀναστάντες πῦρ ἔκαιον καὶ ἐχρίοντο" πολὺ 
γὰρ ἐνταῦθα ηὑρίσκετο χρῖμα, ᾧ ἐχρῶντο ἀντ᾽ ἐλαίου, σύειον 





80 iepeta: properly sacrificial 388 κατακειμένων: gen, abs. with 


beasts, but freely used of ani- 
mals slaughtered for food. For 
the asyndeton in an enumera- 
tion, cf. II, 4, 127. 

$1 τινές : another instance of free- 
dom of position. 

33 daivovra, blazing. 

ἐδόκει: with different meanings 
with the two following infins.— 
first seemed, then seemed best. 
So not infrequently. 

34 ἐντεῦθεν: cf. ἐκ τούτου. 

35 διαιθριάζειν, to be clearing up. 
With such vbs. the subj. ὁ Ζεύς, 
ὁ θεός, is sometimes expressed 
(Aristoph. Birds 1501 ἢ; Xen. 
Cyn. 8,1). For the omitted subj., 
sre the note on ἐσάλπιγξε, I, 2, 98. 
δια-, of course, denotes the break- 
ing up of the clouds. 

36 ἄπλετος : another poetic word. 

87 συνεπόδισεν: cf. πεποδισμένοι εἰσί, 


ITT, 4, 138, 


omitted subj. (ef. προϊόντων, I, 2, 
99, and the note); for the abs. 
construction, where we might 
have looked for the dat., ef. I, 4, 
82, and the note. 

39 ἀλεεινόν, αὶ source of warmth. 
For the neut. adj. thus used, 67. 
ἡδύ, II, 3, 60, and the note. 

ὅτῳ μή, freely, if it didn’t slip of 
one. The rel. is equivalent to 
the gen. condit. 

40 ἐτόλμησε, summed up courage. 

γυμνός, without his cloak ; cf. I, 10, 

41 τις καὶ ἄλλος: cf. I, 3, 80. [9. 

ἀφελόμενος : se. τὴν ἀξίνην or τὰ ξύλα, 
This vb. is often construed with 
two 8668. (6. g. I, 3, 18). 

42 éxplovro: the use of oil to keep 
the skin in good condition and 
the limbs supple was universal 
among the Greeks. 

43 ἐλαίου : this was the normal un- 
guent in Greece. 








παρεσκευάσθαι δὲ αὐτὸν ἔφη ὡς ἐπὶ τῇ ὑπερβολῇ τοῦ ὄρους ἐν 





44 ἐκ τῶν πικρῶν : added for clear- 
ness’ sake. The preceding adj. 
supplies the noun. The whole 
phrase=é« τῶν πικρῶν ἀμυγδαλῶν; 
but the adj. form is preferred in 
order to conform to what pre- 
cedes. 

45 ἐκ δὲ τῶν αὐτῶν τούτων, made 
from these same ingredients. 
Cf. ΤΙ͵ 3, 55. 

47 εἰς στέγας, under cover; it is, 
therefore, not redundant after 
eis τὰς κώμας. 

σὺν πολλῇ ... ἡδονῇ, with loud 
shouts of joy—a good instance 
of hendiadyoin (one idea ex- 
pressed by two words). 

49 ὑπὸ GracBadias, in wanton 
folly. The word is Homeric. 


51 Typvirnv: Temnus was a city 
in Aeolis; but the text is un- 
certain. 

54 τὰ μὴ ὄντα : the generic μή (giv- 
ing the class); see G. 1613; Η. 
B. 431, 1. Below we have οὐκ 
ὄντα, because in each case he re- 
ported οὐκ ἔστι. 

πορευθείς, on his return. 

55 ἧκεν ἄγων, brought with him. 

56 "Apatéves: familiar to Xen.’s 
readers from many works of art. 

59 τὸ στράτευμα: prolepsis. This 
was the army which had been 
reported in 89. 

60 εἴη ἔχων, it was T., with. 

62 παρεσκευάσθαι. .. ἔφη: if in 
indir. disc. a vb. of saying is re- 
expressed, it is almost invariably 





224 Anabasis 





τοῖς στενοῖς ἥπερ μοναχῇ εἴη πορεία, ἐνταῦθα ἐπιθησόμενον 
τοῖς “Ελλησιν. 
ἀκούσασι τοῖς στρατηγοῖς ταῦτα ἔδοξε τὸ στράτευμα συναγα- 

γεῖν" καὶ εὐθὺς φύλακας καταλιπόντες καὶ στρατηγὸν ἐπὶ τοῖς 

/ ft , > 4 » ς / 
μένουσι Lodaiverov Στυμφάλιον ἐπορεύοντο ἔχοντες ἡγεμόνα 
τὸν ἁλόντα ἄνθρωπον. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ὑπερέβαλλον τὰ ὄρη, οἱ πελ- 
τασταὶ προϊόντες καὶ κατιδόντες τὸ στρατόπεδον οὐκ ἔμειναν 

". ε ᾿ > 9 > , " ,ν. ὁ ’ ε 
τοὺς ὁπλίτας, ἀλλ᾽ ἀνακραγόντες ἔθεον ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. οἱ 
δὲ βάρβαροι ἀκούσαντες τὸν θόρυβον οὐχ ὑπέμειναν, ἀλλ᾽ ἔφευ- 

Ψ \ ‘ 3 ἡ / “ , ν Κ΄ 

γον" ὅμως δὲ καὶ ἀπέθανόν τινες τῶν βαρβάρων καὶ ἵπποι 
° ’ ν ν κα \ € / er »." 7 >; A 
ἑάλωσαν εἰς εἴκοσι καὶ ἡ σκηνὴ ἡ Τιριβάζου ἑάλω καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ 
κλῖναι ἀργυρόποδες καὶ ἐκπώματα καὶ οἱ ἀρτοκόποι καὶ οἱ 

b | / , Ψ > * Ὰ > / “Ὁ € a 
οἰνοχόοι φάσκοντες εἶναι. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐπύθοντο ταῦτα οἱ τῶν 
ὁπλιτῶν στρατηγοί, ἐδόκει αὐτοῖς ἀπιέναι τὴν ταχίστην ἐπὶ τὸ 
στρατόπεδον, μή τις ἐπίθεσις γένοιτο τοῖς καταλελειμμένοις. 
καὶ εὐθὺς ἀνακαλεσάμενοι τῇ σάλπιγγι ἀπῇσαν, καὶ ἀφίκοντο 

'“ H) YY Peers 

αὐθημερὸν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. 


Book IV, Chap. V 225 





“ Ἂ Ul / δ᾽ ἠθὺ > Md ὃ A , 
βεῖν τὰ στενά. συσκευασάμενοι δ᾽ εὐθὺς ἐπορεύοντο διὰ χιόνος 
πολλῆς ἡγεμόνας ἔχοντες πολλούς" καὶ αὐθημερὸν ὑπερβαλόντες 
τὸ ἄκρον ἐφ᾽ ᾧ ἔμελλεν ἐπιτίθεσθαι Τιρίβαζος κατεστρατοπε- 
δεύσαντο. ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμοὺς ἐρήμους τρεῖς παρα- 

ld / > ‘ > / , ‘ / 
σάγγας πεντεκαίδεκα ἐπὶ τὸν Εὐφράτην ποταμόν, καὶ διέβαινον 
αὐτὸν βρεχόμενοι πρὸς τὸν ὀμφαλόν. ἐλέγοντο δ᾽ οὐδ᾽ αἱ πηγαὶ 
πρόσω εἶναι. 

ἐντεῦθεν ἐπορεύοντο διὰ χιόνος πολλῆς καὶ πεδίου σταθμοὺς 


“ποεῖ ἢ δέ ς δὲ " oe x . } 
pes παρασαγγᾶς Exa. 0 € Τρίτος EYEVETO χαλέπος KA 


aveuwr; βορρᾶς ἐναντίος ἔπνει παντάπασιν ἀποκαίων πάντα καὶ 
\ \ ᾽ 3 ὃ) a , , 3 / 
πηγνὺς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους. ἔνθα δὴ τῶν μάντεών τις εἶπε σφαγιά- 
“ > , \ ld \ na \ “ 

σασθαι τῷ ἀνέμῳ, καὶ σφαγιάζεται" καὶ πᾶσι δὴ περιφανῶς 

»Ἅ) ‘ “ ol Ἂ 
ἔδοξεν λῆξαι τὸ χαλεπὸν τοῦ πνεύματος. ἣν δὲ τῆς χιόνὸς τὸ 

10 3 U ef \ “ ᾿ ῇ \ "Ὁ > ὃ 5 

βάθος ὀργυιά: ὥστε καὶ τῶν ὑποζυγίων Kai τῶν ἀνδραπόδων 
πολλὰ ἀπώλετο καὶ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ὡς τριάκοντα. διεγένοντο 





V. Τῇ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ ἐδόκει πορευτέον εἶναι ὅπῃ δύναιντο 


τάχιστα πρὶν ἢ συλλεγῆναι τὸ στράτευμα πάλιν καὶ καταλα- 





a form οὗ φημί, no matter what 
the original vb. was. So, too, a 
second clause often has the in- 
fin., even when φημί is not in- 
serted. Note the tense of rapec- 
κευάσθαι, all was in readiness. 

ὡς: with ἐπιθησόμενον. 

63 ἐνταῦθα: resumptive, as de- 
monstr. words so often are. 

66 ἐπί, in command of. 

67 Zodalverov: see the Introd., 8.38. 

ἡγεμόνα : cf. ἀκοντίοις, c. 2. 112, and 
the note. 

69 τὸ στρατόπεδον: i. 6. that of 
Tiribazus. 

70 dvaxpayévres, raising a shout 
(ingressive aor.) 

74 κλῖναι: similarly Herodotus(IX, 
80 and 82) mentions among the 


spoils captured in the camp of 
Mardonius at Plataea, κλίνας re 
χρυσέας καὶ ἀργυρέας εὖ ἐστρωμένας 
καὶ τραπέζας τε χρυσέας καὶ ἀργυρέας 
καὶ παρασκευὴν (dishes) μεγαλο- 
πρεπέα. There is mention there, 
too, of dproxéro: and ὀψοποιοί 
(cooks). 

75 φάσκοντες εἶναι, claiming to be; 
cf. καλούμενοι; I, 8, 104. 

76 τὸ στρατόπεδον : i.e. their own 
camp, guarded by Sophaenetus, 

77 ἐπίθεσις γένοιτο : 7. 6, on the part 
of Tiribazus. 

78 ἀνακαλεσάμενοι, sounding a re- 
call, 

CHAPTER V 

2 πρὶν 4: this poetical equivalent 

of the simple piv is found twice 











again in Xen. and once in Thucy- 
dides, but is otherwise foreign 
to Attic prose. See G. M. T.652. 
τὰ στενά: cf. c. 4. 63. 

ἡγεμόνας : apparently prisoners 
taken in the attack on the camp- 
ἔμελλεν, was to have. 

τὸν Εὐφράτην: 7. 6. the eastern 
branch, now known as the Mu- 
rad Su. 

10 διὰ... πεδίου, over a plain 
covered with deep snow. 

11 παραςσά.γας δέκα: the text is 
uncertain, but so little can be 
suid with definiteness about the 
route of the Greeks after they 
crossed the Centrites, that sure 
emendation is impossible. 

τρίτος : sc. σταθμός. 

12 ἐναντίος, in their faces. 

ἀποκαίων, parching, blasting—a 
strong word to denote the effect 
of cold. In a fragment of one 
of the comic poets we have, 


ἀπέκαυσεν ἡ πάχνη (frost) τὰς 
ἀμπέλους (vines), and Xen. even 
has (Anab. VII, 4, § 3), καὶ τῶν 
Ἑλλήνων πολλῶν καὶ ῥῖνες (noses) 
ἀπεκαίοντο καὶ ὦτα. So, in Lat., 
adurere (Verg. Georg. I, 93) and 
torrere (Varr. ap. Non. 452,11) are 
used of cold. Cf. Milton, Para- 
dise Lost 11, 594. The parching 
air | Burns frore, and cold per- 
forms the work of fire. 

13 εἶπε σφαγιάσασθαι, bade sacri- 
fice. No subj. of the infin. need 
be supplied; so, too, σφαγιάζεται 
may be rendered, sacrifice was 
made. To the Greeks the winds 
were divinities, and the Atheni- 
ans, in particular, worshiped 
Boreas, who had wedded, the 
legend said, Oreithyia, the 
daughter of Erectheus. 

17 διεγένοντο... καίοντες, they got 
through the night, however, by 
keeping up fires. Cf. 1, 5, 34. 





226 Anabasis 





δὲ τὴν νύκτα πῦρ καίοντες - ξύλα δ᾽ ἣν ἐν τῷ σταθμῷ πολλά: οἱ 
δὲ ὀψὲ προσιόντες ξύλα οὐκ εἶχον. οἱ οὖν πάλαι ἥκοντες καὶ 
πῦρ καίοντες οὐ προσίεσαν πρὸς τὸ πῦρ τοὺς ὀψίζοντας, εἰ μὴ 
μεταδοῖεν αὐτοῖς πυροὺς ἣ ἄλλο εἴ τι ἔχοιεν βρωτόν. ἔνθα δὴ 
μετεδίδοσαν ἀλλήλοις ὧν εἶχον ἕκαστοι. ἔνθα δὲ τὸ πῦρ ἐκαίετο, 
διατηκομένης τῆς χιόνος βόθροι ἐγένοντο μεγάλοι ἔστε ἐπὶ τὸ 
δάπεδον: οὗ δὴ παρῆν μετρεῖν τὸ βάθος τῆς χιόνος. 


> a δὲ \ > “ ξ , [τ > , Ἁ , 
ἐντεῦθεν O€ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν ἡμέραν ὅλην ἐπορεύοντο διὰ χιόνος, 


καὶ πολλοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐβουλιμίασαν. ἘΞενοφῶν δ᾽ ὀπισθο- 
a! Ud a 
φυλακῶν καὶ καταλαμβάνων τοὺς πίπτοντας τῶν ἀνθρώπων 


᾽ ’ Ψ \ .θ Ν ᾽ 5} δὲ 4 ΙΑ, a + , 
ὨΎΡΟΕι Ο.Τι TO παῦος €17). €TT el ἢ € €l7Té TiS avuT@ τῶν εμπειρωὼν 5 


ov “ “ "“ἶ ld > / ‘ 
ὅτι σαφῶς βουλιμιῶσι κἄν τι φάγωσιν ἀναστήσονται, περιιὼν 
4 4 ξ ‘ ” ‘ ἔ al , / \ / 

περὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια, εἴ πού τι ὁρῴη βρωτόν, διεδίδου καὶ διέπεμπε 
διδόντας τοὺς δυναμένους παρατρέχειν τοῖς βουλιμιῶσιν. ἐπειδὴ 
δέ τι ἐμφάγοιεν, ἀνίσταντο καὶ ἐπορεύοντο. 

| πορευομένων δὲ Χειρίσοφος μὲν ἀμφὶ κνέφας πρὸς κώμην 
ἀφικνεῖται, καὶ ὑδροφορούσας ἐκ τῆς κώμης πρὸς τῇ κρήνῃ 





20 οὐ προσίεσαν, would not admit boulimy (ravenoushunger). Bov- 
te. 1.1, in composition often denotes 
21 πυρούς: with μεταδιδόναι the obj. something huge (fovras, a great 
shared is commonly in the part- overgrown boy); 80, too ἑππο- 
itive gen. (cf. below, ὧν εἶχον). and horse- in Eng. (horse-radish, 


Book IV, Chap. V 227 





~ ‘4 , aw 
γυναῖκας καὶ κόρας καταλαμβάνει ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ ἐρύματος. 


φ ᾽ , b \ U i ἡ ς δ᾽ e \ > yl 
10 QUTQAL 7PWT@V QUTOUS τινες ELEV. ο ερμηνεὺυς ELTTE πεέερσιστι OTL 


, rd »! i" “i Δ \ > Υ͂ 
παρὰ βασιλέως πορεύονται πρὸς τὸν σατράπην. ai δὲ ἀπεκρί- 
er ᾽ ᾽ A ” > 9 > ᾿ Ψ ἢ Δ 
ναντο ὅτι οὐκ ἐνταῦθα εἴη, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπέχει ὅσον παρασάγγην. οἵ 
δ᾽ ᾽ ὶ ? ὲ i \ \ U , > δ 
, ἐπεὶ ὀψὲ ἦν, πρὸς τὸν κωμάρχην συνεισέρχονται εἰς τὸ ἔρυμα 
σὺν ταῖς ὑδροφόροις. Χειρίσοφος μὲν οὖν καὶ ὅσοι ἐδυνήθησαν 
τοῦ στρατεύματος ἐνταῦθα ἐστρατοπεδεύσαντο, τῶν δ᾽ ἄλλων 
στρατιωτῶν οἱ μὴ δυνάμενοι διατελέσαι τὴν ὁδὸν ἐνυκτέρευσαν 
a / a 
ἄσιτοι καὶ ἄνευ πυρός" καὶ ἐνταῦθα τινες ἀπώλοντο τῶν στρα- 
τιωτῶν. 
ἐφείποντο δὲ τῶν πολεμίων συνειλεγμένοι τινὲς καὶ τὰ μὴ 
, “ ξ Ἢ Lid ἃ > ἤ > , A 
δυνάμενα τῶν ὑποζυγίων ἥρπαζον καὶ ἀλλήλοις ἐμάχοντο περὶ 
+ AIM / \ a“ fe! 7 / ς A 
αὐτῶν. ἐλείποντο δὲ τῶν στρατιωτῶν οἵ τε διεφθαρμένοι ὑπὸ 
τῆς χιόνος τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς οἵ τε ὑπὸ τοῦ ψύχους τοὺς δακτύλους 
a "» > / \ a \ 3 val > ' 
τῶν ποδῶν ἀποσεσηπότες. ἣν δὲ τοῖς μὲν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἐπικού- 
Lp] / v “ ΝΜ Ἁ ἴω > a » 
ρημα τῆς χιόνος εἴ τις μέλαν τι ἔχων πρὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ἐπο- 
ρεύετο, τῶν δὲ ποδῶν εἴ τις κινοῖτο καὶ μηδέποτε ἡσυχίαν ἔχοι 
> Ν ’ ¢ v σ΄ \ e /, 3 lal 
καὶ εἰς τὴν νύκτα ὑπολύοιτο" ὅσοι δὲ ὑποδεδεμένοι ἐκοιμῶντο 
εἰσεδύοντο εἰς τοὺς πόδας οἱ ἱμάντες καὶ τὰ ὑποδήματα περιε- 
Vd Ἃ Φ > oe / ~*~) oe -“ e A 
πήγνυντο" καὶ yap ἦσαν, ἐπειδὴ ἐπέλιπε τὰ ἀρχαῖα ὑποδήματα, 
καρβάτιναι πεποιημέναι ἐκ τῶν νεοδάρτων βοῶν. 





The acc. is rare (save in the case 
of the word μέρος. part) and de- 
notes, of course, the part given. 

ἄλλο εἴ τι, whatever else, εἴ τι ἄλλο, 
or ὅ,τε ἄλλο, would have been 
more usual. 

ἔνθα. . . €vOa: the former is de- 
monstr., the latter rel. 

23 ἔστε ἐπί, clear to. For ἔστε, 
see the note on I, 9, 38. μέχρι 
before preps. is not uncommon 
(Anab. VI, 4, § 26), and in V, 5, 
§ 4 (aspurious passage) we have 
ἄχρι els. 

24 δάπεδον: a poetic word. 

παρῆν, it was possible. 

26 ἐβουλιμίασαν, were attacked by 


horse-laugh). 

27 τοὺς πίπτοντας τῶν ἀνθρώπων, 
those of the men who sank ex- 
hausted. Note the tense. 

30 διεδίδου: cf. I, 9, 80. 

31 διδόντας, to give; sc. τινάς. The 
pres. partic. often stands where 
the fut. (of purpose) might have 
been looked for (cf. ἐπεφάνη 
σκοπῶν, II, 4, 104). It is more 
graphic. 

παρατρέχειν, fo run along theranks. 

τοῖς βουλιμιῶσιν: the dat. is gov- 
erned by διδόντας. 

33 xvéhas: a poeticism. [κόρας. 

84 ἐκ τῆς κώμης: with γυναῖκας καὶ 

πρὸς τῇ κρήνῃ: the art., since the 


villagers had a common spring, 
as usual. 
88 ὅσον, about ; cf. 1,2, 15. [bodied. 
40 ὅσοι ἐδυνήθησαν, all the able- 
42 of ph δυνάμενοι: the generic μή 
again; cf. τὰ μὴ δυνάμενα, below. 
47 of re... τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς, thuse 
whose eyes had been blinded. 
48 of tre... ἀποσεσηπότες, those 
who had lost their toes through 
mortification (asa result of their 
having been frozen). For the 
accs. ὀφθαλμούς und δακτύλους, cf. 
the note on ras κεφαλάς, IT, 6, 2. 
ὑπό, as so often, gives a slight 
personification. Note that the 
order is chiastic. 


49 rots... ὀφθαλμοῖς : dat. of ad- 
vantage. 

ἐπικούρημα τῆς χιόνος, a protection 
against the snow. The gen. is 
objective. 

50 ἐπορεύετο : the logical indic., in- 
stead of the generalized opt. 
Contrast κινοῖτο and the follow- 
ing opts., below. 

51 τῶν δὲ ποδῶν, and (a protection) 
for the feet. Another objective 
gen., but in a different sense. 

52 ὑπολύοιτο, took off his shoes. 
Contrast ὑποδεδεμένοι, below, 
(with their shoes on). 

54 ἦσαν: sc. αὐτοῖς, they had. 

55 καρβάτιναι: not the normal 





228 Anabasis Book IV, Chap. V 229 








ἅτε ὑγιαίνοντες ἐξαναστάντες ἔδραμον eis τοὺς πολεμίους" οἱ δὲ 
κάμνοντες ἀνακραγόντες ὅσον ἐδύναντο μέγιστον τὰς ἀσπίδας 
πρὸς τὰ δόρατα ἔκρουσαν. οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι δείσαντες ἧκαν τὸ 
αὑτοὺς κατὰ τῆς χιόνος εἰς τὴν νάπην, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἔτι οὐδαμοῦ 
ἐφθέγξατο. 

καὶ Ἐξενοφῶν μὲν καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ εἰπόντες τοῖς ἀσθενοῦσιν 
ὅτι τῇ ὑστρεραίᾳ ἥξουσί τινες ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς, πορευόμενοι πρὶν τέτ- 
ταρα στάδια διελθεῖν ἐντυγχάνουσιν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ἀναπανυομένοις 
ἐπὶ τῆς χιόνος τοῖς στρατιώταις ἐγκεκαλυμμένοις, καὶ οὐδὲ φυ- 
λακὴ οὐδεμία καθειστήκει" καὶ ἀνίστασαν αὐτούς. οἵ δ᾽ ἔλεγον 
ὅτι οἱ ἔμπροσθεν οὐχ ὑποχωροῖεν. ὃ δὲ παριὼν καὶ παρα- 
πέμπων τῶν πελταστῶν τοὺς ἰσχυροτάτους ἐκέλευε σκέψασθαι τί 


διὰ τὰς τοιαύτας οὖν ἀνάγκας ὑπελείποντό τινες τῶν στρα- 15 
τιωτῶν: καὶ ἐδόντες μέλαν τι χωρίον διὰ τὸ ἐκλελοιπέναι αὐτόθι 
τὴν χιόνα εἴκαξον τετηκέναι" καὶ ἐτετήκει διὰ κρήνην τινὰ ἣ 

, * > / > ld > esp » ’ ὕ 
πλησίον ἣν ἀτμίζουσα ἐν νάπῃ. ἐνταῦθ᾽ ἐκτραπόμενοι ἐκάθηντο 
et a 

60 καὶ οὐκ ἔφασαν πορεύεσθαι. ὁ δὲ Ἐξενοφῶν ἔχων ὀπισθοφύ- 16 -« 
λακας ὡς ἤσθετο, ἐδεῖτο αὐτῶν πάσῃ τέχνῃ καὶ μηχανῇ μὴ 
ἀπολείπεσθαι, λέγων ὅτι ἕπονται πολλοὶ πολέμιοι συνειλεγμέ- 
vot, καὶ τελευτῶν ἐχαλέπαινεν. οἱ δὲ σφάττειν ἐκέλευον: οὐ γὰρ 
Ἂ , ~ > “~ Ν a \ 
ἂν δύνασθαι πορευθῆναι. . ἐνταῦθα ἔδοξε κράτιστον εἶναι τοὺς 17 
bl / ἥ “~ ν irl ‘ > ἤ al 

85 ἑπομένους πολεμίους φοβῆσαι, εἴ tis δύναιτο, μὴ ἐπίοιεν τοῖς 

3 ὶ he \ ἢ "ὃ Δ δὲ “ nx 

κάμνουσι. καὶ ἦν μὲν σκότος ἤδη, of δὲ προσῆσαν πολλῷ 
θορύβῳ ἀμφὶ ὧν εἶχον διαφερόμενοι. ἔνθα δὴ οἱ ὀπισθοφύλακες 18 





sandals, but a sort of brogue 
made of a single piece of un- 
tanned hide, drawn up around 
the foot by thongs. Such brogues 
were easily made, and were 
common among the country 
people of Greece. 

βοῶν, oxen, and so (by metonomy) 
ox-hides. 

56 ἀνάγκας, straits. 

57 διὰ τὸ ἐκλελοιπέναι: the clause 
explains μέλαν. For the infin. 
with the art., see the note on 
I, 6, 9. 

59 ἦν ἀτμίζουσα : not a progressive 
vb. form; each element has its 
full value. This warm spring 
does not suffice to identify the 
place. Several such springs are 
known. 

vary: the form νάπος occurs three 
times in VI, 5. 

60 πορεύεσθαι: what they said was 
οὐ πορευόμεθα, we are going no 
farther. The pres. is often used 
for the fut. in cases where the 
action depends upon the will of 
the subj. For the position of 
the neg., cf. the note on I, 2, 152. 


ὀπισθοφύλακας, a detachment of 
the rear-guard. 

61 πάσῃ τέχνῃ καὶ μηχανῇ, by all 
manner of means. The phrase 
(a stereotyped one; cf. VII, 2, 
§ 8) strengthens ἐδεῖτο, itself a 
strong word. 

63 τελευτῶν, finally. 

ἐχαλέπαινεν: cf. the narrative in 
V, 8, where Xen., accused by one 
of the men, a mule-driver, of 
having acted with undue sever- 
ity toward him at this time, 
clears himself by showing that 
the fellow was attempting to 
bury alive an exhausted soldier 
whom he had been bidden to 
carry. The time of the flogging 
is there given as ὅπου καὶ ῥίγει 
ἀπωλλύμεθα καὶ χιὼν πλείστη ἢν. 

σφάττειν: neither subj. nor obj. 
need be expressed. The men 
said simply σφάττε. 

64 ἂν δύνασθαι: supply ἔφασαν, from 
ἐκέλευον; cf. c. 4. 62. and the note. 
In neg. clauses the potential opt. 
is one of the strongest forms of 
denial. 

67 ἀμφὶ av... διαφερόμενοι, quar- 





εἴη τὸ κωλῦον. of δὲ ἀπήγγελλον ὅτι ὅλον οὕτως ἀναπαύοιτο 
\ , > Ὁ“ "ἢ i ‘A — lal > / 

τὸ στράτευμα. ἐνταῦθα καὶ ot περὶ Ἐξενοφῶντα ηὐλίσθησαν 
᾽ lel ” Ν Ν if) \ “ δύ 

αὐτοῦ ἄνευ πυρὸς καὶ ἄδειπνοι, φυλακὰς οἵας ἐδύναντο κατα- 

Ul > " δὲ ‘ e / be ᾿ » = “ ’ 
στησάμενοι. ἐπεὶ δὲ πρὸς ἡμέραν ἦν, ὁ μὲν Ἐξενοφῶν πέμψας 
πρὸς τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας τοὺς νεωτάτους ἀναστήσαντας ἐκέλευεν 


ἀναγκάζειν προϊέναι. 


ἐν δὲ τούτῳ Χειρίσοφος πέμπει τῶν ἐκ τῆς κώμης σκεψομέ 


νους πῶς ἔχοιεν οἱ τελευταῖοι. 


of δὲ ἄσμενοι ἰδόντες τοὺς μὲν 


> “ , / / > \ \ , 
ἀσθενοῦντας τούτοις παρέδοσαν κομίζειν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον, 





reling about their booty. ἀμφί 
with the gen. (instead of περί) 
is used by Xen. alone among 
Attic prose writers. 

68 ἅτε ὑγιαίνοντες : cf. the note on 
I, 1, 12. 

els: into the midst of, cf. I, 1, 62, 
and the note. 

69 ὅσον ἐδύναντο μέγιστον, as loud 
as they could (inner obj.). péyas 
is regularly used of the voice. 

τὰς ἀσπίδας... ἔκρουσαν : cf. I, 8, 
1531, 

70 δείσαντες, seized with fear. 
Note the tense. 

ἧκαν αὑτούς, flung themselves. 
The act. with the reflexive is 


always stronger than the mid. 
It is often used of unusual or 
unnatural actions. 

74 ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς, to get them. 

77 ἀνίστασαν, tried to make them 
get up. They supposed that the 
men had succumbed to the 
drowsiness preceding death from 
cold. 

80 ὅλον: an easy exaggeration. As 
a matter of fact the van had 
reached a village (855 9 and 22). 

86 τῶν ἐκ : see on I,1,18. The gen. 
is partitive (sc. τινάς). 

87 ot δέ: apparently the men sent 
by Xen. to bring up the sick. 

ἄσμενοι: cf. II, 1, 79, and the note. 





230 Anabasis 





αὐτοὶ δὲ ἐπορεύοντο, καὶ πρὶν εἴκοσι στάδια διεληλυθέναι ἦσαν 
90 πρὸς τῇ κώμῃ ἔνθα Χειρίσοφος ηὐλίζετο. 
ἀλλήλοις, ἔδοξε κατὰ τὰς κώμας ἀσφαλὲς εἶναι τὰς τάξεις σκη- 
νοῦν. καὶ Χειρίσοφος μὲν αὐτοῦ ἔμενεν, οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι διαλαχόντες 
ἃς ἑώρων κώμας ἐπορεύοντο ἕκαστοι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν ἔχοντες. ἔνθα 
δὴ Πολυκράτης ᾿Αθηναῖος λοχαγὸς ἐκέλευσεν ἀφιέναι ἑαυτόν" 
95 καὶ λαβὼν τοὺς εὐζώνους, θέων ἐπὶ τὴν κώμην ἣν εἰλήχει Ἐξενο- 
φῶν καταλαμβάνει πάντας ἔνδον τοὺς κωμήτας καὶ τὸν κωμάρ.- 
χην καὶ πώλους εἰς δασμὸν βασιλεῖ τρεφομένους ἑπτακαίδεκα, 
καὶ τὴν θυγατέρα τοῦ κωμάρχου ἐνάτην ἡμέραν γεγαμημένην" ὁ 
δ᾽ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς λαγῶς ᾧχετο θηράσων καὶ οὐχ ἑάλω ἐν τῇ κώμῃ. 
αἱ δ᾽ οἰκίαι ἦσαν κατάγειοι, τὸ μὲν στόμα ὥσπερ φρέατος, 

Ρ 9 > “ e | ¥ “Ὁ ‘ ll ’ > ΄ e 
κάτω δ᾽ evpeias ai δὲ εἴσοδοι τοῖς μὲν ὑποζυγίοις ὀρυκταί, of δὲ 

Ψ / Se, i > \ ” LA αὶ, Φ 
ἄνθρωποι κατέβαινον ἐπὶ κλίμακος. ἐν δὲ ταῖς οἰκίαις ἦσαν 
αἶγες, oles, βόες, ὄρνιθες, καὶ τὰ ἔκγονα τούτων- τὰ δὲ κτήνη 
ἢ | a > ry Φ \ \ ‘ ‘ 
πάντα χιλῷ ἔνδον ἐτρέφοντο. ἦσαν δὲ καὶ πυροὶ καὶ κριθαὶ 





ἐπεὶ δὲ συνεγένοντο 23 


Book IV, Chap. V 231 





> A a \ \ 

καὶ ὄσπρια καὶ olvos κρίθινος ἐν κρατῆρσιν. ἐνῆσαν δὲ καὶ 

᾿ j b αὶ ϊ L «ada ἐνέκειντο, OL μὲν 
αὐταὶ αἱ κριθαὶ ἰσοχειλεῖς, καὶ κάλαμοι ἐνέκειντο, μ 


e O\ ' , ᾽ Ν ΄ $5 en iy 
μείζους οἱ δὲ ἐλάττους, γόνατα οὐκ ἔχοντες" τούτους ἔδει ὁπότε 


τις διψῴη λαβόντα εἰς τὸ στόμα μύζειν. καὶ πάνυ ἄκρατος ἦν, 
εἰ μή τις ὕδωρ ἐπιχέοι: καὶ πάνυ ἡδὺ συμμαθόντι τὸ πῶμα ἦν. 

ὁ δὲ Ξενοφῶν τὸν ἄρχοντα τῆς κώμης ταύτης σύνδειπνον 
ἐποιήσατο καὶ θαρρεῖν αὐτὸν ἐκέλευε λέγων ὅτι οὔτε τῶν τέκνων 
στερήσοιτο τήν τε οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ ἀντεμπλήσαντες τῶν ἐπιτηδείων 
ἀπίασιν, iv ἀγαθόν τι τῷ στρατεύματι ἐξηγησάμενος φαίνηται 
ἔστ᾽ ἂν ἐν ἄλλῳ ἔθνει γένωνται. ὃ δὲ ταῦτα ὑπισχνεῖτο, καὶ 
φιλοφρονούμενος οἶνον ἔφρασεν ἔνθα ἦν κατορωρυγμένος. ταύ- 
την μὲν τὴν νύκτα διασκηνήσαντες οὕτως ἐκοιμήθησαν ἐν πᾶσιν 
ἀφθόνοις πάντες οἱ στρατιῶται, ἐν φυλακῇ ἔχοντες τὸν κωμάρχην 
καὶ τὰ τέκνα αὐτοῦ ὁμοῦ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς. 

τῇ δ᾽ ἐπιούσῃ ἡμέρᾳ Ἐξενοφῶν λαβὼν τὸν κωμάρχην πρὸς 
Χειρίσοφον ἐπορεύετο' ὅπου δὲ παρίοι κώμην, ἐτρέπετο πρὸς 
τοὺς ἐν ταῖς κώμαις καὶ κατελάμβανε πανταχοῦ εὐωχουμένους 
καὶ εὐθυμουμένους, καὶ οὐδαμόθεν ἀφίεσαν πρὶν παραθεῖναι 


92 αὐτοῦ: ἡ. 6. ἰη the village where 100 κατάγειοι : Xenophon’s des- 


he was. 

Stadaxdvras . . . κώμας, distribut- 
ing among themselves by lot the 
villages which they saw. κώμας 
is incorporated in the rel. clause; 
f. 11M. 

94 ἐκέλευσεν, urged ; as asubordin- 
ate he could hardly order. 

ἀφιέναι, that he be given leave to 
set out. 

95 θέων: this vb. is rarely used 
without military connotations; 
cf. the note on I, 8, 71. 

96 kal... Kal... καί: in enu- 
merations we have either poly- 
syndeton, as here, or asyndeton, 
as below, |. 103. 

97 Sacpév: cf. 1,1, 41,and the note. 

ἑπτακαίδεκα: the number seems 
incorrect; see below, § 35. 

98 ἐνάτην ἡμέραν, eight days before. 

99 ἀνήρ, husband, as often. 


cription of these underground, 
or semi-underground, houses 
agrees, in the main, with the 
accounts of modern travelers. 
They are not, to be sure, entire- 
ly underground nor are they 
entered by a hole in the roof, 
but they are none the less large- 
ly covered with earth for the 
sake of warmth, often being ex- 
cavated in hill-sides; and the 
inhabitants share them with the 
domestic animals. 

τὸ μὲν στόμα: probably in partitive 
appos. with οἰκίαι, which is im- 
mediately resumed as subj. It 
may also be taken as acc. of 
specification. 

103 ὄρνιθες, poultry, as often. 

104 érpépovro: for the pl. vb. with 
neut. pl. subj., see the note 
on I, 2, 38. Observe that here 











the idea of plurality is empha- 
sized. 

105 οἶνος κρίθινος, barley-wine (i.e. 
beer). 

106 ἰσοχειλεῖς, floating level with 
the brim. 

107 γόνατα, joints. For such me- 
taphors, cf. ἀκρωνυχία, ITI, 4, 154, 
and μαστός, c. 2. 25. 

108 ἄκρατος, strong. The Greeks 
were a temperate people, regu- 
larly diluting their wine with 
more than its bulk of water. 

109 συμμαθόντι, when one became 
accustomed to it. For the dat., 
ef. I, 5, 55. 

110 σύνδειπνον ἐποιήσατο: cf. II, 
5, 103. 

111 οὔτε. .. te: cf. II, 2, 38, and 
the note. The parallelism is 


sought even where the subj. 
changes. 

112 στερήσοιτο: fut. mid. as pass. 

ἀντεμπλήσαντες . .. ἀπίασιν, they 
would fill (in recompense) befure 

_ they left. 

113 ἐξηγησάμενος φαίνηται, should 
prove to have suggested. Cf. 
the note on I, 9, 70. 

114 ἔστ᾽ ἄν. see the note on I, 9, 38. 

115 οἶνον: prolepsis. This was 
doubtless grape wine. 

116 ἐν πᾶσιν ἀφθόνοις: cf. ITT, 2,132. 
Here the strong phrase, followed 
by πάντες of στρατιῶται, empha- 
sizes the contrast with their 
recent hardships. 

122 οὐδαμόθεν ἀφίεσαν, in no case 
would they let them go. 

παραθεῖναι : this, with διακονῶ (cf, 





232 Anabasis 





’ - > 
αὐτοῖς ἄριστον: οὐκ ἣν δ᾽ ὅπου ov παρετίθεσαν ἐπὶ τὴν αὐτὴν 31 


a / ” + en ἡ ἤ Ld > / ‘ 
τράπεζαν κρέα ἄρνεια, ἐρίφεια, χοίρεια, μόσχεια, ὀρνίθεια, σὺν 


πολλοῖς ἄρτοις τοῖς μὲν πυρίνοις τοῖς δὲ κριθίνοις. ὁπότε δέ 32 


τις φιλοφρονούμενός τῳ βούλοιτο προπιεῖν, εἷλκεν ἐπὶ τὸν κρα- 
τῆρα, ἔνθεν ἐπικύψαντα ἔδει ῥοφοῦντα πίνειν ὥσπερ βοῦν. καὶ 
τῷ κωμάρχῃ ἐδίδοσαν λαμβάνειν ὅ,τι βούλοιτο. ὃ δὲ ἅλλο μὲν 
οὐδὲν ἐδέχετο, ὅπου δέ τινα τῶν συγγενῶν ἴδοι, πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἀεὶ 
ἐλάμβανεν. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἦλθον πρὸς Χειρίσοφον, κατελάμβανον 
κἀκείνους σκηνοῦντας ἐστεφανωμένους τοῦ ξηροῦ χιλοῦ στεφά- 
νοις, καὶ διακονοῦντας ᾿Αρμενίους παῖδας σὺν ταῖς βαρβαρικαῖς 
στολαῖς: τοῖς δὲ παισὶν ἐδείκνυσαν ὥσπερ ἐνεοῖς ὅ,τι δέοι 
ποιεῖν. 

ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἀλλήλους ἐφιλοφρονήσαντο Χειρίσοφος καὶ Hevo- 
φῶν, κοινῇ δὴ ἀνηρώτων τὸν κωμάρχην διὰ τοῦ περσίζοντος 
ἑρμηνέως τίς εἴη ἡ χώρα. ὃ δ᾽ ἔλεγεν ὅτι ᾿Αρμενία. καὶ πάλιν 
ἠρώτων τίνι οἱ ἵπποι τρέφονται. ὅ δ᾽ ἔλεγεν ὅτι βασιλεῖ 
δασμός:- τὴν δὲ πλησίον χώραν ἔφη εἶναι Χάλυβας, καὶ τὴν 


Book IV, Chap. VI 233 





δίδωσι TO κωμά ἀναθρέψαντι καταθῦσαι, ὅτι ἤκουεν αὐτὸν 
: p κωμαρχῇῃ ρ ? 
“ / 
ἱερὸν εἶναι τοῦ ᾿Ἡλίου, δεδιὼς μὴ ἀποθάνῃ: ἐκεκάκωτο yap 
ὑπὸ τῆς πορείας αὐτὸς δὲ τῶν πώλων λαμβάνει, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων 
aA \ a ΓΝ δ» a ® δ᾽ ς 

στρατηγῶν καὶ λοχαγωὼν EOWKEV ἐκάστῳ πῶλον. ἦσαν οἱ 

΄ “ / \ an a ὃ ’ ὃ ΄ 
ταύτῃ ἵπποι μείονες μὲν τῶν Ἰ]ερσικῶν, θυμοειδέστεροι δὲ πολύ. 
bd “ \ \ ὃ ὃ , € , ὶ \ ὃ κ “ 
ἐνταῦθα δὴ καὶ διδάσκει ὁ κωμάρχης περὶ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἵππων 
καὶ τῶν ὑποζυγίων σακία περιειλεῖν, ὅταν διὰ τῆς χιόνος 
ἄγωσιν" ἄνευ yap τῶν σακίων κατεδύοντο μέχρι τῆς γαστρός. 

> \ 

VI. ᾿Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἡμέρα ἦν ὀγδόη, τὸν μὲν ἡγεμόνα παραδίδωσι 
Χειρισόφῳ, τοὺς δὲ οἰκέτας καταλείπει τῷ κωμάρχῃ, πλὴν τοῦ 
υἱοῦ τοῦ ἄρτι ἡβάσκοντος" τοῦτον δὲ Πλεισθένει ᾿Αμφιπολίτῃ 

/ U dl > “Ὁ Φ / Μ A rn 
δίδωσι φυλάττειν, ὅπως εἰ καλῶς ἡγήσοιτο, ἔχων Kal τοῦτον 
ἀπίοι. καὶ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ εἰσεφόρησαν ὡς ἐδύναντο 

Cal ν᾿ UA , ἤ ε ca δ᾽ > κ ς 
πλεῖστα, καὶ ἀναζεύξαντες ἐπορεύοντο. ἡγεῖτο δ᾽ αὐτοῖς ὁ κω- 

/ ἤ ὃ \ / ᾿ \ "ὃ Φ 3 ua f 
μάρχης λελυμένος διὰ χιόνος. καὶ ἤδη τε ἦν ἐν τῷ τρίτῳ 





ὁδὸν ἔφραζεν ἡ εἴη. καὶ αὐτὸν τότε μὲν ᾧχετο ἄγων ὁ Ἐξενοφῶν 
\ \ e “Ὁ ba oe Ld 4 Ml 
πρὸς τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ οἰκέτας, καὶ ἵππον ὅν εἰλήφει παλαίτερον 





διακονοῦντας, below, 1. 132), is the 
regular word for serving at 
table. 

123 οὐκ ἦν δ᾽ ὅπου οὐ: for the 
strong phrase, cf. οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως 
οὐκ, II, 4, 15, and the common 
οὐδεὶς ὅστις οὐ (everybody). 

120 προπιεῖν, to drink his health. 

127 βοῦν: attracted to the case of 
αὐτόν. We should have looked 
for βοῦς (sc. πίνει). 

129 ἐδέχετο: note the tense; he 
would accept nothing else. 

131 σκηνοῦντας: here=edwroupé- 
yous, 

ἐστεφανωμένους: the garland was 
an indispensable accompani- 
ment of a Greek banquet, even 
when there was nothing but 
hay to make it of. 


133 ὥσπερ éveots: the boys, of 
course, understood no Greek. 
139 Χάλυβας: the name of the 
people for the name of the 
country; cf. Πισίδας, I, I, 62, and 

the note. 

140 αὐτόν: the comarch. The word 
is strongly emphasized by its 
position. 

τότε μέν: contrast ἐπεὶ δ᾽, below, 
e. 6. 1, 

141 πρὸς . . . οἰκέτας, fo his fam- 
ily (i. 6. the comarch’s). The 
reflexive refers back to the em- 
phatic word, here the obj., not 
the subj. of the sentence; see G. 
994; H. 683, b; Β. 470. The co- 
march’s relatives were in the 
village where Xen. and his men 
were quartered (8 24). 





εἰλήφει: see III, 3,§19 or IV, 4, 
§ 21. 

παλαίτερον, oldish,a common force 
of the comp. 

142 ἀναθρέψαντι καταθῦσαι, to fat- 
ten up and sacrifice. 

143 ἱερόν, sacred to; with possess. 
gen. The Persians sacrificed 
horses at the feast of Mithras, 
the sun god. 

εἶναι : how different from ὄντα ἢ Cf. 
I, 3, 105, and the note. 

144 ὑπό: again a slight touch of 
personification. 

τῶν πώλων: partitive gen. 

145 ἑκάστῳ: this suggests a far 
larger number than the seven- 
teen mentioned in §24. Pos- 
sibly the number is incorrect, or 
Xen. may have meant the gen- 
erals and captains of his own 
division. 

146 peloves: this description of the 
Armenian horses is corroborated 


by modern travelers. We think 
of the mustang of our western 
plains. 

πολύ: emphatic position. 

148 caxla: a sort of snow-shoe. 
The custom still prevails in the 
Caucasus. 


Cuapter VI 

1 τὸν μὲν ἡγεμόνα, him (i. e. the 
comarch), as guide. τῷ κωμάρχῃ 
just below (dat. of advantage, 
instead of possess. gen.) seems 
to have been added, if genuine, 
for the sake of parallelism. 

4 ὅπως. ... ἀπίοι, intending, if he 
should prove an honest guide, 
to let him go home, taking his 
son with him. 

7 λελυμένος, free from bonds. Con- 
trast c. 2. 2. 

kal ἤδη τε qv... καί: cf. I, 8,1. 
The vb. is probably impers., as 
there. 





234 - Anabasis 





σταθμῷ, καὶ Χειρίσοφος αὐτῷ ἐχαλεπάνθη ὅτι οὐκ εἰς κώμας 
ἤγαγεν. ὃ δ᾽ ἔλεγεν ὅτι οὐκ εἶεν ἐν τῷ τόπῳ τούτῳ. ὁ δὲ 
Χειρίσοφος αὐτὸν ἔπαισεν, ἔδησε δ᾽ οὔ. ἐκ δὲ τούτου ἐκεῖνος τῆς 
νυκτὸὲ ἀποδρὰς ᾧχετο καταλιπὼν τὸν υἱόν. τοῦτό γε δὴ 
Χειρισόφῳ καὶ Ἐξνοφῶντι μόνον διάφορον ἐν τῇ πορείᾳ ἐγένετο, 
ἡ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος κάκωσις καὶ ἀμέλεια. Πλεισθένης δὲ ἠράσθη 
τοῦ παιδὸς καὶ οἴκαδε κομίσας πιστοτάτῳ ἐχρῆτο. 

μετὰ τοῦτο ἐπορεύθησαν ἑπτὰ σταθμοὺς ἀνὰ πέντε παρα- 
σάγγας τῆς ἡμέρας παρὰ τὸν Φᾶσιν ποταμόν, εὖρος πλεθριαῖον. 
ἐντεῦθεν ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμοὺς δύο παρασάγγας δέκα: ἐπὶ 
δὲ τῇ εἰς τὸ πεδίον ὑπερβολῇ ἀπήντησαν αὐτοῖς Χάλυβες καὶ 
Τάοχοι καὶ Φασιανοί. Χειρίσοφος δ᾽ ἐπεὶ κατεῖδε τοὺς πολε- 


, aM, ne i198 , 
pious ἐπὶ τῇ ὑπερβολῇ, ἐπαύσατο πορευόμενος, ἀπέχων εἰς 


τριάκοντα σταδίους, ἵνα μὴ κατὰ κέρας ἄγων πλησιάσῃ τοῖς 
πολεμίοις: παρήγγειλε δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις παράγειν τοὺς λόχους, 
ὅπως ἐπὶ φάλαγγος γένοιτο τὸ στράτευμα. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦλθον οἱ 
ὀπισθοφύλακες, συνεκάλεσε στρατηγοὺς καὶ λοχαγούς, καὶ 


ἔλεξεν ὧδε. Οἱ μὲν πολέμιοι, ὡς ὁρᾶτε, κατέχουσι τὰς ὑπερβο.- 


Aas τοῦ ὄρους" ὥρα δὲ βουλεύεσθαι ὅπως ὡς κάλλιστα ἀγωνι- 





8 ἐχαλεπάνθη: the deponent form 
israre. A real pass. is found in 
Plato. 

οὐκ els κώμας : from the description 
in §25 it will be clear that vil- 
lages could easily have escaped 
notice, unless the guide chose 
to reveal them; Chirisophus’ 
anger may, therefore, have been 
justified. At the same time, if 
the villages were widely scat- 
tered, the guide may have been 
honest. 

10 ἔδησε δ᾽ od: said not to mark 
Chirisophus’ clemency, but his 
lack of caution. 

11 ἀποδρὰς ᾧχετο: cf. II, 4, 105, 
and the note. 

12 διάφορον, disagreement. 


13 ἠράσθη: ingressive aor.; cf. I, 
1, 45. 

14 ἐχρῆτο, found. Cf. the Lat. utor. 

15 ἀνά: cf. 111, 4, 85. 

16 Φᾶσιν: certainly not the fa- 
miliar Phasis, which flows into 
the Euxine from the east, al- 
though the Greeks doubtless 
thought it was. It must have 
been a branch of the Araxes; 
see the map. 

πλεθριαῖον: cf. I, 2, 30f., and the 
note. 

18 ὑπερβολῇ: cf. I, 2, 143. 

21 κατὰ κέρας, in column—the or- 
der of march. 

22 παράγειν: 7. 6. rap’ ἀσπίδα. 

26 ὅπως. .. ἀγωνιούμεθα: cf. I, 1, 
14, and the note. 


8 


9 


10 


Book IV, Chap. VI 235 





, ᾽ } \ 5 ὃ a ὅλ, A > Ξ θ 
ούμεθα. ἐμοὶ μὲν οὖν δοκεῖ παραγγεῖλαι μὲν ἀριστοποιεῖσθαι 
“ ͵’ὔ e lal δὲ tA Μ , ΕΣ ” 
τοῖς στρατιώταις, ἡμᾶς δὲ βουλεύεσθαι εἴτε τήμερον εἴτε αὔριον 
a 3 \ / 4 c , 
δοκεῖ ὑπερβάλλειν τὸ ὄρος. ᾿Εμοὶ δέ ye, ἔφη ὁ Κλεάνωρ, 
δοκεῖ, ἐπὰν τάχιστα ἀριστήσωμεν, ἐξοπλισαμένους ὡς κράτιστα 
> \ , 
ἰέναι ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας. εἰ yap διατρίψομεν τὴν τήμερον ἡμέραν, 
A “ a , 
of τε νῦν ἡμᾶς ὁρῶντες πολέμιοι θαρραλεώτεροι ἔσονται Kal 
ἄλλους εἰκὸς τούτων θαρρούντων πλείους προσγενέσθαι. 
Η͂ nA = a > ite ‘ δ᾽ Ψ ’ . ἡ 
μετὰ τοῦτον Ἐξενοφῶν εἶπεν" *"Eyo δ᾽ οὕτω γιγνώσκω. εἰ μὲν 
ἀνάγκη ἐστὶ μάχεσθαι, τοῦτο δεῖ παρασκευάσασθαι ὅπως ὡς κρά- 
τιστα μαχούμεθα" εἰ δὲ βουλόμεθα ὡς ῥᾷστα ὑπερβάλλειν, τοῦτό 
μοι δοκεῖ σκεπτέον εἶναι ὅπως ὡς ἐλάχιστα μὲν τραύματα λάβω- 
ε > f ᾿ , > ὃ “ > Li \ A = 
μεν, ὡς ἐλάχιστα δὲ σώματα ἀνδρῶν ἀποβάλωμεν. τὸ μὲν οὖν 
Ν Μ) 
ὄρος ἐστὶ τὸ ὁρώμενον πλέον ἢ ἐφ᾽ ἑξήκοντα στάδια, ἄνδρες δ᾽ 
οὐδαμοῦ φυλάττοντες ἡμᾶς φανεροί εἰσιν ἀλλ᾽ ἢ κατ᾽ αὐτὴν τὴν 
ὁδόν: πολὺ οὖν κρεῖττον τοῦ ἐρήμου ὄρους καὶ κλέψαι τι πει- 
ρᾶσθαι λαθόντας καὶ ἁρπάσαι φθάσαντος, εἰ δυναίμεθα, μᾶλλον 
ἢ πρὸς ἰσχυρὰ χωρία καὶ ἀνθρώπους παρεσκευασμένους μάχεσθαι. 





28 ἡμᾶς δέ: expressed for the sake 
of emphasis, although there is 
no change of subj. 

29 ὑπερβάλλειν : note the tense. 

Κλεάνωρ: see the Introd., § 38. 

81 εἰ γὰρ διατρίψομεν: a warning 
condition; cf. I, 5, 95, and the 
note. 

33 πλείους: pred. (in larger num- 
bers). 

προσγενέσθαι : after εἰκός the pres. 
or aor. infin. is common, not the 
fut. alone. 

84 Ξενοφῶν : the following rhetor- 
ical speech is in marked con- 
trast with the author’s narrative 
style; see the Introd., § 40. 

87 Sas... λάβωμεν. .. . ἀποβά- 
Awpev: Obj. clause with subj.; 
cf. I, 1, 20, and the note. 

38 σώματα ἀνδρῶν : astrong phrase 
for men. 


39 τὸ ὁρώμενον: with ὄρος. Its posi- 
tion suggests that it was an 
after-thought. 

ἐπί: cf. ἐπὶ πολύ, I, 8, 28. 

40 ἀλλ᾽ 4, save only. 

41 τοῦ ἐρήμου ὄρους: partitive gen. 
withr.. The position is emphatic. 

κλέψαι. . . καὶ ἁρπάσαι: both in- 
fins. depend on πειρᾶσθαι. The 
former has reference to stealth, 
the latter to a sudden dash, such 
as that described in ITI, 4, 88 44 ff. 
The distinction is made clearer 
by the accompanying partics. 
Note that the usual construction 
of λανθάνω and φθάνω is here re- 
versed; see G. M. T. 893. 

42 εἰ δυναίμεθα: ideal opt., where 
ἣν δυνώμεθα might have been ex- 
pected. 

μᾶλλον 4: after κρεῖττον; the second 
comp. is, of course, redundant. 





286 Anabasis Book IV, Chap. VI 237 








πολὺ yap ῥᾷον ὄρθιον ἀμαχεὶ ἰέναι ἢ ὁμαλὲς ἔνθεν καὶ ἔνθεν 12 

45 πολεμίων ὄντων, καὶ νύκτωρ ἀμαχεὶ μᾶλλον ἂν τὰ πρὸ ποδῶν 
ὁρῴη τις ἢ μεθ᾽ ἡμέραν μαχόμενος, καὶ ἡ τραχεία τοῖς ποσὶν 
ἀμαχεὶ ἐοῦσιν εὐμενεστέρα ἢ ἡ ὁμαλὴ τὰς κεφαλὰς βαλλομένοις. 
καὶ κλέψαι δ᾽ οὐκ ἀδύνατόν μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι, ἐξὸν μὲν νυκτὸς 13 
ἰέναι, ὡς μὴ ὁρᾶσθαι, ἐξὸν δ᾽ ἀπελθεῖν τοσοῦτον ὡς μὴ αἴσθησιν 

50 παρέχειν. δοκοῦμεν δ᾽ ἄν μοι ταύτῃ προσποιούμενοι προσβαλεῖν 
ἐρημοτέρῳ ἂν τῷ ὄρει χρῆσθαι: μένοιεν γὰρ αὐτοῦ μᾶλλον 
ἁθρόοι οἱ πολέμιοι. ἀτὰρ τί ἐγὼ περὶ κλοπῆς συμβάλλομαι; 14, 
ὑμᾶς γὰρ ἔγωγε, ὦ Χειρίσοφε, ἀκούω τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους ὅσοι 
ἐστὲ τῶν ὁμοίων εὐθὺς ἐκ παίδων κλέπτειν μελετᾶν, καὶ οὐκ 

55 αἰσχρὸν εἶναι ἀλλὰ καλὸν κλέπτειν ὅσα μὴ κωλύει νόμος. 
ὅπως δὲ ὡς τάχιστα κλέπτητε καὶ πειρᾶσθε λανθάνειν, νόμι- 15 


μον παρ᾽ ὑμῖν ἐστιν, ἐὰν ληφθῆτε κλέπτοντες, μαστιγοῦσθαι. 
νῦν οὖν μάλα σοι καιρός ἐστιν ἐπιδείξασθαι τὴν παιδείαν, καὶ 
φυλάξασθαι μὴ ληφθῶμεν κλέπτοντες τοῦ ὄρους, ὡς μὴ πληγὰς 
λάβωμεν. 60 
᾿Αλλὰ μέντοι, ἔφη ὁ Χειρίσοφος, κἀγὼ ὑμᾶς τοὺς ᾿Αθηναίους 
ἀκούω δεινοὺς εἶναι κλέπτειν τὰ δημόσια, καὶ μάλα ὄντος δεινοῦ 
κινδύνου τῷ κλέπτοντι, καὶ τοὺς κρατίστους μέντοι μάλιστα, 
εἴπερ ὑμῖν οἱ κράτιστοι ἄρχειν ἀξιοῦνται’ ὥστε ὥρα καὶ σοὶ 
ἐπιδείκνυσθαι τὴν παιδείαν. ᾿Εγὼ μὲν τοίνυν, ἔφη ὁ Ἐξενοφῶν, 65 
ἕτοιμός εἰμι τοὺς ὀπισθοφύλακας ἔχων, ἐπειδὰν δειπνήσωμεν, 
ἰέναι καταληψόμενος τὸ ὄρος. ἔχω δὲ καὶ ἡγεμόνας" οἱ γὰρ 
γυμνῆτες τῶν ἑπομένων ἡμῖν κλωπῶν ἔλαβόν τινας ἐνεδρεύ- 
σαντες: τούτων καὶ πυνθάνομαι ὅτι οὐκ ἄβατόν ἐστι τὸ ὄρος, 
ἀλλὰ νέμεται αἰξὶ καὶ βουσίν: ὥστε ἐάνπερ ἅπαξ λάβωμέν τι τὸ 
τοῦ ὄρους, βατὰ καὶ τοῖς ὑποζυγίοις ἔσται. ἐλπίζω δὲ οὐδὲ τοὺς 





44 πολὺ γὰρ ῥᾷον. the two pro- literally rendered. For the re- 


jects, κλέψαι and ἁρπάσαι, are 
taken up in chiastic order (ef. 
the note on II,6,5), Xen. wishes 
to close with κλέψαι. 

ὀρθίον . . . ὁμαλές : the adjs. supply 
the place of a subst. inner obj.; 
cf. εὐθύωρον, IT, 2, 74, and the 
note. Cf., also, the note on πεδίον, 
c. 4. 2, 

45 τὰ πρὸ ποδῶν, freely, one’s 
path. 

46 τοῖς ποσίν: with τραχεῖα: but 
the words may be spurious. 

47 ἰοῦσιν. .. βαλλομένοις : for the 
dat., cf. I, 5, 55, and the note. 
(ἰοῦσιν is not in agreement with 
τοῖς ποσίν). 

τὰς κεφαλάς: cf. II, 6, 2, and the 
note. 

48 κλέψαι, emphatic position, 

ἐξὸν . . . ἐξόν: acc. abs.; cf. IT, 5, 
86, and the note. 

49 αἴσθησιν παρέχειν: i.e. tu be 
heard. 

50 δοκοῦμεν δ᾽ Gv... χρῆσθαι: the 
personal construction cannot be 


peated ἄν, cf. I, 3, 29, and the 
note. 

51 μένοιεν : dv is to besupplied from 
the preceding sentence. Only in 
such cases may the potential 
opt. omit ἄν; see the note on 
I, 6, 8, and G. M. T. 226. 

52 ἀτάρ: save in Plato, not com- 
mon in Attic prose. Note that 
the style here is conversational. 

ἐγώ: note the emphasis and the 
contrast with ὑμᾶς. 

συμβάλλομαι: sc. λόγους or γνώμην, 
express an opinion. 

53 ὑμᾶς . . . τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους, 
appos. Cf. I, 5,94, and the note. 

54 τῶν ὁμοίων, the peers, a tech- 
nical name for those of Dorian 
stock at Sparta. The other in- 
habitants were restricted in 
civic rights (Helots, Perioeci). 

ἐκ παίδων, from boyhood. Cf. inde 
a pueris. 

55 ὅσα μὴ κωλύει νόμος: the rations 
served to Spartan boys were but 
scanty and they were allowed to 








steal food. If caught, however, 
they were severely punished. 

58 pada... καιρός ἐστιν: cf. πάνυ 
ἐν καιρῷ, III, 1, 177. 

ἐπιδείξασθαι: the aor. of the single 
act. Contrast κλέπτειν (above), 
of the habit. 

59 πληγὰς λάβωμεν: this peri- 
phrasis often supplies the pass. 
of the defective vb., πλήττω. 
Its perf. act. is regularly sup- 
plied by the phrase, πληγὰς δέδωκα. 
Cf. the note on II, 4, 48. 

62 δεινοὺς. .. κλέπτειν, terrible fel- 
lows at stealing. From sucha 
use it is easy to see how δεινός 
comes to mean clever. Charges 
of bribery and peculation were 
common at Athens. Were we 
to believe Aristophanes and the 
orators, we should conclude that 
few men in public life were 
honest. 

évros: concessive, with intensive 
καί. 


δεινοῦ: chosen to refer back to 
δεινούς. The penalty was a fine 
of double the amount appropri- 
ated, loss of civic rights, banish- 
ment, or even death. 

683 κρατίστους, your best men. 

64 εἴπερ, that is, if. 

ὑμῖν: ethical dat. (to be your rulers). 
The asperity of Chirisophus’ 
answer has led some to see in 
this episode a reminiscence of 
the quarrel mentioned in §3. 

65 ἐπιδείκνυσθαι, perhaps, to set 
about showing; not exactly as 
ἐπιδείξασθαι, above. 

68 κλωπῶν : chosen doubtless with 
reference to κλέπτειν; see, how- 
ever, c. 5. § 12. 

69 τούτων καὶ πυνθάνομαι, I learn 
from them, besides other things. 

70 νέμεται αἰξὶ καὶ βουσίν, 7s grazed 
over by goats and cattle. In 
the act. construction the subj. 
is the herdsmen, not the animals. 

71 Bara: cf. III, 4, 199. 





238 Anabasis 





ra ~ Μ) > | ν Υ “ > “ κΥ',Ἕ; ry δι Ν A 
πολεμίους μενεῖν ἔτι, ἐπειδὰν ἴδωσιν ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ ομοίῳ ἔπι τῶν 


“ ἢ vas 
ἄκρων: οὐδὲ yap viv ἐθέλουσι καταβαίνειν εἰς τὸ ἴσον ἡμῖν. 


ὁ δὲ Χειρίσοφος εἶπε: Καὶ τί δεῖ σὲ ἰέναι καὶ λιπεῖν τὴν 19 


ὀπισθοφυλακίαν; ἀλλὰ ἄλλους πέμψον, ἂν μή τινες ἐθέλοντες 
ἀγαθοὶ φαίνωνται. 
ἐκ τούτου ᾿Αριστώνυμος Μεθυδριεὺς ἔρχεται ὁπλίτας ἔχων 
| ἢ e re “Ὁ | , ᾽ a an 
καὶ ᾿Αριστέας ὁ Χῖος γυμνῆτας καὶ Νικόμαχος Oitaios γυμνῆ- 
tas καὶ σύνθημα ἐποιήσαντο, ὁπότε ἔχοιεν τὰ ἄκρα, πυρὰ καίειν 
πολλά. ταῦτα συνθέμενοι ἠρίστων-: ἐκ δὲ τοῦ ἀρίστου προή- 
4 val 
yay ὁ Χειρίσοφος τὸ στράτευμα πᾶν ws δέκα σταδίους πρὸς 
Ἁ f “ ¢ ,) / , Ul 
τοὺς πολεμίους, ὅπως ὡς μάλιστα δοκοίη ταύτῃ προσάξειν. 


Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐδείπνησαν καὶ νὺξ ἐγένετο, οἱ μὲν ταχθέντες 


ᾧχοντο, καὶ καταλαμβάνουσι τὸ ὄρος, οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι αὐτοῦ 
ἀνεπαύοντο. οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι ἐπεὶ ἤσθοντο τὸ dpos ἐχόμενον, 
ἐγρηγόρεσαν καὶ ἔκαιον πυρὰ πολλὰ διὰ νυκτός. ἐπειδὴ δὲ 
¢ / > al ᾿ ‘\ , 9 \ 3 ε ’ ξ 
ἡμέρα ἐγένετο Χειρίσοφος μὲν θυσάμενος ἦγε κατὰ τὴν ὅδόν, οἱ 


δὲ τὸ ὄρος καταλαβόντες κατὰ τὰ ἄκρα ἐπῇσαν. τῶν δὲ 


/ Ν \ ~~ a > \ mm © ΄“Ὁ Ἣν / 
πολεμίων TO μὲν πολὺ ἔμενεν ἐπὶ τῇ, ὑπερβολῇ τοῦ ὄρους, μέρος 


δ᾽ αὐτῶν ἀπή i ὰ τὰ a iy δὲ ὁμοῦ εἶ ὶ 
ν aTnvTa τοῖς κατὰ τὰ ἄκρα. πρὶν ομοῦ εἶναι τοὺς 





12 ἐν τῷ ὁμοίῳ, on a level with 
them. 

73 els τὸ ἴσον ἡμῖν, to the same 
level with us. 

75 ἀλλά, no, or rather. It implies 
a preceding negation (Do not 
go yourself). 

77 ᾿Αριστώνυμος. .. ᾿Αριστέας : cf. 
c. 1. §§27 and 28. The use of 
the art. with Xios is perhaps 
intended to signalize Aristeas’ 
well-known bravery. Cf. Σωκρά- 
τει τῷ ᾿Αθηναίῳ, ITI, 1, 27. 

78 Olratos: find Mount Oeta on 
the map. 

79 σύνθημα ἐποιήσαντο = συνέθεντο; 
cf. ταῦτα συνθέμενοι, below, and 
the note on I, 1, 24. The mid. is 
reciprocal. Cf. c. 2. 7. 


80 & ... τοῦ ἀρίστου, immediate- 
ly after breakfast (lunch). 

88 οἱ μὲν ταχθέντες: 7. 6. the volun- 
teers, 8 20. 

86 ἐγρηγόρεσαν, kept watch. When 
the perf. of a vb. has the force 
of a pres. (6. g. ἐγρήγορα, am 
awake), the plpf. has, of course, 
the force of an impf. 

διὰ νυκτός: cf. the stronger phrase 
δι᾽ ὅλης τῆς νυκτός, c, 2. 20. 

87 θυσάμενος : cf. I, 7, 85; contrast 
θύσαντες, below, 1. 98. 

88 κατὰ τὰ ἄκρα ἐπῇσαν, advanced 
against them along the heights. 

89 τὸ μὲν πολύ: cf. I, 4, 86. 

90 τοὺς πολλούς: ὦ. 6. the two main 
bodies. The following gen., ἀλ- 
λήλων, depends upon ὁμοῦ, which 


21 


Book IV, Chap. VII 239 





πολλοὺς ἀλλήλων, συμμειγνύασιν οἱ κατὰ τὰ ἄκρα, Kal νικῶσιν 
οἱ Ἕλληνες καὶ διώκουσιν. ἐν τούτῳ δὲ καὶ οἱ ἐκ τοῦ πεδίου οἱ 
a \ ‘ 
μὲν πελτασταὶ τῶν “Ἑλλήνων δρόμῳ ἔθεον πρὸς τοὺς παρατεταγ- 
Ἁ » A a e 
μένους, Χειρίσοφος δὲ βάδην ταχὺ ἐφείπετο σὺν τοῖς ὁπλίταις. 
“Ὁ car ‘ \ “ C7 e ’ 

οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι οἱ ἐπὶ τῇ ὁδῷ ἐπειδὴ τὸ ἄνω ἑώρων ἡττώμενον, 

, ‘ > 6 ‘ > AX: l > Ὁ "4 δὲ Id 
φεύγουσι: καὶ ἀπέθανον μὲν ov πολλοὶ αὐτῶν, γέρρα δὲ πάμ- 
πολλα ἐλήφθη: ἃ οἱ Ἕλληνες ταῖς μαχαίραις κόπτοντες ἀχρεῖα 
ἐποίουν. ὡς δ᾽ ἀνέβησαν, θύσαντες καὶ τρόπαιον στησάμενοι 

/ 3 \ δέ \ ? , " \ .9 θῶ 
κατέβησαν εἰς τὸ πεδίον, καὶ εἰς κώμας πολλῶν καὶ ἀγαθῶι 
γεμούσας ἦλθον. 

» 

VII. Ἔκ δὲ τούτων ἐπορεύθησαν εἰς Ταόχους σταθμοὺς 
πέντε παρασάγγας τριάκοντα" καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἐπέλειπε' 

/ \ 3 > \ e Ἵ r 3 e \ \ > "ὃ 
χωρία γὰρ ᾧκουν ἰσχυρὰ οἱ Τάοχοι, ἐν οἷς καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια 
δ / ° 4 ᾿ 
ἅπαντα εἶχον ἀνεκεκομισμένοι. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἀφίκοντο πρὸς χωρίον 
ὃ πόλιν μὲν οὐκ εἶχεν οὐδ᾽ οἰκίας---συνεληλυθότες δ᾽ ἦσαι 





here follows the analogy of ἐγγύς 
and πλησίον. Ordinarily, as a 
word denoting sameness, it takes 
a dat. 

92 οἱ ἐκ τοῦ πεδίου: 7. 6. the main 
body of the Greeks. Note the 
partitive appos. in the following. 

93 δρόμῳ ἔθεον : cf. 1, 8,71, and the 
note. 

94 βάδην ταχύ, at a quick pace. 

95 τὸ ἄνω -- τοὺς ἄνω, their men 
above. For the neut., cf. the 
note on I, 2, 3. 

98 τρόπαιον στησάμενοι: This was 
the regular sequel to a Greek 
victory. The trophy, whether 
elaborate, as often, or simple, as 
it must have been in this case, 
was at once a thank-offering to 
the gods and a monument to 
their own valor (note that the 
vb. is regularly mid.) 

100 γεμούσας: after so many priva- 
tions Xen. uses strong words to 


express abundance, when they 
meet it. Cf.c. 2. § 22. 


CHAPTER VII 


1 Ἔκ δὲ τούτων: probably neut., 
after these events, rather than 
fem., out of these villages. 

els Tasxovs: note again the name 
of the people, instead of the 
name of the country. This name 
still survives. 
ἐπέλειπε : cf. I, 5,30, but note the 
difference in tense. 
ἐν ols: not εἰς &, because of εἶ- 
xov. They kept the provisions 
in the strongholds, whither they 
had brought them. For the 
phrase εἶχον ἀνακεκομισμένοι, cf. 
ἔχομεν ἀνηρπακότες, I, 3, 74, and 
the note. 
συνεληλυθότες... ἦσαν, had 
gathered. The pipf. is not rare- 
ly resolved into perf. partic. and 
copula; see, however, the note 





940 Anabasis 





αὐτόσε καὶ ἄνδρες καὶ γυναῖκες καὶ κτήνη πολλὰ---Χειρίσοφος 
μὲν οὖν πρὸς τοῦτο προσέβαλλεν εὐθὺς ἥκων" ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἡ πρώτη 
τάξις ἀπέκαμνεν, ἄλλη προσήει καὶ αὖθις ἄλλη" οὐ γὰρ ἣν 
ἁθρόοις περιστῆναι, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπότομον ἦν κύκλῳ. 

ἐπειδὴ δέ Ἐξενοφῶν ἦλθε σὺν τοῖς ὀπισθοφύλαξι καὶ πέλτα- 
σταῖς καὶ ὁπλίταις, ἐνταῦθα δὴ λέγει Χειρίσοφος: Eis καλὸν 
ἥκετε" τὸ γὰρ χωρίον αἱρετέον: τῇ γὰρ στρατιᾷ οὐκ ἔστι τὰ 
ἐπιτήδεια, εἰ μὴ ληψόμεθα τὸ χωρίον. ἐνταῦθα δὴ κοινῇ ἐβου- 
λεύοντο: καὶ τοῦ Ξενοφῶντος ἐρωτῶντος τί τὸ κωλῦον εἴη 
εἰσελθεῖν εἶπεν ὁ Χειρίσοφος: Μία αὕτη mdpodds ἐστιν ἣν ὁρᾷς" 
ὅταν δέ τις ταύτῃ πειρᾶται παριέναι, κυλινδοῦσι λίθους ὑπὲρ 
ταύτης τῆς ὑπερεχούσης πέτρας: ὃς δ᾽ ἂν καταληφθῇ, οὕτω 
ἅμα δ᾽ ἔδειξε συντετριμμένους ἀνθρώπους καὶ σκέλη 
καὶ πλευράς. Ἢν δὲ τοὺς λέθους ἀναλώσωσιν, ἔφη ὁ Ἐξενοφῶν, 
ἄλλο τι ἢ οὐδὲν κωλύει παριέναι; οὐ γὰρ δὴ ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου 


διατίθεται. 


ὁρῶμεν εἰ μὴ ὀλέγους τούτους ἀνθρώπους, καὶ τούτων δύο ἢ τρεῖς 
ὡπλισμένους. τὸ δὲ χωρίον, ὡς καὶ σὺ ὁρᾷς, σχεδὸν τρία ἡμί- 
πλεθρά ἐστιν ὃ δεῖ βαλλομένους διελθεῖν: τούτου δὲ ὅσον 


’ ¢ 
πλέθρον δασὺ πίτυσι διαλειπούσαις μεγάλαις, ἀνθ᾽ ὧν ἑστηκότες 





on ἦσαν ἐκπεπτωκότες. IT, 3,39, and 
on elvac . . . φυλάττων, I, 2, 122 F. 

6 αὐτόσε: the rel. construction is 
given up as often. 

Χειρίσοφος μὲν οὖν: the sentence 
makes a new start (anacolou- 
thon). 

7 εὐθὺς ἥκων, immediately on his 
arrival. 

11 εἰς καλόν, opportunely. 

12 τὸ χωρίον. . . τὸ χωρίον: note 
the effect of the chiastic order. 
Cf. I, 7, 62, and the note. 

13 εἰ μὴ ληψόμεθα: a warning con- 
dition; cf. I, 5, 96, and the note. 

15 Mia... ὁρᾷς: cf. c. 1. 79, and 
the note. 

16 κυλινδοῦσι : for the form, cf. 
ἐρρίπτουν, III, 3, 3, and the note. 





17 οὕτω διατίθεται, fares thus. For 
the vb. cf. διατιθείς, 1, 1, 19. 

18 σκέλη καὶ πλευράς: cf. the note 
on τὰς κεφαλάς, IT, 6, 2. 

20 ἄλλο τι ἤ: cf. II, 5, 36, and the 
note. 

ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου, on the other side. 

21 εἰ μή, except. 

τούτους, yonder. No art. 

22 χωρίον, space. 

τρία ἡμίπλεθρα: i.e. 150 ft. For 
the form of expression, cf. τρία 
ἡμιδαρεικά, I, 3,110. 

23 βαλλομένους, under fire. 

ὅσον: cf. I, 2, 15, and the note. 

24 δασὺ wirver: the adj. has here 
its normal construction (with a 
dat. of means). In II, 4, 63, it 
was construed with a gen., after 


3 


4 


9 


Book IV, Chap. VII 241 





ἄνδρες τί ἂν πάσχοιεν ἢ ὑπὸ τῶν φερομένων λίθων ἢ ὑπὸ τῶν 2% 


κυλινδομένων; τὸ λοιπὸν οὖν γίγνεται ὡς ἡμίπλεθρον, ὃ δεῖ 
᾿Αλλὰ εὐθύς, ἔφη 
ὁ Χειρίσοφος, ἐπειδὰν ἀρξώμεθα εἰς τὸ δασὺ προσιέναι, φέρονται 
οἱ λίθοι πολλοί. Αὐτὸ ἄν, ἔφη, τὸ δέον εἴη: θᾶττον yap 
bd , ‘ if, 

ἀναλώσουσι τοὺς λίθους. 


ὅταν λωφήσωσιν οἱ λίθοι παραδραμεῖν. 


ἀλλὰ πορευώμεθα ἔνθεν ἡμῖν μικρόν 
τι παραδραμεῖν ἔσται, ἢν δυνώμεθα, καὶ ἀπελθεῖν ῥάδιον, ἢν 
βουλώμεθα. 

Ἐντεῦθεν ἐπορεύοντο Χειρίσοφος καὶ Ἐξενοφῶν καὶ Καλλέ- 
μαχος Παρράσιος λοχαγός" τούτου γὰρ ἡγεμονία hv τῶν ὀπισθο- 
φυλάκων λοχαγῶν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ" οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι λοχαγοὶ 
ἔμενον ἐν τῷ ἀσφαλεῖ. μετὰ τοῦτο οὖν ἀπῆλθον ὑπὸ τὰ δένδρα 
ἄνθρωποι ὡς ἑβδομήκοντα, οὐχ ἁθρόοι ἀλλὰ καθ᾽ ἕνα, ἕκαστος 
φυλαττόμενος ὡς ἐδύνατο. ᾿Αγασίας δὲ ὁ Στυμφάλιος καὶ 
᾿Αριστώνυμος Μεθυδριεὺς καὶ οὗτοι τῶν ὀπισθοφυλάκων λοχαγοὶ 
ὄντες, καὶ ἄλλοι δέ, ἐφέστασαν ἔξω τῶν δένδρων" οὐ γὰρ ἦν 
ἀσφαλῶς ἐν τοῖς δένδροις ἑστάναι πλέον ἢ τὸν ἕνα λόχον. ἔνθα δὴ 
Καλλίμαχος μηχανᾶταί τι" προὔτρεχεν ἀπὸ τοῦ δένδρου ὑφ᾽ ᾧ ἦν 
αὐτὸς δύο ἢ τρία βήματα" ἐπειδὴ δὲ οἱ λίθοι φέροιντο, ἀνέχαξεν 





the analogy of words expressing 
fulness. See the note there. 

ξιαλειπούσαις, standing at inter- 
vals. Cf. I, 5, 11. 

ἀνθ’ ὧν, behind which. 

25 τί Gv πάσχοιεν: the incorpor- 
ation of the question in the rel. 
clause adds vividness. 

φερομένων : cf. 1, 8, 78, and the note, 
and φέρονται, below, 1. 28. 

29 πολλοί, pred., in large numbers. 

αὐτὸ... εἴη: that is the very thing 
we want. 

30 ἔνθεν, (to a point) whence. 

μικρόν τι: 7. 6. the space estimated 
as 50 ft. (§ 6). 

31 ἀπελθεῖν, to get back; 7. 6. if an 
advance should prove impos- 
sible. 

83 Καλλίμαχος: cf. c. 1. 103. 


84 ὀπισθοφυλάκων λοχαγῶν : appos. 

35 ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ : from this it ap- 
pears that the several λόχοι held 
the front position (the post of 
danger) on successive days. 

36 ἀπῆλθον, departed, set out; not 
as ἀπελθεῖν, above. 

37 ὡς ἑβδομήκοντα: 7. 6. his λόχος. 

καθ᾽ ἕνα, one at a time. Cf. κατὰ 
ἔθνη, 1, 8, 34, and the correspond- 
ing distributive use of ἄνα (6. g. 
c. 6. 15). 

88 “Ayaclas: cf. the Introd., 8 38. 

39 ᾿Αριστώνυμος: cf. c. 1. 101. 

40 καὶ ἄλλοι δέ, and others, too. 

42 προὔτρεχεν: explanatory asyn- 
deton. Note the tenses, 

43 βήματα: acc. of extent. 

avéxatev: for the vb., cf.c. 1. 65, and 
the note. 





242 Anabasis 





εὐπετῶς: ἐφ᾽ ἑκάστης δὲ τῆς προδρομῆς πλέον ἢ δέκα ἅμαξαι 
πετρῶν ἀνηλίσκοντο. ὁ δὲ ᾿Αγασίας ὡς ὁρᾷ τὸν Καλλίμαχον 
ἃ ἐποίει, καὶ τὸ στράτευμα πᾶν θεώμενον, δείσας μὴ οὐ πρῶτος 


παραδράμῃ εἰς τὸ χωρίον, οὐ | δὲ] τὸν ᾿Αριστώνυμον πλησίον 


ὄντα παρακαλέσας οὐδὲ Εὐρύλοχον τὸν Λουσιέα ἑταίρους ὄντας 
-“" ¢ 
οὐδὲ ἄλλον οὐδένα χωρεῖ αὐτός, καὶ παρέρχεται πάντας. ὁ δὲ 
Καλλίμαχος ὡς ὁρᾷ αὐτὸν παριόντα, ἐπιλαμβάνεται αὐτοῦ τῆς 
ἴτυος" ἐν δὲ τούτῳ παραθεῖ αὐτοὺς ᾿Αριστώνυμος Μεθυδριεύς, 
καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον Ἐὐρύλοχος Λουσιεύς: πάντες γὰρ οὗτοι ἀντε- 
Ὁ > “~ / hs > , , “ 
ποιοῦντο ἀρετῆς καὶ διηγωνίζοντο πρὸς ἀλλήλους: καὶ οὕτως 
a Κ ¢ “ Ν il ε Ἃ [τή by / > \ 
ἐρίζοντες αἱροῦσι τὸ χωρίον. ὡς yap ἅπαξ εἰσέδραμον, οὐδεὶς 
A »” > i | “ \ ‘ Φ , ¢ 4 
πέτρος ἄνωθεν ἠνέχθη. ἐνταῦθα δὴ δεινὸν ἣν θέαμα. ai yap 
γυναῖκες ῥίπτουσαι τὰ παιδία εἶτα ἑαυτὰς ἐπικατερρίπτουν, καὶ 
οἱ ἄνδρες ὡσαύτως. ἐνταῦθα δὴ καὶ Αἰνείας Στυμφάλιος 
λοχαγὸς ἰδών τινα θέοντα ὡς ῥίψοντα ἑαυτὸν στολὴν ἔχοντα 
\ > , φ , 4 » Ν > wn“ \ 
καλὴν ἐπιλαμβάνεται ὡς κωλύσων": ὃ δὲ αὐτὸν ἐπισπᾶται, Kal 
ἀμφότεροι @YOVTO κατὰ τῶν πετρῶν φερόμενοι καὶ ἀπέθανον. 
ἐντεῦθεν ἄνθρωποι μὲν πάνυ ὀλίγοι ἐλήφθησαν, βόες δὲ καὶ ὄνοι 


“ολλοὶ καὶ πρόβατα. 


᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐπορεύθησαν διὰ Χαλύβων σταθμοὺς ἑπτὰ παρα- 
ld f Φ Φ 2 ὃ “Ὁ > ,) \ 
cayyas πεντήκοντα. οὗτοι ἦσαν ὧν διῆλθον ἀλκιμώτατοι, καὶ 


Ψ ~ > by \ , a , a ww > \ 
εἰς χείρας ἧσαν. εἰχον δὲ θώρακας λινοὺς μέχρι τοῦ ἡτρου, ἀντὶ 





44 ἅμαξαι, wagon-loads. 

45 Καλλίμαχον ἃ ἐποίει : prolepsis. 

46 δείσας μὴ οὐ πρῶτος παραδράμῃ, 
afraid that he (himself) would 
not be the first to get in. 

49 αὐτός, alone, a frequent use; 
ef. I, 8, 44. 

50 αὐτοῦ τῆς Urvos, the rim of his 
shield. αὐτοῦ may be taken with 
τῆς trvos, or directly with ἐπιλαμ- 
βάνεται (catches hold of him by 
his shield). trvs is a poetic word. 

52 ἀντεποιοῦντο ἀρετῆς: cf. IT, 1, 59. 
ἀρετή is here reputation for 
valor. 

δά ἅπαξ: «7.1, 9, 34. 


55 δεινόν: Xen. was not lacking in 
humanity. 

56 ῥίπτουσαι . . . ἐπικατερρίπτουν: 
note the durative tenses and the 
exact use of the preps. 

58 στολὴν... καλήν: cf. the note 
on I, 2, 158. 

60 wxovro ... φερόμενοι: cf. 11, 4, 
105, and the note. 

64 ὧν: gen. by attraction; the 
antecedent would have been 
partitive. 

ἀλκιμώτατοι: for the adj., cf. c. 3. 
17, and the note. 

65 εἰς χεῖρας ἧσαν: cf. I, 2, 152, 
although the sense differs. 


11 


Book IV, Chap. VII 243 





16 δὲ τῶν πτερύγων σπάρτα πυκνὰ ἐστραμμένα. εἶχον δὲ καὶ 


" ‘ “4 .\ a A / f 4 / 
κνημῖδας καὶ κράνη Kal παρὰ τὴν ζώνην μαχαίριον ὅσον ξυήλην 
e \ 

Λακωνικήν, ᾧ ἔσφαττον ὧν κρατεῖν δύναιντο, καὶ ἀποτέμνοντες 
Ἅ \ \ 4 3 ᾿ \ no oo , ε , 
ἂν τὰς κεφαλὰς ἔχοντες ἐπορεύοντο, καὶ ἦδον Kal ἐχόρευον ὁπότε 
οἱ πολέμιοι αὐτοὺς ὄψεσθαι ἔμελλον. εἶχον δὲ καὶ δόρυ ὡς 
πεντεκαίδεκα πήχεων μίαν λόγχην ἔχον. οὗτοι ἐνέμενον ἐν 
τοῖς πολίσμασιν: ἐπεὶ δὲ παρέλθοιεν οἱ “Ἕλληνες, εἵποντο ἀεὶ 
μαχούμενοι. ᾧκουν δὲ ἐν τοῖς ὀχυροῖς, καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἐν 

, > al 4 ΄ δὲ ld > , 
τούτοις ἀνακεκομισμένοι ἦσαν: ὥστε μηδὲν λαμβάνειν αὐτόθεν 
τοὺς Ἕλληνας, ἀλλὰ διετράφησαν τοῖς κτήνεσιν ἃ ἐκ τῶν Ταόχων 

΄ 4 

ἔλαβον. ἐκ τούτων ot” Ελληνες ἀφίκοντο ἐπὶ Aprracov ποταμόν, 
εὖρος τεττάρων πλέθρων. ἐντεῦθεν ἐπορεύθησαν διὰ Σκυθηνῶν 
σταθμοὺς τέτταρας παρασάγγας εἴκοσι διὰ πεδίου εἰς κώμας" ἐν 
αἷς ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τρεῖς καὶ ἐπεσιτίσαντο. 

ἐντεῦθεν διῆλθον σταθμοὺς τέτταρας παρασάγγας εἴκοσι πρὸς 

/ Li " > / "I » / ma ὦ Lal ΄ 

πόλιν μεγάλην καὶ εὐδαίμονα καὶ οἰκουμένην ἣ ἐκαλεῖτο Γυμνιᾶς. 
ἐκ ταύτης ὁ τῆς χώρας ἄρχων τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἡγεμόνα πέμπει, ὅπως 
διὰ τῆς ἑαυτῶν πολεμίας χώρας ἄγοι αὐτούς. ἐλθὼν δ᾽ ἐκεῖνος 





66 πτερύγων : the lower part of the 
cuirass (θώραξ) was necessarily 
of piiant material, so as not to 
interfere with the movement of 
the body. It was called πτέρυξ 
(flap), and was usually of leath- 
er or felt, at times covered with 
metal plates. 

σπάρτα πυκνὰ ἐστραμμένα, thickly 
plaited cords. 

67 EvhAnv: acc. by attraction; cf. 
ὥσπερ βοῦν, c. 5. 127. 

69 Gv... ἐπορεύοντο: frequent- 
ative; cf. I, 9, 68, and the note. 
Translate, would carry them 
with them as they marched. 

70 ἔμελλον: we should have ex- 
pected μέλλοιεν, but see the note 
on I, 5, 59. 

71 μίαν λόγχην: the Greek spear 
had a spike (στύραξ. cavpwrip) at 


the butt end also, by which it 
could be stuck into the ground. 

73 μαχούμενοι, ready to fight. 

ἐν τούτοις : cf. ἐν ols, 1. 3, and the 
note. 

75 διετράφησαν: the dependent 
construction (with ὥστε) is given 
up. For the force of δια- cf. 
διεγένοντο, 1, 5,34. Whenever the 
Greeks had to subsist on meat 
Xen. lays stress on the fact. 

&: no assimilation, such as usually 
takes place. 

76 “Apracov: of wholly uncertain 
identification. 

83 ἑαυτῶν: gen. after πολεμίας, a 
somewhat rare use. It is per- 
missible, because πολέμιος may 
easily be felt as a substantive. 
Cf. τοὺς ἐκείνου ἐχθίστους, IIT, 2, 25, 
and ἑαυτοῦ, below |. 86. ἑαυτῶν - 





"ππασσυσῶΣ 


244 Anabasis 





λέγει ὅτι ἄξει αὐτοὺς πέντε ἡμερῶν εἰς χωρίον ὅθεν ὄψονται 
θάλατταν- εἰ δὲ μή, τεθνάναι ἐπηγγείλατο. καὶ ἡγούμενος 
ἐπειδὴ ἐνέβαλλεν εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ πολεμίαν, παρεκελεύετο αἴθειν 
καὶ φθείρειν τὴν χώραν: ᾧ καὶ δῆλον ἐγένετο ὅτι τούτου ἕνεκα 
ἔλθοι, οὐ τῆς τῶν Ἑλλήνων εὐνοίας. καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται ἐπὶ τὸ 
ὄρος τῇ πέμπτῃ ἡμέρᾳ" ὄνομα δὲ τῷ ὄρει ἦν Θήχης. ἐπεὶ δὲ οἱ 
πρῶτοι ἐγένοντο ἐπὶ τοῦ ὄρους, κραυγὴ πολλὴ ἐγένετο. ἀκούσας 
δὲ ὁ Ξενοφῶν καὶ οἱ ὀπισθοφύλακες φήθησαν ἔμπροσθεν ἄλλους 
ἐπιτίθεσθαι πολεμίους" εἵποντο γὰρ ὄπισθεν ἐκ τῆς καιομένης 
χώρας, καὶ αὐτῶν οἱ ὀπισθοφύλακες ἀπέκτεινάν τέ τινας καὶ 
ἐζώγρησαν ἐνέδραν ποιησάμενοι, καὶ γέρρα ἔλαβον δασειῶν 
βοῶν ὠμοβόεια ἀμφὶ τὰ εἴκοσιν. ἐπειδὴ δὲ βοὴ πλείων τε 
ἐγίγνετο καὶ ἐγγύτερον καὶ οἱ ἀεὶ ἐπιόντες ἔθεον δρόμῳ ἐπὶ τοὺς 
ἀεὶ βοῶντας καὶ πολλῷ μείζων ἐγίγνετο ἡ βοὴ ὅσῳ δὴ πλείους 
ἐγίγνοντο, ἐδόκει δὴ μεῖζόν τι εἶναι τῷ Ἐξενοφῶντι, καὶ ἀναβὰς ἐφ᾽ 
ἵππον καὶ Λύκιον καὶ τοὺς ἱππέας ἀναλαβὼν παρεβοήθει" καὶ 
τάχα δὴ ἀκούουσι βοώντων τῶν στρατιωτῶν Θάλαττα θάλαττα 


.| 
καὶ παρεγγυώντων. ἔνθα δὴ ἔθεον πάντες Kal οἱ ὀπισθοφύλακες, 
[ 





Book IV, Chap. VIII 245 





\ Ν al , > i \ . = > ἃ \ > ’ 

25 καὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια ἠλαύνετο καὶ οἱ ἵπποι. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀφίκοντο 
πάντες ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον, ἐνταῦθα δὴ περιέβαλλον ἀλλήλους καὶ 
στρατηγοὺς καὶ λοχαγοὺς δακρύοντες. καὶ ἐξαπίνης ὅτου δὴ 
παρεγγυήσαντος οἱ στρατιῶται φέρουσι λίθους καὶ ποιοῦσι 

\ / > “ > /, ld rn > 

26 κολωνὸν μέγαν. ἐνταῦθα ἀνετίθεσαν δερμάτων πλῆθος ὠμο- 
βοείων καὶ βακτηρίας καὶ τὰ αἰχμάλωτα γέρρα, καὶ ὁ ἡγεμὼν 

27 αὐτός τε κατέτεμνε τὰ γέρρα καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις διεκελεύετο. μετὰ 

ἴω ,. e / εν > / A / > Ν 
ταῦτα τὸν ἡγεμόνα οἱ “EXAnves ἀποπέμπουσι δῶρα δόντες ἀπὸ 
“ὦᾧ«ἷ2ἷ΄Ψ᾿᾿»Ψ» 4 , by “ \ A A ν᾿ 
κοινοῦ ἵππον καὶ φιάλην ἀργυρᾶν καὶ σκευὴν Περσικὴν καὶ 
δαρεικοὺς δέκα: nre δὲ μάλιστα τοὺς δακτυλίους, καὶ ἔλαβε 
᾿ A a a / Ν / > "»" φ 
πολλοὺς παρὰ τῶν στρατιωτῶν. κώμην δὲ δείξας αὐτοῖς οὗ 
σκηνήσουσι καὶ τὴν ὁδὸν ἣν πορεύσονται εἰς Μάκρωνας, ἐπεὶ 

.. ἑσπέρα ἐγένετο, ᾧχετο τῆς νυκτὸς ἀπιών. 

1 VIII. Ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν οἱ “Ἕλληνες διὰ Μακρώνων 
σταθμοὺς τρεῖς παρασάγγας δέκα. τῇ πρώτῃ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ ἀφίκοντο 

μ ρ ρ i ἢ πρωτῃ ω ‘ 

yi" \ Δ Ψ Ἁ ΄“" , \ Ἁ “ 
ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμὸν ὃς ὥριζε τὴν τῶν Μακρώνων καὶ τὴν τῶν Σκυθη- 
a 5 4 ν᾿ κα. , e , ν᾿, , ἃ 
2 νῶν. εἶχον δ᾽ ὑπὲρ δεξιῶν χωρίον οἷον χαλεπώτατον καὶ ἐξ 





refers, of course, to the people 
of the ἄρχων. 

84 πέντε ἡμερῶν, within five days; 
see the note on I, 7, 85. 

85 τεθνάναι: force of the tense ? 

86 αἴθειν : poetic for καίειν. 

88 τῶν ‘EAAfvev: object. gen. 

89 Θήχης: again of uncertain 
identification. 


91 ἄλλους: explained by the fol- 
lowing. 

94 δασειῶν βοὼν ὠμοβόεια, made of 
raw ox-hides with the shaggy 
hair left on. βοῶν (gen. of ma- 
terial) here means ow-hides, as 
οι. 5. 5. Cf. also, V, 4, $12. 
Greek loves to bring into close 
connection words from the same 
stem, even when one is redun- 
dant. 


95 ἀμφὶ τὰ εἴκοσιν: for the art., 
ef. I, 2, 59, and the note. 

96 ἐγίγνετο, kept growing. Note 
the succession of graphic impfs. 

98 μεῖζόν τι, something more ser- 
ious. 

100 Θάλαττα θάλαττα : the sight of 
the sea was to the Greeks as 
the sight of land to storm- 
tossed mariners. Their perils 
seemed now to be over, for, since 
the shores of the Euxine were 
studded with Greek cities, they 
were sure to meet kindred people, 
and might expect easy trans- 
portation by sea (cf. V, I, § 2) 
after the terrible hardships they 
had been enduring. The Greek 
love of the sea is highly char- 
acteristic. 

101 ἔθεον, broke into a run. 





102 ἠλαύνετο, were hurried on. 

104 δακρύοντες : how different from 
δακρύσαντες ὃ This emotional out- 
burst needs no apology; cf. the 
note on I, 3, 9. 

ἐξαπίνης: cf. III, 3, 31, and the 
note. 

ὅτου δὴ παρεγγνήσαντος, some one 
or other giving the word; ef. 
V, 2, § 24, ὅτου δὴ ἐνάψαντος. In 
these cases ὅτου is felt as the 
subj. of the partic., but it is 
really attracted from the nom. 
(παρεγγυήσαντός τινος ὅστις δὴ Fv). 

106 ἀνετίθεσαν: a technical word; 
note the durative tense. 

Sepparwv: above, we had βοῶν in 
this sense (1. 94). 

108 κατέτεμνε: cf. c. 6. 97. 

109 ἀπὸ κοινοῦ, from the common 
stock. 

111 τοὺς δακτυλίους: the Greek, 


unless a slave, regularly wore a 
ring. 

113 σκηνήσουσι . . . πορεύσονται : 
for the rel. clause of purpose, 
cf. I, 3, 70, and the note. 

114 ᾧχετο. .. ἀπιών: cf. 11, 5, 105, 
and the note. 


Cuapter VIII 


3 τὴν τῶν. .. τὴν τῶν: χώραν 
easily supplies itself. 

4 ὑπὲρ δεξιῶν, above them on the 
right; cf. ὑπερδέξιον, III, 4, 153. 
Both are more descriptive than 
the simple ἐκ δεξιᾶς (cf. ἐξ ἀριστερᾶς) 
or ἐν δεξιᾷ (1, Ὁ, 2). The tense of 
εἶχον suggests that χωρίον means, 
not position, but continuous 
country. 

οἷον χαλεπώτατον: οἷον is used with 
the superlative, as are ὅτι and 








246 Anabasis 





ἀριστερᾶς ἄλλον ποταμόν, eis ὃν ἐνέβαλλεν ὁ ὁρίζων, δι’ οὗ ἔδει 
διαβῆναι. ἣν δὲ οὗτος δασὺς δένδρεσι παχέσι μὲν οὔ, πυκνοῖς δέ. 
ταῦτ᾽ ἐπεὶ προσῆλθον οἱ “ἕλληνες ἔκοπτον, σπεύδοντες ἐκ τοῦ 
ἤ e Ud > “ ς δὲ ’ ” / 
χωρίου ws τάχιστα ἐξελθεῖν. οἱ δὲ Μάκρωνες ἔχοντες γέρρα 
καὶ λόγχας καὶ τριχίνους χιτῶνας κατ᾽ ἀντιπέραν τῆς διαβάσεως 
παρατεταγμένοι ἦσαν καὶ ἀλλήλοις διεκελεύοντο καὶ λίθους εἰς 
᾿ νον ᾽ n \ A νῶν νυν γὩ 7 

τὸν ποταμὸν ἔρριπτον" ἐξικνοῦντο γὰρ οὗ οὐδ᾽ ἔβλαπτον οὐδέν. 

Ἔνθα δὴ προσέρχεται Ἐξενοφῶντι τῶν πελταστῶν ἀνὴρ 
᾿Αθήνησι φάσκων δεδουλευκέναι, λέγων ὅτι γιγνώσκοι τὴν φωνὴν 
τῶν ἀνθρώπων. καὶ οἶμαι, ἔφη, ἐμὴν ταύτην πατρίδα εἶναι" 
καὶ εἰ μή τι κωλύει ἐθέλω αὐτοῖς διαλεχθῆναι. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐδὲν 
κωλύει, ἔφη, ἀλλὰ διαλέγου καὶ μάθε πρῶτον τίνες εἰσίν. οἱ 


δ᾽ εἶπον ἐρωτήσαντος ὅτ' Madxpwves. ᾿Ερώτα τοίνυν, ἔφη, 


αὐτοὺς τί ἀντιτετάχαται καὶ χρήζουσιν ἡμῖν πολέμιοι εἶναι. οἱ 
" > ἤ ef e “ > \ ἡ 4 , bd 

δ᾽ ἀπεκρίναντο Ὅτι ὑμεῖς ἐπὶ τὴν ἡμετέραν χώραν ἔρχεσθε. 
λέγειν ἐκέλευον οἱ στρατηγοὶ ὅτι οὐ κακῶς γε ποιήσοντες, ἀλλὰ 
βασιλεῖ πολεμήσαντες ἀπερχόμεθα εἰς τὴν “Ελλάδα, καὶ ἐπὶ 
θάλατταν βουλόμεθα ἀφικέσθαι. ἠρώτων ἐκεῖνοι εἰ δοῖεν ἂν 





ws (cf. I, 1, 22, and the note), but When a pres. is desired, forms 
it is much less common. of φάσκω are freely used without 
δ ἐνέβαλλεν: cf. I, 2, 45. appreciable difference of mean- 
ὁ ὁρίζων, the boundary stream. ing. 
6 δασύς, thickly bordered with; 14 ταύτην: 86. χώραν. Thisissubj., 
ef. the note on c. 7. 24. πατρίδα pred. Note the transi- 


Book IV, Chap. VIII 247 





τούτων Ta πιστά. οἱ δ᾽ ἔφασαν καὶ δοῦναι καὶ λαβεῖν ἐθέλειν. 
“ a Φ 
ἐντεῦθεν διδόασιν οἱ Μάκρωνες βαρβαρικὴν λόγχην τοῖς “ EXAn- 
σιν, οἱ δὲ “Ἕλληνες ἐκείνοις ᾿Ελληνικήν: ταῦτα γὰρ ἔφασαν 
πιστὰ εἶναι" θεοὺς δ᾽ ἐπεμαρτύραντο. 
Μετὰ δὲ τὰ πιστὰ εὐθὺς οἱ Μάκρωνες τὰ δένδρα συνεξέ- 
ἢ eo. e ὃ Ἅ e ὃ ΄ > , 
KoTTOV τήν τε ὁδὸν ὡδοποίουν ws διαβιβάσοντες ἐν μέσοις 
> ld a_e@ ..». μ᾿ A δύ tal 
ἀναμεμειγμένοι τοῖς “λλησι, Kal ἀγορὰν οἵαν ἐδύναντο παρεῖχον, 
\ , > \ ξ / Ψ " \ , e 
καὶ παρήγαγον ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἕως ἐπὶ τὰ Κόλχων ὅρια 
’ὔ i | σ΄ | “~ Ψ ” / 3 \ 
κατέστησαν τοὺς Ἕλληνας. ἐνταῦθα ἦν ὄρος μέγα" καὶ ἐπὶ 
τούτου οἱ Κόλχοι παρατεταγμένοι ἦσαν. καὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον οἱ 
Ὁ Ly x μ᾽ 
Ελληνες ἀντιπαρετάξαντο φάλαγγα, ὡς οὕτως ἄξοντες πρὸς τὸ 
ὄρος" ἔπειτα δὲ ἔδοξε τοῖς στρατηγοῖς βουλεύσασθαι συλλεγεῖσιν 
ὅπως ὡς κάλλιστα ἀγωνιοῦνται. 
ἔλεξεν οὖν Ἐξενοφῶν ὅτι δοκοίη παύσαντας τὴν φάλαγγα 
λόχους ὀρθίους ποιῆσαι: ἡ μὲν γὰρ φάλαγξ διασπασθήσεται 
> , Ὁ \ Ἅ A Ὁ" " » e 4 \ ow A 
εὐθύς. τῇ μὲν yap ἄνοδον τῇ δὲ εὔοδον εὑρήσομεν τὸ ὄρος" Kal 
> \ ‘al > / ‘al “ ’ > / ΄ 
εὐθὺς τοῦτο ἀθυμίαν ποιήσει ὅταν τεταγμένοι εἰς φάλαγγα ταύ- 
την διεσπασμένην ὁρῶσιν. ἔπειτα ἂν μὲν ἐπὶ πολλῶν τεταγμένοι 
a “ A a 
προσάγωμεν, περιττεύσουσιν ἡμῶν οἱ πολέμιοι Kal τοῖς περιττοῖς 
᾿ er ἃ ᾿ 2X δὲ > 9 ar ( , 
χρήσονται ὅ,τι ἂν βούλωνται" ἐὰν δὲ ἐπ᾽ ὀλίγων τεταγμένοι 
ὦμεν, οὐδὲν ἂν εἴη θαυμαστὸν εἰ διακοπείη ἡμῶν ἡ φάλαγξ ὑπὸ 
ἁθρόων καὶ βελῶν καὶ ἀνθρώπων πολλῶν ἐμπεσόντων" εἰ δέ πῃ 
“ “ ‘ 3 a ? 
τοῦτο ἔσται, TH φάλαγγι κακὸν ἔσται. ἀλλά μοι δοκεῖ ὀρθίους 





δένδρεσι: we have the furm δένδροις 
in c. 7. 41. 

7 ἔκοπτον : the reason is given by 
σπεύδοντες; cf. συνεξέκοπτον, below 
1. 26. 

9 τριχίνους: ἐ. 6. woven of (goat's?) 
hair. 

κατ᾽ ἀντιπέραν: cf. κατ᾽ ἀντιπέρας, 
I, 1, 44. 

13 ᾿Αθήνησι: locative; see G. 296; 
H. 220; B. 76 note. 

φάσκων, decluring, not alleging. 
The forms of φημί, save in the 
indic., are indeterminate, and 
may be either pres. or aor. 


tion to direct speech. 

17 ἐρωτήσαντος : sc. αὐτοῦ. 

ὅτι: introducing direct speech; 
67. I, 6, 36. 

18 ἀντιτετάχαται : for the form, cf. 
G. 701; H. 464a; B.226a. Con- 
trast παρατεταγμένοι ἧσαν, above, 
1. 10. 

20 λέγειν ἐκέλευον: asyndeton is 
common in dialogue. 

21 ἐπὶ θάλατταν: the chiastic or- 
der strongly emphasizes these 
words. 

22 Sotev Gv: potential opt. in an 
indir. ques. ef. I, 7, 11. 





23 ra mora, the (proper) pledges. 
28 διαβιβάσοντες : with this vb. the 
contracted fut. is commoner. 

83 ἀντιπαρετάξαντο φάλαγγα: the 
acc. is an extension of the inner 
obj.; below, 1. 39, we have els 
φάλαγγα. 

84 βουλεύσασθαι συλλεγεῖσιν, to 
come together and consult. 
Note the dat., συλλεγεῖσιν; the 
acc. would be normal, since it 
follows the infin. See the note 
on I, 2, 4. 


35 ὅπως... .. ἀγωνιοῦνται: obj. 


clause, although the interrog. 
tone is clear. 

37 λόχους ὀρθίους: cf. c. 2. 46, and 
the note. 

διασπασϑθήσεται: cf. IIT, 4,80. Note 
again the shift to direct speech. 

40 ἐπὶ πολλῶν, many deep. Cf. 
below, ἐπ᾽ ὀλίγων, few deep. 

41 περιττεύσουσιν ἡμῶν : 7. e. their 
line will be longer than ours. 

42 ὅ,τι Gv βούλωνται: e. g. for a 
flank attack. For the inner obj. 
with χρήσονται, cf. I, 3, 93. 

44 ἁθρόων: the text is uncertain. 





248 Anabasis 





τοὺς λόχους ποιησαμένους τοσοῦτον χωρίον κατασχεῖν διαλι- 
πόντας τοῖς λόχοις ὅσον ἔξω τοὺς ἐσχάτους λόχους γενέσθαι 
τῶν πολεμίων κεράτων" καὶ οὕτως ἐσόμεθα τῆς τε τῶν πολεμίων 
, ἊΨ / > - ΝΜ ¢ ld 
φάλαγγος ἔξω οἱ ἔσχατοι λόχοι, καὶ ὀρθίους ἄγοντες οἱ κράτιστοι 
ἡμῶν πρῶτοι προσίασιν, ἣ τε ἂν εὔοδον ἦ ταύτῃ ἕκαστος ἄξει ὁ 
λόχος. καὶ εἴς τε τὸ διαλεῖπον οὐ ῥάδιον ἔσται τοῖς πολεμίοις 


εἰσελθεῖν ἔνθεν καὶ ἔνθεν λόχων ὄντων, διακόψαι τε οὐ ῥάδιον 


» / bd / » / / ΄Ὁ , 
ἔσται λόχον ὄρθιον προσιόντα. ἄν τέ τις πιέζηται τῶν λόχων, 
ὁ πλησίον βοηθήσει. ἤν τε εἷς πῃ δυνηθῇ τῶν λόχων ἐπὶ τὸ 
ΝΜ) > “~ » \ / [4 Ὁ I ih 
ἄκρον ἀναβῆναι, οὐδεὶς μηκέτι μείνῃ TOV πολεμίων. 
- hy “ 
ταῦτα ἔδοξε, καὶ ἐποίουν ὀρθίους τοὺς λόχους. ἘΞενοφῶν δὲ 
ἥ »Ἥ a 5 
ἀπιὼν ἐπὶ τὸ εὐώνυμον ἀπὸ τοῦ δεξιοῦ ἔλεγε τοῖς στρατιώταις" 
"Ανὸ ε φ ry > a Se ‘ » ς »Ἡ > δὰ \ ‘ 
pes, οὗτοί εἰσιν ods ὁρᾶτε μόνοι ἔτι ἡμῖν ἐμποδὼν τὸ μὴ 
bad Nd Ν , ΄ ΄ ” / \ 
ἤδη εἶναι ἔνθα πάλαι σπεύδομεν: τούτους ἤν πως δυνώμεθα, καὶ 
ὠμοὺς δεῖ καταφαγεῖν. 








As it stands ἁθρόων (pred. after 
ἐμπεσόντων) is to be taken both 
with βελῶν and ἀνθρώπων. 

el. . ἔσται: a warning condition 
again. 

46 κατασχεῖν, fo cover. With this 
τοῖς λόχοις is to be construed (as 
dat. of means). 

διαλιπόντας, stationing them at 
intervals. 

47 ὅσον... . γενέσθαι : for the infin. 
after ὅσον, as after ὥστε, cf. c. 1. 
18, and the note on οἵα. .. ἄρδειν, 
IT, 3, 49. 

ἔξω: with τῶν πολεμίων κεράτων, but 
emphasized by its position. 

49 οἱ ἔσχατοι λόχοι : limiting appo- 
sition with the subj. οὗ ἐσόμεθα. 
οἱ κράτιστοι ἡμῶν, our bravest cap- 
tains. In this formation each 
captain led his own company. 
For the bravery of individual 
captains, see e. g. c. 1. § 27 and 

c. 7. §§ 9 ff. 


50 ταύτῃ: resuming the rel., as 
often. 

ἄξει : intrans. 

51 τὸ διαλεῖπον: cf. III, 4, 91, τὸ 
διέχον, 

55 οὐδεὶς μηκέτι μείνη: for the 
double neg., see the note on II, 
2, 54. 

58 ἐμποδὼν τὸ py... εἶναι: for the 
infin. with τὸ μή after a word of 
hindering, see G. 1551; H. 9618; 
B. 642, 1; 643. 

59 πάλαι σπεύδομεν, have long 
been striving—a regular force 
of the pres. with πάλαι. 

60 ὠμοὺς ... καταφαγεῖν: a pro- 
verbial phrase which occurs 
again in Hell. III, 3,6. It may 
be a reminiscence from Homer; 
see Iliad IV, 35; XXII, 347; 
XXIV, 212. Compare also Much 
Ado about Nothing Act IV, 
sc. 1, I would eat his heart in 
the market-place. 





15 


Book IV, Chap. VIIT 249 





a \ \ , 
᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ ἐν ταῖς χώραις ἕκαστοι ἐγένοντο καὶ τοὺς λόχους 
lal e “ \ Ἁ 
ὀρθίους ἐποιήσαντο, ἐγένοντο μὲν λόχοι τῶν ὁπλιτῶν ἀμφὶ τοὺς 
Ἃ ᾽ ‘ ε ‘il \ 
ὀγδοήκοντα, ὁ δὲ λόχος ἕκαστος σχεδὸν εἰς TOUS ἑκατόν" τοὺς δὲ 
ἵν > “ \ Ἂ a 
πελταστὰς Kal τοὺς τοξότας τριχῇ ἐποιήσαντο, TOUS μὲν τοῦ 
a a \ \ , \ 
εὐωνύμου ἔξω, τοὺς δὲ τοῦ δεξιοῦ, τοὺς δὲ κατὰ μέσον, σχεδὸν 
al ΄ e 
ἑξακοσίους ἑκάστους. ἐκ τούτου παρηγγύησαν οἱ στρατηγοὶ 
ΠΣ > , δὲ )" f 3 Ud ὶ » 4 / 
εὔχεσθαι" εὐξάμενοι δὲ καὶ παιανίσαντες ἐπορεύοντο. καὶ Xeupi- 
\ ιν. μα - \ ς A > a \ a a 
σοφος μὲν Kal Ἐξενοφῶν καὶ οἱ σὺν αὑτοῖς πελτασταὶ τῆς τῶν 
. \ , 
πολεμίων φάλαγγος ἔξω γενόμενοι ἐπορεύοντο" οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι 
e 4 ᾽ " > θ , RC > \ ‘ 5 \ A δὲ 2 A 
ὡς εἶδον αὐτούς, ἀντιπαραθέοντες οἱ μὲν ἐπὶ τὸ δεξιὸν οἱ δὲ ἐπὶ 
\ Ἂ ᾿ Ἂ » 
τὸ εὐώνυμον διεσπάσθησαν, καὶ πολὺ τῆς αὑτῶν φάλαγγος ἐν 
‘an / \ 3 / δ δὲ \ \ gi ὃ \ ἢ 
τῷ μέσῳ κενὸν ἐποίησαν. οἱ δὲ κατὰ τὸ ᾿Αρκαδικὸν πελτασταί, 
ὧν ἦρχεν Αἰσχίνης ὁ ᾿Ακαρνάν, νομίσαντες φεύγειν ἀνακρα- 
γόντες ἔθεον" καὶ οὗτοι πρῶτοι ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος ἀναβαίνουσι" συνεφ- 
ry ε ’ Φ 9 ih Ud 
elmeto δὲ αὐτοῖς καὶ τὸ ᾿Αρκαδικὸν ὁπλιτικόν, ὧν ἦρχε Κλεάνωρ 


ὁ Ορχομένιος. οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι, ὡς ἤρξαντο θεῖν, οὐκέτι ἔστησαν, 


ἀλλὰ φυγῇ ἄλλος ἄλλῃ ἐτράπετο. 


οἱ δὲ Ελληνες ἀναβάντες ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο ἐν πολλαῖς κώμαις 


> 
καὶ τἀπιτήδεια πολλὰ ἐχούσαις. 


καὶ τὰ μὲν ἄλλα οὐδὲν ὅ,τι 





61 χώραις, places; cf. κατὰ χώραν, 
I, 5, 100. 

63 ὀγδοήκοντα. . . ἑκατόν: this 
gives roughly 8,000, as against 
the original total of 11,700 (see 
I, 2, 58f.,and I, 4,13). Similarly 
only 1,800 peltasts are here ac- 
counted for, while the original 
number was 2,300. Most of these 
losses occurred after the Greeks 
entered the Carduchian moun- 
tains. 

εἰς τοὺς ἑκατόν : for the art., cf. I, 
2, 59, and the note. The com- 
pany properly numbered 100 men 
(cf. 1, 2, 148, and the note), but 
this number can hardly have 
been always maintained. 

66 παρεγγύησαν: less common than 


the equivalent rapayyé\\w, but 
occurring four times in this book. 

67 Χειρίσοφος .. . Eevohav: they 
led the columns at the extreme 
right and left. 

70 ἀντιπαραθέοντες : for the preps., 
cf. above, 1. 33. The Colchians 
sought to avoid being outflanked. 
Note the partitive appos. 

72 κατὰ τὸ ᾿Αρκαδικόν, in the Ar- 
cadian division. This, it ap- 
pears, was in the centre. 

73 φεύγειν : ὦ. 6. τοὺς πολεμίους. 

75 ὁπλιτικόν, ὧν: the pl. is justi- 
fied, since ὁπλιτικόν εὁπλῖῆται. 

76 ὡς ἤρξαντο : 7. 6. of πελτασταί, 

79 τὰ μὲν ἄλλα, for the rest (adv. 

οὐδέν : sc. ἢν. [acc.). 

ὅ,τι kal: καί may be rendered, at 





250 Anabasis 





80 καὶ ἐθαύμασαν: τὰ δὲ σμήνη πολλὰ ἣν αὐτόθι, Kal τῶν κηρίων 


ὅσοι ἔφαγον τῶν στρατιωτῶν πάντες ἄφρονές τε ἐγίγνοντο καὶ 
ΝΜ Γ ᾿ ".᾿ "» ΠῚ \ 2 } 25 , 
ἤμουν καὶ κάτω διεχώρει αὐτοῖς καὶ ὀρθὸς οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο ἵστα- 
σθαι, ἀλλ᾽ οἱ μὲν ὀλίγον ἐδηδοκότες σφόδρα μεθύουσιν ἐῴκεσαν, 
οἱ δὲ πολὺ μαινομένοις, οἱ δὲ καὶ ἀποθνήσκουσιν. ἔκειντο δὲ 
οὕτω πολλοὶ ὥσπερ τροπῆς γεγενημένης, καὶ πολλὴ ἣν ἀθυμία. 
~ Oo ¢ ,“,» , ᾿ ᾽ , > ‘ ". “ er 

τῇ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ ἀπέθανε μὲν οὐδείς, ἀμφὶ δὲ τὴν αὐτήν πως ὥραν 
» / \ ‘ > / Ψ > 
ἀνεφρόνουν" τρίτῃ δὲ καὶ τετάρτῃ ἀνίσταντο ὥσπερ ἐκ φαρμα- 
κοποσίας. 

᾿Εντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν δύο σταθμοὺς παρασάγγας ἑπτά, 
καὶ ἦλθον ἐπὶ θάλατταν εἰς Τραπεζοῦντα πόλιν Ἑλληνίδα 
οἰκουμένην ἐν τῷ Εὐξείνῳ Πόντῳ Σινωπέων ἀποικίαν ἐν τῇ 

/ > le! »” dl ἢ > ) Ἂ Li > 

Κόλχων χώρᾳ. ἐνταῦθα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας ἀμφὶ τὰς τριάκοντα ἐν 

vad - / > Ὁ) ε “ \ 
ταῖς τῶν Κόλχων κώμαις" κἀντεῦθεν ὁρμώμενοι ἐλήζοντο τὴν 
Κολχίδα. ἀγορὰν δὲ παρεῖχον τῷ στρατοπέδῳ Τραπεζούντιοι, 
καὶ ἐδέξαντό τε τοὺς ” EXAnvas καὶ ξένια ἔδοσαν βοῦς καὶ ἄλφιτα 


TN 
Kat OLVOV. 


συνδιεπράττοντο δὲ καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν πλησίον Κόλχων 


- , ~ , , > ᾽ \ Ld \ >) ἋΣ / 
τῶν ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ μάλιστα οἰκούντων, Kal ξένια Kal παρ ἐκείνων 


ἦλθον βόες. 





all. Here it lessens the force of 
the vb.; oftener it accentuates it. 

82 κάτω διεχώρει αὐτοῖς, suffered 
from diarrhoea. 

83 μεθύουσιν. . . ἀποθνήσκουσιν: 
partics., of course, like μαινο- 
μένοις. 

87 ἀνεφρόνουν, began to recover 
their senses. Note the force of 
the prep., and cf. ἀναπνεῦσαι, 
c. 1. 86. 

τρίτῃ δὲ καὶ τετάρτῃ: in such 
phrases in Greek, καί is com- 
moner than the disjunct. 4. 

ἐκ φαρμακοποσίας : the accounts of 
modern travelers with reference 
to the existence of poisonous 
honey in this region tend, for the 
most part, to corroborate Xeno- 


phon’s account. They differ 
widely from one another regard- 
ing the flower from which the 
honey is extracted, and some 
hold that it is unwholesome only 
if eaten raw. Professor Koch 
denies the existence of poison- 
ous honey, and thinks the 
Greeks must have eaten honey 
that was spoiled. 

90 Τραπεζοῦντα: here at last we 
are on certain ground; this was 
the modern Trebizond. 

95 ἐδέξαντο: i.e. into the city. 

96 cuvdterpdrrovro: 7. 6. in con- 
junction with the Colchians. 

ὑπέρ: 7. 6. that they should not be 
pillaged. 

97 ξένια: in appos. with βόες. 





25 


Book IV, Chap. VIII 251 





μετὰ δὲ τοῦτο τὴν θυσίαν ἣν ηὔξαντο παρεσκευάζοντο" 
ἦλθον δ᾽ αὐτοῖς ἱκανοὶ βόες ἀποθῦσαι τῷ Διὶ σωτήρια καὶ τῷ 


Ἡρακλεῖ ἡγεμόσυνα καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις θεοῖς ἃ ηὔξαντο. ἐποίησαν 


δὲ καὶ ἀγῶνα γυμνικὸν ἐν τῷ ὄρει ἔνθαπερ ἐσκήνουν. εἵλοντο 
δὲ Δρακόντιον Σπαρτιάτην, ὅς ἔφυγε παῖς ὧν οἴκοθεν, παῖδα 
ἄκων κατακανὼν ξυήλῃ πατάξας, δρόμου τ᾽ ἐπιμεληθῆναι καὶ 
τοῦ ἀγῶνος προστατῆσαι. 

ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἡ θυσία ἐγένετο, τὰ δέρματα παρέδοσαν τῷ Δρα- 
κοντίῳ, καὶ ἡγεῖσθαι ἐκέλευον ὅπου τὸν δρόμον πεποιηκὼς εἴη. 
ὅ δὲ δείξας οὗπερ ἑστηκότες ἐτύγχανον Οὗτος ὁ λόφος, ἔφη, 
κάλλιστος τρέχειν ὅπου ἄν τις βούληται. 
δυνήσονται παλαίειν ἐν σκληρῷ καὶ δασεῖ οὕτως: ὃ δ᾽ εἶπε" 


Πῶς οὖν, ἔφασαν, 


n ’ a 
Μᾶλλόν τι ἀνιάσεται ὁ καταπεσών. ἠγωνίζοντο δὲ παῖδες μὲν 


στάδιον τῶν αἰχμαλώτων οἱ πλεῖστοι, δόλιχον δὲ Κρῆτες πλείους 





99 ηὔξαντο, had vowed. See lll, 106 δέρματα: the skins of the vic- 


2, § 9. 

100 ἀποθῦσαι: for the cpd., cf. I, 3, 
67, and the note on ἀπέπεμπε, I, 
1, 41. They are fulfilling an 
obligation. 

101 ἡγεμόσυνα, thank-offerings 
for guidance. The word occurs 
here only. ἡγεμών was a stand- 
ing title of Heracles (e. g. VI, 2, 
§ 15). His own wide wanderings 
made him the fitting patron of 
all wanderers. 

102 ἔνθαπερ, right where. The 
force of the enclitic rep should 
always be noted. 

104 ἄκων: {. 6. he was not a mur- 
derer. The Greeks, however, 
regarded one who had slain 
another even involuntarily as 
polluted, and he was obliged 
to go for a time, at least, into 
banishment, 7. 6. according to 
the primitive view, to go beyond 
the range of the ghost of the 
slain man. 


tims were to serve as prizes (cf. 
Iliad XXII, 159 f.). 

111 Μᾶλλόν.... καταπεσών, so 
much the worse for him who is 
thrown—a reply worthy of the 
Spartan. 

ἠγωνίζοντο... στάδιον: the acc. is 
cognate (inner obj.). So, too, 
with πάλην, πυγμήν, and παγκράτιον 
the vb. ἠγωνίζοντο is to be sup- 
plied. With δόλιχον (86. δρόμον) 
ἔθεον is expressed, but it is very 
probable that ἠγωνίζοντο should 
be understood there, too, ἔθεον 
being regarded as a gloss. The 
στάδιον was the oldest of the 
Olympic contests, and the victor 
inthis was the Olympic victor for 
the year. It was astraightaway 
dash of approximately 200 yards. 

παῖδες: races for boys formed a 
regular part of Greek athletic 
contests. 

112 αἰχμαλώτων οἱ πλεῖστοι : ex- 


cused by the fact that there 





252 Anabasis 





¢ ἤ ΝΨ Λ δὲ 4 h, \ “a Ψ 

ἢ ἑξήκοντα, | ἔθεον πάλην δὲ καὶ πυγμὴν καὶ παγκράτιον ἕτεροι, 
καὶ καλὴ θέα ἐγένετο" πολλοὶ γὰρ κατέβησαν καὶ ἅτε θεωμένων 
τῶν ἑταίρων πολλὴ φιλονικία ἐγίγνετο. ἔθεον δὲ καὶ ἵπποι καὶ 
»” > ἣ 3 “~ “ > ld > id , > 
ἔδει αὐτοὺς κατὰ τοῦ πρανοῦς ἐλάσαντας ἐν TH θαλάττῃ ἀπο 

ἤ Ud Ἃ x »' v 
στρέψαντας πάλιν πρὸς τὸν βωμὸν ἄγειν. 
πολλοὶ ἐκυλινδοῦντο: ἄνω δὲ πρὸς τὸ ἰσχυρῶς ὄρθιον μόγις 
βάδην ἐπορεύοντο οἱ ἵπποι" ἔνθα πολλὴ κραυγὴ καὶ γέλως καὶ 


Ld Ἃ ¢ 
Kal κάτω μὲν οἱ 


παρακέλευσις ἐγίγνετο. 





114 κατέβησαν : the technical term 
for entering the lists (in arenam 
descendere). 

ἅτε: cf. I, 1, 12, and the note. 

116 αὐτούς: i. 6. the horses, obj. 
of ἄγειν and the accompanying 
partics. We must understand 

“ ἱππέας as subj. 

117 βωμόν, mound, of earth or 
turf. Doubtless it was the 
“altar” on which the victims 
had been sacrificed. 


were no Greek boys in the army. 
In the great games of Greece 
only those of genuine Hellenic 
stock might compete. 

δόλιχον: this was a long race, a 
test of endurance. At Olympia 
it was 24 stadia, but the length 
seems to have varied. 

113 παγκράτιον: a composite con- 
test in which the arts both of 
the wrestler and the boxer were 
allowed. 


28 











8 


BOOK V 


I, [Ὅσα μὲν δὴ ἐν τῇ ἀναβάσει τῇ μετὰ Κύρου ἔπραξαι 
οἱ Ἕλληνες, καὶ ὅσα ἐν τῇ πορείᾳ τῇ μέχρι ἐπὶ θάλατταν τὴν ἐν 
τῷ Ἐὐξείνῳ Πόντῳ, καὶ ὡς εἰς Τραπεζοῦντα πόλιν Ἑλληνίδα ἀφί- 
κοντο, καὶ ὡς ἀπέθυσαν ἃ ηὔξαντο σωτήρια θύσειν ἔνθα πρῶτον 
εἰς φιλίαν γῆν ἀφίκοιντο, ἐν τῷ πρόσθεν λόγῳ δεδήλωται. 

Ἔκ δὲ τούτου ξυνελθόντες ἐβουλεύοντο περὶ τῆς λοιπῆς 
πορείας: ἀνέστη δὲ πρῶτος Λέων Θούριος καὶ ἔλεξεν ὧδε. 


᾿Εγὼ μὲν τοίνυν, ἔφη, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἀπείρηκα ἤδη ξυσκευαζόμενος 
καὶ βαδίζων καὶ τρέχων καὶ τὰ ὅπλα φέρων καὶ ἐν τάξει ov καὶ 
\ dl | / > “Ὁ ΟΝ ᾿ 

φυλακὰς φυλάττων καὶ μαχόμενος, ἐπιθυμῶ δὲ ἤδη παυσάμενος 

‘ “ / > / » » »! ν᾿ ‘ 
τούτων τῶν πόνων, ἐπεὶ θάλατταν ἔχομεν, πλεῖν TO λοιπὸν Kal 
ἐκταθεὶς ὥσπερ ᾽Οδυσσεὺς ἀφικέσθαι εἰς τὴν Ελλάδα. ταῦτα 
ἀκούσαντες οἱ στρατιῶται ἀνεθορύβησαν ὡς εὖ λέγει" καὶ ἄλλος 
ταὐτὰ ἔλεγε, καὶ πάντες οἱ παριόντες. ἔπειτα δὲ Χειρίσοφος 
ἀνέστη καὶ εἶπεν ὧδε. Φίλος μοί ἐστιν, ὦ ἄνδρες, ᾿Αναξίβιος, 

“ | Ul = ἤ ἤ ν aA 

vavapyav δὲ καὶ τυγχάνει. ἢν οὖν πέμψητέ pe, οἴομαι ἂν 
ἐλθεῖν καὶ τριήρεις ἔχων καὶ πλοῖα τὰ ἡμᾶς ἄξοντα" ὑμεῖς δὲ 
εἴπερ πλεῖν βούλεσθε, περιμένετε ἔστ᾽ ἂν ἐγὼ ἔλθω" ἥξω δὲ 
ταχέως. ἀκούσαντες ταῦτα οἱ στρατιῶται ἥσθησάν τε καὶ 
> I “ > μ᾿ e 4 
ἐψηφίσαντο πλεῖν αὑτὸν WS τάχιστα. 

Μετὰ τοῦτον Ἐξενοφῶν ἀνέστη καὶ ἔλεξεν ὧδε. Χειρίσοφος 
μὲν δὴ ἐπὶ πλοῖα στέλλεται, ἡμεῖς δὲ ἀναμενοῦμεν. ὅσα μοι οὖν 
δοκεῖ καιρὸς εἶναι ποιεῖν ἐν τῇ μονῇ, ταῦτα ἐρῶ. πρῶτον μὲν 


τὰ ἐπιτήδεια δεῖ πορίζεσθαι ἐκ τῆς πολεμίας" οὔτε γὰρ ἀγορὰ 


5 


10 


20 


ἔστιν ἱκανὴ οὔτε ὅτου ὠνησόμεθα εὐπορία εἶ μὴ ὀλίγοις τισίν" ἡ 25 


δὲ χώρα πολεμία" κίνδυνος οὖν πολλοὺς ἀπόλλυσθαι, ἣν ἀμελῶς 

τε καὶ ἀφυλάκτως πορεύησθε ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. ἀλλά μοι δοκεῖ 

σὺν προνομαῖς λαμβάνειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, ἄλλως δὲ μὴ πλανᾶσθαι, 

ὡς σῴζησθε, ἡμᾶς δὲ τούτων ἐπιμελεῖσθαι. ἔδοξε ταῦτα. 

ΜΝ , 3 ’ 
Ett τοίνυν ἀκούσατε καὶ τάδε. 

οἴομαι οὖν βέλτιστον εἶναι ἡμῖν εἰπεῖν τὸν 

253 


ρεύσονταί τινες. 


ἐπὶ λείαν γὰρ ὑμῶν ἐκπο- 30 





254 Anabasis 





wile 


μέλλοντα ἐξιέναι, φράζειν δὲ καὶ ὅποι, ἵνα καὶ τὸ πλῆθος εἰδῶ- 
μεν τῶν ἐξιόντων καὶ τῶν μενόντων καὶ ξυμπαρασκευάζωμεν, 
ἐάν τι δέῃ, κἂν βοηθῆσαί τισι καιρὸς 7, εἰδῶμεν ὅποι δεήσει 


35 βοηθεῖν, καὶ ἐάν τις τῶν ἀπειροτέρων ἐγχειρῇ ποι, ξυμβου- 


λεύωμεν πειρώμενοι εἰδέναι τὴν δύναμιν ἐφ᾽ οὗς ἂν ἴωσιν. ἔδοξε 
καὶ ταῦτα. 
᾽Εννοεῖτε δὲ καὶ τόδε, ἔφη. σχολὴ τοῖς πολεμιοις λήξεσθαι, 
καὶ δικαίως ἡμῖν ἐπιβουλεύουσιν" ἔχομεν γὰρ τὰ ἐκείνων" ὕπερ- 
κάθηνται δὲ ἡμῶν. φυλακὰς δή μοι δοκεῖ δεῖν περὶ τὸ στρατό- 
πεδον εἶναι" ἐὰν οὖν κατὰ μέρος φυλάττωμεν καὶ σκοπῶμεν, 
bd Ἅ [μ Ld “Ὁ “Ὁ 6 / 
ἧττον ἂν δύναιντο ἡμᾶς θηρᾶν οἱ πολέμιοι. 
» ι / (ὃ e al > \ > 4 “ μι Ὁ 
Er: τοίνυν τάδε ὁρᾶτε. εἰ μὲν ἠπιστάμεθα σαφῶς ὅτι ἥξει 
πλοῖα Χειρίσοφος ἄγων ἱκανά, οὐδὲν ἂν ἔδει ὧν μέλλω λέγειν" 
“ δ᾽ > \ lal 16 ὃ »Ὰ “Ὁ »Ἢ 
νῦν δ᾽ ἐπεὶ τοῦτο ἄδηλον, δοκεῖ μοι πειρᾶσθαι πλοῖα συμπα- 
ρασκευάζειν καὶ αὐτόθεν. ἢν μὲν γὰρ ἔλθῃ, ὑπαρχόντων ἐνθάδε 
> > / 4 * ἃ ‘ ¥ a“ > U ᾿ 
ἐν ἀφθονωτέροις πλευσόμεθα" ἂν δὲ μὴ ἄγῃ, τοῖς ἐνθάδε χρησό- 
μεθα. ὁρῶ δὲ ἐγὼ πλοῖα πολλάκις παραπλέοντα" εἰ οὖν 
αἰτησάμενοι παρὰ Τραπεζουντίων μακρὰ πλοῖα κατάγοιμεν καὶ 
| \ ὃ ‘ ‘ Lid bat . ᾿ " ΝΜ 
φυλαττοιμεν, τὰ πηδάλια παραλυόμενοι, ἕως ἂν ἱκανὰ τὰ ἄξοντα 
/ Ν Ἅ > > “ δῇ “ ὃ ᾽ ES 
γένηται, ἴσως ἂν οὐκ ἀπορήσαιμεν κομιδῆς οἵας δεόμεθα. ἔδοξε 
καὶ ταῦτα. 
᾿Εννοήσατε δ᾽, ἔφη, εἰ εἰκὸς καὶ τρέφειν ἀπὸ κοινοῦ ods ἂν 
κατάγωμεν ὅσον ἂν χρόνον ἡμῶν ἕνεκεν μένωσι, καὶ ναῦλον 
ξυνθέσθαι, ὅπως ὠφελοῦντες καὶ ὠφελῶνται. ἔδοξε καὶ ταῦτα. 
Δοκεῖ τοίνυν μοι, ἔφη, ἢν ἄρα καὶ ταῦτα ἡμῖν μὴ ἐκπεραίνηται 
ὥστε ἀρκεῖν πλοῖα, τὰς ὁδοὺς ἃς δυσπόρους ἀκούομεν εἶναι ταῖς 
παρὰ θάλατταν οἰκούσαις πόλεσιν ἐντείλασθαι ὁδοποιεῖν" πεί- 
σονται γὰρ καὶ διὰ τὸ φοβεῖσθαι καὶ διὰ τὸ βούλεσθαι ἡμῶν 
ἀπαλλαγῆναι. 
᾿Ενταῦθα δὲ ἀνέκραγον ὡς οὐ δέιι ὁδοιπορεῖν. ὃ δὲ ὡς ἔγνω 
τὴν ἀφροσύνην αὐτῶν, ἐπεψήφισε μὲν οὐδέν, τὰς δὲ πόλεις 
μ᾿ ; » Ly ~ / “ “ > Ul 
ἑκούσας ἔπεισεν ὁδοποιεῖν, λέγων ὅτι θᾶττον ἀπαλλάξονται, ἣν 
ν / 4 δὸὃ ἤ ἔλ, δὲ ὶ , δ 
εὔποροι γένωνται αἱ ὁδοί. ἔλαβον δὲ καὶ πεντηκόντορον παρὰ 
Ὁ Ἵ ἡ" ’ ’ , , 
τῶν Τραπεζουντίων, 7 ἐπέστησαν Δέξιππον Λάκωνα περίοικον. 
οὗτος ἀμελήσας τοῦ ξυλλέγειν πλοῖα ἀποδρὰς ᾧχετο ἔξω τοῦ 


Book Υ͂, Chap. II 255 





an \ > 
Πόντου, ἔχων τὴν ναῦν. οὗτος μὲν οὖν δίκαια ἔπαθεν ὕστερον" 


ἐν Θράκῃ γὰρ παρὰ Σεύθῃ πολυπραγμονῶν τι ἀπέθανεν ὑπὸ 
Νικάνδρου τοῦ Λάκωνος. ἔλαβον δὲ καὶ τριακόντορον, ἧ ἐπε- 
στάθη Πολυκράτης ᾿Αθηναῖος, ὃς ὁπόσα λαμβάνοι πλοῖα κατῆγεν 
ἐπὶ στρατόπεδον. καὶ τὰ μὲν ἀγώγιμα εἴ τι ἦγον ἐξαιρούμενοι 
φύλακας καθίστασαν, ὅπως σῶα εἴη, τοῖς δὲ πλοίοις ἐχρήσαντο 
εἰς παραγωγήν. ἐν ᾧ δὲ ταῦτα ἣν ἐπὶ λείαν ἐξῇσαν οἱ Ἕλληνες, 
καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐλάμβανον, of δὲ καὶ ov. ἸΚλεαίνετος δὲ ἐξαγαγὼν 
καὶ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ καὶ ἄλλον λόχον πρὸς χωρίον χαλεπὸν αὐτός τε 
ἀπέθανε καὶ ἄλλοι πολλοὶ τῶν σὺν αὐτῷ. 

11. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια οὐκέτι ἦν λαμβάνειν ὥστε ἀπαυ- 
θημερίζειν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον, ἐκ τούτου λαβὼν ἘΞενοφῶν 
ἡγεμόνας τῶν Τραπεζουντίων ἐξάγει εἰς Δρίλας τὸ ἥμισυ τοῦ 
στρατεύματος, τὸ δὲ ἥμισυ κατέλιπε φυλάττειν τὸ στρατόπεδον" 
οἱ γὰρ Κόλχοι, ἅτε ἐκπεπτωκότες ἐκ τῶν οἰκιῶν, πολλοὶ ἦσαν 
ἁθρόοι καὶ ὑπερεκάθηντο ἐπὶ τῶν ἄκρων. οἱ δὲ Τραπεζούντιοι 
ὁπόθεν μὲν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ῥᾷδιον ἣν λαβεῖν οὐκ ἦγον" φίλοι yap 
αὐτοῖς ἦσαν" εἰς δὲ τοὺς Δρίλας προθύμως ἦγον, ὑφ᾽ ὧν κακῶς 
yy > / ᾽ δὰ \ ad p WIN: ‘dl 
ἔπασχον, εἰς χωρία τε ὀρεινὰ καὶ δύσβατα καὶ ἀνθρώπους πολε- 
μικωτάτους τῶν ἐν τῷ Πόντῳ. 

Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦσαν ἐν τῇ ἄνω χώρᾳ οἱ “ἕλληνες, ὁποῖα τῶν 

ἤ val I . ol 9 25 / > ’ 3 A 
χωρίων τοῖς Δρίλαις ἁλώσιμα εἶναι ἐδόκει ἐμπιμπράντες ἀπῇ- 
σαν" καὶ οὐδὲν ἣν λαμβάνειν εἰ μὴ ὗς ἢ βοῦς ἣ ἄλλο τι κτῆνος 

\ “ ὃ , a δὲ “ f , aN 2 > 
τὸ πῦρ διαπεφευγός. ev δὲ ἣν χωρίον μητρόπολις αὐτῶν" εἰς 
τοῦτο πάντες ξυνερρυήκεσαν. περὶ δὲ τοῦτο ἣν χαράδρα ἰσχυρῶς 

a / \ A \ / e \ ἣ 
βαθεῖα, καὶ πρόσοδοι χαλεπαὶ πρὸς τὸ χωρίον. οἱ δὲ πελτασταὶ 
προδραμόντες στάδια πέντε ἣ ἕξ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, διαβάντες τὴν 
χαράδραν, ὁρῶντες πρόβατα πολλὰ καὶ ἄλλα χρήματα προσέ- 
βαλλον πρὸς τὸ χωρίον" ξυνείποντο δὲ καὶ δορυφόροι πολλοὶ 
οἱ ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἐξωρμημένοι: ὥστε ἐγένοντο οἱ διαβάντες 
πλείους ἢ εἰς χιλίους ἀνθρώπους. ἐπεὶ δὲ μαχόμενοι οὐκ ἐδύ- 
ναντὸ λαβεῖν τὸ χωρίον, καὶ γὰρ τάφρος ἦν περὶ αὐτὸ εὐρεῖα 
ἀναβεβλημένη καὶ σκόλοπες ἐπὶ τῆς ἀναβολῆς καὶ τύρσεις 
πυκναὶ ξύλιναι πεποιημέναι, ἀπιέναι δὴ ἐπεχείρουν: οἱ δὲ 
» / > "» et 4 b | > , 3 , 9 A > , 
ἐπέκειντο αὐτοῖς. ws δὲ οὐκ ἐδύναντο ἀποτρέχειν, ἣν yap ἐφ 





256 Anabasis 





al € ἤ > Ὁ > \ ld ἤ 

ἑνὸς ἡ κατάβασις ἐκ τοῦ χωρίου εἰς τὴν χαράδραν, πέμπουσι 
πρὸς ἘΞενοφῶντα. ὃ δὲ ἐλθὼν λέγει 
ὅτι ἔστι χωρίον χρημάτων πολλῶν μεστόν: τοῦτο οὔτε λαβεῖν 


ὃ δὲ ἡγεῖτο τοῖς ὁπλίταις. 


, ? Ν ‘\ ᾿ς vy > “ ¢ 7 , 
δυνάμεθα: ἰσχυρὸν yap ἐστιν" οὔτε ἀπελθεῖν ῥάδιον: μάχονται 
γὰρ ἐπεξεληλυθότες καὶ ἡ ἄφοδος χαλεπή. 

᾿Ακούσας ταῦτα ὁ Ἐενοφῶν προσαγαγὼν πρὸς τὴν χαράδραν 
τοὺς μὲν ὁπλίτας θέσθαι ἐκέλευσε τὰ ὅπλα, αὐτὸς δὲ διαβὰς 
σὺν τοῖς λοχαγοῖς ἐσκοπεῖτο πότερον εἴη κρεῖττον ἀπαγαγεῖν 
καὶ τοὺς διαβεβηκότας ἢ καὶ τοὺς ὁπλίτας διαβιβάζειν, ὡς 
ἁλόντος ἂν τοῦ χωρίου. ἐδόκει γὰρ τὸ μὲν ἀπαγαγεῖν οὐκ 
εἶναι ἄνευ πολλῶν νεκρῶν, ἑλεῖν δ᾽ ἂν ᾧοντο καὶ οἱ λοχαγοὶ τὸ 

\ ς “ - - 
χωρίον, καὶ ὁ Ἐξενοφῶν ξυνεχώρησε τοῖς ἱεροῖς πιστεύσας" οἱ 
γὰρ μάντεις ἀποδεδειγμένοι ἧσαν ὅτι μάχη μὲν ἔσται, τὸ δὲ 
τέλος καλὸν τῆς ἐξόδου. καὶ τοὺς μὲν λοχαγοὺς ἔπεμπε δια- 

’ \ ¢ / b \ ΠΝ a > , Ὁ 
βιβάσοντας τοὺς ὁπλίτας, αὐτὸς δ᾽ ἔμενεν ἀναχωρίσας ἅπαντας 
τοὺς πελταστάς, καὶ οὐδένα εἴα ἀκροβολίζεσθαι. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἧκον 
οἱ ὁπλῖται, ἐκέλευσε τὸν λόχον ἕκαστον ποιῆσαι τῶν λοχαγῶν 
ὡς ἂν κράτιστα οἴηται ἀγωνιεῖσθαι: ἧσαν γὰρ οἱ λοχαγοὶ πλη- 
σίον ἀλλήλων of πάντα τὸν χρόνον ἀλλήλοις περὶ ἀνδραγαθίας 
ἀντεποιοῦντο. καὶ οἱ μὲν ταῦτ᾽ ἐποίουν" ὃ δὲ τοῖς πελτασταῖς 

ἴω , 
πᾶσι παρήγγειλε διηγκυλωμένους ἰέναι, ὡς ὁπόταν σημήνῃ 
? ff \ ‘ / ’ ~ > Ν » Cal ἘΣ 
ἀκοντίζειν, καὶ τοὺς τοξότας ἐπιβεβλῆσθαι ἐπὶ ταῖς νευραῖς, ὡς 
“ / / td \ \ “ 
ὁπόταν σημήνῃ τοξεύειν, καὶ τοὺς γυμνῆτας λίθων ἔχειν μεστὰς 
‘ ἤ \ \ a 
τὰς διφθέρας" καὶ τοὺς ἐπιτηδείους ἔπεμψε τούτων ἐπιμεληθῆναι. 
"E Ἂ δὲ , ‘ \ ε \ ςε , 
mel δὲ πάντα παρεσκεύαστο Kal οἱ λοχαγοὶ καὶ οἱ ὑπολό- 
\ e “ ‘ 
χαγοι καὶ οἱ ἀξιοῦντες τούτων μὴ χείρους εἶναι πάντες παρα- 
f μι \ / 
τεταγμένοι ἦσαν, καὶ ἀλλήλους μὲν δὴ ξυνεώρων-: μηνοειδὴς yap 
ὃ Ν μι ἤ ε Ul bed > \ δ᾽ > Ul ‘ ς , 
ta τὸ χωρίον ἡ Takis ἦν" ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐπαιάνισαν καὶ ἡ σάλπιγξ 
> / Ld in NE / > / 
ἐφθέγξατο, dua τε τῷ ᾿Ενυαλίῳ ἠλέλιξαν καὶ ἔθεον δρόμῳ οἱ 
¢ “ \ Ἂ / [ἡ “ ‘ 
ὁπλῖται, καὶ τὰ βέλη ὁμοῦ ἐφέρετο, λόγχαι, τοξεύματα, σφενδό- 
x » δ᾽ > ~ ~ Θ Led \ “ὃ ‘ ‘al / 
val, πλεῖστοι δ᾽ ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν λίθοι, ἦσαν δὲ of Kal πῦρ προσέ- 
il \ Ἂ / “ a“ 
pepov. ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦ πλήθους τῶν βελῶν ἔλιπον οἱ πολέμιοι 
, , 
Ta Te σταυρώματα καὶ τὰς τύρσεις" ὥστε ᾿Α γασίας Στυμφάλιος 
καταθέμενος τὰ ὅπλα ἐν χιτῶνι μόνον ἀνέβ ὲ ἄλλον ef 
x μ η, καὶ ἄλλον εἴλκε, 
ΚΕ > ’ 
καὶ ἄλλος ἀνεβεβήκει, καὶ ἑαλώκει τὸ χωρίον, ὡς ἐδόκει. 


7 





16 


21 


Book V, Chap. IT 257 





Καὶ of μὲν πελτασταὶ καὶ οἱ ψιλοὶ ἐσδραμόντες ἥρπαζον 
ὅ,τι ἕκαστος ἐδύνατο" ὁ δὲ Ἐενοφῶν στὰς κατὰ τὰς πύλας 
3 , ᾿ ; nw ᾿ »“» » , A 
ὁπόσους ἐδύνατο κατεκώλυσε τῶν ὁπλιτῶν ἔξω": πολέμιοι γὰρ 

~ > n 
ἄλλοι ἐφαίνοντο ἐπ᾽ ἄκροις τισὶν ἰσχυροῖς. οὐ πολλοῦ δὲ 
χρόνου μεταξὺ γενομένου κραυγή τε ἐγένετο ἔνδον καὶ ἔφευγον 
of μὲν καὶ ἔχοντες ἃ ἔλαβον, τάχα δέ τις καὶ τετρωμένος" καὶ 

Ά φ > μ᾿ » Ἁ ‘ 7 \ > ’ ἢ al 
πολὺς ἣν ὠθισμὸς ἀμφὶ τὰ θύρετρα. καὶ ἐρωτώμενοι οἱ ἐκπίπ- 
τοντες ἔλεγον ὅτι ἄκρα τέ ἐστιν ἔνδον καὶ οἱ πολέμιοι πολλοί, 
of παίουσιν ἐκδεδραμηκότες τοὺς ἔνδον ἀνθρώπους. 

A ν A 
ἀνειπεῖν ἐκέλευσε Τολμίδην τὸν κήρυκα ἰέναι εἴσω τὸν βουλό- 


ἐνταῦθα 
μενόν TL λαμβάνειν. καὶ ἵενται πολλοὶ εἴσω, καὶ νικῶσι τοὺς 
ἐκπίπτοντας οἱ εἰσωθούμενοι καὶ κατακλείουσι τοὺς πολεμίους 
πάλιν εἰς τὴν ἄκραν. καὶ τὰ μὲν ἔξω τῆς ἄκρας πάντα διηρ- 
πάσθη, καὶ ἐξεκομίσαντο οἱ “Ἑλληνες" οἱ δὲ ὁπλῖται ἔθεντο τὰ 
¢ \ Ν ‘ μ" »Ἥ ἃ ᾿ \ \ κῶν ‘ + AI, 
ὅπλα, of μὲν περὶ τὰ σταυρώματα, οἱ δὲ κατὰ THY ὁδὸν THY ἐπὶ 
‘ ” ld e 1 = »" \ e 4..3 , 
τὴν ἄκραν φέρουσαν. ὁ δὲ Ἐξενοφῶν καὶ οἱ λοχαγοὶ ἐσκόπουν 
εἰ οἷόν τε εἴη τὴν ἄκραν λαβεῖν: ἣν γὰρ οὕτω σωτηρία ἀσφαλής, 
ἄλλως δὲ πάνυ χαλεπὸν ἐδόκει εἶναι ἀπελθεῖν: σκοπουμένοις δὲ 
αὐτοῖς ἔδοξε παντάπασιν ἀνάλωτον εἶναι τὸ χωρίον. 
> a , 4 Ν ὃ A \ \ 4 
Evrad0a παρεσκευάζοντο τὴν ἄφοδον, καὶ τοὺς μὲν σταυροὺς 
ws ‘ “ κε \ ΄' hi ὁ s ΄, 
ἕκαστοι τοὺς καθ᾽ αὑτοὺς διήρουν, καὶ τοὺς ἀχρείους καὶ φορτία 
» > / Ὁ e - Ἁ “δ. 
ἔχοντας ἐξεπέμποντο καὶ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν τὸ πλῆθος καταλιπόντες 
ε \ 4 > / > A Pe: > “ 
οἱ λοχαγοὶ οἷς ἕκαστος ἐπίστευεν. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἤρξαντο ἀποχωρεῖν, 
ἐπεξέθεον ἔνδοθεν πολλοὶ γέρρα καὶ λόγχας ἔχοντες καὶ κνημῖδας 
καὶ κράνη Παφλαγονικά, καὶ ἄλλοι ἐπὶ τὰς οἰκίας ἀνέβαινον τὰς 
ἔνθεν καὶ ἔνθεν τῆς εἰς τὴν ἄκραν φερούσης ὁδοῦ": ὥστε οὐδὲ 
> 
διώκειν ἀσφαλὲς ἣν κατὰ τὰς πύλας τὰς εἰς THY ἄκραν φερού- 
Ἂ ’ f > , ΕΝ Φ Ἀ 
σας. καὶ γὰρ ξύλα μεγάλα ἐπερρίπτουν ἄνωθεν, ὥστε χαλεπὸν 
ἣν καὶ μένειν καὶ ἀπιέναι" καὶ ἡ νὺξ φοβερὰ ἣν ἐπιοῦσα. 
Μαχομένων δὲ αὐτῶν καὶ ἀπορουμένων θεῶν τις αὐτοῖς 
μηχανὴν σωτηρίας δίδωσιν. ἐξαπίνης γὰρ ἀνέλαμψεν οἰκία 
τῶν ἐν δεξιᾷ ὅτου δὴ ἐνάψαντος. ὡς δ᾽ αὕτη ξυνέπιπτεν, ἔφευ- 
>, 2 4 [οἱ > “Ὁ > a ς ἂν e el a 
γον ot ἀπὸ τῶν ἐν δεξιᾷ οἰκιῶν. ὡς δὲ ἔμαθεν ὁ Ἐξενοφῶν τοῦτο 
παρὰ τῆς τύχης, ἐνάπτειν ἐκέλευε καὶ τὰς ἐν ἀριστερᾷ οἰκίας, 
ἃ Ud 9 [τ \ Rg / 
at ξύλιναι ἦσαν͵ ὥστε Kal ταχὺ ἐκαίοντο. 





ἔφευγον οὖν καὶ οἱ 95 


Anabasis Book V, Chap. IIT 259 








ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν οἰκιῶν. οἱ δὲ κατὰ στόμα δὴ ἔτι μόνοι ἐλύπουν 26 ἐγίγνετο καὶ ἀριθμός, καὶ ἐγένοντο ὀκτακισχίλιοι καὶ ἑξακόσιοι. 
καὶ δῆλοι ἦσαν ὅτι ἐπικείσονται ἐν τῇ ἐξόδῳ τε καὶ καταβάσει. οὗτοι ἐσώθησαν. οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι ἀπώλοντο ὑπό τε τῶν πολεμίων 
ἐνταῦθα παραγγέλλει φορεῖν ξύλα ὅσοι ἐτύγχανον ἔξω ὄντες τῶν καὶ χιόνος καὶ εἴ τις νόσῳ. 
βελῶν εἰς τὸ μέσον ἑαυτῶν καὶ τῶν πολεμίων. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἱκανὰ ἤδη 4 ἘἜΝταῦθα καὶ διαλαμβάνουσι τὸ ἀπὸ τῶν αἰχμαλώτων ἀργυ- 
100 ἦν, ἐνῆψαν" ἐνῆπτον δὲ καὶ τὰς παρ᾽ αὐτὸ τὸ χαράκωμα οἰκίας, ριον γενόμενον. καὶ τὴν δεκάτην ἣν τῷ ᾿Απόλλωνι ἐξεῖλον καὶ 15 
ὅπως οἱ πολέμιοι ἀμφὶ ταῦτα ἔχοιεν. οὕτω μόλις ἀπῆλθον ἀπὸ 27 | τῇ ᾿Εφεσίᾳ ᾿Αρτέμιδι διέλαβον οἱ στρατηγοὶ τὸ μέρος ἕκαστος 
τοῦ χωρίου, πῦρ ἐν μέσῳ ἑαυτῶν καὶ τῶν πολεμίων ποιησά- φυλάττειν τοῖς θεοῖς" ἀντὶ δὲ Χειρισόφον Νέων ὁ ᾿Ασιναῖος 
μενοι. καὶ κατεκαύθη πᾶσα ἡ πόλις καὶ αἱ οἰκίαι καὶ αἱ 5 ἔλαβε. Ἐξενοφῶν οὖν τὸ μὲν τοῦ ᾿Απόλλωνος ἀνάθημα ποιη- 
τύρσεις καὶ τὰ σταυρώματα καὶ τἄλλα πάντα πλὴν τῆς ἄκρας. σάμενος ἀνατίθησιν εἰς τὸν ἐν Δελφοῖς τῶν ᾿Αθηναίων θησαυρὸν 
1.65 Τῇ δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ ἀπῇσαν οἱ Ἕλληνες ἔχοντες τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. 28 καὶ ἐπέγραψε τό τε αὑτοῦ ὄνομα καὶ τὸ Προξένου, ὃς σὺν Κλεάρ- 20 
ἐπεὶ δὲ τὴν κατάβασιν ἐφοβοῦντο τὴν εἰς Τραπεζοῦντα, πρανὴς 6 xe ἀπέθανεν: ξένος γὰρ ἣν αὐτοῦ. τὸ δὲ τῆς ᾿Αρτέμιδος τῆς 
yap ἣν καὶ στενή, ψευδενέδραν ἐποιήσαντο" καὶ ἀνὴρ Μυσὸς 29 ᾿᾽Εφεσίας, ὅτ᾽ ἀπήει σὺν ᾿Αγησιλάῳ ἐκ τῆς ᾿Ασίας τὴν εἰς Βοιω- 
καὶ τοὔνομα τοῦτο ἔχων τῶν Κρητῶν λαβὼν δέκα ἔμενεν ἐν τοὺς ὁδόν, καταλείπει παρὰ Μεγαβύξῳ τῷ τῆς ᾿Αρτέμιδος νεω- 
λασίῳ χωρίῳ καὶ προσεποιεῖτο τοὺς πολεμίους πειρᾶσθαι λανθά- κόρῳ, ὅτι αὐτὸς κινδυνεύσων ἐδόκει ἰέναι, καὶ ἐπέστειλεν, ἢν μὲν 
110 νειν. αἱ δὲ πέλται αὐτῶν ἄλλοτε καὶ ἄλλοτε διεφαίνοντο χαλ- αὐτὸς σωθῇ, αὑτῷ ἀποδοῦναι" ἢν δέ τι πάθῃ, ἀναθεῖναι ποιησά- 25 
καὶ οὖσαι. οἱ μὲν οὖν πολέμιοι ταῦτα διορῶντες ἐφοβοῦντο ὡς 30 μενον τῇ ᾿Αρτέμιδι ὅ,τι οἴοιτο χαριεῖσθαι τῇ θεῷ. 
ἐνέδραν οὖσαν: ἡ δὲ στρατιὰ ἐν τούτῳ κατέβαινεν. ἐπεὶ δὲ .17 Ἐπειδὴ δ᾽ ἔφευγεν ὁ Ἐξενοφῶν, κατοικοῦντος ἤδη αὐτοῦ ἐν 
ἐδόκει ἤδη ἱκανὸν ὑπεληλυθέναι, τῷ Μυσῷ ἐσήμηνε φεύγειν ἀνὰ Σκιλλοῦντι ὑπὸ τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων οἰκισθέντος παρὰ τὴν Ὀλυμ- 
κράτος" καὶ ὃς ἐξαναστὰς φεύγει καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ. καὶ οἱ μὲν 8ι πίαν ἀφικνεῖται Μεγάβυζος εἰς ᾿Ολυμπίαν θεωρήσων καὶ ἀπο- 
115 ἄλλοι Κρῆτες, ἁλίσκεσθαι γὰρ ἔφασαν τῷ δρόμῳ, ἐκπεσόντες δίδωσι τὴν παρακαταθήκην αὐτῷ. Ἐενοφῶν δὲ λαβὼν χωρίον 30 
ἐκ τῆς ὁδοῦ εἰς ὕλην κατὰ τὰς νάπας καλινδούμενοι ἐσώθησαν, ὁ 8 ὠνεῖται τῇ θεῷ ὅπου ἀνεῖλεν ὁ θεός. ἔτυχε δὲ διαρρέων διὰ τοῦ 
Μυσὸς δὲ κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν φεύγων ἐβόα βοηθεῖν: καὶ ἐβοήθησαν 32 χωρίου ποταμὸς Σελινοῦς. καὶ ἐν ᾿Εφέσῳ δὲ παρὰ τὸν τῆς 
αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀνέλαβον τετρωμένον. καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐπὶ πόδα ἀνεχώρουν ᾿ ᾿Αρτέμιδος νεὼν Σελινοῦς ποταμὸς παραρρεῖ. καὶ ἰχθύες τε ἐν 
βαλλόμενοι οἱ βοηθήσαντες καὶ ἀντιτοξεύοντές τινες τῶν Kpn- ἀμφοτέροις ἔνεισι καὶ κόγχαι: ἐν δὲ τῷ ἐν Σκιλλοῦντι χωρίῳ 
120 τῶν. οὕτως ἀφίκοντο ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον πάντες σῶοι ὄντες. 9 καὶ θῆραι πάντων ὁπόσα ἐστὶν ἀγρευόμενα θηρία. ἐποίησε δὲ 35 
III. ᾿Ἐπεὶ δὲ οὔτε Χειρίσοφος ἧκεν οὔτε πλοῖα ἱκανὰ ἣν 1 καὶ βωμὸν καὶ ναὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἀργυρίου, καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν δὲ ἀεὶ 
οὔτε τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἣν λαμβάνειν ἔτι, ἐδόκει ἀπιτέον εἶναι. καὶ δεκατεύων τὰ ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ ὡραῖα θυσίαν ἐποίει τῇ θεῷ, καὶ 
εἰς μὲν τὰ πλοῖα τούς τε ἀσθενοῦντας ἐνεβίβασαν καὶ τοὺς ὑπὲρ πάντες οἱ πολῖται καὶ οἱ πρόσχωροι ἄνδρες καὶ γυναῖκες μετεῖχον 
τετταράκοντα ἔτη καὶ παῖδας καὶ γυναῖκας καὶ τῶν σκευῶν ὅσα τῆς ἑορτῆς. παρεῖχε δὲ ἡ θεὸς τοῖς σκηνοῦσιν ἄλφιτα, ἄρτους, 

5 μὴ ἀνάγκη ἣν ἔχειν. καὶ Φιλήσιον καὶ Σοφαίνετον τοὺς πρεσ. οἶνον, τραγήματα, καὶ τῶν θυομένων ἀπὸ τῆς ἱερᾶς νομῆς λάχος, 40 
βυτάτους τῶν στρατηγῶν εἰσβιβάσαντες τούτων ἐκέλευον ἐπι- 10 καὶ τῶν θηρευομένων δέ, καὶ γὰρ θήραν ἐποιοῦντο εἰς τὴν 
μελεῖσθαι": οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι ἐπορεύοντο" ἡ δὲ ὁδὸς ὡδοποιημένη ἦν. 2 ἑορτὴν οἵ τε Ἐξενοφῶντος παῖδες καὶ οἱ τῶν ἄλλων πολιτῶν, οἱ 
καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται πορευόμενοι εἰς Κερασοῦντα τριταῖοι πόλιν δὲ βουλόμενοι καὶ ἄνδρες ξυνεθήρων: καὶ ἡλίσκετο τὰ μὲν ἐξ 
“Ἑλληνέδα ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ Σινωπέων ἄποικον ἐν τῇ Κολχίδι χώρᾳ. ᾿ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἱεροῦ χώρου, τὰ δὲ ναὶ ἐκ τῆς Φολόης, σύες καὶ δορ- 

10 ἐνταῦθα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας δέκα" καὶ ἐξέτασις σὺν τοῖς ὅπλοις 3 κάδες καὶ ἔλαφοι. ΝΕ 





260 Anabasis 





Ἔστι δὲ ἡ χώρα ἡἣ ἐκ Λακεδαίμονος εἰς ᾿Ολυμπίαν πορεύ- 11 


“ ‘ r ω > +] 
ονται ὡς εἴκοσι στάδιοι ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐν "Odvpria Διὸς ἱεροῦ. ἔνι ὃ 
¢ 4 lal 
ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ χώρῳ καὶ λειμὼν καὶ ὄρη δένδρων μεστά, ἱκανὰ σῦς 
καὶ αἶγας καὶ βοῦς τρέφειν καὶ ἵππους, ὥστε καὶ τὰ τῶν εἰς τὴν 
al Ἁ 
50 ἑορτὴν ἰόντων ὑποζύγια εὐωχεῖσθαι. περὶ δὲ αὐτὸν τὸν ναὸν 
ἄλσος ἡμέρων δένδρων ἐφυτεύθη ὅσα ἐστὶ τρωκτὰ ὡραῖα. ὁ δὲ 
ναὸς ὡς μικρὸς μεγάλῳ τῷ ἐν ᾿Εφέσῳ ἤκασται, καὶ τὸ ξόανον 
“ “ 4 ’ 
ἔοικεν ὡς κυπαρίττινον χρυσῷ ὄντι τῷ ἐν ᾿Εφέσῳ. καὶ στήλη 
ἕστηκε παρὰ τὸν ναὸν γράμματα ἔχουσα IEPOZ Ο ΧΩΡΟΣ 
5 ΤῊΣ ΑΡΤΕΜΙΔΟΣ. TON EXONTA KAI ΚΑΡΠΟΥ͂ΜΕ- 
NON THN MEN AEKATHN KATA®OTEIN EKASTOT 
ΕΤΟΥΣ. EK AE TOT ΠΕΡΙΤΤΟΥ͂ TON NAON EIII- 
SKETAZEIN. AN AE ΤΙΣ MH IIOIHI TATTA THI 
ΘΕΩΙ MEAHZEI. 
IV. Ἔκ Κερασοῦντος δὲ κατὰ θάλατταν μὲν ἐκομίζοντο 
4 a \ μ᾿ 
οἵπερ καὶ πρόσθεν, οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι κατὰ γῆν ἐπορεύοντο. ἐπεὶ δὲ 
ἦσαν ἐπὶ τοῖς Μοσσυνοίκων ὁρίοις, πέμπουσιν εἰς αὐτοὺς Τιμη- 
σίθεον τὸν Τραπεζούντιον πρόξενον ὄντα τῶν Μοσσυνοίκων, 
b “ , ε ὃ \ / 5 \ i / , 
ἐρωτῶντες πότερον ws διὰ φιλίας ἢ διὰ πολεμίας πορεύσονται 
τῆς χώρας. οἱ δὲ εἶπον ὅτι οὐ διήσοιεν: ἐπίστευον γὰρ τοῖς 
χωρίοις. ἐντεῦθεν λέγει ὁ Τιμησίθεος ὅτι πολέμιοι τούτοις εἰσὶν 
οἱ ἐκ τοῦ ἐπέκεινα. καὶ ἐδόκει καλέσαι ἐκείνους, εἰ βούλοιντο 
. “ Le \ θ \ ς Τ θ 2 ” 
ξυμμαχίαν ποιήσασθαι" καὶ πεμφθεὶς ὁ “Γιμησίθεος nev ἄγων 
\ » > \ \ > / “ 0 “7 ~ M 
τοὺς ἄρχοντας. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀφίκοντο, συνῆλθον οἵ τε τῶν Μοσσυ- 
νοίκων ἄρχοντες καὶ οἱ στρατηγοὶ τῶν “Ἑλλήνων: καὶ ἔλεξε 
Ξενοφῶν, ἡρμήνευε δὲ Τιμησίθεος: "Q ἄνδρες Μοσσύνοικοι, 
a 8 ‘ aa a A 
ἡμεῖς βουλόμεθα διασωθῆναι πρὸς τὴν Ελλάδα ely: πλοῖα yap 
οὐκ ἔχομεν: κωλύουσι δὲ οὗτοι ἡμᾶς ods ἀκούομεν ὑμῖν πολεμίους 
εἶναι. εἰ οὖν βούλεσθε, ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν ἡμᾶς λαβεῖν ξυμμάχους καὶ 
τιμωρήσασθαι εἴ τί ποτε ὑμᾶς οὗτοι ἠδίκησαν, καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν 
δ “ e f Ἢ f > δὲ ¢ a > f ἤ a 
ὑμῶν ὑπηκόους εἶναι τούτους. εἰ δὲ ἡμᾶς ἀφήσετε, σκέψασθε 
᾿ 9 A al ll Ul ΄ Ἀ 
πόθεν αὖθις ἂν τοσαύτην δύναμιν λάβοιτε ξύμμαχον. πρὸς 
ταῦτα ἀπεκρίνατο 6 ἄρχων τῶν Μοσσυνοίκων ὅτι καὶ βούλοιντο 
ταῦτα καὶ δέχοιντο τὴν ξυμμαχίαν. ἤλγετε δή, ἔφη ὁ Ἐξενοφῶν, 
» / ff la il 
τί ἡμῶν δεήσεσθε χρήσασθαι, ἂν ξύμμαχοι ὑμῶν γενώμεθα, καὶ 








Book V, Chap. IV 261 





10 ὑμεῖς τί οἷοί τε ἔσεσθε ἡμῖν ξυμπρᾶξαι περὶ τῆς διόδου; of δὲ 
- “ ς ᾿ ἃ ᾽ \ , 3 ’ ᾽ aA > 4 
εἴπον OTL ἱκανοί ἐσμεν εἰς THY χώραν εἰσβάλλειν ἐκ τοῦ ἐπὶ 
θάτερα τὴν τῶν ὑμῖν τε καὶ ἡμῖν πολεμίων, καὶ δεῦρο ὑμῖν 
πέμψαι ναῦς τε καὶ ἄνδρας οἵτινες ὑμῖν ξυμμαχοῦνταί τε καὶ 25 
τὴν ὁδὸν ἡγήσονται. 

ι: "Ent τούτοις πιστὰ δόντες καὶ λαβόντες @yovTo. καὶ ἧκον 
τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἄγοντες τριακόσια πλοῖα μονόξυλα καὶ ἐν ἑκάστῳ 
τρεῖς ἄνδρας, ὧν οἱ μὲν δύο ἐκβάντες εἰς τάξιν ἔθεντο τά ὅπλα, 

12 ὁ δὲ εἷς ἔμενε. καὶ of μὲν λαβόντες τὰ πλοῖα ἀπέπλευσαν, οἱ δὲ 30 
μένοντες ἐξετάξαντο ὧδε. ἔστησαν ἀνὰ ἑκατὸν μάλιστα οἷον 

> ἴω > / Ν / U “Ὁ 
χοροὶ ἀντιστοιχοῦντες ἀλλήλοις, ἔχοντες γέρρα πάντες λευκῶν 
“ / > / “ , 3 " “ bad A 
βοῶν δασέα, ἠκασμένα κιττοῦ πετάλῳ, ἐν δὲ τῇ δεξιᾷ παλτὸν 

¢ Ὁ ΝΜ Ἂ ᾿ 54 Μ \ a , 
ὡς ἕξπηχυ, ἔμπροσθεν μὲν λόγχην ἔχον, ὄπισθεν δὲ τοῦ ξύλου 

is σφαιροειδές. χιτωνίσκους δὲ ἐνεδεδύκεσαν ὑπὲρ γονάτων, πάχος 35 
e a 4 ᾽ a a x ’ ’ 
ὡς λινοῦ στρωματοδέσμου, ἐπὶ τῇ κεφαλῇ δὲ κράνη σκύτινα 
οἷάπερ τὰ ἸΠαφλαγονικά, κρωβύλον ἔχοντα κατὰ μέσον, ἐγγύ- 

14 Tata τιαροειδῆ: εἶχον δὲ καὶ σαγάρεις σιδηρᾶς. ἐντεῦθεν 
" dal Ἀ > “A Φ J »” Ψ ᾽ 4 Μ 
ἐξῆρχε μὲν αὐτῶν εἷς, οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι ἅπαντες ἐπορεύοντο ἄδοντες 
ἐν ῥυθμῷ, καὶ διελθόντες διὰ τῶν τάξεων καὶ διὰ τῶν ὅπλων 40 

μην 4h / > rd ᾽ \ ‘ χ / | ae, | / 
τῶν EXdnvev ἐπορεύοντο εὐθὺς πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους ἐπὶ χωρίον 
ὃ ἐδόκει ἐπιμαχώτατον εἶναι. 

15 ὦ ἰκεῖτο δὲ τοῦτο πρὸ τῆς πόλεως τῆς Μητροπόλεως καλου- 

μένης αὐτοῖς καὶ ἐχούσης τὸ ἀκρότατον τῶν Μοσσυνοίκων. καὶ 

\ , c , 3 ς \ > a5 ἊΝ 207 
περὶ τούτου ὁ πόλεμος HV οἱ yap ἀεὶ τοῦτ᾽ ἔχοντες ἐδόκουν 45 
ἐγκρατεῖς εἶναι καὶ πάντων Μοσσυνοίκων, καὶ ἔφασαν τούτους οὐ 
δικαίως ἔχειν τοῦτο, ἀλλὰ κοινὸν ὃν καταλαβόντας πλεονεκτεῖν. 

ι. Εἵποντο δ᾽ αὐτοῖς καὶ τῶν "Ελλήνων τινές, οὐ ταχθέντες ὑπὸ 
τῶν στρατηγῶν, ἀλλὰ ἁρπαγῆς ἕνεκεν. οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι προσιόντων 
τέως μὲν ἡσύχαζον" ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐγγὺς ἐγένοντο τοῦ χωρίου, ἐκδραμόντες 50 
τρέπονται αὐτούς, καὶ ἀπέκτειναν συχνοὺς τῶν βαρβάρων καὶ 
τῶν ξυναναβάντων “Ἑλλήνων τινάς, καὶ ἐδίωκον μέχρι οὗ εἶδον 

17 τοὺς “EXAnvas βοηθοῦντας" εἶτα δὲ ἀποτραπόμενοι ᾧχοντο, καὶ 
ἀποτεμόντες τὰς κεφαλὰς τῶν νεκρῶν ἐπεδείκνυσαν τοῖς “Ἕλλησι 

18 καὶ τοῖς ἑαυτῶν πολεμίοις, καὶ ἅμα ἐχόρευον νόμῳ τινὶ ἄδοντες. 55 
οἱ δὲ “Ελληνες μάλα ἤχθοντο ὅτι τούς τε πολεμίους ἐπεποιή- 





262 Anabasis 





κεσαν θρασυτέρους καὶ ὅτι οἱ ἐξελθόντες “EAAnVEs σὺν αὐτοῖς 
» , ᾿» wv ᾽ » ’ » ΄ 
ἐπεφεύγεσαν μάλα ὄντες συχνοί: ὃ οὔπω πρόσθεν ἐπεποιήκεσαν 
by Ὁ ἤ 
ἐν τῇ στρατείᾳ. 

“ “ 

Ξενοφῶν δὲ ξυγκαλέσας τοὺς Ἕλληνας εἶπεν: ὕΑνδρες 
στρατιῶται, μηδὲν ἀθυμήσητε ἕνεκα τῶν γεγενημένων" ἴστε yap 
ὅτι καὶ ἀγαθὸν οὐ μεῖον τοῦ κακοῦ γεγένηται. πρῶτον μὲν 
γὰρ ἐπίστασθε ὅτι οἱ μέλλοντες ἡμῖν ἡγεῖσθαι τῷ ὄντι πολέμιοί 

> \ " a > U Ὗ “ « , e 
εἰσιν οἷσπερ καὶ ἡμᾶς ἀνάγκη" ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τῶν Ελλήνων οἱ 
ἀμελήσαντες τῆς ξὺν ἡμῖν τάξεως καὶ ἱκανοὶ ἡγησάμενοι εἶναι 

\ al Ul > » Ul [ἡ ‘ 4 “ , , 
ξὺν τοῖς βαρβάροις ταὐτὰ πράττειν ἅπερ σὺν ἡμῖν δίκην δεδώ- 

LA 9 Ὁ “Ὁ « / ἢ > ’ 
κασιν: ὥστε αὖθις ἧττον τῆς ἡμετέρας τάξεως ἀπολείψονται. 
ἀλλ᾽ ὑμᾶς δεῖ παρασκευάζεσθαι ὅπως καὶ τοῖς φίλοις οὖσι τῶν 
βαρβάρων δόξητε κρείττους αὐτῶν εἶναι καὶ τοῖς πολεμίοις 
δηλώσητε ὅτι οὐχ ὁμοίοις ἀνδράσι μαχοῦνται νῦν τε καὶ ὅτε τοῖς 


ἀτάκτοις ἐμάχοντο. 
Ταύτην μὲν οὖν τὴν ἡμέραν οὕτως ἔμειναν: τῇ δὲ ὑστεραία 
θύσαντες ἐπεὶ ἐκαλλιερήσαντο, ἀριστήσαντες, ὀρθίους τοὺς 
/ ᾿ »" Ἃ ’ ᾿ | Ὅν , 
λόχους ποιησάμενοι, καὶ τοὺς βαρβάρους ἐπὶ τὸ εὐώνυμον κατὰ 


> ἤ > il h, , \ ~ , 
ταὐτὰ ταξάμενοι ἐπορεύοντο τοὺς τοξότας μεταξὺ τῶν λόχων 
a Ἂ ‘a » “ 
ἔχοντες, ὑπολειπομένου δὲ μικρὸν τοῦ στόματος τῶν ὁπλιτῶν. 
φ \ a ri ἃ Ν ij 7 
ἦσαν yap τῶν πολεμίων οἱ εὔζωνοι κατατρέχοντες τοῖς λίθοις 
ἔβαλλον. τούτους ἀνέστελλον οἱ τοξόται καὶ πελτασταί. οἱ 
δ᾽ ἄλλοι βάδην ἐπορεύοντο πρῶτον μὲν ἐπὶ τὸ χωρίον ἀφ᾽ οὗ τῇ 
͵ € ’ + , ν. τ ωἵ 5 a > a 
προτεραίᾳ ot βάρβαροι ἐτρέφθησαν καὶ οἱ ξὺν αὐτοῖς. ἐνταῦθα 
γὰρ οἱ πολέμιοι ἦσαν ἀντιτεταγμένοι. τοὺς μὲν οὖν πελταστὰς 
ἐδέξαντο οἱ βάρβαροι καὶ ἐμάχοντο, ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐγγὺς ἦσαν οἱ 
¢ “ 9 ral ἣ ε \ \ > \ (/ ἢ 
ὁπλῖται, ἐτρέποντο. καὶ οἱ μὲν πελτασταὶ εὐθὺς εἵποντο διώ- 
Ν Ν I, 4 " ς »“ » Ul Ὁ 
κοντες ἄνω πρὸς τὴν πόλιν, οἱ δὲ ὁπλῖται ἐν τάξει εἵποντο. 
ἐπεὶ δὲ ἄνω ἦσαν πρὸς ταῖς Μητροπόλεως οἰκίαις, ἐνταῦθα οἱ 
, 4 “ Ἅ ἤ ἢ > , ἈΝ. ἃ ’ 
πολέμιοι ὁμοῦ δὴ. πάντες γενόμενοι ἐμάχοντο καὶ ἐξηκόντιζον 
“ »" a. / A / Κ᾿. 3 4 
τοῖς παλτοῖς, Kal ἄλλα δόρατα ἔχοντες παχέα μακρά, ὅσα ἀνὴρ 
ἂν φέροι μόλις, τούτοις ἐπειρῶντο ἀμύνασθαι ἐκ χειρός. ἐπεὶ 
δὲ οὐχ ὑφίεντο οἱ Ἵ“ἕλληνες, ἀλλὰ ὁμόσε ἐχώρουν, ἔφευγον οἱ 
90 βάρβαροι καὶ ἐντεῦθεν λείποντες ἅπαντες τὸ χωρίον. ὁ δὲ βασι- 
\ > “ Ν ᾿ a ’ eS ¥ > , ἤ 
λεὺς αὐτῶν ὁ ἐν τῷ μόσσυνι τῷ ἐπ᾽ ἄκρου φκοδομημένῳ, ὃν τρέ. 


20 


20 





Book V, Chap. IV 263 





Sf Δ 3 Ὁ ἡ 
φουσι πάντες κοινῇ αὐτοῦ μένοντα καὶ φυλάττουσιν, οὐκ ἤθελεν 
> ~ > y. ¢ “~ 
ἐξελθεῖν, οὐδὲ ὁ ἐν τῷ πρότερον αἱρεθέντι χωρίῳ, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτοῦ 
‘ a 
σὺν τοῖς μοσσύνοις κατεκαύθησαν. 
“ σ , 
Οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες διαρπάζοντες τὰ χωρία ηὕρισκον θησαυροὺς 
> o a ἢ 4 
ἐν ταῖς οἰκίαις ἄρτων, νενημένων πατρίους, ὡς ἔφασαν οἱ Μοσ- 
ἢ \ \ 4 o a 
σύνοικοι, τὸν δὲ νέον σῖτον ξὺν TH καλάμῃ ἀποκείμενον: ἦσαν δὲ 
‘ 4 a \ a 
ζειαὶ at πλεῖσται. καὶ δελφίνων τεμάχη ἐν audopedow ηὑρίσ- 
rl , ΄ a 
KETO τεταριχευμένα Kal στέαρ ἐν τεύχεσι τῶν δελφίνων, ᾧ 
co 
᾽ Γι] γ΄ » 
ἐχρῶντο οἱ Μοσσύνοικοι καθάπερ οἱ “ἕλληνες τῷ ἐλαίῳ: κάρυα 
| ᾿ “ , 
δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀνώγεων ἣν πολλὰ τὰ πλατέα οὐκ ἔχοντα διαφυὴν 
2 / ΄ μ a 
οὐδεμίαν. τούτῳ καὶ πλείστῳ σίτῳ ἐχρῶντο ἕψοντες καὶ 
" > κ᾿ > , 
ἄρτους ὀπτῶντες. οἶνος δὲ ηὑρίσκετο ὃς ἄκρατος μὲν ὀξὺς 
3 / . ¢ \ Lod > / \ \ ἣν ὧν 
ἐφαίνετο εἶναι ὑπὸ τῆς αὐστηρότητος, κερασθεὶς δὲ εὐώδης τε 
καὶ ἡδύς. 
e " + Ψ ‘ a ΄, . 
Oi μὲν δὴ Ἕλληνες ἀριστήσαντες ἐνταῦθα ἐπορεύοντὸ εἰς τὸ 
, ‘ Ν a “ 
πρόσω, παραδόντες τὸ χωρίον τοῖς ξυμμαχήσασι τῶν Μοσσυ- 
/ e ul A \ » “ wn » 
νοίκων. ὁπόσα δὲ καὶ ἄλλα παρῇσαν χωρία τῶν ξὺν τοῖς 
/ ¢ 
πολεμίοις ὄντων, τὰ εὐπροσοδώτατα οἱ μὲν ἔλειπον, οἱ δὲ 
e , ’ “" "» 
ἑκόντες προσεχώρουν. τὰ δὲ πλεῖστα τοιάδε ἣν τῶν χωρίων. 
» Ὁ Ν , , 
ἀπεῖχον αἱ πόλεις ἀπ᾿ ἀλλήλων στάδια ὀγδοήκοντα, ai δὲ πλέον 
ἃ \ Ἅ > / 
at δὲ μεῖον: ἀνα βοώντων δὲ ἀλλήλων ξυνήκουον eis τὴν ἑτέραν 
᾽ “Ὁ " ry h 
ἐκ τῆς ἑτέρας Toews: οὕτως ὑψηλή τε Kal κοίλη ἡ χώρα ἣν. 
> \ δὲ > a , Ψ > / > n 
ἐπεὶ δὲ πορευόμενοι ἐν τοῖς φίλοις ἦσαν, ἐπεδείκνυσαν αὐτοῖς 
a Lal > , ’ » 
παῖδας τῶν εὐδαιμόνων σιτευτούς, τεθραμμένους καρύοις EdOois, 
e ‘ \ \ fa 
ἁπαλοὺς καὶ λευκοὺς σφόδρα καὶ ov πολλοῦ δέοντας ἴσους τὸ 
μῆκος καὶ τὸ πλάτος εἶναι, ποικίλους δὲ τὰ νῶτα καὶ τὰ ἔμ- 
Us ’ ἣ » 
προσθεν πάντα ἐστιγμένους ἀνθέμια. ἐζήτουν δὲ καὶ ταῖς 
"ἡ / Δ 9s + | a > a 
ἑταίραις as ἤγον ot “EAAnves, ἐμφανῶς ξυγγίγνεσθαι: νόμος 
Ν Φ' , 
yap ἣν οὗτός oduct. λευκοὶ δὲ πάντες of ἄνδρες καὶ ai 
a Ν μ 
γυναῖκες. τούτους ἔλεγον οἱ στρατευσάμενοι βαρβαρωτάτους 
“ \ al ~ cal 
διελθεῖν καὶ πλεῖστον τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν νόμων κεχωρισμένους. 
Μ , wv bd 5 Hf Ψ A »” > > 7 
ἔν τε yap ὄχλῳ ὄντες ἐποίουν ἅπερ ἂν ἄνθρωποι ἐν ἐρημίᾳ 
ἐ 
al , bd μά 
ποιήσειαν, μόνοι τε ὄντες ὅμοια ἔπραττον ἅπερ ἂν μετ᾽ ἄλλων 
Ν ὃ λ ’» , ° o » Mie! SEER". 349 « cad \ » κ 
ὄντες, διελέγοντό τε αὑτοῖς καὶ ἐγέλων ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῖς καὶ ὠρχοῦντο 
> Ul “ “μι oe »” " ; 
ἐφιστάμενοι ὅπου τύχοιεν ὥσπερ ἄλλοις ἐπιδεικνύμενοι. 





264 Anabasis 





V. Aca ταύτης τῆς χώρας of Ἕλληνες, διά τε τῆς πολεμίας 
," “ > ἤ ᾽ν ἣ ; > “ 
καὶ τῆς φιλίας, ἐπορεύθησαν ὀκτὼ σταθμούς, καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται 
εἰς Χάλυβας. οὗτοι ὀλίγοι τε ἦσαν καὶ ὑπήκοοι τῶν Μοσσυ- 
f \ “ / Φ “ ἤ ye > Ν ὃ / 
voikov, καὶ ὁ Bios ἣν τοῖς πλείστοις αὐτῶν ἀπὸ σιδηρείας. 
ἐντεῦθεν ἀφικνοῦνται εἰς Τιβαρηνούς. ἡ δὲ τῶν Τιβαρηνῶν 
χώρα πολὺ ἣν πεδινωτέρα καὶ χωρία εἶχεν ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ ἧττον 
> / \ ᾿ Ν᾽ Ν \ / / 
ἐρυμνά. καὶ οἱ στρατηγοὶ ἔχρῃζον πρὸς τὰ χωρία προσβάλλειν 
\ \ A ᾽ “ / \ / a ¢ \ 
καὶ τὴν στρατιὰν ὀνηθῆναί τι, καὶ τὰ ξένια ἃ ἧκε παρὰ Τιβαρη- 
~ > > 4 >  Σ “ ll » UA 
νῶν οὐκ ἐδέχοντο, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπιμεῖναι κελεύσαντες ἔστε βουλεύσαιντο 
ἐθύοντο. καὶ πολλὰ καταθυσάντων τέλος ἀπεδείξαντο οἱ μάν- 
Tes πάντες γνώμην ὅτι οὐδαμῇ προσίοιντο οἱ θεοὶ τὸν πόλεμον. 
ἐντεῦθεν δὴ τὰ ξένια ἐδέξαντο, καὶ ὡς διὰ φιλίας πορευόμενοι 
δύο ἡμέρας ἀφίκοντο eis Κοτύωρα πόλιν Ἑλληνίδα, Σινωπέων 
ἄποικον, οὖσαν δ᾽ ἐν τῇ Τιβαρηνῶν χώρᾳ 
᾽ Hi) μη ΧΘΡΦ. 
[Μέχρι ἐνταῦθα ἐπέζευσεν ἡ στρατιά. πλῆθος τῆς κατα- 
Υ͂ “Ὁ e lage ME ἢ “ > n ‘ Μ > , 
βάσεως τῆς ὁδοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐν Βαβυλῶνι μάχης ἄχρι eis Κοτύωρα 
σταθμοὶ ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι δύο, παρασάγγαι ἑξακόσιοι καὶ εἴκοσι, 
’ "4 \ > , | ᾿ / Γ᾿] 
στάδιοι μύριοι καὶ ὀκτακισχίλιοι καὶ ἑξακόσιοι, χρόνου πλῆθος 
ὀκτὼ μῆνες. 
᾽ Ὁ ¥ ε / ἢ / > \ , 
Ενταῦθα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τετταράκοντα πέντε. ἐν δὲ ταύταις 
πρῶτον μὲν τοῖς θεοῖς ἔθυσαν, καὶ πομπὰς ἐποίησαν κατὰ ἔθνος 
“ “κα ͵ " " " , \ δ᾽ > "ὃ ᾽ 
ἕκαστοι τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ ἀγῶνας γυμνικούς. τὰ δ᾽ ἐπιτήδει 
ἐλάμβανον τὰ μὲν ἐκ τῆς Παφλαγονίας, τὰ δ᾽ ἐκ τῶν χωρίων 
τῶν Κοτυωριτῶν: οὐ γὰρ παρεῖχον ἀγοράν, οὐδὲ εἰς τὸ τεῖχος 
τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας ἐδέχοντο. 
Ἐν τούτω ΝΜ > >> / / B B , 4 
ῳ ἔρχονται ἐκ Σινώπης πρέσβεις, φοβούμενοι περὶ 
»" Ὁ ~ = b. > / , > Υ͂ 
τῶν Κοτυωριτῶν τῆς τε πόλεως, ἦν γὰρ ἐκείνων καὶ φόρον ἐκεί. 
νοις ἔφερον, καὶ περὶ τῆς χώρας, ὅτι ἤκουον δῃουμένην. καὶ 
ἐλθόντες εἰς τὸ στρατόπεδον ἔλεγον: προηγόρει δὲ ἙΚατώιυμος 
δεινὸς νομιζόμενος εἶναι λέγειν. ΓἜπεμψεν ἡμᾶς, ὦ ἄνδρες στρα- 
τιῶται, ἡ τῶν Σινωπέων πόλις ἐπαινέσοντάς τε ὑμᾶς ὅτι νικᾶτε 
Ἕλληνες ὄντες βαρβάρους, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ ξυνησθησομένους ὅτι 
διὰ πολλῶν τε καὶ δεινῶν, ὡς ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν, πραγμάτων 
σεσωμένοι πάρεστε. ἀξιοῦμεν δὲ Ἕλληνες ὄντες καὶ αὐτοὶ ὑφ᾽ 
¢ “ 
ὑμῶν ὄντων Ελλήνων ἀγαθὸν μέν τι πάσχειν, κακὸν δὲ μηδέν" 


6 





20 εἶναι. 


Book V, Chap. V 265 





ω a , a κ 
οὐδὲ γὰρ ἡμεῖς ὑμᾶς οὐδὲν πώποτε ὑπήρξαμεν κακῶς ποιοῦντες. 
Κοτυωρῖται δὲ οὗτοι εἰσὶ μὲν ἡμέτεροι ἄποικοι, καὶ τὴν χώραν 

»" "»“ ’ 
ἡμεῖς αὐτοῖς ταύτην παραδεδώκαμεν βαρβάρους ἀφελόμενοι" 
διὸ καὶ δασμὸν ἡμῖν φέρουσιν οὗτοι τεταγμένον καὶ Κερασούντιοι 
4 ΄ “ Ψ A ΄ \ , e 
καὶ Τραπεζούντιοι" ὥστε ὅ,τι ἂν τούτους κακὸν ποιήσητε ἡ Σινω- 
πέων πόλις νομίζει πάσχειν. νῦν δὲ ἀκούομεν ὑμᾶς εἴς τε τὴν 
πόλιν βίᾳ παρεληλυθότας ἐνίους σκηνοῦν ἐν ταῖς οἰκίαις καὶ ἐκ 
τῶν χωρίων βίᾳ λαμβάνειν ὧν ἂν δέησθε οὐ πείθοντας. ταῦτ᾽ 
4 b ] > “Ὁ > \ “~ / > , ς fal 4 ’ 
οὖν οὐκ ἀξιοῦμεν" εἰ δὲ ταῦτα ποιήσετε, ἀνάγκη ἡμῖν καὶ Κορύ- 
λαν καὶ ἸΠαφλαγόνας καὶ ἄλλον ὅντινα ἂν δυνώμεθα φίλον 
ποιεῖσθαι. 
Πρὸς ταῦτα ἀναστὰς Ἐξενοφῶν ὑπὲρ τῶν στρατιωτῶν εἶπεν" 
ἫἩ val 5 Po) an ae 5 > a ev > A (cd 4 , 
μεῖς δέ, ὦ ἄνδρες Σινωπεῖς, ἥκομεν ἀγαπῶντες ὅτι TA σώματα 


διεσωσάμεθα καὶ τὰ ὅπλα" οὐ γὰρ Hv δυνατὸν ἅμα τε χρήματα 


Ν \ / "ἢ »“" / A A “ 3. \ » 
ἄγειν καὶ φέρειν καὶ τοῖς πολεμίοις μάχεσθαι. καὶ νῦν ἐπεὶ εἰς 
\ e 4 Μ A a 
τὰς ‘EAAnvidas πόλεις ἤλθομεν, ἐν Τραπεζοῦντι μέν, παρεῖχον 
Ἂ al “ > “ > "" Μ Ἀ > ὃ » 3 = 
γὰρ ἡμῖν ἀγοράν, ὠνούμενοι εἴχομεν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, καὶ ἀνθ᾽ ὧν 
ἐτίμησαν ἡμᾶς καὶ ξένια ἔδωκαν τῇ στρατιᾷ, ἀντετιμῶμεν αὐτούς, 
καὶ εἴ τις αὐτοῖς φίλος ἣν τῶν βαρβάρων, τούτων ἀπειχόμεθα- 
τοὺς δὲ πολεμίους αὐτῶν ἐφ᾽ ods αὐτοὶ ἡγοῖντο κακῶς ἐποιοῦμεν 
ὅσον ἐδυνάμεθα. ἐρωτᾶτε δὲ αὐτοὺς ὁποίων τινῶν ἡμῶν ἔτυχον" 
πάρεισι γὰρ ἐνθάδε ods ἡμῖν ἡγεμόνας διὰ φιλίαν ἡ πόλις Evve- 
πεμψεν. ὅποι δ᾽ ἂν ἐλθόντες ἀγορὰν μὴ ἔχωμεν, ἄν τε εἰς 
βάρβαρον γῆν ἄν τε εἰς “Ἑλληνίδα, οὐχ ὕβρει ἀλλὰ ἀνάγκῃ 
λαμβάνομεν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. καὶ Καρδούχους καὶ Ταόχους καὶ 
Χαλδαίους καίπερ βασιλέως οὐχ ὑπηκόους ὄντας ὅμως καὶ μάλα 
\ ΝΜ f > ἣν ὃ \ SS oe , 3 
φοβεροὺς ὄντας πολεμίους ἐκτησάμεθα διὰ τὸ ἀνάγκην εἶναι λαμ- 
ἢ μ᾿ > "ὃ 3 ἡ ν᾽ > “ , \ 
βάνειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, ἐπεὶ ἀγορὰν ov παρεῖχον. Μάκρωνας δὲ 
ἤ ͵ v TE X “ 27 io , 
καΐπερ βαρβάρους ὄντας, ἐπεὶ ἀγορὰν οἵαν ἐδύναντο παρεῖχον, φί- 
λους τε ἐνομίζομεν εἷναι καὶ βίᾳ οὐδὲν ἐλαμβάνομεν τῶν ἐκείνων. 
Κοτυωρίτας δέ, οὗς ὑμετέρους φατὲ εἶναι, εἴ τι αὐτῶν εἰλή- 
> \ Μ / » > \ e ᾽ / ¢ 
φαμεν, αὐτοὶ αἴτιοί εἰσιν" ov yap ws φίλοι προσεφέροντο ἡμῖν, 
ἀλλὰ κλείσαντες τὰς πύλας οὔτε εἴσω ἐδέχοντο οὔτε ἔξω ἀγορὰν 
ἔπεμπον" ἠτιῶντο δὲ τὸν παρ᾽ ὑμῶν ἁρμοστὴν τούτων αἴτιον 


50 


ὃ δὲ λέγεις Bia παρελθόντας σκηνοῦν, ἡμεῖς ἠξιοῦμεν 70 





266 Anabasis 





Ἁ , » Ν f / > ‘ \ > > / 
τοὺς κάμνοντας eis τὰς στέγας δέξασθαι" ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐκ ἀνέωγον 
‘ ’ φ ¢ ~ 25 / > | \ ry ’ > ’ 
τᾶς πύλας, ἢ ἡμᾶς ἐδέχετο αὐτὸ τὸ χωρίον ταύτῃ εἰσελθόντες 
ν \ > \ / > ᾿ “Ὁ 9’ Ὗ. ~ ἢ 
ἄλλο μὲν οὐδὲν βίαιον ἐποίησαμεν, σκηνοῦσι δ᾽ ἐν ταῖς στέγαις 
οἱ κάμνοντες τὰ αὑτῶν δαπανῶντες, καὶ τὰς πύλας φρουροῦμεν, 
ef ᾿. > \ mm  ῳ ry " ~ e , 7 ΕΣ > ΠῚ 
ὅπως μὴ ἐπὶ τῷ ὑμετέρῳ ἁρμοστῇ ὦσιν οἱ κάμνοντες ἡμῶν, ἀλλ 
a tal a 
ἐφ᾽ ἡμῖν ἦ κομίσασθαι ὅταν βουλώμεθα. οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι, ὡς ὁρᾶτε, 
σκηνοῦμεν ὑπαίθριοι ἐν τῇ τάξει, παρεσκευασμένοι, ἂν μέν τις εὖ 
~ > ca “a de al > ft 
Ton, ἀντευποιεῖν, ἂν δὲ κακῶς, ἀλέξασθαι. 
“A. δὲ ἠπείλησας ὡς ἢν ὑμῖν δοκῇ Κορύλαν καὶ Παφλαγόνας 
ld ᾽ eh NN AlN. 4 a δὲ Ν > , > 
ξυμμάχους ποιήσεσθε ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς δὲ ἢν μὲν ἀνάγκη ἢ πο- 
λεμήσομεν καὶ ἀμφοτέροις: ἤδη γὰρ καὶ ἄλλοις πολλαπλασίοις 
¢€ - > ‘ by de ὃ ΠῚ Κι. ae \ , a Ν 
ὑμῶν ἐπολεμήσαμεν. ἂν δὲ δοκῇ ἡμῖν καὶ φίλον ποιεῖσθαι τὸν 
Παφλαγόνα --- ἀκούομεν δὲ αὐτὸν καὶ ἐπιθυμεῖν τῆς ὑμετέρας 
I / ~ ν᾿ / , 
πόλεως καὶ χωρίων τῶν émbaratriov — πειρασόμεθα Evp- 
la 3 ~ φ » “Ὁ f / 
πράττοντες avT@ ὧν ἐπιθυμεῖ φίλοι γίγνεσθαι. 


Ἔκ τούτου μάλα μὲν δῆλοι ἦσαν οἱ ξυμπρέσβεις τῷ Ἕκατω- : 


νύμῳ χαλεπαίνοντες τοῖς εἰρημένοις, παρελθὼν δ᾽ αὐτῶν ἄλλος 
εἶπεν ὅτε οὐ πόλεμον ποιησόμενοι ἥκοιεν ἀλλὰ ἐπιδείξοντες ὅτι 
φίλοι εἰσί. καὶ ξενίοις, ἣν μὲν ἔλθητε πρὸς τὴν Σινωπέων πόλιν, 
ἐκεῖ δεξόμεθα, νῦν δὲ τοὺς ἐνθάδε κελεύσομεν διδόναι ἃ δύνανται. 
al Ἁ > ~ bad Δ i > ail 4 ᾿ 
ὁρῶμεν γὰρ πάντα ἀληθῆ ὄντα ἃ λέγετε. ἐκ τούτου ξινιά τε 
ΜὝ)Ἅ Ml “ e \ Ὁ ε ’ > / 
ἔπεμπον οἱ Kotuwpitar καὶ of στρατηγοὶ τῶν Ελλήνων ἐξένιζον 
τοὺς τῶν Σινωπέων πρέσβεις, καὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλους πολλά τε καὶ 
φιλικὰ διελέγοντο τά τε ἄλλα καὶ περὶ τῆς λοιπῆς πορείας 
ἀνεπυνθάνοντο ὧν ἑκάτεροι ἐδέοντο. 
γ if \ Ὁ ε , “ ys! / > / “ \ 
VI. Ταύτῃ μὲν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦτο τὸ τέλος ἐγένετο. τῇ δὲ 
ὑστεραίᾳ ξυνέλεξαν οἱ στρατηγοὶ τοὺς στρατιώτας. καὶ ἐδόκει 
ραίᾳ parny p 
αὐτοῖς περὶ τῆς λοιπῆς πορείας παρακαλέσαντας τοὺς Σινωπέας 
βουλεύεσθαι. εἴτε γὰρ πεζῇ δέοι πορεύεσθαι, χρήσιμοι ἂν ἐδό- 
να e “ Ν ‘ 4 “~ / 
Kouv εἰναι οἱ Σινωπεῖς ἔμπειροι yap ἧσαν τῆς Παφλαγονίας- 
εἴτε κατὰ θάλατταν, προσδεῖν ἐδόκει Σινωπέων. μόνοι γὰρ ἂν 
ἐδόκουν ἱκανοὶ εἶναι πλοῖα παρασχεῖν ἀρκοῦντα τῇ στρατιᾷ. 
καλέσαντες οὖν τοὺς πρέσβεις ξυνεβουλεύοντο, καὶ ἠξίουν Ἕλλη- 
ΝΜ “ ad e id a ΝΜ 
νας ὄντας “ἔλλησι τούτῳ πρῶτον καλῶς δέχεσθαι τῷ εὔνους τε 
εἶναι καὶ τὰ κάλλιστα ξυμβουλεύειν. 








Book V, Chap. VI 267 





᾿Αναστὰς δὲ ᾿Εκατώνυμος πρῶτον μὲν ἀπελογήσατο περὶ οὗ 
εἶπεν ὡς τὸν Παφλαγόνα φίλον ποιήσοιντο, ὅτι οὐχ ὡς τοῖς 
Ἕλλησι πολεμησόντων σφῶν εἴποι, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι ἐξὸν τοῖς βαρ- 
βάροις φίλους εἶναι τοὺς Ἕλληνας αἱρήσονται. ἐπεὶ δὲ ξυμβου- 
λεύειν ἐκέλευον, ἐπευξάμενος εἶπεν ὧδε. Ei μὲν ξυμβουλεύοιμι 
Ul a , \ > \ , > \ 7, 

ἃ βελτιστά μοι δοκεῖ, πολλά μοι καὶ ἀγαθὰ γένοιτο" εἰ δὲ μή, 
τἀναντία. αὐτὴ γὰρ ἡ ἱερὰ ξυμβουλὴ λεγομένη εἶναι δοκεῖ 
μοι παρεῖναι" νῦν γὰρ δὴ ἂν μὲν εὖ ξυμβουλεύσας φανῶ, πολλοὶ 
ΝΜ Ν Ἢ a“ / EN Ἁ a »ν e , 
ἔσονται οἱ ἐπαινοῦντές με, ἂν δὲ κακῶς, πολλοὶ ἔσεσθε οἱ καταρώω- 
’ \ 9 io’ Ψ“ \ rd [τ 3\ \ 

μενοι. πράγματα μὲν οὖν οἶδ᾽ ὅτι πολὺ πλείω ἕξομεν, ἐὰν κατὰ 
θάλατταν κομίζησθε-: ἡμᾶς γὰρ δεήσει τὰ πλοῖα πορίζειν: ἣν δὲ 
κατὰ γὴν στέλλησθε, ὑμᾶς δεήσει τοὺς μαχομένους εἶναι. ὅμως 
δὲ λεκτέα ἃ γιγνώσκω" ἔμπειρος γάρ εἶμι καὶ τῆς χώρας τῆς 


Παφλαγόνων καὶ τῆς δυνάμεως. ἔχει γὰρ ἀμφότερα, καὶ πεδία 


κάλλιστα καὶ ὄρη ὑψηλότατα. 

Καὶ πρῶτον μὲν οἶδα εὐθὺς ἣ τὴν εἰσβολὴν ἀνάγκη ποιεῖσθαι" 
οὐ γὰρ ἔστιν ἄλλῃ ἢ ἡ τὰ κέρατα τοῦ ὄρους τῆς ὁδοῦ καθ᾽ ἑκά- 

5» e roa a , \ , ~ / ΄ 3 
τερά ἐστιν ὑψηλά, ἃ κρατεῖν κατέχοντες καὶ πάνυ ὀλίγοι δύναιντ 
Μ Ud \ / 299 A ς , Ψ δύ 3 
ἄν: τούτων δὲ κατεχομένων οὐδ᾽ ἂν οἱ πάντες ἄνθρωποι δύναιντ 
ἂν διελθεῖν. ταῦτα δὲ καὶ δείξαιμι ἂν, εἴ μοί τινα βούλεσθε 
ξυμπέμψαι. 

Ἔπειτα δὲ οἶδα καὶ πεδία ὄντα καὶ ἱππείαν ἣν αὐτοὶ οἱ βάρ- 
βαροι νομίζουσι κρείττω εἶναι ἁπάσης τῆς βασιλέως ἱππείας. 
καὶ νῦν οὗτοι οὐ παρεγένοντο βασιλεῖ καλοῦντι, ἀλλὰ μεῖζον 
φρονεῖ ὁ ἄρχων αὐτῶν. 

“Hy δὲ καὶ δυνηθῆτε τά τε ὄρη κλέψαι ἢ φθάσαι λαβόντες 
καὶ ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ κρατῆσαι μαχόμενοι τούς τε ἱππεῖς τούτων καὶ 
πεζῶν μυριάδας πλέον ἢ δώδεκα, ἥξετε ἐπὶ τοὺς ποταμούς, 
πρῶτον μὲν τὸν Θερμώδοντα, εὖρος τριῶν πλέθρων, ὃν χαλεπὸν 
οἶμαι διαβαίνειν ἄλλως τε καὶ πολεμίων πολλῶν ἔμπροσθεν 
ὄντων, πολλῶν δὲ ὄπισθεν ἑπομένων: δεύτερον δὲ Ἶριν, τρί. 
πλεθρον ὡσαύτως" τρίτον δὲ ἽΑλυν, οὐ μεῖον δυοῖν σταδίοιν, ὃν 
οὐκ ἂν δύναισθε ἄνευ πλοίων διαβῆναι: πλοῖα δὲ τίς ἔσται ὁ 
παρέχων; ὡς δ᾽ αὔτως καὶ ὁ ἸΠαρθένιος ἄβατος. ἐφ᾽ ὃν ἔλθοιτε 
ἄν, εἰ τὸν ἽΔλυν διαβαίητε. 





2608 Anabasis 





᾿Εγὼ μὲν οὖν ov χαλεπὴν ὑμῖν εἶναι νομίζω τὴν πορείαν ἀλλὰ 
> 4 Ἂ \ / ¥ > / Ν ψ 
παντάπασιν ἀδύνατον. ἂν δὲ πλέητε, ἔστιν ἐνθένδε μὲν εἰς Σι- 
al ἢ ἢ 
νώπην παραπλεῦσαι, ἐκ Σινώπης δὲ εἰς Ἡράκλειαν: ἐξ Ἥρα- 
κλείας δὲ οὔτε πεζῇ οὔτε κατὰ θάλατταν ἀπορία: πολλὰ γὰρ 
50 καὶ πλοῖά ἐστιν ἐν Ἡρακλείᾳ. 
Ἐπεὶ δὲ ταῦτ᾽ ἔλεξεν, of μὲν ὑπώπτευον φιλίας ἕνεκα τῆς 
vA / \ \ Φ » ” Δ * a Ὁ 
Κορύλα λέγειν: καὶ γὰρ ἦν πρόξενος αὐτῷ" of δὲ καὶ ὡς δῶρα 
ληψόμενον διὰ τὴν ξυμβουλὴν ταύτην: οἱ δὲ ὑπώπτευον καὶ 
τούτου ἕνεκα λέγειν ὡς μὴ TECH ἰόντες τὴν Σινωπέων τι χώρων 
55 κακὸν ἐργάζοιντο. οἱ δ᾽ οὖν Ἕλληνες ἐψηφίσαντο κατὰ θάλατ- 
\ / val \ Ὁ “Ὁ hi > 
ταν τὴν πορείαν ποιεῖσθαι. μετὰ ταῦτα ἘΞενοφῶν εἶπεν: Ὦ 
Σινωπεῖς, οἱ μὲν ἄνδρες ἥρηνται πορείαν ἣν ὑμεῖς ξυμβουλεύετε:' 
Lid ~~ a φ \ “ Ν ,.Ἤ e 4 e > Ὁ 
οὕτω δὲ ἔχει: εἰ μὲν πλοῖα ἔσεσθαι μέλλει ἱκανὰ ὡς ἀριθμῷ 
ἕνα μὴ καταλείπεσθαι ἐνθάδε, ἡμεῖς ἂν πλέοιμεν" εἰ δὲ μέλλοι- 
60 μεν of μὲν καταλείψεσθαι οἱ δὲ πλεύσεσθαι, οὐκ ἂν ἐμβαίημεν 
val r fal 
εἰς τὰ πλοῖα. γιγνώσκομεν yap ὅτι ὅπου μὲν ἂν KpaTaper, 
δυναίμεθα ἂν καὶ σῴζεσθαι καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἔχειν" εἰ δέ που 
ἥττους τῶν πολεμίων ληφθησόμεθα, εὔδηλον δὴ ὅτι ἐν ἀνδραπό- 
“ Ὁ al 
δων χώρᾳ ἐσόμεθα. ἀκούσαντες ταῦτα οἱ Σινωπεῖς ἐκέλευον 
65 πέμπειν πρέσβεις. καὶ πέμπουσι Καλλίμαχον ᾿Αρκάδα καὶ 
> / > »“ | > ἤ \ “Ὁ \ ” 
Ἀρίστωνα ᾿Αθηναῖον καὶ Σαμόλαν ᾿Αχαιόν. καὶ of μὲν ᾧχοντο. 
Ἔν δὲ τούτῳ τῷ χρόνῳ ἘΞενοφῶντι, ὁρῶντι μὲν ὁπλίτας πολ- 
λοὺς τῶν “Ελλήνων, ὁρῶντι δὲ πελταστὰς πολλοὺς καὶ τοξότας 
καὶ σφενδονήτας καὶ ἱππεῖς δὲ καὶ μάλα ἤδη διὰ τὴν τριβὴν 
€ ΄ " δ᾽ ᾽ a Tl , ” θ ᾽ Δ » νι ἡ ’ 
70 ἱκανούς, ὄντας δ᾽ ἐν τῷ Πόντῳ, ἔνθα οὐκ ἂν ἀπ᾽ ὀλίγων χρημά- 
των τοσαύτη δύναμις παρεσκευάσθη, καλὸν αὐτῷ ἐδόκει εἶναι 
χώραν καὶ δύναμιν τῇ Ἑλλάδι προσκτήσασθαι πόλιν κατοικί- 
5 / “A > val Ld lA ἤ 
savtas. καὶ γενέσθαι ἂν αὐτῷ ἐδόκει μεγάλη, καταλογιζομένῳ 
τό τε αὐτῶν πλῆθος καὶ τοὺς περιοικοῦντας τὸν Πόντον. καὶ 
28 ἐπὶ τούτοις ἐθύετο πρίν τινι εἰπεῖν τῶν στρατιωτῶν Σιλανὸν 
’ 
παρακαλέσας τὸν Κύρου μάντιν γενόμενον τὸν ᾿Αμπρακιώτην. 
4 \ ‘ * ,ν / ~ \ / e 
ὁ δὲ Σιλανὸς δεδιὼς μὴ γένηται ταῦτα καὶ καταμείνῃ που ἡ 
᾿ I / ’ _ U , Ld — »“ tA 
oTpatia, ἐκφέρει εἰς TO στράτευμα λόγον ὅτι Ἐξενοφῶν βούλεται 
καταμεῖναι τὴν στρατιὰν καὶ πόλιν οἰκίσαι καὶ ἑαυτῷ ὄνομα καὶ 
80 δύναμιν περιποιήσασθαι. 


αὐτὸς δ᾽ ὁ Σιλανὸς ἐβούλετο ὅτι 18 


25 


Book V, Chap. VI 269 





τάχιστα εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα ἀφικέσθαι: ods γὰρ παρὰ Κύρου 
ἔλαβε τρισχιλίους δαρεικοὺς ὅτε τὰς δέκα ἡμέρας ἠλήθευσε 
θυόμενος Κύρῳ, καὶ διεσεσώκει. 


aA 4 A > Μ ~ 
Τῶν δὲ στρατιωτῶν, ἐπεὶ ἤκουσαν, τοῖς μὲν ἐδόκει βελτιστον 
be J al “ lal 
εἶναι καταμεῖναι, τοῖς δὲ πολλοῖς Ov. Τιμασίων δὲ ὁ Aapdaveds 
ὶ Θ , ἕξ ᾿ Β ᾽ Ἃ > , i" ’ ΄“ e 
καὶ Θωραξ ὁ Βοιώτιος πρὸς ἐμπόρους τινὰς παρόντας τῶν Ἧρα- 
a! A cal "»“ 
κλεωτῶν καὶ Σινωπέων λέγουσιν ὅτι εἰ μὴ ἐκποριοῦσι τῇ στρα- 


τιᾷ μισθὸν ὥστε ἔχειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἐκπλέοντας, ὅτι κινδυνεύσει 
μεῖναι τοσαύτη δύναμις ἐν τῷ Πόντῳ: βούλεται γὰρ Ἐξενοφῶν καὶ 
ἡμᾶς παρακαλεῖ, ἐπειδὰν ἔλθῃ τὰ πλοῖα, τότε εἰπεῖν ἐξαίφνης 
τῇ στρατιᾷ, ἴΑνδρες, νῦν μὲν ὁρῶμεν ἡμᾶς ἀπόρους ὄντας καὶ ἐν 
τῷ ἀπόπλῳ ἔχειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια καὶ ὡς οἴκαδε ἀπελθόντας ὀνῆσαί 
τι τοὺς οἴκοι" εἰ δὲ βούλεσθε τῆς κύκλῳ χώρας περὶ τὸν Πόντον 
οἰκουμένης ἐκλεξάμενοι ὅποι ἂν βούλησθε κατασχεῖν, καὶ τὸν μὲν 
ἐθέλοντα ἀπιέναι οἴκαδε, τὸν δ᾽ ἐθέλοντα μένειν αὐτοῦ, πλοῖα δ᾽ 
ὑμῖν πάρεστιν, ὥστε ὅπῃ ἂν βούλησθε ἐξαίφνης ἂν ἐπιπέσοιτε. 

᾿Ακούσαντες ταῦτα οἱ ἔμποροι ἀπήγγελλον ταῖς πόλεσι- 
ξυνέπεμψε δ᾽ αὐτοῖς Τιμασίων Δαρδανεὺς Ἑὐρύμαχόν τε τὸν 
Δαρδανέα καὶ Θώρακα τὸν Βοιώτιον ταὐτὰ ἐροῦντας. Σινωπεῖς 
δὲ καὶ Ἡρακλεῶται ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες πέμπουσι πρὸς τὸν Τιμα- 
σίωνα καὶ κελεύουσι προστατεῦσαι λαβόντα χρήματα ὅπως 
ἐκπλεύσῃ ἡ στρατιά. ὃ δὲ ἄσμενος ἀκούσας ἐν ξυλλόγῳ τῶν 
στρατιωτῶν ὄντων λέγει τάδε. Οὐ δεῖ προσέχειν μονῇ, ὦ 
ἄνδρες, οὐδὲ τῆς Ἑ) λλάδος οὐδὲν περὶ πλείονος ποιεῖσθαι. 
ἀκούω δέ τινας θύεσθαι ἐπὶ τούτῳ οὐδ᾽ ὑμῖν λέγοντας. ὑπι- 
σχνοῦμαι δὲ ὑμῖν, ἂν ἐκπλέητε, ἀπὸ νουμηνίας μισθοφορὰν παρέ. 
ξειν κυξικηνὸν ἑκάστῳ τοῦ μηνός καὶ ἄξω ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Τρῳάδα, 
ἔνθεν καί εἶμι φυγάς, καὶ ὑπάρξει ὑμῖν ἡ ἐμὴ πόλις" ἑκόντες γάρ 
με δέξονται. ἡγήσομαι δὲ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ ἔνθεν πολλὰ χρήματα 
λήψεσθε. ἔμπειρος δέ εἰμι τῆς Αἰολίδος καὶ τῆς Φρυγίας 
καὶ τῆς Τρῳάδος καὶ τῆς Φαρναβάζου ἀρχῆς πάσης, τὰ μὲν διὰ 
τὸ ἐκεῖθεν εἶναι, τὰ δὲ διὰ τὸ ξυνεστρατεῦσθαι ἐν αὐτῇ σὺν 
Κλεάρχῳ τε καὶ Δερκυλίδᾳ. 

᾿Αναστὰς αὖθις Θώραξ ὁ Βοιώτιος, ὃς περὶ στρατηγίας Ἐξενο- 
φῶντι ἐμάχετο, ἔφη, εἰ ἐξέλθοιεν ἐκ τοῦ Πόντου, ἔσεσθαι αὐτοῖς 


85 





270 Anabasis 





Χερρόνησον χώραν καλὴν καὶ εὐδαίμονα ὥστε ἐξεῖναι τῷ βου- 
λομένῳ ἐνοικεῖν, τῷ δὲ μὴ βουλομένῳ ἀπιέναι οἴκαδε. γελοῖον δὲ 
εἶναι ἐν τῇ Ἑλλάδι οὔσης χώρας πολλῆς καὶ ἀφθόνου ἐν τῇ 
, , ΝΜ δ᾽ Ν Μ > »" , > ‘ 
βαρβάρων μαστεύειν. ἔστε δ᾽ ἄν, ἔφη, ἐκεῖ γένησθε, κἀγὼ Ka- 
θάπερ Τιμασίων ὑπισχνοῦμαι ὑμῖν τὴν μισθοφοράν. ταῦτα δὲ 
ἔλεγεν εἰδὼς ἃ Τιμασίωνι οἱ Ἡρακλεῶται καὶ οἱ Σινωπεῖς 
e “ ef > » e \ = > ’ > / 
ὑπισχνοῦντο ὥστε ἐκπλεῖν. ὁ δὲ ἘΞξενοφῶν ἐν τούτῳ ἐσίγα. 
᾿Αναστὰς δὲ Φιλήσιος καὶ Λύκων οἱ ᾿Αχαιοὶ ἔλεγον ὡς δεινὸν 
εἴη ἰδίᾳ μὲν Ἐξενοφῶντα πείθειν τε καταμένειν καὶ θύεσθαι ὑπὲρ 
τῆς μονῆς, εἰς δὲ τὸ κοινὸν μηδὲν ἀγορεύειν περὶ τούτων. 
Ὥστε ἠναγκάσθη ὁ ἘΞενοφῶν ἀναστῆναι καὶ εἰπεῖν τάδε. 
 Ὶ ͵ > yw ὃ ’ \ 6 9 wn e , ὃ / ὶ ¢ 4 
Ενώ, ὦ ἄνδρες, θύομαι μὲν ὡς ὁρᾶτε ὁπόσα δύναμαι καὶ ὑπὲρ 
ὑμῶν καὶ ὑπὲρ ἐμαυτοῦ ὅπως ταῦτα τυγχάνω καὶ λέγων καὶ 
a \ , ¢ a , € ὦ , 4 » 
νοῶν καὶ πράττων οποῖα μέλλει ὑμῖν τε κάλλιστα καὶ ἄριστα 
ἔσεσθαι καὶ ἐμοί. καὶ νῦν ἐθυόμην περὶ αὐτοῦ τούτου εἰ ἄμεινον 
εἴη ἄρχεσθαι λέγειν εἰς ὑμᾶς καὶ πράττειν περὶ τούτων ἣ παν- 
τάπασι μηδὲ ἅπτεσθαι τοῦ πράγματος. Σιλανὸς δέ μοι ὁ μαντις 
» " ‘ \ / \ φ Ὰ 4 Ν 4 ‘ 
ἀπεκρίνατο τὸ μὲν μέγιστον, τὰ ἱερὰ καλὰ εἶναι" ἤδει γὰρ Kal 
> b > Ν ν Ἁ \ + AMEN. “ “ « » δὲ 
ἐμὲ οὐκ ἄπειρον ὄντα διὰ τὸ ἀεὶ παρεῖναι τοῖς ἱεροῖς" ἔλεξε δὲ 
ὅτι ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς φαίνοιτό τις δόλος καὶ ἐπιβουλὴ ἐμοί, ὡς ἄρα 
γιγνώσκων ὅτι αὐτὸς ἐπεβούλευε διαβάλλειν με πρὸς ὑμᾶς. ἐξή- 
veyKe γὰρ τὸν λόγον ὡς ἐγὼ πράττειν ταῦτα διανοοίμην ἤδη οὐ 
πείσας ὑμᾶς. ἐγὼ δὲ εἰ μὲν ἑώρων ἀποροῦντας ὑμᾶς, τοῦτ᾽ ἂν 
ἐσκόπουν ἀφ᾽ οὗ ἂν γένοιτο ὥστε λαβόντας ὑμᾶς πόλιν τὸν μὲν 
La > Δ » Ν Ἃ hy" , > \ / ‘ 
βουλόμενον ἀποπλεῖν ἤδη, Tov δὲ μὴ βουλόμενον, ἐπεὶ κτήσαιτο 
bal a " Ἁ ε Ὁ ᾽ ἢ > a / > ES ST 
ἱκανὰ ὥστε καὶ τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ οἰκείους ὠφελῆσαί τι. ἐπεὶ δὲ ὁρῶ 
e ral \ \ “ ; ε “ ἢ “ er 
ὑμῖν καὶ Ta πλοῖα πέμποντας Ἡρακλεώτας καὶ Σινωπεῖς ὥστε 
“ μ᾿ » 
ἐκπλεῖν, καὶ μισθὸν ὑπισχνουμένους ὑμῖν ἄνδρας ἀπὸ νουμηνίας, 
καλόν μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι σῳζομένους ἔνθα βουλόμεθα μισθὸν τῆς 
σωτηρίας λαμβάνειν, καὶ αὐτός τε παύομαι ἐκείνης τῆς διανοίας, 
καὶ ὁπόσοι πρὸς ἐμὲ προσῇσαν λέγοντες ὡς χρὴ ταῦτα πράττειν, 
ἀναπαύεσθαί φημι χρῆναι. 
Οὕτω γὰρ γιγνώσκω": ὁμοῦ μὲν ὄντες πολλοὶ ὥσπερ νυνὶ 32 
δοκεῖτε ἄν μοι καὶ ἔντιμοι εἶναι καὶ ἔχειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια" ἐν γὰρ 
“ “ t 4 Ἃ ld 4 “ ε ’ / 
τῷ κρατεῖν ἐστι Kal TO λαμβάνειν τὰ τῶν ἡττόνων" διασπασθέντες 











Book V, Chap. VII 271 





, ΑΚ \ \ aA ’ 
δ᾽ ἂν καὶ κατὰ μικρὰ γενομένης τῆς δυνάμεως οὔτ᾽ ἂν τροφὴν 


LA ‘ 
33 δύναισθε λαμβάνειν οὔτε χαίροντες ἂν ἀπαλλάξαιτε. δοκεῖ οὖν 


34 


μοι ἅπερ ὑμῖν, ἐκπορεύεσθαι εἰς τὴν ᾿Ελλάδα, καὶ ἐάν τις μέντοι 
ἀπολιπὼν ληφθῇ πρὶν ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ εἶναι πᾶν τὸ στράτευμα, Kpi- 
νεσθαι αὐτὸν ὡς ἀδικοῦντα. καὶ ὅτῳ δοκεῖ, ἔφη, ταῦτα, ἀράτω 
τὴν χεῖρα. ἀνέτειναν ἅπαντες. 

Ὁ δὲ Σιλανὸς ἐβόα, καὶ ἐπεχείρει λέγειν ὡς δίκαιον εἴη 
ἀπιέναι τὸν βουλόμενον. οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται οὐκ ἠνείχοντο, ἀλλ᾽ 
ἠπείλουν αὐτῷ ὅτι εἰ λήψονται ἀποδιδράσκοντα, τὴν δίκην 


155 


bd , > “ wn 
35 ἐπιθήσοιεν. ἐντεῦθεν ἐπεὶ ἔγνωσαν οἱ Ἡρακλεῶται ὅτι ἐκπλεῖν 160 


36 


2 


8 


4 


δεδογμένον εἴη καὶ Ἐξενοφῶν αὐτὸς ἐπεψηφικὼς εἴη, τὰ μὲν πλοῖα 
πέμπουσι, τὰ δὲ χρήματα ἃ ὑπέσχοντο Τιμασίωνι καὶ Θώρακι 
ἐψευσμένοι ἦσαν. ἐνταῦθα δὲ ἐκπεπληγμένοι ἦσαν καὶ ἐδεδίεσαν 
τὴν στρατιὰν οἱ τὴν μισθοφορὰν ὑπεσχημένοι. παραλαβόντες 
οὖν οὗτοι καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους στρατηγοὺς οἷς ἀνεκεκοίνωντο ἃ 
πρόσθεν ἔπραττον, πάντες δ᾽ ἦσαν πλὴν Νέωνος τοῦ ᾿Ασιναίου, 
ὃς Χειρισόφῳ ὑπεστρατήγει, Χειρίσοφος δὲ οὔπω παρῆν, ἔρχον- 
ται πρὸς ἘΞενοφῶντα, καὶ λέγουσιν ὅτι μεταμέλοι αὐτοῖς, καὶ 
δοκοίη κράτιστον εἶναι πλεῖν εἰς Φᾶσιν, ἐπεὶ πλοῖα ἔστι, καὶ 
κατασχεῖν τὴν Φασιανῶν χώραν. Αἰήτου δὲ ὑιδοῦς ἐτύγχανε 


᾽ ᾽ a — a“ 
37 βασιλεύων αὐτῶν. ἘΞενοφῶν δὲ ἀπεκρίνατο ὅτι οὐδὲν ἂν τούτων 


εἴποι εἰς τὴν στρατιάν" ὑμεῖς δὲ ξυλλέξαντες, ἔφη, εἰ βούλεσθε, 
λέγετε. ἐνταῦθα ἀποδείκνυται Τιμασίων ὁ Δαρδανεὺς γνώμην 
οὐκ ἐκκλησιάζειν ἀλλὰ τοὺς αὑτοῦ ἕκαστον λοχαγοὺς πρῶτον 
πειρᾶσθαι πείθειν. καὶ ἀπελθόντες ταῦτ᾽ ἐποίουν. 

VII. Ταῦτα οὖν οἱ στρατιῶται ἀνεπύθοντο ταραττόμενα. 
καὶ ὁ Νέων λέγει ὡς Ἐξενοφῶν ἀναπεπεικὼς τοὺς ἄλλους στρατη- 
γοὺς διανοεῖται ἄγειν τοὺς στρατιώτας ἐξαπατήσας πάλιν εἰς 


a > »)Ἅ 9 ς ad “ 
Φᾶσιν. ἀκούσαντες δ᾽ οἱ στρατιώται χαλεπῶς ἔφερον, καὶ ξύλ- 


165 


170 


175 


λογοι ἐγίγνοντο καὶ κύκλοι ξυνίσταντο [ καὶ μάλα φοβεροὶ ἦσαν 5 


μὴ ποιήσειαν οἷα καὶ τοὺς τῶν Κόλχων κήρυκας ἐποίησαν καὶ 
τοὺς ἀγορανόμους" ὅσοι μὴ εἰς τὴν θάλατταν κατέφυγον κατε- 
λεύσθησαν]. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἠσθάνετο ἘΞενοφῶν, ἔδοξεν αὐτῷ ὡς τά- 
χίστα ξυναγαγεῖν αὐτῶν ἀγοράν, καὶ μὴ ἐᾶσαι ξυλλεγῆναι 
αὐτομάτους" καὶ ἐκέλευσε τὸν κήρυκα ξυλλέξαι ἀγοράν. οἱ δ᾽ 





272 Anabasis 


SSS -. 





ἐπεὶ τοῦ κήρυκος ἤκουσαν, ξυνέδραμον καὶ μάλα ἑτοίμως. ἐν- 
ταῦθα Ἐξενοφῶν τῶν μὲν στρατηγῶν οὐ κατηγόρει, ὅτι ἦλθον 
πρὸς αὐτόν, λέγει δὲ ὧδε. 

᾽᾿Ακούω τινὰ διαβάλλειν, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἐμὲ ὡς ἐγὼ ἄρα ἐξαπατή- 5 

15 cas ὑμᾶς μέλλω ἄγειν εἰς Φᾶσιν. ἀκούσατε οὖν μου πρὸς θεῶν, 
καὶ ἐὰν μὲν ἐγὼ φαίνωμαι ἀδικεῖν, οὐ χρή με ἐνθένδε ἀπελθεῖν 
πρὶν ἂν δῶ δίκην" ἂν δ᾽ ὑμῖν φαίνωνται ἀδικεῖν οἱ ἐμὲ διαβάλ- 
λοντες, οὕτως αὐτοῖς χρῆσθαι ὥσπερ ἄξιον. ὑμεῖς δέ, ἔφη, ἴστε 6 
δήπου ὅθεν ἥλιος ἀνίσχει καὶ ὅπου δύεται, καὶ ὅτι ἐὰν μέν τις 

20 εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα μέλλῃ ἰέναι, πρὸς ἑσπέραν δεῖ πορεύεσθαι" ἢν 
δέ τις βούληται εἰς τοὺς βαρβάρους, τοὔμπαλιν πρὸς ἕω. ἔστιν 
οὖν ὅστις τοῦτο ἂν δύναιτο ὑμᾶς ἐξαπατῆσαι ὡς ἥλιος ἔνθεν μὲν 
ἀνίσχει, δύεται ἐνταῦθα, ἔνθα δὲ δύεται, ἀνίσχει ἐντεῦθων;: ἀλλὰ 7 
μὴν καὶ τοῦτό γε ἐπίστασθε ὅτι βορέας μὲν ἔξω τοῦ icerey εἰς 

25 τὴν Ἑλλάδα φέρει, νότος δὲ εἴσω εἰς Φᾶσιν, καὶ λέγεται, ied 
βορρᾶς πνέῃ, ὡς καλοὶ πλοῖ εἰσιν εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα. τοῦτ᾽ οὖν 
ἔστιν ὅπως τις ἂν ὑμᾶς ἐξαπατήσαι ὥστε ἐμβαίνειν ὁπόταν νότος 
πνέῃ; ἀλλὰ γὰρ ὁπόταν γαλήνη ἦ ἐμβιβῶ. οὐκοῦν ἐγὼ μὲν 8 
ἐν ἑνὶ πλοίῳ πλεύσομαι, ὑμεῖς δὲ τοὐλάχιστον ἐν ἑκατόν. πῶς 

30 ἂν οὖν ἐγὼ ἢ βιασαίμην ὑμᾶς ξὺν ἐμοὶ πλεῖν μὴ βουλομένους ἢ 
ἐξαπατήσας ἄγοιμι; ποιῶ δ᾽ ὑμᾶς ἐξαπατηθέντας καὶ γοητεν. 9 
θέντας ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἥκειν εἰς Φᾶσιν: καὶ δὴ ἀποβαίνομεν εἰς τὴν 
χώραν" γνώσεσθε δήπου ὅτι οὐκ ἐν τῇ “Ἑλλάδι ἐστέ' καὶ ἐγὼ 
μὲν ἔσομαι ὁ ἐξηπατηκὼς εἷς, ὑμεῖς δὲ οἱ ἐξηπατημένοι “7 
μυρίων ἔχοντες ὅπλα. πῶς ἂν οὖν ἀνὴρ μᾶλλον δοίη δίκην ἢ 
οὕτω περὶ αὑτοῦ τε καὶ ὑμῶν βουλευόμενος; 

"ARN οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ λόγοι ἀνδρῶν καὶ ἠλιθίων κἀμοὶ φθονούν- 10 
των, ὅτι ἐγὼ ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν τιμῶμαι. καίτοι οὐ δικαίως γ᾽ ἄν μοι 
φθονοῖεν: τίνα γὰρ αὐτῶν ἐγὼ κωλύω ἢἣ λέγειν εἴ τις τι ἀγαθὸν 
δύναται ἐν ὑμῖν, ἢ μάχεσθαι εἴ τις ἐθέλει ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν τε καὶ 
ἑαυτοῦ, ἣ ἐγρηγορέναι περὶ τῆς ὑμετέρας ἀσφαλείας ἐπιμελού.- 
μενον; τί γάρ, ἄρχοντας αἱρουμένων ὑμῶν ἐγώ τινι ἐμποδῶν 
εἰμι; παρίημι, ἀρχέτω: μόνον ἀγαθόν τι ποιῶν ὑμᾶς φαινέσθω. 
ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἐμοὶ μὲν ἀρκεῖ περὶ τούτων τὰ εἰρημένα" εἰ δέ τις ὑμῶν 11 

45 ἣ αὐτὸς ἐξαπατηθῆναι ἂν οἴεται ταῦτα ἤ ἄλλον ἐξαπατῆσαι 








Book V, Chap. VII 273 





12 ταῦτα, λέγων διδασκέτω. ὅταν δὲ τούτων ἅλις ἔχητε, μὴ ἀπέλ- 
θητε πρὶν ἂν ἀκούσητε οἷον ὁρῶ ἐν τῇ στρατιᾷ ἀρχόμενον 
πρᾶγμα" ὃ εἰ ἔπεισι καὶ ἔσται οἷον ὑποδείκνυσιν, ὥρα ἡμῖν 
βουλεύεσθαι ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν μὴ κἀκιστοί τε καὶ αἴσχιστοι 
bid > , ‘ »“ A > tA 
ἄνδρες ἀποφαινώμεθα καὶ πρὸς θεῶν καὶ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων καὶ 50 
φίλων καὶ πολεμίων. 

13 ᾿Ακούσαντες δὲ ταῦτα οἱ στρατιῶται ἐθαύμασάν τε ὅ,τι εἴη 
καὶ λέγειν ἐκέλευον. ἐκ τούτου ἄρχεται πάλιν: ᾿Επίστασθέ 
που ὅτι χωρία ἣν ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι βαρβαρικά, φίλια τοῖς Κερα- 

/ σ΄ / Ἁ 54 fa > , e al \ ey» 
σουντίοις, ὅθεν κατιόντες τινὲς καὶ ἱερεῖα ἐπώλουν ἡμῖν καὶ ἄλλα 55 
ὧν εἶχον, δοκοῦσι δέ μοι καὶ ὑμῶν τινες εἰς τὸ ἐγγυτάτω χωρίον 

14 τούτων ἐλθόντες ἀγοράσαντές τι πάλιν ἀπελθεῖν. τοῦτο κατα- 
μαθὼν Kredperos ὁ λοχαγὸς ὅτι καὶ μικρὸν εἴη καὶ ἀφύλακτον 
ὃ Ν Ἁ / / “. » > \ A A e 
ia τὸ φίλιον νομίζειν εἶναι, ἔρχεται ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς τῆς νυκτὸς ὡς 

15 πορθήσων, οὐδενὶ ἡμῶν εἰπών. διενενόητο δέ, εἰ λάβοι τόδε τὸ 60 

’ὔ > ᾿ Ἂ U / - > A A 3 “ 
χωρίον, εἰς μὲν TO στράτευμα μηκέτι ἐλθεῖν, εἰσ Bas δὲ εἰς πλοῖον 
ἐν ᾧ ἐτύγχανον οἱ ξύσκηνοι αὐτοῦ παραπλέοντες, καὶ ἐνθέμενος 
εἴ τι λάβοι, ἀποπλέων οἴχεσθαι ἔξω τοῦ Πόντου. καὶ ταῦτα 
ξυνωμολόγησαν αὐτῷ οἱ ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου σύσκηνοι, ὡς ἐγὼ νῦν 

16 αἰσθάνομαι. παρακαλέσας οὖν ὁπόσους ἔπειθεν ἣγεν ἐπὶ τὸ 65 
χωρίον. πορευόμενον δ᾽ αὐτὸν φθάνει ἡμέρα γενομένη, καὶ 

’ e ” > \ > a“ , Uj ἢ 
ξυστάντες οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἀπὸ ἰσχυρῶν τόπων βάλλοντες καὶ 

rf ’ ’ > , \ “ Μ 7 
παίοντες Tov Te Κλεάρετον ἀποκτείνουσι Kal τῶν ἄλλων συχνούς, 

17 οἱ δέ τινες καὶ eis Κερασοῦντα αὐτῶν ἀποχωροῦσι. ταῦτα δ᾽ 

> ἄν, νὰ ’; e ¢ κ an +] nf a fa! A , 
ἣν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἡ ἡμεῖς δεῦρο ἐξωρμῶμεν πεΐζῃ" τῶν δὲ πλεόντων 70 
ἔτι τινὲς ἦσαν ἐν Κερασοῦντι, οὔπω ἀνηγμένοι. 

Μετὰ τοῦτο, ὡς οἱ Κερασούντιοι λέγουσιν, ἀφικνοῦνται τῶν 
ἐκ τοῦ χωρίου τρεῖς ἄνδρες τῶν γεραιτέρων πρὸς τὸ κοινὸν τὸ 
ἡμέτερον χρήξοντες ἐλθεῖν. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἡμᾶς οὐ κατέλαβον, πρὸς 
τοὺς Κερασουντίους ἔλεγον ὅτι θαυμάζοιεν τί ἡμῖν δόξειεν ἐλθεῖν τὸ 

18 ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς. ἐπεὶ μέντοι σφεῖς λέγειν, ἔφασαν, ὅτι οὐκ ἀπὸ 

κοινοῦ γένοιτο τὸ πρᾶγμα, ἥδεσθαί τε αὐτοὺς καὶ μέλλειν ἐνθάδε 

“ e Ny / ’ ᾿ \ 4 
πλεῖν, ὡς ἡμῖν λέξαι τὰ γενόμενα καὶ τοὺς νεκροὺς κελεύειν 

19 αὐτοὺς θάπτειν λαβόντας. τῶν δ᾽ ἀποφυγόντων τινὰς Ἑλλήνων 

τυχεῖν ἔτι ὄντας ἐν Κερασοῦντι" αἰσθόμενοι δὲ τοὺς βαρβάρους 80 





274 Anabasis 





ὅποι ἴοιεν αὐτοί τε ἐτόλμησαν βαλεῖν τοῖς λίθοις Kal τοῖς ἄλλοις 
παρεκελεύοντο. καὶ οἱ ἄνδρες ἀποθνήσκουσι τρεῖς ὄντες οἱ 
πρέσβεις καταλευσθέντες. 
᾿Επεὶ δὲ τοῦτο ἐγένετο, ἔρχονται πρὸς ἡμᾶς οἱ ἹΚερασούντιοι 20 
85 καὶ λέγουσι τὸ πρᾶγμα" καὶ ἡμεῖς οἱ στρατηγοὶ ἀκούσαντες 
ἠχθόμεθά τε τοῖς γεγενημένοις καὶ ἐβουλευόμεθα ξὺν τοῖς Kepa- 
σουντίοις ὅπως ἂν ταφείησαν οἱ τῶν ᾿Ελλήνων νεκροί. συγκα- 21 
θήμενοι δ᾽ ἔξωθεν τῶν ὅπλων ἐξαίφνης ἀκούομεν θορύβου πολλοῦ 
Παῖε παῖε, βάλλε βάλλε, καὶ τάχα δὴ ὁρῶμεν πολλοὺς προσ- 
90 θέοντας λίθους ἔχοντας ἐν ταῖς χερσί, τοὺς δὲ καὶ ἀναιρουμένους. 
καὶ οἱ μὲν Κερασούντιοι, ὡς δὴ καὶ ἑωρακότες τὸ παρ᾽ ἑαυτοῖς 22 
πρᾶγμα, δείσαντες ἀποχωροῦσι πρὸς τὰ πλοῖα. ἦσαν δὲ νὴ 
ἐγώ γε μὴν ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτοὺς καὶ 23 
τῶν δὲ ἦσαν μὲν οἱ οὐδὲν ἤδεσαν, 
ἐπεὶ δὲ εἰδότι τινὶ ἐπέτυ- 


Ala καὶ ἡμῶν οἱ ἔδεισαν. 
ἠρώτων ὅ,τι ἐστὶ τὸ πρᾶγμα. 
΄ Ἃ / > > a ἤ 

95 ὅμως δὲ λίθους εἶχον ἐν ταῖς χερσίν. 
χον, λέγει μοι ὅτι οὗ ἀγορανόμοι δεινότατα ποιοῦσι τὸ στρά- 
τευμα. ἐν τούτῳ τις ὁρᾷ τὸν ἀγορανόμον Ζήλαρχον πρὸς τὴν 24 
θάλατταν ἀποχωροῦντα, καὶ ἀνέκραγεν: of δὲ ὡς ἤκουσαν, 
ὥσπερ ἢ συὸς ἀγρίου ἢ ἐλάφου φανέντος ἵενται ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν. Ob 25 

100 δ᾽ αὖ Κερασούντιοι ὡς εἶδον ὁρμῶντας καθ᾽ αὑτούς, σαφῶς νομί- 

> A ~ al / > ΓΝ > 
ζοντες ἐπὶ σφᾶς ἵεσθαι, φεύγουσι δρόμῳ καὶ ἐμπίπτουσιν εἰς 
τὴν θάλατταν. ξυνεισέπεσον δὲ καὶ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν τινες, καὶ ἐπνί- 
γετο ὅστις νεῖν μὴ ἐτύγχανεν ἐπιστάμενος. καὶ τούτους τί 
δοκεῖτε; ἠδίκουν μὲν οὐδέν, ἔδεισαν δὲ μὴ λύττα τις ὥσπερ 26 

105 κυσὶν ἡμῖν ἐμπεπτώκοι. 

Ei οὖν ταῦτα τοιαῦτα ἔσται, θεάσασθε οἵα ἡ κατάστασις 
ἡμῖν ἔσται τῆς στρατιᾶς. ὑμεῖς μὲν οἱ πάντες οὐκ ἔσεσθε 21 
κύριοι οὔτε ἀνελέσθαι πόλεμον ᾧ ἂν βούλησθε οὔτε καταλῦσαι, 
᾿ ’ € , ” ι , r ἢ . aA 4 wv 
ἰδίᾳ δὲ ὁ βουλόμενος afer στράτευμα ἐφ᾽ ὅ,τι ἂν θέλῃ. κἄν 

‘ ¢ “~ Μ ’ὔ » ’ὔ ὃ ’ ν λ / 

110 τινες πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἴωσι πρέσβεις εἰρήνης δεόμενοι ἢ ἄλλου τινός, 
κατακτείναντες τούτους οἱ βουλόμενοι ποιήσουσιν ὑμᾶς τῶν 
λόγων μὴ ἀκοῦσαι τῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἰόντων. ἔπειτα δὲ ods μὲν ἂν 28 
ὑμεῖς πάντες ἕλησθε ἄργοντας. ἐν οὐδεμιᾷ “ώρᾳ ἔσονται. ὅστις 

μ ω) PX : μιᾳ χώρᾳ ᾿ 
᾿ , ’ ΄ 
δὲ ἂν ἑαυτὸν ἕληται στρατηγὸν καὶ ἐθέλῃ λέγειν Βάλλε βάλλε, 
115 οὗτος ἔσται ἱκανὸς καὶ ἄρχοντα κατακανεῖν καὶ ἰδιώτην ὃν ἂν 


᾿ 








Book V, Chap. VIIT 275 





ὑμῶν ἐθέλῃ ἄκριτον, ἣν dow οἱ πεισόμενοι αὐτῷ, ὥσπερ καὶ νῦν 

29 ἐγένετο. οἷα δὲ ὑμῖν καὶ διαπεπράχασιν οἱ αὐθαίρετοι οὗτοι 
στρατηγοὶ σκέψασθε. Ζήλαρχος μὲν ὁ ἀγορανόμος εἰ μὲν 
ἀδικεῖ ὑμᾶς, οἴχεται ἀποπλέων οὐ δοὺς ὑμῖν δίκην. εἰ δὲ μὴ 
ἀδικεῖ, φεύγει ἐκ τοῦ στρατεύματος δείσας μὴ ἀδίκως ἄκριτος 120 

80 ἀποθάνῃ. οἱ δὲ καταλεύσαντες τοὺς πρέσβεις διεπράξαντο ὑμῖν 
μόνοις μὲν τῶν "Ἑλλήνων εἰς Κερασοῦντα μὴ ἀσφαλὲς εἶναι ἂν 
μὴ σὺν ἰσχύι ἀφικνῆσθε: τοὺς δὲ νεκροὺς ods πρόσθεν αὐτοὶ οἱ 
κατακανόντες ἐκέλευον θάπτειν, τούτους διεπράξαντο μηδὲ ξὺν 
κηρυκείῳ ἔτι ἀσφαλὲς εἶναι ἀνελέσθαι. τίς γὰρ ἐθελήσει κῆρυξ 125 
ἰέναι κήρυκας ἀπεκτονώς ; ἀλλ᾽ ἡμεῖς Κερασουντίων θάψαι 

81 αὐτοὺς ἐδεήθημεν. εἰ μὲν οὖν ταῦτα καλῶς ἔχει, δοξάτω ὑμῖν, 
ἵνα ὡς τοιούτων ἐσομένων καὶ φυλακὴν ἰδίᾳ ποιήσῃ τις καὶ τὰ 

82 ἐρυμνὰ ὑπερδέξια πειρᾶται ἔχων σκηνοῦν. εἰ μέντοι ὑμῖν δοκεῖ 

θηρίων ἀλλὰ μὴ ἀνθρώπων εἶναι τὰ τοιαῦτα ἔργα, σκοπεῖτε 130 

παῦλάν τινα αὐτῶν" εἰ δέ μή, πρὸς Διὸς πῶς ἢ θεοῖς θύσομεν 

ἡδέως ποιοῦντες ἔργα ἀσεβῆ, ἢ πολεμίοις πῶς μαχούμεθα, ἢν 
88 ἀλλήλους κατακαίνωμεν; πόλις δὲ φιλία τίς ἡμᾶς δέξεται, ἥτις 
ἂν ὁρᾷ τοσαύτην ἀνομίαν ἐν ἡμῖν; ἀγορὰν δὲ τίς ἄξει θαρρῶν, 
ἢν περὶ τὰ μέγιστα τοιαῦτα ἐξαμαρτάνοντες φαινώμεθα; οὗ δὲ 135 
δὴ πάντων οἰόμεθα τεύξεσθαι ἐπαίνου, τίς ἡμᾶς τοιούτους ὄντας 
ἐπαινέσει; ἡμεῖς μὲν γὰρ οἶδ᾽ ὅτι πονηροὺς ἂν φαίημεν εἶναι 
τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα ποιοῦντας. 
8 "Ex τούτου ἀνιστάμενοι πάντες ἔλεγον τοὺς μὲν τούτων ἄρ- 
ξαντας δοῦναι δίκην, τοῦ δὲ λοιποῦ μηκέτι ἐξεῖναι ἀνομίας ἄρξαι" 
ἐὰν δέ τις ἄρξῃ, ἄγεσθαι αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ θανάτῳ- τοὺς δὲ στρατη- 
γοὺς εἰς δίκας πάντας καταστῆσαι" εἶναι δὲ δίκας καὶ εἴ τι ἄλλο 
τις ἠδίκητο ἐξ οὗ Κῦρος ἀπέθανε" δικαστὰς δὲ τοὺς λοχαγοὺς 
35 ἐποιήσαντο. παραινοῦντος δὲ Ἐξενοφῶντος καὶ τῶν μάντεων 
συμβουλευόντων ἔδοξε καθῆραι τὸ στράτευμα. καὶ ἐγένετο 
καθαρμός. 

VIII. "Ἐδοξε δὲ καὶ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς δίκην ὑποσχεῖν τοῦ πα- 
ρεέληλυθότος χρόνου. καὶ διδόντων Φιλήσιος μὲν ὦφλε καὶ Ἐξαν- 
θικλῆς τῆς φυλακῆς τῶν γαυλικῶν χρημάτων τὸ μείωμα εἴκοσι 
μνᾶς, Σοφαίνετος δέ, ὅτι αἱρεθεὶς « x κατημέλει, δέκα μνᾶς. 





Anabasis 





» ξ 
5 ἘΞενοφῶντος δὲ κατηγόρησάν τινες φάσκοντες παίεσθαι ὑπ᾽ 
αὐτοῦ καὶ ὡς ὑβρίζοντος τὴν κατηγορίαν ἐποιοῦντο. καὶ ὁ 2 
Ξενοφῶν ἐκέλευσεν εἰπεῖν τὸν πρῶτον λέξαντα ποῦ καὶ ἐπλήγη. 
ὃ δὲ ἀπεκρίνατο: Ὅπου καὶ ῥίγει ἀπωλλύμεθα καὶ χιὼν πλεί- 
στη ἦν. ὃ δὲ εἶπεν: ᾿Αλλὰ μὴν χειμῶνός γε ὄντος οἵου λέγεις, 8 
\ 
10 σίτου δὲ ἐπιλελοιπότος, οἴνου δὲ μηδ᾽ ὀσφραίνεσθαι παρόν, ὑπὸ 
Ν , “ 3 Lf / Ἄ κ᾿ ; ne 
δὲ πόνων πολλῶν ἀπαγορευόντων, πολεμίων δὲ ἑπομένων, εἰ ἐν 
aac ὕβριζον, ὁμολογῶ καὶ τῶν o ὑβριστότερο 
οἰούτῳ καιρῷ ὕβριζον, ὁμολογῶ καὶ τῶν ὄνων ὕβρι ρος 
Wi ¢ ¢ ‘ a Lcd ' > > / σ΄ 
εἶναι, οἷς φασιν ὑπὸ τῆς ὕβρεως κόπον οὐκ ἐγγίγνεσθαι. ὅμως 
δὲ καὶ λέξον, ἔφη, ἐκ τίνος ἐπλήγης. πότερον ἤτουν τί σε καὶ 4 
> / > 25 “ὃ ud . ἃ >) ‘ ae a ὶ ὃ 
15 ἐπεί μοι οὐκ ἐδίδους ἔπαιον; ἀλλ᾽’ ἀπητουν; ἀλλὰ περὶ παιθι» 
” i > \ ; > ΄ > \ tA 
κῶν μαχόμενος; ἀλλὰ μεθύων ἐπαρῴνησα;: ἐπεὶ δὲ τούτων & 
ον ΝΜ) > / I > et , > bd , > 
οὐδὲν ἔφησεν, ἐπήρετο αὐτὸν EL OTALTEVEL. οὐκ ἔφη" παλιν εἰ 
πελτάζοι. οὐδὲ τοῦτ᾽ ἔφη, ἀλλ᾽ ἡμίονον ἐλαύνειν ταχθεὶς ὑπὸ 
”~ Fl Γι Μ > »" TS ν , » ἃ 
τῶν συσκήνων ἐλεύθερος ὥν. ἐνταῦθα δὴ ἀναγυγνώσκει αὐτὸν καὶ 8 
20 ἤρετο: Ἦ σὺ εἶ ὁ τὸν κάμνοντα ἀγαγών; Ναὶ μὰ AM’, ἔφη" σὺ γὰρ 
ἠνάγκαζες- τὰ δὲ τῶν ἐμῶν συσκήνων σκεύη διέρρυψας. ᾿Αλλ᾽ 7 
ἡ μὲν διάρριψις, ἔφη ὁ Ἐξενοφῶν, τοιαύτη τις ἐγένετο. διέδωκα 
Ν Ψ \ > La Ἃ > > - > ‘ 
ἄλλοις ἄγειν καὶ ἐκέλευσα πρὸς ἐμὲ ἀπαγαγεῖν, καὶ ἀπολαβὼν 
“ “ > +) κα > δ) ὶ I," > ST ὃ, Ἁ ” 
ἅπαντα σῶα ἀπέδωκά cot, ἐπειδὴ καὶ σὺ ἐμοὶ ἀπέδειξας τὸν av 
25 Spa. οἷον δὲ τὸ πρᾶγμα ἐγένετο ἀκούσατε, ἔφη" καὶ γὰρ ἄξιον. 
᾿Ανὴρ κατελείπετο διὰ τὸ μηκέτι δύνασθαι πορεύεσθαι. καὶ 8 
ἐγὼ τὸν μὲν ἄνδρα τοσοῦτον ἐγίγνωσκον ὅτι εἷς ἡμῶν εἴη" ἠνάγ- 
κασα δὲ σὲ τοῦτον ἄγειν, ὡς μὴ ἀπόλοιτο: καὶ γάρ, ὡς ἐγὼ 
᾿ ἢ δ ᾽ / / “ ε Μ 
οἶμαι, πολέμιοι ἡμῖν ἐφείποντο. συνέφη τοῦτο ὁ ἄνθρωπος. 
80 Οὐκοῦν, ἔφη 6 Ἐξενοφῶν, ἐπεὶ προὔπεμψά σε, καταλαμβάνω 9 
αὖθις σὺν τοῖς ὀπισθοφύλαξι προσιὼν βόθρον ὀρύττοντα ὡς 
ral ‘ ΝΜ \ > Ἂ > rl > de 
κατορύξοντα τὸν ἄνθρωπον, καὶ ἐπιστὰς ἐπῇνουν σε. ἐπεὶ δὲ 10 
παρεστηκότων ἡμῶν συνέκαμψε τὸ σκέλος ἁνήρ, ἀνέκραγον ot 
παρόντες ὅτι ζῇ ὁ ἀνήρ, σὺ δ᾽ εἶπας “Οπόσα γε βούλεται" ὡς 
86 ἔγωγε αὐτὸν οὐκ ἄξω. ἐνταῦθα ἔπαισά σε" ἀληθῆ λέγεις" ἔδο- 
Eas γάρ μοι εἰδότι ἐοικέναι ὅτι ἔζη. Τί οὖν; ἔφη, ἧττόν τι τι 
ἀπέθανεν, ἐπεὶ ἐγώ σοι ἀπέδειξα αὐτόν; Καὶ γὰρ ἡμεῖς, ἔφη ὁ 
Ξενοφῶν, πάντες ἀποθανούμεθα" τούτου οὖν ἕνεκα ζῶντας ἡμᾶς 


δεῖ κατορυχθῆναι; 





Book V, Chap. VIII 277 





12  Tovrov μὲν ἀνέκραγον ὡς ὀλίγας παίσειεν" ἄλλους δ᾽ ἐκέλευε 40 

18 λέγειν διὰ τί ἕκαστος ἐπλήγη. ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐκ ἀνίσταντο, αὐτὸς 
ἔλεγεν" ᾿Εγώ, ὦ ἄνδρες, ὁμολογῶ παῖσαι δὴ ἄνδρας ἕνεκεν ἀτα- 
ξίας ὅσοις σῴξεσθαι μὲν ἤρκει δι᾽ ὑμῶν ἐν τάξει τε ἰόντων καὶ 
μαχομένων ὅπου δέοι, αὐτοὶ δὲ λιπόντες τὰς τάξεις προθέοντες 
ἁρπάζειν ἤθελον καὶ ἡμῶν πλεονεκτεῖν. εἰ δὲ τοῦτο πάντες 45 

14 ἐποιοῦμεν, ἅπαντες ἂν ἀπωλόμεθα. ἤδη δὲ καὶ μαλακιζόμενόν 
τινα καὶ οὐκ ἐθέλοντα ἀνίστασθαι ἀλλὰ προϊέμενον αὑτὸν τοῖς 
πολεμίοις καὶ ἔπαισα καὶ ἐβιασάμην πορεύεσθαι. ἐν γὰρ τῷ 
ἰσχυρῷ χειμῶνι καὶ αὐτός ποτε ἀναμένων τινὰς wirnciabipiiaus 
καθεζόμενος συχνὸν χρόνον κατέμαθον ἀναστὰς μόλις καὶ τὰ 50 

15 σκέλη ἐκτείνας. ἐν ἐμαυτῷ οὖν πεῖραν λαβὼν ἐκ τούτου καὶ 
ἄλλον, ὁπότε ἴδοιμι καθήμενον καὶ βλακεύοντα, ἤλαυνον: τὸ 
γὰρ κινεῖσθαι καὶ ἀνδρίζεσθαι παρεῖχε θερμασίαν τινὰ καὶ ὑγρό- 
τητα, τὸ δὲ καθῆσθαι καὶ ἡσυχίαν ἔχειν ἑώρων ὑπουργὸν ὃν τῷ 
τε ἀποπήγνυσθαι τὸ αἷμα καὶ τῷ ἀποσήπεσθαι τοὺς τῶν ποδῶν 55 

16 δακτύλους, ἅπερ πολλοὺς καὶ ὑμεῖς ἔστε παθόντας. ἄλλον δέ 
γε ἴσως ἀπολειπόμενόν που διὰ ῥᾳστώνην καὶ κωλύοντα καὶ 
ὑμᾶς τοὺς πρόσθεν καὶ ἡμᾶς τοὺς ὄπισθεν πορεύεσθαι ἔπαισα 

17 TUE, ὅπως μὴ λόγχῃ ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων παίοιτο. καὶ γὰρ οὖν 
νῦν ἔξεστιν αὐτοῖς σωθεῖσιν, εἴ τι ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἔπαθον παρὰ τὸ 60 
δίκαιον, δίκην λαβεῖν. εἰ δ᾽ ἐπὶ τοῖς πολεμίοις ἐγένοντο, τί 
μέγα ἂν οὕτως ἔπαθον ὅτου δίκην ἂν ἠξίουν λαμβάνειν; 

is ᾿Απλοῦς μοι, ἔφη, ὁ λόγος" εἰ μὲν ἐπ᾽ ἀγαθῷ ἐκόλασά τινα, 
ἀξιῶ ὑπέχειν δίκην οἵαν καὶ γονεῖς υἱοῖς καὶ διδάσκαλοι παισί- 

19 καὶ γὰρ οἱ ἰατροὶ καίουσι καὶ τέμνουσιν ἐπ᾽ ἀγαθῷ" εἰ δὲ ὕβρει 65 
νομίζετέ με ταῦτα πράττειν, ἐνθυμήθητε ὅτι νῦν ἐγὼ θαρρῶ σὺν 
τοῖς θεοῖς μᾶλλον ἢ τότε καὶ θρασύτερός εἰμι νῦν ἢ τότε καὶ 

20 οἶνον πλείω πίνω, ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐδένα παίω- ἐν εὐδίᾳ γὰρ ὁρῶ 
ὑμᾶς. ὅταν δὲ χειμὼν ἦ καὶ θάλαττα μεγάλη ἐπιφέρηται, οὐχ 
ὁρᾶτε ὅτι καὶ νεύματος μόνου ἕνεκα χαλεπαίνει μὲν πρῳρεὺς τὸ 
τοῖς ἐν πρῴρᾳ, χαλεπαίνει δὲ κυβερνήτης τοῖς ἐν πρύμνῃ; ἱκανὰ 
γὰρ ἐν τῷ τοιούτῳ καὶ μικρὰ ἁμαρτηθέντα πάντα συνεπιτρῖψαι. 

21 ὅτι δὲ δικαίως ἔπαιον αὐτοὺς και ὑμεῖς κατεδικάσατε" ἔχοντες 
ξίφη, οὐ ψήφους, παρέστατε, καὶ ἐξῆν ὑμῖν ἐπικουρεῖν αὐτοῖς, εἰ 





Anabasis 





75 ἐβούλεσθε: ἀλλὰ μὰ Ala οὔτε τούτοις ἐπεκουρεῖτε οὔτε σὺν ἐμοὶ 
τὸν ἀτακτοῦντα ἐπαίετε. τοιγαροῦν ἐξουσίαν ἐποιήσατε τοῖς 22 
κακοῖς αὐτῶν ὑβρίζειν ἐῶντες αὐτούς. 

Οἶμαι γάρ, εἰ ἐθέλετε σκοπεῖν, τοὺς αὐτοὺς εὑρήσετε καὶ τότε 
κακίστους καὶ νῦν ὑβριστοτάτους. Βοΐσκος γοῦν ὁ πύκτης ὁ 23 

80 Θετταλὸς τότε μὲν διεμάχετο ὡς κάμνων ἀσπίδα μὴ φέρειν, νῦν 
δέ, ὡς ἀκούω, Κοτυωριτῶν πολλοὺς ἤδη ἀποδέδυκεν. ἣν οὖν 24 
σωφρονῆτε, τοῦτον τἀναντία ποιήσετε ἢ τοὺς κύνας ὙΥΨΊΟΥ, Υὐνν 
μὲν γὰρ κύνας τοὺς χαλεποὺς τὰς μὲν ἡμέρας διδέασι, τὰν δὲ 
νύκτας ἀφιᾶσι, τοῦτον δέ, ἣν σωφρονῆτε, τὴν νύκτα μὲν δήσετε, 

85 τὴν δὲ ἡμέραν ἀφήσετε. 

᾿Αλλὰ γάρ, ἔφη, θαυμάζω ὅτι εἰ μέν τινι ὑμῶν ἀπηχθόμην, 25 
μέμνησθε καὶ οὐ σιωπᾶτε, εἰ δέ τῳ ἢ χειμῶνα ἐπεκούρησα ἢ 
πολέμιον ἀπήρυξα ἢ ἀσθενοῦντι ἢ ἀποροῦντι συνεξεπύρισώ. Tl, 
τούτων δὲ οὐδεὶς μέμνηται, οὐδ᾽ εἴ τινα καλῶς τι ποιοῦντα ἐπή- 

90 νεσα οὐδ᾽ εἴ τινα ἄνδρα ὄντα ἀγαθὸν ἐτίμησα ὡς ἐδυνάμην, οὐδὲν 
τούτων μέμνησθε. ἀλλὰ μὴν καλόν τε καὶ δίκαιον καὶ ὅσιον 26 
καὶ ἥδιον τῶν ἀγαθῶν μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν κακῶν μεμνῆσθαι. 

Ἔκ τούτου μὲν δὴ ἀνίσταντο καὶ ἀνεμίμνῃσκον. καὶ περιε- 


Ὁ ld 
γένετο ὥστε καλῶς ἔχειν. 











ΒΟΟΚ ΥἹ 


I. "Ex τούτου δὲ ἐν τῇ διατριβῇ οἱ μὲν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγορᾶς 
ἔζων, οἱ δὲ καὶ λῃζόμενοι ἐκ τῆς Παφλαγονίας. ἐκλώπευον δὲ 
καὶ οἱ Παφλαγόνες εὖ μάλα τοὺς ἀποσκεδαννυμένους, καὶ τῆς 
νυκτὸς τοὺς πρόσω σκηνοῦντας ἐπειρῶντο κακουργεῖν" καὶ πολε- 
μικώτατα πρὸς ἀλλήλους εἶχον ἐκ τούτων. ὁ δὲ Κορύλας, ὃς 
ἐτύγχανε τότε Παφλαγονίας ἄρχων, πέμπει παρὰ τοὺς Ἕλληνας 
πρέσβεις ἔχοντας ἵππους καὶ στολὰς καλάς, λέγοντας ὅτι Κορύ- 
λας ἕτοιμος εἴη τοὺς "EXAnvas μήτε ἀδικεῖν μήτε ἀδικεῖσθας οἱ 
δὲ στρατηγοὶ ἀπεκρίναντο ὅτι περὶ μὲν τούτων σὺν τῇ 'στρατιᾷ 
βουλεύσοιντο, ἐπὶ ξένια δὲ ἐδέχοντο αὐτούς: παρεκάλεσαν δὲ 
καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀνδρῶν ods ἐδόκουν δικαιοτάτους εἶναι. 

Θύσαντες δὲ βοῦς τῶν αἰχμαλώτων καὶ ἄλλα ἰερεῖα εὐωχίαν 
μὲν ἀρκοῦσαν παρεῖχον, κατακείμενοι δὲ ἐν σκίμποσιν ἐδείπνουν, 
καὶ ἔπινον ἐκ κερατίνων ποτηρίων, οἷς ἐνετύγχανον ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ. 
ἐπεὶ δὲ σπονδαί τε ἐγένοντο καὶ ἐπαιάνισαν, ἀνέστησαν πρῶτον 
μὲν Θρᾷκες καὶ πρὸς αὐλὸν ὠρχήσαντο σὺν τοῖς ὅπλοις καὶ 
ἥλλοντο ὑψηλά τε καὶ κούφως καὶ ταῖς μαχαίραις ἐχρῶντο" 
τέλος δὲ ὁ ἕτερος τὸν ἕτερον παίει, ὡς πᾶσιν ἐδόκει". ὃ δ᾽ ἔπεσε 
τεχνικῶς πως. καὶ ἀνέκραγον οἱ Παφλαγόνες. καὶ ὃ μὲν σκυ- 
λεύσας τὰ ὅπλα τοῦ ἑτέρου ἐξήει ἄδων τὸν Σιτάλκαν: ἄλλοι δὲ 
τῶν Θρᾳκῶν τὸν ἕτερον ἐξέφερον ὡς τεθνηκότα" ἣν δὲ οὐδὲν 
πεπονθώς. μετὰ τοῦτο Αἰνιᾶνες καὶ Μάγνητες ἀνέστησαν, οἱ 
ὠρχοῦντο τὴν καρπαίαν καλουμένην ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις. ὁ δὲ τρόπος 
τῆς ὀρχήσεως ἦν, ὃ μὲν παραθέμενος τὰ ὅπλα σπείρει καὶ ζευγη- 
λατεῖ, πυκνὰ δὲ στρεφόμενος ὡς φοβούμενος, λῃστὴς δὲ προσέρ- 
χεται. ὃ δ᾽ ἐπειδὰν προΐδηται, ἀπαντᾷ ἁρπάσας τὰ ὅπλα καὶ 
μάχεται πρὸ τοῦ ζεύγους. καὶ οὗτοι ταῦτ᾽ ἐποίουν ἐν ῥυθμῷ 
πρὸς τὸν αὐλόν" καὶ τέλος ὁ λῃστὴς δήσας τὸν ἄνδρα καὶ τὸ 
ζεῦγος ἀπάγει" ἐνίοτε δὲ καὶ ὁ ξευγηλάτης τὸν λῃστήν" εἶτα 
παρὰ τοὺς βοῦς ζεύξας ὀπίσω τὼ χεῖρε δεδεμένον ἐλαύνει. μετὰ 30 
τοῦτο Μυσὸς εἰσῆλθεν ἐν ἑκατέρᾳ τῇ χειρὶ ἔχων πέλτην, καὶ 

279 








Anabasis 





τοτὲ μὲν ὡς δύο ἀντιταττομένων μιμούμενος ὠρχεῖτο, τοτὲ δὲ ὡς 
πρὸς ἕνα ἐχρῆτο ταῖς πέλταις, τοτὲ δ᾽ ἐδινεῖτο καὶ ἐξεκυβίστα 
ἔχων τὰς πέλτας, ὥστε ὄψιν καλὴν φαίνεσθαι. τέλος δὲ τὸ 
85 περσικὸν ὠρχεῖτο κρούων τὰς πέλτας καὶ ὥκλαζξε καὶ ἐξανί- 
στατο" καὶ ταῦτα πάντα ἐν ῥυθμῷ ἐποίει πρὸς τὸν αὐλόν. ἐπὶ 
δὲ τούτῳ οἱ Μαντινεῖς καὶ ἄλλοι τινὲς τῶν ᾿Αρκάδων ἀναστάντες 
ἐξοπλισάμενοι ὡς ἐδύναντο κάλλιστα ἦσάν τε ἐν ῥυθμῷ πρὸς 
τὸν ἐνόπλιον ῥυθμὸν αὐλούμενοι καὶ ἐπαιάνισαν καὶ ὠρχήσαντο 
40 ὥσπερ ἐν ταῖς πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς προσόδοις. ὁρῶντες δὲ οἱ Π|α- 
φλαγόνες δεινὰ ἐποιοῦντο πάσας τὰς ὀρχήσεις ἐν ὅπλοις εἶναι. 
ἐπὶ τούτοις ὁρῶν ὁ Μυσὸς ἐκπεπληγμένους αὐτούς, πείσας τῶν 
᾿Αρκάδων τινὰ πεπαμένον ὀρχηστρίδα εἰσάγει σκευάσας ὡς ἐδύ- 
νατο κάλλιστα καὶ ἀσπίδα δοὺς κούφην αὐτῇ. ἣ δὲ ὠρχήσατο 
45 πυρρίχην ἐλαφρῶς. ἐνταῦθα κρότος ἣν πολύς, καὶ οἱ ἸΠαφλα- 
γόνες ἤροντο εἰ καὶ γυναῖκες συνεμάχοντο αὐτοῖς. οἵ δ᾽ ἔλεγον 
ὅτι αὗται καὶ αἱ τρεψάμεναι εἶεν βασιλέα ἐκ τοῦ στρατοπέδου. 
τῇ μὲν νυκτὶ ταύτῃ τοῦτο τὸ τέλος ἐγένετο. 


al a ‘ ’ \ Ul " 
Τῇ δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ προσῆγον αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ στράτευμα καὶ 


ἔδοξε τοῖς στρατιώταις μήτε ἀδικεῖν Παφλαγόνας μήτε ἀδικεῖ- 
σθαι. μετὰ τοῦτο οἱ μὲν πρέσβεις ᾧχοντο" οἱ δὲ “Ἕλληνες, 
ἐπειδὴ πλοῖα ἱκανὰ ἐδόκει παρεῖναι, ἀναβάντες ἔπλεον ἡμέραν 
καὶ νύκτα πνεύματι καλῷ ἐν ἀριστερᾷ ἔχοντες τὴν Παφλαγονίαν. 
τῇ δ᾽ ἄλλῃ ἀφικνοῦνται εἰς Σινώπην καὶ ὡρμίσαντο εἰς ᾿Αρμή- 
νην τῆς Σινώπης. Σινωπεῖς δὲ οἰκοῦσι μὲν ἐν τῇ Παφλαγονικῇ, 
Μιλησίων δὲ ἄποικοί εἰσιν. οὗτοι δὲ ξένια πέμπουσι τοῖς 
“Ἕλλησιν ἀλφίτων μεδίμνους τρισχιλίους, οἴνου δὲ κεράμια 
χίλια καὶ πεντακόσια. 
Καὶ Χειρίσοφος ἐνταῦθα ἦλθε τριήρη ἔχων. καὶ οἱ μὲν 
, Lid , ἤ “ 4 4 
60 στρατιῶται προσεδόκων ἄγοντά τι σφίσιν ἥκειν: ὃ δ᾽ ἦγε μὲν 
οὐδέν, ἀπήγγελλε δὲ ὅτι ἐπαινοίη αὐτοὺς καὶ ᾿Αναξίβιος ὁ ναύαρ- 
yos καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι, καὶ ὅτι ὑπισχνεῖτο ᾿Αναξίβιος, εἰ ἀφίκοιντο 
ἔξω τοῦ Πόντου, μισθοφορὰν αὐτοῖς ἔσεσθαι. καὶ ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ 
“Αρμήνῃ ἔμειναν οἱ στρατιῶται ἡμέρας πέντε. 
‘Os δὲ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἐδόκουν ἐγγὺς γίγνεσθαι, ἤδη μᾶλλον ἢ 
πρόσθεν εἰσήει αὐτοὺς ὅπως ἂν καὶ ἔχοντές τι οἴκαδε ἀφίκωνται. 











Book VI, Chap. I 281 





18 ἡγήσαντο οὖν, εἰ Eva ἕλοιντο ἄρχοντα, μᾶλλον ἂν ἢ πολυαρχίας 


οὔσης δύνασθαι τὸν ἕνα χρῆσθαι τῷ στρατεύματι καὶ νυκτὸς καὶ 

ἡμέρας, καὶ εἴ τι δέοι λανθάνειν, μᾶλλον ἂν κρύπτεσθαι, καὶ εἴ 

τι αὖ δέοι φθάνειν, ἧττον ἂν ὑστερίζειν: οὐ γὰρ ἂν λόγων δεῖν 

πρὸς ἀλλήλους, ἀλλὰ τὸ δόξαν τῷ ἑνὶ περαίνεσθαι ἄν" τὸν δ᾽ 
“Ὁ 

ἔμπροσθεν χρόνον ἐκ τῆς νικώσης ἔπραττον πάντα οἱ στρατηγοί. 

ε A “ ἊΝ > ¥ > \ Ἃ — a] ‘ 

Ὡς δὲ ταῦτα διενοοῦντο, ἐτράποντο ἐπὶ τὸν Ἐξενοφῶντα" καὶ 
οἱ λοχαγοὶ ἔλεγον προσιόντες αὐτῷ ὅτι ἡ στρατιὰ οὕτω γυγνώ- 
σκει, καὶ εὔνοιαν ἐνδεικνύμενος ἕκαστος ἔπειθεν αὐτὸν ὑποστῆναι 

e “ Ὁ a“ 
τὴν ἀρχήν. ὁ δὲ Ἐξνοφῶν τῇ μὲν ἐβούλετο ταῦτα, νομίζων καὶ 
4 Ν / A ς σι / ‘ ‘ f \ > 
τὴν τιμὴν μείζω οὕτως ἑαυτῷ γίγνεσθαι πρὸς τοὺς φίλους Kal εἰς 
τὴν πόλιν τοὔνομα μεῖζον ἀφίξεσθαι αὑτοῦ, τυχὸν δὲ καὶ ἀγαθοῦ 
nN ΝΜ “ a , 4 A A nm 3 ἤ 
τινος ἂν αἴτιος τῇ στρατιᾷ γενέσθαι. τὰ μὲν δὴ τοιαῦτα ἐνθυμή- 
ματα ἐπῆρεν αὐτὸν ἐπιθυμεῖν αὐτοκράτορα γενέσθαι ἄρχοντα. 
ε ᾿ δ᾽ ων θ a Ψ 15 Ἂ + 2 a] , σ΄ τ Ἂ 
ὁπότε δ᾽ αὖ ἐνθυμοῖτο ὅτι ἄδηλον μὲν παντὶ ἀνθρώπῳ ὅπῃ τὸ 
μέλλον ἕξει, διὰ τοῦτο δὲ καὶ κίνδυνος εἴη καὶ τὴν προειργασ- 
/ ᾿ > »“" > an 
μένην δόξαν ἀποβαλεῖν, ἠπορεῖτο. 

Διαπορουμένῳ δὲ αὐτῷ διακρῖναι ἔδοξε κράτιστον εἶναι τοῖς 
θεοῖς ἀνακοινῶσαι" καὶ παραστησάμενος δύο ἱερεῖα ἐθύετο τῷ 
Avi τῷ βασιλεῖ, ὅσπερ αὐτῷ μαντευτὸς ἣν ἐκ Δελφῶν" καὶ τὸ 
bd \ > A ; “ “Ὁ Ν᾿. ἵΗ͂ ς ld 9 ν. 
ὄναρ δὴ ἀπὸ τούτου τοῦ θεοῦ ἐνόμιζεν ἑωρακέναι ὃ εἶδεν ὅτε 
ἤρχετο ἐπὶ τὸ συνεπιμελεῖσθαι τῆς στρατιᾶς καθίστασθαι. καὶ 
“ > b 4 e “-“ Ma , > A > id 
ὅτε ἐξ ᾿Εφέσου ὡρμᾶτο Κύρῳ συσταθησόμενος, αἰετὸν ἀνεμιμνή- 
σκετο ἑαυτῷ δεξιὸν φθεγγόμενον, καθήμενον μέντοι, ὅνπερ ὁ μάν- 
τις προπέμπων αὐτὸν ἔλεγεν ὅτι μέγας μὲν οἰωνὸς εἴη καὶ οὐκ 
’ 
ἰδιωτικός, καὶ ἔνδοξος, ἐπίπονος μέντοι: τὰ yap ὄρνεα μάλιστα 
» /, “~ ᾿ “ , 
ἐπιτίθεσθαι τῷ αἰετῷ καθημένῳ" οὐ μέντοι χρηματιστικὸν εἶναι 

Ἂ > , p." \ 3 mn" , a“ U A 
TOV οἰωνὸν" τὸν γὰρ αἰετὸν πετόμενον μᾶλλον λαμβάνειν τὰ 
> / Ὁ 4 ol > aA x A 
ἐπιτήδεια. οὕτω δὴ θυομένῳ αὐτῳ διαφανῶς ὁ θεὸς σημαίνει 
μήτε προσδεῖσθαι τῆς ἀρχῆς μήτε εἰ αἱροῖντο ἀποδέχεσθαι. 
“ \ \ ε > / 
τοῦτο μὲν δὴ οὕτως ἐγένετο. 
ε "Ὁ a 
H δὲ στρατιὰ συνῆλθε, καὶ πάντες ἔλεγον ἕνα αἱρεῖσθαι" 
4 ‘ a 
καὶ ἐπεὶ τοῦτο ἔδοξε, προὐβάλλοντο αὐτόν. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐδόκει 
δῆλον εἶναι ὅτι αἱρήσονται αὐτόν, εἴ τις ἐπιψηφίζοι, ἀνέστη καὶ 
ΝΜ al 
ἔλεξε τάδε. 


70 








Anabasis Book VI, Chap. IT 283 








Ἐγώ, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἥδομαι μὲν ὑπὸ ὑμῶν τιμώμενος, εἴπερ av- 26 " ὠνήσατε οὐχ ἑλόμενοι. ὡς καὶ νῦν Δέξιππος ἤδη διέβαλλεν 
θρωπός εἰμι, καὶ χάριν ἔχω καὶ εὔχομαι δοῦναί μοι τοὺς θεοὺς αὐτὸν πρὸς ᾿Αναξίβιον ὅ,τι ἐδύνατο καὶ μάλα ἐμοῦ αὐτὸν συγά- 
αἴτιόν τινος ὑμῖν ἀγαθοῦ γενέσθαι" τὸ μέντοι ἐμὲ προκριθῆναι ; Covtos. ὃ δ᾽ ἔφη νομίζειν αὐτὸν Τιμασίωνι μᾶλλον ἂν συνάρ- 

105 ὑπὸ ὑμῶν ἄρχοντα Λακεδαιμονίου ἀνδρὸς παρόντος οὔτε ὑμῖν χειν ἐθελῆσαι Δαρδανεῖ ὄντι τοῦ Κλεάρχου στρατεύματος ἢ 140 
μοι δοκεῖ συμφέρον εἶναι, ἀλλ᾽ ἧττον ἂν διὰ τοῦτο τυγχάνειν, | 33 ἑαυτῷ Λάκωνι ὄντι. ἐπεὶ μέντοι ἐμὲ εἵλεσθε, ἔφη, καὶ ἐγὼ 
εἴ τι δέοισθε παρ᾽ αὐτῶν" ἐμοί τε αὖ οὐ πάνυ τι νομίζω ἀσφαλὲς πειράσομαι ὅ,τι ἂν δύνωμαι ὑμᾶς ἀγαθὸν ποιεῖν. καὶ ὑμεῖς 
εἶναι τοῦτο. ὁρῶ γὰρ ὅτι καὶ τῇ πατρίδι μου οὐ πρόσθεν ἐπαύ- 27 οὕτω παρασκευάξεσθε ὡς αὔριον, ἐὰν πλοῦς ἦ, ἀναξόμενοι- ὁ δὲ 
σαντο πολεμοῦντες πρὶν ἐποίησαν πᾶσαν τὴν πόλιν ὁμολογεῖν πλοῦς ἔσται εἰς Ἡράκλειαν: ἅπαντας οὖν δεῖ ἐκεῖσε πειρᾶσθαι 

110 Λακεδαιμονίους καὶ αὐτῶν ἡγεμόνας εἶναι. ἐπεὶ δὲ τοῦτο 28 κατασχεῖν" τὰ δ᾽ ἄλλα, ἐπειδὰν ἐκεῖσε ἔλθωμεν, βουλευσόμεθα. 145 
ὡμολόγησαν, εὐθὺς ἐπαύσαντο πολεμοῦντες καὶ οὐκέτι πέρα 1 II. Ἐντεῦθεν τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἀναγόμενοι πνεύματι ἔπλεον 
ἐπολιόρκησαν τὴν πόλιν. εἰ οὖν ταῦτα ὁρῶν ἐγὼ δοκοίην ὅπου καλῷ ἡμέρας δύο παρὰ γῆν. καὶ παραπλέοντες [ἐθεώρουν τήν 
δυναίμην ἐνταῦθ᾽ ἄκυρον ποιεῖν τὸ ἐκείνων ἀξίωμα, ἐκεῖνο ἐννοῶ . τε Ἰασονίαν ἀκτήν, ἔνθα ἡ ᾿Αργὼ λέγεται ὁρμίσασθαι, καὶ τῶν 
μὴ λίαν ἂν ταχὺ σωφρονισθείην. ὃ δὲ ὑμεῖς ἐννοεῖτε ὅτι ἧττον 29 ποταμῶν τὰ στόματα, πρῶτον μέν τοῦ Θερμώδοντος, ἔπειτα δὲ 

118 ἂν στάσις εἴη ἑνὸς ἄρχοντος ἢ πολλῶν, εὖ ἴστε ὅτι ἄλλον μὲν τοῦ Ἴριος, ἔπειτα δὲ τοῦ “Advos, μετὰ τοῦτο τοῦ ΠΙαρθεγίου- 5 

ἑλόμενοι οὐχ εὑρήσετε ἐμὲ στασιάζοντα" νομίζω γὰρ ὅστις ἐν | τοῦτον δὲ παραπλεύσαντες | ἀφίκοντο eis Ἡράκλειαν πόλιν Ἕλ- 
πολέμῳ dv στασιάζει πρὸς ἄρχοντα, τοῦτον πρὸς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ | Anvida Μεγαρέων ἄποικον, οὖσαν δ᾽ ἐν τῇ Μαριανδυνῶν χώρᾳ. 
σωτηρίαν στασιάζειν: ἐὰν δὲ ἐμὲ ἕλησθε, οὐκ ἂν θαυμάσαιμι εἴ 2 καὶ ὡρμίσαντο παρὰ τῇ ᾿Αχερουσιάδι Χερρονήσῳ, ἔνθα λέγεται 
τινα εὕροιτε καὶ ὑμῖν καὶ ἐμοὶ ἀχθόμενον. | ὁ Ἡρακλῆς ἐπὶ τὸν Κέρβερον κύνα καταβῆγαι ἡ νῦν τὰ σημεῖα 
*Exrel ταῦτα εἶπε, πολὺ πλείονες ἀνίσταντο λέγοντες ὡς δέοι 30 δεικνύασι τῆς καταβάσεως τὸ βάθος πλέον ἢ ἐπὶ δύο στάδια. τὸ 
αὐτὸν ἄρχειν. ᾿Αγασίας δὲ Στυμφάλιος εἶπεν ὅτι γελοῖον εἴη, 8 ἐνταῦθα τοῖς “Ἕλλησιν οἱ ἉΗρακλεῶται ξένια πέμπουσιν ἀλφί- 

εἰ οὕτως ἔχοι: ἢ ὀργιοῦνται Λακεδαιμόνιοι καὶ ἐὰν σύνδειπνοι Tov μεδίμνους τρισχιλίους καὶ οἴνου κεράμια δισχίλια καὶ βοῦς 

συνελθόντες μὴ Λακεδαιμόνιον συμποσίαρχον αἱρῶνται; ἐπεὶ εἰ εἴκοσι καὶ οἷς ἑκατόν. ἐνταῦθα διά τοῦ πεδίου ῥεῖ ποταμὸς 
οὕτω γε τοῦτο ἔχει, ἔφη, οὐδὲ λοχαγεῖν ἡμῖν ἔξεστιν, ὡς ἔοικεν, | Λύκος ὄνομα, edpos ws δύο πλέθρων. 

ἐνταῦθα δὴ ὡς εὖ εἰπόντος τοῦ ᾿Αγασίου 4 Οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται συλλεγέντες ἐβουλεύοντο τὴν λοιπὴν πο- 15 

ρείαν πότερον κατὰ γῆν ἢ κατὰ θάλατταν χρὴ πορευθῆναι ἐκ 


120 


125 ὅτι ᾿Αρκάδες ἐσμέν. 


ἀνεθορύβησαν. 
hh 4 > \ ᾿ 
Καὶ ὁ Ἐενοφῶν ἐπεὶ ἑώρα πλείονος ἐνδέον, παρελθὼν εἶπεν" 31 Ι τοῦ IIdvrov. ἀναστὰς δὲ Λύκων ᾿Αχαιὸς εἶπε: Θαυμάζω μέν, 


᾿Αλλ᾽, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἔφη, ὡς πάνυ εἰδῆτε, ὀμνύω ὑμῖν θεοὺς πάντας ὦ ἄνδρες, τῶν στρατηγῶν ὅτι οὐ πειρῶνται ἡμῖν ἐκπορίζειν 
καὶ πάσας, ἣ μὴν ἐγώ, ἐπεὶ τὴν ὑμετέραν γνώμην ἠσθανόμην, | σιτηρέσιον: τὰ μὲν yap ξένια οὐ μὴ γένηται τῇ στρατιᾷ τριῶν 
130 ἐθυόμην εἰ βέλτιον εἴη ὑμῖν τε ἐμοὶ ἐπιτρέψαι ταύτην τὴν ἀρχὴν ἡμερῶν σιτία: ὁπόθεν δ᾽ ἐπισιτισάμενοι πορευσόμεθα οὐκ ἔστιν, 20 
καὶ ἐμοὶ ὑποστῆναι" καί μοι οἱ θεοὶ οὕτως ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς ἐσή- ἔφη. ἐμοὶ οὖν δοκεῖ αἰτεῖν τοὺς Ἡ ρακλεώτας μὴ ἔλαττον ἢ 
μηναν ὥστε καὶ ἰδιώτην ἂν γνῶναι ὅτι τῆς μοναρχίας ἀπέχεσθαί aM τρισχιλίους κυξικηνούς: ἄλλος δ᾽ εἶπε μὴ ἔλαττον ἢ μυρίους" 
καὶ ἑλομένους πρέσβεις αὐτίκα μάλα ἡμῶν καθημένων πέμπειν 





με δεῖ. nee 
a , Ξ 
Οὕτω δὴ Χειρίσοφον αἱροῦνται. Χειρίσοφος δ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἡρέθη, 32 πρὸς τὴν πόλιν, καὶ εἰδέναι ὅ,τι ἂν ἀπαγγέλλωσι, καὶ πρὸς 


“ bat 4- » LA > lal > ee 
135 παρελθὼν εἶπεν: ᾿Αλλ᾽, ὦ ἄνδρες, τοῦτο μὲν ἔστε ὅτι οὐδ᾽ ἂν 6 aie βουλεύεσθαι. ἐντεῦθεν προὐβάλλοντο πρέσβεις πρῶτον 28 
"» yw [4 “ » “ » = 
ἔγωγε ἐστασίαζον, εἰ ἄλλον εἵλεσθε: Ἐξενοφῶντα μέντοι, ἔφη, μὲν Χειρίσοφον, ὅτι ἄρχων ἥρητο" ἔστι δ᾽ of καὶ Ἐξενοφῶντα. 








pro Book VI, Chap. III 985 








of δὲ ἰσχυρῶς ἀπεμάχοντο" ἀμφοῖν γὰρ ταὐτὰ ἐδόκει μὴ ἄναγ- ἐκ ϑδο λό στρώτευμα, ἐπιτρέπει αὐτῶ wore ὅ,τι βούλεναι. 
κάζειν πόλιν Ἑλληνίδα καὶ φιλίαν ὅ,τε μὴ αὐτοὶ ἐθέλοντες 15 Ἐενοφῶν € ot μὲν exec ἄπαλλαγος τῆς στρατιᾶς ἐκ- 
διδοῖεν. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ οὗτοι ἐδόκουν ἀπρόθυμοι εἶναι, πέμπουσι Av- 7 ΓΝ αι" θυομένῳ θὲ αὐτῷ τ ‘ryan Ἡρακλεῖ καὶ κοδϑνμῶν, 
30 κωνα ᾿Αχαιὸν καὶ Καλλίμαχον Παρράσιον καὶ ᾿Αγασίαν Στυμ- πότερα λῶον καὶ ἄμεινον εἴη φιρογέθδοθα, ἔχοντι τους Sug τος 
φάλιον. οὗτοι ἐλθόντες ἔλεγον τὰ δεδογμένα" τὸν δὲ Λύκωνα μεθα τας τῶν ΦΥΡΟΤΈΜΤΟΙ 7) ibeesiarticec ἐσήμηνεν ὁ one 
ἔφασαν καὶ ἐπαπειλεῖν, εἰ μὴ ποιήσοιεν ταῦτα. ἀκούσαντες δ᾽ 8 16 i ray τ υσ Bete Oat. ie γίγνεται τὸ is tae! τρίχα, 
οἱ Ἡρακλεῶται βουλεύσεσθαι ἔφασαν" καὶ εὐθὺς τά ἐπ χρήματα 8 ise ae rig πε ἢ a nana 
ἐς τῶν ἀγρῶν συνῆγον καὶ τὴν ἀγορὰν εἴσω ἀνεσκεύασαν, καὶ πάντες, Δειρισόφῳ δ᾽ ὁπλῖται μὲν εἰς τετρακοσίους καὶ χιλίους, 





‘ > e / ς Ul a — a 
35 αἱ πύλαι ἐκέκλειντο καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν τειχῶν ὅπλα ἐφαίνετο. scion δὲ a iia ik stg cians Θρᾷκες, εοϑόνντε 70 
Ἔκ τούτου οἱ ταράξαντες ταῦτα τοὺς στρατηγοὺς ἠτιῶντο 9 δὲ ὁπλῖται μὲν εἰς ἑπτακοσίους καὶ χιλίους, πελτασταὶ δὲ εἰς 
c Ἃ ‘ 
Siablclpes τὴν aiphfe- ual ovelerarre of "A ρκάδες καὶ οἱ τριακοσίους. ἱππικὸν δὲ μόνος οὗτος εἶχεν, ἀμφὶ τετταράκοντα 
t ς , 
ὯΝ , ς : ἱππέας. 
᾿Αχαιοί: προειστήκει δὲ μάλιστα αὐτῶν Καλλίμαχός τε ὁ aged ae as δες ὃ ͵ . oe 
ράσιος καὶ Λύκων ὁ ᾿Αχαιός. of δὲ λόγοι ἦσαν αὐτοῖς ὡς 10 17 αὐ οἱ μὲν ᾿Αρκάδες διαπραξάμενοι πλοῖα παρὰ τῶν ‘Hpak- 
§ , a a , “ > b , aA 
40 αἰσχρὸν εἴη ἄρχειν ᾿Αθηναῖον Πελοποννησίων καὶ Λακεδαιμό- λεντῶν πρῶτο ηὐπηήμμέμαι ὅπως ἐξούνης iiss. 5 TOUS 75 
x δεμίαν δύναμιν παρεχομένους εἰς τὴν στρατιάν καὶ τοὺς Βιθυνοῖς λάβοιεν ὅτι πλεῖστα" καὶ ἀποβαίνουσιν εἰς Κάλπης 
ον ἐμίαν ουναμι a 
sialic itl ἢ il Sn ἄλλο ν walinn rhe 18 λιμένα κατὰ μέσον πως τῆς Θράκης. Χειρίσοφος δ᾽ εὐθὺς ἀπὸ 
μὲν πόνους σφᾶς ἔχειν, τὰ δὲ κέρδη ἄλλους, κα y js πόλεως τῶν Ἡρακλεωτῶν ἀρξάμενος πεξῇ ἐπορεύετο διὰ τῆ 
σωτηρίαν σφῶν κατειργασμένων" εἶναι γὰρ τοὺς κατειργασμέ- τὴ πὸ “Ἣν aie “τῶν ἀρξάμενος πεζῇ pi cartes wa τῆς 
: | cat ee a , "δὲν χώρας" ἐπεὶ δὲ εἰς τὴν Θράκην ἐνέβαλε, παρὰ τὴν θάλατταν 
ae ᾿Αρκάδας καὶ ᾿Αχαιούς, τὸ δ᾽ ἄλλο στράτευμα οὐδὲ ‘ Algae linens sii ’ sot 
45 εἶναι --- καὶ ἣν δὲ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ ὑπὲρ ἥμισυ τοῦ στρατεύματος 19 ΠΕ ms yap ἠσθένει. Ξενοφῶν δὲ neni saoreesh ἀποβαίνει 80 
sii Η ‘ a , nm , 
"Apeddes καὶ "Ayarol— οἱ οὖν σωϑρονοῖεν, αὐτοὶ συστάντες 11 ἐπὶ Ta ὅρια τῆς Θράκης καὶ τῆς ΗἩρακλεώτιδος καὶ διὰ μεσογείας 
> tA 
᾿ f ἐπορεύετο. 
καὶ στρατηγοὺς ἑλόμενοι ἑαυτῶν καθ᾽ ἑαυτοὺς ἂν τὴν πορείαν P i “ἢ : i sii aL ' 
eet eens ’ br’ ἔδοξε" καὶ 12 ΠῚ. [Ὃν μὲν οὖν τρόπον ἥ τε Χειρισόφου ἀρχὴ τοῦ παντὸς 
ποιοῖντο καὶ πειρῷντο ἀγαθόν τι λαμβάνειν. ταῦτ᾽ ε » ἐῶν ye ; τολί δ : 5 
a ‘ 
ἀπολιπόντος Xeiploohov ef rwes ἦναν παρ᾽ αὐτῷ ᾿Αρκάδες ἢ | ΤΟΥΣ 0 Ka hes λλήνων TO στράτευμα ἐσχίσθη ἐν τοῖς 
Β ᾿ ἣν cular | ἐπάνω εἴρηται. 
ods αἱροῦνται 
ὁ ᾿Αχαμὲ cal πανφαστα Currey or: we ΤΣ ne i , 2 Ἔπραξαν δ᾽ αὐτῶν ἕκαστοι τάδε. οἱ μὲν ᾿Αρκάδες ὡς ἀπέ 
ἑαυτῶν δέκα- τούτους δὲ ἐψηφίσαντο ἐκ τῆς νικώσης ὅ,τι δοκοίη iia hae Me τῦθε, ψεμὲν Αμκα ot ἀξ σέ 
ποῦνο woudv. ἃ μὲν οὖν τοῦ πιυνὸς ἀρχὴ Xepioddy ἐνταῦθα βησαν sisi εἰς ΔΆ ΤῊΝ λιμένα, πορεύονται εἰς τὰς πρώτας 
πα ἢ hat Se er μὴ f κώμας, στάδια ἀπὸ θαλάττης ὡς τριάκοντα. ἐπεὶ δὲ φῶς 
κατελύθη ἡμέρᾳ ἕκτῃ ἢ eB δόμ ἢ ἀφ mS DP ἔθη. " ἰ a 4 Ψ © \ x ¢ « ἢ os ae 
ἘΞενοφῶν μέντοι ἐβούλετο κοινῇ μετὰ τῶν μεινάντων τὴν 13 ἐγένετο, γεν ἕκαστος ὁ στρατηγὸς τὸν αὑτοῦ λόχον ἐπὶ κώμην" 
[ OF Ι εξ ff i φῶ ἡ . UA 4 9 e 
55 πορείαν ποιεῖσθαι, νομίζων οὕτως ἀσφαλεστέραν εἷναι ἢ ἰδίᾳ οποία de pater ἐδόκει ΠΥΡῚ vee Aexous ἤγον οἱ στρατηγοί. 
p ae > Θ᾽ αὐτὸν 8 συνεβάλλοντο δὲ καὶ λόφον εἰς ὃν δέοι πάντας ἁλίζεσθαι- καὶ 
ἕκαστον στέλλεσθαι" ἀλλὰ Νέων ἔπειθεν αὐτὸν καθ΄ αὖτ ἐγ τ sey ͵ ; gee hes: 
πορεύεσθαι, ἀκούσας τοῦ Χειρισόφου ὅτι Κλέανδρος ὁ ἐν Βυξαν- μοῦ ἐξαίφνης ἐπιπεσ ΗΝ ἀνόρεποδα τε ῬΈΝΛΟ, ἔλαβον δὲ 
/ 
τόν dpuooris daly ὗν δι afew εἰς Κάλπης λιμένα" 4 AeA πολλὰ sf seria cath of δὲ ΒΡ" Pio οἱ 
ὅπως οὖν μηδεὶς μετάσχοι, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτοὶ καὶ οἱ αὐτῶν στρατιῶ- 14 Ff ιαφεύγοντες" πολλοὶ δὲ διέφευγον πελτασταὶ ὄντες ὁπλίτας 
b > A A “~ > \ 4 nA \ 
ὦ rat demdeboeav eri τῶν Tpiipwr, διὰ Taira συνεβυύχευς, καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν των χειρῶν. ἵν δ: συνενάγησαν, el ect βὲν τῷ 
Χαρίσοφος, ἅμα μὲν ἀθυμῶν τοῦς γογενημ vos, ἅμα δὲ μισῶν Σμίκρητος λόχῳ ἑνὸς τῶν ᾿Αρκάδων στρατηγῶν ἀπιόντι ἤδη εἰς 














Anabasis 





15 TO συγκείμενον Kal πολλὰ χρήματα ᾿ὄγοντι νσται καὶ δ 
τέως μὲν ἐμάχοντο ἅμα πορευόμενοι οἱ Ἕλληνες, sigh δὲ διαβάσει 
χαράδρας τρέπονται αὐτούς, καὶ αὐτόν τε τὸν Φμίερητα sare 
τιννύασι καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους πάντας" ἄλλου Ὁ λόχου st cae 
στρατηγῶν τοῦ ‘Hynodvdpov ὀκτὼ μόνους ἔλιπον: καὶ αὐτὸς 

20 Ἡ γήσανδρος ἐσώθη. ' ' 

Καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι δὲ λόχοι συνῆλθον οἱ μὲν σὺν πράγμασιν θὲ 9 
δὲ ἄνευ πραγμάτων: οἱ δὲ Θρᾷκες ἐπεὶ υὐνύχησαν τοῦτο τὸ 
εὐτύχημα, συνεβόων τε ἀλλήλους καὶ συν γαντο ἐρρωμένως 
τῆς νυκτός. καὶ ἅμα ἡμέρᾳ κύκλῳ περὶ τὸν λόφον ite οἱ 

25 Ἕλληνες ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο ἐτάττοντο καὶ ὑπ οῖς πολλοὶ καὶ 
πελτασταί, καὶ ἀεὶ πλέονες συνέρρεον: καὶ προσέβαλλον ape 7 
τοὺς ὁπλίτας ἀσφαλῶς: of μὲν yap Ἕλληνες οὔτε τοξύτην 
εἶχον οὔτε ἀκοντιστὴν οὔτε ἱππέα" οἱ δὲ προσθέοντες καὶ 

j ἠκόντιζον: ὁπότε δὲ αὐτοῖς ἐπίοιεν, ῥᾳδίως 
προσελαύνοντες NKOVTLC ; cdl 

30 ἀπέφευγον: ἄλλοι δὲ ἄλλῃ ἐπετίθεντο. 56ὲ τῶν μὲν πϑῖλοι 8 
ἐτιτρώσκοντο, τῶν δὲ οὐδείς" ὥστε κινηθῆναι οὐκ ϑύνναντο ἐξ 
τοῦ χωρίου, ἀλλὰ τελευτῶντες καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕόυτοῦ ΦΡῊῸ αὐτοῦν 
οἱ Θρᾷκες. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀπορία πολλὴ ἦν, διελέγοντο τῷ: σπονδῶν. 9 

προ ς 
καὶ τὰ μὲν ἄλλα ὡμολόγητο αὑτοῖς, ὁμήρουν δὲ οὐκ ἐδίδοψαν οἱ 

35 Θρᾷκες αἰτούντων τῶν “Ἑλλήνων, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τούτῳ ἴσχετο. τὰ 
μὲν δὴ τῶν ᾿Αρκάδων οὕτως εἶχε. “μι | 

Χειρίσοφος δὲ ἀσφαλῶς πορευόμενος παρὰ θάλατταν ἀφικ- 10 
νεῖται εἰς Κάλπης λιμένα. ' ae 

Elevodarrs δὲ διὰ τῆς μεσογείας πορευομένῳ οἱ ERNE προ: 

40 καταθέοντες ἐντυγχάνουσι πρεσβύταις wropenn pavers ποι. καὶ 
ἐπεὶ ἤχθησαν παρὰ Ἐξενοφῶντα, ἐρωτᾷ αὐτοὺς εἴ που ἔσόηνται 
ἄλλου στρατεύματος ὄντος ᾿Εἰὐλληνικοῦ. οἱ δὲ ἔλεγον mera: τὸ 11 
γεγενημένα, καὶ νῦν ὅτι πολιορκοῦνται ἐπὶ λόφου, Ὁ δὲ Θρᾷκες 
πάντες περικεκυκλωμένοι εἶεν αὐτούς. ἐνταῦθα Ἦ μὲν cape 

45 πους τούτους ἐφύλαττεν ἰσχυρῶς, ὅπως ἡγεμόνες εἶεν ὅποι δέοι" 
σκοποὺς δέ καταστήσας συνέλεξε τούς στρατιώτας καὶ ἔλεξεν" 
ἤΑνδρες στρατιῶται, τῶν ᾿Αρκάδων οἱ μὲν be mae! οὐ δὲ λοιποὶ 12 

ἐπὶ λόφου τινὸς πολιορκοῦνται. νομίζω ὃ ἔγωγε, εἰ ἐκεῖνοι ἀπο- 
λοῦνται, οὐδ᾽ ἡμῖν εἶναι οὐδεμίαν σωτηρίαν, οὕτω μὲν πολλῶν 








Book VI, Chap. III 287 





13 ὄντων τῶν πολεμίων, οὕτω δὲ τεθαρρηκότων. κράτιστον οὖν ἡμῖν δ0 
ὡς τάχιστα βοηθεῖν τοῖς ἀνδράσιν, ὅπως εἰ ἔτι εἰσὶ σῶοι, σὺν 
ἐκείνοις μαχώμεθα καὶ μὴ μόνοι λειφθέντες μόνοι καὶ κινδυ- 

16 νεύωμεν. ἡμεῖς γὰρ ἀποδραίημεν ἂν οὐδαμοῖ ἐνθένδε- πολλὴ 

14 

mY μὲν γάρ, ἔφη, εἰς Ἡράκλειαν πάλιν ἀπιέναι, πολλὴ δὲ εἰς 
Χρυσόπολιν διελθεῖν: οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι πλησίον" εἰς Κάλπης δὲ 55 
λιμένα, ἔνθα Χειρίσοφον εἰκάζομεν εἶναι, εἰ σέσωται, ἐλαχίστη 
ὁδός. ἀλλὰ δὴ ἐκεῖ μὲν οὔτε πλοῖά ἐστιν οἷς ἀποπλευσούμεθα, 

, ἣ » “Ὁ »ῶιν ω ς / » A > 4 “Ὁ ‘ 

17 μένουσι δὲ αὐτοῦ οὐδὲ μιᾶς ἡμέρας ἔστι τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. τῶν δὲ 

5) ἡ > , \ ba} / , , , 
πολιορκουμένων ἀπολομένων σὺν τοῖς Χειρισόφου μόνοις κάκιόν 
> ’ a 4 / > > ὦ > , 
ἐστι διακινδυνεύειν ἢ τῶνδε σωθέντων πάντας εἰς ταὐτὸν ἐλθόν- 60 
τας κοινῇ τῆς σωτηρίας ἔχεσθαι. ἀλλὰ χρὴ παρασκευασα- 
μένους τὴν γνώμην πορεύεσθαι ὡς νῦν ἣ εὐκλεῶς τελευτῆσαι 
ἔστιν ἢ κάλλιστον ἔργον ἐργάσασθαι “Ἕλληνας τοσούτους σώ- 

© \ ‘ 

18 σαντας. καὶ ὁ θεὸς ἴσως ἄγει οὕτως, ὃς τοὺς μεγαληγορήσαντας 

16) a a A 

“ ὡς πλέον φρονοῦντας ταπεινῶσαι βούλεται, ἡμᾶς δὲ τοὺς ἀπὸ 65 
τῶν θεῶν ἀρχομένους ἐντιμοτέρους ἐκείνων καταστῆσαι. ἀλλ᾽ 
id Ἃ ἤ \ “ . A \ , 
ἕπεσθαι χρὴ καὶ προσέχειν TOV νουν, ὡς ἂν τὸ παραγγελλόμενον 

14 δύνησθε ποιεῖν. νῦν μὲν οὖν στρατοπεδευσώμεθα προελθόντες 

(17) “~ lal 
ὅσον ἂν δοκῇ καιρὸς εἶναι εἰς τὸ δειπνοποιεῖσθαι- ἕως δ᾽ ἂν 
πορευώμεθα, Τιμασίων ἔχων τοὺς ἱππεῖς προελαυνέτω ἐφορῶν τὸ 
e a \ ἤ δ .,μη “ἡ \ e a U 
ἡμᾶς καὶ σκοπείτω τὰ ἔμπροσθεν, ὡς μηδὲν ἡμᾶς λάθῃ. 

15 Ταῦτ᾽ εἰπὼν ἡγεῖτο. παρέπεμψε δὲ καὶ τῶν γυμνήτων 

(18) » , γῳ» ἢ ? ν᾿ ‘ > ae Ψ ν 

ἀνθρώπους εὐζώνους εἰς τὰ πλάγια καὶ εἰς τὰ ἄκρα, ὅπως εἴ 
πού τί ποθεν καθορῷεν, σημαίνοιεν: ἐκέλευε δὲ καίειν ἅπαντα 

e - 

19 ὅτῳ ἐντυγχάνοιεν καυσίμῳ. οἱ δὲ ἱππεῖς σπειρόμενοι ἐφ᾽ ὅσον 75 
καλῶς εἶχεν ἔκαιον, καὶ οἱ πελτασταὶ ἐπιπαριόντες κατὰ τὰ 
ἄκρα ἔκαιον πάντα ὅσα καύσιμα ἑώρων, καὶ ἡ στρατιὰ δέ, εἴ τινι 
παραλειπομένῳ ἐντυγχάνοιεν: ὥστε πᾶσα ἡ χώρα αἴθεσθαι 

20 ἐδόκει καὶ τὸ στράτευμα πολὺ εἶναι. ἐπεὶ δὲ ὥρα ἦν, κατεστρα- 
τοπεδεύσαντο ἐπὶ λόφον ἐκβάντες, καὶ τά τε τῶν πολεμίων 

, » 
πυρὰ ἑώρων, ἀπεῖχον δὲ ὡς τετταράκοντα σταδίους, καὶ αὐτοὶ ὡς 
δύ lal \ 4 > δὲ 2S [4 , 

21 €OuvavTo πλεῖστα πυρὰ ἔκαιον. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐδείπνησαν τάχιστα, 

παρηγγέλθη τὰ πυρὰ κατασβεννύναι πάντα. καὶ τὴν μὲν νύκτα 
\ Ul b] 10 5 Ψ δὲ ll Φ lj 
φυλακὰς ποιησάμενοι ἐκάθευδον" ἅμα δὲ Τῇ ἡμέρα προσευξάμενοι 





Anabasis Book VI, Chap. IV 289 








85 τοῖς θεοῖς, συνταξάμενοι ὡς εἰς μάχην ἐπορεύοντο 7 ἐυυγα στο ρωθεν τμμμινοι ἐξ Ἡρακλείας καὶ avr, ἔστι δ᾽ ἐν τῇ 
τάχιστα. Τιμασίων δὲ καὶ οἱ ἱππεῖς ὕχοντε τοὺς EAT 22 | θολόν TH ἴῃ diboesaniied χωρίον, τὸ μϑ “ τὴν ἐύλεσταν κυνῆνον 
προελαύνοντες ἐλάνθανον αὑτοὺς ἐπὶ i at | νὰ Ξ i ria ἘΠῊΝ wie ἐμ ι shi si Mic ri ov Pets amore 
ἐπολιορκοῦντο οἱ “EAAnves. καὶ οὐχ ὁρῶσιν οὔτε φίλιον i ῬΎΜΙδν, ὁ δὲ a weak γῆν δόμον τοῦ. χωρίου μόδα 
τευμα οὔτε πολέμιον ---καὶ ταῦτα ἀπαγγέλλουσι ἘΡῈ sige τεττάρων sab ned ἮΝ “090. τὸ ὃ si τῆι αὐχόρας: χρδιν 15 

90 Ξενοφῶντα καὶ τὸ στράτευμα---γράδια δὲ καὶ τ θΣ ἊΝ 4 ἐκανὸν sya ἀνθρώποι; δεκῆσαι. λεμὴν δ leis Je. sbi: 
πρόβατα ὀλίγα καὶ βοῦς καταλελειμμένους. καὶ it ὡὐὐμ ες am ape ΡΟΝ ΣΝ th Sieg be sige bids τῶν 
τον θαῦμα ἣν τί εἴη τὸ γεγενημένον, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ dete -secuabed αὐ tones specced αὐτῇ τῇ Oaxarry ὑνὺ clarinets es 

λειμμένων ἐπυνθάνοντο ὅτι οἱ μὲν Θρᾷκες ad’ ἑσπέρας iu a . ΧΦΡίον. alee δὲ πολλὰ μὲν καὶ ἄλλα, es δὲ ΝΑ καὶ 

ἀπιόντες, καὶ τοὺς Ἕλληνας 8 ἔφασαν οἴχεσθαι" ὅποι δέ, οὐκ 5 καλὰ μου πηγήδεμα ἐπ᾽ αὐτῇ τῇ ηρροδα τὸ δὲ ὄρος εἰς pare. <0 
sig ak haa eT yaar μὲν ἀνήκει ὅσον ἐπὶ εἴκοσι σταδίους, καὶ τοῦτο γεῶδες καὶ 
Ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες οἱ ἀμφὶ ἘΞενοφῶντα, ἐπεὶ npio si da tia ἄλιθον: τὸ δὲ παρὰ θάλατταν πλέον ἢ ἐπὶ εἴκοσι σταδίους δασὺ 
συσκευσάμενοι ἐπορεύοντο, βουλόμενοι ὡς τάχιστα ouppeiges 6 πολλοῖς Kal παντοδαποῖς καὶ μεγάλοις ξύλοις. ἡ δὲ ἄλλη 
τοῖς ἄλλοις εἰς Κάλπης λιμένα. καὶ πορευύμενοι Caper, we 
στίβον τῶν ᾿Αρκάδων και ᾿Αχαιῶν κατὰ τὴν ii Κάλπης ὁδόν. 

100 ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀφίκοντο εἰς τὸ αὐτό, ἄσμενοί τε εἶδον ἀλλήλο καὶ 
ἠσπάζοντο ὥσπερ ἀδελφούς. καὶ ἐπυνθάνοντο οἱ ᾿Αρκάδες τῶν 25 


χώρα καλὴ καὶ πολλή, καὶ κῶμαι ἐν αὐτῇ εἰσι πολλαὶ καὶ 
οἰκούμεναι" φέρει γὰρ ἡ γῆ καὶ κριθὰς καὶ πυροὺς καὶ ὄσπρια 328 
πάντα καὶ μελίνας καὶ σήσαμα καὶ σῦκα ἀρκοῦντα καὶ ἀμπέλους 
πολλὰς καὶ ἡδυοίνους καὶ τἄλλα πάντα πλὴν ἐλαῶν. 

περὶ Ἐξενοφῶντα τί τὰ πυρὰ κατασβέσειαν: ἡμεῖς μὲν γάρ, 7. Ἡ μὲν χῶρα ἦν τοιαύτη. ἐσκήνουν δ᾽ ἐν τῷ αἰγιαλῷ πρὸς 





a ὰ ὲ 5 ᾿ i ὑκέθ᾽ n 4 . en \ , x ῃ > 3 ΄ 
ἔφασαν, φόμεθα ὑμᾶς τὸ μὲν πρῶτον, ἐπειδὴ τὰ πρὸ ΝΑ τῇ θαλάττῃ" εἰς δὲ τόπον πόλισμα ἂν γενόμενον οὐκ ἐβούλοντο 
‘ ΄, > sA0 ᾿ Σ a 
ἑωρῶμεν, τῆς νυκτὸς ἥξειν ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους" καὶ οἱ πολέμιοι otnarondicierbin: ἀλλὰ ἀῶ ὦ sh ues ene poset 
j “ > A ‘ Ν \ 
105 δέ, ὥς γ᾽ ἡμῖν ἐδόκουν, τοῦτο δείσαντες ἀπῆλθον σχεδὸν γὰρ ἐπ 


στρατιωτῶν οἱ πλεῖστοι ἦσαν οὐ σπάνει βίου ἐκπεπλευκότες ἐπὶ 
χρῶνι Seats gone SH ene ὐδη τῳ — boBn- ταύτην τὴν μισθοφοράν, ἀλλὰ τὴν Κύρου ἀρετὴν ἀκούοντες, of 
θέντας οἴχεσθαι ἀποδράντας ἐπὶ θάλατταν" καὶ can ἡμῖν μὴ 
ἀπολείπεσθαι ὑμῶν. οὕτως οὗν καὶ ἡμεῖς δεῦρο ἐπορεύθημεν. 





μὲν καὶ ἄνδρας ἄγοντες, οἱ δὲ καὶ προσανηλωκότες χρήματα, 
καὶ τούτων ἕτεροι ἀποδεδρακότες πατέρας καὶ μητέρας, of δὲ καὶ 35 
IV. Ταύτην μὲν οὖν τὴν ἡμέραν αὐτοῦ ηὐλίζοντο ἐπὶ ἫΝ 1 τέκνα καταλιπόντες ὡς χρήματ᾽ αὐτοῖς κτησάμενοι ἥξοντες 
αἰγιαλοῦ πρὸς τῷ λιμένι. τὸ δὲ χωρίον ποῦν, ὃ κολαῖτοι πάλιν, ἀκούοντες καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους τοὺς παρὰ Κύρῳ πολλὰ καὶ 
Κάλπης λιμὴν ἔστι μὲν ἐν τῇ Θράκῃ τῇ ἐν τῇ ‘Ae + ἀρξαμένη ἀγαθὰ πράττειν. τοιοῦτοι ὄντες ἐπόθουν εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα 
δὲ ἡ Θράκη αὕτη ἐστὶν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος τοῦ Πόντου μέχρι β σῴζεσθαι. 
5. Ἡρακλείας ἐπὶ δεξιὰ εἰς τὸν Πόντον εἰσπλέοντι. οὶ τριήρει 3 9 
μέν ἐστιν εἰς Ἡράκλειαν ἐκ Βυζαντίου κώπαις ἡμέρας pages 
πλοῦς" ἐν δὲ τῷ μέσῳ ἄλλη μὲν πόλις οὐδεμία οὔτε φιλία οὔτε 
Ἑλληνίς, ἀλλὰ Θρᾷκες Βιθυνοί: καὶ ods ἂν λάβωσι τῶν 
Ἑλλήνων ἐκπίπτοντας ἢ ἄλλως πως δεινὰ ὑβρίζειν λέγονται 
10 τοὺς Ἕλληνας. ὁ δὲ Κάλπης λιμὴν ἐν μέσῳ μὲν κεῖται ἑκατέ- 8 


᾿Επειδὴ δὲ ὑστέρα ἡμέρα ἐγένετο τῆς εἰς ταὐτὸν συνόδου, ἐπ᾽ 40 
ει la 
ἐξόδῳ ἐθύετο Ἐξενοφῶν": ἀνάγκη yap ἣν ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἐξάγειν" 
> 
ἐπενόει δὲ καὶ τοὺς νεκροὺς θάπτειν. ἐπεὶ δὲ τὰ ἱερὰ καλὰ 
> / 7 \ e - δ ὶ \ A ‘ \ 
ἐγένετο, εἴποντο καὶ οἱ ᾿Αρκάδες, καὶ τοὺς μὲν νεκροὺς τοὺς 
πλείστους ἔνθαπερ ἔπεσον ἑκάστους ἔθαψαν: ἤδη γὰρ ἦσαν 
πεμπταῖοι καὶ οὐχ οἷόν τε ἀναιρεῖν ἔτι ἣν" ἐνίους δὲ τοὺς ἐκ τῶν 45 





290 Anabasis Book VI, Chap. IV 291 








ὁδῶν συνενεγκόντες ἔθαψαν ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ὡς ἐδύναντο 
κάλλιστα: ods δὲ μὴ ηὕρισκον, κενοτάφιον αὐτοῖς ἐποίησαν 
al / ἤ 
μέγα, καὶ στεφάνους ἐπέθεσαν. ταῦτα δὲ ποιήσαντες aveyo- 
ρησαν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. καὶ τότε μὲν δειπνήσαντες ἐκοιμή- 
Ὁ" OM / al e an , ὺ »ἢ 
50 θησαν. τῇ δὲ aching συνῆλθον of στρατιῶται πάντες συνῆγε ἱερά. καὶ ἤδη καὶ ἐπὶ σκηνὴν ἰόντες τὴν Ξενοφῶντος ἔλ ὅ 
δὲ μάλιστα ὁ ᾿Αγασίας τε ὁ Στυμφάλιος λοχαγὸς καὶ ἱἹερώνυμος οὐκ ἔχοιεν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. ὃ δ᾽ οὐκ ἂν ἔφη ἐ Ἔλεγον ὅτε. δὲ 
ὃ x : οὐκ ἂν ἔφη ἐξαγαγεῖ , 
Ἠλεῖος λοχαγὸς καὶ ἄλλοι οἱ πρεσβύτατοι τῶν ᾿Αρκάδων. καὶ yen τῶν ἱερῶν ἡ ἐξαγαγεῖν μὴ γιγνομέ 
, > ΄ 27 a a a os \ t τ 
δόγμα ἐποιήσαντο, ἐάν τις τοῦ λοιποῦ μνησθῇ δίχα τὸ στράτευμα 42 Καὶ πάλιν τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἐθύετο, καὶ σγεδύ ἘΝ 
ποιεῖν, θανάτῳ αὐτὸν ζημιοῦσθαι, καὶ κατὰ χώραν ἀπιέναι ἧπερ νἀ Στ σκύλο Ὶ ae eee ee 
slices ἘΠῚ ἐνὶ , ; τιὰ διὰ τὸ μέλειν ἅπασιν ἐκυκλοῦντο περὶ τὰ ἱερά" τὰ δὲ θύ 
55 πρόσθεν εἶχε τὸ στράτευμα καὶ ἄρχειν τοὺς πρόσθεν στρατη- 2 , ss p ματα 
; εν ἶ : : ἐπελελοίπει. οἱ δὲ στρατηγοὶ ἐξῆγον μὲν οὔ, συνεκάλε δέ 
γούς. καὶ Χειρίσοφος μὲν ἤδη ἐτετελευτήκει φάρμακον πιὼν ; 5 wa” 5 ΡΝ, 
, ee As Pale nm P 21 εἶπεν οὖν Ἐξενοφῶν: Ἴσως οἱ πολέμιοι συνειλεγμένοι εἰσὶ καὶ 
πυρέττων" τὰ δ᾽ ἐκείνου Νέων ᾿Ασιναῖος παρέλαβε. "ee δι 8 ἌΡΕΩΣ ΟΣ ΟΝ 
᾿ Ah agi ΠΝ sp sah ap i ἀνάγκη μάχεσθαι" εἰ οὖν καταλιπόντες TA σκεύη ἐν τῷ ἐ - 
Mera δὲ ταῦτα ἀναστὰς εἶπε Ἐξενοφῶν: Ω ἄνδρες στρατιῶ- ἡ ἂν ὩΣ τὰ Sent = 2 ἐρυμνῳ 
᾿ \ f ε » - Δ... > 4 Ν XP paxnv παρεσκευασμένοι LOLMEV, LOWS av Ta ἱερὰ 
ται, τὴν μὲν πορείαν, ὡς ἔοικε πεζῇ ποιητέον: ov yap ἔστι ΕΣ ΌΝΟΝ 
? ? + 22 ΤρΡΟΎω 7 ne a ᾽ 
: ἬΝ ἢ Ἶ ᾿ ἡ Πρ Ty ; Ἀ ροχωροίη ἡμῖν. ἀκούσαντες δ᾽ οἱ στρατιῶται ἀνέκραγον ἃ 
60 πλοῖα: ἀνάγκη δὲ πορεύεσθαι ἤδη" οὐ γὰρ ἔστι μένουσι τὰ TE aR λ εἰ ΡΟ. = 
ig a eh a vee / οὐδὲν δέοι εἰς TO χωρίον ἄγειν, ἀλλὰ θύεσθαι ὡς τάνιστ, , 
ἐπιτήδεια. ἡμεῖς οὖν, ἔφη, θυσόμεθα- ὑμᾶς δὲ δεῖ mapacxeva- πρόβατα μὲν οὐκέτι ἦν, βοῦν δὲ ὑπὸ ἁμάξ ᾿ χίστα. καὶ 95 
‘ , ᾽ ν ei , , Nouv δὲ ὑπὸ ἁμάξης πριάμενοι ἐθύοντο" 
ὥσθαι ὡς μχννον é "Ἂν καὶ ἄλλοτε οἱ γῥΡ ψολέμιοι καὶ Ἐενοφῶν Κλεάνορος ἐδεήθη τοῦ ‘scilex πρκὰ ΣΉ τ 
ἀνατεθαρρήκασιν. ἐκ τούτου ἐθύοντο οἱ στρατηγοί, μάντις δὲ τι ἐν τούτῳ εἴη. ἀλλ’ οὐδ᾽ ds ἐγέ Sa ρν: 
" ΠΤ ὡς €YEVOVTO. 
παρῆν ᾿Αρηξίων ᾿Αρκάς: ὁ δὲ Σιλανὸς ὁ ᾿Αμπρακιώτης ἤδη a i 
65 ἀπεδεδράκει πλοῖον μισθωσάμενος ἐξ “Hpaxdeias. θυομένοις δὲ 
aly, ~~"? ἢ > Ἐ.. ἢ Ψ ᾿ / 4 μ᾿ \ e , 
ἐπὶ τῇ ἀφόδῳ οὐκ ἐγίγνετο τὰ ἱερά. ταύτην μὲν οὖν τὴν ἡμέραν 14 
ἐπαύσαντο. καί τινες ἐτόλμων λέγειν ὡς ὁ Ἐενοφῶν βουλόμενος 
Ν “Ἢ ? ἤ / b / dl e , « » 
τὸ χωρίον οἰκίσαι πότειεε τὸν μάντιν yar ὡς τά ἱρὰ οὐ βουλόμενον les ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, δ ἡγομόνος ἀδομάρις εξ 
γίγνεται ἐπὶ ἀφόδῳ. ἐντεῦθεν κηρύξας τῇ αὔριον παρεῖναι ἐπὶ 15 ἔρχονται δὴ σὺν δορατίοις καὶ ἀσκοῖς καὶ bs 
\ τε : Nii ‘ Ξ ρ ἀσκοῖς καὶ θυλάκοις καὶ ἄλλοις 
70 τὴν θυσίαν τὸν βουλόμενον, καὶ μάντις εἴ τις εἴη, παραγγείλας ἀγγείοις εἰς δισχιλέ » od, 
» φ Ll ae Ul 4 3 “ “ ἐσχι tous av βωώπους. 
παρεῖναι ὡς συνθεασόμενον τὰ ἱερά, ἔθυε" καὶ ἐνταῦθα παρῆσαν 


\ Ld / bd ν᾿ 
χθὲς ἥκοντος πλοίῳ ἤκουσά τινος Κλέανδρος ὁ ἐκ Βυξαντίου 
¢ ‘\ Λ “ “ 
19 appooTns μέλλει ἥξειν πλοῖα Kal τριήρεις ἔχων. x τούτου δὲ 
> / Ν “~ ᾿ς / 
avapevey μὲν πᾶσιν ἐδόκει" ἐπὶ δὲ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἀνάγκη ἣν ἐξιέ. 


νι... , / > Ud 
val. καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ πάλιν ἐθύετο εἰς τρίς, καὶ οὐκ ἐγίγνετο τὰ 





, δ Ν Ἂ 

: Νέων δὲ ἦν μὲν στρατηγὸς κατὰ τὸ Χειρισόφου μέρος, ἐπεὶ 

é ἑώρα τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ws εἶ ὡς τῇ 

υς ὡς εἶχον ὃ ἐνδεί } 
ἽΝ τ βώπον! poe Hecate τῇ ἐνδείᾳ, βουλόμενος 100 
ois χαρίζεσθαι, εὑρών τινα ἄνθρωπον “Ἡρακλεώτην, ὃς ἔφη 

, » \ 9 / oe a 

κώμας ἐγγὺς εἰδέναι ὅθεν εἴη λαβεῖν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, ἐκήρυξε τὸν 





2 \ \ »"Ὕ 
, τ ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἦσαν ἐν ταῖς τος 
24 κώμαις καὶ διεσπείροντο ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ 4 2 
Ἵ ἐπὶ τὸ λαμβάνειν ἵ 
f ῇ \ , γ a . 5... } ᾽ > sf , 4“ ἐπιπιττουσιν 
enher ony δὲ πάλιν εἰς bats ἐπὶ τῇ ἀφόδῳ οὐκ Syryeere 16 αὐτοῖς οἱ Φαρναβάζου ἱππεῖς πρῶτοι: βεβοηθηκότες γὰρ ἦσαν 
" aA Ἁ 
τὰ ἱερά. ἐκ τούτου jewren se exer οἱ στρατιῶται καὶ γὰρ τὰ τοῖς Βιθυνοῖς, βουλόμενοι σὺν τοῖς Βιθυνοῖς, εἰ δύναιντο. ἀποκω 
ἊΝ 4 - 
ἐπιτήδεια ἐπέλιπεν ἃ ἔχοντες ἦλθον, καὶ ἀγορὰ οὐδεμία πω λῦσαι τοὺς Ἕλληνας μὴ ἐλθεῖν εἰς τὴν Φρυγίαν" οὗτοι οἱ ἱππεῖς 
75 παρῆν. > ͵ “ey * A 
ρὴ ᾿ , ' Ml ἱ ᾿ ἀποκτείνουσι τῶν ἀνδρῶν οὐ μεῖον πεντακοσίους- οἱ δὲ Xr ὶ 
Ex τούτου ξυνελθόντων εἶπε πάλιν Ἐξενοχῶν: ἾὮΩ ἄνδρες, 17 ἃ a5 κ πρόμον 
χ ᾿ 25 ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος ἀνέφυγον. ἐκ τούτου ἀπαγγέλλε ῦ 5 
ἐπὶ μὲν τῇ πορείᾳ, ὡς ὁρᾶτε, τὰ ἱερὰ οὔπω γίγνεται" τῶν δ᾽ , , “thar ὙΠ ee ae eee 
del uh υὸ il Pare, ρ yey ἀποφευγόντων εἰς TO στρατόπεδον. καὶ ὁ Ἐξενοφῶν, ἐπεὶ οὐ 
ἐπιτηδείων ὁρῶ ὑμᾶς δεομένους" ἀνάγκη οὖν μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι sear a , n ἘΣ ἘΠΕ Ύ ΒΝ 
: ei ) : ᾿ ἐγεγένητο τὰ ἱερὰ ταύτῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, λαβὼν βοῦν ὑπὸ & if ‘ 
θύεσθαι περὶ αὐτοῦ τούτου. ἀναστάς τις elev: Kal εἰκότως 18 γὰρ ἣν ἄλλα ἱερεῖα, σφαγιασά ; Bond ) ἄξονος ξερό Se: 
’ ἄμενος ἐβοήθει καὶ of ἄλλοι οἱ 
i 


Ν ς ” 2 i \ 1 ε Ν > ‘ > Ν “Ὁ 9 , 
80 apa ἡμῖν οὐ γίγνεται τὰ ἱερά" WS γὰρ ἔγω ἄπο TOV αὐτομάτου 26 μέχρι τριάκοντα ἐτῶν ἅπαντες. καὶ ἀναλαβόντες τοὺς τα ἢ. 





992 Anabasis Book VI, Chap. V 993 








ἄνδρας εἰς τὸ στρατόπεδον ἀφικνοῦνται. ' Καὶ ΟΝ μὰν ἀμφὶ ‘vr ὃς τῆς φϑλαγυοι, καὶ “ξαύφνης ὁρῶσι sss waar ses 
λῶν Suapds ἣν καὶ of “Ἕλληνα μάλ᾽ ἀθύμως ἔχοντες sang ἄπλλοστας κατὸ λόφους ὌΝ ἐκ τοῦ évavr lou, τεταγμένου ἐπὲ 
ποιοῦντο, καὶ ἐξαπίνης διὰ τῶν λασίων τῶν Βιθυνῶν en ἐπι- PRATT OF FEES TE πολλοὺς ‘Kal wehats: = yap Σπιθριδάτης 80 
γενόμενοι τοῖς προφύλαξι τοὺς μὲν κατάκαινον τοὺς δὲ ἐδίαξαν sil ἰωμηον nee? pd pit sos ἔχονται τὴν δύναμιν. 
120 μέχρι εἰς τὸ στρατόπεδον. καὶ κραυγῆς γρομθὴι εἰς τὰ ὅπλα 27 5 ἐπεὶ κατὰ ov fas ied sin ἔμεοι, Ss mes hi 
πάντες ἔδραμον of “EXAnves: καὶ διώκειν μὲν καὶ κινεῖν τὸ shi et αὐτῶν ὅσον piston εκα στα ὅρων. ἐκ repme a vs i: pnt lear 
τόπεδον νυκτὸς οὐκ ἀσφαλὲς ἐδόκει εἶναι" δασέα yap ἣν τὰ χωρία" ο Renn iene as σ φαγιάξεται, ἘΠΕ ΦΈΜΕΤΟ viet shied oe 
ἐν δὲ τοῖς ὅπλοις ἐνυκτέρευον φυλαττόμενοι ἱκανοῖς φύλαξι. | 9 καλὰ τὰ σφέγια. ἔνθα δῆ Ξενοφῶν λέγω! Δοκεῖ a ἄνδρες 35 
V. Τὴν μὲν νύκτα οὕτω διήγαγον" ἅμα δὲ. τῇ ἡμέρᾳ οἱ 1 vl ah ΣῈ ἐνεέγόξασύοι τῇ pepe dey λέχονν φύλακας ἵν᾽ ἄν που 
στρατηγοὶ εἰς τὸ ἐρυμνὸν χωρίον ἡγοῦντο" οἱ δὲ “ποντο — ey sa ot ἐπεβδηθήσοντον τῇ φάλκηγι καὶ οἱ πὐλέμεοι τετάβοη. 
βόντες τὰ ὅπλα καὶ τὰ σκεύη. πρὶν δὲ ἀρίστου Spar εἶναι μένοι sepals εἰς rye καὶ a asta ποτα 
͵ a . . ὴ 
ἀπετάφρευον ἣ ἡ εἴσοδος ἦν εἰς τὸ χωρίον, καὶ πυῤνεν οι ἀφούνη 10 we ee ee μεν sae “on, προηγεῖσθε ΤῊΣ πρὸς ed 
5 ἅπαν, καταλιπόντες τρεῖς πύλας. καὶ πλοῖον ἐξ Ἡρακλείας δυσίν, ὃς μὴ ἑστήκωμεν, ἐπεὶ ΕΝ καὶ εἴδομεν τοῦν 40 
ἧκεν ἄλφιτα ἄγον καὶ ἱερεῖα καὶ οἶνον" πρῷ δ᾽ ἀναστὰς Ῥενοφῶν 2 wane: ἔγο δὲ ἥξω = ΝΗ ἠροιονοίμ Naot meron lias 
ἐθύετο ἐπ’ ἐξόδῳ, καὶ γίγνεται τὰ ἱερὰ ἐπὶ τοῦ upon ἐῆρείου, 11 une ΜΡ δοκεῖ. ἐκ reerey οἵ αὶ ἥσυχοι προῆγον, ὃ δὲ Tpets 
καὶ ἤδη τέλος ἐχόντων τῶν ἱερῶν ὁρᾷ αἰετὸν αἷσιον 6 μᾶντις ἜΡΕΛΑΝΝ τὰν τελευταίας ὅπ ξεν ἀνὰ Sancotous ἄνδρας τὴν μὲν 
᾿Αρηξίων Παρράσιος, καὶ ἡγεῖσθαι κελεύει τὸν Ξενοφῶντα. καὶ 8 ἐπὶ ἐῶν δεξιὸν sei ah ig og ai θαι ΚΜΗΝΕ a3 ἘΝ Sharper 
10 διαβάντες τὴν τάφρον τὰ ὅπλα τίθενται, Kal ἐκήρυξαν ἫΝ TT) Σαμόλας ἌΧΟΣ st ili bi vee: ἮΝ δ᾽ sal τῳ ei @ 45 
σαντας ἐξιέναι τοὺς στρατιώτας σὺν τοῖς ὅπλοις, τὸν δὲ ὄχλον Rereee Teneo: Πυρρίας Ἄρει ταύτης ἦρχε Tis vapor: _ 
καὶ τὰ ἀνδράποδα αὐτοῦ καταλιπεῖν. οἱ μὲν δὴ — i φυ εὐ δὲ sata egy ἰὰ τὰ niacin Paces bas ᾿Αϑηνθῖος yaw epee = 
ἐξῇσαν, Νέων δὲ οὔ" ἐδόκει yap κάλλιστον εἶναι τοῦτον φύλανα 12 ΤῤΟΆΝΗΝΝ δέ ἐπεὶ Ὕροντο οἱ ἡγούμενοι ἐπὶ ερτρ μεγάλῳ 
καταλιπεῖν τῶν ὀπὶ στρατοπέδου. ἐπεὶ δ' οἱ χοχωγοὶ καὶ οἱ καὶ δυσπόρῳ, ἔστησαν myrosterrs: εἰ διαβατόον oe TO sabi 
16 στρατιῶται ἀπέλειπον αὐτόν, αἰσχυνόμενοι μὴ ἐφέπεσθαι τῶν καὶ παρεγγυῶσι στρατηγοὺς καὶ ORE OE ee 
ἄλλων ἐξιόντων, κατέλιπον αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὑπὲρ πέντε καὶ ii ml 18 TOO REED, Kal . Ξενοφῶν. βαυμόφηγ, ὅ,τι τὸ σὴν mm τὴν 
κοντα ἔτη. καὶ οὗτοι μὲν ἔμενον, οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι ἐπορεύοντο. πρὶν 5 Shale i ταχὺ Tr ἫΝ ileal fewer ἐλσόνν 7] τάχιστα, 
δὲ πεντεκαίδεκα στάδια διεληλυθέναι ἐνέτυχον ἤδη νεκροῖς" καὶ ἐπεὶ δὲ συνῆλθον, i nid oc βύτατον ee oe 
1 P = 3 
τὴν οὐρὰν τοῦ κέρατος ποιησάμενοι κατὰ TOUS πρώτους ψθτω τηγῶν ὅτι βουλῆς οὐκ ἄξιον εἴη εἰ διαβατέον ἐστὶ τοιοῦτον 
20 νεκροὺς ἔθαπτον πάντας ὁπόσους ἐπελάμβανε τὸ ss το 6 τ ι inh ! " | 55 
δὲ τοὺς πρώτους ἔθαψαν, προαγαγόντες καὶ τὴν ἜΝ ates 3. "δι Ὁ Ξενοφῶν σπουδῇ ϑπύλαβαν ἔλεξεν" eee wae sin 
ποιησάμενοι κατὰ τοὺς πρώτους τῶν ἀτάφων ἔθαπτον linge ὦ ἄχθρεὶ, οὐδένα. sl κίνουνον πρύξησ eee say susie 
τρόπον ὁπόσους ἐπελάμβανεν ἡ στρατιά. ἐπεὶ δὲ εἰς τὴν rai enor" st yap Soins a δμημένονν paid a ἀνδρειάτητα, one 
ἧκον τὴν ἐκ τῶν κωμῶν, ἔνθα ἔκειντο ἁθρόοι, συνενεγκόντες 15 pics Ss sap νυν Ὡς wri “χει ' rete sd ἐνθένδε —_ a 
os αὐτοὺν Bryan nether” ἣν ~ μὴ pels ἴωμεν lage TOUS wohepiows, si 60 
Ἤδη δὸ πέρα μεσούσης τῆς ἡμέρας προάγοντες τὸ «ηρό- 7 16 ἜΣ ΤΎΟΤΗΣ ΗΝ hgh ico ἐπιπεσουνται. 5 ait δὴ 
τευμα ἔξω τῶν κωμῶν ἐλάμβανον τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ὅ,τι τις ὁρῴη πότερον κρεῖττον ἱέναι ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας προβαλλομένους τὰ 














294 Anabasis 





ὅπλα ἢ μεταβαλλομένους ὄπισθεν ἡμῶν ὄσντοι τοὺς hig te 
θεᾶσθαι. ἴστε μέντοι ὅτι τὸ μὲν ἀπιέναι sigh releplie οὗδεν 17 

65 καλῷ ἔοικε, τὸ δὲ ἐφέπεσθαι καὶ ἮΝ κακίοσι a oa νοῤ ἢ 
ἐγὼ γοῦν ἥδιον ἂν σὺν ἡμίσεσιν ἐπιοίην ἢ “ διπτλασίοις ἀπο. 

f 2 τούτους οἶδ᾽ ὅτι ἐπιόντων μὲν ἡμῶν οὐδ᾽ ὑμεῖς 
χωροίην. κα i tial βίῳ 
ἐλπίζετε δέξασθαι ἡμᾶς, ἀπιόντων δὲ πῆντες ἐπιστάμε ‘ 
τολμήσουσιν ἐφέπεσθαι. τὸ δὲ διαβάντας ἤπια εν woror yaks 18 

; j ἁρπάσαι 

τὸ πὸν ποιήσασθαι μέλλοντας μάχεσθαι Ἢ =x Κα ρ . 
ἄξιον; τοῖς μὲν yap πολεμίοις ἐγὼ βουλοαν ced εὔπορα εἰμὴ 
φαίνεσθαι ὥστε ἀποχωρεῖν: ἡμᾶς δὲ καὶ ἀπὸ Ὁ ee εἶ 
διδάσκεσθαι ὅτι οὐκ ἔστι μὴ νικῶσι σωτηρία. θαυμάζω ὃ ἔγωγε 
καὶ τὸ νάπος τοῦτο εἴ τις μᾶλλον φοβερὸν νομίζει εἶναι, τῶν 

75 ἄλλων ὧν διαπεπορεύμεθα χωρίων. πῶς γὰρ δὴ διαβατὸν τὸ 19 
πεδίον, εἰ μὴ νικήσομεν τοὺς ἱππέας ; πῶς sy ῳ διεληλύθαμεν 
ὄρη, ἢν πελτασταὶ τοσοίδε ἐφέπωνται ; ἣν δὲ " καὶ σωθῶμεν 20 
ἐπὶ θάλατταν, πόσον τι νάπος ὁ Ilovtos; ἔνθα οὔτε πλοῖα = 
τὰ ἀπάξοντα οὔτε σῖτος ᾧ θρεψόμεθα μένοντες, δεήσοι δέ, ἣν 

80 θᾶττον ἐκεῖ γενώμεθα, θᾶττον πάλιν ἐξιέναι ἐπὶ τὸ ἐπιτήδεια. 
οὐκοῦν νῦν κρεῖττον ἠριστηκότας Hexen clos pit ἄναρισυννε. 21 
ἄνδρες, τά τε ἱερὰ ἡμῖν καλὰ οἵ τε οἰωνοὶ αἴσιοι τὰ τε ayers 
κάλλιστα": ἴωμεν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας. ov δεῖ ἔτι τούτους, ἐπεὶ ἡμᾶς 
πάντως εἶδον, ἡδέως δειπνῆσαι οὐδ᾽ ὅπου ἂν θέλωσι σκηνῆσαι. 

85 ᾿Εντεῦθεν οἱ λοχαγοὶ ἡγεῖσθαι ἐκέλευον, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀντέλεγε. 22 
καὶ ὃς ἡγεῖτο, παραγγείλας διαβαίνειν ἣ ἕκαστος eroryeee TOU 
vatrous wv: θᾶττον yap ἁθρόον ἐδόκει av οὕτω πέραν ψυνύσϑοι 
τὸ στράτευμα ἣ εἰ κατὰ τὴν γέφυραν ἣ ἐπὶ τῷ »άπει ἣν ἐξεμη- 
ρύοντο. ἐπεὶ δὲ διέβησαν, παριὼν παρὰ τὴν φάλαγγα shaver’ 23 

90 ΓΑνδρες, ἀναμιμνήσκεσθε ὅσας δὴ μάχας om τοῖς θεοῖς sauce 
ἰόντες νενικήκατε Kal οἷα πάσχουσιν οἱ πολεμίους φούγοντει, ue 
τοῦτο ἐννοήσατε ὅτι ἐπὶ ταῖς θύραις τῆς “EAXAdSos ἐσμέν. ἀλλ 24 
ἕπεσθε ἡγεμόνι τῷ “Ἡρακλεῖ καὶ Shap hour ἜΡΟΝ ovo- 
μαστί. ἡδύ τοι ἀνδρεῖόν τι καὶ καλὸν νῦν εἰπόντα Kal ποιήσαντα 

95 μνήμην ἐν οἷς ἐθέλει παρέχειν ἑαυτοῦ. : a eT 

Ταῦτα παρελαύνων ἔλεγε καὶ ἅμα ὑφηγεῖτο ἐπὶ Φόλαγγϑῦ, 25 
καὶ τοὺς πελταστὰς ἑκατέρωθεν ποιησάμενοι ἐπορεύοντο ἐπὶ τοὺς 








Book VI, Chap. VI 295 





πολεμίους. παρήγγελτο δὲ τὰ μὲν δόρατα ἐπὶ τὸν δεξιὸν ὦμον 
ΝΜ 4 / ” ἤ »Ἤ᾽ A > A 
ἔχειν, EWS σημαίνοι TH σάλπιγγι" ἔπειτα δὲ εἰς προσβολὴν 
’ὔ Ψ Ul / , , > , 
καθέντας ἕπεσθαι βάδην καὶ μηδένα δρόμῳ διώκειν. ἐκ τούτου 100 
σύνθημα παρΐει Ζεὺς σωτήρ, Ἡρακλῆς ἡγεμών. οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι 
" / / ‘ ΝΜ) \ / > \ 3. Φ [4 
26 ὑπέμενον, νομίζοντες καλὸν ἔχειν τὸ χωρίον. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐπλησίαζον, 
ἀλαλάξαντες οἱ “EXAnves πελτασταὶ ἔθεον ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους 
" , εν , > , “ ene is 
πρίν τινα κελεύειν" οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι ἀντίοι ὥρμησαν, οἱ θ᾽ ἱππεῖς 
καὶ τὸ στῖφος τῶν Βιθυνῶν: καὶ τρέπονται τοὺς πελταστάς. 105 
27 ἀλλ᾽ ἐπεὶ ὑπηντίαξεν ἡ φάλαγξ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν ταχὺ πορευομένη 
"νυ € ᾿ > , ᾿ , Η͂ a 
Kal ἅμα ἡ σαλπιγξ ἐφθέγξατο καὶ ἐπαιάνιζον Kal μετὰ ταῦτα 
ἠλάλαζον καὶ ἅμα τὰ δόρατα καθίεσαν, ἐνταῦθα οὐκέτι ἐδέξαντο 


28 οἱ πολέμιοι, ἀλλὰ ἔφευγον. καὶ Τιμασίων μὲν ἔχων τοὺς ἱππεῖς 


> / be / id 5 [4 e > 4 wy 
ἐφείπετο, καὶ ἀπεκτίννυσαν ὁσουσπερ ἐδύναντο ὡς ὀλίγοι ὄντες. 110 
“ “ 
τῶν δὲ πολεμίων τὸ μὲν εὐώνυμον εὐθὺς διεσπάρη, καθ᾽ ὃ οἱ 
ε a“ Ἂ . 
Ἕλληνες ἱππεῖς ἦσαν, τὸ δὲ δεξιὸν ἅτε οὐ σφόδρα διωκόμενον 


29 ἐπὶ λόφου συνέστη. ἐπεὶ δὲ εἶδον οἱ Ἕλληνες ὑπομένοντας 


᾽ ᾿ 25 ἢ en , } > 5 ’ - ᾽ὔ 45 ψ κα 

αὐτοῦς, ἐθόκει βᾷστον τε καὶ ἀκινδυνότατον εἶναι ἰέναι ἤδη ἐπ’ 
᾽ ᾽ 7 ΓΙ »ΔλᾺ » Ξε ἃ A 09» . , 

avTous. παιανίσαντες οὗν εὐθὺς ἐπέκειντο- οἱ ὃ οὐχ ὑπέμειναν. 115 


καὶ ἐνταῦθα οἱ πελτασταὶ ἐδίωκον μέχρι τὸ δεξιὸν διεσπάρη" 


» a Lal 
ἀπέθανον δὲ ὀλίγοι" τὸ γὰρ ἱππικὸν φόβον παρεῖχε τὸ τῶν 


80 πολεμίων πολὺ ὄν. ἐπεὶ δὲ εἶδον οἱ Ἕλληνες τό τε Φαρναβά- 


" ' ” in’ \ \ \ “ , \ “ 
Sou ἱππικὸν ἔτι συνεστηκὸς καὶ τοὺς Βιθυνοὺς ὑππέας πρὸς τοῦτο 
/ ἡ Ἃ / Ἂ , \ / 
συναθροιζομένους καὶ ἀπὸ λόφου τινὸς καταθεωμένους τὰ γιυγνό- 120 
μενα ἀπειρήκεσαν μέν, ὅμως δὲ ἐδόκει καὶ ἐπὶ τούτους ἐτέον 
εἶναι οὕτως ὅπως δύναιντο, ὡς μὴ τεθαρρηκότες ἀναπαύσαιντο. 


81 συνταξάμενοι δὴ πορεύονται. ἐντεῦθεν οἱ πολέμιοι ἱππεῖς φεύ- 


γουσι κατὰ τοῦ πρανοῦς ὁμοίως ὥσπερ ὑπὸ ἱππέων διωκόμενοι" 
νάπος γὰρ αὐτοὺς ὑπεδέχετο, ὃ οὐκ ἤδεσαν οἱ “Ἕλληνες, ἀλλὰ 125 


32 προαπετράποντο διώκοντες: ὀψὲ γὰρ ἦν. ἐπανελθόντες δὲ ἔνθα 


ἡ πρώτη συμβολὴ ἐγένετο, στησάμενοι τρόπαιον ἀπῇσαν ἐπὶ 
θάλατταν περὶ ἡλίου δυσμάς. στάδιοι δ᾽ ἦσαν ὡς ἑξήκοντα ἐπὶ 
τὸ στρατόπεδον. 

VI. Ἐντεῦθεν οἱ μὲν πολέμιοι εἶχον ἀμφὶ τὰ ἑαυτῶν καὶ 
ἀπήγοντο καὶ τοὺς οἰκέτας καὶ τὰ χρήματα ὅποι ἐδύναντο προ- 
σωτάτω" οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες προσέμενον μὲν Κλέανδρον καὶ τὰς 





296 Anabasis Book VI, Chap. VI 297 








τριήρεις καὶ τὰ πλοῖα ὡς ἥξοντα, ἐξιόντες δ᾽ ἑκάστης ἡμέρας σὸν ταῦτα, ὃ 8 οὖκ ἂν ἄλλως ἔφη yevérBar, εἰ μὴ τὸ ἰδάνα rv 

5 τοῖς ὑποζυγίοις καὶ τοῖς ἀνδραπόδοις ἐφέροντο ἀδεῶς ΜΌροῦΣ καὶ 11 ἄρξαντα βάλλειν καὶ τὸν ἀφελόμενον. ἣν δὲ ὃν ἐξήτει ᾿Αγασίας 40 

κριθάς, οἶνον, ὄσπρια, μελίνας, sad ἅπαντα γὰρ ἄγαθα, είχεν διὰ τέλους φίλος τῷ ἘΞενοφῶντι" ἐξ οὗ καὶ διέβαλλεν αὐτὸν ὁ 

ἡ χώρα πλὴν ἐλαίου. καὶ ὁπότε μὲν ΜΕΝ ΡΝ icp ial Δέξιππος. 
ἀναπαυόμενον, ἐξῆν ἐπὶ λείαν ἰέναι, καὶ ἐλάμβανον οἱ ἐξιόντεν" Καὶ ἐντεῦθεν ἐπειδὴ ἀπορία ἣν, συνήγαγον τὸ στράτευμα οἱ 
ὁπότε δὲ ἐξίοι πᾶν τὸ στράτευμα, εἴ τις χωρὶς ἀπελθὼν pee ἄρχοντες" καὶ ἔνιοι μὲν αὐτῶν παρ᾽ ὀλίγον ἐποιοῦντο τὸν Κλέ. 

10 τι, δημόσιον ἔδοξεν εἶναι. ἤδη δὲ ἣν πάντων pare: sil ἐμῷ P | ανδρον, τῷ δὲ Ἐξενοφῶντι οὐκ ἐδόκει φαῦλον εἶναι, ἀλλ᾽ ἀναστὰς 45 
ἀγοραὶ πάντοθεν ἀφικνοῦντο ἐκ τῶν Ἑλληνίδων μήῤηα καὶ οἱ 12 ἔλεξεν: "QO, ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, ἐμοὶ δὲ οὐδὲν ἀαῦλον δοιωὶ elon: 
παραπλέοντες ἄσμενοι κατῆγον, ἀκούοντες ὡς Senne hates τὸ πρᾶγμα, εἰ ἡμῖν οὕτως ἔχων τὴν γνώμην Κλέανδρος ἄπεισιν 
καὶ λιμὴν εἴη. ἔπεμπον δὲ καὶ οἱ πολέμιοι ἤδη of νλησίον 4 ὥσπερ λέγει. εἰσὶ μὲν γὰρ ἐγγὺς αἱ Ἑλληνίδες πόλεις. τῆς δὲ 
ᾧκουν πρὸς Ἐξενοφῶντα, ἀκούοντες ὅτι οὗτος Αξν ba el Ἑλλάδος Λακεδαιμόνιοι προεστήκασιν- ἱκανοὶ δέ εἰσι καὶ εἷς 

15 ἐρωτῶντες ὅ,τι δέοι ποιοῦντας φίλους εἰναι. ὃ δ᾽ ἐπεδείκνυεν ἕκαστος Λακεδαιμονίων ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν ὅ,τι βούλονται διαπράτ- 50 
αὐτοὺς τοῖς στρατιώταις. . ! 13 τεσθαι. εἰ οὖν οὗτος πρῶτον μὲν ἡμᾶς Βυζαντίου ἀποκλείσει, 

Καὶ ἐν τούτῳ Κλέανδρος ἀφικνεῖται δύο τριήρεις ἔχών, 5 ἔπειτα δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἁρμοσταῖς παραγγελεῖ εἰς τὰς πόλεις μὴ 
πλοῖον δ᾽ οὐδέν. ἐτύγχανε δὲ τὸ στράτευμα ἔξω ὃν ὅτε ἀφίκετο δέχεσθαι ὡς ἀπιστοῦντας Λακεδαιμονίοις καὶ ὁκάμως Sood ἐν 
καὶ ἐπὶ λείαν τινὲς οἰχόμενοι ἄλλοσε εἰς τὸ ὄρος εἰλήφεσαν πρό- δὲ πρὸς ᾿Αναξίβιον τὸν ναύαρχον οὗτος ὁ λόγος περὶ ἡμῶν ἥξει, 

20 Bata πολλά: ὀκνοῦντες δὲ μὴ ἀφαιρεθεῖεν τῷ Δεξίππῳ λέγον: χαλεπὸν ἔσται καὶ μένειν καὶ ἀποπλεῖν- καὶ γὰρ ἐν τῇ γῇ 55 
σιν, ὃς ἀπέδρα τὴν πεντηκόντορον ἔχων ἐκ Τραπεζοῦντος, καὶ ἄρχουσι Λακεδαιμόνιοι καὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάττῃ τὸν νῦν χρόνον. 
κελεύουσι διασώσαντα αὐτοῖς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ μὲν αὐτὸν λαβεῖν, 14 οὔκουν δεῖ οὔτε ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς ἕνεκα οὔτε δυοῖν ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἄλλους 
τὰ δὲ σφίσιν ἀποδοῦναι. εὐθὺς δ᾽ ἐκεῖνος ἀπελαύνει rons eae 6 τῆς "Ελλάδος ἀπέχεσθαι, ἀλλὰ πειστέον ὅ,τι ἂν κελεύωσι- καὶ 
στῶτας τῶν στρατιωτῶν καὶ λέγοντας ὅτι δημόσια εἴη, καὶ shea 15 yap αἱ πόλεις ἡμῶν ὅθεν ἐσμὲν πείθονται αὐτοῖς. ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν, 

25 Κλεάνδρῳ λέγει ἐλθὼν ὅτι ἁρπάζειν ἐπιχειροῦσιν. 4 . ἜΗΝ καὶ γὰρ ἀκούω Δέξιππον λέγειν πρὸς Κλέανδρον ὡς οὐκ ἂν 60 
τὸν ἁρπάζοντα ἄγειν πρὸς αὗὑτόν. καὶ ὃ μιν λυβὼν γε των" 7 ἐποίησεν ᾿Αγασίας ταῦτα, εἰ ph ἐγὼ αὐτὸν ἐκέλευσα, ἐγὼ μὲν 
περιτυχὼν δ᾽ ᾿Αγασίας ἀφαιρεῖται" καὶ γὰρ ἦν αὐτῷ ὁ ἀγόμενος ᾿ οὖν ἀπολύω καὶ ὑμᾶς τῆς αἰτίας καὶ ” ἐσὲ ΩΣ 
λοχίτης. οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι οἱ παρόντες τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἐπεχειροῦσι ᾿Αγασίας φήσῃ ἐμέ τι τούτων αἴτιον εἶναι, καὶ καταδικάζω 
βάλλειν τὸν Δέξιππον, ἀνακαλοῦντες τὸν προδότην. ἔδεισαν δὲ ἐμαυτοῦ, εἰ ἐγὼ πετροβολίας ἢ ἄλλου τινὸς βιαίου ἐξάρχω, τῆς 

80 καὶ τῶν τριηριτῶν πολλοὶ καὶ ἔφευγον εἰς τὴν θάλατταν, ions 16 ἐσχάτης δίκης ἄξιος εἶναι, καὶ ὑφέξω τὴν δίκην. φημὶ δὲ καὶ 65 
Κλέανδρος δ᾽ ἔφευγε. Ἐξενοφῶν δὲ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι εὐ μού εν 8 εἴ τινα ἄλλον αἰτιᾶται, χρῆναι ἑαυτὸν παρασχεῖν Κλεάνδρῳ 
κατεκώλυόν τε καὶ τῷ Κλεάνδρῳ ἔλεγον ὅτι οὐδὲν εἴη πρᾶγμα, κρῖναι" οὕτω γὰρ ἂν ὑμεῖς ἀπολελυμένοι τῆς αἰτίας εἴητε. ὡς 
ἀλλὰ τὸ δόγμα αἴτιον εἴη τοῦ στρατεύματος ταῦτα γενέσ θαι. δὲ νῦν ἔχει, χαλεπὸν εἰ οἰόμενοι ἐν τῇ Ελλάδι καὶ ἐπαίνου καὶ 

ὁ δὲ Κλέανδρος ὑπὸ τοῦ Δεξίππου τε ἀνερεθιζόμενος καὶ oan τιμῆς τεύξεσθαι ἀντὶ δὲ τούτων οὐδ᾽ ὅμοιοι τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐσόμεθα, 

85 ἀχθεσθεὶς ὅτι ἐφοβήθη, ἀποπλευσεῖσθαι ἔφη καὶ κηρύξειν μηδε- | ἀλλ᾽ εἰρξόμεθα ἐκ τῶν Ἑλληνίδων πόλεων. 70 
μίαν πόλιν δέχεσθαι αὐτούς, as πολεμίους. ἦρχον δὲ ἮΝ Μετὰ ταῦτα ἀναστὰς εἶπεν ᾿Αγασίας. ᾿Ἔγώ, ὦ ἄνδρες, 
πάντων τῶν Ἑλλήνων οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι. ἐνταῦθα πονηρὸν 10 ὄμνυμι θεοὺς καὶ θεὰς ἣ μὴν μήτε pe Ἐξπνοφῶντα κελεῦσαι 
τὸ πρᾶγμα ἐδόκει εἶναι τοῖς Ἕλλησι, καὶ ἐδέοντο μὴ ποιεῖν ἀφελέσθαι τὸν ἄνδρα μήτε ἄλλον ὑμῶν μηδένα- ἰδόντι δέ μοι 








298 Anabasis Book VI, Chap. VI 299 








> , Φ / “Ἢ A 
εἰ παμπόνηρος ἣν Δέξιππος Bia χρῆναι πάσχειν αὐτόν, ἀλλὰ 
/ [. ‘ ΄ “A n ΕΣ a 
26 κριθέντα, ὥσπερ καὶ ὑμεῖς viv ἀξιοῦτε, τῆς δίκης τυχεῖν. νῦν 110 
s ad 
οὖν ἄπιτε καταλιπόντες τόνδε τὸν ἄνδρα: ὅταν δ᾽ ἐγὼ κελεύσω 
? 


ἄνδρα ἀγαθὸν ἀγόμενον τῶν ἐμῶν λοχιτῶν ὑπὸ Δεξίππου, ὃν 
75 ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε ὑμᾶς προδόντα, δεινὸν ἔδοξεν εἶναι" καὶ ἀφει- 
λόμην, ὁμολογῶ. καὶ ὑμεῖς μὲν μὴ ἐκδῶτέ με" ἐγὼ δὲ ἐμαυτόν, 18 
ὥσπερ ἘΞξενοφῶν λέγει, παρασχήσω κρίναντι Κλεάνδρῳ ὅ,τι ἂν 
βούληται ποιῆσαι" τούτου ἕνεκα μήτε πολεμεῖτε Λακεδαιμονίοις 
σῴζοισθέ τε ἀσφαλῶς ὅποι θέλει ἕκαστος. συμπέμψατε μέντοι | 2 ἄνδρα. ὁ δὲ ἀφαιρεθεὶς εἶπεν: ᾿Εγώ, ὦ Κλέανδρε, εἰ καὶ οἴει 
με ἀδικοῦντά τι ἄγεσθαι, οὔτε ἔπαιον οὐδένα οὔτε ἔβαλλον, ἀλλ᾽ 115 
εἶπον ὅτι δημόσια εἴη τὰ πρόβατα: ἣν γὰρ τῶν στρατιωτῶν 
Ἔκ τούτου ἔδωκεν ἡ στρατιὰ οὕστινας βούλοιτο προέελό- 19 δόγμα, εἴ τις ὁπότε ἡ στρατιὰ ἐξίοι ἰδίᾳ λήζοιτο, δημόσια εἶναι 
μενον ἰέναι. ὃ δὲ προείλετο τοὺς στρατηγούς. μετὰ ταῦτα 8 τὰ ληφθέντα. ταῦτα εἶπον" ἐκ τούτου με λαβὼν οὗτος ἦγεν, 
ἐπορεύοντο πρὸς Κλέανδρον ᾿Αγασίας καὶ οἱ στρατηγοὶ καὶ ὁ ἵνα μὴ φθέγγοιτο μηδείς, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸς λαβὼν τὸ μέρος διασώσειε 
85 ἀφαιρεθεὶς ἀνὴρ ὑπὸ ᾿Αγασίου. καὶ ἔλεγον οἱ στρατηγοί" 20 τοῖς λῃσταῖς παρὰ τὴν ῥήτραν τὰ χρήματα. πρὸς ταῦτα 6 120 
Ἔπεμψεν ἡμᾶς ἡ στρατιὰ πρὸς σέ, ὦ Κλέανδρε, καὶ ἐκέλευσέ Κλέανδρος εἶπεν: ᾿Επεὶ τοίνυν συναίτιος εἶ, κατάμενε, ἵνα καὶ 
περὶ σοῦ βουλευσώμεθα. 


/ \ A / ᾽ A 
πάρεστε πρὸς τὴν κρίσιν. αἰτιῶμαι δὲ οὔτε THY στρατιὰν οὔτε 
Ν > , ” > \ 
ἄλλον οὐδένα ἔτι, ἐπεὶ οὗτος αὐτὸς ὁμολογεῖ ἀφελέσθαι τὸν 


“ “ if ¥ ἈΝ 
go μοι ὑμῶν αὐτῶν ἑλόμενοι πρὸς Κλέανδρον οἵτινες, av τι ἐγὼ 
ral \ i. ε \ > “ / 
παραλίπω, καὶ λέξουσιν ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ καὶ πράξουσιν. 


ΝΜ , ’ Ὁ / " >. % “ Ld bat UA 
σε, εἴτε πάντας αἰτιᾷ, κρίναντα σὲ αὐτὸν χρῆσθαι ὅ,τι ἂν βούλῃ, 
“ ~ > [4 ε 4 
εἴτε ἕνα τινὰ ἢ δύο ἢ Kat πλείους αἰτιᾷ τούτους ἀξιοῦσι παρα- 29 Ex τούτου οἱ μὲν ἀμφὶ Καὶ λέανδρον ἠρίστων" τὴ 
‘ : pov np τὴν O€ στρατιὰν 
¥ 9 e A ’ Ὁ .᾿: \ ¢ , 
εἴ TL οὖν ἡμῶν τινα αἰτιᾷ, συνήγαγε Ἐξενοφῶν καὶ συνεβούλευε πέμψαι ἄνδρας πρὸς Κλέαν- 


σχεῖν σοι ἑαυτοὺς εἰς κρίσιν. 
30 Spov παραιτησομένους περὶ τῶν ἀνδρῶν. ἐκ τούτου ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς 125 


90 πάρεσμέν σοι ἡμεῖς" εἴ τι δὲ ἄλλον τινά, φράσον" οὐδεὶς γὰρ 
» “ f A 
ἀπέσται ὅστις ἂν ἡμῖν ἐθέλῃ πείθεσθαι. μετὰ ταῦτα παρελθὼν πέμψαντας στρατηγοὺς καὶ λοχαγοὺς καὶ Δρακόντιον τὸν Σπαρ- 


᾿ ‘ a“ bd ¢ 
ὁ ᾿Αγασίας εἶπεν: ᾿Εγώ εἰμι, ὦ Kréavdpe, ὁ ἀφελόμενος Δεξίπ- τιάτην καὶ τῶν ἄλλων οἱ ἐδόκουν ἐπιτήδειοι εἶναι δεῖσθαι Κὶ λεάν- 
\ Ul o 
τὸν ἄνδρα καὶ παίειν κελεύσας Δέξιππον. 31 dpov κατὰ πάντα τρόπον ἀφεῖναι τὼ ἄνδρε. ἐλθὼν οὖν ὁ 
— le! / ” / 
Fevodov λέγει" “Eyes μέν, ὦ Kréavdpe, τοὺς ἄνδρας, καὶ ἡ 


" Lal sd > , a“ 
στρατιά σοι ὑφεῖτο ὅ,τι ἐβούλου ποιῆσαι καὶ περὶ τούτων καὶ 130 


που ἄγοντος τοῦτι 
τοῦτον μὲν γὰρ olda ἄνδρα ἀγαθὸν ὄντα, Δέξιππον δὲ οἶδα 
95 αἱρεθέντα ὑπὸ τῆς στρατιᾶς ἄρχειν τῆς πεντηκοντόρου ἧς ἠτησά- 
μεθα παρὰ Τραπεζουντίων ἐφ᾽ ᾧτε πλοῖα συλλέγειν ὡς σῳ- περὶ αὐτῶν ἁπάντων. νῦν δέ σε αἰτοῦνται καὶ δέονται δοῦναι 
ζοίμεθα, καὶ ἀποδράντα Δέξιππον καὶ προδόντα τοὺς στρατιώτας σφίσι τὼ ἄνδρε καὶ μὴ κατακαίνειν.- πολλὰ γὰρ ἐν τῷ ἔμπροσθεν 
καὶ τούς τε Τραπεζουντίους ἀπεστερήκαμεν 23 ἢ 3 χρόνῳ περὶ τὴν στρατιὰν ἐμοχθησάτην. ταῦτα δέ σου τυχόντες 
ὑπισχνοῦνταί σοι ἀντὶ τούτων, ἣν βούλῃ ἡγεῖσθαι αὐτῶν καὶ ἣν 
οἱ θεοὶ ἵλεῳ ὦσιν, ἐπιδείξειν σοι καὶ ὡς κόσμιοί εἰσι καὶ ὡς 135 
ἱκανοὶ τῷ ἄρχοντι πειθόμενοι τοὺς πολεμίους σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς μὴ 


ς 








μεθ᾽ ὧν ἐσώθη. 

τὴν πεντηκόντορον καὶ κακοὶ δοκοῦμεν εἶναι διὰ τοῦτον, αὐτοί 
100 τε τὸ ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἀπολώλαμεν. ἤκουε γάρ, ὥσπερ ἡμεῖς, ὡς 

ἄπορον εἴη πεζὴ ἀπιόντας τοὺς ποταμούς τε διαβῆναι καὶ 

σωθῆναι εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα. τοῦτον οὖν τοιοῦτον ὄντα ἀφειλόμην. | * φοβεῖσθαι. δέονται δέ σου καὶ τοῦτο, παραγενόμενον καὶ 

εἰ δὲ σὺ ἦγες ἢ ἄλλος τις τῶν παρὰ σοῦ, καὶ μὴ τῶν παρ᾽ ἡμῶν 24 | ἄρξαντα ἑαυτῶν πεῖραν λαβεῖν καὶ Δεξίππου καὶ σφῶν τῶν 

ἀποδράντων, εὖ ἴσθι ὅτι οὐδὲν ἂν τούτων ἐποίησα. νόμιζε δέ, 84 ἄλλων οἷος ἕκαστός ἐστι, καὶ τὴν ἀξίαν ἑκάστοις νεῖμαι. ἀκού- 
105 ἂν ἐμὲ νῦν ἀποκτείνῃς, δι’ ἄνδρα δειλόν τε καὶ πονηρὸν ἄνδρα σας ταῦτα ὁ Κλέανδρος, ᾿Αλλὰ ναὶ τῶ σιώ, ἔφη, ταχύ τοι 140 
ὑμῖν ἀποκρινοῦμαι. καὶ τώ τε ἄνδρε ὑμῖν δίδωμι καὶ αὐτὸς 





ἀγαθὸν ἀποκτείνων. 
᾿Ακού ῦτα ὁ Κλέανδρος εἶπεν ὅτι Δέξ ἐν οὐκ 25 παρέσομαι" καὶ ἢν οἱ θεοὶ διδῶ ἐξηγή iS τὴ 
ύσας ταῦτα ὁ ρος ν ὅτι LITTTOV μὲν οὐκ 25 | L παραδιδῶσιν, ἐξηγήσομαι εἰς τὴν 


ii id 
ἐπαινοίη, εἰ ταῦτα πεποιηκὼς εἴη" ov μέντοι ἔφη νομίζειν οὐδ᾽ Ελλάδα. καὶ πολὺ οἱ λόγοι οὗτοι ἀντίοι εἰσὶν ἢ ods ἐγὼ 





900 Anabasis 





4 ¢ »“: ey Μ) ε Ἁ Ld Ε , > \ 
περὶ υμὼν ἐνιὼν ἡκουὸον ὡς TO στρατευμα ἀφίστατε αἼΤΟ 


145 Λακεδαιμονίων. 
Ἔκ τούτου οἱ μὲν ἐπαινοῦντες ἀπῆλθον, ἔχοντες τὼ ἄνδρε" 35 
A > ’ > " “ ri » “ ~ 
Κλέανδρος δὲ ἐθύετο ἐπὶ τῇ πορείᾳ καὶ ξυνῆν Ἐξενοφῶντι φιλικῶς 
" ‘ 
καὶ ξενίαν ξυνεβάλλοντο. ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ ἑώρα αὐτοὺς τὸ παραγ- 
͵ ». " a A ” , ’ ξ ᾿ 
γελλόμενον εὐτάκτως ποιοῦντας, καὶ μᾶλλον ἔτι ἐπεθύμει ἡγεμὼν 
150 γενέσθαι αὐτῶν. ἐπεὶ μέντοι θυομένῳ αὐτῷ ἐπὶ τρεῖς ἡμέρας 36 
οὐκ ἐγίγνετο τὰ ἱερά, συγκαλέσας τοὺς στρατηγοὺς εἶπεν: ᾿Εμοὶ 
" » / κ᾿ \ > , Ψ “ ᾽ | > “ a 
μὲν ov τελέθει τὰ ἱερὰ ἐξάγειν" ὑμεῖς μέντοι μὴ ἀθυμεῖτε τούτου 
ἕνεκα" ὑμῖν γάρ, ὡς ἔοικε, δέδοται ἐκκομίσαι τοὺς ἄνδρας: ἀλλὰ 
πορεύεσθε. ἡμεῖς δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἐπειδὰν ἐκεῖσε ἥκητε, δεξόμεθα ὡς 


BOOK VII 


I. [Ὅσα μὲν δὴ ἐν τῇ ἀναβάσει τῇ μετὰ Κύρου ἔπραξαν 
οἱ Ἕλληνες μέχρι τῆς μάχης, καὶ ὅσα ἐπεὶ Κῦρος ἐτελεύτησεν 
ἐν τῇ πορείᾳ μέχρι εἰς τὸν Πόντον ἀφίκοντο, καὶ ὅσα ἐς τοῦ 
Πόντου πεζῇ ἐξιόντες καὶ ἐκπλέοντες ἐποίουν μέχρι ἔξω τοῦ 
στόματος ἐγένοντο ἐν Χρυσοπόλει τῆς ᾿Ασίας, ἐν τῷ πρόσθεν 
λόγῳ δεδήλωται. ' 

2 ‘Ex τούτου δὲ Φαρνάβαζος φοβούμενος τὸ στράτευμα μὴ 
ἐπὶ τὴν αὑτοῦ χώραν στρατεύηται, πέμψας πρὸς ᾿Αναξίβιον τὸν 
ναύαρχον --- ὃ δ᾽ ἔτυχεν ἐν Βυζαντίῳ ὦν --- ἐδεῖτο διαβιβάσαι 
τὸ στράτευμα ἐκ τῆς ᾿Ασίας, καὶ ὑπισχνεῖτο πάντα ποιήσειν 

8 αὐτῷ ὅσα δέοι. καὶ ὁ ᾿Αναξίβιος μετεπέμψατο τοὺς στρατηγοὺς 
καὶ λοχαγοὺς εἰς Βυζάντιον, καὶ ὑπισχνεῖτο, εἰ διαβαῖεν, μισθο- 

4 φορὰν ἔσεσθαι τοῖς στρατιώταις. οἱ μὲν δὴ ἄλλοι ἔφασαν βου- 
λευσάμενοι ἀπαγγελεῖν, Ἐξενοφῶν δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὅτι ἀπαλλάξοιτο 
ἤδη ἀπὸ τῆς στρατιᾶς καὶ βούλοιτο ἀποπλεῖν. ὁ δὲ ᾿Αναξίβιος 
ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν συνδιαβάντα ἔπειτα οὕτως ἀπαλλάττεσθαι. 


-- λα... 


a Ὡς πα μα 





155 ἂν δυνώμεθα κάλλιστα. 

> al LAN , le) > “ , 

Ex τούτου ἔδοξε τοῖς στρατιώταις δοῦναι αὐτῷ τὰ δημόσια 37 
πρόβατα" ὃ δὲ δεξάμενος πάλιν αὐτοῖς ἀπέδωκε. καὶ οὗτος μὲν 
ἀπέπλει. οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται διαθέμενοι τὸν σῖτον ὃν ἦσαν συγ- 
κεκομισμένοι καὶ τἄλλα ἃ εἰλήφεσαν ἐξεπορεύοντο διὰ τῶν 

160 Βιθυνῶν. ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐδενὶ ἐνέτυχον πορευόμενοι τὴν ὀρθὴν ὁδόν, 38 
ὥστε ἔχοντές τι εἰς τὴν φιλίαν ἐλθεῖν, ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς τοὔμπαλιν 
ὑποστρέψαντας ἐλθεῖν μίαν ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτα. τοῦτο δὲ ποιή- 
σαντες ἔλαβον πολλὰ καὶ ἀνδράποδα καὶ πρόβατα" καὶ adi- 

€ »" > f lel ἤ ᾽ ἊΝ 
KOVTO ἑκταῖοι εἰς Χρυσόπολιν τῆς Καλχηδονίας, καὶ ἐκεῖ ἔμειναν 
105 ἡμέρας ἑπτὰ λαφυροπωλοῦντες. 


Ν φ n ra 
ἐφη οὖν ταῦτα ποιήσειν. 
A ς a 4 Ud 
5 Σεύθης δὲ ὁ Θρᾷξ πέμπει Μηδοσάδην καὶ κελεύει Bevo- 
φῶντα συμπροθυμεῖσθαι ὅπως διαβῇ τὸ στράτευμα, καὶ ἔφη 
6 > ~ “ θ θ ir Ψ > v Δ ? Φ 
αὐτῷ ταῦτα συμπροθυμηθέντι ὅτι οὐ μεταμελήσει. ὃ δ᾽ εἶπεν- 
; \ p.' 

Αλλὰ τὸ μὲν στράτευμα διαβήσεται: τούτου ἕνεκα μηδὲν 
if M4 a 
τελείτω μήτε ἐμοὶ μήτε ἄλλῳ μηδενί: ἐπειδὰν δὲ διαβῇ, ἐγὼ 

\ > Ud 
μὲν ἀπαλλάξομαι, πρὸς δὲ τοὺς διαμένοντας καὶ ἐπικαιρίους 
ἤ e x | Δ ν ἢ d 
ὄντας προσφερέσθω ὡς ἂν αὐτῷ δοκῇ ἀσφαλέ. 
> 
7 ‘Ex τούτου διαβαίνουσι πάντες eis τὸ Βυζάντιον of στρατιῶ- 
ται. καὶ μισθὸν μὲν οὐκ ἐδίδου ὁ ᾿Αναξίβιος, ἐκήρυξε δὲ λα- 
βόντας τὰ ὅπλα καὶ τὰ σκεύη τοὺς στρατιώτας ἐξιέναι, ὡς 
> ἤ [4 ‘ > Ἀ A > lel ε 
ἀποπέμψων τε ἅμα καὶ ἀριθμὸν ποιήσων. ἐνταῦθα οἱ στρα- 
“ »” μή 
τιῶται ἤχθοντο, ὅτι οὐκ εἶχον ἀργύριον ἐπισιτίζεσθαι εἰς τὴν 
8 πορείαν, καὶ ὀκνηρῶς συνεσκευάξοντο. καὶ 6 Σενοφῶν Kredv- 
“ ξ “ , 
Spy τῷ ἁρμοστῇ ξένος γεγενημένος προσελθὼν ἠσπάξετο αὐτὸν 
801 





302 Anabasis 





ὡς ἀποπλευσούμενος ἤδη. ὃ δὲ αὐτῷ λέγει: Μὴ ποιήσῃς ταῦτα" 
εἰ δὲ μή, ἔφη, αἰτίαν ἕξεις, ἐπεὶ καὶ νῦν τινὲς ἤδη σὲ αἰτιῶνται 
ὅτε οὐ ταχὺ ἐξέρπει τὸ στράτευμα. ὃ δ᾽ εἶπεν: ᾿Αλλ’ αἴτιος 9 
85 μὲν ἔγωγε οὐκ εἰμὶ τούτου, οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται αὐτοὶ ἐπισιτισμοῦ 
δεόμενοι διὰ τοῦτο ἀθυμοῦσι πρὸς τὴν ἔξοδον. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅμως, 10 
ἔφη, ἐγώ σοι συμβουλεύω ἐξελθεῖν μὲν ὡς πορευσόμενον, ἐπειδὰν 
= ᾽ Ν Ud ἤ > ’ n 
δ᾽ ἔξω γένηται τὸ στράτευμα, τότε ἀπαλλάττεσθαι. Ταῦτα 
τοίνυν, ἔφη ὁ Ἐξενοφῶν, ἐλθόντες πρὸς ᾿Αναξίβιον διαπραξόμεθα. 
- > / Ν Ὁ 
40 οὕτως ἐλθόντες ἔλεγον ταῦτα. 
Ὃ δὲ ἐκέλευεν οὕτω ποιεῖν καὶ ἐξιέναι τὴν ταχίστην συσ- 11 
κευασαμένους, καὶ προσανεῖπεν, ὃς ἂν μὴ παρῇ εἰς τὴν ἐξέτασιν 

\ hI \ > / νΝ » Ν "" κα > 4 > “~ Ly ed 
καὶ εἰς τὸν ἀριθμόν, ὄτι αὐτὸς αὑτὸν αἰτιάσεται. ἐντεῦθεν ἐξῇσαν 12 
ll “Ὁ ἢ ἃ bal 5 Ld \ 
of τε στρατηγοὶ πρῶτοι καὶ of ἄλλοι. καὶ ἄρδην πάντες πλὴν 

45 ὀλίγων ἔξω ἧσαν, καὶ ᾿Ετεόνικος εἱστήκει παρὰ τὰς πύλας ὡς 
Lai i ” ἢ ’ / ‘ ‘ ‘ 
ὁπότε ἔξω γένοιντο πάντες συγκλείσων τὰς πύλας Kal τὸν 
μοχλὸν ἐμβαλῶν. ὁ δὲ ᾿Αναξίβιος συγκαλέσας τοὺς στρατη- 18 
γοὺς καὶ τοὺς λοχαγοὺς ἔλεγεν: Τὰ μὲν ἐπιτήδεια, ἔφη, λαμβά- 
» a f ” tl, δὲ > 0 ‘ fa ‘ \ 
νετε ἐκ TOV Θρᾳκίων κωμῶν" εἰσὶ δὲ αὐτόθι πολλαὶ κριθαὶ Kal 
50 πυροὶ καὶ τἄλλα ἐπιτήδεια" λαβόντες δὲ πορεύεσθε εἰς Χερ- 

Uy > “ \ ἤ ἊΝ / > Ud 4 
ρόνησον, ἐκεῖ δὲ Κυνίσκος ὑμῖν μισθοδοτήσει. ἐπακούσαντες δέ 14 
τινες τῶν στρατιωτῶν ταῦτα, ἣ καὶ τῶν λοχαγῶν τις διαγγέλλει 
εἰς τὸ στράτευμα. καὶ οἱ μὲν στρατηγοὶ ἐπυνθάνοντο περὶ τοῦ 
Σεύθου πότερα πολέμιος εἴη ἢ φίλος, καὶ πότερα διὰ τοῦ ἱεροῦ 
Ν ry al 4 4 A ΄ > φ \ 

55 ὄρους δέοι πορεύεσθαι ἢ κύκλῳ διὰ μέσης τῆς Θράκης. ἐν @ δὲ 15 
ταῦτα διελέγοντο οἱ στρατιῶται ἀναρπάσαντες τὰ ὅπλα θέουσι 
δρόμῳ πρὸς τὰς πύλας, ὡς πάλιν εἰς τὸ τεῖχος εἰσιόντες. ὁ δὲ 

"“ ε 
᾿Ετεόνικος καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ ὡς εἶδον προσθέοντας τοὺς ὁπλίτας, 
συγκλείουσι τὰς πύλας καὶ τὸν μοχλὸν ἐμβάλλουσιν. οἱ δὲ 16 

60 στρατιῶται ἔκοπτον τὰς πύλας καὶ ἔλεγον ὅτι ἀδικώτατα πά- 
σχοιεν ἐκβαλλόμενοι εἰς τοὺς πολεμίους " κατασχίσειν τε τὰς 
πύλας ἔφασαν, εἰ μὴ ἑκόντες ἀνοίξουσιν. ἄλλοι δὲ ἔθεον ἐπὶ 11 

Ui | \ 3, Ds “ e / > A 
θάλατταν Kai Tapa THY χηλὴν TO τεῖχος ὑπερβαίνουσιν εἰς τὴν 
πόλιν, ἄλλοι δὲ of ἐτύγχανον ἔνδον ὄντες τῶν στρατιωτῶν, ὡς 

65 ὁρῶσι τὰ ἐπὶ ταῖς πύλαις πράγματα, διακόπτοντες ταῖς ἀξίναις 
τὰ κλεῖθρα ἀναπεταννύασι τὰς πύλας, οἱ δ᾽ εἰσπίπτουσιν. 





Book VII, Chap. I 303 





is Ὁ δὲ Ξενοφῶν ὡς εἶδε τὰ γιγνόμενα, δείσας μὴ ἐφ᾽ ἁρπαγὴν 
τράποιτο τὸ στράτευμα καὶ ἀνήκεστα κακὰ γένοιτο τῇ πόλει καὶ 
ἑαυτῷ καὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις, ἔθει καὶ συνεισπίπτει εἴσω τῶν 

19 πυλῶν σὺν τῷ ὄχλῳ. οἱ δὲ Βυξάντιοι ὡς εἶδον πὸ στράτευμα τὸ 
βίᾳ εἰσπῖπτον, φεύγουσιν ἐκ τῆς ἀγορᾶς, οἱ μὲν εἰς τὰ πλοῖα, οἱ 
δὲ οἴκαδε, ὅσοι δὲ ἔνδον ἐτύγχανον ὄντες, ἔξω, of δὲ καθεῖλκον 
τὰς τριήρεις, ὡς ἐν ταῖς τριήρεσι σῴξοιντο, πάντες δὲ ᾧοντο ἀπο- 

20 λωλέναι, ὡς ἑαλωκυίας τῆς πόλεως. ὁ δὲ "Eredsecor εἰς τὴν 
ἄκραν ἀποφεύγει. ὁ δὲ ᾿Αναξίβιος καταδραμὼν ἐπὶ θάλατταν 75 
ἐν ἁλιευτικῷ πλοίῳ περιέπλει εἰς τὴν ἀκρόπολιν, καὶ εὐθὺς μετα- 
πέμπεται ἐκ Καλχηδόνος φρουρούς" οὐ γὰρ ἱκανοὶ ἐδόκουν εἶναι 
οἱ ἐν τῇ ἀκροπόλει σχεῖν τοὺς ἄνδρας. 

21 Οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται ὡς εἶδον Ἐξνοφῶντα, προσπίπτουσι πολλοὶ 
αὐτῷ καὶ λέγουσι: Νῦν σοι ἔξεστιν, ὦ Ἐξενοφῶν, ἀνδρὶ γενέσθαι. 80 
ἔχεις πόλιν, ἔχεις τριήρεις, ἔχεις χρήματα, ἔχεις ἄνδρας τοσού- 
τους. νῦν ἄν, εἰ βούλοιο, σύ τε ἡμᾶς ὀνήσαις καὶ ἡμεῖς σὲ 

22 μέγαν ποιήσαιμεν. ὃ δ᾽ ἀπεκρίνατο: ᾿Αλλ᾽ εὖ γε λέγετε καὶ 
ποιήσω ταῦτα" εἰ δὲ τούτων ἐπιθυμεῖτε, θέσθε τὰ ὅπλα ἐν τάξει 
ὡς τάχιστα" βουλόμενος αὐτοὺς κατηρεμίσαι" καὶ αὐτός τε πα- 85 
ρηγγύα ταῦτα καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἐκέλευε παρεγγυᾶν τίθεσθαι τὰ 

23 ὅπλα. of δὲ αὐτοὶ ὑφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν ταττόμενοι οἵ τε ὁπλῖται ἐν ὀλίγῳ 
χρόνῳ εἰς ὀκτὼ ἐγένοντο καὶ οἱ πελτασταὶ ἐπὶ τὸ κέρας δκάτερον 

24 παρεδεδραμήκεσαν. τὸ δὲ χωρίον οἷον κάλλιστον ἐκτάξασθαί 
a: TO pyar καλούμενον, ἔρημον οἰκιῶν καὶ πεδινόν. ἐπεὶ 90 
δὲ ἔκειτο τὰ ὅπλε καὶ κατηρεμίσθησαν, συγκαλεῖ ὁ Ξενοφῶν 

25 τὴν στρατιὰν καὶ λέγει τάδε. Ὅτι μὲν ὀργίζεσθε, ὦ ἄνδρες 
στρατιῶται, καὶ νομίζετε δεινὰ πάσχειν ἐξαπατώμενοι οὐ θαυ- 
μάξω. ἣν δὲ τῷ θυμῷ χαριζώμεθα καὶ Λακεδαιμονίους τε τοὺς 
παρόντας τῆς ἐξαπάτης τιμωρησώμεθα καὶ τὴν πόλιν τὴν οὐδὲν 95 

26 αἰτίαν διαρπάσωμεν, ἐνθυμεῖσθε ἃ ἔσται ἐντεῦθεν. πολέμιοι 
μὲν ἐσόμεθα ἀποδεδειγμένοι Λακεδαιμονίοις καὶ τοῖς συμμάχοις 
οἷος δὲ πόλεμος ἂν γένοιτο εἰκάξειν δὴ πάρεστιν, ἑωρακότας a 

27 ἀναμνησθέντας τὰ νῦν δὴ γεγενημένα. ἡμεῖς γὰρ οἱ ᾿Αθηναῖοι 
ἤλθομεν εἰς τὸν πόλεμον τὸν πρὸς Λακεδαιμονίους καὶ τοὺς 100 

συμμάχους ἔχοντες τριήρεις τὰς μὲν ἐν θαλάττῃ τὰς δ᾽ ἐν τοῖς 





304 Anabasis Book VII, Chap. I 305 








νεωρίοις οὐκ ἐλάττους τριακοσίων, ὑπαρχόντων δὲ ψιυλλὴν XPn- | sul τότε προσελθὼν ἔλεγεν ὅτι ἕτοιμος εἴη ἡγεῖσθαι αὐτοῖς εἰς 
μάτων ἐν τῇ πόλει καὶ προσόδου οὔσης κατ᾽ ἐνιαυτὸν ship’ δ ορα } τὸ Δέλτα καλούμενον τῆς Θράκης, ἔνθα πολλὰ καὶ ἀγαθὰ 
ἐνδήμων καὶ τῆς ὑπερορίας οὐ μεῖον χιλίων ταλάντων" ee λήψοιντο" ἔστε δ᾽ ἂν μόλωσιν, εἰς ἀφθονία» παρέξειν ἔφη καὶ 
105 δὲ τῶν νήσων ἁπασῶν καὶ ἔν τε τῇ ᾿Ασίᾳ πολλὰς ἔχοντες oo σιτία καὶ ποτά. ἀκούουσι ταῦτα τοῖς στρατιώταις καὶ τὰ παρὰ 
καὶ ἐν τῇ Ἑὐρώπῃ ἄλλας τε πολλὰς καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο τὸ Bunce: Ι ᾿Αναξιβίου ἅμα ἀπαγγελλόμενα --- ἀπεκρίνατο γὰρ ὅτι πειθο- 
τιον, ὅπου νῦν ἐσμεν, ἔχοντες κατεπολεμήθημεν οὕτως ὡς πάντες μένοις αὐτοῖς οὐ μεταμελήσει, ἀλλὰ τοῖς τε οἴκοι τέλεσι ταῦτα 
ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε. νῦν δὲ δὴ τί ἂν οἰόμεθα παθεῖν, Λακεδαιμο- 28 | ἀπαγγελεῖ καὶ αὐτὸς βουλεύσοιτο περὶ αὐτῶν ὅ,τι δύναιτο ἀγα- 
νίοις μὲν καὶ τῶν ἀρχαίων συμμάχων ὑπαρχόντων, ᾿Αθηναίων θόν ---ἐς τούτου οἱ στρατιῶται τόν τε Κοιρατάδαν δέχονται 
110 δὲ καὶ of ἐκείνοις τότε ἦσαν σύμμαχοι πάντων προσγεγενημένων, στρατηγὸν καὶ ἔξω τοῦ τείχους ἀπῆλθον. ὁ δὲ Κοιρατάδας 
Τισσαφέρνους δὲ καὶ τῶν ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ ἄλλων βαρβάρων πάντων συντίθεται αὐτοῖς εἰς τὴν ὑστεραίαν παρέσεσθαι ἐπὶ τὸ στρά- 
πολεμίων ἡμῖν ὄντων, πολεμιωτάτου δὲ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἄνω βασ λέως, | τευμα ἔχων καὶ ἱερεῖα καὶ μάντιν καὶ σιτία καὶ ποτὰ τῇ στρατιᾷ. 

ὃν ἤλθομεν ἀφαιρησόμενοι τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ ἀποκτενοῦντες, εἰ ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐξῆλθον, ὁ ᾿Αναξίβιος ἔκλεισε τὰς πύλας καὶ ἐκήρυξεν ὅς 
δυναίμεθα; τούτων δὴ πάντων ὁμοῦ ὄντων ἔστι τις οὕτως ἄφρων ἂν ἁλῷ ἔνδον ὧν τῶν στρατιωτῶν ὅτι πεπράσεται. τῇ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ 
115 ὅστις οἴεται ἂν ἡμᾶς περιγενέσθαι; μὴ πρὸς θεῶν μαινώμεθα 29 β Κοιρατάδας μὲν ἔχων τὰ ἱερεῖα καὶ τὸν μάντιν ἧκε καὶ ἄλφιτα 
μηδ᾽ αἰσχρῶς ἀπολώμεθα πολέμιοι ὄντες καὶ ταῖς πατρίσι καὶ | φέροντες εἵποντο αὐτῷ εἴκοσιν ἄνδρες καὶ οἶνον ἄλλοι εἴκοσι καὶ 
τοῖς ἡμετέροις αὐτῶν φίλοις τε καὶ οἰκείοις. ἐν γὰρ ταῖς πόλε- ἐλαῶν τρεῖς καὶ σκορόδων ἀνὴρ ὅσον ἐδύνατο μέγιστον φορτίον 
σίν εἰσι πάντες ταῖς ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς στρατευσομέναις, καὶ δικαίως, εἰ | καὶ ἄλλος κρομμύων. ταῦτα δὲ καταθέμενος ὡς ἐπὶ δάσμευσιν 
βάρβαρον μὲν πόλιν οὐδεμίαν ἠθελήσαμεν κατασχεῖν, καὶ ταῦτα ἐθύετο. Ἐξενοφῶν δὲ μεταπεμψάμενος Κλέανδρον ἐκέλευε δια- 

120 κρατοῦντες, Ελληνίδα δὲ εἰς ἣν πρώτην ἤλθομεν πόλιν, ταύτην πρᾶξαι ὅπως εἰς τὸ τεῖχος εἰσέλθοι καὶ ἀποπλεύσαι ἐκ Bufav- 
ἐξαλαπάξομεν. ἐγὼ μὲν τοίνυν εὔχομαι πρὶν ταῦτα ἐπιδεῖν 30 39 τίου. ἐλθὼν δ᾽ ὁ Κλέανδρος μάλα μόλις ἔφη διαπραξάμενος 
ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν γενόμενα μυρίας ἐμέ γε κατὰ τῆς γῆς ὀργυιὰς γενέσθαι. ἥκειν" λέγειν γὰρ ᾿Αναξίβιον ὅτι οὐκ ἐπιτήδειον εἴη τοὺς μὲν 
καὶ ὑμῖν δὲ συμβουλεύω Ἕλληνας ὄντας τοῖς τῶν ᾿Ελλήνων | στρατιώτας πλησίον εἶναι τοῦ τεΐχους, Ἐξενοφῶντα δὲ ἔνδον- 
προεστηκόσι πειθομένους πειρᾶσθαι τῶν δικαίων τυγχάνειν. τοὺς Βυζαντίους δὲ στασιάζειν καὶ πονηροὺς εἶναι πρὸς ἀλλή- 
125 ἐὰν δὲ μὴ δύνησθε ταῦτα, ἡμᾶς δεὶ ἀδικουμένους τῆς γοῦν Ἵ λους" ὅμως δὲ εἰσιέναι, ἔφη, ἐκέλευεν, εἰ μέλλεις σὺν αὐτῷ 
Ἑλλάδος μὴ στέρεσθαι. καὶ νῦν μοι δοκεῖ πέμψαντας *Ava- 31 40 ἐκπλεῖν. ὁ μὲν δὴ Ἐξενοφῶν ἀσπασάμενος τοὺς στρατιώτας εἴσω 
ξιβίῳ εἰπεῖν ὅτι ἡμεῖς οὐδὲν βίαιον ποιήσοντες παρεληλύθαμεν 4 τοῦ τείχους ἀπήει σὺν Κλεάνδρῳ. ὁ δὲ Κοιρατάδας τῇ μὲν 

εἰς τὴν πόλιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἢν μὲν δυνώμεθα παρ᾽ ὑμῶν ἀγαθόν τι εὑρί- πρώτῃ ἡμέρᾳ οὐκ ἐκαλλιέρει οὐδὲ διεμέτρησεν οὐδὲν τοῖς στρα- 
σκεσθαι, εἰ δὲ μή, ἀλλὰ δηλώσοντες ὅτι οὐκ ἐξαπατώμενοι ἀλλὰ τιώταις" τῇ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ τὰ μὲν ἱερεῖα εἱστήκει Tapa τὸν βωμὸν 

130 πειθόμενοι ἐξερχόμεθα. καὶ Κοιρατάδας ἐστεφανωμένος ὡς θύσων: προσελθὼν δὲ Τιμα- 
Ταῦτα ἔδοξε, καὶ πέμπουσιν ἹἹερώνυμόν τε τὸν ᾿Ηλεῖον ἐροῦντα 32 σίων ὁ Δαρδανεὺς καὶ Νέων ὁ ᾿Ασιναῖος καὶ Κλεάνωρ ὁ ’Opyo- 

ταῦτα καὶ Evptroyov ᾿Αρκάδα καὶ Φιλήσιον ᾿Αχαιόν. οἱ μὲν μένιος ἔλεγον Κοιρατάδᾳ μὴ θύειν, ὡς οὐχ ἡγησόμενον τῇ 
ταῦτα ᾧχοντο ἐροῦντες. | 41 στρατιᾷ, εἰ μὴ δώσει τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. ὃ δὲ κελεύει διαμετρεῖσθαι. 
Ἔτι δὲ καθημένων τῶν στρατιωτῶν προσέρχεται ΚΚοιρατάδας 88. | ἐπεὶ δὲ πολλῶν ἐνέδει αὐτῷ ὥστε ἡμέρας σῖτον ἐκάστῳ γενέσθαι 

135 Θηβαῖος, ὅς οὐ φεύγων τὴν Ελλάδα περιήει ἀλλὰ στρατηγιῶν τῶν στρατιωτῶν, ἀναλαβὼν τὰ ἱερεῖα anne καὶ τὴν στρατηγίαν 

καὶ ἐπαγγελλόμενος, εἴ τις ἢ πόλις ἢ ἔθνος στρατηγοῦ δέοιτο" ἀπειπών. 








140 





906 Anabasis Book VII, Chap. IT 307 








Il. Νέων δὲ ὁ ᾿Ασιναῖος καὶ Φρυνίσκος ὁ ᾿Αχαιὸς καὶ 1 ὡς τάχιστα Ἐξένοφῶντα προπέμψαι τοῖς ἵπποις ἐπὶ τὸ στρά- 
Φιλήσιος ὁ ᾿Αχαιὸς καὶ Ἐανθικλῆς ὁ ᾿Αχαιὸς καὶ Τιμασίων ὁ | 9 τευμα. καὶ ὁ μὲν Ἐξενοφῶν διαπλεύσας ἀφικνεῖται ἐπὶ τὸ 
Δαρδανεὺς ἐπέμενον ἐπὶ τῇ στρατιᾷ, καὶ εἰς κώμας τῶν Θρᾳκῶν στράτευμα" οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται ἐδέξαντο ἡδέως καὶ εὐθὺς εἵποντο 
προελθόντες τὰς κατὰ Βυζάντιον ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο. καὶ οἱ 2 ἄσμενοι ὡς διαβησόμενοι ἐκ τῆς Θράκης εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν. 

5 στρατηγοὶ ἐστασίαζον, Kredvwp μὲν καὶ Φρυνίσκος πρὸς Σεύθην 10 ὋὉ δὲ Σεύθης ἀκούσας ἥκοντα πάλιν πέμψας πρὸς αὐτὸν 
βουλόμενοι ἄγειν: ἔπειθε γὰρ αὐτούς, καὶ ἔδωκε τῷ μὲν ἵππον, κατὰ θάλατταν Μηδοσάδην ἐδεῖτο τὴν στρατιὰν ἄγειν πρὸς 
τῷ δὲ γυναῖκα: Νέων δὲ εἰς Χερρόνησον, οἰόμενος, εἰ ὑπὸ Λακε- ἑαυτόν, ὑπισχνούμενος αὐτῷ ὅ,τι ᾧετο λέγων πείσειν. ὅ δ᾽ 
δαιμονίοις γένοιντο, παντὸς ἂν προεστάναι τοῦ στρατεύματος" 11 ἀπεκρίνατο ὅτι οὐδὲν οἷόν τε εἴη τούτων γενέσθαι. καὶ ὃ μὲν 
Τιμασίων δὲ προὐθυμεῖτο πέραν εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν πάλιν δια βῆναι, ταῦτα ἀκούσας ᾧχετο. οἱ δὲ “Ἕλληνες ἐπεὶ ἀφίκοντο εἰς Πέρινθον, 

10 οἰόμενος otras ἂν οἴκαδε κατελθεῖν. καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται ταὐτὰ Νέων μὲν ἀποσπάσας ἐστρατοπεδεύσατο χωρὶς ἔχων ὡς ὀκτακο- 
ἐβούλοντο. διατριβομένου δὲ τοῦ χρόνου πολλοὶ τῶν στρατιω- 3 σίους ἀνθρώπους" τὸ δ᾽ ἄλλο στράτευμα πᾶν ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ παρὰ 
τῶν, of μὲν τὰ ὅπλα ἀποδιδόμενοι κατὰ τοὺς χώρους ἀπέπλεον τὸ τεῖχος τὸ Περινθίων ἦν. 
ὡς ἐδύναντο, οἱ δὲ καὶ εἰς τὰς πόλεις κατεμείγνυντο. ᾿Αναξίβιος 4 12 Μετὰ ταῦτα Ἐξενοφῶν μὲν ἔπραττε περὶ πλοίων, ὅπως ὅτι 
δ᾽ ἔχαιρε ταῦτα ἀκούων, διαφθειρόμενον τὸ στράτευμα" τούτων τάχιστα διαβαῖεν. ἐν δὲ τούτῳ ἀφικόμενος ᾿Αρίσταρχος <o> 

15 γὰρ γιγνομένων ᾧετο μάλιστα χαρίζεσθαι Φαρναβάζῳ. ἐκ Βυξαντίου ἁρμοστής, ἔχων δύο τριήρεις, πεπεισμένος ὑπὸ 50 

᾿Αποπλέοντι δὲ ᾿Αναξιβίῳ ἐκ Βυζαντίου συναντᾷ *Apé 5 Φαρναβάζου τοῖς τε ναυκλήροις ἀπεῖπε μὴ διάγειν ἐλθών τε ἐπὶ 
σταρχος ἐν Κυζίκῳ διάδοχος Κλεάνδρῳ Βυζαντίου ἁρμοστής" τὸ στράτευμα τοῖς στρατιώταις εἶπε μὴ περαιοῦσθαι εἰς τὴν 
ἐλέγετο δὲ ὅτι καὶ ναύαρχος διάδοχος Πῶλος ὅσον οὐ παρείη 18 ᾿Ασίαν. ὁ δὲ Ξενοφῶν ἔλεγεν ὅτι ᾿Αναξίβιος ἐκέλευσε καὶ ἐμὲ 
ἤδη εἰς Ἑλλήσποντον. καὶ ᾿Αναξίβιος τῷ μὲν ᾿Αριστάρχῳ 6 πρὸς τοῦτο ἔπεμψεν ἐνθάδε. πάλιν δ᾽ ᾿Αρίσταρχος ἔλεξεν" 

20 ἐπιστέλλει ὁπόσους ἂν εὕρῃ ἐν Βυζαντίῳ τῶν Κύρου στρατιω- | ᾿Αναξίβιος μὲν τοίνυν οὐκέτι ναύαρχος, ἐγὼ δὲ τῇδε ἁρμοστής" 55 
τῶν ὑπολελειμμένους ἀποδόσθαι: ὁ δὲ Κι λέανδρος οὐδένα ἐπε- εἰ δέ τινα ὑμῶν λήψομαι ἐν τῇ θαλάττῃ, καταδύσω. ταῦτ᾽ 
πράκει, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς κάμνοντας ἐθεράπευεν οἰκτίρων καὶ εἰπὼν ᾧχετο εἰς τὸ τεῖχος. τῇ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ μεταπέμπεται τοὺς 
ἀναγκάζων οἰκίᾳ δέχεσθαι: ᾿Αρίσταρχος δ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἦλθε τάχιστα, 14 στρατηγοὺς καὶ λοχαγοὺς τοῦ στρατεύματος. ἤδη δὲ ὄντων πρὸς 
οὐκ ἐλάττους τετρακοσίων ἀπέδοτο. ᾿Αναξίβιος δὲ παραπλεύσας 1 τῷ τείχει ἐξαγγέλλει τις τῷ Ἐξνοφῶντι ὅτι εἰ εἴσεισι, συλληφθή- 

25 εἰς Πάριον πέμπει παρὰ Φαρνάβαζοι κατὰ τὰ συγκείμενα. ὅ σεται καὶ ἢ αὐτοῦ τι πείσεται ἣ καὶ Φαρναβάξῳ παραδοθήσεται. 60 
δ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἤσθετο ᾿Αρίσταρχόν τε ἥκοντα εἰς Βυξάντιον ἁρμοστὴν ὃ δὲ ἀκούσας ταῦτα τοὺς μὲν προπέμπεται, αὐτὸς δὲ εἶπεν ὅτι 
καὶ ᾿Αναξίβιον οὐκέτι ναυαρχοῦντα, ᾿Αναξιβίου μὲν ἠμέλησε, | 15 θῦσαί τι βούλοιτο. καὶ ἀπελθὼν ἐθύετο εἰ παρεῖεν αὐτῷ οἱ θεοὶ 
πρὸς ᾿Αρίσταρχον δὲ διεπράττετο τὰ αὐτὰ περὶ τοῦ Κύρου πειρᾶσθαι πρὸς Σεύθην ἄγειν τὸ στράτευμα. ἑώρα γάρ οὔτε 
στρατεύματος ἅπερ πρὸς ᾿Αναξίβιον. διαβαίνειν ἀσφαλὲς ὃν τριήρεις ἔχοντος τοῦ κωλύσοντος, οὔτ᾽ 

8. Ἔκ τούτου ὁ ᾿Αναξίβιος καλέσας Ἐξενοφῶντα κελεύει πάσῃ & ἐπὶ Χερρόνησον ἐλθὼν κατακλεισθῆναι ἐβούλετο καὶ τὸ στρά- 65 
τέχνῃ καὶ μηχανῇ πλεῦσαι ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα ὡς τάχιστα, καὶ τευμα ἐν πολλῇ σπάνει πάντων γενέσθαι ἔνθα πείθεσθαι μὲν 
συνέχειν τε αὐτὸ καὶ συναθροίζειν τῶν διεσπαρμένων ὡς ἂν ἀνάγκη τῷ ἐκεῖ ἁρμοστῇ, τῶν δ᾽ ἐπιτηδείων οὐδὲν ἔμελλεν ἕξειν 
πλείστους δύνηται, καὶ παραγαγόντα εἰς τὴν Πέρινθον διαβιβά- τὸ στράτευμα. 
fav εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν ὅτι τάχιστα" καὶ δίδωσιν αὐτῷ τριακόντορον | 1 Καὶ ὃ μὲν ἀμφὶ ταῦτ᾽ εἶχεν: οἱ δὲ στρατηγοὶ καὶ οἱ λοχαγοὶ 

85 καὶ ἐπιστολὴν καὶ ἄνδρα συμπέμπει κελεύσοντα τοὺς Περινθίους : ἥκοντες παρὰ τοῦ ᾿Αριστάρχου ἀπήγγελλον ὅτι νῦν μὲν ἀπιέναι 70 





908 Anabasis 





σφᾶς κελεύει, τῆς δείλης δὲ ἥκειν" ἔνθα καὶ ae eegand ἐδόκει 

ἡ ἐπιβουλή. ὁ οὖν ἘΞξενοφῶν, ἐπεὶ ἐδόκει τὰ ἱερὰ καλὰ εἶναι 17 
αὐτῷ καὶ τῷ στρατεύματι ἀσφαλῶς πρὸς Σεύθην ἰέναι, παρα- 
λαβὼν Πολυκράτην τὸν ᾿Αθηναῖον λοχαγὸν καὶ st, TOV 

75 στρατηγῶν ἑκάστου ἄνδρα----πλὴν παρὰ Νέωνου --- ἕκαστον 
ἐπίστευεν ᾧχετο τῆς νυκτὸς ἐπὶ τὸ Σεύθου στράτευμα δσήκοντα 
στάδια. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐγγὺς ἣν αὐτοῦ, ἐπιτυγχάνει πυροῖς ἐρήμοις. 18 
καὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ᾧετο μετακεχωρηκέναι τοι τὸν Σεύθην- ἐπεὶ 
δὲ θορύβου τε ἤσθετο καὶ σημαινόντων Ἄλλη τὴν hc Σεύ- 

80 θην, κατέμαθεν ὅτι τούτου ἕνεκα τὰ πυρὰ ERS. 4 τῷ 
Σεύθῃ πρὸ τῶν νυκτοφυλάκων ὅπως ἫΝ μὲν nett μὴ opgere 
ἐν τῷ σκότει ὄντες μήτε ὁπόσοι μήτε ὅπου “ἕν, οἱ δὲ προσιόντες © 
μὴ λανθάνοιεν, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ φῶς καταφανεῖς εἶεν. ! 

Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἤσθετο, προπέμπει τὸν ἑρμηνέα ὃν ἐτύγχανεν ἔχων, 19 

85 καὶ εἰπεῖν κελεύει Σεύθῃ ὅτι ἘΞενοφῶν πάρεστι βουλόμενος 
συγγενέσθαι αὐτῷ. of δὲ ἤροντο εἰ ᾿Αθηναῖος ἀπὸ τοῦ ape 
τεύματος. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἔφη οὗτος εἶναι, Rear γϑήσανννν eos: 20 
καὶ ὀλίγον ὕστερον παρῆσαν πθτασται _ διακόσιοι, καὶ 
παραλαβόντες Ἐξενοφῶντα καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ rie πρὸς ey: 

90 ὃ δ᾽ ἦν ἐν τύρσει para φυλαττόμενος, καὶ sei wipe αὑτὴν τἱ 
κύκλῳ ἐγκεχαλινωμένοι" διὰ γὰρ τὸν φόβον τῶν ΜῈΝ Ἡμέρα 
ἐχίλου τοὺς ἵππους, τὰς δὲ νύκτας epeeysmavepinon ἐφυλάττετο, 
ἐλέγετο γὰρ καὶ πρόσθεν Τήρης ὁ τόννου. τρόγονον ἐν ταύτῃ 3a 
τῇ χώρᾳ πολὺ ἔχων στράτευμα ὑπὸ τούτων da piece πολλοὺς 

95 ἀπολέσαι καὶ τὰ σκευοφόρα ἀφαιρεθῆναι" ἦσαν ὃ οὗτοι Θυνοΐί, 
πάντων λεγόμενοι εἶναι μάλιστα νυκτὸς πολεμεικώτατοι. ' 

Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐγγὺς ἦσαν, ἐκέλευσεν εἰσελθεῖν Ξενοφῶντα ἔχοντα 23° | 
δύο ods βούλοιτο. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἔνδον ἦσαν, ἠσπάζοντο μὲν πρῶτον 
ἀλλήλους καὶ κατὰ τὸν Θράκιον νόμον κέρατο οἴνου προὔπινον" 

100 παρὴν δὲ καὶ Μηδοσάδης τῷ Σεύθῃ, ὅσπερ ἐπρέσβευεν αὐτῷ 
πάντοσε. ἔπειτα δὲ Ἐξενοφῶν ἤρχετο λέγειν: "ἔπεμψας mee 24 
ἐμέ, ὦ Σεύθη, eis Καλχηδόνα πρῶτον Μηδοσάδην τοντονέ, δεό- 

μενός μου συμπροθυμηθῆναι διαβῆναι τὸ σνλϑπεῦμα εἰ τῆς 
᾿Ασίας, καὶ ὑπισχνούμενός μοι, εἰ ταῦτα πράξαιμε, εὖ ποιήσειν, 

105 ὡς ἔφη Μηδοσάδης οὗτος. ταῦτα εἰπὼν ἐπήρετο τὸν Μηδοσάδην 





i 














Book VII, Chap. ΤΙ 309 





εἰ ἀληθῆ ταῦτα εἴη. ὃ δ᾽ ἔφη. Αὖθις ἦλθε Μηδοσάδης οὗτος 
> \ " ‘ ὃ / / > ὶ Ἁ , 3 [4 e , 
ἐπεὶ ἐγώ διέβην πάλιν ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα ἐκ Παρίου, ὑπισχνού- 

2 oa \ ‘ μ᾽ ῳ - ’ / 
μενος, εὐ ἄγοιμι TO στράτευμα πρὸς σέ, τἄλλα τέ σε φέλῳ μοι 
χρήσεσθαι καὶ ἀδελφῷ καὶ τὰ παρὰ θαλάττῃ μοι χωρία ὧν σὺ 
Lal » i A > a / 3, A 

κρατεῖς ἔσεσθαι παρὰ σοῦ. ἐπὶ τούτοις πάλιν ἤρετο τὸν Μηδο- 110 
σάδην εἰ ἔλεγε ταῦτα. ὃ δὲ συνέφη καὶ ταῦτα. “16. νυν, ἔφη, 
ἀφήγησαι τούτῳ τί σοι ἀπεκρινάμην ἐν Καλχηδόνι πρῶτον. 
᾽ 7 ¢ x , , ᾽ ’ Ων 
Atrexpivo ὅτι τὸ στράτευμα διαβήσοιτο εἰς Βυζάντιον καὶ οὐδὲν 
τούτου ἕνεκα δέοι τελεῖν οὔτε σοὶ οὔτε ἄλλῳ" αὐτὸς δὲ ἐπεὶ δια- 
βαίης, ἀπιέναι ἔφησθα: καὶ ἐγένετο οὕτως ὥσπερ σὺ ἔλεγες. 115 
Τί γὰρ ἔλεγον, ἔφη, ὅτε κατὰ Σηλυμβρίαν ἀφίκου; Οὐκ ἔφησθα 
οἷόν τε εἶναι, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς Πέρινθον ἐλθόντας διαβαίνειν εἰς τὴν 
᾿Ασίαν. Νῦν τοίνυν, ἔφη ὁ ἘΞενοφῶν, πάρειμι καὶ ἐγὼ καὶ 
οὗτος Φρυνίσκος εἷς τῶν στρατηγῶν καὶ Πολυκράτης οὗτος εἷς 
τῶν λοχαγῶν, καὶ ἔξω εἰσὶν ἀπὸ τῶν στρατηγῶν ὁ πιστότατος 120 

80 ἑκάστῳ πλὴν ζἀπὸ» Νέωνος τοῦ Λακωνικοῦ. εἰ οὖν βούλει 
πιστοτέραν εἶναι τὴν πρᾶξιν, καὶ ἐκείνους κάλεσαι. τὰ δὲ ὅπλα 
σὺ ἐλθὼν εἰπέ, ὦ ἸΠολύκρατες, ὅτι ἐγὼ κελεύω καταλιπεῖν, καὶ 
αὐτὸς ἐκεῖ καταλιπὼν τὴν μάχαιραν εἴσιθι. 

81 Ακούσας ταῦτα ὁ Σεύθης εἶπεν ὅτι οὐδενὶ ἂν ἀπιστήσειεν 125 
᾿Αθηναίων" καὶ γὰρ ὅτι συγγενεῖς εἶεν εἰδέναι καὶ φέλους εὔνους 
ἔφη νομίζειν. μετὰ ταῦτα δ᾽ ἐπεὶ εἰσῆλθον οὺς ἔδει, πρῶτον 

82 Ἐξενοφῶν ἐπήρετο Σεύθην ὅ,τι δέοιτο χρῆσθαι τῇ στρατιᾷ. ὃ δὲ 
εἶπεν ὧδε: Μαισάδης ἣν πατήρ μοι, ἐκείνου δὲ ἣν ἀρχὴ Μελανδῖ- 
ται καὶ Θυνοὶ καὶ Τρανίψαι. ἐς ταύτης οὖν τῆς χώρας, ἐπεὶ τὰ 130 
Ὀδρυσῶν πράγματα ἐνόσησεν, ἐκπεσὼν ὁ πατὴρ αὐτὸς μὲν 
» 7 / 3 Ἁ ᾽ , > Ἂ a 
ἀποθνήσκει νόσῳ, ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἐξετράφην ὀρφανὸς παρὰ Μηδόκῳ τᾷ 

88 νῦν βασιλεῖ. ἐπεὶ δὲ νεανίσκος ἐγενόμην, οὐκ ἐδυνάμην ζῆν εἰς 
ἀλλοτρίαν τράπεζαν ἀποβλέπων- καὶ ἐκαθεζόμην ἐνδίφριος 
αὐτῷ ἱκέτης δοῦναί μοι ὁπόσους δυνατὸς εἴη ἄνδρας, ὅπως καὶ 

‘ 3 / ξ “Ὁ ΝΜ , x ΄ \ 4 
τοὺς ἐκβαλόντας ἡμᾶς εἴ τι δυναίμην κακὸν ποιοίην καὶ Conv 

84 μὴ εἰς τὴν ἐκείνου τράπεζαν ἀποβλέπων. ἐκ τούτου μοι διδωσι 
τοὺς ἄνδρας καὶ τοὺς ἵππους ods ὑμεῖς ὄψεσθε ἐπειδὰν ἡμέρα 
γένηται. καὶ νῦν ἐγὼ ζῶ τούτους ἔχων, λῃζόμενος τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ 
πατρῴαν χώραν. εἰ δέ μοι ὑμεῖς παραγένοισθε, οἶμαι ἂν σὺν 





910 Anabasis Book VII, Chap. IIT 311 








τοῖς θεοῖς ῥᾳδίως ἀπολαβεῖν τὴν ἀρχήν. ταῦτ᾽ ἐστὶν ἃ ἐγὼ Γ΄ 6 δεῖται, αἱρεῖσθαι ὅ,τι ἂν ἡμῖν δοκῇ κράτιστον εἶναι. καὶ ὅτῳ, 
δέομαι. | ἔφη, ταῦτα δοκεῖ, ἀράτω τὴν χεῖρα. ἀνέτειναν ἅπαντες. ᾿Απι- 

Τί ἂν οὖν, ἔφη ὁ Ἐξενοφῶν, σὺ δύναιο, εἰ ἔλθοιμεν, TH TE 35 ὄντες τοίνυν, ἔφη, συσκευάξεσθε, καὶ ἐπειδὰν παραγγέλλῃ τις, 
στρατιᾷ διδόναι καὶ τοῖς λοχαγοῖς καὶ τοῖς στρατηγοῖς; λέξον, ἕπεσθε τῷ ἡγουμένῳ. 

145 ἵνα οὗτοι ἀπαγγέλλωσιν. ὃ δ᾽ ὑπέσχετο τῷ μὲν στρατιώτῃ 36 7 Μετὰ ταῦτα ἘΞενοφῶν μὲν ἡγεῖτο, of δ᾽ εἵποντο. Νέων δὲ 25 
κυζικηνόν, τῷ δὲ λοχαγῷ διμοιρίαν, τῷ δὲ στρατηγῷ τετραμοι- καὶ παρ᾽ ᾿Αριστάρχου ἄγγελοι ἔπειθον ἀποτρέπεσθαι" of δ᾽ οὐχ 
ρίαν, καὶ γῆν ὁπόσην ἂν βούλωνται καὶ ζεύγη καὶ χωρίον ἐπὶ | ὑπήκουον. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ὅσον τριάκοντα στάδια προεληλύθεσαν͵ 
θαλάττῃ τετειχισμένον. ᾿Εὰν δέ, ἔφη ὁ Ἐενοφῶν, ταῦτα πειρὼ- 81 4) ἀπαντᾷ Σεύθης. καὶ 6 Ἐξενοφῶν ἰδὼν αὐτὸν προσελάσαι ἐκέ. 
μενοι μὴ διαπράξωμεν, ἀλλά τις φόβος ὑπὸ Λακεδαιμονίων 7, λευσεν, ὅπως ὅτι πλείστων ἀκουόντων εἴποι αὐτῷ ἃ ἐδόκει 

150 δέξῃ εἰς τὴν σεαυτοῦ, ἐάν τις ἀπιέναι βούληται παρὰ σέ; ὃ δ᾽ 8 συμφέρειν. ἐπεὶ δὲ προσῆλθεν, εἶπε Ἐενοφῶν: Ἡμεῖς πορευ- 30 
εἶπε: Καὶ ἀδελφούς γε ποιήσομαι καὶ ἐνδιφρίους καὶ κοινωνοὺς 38 όμεθα ὅπου μέλλει ἕξειν τὸ στράτευμα τροφήν" ἐκεῖ δ᾽ ἀκούοντες 
ἁπάντων ὧν ἂν δυνώμεθα κτᾶσθαι. σοὶ δέ, ὦ ἘΞξενοφῶν, καὶ καὶ σοῦ καὶ τῶν τοῦ Λακωνικοῦ αἱρησόμεθα ἃ ἂν κράτιστα δοκῇ 
θυγατέρα δώσω καὶ εἴ τις σοὶ ἔστι θυγάτηρ, ὠνήσομαι Θρᾳκίῳ εἶναι. ἢν οὖν ἡμῖν ἡγήσῃ ὅπου πλεῖστά ἐστιν ἐπιτήδεια, ὑπὸ 
νόμῳ, καὶ Βισάνθην οἴκησιν δώσω, ὅπερ ἐμοὶ κάλλιστον χωρίον 9 σοῦ νομιοῦμεν ξενίζεσθαι. καὶ 6 Σεύθης ἔφη: ᾿Αλλὰ οἶδα 

δι κώμας πολλὰς ἁθρόας καὶ πάντα ἐχούσας τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἀπε- 35 





»“)Ὕ 
155 ἐστὶ τῶν ἐπὶ θαλαττῃ. 


on ‘ , s e el ie 
III. ᾿Ακούσαντες ταῦτα καὶ δεξιὰς δόντες καὶ λαβόντε τ || χούσας ἡμῶν ὅσον διελθόντες ἂν ἡδέως ἀριστῷτε. ‘Hryod τοίνυν, 
, | ” ς a 
ἀπήλαυνον: καὶ πρὸ ἡμέρας ἐγένοντο ἐπὶ στρατοπέδῳ καὶ | 10 ἔφη ὁ Ἐενοφῶν. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἀφίκοντο εἰς αὐτὰς τῆς δείλης, συν- 
» "κα ᾽. NE ξ n ¢ a 
ἀπήγγειλαν ἕκαστοι τοῖς πέμψασιν. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἡμέρα ἐγένετο, ὁ 2 ῆλθον οἱ στρατιῶται, καὶ εἶπεν ὁ Σεύθης τοιάδε. Ἔγώ, ὦ 


μὲν ᾿Αρίσταρχος πάλιν ἐκάλει τοὺς στρατηγούς" τοῖς δ᾽ ἔδοξε ἄνδρες, δέομαι ὑμῶν στρατεύεσθαι σὺν ἐμοί, καὶ ὑπισχνοῦμαι 
5 τὴν μὲν πρὸς ᾿Αρίσταρχον ὁδὸν ἐᾶσαι, τὸ δὲ στράτευμα συγκα- ὑμῖν δώσειν τοῖς στρατιώταις κυξικηνόν, λοχαγοῖς δὲ καὶ στρα- 40 
λέσαι. καὶ συνῆλθον πάντες πλὴν οἱ Νέωνος οὗτοι δὲ ἀπεῖχον ᾿ τηγοῖς τὰ νομιζόμενα: ἔξω δὲ τούτων τὸν ἄξιον τιμήσω. σῖτα δὲ 
ὡς δέκα στάδια. ἐπεὶ δὲ συνῆλθον, ἀναστὰς Ἐξενοφῶν ceive 3 || καὶ ποτὰ ὥσπερ καὶ νῦν ἐκ τῆς χώρας λαμβάνοντες ἕξετε: ὁπόσα 
τάδε. “Avdpes, διαπλεῖν μὲν ἔνθα βουλόμεθα ᾿Ἀρίσταρχος τρι- | δ᾽ ἂν ἁλίσκηται ἀξιώσω αὐτὸς ἔχειν, ἵνα ταῦτα διατιθέμενος ὑμῖν 
ἤρεις ἔχων κωλύει" ὥστε εἰς πλοῖα οὐκ ἀσφαλὲς ἐμβαίνειν" 11 τὸν μισθὸν πορίζω. καὶ τὰ μὲν φεύγοντα καὶ ἀποδιδράσκοντα 
10 οὗτος δὲ αὑτὸς κελεύει εἰς Χερρόνησον βίᾳ διὰ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ὄρους ἡμεῖς ἱκανοὶ ἐσόμεθα διώκειν καὶ μαστεύειν: ἂν δέ τις ἀνθιστῆται, 45 
πορεύεσθαι: ἣν δὲ κρατήσαντες τούτου ἐκεῖσε ἔλθωμεν, οὔτε 12 σὺν ὑμῖν πειρασόμεθα χειροῦσθαι. ἐπήρετο ὁ Ἐενοφῶν: Πόσον 
πωλήσειν ἔτι ὑμᾶς φησιν ὥσπερ ἐν Βυζαντίῳ, οὔτε ἐξαπατήσε- δὲ ἀπὸ θαλάττης ἀξιώσεις συνέπεσθαί σοι τὸ στράτευμα; ὃ δ᾽ 
σθαι ἔτι ὑμᾶς, ἀλλὰ λήψεσθαι μισθόν, οὔτε περιόψεσθαι ἔτι ἀπεκρίνατο: Οὐδαμῇ πλέον ἐπτὰ ἡμερῶν, μεῖον δὲ πολλαχῇ. 
ὥσπερ νυνὶ δεομένους τῶν ἐπιτηδείων. οὗτος μὲν ταῦτα λέγει: 4 |} 13 Μετὰ ταῦτα ἐδίδοτο λέγειν τῷ βουλομένῳ: καὶ ἔλεγον 
15 Σεύθης δέ φησιν, ἂν πρὸς ἐκεῖνον inte, εὖ ποιήσειν ὑμᾶς" νῦν ᾿ πολλοὶ κατὰ ταὐτὰ ὅτι παντὸς ἄξια λέγει Σεύθης- χειμὼν γὰρ 50 
οὖν σκέψασθε πότερον ἐνθάδε μένοντες τοῦτο βουλεύσεσθε ἢ εἰς | εἴη καὶ οὔτε οἴκαδε ἀποπλεῖν τῷ τοῦτο βουλομένῳ δυνατὸν εἴη, 
τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἐπανελθόντες. ἐμοὶ μὲν οὖν δοκεῖ, ἐπεὶ ἐνθάδε5 | διαγενέσθαι τε ἐν φιλίᾳ οὐχ οἷόν τε, εἰ δέοι ὠνουμένους ζῆν, ἐν 
οὔτε ἀργύριον ἔχομεν ὥστε ἀγοράζειν οὔτε ἄνευ ἀργυρίου ἐῶσι δὲ τῇ πολεμίᾳ διατρίβειν καὶ τρέφεσθαι ἀσφαλέστερον μετὰ 
λαμβάνειν, ἐπανελθόντας εἰς τὰς κώμας ὅθεν οἱ ἥττους ἐῶσι Σεύθου ἢ μόνους, ὄντων ἀγαθῶν τοσούτων. εἰ δὲ μισθὸν προσ- 
20 λαμβάνειν, ἐκεῖ ἔχοντας τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἀκούοντας ὅ,τι τις ἡμῶν λήψοιντο, εὕρημα ἐδόκει εἶναι. ἐπὶ τούτοις εἶπεν ὁ Ξενοφῶν" 55 











312 Anabasis 


Ei τις ἀντιλέγει, λεγέτω: εἰ δὲ μή, ἐπιψηφιῶ ἐγὼ ταῦτα. 14 
ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐδεὶς ἀντέλεγεν, ἐπεψήφισε, καὶ ἔδοξε ταῦτα. εὐθὺς 
δὲ Σεύθῃ εἶπε ταῦτα, ὅτι συστρατεύσοιντο αὐτῷ. 

Μετὰ τοῦτο οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι κατὰ τάξεις ἐσκήνησαν, στρατη- 15 

60 yous δὲ καὶ λοχαγοὺς ἐπε δεῖπνον Σεύθης ἐκάλεσε, πλησίον 
κώμην ἔχων. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐπ, θύραις ἦσαν ὡς ἐπὶ δεῖπνον παριόντες, 16 
ἣν τις Ἡρακλείδης μαρωνείτης" οὗτος προσιὼν ἑνὶ ἑκάστῳ 

Lid ” v “Ὁ ἤ n ‘ A 
οὕστινας ᾧετο ἔχειν τι δοῦναι LevOn, πρῶτον μὲν πρὸς Ilapia- 
νούς τινας, of παρῆσαν φιλίαν διαπραξόμενοι πρὸς Μήδοκον τὸν 
> “~ ry 4 “ Ν > “a \ a“ 7, 

65 Ὀδρυσῶν βασιλέα καὶ δῶρα ἄγοντες αὐτῷ τε καὶ τῇ γυναικί, 
ἔλεγεν ὅτι Μήδοκος μὲν ἄνω εἴη δώδεκα ἡμερῶν ἀπὸ θαλάττης 
ὁδόν, Σεύθης δ᾽ ἐπεὶ τὸ στράτευμα τοῦτο εἴληφεν, ἄρχων ἔσοιτὸ 
ee Ud / e aA e , ΝΜ e a \ Ψ \ 
ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ. γείτων οὖν ὧν ἱκανώτατος ἔσται ὑμᾶς Kal εὖ Kal 17 
κακῶς ποιεῖν. ἢν οὖν σωφρονῆτε, τούτῳ δώσετε ὅ,τι ἂν ἄγητε' 

‘ »” ee ἤ >> / ~ , > ‘a 

70 καὶ ἄμεινον ὑμῖν διακείσεται ἢ ἐὰν Μηδόκῳ τῷ πρόσω οἰκοῦντι 

διδῶτε. τούτους μὲν οὖν οὕτως ἔπειθεν. 
Αὖθις δὲ Τιμασίωνι τῷ Δαρδανεῖ προσελθών, ἐπεὶ ἤκουσεν 18 
é ? U 
> “~ be ἃ hy , \ ἢ) cd 3} Ψ 
αὐτῷ εἶναι καὶ ἐκπώματα καὶ τάπιδας βαρβαρικάς, ἔλεγεν ὅτι 
νομίζοιτο ὁπότε ἐπὶ δεῖπνον καλέσαι ὁ Σεύθης δωρεῖσθαι αὐτώ 
‘ θ ἢ hy δ᾽ ἤ » Θ ὃ / e A ” 

75 τοὺς κληθέντας. οὗτος δ᾽ ἣν μέγας ἐνθάδε γένηται, ἱκανὸς ἔσται 

σε καὶ οἴκαδε καταγαγεῖν καὶ ἐνθάδε πλούσιον ποιῆσαι. τοιαῦτα 19 





Ψ al . f / θὰ δὲ | "" Ὁ 
προὐμνᾶτο ἑκάστῳ προσιών. προσελθὼν δὲ καὶ Ἐβενοφῶντι 
ἔλεγε: Σὺ καὶ πόλεως μεγίστης εἶ καὶ παρὰ Σεύθῃ τὸ σὸν ὄνομα 

“ “ / 
μέγιστόν ἐστι, καὶ ἐν τῇδε TH χώρᾳ ἴσως ἀξιώσεις Kal τείχη 
“ LA .)) “ ς ’ bd 4 / 

80 λαμβάνειν, ὥσπερ καὶ ἄλλοι τῶν ὑμετέρων ἔλαβον, Kal χώραν" 
ἄξιον οὖν σοι καὶ μεγαλοπρεπέστατα τιμῆσαι Σεύθην. εὔνους 20 
δέ σοι ὧν παραινῶ. εὖ οἶδα γὰρ ὅτι ὅσῳ ἂν μείζω τούτῳ 
δωρήσῃ, τοσούτῳ μείζω ὑπὸ τούτου ἀγαθὰ πείσῃ. ἀκούων 
ταῦτα Ξενοφῶν ἠπόρει" οὐ γὰρ διεβεβήκει ἔχων ἐκ ἸΠαρίου εἰ 

Ἃ to νι α΄ ᾽ ὃ 

85 μὴ παῖδα καὶ ὅσον epodiov. 

Ἐπεὶ δὲ εἰσῆλθον ἐπὶ τὸ δεῖπνον τῶν τε Θρᾳκῶν οἱ κρά- 21 
τιστοι τῶν παρόντων καὶ οἱ στρατηγοὶ καὶ οἱ λοχαγοὶ τῶν 

“ \ ~ 
Ἑλλήνων καὶ εἴ tis πρεσβεία παρῆν ἀπὸ πόλεως, TO δεῖπνον 
a ’ 
» Φ Ld rl » δὲ / ὃ > / 
μὲν ἣν καθημένοις κύκλῳ" ἔπειτα δὲ τρίποδες εἰσηνέχθησαν 
90 πᾶσιν: οὗτοι δ᾽ ἦσαν κρεῶν μεστοὶ νενεμημένων, καὶ ἄρτοι 

















Book VII, Chap. IIT 313 





ζυμῖται μεγάλοι προσπεπερονημένοι ἦσαν πρὸς τοῖς κρέασι 
22 μάλιστα δ᾽ αἱ τράπεζαι κατὰ τοὺς ξένους αἰεὶ ἐτίθεντο vibe 
yap ἣν--καὶ πρῶτος τοῦτο ἐποίει Σεύθης, καὶ ἀνελόμενος τοὺς 
ἑαυτῷ παρακειμένους ἄρτους διέκλα κατὰ μικρὸν καὶ ἐρρίπτει 
οἷς αὐτῷ ἐδόκει, καὶ τὰ κρέα ὡσαύτως, ὅσον μόνον γεύσασθαι 95 
28 ἑαυτῷ καταλιπών καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι δὲ κατὰ ταὐτὰ ἐποίουν καθ᾽ 
ods αἱ τράπεζαι ἔκειντο. ᾿Αρκὰς δέ τις ᾿Αρύστας ὄνομα, φαγεῖν 
δεινός, τὸ μὲν διαρρι πτεῖν εἴα χαίρειν, λαβὼν δὲ εἰς τὴν χεῖρα 
ὅσον τριχοίνικον ἄρτον καὶ κρέα θέμενος ἐπὶ τὰ γόνατα ἐδείπνει 
24 κέρατα δὲ οἴνου περιέφερον, καὶ πάντες ἐδέχοντο" ὁ δ᾽ ‘haere 100 
ἐπεὶ παρ᾽ αὐτὸν φέρων τὸ κέρας 6 οἰνοχόος ἧκεν, εἶπεν ἰδὼν ἣν 
Ἐενοφῶντα οὐκέτι δειπνοῦντα, ᾿Ἐκείνῳ, ἴφη, δός- σχολάζει ya 
25 ἤδη, ἐγὼ δὲ οὐδέπω. ἀκούσας Σεύθης τὴν φωνὴν ἠρώτα Ἂν» 
οἰνοχόον τί λέγει. ὁ δὲ οἰνοχόος εἶπεν" ἑλληνίζειν γὰρ ἠπί. 
στατο. ἐνταῦθα μὲν δὴ γέλως ἐγένετο. Γ 
* "Ered δὲ προὐχώρει ὁ πότος, εἰσῆλθεν ἀνὴρ Θρᾷξ ἵππον 
ἔχων λευκόν, καὶ λαβὼν κέρας μεστὸν εἶπε, Tpomrive σοι, ὦ 
Σεύθη, καὶ τὸν ἵππον τοῦτον δωροῦμαι, ἐφ᾽ οὗ καὶ διώκων ὃν ἂν 
27 θέλῃς αἱρήσεις καὶ ἀποχωρῶν οὐ μὴ δείσῃς τὸν πολέμιον. ἄλλος 
παῖδα εἰσάγων οὕτως ἐδωρήσατο προπίνων, καὶ ἄλλος ἱμάτια 110 
τῇ γυναικί. καὶ Τιμασίων προπίνων ἐδωρήσατο φιάλην τε 
28 ἀργυρᾶν καὶ τάπιδα ἀξίαν δέκα μνῶν. Γνήσιππος δέ τις ᾿Αθη- 
ναῖος ἀναστὰς εἶπεν ὅτι ἀρχαῖος εἴη νόμος κάλλιστος τοὺς μὲν 
ἔχοντας διδόναι τῷ βασιλεῖ τιμῆς ἕνεκα, τοῖς δὲ μὴ ἔχουσι διδό- 
apie βασιλέα, ἵνα καὶ ἐγώ, ἔφη, ἔχω σοι δωρεῖσθαι καὶ τιμᾶν. 115 
29 ὁ δὲ Ἐενοφῶν ἠπορεῖτο τί ποιήσει" καὶ γὰρ ἐτύγχανεν ὡς τιμώ- 
μενος ἐν τῷ πλησιαιτάτῳ δίφρῳ Σεύθῃ καθήμενος. ὁ δὲ ‘Hpa- 
κλείδης ἐκέλευεν αὐτῷ τὸ κέρας ὀρέξαι τὸν οἰνοχόον. ὁ δὲ 
Ξενοφῶν, ἤδη γὰρ ὑποπεπωκὼς ἐτύγχανεν, ἀνέστη θαρραλέως 
80 δεξάμενος τὸ κέρας καὶ εἶπεν- ᾿Εγὼ δέ σοι, ὦ Σεύθη, δίδωμι 120 
ἐμαυτὸν καὶ τοὺς ἐμοὺς τούτους ἑταίρους φίλους εἶναι πιστούς 
καὶ οὐδένα ἄκοντα, ἀλλὰ πάντας μᾶλλον ἔτι ἐμοῦ σοι Bevis. 
31 μένους φίλους εἶναι. καὶ viv πάρεισιν οὐδέν σε προσαιτοῦντες 
ἀλλὰ καὶ προϊέμενοι καὶ πονεῖν ὑπὲρ σοῦ καὶ τἰροκενδόμεῖεν 
ἐθέλοντες. μεθ᾽ ὧν, ἂν οἱ θεοὶ θέλωσι, πολλὴν χώραν τὴν μὲν 125 


105 





914 Anabasis 





ἀπολήψη πατρῴαν οὖσαν, τὴν δὲ κτήσῃ, πολλοὺς δὲ ἵππους, 
πολλοὺς δὲ ἄνδρας καὶ γυναῖκας καλὰς κτήσῃ, ods οὐ λήξεσθαί 
σε δεήσει, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτοὶ φέροντες παρέσονται πρὸς σὲ δῶρα. 
ἀναστὰς ὁ Σεύθης συνεξέπιε καὶ συγκατεσκεδάσατο μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ 82 

180 τὸ κέρας. μετὰ ταῦτα εἰσῆλθον κέρασί τε οἵοις σημαίνουσιν 
αὐλοῦντες καὶ σάλπιγξιν ὠμοβοείαις ῥυθμούς τε καὶ οἷον μαγά- 
SiS σαλπίζοντες. καὶ αὐτὸς Σεύθης ἀναστὰς ἀνέκραγέ τε 33 
πολεμικὸν καὶ ἐξήλατο ὥσπερ βέλος φυλαττόμενος μάλα 
ἐλαφρῶς. εἰσῇσαν δὲ καὶ γελωτοποιοί. 

1:5 ‘Os & ἦν ἥλιος ἐπὶ δυσμαῖς, ἀνέστησαν οἱ “Ἕλληνες καὶ 34 
εἶπον ὅτι ὥρα νυκτοφύλακας καθιστάναι καὶ σύνθημα παραδιδό- 
ναι. καὶ Σεύθην ἐκέλευον παραγγεῖλαι ὅπως εἰς τὰ “Ἑλληνικὰ 
στρατόπεδα μηδεὶς τῶν Θρᾳκῶν εἴσεισι νυκτός" οἵ τε γὰρ πολέ- 
μιοι Θρᾷκες καὶ ὑμεῖς of φίλοι. ὡς δ᾽ ἐξῇσαν, συνανέστη ὁ 35 

140 Σεύθης οὐδέν τι μεθύοντι ἐοικώς. ἐξελθὼν δ᾽ εἶπεν αὐτοὺς 


τοὺς στρατηγοὺς ἀποκαλέσας" ὮΩΟ ἄνδρες, οἱ πολέμιοι ἡμῶν οὐκ 
’ ἤ Ν ε ἢ ri Φ » eS bh Ἁ 

ἰσασί πω τὴν ἡμετέραν συμμαχίαν: ἢν οὖν ἔλθωμεν ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς 
πρὶν φυλάξασθαι ὥστε μὴ ληφθῆναι ἢ παρασκευάσασθαι ὥστε 


ἀμύνασθαι, μάλιστ᾽ ἂν λάβοιμεν καὶ ἀνθρώπους καὶ χρήματα. 
145 συνεπήνουν ταῦτα οἱ στρατηγοὶ καὶ ἡγεῖσθαι ἐκέλευον. ὃ δ᾽ 36 

εἶπε: Παρασκευασάμενοι ἀναμένετε: ἐγὼ δὲ ὁπόταν καιρὸς ἦ 

Cd \ ς cal \ ‘ Ν ᾿ “ > Ν € / 

ἥξω πρὸς ὑμᾶς, καὶ τοὺς πελταστὰς Kal ὑμᾶς ἀναλαβὼν ἡγή- 

σομαι σὺν τοῖς ἵπποις. καὶ ὁ Ἐξενοφῶν εἶπε: Σκέψαι τοίνυν, 37 

εἴπερ νυκτὸς πορευσόμεθα, εἰ ὁ Ἑλληνικὸς νόμος κάλλιον ἔχει" 
150 μεθ᾽ ἡμέραν μὲν γὰρ ἐν ταῖς πορείαις ἡγεῖται τοῦ στρατεύματος 

ὁποῖον ἂν ἀεὶ πρὸς τὴν χώραν συμφέρῃ, ἐάν τε ὁπλιτικὸν ἐάν 

‘ 2 ἢ ᾿ , Ld “ἊΝ 
τε πελταστικὸν ἐάν τε ἱππικόν: νύκτωρ δὲ νόμος τοῖς “Ἑλλησιν 
ἡγεῖσθαί ἐστιν τὸ βραδύτατον: οὕτω γὰρ ἥκιστα διασπᾶται τὰ 38 
i “ Ul > ’ > » 

στρατεύματα καὶ ἥκιστα λανθάνουσιν ἀποδιδράσκοντες ἀλλή- 
155 λους" οἱ δὲ διασπασθέντες πολλάκις καὶ περιπίπτουσιν ἀλλή- 

λοις καὶ ἀγνοοῦντες κακῶς ποιοῦσι καὶ πάσχουσιν. εἶπεν 39 

οὖν Σεύθης: ᾿Ορθῶς λέγετε καὶ ἐγὼ τῷ νόμῳ τῷ ὑμετέρῳ 

πείσομαι. καὶ ὑμῖν μὲν ἡγεμόνας δώσω τῶν πρεσβυτάτων τοὺς 

: ἢ a , ν . νε » \ 

ἐμπειροτάτους τῆς χώρας, αὐτὸς δ᾽ ἐφέψομαι τελευταῖος τοὺς 
160 ἵππους ἔχων: ταχὺ γὰρ πρῶτος, ἂν δέῃ, παρέσομαι. σύνθημα 











Book VII, Chap. IIT 315 





9 9 > / 
δ᾽ εἶπον ᾿Αθηναίαν κατὰ τὴν συγγένειαν. 
ἀνεπαύοντο. 


“A 
ταῦτα εἰπόντες 


40 , Ἤνίκα δ᾽ ἣν ἀμφὶ μέσας νύκτας παρῆν Σεύθης ἔχων τοὺς 
ἱππέας τεθωρακισμένους καὶ τοὺς πελταστὰς σὺν τοῖς ὅπλοις 
καὶ ἐπεὶ παρέδωκε τοὺς ἡγεμόνας, οἱ μὲν ὁπλῖται ἡγοῦντο, οἱ δὲ 165 

41 πελτασταὶ εἵποντο, οἱ δ᾽ ἱππεῖς ὠπισθοφυλάκουν- ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἡμέ α 
ἦν, ὁ Σεύθης παρήλαυνεν εἰς τὸ πρόσθεν καὶ ἐπήνεσε τὸν Eads 
νικὸν νόμον. πολλάκις γὰρ ἔφη νύκτωρ αὐτὸς καὶ σὺν πω 
πύρενέμθεν ἀποσπασθῆναι σὺν τοῖς ἵπποις ἀπὸ τῶν πεζῶν" 

“ “ Ὁ Φ , U Ἂ 
νῦν ὃ ὥσπερ δεῖ ἁθρόοι πάντα ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ φαινόμεθα. ἀλλὰ 170 
ὕμεις μὲν περιμένετε αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀναπαύσασθε, ἐγὼ δὲ σκεψά- 

42 μενός τι ἥξω. ταῦτ᾽ εἰπὼν ἤλαυνε Si” ὄρους ὁδόν τινα λαβών 
ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἀφίκετο εἰς χιόνα πολλήν, ἐσκέψατο εἰ εἴη ἴχνη ἀνθρώ. 
Tey ἢ πρόσω ἡγούμενα ἢ ἐναντία. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀτριβῆ ἑώρα τὴν 

43 ὁδόν, ἧκε ταχὺ πάλιν καὶ ἔλεγεν" ἼΑνδρες, καλῶς ἔσται, ἣν θεὸς 175 
ἠφε τοῖς γὰρ ἀνθρώπους λήσομεν ἐπιπεσόντες. ἀλλ᾽ ἐγὼ 
μὲν ἡγήσομαι τοῖς ἵπποις, ὅπως ἄν τινα ἴδωμεν, μὴ διαφυγὼν 
σημήνῃ τοῖς πολεμίοις- ὑμεῖς δ᾽ ἕπεσθε. κὰἂν λειφθῆτε, τῷ 
στίβῳ τῶν ἵππων ἕπεσθε. ὑπερβάντες δὲ τὰ ὄρη Stone ale 
κώμας πολλάς τε καὶ εὐδαίμονας. 

4. Ἡνίκα δ᾽ ἣν μέσον ἡμέρας, ἤδη τε ἣν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄκροις καὶ 
κατιδὼν τὰς κώμας ἧκεν ἐλαύνων πρὸς τοὺς ὁπλίτας καὶ ἔλεγεν" 
᾿Αφήσω ἤδη καταθεῖν τοὺς μὲν ἱππέας εἰς τὸ πεδίον, τοὺς δὲ 
πελταστὰς ἐπὶ τὰς κώμας. ἀλλ᾽ ἕπεσθε ὡς ἂν δύνησθε τάχιστα 

45 ὅπως ἐάν τις ὑφιστῆται, ἀλέξησθε. ἀκούσας ταῦτα ὁ Εἰρνύβον 185 
κατέβη ἀπὸ τοῦ ἵππου. καὶ ὃς ἤρετο: Τί καταβαίνεις ἐπεὶ 

σπεύδειν δεῖ; Οἶδα, ἔφη, ὅτι οὐκ ἐμοῦ μόνου δέῃ- οἱ δὲ Grrrl 

46 θᾶττον δραμοῦνται καὶ ἥδιον, ἐὰν καὶ pie mete eee, m4 
ταῦτα ᾧχετο, καὶ Τιμασίων per’ αὐτοῦ ἔχων ἱππεῖς ὡς τετταρά- 
κοντα τῶν Ελλήνων. ἘΞενοφῶν δὲ παρηγγύησε τοὺς εἰς τριά- 190 
κοντα ἔτη παριέναι ἀπὸ τῶν λόχων εὐζώνους. καὶ αὐτὸς μὲν 

41 ἐτρόχαζε τούτους ἔχων, Κλεάνωρ δ᾽ ἡγεῖτο τῶν ἄλλων. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ 
ἐν ταῖς κώμαις ἧσαν, Σεύθης ἔχων ὅσον τριάκοντα ἱππέας προσε- 
λάσας εἶπε. Τάδε δή, ὦ ἘΞξενοφῶν, ἃ σὺ ἔλεγες: ἔχονται οἱ 
ἄνθρωποι: ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἔρημοι οἱ ἱππεῖς οἴχονταί μοι ἄλλος ἄλλῃ 195 


180 





316 Anabasis 





ἢ y in," Ld e / / ᾿ , 
διώκων, καὶ δέδοικα μὴ συστάντες ἁθρόοι που κακὸν τι ἐργά- 
σωνται οἱ πολέμιοι. δεῖ δὲ καὶ ἐν ταῖς κώμαις καταμένειν τινὰς 
ἡμῶν: μεσταὶ γάρ εἰσιν ἀνθρώπων. ᾿Αλλ’ ἐγὼ μέν, ἔφη ὁ 48 
Ξενοφῶν, σὺν οἷς ἔχω τὰ ἄκρα καταλήψομαι" σὺ δὲ Κλεάνορα 

»“ »“ ’ 

200 κέλευε διὰ τοῦ πεδίου παρατεῖναι τὴν φάλαγγα παρὰ τὰς κώμας. 
> i," al > f / > , \ > i 
ἐπεὶ ταῦτα ἐποίησαν, συνηλίσθησαν ἀνδράποδα μὲν εἰς χίλια, 
βόες δὲ δισχίλιοι, πρόβατα ἄλλα μύρια. τότε μὲν δὴ αὐτοῦ 
ηὐλίσθησαν. 

- e 

IV. Τῇ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ κατακαύσας ὁ Σεύθης τὰς κώμας παντε- 1 
λῶς καὶ οἰκίαν οὐδεμίαν λιπών, ὅπως φόβον ἐνθείη καὶ τοῖς 
ες / Aa A ‘ > 7 , » | ‘ 
ἄλλοις ola πείσονται, ἂν μὴ πείθωνται, arne πάλιν. Kal τὴν 2 
μὲν λείαν ἀπέπεμψε διατίθεσθαι Ἡρακλείδην εἰς Πέρινθον, 

5 ὅπως ἂν μισθὸς γένοιτο τοῖς στρατιώταις" αὐτὸς δὲ καὶ οἱ 
Ἕλληνες ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο ἀνὰ τὸ Θυνῶν πεδίον. οἱ δ᾽ ἐκλι- 
πόντες ἔφευγον εἰς τὰ ὄρη. ἣν δὲ χιὼν πολλὴ καὶ ψῦχος 3, 

Ψ “ S| ΝΞ > / .». "5 val > / » ξ > 
οὕτως ὥστε τὸ ὕδωρ ὃ ἐφέροντο ἐπὶ δεῖπνον ἐπήγνυτο καὶ ὁ οἶνος 
6 ἐν τοῖς ἀγγείοις, καὶ τῶν ᾿Ελλήνων πολλῶν καὶ ῥῖνες ἀπε- 

10 καίοντο καὶ ὦτα. καὶ τότε δῆλον ἐγένετο οὗ ἕνεκα οἱ Θρᾷκες 4 
τὰς ἀλωπεκᾶς ἐπὶ ταῖς κεφαλαῖς φοροῦσι καὶ τοῖς ὠσί, καὶ 
χιτῶνας οὐ μόνον περὶ τοῖς στέρνοις ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τοῖς μηροῖς, 

\ ν᾿ ἢ Ὁ" nw ly “Ὁ 7 ” > 3 > 
καὶ ζειρὰς μέχρι τῶν ποδῶν ἐπὶ τῶν ἵππων ἔχουσιν, AAA οὐ 
χλαμύδας. ἀφιεὶς δὲ τῶν αἰχμαλώτων ὁ Σεύθης εἰς τὰ ὄρη 5 

15 ἔλεγεν ὅτε εἰ μὴ καταβήσονται οἰκήσοντες καὶ πείσονται, ὅτι 
κατακαύσει καὶ τούτων τὰς κώμας καὶ τὸν σῖτον, καὶ ἀπολοῦνται 
τῷ λιμῷ. ἐκ τούτου κατέβαινον καὶ γυναῖκες καὶ παῖδες καὶ 

, e Ν > a e ‘ ἣν » ‘ ΕΞ, ἤ 
πρεσβύτεροι" οἱ δὲ νεώτεροι ἐν ταῖς ὑπὸ τὸ ὄρος κώμαις ηὔλι- 

ἕοντο. καὶ ὁ Σεύθης καταμαθὼν ἐκέλευσε τὸν Ἐξενοφῶντα τῶν 6 

20 ὁπλιτῶν τοὺς νεωτάτους λαβόντα συνεπισπέσθαι. καὶ ἀνα- 

-“ al lol / 

στάντες τῆς νυκτὸς ἅμα TH ἡμέρᾳ παρῆσαν εἰς τὰς κώμας. καὶ 

οἱ μὲν πλεῖστοι ἐξέφυγον: πλησίον γὰρ ἦν τὸ ὄρος" ὅσους δὲ 

ἔλαβε κατηκόντισεν ἀφειδῶς Σεύθης. 
᾿ἘἘπισθένης δ᾽ ἣν τις Ὀλύνθιος παιδεραστής, ὃς ἰδὼν παῖδα τ 
ld 

25 καλὸν ἡβάσκοντα ἄρτι πέλτην ἔχοντα μέλλοντα ἀποθνήσκειν, 

προσδραμὼν Ἐξενοφῶντα ἱκέτευε βοηθῆσαι παιδὶ καλῷ, καὶ ὅς 8 

προσελθὼν τῷ Σεύθῃ δεῖται μὴ ἀποκτεῖναι τὸν παῖδα, καὶ τοῦ 


4 σπονδάς. 





Book VII, Chap. IV 317 





"E ol A 
πισθένους ὃ 0 ) ὶ ὅ 
5 θιηγείται τὸν τρόπον, καὶ ὅτι λόχον ποτὲ συνελέξατο 


σαν αν eed ἄλλο ἢ εἴ τινες εἶεν καλοί, καὶ μετὰ τούτων ἣν 

9 ἀνὴρ ἀγαθός. " δὲ Σεύθης ἤρετο: Ἦ καὶ θέλοις ἄν, ὦ Ἔπίσ- 30 
θενες, ὑπὲρ τούτου ἀποθανεῖν; ὃ δ᾽ ὑπερανατείνας τὸν τράχηλον 

10 Παῖε, ἔφη, εἰ κελεύει ὁ παῖς καὶ μέλλει χάριν εἰδέναι δ μῶν 


> , 
¢ , \ “Ὁ > rio ii 
ὁ Σεύθης τὸν παῖδα εἰ παίσειεν αὐτὸν ἀντ᾽ ἐκείνου 


᾽ ΝΜ c 
οὐκ εἴα ὃ 

> as , 
mais, ahh ἱκέτευε μηδέτερον κατακαίνειν. ἐνταῦθα ὁ Ἔπισ- 

\ Ἂ “ 
θένης περιβαλὼν τὸν παῖδα εἶπεν- “Opa σοι, ὦ Σεύθ ὶ 
11 τοῦδέ μοι διαμάχεσθ yD ya } ὴ ' ore 
ῳ μ μαχεσθαι" οὐ γὰρ μεθήσω τὸν παῖδα. ὃ δὲ Σεύθης 
“ \ v . »” \ “ al 

γε ὧν ταῦτα μὲν εἴα ἔδοξε δὲ αυτῷ αὐτοῦ αὐλισθῆναι, ἵνα μηδ᾽ 
ἐκ τούτων τῶν κωμῶν οἱ ἐπὶ τοῦ ὄρους τρέφοιντο. καὶ αὐτὸς μὲν 

Δ Vv e \ 
ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ ὑποκαταβὰς ἐσκήνου, ὁ δὲ Fevopav ἔχων τοὺς 


> ri > “ ς \ 
4 ἐπ \ ΜΝ 
thexTous ἐν τῇ ὑπὸ τὸ ὄρος ἀνωτάτω κώμῃ, καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι 40 





vnoav. 


¢ 
EAAnves ἐν τοῖς ὁ ἢ f 
€ \ 
| ρεινοῖς καλουμένοις Θρᾳξὶ πλησίον κατεσκή- 
Ἷ 
f 


37. , 
12 Ex τούτου ἡμέ "ov T ὶ 
' 0 ἡμέραι T οὐ πολλαὶ διετρίβοντο καὶ οἱ ἐκ τοῦ 
ρους Θρᾷκες καταβαί, πρὸς τὸ IO nv ot: πονδῶ 
Η A RES α βαίνοντες πρὸς τὸν Σεύθην ερὶ σπονδῶν καὶ 
μήρων διεπράττοντο. Lo A 1 D 
ρ ρ καὶ ὁ Ἐενοφῶν ἐλθὼν ἔλεγε τῷ Σεύθῃ 45 
Lo 


¢ > - 

ὅ ῖ ὶ 

με ἐν πονήροις σκηνοίεν καὶ πλησίον εἶεν οἱ πολέμιοι: ἥδιόν τ’ 

ἂν é ω 2 3, 3 > a la) 

ἕξ , αὐλέζεσθαι ἔφη ἐν ἐχυροῖς χωρίοις μᾶλλον ἢ ἐν τοῖς 

σ ' ὃ c 

rreyvois, ὥστε ἀπολέσθαι. ὃ δὲ θαρρεῖν ἐκέλευε καὶ ἔδειξεν 
13 } ὑτῶ 
| 13 ὁμήρους παρόντας αὐτῶν. ἐδέοντο δὲ καὶ αὐτοῦ Ἐξενοφῶντος 
Ι καταβαίνοντές τινες τῶν é ῦ ὅ 

Τῶν ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους συμπρᾶξαι σφίσι τὰς 50 





Ὶ 

voces. ’ δ᾽ ὡμολόγει καὶ θαρρεῖν ἐκέλευε καὶ ἠγγυᾶτο 
μηδὲν αὐτοὺς κακὸν πείσεσθαι πειθομένους Σεύθῃ. οἱ δ᾽ ἃ 
ταῦτ᾽ ἔλεγον κατασκοπῆς ἕνεκα. η ἡ} 

14 Ταῦτα μὲν τῆς ἡμέρας ἐγένετο: eis δὲ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν νύκτα 
ἐπιτίθενται ἐλθόντες ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους οἱ Θυνοί. 
ἣν ὁ δεσπότης ἑκάστης τῆς οἰκίας. 





καὶ ἡγεμὼν μὲν 55 
‘ Ἀ 4 
οἷν ' ᾿ : χαλεπὸν γὰρ ἦν ἄλλως τὰς 
MAS σκότους ὄντος ἀνευρίσκειν ἐν ταῖς κώμαις" καὶ γὰρ αἱ 
/ / 
οἰκία is τῶ 
| , b ἘΦ περιεσταύρωντο μεγάλοις σταυροῖς τῶν προβάτων 
5 15 ἕνεκα.  éyé 2 
: — ἐπεὶ ὃ ἐγένοντο κατὰ τὰς θύρας ἑκάστου τοῦ οἰκήματος, 
οἵ ῖ 
μεν εἰσηκόντιζον, of δὲ τοῖς σκυτάλοις ἔβαλλον, ἃ ἔχειν ἔφα- 60 
σαν ws ἀποκόψοντες τῶν δορά as λό ἵ δ᾽ ἐ 
2 » δοράτων Tas λόγχας, of δ᾽ ἐνεπίμπρασαν, 
κ a Ἢ a 
at Ἐκενοφῶντα ὀνομαστὶ καλοῦντες ἐξιόντα ἐκέλευον ἀποθνή- 





Geen Book VII, Chap. V 319 
318 nabasis 








ἯΣ xs Ἐς λαμβάνειν τοὺς δυνατωτάτους κακόν τι ποιεῖν, τοὺς δὲ γέροντας 
ὑτοῦ ἔφασαν κατακαυθήσεσθαι ἄντον. RAS FOU TE Oe y Pha! AM 9 , 4 δ) , 
σκειν, ἣ αὐτοῦ é Si ey na teh οἰκοι ἐᾶν. οἱ μὲν οὖν ταύτῃ πάντες δὴ προσωμολόγουν. 
a ἐκ. ἢ 5 ὡρακισμένοι οἱ περὶ τ - ἷ ‘ 
τοῦ ὀρόφου ἐφαίνετο πῦρ, καὶ cba ἐσῶρ » ἬΝ Ρ ce μὴ | V. ῥὙπερβάλλουσι δὲ πρὸς τοὺς ὑπὲρ Βυξαντίου Θρᾷκας 
Ἀ - , aipas Kal Kpavn € ’ 
65 φῶντα ἔνδον ἦσαν ἀσπίδας sity B an Ρ ἘΠΕ δίων: εἰς τὸ Δελτα καλούμενον- αὕτη δ᾽ ἣν οὐκέτι ἀρχὴ Μαισάδου, 
͵ 2 OV ἃ QAlL0EKa σημαίνει TH σα a 
raves Μακίστιος ἐτῶν ws guiness dN δ ἄλλω, 2 ἀλλὰ Τήρους τοῦ ’OSpicou [ἀρχαίου τινός]. καὶ ὁ Ἡρακλείδης 
,γ΄ΔΧλ ᾽ Ὁ» 3 Ta t Kat Ob ἐν T a A A ΄ 
καὶ εὐθὺς ἐκπηδῶσιν ἐσπασμένοι τὰ ξίφη ἢ δὴ τρόπος ἣν τἱ ἐνταῦθα ἔχων τὴν τιμὴν τῆς λείας παρῆν. καὶ Σεύθης ἐξαγα- 
, S Ra a ἤγουσιν, ὥσπε 
σκηνωμάτων. οἱ δὲ Θρᾷκες sie iN A =f ig ὺ; γὼν ζεύγη ἡμιονικὰ τρία, οὐ γὰρ ἣν πλείω, τὰ δ᾽ ἄλλα βοεικά, 
ὑτοῖς, ὄπισθεν περιβαλλόμενοι τὰς πέλτας" Kal αὕτων ὕπερα , .- A ar “ \ $22 Save? ; 
αὐτοῖς, ὄπι a θὼτει ney: καλέσας ἘΞενοφῶντα ἐκέλευε λαβεῖν, τὰ δὲ ἄλλα ιανεῖμαι τοῖς 
/ ‘ Ὶ σαν τινες κρεμασῦσε : » a a 
70 λομένων τοὺς σταυροὺς ἐλήφθη ΝΕ Ρ ‘i δ : 8 στρατηγοῖς καὶ λοχαγοῖς. Ξενοφῶν δὲ εἶπεν- μοὶ τοίνυν 
ὃν πελτῶν τοῖς σταυροῖς" of δὲ καὶ ἀπέθανον διαμαρτόντες ἜΝ αὐ al ts , yi . + 4 
μένων TOV πε “ ὃ ie Κ ἄρκει καὶ αὖθις λαβεῖν: τούτοις δὲ τοῖς στρατηγοῖς δωροῦ οἱ 
al / e Md KOV € ω τ ς κῶωμη ° A ΩΝ A 
τῶν ἐξόδων: οἱ δὲ “Ἕλληνες ἐδίω ξ i shew 4 σὺν ἐμοὶ ἠκολούθησαν καὶ λοχαγοῖς. καὶ τῶν ζευγῶν λαμβάνει 
mals f ἐς ἐν τῷ σκότει τοὺς παρατ ς 
Θυνῶν ὑποστραφέντες τινὲς ἐν hi ΤΣ ΣΑΣ τ ΥΟΣΣ a oat ἕν μὲν Τιμασίων ὃ Δαρδανεύς, ἕν δὲ Κλεάνωρ ὁ Ὀρχομένιος, ἕν 10 
Pe / > / b TO ως €K TOV CK a‘ a a 
παρ᾽ οἰκίαν καιομένην ἠκόντιξον € εἰ . : ye ae δὲ Φρυνίσκος ὁ ᾿Αχαιός- τὰ δὲ βοεικὰ ζεύγη τοῖς λοχαγοῖς 
e , / ᾽ Lea OYyayov Kal 5 
75 étpwcav ‘lepwvupdy τε lier an ΧΑαΎ " : ) κατεμερίσθη. τὸν δὲ μισθὸν ἀποδίδωσιν ἐξεληλυθότος ἤδη τοῦ 
by λοχαγόν' ἀπέθανε δὲ οὐδείς" κατεκαύθη μέντοι κα ae, , ἡμερῶν. ὁ vao * ons ἔ if ) 
Aoxpov λοχαγ a a δὴν ἀν ὼ μῆνος εἰκοσι μόνον ἡμερῶν" ὁ γὰρ Ηρακλείδης ἔλεγεν ὅτι οὐ 
δ , € κε βοηῦω ] a 
ἐσθής τινων καὶ σκεύη. 7 μὴ λ ee Ree Θράκιον δ πλέον ἐμπολήσαι. 6 οὖν ἘΞενοφῶν ἀχθεσθεὶς εἶπεν ἐπομόσας" 
ἥ ᾿ ov ° 
“- “" QATTLATNV EYOV Τ » = 
ἱππεῦσι τοῖς πρώτοις Kal τὸν ἢ Bos 9 x ri a “ἃ Δοκεῖς μοι, ὦ Ἡρακλείδη, οὐχ ὡς δεῖ κήδεσθαι Σεύθου- εἰ yap 15 
f - ὅ ov ἐβοήθει, Toco | 
καὶ ἐπείπερ ἤσθετο, ὅσονπερ χρόν Hs ᾽ pales Saha ἐκήδου, hues ἂν φέρων πλήρη τὸν μισθὸν καὶ προσδανεισάμενος, 
»κ2.2 δ ovTo φόβον συμπ " 
80 κέρας ἐφθέγγετο αὐτῷ: ὥστε καὶ τ : $ ea yer el εἰ μὴ ἄλλως ἐδύνω, καὶ ἀποδόμενος τὰ σαυτοῦ ἱμάτια. 
" ᾽ , f : οὔτό τε καὶ ἔλεγεν a a 
πολεμίοις. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἦλθεν, ἐδεξι Y 6 Ἐντεῦθεν ὁ Ἡρακλείδης ἠχθέσθη τε καὶ ἔδεισε μὴ ἐκ τῆς 
eh ‘ ς “ = 
τεθνεῶτας πολλοὺς εὑρήσειν. ἈΝ ets αὴδ, Σεύθου φιλίας ἐκβληθείη, καὶ ὅ,τι ἐδύνατο ἀπὸ ταύτης τῆς 
, ς . δ Ὁ 0 OUS TE AUT@ , a , 
Ἔκ τούτου ὁ Ἐξενοφῶν δεῖται ΘΝ en Gar» et 88 ps 7 ἡμέρας Ἐξενοφῶντα διέβαλλε πρὸς Σεύθην. οἱ μὲν δὴ στρα- 20 
a ν᾿ λ Χ Ἵ αι. συστρατευεσῦσαι" ? a a 
δοῦναι καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος, εἰ βούλεται, : sinning ὙΠ ee τιῶται ἘΞξενοφῶντι ἐνεκάλουν ὅτι οὐκ εἶχον τὸν μισθόν- Σεύθης 
TOV ea τῇ οὖν ὑστεραίᾳ παραδίδωσιν ὁ LevOns τοὺς oun δὲ 2 ae ee ; εν ‘ ; 
85 αὐτὸν ἐᾶσαι. τῇ ᾿ : i ΡΩΝ € ἤχθετο αὐτῷ ὅτι ἐντόνως τοῖς στρατιώταις ἀπήτει τὸν μισθόν. 
, Ν νὰ Οὺς, ὦ ? ΄ 
τοὺς κρατίστους, 
pous, πρεσβυτέρους ἄνδρας 7 ,» a P ἤδη δὲ εἶχε καὶ 8 καὶ τέως μὲν αἰεὶ ἐμέμνητο ὡς, ἐπειδὰν ἐπὶ θάλατταν ἀπέλθῃ, 
“ιν ΝΜ) 
Ὁ Mit ᾿ υναμει. 7) 1) a rn 
τῶν ὀρεινῶν, Kal αὐτὸς ἔρχεται chil lang δ A Nie NR παραδώσει αὐτῷ Βισάνθην καὶ Tdvov καὶ Νέον τεῖχος: ἀπὸ δὲ 
, , ᾿ ᾿ . ao τῶν υσων a 
τριπλασίαν δύναμιν ὁ LevOns ΨΥ Ρ : ξεν, τούτου τοῦ χρόνου οὐδενὸς ἔτι τούτων ἐμέμνητο. 6 γὰρ Ἥρα- 25 
4 ᾿ ἡ Σεύθης πολλοὶ κατέβαινον συστρατευσόμενοι. 2 5 adil haa lini ek Y 
ἃ WPaTTEeL ὁ ω τὰ μὰς ἀνε Soe χα κλείδης καὶ τοῦτο ιεβεβλήκει ὡς οὐκ ἀσφαλὲς εἴη τείχη παρα- 
νον ἢ ods μὲν ὁπλίτας, 
δὲ Θυνοὶ ἐπεὶ εἶδον ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄρους πο = Sota διδόναι ἀνδρὶ δύναμιν ἔχοντι. 
; ΐ is, KataBavtTes ἱκέτευ ἢ a - 
δὲ πελταστάς, πολλοὺς δὲ ἱππεῖς, ! : 5 ta ees’ 9 *Ex τούτου ὁ μὲν Fevopav ἐβουλεύετο τί χρὴ ποιεῖν περὶ 
r e 4 
ιήσειν Kal πιστὰ ᾿ 
σασθαι, καὶ πάντα ὡμολόγουν πο Ki ὶ reeSe/ rie τοῦ ἔτι ἄνω στρατεύεσθαι- ὁ δ᾽ Ἡρακλείδης εἰσαγαγὼν τοὺς 
Ξιἐλε ὁ δὲ Σεύθης καλέσας τὸν ἘΞενοφῶντα ἐπεοείκνυεν = ἴλλ. \ \. = 50 f Φ. ΛΑ > τ 
ἐκέλευον. A « ~ nt ἄλλους στρατηγοὺς πρὸς Φεύσην λέγειν τε ἐκέλευεν αὐτοὺς ὅτι 30 
λέ t οὐκ ἂν ἔφη σπείσασθαι, εἰ Ἐξενοφῶν βούλοιτο τιμ- δὲν AL 5 yey ς wee tea 
ἔγοιεν, Ka "Σὰ egy ae oucey av ἧττον σφεῖς ἀγάγοιεν THY στρατιὰν ἢ Ἐξενοφῶν, τόν τε 
νὰ : εἶπεν" i P a 
ὡρήσασθαι αὐτοὺς τῆς ἐπιθέσεως ΠΣ τον te ων μισθὸν ὑπισχνεῖτο αὐτοῖς ἐντὸς ὀλίγων ἡμερῶν ἔκπλεων παρέσεσ- 
grey (Sm καὶ viv δίκην ἔχειν, εἰ οὗτοι δοῦλοι ἔσονται a ἤμ ibe Ἷ : ἐπ Δ ΤῊ ες ᾿ 
ἱκανὴν νομί ; : ibaa anes al 10 Vat δυοίν μηνοῖν, καὶ συστρατεύεσθαι ἐκέλευε. καὶ ὁ Τιμασίων 
ἐλευθέρων. συμβουλεύειν μέντοι ἔφη αὐτῷ τὸ λοιπὸν ὁμήρ 











920 Anabasis 





εἶπεν: "Eya μὲν τοίνυν οὐδ᾽ ἂν πέντε μηνῶν μισθὸς μέλλῃ εἶναι 
ry Ἅ v Lap \ e f ἈΝ ε 
35 στρατευσαίμην ἂν ἄνευ Ἐξενοφῶντος. καὶ ὁ Φρυνίσκος καὶ ὁ 
Κλεάνωρ συνωμολόγουν τῷ Τιμασίωνι. ἐντεῦθεν ὁ Σεύθης ἐἔλοι- 11 
δόρει τὸν Ἡρακλείδην ὅτι οὐ παρεκάλει καὶ Ἐξενοφῶντα. ἐκ δὲ 
’; » “ΙΝ / \ \ ae / 
τούτου παρακαλοῦσιν αὐτὸν μόνον. ὃ δὲ γνοὺς τοῦ Ηρακλείδου 
τὴν πανουργίαν ὅτι βούλοιτο αὐτὸν διαβάλλειν πρὸς τοὺς 
40 ἄλλους στρατηγούς, παρέρχεται λαβὼν τούς τε στρατηγοὺς 
πάντας καὶ τοὺς λοχαγούς. 

Καὶ ἐπεὶ πάντες ἐπείσθησαν, συνεστρατεύοντο καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται 
ἐν δεξιᾷ ἔχοντες τὸν Πόντον διὰ τῶν Μελινοφάγων καλουμένων 
Θρᾳκῶν εἰς τὸν Σαλμυδησσόν. ἔνθα τῶν εἰς τὸν Πόντον πλεου- 

»“"» “ νι “- 
45 σῶν νεῶν πολλαὶ ὀκέλλουσι καὶ ἐκπίπτουσι" τέναγος γάρ ἐστιν 
ἐπὶ πάμπολυ τῆς θαλάττης. καὶ Θρᾷκες οἱ κατὰ ταῦτα οἰκοῦντες 

/ e Ud A 5 € \ ? / isd ΄ 
στήλας ὁρισάμενοι τὰ καθ᾽ αὑτοὺς ἐκπίπτοντα ἕκαστοι λήζονται" 
τέως δὲ ἔλεγον πρὶν ὁρίσασθαι ἁρπάζοντας πολλοὺς ὑπ᾽ ἀλλή- 
λων ἀποθνήσκειν. ἐνταῦθα ηὑρίσκοντο πολλαὶ μὲν κλῖναι, 

50 πολλὰ δὲ κιβώτια, πολλαὶ δὲ βίβλοι γεγραμμέναι, καὶ τἄλλα 
I “ » ry Ν᾿ Fd ΝΜ > r 
πολλὰ ὅσα ἐν ξυλίνοις τεύχεσι ναύκληροι ἄγουσιν. ἐντεῦθεν 
ταῦτα καταστρεψάμενοι ἀπῇσαν πάλιν. ἔνθα δὴ Σεύθης εἶχε 15 
στράτευμα ἤδη πλέον τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ" ἔκ τε γὰρ ᾿Οδρυσῶν πολὺ 
» / , " 7 4 ΓΙ 
ἔτι πλείους κατεβεβήκεσαν καὶ οἱ αἰεὶ πειθόμενοι συνεστρα- 
55 τεύοντο. κατηυλίσθησαν δ᾽ ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ ὑπὲρ Σηλυμβρίας ὅσον 
τριάκοντα σταδίους ἀπέχοντες τῆς θαλάττης. καὶ μισθὸς μὲν 16 
> ἡ > f Ν Ἅ ‘ — a “ a 
οὐδείς πω ἐφαίνετο: πρὸς δὲ τὸν Ἐξενοφῶντα οἱ τε στρατιῶται 
παγχαλέπως εἶχον ὅ τε Σεύθης οὐκέτι οἰκείως διέκειτο, ἀλλ᾽ 
ὁπότε συγγενέσθαι αὐτῷ βουλόμενος ἔλθοι, πολλαὶ ἤδη ἀσχολίαι 
60 ἐφαίνοντο. 

VI. Ἔν τούτῳ τῷ χρόνῳ σχεδὸν ἤδη δύο μηνῶν ὄντων 1 
ἀφικνεῖται Χαρμῖνός τε ὁ Λάκων καὶ ἸΠολύνικος παρὰ Θίβρωνος, 
καὶ λέγουσιν ὅτι Λακεδαιμονίοις δοκεῖ στρατεύεσθαι ἐπὶ Τισσα- 
φέρνην, καὶ Θίβρων ἐκπέπλευκεν ὡς πολεμήσων, καὶ δεῖται 

5 ταύτης τῆς στρατιᾶς καὶ λέγει ὅτι δαρεικὸς ἑκάστῳ ἔσται μισθὸς 
τοῦ μηνός, καὶ τοῖς λοχαγοῖς διμοιρία, τοῖς δὲ στρατηγοῖς τετρα- 
μοιρία. 

Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἦλθον οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι, εὐθὺς ὁ Ἡρακλείδης 2 











Book VII, Chap. VI 99] 





, hd > Ἂ 
ihe ὅτι ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα ἥκουσι Ayer τῷ Σεύθῃ ὅτι κάλ 
i ; , a « & T 
στὸν τὸ yeperatas’ οἱ μὲν γὰρ Λακεδαιμόνιοι δέονται τοῦ τῷ 
| 
στρατεύματος, σὺ δὲ οὐκέτι. δέῃ- ἀποδιδοὺς δὲ τὸ στράτευμα 
χαριῇ αὐτοῖς, σὲ δὲ οὐκέτι a ὸ ἥ 
» ε UKETL ἁπαιτήσουσι τὸν μισθόν, ἀλλ᾽ 
3 ἀπα ἐκ τῇ 5 U 
afovrat ἐκ τῆς χώρας. ἀκούσας ταῦτα ὁ Σεύθης κελεύει 
-- MN > Kc Ὁ 
bia gis καὶ ἐπεὶ εἶπον ὅτι ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα ἥκουσιν ἔλεγεν 
ὅτι Ἵ ἀποδί : 
τὸ στράτευμα ἀποδίδωσι, φίλος τε καὶ σύμμαχος εἶναι 15 
οὐ a 3 \ iS 
β λεται, καλεῖ τε αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ ξένια" καὶ ἐξένιξζε μεγαλοπρεπῶς 
ενο “ ‘ > > , LEN a i 
Ξ φῶντα δὲ οὐκ ἐκάλει, οὐδὲ τῶν ἄλλων στρατηγῶν οὐδένα 
A Ὁ“ i 
4 ἐρωτώντων δὲ τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων τίς ἀνὴρ εἴη ἘΞενοφῶν ἀπεκρί. 
ν A ‘ Ν 
νατο ὅτι ἴη οὐ f 
τὰ μὲν ἄλλα εἴη οὐ κακός, φιλοστρατιώτης δέ- καὶ διὰ 
TO Ὁ >] > ον 
, sig χεῖρόν ἐστιν αὑτῷ. καὶ of εἶπον, ᾿Αλλ᾽ 4 δημαγωγεῖ ὁ 20 
5 ἀν x ὁ Kal δ᾽ 
=P τοὺς ἄνδρας: καὶ ὁ Ηρακλείδης, Πάνυ μὲν οὖν ἔφη. ἾΑρ᾽ 
οὖν, ἔφασαν, μὴ καὶ ἡμῖν é 5 nS a me 4 
ῦν, ἐφᾶσαν, μὴ καὶ ἡμῖν ἐναντιώσεται τῆς ἀπαγωγῆς; ᾿Αλλ’ ἣν 
ὑμεῖ κ᾿ “ 
μ st ἔφη ὁ Ἡρακλείδης, συλλέξαντες αὐτοὺς ὑπόσχησθε τὸν 
rl > rf 
ov, ολίγον ἐκείνῳ προσχόντες ἀποδραμοῦνται σὺν ὑμῖν 
6 Πῶς οὖν ἄν, 2 ἡμῖ i 
i av, ἔφασαν, ἡμῖν συλλεγεῖεν ; Αὔριον ὑμᾶς, ἔφη ὁ 325 
Ηρακλείδης, πρῷ ἄξομεν πρὸς αὐτού ὶ οἶδα, é 
Ἔρας πρᾷ μεν πρὸς αὑτούς" καὶ οἶδα, ἔφη, ὅτι ἐπειδὰν 
ὑμᾶς ἴδωσιν, ἄσμενοι συνδραμοῦνται. 
ν 
ἔληξεν. 
Τῇ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ & ἐπὶ 
᾽ ἐεραίᾳ ayo ὸ [ 
δι ἐραίς γι υσιν ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα τοὺς Λάκωνας 
ἣν ns τε καὶ Ηρακλείδης, καὶ συλλέγεται ἡ στρατιά. τὼ δὲ 30 
ἀκ την ὅ ἢ ι 
: rae ἐλεγέτην ὅτι Λακεδαιμονίοις δοκεῖ πολεμεῖν Τισσαφέρνει 
τῷ ὑμᾶς ἀδική . bv i c 
¢ ἀμ ἀδικήσαντι" ἢν οὖν ἴητε σὺν ἡμῖν, τόν τε ἐχθρὸν τιμωρή- 
σ 4 « nw 
pr καὶ δαρεικὸν ἕκαστος οἴσει τοῦ μηνὸς ὑμῶν, λοχαγὸς δὲ 
8 τὸ ῦ ὃς δὲ τὸ D 
ὲ Nabe, στρατηγὸς δὲ τὸ τετραπλοῦν. καὶ of στρατιῶται 
ac ” » b] 
ἄσμενοί τε ἤκουσαν καὶ εὐθὺς ἀνίσταταί τις τῶν ᾿Αρκάδων τοῦ 35 
ἘΞενοφῶ ) H 
wis pop ia κατηγόρησων. παρῆν δὲ καὶ Σεύθης βουλόμενος 
Oey 
Μὸν τί πραχθήσεται, καὶ ἐν ἐπηκόῳ εἱστήκει ἔχων ἑρμηνέα" 
\ ey ε 
— δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς ἑλληνιστὶ τὰ πλεῖστα. ἔνθα δὴ λέγει ὁ 
’ ᾽ 
Kas* ᾽ ἡμεῖς Mev, @ 
ip is i Ἀλλ ἡμεῖς μέν, ὦ Λακεδαιμόνιοι, καὶ πάλαι ἂν ἣμεν 
Tap ὑμῖν, εἰ μὴ Ἐενοφῶν ἡμᾶς δεῦ ἴσας ἀπή 
ray ὑμῖν, ὁ ἡμᾶς δεῦρο πείσας ἀπήγαγεν, ἔνθα δὴ 40 
ἡμεῖς μὲν τὸν δεινὸν χειμῶνα στρατευόμενοι καὶ νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν 
οὐδὲν πεπαύμεθα: ὃ δὲ τοὺς ἡμετέ j Sei 
ens “ὖμ € τοὺς ἡμετέρους πόνους ἔχει" Kal Σεύθης 
ἐκεῖνο f ) a 
ν μὲν ἰδίᾳ πεπλούτικεν, ἡμᾶς δὲ ἀποστερεῖ τὸν μισθόν" 


αὕτη μὲν ἡ ἡμέρα οὕτως 





322 Anabasis 





ὥστε [5 ye πρῶτος λέγων] ἐγὼ μὲν εἰ τοῦτον ἴδοιμι κατάλευ. 

45 σθέντα καὶ δόντα δίκην ὧν ἡμᾶς περιεῖλκε, καὶ τὸν μισθὸν δ 
μοι δοκῶ ἔχειν καὶ οὐδὲν ἐπὶ τοῖς πεπονημένοις ἄχθεσθαι. μετὰ 
τοῦτον ἄλλος ἀνέστη ὁμοίως καὶ ἄλλος. ἐκ δὲ τούτου Ἐξενοφῶν 
ἔλεξεν ὧδε. ἀμ, μ᾿ 

᾿Αλλὰ πάντα μὲν ἄρα ἄνθρωπον ὄντα προσδοκᾶν δεῖ, ὁπότε 

50 γε καὶ ἐγὼ νῦν ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν αἰτίας ἔχω ἐν ᾧ πλείστην προθυμίαν 
ἐμαυτῷ γε δοκῶ συνειδέναι περὶ ὑμᾶς πορισχήμϑοι: iil sa 
πόμην μέν ye ἤδη οἴκαδε ὡρμημένος, οὐ μὰ τὸν Δία οὔτοι 
πυνθανόμενος ὑμᾶς εὖ πράττειν, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἀκούων ἐν ἀπόροις 
εἶναι ὡς ὠφελήσων εἴ τι δυναίμην. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦλθον, Banter 

55 τουτουὶ πολλοὺς ἀγγέλους πρὸς ἐμὲ πέμποντος καὶ πολλὰ 
ὑπισχνουμένου μοι, εἰ πείσαιμι ὑμᾶς *por αὐτὸν ἜΡΟΝ, τοῦτο 
μὲν οὐκ ἐπεχείρησα ποιεῖν, ὡς αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε. γον δὲ 
ὅθεν φόμην τάχιστ᾽ ἂν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν διαβῆναι. τοῦτα 
γάρ καὶ βέλτιστα ἐνόμιζον ὑμῖν εἶναι καὶ ὑμᾶς ὕϑειν βουλομέ 

60 νους. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ᾿Αρίσταρχος ἐλθὼν σὺν τριήρεσιν ἐκώλυε διαπλεῖν 
ἡμᾶς, ἐκ τούτου, ὅπερ εἰκὸς δήπου ἦν, συνέλεξα ὑμᾶς, ὅτων 
βουλευσαίμεθα ὅ,τι χρὴ ποιεῖν. οὐκοῦν ὑμεῖς ἀκόνοντον μὲν 14 
᾿Αριστάρχου ἐπιτάττοντος ὑμῖν εἷς ερρύνησον ποραασθοι, 
ἀκούοντες δὲ Σεύθου πείθοντος ἑαυτῷ συστρατεύεσθαι, πάντες 

65 μὲν ἐλέγετε σὺν Σεύθῃ ἰέναι, πάντες δ᾽ ἐψηφίσασθε san τί 
οὖν ἐγὼ ἐνταῦθα ἠδίκησα ἀγαγὼν ὑμᾶς ἔνθα πᾶσιν ὑμῖν ἐδόκει; 15 
ἐπεί γε μὴν ψεύδεσθαι ἤρξατο Σεύθης περὶ τοῦ μισθοῦ, εἰ μὲν 
ἐπαινῶ αὐτόν. δικαίως ἄν με καὶ αἰτιῷσθε καὶ μισοῖτε" εἰ δὲ 
πρόσθεν αὐτῷ πάντων μάλιστα φίλος ὧν νῦν sages puget 

70 τατός εἰμι, πῶς ἂν ἔτι δικαίως ὑμᾶς αἱρούμενος ἀντὶ Σεύθου ὑφ 
ὑμῶν αἰτίαν ἔχοιμι περὶ ὧν πρὸς τοῦτον διαφέρομαι; | 

᾿Αλλ᾽ εἴποιτ᾽ ἂν ὅτι ἔξεστι καὶ τὰ ὑμέτερα ἔχοντα παρὰ 16 
Σεύθου τεχνάζειν. οὐκοῦν δῆλον τοῦτό γέ ἐστιν, τρὴμ ἐμοῦ 
ἐτέλει τι Σεύθης, οὐχ οὕτως ἐτέλει δήπου ὡς ὧν τε ἐμοὶ si 

75 στέροιτο Kal ἄλλα ὑμῖν ἀποτείσειεν, ἀλλ᾽ οἶμαι, εἰ ἐδίδου, ἐπὶ ' 
τούτῳ δὴ ἐδίδου ὅπως ἐμοὶ δοὺς μεῖον μὴ ἀποδοίη ὑμῖν τὸ hens 1 
εἰ τοίνυν οὕτως ἔχειν οἴεσθε, ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν αὐτίκα μάλα ματαίαν 
ταύτην τὴν πρᾶξιν ἀμφοτέροις ἡμῖν ποιῆσαι, ἐὰν πράττητε 

















Book VTT, Chap. VI 





αὐτὸν τὰ χρήματα. δῆλον γὰρ ὅτι SevOns, εἰ ἔχω τι παρ᾽ 
αὐτοῦ, ἀπαιτήσει με, καὶ ἀπαιτήσει μέντοι δικαίως, ἐὰν μὴ 80 
18 βεβαιῶ τὴν πρᾶξιν αὐτῷ ἐφ᾽ ἡ ἐδωροδόκουν. ἀλλὰ πολλοῦ 
A a > al 
μοι δοκῶ δεῖν τὰ ὑμέτερα ἔχειν: ὀμνύω γὰρ ὑμῖν θεοὺς ἅπαντας 
4 
καὶ πάσας μηδ᾽ ἃ ἐμοὶ ἰδίᾳ ὑπέσχετο Σεύθης ἔχειν: πάρεστι δὲ 
Ἁ a n 
καὶ αὐτὸς καὶ ἀκούων σύνοιδέ μοι εἰ ἐπιορκῶ: ἵνα δὲ μᾶλλον 
19 θαυμάσητε, συνεπόμνυμι μηδὲ & οἱ ἄλλοι στρατηγοὶ ἔλαβον 55 
> / A / δ Ψν ~ “Ὁ ὍΝ) 
εἰληφέναι, μὴ τοίνυν μηδὲ ὅσα τῶν λοχαγῶν ἔνιοι. 
| lal n 

20 Kat τί δὴ ταῦτ᾽ ἐποίουν; ᾧμην, ἄνδρες, ὅσῳ μᾶλλον συμφέ. 

pore τούτῳ τὴν τότε πενίαν, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον αὐτὸν φίλον 

4 e / δ ᾿ ν [ἡ Ν᾿ ς oa Φ 
ποιήσεσθαι, ὁπότε δυνασθείη. ἐγὼ δὲ ἅμα τε αὐτὸν ὁρῶ εὖ 
πράττοντα καὶ γιγνώσκω δὴ αὐτοῦ τὴν γνώμην. εἴποι δή τις 90 

21 ἄν, οὔκουν αἰσχύνῃ οὕτω μώρως ἐξαπατώμενος: ναὶ μὰ Δία 
᾿ , / yy 7 καὶ \ "dl wv > / / 
ἡσχυνόμην μέντᾶν, εἰ ὑπὸ πολεμίου γε ὄντος ἐξηπατήθην- φίλῳ 

ἌΝ > a v , " be > a b] 4 
δὲ ὄντι ἐξαπατᾶν αἰσχιόν μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι ἢ ἐξαπατᾶσθαι. ἐπεὶ 
A a a 

22 εἴ γε πρὸς φίλους ἐστὶ φυλακή, πᾶσαν οἶδα ἡμᾶς φυλαξαμένους 
ὡς μὴ παρασχεῖν τούτῳ πρόφασιν δικαίαν μὴ ἀποδιδόναι ἡμῖν 95 
|S / " δ > ri Lal > \ Ν , 
ἃ ὑπέσχετο" οὔτε γὰρ ἠδικήσαμεν τοῦτον οὐδὲν οὔτε κατεβλακεύ- 
σαμεν τὰ τούτου οὐδὲ μὴν κατεδειλιάσαμεν οὐδὲν ἐφ᾽ ὅ,τι ἡμᾶς 
οὗτος παρεκάλεσεν. 

23 Αλλά, φαίητε ἄν, ἔδει τὰ ἐνέχυρα τότε λαβεῖν, ὡς μηδ᾽ εἰ 
> tA > rd 9 Ὁ \ ἴω \ > 7 “ ᾽ \ 
ἐβούλετο ἐδύνατο ἐξαπατᾶν. πρὸς ταῦτα δὴ ἀκούσατε ἅ ἐγὼ 100 
οὐκ ἄν ποτε εἶπον τούτου ἐναντίον, εἰ μή μοι παντάπασιν ἀγνώ-. 

24 μονες ἐδοκεῖτε εἶναι ἢ λίαν εἰς ἐμὲ ἀχάριστοι. ἀναμνήσθητε 
γὰρ ἐν ποίοις τισὶ πράγμασιν ὄντες ἐτυγχάνετε, ἐξ ὧν ὑμᾶς ἐγὼ 
> , Ἁ 7 > 3 ἃ , “Ὁ , 
ἀνήγαγον πρὸς Σεύθην. οὐκ εἰς μὲν Πέρινθον προσῇτε πόλιν, 
> 7 . eee ς ’ ᾿ “ ? , > 
Ἀρίσταρχος δ᾽ ὑμᾶς ὁ Λακεδαιμόνιος οὐκ εἴα εἰσιέναι ἀπο- 
κλείσας τὰς πύλας; ὑπαίθριοι δ᾽ ἔξω ἐστρατοπεδεύετε, μέσος δὲ 

nw »“-᾿ ΄ wa 

χειμὼν ἦν, ἀγορᾷ δὲ ἐχρῆσθε σπάνια μὲν ὁρῶντες τὰ ὦνια, 

, Δ) + σ΄ > 7 > 4 \ 9 / Ψ -% 

25 σπάνια δ᾽ ἔχοντες ὅτων ὠνήσεσθε, ἀνάγκη δὲ ἣν μένειν ἐπὶ 

rd lal / ral 
Θράκης τριήρεις γάρ ἐφορμοῦσαι ἐκώλυον διαπλεῖν- εἰ δὲ μένοι 
τις, ἐν πολεμίᾳ εἶναι, ἔνθα πολλοὶ μὲν ἱππεῖς ἦσαν ἐναντίοι, 
»“ ε 

26 πολλοὶ δὲ πελτασταί, ἡμῖν δὲ ὁπλιτικὸν μὲν ἣν ᾧ ἁθρόοι μὲν 
γ᾽ ee \ , Μ A > / a , e / 
ἰόντες ἐπὶ Tas κῶμας tows ἂν ἐδυνάμεθα σῖτον λαμβάνειν οὑδέν 
τι ἄφθονον, ὅτῳ δὲ διώκοντες ἂν ἢ ἀνδράποδα ἢ πρόβατα Kate 





924 Anabasis 





λαμβάνομεν οὐκ ἣν ἡμῖν: οὔτε yap ἱππικὸν οὔτε πελταστικὸν 
115 ἔτι ἐγὼ συνεστηκὸς κατέλαβον παρ᾽ ὑμῖν. , : 

Ei οὖν ἐν τοιαύτῃ ἀνάγκῃ ὄντων ὑμῶν μηδ' cdtbaagnend μισθὸν 27 
προσαιτήσας Σεύθην σύμμαχον ὑμῖν προσέλαβον, ἔχοετα καὶ 
ἱππέας καὶ πελταστὰς ὧν ὑμεῖς προσεδεῖσθε, ἣ κακῶς ἂν ἐδόκουν 
ὑμῖν βεβουλεῦσθαι πρὸ ὑμῶν; τούτων γὰρ δήπου που δησαντει 28 

120 καὶ σῖτον ἀφθονώτερον ἐν ταῖς κώμαις ηὑρίσκετε διὰ τὸ ἀναγκά- 
ζεσθαι τοὺς Θρᾷκας κατὰ σπουδὴν μᾶλλον φεῦ, καὶ pe 
βάτων καὶ ἀνδραπόδων μᾶλλον μετέσχετε. καὶ sa sia yeaa 29 
οὐδένα ἑωρῶμεν ἐπειδὴ τὸ ἱππικὸν ἡμῖν προσεγόνντο: τέως δὲ 
θαρραλέως ἡμῖν ἐφείποντο οἱ πολέμιοι καὶ ἱππικῷ καὶ avira: 

125 στικῷ κωλύοντες μηδαμῇ κατ᾽ ὀλέγους ἀποσικεδαννυμένους τὰ 
ἐπιτήδεια ἀφθονώτερα ἡμᾶς πορίζεσθαι. εἰ δὲ δὴ ὁ συμπαρέχων 30 
ὑμῖν ταύτην THY ἀσφάλειαν μὴ πάνυ πόλον pein πρδύντε με 
τῆς ἀσφαλείας, τοῦτο δή τι σχέτλιον πάθημα καὶ διὰ τοῦτο 
οὐδαμῇ οἴεσθε χρῆναι ζῶντα ἐμὲ ἀνεῖναι: eee 

130 Νῦν δὲ δὴ πῶς ἀπέρχεσθε; ov διαχειμάσαντες μὲν ἐν ἀφθό- 31 
νοις τοῖς ἐπιτηδείοις, περιττὸν δ᾽ ἔχοντες τοῦτο εἴ τι ἐλάβετε 


παρὰ Σεύθου; τὰ γὰρ τῶν πολεμίων ἐδωπανᾶτε. καὶ ταῦτα 
πράττοντες οὔτε ἄνδρας ἐπείδετε ὑμῶν αὐτῶν ἀσυδαινντου οὔτε 
ζῶντας ἀπεβάλετε. εἰ δέ τι καλὸν πρὸς τοὺς ἐν τῇ ᾿Ασίᾳ βαρ- 82 
135 βάρους ἐπέπρακτο ὑμῖν, οὐ καὶ ἐκεῖνο σῶον ἔχετε καὶ πρὸς 
ἐκείνοις νῦν ἄλλην εὔκλειαν προσειλήφατε καὶ τοὺς ἐν τῇ Εὐρώπῃ 
Θρᾷκας ἐφ᾽ οὕς ἐστρατεύσασθε κρατήσαντες: ἐγὼ μὲν ὑμᾶς 
φημι δικαίως ἂν ὧν ἐμοὶ χαλεπαίνετε τούτων τοῖς θεοῖς χάριν 


εἰδέναι ὡς ἀγαθῶν. Ι { 
1440 Καὶ τὰ μὲν δὴ ὑμέτερα τοιαῦτα. ἄγετε δὴ πρὸς sn καὶ 33 

τὰ ἐμὰ σκέψασθε ὡς ἔχει. ἐγὼ yap ὅτε μὲν πρότερον anys 

οἴκαδε, ἔχων μὲν ἔπαινον πολὺν πρὸς ὑμῶν ἀπεπορευόμην, ἔχον 

δὲ δι᾿’ ὑμᾶς καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων εὔκλειαν. ἐπιστευόμην 

δὲ ὑπὸ Λακεδαιμονίων" οὐ γὰρ ἄν με ἔπεμπον πάλιν πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 
145 νῦν δὲ ἀπέρχομαι πρὸς μὲν Λακεδαιμονίους ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν διαβεβλη- 84 

μένος, Σεύθῃ δὲ ἀπηχθημένος ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, ὃν ἤλπιζον εὖ ποιήσας 

μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν ἀποστροφὴν καὶ ἐμοὶ καλὴν καὶ παισίν, εἰ γένοιντο, 

καταθήσεσθαι. ὑμεῖς δ᾽, ὑπὲρ ὧν ἐγὼ ἀπήχθημαί τε πλεῖστα 35 




















Book VII, Chap. VI 





καὶ ταῦτα πολὺ κρείττοσιν ἐμαυτοῦ, πραγματευόμενός τε οὐδὲ 
νῦν To πέπαυμαι ὅ,τι δύναμαι ἀγαθὸν ὑμῖν, τοιαύτην ἔχετε 150 
γνώμην περὶ ἐμοῦ. 

᾿Αλλ᾽ ἔχετε μέν με οὔτε φεύγοντα λαβόντες οὔτε ἀποδιδρά- 

, Δ Υ Ν 4 3 ͵ 
σκοντα" ἢν δὲ ποιήσητε ἃ λέγετε, ἴστε ὅτι ἄνδρα κατακεκονότες 
ἔσεσθε πολλὰ μὲν δὴ πρὸ ὑμῶν ἀγρυπνήσαντα, πολλὰ δὲ σὺν 
ὑμῖν πονήσαντα καὶ κινδυνεύσαντα καὶ ἐν τῷ μέρει καὶ παρὰ τὸ 155 
μέρος, θεῶν δ᾽ ἵλεων ὄντων καὶ τρόπαια βαρβάρων πολλὰ δὴ 

Ἁ ¢ a Ul 4 dl “ e , , 
συν ὑμὶν στησάμενον, ὅπως δέ ye μηδενὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων πολέ- 
μιοι γένοισθε, πᾶν ὅσον ἐγὼ ἐδυνάμην πρὸς ὑμᾶς διατεινάμενον. 
καὶ γὰρ νῦν ὑμῖν ἔξεστιν ἀνεπιλήπτως πορεύεσθαι ὅπη ἂν ἕλησθε 
καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν. ὑμεῖς δέ, ὅτε πολλὴ ὑμῖν 160 
εὐπορία φαίνεται, καὶ πλεῖτε ἔνθα δὴ ἐπεθυμεῖτε πάλαι, δέονταί 

ΚΝ... Ὁ ε ’ ὃ , \ \ A e , \ 
TE ὑμῶν οἱ μέγιστον δυνάμενοι, μισθὸς δὲ φαίνεται, ἡγεμόνες δὲ 
ἥκουσι Λακεδαιμόνιοι οἱ κράτιστοι νομιζόμενοι εἶναι, νῦν δὴ 
καιρὸς ὑμῖν δοκεῖ εἶναι ὡς τάχιστα ἐμὲ Kataxalvev; οὐ μὴν ὅτε 
γε ἐν τοῖς ἀπόροις ἦμεν, ὦ πάντων μνημονικώτατοι, ἀλλὰ καὶ 165 
πατέρα ἐμὲ ἐκαλεῖτε καὶ αἰεὶ ὡς εὐεργέτου μεμνῆσθαι ὑπισχνεῖσθε. 

> / > , > \’ 4 ’ » \ al φ 349 te an 
ov μέντοι ἀγνώμονες οὐδὲ οὗτοί εἰσιν of νῦν ἧκον ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς" 

“ e > ba! > blll sas “ La J be a“ 
ὥστε, WS ἐγὼ οἶμαι, οὐδὲ τούτοις δοκεῖτε βελτίονες εἶναι τοιοῦτοι 
ὄντες περὶ ἐμέ. ταῦτ᾽ εἰπὼν ἐπαύσατο. 

88. Χαρμῖνος δὲ 6 Λακεδαιμόνιος ἀναστὰς εἶπεν. Οὐ τὼ σιώ, 170 
> AU , > a Ὁ" “Ὁ ‘ai [4 
ἀλλ᾽ ἐμοὶ μέντοι οὐ δικαίως δοκεῖτε τῷ ἀνδρὶ τούτῳ χαλεπαίνειν" 
ἔχω γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς αὐτῷ μαρτυρῆσαι. Σεύθης γὰρ ἐρωτῶντος 
ἐμοῦ καὶ ἸΤολυνίκου περὶ Ἐξενοφῶντος τίς ἀνὴρ εἴη ἄλλο μὲν 
οὐδὲν εἶχε μέμψασθαι, ἄγαν δὲ φιλοστρατιώτην ἔφη αὐτὸν εἶνε ι" 
διὸ καὶ χεῖρον αὐτῷ εἶναι πρὸς ἡμῶν τε τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων καὶ 175 

᾿ > “ > i > 4 tA » iA , . 

40 πρὸς αὕτου. ἀναστὰς ἐπὶ τούτῳ Εὐρύλοχος Λουσιάτης εἶπεν" 
Καὶ δοκεῖ γέ μοι, ἄνδρες Λακεδαιμόνιοι, τοῦτο ὑμᾶς πρῶτον 
ἡμῶν στρατηγῆσαι, παρὰ Σεύθου ἡμῖν τὸν μισθὸν ἀναπρᾶξαι ἢ 

41 ἑκόντος ἢ ἄκοντος, καὶ μὴ πρότερον ἡμᾶς ἀπαγαγεῖν. Πολυ- 
κράτης δὲ ᾿Αθηναῖος εἶπεν ἐνετὸς ὑπὸ ἘΞενοφῶντος- ‘Ope γε 180 
μήν, ἔφη, ὦ ἄνδρες, καὶ Ἡρακλείδην ἐνταῦθα παρόντα, ὃς παρα- 
λαβὼν τὰ χρήματα ἃ ἡμεῖς ἐπονήσαμεν, ταῦτα ἀποδόμενος οὔτε 

ra) Ἁ 
Σεύθῃ ἀπέδωκεν οὔτε ἡμῖν τὰ γιγνόμενα, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸς κλέψας 





320 Anabasis 





πέπαται. ἢν οὖν σωφρονῶμεν, ἑξόμεθα adtov- οὐ yap δὴ οὗτός 
185 γε, ἔφη, Θρᾷξ ἐστιν, ἀλλ᾽ “Ἄλλην ὧν “Ἕλληνας ἀδικεῖ. 
Ταῦτα ἀκούσας ὁ Ἡρακλείδης μάλα ἐξεπλάγη: καὶ προ- 42 
σελθὼν τῷ Σεύθῃ λέγει: Ἡμεῖς ἢν σωφρονῶμεν, ἄπιμεν ἐντεῦθεν 

ἐκ τῆς τούτων ἐπικρατείας. καὶ ἀναβάντες επὶ τοὺς ἵππους 
ᾧχοντο ἀπελαύνοντες εἰς τὸ ἑαυτῶν στρατόπεδον. καὶ ἐντεῦθεν 48 

190 Σεύθης πέμπει ᾿Αβροζέλμην τὸν ἑαυτοῦ ἑρμηνέα πρὸς Flevo- 
φῶντα καὶ κελεύει αὐτὸν καταμεῖναι παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ ἔχοντα χιλίους 
ὁπλίτας, καὶ ὑπισχνεῖται αὐτῷ ἀποδώσειν τά τε χωρία τὰ ἐπὶ 
θαλάττῃ καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἃ ὑπέσχετο, καὶ ἐν ἀπορρήτῳ ποιησά- 

/ “ ᾽ f / ς fap / ΝΜ 
μενος λέγει ὅτι ἀκήκοε ἸΤολυνίκου ὡς εἰ ὑποχείριος ἔσται Λακε- 

195 δαιμονίοις, σαφῶς ἀποθανοῖτο ὑπὸ Θίβρωνος. ἐπέστελλον δὲ 44 
ταῦτα καὶ ἄλλοι πολλοὶ τῷ Ξενοφῶντι ὡς διαβεβλημένος εἴη 
καὶ φυλάττεσθαι δέοι. ὃ δὲ ἀκούων ταῦτα δύο ἱερεῖα λαβὼν 
ἐθύετο τῷ Διὶ τῷ βασιλεῖ πότερά οἱ λῷον καὶ ἄμεινον εἴη μένειν 

ry & [ 
παρὰ Σεύθῃ ἐφ᾽ οἷς Σεύθης λέγει ἢ ἀπιέναι σὺν τῷ στρατεύματι. 
200 ἀναιρεῖ αὐτῷ ἀπιέναι. 
VIL. ᾿Ἐντεῦθεν Σεύθης μὲν ἀπεστρατοπεδεύσατο προσω- 1 
τέρω: οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες ἐσκήνησαν εἰς κώμας ὅθεν ἔμελλον πλεῖστα 
᾽ , > , oe e a ᾿ = 
ἐπισιτισάμενοι ἐπὶ θάλατταν ἥξειν. αἱ δὲ κῶμαι αὗται ἦσαν 
δεδομέναι ὑπὸ Σεύθου Μηδοσάδῃ. ὁρῶν οὖν ὁ Μηδοσάδης 2 
“ ἣ 3 " , e Ἁ ΄Ὁ ε ld »“" 

δ δαπανώμενα τὰ ἐν ταῖς κώμαις ὑπὸ τῶν Ελλήνων χαλεπῶς 
ἔφερε: καὶ λαβὼν ἄνδρα ᾿Οδρύσην δυνατώτατον τῶν ἄνωθεν 
καταβεβηκότων καὶ ἱππέας ὅσον τριάκοντα ἔρχεται καὶ προκα- 
λεῖται Ἐξενοφῶντα ἐκ τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ στρατεύματος. καὶ ὃς 
λαβών τινας τῶν λοχαγῶν καὶ ἄλλους τῶν ἐπιτηδείων προσέρχε- 

10 ται. ἔνθα δὴ λέγει Μηδοσάδης" ᾿Αδικεῖτε, ὦ Ἐξενοφῶν, τὰς 3 
ἡμετέρας κώμας πορθοῦντες. προλέγομεν οὖν ὑμῖν, ἐγώ τε ὑπὲρ 
Σεύθου καὶ ὅδε ἀνὴρ παρὰ Μηδόκου ἥκων τοῦ ἄνω βασιλέως, 
> , > κι " > ‘ f ᾽ ᾽ ’ δὺς κα > 4 
ἀπιέναι ἐκ τῆς χώρας" εἰ δὲ μή, οὐκ ἐπιτρέψομεν ὑμῖν, ἀλλ 
ἐὰν ποιῆτε κακῶς τὴν ἡμετέραν χώραν, ὡς πολεμίους ἀλεξόμεθα. 


15 Ὁ δὲ Ξενοφῶν ἀκούσας ταῦτα εἶπεν" ᾿Αλλὰ σοὶ μὲν τοιαῦτα 4 


if . > My , il 9 ὦ “ ΄ 
λέγοντι καὶ ἀποκρίνασθαι χαλεπόν" τούτου δ᾽ ἕνεκα τοῦ veavi- 


σκου λέξω, tv’ εἰδῇ οἷοί τε ὑμεῖς. ἡμεῖς μὲν γάρ, ἔφη, πρὶν 5 


,“ ὦ , , ᾿ , \ , »Ἥ: , Lid 
ὑμῖν φίλοι γενέσθαι ἐπορευόμεθα διὰ ταύτης τῆς χώρας oot 








Book VII, Chap. VII 





ἐβουλόμεθα, ἣν μὲν ἐθέλοιμεν πορθοῦντες, ἣν δὲ θέλοιμεν κα ίοντες 

6 καὶ σὺ ὁπότε πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἔλθοις πρεσβεύων, ηὐλίζου τότε πα 20 
ἡμῖν οὐδένα φοβούμενος τῶν πολεμίων: ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐκ Fre εἰ 
τήνδε τὴν χώραν, ἣ εἴ ποτε ἔλθοιτε, ὡς ἐν ἀβννυν: ὥρᾳ 

7 ηὐλίζεσθε ἐγκεχαλινωμένοις τοῖς ἵπποις. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἡμῖν Pe 
ἐγένεσθε καὶ δι᾽ ἡμᾶς σὺν θεοῖς ἔχετε τήνδε τὴν χώραν, νῦν δὴ 
ἐξελαύνετε ἡμᾶς ἐκ τῆσδε τῆς χώρας ἣν παρ᾽ ἡμῶν Wane: 25 
κατὰ κράτος παρελάβετε: ὡς γὰρ αὐτὸς οἶσθα, οἱ πολέμιοι οὐ 

8 ἱκανοὶ ἦσαν ἡμᾶς ἐξελαύνειν. καὶ οὐχ ὅπως δῶρα δοὺς καὶ 3 
ποιήσας ἀνθ᾽ ὧν εὖ ἔπαθες ἀξιοῖς ἡμᾶς ἀποπέμψασθαι, ἀλλ᾽ 
ἀποπορευομένους ἡμᾶς οὐδ᾽ ἐναυλισθῆναι ὅσον δύνασαι leno 

9 πεις. Kal ταῦτα λέγων οὔτε θεοὺς αἰσχύνῃ οὔτε τόνδε τὸν 30 
ἄνδρα, ὃς νῦν μέν σε ὁρᾷ πλουτοῦντα, πρὶν δὲ ἡμῖν φίλον 
γενέσθαι ἀπὸ λῃστείας τὸν βίον ἔχοντα, ὡς αὐτὸς ἔφησθα 

10 ἀτὰρ τί καὶ πρὸς ἐμὲ λέγεις ταῦτα; ἔφη" οὐ γὰρ ἔγωγ᾽ ἔτι Z ai 
ἀλλὰ Λακεδαιμόνιοι, οἷς ὑμεῖς παρεδώκατε τὸ στράτευμα el 
γαγεῖν οὐδὲν ἐμὲ παρακαλέσαντες, ὦ θαυμαστότατοι ὅπως ὥσπερ 35 
ἀπηχθανόμην αὐτοῖς ὅτε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἦγον, οὕτω ial apicai, ; 
νῦν ἀποδιδούς. ΠΝ 

11 ᾿Επεὶ ταῦτα ἤκουσεν ὁ ᾿Οδρύσης, εἶπεν" ᾿Εγὼ μέν, ὦ Μηδό- 
σαδες͵ κατὰ τῆς γῆς καταδύομαι ὑπὸ τῆς idling vee 
ταῦτα. καὶ εἰ μὲν πρόσθεν ἠπιστάμην, οὐδ᾽ ἂν συνηκολούθησά 40 
σοι" καὶ νῦν ἄπειμι. οὐδὲ γὰρ ἂν Μήδοκός με ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐπαι- 

12 voin, εἰ ἐξελαύνοιμι τοὺς εὐεργέτας. ταῦτ᾽ εἰπὼν ἀναβὰς ἐπὶ 
τὸν ἵππον ἀπήλαυνε καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ οἱ ἄλλοι ἱππεῖς πλὴν τεττά- 
ρων ἢ πέντε. ὁ δὲ Μηδοσάδης, ἐλύπει γὰρ αὐτὸν ἡ χώρα 
πορθουμένη, ἐκέλευε τὸν Ξξενοφῶντα καλέσαι τὼ pent ha 45 

13 καὶ ὃς λαβὼν τοὺς ἐπιτηδειοτάτους προσῆλθε τῷ Χαρμίνῳ ὧδ 
Πολυνίκῳ καὶ ἔλεγεν ὅτι καλεῖ αὐτοὺς Μηδοσάδης ἀβοιβὰν 

14 ἅπερ αὐτῷ, ἀπιέναι ἐκ τῆς χώρας. οἴομαι ἂν οὗν, ἔφη, ὑμᾶς 
‘ "μὰ ‘ 
ἀπολαβεῖν τῇ στρατιᾷ τὸν ὀφειλόμενον μισθόν, εἰ εἴποιτε ὅτι 
δεδέηται ὑμῶν ἡ στρατιὰ συναναπρᾶξαι τὸν μισθὸν ἢ παρ᾽ ἑκόντος 50 
ἢ παρ᾽ ἄκοντος Σεύθου, καὶ ὅτι τούτων τυχόντες προθύμως ἂν ἐξ 
ἕπεσθαι ὑμῖν pact καὶ ὅτι δίκαια ὑμῖν δοκοῦσι λέγειν" καὶ ὅτι ὑπέ. 
σχεσθε αὐτοῖς τότε ἀπιέναι ὅταν τὰ δίκαια ἔχωσιν οἱ στρατιῶται. 


Se ae ree 





928 Anabasis Book VII, Chap. VII 








; ᾿ | Λάκωνες ταῦτα ἔφασαν ἐρεῖν καὶ ἄλλα ὁποῖα οἵ δ᾽ ἂν φανεροὶ ὦσιν ἀλήθειαν ἀσκοῦντες, τούτων οἱ λόγοι, ἣν τι 
ΤΥ ΥΤΝ Ἢ ὶ εὐθὺς ἐπορεύοντο ἔχοντες πάντας δέωνται, οὐδὲν μεῖον δύνανται ἁνύσασθαι ἢ ἄλλων ἡ βία: 
55 ἂν δύνωνται Ste ae" pies Xappivos: Ei μὲν σύ τι τινας σωφρονίζειν βούλωνται, γιγνώσκω τὰς τούτων ἀπειλὰς 

τοὺς ἐπικαίροονν. ἐλ ind ἃς λέγειν, εἰ δὲ μή, ἡμεῖς πρὸς σὲ οὐχ ἧττον σωφρονιζούσας ἢ ἄλλων τὸ ἤδη κολάζειν" ἢν τέ τῴ 

ἔχεις͵ ὦ ἡρηρυμῤρίρι "e "ἢ ote δὴ ὑφειμένως- ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐγὼ μὲν τι ὑπισχνῶνται οἱ τοιοῦτοι ἄνδρες, οὐδὲν μεῖον διαπράττονται ἢ 

ἔχη μεν. ὁ δὲ ps og ᾿ es ard, ὅτι ἀξιοῦμεν τοὺς φίλους ἡμῖν ἄλλοι παραχρῆμα διδόντες. 

λέγω, eon, —_ f oi ew ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν. ὅ,τι yap ἂν τούτους ; 25 ᾿Αναμνήσθητι δὲ καὶ od τί 
60 γεγενημένους μὴ reat wei ἴτε: ἡμέτεροι γάρ εἰσιν. Ἡμεῖς ἡμᾶς ἔλαβες. 

κακῶς τον sine non spurt μεν ἂν ὁπότε Tov μισθὸν ἔχοιεν ἔλεγες ἐπῆῇρας τοσούτους ἀνθρώπους συστρατεύεσθαί τε καὶ 

τοίνυν, ΨΚΝ it cutive . εἰ δὲ μή, ἐρχόμεθα μὲν καὶ viv κατεργάσασθαί σοι ἀρχὴν οὐ τριάκοντα μόνον ἀξίαν ταλάντων, 

οἱ ταῦτα υμῖν κυσανρήξοντο i al Solio of τούτους παρὰ ὅσα οἴονται δεῖν οὗτοι νῦν ἀπολαβεῖν, ἀλλὰ πολλαπλασίων. 

βοηθήσοντες τούτον καὶ yt . set ὑμεῖς τοιοῦτοι ἧτε, ἐνθένδε 26 οὐκοῦν τοῦτο μὲν πρῶτον τὸ πιστεύεσθαι, τὸ καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν 100 
65 τοὺς en ρθε bi ὴ ὁ δὲ Ἐενοφῶν εἶπεν: ᾿Εθέλοιτε σοι κατεργασάμενον, τούτων τῶν χρημάτων πιπράσκεται; 

ἀρξόμεθα θήρην "" il Ava, ἐπειδὴ φίλους ἔφατε εἶναι 217 “Tt δὴ ἀναμνήσθητι πῶς μέγα ἡγοῦ τότε καταπρᾶξαι ἃ νῦν 

ἂν εἰμι ἐμή, τ sc ek pia ie ἂν ψηφίσωνται, εἴθ᾽ ὑμᾶς | καταστρεψάμενος ἔχεις. ἐγὼ μὲν εὖ old’ ὅτι ηὔξω ἂν τὰ νῦν 

ὑμῖν, ἐν ὧν τῇ a, ΠΕ ἥτε ἡμᾶς: ὃ δὲ ταῦτα μὲν οὐκ 19 

Ane cytes ἊΝ ἽΝ x ok ‘ios πῶ παρὰ 
70 ἔφη: ἐκέλευε δὲ μαλιστ 


ἦν τέ 90 


προτελέσας ἡμῖν συμμάχους 95 
οἶσθ᾽ ὅτι οὐδέν: ἀλλὰ πιστευθεὶς ἀληθεύσειν ἃ 


πεπραγμένα μᾶλλόν σοι καταπραχθῆναι ἢ πολλαπλάσια τού. 


a , , 3 4 / a , \ 

28 τῶν τῶν χρημάτων γενέσθαι. ἐμοὶ τοίνυν μεῖζον βλάβος καὶ 105 
; θοῦ. καὶ οἴεσθαι ἂν Σεύθην πεῖσαι" εἰ δὲ αἴσχιον δοκεῖ εἶναι τὸ ταῦτα νῦν μὴ κατασχεῖν ἢ τότε μὴ 
Σεύθην περὶ τοῦ μισθοῦ, κα 


Ὁ Mm : 
Ξ : by αὐτῷ wiper, καὶ συμπρδξιυ sada λαβεῖν, ὅσ ᾧπερ χαλεπώτερον ἐκ πλουσίου πένητα γενέσθαι ἢ 
? a ov 
HN, parent i ἡ καίειν ἀρχὴν μὴ πλουτῆσαι, καὶ ὅσῳ λυπηρότερον ἐς βασιλέως ἰδιώ.- 
? “Ὁ @ as . ᾿ i 3 
ἐδεῖτο δὲ Tas κῶμας μὴ ᾿ ὶ σὺν αὐτῷ of ἐδόκουν 20 ἢ 9 την φανῆναι ἢ ἀρχὴν μὴ βασιλεῦσαι. οὐκοῦν διρϑοννολαν als 
Ἐντεῦθεν πέμπουσι ἘΞενοφῶντα καὶ σὺν αὕτῳ ou τὴν 4 
ἢ , 
δι μον εἶναι. ὃ δὲ ἐλθὼν λέγει πρὸς τὸν Σεύθην: Οὐδὲν | ὅτι of viv σοι ὑπήκοοι γενόμενοι οὐ dur 
οἱ εἶναι. ᾿ ; 
i paieman Σεύθ πάρ εἰμι, ἀλλὰ διδάξων, ἣν δύνωμαι, ὡς ov 21 ὑπὸ σοῦ ἄρχεσθαι ἀλλ᾽ ἀνάγκῃ, καὶ ὅτι ἐπιχειροῖεν ἂν πάλιν 
᾿ εὖ : 
aia . oa ὅτι ὑπὲρ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἀπήτουν σε 30 ἐλεύθεροι γίγνεσθαι͵ εἰ μή τις αὐτοὺς ‘hiv cae 
δικαίως ΗΜ mx broiss σοὶ yap ἔγωγε οὐχ ἧττον ἐνόμιζον οὖν οἴει μᾶλλον ἂν φοβεῖσθαί τε αὐτοὺς καὶ σω ἀβονεῖν 
7 ὑπέσχου α Ἵ , 
προθύμως i x δοῦναι ἢ ἐκείνοις ἀπολαβεῖν. πρῶτον μὲν 22 | σέ, εἰ ὁρῷέν σοι τοὺς στρατιώτας οὕτω διακειμένους ὦ 
vat ἅπο ῖ | 
age iat as θεοὺς εἰς τὸ φανερόν σε τούτους καταστή- μένοντας ἄν, εἰ σὺ κελεύοις, αὖθίς τ᾽ ἂν ταχὺ ἐλθόντας 
\ ? 
olda μετὰ TOUS 1 
vias οἱ 1 ἐποίησαν πολλῆς χώρας καὶ πολλῶν 
vras, ἐπεί γε βασιλέα σε ἐποίησα . 
patoke Ὶ w τέ λανθάνειν οὔτε ἣν τι καλὸν 
ἀνθρώπων: ὥστε οὐχ οἷόν τέ σοι λαν 
ἀ 


fa τῇ on ἐπείσθ 110 
ia τῇ σῇ ἐπ σαν 


τὰ πρὸς 
ς νῦν τε 


> 
, εἰ δέοι, 115 
ἄλλους τε τούτων περὶ cod ἀκούοντας πολλὰ ἀγαθὰ ταχὺ ἄν 


σοι ὁπότε βούλοιο παραγενέσθαι, ἢ εἰ καταδοξάσειαν μήτ᾽ ἂν 


β ἄλλους σοι ἐλθεῖν δι’ ἀπιστίαν ἐκ τῶν νῦν γεγενημένων T 
vw ” by μ᾿ ποιήσης Ϊ γ Ύ ηΜμ 
oy pov NS. P ᾿ 
μι μη sigs ἀνδρὶ μέγα μέν μοι ἐδόκει εἶναι μὴ δοκεῖν 23 ὦ 3) τε αὐτοῖς εὐνουστέρους εἶναι ἢ col; 
Τοιούτῳ OVTt ἂν , @ >» ’ toa , e Aes > 4 
; by ἀποπέμψασθαι ἄνδρας εὐεργέτας, μέγα δὲ εὖ ἀκούειν | ἡμῶν λειφθέντες ὑπεῖξάν σοι, ἀλλὰ 
_ A nw ld , e lal 
85 ἀχαρίστω λίων ἀνθρώπων, τὸ δὲ μέγιστον μηδαμῶς ἄπιστον νῦν καὶ τοῦτο κίνδυνος μὴ λάβωσι προστάτας αὑτῶν τιν 
“ν ε i 
thiav ἀνθρώπων, | ξ ΗΝ 
sig ἑξακισχ aD - λέγοις. ὁρῶ yap τῶν μὲν ἀπίστων 24 ἢ τῶν of νομίζουσιν ὑπὸ σοῦ ἀδικεῖσθαι, 
ov καταστήῆσα ? if ᾿ ‘ \ ͵ 2\ \ ς 
cavre ) ἀδυνάτους καὶ ἀτίμους τοὺς λόγους πλανωμένους Ϊ τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους, ἐὰν μὲν οἱ 
α 
ματαίους K 


ούτους 
ἀλλὰ μὴν οὐδὲ πλήθει γε 
προστατῶν ἀπορίᾳ. οὐκοῦν 120 








ας τού- 
ἢ καὶ τούτων κρείττονας 
στρατιῶται ὑπισχνῶνται 





330 Anabasis Book VII, Chap. VIT 33] 








προθυμότερον αὐτοῖς συστρατεύσεσθαι, ἂν τὰ παρὰ σοῦ νῦν ἀνὰ Σεύθη, peel μὴν sista ἄλλως τε καὶ ἄρχοντι κάλλιον εἶναι 

125 πράξωσιν, οἱ δὲ Λακεδαιμόνιοι διὰ τὸ δεῖσθαι τῆς ΘΈΡΟΥΣ ΚΤΉμα anes λαμπρότερον ἀρετῆς καὶ δικαιοσ ύνης καὶ γενναιότη- 160 
συναινέσωσιν αὐτοῖς ταῦτα. ὅτι γε μὴν οἱ νῦν ὑπὸ σοὶ Θρᾷκες 32. 42 τος. ὁ Yap ταῦτα ἔχων πλουτεῖ μὲν ὄντων φίλων πολλῶν, 
γενόμενοι πολὺ ἂν προθυμότερον ἴοιεν ἐπί σε ἢ σύν σοι οὐκ limi δὲ καὶ ἄλλων βουλομένων γενέσθαι, καὶ εὖ μὲν πράττων 
ἄδηλον: σοῦ μὲν γὰρ κρατοῦντος δουλεία ὑπάρχει αὐτοῖς, ἔχει ii συνησθησομένους, ἐὰν δέ τι σφαλῇ, οὐ σπανίζει τῶν 
κρατουμένου δέ σου ἐλευθερία. | βοηθησόντων. itl 

130 Ei δὲ καὶ τῆς χώρας προνοεῖσθαι ἤδη τι δεῖ ὡς σῆς οὔσης, 33 τ ae γὰρ εἰ μήτε ἐκ τῶν ἔργων κατέμαθες ὅτι σοι ἐκ τῆς 165 
ποτέρως ἂν οἴει ἀπαθῆ κακῶν μᾶλλον αὐτὴν εἶναι, εἰ iad οἷ γυχῆς φίλος ἦν, μήτε ἐκ τῶν ἐμῶν λόγων δύνασαι τοῦτο γνῶ- 
στρατιῶται ἀπολαβόντες ἃ ἐγκαλοῦσιν εἰρήνην κατα πόννει vat, one ΤΟΙΣ ἣν στρατιωτῶν λόγους πάντας κατανόησον" 
οἴχοιντο, ἢ εἰ οὗτοί τε μένοιεν ὡς ἐν πολεμίᾳ σύ τε ἄλλου: πυρήσα γὰρ καὶ sa ἃ ἔλεγον of ψέγειν ἐμὲ βουλόμενοι. 
πειρῷο πλέονας τούτων ἔχων ἀντιστρατοπεδεύεσθαι δεομένους 44 ΚΟ βρονν yap μου πρὸς Λακεδαιμονίους ὡς σὲ Sah κακῶν: 

135 τῶν ἐπιτηδείων; ἀργύριον δὲ ποτέρως ἂν πλέον ἀναλωθείη, εἰ 84 i aii 1 Λακεδαιμονίους, αὐτοὶ δ᾽ ἐνεκάλουν ἐμοὶ ὡς μᾶλλον 170 
τούτοις τὸ ὀφειλόμενον ἀποδοθείη, ἢ εἰ ταῦτά τε ὀφείλοιντο 45 μέλει iil τὰ σὰ καλῶς ἔχοι ἢ ὅπως τὰ ἑαυτῶν. ἔφασαν δέ 
ἄλλους τε κρείττονας δέοι σε μισθοῦσθαι; ἀλλὰ γὰρ Ἥρα- 85 ei am δῶρα ἔχειν i gov. καίτοι τὰ δῶρα ταῦτα πότερον 
κλείδῃ, ὡς πρὸς ἐμὲ ἐδήλου, πάμπολυ δοκεῖ τοῦτο τὸ ἀργύριον μονα linac sie he τινα ἐνιδόντας μοι π' ρὸς σὲ αἰτιᾶσθαί με 
εἶναι. % μὴν πολύ γέ ἐστιν ἔλαττον νῦν σοι καὶ λαβεῖν τοῦτο ἔχεν hig σοῦ ἢ προθυμίαν πολλὴν περὶ σὲ κατανοήσαντας: 

140 καὶ ἀποδοῦναι ἢ πρὶν ἡμᾶς ἐλθεῖν πρὸς σὲ δέκατον τούτου μέρος. Ὁ pit μὲν οἶμαι πάντας ἀνθρώπους νομέζειν εὔνοιαν δεῖν ἀπο- 175 
οὐ yap ἀριῦμά; ἄτι ὁ ὁρίζων τὸ πολὺ καὶ τὸ ὁχέγον, ἀλλ᾽ ἡ 20 δεύενυσθαι τ παρ᾽ οὗ ἂν δῶρά τις λαμβάνῃ. σὺ δὲ πρὶν 
δύναμις τοῦ τε ἀποδιδόντος καὶ τοῦ λαμβάνοντος. σοὶ δὲ νῦν ἡ “" wil wea σοι ἐμὲ ἐδέξω ἡδέως καὶ ὄμμασι καὶ φωνῇ 
κατ᾽ ἐνιαυτὸν πρόσοδος πλείων ἔσται ἢ ἔμπροσθεν τὰ παρόντα καὶ ξενίοις καὶ ὅσα ἔσοιτο ὑπισχνούμενος οὐκ ἐνεπίμπλασο- 
πάντα ἃ ἐκέκτησο. ἐπεὶ δὲ κατέπραξας ἃ ἐβούλου καὶ γεγένησαι ὅσον ἐγὼ ἐδυνά- 

145 Ἐγὼ μέν, ὦ Σεύθη, ταῦτα ὡς φίλου ὄντος σου προὐνοούμην, 37 μην μέγιστος, νῦν οὕτω με ἄτιμον ὄντα ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις 180 
ὅπως σύ τε ἄξιος δοκοίης εἶναι ὧν οἱ θεοί σοι ἔδωκαν ἀγαθῶν 47 ba a si igs sine ἀλλὰ μὴν ὅτι σοι δόξει ἀποδοῦναι πιστεύω 
ἐγώ τε μὴ διαφθαρείην ἐν τῇ στρατιᾷ. εὖ γὰρ ἴσθι ὅτι νῦν ἐγὼ 38 καὶ τὸν χρόνον διδάξειν σε καὶ αὐτόν γέ σε οὐχὶ ἀνέξεσθαι τοὺς 
οὔτ᾽ ἂν ἐχθρὸν βουλόμενος κακῶς ποιῆσαι δυνηθείην σὺν ταύτῃ wali. in aceite lav ὁρῶντά σοι ἐγκαλοῦντας. δέομαι οὖν 
τῇ στρατιᾷ οὔτ᾽ ἂν εἴ σοι πάλιν βουλοίμην βοηθῆσαι, ἱκανὸς ἂν wha lh ἀποδιδῷς » προθυμεῖσθαι ἐμὲ παρὰ τοῖς στρατιώταις 
γενοίμην. οὕτω γὰρ πρός pe ἡ στρατιὰ διάκειται. καίτοι 39 Τ ΜΕΡῊΝ ποιῆσαι οἷόνπερ καὶ παρέλαβες. τῆς 

αὐτόν σε μάρτυρα σὺν θεοῖς εἰδόσι ποιοῦμαι ὅτι οὔτε ἔχω παρὰ 48 , Ακοῦσος τὰ ὁ Σεύθης κατηράσατο τῷ αἰτίῳ τοῦ μὴ 

σοῦ ἐπὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις οὐδὲν οὔτε ἤτησα πώποτε εἰς τὸ ἴδιον iy ἀποδεδόσθαι τὸν μισθόν. καὶ πάντες Ἡρακλείδην τοῦ- 
τὰ ἐκείνων οὔτε ἃ ὑπέσχου μοι ἀπήτησα: ὄμνυμι δέ σοι μηδὲ 40 ΤΥ ὑπώπτευσαν εἶναι: ἐγὼ γάρ, ἔφη, οὔτε διενοήθην πώποτε 
ἀποδιδόντος δέξασθαι ἄν, εἰ μὴ καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται ἔμελλον τὰ Ψ:---:: τερῆσαι ἀποδώσω τε. ἐντεῦθεν πάλιν εἶπεν ὃ ἘΞενοφῶν- 
ἑαυτῶν συναπολαμβάνειν. αἰσχρὸν γὰρ <av> ἦν τὰ μὲν ἐμὰ Επεὶ τοίνυν διανοῇ ἀποδιδόναι, νῦν ἐγώ σου δέομαι δι bist wns 
διαπεπρᾶχθαι, τὰ δ᾽ ἐκείνων περιιδεῖν κακῶς ἔχοντα ἄλλως τε ἀποθοῦναι, καὶ μὴ περιιδεῖν με διὰ σὲ ἀνομοίως ἔχοντα ἐν τῇ 
καὶ τιμώμενον ὑπ᾽ ἐκείνων. καίτοι Ἡρακλείδῃ γε λῆρος πάντα 41 50 στρατιᾷ νῦν τε καὶ ὅτε πρὸς σὲ ἀφικόμεθα. ὃ δ᾽ εἶπεν: ᾽᾿Αλλ᾽ 
δοκεῖ εἶναι πρὸς τὸ ἀργύριον ἔχειν ἐκ παντὸς τροπου" ἐγὼ δέ, ὦ οὔτ᾽ ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις ἔσῃ δι’ ἐμὲ ἀτιμότερος ἄν τε μένῃς o ap’ 





992 Anabasis 





ἐμοὶ χιλίους μόνους ὁπλίτας ἔχων, ἐγώ σοι τά τε χωρία ane 
195 δώσω καὶ τἄλλα ἃ ὑπεσχόμην. ὃ δὲ πάλιν εἶπεν: Ταῦτα μὲν 51 

ἔχειν οὕτως οὐχ οἷόν Ter ἀπόπεμπε δὲ ἡμᾶς. Καὶ μήν, ἔφη ὁ 
Σεύθης, καὶ ἀσφαλέστερόν γέ σοι οἷδα ὃν παρ᾽ ἐμοὶ μένειν 4 
ἀπιέναι. ὃ δὲ πάλιν εἶπεν: ᾿Αλλὰ τὴν μὲν σὴν πρόνοιαν ἐπαινῶ" 52 
ἐμοὶ δὲ μένειν οὐχ οἷόν τε: ὅπου δ᾽ ἂν ἐγὼ ἐντιμότερος sacle 

200 καὶ σοὶ τοῦτο ἀγαθὸν ἔσεσθαι. ἐντεῦθεν λέγει Σεύθης" Ἀργύ.- 53 
ριον μὲν οὐκ ἔχω ἀλλ᾽ ἢ μικρόν τι, Kal τοῦτό σοι obey, 
τάλαντον" βοῦς δὲ ἑξακοσίους καὶ πρόβατα εἰς τετρακισχίλια 
καὶ ἀνδράποδα εἰς εἴκοσι καὶ ἑκατόν. ταῦτα λαβὼν κ᾿ τοὺς 
τῶν ἀδικησάντων σε ὁμήρους προσλαβὼν ἄπιθι. Νλάδας ὃ 54 

205 Ξενοφῶν εἶπεν: “Hv οὖν μὴ ἐξικνῆται ταῦτ᾽ εἰς τὸν μεσοῦν, 
τίνος τάλαντον φήσω ἔχειν ; ἄρ᾽ οὐκ, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ἐπικίνδυνόν 
μοί ἐστιν, ἀπιόντά γε ἄμεινον φυλάττεσθαι πέτρους; ἤκουες δὲ 
τὰς ἀπειλάς. τότε μὲν δὴ αὐτοῦ ἔμεινε. 

Τῇ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ ἀπέδωκέ τε αὐτοῖς ἃ ὑπέσχετο καὶ τοὺς 5 

210 ἐλῶντας συνέπεμψεν. οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται τέως μὲν ἔλεγον ὡς ὁ 
Ξενοφῶν οἴχοιτο ὡς Σεύθην οἰκήσων καὶ ἃ ὑπέσχετο αὐτῷ 
ληψόμενος" ἐπεὶ δὲ εἶδον, ἥσθησαν καὶ προσέθεον. Ξενοφῶν 56 
δ᾽ ἐπεὶ εἶδε Χαρμῖνόν τε καὶ ἸΠολύνικον, Ταῦτα, edn, ἀύσωται 
δι᾽ ὑμᾶς τῇ στρατιᾷ καὶ παραδίδωμι αὐτὰ ἐγὼ ὑμῖν: ὑμεῖς δὲ 

215 διαθέμενοι διάδοτε τῇ στρατιᾷ. οἱ μὲν οὖν πϑραλαβάνται καὶ 
λαφυροπώλας καταστήσαντες ἐπώλουν, καὶ πολλὴν εἶχον αἰτίαν. 
Ξενοφῶν δὲ οὐ προσῇει, ἀλλὰ φανερὸς ἣν οἴκαδε παρασκευαζό. 57 
μενος" οὐ γάρ πω ψῆφος αὐτῷ ἐπῆκτο ᾿Αθήνησι περὶ ovis. 
προσελθόντες δὲ αὐτῷ οἱ ἐπιτήδειοι ἐν τῷ στρατοπέδῳ Peart 

220 μὴ ἀπελθεῖν πρὶν ἀπαγάγοι τὸ στράτευμα Kal OiBporr παραδοίη. 

VIII. Ἐντεῦθεν διέπλευσαν εἰς Λάμψακον, καὶ ἀπαντᾷ 1 
τῷ Ξενοφῶντι Evknreldns μάντις Φλειάσιος ὁ Κλεαγόρου υἱὸς 
τοῦ τὰ ἐντοίχια ἐν Λυκείῳ γεγραφότος. οὗτος συνήδετο τῷ 
Ἐξενοφῶντι ὅτι ἐσέσωτο, καὶ ἠρώτα αὐτὸν πόσον χρυσίον ἔχει. 

5 ὅ δ᾽ αὐτῶ ἐπομόσας εἶπεν ἢ μὴν ἔσεσθαι μηδὲ ἐφόδιον ἱκανὸν 2 
οἴκαδε ἀπιόντι, εἰ μὴ ἀπόδοιτο τὸν ἵππον καὶ ἃ ἀμφ᾽ αὐτὸν 
εἶχεν. ὅ δ᾽ αὐτῷ οὐκ ἐπίστευεν. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἔπεμψαν Δαμψα.- 8 
κηνοὶ ξένια τῷ Ἐξενοφῶντι καὶ ἔθυε τῷ ᾿Απόλλωνι, παρεστήσατο 








Book VII, Chap. VIII 





τὸν Εὐκλείδην: ἰδὼν δὲ τὰ ἱερὰ Εὐκλείδης εἶπεν ὅτι πείθοιτο 
αὐτῷ μὴ εἶναι χρήματα. ᾿Αλλ’ οἶδα, ἔφη, ὅτι κἂν μέλλῃ ποτὲ 10 
ἔσεσθαι, φαίνεταί τι ἐμπόδιον, ἂν μηδὲν ἄλλο, σὺ σαυτῷ. συνω.- 

4 μολόγει ταῦτα 6 Ἐξενοφῶν. ὅ δὲ εἶπεν: ᾿Εμπόδιος γάρ σοι ὁ 
Ζεὺς ὁ μειλίχιός ἐστι, καὶ ἐπήρετο εἰ ἤδη θύσειεν, ὥσπερ οἴκοι, 
ἔφη, εἰώθειν ἐγὼ ὑμῖν θύεσθαι καὶ ὁλοκαυτεῖν. ὃ δ᾽ οὐκ ἔφη ἐξ 
ὅτου ἀπεδήμησε τεθυκέναι τούτῳ τῷ θεῷ. συνεβούλευσεν οὖν 15 
αὐτῷ θύεσθαι καθὰ εἰώθει, καὶ ἔφη συνοίσειν ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον. 

5 τῇ δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ Ἐξενοφῶν προσελθὼν εἰς ᾿Οφρύνιον ἐθύετο καὶ 

6 ὡλοκαύτει χοίρους τῷ πατρίῳ νόμῳ, καὶ ἐκαλλιέρει. καὶ ταύτῃ 
τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἀφικνεῖται Βίων καὶ Ναυσικλείδης χρήματα δώσοντες 
τῷ στρατεύματι, καὶ ξενοῦνται τῷ Ἐξενοφῶντι καὶ ἵππον ὃν ἐν 20 
Λαμψάκῳ ἀπέδοτο πεντήκοντα δαρεικῶν, ὑποπτεύοντες αὐτὸν 
δι’ ἔνδειαν πεπρακέναι, ὅτι ἤκουον αὐτὸν ἥδεσθαι τῷ ἵππῳ, 
λυσάμενοι ἀπέδοσαν καὶ τὴν τιμὴν οὐκ ἤθελον ἀπολαβεῖν. 

7 Ἐντεῦθεν ἐπορεύοντο διὰ τῆς Τρῳάδος, καὶ ὑπερβάντες τὴν 
Ἴδην εἰς ΓΑντανδρον ἀφικνοῦνται πρῶτον, εἶτα παρὰ θάλατταν 25 

8 πορευόμενοι [THs ᾿Ασίας εἰς Θήβης πεδίον. ἐντεῦθεν δι᾽ 
᾿Αδραμυτίου καὶ Κυτωνίου ὁδεύσαντες εἰς Κὶ αἴκου πεδίον ἐλθόντες 
Πέργαμον καταλαμβάνουσι τῆς Μυσίας. 

᾿Ενταῦθα δὴ ξενοῦται Ἐξενοφῶν Ἑλλάδι τῇ Γογγύλου τοῦ 

9 ᾿Ερετριέως γυναικὶ καὶ Topytwvos καὶ Τογγύλου μητρί. αὕτη 30 
δ᾽ αὐτῷ φράζει ὅτι ᾿Ασιδάτης ἐστὶν ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ ἀνὴρ Πέρσης" 
τοῦτον ἔφη αὐτόν, εἰ ἔλθοι τῆς νυκτὸς σὺν τριακοσίοις ἀνδράσι, 
λαβεῖν ἂν καὶ αὐτὸν καὶ γυναῖκα καὶ παῖδας καὶ τὰ χρήματα" 
εἶναι δὲ πολλά. ταῦτα δὲ καθηγησομένους ἔπεμψε τόν τε 
αὑτῆς ἀνεψιὸν καὶ Δαφναγόραν, ὃν περὶ πλείστου ἐποιεῖτο. 35 
ἔχων οὖν ὁ Ἐξενοφῶν τούτους παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ ἐθύετο. καὶ Βασίας ὁ 
Ἢλεϊος μάντις παρὼν εἶπεν ὅτι κάλλιστα εἴη τὰ ἱερὰ αὐτῷ καὶ 

ὁ ἀνὴρ ἁλώσιμος εἴη. δειπνήσας οὖν ἐπορεύετο τούς τε λοχα- 
yous τούς μάλιστα φίλους λαβὼν καὶ... πιστοὺς γεγενῃ- 
μένους διὰ παντός, ὅπως εὖ ποιήσαι αὐτούς. συνεξέρχονται δὲ 40 
αὐτῷ καὶ ἄλλοι βιασάμενοι εἰς ἑξακοσίους" οἱ δὲ λοχαγοὶ ἀπή- 
λαυνον, ἵνα μὴ μεταδοῖεν τὸ μέρος, ὡς ἑτοίμων δὴ χρημάτων. 

12. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀφίκοντο περὶ μέσας νύκτας, τὰ μὲν πέριξ ὄντα 





994 Anabasis Book VII, Chap. VIIT 








ἀνδράποδα τῆς τύρσιος Kal χρήματα τὰ πλεῖστα ἀπέδρα αὐτοὺς ἀκούσας ὅτι πάλιν ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν τεθυμένος εἴη ὁ Ἐενοφῶν καὶ παντὶ 
παραμελοῦντας, ὡς τὸν ᾿Ασιδάτην αὐτὸν λάβοιεν καὶ τὰ ἐκείνου. τῷ στρατεύματι ἥξοι, ἐξαυλίζεται εἰς κώμας ὑπὸ τὸ Παρθένιον 80 
πυργομαχοῦντες δὲ ἑπεὶ οὐκ ἐδύναντο λαβεῖν τὴν τύρσιν--- 22 πόλισμα ἐχούσας. ἐνταῦθα οἱ περὶ Ἐξενοφῶντα συντυγχάνουσιν 
ὑψηλὴ γὰρ ἣν καὶ μεγάλη καὶ προμαχεῶνας καὶ ἄνδρας πολ- αὐτῷ καὶ λαμβάνουσιν αὐτὸν καὶ γυναῖκα καὶ παῖδας καὶ τοὺς 
λοὺς καὶ μαχίμους ἔχουσα ---διορύττειν ἐπεχείρησαν τὸν πύργον. ἵππους καὶ πάντα τὰ ὄντα" καὶ οὕτω τὰ πρότερα ἱερὰ ἀπέβ 
ὁ δὲ τοῖχος ἣν ἐπ᾽ ὀκτὼ πλίνθων γηίνων τὸ εὗρος. ἅμα δὲ τῇ 23 ὋἝπειτα πάλιν ἀφικνοῦνται εἰς Πέργαμον. ἐνταῦθα τὸν Amn 
ἡμέρᾳ διωρώρυκτο" καὶ ὡς τὸ πρῶτον διεφάνη, ἐπάταξεν ἔνδοθεν ἡσπάσατο Ἐενοφῶν: συνέπραττον γὰρ καὶ of Λάκωνες καὶ of 85 
βουπόρῳ τις ὀβελίσκῳ διαμπερὲς τὸν μηρὸν τοῦ ἐγγυτάτω" τὸ λοχαγοὶ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι στρατηγοὶ καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται ὥστ᾽ ἐξαίρετα 
δὲ λοιπὸν ἐκτοξεύοντες ἐποίουν μηδὲ παριέναι ἔτι ἀσφαλὲς εἶναι. λαβεῖν καὶ ἵππους καὶ ζεύγη καὶ τἄλλα- ὥστε ΝΣ ΕΞ si pa 
κεκραγότων δὲ αὐτῶν καὶ πυρσευόντων ἐκβοηθοῦσιν ᾿Ιταμένης ἄλλον ἤδη εὖ ποιεῖν. 
μὲν ἔχων τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν, ἐκ Κομανίας δὲ ὁπλῖται ᾿Ασσύριοι 24 Ἔν τούτῳ Θίβρων παραγενόμενος παρέλαβε τὸ στράτευμα καὶ 
καὶ Ὑρκάνιοι ἱππεῖς καὶ οὗτοι βασιλέως μισθοφόροι ὡς ὀγδοή- συμμείξας τῷ ἄλλῳ Ἑλληνικῷ ἐπολέμει πρὸς Τισσαφέρνην καὶ 90 
κοντα, καὶ ἄλλοι πελτασταὶ εἰς ὀκτακοσίους, ἄλλοι δ᾽ ἐκ Φαρνάβαζον. 
Παρθενίου, ἄλλοι δ᾽ ἐξ ᾿Απολλωνίας καὶ ἐκ τῶν πλησίον 25 [Ἄρχοντες δὲ οἵδε τῆς βασιλέως χώρας ὅσην ἐπήλθομεν 
χωρίων καὶ ἱππεῖς. Λυδίας ᾿Αρτίμας, Φρυγίας ᾿Αρτακάμας, Λυκαονίας καὶ ee. 
Ἐνταῦθα δὴ ὥρα ἣν σκοπεῖν πῶς ἔσται ἡ ἄφοδος- καὶ δοκίας Μιθραδάτης, Κιλικίας Συέννεσις, Φοινίκης καὶ ᾿Αραβίας 
λαβόντες ὅσοι ἦσαν βόες καὶ πρόβατα ἤλαυνον καὶ ἀνδράποδα Δέρνης, Συρίας καὶ ᾿Ασσυρίας Βέλεσυς, Βαβυλῶνος Ῥωπά as, 95 
ἐντὸς πλαισίου ποιησάμενοι, οὐ τοῖς χρήμασιν ἔτι προσέχοντες Μηδίας ᾿Αρβάκας, Φασιανῶν καὶ Ἑσπεριτῶν Τιρίβαζος- -- 
τὸν νοῦν, ἀλλὰ μὴ φυγὴ εἴη ἡ ἄφοδος, εἰ καταλιπόντες τὰ χρή- δοῦχοι δὲ καὶ Χάλυβες καὶ Χαλδαῖοι καὶ Μάκρωνες καὶ Kor a 
pata ἀπίοιεν, καὶ οἵ Te πολέμιοι θρασύτεροι εἶεν καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται καὶ Μοσσύνοικοι καὶ ΚΚ οἴτοι καὶ Τιβαρηνοὶ αὐτόνομοι" Πρόλα. 
ἀθυμότεροι: νῦν δὲ ἀπῇσαν ὡς περὶ τῶν χρημάτων μαχούμενοι. γονίας Κορύλας, Βιθυνῶν Φαρνάβαζος, τῶν ἐν Εὐρώπῃ Θρακῶν 
ἐπεὶ δὲ ἑώρα Τ᾽ογγύλος ὀλέγους μὲν τοὺς Ἕλληνας, πολλοὺς δὲ 26 Σεύθης. ἀριθμὸς συμπάσης τῆς ὁδοῦ τῆς ἀναβάσεως καὶ cada: 100 
τοὺς ἐπικειμένους, ἐξέρχεται καὶ αὐτὸς Bia τῆς μητρὸς ἔχων τὴν βάσεως σταθμοὶ διακόσιοι δεκαπέντε, παρασάγγαι χίλιοι ἑκατὸν 
ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν, βουλόμενος μετασχεῖν τοῦ ἔργου" συνεβοήθει πεντήκοντα, στάδια τρισμύρια τετρακισχίλια διακόσια πεντή 
δὲ καὶ Προκλῆς ἐξ ᾿Αλισάρνης καὶ TevOpavias ὁ ἀπὸ Δαμαρά.- κοντα πέντε. χρόνου πλῆθος τῆς ἀναβάσεως καὶ sciatica 
tov. οἱ δὲ περὶ Ἐξενοφῶντα ἐπεὶ πάνυ ἤδη ἐπιέζοντο ὑπὸ τῶν ἐνιαυτὸς καὶ τρεῖς μῆνες. | 
τοξευμάτων καὶ σφενδονῶν, πορευόμενοι κύκλῳ, ὅπως τὰ ὅπλα 
ἔχοιεν πρὸ τῶν τοξευμάτων, μόλις διαβαίνουσι τὸν Κάρκασον 
ποταμόν, τετρωμένοι ἐγγὺς οἱ ἡμίσεις. ἐνταῦθα δὲ ᾿Αγασίας ὁ 
Στυμφάλιος λοχαγὸς τιτρώσκεται, τὸν πάντα χρόνον μαχόμενος 
πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους. καὶ διασῴζονται ἀνδράποδα ὡς διακόσια 
ἔχοντες καὶ πρόβατα ὅσον θύματα. 
Τῇ δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ θυσάμενος ὁ Ἐξενοφῶν ἐξάγει νύκτωρ πᾶν τὸ 
στράτευμα, ὅπως ὅτι μακροτάτην ἔλθοι τῆς Λυδίας, εἰς τὸ μὴ 
διὰ τὸ ἐγγὺς εἶναι φοβεῖσθαι, ἀλλ᾽ ἀφυλακτεῖν. ὁ δὲ ᾿Ασιδάτης 























χὴν . nna > Ά 


ων Ot 
repeat Harmene: 














eae 
σα ΠΤ Yi Ss 
Wy 


nT 


pre me pay oh y 
MMS ἬΜΗΝ 


ΙΓ 
‘Som, Find al ora “ny, 


“-“᾿- aay uy 4 τίς Wwe 








Dona ὴ ‘a ie Σ , 3 
SP ΠΣ» ; AS * Suir 3 
£ ey - 3 “, % ΟΝ a 
a r ns ων» ᾿ ᾿ 
o*? ν alli) So "4 ‘inal hil - > | > 
opus ν Ν᾿ onemmenssS ᾿ : » oO 
i 
> +. 


U(eanrarnus Thapsacus Zp, a, : 2 
σ᾽ « 





Mis 
z set 2 A ai 

















- 
Corsote ὃν ἜΣ < 


MARCH OF 
THE TEN THOUSAND GREEKS I τ % 


For Xenophon’s Anabasis 





οὖ» + + + Route of the Ten Thousand 
“-.ὕ...-.--- Boundary of the Satrapy of Cyrus 


PERSIAN PARASANGS OF 30 STADIA EACH 
ih fo go a0 40 
ENGLISH MILES 
100 180 









































Longitude East Greenwich 











VOCABULARY 


[References given in the Vocabulary are to chapter and section, not to chapter 
and line. The use of a hyphen, prefixed to verb forms, indicates that the form in 


question occurs only in compounds. ] 


A 


4&-, inseparable prefix, 1) privative, 
giving the word a negative mean- 
ing; before vowels ἀν-; cf. Lat. 
in-, Eng. un-. 

2) copulative, signifying union, 
as in ἀκόλουθος: in the older 
period 4-; cf. ἅπας, ἁθρόος. 

3) euphonic, chiefly before liq- 
uids or double consonants; cf. 
ἀμύνω. 

&, ἅπερ, see ὅς, ὅσπερ. 

ἄβατος, -ον (d-priv. βαίνω), not to 
be trodden or traversed, impas- 
sable; of rivers, unfordable. 

᾿Αβροζέλμης, -ov, ὁ, Abrozelmes, a 
Thracian, interpreter to Seuthes. 

"A Bpoxspas, -ov, Doric gen. -a, Abro- 
comas, satrap of Phoenicia and 
Syria, and commander of one of 
the four divisions of the army of 
Artaxerxes. 

"ABvbos, -ov, ὁ, Abydus, a city on 
the Hellespont. 

ἀγαγεῖν, ἀγάγῃ, ἀγαγών, see ἄγω. 

ἀγαθός, -ἡ, -όν, good in the widest 
sense, of persons or things, and 
hence to be variously rendered, 
brave, excellent, upright, useful, 
favorable; of land, fertile, ΤΊ, 4, 
22; of a dream, auspicious, III, 
1,12. Assubst. (τὸ) ἀγαθόν, good, 
benefit, advantage, etc.; in pl. 
provisions, blessings, III, 1, 20; 
ἀγαθόν τί ποιεῖν τινα, do one some 
service, 1, 9, 11; ἀγαθὰ πάσχειν, 


receive benefits, VII, 3, 20; ἐπ’ 
ἀγαθῷ, for one’s good, V, 8, 18; 
καλὸς καὶ ἀγαθός, or καλὸς κἀγαθός, 
“gentleman,” II, 6,19n. Comp. 
ἀμείνων, βελτίων, κρείττων, sup. 
ἄριστος, βέλτιστος, κράτιστος. 

ἀγάλλω, glorify, a poetic vb.; in 
mid., glory or delight in, with 
dat., or ἐπί with dat. 

ἄγαμαι, ἠγάσθην, admire; aor., took 
a liking to. 

ἄγαν, adv., very, exceedingly. 

ἀγαπάω, ἀγαπήσω, etc., love, esteem, 
I, 9, 29; be well content, be glad, 
V, 5, 13. 

᾿Αγασίας, -ov, ὁ, Agasias, of Stym- 
phalus in Arcadia, one of the 
Greek captains and a close friend 
of Xenophon. 

ἀγαστός, -4, -όν (verbal of ἄγαμαι), 
admirable. 

ἀγγεῖον, -ov, 76(dim. of ἄγγος, vessel) 
vessel, jar. 

ἀγγελία, -as, ἡ (ἀγγέλλω), message. 

ἀγγέλλω, ἀγγελῶ, ἤγγειλα, ἤγγελκα, 
ἤγγελμαι, ἠγγέλθην, announce, re- 
port, bring news. 

ἄγγελος, -ov, ὁ (ἀγγέλλω, Eng., angel), 
messenger, scout, herald. 

dyelpw, ἤγειρα, collect. 

ἀγένειος, -ov (d-priv. -[- γένειον, chin, 
beard), beardless. 

᾿Αγησίλαος, -ov, ὁ, Agesilaus, king of 
Sparta from 398 to 360 B. c.; com- 
manded an expedition against 
Persia in 396, in which Xenophon 
took part. 





2 Anabasis 





*Aylas, -ov, ὁ, Agias, an Arcadian 
general under Cyrus, treacher- 
ously slain after the battle of 
Cunaxa. 

ἄγκος, -ους, τό (cf. Lat. angulus, 
Eng. angle, ankle), bend; hence 
glen, valley. 

ἄγκυρα, -as, ἡ (cf. dyxos), anchor. 

dyvotw, ἀγνοήσω (d-priv. + νοέω), not 
know or recognize, be in doubt. 

ἀγνωμωσύνη, -75, ἡ (cf. the following 
word), want of knowledge, folly ; 
in pl., misunderstandings, II, 
5, 6. 

ἀγνώμων (d-priv.-++ γνώμη), senseless, 
lacking judgment. 

ἀγορά, -as, ἡ (dyelpw), assembly, V, 
7, 3; place of assembly, esp. 
market-pluce, market; then in 
general, market, provisions, V, 
5, 19. ἀμφὲ ἀγορὰν πλήθουσαν, 
about full market time, i.e. in 
the middle of the morning, I, 8, 
1, 11, 1, 7; ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγορᾶς ζῆν, 
live by purchasing provisions, 
(not by plunder), VI, 1, 1. 

ἀγοράζω, ἀγοράσω, etc. (ἀγορά), fre- 
quent the market, buy. 

ἀγορανόμος, -ου, 6 (d-yopd-+-véuw), mas- 
ter or inspector of the market. 

ἀγορεύω (ἀγορά), speak in the as- 
sembly, speak, say. 

Gypetw, ἀγρεύσω (ἄγρα, chase, akin 
to ἄγω), hunt, chase, catch. 

ἄγριος, -a, -ον (ἀγρός), living in the 
fields, wiid. 

ἀγρός, -ou (cf. Lat. ager, Eng. acre), 
field, land, country. 

ἀγρυπνέω (ἀγρέω-Ξ ἀγρεύω-! ὕπνοΞ), lie 

awake. 

ἄγω, ἄξω, ἤγαγον, xa, Hyuat, ἤχθην, 

lead, drive, bring, carry; with- 
out obj., of a general, I, 3, 21; 
of the troops, IV, 8,9; of a road, 
III, 5, 15; carry off, VI, 6, 21; 


hence φέρειν καὶ ἄγειν (ferre et 
agere), plunder, i.e. carry off 
the goods and drive off the 
stock, II, 6, 5; ἄγε (ἄγετε) δή, 
come now, II, 2,10; ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν, 
keep quiet, III, 1, 14; partic. 
ἄγων, like ἔχων, loosely trans- 
lated, with, 11, 4, 25. 

ἀγώγιμος, -ον (ἄγω), that may be 
carried; τὰ ἀγώγιμα, freight, 
cargo. 

ἀγών, -dvos, ὁ (ἄγω), orig. assembly, 
used esp. of the great games of 
Greece; hence, contest, struggle, 
game; ἀγῶνα τιθέναι (1, 2, 10) or 
ποιεῖν (LV, 8, 25), institute or hold 
games. 

ἀγωνίζομαι, ἀγωνιοῦμαι, etc. (ἀγών), 
contend in games; hence, gen- 
erally, strive, contend, fight. 

ἀγωνοθέτης, -ov, ὁ (ἀγών -{- τίθημι), 
judge or director of a contest. 

ἄδειπνος, -ov (d-priv.- δεῖπνον), with- 
out dinner, dinnerless. 

ἀδελφός, -οὔ, ὁ (4-copulative-+-dergis, 
womb), brother. 

ἀδεῶς, adv. (d-priv.-+ δέος, fear), 
without fear, fearlessly. 

ἄδηλος, -ov (d-priv.+ δῆλοΞ), unclear, 
uncertain, doubtful. 

ἀδιάβατος, -ov (d-priv. + διαβατός), 
not to be crossed or forded. 

ἀδικέω, -ἥσω, etc. (ἄδικος), be un- 
just, be in the wrong, do wrong ; 
with acc., do wrong to, injure; 
often with inner obj., I, 9, 13; so 
in pass., I, 6,8. The pres. has 
often the force of a perf., be in 
the wrong, i.e. have done wrong ; 
in the pass., have suffered wrong. 

ἀδικία, -as, ἡ (ἄδικος), injustice, 
wrong. 

ἄδικος, -ov (d-priv.-- δίκη), unjust, 
wrong; τὸ ἄδικον, injustice, 1, 9, 
16. 


Vocabulary 





ἀδίκως, adv. (ἄδικος), unfairly, wn- 
justly; sup. ἀδικώτατα πάσχειν, be 
treated most unjustly, VII, 1,16. 
ἀδόλως, adv. (d-priv.+ δόλος), with- 
out treachery or guile. 
᾿Αδραμύτιον or ᾿Αδραμύττιον, -ov, τό, 
Adramyttium, a city on the coast 
of Mysia. 
ἀδύνατος, -ov (d-priv.-+ δυνατός), wn- 
able; of things, impossible, im- 
practicable; ἀδύνατον, with or 
without ἐστι, it is impossible. 
ᾷδω, ἦδον, gooua (ef. φδή), sing, 
chant. 
ἀεί, adv. (older form αἰεί, cf. Lat. 
aevum, Eng. aye, ever), always, 
ever, from time to time. 
ἀετός, -οὔ (older form aierés; cf. Lat, 
avis), eagle. 
ἄθεος, -ov (d-priv. θεός, Eng. athe- 
ist), godless, impious. 
᾿Αθῆναι, -ὥν, αἱ, Athens. 
᾿Αθηναία, -ας, ἡ (ο΄. ᾿Αθῆναι), Athéna, 
goddess of war and wisdom, and 
patron goddess of Athens; in 
VII, 3, 39, the watchword of 
Seuthes and the Greeks. 
᾿Αθηναῖος, -a, -ον (᾿Αθῆναι), Athenian; 
masc. as subst. an Athenian. 
᾿Αθήνησι, locative adv. (᾿Αθῆναι), at 
Athens. 
ἦθλον, -ov, τό (ef. ἀθλητής, athlete), 
prize, in a contest. 
ἁθροίζω, ἁθροίσω, etc. (ἁθρόος), col- 
lect, assemble; mid. intrans., 
muster. 
ἁθρόος, -a, -ov (4-copulative + dpéos, 
noise), lit. in a noisy crowd, 
then together, én a body. 
ἀθυμέω, ἀθυμήσω, etc. (ἄθυμος), be 
despondent, disheartened. 
ἀθυμητέον (verbal of ἀθυμέω), one 
must be discouraged. 
ἀθυμία, -as, ἡ (ἄθυμος), discourage- 
ment, despondency. 


ἄθυμος, -ον (4-priv. + θυμός), without 
courage, despondent, dejected. 

ἀθύμως, adv. (ἄθυμο:), despondently, 
dejectedly; ἀθύμως ἔχειν, be de- 
jected. 

ai, αἵ, see ὁ, ὅς. 

αἰγιαλός, -οῦ, 6, seashore, beach. 

Αἰγύπτιος, -a, -ov (Αἴγυπτος), Egyp- 
tian; masc. as subst., an Egyp- 
tian. 

Αἴγυπτος, -ov, ἡ, Egypt, conquered 
by Cambyses and made a part 
of the Persian empire, but at the 
time of the Anabasis in revolt 
and independent. 

αἰδέομαι, αἰδέσομαι, ἠδεσάμην, ἥδεσμαι, 
ἠδέσθην (αἰδώς), respect, rever- 
ence. 

αἰδήμων, -ον, gen. -ovos, sup. aldnuo- 
νέστατος (αἰδέομαι), respectful, 
modest. 

αἰδοῖον, -ov, τό, generally pl. (aidéo- 
pat), the pudenda, private parts. 

αἰδώς, -ois, ἡ (αἰδέομαι), respect, rev- 
erence, 

αἰεί, see del, 

alerés, see ἀετός. 

Αἰήτης, -ov, ὁ, Aeétes, king of Col- 
chis. 

αἴθω, burn; mid. intrans.,be on fire. 

αἰκίζω, oftener dep. αἰκίζομαι, αἰκιοῦ- 
μαι, etc. (ἀεικής, unseemly, d-priv.+ 
εἰκός), outrage, maltreat, torture. 

αἷμα, -aros, τό, blood. 

Αἰνείας, -ov, Aenéas, of Stymphilus 
in Arcadia, a captain in the 
Greek army. 

Αἰνιᾶνες, -ων, ol, the Aenianians, a 
Thessalian people. 

αἴξ, αἰγός, ἡ, goat. 

Αἰολίς, -ἔδος, ἡ, Aeolis, a district on 
the northwestern coast of Asia 
Minor. 

aiperéos, -a, -ov (verbal of aipéw), 
must be taken. 





4 Anabasis 





aiperds, -ἡ, -ὀν(αἱρέω), taken, chosen ; 
οἱ aiperol, the delegates, envoys. 

aipéw, αἱρήσω, εἷλον, ἥρηκα, ἥρημαι, 
ἡρέθην, take, capture, seize; mid. 
choose, prefer, elect; pass., be 
chosen, be elected. 

αἴρω, ἀρῶ, ἦρα, etc., raise. 

αἷς, 566 ὅς, 

αἰσθάνομαι, αἰσθήσομαι, ἠσθόμην, ἤσ- 
θημαι, perceive, observe, learn, 
with acc., ὅτι, ὡς, ΟΥἩ with a partic. 
clause; with gen., hear, hear of. 

αἴσθησις, -ews, ἡ (αἰσθάνομαι), percep- 
tion; αἴσθησιν παρέχειν, be per- 
ceived, IV, 6, 13. 

αἴσιος, -ov (αἶσα, portion, fate), aus- 
picious, favorable. 

Αἰσχίνης, -ov, ὁ, Aeschines, an Ar- 
cadian, in command of the Greek 
peltasts. 

αἰσχρός, -d, -dv (αἰδέομαι), shameful, 
base, disgraceful. Comp. alc- 
χίων, sup. αἴσχιστος. 

αἰσχρῶς, adv. (αἰσχρός), shamefully, 
disgracefully. 

αἰσχύνη, -ης, ἡ (αἰδέομαι), shame, dis- 
grace. 

αἰσχύνω, αἰσχυνῶ, ἤσχυνα, ἠσχύνθην, 
dishonor, put to shame; mid. 
and pass., be ashamed; with 
acc., feel shame before, II, 3, 22. 

αἰτέω, αἰτήσω, etc., ask for, de- 
mand ; mid., beseech, ask for as 
afavor. The vb. may take two 
accs. (I, 3, 14 n.), or the source 
may be expressed by παρά. 

αἰτία, -as, ἡ (airéw), charge, blame; 
αἰτίαν ἔχειν, be blamed. 

αἰτιάομαι, αἰτιάσομαι, etc. (αἰτία), 
blame, censure, accuse, charge. 

αἴτιος, -a, -ov (alréw), chargeable, 

responsible, to blame for, the 
cause of, abs. or with gen. τὸ 
αἴτιον, the cause, IV, 1, 17. 


αἰχμάλωτος, -ον (αἰχμή, spear+ 


ἁλίσκομαι), taken by the spear, 
captured ; οἱ αἰχμάλωτοι, prison- 
ers; τὰ αἰχμάλωτα, booty. 

᾿Ακαρνάν, -dvos, ὁ, an Acarnanian, 
inhabitant of Acarnania in the 
southwestern part of north 
Greece. 

ἄκαυστος, -ov (ἀ-ρτῖν.-Ἐ καίω), un- 
burnt. 

ἀκέραιος, -ov, sound, fresh, of troops, 

ἀκήρυκτος, -ον (d-priv.-+ κηρύττω), 
without heralds,without α truce. 

ἀκινάκης, -ov, ὁ, (a Persian word), 
a short, straight sword, dagger. 

ἀκίνδυνος, -ον (d-priv.-+-«ivdvvos), 
without danger, safe. 

ἀκινδύνως, adv. (dxivdvvos), without 
danger. 

ἀκμάζω, ἀκμάσω (ἀκμή), be at one’s 
prime, at one’s best. 

ἀκμή, -ἧς, ἡ (γ' ἀκ, cf. ἀκόντιον, Expos, 
Eng., acme), point, edge; ἀκμήν, 
as adv., at the point of, just. 

ἀκόλαστος, -ov (d-priv.-+Koddiw), 
unpunished, undisciplined. 

ἀκολονυθέω, ἀκολουθήσω, etc. (4-copu- 
lative + κέλευθος, way), accom- 
pany, follow. 

ἀκόλουθος, -ον (d-copulative + κέλευ- 
Gos, way), going the same way, 
consistent. 

ἀκοντίζω, ἀκοντιῶ (ἀκόντιον), hurl the 
javelin, hit with the javelin. 

ἀκόντιον, -ov, τό (γ΄ ακ; ef. ἀκμή), 
javelin, hurled with the aid of a 
thong; see IV, 2, 28 n. 

ἀκόντισις, -ews, ἡ (ἀκοντίζω), javelin- 
throwing. 

ἀκοντιστής, -ov, ὁ (ἀκοντίζω), javelin- 
thrower. 

ἀκούω, ἀκούσομαι, ἤκουσα, ἀκήκοα, 
ἠκούσθην, hear, hear of, abs. or 
with acc.; with gen., of the sound 
heard, IV, 2,8; often with gen. 
of source, hear from; foll. by 


Vocabulary 5 





ὅτι, by acc. and infin. (of hear- 
Say), or by acc. and partic. (if 
what is heard be marked as a 
fact); with gen., hearken to, obey. 
εὖ ἀκούειν (bene audire), as pass. 
of εὖ λέγειν, be well spoken of, 
VII, 7, 23. The pres., asin Eng., 
is often used where the perf. 
would be more logical, e. g. I, 9, 
28. 

ἄκρα, -as, ἡ (ἄκρος), summit, height, 
citadel. 

ἄκρατος, -ov (ἀ- ταῖν. --Ἐ κεράννυμι), un- 
mixed, strong, of wine. 

ἄκριτος, -ov (d-priv.-xplyw), with- 
out @ trial. 

ἀκροβολίζομαι, aor. ὀἠκροβολισάμην 
(ἄκρος -ἰ- βάλλω), throw from a 
distance; hence, skirmish, 

ἀκροβόλισις, -ews, ἡ (ἀκροβολίζομαι), 
skirmish. 

ἀκρόπολις, -ews, ἡ (ἄκρος -[- πόλι5), 
upper city, citadel, acropolis. 

ἄκρος, -a, -ov (cf. ἀκμή), highest, 
topmost, the top of; τὸ ἄκρον, 
height, summit; so τὰ ἄκρα, the 
heights. 

ἀκρωνυχία, -as, ἡ (ἄκρος -ἰ- ὄνυξ, nail), 
tip of the nail; then spur of a 
mountain. 

ἀκτή, -ἧς, ἡ (dyvum, break), shore, 
coast, promontory. 

ἄκυρος, -ον (κῦρος, power, authority), 
of no force, invalid, null and 
void. 

ἄκων, -ουσα, -ον (ἀ-ρτὶν.- ἑκών), wn- 
willing, used as a partic., ἄκοντος 
Κύρου, against the will ef Cyrus, 
without the consent of Cyrus, 
I,3,17; with the force of an adv., 
unwillingly, unintentionally, 
IV, 8, 25. 

ἀλαλάζω, ἀλαλάξομαι, ἠλάλαξα (ἀλα- 
λή, an imitative word, batile- 
cry), raise the battle-cry, shout. 


ἀλεεινός, -4, -ὁν (ἀλέα, warmth), 
warm; in neut., a source of 
warmth. 

ἀλέξω, ἀλέξομαι, ἠλεξάμην, ward of; 
in the Anabasis always mid., 
ward off from oneself, repel, 
requite. 

ἀλέτης, -ov, ὁ(ἀλέω, grind), a grinder; 
ὄνος ἀλέτης, the upper millstone, 
I, 5, 5. 

ἄλευρον, -ov, τό (ἀλέω), wheat-flour, 
always in pl. 

ἀλήθεια, -as, ἡ (ἀληθής), truth, can- 
dor ; τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, in fact, in truth. 

ἀληθεύω, ἀληθεύσω, etc. (ἀληθήΞ), 
speak the truth, tell the truth 
about, report truly. 

ἀληθής, -és (d-priv.t-Ajdw=AavOdvw), 
unconcealed, manifest; hence 
true; τὸ ἀληθές, the truth. 

ἀληθινός, -ἡ, -dv (ἀληθής), real, gen- 
uine, worthy of the name. 

ἁλιευτικός, -%, -όν (ἁλιεύω, fish, from 
ads, the sea; cf. Lat. sal, Eng. 
salt), belonging to fishing or a 
jisherman; with πλοῖον, a fish- 
ing-boat. 

ἁλίζω, ἥλισα, ἡλίσθην (dus), gather, 
collect; mid. intrans., assemble, 
VI, 3, 3. 

ἄλιθος, -ον (d-priv.+AlOos), stone- 
less, free from stones. 

ἅλις, adv., in crowds, in abund- 
ance, enough, with gen. 

᾿Αλισάρνη, -ἡς, Halisarne, a city 
in Mysia. 

ἁλίσκομαι, ἁλώσομαι, ἑάλων, ἑάλωκα, 
a pass. οὗ αἱρέω, be taken, be 
captured, be seized. 

ἄλκιμος, -ov (ἀλκή, strength, valor), 
warlike, brave, a poetic word. 

ἀλλά (ἄλλος), conj., more strongly 
adversative than δέ, otherwise, 
on the other hand, but; at the 
beginning of a speech often, 





Anabasis 





well, well but; in replies some- 
times, nay, on the contrary, 
often coupled with other par- 
ticles, but always with adversa- 
tive force; ἀλλὰ γάρ, often imply- 
ing an ellipsis, but .. . for, III, 
2,25; ἀλλ᾽ H, except. 

ἄλλῃ, adv. (ἄλλος), in another way, 
place, or manner, elsewhere. 

ἀλλήλων, -os, reciprocal pron. 
(ἄλλος), one another, each other. 

ἄλλοθεν, adv. (ἄλλος) from another 
place; ἄλλοι ἄλλοθεν, some in one 
way others in another, I, 10, 
13 n. 

ἅλλομαι, ἁλοῦμαι, ἡλάμην, 2 aor. 
ἡλόμην (Lat. salio), leap, jump. 

ἄλλος, -y, -o (Lat. alius), other, 
another; with art., the rest of, 
I, 2, 15; τῇ ἄλλῃ (ἡμέρᾳ), the next 
(day), 11,1, 3; with alternative 
or distributive force, ἄλλος καὶ 
ἄλλος, I, 5, 12; ἄλλοι... ἄλλοι, 
some ... Others, I, 8, 9; ἄλλοι 
ἄλλως (alii aliter), some in one 
way others in another, I, 6, 11; 
80 ἄλλος ἄλλα λέγει, II, 1, 5; ἄλλος 
ἄλλῃ, IV, 8, 19; sometimes pleo- 
nastic, besides, I, 5, 5; so especi- 
ally with numerals, I, 7, 11; εἴ 
τις καὶ ἄλλος and ὥς τις καὶ ἄλλος, 
see καί; in questions expecting 
an affirmative answer, ἄλλο τι #; 
= nonne ? 

ἄλλοσε (ἄλλος), to another place, 
elsewhere. 

ἄλλοτε, adv. (ἄλλος), at another 
time, at other times; ἄλλοτε καὶ 
ἄλλοτε, every now and then, II, 
4, 26; ef wore καὶ ἄλλοτε : see καί, 

ἀλλότριος, -a, -ον (ἄλλος), belonging 
to another, foreign. 

ἄλλως, adv. (ἄλλος), otherwise, in 
another way, differently ; aim- 
lessly, rashly, V,1, 7; ἄλλως ἔχειν 


or γίγνεσθαι, be different, ITI, 2, 
37, VI, 6,10; ἄλλως πως, in any 
other way, III, 1,20; ἄλλως τε καί, 
for other reasons and particu- 
larly, i.e. especially, V, 6, 9; 
VII, 7, 40; ἄλλοι ἄλλως; see ἄλλος. 

ἀλόγιστος, -ον (d-priv.Aoylfouac), 
unreasoning, senseless, foolish. 

ἄλσος, -ουὅς, τό, sacred enclosure, 
esp. grove. 

ἽΑλυς, -vos, ὁ, the Halys, the prin- 
cipal river of Asia Minor, flowing 
into the Euxine. 


ἄλφιτον, -ov, τό, barley meal, al- 


ways pl. 

ἀλωπεκῆ, -ς (ἀλώπηξ, fox), fox-skin 
cap, worn by Thracians, VII, 4, 4. 

ἁλώσιμος, -ov (ἁλίσκομαι), that may 
be captured, easy to capture. 

ἁλώσοιντο, see ἁλίσκομαι. 

ἅμα, (cf. ὁμοῦ, Lat. simul, Eng. 
same), at the same time, at the 
same time with (dat.), together 
with ; ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, at day-break, 
IT, 1, 2; cf. dua ry ἐπιούσῃ ἡμέρᾳ, 
on the following day at dawn, 
I, 7, 2; dua ἡλίῳ ἀνέχοντι, ἀνα- 
τέλλοντι, at sunrise, II, 1, 3; 3,1; 
ἅμα ἡλίῳ δύνοντι, at sunset, ITI, 2, 
13; ἅμα μέν... ἅμα dé,both... 
and, III, 4, 19; with partics. 
(strictly with the accompanying 
vb.), a8 soon as. 

᾿Αμαζών, -dvos, ἡ, an Amazon, one 
of the mythical tribe of female 
warriors. 

ἅμαξα, -ns, ἡ (dua-+-dyw), a wagon, 
cart ; ἅμαξα πετρῶν, α wagon-load 
of stones, 1V, 7, 10; βοῦς ὑπὸ 
ἁμάξης, a draught-ow, VI, 4, 22, 25. 

ἁμαξιαῖος, -a, -ov (duata', of stones, 
large enough to load a wagon. 

ἁμαξιτός, -ον (ἅμαξα), passable for 
wagons, ὁδὸς ἁμαξιτός wagon- 
road, I, 2, 21. 


Vocabulary 





ἁμαρτάνω, ἁμαρτήσομαι, ἥμαρτον, ἡμάρ- 
τηκα, ἡμάρτημαι, ἡμαρτήθην, miss 
the mark, miss (with gen.), I. 
5, 12; do wrong, sin against, 
ITI, 2, 20; μικρὰ ἁμαρτηθέντα, small 
errors, V, 8, 20. 

ἀμαχεί, adv. (d-priv.t-pdxoua),with- 
out fighting, without a struggle. 

ἀμαχητί, adv.—the foregoing. 

ἀμείνων, -ov, comp. of ἀγαθός, better, 
braver; neut. as adv., II, 1, 20, 

ἀμέλεια, -as, ἡ (cf. ἀμελέω), careless- 
ness, neglect. 

ἀμελέω, -ἤσω, etc. (d-priv.-pére), be 
careless, be negligent of, neglect, 
with gen. 

ἀμελῶς, adv. (ἀμελής, careless; cf. 
duehéw), carelessly, negligently. 

ἄμετρος, -ov (d-priv.-uérpov), with- 
out measure, countless. 

ἀμήχανος, -ov (d-priv.+punxar%), 
without resource or means; im- 
possible, 1, 2,21; πολλὰ καὶ ἀμή- 
xava, many difficulties, ΤΊ, 8, 18. 

ἁμιλλάομαι, ἁμιλλήσομαι, etc., dep. 
pass. (ἅμιλλα, contest), contend, 
vie with, race for (with ἐπί or 
πρός). 

ἄμπελος, -ov, ἡ, Vine. 

᾿Αμπρακιώτης, -ου, 6,an Ambraciot, 
citizen of Ambracia in Epirus. 

ἀμυγδάλινος, -y, -ον (duvydddn, al- 
mond), of almonds, IV, 4, 13 n. 

ἀμύνω, ἀμυνῶ, ἤμυνα (4-euphonic+ 
V wy, Cf. μύνη, excuse and Lat. 
moenia, walls), ward off; mid. 
ward off from oneself, defend 
oneself against, requite, punish. 

ἀμφί, prep. (cf. ἄμφω, Lat. ambi-), 
lit.,on both sides of; hence (1) 
with gen. (a poetic use), about, 
concerning, IV, 5,17 n.; (2) with 
acc., about, round about, of 
place, ἀμφὶ Μίλητον, I, 2, 3; of 
persons, τῶν ἀμφὶ Κῦρον, I, 8, 1; 


in such phrases the individual 
is oftener included, of ἀμφὶ ᾽Αρι- 
aiov, Ariaeus and his men, III, 
2, 2; of time, ἀμφὶ ἀγορὰν πλήθου- 
σαν, about full market time, I, 
8,1; ἀμφὶ Soprnoréy, I, 10,17; with 
various objects, ἀμφὲ τὰ orpared- 
para δαπανᾶν, spend money on 
his armies, 1,1, 8; τὰ ἀμφὶ τάξεις, 
tactics, 11,1, 1; ἀμφὶ ταῦτα ἔχειν, 
to be busied about this, V, 2, 26; 
with numerals, I, 2, 9, and fre- 
quently. 

ἀμφιγνοέω, impf. ἠμφεγνόουν, ἠμφε- 
yrinoa, ἠμφεγνοήθην (dudl + νοέω, 
for yvoéw), think on both sides, 
be in doubt. 

᾿Αμφίδημος, -ov, ὁ, Amphidémus, 
father of Amphicrates. 

᾿Αμφικράτης, -ovs, ὁ, Amphicrates, 
an Athenian, a captain in the 
Greek army. 

ἀμφιλέγω (λέγω), speak on both 
sides, quarrel. 

᾿Αμφιπολίτης, -ov, 6,an Amphipoli- 
tan, citizen of Amphipolis, a 
colony of Athens on the Strymon 
in Macedonia. 

ἀμφορεύς, -éws, ὁ (Homeric ἀμφιφο- 
ρεύς, ἀμφί-" φέρω), a large jar 
with two handles. 

ἀμφότερος, -a, -ον (ἄμφω), both. In 
the Anabasis only dual or pl. 

ἀμφοτέρωθεν, adv. (dudédrepos), from 
both sides, on both sides. 

ἄμφω (cf. ἀμφί, Lat. ambo, Eng. 
both), gen. and dat. ἀμφοῖν, both. 

ἄν, post-pos. modal part. for which 
there is no English equivalent 
(cf. Lat. an), used as follows: 
(1) with the condit. part. εἰ (see 
ἐάν), with relatives (ὅς, ὅστις, 
ὁπόσος, etc.), and with temporal 
words ὅτε, ὁπότε, ἐπεί, ἐπειδή (see 
ὅταν, ὁπόταν, ἐπάν, ἐπειδάν); ἕως, 





Anabasis 





πρίν, μέχρι, ἔστε, with the vb. in 
the subj., either referring to the 
fut. or made general in the pres.; 
with ὡς and the subj. in a final 
clause; (2) with vbs. (a) with 
opt. in an apodosis, the protasis 
being often only implied or 
entirely suppressed (potential 
opt.); (b) with secondary tenses 
of the indic. in apodoses of con- 
ditions contrary to fact (past 
potential), (6) with infin. or par- 
tic., representing either of these 
constructions, (α) with impf. or 
aor. indic. in an iterative sense 
I, 9, 19 n. 
ἄν stands regularly near the 

head of its clause and may be 
repeated with the vb., if that is 
postponed; sometimes it is re- 
peated several times, I, 3, 6 n.; 
on the other hand, it may be 
omitted with the vb., if it has 
been expressed with a preceding 
vb. in the same construction, I, 
6, 2 n. 

ἄν, see ἐάν. 

ἀν-, see ἀ-. 

ἀνά, prep. with acc. (cf. Eng. on), 
up, up along, over, throughout ; 
often distributive, ἀνὰ ἑκατὸν ἄν- 
δρας, a hundred men each, III, 
4,21; of manner, ἀνὰ κράτος, up 
to or with all one’s might, at 
full speed, I, 8,1 (ef. κατὰ κράτος). 
In composition ἀνά frequently 
means back or again. 

ἀναβαίνω, (βαίνω), go up, ascend; 
especially go up from the coast; 
goinland; of ahorse, mount; of 
a ship, embark on, both with ἐπί. 

ἀναβάλλω (βάλλω), throw up, of a 
mound; help to mount, IV, 4, 4. 

ἀνάβασις, -ews, ἡ (ἀναβαίνω), a going 
up, ascent, a march inland, esp. 


of the march of Cyrus against 
his brother, and hence the 
proper title of Xenophon's his- 
tory. 

ἀναβιβάζω (βιβάζω, -βιβάσω or -βιβῶ, 
-εβίβασα, make to go), make go 
up, lead up. 

dvaBodw (Sodw), shout aloud, call. 

ἀναβολή, -ἧς, ἡ (ἀναβάλλω), earth 
thrown up, mound. 

ἀναγιγνώσκω (γιγνώσκω), know 
again (something seen before), 
recognize, V, 8, 6; read I, 6, 4. 

ἀναγκάζω, ἀναγκάσω, etc. (ἀνάγκη), 
force, compel. 

ἀναγκαῖος, -a, -ov (ἀνάγκη), neces- 
sary; οἱ ἀναγκαῖοι, one’s rela- 
tives, Lat. necessarii, II, 4, 1. 

ἀνάγκη, -ἡς, ἡ, necessity, force; 
with or without ἐστι, ἐξ is neces- 
sary, one must, with dat. or acc. 
and infin.; ἀνάγκῃ ἔχεσθαι or 
κατέχεσθαι, be constrained by 
necessity, II, 5, 21; II, 6, 13; 
ἐν ἀνάγκῃ εἶναι, be in straits, VII, 
6, 27. 

ἀναγνούς, see ἀναγιγνώσκω. 

ἀνάγω (ἄγω), lead or take up, lead 
inland; mid. put to sea, set 
sail. 

ἀναζεύγνυμι (ζεύγνυμι), yoke up, 
hence break camp, III, 4, 37; 
IV, 6,1. 

ἀναθαρρέω (cf. θρασύς), take cour- 
age, recover courage. 

ἀναθεῖναι, ἀναθείς, see ἀνατίθημι. 

ἀνάθημα, -ατος, τό (ἀνατίθημι), a 
thing set up, votive offering, 
V, 3, 5. 

ἀναθορυβέω (θορυβέω, -ἤσω, raise an 
uproar; cf. θόρυβος), cry out 
aloud, applaud. 

ἀναθρέψαντι, see ἀνατρέφω. 

ἀναιρέω (αἱρέω), take up, pick up, 
carry off for burial (in this 


Vocabulary 9 





= 


sense chiefly mid.); of an oracle, 
take up a subject; hence an- 
swer, III, 1, 6; of war, wnder- 
take, begin. 

ἀνακαίω (καίω), kindle. 

ἀνακαλέω (καλέω) call again, call 
aloud, call back, sound the re- 
call. 

ἀνακοινόω (κοινόω), consult, confer 
with, act. or mid. 

ἀνακομίζω (κομίζω), carry up; mid., 
store up for oneself. 

ἀνακράζω (κράζω, scream) only in 
aor. ἀνέκραγον, shout aloud, cry 
out. 

ἀναλαλάζω (ἀλαλάζω)η, raise the 
war-cry. 

ἀναλαμβάνω (λαμβάνω), take up, 
pick up, take along with. 

ἀναλάμπω (Adurw), blaze up, aor. 
burst into a blaze. 

ἀναλίσκω, ἀναλώσω, ἀνήλωσα, ἀνή- 
λωκα, ἀνήλωμαι, ἀνηλώθην, use up, 
spend, exhaust. 

ἀνάλωτος, -ον (d-priv.+darwréds, ver- 
bal of ἁλίσκομαι), not be taken, 
impregnable. 

Gvapelyvupe (μείγνυμι, peltw, ἔμειξα, 
μέμειγμαι, ἐμείχθην, 2 aor. pass. 
ἐμίγην, mix), mingle with. 

ἀναμένω (μένω), remain, wait, wait 
for. 

ἀναμιμνήσκω (μιμνήσκω), remind one 
of (with two accs.), III, 2, 11; 
make mention of, V, 8, 26; mid. 
and pass., call to mind, re- 
member, VI, 1, 23. 

ἄνανδρος, -ov (d-priv.t-dvip) un- 
manly, cowardly. 

᾿Αναξίβιος, -ov, ὁ, Anaxibius, a 
Spartan admiral in command at 
Byzantium. 

ἀναξύριδες, -ἰδων, αἱ (Persian word), 
trousers. 

ἀναπαύω (παύω), cause to cease; 


mid., rest, refresh oneself, pass 
the night. 

ἀναπείθω (πείθω), persuade, induce. 

ἀναπετάννυμι (πετάννυμι, spread out ; 
cf. Lat. pandeo, pateo), throw 
open. 

ἀναπηδάω (πηδάω, πηδήσω, etc., leap), 
leap up, spring upon one’s horse. 

ἀναπνέω (πνέω), breathe again, re- 
cover breath. 

ἀναπράττω (πράττω), exact, collect, 
of money due. 

ἀναπτύσσω (πτύσσω, πτύξω, ete., 
fold), unfold, fold back, 1,10,9 η. 

ἀναπυνθάνομαι (πυνθάνομαι), inquire 
carefully, learn by questioning. 

GvaplOunros, -ov (d-priv.+ ἀριθμέω, 
count), innumerable. 

Gvdpirros, -ov (d-priv.+ ἄριστον), 
without breakfast, breakfast- 
less. 

ἀναρπάζω (ἁρπάζω), snatch up, 
seize, carry off. 

ἀναρχία, -as, ἡ (d-priv.tdpxw), lack 
of government, anarchy. 

ἀνασκευάζω (σκευάζω), pack up, re- 
move. 

ἀναστάς, see ἀνίστημι. 

ἀνασταυρόω (σταυρόω, σταυρώσω, 
fence with stakes; ef. σταυρός), 
set up on a stake, impale. 

ἀναστέλλω (στέλλω), send back; 
hence repulse. 

ἀναστῆναι, ἀναστήσας, see ἀνίστημι. 

ἀναστρέφω (στρέφω), turn back or 
about, face about, retreat; 
mid., conduct oneself, behave, 
IT, 5,14; pass., face about, rally, 
I, 10, 12. 

ἀνασχέσθαι, ἀνάσχωμαι, see ἀνέχω. 

ἀναταράττω (ταράττω), stir up; perf. 
pass. partic. dvarerapaypévov, in 
disorder, I, 7, 20. 

ἀνατείνω (relyw) stretch up, hold 
up, esp. of the hands in voting; 





10 Anabasis 





alerés dvarerauévos, an eagle with 
wings outspread, I, 10, 12. 

ἀνατέλλω (τέλλω, ἔτειλα, make to 
rise), intr., rise, of the sun. 

ἀνατίθημι (τέθημι), put upon, pack 
upon, II, 2,4; set up, dedicate, 
V, 3, 5 and 6. 

ἀνατρέφω (τρέφω), fatten up. 

ἀναφεύγω (φεύγω), flee up. 

ἀναφρονέω (φρονέω), come to one’s 
senses, recover one’s senses. 

ἀναχάζω, only in pres. (Homeric 
χάζω, withdraw), withdraw, re- 
treat. 

ἀναχωρέω (χωρέω), withdraw, retire, 
retreat; ἀναχωρεῖν ἐπὶ πόδα, give 
ground step by step, V, 2, 32. 

ἀναχωρίζω (xwpliw), make to with- 
draw or retire. 

ἄνδρα, see ἀνήρ. 

ἀνδραγαθία, -as, ἡ (ἀνήρ + ἀγαθός), 
bravery, valor. 

ἀνδράποδον, -ov, τό (ἀνήρ + πούς), 
slave, esp. captive taken in war. 

ἀνδρεῖος, -a, -ov (ἀνήρ), manly, cour- 
ageous. 

ἀνδρειότης, -nros, ἡ (ἀνήρ), manli- 
ness, valor, courage. 

ἀνδρίζομαι (ἀνήρ), play the man, act 
bravely. 

ἀνέβην, see ἀναβαίνω. 

ἀνεγείρω (ἐγείρω), trans., wake up, 
awaken ; pass., be aroused, wake 
up. 

ἀνεῖλον, see ἀναιρέω. 

ἀνεῖναι, 566 ἀνίημι. 

ἀνεῖπον (εἶπον), proclaim. 

ἀνελέσθαι, see ἀναιρέω. 

ἄνεμος, -ov, ὁ (cf. Lat. anima, ani- 
mus), wind. 

ἀνεπιλήπτως, adv. (d-priv.+ verbal 
of ἐπιλαμβάνω), not to be laid 
hold of, in security, blamelessly. 

ἀνερεθίζω (ἐρεθίζω, excite), excite, 
provoke ; pass., be instigated. 


dvepwrdw (ἐρωτάω), ask, demand. 

ἀνέστην, see ἀνίστημι. 

ἀνεστράφην, see ἀναστρέφω. 

ἄνευ, improper prep., without, foll. 
by gen. 

ἀνευρίσκω (εὑρίσκω), find out, dis- 
cover. 

ἀνέχω, impf. mid. ἠνειχόμην, 2 aor. 
ἠνεσχόμην, with double augment 
(ἔχω), hold up; mid., bear up 
under, endure, control oneself. 

ἀνεψιός, -οὔ, ὁ (cf. Lat. nepos), first 
cousin. 

dvéwyov, ἀνέῳξα, see ἀνοίγω. 

ἀνήγαγον, see ἀνάγω. 

ἀνηγέρθη, see ἀνεγείρω. 

ἀνηγμένος, see ἀνάγω. 

ἀνήκεστος, -ov (d-priv. + ἀκέομαι, 
heal), that cannot be healed or 
made good, irreparable. 

ἀνήκω (ἥκω), extend to, reach. 

ἀνήρ, ἀνδρός, ὁ, man (Lat. vir) as 
contrasted with woman or child 
or with ἄνθρωπος human heing 
(I, 7, 3n); hence in varying 
senses, husband, IV, 5, 24; sol- 
dier, I,1,11; often joined with 
words denoting nationality, in 
which case it is not to be trans- 
lated, ἄνδρα Πέρσην, a Persian, 
I, 2, 20; very common in ad- 
dresses, ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, men, 
fellow soldiers, I, ἃ 3. Cf. 
ἄνθρωπος. 

ἀνηρώτα, see ἀνερωτάω. 

ἀνήχθησαν, see ἀνάγω. 

ἀνθ᾽, see ἀντί, 

ἀνθέμιον, -ov, τό (ἄνθος, flower), 
flower, flower-pattern, V, 4, 32. 

ἀνθίστημι (Yorn), set up against; 
mid., rise up against, oppose. 

ἀνθρώπινος, -η, -ov(dvOpwios), human; 
neut, pl., things human, as con- 
trasted with the gods. 

ἄνθρωπος, -ov, ὁ, ἡ, man, human 























Vocabulary 





being, pl. men, people; with 
words denoting nationality, like 
ἀνήρ, VI, 4,23; often contemptu- 
ous, III, 1, 27. 

ἀνιάω, ἀνιάσω, etc. (ἀνία, grief), 
grieve, trouble, harass; mid., 
be distressed, I, 2,11; be hurt, 
IV, 8, 26. 

ἀνίημι (ἴημι), send back; hence, let 
go, VII, 6, 30. 

ἀνιμάω (iudw, draw; cf. ἱμάς), draw 
up. 

ἀνίστημι (icrnm), cause to stand, 
rouse up, 1, 5,3; mid., with perf. 
and 2 aor. act., stand up, get up, 
rise. 

ἄνοδος, -ον (d-priv.d5és), impassa- 
ble. 

ἄνοδος, -ov, ἡ (dvd-+d5és), way up, 
upward march; cf. ἀνάβασις. 

ἀνόητος, -ov (d-priv.tvodw), sense- 
less, foolish. 

ἀνοίγῳ, ἀνοίξω, with double aug- 
ment throughout, impf. ἀνέῳγον 
(ofyw or οἴγνυμι, open), open, 
throw open. 

ἀνομία, -as, ἡ (d-priv.-+ νόμος), law- 
lessness. 

ἀνομοίως, adv. (ἀ- ρτὶν.- ὅμοιος), dif- 
FSerently. 

ἄνομος, -ov (d-priv.t-véuos), lawless. 

avr’, see ἀντί. 

ἀνταγοράζω, (ἀγοράζω), buy in ex- 
change. 

ἀντακούω (ἀκούω), hear in turn, 
hear in reply. 

"Avravipos, -ov, ἡ, Antandrus, a 
city in the Troad. 

ἀντεμπίμπλημι (πίμπλημι), fill in re- 
turn or in requital. 

ἀντεπιμελέομαι (ἐπιμελέομαι), take 
care in turn, take counter meas- 
ures. 

ἄντευποιέω (row). do good in re- 
turn. 


ἀντί, by elision ἀντ᾽ or ἀνθ᾽, prep. 
with gen., over against, oppo- 
site, against; hence, instead of, 
I, 1, 4; in return for, I, 3, 4; 
ἀνθ᾽ ὧν ἑστηκότες, standing behind 
which, ΤΥ, 7, 6. 

ἀντιδίδωμι (δίδωμι), give in return 
or in place of. 

ἀντικαθίστημι (iornu), appoint in- 
stead or in place of. 

ἀντιλέγω (λέγω), say against or in 
opposition (ὅτι or infin.); speak 
against, object, abs. 

ἀντίος, -a, -ov (ἀντί), opposite, 
against, facing; ἀντίοι ἱέναι, go 
to meet, go against, I, 8,17; of 
ἀντίοι, the enemy, III, 1, 42; ἐκ 
τοῦ ἀντίου, from the opposite 
side, from the side of the enemy, 
I, 8, 23; λόγοι ἀντίοι ἢ obs ἤκουον, 
words the very opposite of those 
I heard (a rare use), VI, 6, 34. 

ἀντιπαραθέω (θέω), run along oppo- 
site. 

ἀντιπαρασκευάζομαι (σκευάζω), make 
counter preparations. 

ἀντιπαρατάττομαι (τάττω), array 
oneself against. 

ἀντιπάρειμι (εἶμι), march along op- 
posite or on the other side. 

ἀντιπάσχω (πάσχω), suffer in re- 
turn. 

ἀντιπέραν or ἀντιπέρας, adv. (dvri+- 
πέραν), over against, opposite, 
with gen. and preceded by κατά. 

ἀντιποιέω (ποιέω), do in return, re- 
taliate; mid.,contend with some- 
one (dat.) for something (gen.), 
II, 1,11; vie with one another 
in (gen.), IV, 7, 12. 

ἀντίπορος, -ov (dvrit-+/mep; cf. me 
paw), over against, opposite, a 
poetic word, IV, 2, 18. 

ἀντιστασιάζω (στασιάζω), contend 
against, vie with. 





ΤᾺ Anabasis 





ἀντιστασιότης, -ov, ὁ (ἀντί- στάσις, 
faction), an opponent, rival. 
ἀντιστοιχέω (στοιχέω, be in a row, 
στοῖχος, row), stand in rows over 
against. 
ἀντιστρατοπεδεύομαι (στρατοπεδεύω), 
encamp against. 
ἀντιτάττω (τάττω), draw up or ar- 
ray against. 
ἀντιτιμάω (riudw), honor in return. 
ἀντιτοξεύω (τοξεύω), shoot in return, 
shoot back. 
ἀντιφυλάττομαι (φυλάττω), be on 
one’s guard in turn, take coun- 
ter precautions. 
ἄντρον, -ov, τό (hence Lat. antrum), 
cave. 
ἀντρώδης, -es (ἄντρον -- εἶδος), cave- 
like; πέτρα ἀντρώδης, a rocky 
cavern. 
ἁνυστός, -4, -dv (verbal of ἁνύω), 
that may be accomplished; pos- 
sible; σιγῇ ὡς avveréy, as silently 
as possible, I, 8, 11. 
ἁνύω, dvicw, etc. (pres. regularly 
avitw), accomplish. 
ἄνω, adv. (ἀνά), comp. ἀνωτέρω, sup. 
ἀνωτάτω, up, upwards, above, 
inland, with gen., IV, 3, 3; ra 
ἄνω, the heights, IV, 3, 25; ἡ ἄνω 
ὁδός, the journey inland, III, 1, 8. 
ἀνώγεων, -w, τό (ἄνω- - γῆ), upper 
floor, loft, a dubious word, V, 
4, 29. 
ἄνωθεν, adv. (ἄνω), from above, from 
the interior. 
ἀξία, -as, ἡ (dios), worth, value, 
price, deserts. 
ἀξίνη, -ns, ἡ (Lat. ascia, Eng. ame), 
axe. 
ἄξιος, -a, -ον (ἄγω), weighing as 
much as, worth, worthy of 
(gen.); ἄξιον (ἐστι), be worth while, 
be fitting ; πολλοῦ (πλείονος, πλείσ- 
tov) ἄξιος. of great ‘more. the 


most) value ; so παντὸς ἄξιος, VII, 


3, 13. 
ἀξιοστράτηγος, -ov (ἄξιος-[ στρατηγός), 
worthy to be general. 
ἀξιόω, ἀξιώσω, etc. (ἄξιος), deem fit 
or proper, ask, claim. 
ἀξίωμα, -aros, τό (ἀξιόω), worth, au- 
thority. 
ἀξίως, adv. (ἄξιος), worthily, de- 
servedly, I, 9, 15. 
ἄξων, -ovos, ὁ (ἄνω), aavle, 
ἀπ᾽, see ἀπό, 
ἀπαγγέλλω (ἀγγέλλω), bring back 
word, announce, report. 
ἀπαγορεύω, ἀπερῶ, ἀπεῖπον, ἀπείρηκα 
(ἀγορεύω)η, renounce, give up, 
grow weary. 
ἀπάγω (ἄγω), lead or carry back or 
off; march back. 
ἀπαγωγή, -ης, ἡ (ἄγω), removal, de- 
parture. 
ἀπαθής, -ἐς (d-priv.+mdoos), without 
experience in, free from (gen.). 
ἀπαίδευτος, -ov (d-priv.+ παιδεύω), 
uneducated, ignorant. 
ἀπαίρω (αἴρω), raise from; intr. of 
ships, set sail, depart. 
ἀπαιτέω (airéw), claim as one’s 
right or due, demand; with two 
accs., IT, 5, 38. 
ἀπαλλάττω (ἀλλάττω, ἀλλάξω, ἤλλαξα, 
τἤήλλαχα, ἤλλαγμαι, -ηλλάχθην or 
ἠλλάγην), change from, set free, 
remove; intr., depart, be freed 
Srom, be well rid of, I, 10, 8. 
ἁπαλός, -%, -6v, tender, delicate, soft. 
ἀπαμείβομαι, in aor. pass. ἀπημείφθη 
(duelBw,change),exchange words, 
answer, reply, II, 5,15 n. 
ἀπαντάω, ἀπαντήσομαι, ἀπήντησα, 
ἀπήντηκα, meet or, in a hostile 
sense, encounter. 
ἅπαξ, adv., once. 
ἀπαράσκενος, -ον (d-priv. -+- παρα- 
σκενή), unprepared. 

















Vocabulary 





ἅπας, ἅπασα, ἅπαν (ras), all together, 
the whole of, entire; with art. 
gen. in pred. posit. 
ἀπαυθημερίζω (cf. αὐθημερόν), return 
on the same day. 
ἀπεγνωκέναι, see ἀπογιγνώσκω. 
ἀπεδόμην, see ἀποδίδωμι. 
ἀπέδρα, efc., see ἀποδιδράσκω. 
ἀπέδωκα, see ἀποδίδωμι. 
ἀπέθανον, see ἀποθνήσκω. 
ἀπειθέω, -ἥσω, etc. (ἀ- υτὶν.-Ἐ πείθομαι), 
disobey. 
ἀπειλέω, ἀπειλήσω, etc. (ἀπειλή), 
threaten. 
ἀπειλή, -is, ἡ, threat. 
ἄπειμι (εἶμι), go away, go back, re- 
treat (the pres. often with fut. 
force; cf. εἶμι). 
ἄπειμι (elul), be away, or absent. 
ἀπεῖπον (εἶπο»), renounce, VII, 1, 41; 
forbid, with dat. and infin., VII, 
2, 12. 
ἀπειρηκότας, see ἀπαγορεύω. 
ἄπειρος, -ον (d-priv.-+ πεῖρα), wn- 
skilled, unacquainted with, abs. 
or with gen. 
ἀπεῖχον, see ἀπέχω. 
ἀπέκτονε, See ἀποκτείνω. 
ἀπελαύνω (ἐλαύνω), drive away or 
out, expel; intr. march or ride 
away. 
ἀπελθεῖν, ἀπελθών, etc., see ἀπέρχομαι. 
ἅπερ, 5660 ὅσπερ. 
ἀπερύκω (ἐρύκω), ward off. 
ἀπέρχομαι (ἔρχομαι), come (or go) 
back or away, depart, return, 
retreat; go forth, IV, 7, 8. 
ἀπεχθάνομαι, ἀπεχθήσομαι, ἀπηχθό- 
pny, ἀπήχθημαι(ἀπό-} ἔχθος, hatred), 
incur one’s enmity or hatred. 
ἀπέχω (ἔχω), keep off or from; 
mid., hold oneself aloof from, 
abstain from, II, 6, 10, ete.; act. 
intr., be away from, distant 
Srom, I, 3, 20. 


ἀπήγαγεν, see ἀπάγω. 

ἀπῇει, See ἄπειμι (εἶμι). 

ἀπήλασα, ἀπήλαυνον, 566 ἀπελαύνω, 

ἀπῆλθον, 566 ἀπέρχομαι. 

ἀπηλλάγη, see ἀπαλλάττω. 

ἀπημείφθη, see ἀπαμείβομαι. 

ἀπῆρα, see ἀπαίρω, 

ἀπιστέω, ἀπιστήσω, etc. (ἄπιστος), dis- 
trust, disbelieve, disobey (dat.). 

ἀπιστία, -as, ἡ (ἄπιστος), distrust, 
suspicion, II, 5,4; faithlessness, 
treachery, II, 5, 21; III, 2, 8. 

ἄπιστος, -ov (ἀ- ρτὶν.- πείθω), not to 
be trusted, faithless. 

amuréov (verbal of ἄπειμι), one must 
go or depart. 

ἄπλετος, -ov, boundless, immeas- 
urable. 

ἁπλοῦς, -ἢ, -of»(d-copulative+-/ mia, 
cf. πίμπλημι), simple, frank; τὸ ἁ- 
πλοῦν, frankness, candor, II, 6,22. 

ἀπό, by elision dr’ or ἀφ᾽, prep. 
with gen. (Lat. a, ab, Eng. off), 
(1) of place, from, away from; 
often with pregnant construc- 
tion, τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν οἰκιῶν ξύλα, ΤΙ, 2, 
16 π.; (2) of time, from, since, 
after, ἀπὸ τούτου, from this time 
on, II, 6,5; ἀφ᾽ οὗ, since, ITI, 2, 
14; (3) of source, I, 5,10; so of 
descent, II, 1, 3; (4) of means, 
ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν χρημάτων, I, 1, 9; 
(5) of cause, ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτομάτου, αἱ 
their own bidding, I, 2,17; ἀπὸ 
τοῦ αὐτοῦ σημείου, at the same 
signal, II, 5, 32. 

So the phrase ἀπό (ἀφ᾽) ἵππου 
means on horseback, but denotes 
that the rider’s attention is di- 
rected away from the horse; 
contrast ἐφ᾽ ἵππου. In composi- 
tion ἀπο- denotes from, away, 
back, in return, or it may have 
a neg. force (see ἀποψηφίζομαι, 
ἀποδοκέω). 





14 Anabasis 





ἀποβαίνω (βαίνω), step off, esp. dis- 
embark; of events, turn out, 
come true, VII, 8, 22. 

ἀποβάλλω (βάλλω), cast away, lose. 

ἀποβιβάζω (βιβάζω, βιβάσω or βιβῶ, 
-εβίβασα, muke to go, causative 
of βαίνω), trans., disembark. 

ἀποβλέπω (βλέπω), look away (from 
other things) to, 1, 8, 14; look 
(for support), to, VII, 2, 33. 

ἀπογιγνώσκω (γιγνώσκω), decide 
against, give up the intention 
of, I, 7, 19. 

ἀποδαρέντα, see ἀποδέρω. 

ἀποδεδράκασιν, see ἀποδιδράσκω, 

ἀποδείκνυμι (δείκνυμι), point out, 
direct, with infin., appoint; 
mid., declare (with or without 
γνώμην) foll. by ὅτι or by infin.; 
pass., be declared, pointed out. 

ἀποδέρω (δέρω, depd, ἔδειρα, δέδαρμαι, 
ἐδάρην, flay), strip the hide off, 
αν, skin. 

ἀποδέχομαι (δέχομαι), receive from, 
accept. 

ἀποδημέω, -ἤσω, etc. (δῆμος), be or 
go away from home. 

ἀποδιδράσκω (-διδράσκω, -δράσομαι, 
-ἐδραν,͵ -δέδρακα, run), run away, 
escape (by stealth), I, 4, 8, ete.; 
run away from, abandon (acc.), 
VI, 4, 8. 

ἀποδίδωμι (δίδωμι), give back, ren- 
der, esp. what is due, restore, 
return, pay; fulfil a promise, 
I, 7,5; mid., sell, VII, 2, 3. 

ἀποδοκεῖ, impers. (δοκέω), it seems 
best not to, ITI, 3, 9. 

ἀποδοῦναι, see drodliwus, 

ἁποδραίη, ἀποδρᾶναι,5: . ἀποδιδράσκω. 

ἀποδραμοῦμαι, 566 ἀποτρέχω. 

ἀποδύω (δύω), strip off, spoil (a 
fallen foe); mid., with 2 aor. 
act., strip oneself. 

ἀποδώσει, see ἀποδίδωμι. 


ἀποθανεῖν, see ἀποθνήσκω. 

ἀποθνγησκω (θνήσκω), die, be killed, 
be put to death. οἱ ἀποθανόντες, 
the dead. 

ἀποθύω (θύω), sacrifice or offer (in 
payment of a vow). 

ἀποικία, -as, ἡ (drb+olxéw), colony 
IV, 8, 22. 

ἄποικος, -ov (ἀπό-Ἐ οἶκος), away from 
home, οἱ ἄποικοι, colonists; πόλις 
ἄποικος, colony. 

ἀποκαίω or ἀποκάω (καίω), burn off, 
also of cold, IV, 5, 3, hence, freeze 
off, VII, 4, 3. 

ἀποκαλέω (καλέω), call aside. 

ἀποκάμνω (κάμνω), grow weary, flag. 

ἀπόκειμαι (κεῖμαι), be laid or stored 
away. 

ἀποκλείω (κλείω), shut off, cut off, 
exclude from, VI, 6, 13; shut, 
bolt, VIT, 6, 24. 

ἀποκλίνω (κλίνω, κλινῶ, ete. ; cf. κλὲ 
μαξ, ladder, Lat. inclino, bend, 
Eng. lean), intr. turn aside, II, 
2, 16. 

ἀποκόπτω (κόπτω), cut or strike off, 
beat off, dislodge an enemy. 

ἀποκρίνομαι (κρίνω), answer, reply. 

ἀποκρύπτω (κρύπτω), hide from, acc., 
I, 9,19; conceal, IV, 4, 11. 

ἀποκτείνω (κτείνω): the pass. is sup- 
plied by ἀποθνήσκω, kill, slay, put 
to death. 

ἀποκτίννυμι, a parallel form to 
ἀποκτείνω, only used in pres. and 
impf., VI, 3, 5; 5, 28. 

ἀποκωλύω (κωλύω), hinder from, 
prevent, with μή and infin. 

ἀπολαμβάνω (λαμβάνω), take back, 
take from, receive, recover ; pass. 
as a military phrase, be cut off. 

ἀπολείπω (λείπω), leave behind, de- 
sert, abandon; leave a space, 
VI, 5,11; mid. and pass., be left 
behind, fall behind. 











Vocabulary 





ἀπόλεκτος, -ov (dré-+-déyw), selected, 
choice. 

ἀποληφθῆτε, ἀπολήψονται, see ἀπο- 
λαμβάνω. 

ἀπόλλυμι (ὄλλυμι, ὀλῶ, ὥλεσα, -ολώ- 
λεκα, ὠλόμην, ὄλωλα), destroy, kill, 
lose; mid. and 2 pf. and plpf. 
act., be destroyed, perish, die, 
as a virtual pass., often foll. by 
ὑπό with the gen. of the agent. 

᾿Απόλλων, -wvos, acc. -ωνὰ ΟΥ̓ -w, 
Apollo, son of Zeus and Leto, the 
god of prophecy, music, poetry, 
etc.; his most noted oracle was 
at Delphi (see ITI, 1, 6). 

᾿Απολλωνία, -as, ἡ, Apollonia, a 
town in Mysia. 

᾿Απολλωνίδης, -ov, ὁ, Apollonides, a 
Lydian pretending to be a Boeo- 
tian, IIT, 1, 26. 

ἀπολογέομαι, ἀπολογήσομαι, etc. (ἀπό 
-Ελέγω ; cf. Eng. apology), say in 
defense. 

ἀπολύω (λύω), loose from, acquit. 

ἀπολωλέκατε, See ἀπόλλυμι. 

ἀπομάχομαι (μάχομαι), fight off, fight 
against, resist. 

ἀπόμαχος, -ov (ἀπό-[- μάχη), not fight- 
ing, disabled; οἱ ἀπόμαχοι, the 
non-combatants. 

ἀπονοστέω (vooréw, go home, from 
νόστος, return), return home. 

ἀποπέμπω (πέμπω), send off, send 
back; esp. send what is due, 
remit, I, 1, 8; mid., dismiss, I, 
2 ὅ, 

ἀποπήγνυμι (πήγνυμι), freeze, curdle. 

ἀποπηδάω (πηδάω, πηδήσω, leap), 
leap down. 

ἀποπλέω (πλέω), sail off or back, 
sail home. 

ἀπόπλους, -ov, ὁ (πλοῦς), voyage back 
or home. 

ἀποπορεύομαι (πορεύομαι), go away, 
depart. 


ἀπορέω, -ἥσω (ἄπορος), be without 
resource, be in doubt, at a loss, 
act. and mid.; be in want of, 
with gen., I, 7, 3. 

ἀπορία, -as, ἡ (ἄποροΞ), lack of re- 
source, difficulty, perplexity; 
lack, want, with gen., II, 5, 9. 

ἄπορος, -ov (d-priv.+-mépos), without 
means or resource, at a loss, per- 
plexed; of roads, etc., impass- 
able; of actions, difficult; τὸ 
ἄπορον, difficulty, obstacle, III, 
2, 22; ἄπορόν ἐστι, it is imprac- 
ticable, 111, 3, 4. 

ἀπόρρητος, -ov (4rb-+-verbal of etpw), 
not to be told, secret; ἐν ἀπορ- 
ρήτῳ ποιησάμενος, putting him 
under pledge of secrecy, VII, 6, 
43, 

ἀπορρώξ, -ὥγος, ὁ, (cf. ῥήγνυμι, 
break, Lat. frangere, Eng. 
break), broken off, abrupt, sheer. 

ἀποσήπομαι, with 2 perf. act. ἀπο- 
σέσηπα (σήπω, make to rot, cf. 
Eng. antiseptic), rot off, lose by 
mortification. 

ἀποσκάπτω (σκάπτω, σκάψω, etce., 
dig), dig off; ἀποσκάπτει τι, is 
digging some trench to cut us 
off, II, 4, 4. 

ἀποσκεδάννυμι (σκεδάννυμι), scatter 
abroad; mid. and pass., be dis- 
persed, straggle. 

ἀποσκηνόω (σκηνόω), encamp at a 
distance from, III, 4, 35. 

ἀποσπάω (σπάω), draw off or away 
from, withdraw; pass., be sepa- 
rated from. 

ἀποσταυρόω (cravpdw, fence off, 
from, or ‘06s), stake off, shut off 
by a palisade. 

ἀποστέλλω (στέλλω), send back. 

ἀποστερέω (στερέω), rob, defraud, 
abs. or with 2 aces. 

ἀποστῆναι, see ἀφίστημι. 





16 Anabasis 





ἀποστρατοπεδεύομαι (στρατοπεδεύω), 
encamp away from, gen. 

ἀποστρέφω (στρέφω), turn back, in- 
duce to return. 

ἀποστροφή, -fs, ἡ (ἀποστρέφω), a 
turning back, hence, place of 
refuge, base for operations, II, 
4, 22; VII, 6, 34. 

ἀποσυλάω (συλάω, συλήσω, etc., strip, 
rob), strip off, rob of. 

ἀποσχεῖν, ἀπόσχωμεν, see ἀπέχω. 

ἀποσῴῳζω (og ζω), lead backin safety. 

ἀποταφρεύω (ταφρεύω, dig a trench, 
from τάφρος), shut off by a trench, 
trench off, VI, 5, 1. 

ἀποτείνω (τείνω), stretch, extend. 

Gorey lw (τειχίζω), wall off, shut 
off by a wall, II, 4, 4. 

ἀποτέμνω (τέμνω), cut off; lit.orasa 
military phrase, cut off, intercept. 

ἀποτίθημι (τίθημι), putor storeaway. 

ἀποτίνω (τίνω, relow, trea, ete., 
pay), pay back ; mid., exact pay- 
ment, requite, punish. 

ἀποτμηθέντες, See ἀποτέμνω. 

ἀπότομος, -ον (ἀπό-!- τέμνω), cut-off, 
sheer, steep. 

ἀποτρέπω (rpérw), turn back or 
away; mid., intr. turn back, 
turn aside. 

ἀποτρέχω (τρέχω), run back, run 
away. 

ἀποφαίνω (φαίνω), show forth; mid. 
and pass., appear, declare (one’s 
own opinion), I, 6, 9. 

ἀποφεύγω (φεύγω), flee away, escape 
(by speed, contrast ἀποδιδράσκω). 

ἀπόφηναι, see ἀποφαίνω, 

ἀπόφραξις, -ews, ἡ (ἀπό-- φράττω, 
fence in, cf. Lat. farcio, stuff 
full), a fencing off, hence block- 
ade. 

ἀποχωρέω (xwpéw), depart, with- 
draw, retreat. 

ἀποψηφίζομαι (ψηφίζομαι), vote 


against, vote in the negative, I, 
4, 15. 

ἀπρόθυμος, -ον (ἀ-ρτῖν.-- πρόθυμος), 
unwilling. 

ἀπροσδόκητος, -ov (d-priv.-+- προσδο- 
κάω), unexpected ; ἐξ ἀποσδοκήτου, 
unexpectedly, IV, 1, 10. 

ἀπροφασίστως, adv. (d-priv.+-mpo- 
φασίζομαι, make excuses), without 
making excuses, without hesita- 
tion, II, 6, 10. 

ἅπτω, ἅψω, etc. (Lat. aptus, fit) 
fasten; mid., lay hold of, touch 
(with gen.). 

ἀπώλετο, see ἀπόλλυμι. 

ἄρα, post-positive inferential part., 
therefore, accordingly, then, so. 

dpa, interrog. part., apa od (Lat. 
nonne), III, 1, 18; apa μή (Lat. 
num), VII, 6, 5. 

᾿Αραβία, -as, ἡ, Arabia, the great 
peninsula between the Red Sea 
and the Persian Gulf. In the 
Anabasis, I, 5,1, the name is ap- 
plied to the district east of the 
Euphrates. 

᾿Αράξης, -ov, ὁ, the Araxes,a name 
given by Xen.toa tributary of the 
Euphrates, the modern Khabur. 

ἀράτω, see αἴρω. 

᾿Αρβάκας, -ov, ὁ, Arbacas, satrap of 
Media. 

᾿Αρβάκης, -ov, ὁ, Arbaces, one of 
the four generals of Artaxerxes’ 
army. 

*Apyetos, -a, -ον (“Apyos, τό, Argos) 
Argive; masc. as subst., an Ar- 
give, a native of Argos, the capi- 
tal of Argolis. 

ἀργός, -ov (d-priv.-pyor), lazy, idle. 

ἀργύριον, -ov, τό (dim. of ἄργυρος, sil- 
ver, Lat. argentum), piece of 
silver, silver coin, money. 

ἀργυρόπους, -οδος, ὁ, ἡ (ἄργυρος, sil- 
ver-+rous), silver-footed. 


Vocabulary 





ἀργυροῦς, -ἃ, -οῦν (ἄργυρος, silver), 
of silver, silver. 

᾿Αργώ, -οῦς, ἡ, the Argo, the ship of 
the Argonauts. 

ἄρδην, adv. (αἴρω), lit. raised up, 
then wholly, quite. 

ἄρδω, water, irrigate. 

ἀρέσκω, dpéow, ἠρέσθην (γ΄ ἀρ, fit), 
suit, please, dat. 

ἀρετή, -ς, ἡ (cf. ἄριστος), fitness, ex- 
cellence, esp. in war, valor, 11,1, 
12; magnanimity, I, 4,9; faith- 
fulness, service, I, 4, 8. 

ἀρήγω, ἀρήξω, help, succor. 

᾿Αρηξίων, -wvos, ὁ, Arexion, of Par- 
rhasia, a soothsayer in the Greek 
army. 

*A pratos, -ου, ὁ, Ariaeus, commander 
of the barbarian force under Cy- 
rus. See the Introd., § 32. 

ἀριθμός, -οὔ, ὁ, number, numbering, 
enumeration; extent, τῆς ὁδοῦ, 
IT, 2, 6. 

᾿Αρίσταρχος, -ov, ὁ, Aristarchus, a 
Spartan, successor to Cleander 
as harmost of Byzantium. 

ἀριστάω, ἀριστήσω, etc. (ἄριστον) 
take breakfast. 

᾿Αριστέας, -ov, ὁ, Aristeas, of Chios, 
commander of acompanyof light- 
armed troops in the Greek army, 

ἀριστερός, -d, -dv, left; ἐν ἀριστερᾷ 
(sc. χειρί) or ἐξ ἀριστερᾶς (sc. χειρός), 
on the left. 

᾿Αρίστιππος, -ov, ὁ, Aristippus, a 
Thessalian noble who raised an 
army for Cyrus. 

ἄριστον, -ov, τό, breakfast or lunch; 
see the note on I, 10, 17. 

ἀριστοποιέομαι (dpucrov-+-motw), get 
or prepare breakfast. 

ἄριστος, -7, -ον (γ΄ ἀρ, suit, fit), sup. 
of ἀγαθός, best, bravest, noblest, 
most honorable; ἄριστα, as adv., 
in the best way, best. 


᾿Αρίστων, -wvos, ὃ, Ariston, an 
Athenian in the Greek army. 

᾿Αριστώνυμος, -ου, ὁ, Aristonymus, 
ἃ captain in the Greek army, dis- 
tinguished for his bravery. 

᾿Αρκαδικός, -4, -όν (’Apkds), of Ar- 
cadia, Arcadian; τὸ ᾿Αρκαδικόν, 
the Arcadian force, IV, 8, 18. 

*Apxds, -ddos, ὁ, an Arcadian, na- 
tive of Arcadia, the central state 
of Peloponnesus. As to the Ar- 
cadians in Cyrus’ army, see VI, 
2, 10. 

ἀρκέω, ἀρκέσω, ἤρκεσα (Lat. arceo, 
cf. ἀρήγω, ἀλκή), be enough, suf- 
jice; ἀρκῶν, as adj., enough, V, 
6,1. 

ἄρκτος, -ov, ἡ (akin to Lat. wrsus), 
bear (the fem. used for both 
sexes); the constellation Ursa 
Maior, the Bear, the North. 

ἅρμα, -aros, τό, chariot, war chariot. 

Gppdpata, -ης, ἡ (dpua+duata), cov- 
ered carriage. 

*Appevia, -as, ἡ, Armenia, the high 
table-land of western Asia, 
southeast of the Euxine. 

᾿Αρμένιος, -a, -ov (’Apuevia), belong- 
ing to Armenia, Armenian. 

‘Appin, -ns, ἡ, Harméne, a town 
on the Euxine near Sinope. 

ἁρμοστής, -ov, ὁ (ἁρμόζω, fit, join), 
one who sets in order; esp. ad- 
ministrator, harmost, a title 
given to officers sent out by 
Sparta to govern subject states. 

ἄρνειος, -a, -ov (ἀρνός, of a lamb, 
no nom.), of a lamb, lamb’s, 
with κρέα, IV, 5, 31. 

ἁρπαγή, -ῆς, ἡ (ἁρπάζω), plundering, 
plunder, pillage; καθ᾽ ἁρπαγήν, 
after booty, III, 5, 2. 

ἁρπάζω, ἁρπάσω, etc. (cf. Lat. rapio), 
snatch, seize, carry off, plunder, 
rob. 





18 Anabasis 





“Apracos, -ov, ὁ, the Harpasus, a 
river bounding the land of the 
Chalybes and the Scythini. 

᾿Αρταγέρσης, -ov, ὁ, Artagerses, a 
Persian noble in command of 
the king's mounted body-guard 
at Cunaxa, I, 7, 11; said to have 
been slain by Cyrus, I, 8, 24. 

*Apraxduas, -2, ὁ, Artacamas, sa- 
trap of Phrygia. 

᾿Αρταξέρξης, the name of several 
kings of Persia; in the Anabasis 
Artaxerxes II (called Mnemon, 
because of his good memory), son 
of Darius II and Parysatis and 
elder brother of Cyrus. He 
reigned from 405 8. c. to 362 B.c. 

*Apradotos, -ov, ὁ, Artaozus, a friend 
of Cyrus, who with Ariaeus 
proved faithless to the Greeks 
after Cunaxa. 

*Aprardrys, -ov, ὁ, Artapates, a 
Persian noble, in the confidence 
of Cyrus, and slain over his 
dead body. 

ἀρτάω, ἀρτήσω, etc. (cf. alpw?), fas- 
ten, suspend. 

ΚΆρτεμις, -ἰδος, ἡ, Artemis, daughter 
of Zeus and Leto, goddess of the 
chase, ITI, 2, 12; identified with 
the Asiatic goddess, whose 
temple at Ephesus was world- 
renowned, V, 3, 4. 

ἄρτι, adv. just now, just. 

᾿Αρτίμας, -a, ὁ Artimas, satrap of 
Lydia. 

ἀρτοκόπος, -ov, ὁ (dpros-+ 7/ Kom, 
cook, ef. Lat. coquo), baker. 

ἄρτος, -ov, ὁ, a@ loaf of bread 
(wheaten or barley). 

*Aprotyas, -a, ὁ, Artichas, a gen- 
eral in the Persian army. 

᾿Αρύστας, -a (or -ov?), Arystas, an 
Arcadian. 

*Apxaysdpas, -a, or -ου, ὁ, Archagoras, 


an exile from Argos, a captain 
in the Greek army. 

ἀρχαῖος, -a, -ov (ἄρχω), old, ancient: 
Κῦρον τόν ἀρχαῖον, Cyrus the El- 
der, I, 9, 1; τὸ ἀρχαῖον, as adv., 
formerly, I, 1, 6. 

ἀρχή, -ἧς, ἡ (Apxw), beginning; 
ἀρχήν, as adv., in the first place; 
with neg., at all, VII, 7,28; the 
first place, hence, sovereignty, 
II, 1, 11; II, 3, 23, ete.; empire, 
I, 5, 9; province, I, 1, 2. 

ἀρχηγός, -οῦ, ὁ (dpxw-+ ἄγω), leader, 
commander, rare in prose, III 
1, 26. 

ἀρχικός, -4, by (ἄρχω), fit to com- 
mand. 

ἄρχω, ἄρξω, ἦρξα, ἦργμαι, ἤρχθην, be- 
gin, be first, with gen. or with 
infin.; lead, command, rule, 
rule over, abs., or with gen.; 
mid., begin, abs., or with gen.; 
start from; pass., be begun, be 
governed, obey; τὸ ἄρχειν, gov- 
ernment, sovereignty; ὃ ἄρχων. 
see the word; of ἀρχόμενοι, sub- 
jects, soldiers. 

ἄρχων, -οντος, ὁ (properly partic. of 
ipxw), ruler, commander. 

ἄρωμα, -aros, τό, (Eng. aroma), in 
pl. spices, fragrant herbs. 

ἀσέβεια, -as, ἡ (see the following 
word), impiety. 

ἀσεβής, -és (ἀ- μτῖν. -ἰ- σέβομαι, wor- 
ship), impious, sacrilegious. 

ἀσθενέω, -ἦσω, etc. (ἀσθενήξ), be weak, 
be sick; of ἀσθενοῦντες, the sick, 
IV, 5, 19. 

ἀσθενής, -és (d-priv. + σθένος 
strength), without strength, 
weak. 

*Acla, -as, ἡ, Asia. 

᾿Ασιδάτης, -ov, ὃ, Asidates, a 
wealthy Persian, captured by 
Xenophon. 








Vocabulary 19 





᾿Ασιναῖος, -ov, ὁ (’Acivy, Asine), an 
Asinaean, a man of Asine, a 
town of Laconia. 

ἀσινῶς, adv. (σίνομαι), harmlessly ; 
in sup. ἀσινέστατα, 111, 3, 3. 

ἄσιτος, -ov (d-priv.tciros), without 
food. 

ἀσκέω, ἀσκήσω (cf. Eng. ascetic), 
practise, cultivate. 

ἀσκός, -οὔ, ὁ, skin, leathern bag, 
wine-skin. 

ἄσμενος, -ov (cf. ἤδομαι), glad, used 
where in Eng. an adv. is required, 
gladly, with pleasure. 

ἀσπάζομαι, dordcoua, greet, salute, 
welcome, take leave of. 

᾽Ασπένδιος, -ov, ὁ ("“Aorevdos, Aspen- 
dus), an Aspendian, inhabitant 
of Aspendus, a city in Pamphylia. 

ἀσπίς, -ἰδος, ἡ, shield, esp. the large 
oval shield of the Greek hoplite; 
by metonomy = ὁπλίτης ; παρ᾽ ἀσ- 
πίδα, to the left, 1V, 3, 26. 

’Acovpla, -as, ἡ, Assyria, in the 
Anabasis the region about the 
Tigris, a province of the Persian 
empire. The word also desig- 
nates the Assyrian empire, which 
flourished in the seventh cen- 
tury B. Cc. 

᾿Ασσύριος, -a, -ov (’Accupia), <As- 
syrian. 

ἀσταφίς, -ἰδος, ἡ, pl. in collective 
sense, dried grapes, raisins. 

ἀστράπτω, aor. ἤστραψα, flash. 

ἀσφάλεια, -as, ἡ (d-priv.togpddrw), 
security, safety. 

ἀσφαλέστατα, see ἀσφαλῶς. 

ἀσφαλέστερος, see ἀσφαλής. 

ἀσφαλής, -ες (d-priv.+opdddw), not 
to be tripped up, sure, secure, 
safe; comp. ἀσφαλέστερος : sup., 
ἀσφαλέστατος : ἐν (τῷ) ἀσφαλεῖ, in 
a safe place, IV,7,8; so in comp., 
ΠῚ, 2, 36; in sup., I, 8, 22. 


ἄσφαλτος, -ov, ἡ (Eng. asphalt), as- 
phalt, bitumen. 

ἀσφαλῶς, adv. (ἀσφαλής), firmly, se- 
curely, safely; sup. ἀσφαλέστατα, 

ἀσχολία, -as, ἡ (4-priv.toxod%), lack 
of leisure, occupation, engage- 
ment. 

ἀτακτέω (d-priv.trdrrw), be disor- 
derly. 

ἄτακτος, -ἡ, -ov (d-priv.trdrrw), in 
disorder. 

ἀταξία, -as (d-priv.}rdrrw), dis- 
order, lack of discipline, insub- 
ordination. 

ἀτάρ, conj., but, yet, however, al- 
ways standing first in its sen- 
tence. 

ἀτασϑαλία, -as, ἡ, wantonness, folly, 
a poetic word, IV, 4, 14. 

ἄταφος, -ov (θάπτω), unburied. 

Gre, adv. (acc. neut. pl. of ὅστε), 
as, inasmuch as, because, with 
causal partic., IV, 2, 13 n. 

ἀτέλεια, -as, ἡ (d-priv.trédos), ex- 
emption from a tax or duty. 

ἀτιμάζω, driudow, etc. (ἄτιμος), dis- 
honor, disgrace. 

ἄτιμος, -ον (d-priv.triuh), in dis- 
honor, without honor. 

ἀτμίζω (ἀτμός, vapor), steam. 

ἀτριβής, -és (d-priv.trpiph), wn- 
trodden. 

*Arrixds, -4, -όν, of or belonging to 
Attica, Attic, Athenian. : 

αὖ, post-positive adv. (cf. αὖθις and 
Lat., autem), to be variously 
rendered, again, moreover, on 
the contrary, on his part. 

αὐαίνω, αὐανῶ, ninva, αὐάνθην (atw, 
dry), dry; mid.,intrans.,dry up, 
wither. 

αὐθαίρετος, -ov (abrés+-aipéw), self- 
appointed. 

αὐθημερόν, adv. (adrés+ipépa), on 
the same day. 





20 Anabasis 





αὖθις, adv. (ad), again, in turn, 
afterwards. 

αὐλέω, αὐλήσω (αὐλός), play the flute 
or pipe; pass., of dancers, be 
accompanied on the flute, VI, 
1.11, 

αὐλίζομαι, αὐλίσομαι, ηὐλισάμην or 
ηὐλίσθην (αὐλή, court-yard), biv- 
ouac, camp in the open air, 
pass the night. 

αὐλός, -οὔ, ὁ, flute, pipe. 

αὐλών, -dvos, ὁ, channel, canal. 

αὔριον, adv., tomorrow; ἡἣ αὔριον 
(sc. ἡμέρα), the morrow. 

αὐστηρότης, -nTos, ἡ (αὐστηρός, dry 
rough, Eng. austere, cf. αὐαίνω), 
harshness of taste, sharpness, 
V, 4, 29. 

αὐτίκα, adv. (airés; cf. ἡνίκα), at 
the very moment, immediately, 
followed by strengthening μάλα, 
III, 5,11; VII, 6, 17. 

αὐτόθεν, adv. (αὐτός), from the very 
spot, hence, thence. 

αὐτόθι, adv. (αὐτός), right here or 
there, on the very spot; ef. 
αὐτοῦ. 

αὐτοκέλευστος, -ον (αὐτός -ἰ κελεύω), 
self-bidden, of one’s own ac- 
cord. 

αὐτοκράτωρ, -opos, 6, ἡ (αὐτός -- 
κρατέω), one’s own master, with 
full powers. 

αὐτόματος (airés-+-+/ua, think), of 
one’s own accord, unbidden; 
ἀπὸ (or ἐκ) τοῦ αὐτομάτου, as adv., 
unbidden, voluntarily. 

αὐτομολέω, -jow, etc. (αὐτόμολοΞ), 
desert; οἱ αὐτομολήσαντες, the de- 
serters. 

αὐτόμολος, -ov, ὁ (adrés+-)/uor; cf. 
βλώσκω), a deserter. 

αὐτόνομος, -ον (airés+-véuw), self- 
governed, independent. 


αὐτός, -ἡ, -6 (neut. with art. ταὐτόν, 
I, 5, 2), intensive pron., self; to 
be variously rendered, some- 
times, by oneself, of one’s own 
accord; standing alone in the 
nom. or with nouns or prons. in 
any case, αὐτὸς σύ, I, 6, 7; αὐτὸς 
Μένων, II, 1,5; αὐτοῦ Κύρου, I, 2, 
21; αὐτοῖς τούτοις, III, 2, 4; fre- 
quently Ξε μόνος, alone, III, 2, 11; 
IV, 7, 11; often for emphasis 
coupled with the reflexive, αὐτὸς 
τῇ ἑαυτοῦ χειρί, I, 8, 24; αὐτοὶ ἐφ᾽ 
ἑαυτῶν, II, 4,10, With posses- 
sives, τοῖς ἡμετέροις αὐτῶν φίλοις, 
where the intensive agrees with 
the gen. of the pers. pron. im- 
plied in the possessive; some- 
times best rendered by just, 
exactly, right; ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ τοῦ 
ἑαυτῶν στρατεύματος, right above 
their own army, III, 4, 41; in 
the oblique cases=the 3d pers. 
pron., him, her, it, them, used 
sometimes where a reflexive 
might have been expected, I, 1, 
5; the gen. αὐτοῦ, αὐτῆς, αὐτῶν 
regularly takes the place of a 
possessive pron., his, her, its, 
their. With the art.: in the 
pred. posit. always intensive, 
αὐτῷ τῷ στρατεύματι, I, 8,14; in 
the attrib. posit.=the same, ra 
αὐτὰ ταῦτα, these same things, 
I, 1, 7; ἐπὶ τὴν αὐτὴν τράπεζαν, 
IV, 5, 31. The neut. is often 
used of place, εἰς ταὐτό, IIT, 1, 30; 
ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ, II, 4,11; ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ, 
I, 8,14; in this use, often fol- 
lowed by a dat., ITI, 1, 30. 

αὐτόσε, adv. (αὐτός), to the very 
place, thither. 

αὐτοῦ, adv. (αὐτός), in the very 
place, there, here; αὐτοῦ που, 
somewhere here, hereabouts. 














Vocabulary 21. 





αὑτοῦ, see ἑαυτοῦ. 

αὕτως, adv. (αὐτός), only in the 
phrase ws δ᾽ αὕτως, in the very 
manner, just so, V, 6, 9; ef. 
ὡσαύτως. 

αὐχήν, -évos, ὁ, neck, isthmus. 

ἀφ᾽, see ἀπό. 

ἀφαιρέω (αἱρέω), take away, deprive 
of, rob, the person robbed stand- 
ing either in acc., I, 3, 4, or 
the gen., 1V, 4,12; rescue, VI; 
6, 10. 

ἀφανής, -és (φαίνω), invisible, out of 
sight, hidden, unknown. 

ἀφανίζω, ἀφανιῶ, ἠφάνισα, etc. (d- 
priv.tdalyw), hide, blot out, an- 
nihilate. 

ἀφειδῶς, adv. (ἀφειδής, lavish, un- 
sparing), without sparing, mer- 
cilessly, VII, 4, 6; sup., I, 9, 
13. 

ἀφειστήκεσαν, see ἀφίστημι. 

ἀφέξεσθαι, see ἀπέχω. 

ἀφεστήξει, see ἀφίστημι. 

ἀφηγέομαι (ἡγέομαι), set forth, tell. 

ἀφήσετε, See ἀφίημι. 

ἀφθονία, -ας, ἡ (ἄφθονος), plenty, 
abundance; εἰς ἀφθονίαν, in 
abundance, VII, 1, 33. 

ἄφθονος, -ov (cf. φθονέω), ungrudg- 
ing, liberal; of things, plenteous, 
abundant; ἐν ἀφθόνοις, in abun- 
dance, III, 2, 25; stronger, ἐν 
πᾶσιν ἀφθόνοις, IV, 5, 29; cf. V; 
1.10, 

ἀφίημι (imu), send off or away, 
let go, set free; of water, let 
flow; of animals, loose; reject, 
V, 4, 7. 

ἀφικνέομαι, -lEouat, -ἰκόμην, -ἴγμαι 
(ἐκνέομαι), come, arrive at, reach. 

ἀφιππεύω (ἴππευω, ἱππεύσω, etc., ride), 
ride back or away. 

ἀφίστημι (ἵστημι), cause to stand 
away from, lead to revolt, VI, 


6, 34; oftener (in mid., with 2 
aor. and 2 perf. systems act.), 
revolt, withdraw, go over to. 

ἄφοδος, -ov, ἡ (ἀπό--ὁδός), a going 
away or back, retreat, way of 
escape. 

ἀφροσύνη, -ἡς, ἡ (d-priv.-+ φρήν), 
folly. 

ἄφρων, -ov (d-priv.t-dphv), without 
sense, foolish, out of one’s head, 
IV, 8, 20. 

ἀφυλακτέω (ἀ-ρτῖν.-[ φυλάττω), be off 
one’s guard. 

ἀφύλακτος, -ov (ἀ-ρτὶν.- φυλάττω), 
unguarded. 

ἀφυλάκτως, adv. (ἀφύλακτος), un- 
guardedly. 

*"Axatds, -οῦ, ὁ, a native of Achaea, 
a country on the northern coast 
of Peloponnesus, an Achaean. 

ἀχάριστος, -ov (d-priv. χαρίζομαι), 
graceless, unpleasant, unthank- 
ful, unrewarded, I, 9, 18; οὐκ 
ἀχάριστα λέγειν, speak prettily 
enough, II, 1, 13. 

ἀχαρίστως, adv. (ἀχάριστος), with- 
out thanks, ἀχαρίστως ἔχειν, be a 
thankless task, II, 3, 18. 

᾿Αχερουσιάς, -άδος, ἡ (’Axépwv, Ache- 
ron), Acherusian; ᾿Αχερουσιὰς 
Χερόννησος, peninsula of Ache- 
ron, near Heraclea on the Eu- 
xine. 

ἄχθομαι, ἀχθέσομαι, ἠχθέσθην (ἄχθος, 
burden, distress), be burdened, 
distressed, vexed. 

ἀχρεῖος, -ov (d-priv.tyxpdoua), wse- 
less, unserviceable. 

ἄχρηστος, -ov (d-priv.t χράομαι), 
useless. 

ἄχρι, adv., utterly; ἄχρι els, all the 
way to, V, 5, 4; as conj., till, un- 
til, II, 3, 2n. 

ἀψίνθιον, -ov, τό, wormwood. 





22 Anabasis 





B 


Βαβυλών -ὥνος, ἡ (Gate of God), 
Babylon, the famous capital of 
Babylonia, built on both sides 
of the Euphrates. 

Βαβυλωνία, -as, ἡ (Βαβυλώνιος), Baby- 
lonia, the district in which 
Babylon was situated, I, 7, 1. 

Βαβυλώνιος, -a, -ov (Βαβυλών), of 
Babylon, with χώρα. 

βάδην, adv. (βαένω), at a walk, step 
by step; βάδην ταχύ, in quick 
step, IV, 6, 25. 

βαδίζω, βαδιοῦμαι, ἐβάδισα (βαίνω), 
walk, go. 

βάθος, -ous, τό (βαθύς), depth. 

βαθύς, -εἴα, -ὕ, deep. 

βαίνω, βήσομαι, -έβην, βέβηκα, σο, 
walk; properly, take a step, 
hence in perf., stand firm, i.e., 
with legs apart, III, 2, 19. 

βακτηρία, -as (βαίνω), walking stick, 
staff. 

βάλανος, -ov, ἡ (Lat. glans), acorn; 
ἡ βάλανος ἡ ἀπὸ τοῦ φοίνικος, dute, 
I, 5, 10 n. 

βάλλω, βαλῶ, ἔβαλον, BEBAnKa, βέβλη- 
μαι, ἐβλήθην, throw, hit, pelt, the 
missile, if expressed, being, usu 
ally, in the dat. (means); pass., 
βαλλόμενοι, under fire; οἱ ἐκ χειρὸς 
βάλλοντες ΞΞοὶ ἀκοντισταί, ITI, 3, 15. 

βάπτω, βάψω, ἔβαψα, βέβαμμαι, ἐβά- 
φην (cf. Eng. baptize), dip, dip in. 

βαρβαρικός, -4, -6» (βάρβαρος), wn- 
Greek, barbarian, barbaric; τὸ 
βαρβαρικὸν, the Persian force (of 
Cyrus), I, 2, 1. 

βαρβαρικῶς, adv. (βαρβαρικός), in a 
foreign tongue, in Persian. 

βάρβαρος, -ον, adj. (imitative of the 
sound of an unknown tongue; 
Eng. barbarous ; cf. Lat. balbus), 
foreign, barbarian, uncivilized, 
in sup. V, 4, 34; as a noun, bar- 


barian, foreigner, used of all 
non-Greeks, but in the Anaba- 
sis, especially of the Persians. 

βαρέως, adv. (βαρύς, heavy), heavily ; 
βαρέως φέρειν, bear ill, take to 
heart (cf. Lat. graviter ferre), 
II, 1,4; βαρέως ἀκούειν, hear with 
anger, II, 1, 9. 

Bacias, -ov, ὁ, Basias: (1) an Arca- 
dian in the Greek army, killed 
by the Carduchi, IV, 1, 18; (2)a 
soothsayer from Elis, VII, 8, 10. 

βασιλεία, -as, ἡ (βασιλεύς), sover- 
eignty, royal power, kingdom. 

βασίλειος, -ον (βασιλεύς), royal, per- 
tuining to a king; neut., βασί- 
ea τά, royal residence, palace. 

βασιλεύς, -éws, ὁ, king, especially 
the king of Persia. Thus used it 
is a virtual title, and has no art. 

βασιλεύω, βασιλεύσω, etc. (βασιλεύς), 
be king, rule over, abs., or with 
gen. 

βασιλικός, -4, -d» (βασιλεύς), royal, 
kingly, fit to be king. 

βάσιμος, -ον (βαίνω), passable; ἕως 
βάσιμα ἦν, ax long as he could 
ride, III, 4, 49. 

Bards, -%4, -ὁν (βαίνω), passable; tra- 
versable. 

βέβαιος, -a, -ον (Balvw), steadfast, 
trusty. 

BeBardw, -ὥσω, etc. (βέβαιος) make 
jirm, confirm, fulfil. 

βεβηκότες, see βαίνω. 

Βέλεσυς, -vos, 6, Belesys, a satrap of 
Syria and Assyria. 

βέλος, -ous, τό (βάλλω), thing thrown, 
missile; ἔξω τῶν βελῶν, out of 
range. 

βελτίων, -ov and βέλτιστος, -7, -ov 
(cf. βούλομαι), used as comp. and 
sup. of ἀγαθός, better, best in what- 
ever respect, whether of quality, 
character, or rank; cf. ἀγαθός. 








Vocabulary 23 





βῆμα, -aros, τό (Balyw), step, stride. 

Bia, -as, ἡ, strength, force, vio- 
lence; Big, by force; with gen., 
in spite of. 

βιάζομαι, βιάσομαι, etc. (Bla), force, 
compel, overpower; abs., thrust 
or obtrude oneself, VII, 8, 11. 

βίαιος, -a, -ον (Bla), violent, τὸ βίαι- 
ov, act of violence. 

βιαίως, adv. (βίαιος), with violence; 
ἀκοντίζει βιαίως, dealt a heavy 
blow with a javelin, I, 8, 27. 

βίβλος, -ov, ἡ (cf. Eng. Bible), prop- 
erly the pith of the papyrus 
plant which, when pressed, was 
used as paper; hence, manu- 
script, book. 

Βιθυνός, -4, -όν, Bithynian; οἱ Βι- 
θυνοί, the Bithynians. Bithynia 
was a district in northwestern 
Asia Minor, on the Euxine. 

Bikos, -ov, ὁ, a large earthen jar or 
vessel. 

βίος, -ov, ὁ (Lat. vivus), life; means 
of living, V, 5,1; VI, 4, 8. 

βιοτεύω, βιοτεύσω, etc. (βίος), live. 

Βισάνθη, -ης, ἡ, Bisanthe, 2 Thra- 
cian city on the Propontis. 

Βίων, -wvos, ὁ, Bion, a Spartan, 
messenger from Thibron to the 
Greeks. 

βλάβη, -ης, ἡ (βλάπτω), hurt, harm, 
damage. 

βλάβος, -ovs, τό (βλάβη) =the fore- 
going, VII, 7, 28. 

βλακεύω (βλάξ, slack, lazy), be slack, 
shirk. 

βλάπτω, βλάψω, ἔβλαψα, βέβλαφα, 
βέβλαμμαι, ἐβλάφθην or ἐβλάβην 
(βλάβη), harm, hurt, injure. 

βλέπω, βλέψω, etc., look, esp. look to 
one for help (πρός), III, 1, 36; of 
things, look towards, face, I, 8,10. 

βλώσκω, μολοῦμαι, ἔμολον (for μλώσ- 
κω; cf. αὐτόμολος), go, come, VII, 


1, 33, an isolated occurrence of 
a purely poetic vb. 

Bodw, βοήσομαι, ἐβόησα (βοή), shout, 
call out. 

βοεικός, -ἡ, -ὁν (Bois), belonging to 
oxen; ζευγὸς βοεικόν, an ox-team, 
VIL, 6, 2, 4. 

βοή, -4s, ἡ, shout, call, ery. 

βοήθεια, -as, ἡ (Bor-+64w), help, as- 
sistance. 

βοηθέω, -jow, etc. (804+-0éw), run in 
ansuer to a cry for help, aid, 
rescue, with éri and the acc., 
bear aid against, III, 5, 6. 

βόθρος, -ov, ὁ, pit, hollow. 

Βοΐσκος, -ov, ὁ, Boiscus, a Thes- 
salian boxer. 

Βοιωτία, -as, ἡ (Βοιώτιος), Boeotia, 
the country in northern Greece 
adjoining Attica. 

βοιωτιάζω (Βοιώτιος), play the Boe- 
otian, w.th φωνῇ, speuk the 
Boeotian dialect, IIT, 1, 26. 

Βοιώτιος, -ov, and Βοιωτός, -οὔ, ὁ, a 
native of Boeotia, a Boeotian. 

Βορέας, -ov, or Boppiis, -d, ὁ, Boreas, 
the Northwind. 

βόσκημα, -aros, τό (βόσκω, feed), 
beast, in pl., cattle. 

βουλεύω, βουλεύσω, etc. (βουλή), plan, 
devise, rarely act., 11, 5,16; com- 
monly mid., take counsel, plan, 
deliberate, determine, often with 
obj. clause. 

βουλή, -ῆς, ἡ (βουλεύω), consultation, 
deliberation. 

βουλιμιάω, ἐβουλιμίασα (βοῦς- -λιμός), 
suffer from boulimy or raven- 
ous hunger, IV, 5, 7, 8 n. 

βούλομαι, βουλήσομαι, βεβούλημαι, 
ἐβουλήθην (cf. Lat. volo, Eng. 
will), will, wish; cf. ἐθέλω; pre- 
fer, choose, II, 6, 6; τόν βουλό- 
μενον, him that wishes, whoever 
wishes, I, 3, 9. 





24 Anabasis 





βουπόρος, -ov (βοῦς-- γί ep), lit. pier- 
cing an ox; with ὀβελίσκος, a 
spit large enough for a whole 
ox, VII, 8, 14. 

Bots, Bods, ὁ, ἡ (Lat. bos), ox, cow; 
ow-hide, IV, 5, 14. 

βραδέως, adv. (βραδύς), slowly. 

βραδύς, -cia, -d, slow; sup. βραδύ- 
τατος, VII, 3, 37. 

βραχύς, -εἴα, -b (cf. Lat. brevis), short, 
whether of space or time; πέτον- 
ται βραχύ, they fly but a little 
way, I, 5, 3; βραχύτερα ἐτόξευον, 
did not shoot as far as, III, 3, 7; 
ἐπὶ βραχὺ ἐξικνοῦνται, they have a 
short range, III, 3, 17. 

βρέχω, βρέξω, ἔβρεξα, etc., wet, in 
pass., be or get wet. 

βροντή, -ἢς, ἡ (for βρομτή; cf. βρέμω, 
roar), thunder, thunder-clap. 

Bpwrds, -ἦ, -dv (βιβρώσκω, eat), 
ealable. 

Βυζάντιον, -ov, τό, Byzantium, an 
important city on the Bosporus, 
the modern Constantinople. 

Βυζάντιος, -a, -ov, belonging to By- 
zantium; οἱ Βυζάντιοι, the By- 
zantines. 

βωμός, -οὔ, ὁ (Balvw), a raised place, 
esp. altar. 


r 


γαλήνη, -ns, ἡ, calm. 

γαμέω, yaud, ἔγημα, γεγάμηκα, γεγά- 
μημαι, marry, act., of the man, 
mid. and pass., of the woman. 

γάμος, -ov, ὁ (cf. Eng. bigamy), wed- 
ding, marriage; ἄγειν ἐπὶ γαμῷ, 
take home as one’s wife, IT, 4, 8. 

Γάνος, -ov, ἡ, Ganus, a Thracian 
city on the Propontis. 

γάρ, post-pos. causal conj. (γέ- ἄρα), 
giving, as a rule, the reason or 
explanation of a statement made 
or implied in the context, or 


confirming it; to be variously 
rendered, for, because, namely, 
now; in questions, then, I, 7, 9, 
etc.; often with ellipsis, καὶ γάρ, 
and.... for, I, 1, 6n.; ἀλλὰ 
γάρ but (no more of this) for 
but the fact is, 1II, 2, 25n; καὶ 
γὰρ οὖν, and therefore, 1, 9, 8. 

γαστήρ, -pés, ἡ (Eng. gastric), belly 

γαυλικός, -ἡ, -ὁν (γαῦλος, merchant- 
man), of or for amerchant vessel; 
γαυλικὰ χρήματα, cargoes, V, 8, 1. 

Γαυλίτης, -ov, ὁ, Gaulites, a Samian 
exile. 

yé, intensive particle, enclitic and 
post-pos. emphasizing the pre- 
ceding word or the clause in 
which it stands, yes, certainly, 
surely, at least; often best ren- 
dered by emphasis. ye is often 
added to other particles, ye μήν, 
ye μέντοι, ye δή, etc. For these 
Eng. has no equivalents. 

γεγενῆσθαι, γέγονα, see γίγνομαι. 

γείτων, -ονος, ὁ (γῆ), neighbor. 

γελάω, γελάσομαι, ἐγέλασα, ξγελάσθην, 
laugh, abs. or with ἐπί and dat. 

γελοῖος, -a, -ον (γελάω), laughable, 
absurd. 

γέλως, -wros, ὁ (γελάω), laughter. 

γελωτοποιός, -οὔ, ὁ (γέλως-  ποιέω), 
jester, clown. 

γέμω, only in pres. and imperf., be 
full of, gen. 

γενεά, -ds, ἡ (γ΄ γεν), birth. 

γενειάω (γένειον, chin, beard), grow 
or wear a beard. 

γενναιότης, -ητος, ἡ (γενναῖος, of good 
birth), nobility, generosity. 

γένος, -ovs, τό (γίγνομαι, cf. Lat. 
genus), family, race. 

γεραιός, -d, -ὁν (γέρων), old; comp., 
οἱ γεραίτεροι, elders, V, 7, 17. 

γερόντιον, -ov, τό, (dim. of γέρων), 
feeble old man. 











Vocabulary 25 





γέρρον, -ov, τό, wicker shield. 

γερροφόρος, -ον (yéppov-+-pépw), bear- 
ing or armed with a wicker 
shield. 

γέρων, -ovros, ὁ (akin to Eng. gray), 
old man. 

γεύω, γεύσω, ἔγευσα, γέγευμαι (Lat. 
gusto, taste, Eng. choose), give 
a taste of; mid., taste, abs. or 
with gen. 

γέφυρα, -as, ἡ, bridge, embankment, 
VI, 5, 22; γέφυρα ἐζευγμένη πλοί- 
os, pontoon bridge, I, 2, 5. 

γεώδης, -es (y-+-eld0s) earthy, loamy 

Yi, γῆς, ἡ, earth, land, country; 
kal κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν, by 
land and sea, 1,1, 7; παρὰ γῆν, 
along the coast. 

γήϊνος, -n, -ov (γῆ), of earth, earthen. 

γήλοφος, -ov, ὁ (γῆ-[-λόφος), hill, hil- 
lock. 

γῆρας, γήρως, τό (γέρων), old age. 

γίγνομαι, γενήσομαι, ἐγενόμην, “γέγονα, 
γεγένημαι (γ΄ γεν), become, be; of 
men, be born, with gen. or with 
ἀπό and the gen., become, get; 
of things, become, be made; of 
events, take place, happen, the 
translation varying with the 
context; of day, dawn, II, 2, 13; 
of afternoon, draw on, I, 8, 8; 
of rain or snow, fall, IV, 1, 15; 
of numbers, amount fo, I, 2, 9; 
of sounds, arise, I, 8,2; of sacri- 
fices, be favorable, II, 2,3; often 
=the pass. of ποιέω or other vbs.; 
thus of oaths, be exchanged, be 
given, II, 2,10; of taxes, be paid 
in, I, 1, 8; rarely, with infin., 
be possible, I, 9,13; with predi- 
cate adj., show oneself, I, 6, 8. 
ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἐγένετο, came to his 
senses, 1, Ὁ, 17; οἱ εἰς τριάκοντα ἔτη 
γεγονότες, those thirty years old 
and under, II, 3, 12. 


γιγνώσκω, γνώσομαι, ἔγνων, ἔγνωκα, 
ἔγνωσμαι, ἐγνώσθην (cf. Lat. nosco, 
Eng., know), know, learn, recog- 
nize. 

Trois, -of, ὁ, Glus, son of Tamos, 
an Egyptian who deserted Cy- 
rus’ cause after the battle of 
Cunaxa. 

Γνήσιππος, -ov, ὁ, Gnesippus, an 
Athenian captain. 

γνοίη, see γιγνώσκω. 

γνώμη, -ης, ἡ (γιγνώσκω), opinion, 
judgment, purpose; ἄνευ τῆς 
Κύρου γνώμης, without Cyrus’ 
consent, I, 8, 13: ἐμπιμπλάναι τὴν 
γνώμην τινός, satisfy one’s desires, 
I, 7,8; πρός τινα τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν, 
be devoted to one, II, 5, 29. 

γνῶναι, γνώσεσθε, see γιγνώσκω. 

Γογγύλος, -ov, ὁ, (1) Gongylus, a 
Greek living at Pergamus; (2) 
his son of the same name. 

γοητεύω, ἐγοητεύθην (γόης, sorcerer), 
bewtich. 

γονεύς, -éws, ὁ (γίγνομαι), begetter, 
father; in pl. parents, III, 1, 3. 

γόνυ, γόνατος, τό (cf. Lat. genu, 
Eng. knee), knee; of reeds, etc., 
knot, joint, IV, 5, 26. 

Γοργίας," -ov, ὁ, Gorgias, of Leon- 
tini in Sicily, a famous rhetor- 
ician and “sophist,” teacher of 
Proxenus. 

Topylwv, -wvos, ὁ, Gorgion, a son of 
the elder Gongylus. 

γοῦν, post-positive particle (γε-Ἐ οὖν), 
at least, at any rate, certainly. 

γράδιον, -ov, τό (dim. of ypats, old 
woman; cf. γέρων), feeble old 
woman. 

γράμμα, -aros, τό (γράφω), what is 
written, letter of the alphabet; 
pl., inscription, V, 3, 13. 

γράφω, γράψω, ἔγραψα, γέγραφα, γέ- 
Ύραμμαι, ἔγράφην (Lat. scribo, Eng. 





26 Anabasis 





grave, graphic, etc.) mark, 
draw, paint; most commonly, 
write. 

γυμνάζω, γυμνάσω, etc. (γυμνός), ex- 
ercise. 

γυμνής, -Fros, ὁ (γυμνός) light-armed 
foot-soldier. 

Γυμνιάς, -ddos, ἡ, Gymnias, a city 
in the territory of the Scythini. 

γυμνικός, -ἡ, -ὁν (γυμνός), gymnastic. 

γυμνός, -4, -ὁν (Eng. gymnast), na- 
ked, lightly clad, without one’s 
cloak; of soldiers, without ar- 
mour, defenseless. 

γυνή, γυναικός, ἡ, (γ΄γεν, γίγνομαι, 
Eng. queen), woman, wife. 

Γωβρύας, -ov, ὁ, Gobryas, one of the 
four generals of Artaxerxes 
army. 


A 


δ᾽, by elision for δέ, 

δάκνω, δήξομαι, ἔδακον, δέδηγμαι, ἐδήχ.- 
θην, bite. 

δακρύω, δακρύσω, etc. (δάκρυ, tear; 
α΄. Lat. lacrima, Eng. tear) 
shed tears, weep. 

δακτύλιος, -ov, ὁ (cf. δάκτυλος), ring. 

δάκτυλος, -ου, ὁ (δείκνυμι), finger; of 
the foot, toe. 

Aapdparos, -ov, ὁ, Demaratus, king 
of Sparta, who, when deposed, 
fled to Persia. He accompanied 
Xerxes on his expedition against 
Greece. 

Δάνα, τά, Dana, a city in southern 
Cappadocia. 

δαπανάω, δαπανήσω, etc., spend, ex- 
pend, of money, I, 1,8; of goods, 
consume, VII, 6, 31. 

δάπεδον, -ov, τό, earth, ground, IV, 
5, 6, a poetic word. 

Δαρδανεύς, -dws, ὁ (Δάρδανος, Dar- 
danus), ἃ Dardanian, native of 
Dardanus in the Troad. 


Δάρδας, -aros, ὁ, Dardas, a river in 
Syria. 

Sapekds, -οὔ, ὁ (Δαρεῖος ἢ), daric, a 
Persian gold coin, worth about 
$5.40, butexchanged for 20 Attic 
drachmae, I, 7, 18 ἢ. 

Δαρεῖος, -ov, ὁ, Darius, a common 
name of Persian kings; in the 
Anabasis Darius II (named 
Ὧχος, but called ὁ νόθος, as he was 
a natural son of Artaxerxes I), 
who reigned from 425 to 405 z.c. 

δάσμευσις, -ews, ὁ (Saréouat, divide), 
distribution. 

Sacpés, -οὔ, ὁ (δατέομαι, divide), 
lit., division, share; hence, trib- 
ute, tax, paid in money or in 
kind. 

δασύς, -εἴα, «ὖ (cf. Lat. densus, 
thick), thick, thickly grown 
with (gen. or dat.), II, 4,14; of 
hides, shaggy, IV, 7, 22; τὸ δασύ, 
thicket, copse, IV, 7, 7. 

Δαφναγόρας, -ov, ὁ, Daphnagoras, 
a Mysian. 

δαψιλής, -4s, plentiful, abundant. 

δέ, post-pos. conj., but, and ; gener- 
ally adversative, but less strong- 
ly so than ἀλλά. δέ is generally 
the second word in its clause, 
although it may be further post- 
poned; it is commonly balanced 
by μέν in a preceding clause, but 
not necessarily (I, 7, 5); some- 
times it occurs in an apodosis, 
V, 6, 20, 6. g.. a survival of older 
co-ordination. When it is com- 
bined with καί, each word has its 
own force, δέ connective, καί in- 
tensive, καὶ... δέ, 1,1, 2; δὲ καί, 
I, 2, 3. 

“δε; a suffix added: (1) to names of 
places, generally in the acc., to 
denote motion toward, -ward, 
to; οἴκαδε, homeward; (2) to 








Vocabulary 27 





demonstrative prons. for empha- 
sis, ὅδε, τοσόσδε, etc. 

δεδιώς, see δείδω. 

δεδογμένα, 566 δοκέω. 

δέδοικα, see δείδω. 

δεδομέναι, see δίδωμι, 

δέῃ, δεηθῆναι, Set, see δέω, lack. 

δείδω, a pres. unused in Attic, from 
which we have perf. δέδια, or δέ- 
δοικα (with pres. force), and aor, 
ἔδεισα, etc., be afraid, fear; the 
aor. is regularly ingressive, be 
seized with fear, I, 8, 24. 

δείκνυμι, δείξω, ἔδειξα, δέδειχα, δέδειγ- 
μαι, ἐδείχθην (cf. old Lat. deico = 
dico), point out, show; make 
signs to, IV, 5, 33. 

δείλη, -ης, ἡ, afternoon (early or 
late), evening, I, 8, 8n; ἀμφὶ 
δείλην, toward evening, II, 2, 14. 

δειλός, -ἦ, -ὁν (δείδω), cowardly, 
timid. 

δεινός, -ἡ, -dv (δείδω), terrible, hor- 
rible, awful, severe; τὸ δεινόν, 
peril, danger; clever, skilful, 
I, 9, 19, ete.; δεινότατα ποιεῖν τινα, 
treat with outrageous indignity, 
V, 7, 23; cf. κακῶς ποιεῖν τινα. 

δεινῶς, adv. (dards) terribly, dread- 
fully; ἔχειν δεινῶς, be in a ter- 
rible plight. 

δειπνέω, δειπνήσω, etc., dine. 

δεῖπνον, -ov, τό, the principal meal of 
the day, evening meal, dinner. 

δειπνοποιέω (δεῖπνον-[-ποιέω), get din- 
ner, mid., dine. 

δείσας, Seloys, see δείδω. 

δεῖσθαι, see δέω, lack. 

Séxa, indecl. (Lat., decem), ten. 

δεκαπέντε, indecl. (d¢éxa-+-révre), fif- 
teen. 

δεκατεύω (δέκατος), exact the tenth 
or tithe. 

δέκατος, -ἡ, -ov (δέκα), tenth; ἡ 
δεκάτη, tithe. 


Δέλτα, τό, indecl. (Eng. delta), the 
Delta, a peninsula in Thrace, so 
called from its triangular shape. 

δελφίς, -ivos, ὁ, dolphin. 

Δελφοί, -ὥν, of, Delphi, a town of 
Phocis, famed for its oracle of 
Apollo. 

δένδρον, -ov, τό, dat. pl. δένδροις or 
δένδρεσσι, tree. 

δέξασθαι, see δέχομαι. 

δεξιόομαι, δεξιώσομαι, ἐδεξιωσάμην 
(δεξίαγ, give the right hand, 
greet, welcome. 

δεξιός, -ά, -dv (cf. Lat. dexter), 
right, on the right; the noun is 
often omitted, ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ, in the 
right hand, II, 3, 11; ἐν δεξιᾷ, on 
the right, I, 5, 1; δεξιὰν (δεξιὰς) 
δοῦναι, give the right hand (asa 
pledge), promise, II, 3, 28; ef. 
I, 6, 6; τὸ δεξιόν (with or without 
xépas), the right wing, the right, 
I, 2,15; cf.1,7,1. In divination 
the right was the propitious side; 
αἰετὸς δεξιός, VI, 1, 23. 

Δέξιππος, -ov, ὁ, Dexippus, a faith- 
less Laconian. 

δέοι, δέομαι, δέον, see δέω, lack. 

Δερκυλίδας, -a, ὁ, Dercylidas, a 
Spartan admiral. 

δέρμα, -aros, τό (dépw, flay), skin, 
hide. 

Aépvns, -ov, 6, Dernes, satrap of 
Phoenicia and Arabia. 

δεσμός, -οὔ, ὁ, but pl. often δεσμά 
(δέω), band, halter, strap. 

δεσπότης, -ov, ὁ (whence Eng. des- 
pot), master, lord. 

δεῦρο, adv., hither, here. 

δεύτερος, -a, -ov, (δύο), second; as 
adv., (τὸ) δεύτερον, for the second 
time. 

δέχομαι, δέξομαι, efc., receive, ac- 
cept; of friends, receive hospi- 
tably, welcome; of foes, receive 





28 Anabasis 





or await the attack of; εἰς χεῖρας 
δέχεσθαί τινα, come to close quar- 
ters with one, 1V, 3, 31. 

δέω, δήσω, ἔδησα, δέδεκα, δέδεμαι, ἐδέ- 
θην, bind, tie, fetter. 

δέω, δεήσω, ἐδέησα, δεδέηκα, δεδέημαι, 
ἐδεήθην, lack, want, need: (1) 
pers., rare in act., ὀλίγου δεῖν, 
with infin., lack little of being, 
I, 5, 14; so οὐ πολλοῦ δεῖν, V, 4, 32; 
common in mid., abs., or with 
gen.; also, wish, desire, with 
gen., with acc. of inner obj. (rw 
etc.), or with acc. and infin, 
beg, ask, with gen. of pers. and 
infin.; (2) impers. (δεῖ, ἔδει, δέῃ, 
δέοι, δεῖν, δέον), there is need, one 
must, with infin. expressed or 
understood; so with acc. and 
infin.; in IIT, 4, 35 (see the note) 
we have apparently dat. and 
infin.; with gen. of the thing 
needed, IT, 3,5. εἰς τὸ δέον, sat- 
isfactorily, I, 3, 8; αὐτὸ τὸ δέον, 
the very thing we want, IV, 7, 7; 
τί det, what need is there? II,1,10. 

δή, post-positive particle with in- 
tensive force, emphasizing as a 
rule the immediately preceding 
word, and often best rendered 
by emphasis; aye, now, indeed, 
truly, exactly, sometimes with 
contemptuous tone; often with 
imvs., II, 2, 10, or with super- 
latives, I, 9, 18. 

δῆλος, -7, -ov, plain, clear, evident, 
manifest; δῆλον ἣν ὅτι, it was 
clear that, 11, 3,6; δῆλον ὅτι as 
adv. clearly, evidently, I, 3, 9; 
often in pers. construction with 
partic., δῆλος ἣν ἀνιώμενος, was 
manifestly troubled or dis- 
tressed, I, 2,11. 

δηλόω, δηλώσω, efe. (δῆλος), make 
clear, make known, show. 


δημαγωγέω, δημαγωγήσω, etc. (δῆμος, 
people-+-dyw), play the dema- 
gogue, curry favor with (acc.), 
VII, 6, 4. 

Δημοκράτης, -ovs, ὁ, Democrates of 
Temnus, a scout. 

δημόσιος, -a, -ον (δῆμος, the people, 
α΄. Eng. democracy), belonging 
to the people, public, τὰ δημόσια, 
public money, IV, 6, 16. 

δῃόω, Sydow, ἐδήωσα (epic dius, 
hostile), lay wuste, ravage. 

δήπου, adv. (54-+- ποῦ), surely, of 
course, 

δῆσαι, see δέω, bind. 

Sx Gels, see δάκνω. 

διά (by elision δι᾽), prep. with gen. 
or acc., through: (1) with gen., 
through, throughout, during, 
by means of, of place, of means, 
or of time; often forming adv. 
phrases, διὰ ταχέων, quickly, I, 5, 
9; διὰ σκότους, in darkness, II, 5,9; 
διὰ φιλίας iévae with dat., enter 
upon friendship with, III, 2, 8; 
ef. διὰ παντὸς πολέμου ἱέναι, ibid. ; 
(2) with acc., through, on account 
of, for the sake of, thanks to, 
often with art. and infin., on 
account of the fact that, be- 
cause, 1, 7,5; διὰ τοῦτο, for this 
reason, I, 7,3; πολλὰ δι᾽ &, many 
reasons why, 1,3,15. In compo- 
sition, besides the literal mean- 
ing δια- may denote thorough- 
ness (through and through), and 
it often means apart. 

Ala, Διί, Διός, see Ζεύς. 

διαβαίνω (βαίνω), take a step, or 
stride, IV, 3,8; generally trans., 
go over, go through, cross. 

διαβάλλω (βάλλω), properly, throw 
across, but in the Anabasis 
always, slander, calumniate, 
accuse falsely. 








Vocabulary 29 





διαβάς, see διαβαίνω. 
διάβασις, -ews, ἡ (διαβαίνω), a cross- 
ing, then, means of crossing 
(ford, bridge, etc.), or place of 
crossing. 
διαβατέος, -a, -ον (verbal of διαβαίνω), 
that must be crossed. 
SiaBarés, -%, -dv (verbal from 
διαβαίνω), crossable, fordable. 
διαβεβηκότας, see διαβαίνω. 
διαβιβάζω (βιβάζω, βιβάσω, or βιβῶ, 
etc., make go), make go across, 
transport across. 
διαβολή, -ἢς, ἡ (διαβάλλω), slander, 
calumny, false charges. 
διαγγέλλω (ἀγγέλλω), bear word 
through, report, pass the word. 
διαγελάω (γελάω), laugh to scorn. 
διαγίγνομαι (γίγνομαι), get through, 
pass (of time), continue, live, 
exist. 
διαγκυλόομαι, perf. διηγκύλωμαι (cf. 
ἐναγκυλάω), hold the javelin by 
the thong, ready for casting. 
Sidyo (dyw), carry through, or 
across, transport; of time, 
spend, live; with partic., ἐλπίδας 
λέγων διῆγε, kept constantly talk- 
ing of his hopes, I, 2, 11. 
διαγωνίζομαι (ἀγωνίζομαι), strive 
earnestly, vie with (πρὸ). 
διαδέχομαι (δέχομαι), receive at in- 
tervals or in succession; el μὴ 
θηρῷεν διαδεχόμενοι, if they did 
not relieve one another in the 
chase, I, 5, 2. 
διαδίδωμι (δίδωμι), distribute. 
διάδοχος, -ov, ὁ (διαδέχομαι), suc- 
cessor. 
διαζεύγνυμι (ζεύγνυμι), separate. 
διαθεάομαι (θεάομαι), look through, 
observe, consider. 
διαιθριάζω (aldpla, clear sky), be 
clearing up (of weather). 
διαιρέω (alpéw), tear apart, destroy. 


διάκειμαι (κεῖμαι), be disposed, feel; 
ἄμεινον ὑμῖν διακείσεται, it will be 
better for you, VII, 3, 17. 
διακελεύομαι (κελεύω), urge On, en- 
courage. 
διακινδυνεύω (κινδυνεύω), venture all, 
risk a battle. 
διακλάω (κλάω, break; ef. Eng. 
iconoclast), break in two, or in 
pieces. 
διακονέω (διάκονος, servant, Eng. 
deacon), serve at table. 
διακόπτω (κόπτω), cut through, cut 
in pieces. 
διακόσιοι -at, -a (δύο- -ἑκατόν), two 
hundred. 
διακρίνω (κρίνω), discern between, 
decide. 
διαλαγχάνω (λαγχάνω), distribute 
by lot. 
διαλαμβάνω (λαμβάνω), take sepa- 
rately, IV, 1, 23; divide, V, 3, 4. 
διαλέγομαι, διαλέξομαι, διείλεγμαι, 
διελέχθην (λέγω), talk with, con- 
verse with, dat.; discuss. 
διαλείπω (λείπω), leave a space be- 
tween, be stationed at intervals, 
stand apart; τὸ διαλεῖπον, space 
between, gap, interval, IV, 8, 13. 
διαμάχομαι (μάχομαι), fight it out. 
διαμένω (μένω), stay through to the 
end, remain. 
διαμετρέω (uerpéw), measure out; 
mid., serve out rations. 
διαμπερές, adv. (did-+- ν περ), straight 
through. 
διανέμω (νέμω), divide or distribute 
among. 
διανοέομαι (did--vois), intend, pur- 
pose, mean. 
δίανοια, -as, ἡ (διά-  - νοῦς), purpose, 
intention. 
διαπέμπω (πέμπω), send in different 
directions, distribute. 
διαπλέω (πλέω), sazl across. 





28 Anabasis 





or await the attack of; εἰς χεῖρας 
δέχεσθαί τινα, come to close quar- 
ters with one, IV, 3, 31. 

δέω, δήσω, ἔδησα, δέδεκα, δέδεμαι, ἐδέ- 
θην, bind, tie, fetter. 

δέω, δεήσω, ἐδέησα, δεδέηκα, δεδέημαι, 
ἐδεήθην, lack, want, need: (1) 
pers., rare in act., ὀλίγου δεῖν, 
with infin., lack little of being, 
I, 5, 14; so οὐ πολλοῦ δεῖν, V, 4, 32; 
common in mid., abs., or with 
gen.; also, wish, desire, with 
gen., with acc. of inner obj. (ru 
etc.), or with acc. and infin, 
beg, ask, with gen. of pers. and 
infin.; (2) impers. (δεῖ, ἔδει, δέῃ, 
δέοι, δεῖν, δέον), there is need, one 
must, with infin. expressed or 
understood; so with acc. and 
infin.; in III, 4, 35 (see the note) 
we have apparently dat. and 
infin.; with gen. of the thing 
needed, IT, 3,5. εἰς τὸ δέον, sat- 
tsfactorily, I, 3, 8; αὐτὸ τὸ δέον, 
the very thing we want, IV, 7, 7; 
τί det, what need is there? II,1,10. 

δή, post-positive particle with in- 
tensive force, emphasizing as a 
rule the immediately preceding 
word, and often best rendered 
by emphasis; aye, now, indeed, 
truly, exactly, sometimes with 
contemptuous tone; often with 
imvs., II, 2, 10, or with super- 
latives, I, 9, 18. 

δῆλος, -η, -ov, plain, clear, evident, 
manifest; δῆλον ἣν ὅτι, it was 
clear that, 11, 3,6; δῆλον ὅτι as 
adv. clearly, evidently, I, 3, 9; 
often in pers. construction with 
partic., δῆλος ἣν ἀνιώμενος, was 
manifestly troubled or dis- 
tressed, I, 2, 11. 

δηλόω, δηλώσω, ete. (δῆλος), make 
clear, make known, show. 


δημαγωγέω, δημαγωγήσω, etc. (δῆμος, 
people-+-dyw), play the dema- 
gogue, curry favor with (acc.), 
VII, 6, 4. 

Δημοκράτης, -ους, ὁ, Democrates of 
Temnus, a scout. 

δημόσιος, -a, -ov (δῆμος, the people, 
cf. Eng. democracy), belonging 
to the people, public, τὰ δημόσια, 
public money, IV, 6, 16. 

δῃόω, Sydow, ἐδήωσα (epic dius, 
hostile), lay waste, ravage. 

δήπου, adv. (54-+-7o0), surely, of 
course, 

δῆσαι, see δέω, bind. 

5nx Gels, see δάκνω. 

διά (by elision δι᾽), prep. with gen. 
or acc., through: (1) with gen., 
through, throughout, during, 
by means of, of place, of means, 
or of time; often forming adv. 
phrases, διὰ ταχέων, quickly, I, Ὁ, 
9; διὰ σκότους, in darkness, II, 5,9; 
διὰ φιλίας ἱέναι with dat., enter 
upon friendship with, III, 2, 8; 
cf. διὰ παντὸς πολέμου ἱέναι, ibid. ; 
(2) with acc., through, on account 
of, for the sake of, thanks to, 
often with art. and infin., on 
account of the fact that, be- 
cause, 1, 7,5; διὰ τοῦτο, for this 
reason, I, 7,3; πολλὰ δι᾽ ἅ, many 
reasons why, 1,3,15. In compo- 
sition, besides the literal mean- 
ing δια- may denote thorough- 
ness (through and through), and 
it often means apart. 

Ala, Διί, Διός, see Ζεύς. 

διαβαίνω (βαίνω), take a step, or 
stride, IV, 3,8; generally trans., 
go over, go through, cross. 

διαβάλλω (βάλλω), properly, throw 
across, but in the Anabasis 
always, slander, calumniate, 
accuse falsely. 











Vocabulary 29 





διαβάς, see διαβαίνω. 

διάβασις, -ews, ἡ (διαβαίνω), a cross- 
ing, then, means of crossing 
(ford, bridge, etc.), or place of 
crossing. 

διαβατέος, -a, -ον (verbal of διαβαίνω), 
that must be crossed. 

SiaBarés, -ἦ, -dv (verbal from 
διαβαίνω), crossable, fordable. 

διαβεβηκότας, see διαβαίνω. 

διαβιβάζω (βιβάζω, βιβάσω, or βιβῶ, 
etc., make go), make go across, 
transport across. 

διαβολή, -7s, ἡ (διαβάλλω), slander, 
calumny, false charges. 

διαγγέλλω (ἀγγέλλω), bear word 
through, report, pass the word. 

διαγελάω (γελάω), laugh to scorn. 

Staylyvopar (γίγνομαι), get through, 
pass (of time), continue, live, 
exist. 

StayxvAdopar, perf. διηγκύλωμαι (cf. 
ἐναγκυλάω), hold the javelin by 
the thong, ready for casting. 

διάγω (dyw), carry through, or 
across, transport; of time, 
spend, live; with partic., ἐλπίδας 
λέγων διῆγε, kept constantly talk- 
ing of his hopes, I, 2, 11. 

διαγωνίζομαι (ἀγωνίζομαι), strive 
earnestly, vie with (πρὸς). 

διαδέχομαι (δέχομαι), receive at in- 
tervals or in succession; εἰ μὴ 
θηρῷεν διαδεχόμενοι, if they did 
not relieve one another in the 
chase, I, 5, 2. 

διαδίδωμι (δίδωμι), distribute. 

διάδοχος, -ov, ὁ (διαδέχομαι), suc- 
cessor. 

διαζεύγνυμι (ζεύγνυμι), separate. 

διαθεάομαι (θεάομαι), look through, 
observe, consider. 

διαιθριάζω (aldpla, clear sky), be 
clearing up (of weather). 

διαιρέω (alpéw), tear apart, destroy. 


διάκειμαι (κεῖμαι), be disposed, feel; 
ἄμεινον ὑμῖν διακείσεται, it will be 
better for you, VII, 3, 17. 
διακελεύομαι (κελεύω), urge On, en- 
courage. 
διακινδυνεύω (κινδυνεύω), venture all, 
risk a battle. 
διακλάω (κλάω, break; cf. Eng. 
iconoclast), break in two, or in 
pieces. 
Staxovéw (διάκονος, servant, Eng. 
deacon), serve at table. 
διακόπτω (κόπτω), cut through, cut 
in pieces. 
διακόσιοι -αι, -a (δύο- -ἑκατόν), two 
hundred. 
διακρίνω (κρίνω), discern between, 
decide. 
διαλαγχάνω (λαγχάνω), distribute 
by lot. 
διαλαμβάνω (λαμβάνω), take sepa- 
rately, IV, 1, 23; divide, V, 3, 4. 
διαλέγομαι, διαλέξομαι, διείλεγμαι, 
διελέχθην (λέγω), talk with, con- 
verse with, dat.; discuss. 
διαλείπω (λείπω), leave a space be- 
tween, be stationed at intervals, 
stand apart; τὸ διαλεῖπον, space 
between, gap, interval, IV, 8, 13. 
διαμάχομαι (μάχομαι), fight it out. 
διαμένω (μένω), stay through to the 
end, remain. 
διαμετρέω (uerpéw), measure out; 
mid., serve out rations. 
διαμπερές, adv. (d:d-+- y wep), straight 
through. 
διανέμω (νέμω), divide or distribute 
among. 
διανοέομαι (did-+-vods), intend, pur- 
pose, mean. 
Siavora, -as, ἡ (did-+-vois), purpose, 
intention. 
διαπέμπω (πέμπω), send in different 
directions, distribute. 
διαπλέω (πλέω), sail across. 








80 Anabasis 





διαπολεμέω (πολεμέω), war or fight 
to the end, fight it out. 
διαπορεύω (πορεύω), carry across; 
mid., march through. 
διαπορέω (ἀπορέω), be utterly at a 
loss. 
διαπράττω (πράττω), work out, ac- 
complish, settle, arrange, nego- 
tiate, act. or mid. 
διαρπάζω (ἁρπάζω), lay waste, sack, 
plunder, stronger than the 
simple vb. 
Stappéw (ῥέω), flow through. 
Stappirre and διαρριπτέω (ῥίπτω), 
throw about, scatter. 
διάρριψις, -ews, ἡ (διαρρίπτω), a scat- 
tering around. 
διασημαίνω (σημαίνω, indicate 
clearly, announce. 
διασκηνέω (σκη; ἐω), encamp apart, 
go into separate quarters. 
διασκηνητέον (verbal of διασκηνέω), 
one must encamp apart. 
διασκηνόω (σκηνόω), encamp or be 
encamped apart. 
διασπάω (ordw), draw apart, in the 
Anabasis only pass., be scattered, 
dispersed. 
διασπείρω (σπείρω), scatter about 
(as seed); in the Anabasis only of 
soldiers, be scattered, dispersed. 
διασφενδονάω (σφενδονάω), hurl in 
all directions (as from a sling). 
Sidoyxy, see διέχω. 
διασῴζω (σῴζω), bring through 
safely, save, preserve; pass., 
come through safely, arrive 
safely at (πρός). 
διατάττω (τάττω), draw up in 
array; pass., be stationed at 
intervals. 
διατείνω (relvw), stretch out; mid., 
do one’s utmost. 
διατελέω (τελέω), bring to an end, 
complete; with or without ὁδόν, 


reach, arrive at; with partic., 
continue to do. 
διατήκω (τήκω), melt; pass., intrans., 
melt away. 
διατίθημι (τίθημι), arrange, manage, 
dispose, treat; mid., dispose of 
one’s own, sell. 
διατρέφω (τρέφω), nourish, support. 
διατριβή, -ῆς, ἡ (διατρίβω), delay. 
διατρίβω (τρίβω, τρίψω, ἔτριψα, οἴο., 
rub), rub through, waste, spend, 
of time; abs. waste time, de- 
lay. 
διαφαίνω (φαίνω), show through, 
pass., shine or be seen through; 
impers. διεφάνη, light shone 
through, VII, 8, 14. 
διαφανῶς, adv. (φαίνω), clearly, 
plainly. 
διαφερόντως, adv. (from partic. 
διαφέρων), pre-eminently, 
διαφέρω (φέρω), bear through or 
apart; intrans., differ, be dif- 
ferent from, surpass (gen.); 
mid., be at variance, quarrel; 
πολὺ διέφερεν, it was a very dif- 
ferent thing, III, 4, 33. 
διαφεύγω (φεύγω), slip through, es- 
cape. 
διαφθείρω (φθείρω), destroy or cor- 
rupt utterly, bribe, spoil. 
διάφορος, -ον (διαφέρω), different, 
esp. at variance with; τὸ διάφο- 
por, disagreement. 
διαφυή, -ἢς, ἡ (διά- φύω), a growth 
between, division. 
διαχειμάζω, -dow, etc. (χεῖμα, winter ; 
cf. χιών), spend the winter. 
διαχειρίζω (xepliw, handle), man- 
age, administer. 
διαχωρέω (χωρέω), go through; κάτω 
διεχώρει αὐτοῖς, they suffered from 
diarrhoea, IV, 8, 20. 
διδάσκαλος, -ov, ὁ (διδάσκω), teacher, 
schoolmaster. 








Vocabulary 31 





διδάσκω, διδάξω, ἐδίδαξα, etc., teach, 
show, infurm; pass., learn. 

δίδημι, 3 pers. pl. διδέασι (epic for 
δέω), bind, tie up. 

δίδωμι, δώσω, ἔδωκα, δέδωκα, δέδομαι, 
ἐδόθην (cf. Lat. do), give (in pres. 
and imperf. sometimes, offer), 
grant, permit, bestow, pay ; give 
to wife; of the gods, ordain; 
so the pass. δέδοται, it 18 or- 
dained, is permitted, VI, 6, 36; 
δίκην διδόναι, etc., pay the pen- 
alty, II, 6,21. The partic. δούς 
may sometimes be rendered with 
(cf. ἔχων and λαβών), IV, 4, 15. 

διείργω (elpyw), keep apart, cut off. 

διελαύνω (ἐλαύνω), drive, ride or 
march through. 

διελόντες; See διαιρέω. 

διέρχομαι (ἔρχομαι), go or march 
through, traverse; of a rumor, 
spread abroad. 

διεσπάρθαι, see διασπείρω. 

διέχω (ἔχω), hold apart, separate; 
τὸ διέχον, the space between, in- 
terval, ITI, 4, 22; intr., be apart 
or separate, I, 8, 17. 

διηγέομαι (ἡγέομαι), set out in detail, 
tell. 

διηγκυλωμένους, see διαγκυλόομαι. 

διήλασε, See διελαύνω. 

διίημι (immu), send through, let go 
through, grant a passage. 

διίστημι (lornu), set apart; mid. 
and 2 aor. act. intr., stand apart, 
stand at intervals, open ranks. 

δίκαιος, -a, -ον (δίκη), fair, right, 
just, lawful; δίκαιον (ἐστι), with 
acc. and infin., it is right that, 
II, 5, 41; so in pers. constr., 
δικαιοτάτους, most deserving (to 
be invited), V1, 1, 3; τὸ δίκαιον, 
justice, in pl., one’s rights, one’s 
deserts, V, 1, 15; ἐκ τοῦ δικαίου, 
justly, 1, 9,19; so σὺν τῶ δικαίῳ, 


II, 6, 18; παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον, un- 
justly, V, 8, 17. 
δικαιοσύνη, -ης, ἡ (δίκαιος), justice. 
δικαιότης, -ητος, ἡ (δίκαιος), justice. 
δικαίως, adv. (δέκαιος), justly, 
rightly, fitly. 
δικαστής, -00, ὁ (δικάζω, judge, from 
δίκη), judge, juryman. 
δίκη, -ns, ἡ (δείκνυμι), Justice, right, 
one’s deserts, satisfaction (to 
one wronged), penalty (for the 
wrongdoer), reckoning, trial; 
ἔχει τὴν δίκην, has his deserts, 
II, 5, 38, but ἱκανὴν νομίζω δίκην 
ἔχειν, I consider that I am 
abundantly satisfied, VII, 4, 24; 
δίκην ἐπιθεῖναι or λαβεῖν, inflict 
punishment; δίκην δοῦναι, pay 
the penalty; so δίκην ὑπέχειν, 
VI, 6,15; but in V, 8,1, render 
account. 
Siporpla, -as, ἡ (St0-+-potpa, portion), 
double share or portion. 
Sivéw (δίνη, whirlpool), whirl 
around; mid. intrans., VI, 1, 9. 
διό (ἱ. 6. δι᾽ 8), on account of which, 
wherefore. 
δίοδος, -ov, ἡ (d:4-+ ὁδός), way 
through, passage. 
Stopdw (dpdw), see through. 
διορύττω (ὀρύττω), dig through. 
διότι (δι᾽ ὅτι), on account of which, 
because. 
δίπηχυς, -v (δύο-[-πῆχυΞ), two cubits 
lung. 
διπλάσιος, -a, -ov (διπλάζω, double, 
from dvo+ ν᾽ ria), twofold, twice 
as great, as much, as many 
etc.; δίπλασιον, as adv., twice as 
far. 
δίπλεθρος, -ov (Svo-+-mrA¢Opov), of two 
plethra; with edpos, two plethra 
wide, IV, 3, 1. 
διπλοῦς, -7, -οῦν (δύο-!- ν πλα), two- 
fold, double. 





82 Anabasis 





δίς, numeral adv. (δύο), twice ; in the 
Anabasis only in composition. 
δισχίλιοι, -at, -α (dt0-+ χίλιοι), two 
thousand. 
διφθέρα, -as, ἡ (ef. Eng. diphtheria), 
a tanned skin or hide; hence, a 
leathern bag, V, 2, 12. 
διφθέρινος, -η, -ov (διφθέρα), made of 
hide, or leather. 
δίφρος, -ov, ὁ (dt0-+-épw), lit., hold- 
ing two; the body (of a chariot) 
on which the driver and the 
warrior stood. 
δίχα, adv. (δύο), in two parts. 
διψάω (δίψα, thirst), be thirsty. 
διωκτέον (verbal of διώκω), one must 
pursue. 
διώκω, διώξω (or -ομαι), ἐδίωξα, de- 
δίωχα, pursue, chase; intr. 
speed, make haste. 
δίωξις, -ews, ἡ (διώκω), pursuit. 
διῶρυξ, -vxos, ἡ (διορύττω), ditch, 
canal. 
δόγμα, -aros, τό (δοκέω), what seems 
good, opinion, decree, ordinance. 
δοθῆναι, see δίδωμι. 
δοκέω, δόξω, ἔδοξα, δέδογμαι, ἐδόχθην 
(cf. Lat. decet), think, consider, 
suppose, an uncommon use in 
Attic, though not rare in the 
Anabasis, I, 7,1; far more com- 
monly intrans., seem, appear; 
also, seem good, hence be deter- 
mined, resolved; in this use it 
is either pers. or impers.; μοι 
δοκῶ, methinks, I, 7, 4; ἔδοξε 
ταῦτα, this was decided on, I, 3, 
20; ef. τὰ δόξαντα τῇ στρατιᾷ, 
ἐδια., τὸ δόξαν, the resolution, VI, 
1, 18; so τὰ δεδογμένα, III, 2, 39; 
δόξαν δὲ ταῦτα, when this was 
resolved on (acc. abs.), IV, 1, 
13 n, 
δοκιμάζω, δοκιμάσω (δοκέω), test, ap- 
prove. 


δόλιχος, -ov, ὁ (δολιχός, long), long 
race or course, as contrasted 
with the στάδιον. Its length 
varied, IV, 8, 27n. 

Δόλοπες, -ων, οἱ, Dolopians, a Thes- 
salian people. 

δόλος, -ov, ὁ (cf. Lat., dolus, deceit), 
deceit, guile. 

δόξα, -ης, ἡ (δοκέω), opinion, expecta- 
tion, reputation, glory; παρὰ 
τὴν δόξαν, contrary to his ex- 
pectations, II, 1, 18. 

δοράτιον, -ov, τό(δόρυ), small spear; in 
VI, 4, 23, pole (for carrying booty). 

δορκάς, -ddos, ἡ (δέρκομαι, see), gazelle 
(so named from its large bright 
eyes). 

δορπηστός, -οὔ, ὁ (δόρπον, evening 
meal), supper time. 

δόρυ, -aros, τό (akin to δρῦς, oak, 
Eng. tree), stem (of a sapling), 
then spear-shaft, spear; ἐπὶ δόρυ; 
to the right, TV, 3, 29; (τὰ δόρατα) 
els προβολὴν καθέντας, lowering 
their spears for the charge, VI, 
5, 25; ef. 27. 

δορυφόρος, -ου, ὁ (δόρυ-- φέρω), spear 
bearer; in the Anabasis, pole- 
bearer (i. 6. for carrying booty), 
V, 2, 4; ef. δοράτιον. 

δουλεία, -as, ἡ (δοῦλος), slavery, servi- 
tude. 

δουλεύω, δουλεύσω, etc. (δοῦλος), be a 
slave. 

δοῦλος, -ov, ὁ, slave, lit, and as a 
term applied to all subjects of 
the Persian king. 

δοῦναι, see δίδωμι, 

δουπέω, aor., ἐδούπησα (δοῦπος), make 
a dull sound or din, strike 
heavily. 

δοῦπος, -ov, ὁ, dull noise, din, up- 
roar, a poetic word, II, 2, 19. 

Apaxévrios, -ov, ὁ, Dracontius, a 
Spartan exile in the Greek army. 














Vocabulary 33 





Spdpor, δραμοῦνται, see τρέχω. 
δρεπανηφόρος, -ov (δρέπανον- -φέρω), 
scythe-bearing, epithet οὗ char- 
iots. 
δρέπανον, -ov, τό (Spérw, pluck), reap- 
ing hook, sickle, scythe. 
Aptian, -ῶν, ol, the Drilae, a warlike 
tribe in Pontus. 
δρόμος, -ov, ὁ (cf. ἔδραμον), a run- 
ning, run; δρόμῳ θεῖν (ὁρμᾶν» 
φεύγειν), to run αἱ double-quick, 
I, 8, 18; α race-course, IV, 8 
26. 
δύναμαι, δυνήσομαι, δεδύνημαι, ἐδυνήθην, 
be able, abs., or with infin., can; 
very often with relative words 
and superlatives, 6. 95. ws μάλιστα 
ἐδύνατο ἐπικρυπτόμενος, with all 
possible secrecy, 1,1, 6; of things, 
be worth, amount to, I, 5, 6; οἱ 
μέγιστα δυνάμενοι, the most power- 
ful, II, 6, 21. 
δύναμις, -ews, ἡ (δύναμαι), ability, 
means, power, influence; most 
frequently, force or forces, 
troops; els ye δύναμιν, as far as 
our power goes, II, 3, 23. 
δυνάστης, -ov, ὁ (δύναμαι), a man of 
influence, nobleman, prince. 
δυνατός, -7, -ὁν (δύναμαι), able, power- 
ful; possible, practicable; ὡς 
δυνατόν, as far as possible, IT, 6, 
8; ἐκ τῶν δυνατῶν, as far as their 
power went, IV, 2, 23. 
δύνω, only in pres. system, of the 
sun, enter the sea, set, cf. δύω. 
δύο, -οὖν (Lat. duo, Eng. two), two, 
generally indecl. although the 
gen. δυοῖν occurs; εἰς δύο, two 
abreast, II, 4, 26. 
δυσ- (Eng. dys-peptic, ete.), an in- 
separable prefix signifying hard, 
with difficulty. 
δύσβατος, -ον (Svc-+-Balvw), hard to 
travel or traverse. 


Svopal, -ὥν, αἱ (δύω), going dowm 
setting (of the sun), only pl. 

δυσπάριτος, -ov (δυσ- -ἰ- πάρειμι), hard 
to pass. 

δυσπόρευτος, -ov (Svc--+-mopebw), hard 
to pass through, I, 5, 7. 

δυσπορία, -as, ἡ (dvc--+- ¥ wep), diffi- 
culty of passing or crossing. 

δύσπορος, -ov (Svc--+- ἡ rep), hard to 
travel, hard to cross (of roads, 
rivers, etc.). 

δύσχρηστος, -ov (δυσ- -ἰ- χρηστός, ver- 
bal οὗ χράομαι), hard to use, use- 
less. 

Svoxwpla, -as, ἡ (δυσ-- χώρα), rug- 
gedness of country, rough 
country. 

δύω, δύσω, etc., 2 aor., ἔδυν, in the 
Anabasis only in pres. and impf. 
mid. and always of the sun, enter 
the sea, set; cf. δύνω. 

54, see δίδωμι, 

δώδεκα, indecl. (Sto+-déxa), twelve. 

Swpéopar, δωρήσομαι (δῶρον), give as 
a present, present someone (dat.) 
with (acc.). 

Swpodoxéw, δωροδοκήσω, etc. (δῶρον-Ἰ- 
δέχομαι), receive presents or 
bribes. 

δῶρον, -ov, τό (δίδωμι), present, gift. 

Sao, see δίδωμι. 


E 


ἐᾷ, see édw. 

ἑάλω, see ἁλίσκομαι. 

ἐάν, also ἤν or ἄν, (in crasis κἄν:Ξξ καὶ 
ἐάν), conj. (εἰ--ἄν), if, if per- 
chance, only with subj.; ἐὰν μή, 
unless, I, 4,12; ἄν re... ἄν Te, 
be it... or be tt, whether... 
or, V. 5. 16. 

ἐάνπερ or ἤνπερ, Conj., strengthened 
form of ἐάν, if. 

ἑαυτοῦ, -ἢς, -od, or, contracted, αὑτοῦ, 
etc., reflexive pron. (stem é+ 





84 Anabasis 





αὐτός), himself, herself, itself 
only in oblique cases. The gen. 
often takes the place of a pos- 
Sess. pron., his own, their own. 

fam, εἴων, ἐάσω, εἴασα, elaxa, efc., 
allow, permit, let go, let alone, 
give up; with neg., forbid; ἐᾶν 
χαίρειν; see χαίρω. 

ἑβδομήκοντα (ἑπτά), seventy. 

ἕβδομος, -η, -ov (ἑπτά), seventh. 

éy-, by euphony for ἐν before 
palatals. 

ἐγγίγνομαι (γέγνομαι), be born in, 
arise in. 

éyyvaw, ἠγγύησα, etc. (ξγγύη, pledge), 
pledge; mid. promise. 

ἐγγύθεν, adv. (ἐγγύς), from close at 
hand. 

ἐγγύς, adv., comp. ἐγγύτερον, sup. 
ἐγγυτάτω or ἐγγύτατα, near, abs. 
or with gen. 

ἐγείρω, ἐγερῶ, ἤγειρα, ἔγρήγορα, rouse ; 
in 2 perf. intrans., lie awake, 
keep watch. 

ἐγκαλέω (καλέω), call in, claim, de- 
mand; call up against, blame, 
accuse (dat.). 

ἐγκαλύπτω (καλύπτω, καλύψω, éxd- 
λυψα, κεκάλυμμαι, cover), cover; 
mid., wrap oneself up. 

ἔγκειμαι (κεῖμαι), lie in, be in. 

ἐγκέλευστος, -ov (év-+-xehebw), bidden 
or instigated by (ὑπό). 

ἐγκέφαλος, -ον, ὁ (properly an adj., 
sc. μυελός, marrow, from év+ 
κεφαλή), the brain; of the palm, 
the crown (a Cabbage-like growth 
at the top), or possibly the pith, 
IT, 3, 16. 

ἐγκρατής, -es (év-+-xpdros), possessed 
of, master of. 

ἐγρηγόρεσαν, see ἐγείρω. 

ἐγχαλινόω (χαλινόω), put on a bri- 
dle; perf. pass. partic. éyxexa- 
λινωμένοι, bridled (of horses). 


ἐγχειρέω, ἐγχειρήσω, ἐνεχείρησα (év+- 
χείρ), put one’s hand to, muke 
an attempt. 

ἐγχειρίδιον, -ov, τό (év-+-xelp), dagger. 

ἐγχειρίζω, ἐγχειριοῦμαι, etc. (ἐν-Ἐ- χείρ), 
put into one’s hand, entrust. 

ἐγχέω (xéw, xed, ἔχεα, pour; cf. 
Eng. gush), pour in, fill a cup 
especially for libations. 

ἐγώ, ἐμοῦ or μοῦ, pl. ἡμεῖς, pers. pron. 
(Lat. ego, me, Eng. I, me), J, pl. 
we, the nom. used only when 
emphatic. 

ἔγωγε (ἐγώ- γε), I for my part, I 
certainly. 

ἐδεδοίκεσαν, see δείδω. 

ἔδει, see δέω, lack. 

ἔδεισαν, 566 δείδω. 

ἐδηδοκότες, seo ἐσθίω. 

ἕδραμον, etc., see τρέχω. 

ἔδωκα, 566 δίδωμι. 

ἔζη, ἔζων, see ξάω. 

ἐθελοντής, -οὔ, ὁ (ἐθέλω), volunteer; 
οἱ ἐθελονταὶ φίλοι, those who are 
Sriends of their own choosing, 
I, 6, 9. 

ἐθελούσιος, -a, -ον (ἐθέλω), willing, 
voluntary, of one’s own accord. 

ἐθέλω (rarely θέλω), ἐθελήσω, ἠθέλησα, 
ἠθέληκα, Wish, be willing, volun- 
teer. As contrasted with βούλο- 
μαι, ἐθέλω often means be willing, 
rather than wish; it is a more 
poetic word, and belongs to a 
higher sphere (ἂν of θεοὶ θέλωσι, 
VII, 3,31; cf.43). Forms of θέλω 
(after consonants as well as 
vowels) are commoner in the 
Anabasis than in most prose 
writings. 

ἔθετο, ἔθηκε, see τίθημι. 

ἔθνος, -ους, τό, tribe, people, nation; 
κατὰ ἔθνη (ἔθνος), see κατά, 

el, conj., ¢f, introducing condi- 
tional clauses witl indic. or 





Vocabulary 35 





opt.; also used to introduce 
indir. ques., whether; el... q, 
whether ...or, II,3,7; εἰ καί, 
or καὶ el, although, even if; εἰ 
μή, if not, after a neg., unless, 
I, 4,18; εἰ δὲ μή, otherwise, 11, 
2,1n.; so ef ΔΕ ITI, 2, 37n.; ν᾿ 
ris, εἴτι are Often equivalent to 
ὅστις and ὅτι. 

εἴα, εἴασε, see ἐάω. 

εἰδέναι, εἰδῆτε, 566 οἶδα. 

εἶδον (cf. Lat, video, Eng. wit, wot), 
used as 2 aor. of ὁράω, see, look, 
perceive. 

εἶδος, -ous, τό (εἶδον), shape, appear- 
ance. 

εἰδότες, see οἶδα. 

εἰκάζω, εἰκάσω, ἥκασα, ἤκασμαι, εἰκά- 
σθην (ἔοικα, εἰκός), liken, compare, 
infer, suppose; perf. pass., re- 
semble. 

εἰκός, -ότος, neut. partic. of ἔοικα, 
natural, probable, reasonable, 
with or without ἐστί and fol- 
lowed by acc. and infin.; εἰκότα 
λέγειν, say what is reasonable, 
II, 3,6; ὡς εἰκός or ὡς τὸ εἰκός, as 
is likely, in all probability, 111, 
1, 21; ITT, 4, 24. 

εἴκοσι, indecl., twenty. 

εἰκότως, adv. (εἰκός), naturally, with 
good reason. 

εἴληφε, εἰλήφει, see λαμβάνω. 

εἰλήχει, See λαγχάνω. 

εἷλκον, see ἕλκω. 

εἱλόμην, εἷλον, efc., see αἱρέω. 

εἰμί, ἢν, ἔσομαι (for ἐσμί, old Lat. 
esum, Eng. am), be, either as the 
substantive vb., be, exist, or as 
a mere copula; with pred. gen. 
in various senses, be sprung 
from, belong to, consist of, etc.; 
often with dat. of possessor; 
with rel. words, ἔστι δ᾽ ὅστις, 
there is one who, i.e., somebody, 


I, 8, 20; ἔστιν (ἦσαν) of, some, V, 
2,14; similarly ἣν οὕς, I, 5,7 η.: 
ἔσθ᾽ ὅτε, sometimes, II, 6,9; οὐκ 
ἣν ὅπου ob, everywhere, IV, 5, 31; 
τὰ ὄντα, fucts, IV, 4, 15 (but pos- 
sessions, VII, 8, 22); τῷ ὄντι, in 
fact, V, 4, 20; impers. ἔστιν (ἢν), 
it is (was) possible, I, 4,4; some- 
times with partic., as a peri- 
phrastic vb. form, ἣν δυναμένηε 
ἐδύνατο, II, 2, 13n.; in infin. 
phrases, τὸ viv εἶναι, for the 
present, III, 2, 37; τὸ κατὰ τοῦτο: 
εἶναι, as far as this fellow is 
concerned, I, 6, 9. 

εἶμι, impf. ἦα (cf. Lat. eo, ire), go, 
come, proceed. The pres. indic. 
has always a fut. sense and so 
the infin. and partic. when in 
indir. disc., I, 3, 1; imv. ἔθι, in 
exhortations, come now, like ἄγε, 
VII, 2, 26; VII, 7,27; εἰς χεῖρας 
ἱέναι, come to close quarters, IV, 
7, 15; but els χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν τινι, 
come into one’s power, I, 2, 26. 

εἶπας, εἴπατε; see εἶπον, 

εἴπερ (εἰ-᾿- πέρ), if in fact, if really; 
inasmuch as, V1, 1, 26. 

εἵπετο, see ἕπομαι. 

εἶπον, only 2 aor.; the pres. in use 
is λέγω, fut. ἐρῶ, perf. εἴρηκα, ete. 
(cf. ἔπος, word, verse; Lat. voco; 
Eng. epic), say, speak, tell; with 
infin., bid, command, move, pro- 
pose. In 2 pers. forms with 1 
aor. vowel occur, εἶπας, II, 5, 23; 
εἴπατε, imv., II, 1, 21. 

elpyw, elptw, elpta, elpyuar, εἴρχθην, 
shut out, keep away (ἐκ or ἀπό 
with gen.), VI, 3, 8; fut. mid. as 
pass., VI, 6, 16; prevent, hin- 
der, ὥστε μή, III, 3,16; shut in, 
hem in, III, 1, 12. 

εἴρηκα, εἴρημαι, see elpw. 

εἰρήνη; -ης, 7, peace. 





86 Anabasis 





εἴρητο, see elpw. 
elpw, epic vb. of which fut. ἐρῶ, 


perf. εἴρηκα and εἴρημαι, and aor- 


pass. ἐρρήθην, are used in Attic, 
supplementing the forms of λέγω 
and φημί, say, mention; also, 
tell, order, in impers. pass., III, 
4, 3. 

els (also és, orig. év-s), prep. with 
the acc. only, into, to, up to; of 
place, after vbs. of motion; some- 
times the motion is only implied, 
II, 5, 33; of persons (in the pl.), 
especially common with the 
names of peoples, és Πισίδας, into 
the country of the Pisidians, 
I, 1, 11, ete.; εἰς rods πολεμίους, 
against the enemy,stronger than 
érl, IV, 5, 18; after a vb. of 
speaking, εἰς τὴν στρατιάν, V, 6, 
37; of direction or purpose, εἰς 
τὴν τροφήν, I, 1,9; after a vb. of 
expending, I, 3, 3; of measure, 
εἰς δύναμιν, to the extent of our 
power, II, 3, 23; with numerals, 
up to, about, I, 2,3; of time, up 
to, at, I, 7,1; II, 3,25; es τὴν 
νύκτα, for the night, IV, 5, 13; 
els δύο, two abreast, II, 4, 26; els 
ὀκτώ, eight deep, VII, 1,23. In 
composition εἰσ- signifies into, in. 

εἷς, μία, ἕν, gen. évds, μιᾶς, évds, 
numeral adj., one; sometimes 
as indef. pron. like τις, I, 3, 14; 
combined with τις, II, 1,19; so 
εἷς ἕκαστος, VI, 6, 12; ἕνα μὴ, 
stronger than μηδένα, no one, 
V, 6, 12; often in intensive 
phrases, I, 9, 12n.; I, 9, 22. 

εἰσάγω (ἄγω), lead or bring in or 
into. 

εἰσακοντίζω (ἀκοντίζω), hurl in 
javelins. 

ele Baive (Salvw),enter, go on board, 
embark. 


εἰσβάλλω (βάλλω), throw into; intr., 
invade; of rivers, empty into. 

εἰσβιβάζω (βιβάζω, BiBdow or βιβῶ, 
-εβίβασα, make go), cause to em- 
bark, put on board. 

εἰσβολή, -ῆς, ἡ (εἰσβάλλω), invasion, 
Υ, 6, 1; entrance, pass, I, 2, 21, 

εἰσδύομαι (δύω), enter into, sink or 
cut into. 

elo éSpapov, see εἰστρέχω. 

εἴσειμι (εἶμι), go in, enter, come into 
the presence of; of thoughts, 
occur to, VI, 1, 17. 

εἰσελαύνω (ἐλαύνω), march into. 

εἰσελθεῖν, See εἰσέρχομαι. 

εἰσέρχομαι (ἔρχομαι), come in, ente” 

εἴσεται, see οἶδα, 

εἴσοδος, -ov, ἡ (εἰς--ὁδός), way in, 
entrance. 

εἰσπηδάω (πηδάω, πηδήσομαι, ἐπήδησα, 
leap), leap or spring into. 

εἰσπίπτω (πίπτω), fall into, rush 
into, fall upon. 

εἰσπλέω (πλέω), sail into. 

εἱστήκει, see ἵστημι. 

εἰστρέχω (τρέχω), run or rush in. 

εἰσφέρω (φέρω), bear or carry in. 

ela opéw (popéw), bear or carry into. 

εἴσω (εἰς), within, inside of. 

εἰσωθέω (ὠθέω), thrust in; mid., 
force one’s way in. 

εἶτα, adv., then, thereupon, after- 
wards. 

εἴτε, conj. (εἰ-Ετέ), doubled in dis- 
junctive clauses, whether . . . or. 

εἶχε, see ἔχω. 

εἴωθα, 2 perf. as pres., and εἰώθη, 
2 plpf. as impf., of epic vb. ἔθω, 
be accustomed (cf. ἔθος, τό, cus- 
tom, ἦθος, τό, character, Eng. 
ethic), be accustomed, be wont, 
with infin., VII, 8, 4. 

εἴων, see édw. 

ἐκ (before vowels ἐξ), prep. with the 
gen. (cf. Lat. e, ex); (1) of place, 











Vocabulary 37 





out of, from, away from; ac- 
cording to Greek idiom often 
used where Eng. requires in or 
on, ἐξ ἀριστερᾶς, on the left, IV, 
8, 2; (2) of time, since, after, de- 
noting immediate sequence, ἐκ 
τούτου, upon this, thereupon, I, 
2,17; ἐκ τοῦ ἀρίστου, after break- 
fast, IV, 6,21; ἐκ παίδων, from 
boyhood, IV, 6, 14; (3) of source, 
ἐκ τούτου, therefore, in conse- 
quence of this, 11, 6,4; τὸν ἐκ τῶν 
Ἑλλήνων φόβον, the fear inspired 
by the Greeks, I, 2,18; of the 
agent with pass. vbs., much rarer 
than ὑπό, ἐκ βασιλέως δεδομέναι» 
1,1,6; ἐκ τῶν παρόντων, in view 
of our present circumstances, 
ITI, 2,3; ἐκ τῆς νικώσης (86. γνώμης)» 
in accordance with a majority 
vote, VI, 1, 18; often forming 
adv. phrases, ἐκ τοῦ αὐτομάτου, of 
their own accord, I, 3,13; ἐκ τοῦ 
δικαίου, justly, 1, 9,19; ἐκ παντὸς 
τρόπου, in every way, by hook 
or crook, III, 1, 48; ἐξ ἀπροσ- 
δοκήτου, uneapectedly, IV, 1, 10; 
ἐκ τῶν δυνατῶν, as well as they 
could, IV, 2, 23, ete. 

ἑκασταχόσε, adv. (ἕκαστος), in every 
direction, III, 5, 17. 

ἕκαστος, -7, -ov (sup. form; cf. 
ἑκάτερος), each, every, used of 
more than two; the sing. often 
stands in appos. to a pl., I, 7, 15. 

ἑκάστοτε, adv. (ἕκαστος), on each 
occasion, always. 

ἑκάτερος, -a, -ον (comp. form; ¢f. 
ἕκαστος), each of two in the pl., 
both; καθ᾽ ἑκάτερα, on both sides, 
¥, 8 7. 

ἑκατέρωθεν, adv. (ἑκάτερος), on both 
sides. 

ἑκατέρωσε, adv. (ἑκάτερος), in both 
directions. 


ἑκατόν, indecl. (cf. Lat. centwm), 
one hundred. 

‘Exarévupos, -ov, ὁ, Hecatonymus, 
an envoy from Sindpe. 

ἐκβαίνω (βαίνω), step out, esp., dis- 
embark; go forth, march out, 
IV, 2, 1. 

ἐκβάλλω (βάλλω), throw away, drive 
out, expel, banish. 

ἔκβασις, -ews, ἡ (€x-+falyw), a going 
out, way out, pass. 

Ἐκβάτανα, τά, Ecbatana, capital 
of Media, and summer residence 
of the Persian king. 

ἐκβοηθέω (βοηθέω), come forth to the 
rescue. 

ἔκγονος, -ov (éx-+- γεν), born of; ol 
ἔκγονοι, descendants, III, 2, 14; 
of animals, τὰ ἔκγονα, young, 
IV, 5, 25. 

ἐκδεδράμηκα, see ἐκτρέχω. 

ἐκδέρω (δέρω, δερῶ, ἔδειρα, δέδαρμαι, 
ἐδάρην, flay, cf. Eng. tear), strip 
off the skin, flay. 

ἐκδίδωμι (δίδωμι), give up, sur- 
render; give away in marriage, 
IV, 1, 24. 

ἐκδραμεῖν, see éxrpéxw. 

ἐκδύω (δύω), strip off; mid. and 
2 aor. act., strip oneself, IV, 
3, 12. 

ἐκεῖ, adv., there, in that place, 
thither. 

ἐκεῖθεν, adv. (ἐκεῖ), thence. 

ἐκεῖνος, -7, -o, dem. pron. (ἐκεῖ), that, 
that one, he, of a person or thing 
remote from the speaker, οἵ. 
Lat. ille; sometimes merely an 
emphatic third pers. pron. 

ἐκεῖσε, adv. (ἐκεῖ), to that place, 
thither. 

ἐκέκτησο, see κτάομαι. 

ἐκήρυξε, ἐκηρύχθη, 566 κηρύττω. 

ἐκθλίβω (θλίβω, θλίψω, etc., squeeze), 
squeeze out, crowd out. 





38 Anabasis 





ἐκκαλύπτω (καλύπτω, καλύψω, éxd- 
λυψα, κεκάλυμμαι, ἐκαλύφθην), un- 
cover. 

ἐκκλησία, -as, ἡ (éx-+-Karéw; cf. Eng. 
ecclesiastic), assembly, meeting. 

ἐκκλησιάζω, ἐκκλησιάσω, hold an 
assembly. 

ἐκκλίνω (κλίνω, bend), bend out of 
line, give way, of troops. 

ἐκκομίζω (κομέζω), carry off or out; 
of troops, bring off, VI, 6, 36; 
mid., carry off for one’s own 
use, V, 2, 19. 

ἐκκόπτω (κόπτω), cut off or away, 
cut down. 

ἐκκυβιστάω (κυβιστάω, tumble, ef. 
κύπτω, stoop), turn a somersault. 

ἐκκυμαίνω (κυμαίνω, swell, surge; 
κῦμα, wave), billow out, of the 
curving front of a charging line 
of troops. 

ἐκλέγω (ἐκ--λέγω, gather, pick, ef. 
συλλέγω), pick out, select, mid., 
choose. 

ἐκλείπω (λείπω), leave, abandon; 
with εἰς, leave one place for 
another, leave and flee to, I, 2, 
24; intrans., give out; of snow, 
melt away, IV, 5, 15. 

ἐκμηρύομαι (μηρύω, wind), wind out; 
of an army, defile, VI, 5, 22. 

ἐκπέμπω (πέμπω), send out, send 
away; mid. send away from 
oneself, dismiss, V, 2, 21. 

ἐκπεπληγμένος, ἐκπεπλῆχθαι, see éx- 
πλήττω. 

ἐκπεραίνω (περαίνω), bring to com- 
pletion, accomplish; with ὥστε, 
bring it about that, V, 1, 13. 

ἐκπηδάω (πηδάω, leap), leap forth. 

ἐκπίμπλημι (πίμπλημι), fill up. 

ἐκπίνω (ἐκ--πίνω), drink up, drain, 
πα. 

ἐκπίπτω (πίπτω), fall out; com- 
monly as pass. of ἐκβάλλω, be 


banished, exiled; οἱ ἐκπεπτω- 
κότες, the exiles, I,1,7; of violent 
motion, rush or hurry out, V, 
2,17; cf. V, 2, 31; be cast away, 
shipwrecked, VI, 4, 2. 

ἐκπλαγείς, see ἐκπλήττω. 

ἐκπλέω (πλέω), sail forth or away. 

ἔκπλεως, -ων, gen. -w πίμπλημι), filled 
up, quite full. 

ἐκπλήττω, 2 aor. pass. ἐξεπλάγην 
(πλήττω), strike out (of one’s 
senses); pass. be amazed, 
startled, scared out of one’s wits. 

ἐκποδών, adv. (éx-+-rovs), out of the 
way; ἐκποδὼν ποιεῖσθαι, put out 
of the way, I, 6, 9. 

ἐκπορεύομαι (πορεύομαι), go forth, go 
out. 

ἐκπορίζω (πορίζω), provide, procure. 

ἔκπωμα, -aros, τό (ἐκπίνω), drinking- 
cup. 

ἐκταθείς, see ἐκτείνω, 

ἑκταῖος, -α, -ον (ἔξ), on the sixth day. 

ἐκτάττω (τάττω), draw out in battle 
array. 

ἐκτείνω (relvw), stretch out; éxradels, 
stretched out at full length (of 
a sleeper), V, 1, 2. 

ἐκτοξεύω (τοξεύω), shoot arrows from. 

ἐκτός, adv. (ἐξ), outside of, apart 
from. 

ἕκτος, -7, -ov (2), sixth. 

ἐκτρέπω (τρέπω), turn out; pass. and 
2 aor. mid. ἐτραπόμην, intrans., 
turn aside, IV, 5, 15. 

ἐκτρέφω (τρέφω), bring up, rear. 

ἐκτρέχω (τρέχω), run or rush forth, 
muke a sally. 

ἐκτῶντο, see κτάομαι. 

ἐκφαίνω (φαίνω), show forth, bring to 
light; of war, declare, III, 1, 16. 

ἐκφέρω (φέρω), bear out, carry out; 
with πόλεμον, begin, ITI, 2, 29; of 
news, éetc., report, announce, 
I, 9, 11. 








Vocabulary 





ἐκφεύγω (φεύγω), flee out of, flee 
away, escape; with μή and 
infin., I, 3, 2. 

indy, -οῦσα, -ὁν, willing, of one’s 
own choice; often best rendered 
as adv., willingly. 

ἐλάα, or ἐλαία, -as, ἡ, olive tree, 
olive. 

ἔλαβον, see λαμβάνω. 

ἔλαιον, -ov, τό (ἐλάα), olive oil, oil. 

ἐλάττων, -ov, gen. -ovos (ἐλαχύς, 
small; cf. Lat. levis, Eng. light), 
used as comp. of μικρός, smaller, 
less, in pl., fewer; ἔλαττόν ἐστι, 
with infin., ἐξ is a lesser thing to, 
i.e., it is easier to, VII, 7, 35. 

ative (ἐλῶ, ἤλασα, ἐλήλακα, ἐλήλα- 
μαι, ἠλάθην), drive, ride, march, 
abs. or with acc. 

ἐλάφειος, -ο»ν (ἔλαφος), of or belong- 
ing to deer; τὰ ἐλάφεια (sc. κρέα) 
venison, I, 5, 2. 

ἔλαφος, -ov, ὁ, ἡ, deer, whether stag 
or hind. 

ἐλαφρός, ά, -ὁν, light, light-armed, 
nimble, active. 

ἐλαφρῶς, adv. (ἐλαφρός), lightly, 
nimbly. 

ἐλάχιστος, -7, -ov (cf. ἐλάττων), used 
as sup. of μικρός, least, smallest, 
in pl., fewest; τοὐλάχιστον, as 
adv., at least, V, 7, 8. 

ἐλέγχω (ἐλέγξω, ἤλεγξα, ἐλήλεγμαι, 
ἠλέγχθην), examine, question, 
refute, convict. 

ἑλεῖν, see aipéw. 

ἐλελίζω, ἠλέλιξα (ἐλελεῦ, imitative, a 
war cry), cry; ἐλελεῦ, raise the 
war cry; cf. ἀλαλάζω. 

ἑλέσθαι, see aipéw. 

ἐλευθερία, -as, ἡ (ἐλεύθερος), liberty, 
freedom. 

ἐλεύθερος, -a, -ov, free, independent. 

ἐλέχθησαν, see λέγω. 

ἐλήφθην, see λαμβάνω. 


ἐλθεῖν, 566 ἔρχομαι. 

ἕλκω, impf. εἷλκον, drag, draw. 

Ἑλλάς, -άδος, ἡ (67. Ἑλλην): (1) Hel- 
las, Greece, in the widest sense, 
the Greek world; (2) Hellas,a 
woman of Mysia, wife of Gon- 
gylus and hostess of Xenophon, 
VII, 8, 8. 

Ἕλλην, -nvos (cf. Eng. Hellenic), a 
Greek. In the Anabasis gener- 
ally designating the Greek mer- 
cenaries of Cyrus; as adj., 
Greek, I, 10, 7. 

ἑλληνίζω (ἽἙλλην), speak Greek. 

Ἑλληνικός, -4, -dv (Ἕλλην), Hel- 
lenic, Greek; τὸ Ἑλληνικόν, the 
Greek army. 

ἑλληνικῶς, adv.("EAAnuxés), in Greek. 

Ἑλληνίς, -ίδος, ἡ (Ἑλλην), fem. adj., 
Greek. 

ἑλληνιστί, adv. (ἑλληνίζω), in Greek. 

Ἑλλησποντιακός, -ἦ, -όν (Ἑλλή- 
σποντος), of cities, lying on the 
Hellespont. 

“Ἑλλήσποντος, -ov, ὁ (Ἑλλης- πόντος), 
the Hellespont (sea of Helle), 
the Dardanelles. 

ἐλπίζω, ἤλπισα (ἐλπίς), hope, expect. 

ἐλπίς, -ldos, ἡ (cf. Lat. voluptas), 
hope, expectation. 

ἐμ-, by euphony for é- before 
labials. 

ἔμαθεν, see μανθάνω. 

ἐμαυτοῦ, -ἢς, reflex. pron., pl. ἡμῶν 
αὐτῶν, etc. (stem οὗ ἐμέ- αὐτός), 
of myself, myself. 

ἐμβαίνω (βαίνω), go in, enter, em- 
bark, abs. or with εἰς and acc. 

ἐμβάλλω (βάλλω), cast or throw in, 
put in, throw before (χιλὸν 
ἵπποις), 1,9, 27; intrans., of rivers, 
empty into (eis), 1, 2,8; in mili- 
tary lang., make an invasion or 
attack; πληγὰς ἐμβάλλειν, inflict 
blows, I, 5,1. 





40 Anabasis 





ἐμβιβάζω (βιβάζω, βιβάσω or βιβῶ, 
ἐβίβασα, make go), cause to em- 
bark, put on board. 

ἐμβολή, -ἢς, ἡ (ἐωβάλλω), invasion. 

ἔμεινε; SEC μένω. 

ἐμέω, ᾿ἥμουν (Lat. vomo, vomit; cf. 
Eng. emetic), vomit. 

ἐμέμνητο, see μιμνήσκω. 

ἐμμένω (μένω), stay in. 

ἐμός, -%, -dv (cf. ἐμέ, Lat. meus, Eng. 
my), my, mine. 

ἔμπαλιν, adv. back; inthe Anabasis 
always with the art. τοὔμπαλιν, 
I, 4, 15; εἰς τοὔμπαλιν, 111, 5, 13. 

ἐμπεδόω, impf. ἠμπέδουν, ἐμπεδώσων 
etc. (ἔμπεδος, fixed in the ground, 
firm), hold fast, abide by, III, 
2, 10. 

ἔμπειρος, -ov (év-+ πεῖρα), acquainted 
with, experienced. 

ἐμπείρως, adv. (Zuretpos), with expe- 
rience; ἐμπείρως ἔχειν, gen., be 
personally acquainted with, I, 
6, 1. 

ἐμπίμπλημι (πίμπλημι), fill full, sat- 
isfy; pass., be filled with, I, 10, 
12; ὑπισχνούμενος οὐκ ἐνεπίμπλασο, 
you couldn't sate yourself with 
promising, VII, 7, 46. 

ἐμπίμπρημι (πίμπρημι, πρήσω, ἔπρησα, 
burn), set on fire, burn. The 
simple vb. is poetic. 

ἐμπίπτω (πίπτω), fall upon, seize, 
attack; of thoughts, occur to, 
II, 2, 19, ete. 

ἔμπλεως, -ων, gen. -w (πίμπλημι), full 
of (gen.). 

ἐμποδίζω (ποδίζω), hinder, impede. 

ἐμπόδιος, -ov (€v-+-rrovs), in the way, 
hindering ; τὸ ἐμπόδιον, the hin- 
drance, VII, 8, 3. 

ἐμποδών, adv. (év-+-7rots), before one’s 
feet, in the way; ἐμποδὼν εἶναι, 
be in the way, hinder. 

ἐμποιέω (ποιέω), create in, inspire in. 


ἐμπολάω, ἐμπολήσω, etc., gain or 
realize by sale, VII, 5, 4. 

ἐμπόριον, -ov, τό (ἔμπορος), trading- 
place, emporium. 

ἔμπορος, -ov, ὁ (cf. πορεύομαι), mer- 
chant. 

ἐμπρήσαντες, see ἐμπίμπρημι. 

ἔμπροσθεν, adv. (ἐν-- πρόσθεν), be- 
fore, in front of, with gen., I, 
8, 23; IV,5,9; ὁ ἔμπροσθεν λόγος, 
the foregoing narrative, I1,1,1; 
οἱ ἔμπροσθεν, those in front, 111, 
4, 48, etc.; τὸν ἔμπροσθεν χρόνον, 
hitherto, VI, 1,18; τὰ ἔμπροσθεν, 
the front parts of the body, con- 
trasted with the back, V, 4, 32, 
but VI, 3, 14, the country in 
front. 

ἐμφάγοιεν, ἐμφαγόντας, see ἐνέφαγον. 

ἐμφανής, -és (ἐν-φαίνω), evident, 
manifest; ἐν τῷ ἐμφανεῖ, openly, 
IT, 5, 25. 

ἐμφανῶς, adv. (ἐμφανής), openly, V, 
4, 33. 

év, prep. with the dat. only (Lat. 
and Eng. in), in; (1) of place, 
in, at,in the midst of, among, 
before; ἐν ὅπλοις, under arms, 
III, 2,28; ἐν τῷ γε φανερῷ, openly 
at least, I, 3,21; ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς, in 
sight, IV, 5, 29; (2) of time, in, 
during, within, at, often ἐν 
τούτῳ, meanwhile, I, 5,15; ἐν ᾧ, 
during which time, while, 1, 2, 
20; so ἐν als (sc. ἡμέραις), I, 2, 10; 
(3) of means or manner, in, with, 
by, II, 5,17. In composition ἐν- 
becomes ἐγ- before a palatal, and 
éu- before a labial or before μ. 

év, see els. 

ἐναγκυλάω (ἐν--γγκύλη, thong), fit 
with a thong, of javelins, IV, 
2, 28 n. 

ἐναντιόομαι, -ὥώσομαι, etc. (évarrlos), 
oppose, withstand. 

















Vocabulary 41 





ἐναντίος, -a, -ον (ἐν- ἀντίος), oppo- 
site, over against, facing, op- 
posed to, hostile; οἱ ἐναντίοι, the 
enemy, VI, 5, 10; τἀναντία, the 
reverse, V, 6, 4; τἀναντία orpé- 
ψαντες, turning in the opposite 
direction, facing about, IV, 3, 
32; ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου, on the oppo- 
site side, IV, 7, 5. 

ἐνάπτω (ἅπτω), kindle, set on fire. 

ἔνατος, -7, -ov (ἐννέα), ninth. 

ἐναυλίζομαι (αὐλίζομαι), bivouac or 
encamp in. 

ἔνδεια, -as, ἡ (év-+déw), need, want, 
scarcity, poverty. 

ἐνδείκνυμι (δείκνυμι), show, show 
forth, declare, mid., VI, 1, 19. 

ἑνδέκατος, -7, -ov (εἷς- δέκα), eleventh. 

évdéw (δέω), Jack; impers., there is 
need of (gen.); ἑώρα πλείονος év- 
δέον, he saw that there was need 
of more (argument), VI, 1, 31. 

ἔνδηλος, -ov (€v-+-d7Xos), evident, 
plain, manifest. 

ἔνδημος, -ον (ἐν- δῆμος, land, peo- 
ple), native, at home; τὰ ἔνδημα, 
home revenues, VII, 1, 27. 

ἐνδίφριος, -ον (δίφρος), on the same 
seat with one, at one’s table. 

ἔνδοθεν, adv. (ἔνδον), from within. 

ἔνδον, adv. (ἐν), inside, within. 

ἔνδοξος, -ov (δόξα), glorious, famous; 
of omens, portending glory, VI, 
1, 23. 

ἐνδύω (δύω), put on; in perf. tenses, 
wear, V, 4, 13. 

ἐνέδρα, -as, ἡ (ἐν- ἔδρα, seat), am- 
buscade. 

ἐνεδρεύω, aor. ἐνήδρευσα (ἐνέδρα), set 
an ambush, lie in ambush. 

ἐνεῖδον (εἶδον), see, observe in. 

ἔνειμι (εἰμί), be in, be on, be there. 

ἕνεκα or ἕνεκεν, improper prep., gen- 
erally post-pos., on account of, 
for the sake of. 


ἐνενήκοντα (ἐννέα), ninety. 

ἐνεός, -ά, -όν, dumb, dvaf and dumb. 

éverds, -ἡ, -dv (ἑτός, verbal of ἕημι), 
set on, instigated by (ὑπό), VII, 
6, 41. 

ἐνέφαγον (ἔφαγον), only aor., eat 
hastily, eat something. 

ἐνεχείρησαν, see ἐγχειρίζω. 

ἐνέχυρον, -ov, τό (ἔχω), pledge, se- 
curity. 

ἐνέχω (éxw), hold in, entangle. 

ἔνθα, adv. of place or time (ἐν), rel., 
where or whither; dem., here; 
of time, then, often with em- 
phatic δή. 

ἐνθάδε, adv. of place (ἔνθα), hither, 
here. 

ἔνθαπερ, adv. (ἔνθα), just where. 

ἔνθεν, local adv. (ἐν), dem., from 
there, thence; rel.,whence; ἔνθεν 

. ἔνθεν, on this side... on 

that; ἔνθεν καὶ ἔνθεν, on both 
sides. 

ἐνθένδε, local adv. (ἐν), from this 
place, hence; of persons, VII, 
7, 17 (Ξ- ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν). 

ἐνθυμέομαι, ἐνθυμήσομαι, ἐντεθύμημαι, 
ἐνεθυμήθην (ἐν -- θυμός), bear in 
mind, reflect, consider; pert., 
I have noted, observed, 111,1, 
43, 

ἐνθύμημα, -ατος, τό (ἐνθυμέομαι), 
thought, idea, plan. 

ἐνθωρακίζω (θωρακίζω), put on one’s 
breastplate; perf. pass. partic. 
ἐντεθωρακισμένοι, clad in armor, 
VII, 4, 16. 

ἔνι, for ἔνεστι, See ἔνειμε. 

ἑνί, see els. 

ἐνιαυτός, -οὔ, ὁ, year; κατ᾽ ἐνιαυτόν, 
yearly, annually. 

ἔνιοι, -αι, -a, SOME. 

ἐνίοτε, adv. (ἔνιοι [?]-+ ὅτε), some- 
times. 

évvéa, indecl., nine. 








42 Anabasis 





ἐννοέω (vodw', have in mind, think, 
devise, ponder; with μή, fear 
that, IV, 2, 13; mid., consider, 
reflect. 

ἔννοια, -as, ἡ (ἐν-Ἐ νοῦς), thought, 
reflection. 

ἐνοικέω (οἰκέω), live in, inhabit, οἱ 
ἐνοικοῦντες, the inhabitants. 

ἐνόπλιος, -ov (ἐν- ὅπλον), in arms; 
with ῥυθμός, martial, VI, 1, 11. 

évopdw (dpdw), see in (something or 
comebods); πολλὰ ἐνορῶ δι᾽ 4, 
I see many reasons (in the pro- 
ject) why, I, 3, 15. 

ἑνός, cee els. 

ἐνοχλέω, -ἥσω, aor. and perf. with 
double augment in all voices 
(cf. ὄχλος), crowd upon, trouble. 

ἐνταῦθα, adv. of place, here, there; 
loosely, thither; of time, then, 
thereupon; μέχρι ἐνταῦθα, hither- 
to, V, 5, 4. 

ἐντείνω (τείνω), stretch tight ; πληγὰς 
ἐντείνειν, inflicted blows upon, II, 
4,11. 

ἐντελής, -ἔς (€v-+-7rédos), complete, in 
full. 

ἐντέλλομαι, ἐντελοῦμαι, ἐνετειλάμεν 
(cf. τέλος), enjoin upon, com- 
mand. 

ἔντερον, -ov, τό (ἐν), intestine. 

ἐντεῦθεν, adv. of place, thence, from 
there; of time, then, thereafter ; 
of cause, as a result of this, 
VII, 1, 25. 

ἐντίθημι (τίθημι), put or place in, 
put on board ship; inspire or 
instil in (φόβον), VII, 4, 1. 

ἔντιμος, -ov (ἐν-Ε τιμή), in honor, es- 
teemed. 

ἐντίμως, adv. (ἔντιμος), in the phrase 
ἐντίμως ἔχειν, be held in honor, 
a, 1,7, 

ἐντοίχιος, -ον (rotxos),on the wall; τὰ 
ἐντοίχια, wall puintings, VII,8, 1. 


ἐντόνως," adv. (ἔντονος, eager, fr. 
telvw), earnestly, strenuously. 

ἐντός, adv. with gen. (ἐν), within, 
of place or time. 

ἐντυγχάνω (τυγχάνω), light upon, 
fali in with, find. 

*EvuddAros, -ov, ὁ ("Evud, goddess of 
war), Enyalius, a name of Ares, 
the god of war. 

ἐνωμόταρχος, -ov, ὁ (cf. ἐνωμοτία), 
conmunder of an enomoty. 

ἐνωμοτία, -as, ἡ (ἐνώμοτος, sworn in; 
cf. ὄμνυμι), a sworn band ; esp. of 
soldiers, enomoty, forming one 
quarter of the λόχος and number- 
ing therefore ordinarily twenty- 
five men. 

ἐξ, see ἐκ. 

ἔξ, indecl. (Lat. sex, Eng. siz), 
Six. 

ἐξαγγέλλω (ἀγγέλλω), tell out, report. 

ἐξάγω (ἄγω), lead or bring out, 
march out; pass. οὐδ᾽ ὡς ἐξήχθη 
διώκειν, not even thus was he 
induced to pursue, I, 8, 21. 

ἐξαίρετος, -ον (alpéw), selected, picked. 

ἐξαιρέω (alpéw), take out, remove; 
unload, V,1, 16; of tithes, dedi 
cate, V, 3, 4; mid., pick out, 
select (for oneself), II, 5, 20. 

ἐξαιτέω (airéw), ask, demand (esp. 
the surrender of a person), VI, 
6,11; mid., beg off, I, 1, 3. 

ἐξαίφνης, adv. (ἄφνω), suddenly, un- 
expectedly; cf. ἐξαπίνης. 

ἑξακισχίλιοι, -ar, -α (2+ χίλιοι), six 
th. usand. 

ἐξακοντίζω (ἀκοντίζω), throw the jave- 
lin, hurl (from within a fortress), 
V, 4, 25. 

ἑξακόσιοι, -αι, -a (ξξ-ξ ἑκατόν), six 
hundred. 

ἐξαλαπάζω, -diw, plunder, sack, epic 
vb. used only here in Attic, VII, 
1, 29. 


Vocabulary 43 





ἐξάλλομαι (ἄλλομαι), leap Out or 
aside. 

ἐξαμαρτάνω (ἁμαρτάνω), err, do 
wrong. 

ἐξανίστημι (torn), make stand up; 
mid. with 2 aor. and 2 perf. act., 
intrans., stand up, rise or start 
up. 

ἐξαπατάω (drardw, ἀπατήσω, etc., 
deceive; ἀπάτη, deceit), deceive 
utterly. 

ἐξαπάτη, -ης, ἡ (ἀπάτη, deceit), gross 
deceit, VII, 1, 25. 

ἐξαπίνης, adv., an Ionic word for 
which Attic usually has ἐξαίφνης, 
suddenly, unexpectedly. 

ἐξάρχω (dpxw), begin, lead off. 

ἐξαυλίζομαι (αὐλίζομαι), break camp. 

ἔξειμι (εἰμί), only impers. ἔξεστι, it t3 
permitted, allowed, possible; so 
the partic. ἐξόν often in acc. abs.» 
generally in adversative or con- 
cessive sense, 11, 5, 22. 

ἔξειμι (εἶμι), go out or forth. 

ἐξελαύνω (ἐλαύνω), drive out, expel; 
commonly intrans., march, gen- 
erally with σταθμόν (σταθμούς). 

ἐξενεγκεῖν, see ἐκφέρω. 

ἐξεπλάγη, see ἐκπλήττω. 

ἐξέρπω (ἕρπω, creep, Lat. serpo), 
creep out; of an army, march 
forth, VII, 1, 8. 

ἐξέρχομαι (ἔρχομαι), go or come out, 
march out, escape; of time, run 
out, elapse, VII, 5, 4. 

ἐξέτασις, -ews, ἡ (ἐξετάζω, examine), 
review, tuspection. 

ἐξηγέομαι (ἡγέομαι), lead forth, VI, 
6, 34; narrate, disclose, suggest, 
IV, 5, 28. 

ἑξήκοντα, indecl. (2), sixty. 

ἐξήκω (ἥκω), run out, expire (of 
time), pres. in sense of perf., VI, 
3, 26. 


ἐξήνεγκε, see ἐκφέρω. 


ἐξικνέομαι (ἱκνέομαι, ἵξομαι, ἱκόμην, 
ζγμαι), reach; of missiles, rvach 
the mark; βραχὺ ἐξικνεῖσθαι, have 
a short range, 111, 3, 17; of 
value, amount to, suffice for, 
VII, 5, 4. 

ἐξίστημι (torn), cause to stand 
out of; mid., stand aside; ἐκ 
τοῦ μέσου ἐξίστασθαι, get out of 
the way, I, 5, 14. 

ἔξοδος, -ου, ἡ (€+-d5és, Eng. exodus), 
way out, expedition, sally. 

ἕξομεν, See ἔχω. 

ἐξοπλίζω (ὁπλίζω), arm fully; mid., 
arm oneself. 

ἐξοπλισία, -as, ἡ (ἐξοπλίζω), complete 
armament ; ἐν τῇ ἐξοπλισίᾳ, under 
arms, I, 7, 10. 

ἐξορμάω (dpudw), urge on, incite; 
intrans., set out, rush forth. 

ἐξουσία, -as, ἡ (ἔξεστι), possibility, 
power. 

ἕξπηχυς, -v (ἔξ- πῆχυς), six cubits 
long. 

ἔξω (ἐξ), outside of, without, be- 
yond, often with gen.; τὸ ἔξω, 
the outer, 1, 4,4; ἔξω βελῶν, out 
of range, III, 4, 15; ἔξω τούτων, 
besides this, VII, 3, 10. 

ἔξωθεν, adv. (ἔξω), from without, 
without, outside of, gen. 

ἔοικα, perf. as pres., ἐῴκη, plpf. as 
impf. (no pres. in use; fut., εἴξω, 
rare; cf. εἰκάζω), be like, look like 
(dat., occasionally with acc. of 
respect); ws ἔοικε, parenthetical, 
as it seems, 11, 2,18; οὐδενὶ καλῷ 
ἔοικε, it doesn’t look at all hon- 
orable, VI, 5,17. Neut. partic. 
εἰκός, see the word. 

ἑορακότες, see dpdw. 

ἑορτή, -ἢς, ἡ, festival. 

ἐπ᾽, by elision for ἐπί. 

ἐπαγγέλλω (ἀγγέλλω), proclaim; 
mid., offer oneself, promise. 





44 Anabasis 





ἐπάγω (ἄγω), bring forward, pro- 
pose (of a vote), VII, 7, 57. 

ἔπαθον, see πάσχω. 

ἐπαινέω, -ἔσομαι, -yveca (ἔπαινος), 
praise, commend; often in de- 
clining an offer, thank one for, 
VII, 7, 52. 

ἔπαινος, -ov, ὁ (αἶνος, tale, praise), 
commendation. 

éraipw (αἴρω), raise up, excite, in- 
duce. 

ἐπακολουθέω (ἀκολουθέωη, follow 
after, pursue. 

ἐπακούω (ἀκούω), listen to, hearken, 
overhear. 

ἐπάν or ἐπήν, temporal conj. (érel+- 
dv), when, whenever, only with 
subj. 

éravaxwpéw (xwpéw), retreat, with- 
draw. 

ἐπανέρχομαι (ἔρχομαι), go back, re- 
turn. 

ἐπάνω, adv. (ἄνω), above; in the 
phrase ἐν τοῖς ἐπάνω εἴρηται, has 
been told above, in what pre- 
cedes, VI, 3, 1. 

ἐπαπειλέω (ἀπειλέω), add threats. 

ἐπεγγελάω (γελάω), laugh at, insult, 
mock at. 

breyelpw (ἐγείρω), wake up, arouse. 

ἐπεί, conj.: (1) temporal, when, 
after, whenever; with indic., of 
definite past time; with opt. in 
indir. disc., after a secondary 
tense, or when expressing re- 
peated action in the past; with 
infin. by assimilation in indir. 
disc., V,7, 18; ἐπεὶ τάχιστα, as soon 
as (cum primum), V1, 3, 21; (2) 
causal, since, because, with indic. 

ἐπειδάν, temporal conj. with subj. 
(ἐπειδή-! - ἄν), when, after that, as 
soon as, whenever. After ére- 
δάν the aor. subj. is often best 
rendered by the Eng. fut. pf. 


ἐπειδή, temporal and causal conj. 
(ἐπεί- δή), when, after, since, 
because. 

ἐπεῖδον (εἶδον), behold, see, experi- 
ence. 

ἔπειμι (elul), be over, be upon. 

ἔπειμι (εἶμι), go on or against, ad- 
vance, attack, come forwurd; 
ἡ ἐπιοῦσα ἡμέρα (ἕως, νύξ), the fol- 
lowing day, ete. 

ἐπείπερ, causal conj. (éel-+-ep), 
since, seeing that. 

ἔπεισα, ἐπείσθησαν, see πείθω. 

ἔπειτα, adv. (εἶτα), thereupon, then; 
in enumerations, then, in the 
next place; eis τὸν ἔπειτα χρόνον, 
in afler times, II, 1, 17. 

ἐπέκεινα, adv. (éml-+-éxetva), on the 
farther side, beyond, V, 4, 3. 

ἐπεκθέω (θέω), sally out against. 

ἐπεξέρχομαι (ἔρχομαι), sally out 
against. 

ἐπέπατο, see πάομαι. 

ἐπεπράκει, Β66 πιπράσκω. 

ἐπέπρακτο, see πράττω. 

ἐπέρομαι (ἔρομαι), only in 2 aor. ἐπη- 
ρόμην, etc., ask again or farther, 
inquire, ask. 

ἐπέρχομαι (ἔρχομαι), come upon; 
of countries, visit, traverse. 

ἔπεσον, see πίπτω. 

ἐπεύχομαι (εὔχομαι), pray to, in- 
voke, call to witness. 

ἐπεφεύγεσαν, see φεύγω. 

ἐπέχω (ἔχω), hold back, restrain; 
intrans., refrain from; ἐπέσχον 
τῆς πορείας, they delayed their 
march, III, 4, 36. 

ἐπήκοος, -ov (éri--dxotw), hearing; 
els ἐπήκοον (ἐν ἐπηκόῳ, after vbs. 
of rest), within hearing dis- 
tance. 

ἐπῆκτο, see ἐπάγω. 

ἐπήν, see ἐπάν, 


ἐπῇρεν, See ἐπαίρω. 





Vocabulary 45 





ἐπήρετο, see ἑπέρομαι. 
ἐπί, before vowels ἐπ᾽ or ἐφ᾽, prep. 


with gen., dat., and acc., upon. 

With gen., of place, wpon, on, 
ἐφ᾽ ἵππων, on horseback, III, 2, 
19 (cf. ἀπό); ἐπὶ Θράκης, on the 
coast of Thrace, VII, 6, 25; of 
direction, toward, II, 1, 3; of 
time, in the time of, 1, 9,12; at, 
IV, 7, 10, cf. IV, 3, 9; of manner, 
ἐπὶ τεττάρων, four deep, I, 2, 15; 
ἐπὶ φάλαγγος, in line of battle, 
IV, 3, 26; ἐφ᾽ ἑνός, in single file; 
ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν, by themselves, II, 4, 10. 

With dat., of place, on, upon, 
by, at, near; of time, at, ἐπὶ τῷ 
τρίτῳ, at the third (signal), 11, 
2, 4; frequently ἐπὶ τούτῳ (τούτοι5), 
thereupon; of dependence, in 
the power of, I, 1, 4; of com- 
mand, over, in command of, 
Ι, 4, 2; of aim or purpose, for, 
ἐπὶ τούτῳ, for this, I, 3, 1; ef- 
ἐπὶ θανάτῳ, I, 6,10; τὸ ἐπὶ τούτῳ, 
as far as he is concerned, VI, 
6, 23; so ἐφ᾽ ᾧ or ἐφ᾽ Gre with 
infin. on condition that; some- 
times merely giving circum- 
stances, ἐπὲ γάμῳ, as his wifes 
IT, 4, 8; ἐπὶ πολέμῳ, on a basis of 
war, II, 4,5; ἐπί isthus common 
in contracts and treaties. 

With acc., on, upon, to; often 
in a hostile sense, against; of 
extent, over, along; ἐπὶ πολύ, 
I, 8, 8; ἐπὶ βραχύ, III, 3,17; of 
time, for, during, VI, 6, 36; ὡς 
ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ, for the most part, 
III, 1, 42; of aim or purpose, 
for ; ἐφ᾽ ἃ ἐστρατεύετο, the objects 
of his expedition, I, 2, 2. 

In composition ém- signifies 
upon, over, to, toward, against, 
besides, but issometimes merely 
intensive. 


ἐπιβάλλω (βάλλω), throw on; ἐπι- 
βεβλημένοι τοξόται, bowmen with 
their arrows on the string, IV, 
3, 28n.; V, 2, 12. 

ἐπιβοηθέω (βοηθέω), come to the aid 
of (dat.). 

ἐπιβουλεύω (βουλεύω), plot against, 
with dat.; with infin. plot, 
scheme. 

ἐπιβουλή, -ἢς, ἡ (βουλή), scheme, de- 
sign, plot. 

ἐπιγίγνομαι (γίγνομαι), come upon, 
attack. 

ἐπιγράφω (γράφω), inscribe upon. 

ἐπιδείκνυμι (δείκνυμι), show, display, 
make clear, point out; mid., 
show oneself, distinguish one- 
self, show. 

ἐπιδιώκω (διώκω), pursue after, 
chase. 

ἐπιδόντας, see ἐπεῖδον. 

ἐπιδραμεῖν, see ἐπιτρέχω. 

ἐπιέζετο, see πιέζω. 

ἐπιθαλάττιος, -α, -ον (ἐπί-[-θάλαττα), 
on the sea. 

ἐπίθεσις, -ews, ἡ (ἐπιτίθημι), attack. 

ἐπιθυμέω, ἐπιθυμήσω, etc. (ἐπί-- θυμός), 
set one’s heart on, desire, long 
for, be enamored of, with infin. 
or with gen. 

ἐπιθυμία, -as, ἡ (cf. ἐπιθυμέω), de- 
sire. 

ἐπικαίριος, -ον (καιρός), im season, 
suitable, available, VII, 1, 6: 
τοὺς ἐπικαιρίους, the proper repre- 
sentatives (according to others, 
the chief men), VII, 7, 15. 

ἐπικάμπτω (κάμπτω, κάμψω, ete. 
bend), bend toward ; of an army, 
wheel. 

ἐπικαταριπτέω (ῥιπτέω), throw down 
after. 

ἐπίκειμαι (κεῖμαι), lie or be set upon; 
of an enemy, attack; cf. ἐπιτί- 
θημι. 





46 Anabasis 





ἐπικίνδυνος, -ον (κίνδυνος), danger- 
ous. 

ἐπικουρέω, ἐπικουρήσω, etc. (ἐπίκουρος, 
ally), help, aid (dat.); with acc. 
of thing, aid one (dat.) against, 
ward off from one, V, 8, 25. 

ἐπικούρημα, -aros, τό (ἐπικουρέω), 
help, protection. 

ἐπικράτεια, -as, ἡ (xpdros), power 
over, mastery. 

ἐπικρύπτω (κρύπτω), hide, conceal; 
mid., conceal oneself, act 
secretly. 

ἐπικύπτω (κύπτω, stoop), stoop or 
bend over. 

ἐπικυρόω (κυρόω, κυρώσω, etc., make 
valid, from κῦρος, τό, power, 
authority), confirm, ratify. 

ἐπικωλύω (κωλύω), hinder, debar 
from, gen. 

ἐπιλαμβάνω (λαμβάνω), take in, in- 
clude, VI, 5, 5 and 6; lay hold 
of, catch, IV, 7, 12, 13. 

ἐπιλανθάνομαι (AavOdvw), forget, 
with gen. 

ἐπιλέγω (λέγω), say besides, add. 

ἐπιλείπω (λείπω), leave behind; in 
pass. τὸ ἐπιλειπόμενον, those (the 
part) left behind, I, 8, 18; of 
things, give out, fail. 

ἐπίλεκτος, -ον (λέγω), picked out, 
selected; οἱ ἐπίλεκτοι, picked 
men, III, 4, 43; VII, 4,11. 

ἐπιμαρτύρομαι (μαρτύρομαι, aor. éuap- 
τυράμην, call to witness, from 
μάρτυς), call to witness, invoke. 

ἐπίμαχος, -ον (ἐπί-- μάχομαι), that 
may be attacked, open to at- 
tack. 

ἐπιμείγνυμι (μείγνυμι, μείξω, etc., 
mix), mix with; mid. intrans., 
mingle with, have dealings 
with, III, 5, 16. 

ἐπιμέλεια, -as, ἡ (ἐπιμελέομαι), care, 
pains, attention. 


ἐπιμελέομαι and ἐπιμέλομαι, ἐπιμε- 
λήσομαι, ἐπιμεμέλημαι, ἐπεμελήθην 
(μέλει), care for, look out for, 
attend to. 

ἐπιμελής, -ἔς, comp. ἐπιμελέστερος 
(cf. ἐπιμελέομαι), careful, watch- 
ful. 

ἐπιμέλομαι, See ἐπιμελέομαι. 

ἐπιμένω (μένω), remain at or with, 
VII, 2,1; wait for, wait, V, 5, 2. 

ἐπινοέω (νοέω), purpose, intend. 

ἐπιορκέω, ἐπιορκήσω, etc. (émlopxos), 
swear falsely, perjure oneself 
(θεούς, by the gods). 

ἐπιορκία, -as, ἡ (érlopxos), perjury. 

ἐπίορκος, -ον(ἐπί- -ὅρκος), foresworn. 

ἐπιπάρειμι (εἶμι), march on beside, 
or parallel with; advance to 
bear aid, or for service, III, 4, 23. 

ἐπιπίπτω (πίπτω), fall upon, attack 
(dat.); of snow, fall (on one). 

ἐπίπονος, -ov (πόνος), toilsome, la- 
borious; of a bird of omen, por- 
tending toil or suffering, VI. 
1, 23. 

ἐπιρριπτέω (ῥιπτέω), throw at, or 
upon. 

ἐπίρρυτος, -ov (péw), watered, well 
watered. 

ἐπισάττω (cdrrw, grata, load), load 
on, saddle, III, 4, 35n. 

᾿ἘΠπισθένης, τους, ὁ, Episthenes, (1) 
of Amphipolis, captain of the 
Greek peltasts at Cunaxa; (2) 
an Olynthian of the same name. 

ἐπισιτίζομαι (σιτίζομαι, σιτιοῦμαι, 
etc.), collect or lay in sup plies, 
forage. 

ἐπισιτισμός, -οὔ, ὁ (ἐπισιτίζομαι), a 
laying in of supplies, pro- 
visioning; supplies, VII, 1, 9. 

ἐπισκέπτομαι (σκέπτομαι), look into, 
examine, inquire. 

ἐπισκενάζω (σκευάζω), fit out, repair. 

ἐπισκοπέω (σκοπέω), inspect, review. 








Vocabulary 47 





ἐπισπάω (ordw), draw after; mid., 
draw after oneself. 

ἐπίσποιτο, see ἐφέπομαι. 

ἐπίσταμαι, impf. ἠπιστάμην (ἵστημι:; 
cf. Germ. verstehen), know, un- 
derstand, with ὅτε or partic.; 
know how, with infin. 

ἐπίστασις, -ews, ἡ (éri+-iornm), a 
stopping, halt. 

ἐπιστατέω (ἐπί-! ἵστημι), be a com- 
mander or overseer, rule. 

ἐπιστέλλω (στέλλω), send to, send 
word (cf. ἐπιστολή); direct, com- 
mand, 

ἐπιστήμων, -ον (ἐπίσταμαι), ac- 
quainted with, versed or skilled 
in (gen.). 

ἐπιστολή, -ἧς, ἡ (ἐπιστέλλω ; cf. Eng. 
epistle), letter. 

ἐπιστρατεία, -as, ἡ (ἐπιστρατεύω), 
march or make an expedition 
against. 

ἐπιστρατεύω (στρατεύω), take the field 
against, march against. 

ἐπισφάττω (σφάττω), slay upon (as 
a victim). 

*Emradteds, -éws, ὁ (᾿ Ἐπιτάλιον), in- 
habitant of Epitalium in Elis, 
VII, 4, 18 (where the MSS. 
have the corrupt form evodéa or 
ἐνοδίαν). 

ἐπιτάττω (τάττω), draw up in ad- 
dition or behind (as a reserve 
force), VI, 5, 9; command, give 
orders; @ ἐπετέτακτο, to whom 
orders had wen given, Il, 3, 6. 

ἐπιτελέω (τελέω), bring to an end, 
fulfil, accomplish. 

ἐπιτήδειος, -a, -ον (ἐπιτηδές, on pur- 
pose, enough), adapted to, suit- 
able, fit, necessary ; oi ἐπιτήδειοι, 
close friends (Lat. necessarii), 
VII, 7, 57; τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, pro- 
visions, supplies, I, 3, 11, and 
often; τὸν ἐπιτήδειον ἔπαισεν ἄν, 


he would strike the proper one 
(1.6., the one deserving it), II, 
3, 11. 

ἐπιτίθημι (τίθημι), put upon, lay 
upon; of penalties, inflict; 
mid., attack. 

ἐπιτρέπω (rpérw), turn over to, 
entrust, grant, permit; refer a 
thing to another, VII, 7, 18; 
mid., give oneself up to for pro- 
tection, I, 9, 8. 

ἐπιτρέχω, aor. ἐπέδραμον (τρέχω), TUN 
upon, charge. 

ἐπιτυγχάνω (τυγχάνω), chance upon, 
fall in with, find, dat. 

ἐπιφαίνομαι (φαίνω), come in sight, 
appear. 

ἐπιφέρω (φέρω), bring upon or 
against; mid., rush upon, «t- 
tack; of a heavy sea, V, 8, 20. 

ἐπιφορέω (popéw), carry upon, place 
upon by making frequent trips), 
III, 5, 10. 

ἐπίχαρις, -ἰ, gen. -cros (érl-+-ydpis), 
gracious, pleasing; τὸ ἐπίχαρι, 
grace of manner, II, 6, 12. 

ἐπιχειρέω, ἐπιχειρήσω, etc. (ἐπί- χείρ), 
put one’s hand to, attempt, try. 

ἐπιχέω (xéw, pour), pour on or in. 

ἐπιχωρέω (xwpéw), move against, 
advance. 

ἐπιψηφίζω (ψηφίζω), put to vote. 

ἔπλευσαν, see πλέω. 

ἐπλήγη; see πλήττω. 

ἐποικοδομέω (οἰκοδομέω), build upon. 

ἕπομαι, εἱπόμην, ἕψομαι, ἐσπόμην 
(Voer; cf. Lat. sequor), follow, 
attend, accom) any, pursue, abs., 
with dat. or with σύν and dat. 

ἐπόμνυμι (ὄμνυμι), swear to a thing. 

ἐπριάμην, opt. πριαίμην, inf. πρίασθαι, 
partic. πριάμενος; defective vb., 
used as the aor. of ὠνέομαι, buy. 

ἑπτά, indecl. (Lat. septem, Eng. 
seven), seven. 





48 Anabasis 





ἑπτακαίδεκα, indecl. (ἑπτά- δέκα), 
seventeen. 

ἑπτακόσιοι, -a, -a (érrd-+éxardy), 
seven hundred. 

"Ewiagta, -ns, ἡ, Epyaxa, wife of 
Syennesis, king of Cilicia. 

ἐπύθετο, see πυνθάνομαι. 

ἔραμαι (cf. ἔρως), love; aor. ἠράσθην, 
fall in love with, take a lik- 
ing to. 

épdw (cf. ἔρως), love, long for, with 
gen. 

ἐργάζομαι, ἐργάσομαι, εἰργασάμην, εἴρ- 
γασμαι, -ειργάσθην (ἔργον), work, 
labor, till (sc. γῆν), do, accom- 
plish; with two accs., do to, 
inflict upon. 

ἔργον, -ov, τό (originally ρέργον, ef. 
Eng. work), work, deed, action; 
execution (of a work), ITI, 5, 12; 
ἔργῳ, in fact, in deed, contrast- 
ed with words, I, 9,10; ef. III, 
2, 32; τὰ els τὸν πόλεμον ἔργα, 
deeds of war, I, 9, 5. 

ἐρεῖ, see εἴρω. 

ἐρέσθαι, 566 ἔρομαι. 

᾿Ερετριεύς, -έως, ὁ ("Eperpia), an Ere- 
trian, native of Eretria, a city 
on the western coast of Euboea. 

ἐρημία, -as, ἡ (ἔρημοΞ), solitude, 
privacy, V, 4, 34; desert, IT, 
5, 9. 

ἔρημος, -ἡ, -ov, or -os, -ov (Eng. ere- 
mite, hermit), deserted, empty, 
unprotected, abandoned by, be- 
reft of, without (gen.); σταθμοὶ 
ἔρημοι, marches through the 
desert, I, 5,1; ἔρημοι οἱ ἱππεῖς, 
the cavalry unsupported (by 
infantry), VII, 3, 47. 

ἐρίζω, in the Anabasis only in 
pres. (ἔρις, strife), strive, contend 
with (dat.). 

ἐρίφειος, -a, -ov (ἔριφος, kid), of a 
kid, kids’, with κρέα, IV, 5, 31. 


ἑρμηνεύς, -dws, ὁ (Ἑρμῆς, Hermes, 
the messenger of Zeus), inter- 
preter. 

ἑρμηνεύω (ἑρμηνεύς ; of. Eng. herme- 
neutic), act as interpreter, in- 
terpret. 

ἔρομαι, in Attic only in fut. ἐρήσο- 
μαι and 2 aor. ἠρόμην, cf. épwrdw, 
ask, inquire. 

ἐροῦντα, see εἴρω. 

ἐρρήθην, see εἴρω. 

ἐρρωμένος, -ἡ, -ον (perf. pass. partic, 
of ῥώννυμι, make strong), as adj., 
strong, resolute, comp. éppwye- 
νέστερος; (τὸ) ἐρρωμένον, strength, 
IT, 6, 11. 

ἐρρωμένως, adv. (ἐρρωμένος), strong- 
ly, vigorously. 

épixw, keep back, ward off. 

ἔρυμα, -aros, τό, defense, wall. 

ἐρυμνός, -4, -ὄν, fortified, strong ; 
neut. pl., strongholds, III, 2, 23. 

ἔρχομαι, ἦλθον, ἐλήλυθα, come, go. 
Of the pres. the indic. alone is 
in common use, the other moods 
being supplied by εἶμι, which 
also supplies the fut. and impf.; 
els χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν, come into the 
power of (dat.), I, 2, 26, or 
come to close quarters with, 
IV, 3, 31; εἰς λόγους σοι ἐλθεῖν, 
have an interview with you, 
II, 5,4; ἐπὶ πᾶν ἐλθεῖν, have re- 
course to everything, leave 
nothing undone, III, 1, 18, 

ἐρῶ, see εἴρω. 

ἐρῶντες, 566 ἐράω, 

ἔρως, -wros, ὁ (ἔραμαι; cf. Eng. erot: 
ic), love, desire. 

ἐρωτάω, ἐρωτήσω, etc. (cf. Epouat), 
ask, inquire. 

és, see εἰς, 

ἐσέσωτο, see σῴζω. 

ἐσθ’ by elision and euphony for 
ἐστί, 








Vocabulary 49 





ἐσθής, -fros, ἡ (ἕννυμι, put on, for 
féovun; cf. Lat. vestis, Eng. 
wear), clothing, raiment. 

ἐσθϑίω, ἔδομαι, ἐδήδοκα, ἠδέσθην, 2 aor. 
ἔφαγον q.v. (for ἐδθίω, Lat. edo, 
Eng. eat), eat. 

ἐσκεδασμένων, see σκεδάννυμι, 

ἐσκέψατο, 566 σκέπτομαι, 

ἔσοιτο, see εἰμέ, 

ἐσπείσαντο, see σπένδω 

ἑσπέρα, -ας, ἡ (Lat. vesper), even- 
ing, πρὸς ἑσπέραν, toward the west. 

ἩἙσπερῖται, -ὥν, ol, the Hesperitae, 
a people living in western Ar- 
menia. 

ἐσταλμένος, See στέλλω. 

ἑστάναι, 566 ἵστημι. 

ἔστε adv. (ἐς [εἰς]- τε), all the way 
to; as temporal conj. (poetic), 
up to, until. 

ἕστηκε, ἑστηκώς, ἔστησαν, see ἵστημι. 

ἐστιγμένος, See στίζω. 

ἐστραμμένα, 566 στρέφω. 

ἑστώς, see ἵστημι. 

ἔσχατος, -7, -ov (ἐξ), last, farthest, 
extreme, severest, uttermost, 
worst (δίκη) VI, 6,15; τὰ ἔσχατα 
παθεῖν, suffer the extreme pen- 
alty (ἷ. e. death), II, 5, 24; τὰ 
ἔσχατα αἰκισάμενος, inflicting the 
extremest tortures, III, 1, 18. 

ἐσχάτως, adv. (ἔσχατος), in the ex- 
tremest degree, exceedingly. 

ἔσχε; 566 ἔχω. 

ἔσωθεν, adv., from within, inside; 
τὸ ἔσωθεν, the inner (τεῖχος), I, 4, 4. 

ἑταίρα, -as, ἡ (cf. ἑταῖρος), courtesan. 

éraipos, -ov, 6 (cf. éralpa), com- 
panion, comrade, friend. 

ἐτάχθησαν, see τάττω. 

’Ereévixos, -ov, 6, Eteonicus, a 
Spartan officer at Byzantium. 
ἕτερος, -a, -ov (by crasis θάτερον for 
τὸ érepov), the other of two, the 
one, the other ; loosely like ἄλλος, 


other; τούτων ἕτεροι, others than 
these, others besides, VI, 4, 8; 
ἐκ τοῦ ἐπὶ θάτερα, on the other 
side, V, 4, 10. 

ἐτετίμητο, 566 τιμάω. 

ἐτέτρωτο, 5660 τιτρώσκω. 

ἔτι, adv., of time, yet, still, longer, 
again; of degree, with comp., 
still, even; ἔτι δέ, πρὸς δ᾽ ἔτι, 
furthermore, besides. 

ἕτοιμος, -ἡ, -ov, ready, prepared, at 
hand, certain. 

ἑτοίμως, adv. (ἕτοιμος), readily, wil- 
lingly. 

ἔτος, -ous, τό (cf. Lat. vetus, old, 
Eng. wether), year. 

ἐτράπετο, see τρέπω. 

ἐτράφητε, 566 τρέφω. 

ἔτυχον, See τυγχάνω. 

εὖ, adv., well, easily, fortunately ; 
esp. εὖ ποιεῖν, treat well (cf. κακῶς 
ποιεῖν, 1, 4, 8); εὖ πάσχειν, be well 
treated; εὖ πράττειν, fare well; 
εὖ μάλα, thoroughly, roundly, 
VWLAik 

εὐδαιμονία, -as (εὐδαίμων), happi- 
ness, prosperity. 

εὐδαιμονίζω, εὐδαιμονιῶ, etc. (εὐδαίμων), 
deem happy, congratulate (for, 
gen.). 

εὐδαιμόνως, adv. (εὐδαίμων), comp. εὖ- 
δαιμονέστερον, prosperously, hap- 
pily. 

εὐδαίμων, -ov, comp. εὐδαιμονέστερος, 
sup. εὐδαιμονέστατος (ed-+-daluwr, 
divinity, fate), happy, prosper- 
ous, wealthy; with μέγας, a 
favorite epithet of cities in 
Xenophon. 

εὔδηλος, -ον (c0-+ δῆλος), entirely 
clear, manifest. 

εὐδία, -as, ἡ, fair weather. 

εὐειδής, -és, Sup. εὐειδέστατος (εὖ-}- 
εἶδος), good looking, of good 
presence. 





50 Anabasis 





εὔελπις, gen. -cdos (εῦ- ἐλπίς), of 
good hope, hopeful. 

εὐεπίθετος, -ov (cd-+-émirlOnuc), easily 
attacked; εὐεπίθετον ἣν, ἐξ was 
easy to attack, III, 4, 20. 

εὐεργεσία, -as, ἡ (εὖ- ἔργον), well- 
dving, conferring of benefits, 
kindness. 

εὐεργετέω, εὐεργετήσω, etc. (ed-+kpyor), 
do well, confer favors. 

εὐεργέτης, -ov, ὁ (εὖ- ἔργον), bene- 
factor. 

εὔζωνος, -ον (ζώνη), well girt, hence, 
active, agile. 

εὐήθεια, -as, ἡ (εὐήθης), simplicity, 
silliness. 

εὐήθης, -es (εὖ-Ἐ θος, disposition), 
simple-minded, silly. 

εὐθυμέομαι (εὖ-Ἐ θυμός), be in good 
spirits, enjoy oneself. 

εὔθυμος, -ov (εῦ- θυμός), cheerful, of 
good courage. 

εὐθύς, adv., straightway, at Once, 
immediately; εὐθύς παῖδες ὄντες, 
eren from boyhood, I, 9, 4: so 
εὐθὺς καὶ ἐκ παίδων, IV, 6, 14; εὐθὺς 
ἐπειδή, as soon as, III, 1, 13; ef. 
BY, 7.1. 

εὐθύωρος, -ον (εὐθύς), neut. as adv., 
straight on. 

εὔκλεια, -as, ἡ (κλέος, τό, fame), fair 
fame, glory. 

Εὐκλείδης, -ov, ὁ, Euclides, a sooth- 
sayer from Phlius, a friend of 
Xenophon, 

εὐκλεῶς, adv. (εὐκλεής, glorious; cf. 
εὔκλεια), gloriously. 

εὐμενής, -es (εῦ-- μένος, might, then, 
temper), well disposed, kindly, 
hence, of a road, easy, com- 
fortable, IV, 6, 12, in comp. 

εὐμεταχείριστος, -ov (cd-+pyeraxerpl- 
fouat, manage), easy to deal 
with or manage. 


εὔνοια, -as, ἡ (εῦ--νοῦς), good will, 
kindness. 

εὐνοϊκῶς, adv. (etvous), kindly; with 
ἔχειν, be well-disposed. 

εὔνους, -ουν, comp. εὐνούστερος (εὖ-}- 

νοῦς), well-disposed, friendly, 
devoted. 

etfarbat, see εὔχομαι. 

εὔξεινος, -ov (εὖ-Ἐ ξένος), hospitable ; 

Πόντος Ἐξεινος, the Euaxine or 
Black Sea, a euphemism for the 
older name” Afevos, inhospitable ; 
α΄. Cape of Goud Hope, for the 
older Stormy Cape or Cape of 
Storms. 

εὔοδος, -ov (εὖ-{-ὁδός), easy to travel. 

eto dos, -ov (εὖ- ὅπλον), well armed. 

εὐπετῶς, adv. (εὐπετής, easy), easily. 

εὐπορία, -as, ἡ (εὔπορος), means of 
providing, means, abundance. 

εὔπορος, -ον (cd-+:épos), easy to 
traverse, easy to pass through 
or over; εὔπορόν ἐστι it is easy 
(lit. traveling is easy), III, 5,17. 

εὔπρακτος, -ον (ed+-verbal of πράττω), 
easy to be done, easy. 

εὐπρεπής, -es (εῦ-[- πρέπω), good look- 
ing, comely, handsome. 

εὐπρόσοδος, -ov (ed-+-mpbs+ ὁδός), easy 
of access, easy to approach. 

εὕρημα, -aros, τό (edpicxw), what is 
found, a “find,” a piece of 
good luck. 

εὑρίσκω (εὑρήσω, nipor, ηὕρηκα, ηὕρη- 
μαι, ηὑρέθην), find, discover, 
devise. 

εὖρος, -ous, τό (εὐρύς), breadth, 
width. 

Εὐρύλοχος, -ov, ὁ, Eurylochus, an 
Arcadian hoplite, 

Evptipaxos, -ov, ὁ, Hurymachus, of 
Dardanus, an opponent of Xeno- 
phon. 

εὐρύς, -εἴα, -ύ, broad, wide. 

Εὐρώπη, -ης, ἡ, Hurope. 








Vocabulary 51 





εὔτακτος, -ov (εὖ-[-τάττω), of troops, 
well-disciplined. 
εὐτάκτως, adv. (εὔτακτος), in an or- 
derly or well-disciplined man- 
ner. 
εὐταξία, -as, ἡ (εὖ--τάττω), good 
order, discipline. 
εὐτυχέω, εὐτυχήσω, etc. (εὖ- τύχη), be 
fortunate, be successful. 
εὐτύχημα, -aros, τό (edrvxéw), piece 
of good fortune, advantage, 
success. 
Εὐφράτης, -ov, ὁ, the Euphrates, 
the chief river of western Asia. 
εὐχή, -7s, ἡ (εὔχομαι), prayer. 
εὔχομαι (εὔξομαι, ηὐξάμην), pray, 
pray that (acc. infin.), pray for, 
wish, vow. 
εὐώδης, -es (e8-+d8iw, smell, Lat. 
odor), sweet-smelling, fragrant. 
εὐώνυμος, -ov (e0-+-dvoua), properly 
of good name, of good omen, so 
by a euphemism, the left, 
ἀριστερός being avoided as un- 
lucky, since omens on the left 
were bad; in military language, 
τὸ εὐώνυμον (with or without 
xépas), the left wing, the left, 
I, 2,15 π.; ef. δεξιός. 
εὐωχέω, entertain; in mid., feast, 
have abundance. 
εὐωχία, -as, ἡ (edwxéw), feast, ban- 
quet. 
ἐφ᾽, see ἐπί. 
ἔφαγον, 2 aor., eat. The pres. in 
use is ἐσθίω, q. v. 
ἐφάνη, see φαίνω. 
ἔφασαν, ἔφατε, 566 φημί. 
ἔφεδρος, -ον (ἐπί- ἕδρα, seat), sitting 
by, as subst., ὁ ἔφεδρος, antagon- 
ist—properly a third contestant 
who sits by and fights with the 
victor of the first bout, IT, 5, 10. 
ἐφέτομαι (ἕπομαι), follow after 
pursue. 


᾿Εφέσιος, -a, -ov (Ἐφεσος), of Ephes- 
us, Ephesian. 

Εἰφεσος, -ov, ἡ, Ephesus, an an- 
cient city on the coast of Lydia, 
famed for its temple of Artemis. 

ἔφη, See φημί. 

ἑφθός, -ἡ, -dv (cf. ἔψω), boiled. 

ἐφίστημι (lornut), set beside or on, 
cause to stop, of a horse, rein 
in, I, 8,15; set over or in com- 
mand of; intrans. in mid. and 
in 2 aor., perf., and plpf. act., 
be set in or on, of gates, I, 4, 4; 
be put in command of, perf. 
command, VI, 5, 11; halt, I, 
S, 7, 

ἐφόδιον, -ov, τό (ὁδός), money for a 
journey, traveling expenses. 

ἔφοδος, -ov, ἡ (éritddés), way to, 
approach; advance, attack. 

ἐφοράω (dpdw), oversee, keep in 
sight. 

ἐφορμέω (ὁρμέω), lie at anchor over 
against, blockade. 

ἔφορος, -ov, ὁ (éri+dpdw), overseer, 
ephor. The five ephors, elected 
annually, were the highest 
magistrates of the Spartan state, 
having authority even over the 
kings. 

ἔφυγε, See φεύγω. 

ἔχθρα, -ας, ἡ (ἔχθος, hatred), hatred, 

ill-will. 
ἐχθρός, -d, -dv (τὸ ἔχθος, hatred), 
hating, hated, hostile, often as 
subst., enemy, I, 3, 6n.; sup. 
οἱ ἐκείνου ἔχθιστοι, his bitterest 
foes, 111, 2, 5. 

ἐχυρός, -d, -ὁν (ἔχω), that may be 
held; of a fortress, strong, de- 
Sensible; cf. ὀχυρός. 

ἔχω, ἕξω and σχήσω, ἔσχον, ἔσχηκα, 
-ἐσχημαι, have, in the widest sense 
and therefore to be variously 
rendered; lit. have, possess, οἱ 





2 Anabasis 





ἔχοντες, the rich, VII, 3, 28; hold, 
II, 3, 11; have on, wear, I, 5, 8; 
have to wife, III, 4, 13; obtain, 
get, 1,3,11; keep from, prevent, 
III, 5, 11; have power, be able, 
II, 2,11; be busied with, ἀμφί, 
V, 2, 26; ἔχων, having, often 
rendered with, has generally a 
fuller meaning, e. g., keeping, 
II, 8, 10; at the head of, I, 2, 5, 
etc.; cf. λαβών; often ἔχω is in- 
trans., especially when used with 
advs., and may be rendered be; 
εὐνοϊκῶς ἔχειν, be well disposed, 
I, 1, 5; εἶχεν οὕτως, it was so, 
ΠῚ, 1, 31; ef. ἔχουσαι, intrans., 
VII, 8, 21; μεῖον ἔχειν, have the 
worst of it, 1, 10, 8; χάριν ἔχειν 
feel grateful, II, 5, 14; αἰτίαν 
ἔχειν, (as pass. of airidoua) be 
accused, VII, 1, 8; ἡσυχίαν ἔχειν, 
keep still, IV, 5, 13; ἔνδηλον καὶ 
τοῦτο εἶχεν, he made this too clears 
II, 6,18. Sometimes ἔχω is used 
with a past partic., but is not a 
mere composite vb. form; see I, 
3, 14 and IV,7,1; mid. have hold 
of, come next to, be next, abs. 
or with gen., I, 8, 4; pass. ἐν 
ἀνάγκῃ ἔχεσθαι, be the thrall of 
necessity, II, 5, 21. 

ἑψητός, -4, -dv (verbal of ew), 
boiled, made by boiling. 

ἕψομαι, see ἕπομαι. 

ἕψω, ἐψήσω, ἥψησα, boil. 

ἕωθεν, adv. (ἕως), from dawn, at 
dawn, in the early morning. 

ἐῴκεσαν, see ἔοικα. 

ἐῶντες, See édw. 

ἑώρα, ἐώρακα, ἑώρων, see ὁράω. 

tws, ἕω, ἡ (akin to Eng. easé), 
dawn, daybreak; πρὸς ἕω, east- 
ward, III, 5, 15; V, 7, 6. 

ἕως, temporal conj., as long as, 
while, until. 


Z 


Ζαπάτας, -ov, ὁ, the Zab, a tribu- 
tary of the Tigris, 

ζάω, ζήσω, live, be alive. 

feral, -ῶν, al, a coarse grain, spelt, 
only in pl.; ef. πυροί and κριθαί. 

ζειρά, -ἂς, ἡ, cloak or mantle reach- 
ing to the feet, worn by Thra- 
cian horsemen in winter. 

ζευγηλατέω (ξυγόν-  ἐλαύνω), drive a 
yoke of oxen. 

ζευγηλάτης, -ov, ὁ ({vysr+édadvw), 
one who drives a yoke of oxen, 
a teamster. 

ζεύγνυμι, ξεύξω, ἔζευξα, etc. (Lat. 
tungo, Eng. yoke), yoke, join, 
fasten; esp. of bridges, fevyvi- 
vat γέφυραν or ζευγνύναι ποταμόν, 
so in pass., I, 2, ὅ; II, 4, 13. 

ζεῦγος, -ovs, τό (ζνγόν, yoke), yoke 
or pair of animals; in pl. catile. 

Ζεύς, Διός, ὁ (cf. Sanskrit Dyaus, old 
Lat. Diespiter), Zeus,son of Rhea 
and Cronus, and king of the gods, 

Ζήλαρχος, -ov, ὁ, Zelarchus, a com- 
missary in the Greek army. 

ζηλωτός, -%, -6v (verbal adj. of ἕξηλόω, 
envy, from ζῆλος, envy; cf. Eng. 
zeal, jealous), enviable, an ob- 
ject of envy. 

ζημιόω (ζημία, loss, fine), fine, pun- 

ζῆν, see ἕάω, [ish. 

ζητέω, ἕητήσω, etc., seek for, ask 
for; with infin., desire. 

ζυμίτης, -ov, adj. (ζύμη, leaven; cf. 
Eng. zymotic), leavened. 

ζωγρέω, ζωγρήσω, ἐζώγρησα (ζωός-- 
ἀγρέω, catch), take alive. 

ζῶν, see ἕάω. 

ζώνη, -ns, ἡ (ζώννυμι, gird, Eng. 
zone), girdle, belt. Women’s 
girdles were often richly dec- 
orated, hence of the Persian 
queen, κῶμαι els ζώνην δεδομέναι, 
villages given for girdle-money 











Vocabulary 53 





(*“*pin money”’), t.e., she enjoyed 
the revenues for personal use, 
I, 4,9; a soldier’s belt was of 
metal or leather. 

twds, -7, -dv (ζάω), living, alive. 


H 


ἤν, conj.: (1) disjunctive,or; ἢ... 
ἢ either ... or, 1,3,5; in indir. 
double ques., πότερον (πότερα, 
ei)... %, whether ...or; ina 
direct question, with the former 
member unexpressed, II, 4, 3; 
(2) comparative, than (after com- 
parative or words implying com- 
purison ἄλλος, ἐναντίος, etc.). 

ἦ, adv. (Eng. yea), in truth, truly; 
in oaths ἢ μήν; see μήν. 

ἢ, interrogative part., implying 
nothing as to the answer ex- 
pected, but often implying feel- 
ing. 

ἣν, Bee ὁ, 

1 dat. sing. fem. of rel. 8s, used “as 
adv. (sc. ὁδῷ), in what place, 
where, in what way, how; ἣ 
ἐδύνατο τάχιστα, as quickly as he 
could, I, 2, 4, etc,; ἡἣ δυνατὸν 
μάλιστα, with all my power, 
with all my heart, I, 3, 15. 

Ty See εἰμέ, 

ἡβάσκω (ἥβη, youth), grow from 
boyhood to youth. 

ἤγαγον, see ἄγω. 

ἠγάσθη, see ἄγαμαι. 

ἤγγειλα, see ἀγγέλλω. 

ἠγγνᾶτο, see ἐγγυάω. 

ἡγεμονία, -as, ἡ (ἡγεμών), leader- 
ship, command. 

ἡγεμόσυνα, -ων, τά (sc. ἱερά), thank- 
offerings (for safe conduct). 

ἡγεμών, -όνος, ὁ (ἡγέομαι, ἄγω), leader, 
guide, commander; as ἃ title of 
Heracles, VI, 2, 15. 


ἡγέομαι, ἡγήσομαι, etc. (cf. ἄγω), 
lead, conduct, guide, abs. or 
with dat.; τὸ ἡγούμενον, the van, 
II, 2,4; command, be leader of, 
abs. or with gen. or dat., I, 4, 2n; 
think, believe (cf. Lat. duco), 
I, 2, 4. 

Ἡγήσανδρος, -ov, ὁ, Hegesander, 
one of the generals of the Ar- 
cadian army. 

ἤδει, ἤδεσαν, see οἶδα. 

ἡδέως, adv., comp. ἥδιον, sup. ἥδιστα 
(ἡδύς), gladly, with pleasure. 

ἤδη, adv. (2- δή), now, ere now, 
by this time, already, at once. 

ἥδομαι, ἡσθήσομαι, ἥσθην ( ἡδύς, 
suavis, sweet), be glad, delight 
in, enjoy, abs., with dat., or 
with partic. 

ἡδονή, -ἧς, ἡ (ἡδύς), pleasure, de- 
light; of fruit, flavor, taste, 
IT, 3, 16. 

ἡδύοινος, -ov (ἡδύς- οἶνος), producing 
sweet wine. 

ἡδύς, -efa, -ὕ, comp. ἡδίων, sup. 
ἥδιστος (cf. ἥδομαι, Lat. suavis), 
sweet, delicious, pleasant. 

ἤθελε, see ἐθέλω. 

ἧκαν, see ἕημι. 

ἥκιστα, 566 ἥττων. 

ἥκω, ἥξω, pres. with perf. force, be 
come, have come, arrive, come 
back. 

ἤλασε, see ἐλαύνω. 

ἤλεγχον, see ἐλέγχω. 

Ἠλεῖος, -α, -ον (Ἦλις, Elis), an 
Eléan, a native of Elis, a state 
in the western part of the Pelo- 
ponnesus. 

ἤλεκτρον, -ov, τὸ (cf. Eng. electric), 
a name given by the Greeks to 
amber, and to the metal elec- 
trum, a compound of four parts 
of gold to one of silver. 

ἦλθον, see ἔρχομαι. 





δά το Anabasis 





ἡλίβατος, -ov, poetic adj., steep, 
sheer, precipitous. 

ἠλίθιος, -a, -ov, foolish, stupid; τὸ 
ἡλίθιον, folly, stupidity, II, 6, 22. 

ἡλικία, -as, ἡ (ἡλίκος, as old as), age, 

esp. prime of life, manhood. 

ἡλικιώτης, -ov, ὁ (ἡλικία), a person 
of one’s own age, comrade, 

ἥλιος, -ov, ὁ (cf. Eng. heliotrope, 
etc.), the sun, generally without 
art.; as a god, Helios, the sun- 
god, IV, 5, 35. 

ἡμεῖς, see ἐγώ. 

ἠμελημένως, adv. from perf. pass. 
partic. of ἀμελέω, carelessly. 

ἦμεν, see elul. 

ἡμέρα, -as, ἡ, day, whether con- 
trasted with night or as desig- 
nating the whole period of 24 
hrs.; μέσον ἡμέρας, noon, I, 8, 8; 
dua τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, at duybreak, II, 1,2; 
Tas μὲν ἡμέρας. .. Tas δὲ νύκτας, 
by day ... by night, V, 8, 24; 
ΒΟ ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς, II, 6, 7; dis- 
tributive, τῆς ἡμέρας, a day, per 
diem, IV, 6, 4; but in III, 3, 
11. in the course of the day; 
cf. δέκα ἡμερῶν, within ten days, 
I, 7,18; ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν, all day 
long, IV, 1,10; πρὸς ἡμέραν, near 
dawn, 1V, 5,21; μεθ᾽ ἡμέραν, by 
day, IV, 6, 12. 

ἥμερος, -a, -ov, tame, of trees, cul- 
tivated. 

ἡμέτερος, -a, -ov (ἡμεῖς), ours τὰ 
ἡμέτερα, our affairs or circum- 
stances, I, 3, 9. 

ἣμι-, a prefix (Lat. semi-, Eng. 
hemi-), half. 

ἡμίβρωτος, -ον (ἡμι- - verbal of βιβ- 
ρώσκω, eat), half-eaten. 

ἡμιδαρεικόν, -ov, τό (ἡμι--Ἐ δαρεικός), 
half a daric. 

ἡμιδεής, -és (ἡμι- -ἰ- δέω, need, lack), 
half-full. 


ἡμιόλιος, -a, -ον (ἡμι- - dros), half as 
much again, with gen. of com- 
parison, I, 3, 21. 

ἡμιονικός, -ἡ, -dv (ἡμίονος), belonging 
to mules; ζεῦγος ἡμιονικόν, mule 
team, VII, 5, 2. 

ἡμίονος, -ov, ὁ (ὄνος), mule. 

ἡμίπλεθρον, -ου, τό (πλέθρον), half a 
plethrum. 

ἥμισυς, -ea, -v (cf. ἡμι-), half; as 
subst., half, the half, with gen. 
I, 9, 26. 

ἡμιωβόλιον, -ov, τό (ὀβολός), half an 
obol. 

ἤμουν, see ἐμέω. 

ἠμφεγνόουν, 566 ἀμφιγνοέω. 

ἡμῶν αὐτῶν, 566 ἐμαυτοῦ, 

ἤν, contr. for ἐάν. 

ἦν, imperf. of εἰμί, 

ἠνέχθη, 566 φέρω. 

ἡνίκα, temporal conj., when, 

ἡνίοχος, -ου, ὁ (ἡνία, τά, reins+éxw), 
driver, charioteer. 

ἤνπερ, contr. for ἐάνπερ, 

ἥνπερ, See ὅσπερ. 

ἥξειν, see ἥκω, 

ἧπερ, dat. fem. sing. of ὅσπερ, as 
adv., in the very manner or 
place in which, just as, just 
where. 

ἠπιστάμεθα, see ἐπίσταμαι, 

Ἡράκλεια, -ας, ἡ, Heracléa, a Greek 
city in Bithynia. 

Ἡρακλείδης, -ov, ὁ (‘Hpaxdfs), Hera- 
clides, a Thracian from Maronea, 
in the service of Seuthes. 

Ἡρακλεώτης, -ov, ὁ (Ἡράκλεια), an 
inhabitant of MHeracléa, a 
Heracleot. 

Ἡρακλῆς, -¢ovs, ὁ, Heracles, Lat. 
Hercules, son of Zeus and 
Alemena, the greatest of the 
Greek heroes. For twelve years 
he was forced by Hera to serve 
Eurystheus, king of Argos, and 








Vocabulary 55 





thus performed his twelve la- 
bors, the last of which was 
the bringing of Cerberus to the 
upper world, VI, 2,2. He was 
the patron and guide of wan- 
derers, IV, 8, 25 n. 

ἠράσθη, see ἔραμαι. 

ἐἠρέθησαν, ἥρηντο, see αἱρέω. 

ἠρόμην, ἔρομαι. 

ἥσθη, see ἥδομαι. 

ἡσυχάζω (ἥσυχος), keep quiet. 

ἡσυχῇ, adv. (ἥσυχος), quietly, in 
silence. 

ἡσυχία, -as, ἡ (ἥσυχος), quiet, rest ; 
καθ᾽ ἡσυχίαν, at one’s ease, II, 
3, 8; ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν, take one's 
ease, III, 1, 14; ἡσυχίαν ἔχειν, 
keep still, IV, 5, 13; V, 8,15; cf. 
εἰρήνην ἄγειν, enjoy peace, II, 6, 6. 

ἥσυχος, -ov, still, quiet, in silence. 

ἡτησάμεθα, see airéw, 

ἦτρον, -ov, τό, belly, abdomen. 

ἡττάομαι, ἡττήσομαι OF ἡττηθήσομαι, 
etc. (ἥττων), be less or weaker 
than (gen.), be surpassed, out- 
done, defeated. 

ἥττων, -ov, gen. -ovos, inferior, 
weaker, used as comp. of κακός ; 
neut. as adv., ἧττον, less, II, 4, 2; 
οὐδὲν ἧττον, none the less, VII, 
5, 9; sup. ἥκιστα, least of ail, 
not at all, by no means, I, 9, 19; 
VIT, 3, 38. 

ηὔχοντο, see εὔχομαι. 

ηὗρε, See εὑρίσκω. 

ηὐτύχησαν, see εὐτυχέω. 

ἤχθησαν, see ἄγω. 


Θ 


θ᾽, by elision and euphony for τέ. 

θάλαττα, -ης, ἡ, sea. 

θάλπος, -ovs, τό (θάλπω, warm), 
heat, in pl. ITI, 1, 23 n. 

θαμινά, adv. (θάμα, often), often. 


θάνατος, -ov, ὁ (θνήσκω), death; ἐπὶ 
θάνατῳ, as a sijn of condemna- 
tion to death, 1, 6,10; ἐπὶ θανάτῳ 
ἄγεσθαι, be prosecuted on a capi- 
tal charge, V, 7, 34. 

θανατόω, θανατώσω, etc. (θάνατος), 
condemn to death. 

θάπτω (θάψω, ἔθαψα, τέθαμμαι, 
ἐτάφην), bury. 

θαρραλέος, -α, -ον (θρασύς), bold, 
confident. 

θαρραλέως, adv. (@appadéos), boldly, 
confidently. 

θαρρέω, -ἤσω, etc. (θρασύς), be con- 
jident, be of good courage ; with 
acc., have no fear of, III, 2, 20; 
partic. as adv., confidently, III, 
4, 3. 

θάρρος, -ous, τό (θρασύς), confidence, 
courage. 

θαρρύνω (θρασύς), make confident, 
encourage, hearten. 

Θαρύπας, -ov, ὁ, Tharypas, a favor- 
ite of Menon’s. 

θάτερον, see ἕτερος. 

θᾶττον, see ταχύς. 

θαῦμα, -ατος, τό (cf. θεάομαι), a 
wonder, marvel. 

θαυμάζω (θαυμάσομαι, ἐθαύμασα, τεθαύ- 
μακα, ἐθαυμάσθην), wonder at, be 
surprised, admire. 

θαυμάσιος, -a, -ov (θαυμάζω), mar- 
velous, remarkable. 

θαυμαστός, -ἡ, -dv (θαυμάζω), won- 
derful, strange; cf. θαυμάσιος. 

Θαψακηνός, -οὔῦ, ὁ (Θάψακος), inhab- 
itant of Thapsacus, in pl. I, 
4,18. 

Θάψακος, ov, ἡ (Heb. Tiphsah, ford, 
I Kings, 4:24), Thapsacus, an 
important city on the west bank 
of the Euphrates. 

θέα, -as, ἡ (cf. θεάομαι, Eng. theatre), 
sight, spectacle. 

θεά, -ἂς, ἡ (θεός), goddess. 





56 Anabasis 





θέαμα, -aros, τό (θεάομαι), sight, 
spectacle. 

θεάομαι, θεάσομαι, etc. (θέα), gaze at, 
watch, see. 

θεῖος, -a, -ov (θεός), divine, miracu- 
lous. 

θέλω, see ἐθέλω. 

Sev, suffix denoting the place 
whence, 

Θεογένης, -ovs, ὁ, Theogenes, a Lo- 
crian, captain in the Greek 
army. 

Θεόπομπος, -ov, ὁ, Theopompus, an 
Athenian. 

θεός, -οὔ, ὁ, ἡ, divinity, god, god- 
dess, the sing. having the art. 
only when a definite god is 
meant; σὺν (rots) θεοῖς, with the 
aid of heaven; πρὸς θεῶν, before 
or in the sight of the gods. 

θεοσέβεια, -as, ἡ (ϑεός- σέβομαι, wor- 
ship), reverence for the gods, 
piety. 

θεραπεύω, θεραπεύσω, ete. (θεράπων, 
ef. Eng. therapeutic), attend, 
serve, wait upon. 

θεράπων, -ovros, ὁ, servant, attend- 
ant (not a born slave, δοῦλοε). 

θερίζω, (θέρος, summer), spend the 
summer. 

θερμασία, -as, ἡ (θερμός, hot; α΄. 
Eng. thermometer), warmth. 

Θερμώδων, -ovros, ὁ, the Thermo- 
don, a river in Cappadocia. 

θέσθαι, see τίθημι. 

Θετταλία, -ας, ἡ (Θετταλός), Thes- 
saly, the largest state in north- 
ern Greece, bordering upon 
Macedonia. 

Θετταλός, -οὔ, ὁ, a Thessalian. 

θέω (θεύσομαι), run, charge; chiefly, 
but not solely, in the military 
phrase, θεῖν δρόμῳ, charge at 
double quick, on the run. 

θεωρέω, θεωρήσω, etc. (θέα), look at, 


view, be spectator; of troops, 
review. 

Θηβαῖος, -ov, ὁ (Θῆβαι, Thebes), a 
Theban, inhabitant of Thebes 
in Boeotia. 

Θήβη, -ης, ἡ, Thebe, a small city in 
the Troad; Θήβης πεδίον, the 
neighboring district, VII, 8, 7. 

θήρα, -as, ἡ (θήρ, wild beast, cf. 
Lat. ferus, Eng. deer), hunt, 
chase. 

Onpdw, θηράσω, etc. (θήρα), hunt, 
chase. 

θηρεύω, θηρεύσω, etc. (θήρα), hunt, 
chase, catch. 

θηρίον, -ov, τό (θήρα), beast, animal. 

θησαυρός, -οὔ, ὁ, (τίθημι), treasure, 
store, V, 4, 27; treasury, V, 3, 5. 

Θήχης, -ov, ὁ, Theches, a mountain 
in Pontus. 

~@, a suffix denoting the place 
where. 

Θίβρων, -ωνος, ὁ, Thibron, a Spar- 
tan general, warring against 
Tissaphernes. 

θνήσκω (θανοῦμαι, ἔθανον, τέθνηκα), 
regularly used in compounds 
(chiefly ἀπο-), save in the perf. 
and plpf., die, be killed; in perf. 
be dead, fallen in battle, I, 6, 11. 
In the pf., save in the sing, in- 
dic. 2 pf. forms are found, ré6va- 
τον, IV, 1,19; τεθνᾶσι, IV, 2,17; 
τεθνάναι, IV, 7, 20; τεθνεῶτας, VII, 
4, 19, 

θνητός, -ἡ, -όν (verbal of θνήσκω), 
mortal. 

θόρυβος, -ov, ὁ, noise, confusion, 
disturbance. 

Θούριος, -ov, ὁ, a Thurian, inhab- 
itant of Thurii, an Athenian 

colony in southern Italy. 

Open, -ns, ἡ (Θρᾷξ), Thrace: (1) 
the region in Europe lying north 
of the Aegean and west of the 


Vocabulary 57 























Euxine; (2) in Asia, the region 
south of the Euxine extending 
from the Bosphorus to Hera- 
cléa. 

Θράκιος, -a, -ov (Θρᾷξ), Thracian; 
τὸ Θράκιον, the Thraciun quarter 
(in Byzantium). 

Θρᾷξ, -xés, 6, a native of Thrace, 
Thracian. 

θρασέως, adv. (θρασύς), boldly. 

θρασύς, -εἴα, -v (cf. Eng. dare), bold, 
daring. 

θρεψόμεθα, see τρέφω. 

θρόνος, -ov, 6 (Eng. throne), seat, 
chair, throne. 

θυγάτηρ, -τρός, ἡ (cf. Eng. daugh- 
ter), daughter. 

θύλακος, -ov, ὁ, bag, sack. 

θῦμα, -aros, τό (θύω), sacrifice, vic- 
tim. 

Θύμβριον, -ov, τό, Thymbrium, a 
city of Phrygia. 

θυμοειδής, -és (@uudst-eidos), high- 
spirited, of horses. 

θυμόομαι, θυμώσομαι, etc. (θυμός), be 
angry or wroth. 

θυμός, -o0, ὁ, heart, feelings, wrath. 

Ovvol, -ων, ol, the Thyni, a Thra- 
cian tribe. 

θύρα, -as, ἡ (Lat. foris, Eng. door), 
door, commonly in pl. of folding 
doors; ἐπὶ ταῖς βασιλέως θύραις, at 
the king’s court, I, 9, 3, but in 
II, 4, 4, at his very gates; ef. 
VI, 5, 23 and see I, 2, 11 n. 

θύρετρα, τά (θύρα), doors, gates. 

θυσία, -ας, ἡ, sacrifice. 

θύω (θύσω, ἔθυσα, τέθυκα, τέθυμαι, ἐτύ- 
θην), sacrifice, abs., or with acc. 
of victim, and dat. of the god; 
mid., have a sacrifice offered, 
offer sacrifice, esp. with a view 

to learning about the future; 
τὰ Λύκαια ἔθυσε, celebrated the 





Lycaea (see the word) with sacri- 
fice, I, 2, 10; θύειν σωτήρια, sacri- 
fice thank-offerings for safety, 
III, 2, 9; τὰ θυόμενα, the victims, 
V, 3, 9. 

θωρακίζω, ἐθωράκισα, etc. (θώραξ), 
arm with a breastplate or cui- 
rass; mid, put on one’s breast- 
plate, II, 2, 14; pass. aor. and 
pf. partic., clad in armor. 

θώραξ, -axos, ὁ, breastplate, cutrass. 

Θώραξ, -axos, ὁ, Thorax, a Boeotian 
in the Greek army. 


I 


ldopar, ἰάσομαι, heal, cure. 

Ἰασονία ἀκτή, ἡ, Jason’s cape, a 
promontory in Pontus near 
Sindpe. Here according to le- 
gend, the Argonauts underJason 
landed. 

ἰατρός, -o0, ὁ (ldouat), physician, 
surgeon. 

ἰδέ (ἰδεῖν), see εἶδον. 

Ἴδη, -ης, ἡ, Ida, a mountain in the 
Troad, famed as the scene of the 
judgment of Paris. 

ἴδιος, -a, -ov (cf. Eng. idiom), one’s 
own, personal, private; els τὸ 
ἴδιον, for one’s own use, I, 3, 3; 
adv. ἰδίᾳ, privately, V, 6, 27. 

ἰδιότης, -ητος, ἡ (ἴδιος), peculiarity. 

ἰδιώτης, -ου, ὁ (ἴδιος; cf. Eng. idiot), 
private person, subject, private 
soldier; amateur, one without 
special knowledge, VI, 1, 31. 

ἰδιωτικός, -4, -dv (ἰδιώτης), Of a 
private person, private, com- 
mon. 

ἴδοι, ἰδοῦσα, see εἶδον. 

ἱδρόω, ἱδρώσω (ἱδρώς, sweat, Lat. 
sudor, Eng. sweat), sweat. 

ἰδών, see εἶδον. 

ἵεντο, see Inu. 





58 Anabasis 





ἱερεῖον, -ov, τό (lepés), animal for 
sacrifice ; in pl., cattle, for food, 
since a portion of the slain beast 
was always offered to the gods. 

ἱερός, -d, -dv (cf. Eng. hierarchy), 
holy, sacred (to a god, gen., V, 
3, 13); as subst. τὸ ἱερόν. temple, 
V, 3, 11; in pl. τὰ ἱερά, sacrifice, 
vitals, of the victims, or omens, 
drawn from their inspection, I, 
8, 15 and often; # ἱερὰ συμβουλὴ 
λεγομένη εἶναι, “sacred counsel” 
as the proverb goes (alluding to 
the proverb ἱερὸν ἡ συμβουλή), V, 
6, 4; ‘Iepdv ὄρος, sacred mountain, 
in Thrace, VII, 1, 14. 

Ἱερώνυμος, -ov, ὁ, Hieronymus, of 
Elis, a Greek captain. 

Uppt (ἥσω, ἧκα, -εἴκα, εἶμαι, -εἰθηνὶ, 
send, throw, hurl, with dat. of 
the missile; ἧκαν ἑαυτούς, they 
flung themselves, rushed, IV, 5, 
18; so mid., run, rush, charge. 

ἴθι, s e εἶμι. 

ἱκανός, ἡ, -dy (ἱκνέομαι, ἱκάνω), suf- 
Jicient, enough, adequate, able, 
jit, abs., or with infin. 

ἱκανῶς, adv. (ixavés), su ficiently, 
adequately, well enough. 

ἱκετέυω, -εύσω, etc. (ἱκνέομαι), im- 
plore, beseech. 

ἱκέτης, -ov, ὁ (ἱκνέομαι), suppliant. 

Ἰκόνιον, -ov, τό, Iconium, a city of 
Phrygia. 

ἵλεως, -ων, gen. -w, propitious, 
fuvorable, of gods. 

ἴλη, -ns, ἡ (εἴλω, hem in), band, 
troop, esp. of cavalry. 

ἱμάς, -άντος, ὁ, thong, strap. 

ἱμάτιον, -ov, τό, outer garment, 
cloak, himation; in pl., clothes, 
IV, 3,11. 

tva, final particle, that, in order 
that, with subj. or opt. 


ἵππαρχος, -ου, ὁ (ἔππος- -ἄρχω), cav- 
alry, commander. 
ἱππασία, -as, ἡ (tos), a riding to 
and fro. 
ἱππεία, -as, ἡ (ἵππος), cavalry. 
ἱππεύς, -éws, ὁ, horseman, cavalry- 
man. 
ὑππικός, -%, -6v (ἵππος), of or bebong.- 
tng to a horse or to cavalry; 
ἱππική δύναμις, cavalry force, I, 
3, 12; τὸ ἱππικόν, cavalry, I, 9, 31. 
ἱππόδρομος, -ov, ὁ (ἔππος- -δρόμος), a 
race-course, hippodrome. 
ἵππος, -ov, ὁ (for ἕκκος, Lat. equus), 
horse, pl. οἱ ἵπποι, cavalry, VII, 
3, 39; ἀπὸ or ἐφ᾽ ἵππου, on horse- 
back, I. 2, 7; IIl, 4, 47. 
Ἶρις, acc. Ἶριν, ὁ, the Iris, a river 
in Pontus. 
ἴσϑι, see οἶδα. 
ἰσθμός, -οὔ, ὁ (Eng. isthmus), isth- 
mus; a8 ἃ proper name, the 
Isthmus of Corinth, II, 6, 3. 
ἴσμεν, see οἶδα. 
ἰσόπλευρος, -ον (ἴσος-[-πλευρά), with 
equal sides, equilateral. 
ἴσος, -, -ov (cf. Eng. isosceles), 
equal; ἐν ἴσῳ, in equal step, 
evenly, 1, 8, 11; οὐκ ἐξ ἴσου ἐσμέν, 
we are nut on an equal footing, 
III, 4, 47; εἰς τὸ ἴσον ἡμῖν, to the 
same level with us, IV, 6, 18; 
ἴσους τὸ μῆκος καὶ τὸ πλάτος, as 
broad as they were long, V, 4, 
32; adv. tov, equally, alike, 
a1, 6, 7. 
ἰσοχειλής, -és (ἴσος- χεῖλος, lip), up 
to the brim. 
Ἰσσοί, -dr, οἱ, 1581 or Issus, ἃ city 
of Cilicia. 
ἴστε, see οἶδα, 
ἵστημι (στήσω, ἔστησα, ἕστηκα, ἐστά- 
θην), 2 aor. ἔστην, 2 perf. infin. 
ἑστάναι (Lat. stare, Eng. stand), 
make stand or stop, station, 


Vocabulary 59 








place, set up; intr. in mid. (ex- 
cept 1 aor.) and 2 aor., 1 and 2 
perf., and 1 and 2 pipf. act., 
stand, halt, be stationed, hold 
one’s ground, I, 10, 1. 
ἱστίον, -ov, τό (dimin. of ἱστός, mast, 
cf. torn), sail. 
ἰσχυρός, -d, -ν (ἰσχύς), strong, 
mighty, of persons and places. 
ἰσχυρῶς, (ἰσχυρός), strongly, vio- 
lently, exceedingly. 
ἰσχύς, -vos, ἡ, strength, might, 
force; of an army, I, 8, 22; V. 
7, 30. 
ἴσχω (parallel form to ἔχω, only in 
pres. and impf.), hold, hinder; 
pass., ἐν τούτῳ ἴσχετο, in this 
there was a hitch, VI, 3, 9. 
ἴσως, adv. (cos), equally, probably, 
perhaps, I suppose. 
Ἰταμένης, -ov, ὁ, Itamenes, a Per- 
sian. 
iréov (verbal of εἶμι), one must go. 
ἴτυς, -vos, ἡ, rim, of a shield. 
ἰχθύς, -vos, ὁ (cf. Eng. ichthyology), 
fish. 
ixvlov, -ov, τό (dim. of ἴχνος), foot- 
step, track. The word is mainly 
confined to poetry. 
ἴχνος, -ous, τό, footstep, track. 
Ἰωνία, -as, ἡ (Ἴων, Ion, the myth- 
ical founder of the Ionian tribe), 
Ionia, a name given to the coast 
of Asia Minor and the adjacent 
islands, between Aeolis and 
Caria. 
Ἰωνικός, -4, -dv (Ἰωνία), belonging 
to Ionia, Ionian, Ionic. 


K 


κἀγαθά, for καὶ ἀγαθά. 

κἀγώ, for καὶ ἐγώ. 

καθ᾽, by elision and euphony for 
κατά. 


καθά, adv. for καθ᾽ ἅ, according as, 
just as. 
καθαίρω, καθαρῶ, ἐκάθηρα (καθαρός, 
clean; cf. Lat. castus, chaste, 
Eng. cathartic), cleanse, purify. 
καθάπερ, adv. (καθ᾽ ἅπερ), just as= 
ὥσπερ. 
καθαρμός, -οὔ, ὁ (καθαίρω), purifi- 
cation. 
καθέζομαι, ἐκαθεζόμην, καθεδοῦμαι 
(simple ἐζομαι, sit, rare), sit 
down; halt, encamp, I, 5, 9. 
καθέλκω (ἕλκω), drag or draw down, 
of ships, launch. 
καθέντας, see καθίημι. 
καθεύδω, impf. ἐκάθευδον (εὕδω, poetic 
sleep), lie down, sleep, lie idle. 
καθηγέομαι (ἡγέομαι), lead, conduct, 
carry out. 
καθηδυπαθέω, aor. καθηδυπάθησα (ἡδυ- 
παθέω, from ἥδυς--πάσχω), squan- 
der in luxury. 
καθήκω (ἥκω), come down, reach 
down to; impers. ἐξ behooves, is 
the duty of, with dat., I, 9, 7. 
κάθημαι, impf. ἐκαθήμην (ἣμαι, poetic, 
sit), sit, be seated, be encamped. 
καθῆραι, see καθαίρω. 
καθίζω, καθιῶ, ἐκάθισα (ifw, seat), 
make sit down, seat, set. 
καθίημι (ἕημι), send down; of spears 
καθιέναι eis προβολήν, lower for 
attack, V1, 5, 25. 
καθίστημι (lornut), place or set 
down, station, establish, but to 
be variously rendered; arrange, 
II, 3, 3; bring, 1, 4, 13; set in 
office, appoint, ITI, 2, 5; intrans. 
(in 2 aor., pf. and plpf. act. and 
the mid., except the 1 aor., 
come to, be established in; 1 
aor. mid. trans., appoint, III. 
1, 39; ὡς καταστησομένων τούτων 
εἰς τὸ δέον, since this business 
would turn out all right, I, 8, 8. 





60 Anabasis 





καθοράω (ipdw), look down on from 
above, observe. 

καί, conj., copulative or intensive, 
and, even, also. Asa copula it 
connects words or clauses; in 
enumerations it is regularly ex- 
pressed with each item, not be- 
fore the last only, as in Eng, 
although it may be omitted alto- 
gether (asyndeton); after πολύς 
it may be left untranslated, IT, 
3, 18; after words expressing 
sameness it may be rendered as 
(cf. Lat. ac.), II, 2, 10. Asan 
intensive it is common with con- 
cessive partics., I, 9, 31 (cf, καί- 
wep); With relatives, marking 
the parallelism, where and or 
also is unnatural in Eng., ὅπου 
ἂν καὶ ὑμεῖς, I, 3,6; ef. ὥς τις καὶ 
ἄλλος, I, 3,15; εἴ τις καὶ ἄλλος, I, 
4,15; καὶ αὐτοί, they too, III, 4, 
37. καί is often correlated with 
re or καί, both ... and; for καὶ 
γάρ, see γάρ. 

Κάικος, -ov, ὁ, the Caicus, a river 
of Mysia; Καΐκου πεδίον, the ad- 
jacent plain. 

Καιναί, -dv, al, Caenae, a city in 
Mesopotamia on the Tigris. 

kaivw, slay, kill, III, 2, 39; ef. 
kaTraxalyw, 

καίπερ, concessive conj. (καί- περὶ, 
although, with partic. 

καιρός, -οὔ, ὁ, right or fitting time, 
opportunity, crisis; ἐν καιρῷ, 
opportunely, ITI, 1,39; προσωτέρω 
τοῦ καιροῦ, further than was 
proper or wise, IV, 3, 34. 

καίτοι, conj. (xal+-rol), and yet. 

καίω or κάω, καύσω, ἔκαυσα, -κέκαυκα, 
κέκαυμαι, ἐκαύθην, burn, burn 
up; πῦρ καίειν, keep a fire burn- 
ing, IV, 1, 11; of surgeons, cau- 
terize, V, 8, 18; pass. be on jire. 


κἀκεῖνος, for καὶ ἐκεῖνος, 

κακόνοια, -as ἡ (κακός- νοῦς), dl 
will, malice. 

κακόνους, -ovv (xaxés+-vods), of evil 
mind, ill-disposed, hostile. 

κακός, -7, -6y, comp. κακίων, sup. κά- 
κιστος, bad, wicked, base, harm- 
ful, of persons or things, esp. of 
soldiers, cowardly; as subst. 
τὸ κακόν, evil, harm, mischief, 
ITT, 1, 25; κακόν (κακά) τινα ποιεῖν, 
do harm to, injure, I, 9, 11; ef. 
KaKws, 

κακουργέω (xaxés-+- Vepy), do harm 
to, maltreat. 

κακοῦργος, -ov, ὁ, (xaxés+- Vepy), an 
evil-doer, criminal. 

κακόω, κακώσω, etc. (κακός), hurt, 
injure. 

κακῶς, adv. (xaxés), badly, ill, 
wrongly, wretchedly; κακῶς ποι- 
civ, do harm to, injure, I, 4, 8; 
as pass. κακῶς πάσχειν, be ill 
treated, III, 3, 7; κακῶς ἔχειν, be 
badly off, in evil case, I, 5, 16, 
κακίον πράττειν, fare worse, be 
worse off, I, 9, 10. 

κάκωσις, -ews, ἡ (κακόω), {11 treat- 
ment, 

καλάμη, -ns, ἡ (cf. κάλαμος), straw. 

κάλαμος, -ov, ὁ, reed, straw. 

καλέω (καλῶ, ἐκάλεσα, κέκληκα, κέκλη- 
μαι, ἐκλήθην), call, summon, in- 
vite; call, name, with two accs., 
VII, 6, 38; so in pass. I, 2, 8; 
partic. καλούμενος, often, so-called, 
I, 2, 8; I, 8, 10. 

καλινδέομαι (cf, κυλινδέω), roll. 

καλλιερέω, καλλιερήσω, ἐκαλλιέρησα 
(xadés+-iepés), obtain favorable 
omens in sacrificing. 

Καλλίμαχος, -ov, ὁ, Callimachus, 
of Parrhasia in Arcadia, a Greek 
captain, noted for his bravery. 

καλλίων (κάλλιστος), see καλός, 




















Vocabulary 61 





κάλλος, -ovs, τό (καλός), beauty. 

καλλωπισμός, -οὔὐ, ὁ (καλλωπίζω, 
adorn; καλός- -ῶψ, face), adorn- 
ment. 

καλός, -7, -ὁν (cf. Eng. whole), comp. 
καλλίων, sup. κάλλιστος, beautiful, 
fair, noble, honorable ; of omens 
or sacrifices, propitious; as 
subst. τὸ καλόν, honor, 11, 6, 18; 
καλοὶ καὶ ἀγαθοί, the noble and 
good (the Greek phrase for 
“sentlemen”), II, 6,19; in mili- 
tary lang., good and brave, IV, 
1, 19; εἰς καλὸν ἥκετε, you have 
come opportunely, IV, 7, 3. 

Κάλπης λιμήν, ὁ, Calpe haven, a 
port in Bithynia. In VI, 3, 24 
it is called Calpe simply. 

Καλχηδονία, -as, ἡ (Καλχηδών), 
Chalcedonia, the region around 
Chalcédon. 

Καλχηδών, -dv0s, ἡ, Chalcédon, a 
city in Bithynia opposite By- 
zantium. 

καλῶς, comp. κάλλιον, sup. κάλλιστα 
(καλός), beautifully, but chiefly 
in a moral sense, well, honor- 
ably, finely, nobly, happily; 
καλῶς ἔχειν, be well, be all right, 
I, 8, 13; καλῶς γίγνεσθαι, turn out 
well, IV, 3, 24; καλῶς ποιεῖν, do 
well, benefit, trans. or intrans., 
IT, 6, 20; V, 8, 25; καλῶς ἔχειν 
ὁρᾶσθαι, present a fine appear- 
ance, II, 3, 3. 

κάμνω (καμοῦμαι, ἔκαμον, κἐκμηκα), 
work, toil, be weary, be sick. 

κἀμοί, for καὶ ἐμοί. 

κἀν, for καὶ ἐν. 

κἄν, for καὶ ἐάν. 

κάνδυς, -vos, ὁ (Persian word), ἃ 
long outer garment worn by 
Persians, robe. 
κἀντεῦθεν, for καὶ ἐντεῦθεν. 
κἄπειτα, for καὶ ἔπειτα. 


καπηλεῖον, -ου, τό (κάπηλος, a huck- 
ster), huckster’s shop, tavern. 

καπίθη, -ἡς, ἡ, capithe, a Persian 
dry measure, containing two 
choinixes, a little less than two 
quarts. 

καπνός, -o0, ὁ, smoke. 

Καππαδοκία, -as, ἡ, Cappadocia, a 
province of central Asia Minor. 

κάπρος, -ov, ὁ (Lat. caper, he-goat), 
wild boar. 

καρβατίναι, -Gv, ai, coarse shoes, 
brogues. 

καρδία, -as, ἡ (Lat. cor, heart, Eng. 

heart), heart. 

Καρδούχειος, -a, -ov (Καρδοῦχοι), 
Carduchian, of the Cardichi. 

Καρδοῦχοι, -ων, ol, the Cardichi, 
Carduchians, the modern Kurds, 
a warlike people inhabiting the 
mountainous region northeast 
of Mesopotamia. 

Κάρκασος, -ov, ὁ, Carcasus, a river 
in Mysia. 

καρπαία, -as, ἡ, the Carpaea, a 
Thessalian pantomimic dance, 
VI, 1, 7. 

καρπόομαι, καρπώσομαι, etc. (καρπός), 
reap the fruits of, reap. 

καρπός, -οῦ, ὁ (cf. Lat. carpo, seize, 
Eng. harvest), fruit, crop. 

Kapoos, -ου, ὁ, the Carsus, a small 
river emptying into the gulf of 
Issus. 

κάρυον, -ov, τό, nut; κάρυα πλάτεα 
οὐκ ἔχοντα δαιφυήν, probably, 
chestnuts, V, 4, 29, 32. 

κάρφη, -ἡς, ἡ (cf. κάρφω, dry up), 
hay, straw. 

Καστωλός, -οῦ, ἡ, Castdlus, a place, 
presumably near Sardis, where 
there was a plain (Καστωλοῦ 
πεδίον), which was the muster- 
ing place of the Persian troops 
under Cyrus, I, 1, 2; I, 9, 7. 





62 Anabasis 





κατά (by elision, κατ᾽ or καθ᾽), prep. 
with gen. and acc., down: (1) 
with gen., down along or over, 
I, 5, 8; below, under, VII, 1, 30; 
(2) with acc., of place, down, on, 
at, over, along; καὶ κατὰ γὴν καὶ 
κατὰ θάλατταν, by land and sea, 
I,1,7; κατὰ ταῦτα, in these re- 
gions, VII, 5, 13; κατὰ τὰς πύλας, 
at the gate, V, 2, 16: over 
against, opposite, I, 5, 10; I, 8, 
21, etc.; with distributive force, 
κατ᾽ ἴλας καὶ κατὰ τάξεις, by squad- 
rons and conpanies, I, 2, 16; 
κατ᾽ ἔθνη, by tribes, I, 8,9; καθ᾽ 
ἕνα, one by one, IV, 7, 8; so of 
time, κατὰ μῆνα, by the month, 
monthly, I, 9, 17; κατ᾽ ἐνιαυτόν, 
yearly, annually, III, 2, 12; in 
various relations, according to, 
II, 2, 8; καθ᾽ ἡσυχίαν, in peace 
and quiet, II, 3, 8; κατὰ σπουδήν, 
in haste, VII, 6, 28; τὸ κατὰ τοῦ- 
tov εἶναι, as far as this fellow 
ts concerned, I, 6,9; κατὰ κράτος, 
with all one’s might, at jull 
speed, I, 8, 19 (cf. ἀνὰ κράτος, I, 8, 
1); in VII, 7, 7 the same phrase 
means, by force; καθ᾽ ἁρπαγήν, 
tn search of booty, III, 5, 9. 
κατὰ ταὐτά, ἔπ, the same way, V> 
4, 22. 

καταβαίνω (Salyw), go down, esp. 
from the interior to the coast, IT, 
OD, 22; descend, I, 2. 22; dismount, 
IT, 2,14; enter the lists, IV, 8, 27. 

κατάβασις, -ews, ἡ (καταβαίνω), a 
going down, descent, march 
down, from the interior to the 
coast; cf. ἀνάβασις, IV, 1,10; V, 
0,4; place of descent, III, 4, 37. 

καταβλακεύω (Saxedw), neglect or 
shrink from through sloth. 

καταγγέλλω (ἀγγέλλω), report 
against, denounce. 


κατάγειος, -ον (κατά -[- γῆ), under 
ground, 

καταγελάω (yehdw), laugh at, mock, 
laugh to scorn, abs. or with gen. 

κατάγνυμι (ἄγνυμι, -άξω, -data, ἔαγα, 
-εάγην, break), break, shatter. 

κατάγω (ἄγω), lead down, esp. of 
ships, bring to land, to port; 
also, bring home, bring back, 
restore, esp. of exiles, I, 1,7; in 
mid., arrive at, reach, ITI, 4, 26. 

καταδαπανάω (Saravdw), spend en- 
tirely, use up. 

καταδειλιάω, aor. κατεδειλίασα (δειλός), 
shrink from through cowardice. 

καταδικάζω (δικάζω, δικάσω, ἐδίκασα, 
judge), give judgment against 
(gen.), VI, 6, 15; declare one’s 
opinion (ὅτι), V, 8, 21. 

καταδιώκω (διώκω), pursue hard, 
drive off. 

καταδοξάζω (δοξάζω, δοξάσω, etc., be- 
lieve). form an adverse opinion, 
think to one’s discredit, VII, 7, 30. 

καταδραμών, see κατατρέχω. 

καταδύω (δύω), make to go down, 
sink ; intr. in mid. and 2aor. act., 
sink, sink down. 

καταθεάομαι (θεάομαι), look down 
On, survey. 

καταθέω (θέω), run down. 

καταθήσεσθαι, see κατατίθημι. 

καταθύω (θύω), sacrifice; dedicate, 
V, 3, 13. 

καταισχύνω (αἰσχύνω), put to shame, 
disgrace. 

κατακαίνω (xalyw), a poetic vb. used 
freely by Xenophon but by no 
other prose author, kill, cut 
down. Inthe Anabasis, besides 
the pres. and impf., the 2 aor. 
ἔκανον occurs and once the 2 fut. 
pf. κατακεκονότες ἔσεσθε, VIT, 6, 36. 

κατακαίω or κατακάω (καίω), burn 
down, destroy by fire. 





Vocabulary 63 





κατάκειμαι (κεῖμαι), ie down (for the 
night), recline (at table), lie idle. 
κατακλείω (κλείω), shut in, enclose, 
hem in. 
κατακοντίζω (ἀκοντίζω), shoot down, 
with a javelin. 
κατακόπτω (κόπτω), cut down, slay. 
κατακτείνω (κτείνω), slay, kill. 
κατακωλύω (κωλύω), hinder, check, 
keep back. 
καταλαμβάνω (λαμβάνω), take, seize, 
catch; of positions, occupy; 
overtake, II, 2,12; find, ITI, 1, 8; 
surprise, IV, 2, 5; of motion, 
arrive at, reach, VII, 8, 8. 
καταλέγω (λέγω), reckon, count, 
II, 6, 27. 
καταλείπω (λείπω), leave behind, 
leave in the lurch, abandon; 
leave over, III, 5, 5. 
καταλεύω (λεύω, -λεύσω, ἐλεύσθην; cf. 
Adas, stone), stone to death, I, 5, 
14, 
καταλήψομαι, see καταλαμβάνω. 
καταλιπεῖν, καταλιπών, 566 κατα- 
λείπω. 
καταλλάττω (ἀλλάττω, ἀλλάξω, ἤλλαξα» 
-ἤλλαχα, -ἤλλαγμαι, -ηλλάχθην or 
ἠλλάγην, from ἄλλος), change; in 
mid. and pass., become recon- 
ciled, I, 6, 1. 
καταλογίζομαι (λογίζομαι), reckon up. 
καταλύω (vw), wnloose, dissolve, 
bring to an end, esp. with 
πόλεμον expressed or understood, 
make peace, I, 1, 10; V, 7, 27; 
unloose or unyoke animals, 
hence, halt, I, 8, 1. 
καταμανθάνω, (μανθάνω) learn tho- 
roughly, understand. 
καταμείγνυμι (μείγνυμι, mia), in pass., 
mingle with, VII, 2, 3. 
καταμελέω (ἀμελέω), neglect, be neg- 
lectful. 
καταμένω (μένω), stay behind. 


καταμερίζω (uepltw), divide or dis- 
tribute. 
κατανοέω (νοέω), observe, mark, per- 
ceive. 
καταπέμπω (πέμπω), send down. 
καταπετρόω (πετρόω, from πέτρος, 
stone), stone to death. 
καταπηδάω (πηδάω, πηδήσω, etc., 
leap), leap or spring down. 
καταπίπτω (πίπτω), fall down or off. 
καταπλήττω (πλήττω), strike down; 
then, daze, terrify; with βροντῇ, 
ITT, 4, 12. 
καταπολεμέω (πολεμέω), vanquish in 
war. 
καταπράττω (πράττω), accomplish, 
achieve, bring to an end. 
καταράομαι (dpdouat, pray, from dpd, 
prayer), imprecate, curse. 
κατασβέννυμει (σβέννυμι, ἔσβεσα, 
quench; cf. Eng. asbestos), put 
out, of fires. 
κατασκέπτομαι (σκέπτομαι), view 
closely, inspect. 
κατασκευάζω (σκευάζω), fit out,equip, 
furnish; develop, improve, I, 
9, 19; mid. make (one’s own) 
preparations. 
κατασκηνέω (cxnvéw), pitch one’s 
tent, encamp. 
κατασκηνόω (σκηνόω), pitch one’s 
tent, encamp, II, 2, 16. 
κατασκοπή, -7s, ἡ (cf. κατασκέπτομαι), 
spying, reconnoissance. 
κατασπάω (σπάω), drag or drag 
down. 
κατάστασις, -ews, ἡ (στάσις), state, 
condition, V, 7, 26. 
καταστρατοπεδεύομαι (στρατοπεδεύω), 
encamp. 
katactpépw (στρέφω), overturn, 
overthrow ; mia. subject to one’s 
self, subdue. 
κατασφάττω (σφάττω), cut down, 
kill. 





64 Anabasis 





κατασχεῖν, see κατέχω. 
κατασχίζω (σχίζω), split to pieces; 
of gates, break down, VII, 1, 16. 
κατατείνω (τείνω), stretch taut, 
strain, strive, insist. 
κατατέμνω (réuvw), cut to pieces, 
destroy by cutting; pass., of 
ditches, be cut, dug, II, 4, 13. 
κατατίθημε (τίθημι), put down; 
mid., put away, deposit, lay up; 
Geol, wap’ obs ἡμεῖς τὴν φιλίαν συν- 
θέμενοι κατεθέμεθα, the gods, to 
whose keeping we consigned 
the friendship which we con- 
tracted, II, 5, 8. 
κατατιτρώσκω (τιτρώσκω), wound 
severely. 
κατατρέχω (τρέχω), run down. 
καταυλίζομαι (αὐλίζομαι), encamp. 
καταφαγεῖν, see κατέφαγον. 
καταφανής, -¢s (φαίνω), in sight. 
καταφεύγω (φεύγω), flee for refuge. 
καταφρονέω (φρονέω), look down on, 
despise. 
καταχωρίζω (xwplfw), station, ar- 
range. 
κατέαξαν, see κατάγνυμι. 
κατέβη, see καταβαίνω. 
κατεθέμην, see κατατίθημι. 
κατεῖδον (εἶδον), as 2 aor. of καθοράω, 
ῃ.. 
κατειλῆφθαι, κατειληφότες, see κατα- 
λαμβάνω. 
κάτειμι (εἶμι), go or come down. 
κατεργάζομαι (ἐργάζομαι), work out to 
fulfilment, accomplish, achieve. 
κατέρχομαι, aor. κατῆλθον, go or 
come down; esp. return to one’s 
home, VII, 2, 2. 
κατεσφάγη, see κατασφάττω. 
κατετέτμηντο, See κατατέμνω. 
κατέτρωσαν, 566 κατατιτρώσκω. 
κατέφαγον (ἔφαγον), devour, only in 
2 aor. 
κατέχω (ἔχω), hold down, hold fast, 


restrain, check ; possess, occupy ; 
of mariners, put into port, land, 
V, 6,20; τοσοῦτον χωρίον κατασχεῖν, 
to cover 80 much ground, IV 
8, 12. 
κατηγορέω, κατηγορήσω, etc. (κατά-1- 
ἀγορά), accuse, charge, with gen- 
of pers. 
κατηγορία, -as, ἡ (cf. κατηγορέω)- 
charge, accusation. 
κατηρεμίζω (ἠρεμίζω, -npémsa, -npeul, 
conv, make still; ef. ἠρέμα, 
quietly), make still, calm, ap- 
pease. 
κατιδόντας, see κατεῖδον. 
κατοικέω (olxéw), live, dwell. 
κατοικίζω (olxigw), settle, colonize, 
Sound. 
κατορύττω (ὀρύττω), bury in the 
ground, bury. 
κάτω, adv. (κατά), down, down- 
wards, below, underneath; τὸ 
κάτω, the lower part, IV, 2, 28. 
καῦμα, -aros, τὸ (καίω), heat. 
καύσιμος, -ον (καίω), that may be 
burnt, combustible. 
Καύστρου πεδίον, -ov, τό, Cayster 
Plain, a city in Phrygia. 
κέγχρος, -ov, 6, millet, a kind of 
grain; cf. μελίνη. 
κεῖμαι, κείσομαι, lie, lie dead, be situ- 
ated, be stationed, frequently a 
passive of τίθημι; hence for ra 
ὅπλα ἔκειτο see the phrase θέσθαι 
τὰ ὅπλα. 
κεκραγότων, 566 κράζω. 
κέκτησϑε, see κτάομαι. 
Κελαιναί, -ῶν, αἱ, Celaenae, a city 
of Phrygia. 
κελεύω, κελεύσω, etc., order, bid, com- 
mand; less often, urge, advise. 
κενός, -4, -dv, empty, void, vain 
groundless; πολὺ τῆς φάλαγγος 
κενὸν ἐποίησαν, they made a great 
gap in the phalanz, IV, 8, 17. 


3 








Vocabulary 65 





κενοτάφιον, -ov, τό (κενός- τάφος", a 
cenotaph, i.e., a mound or tomb 
erected in honor of those whose 
dead bodies could not be recov- 
ered, VI, 4, 9. 

Kevtéw, κεντήσω (cf. κέντρον, goad, 
point, Eng. centre), goad, tor- 
ment, 

Kevrplrys, -ov, ὁ, the Centrites, a 
river flowing into the Tigris. 

Kepapeods, -ἃ, -οῦν (κέραμος, clay), 
earthen. 

κεράμιον, -ov, τό (κέραμος, clay), 
earthern jar for wine, holding 
about six gallons. 

Κεράμων ἀγορά, Ceramon Agora 
(tile-market), a town in Phrygia. 

κεράννυμι (kepdow, ἐκέρασα, κέκραμαι, 
ἐκεράσθην, ἐκράθην), mix, esp. of 
water and wine. 

κέρας, κέρατος or κέρως, τό (Lat. 

cornu, Eng. horn): (1) horn of 
an animal, then, bugle, horn; 
e.g. II, 2, 4; (2) a drinking- 
horn (Thracian), VII, 2, 23; (3) 
the wing, flank of an army, 6. g., 
I, 7, 1; τὰ δεξιὰ τοῦ κέρατος, the 
right of the wing, 1. e., the ex- 
treme right, I, 8,4; κατὰ κέρας, in 
column, 7. 6.. in order of march, 
IV, 6, 6; τὴν οὐρὰν τοῦ κέρατος, the 
rear of the column, VI, 5, 5. 

Κερασοῦντιοι, -ων, of (Kepacods), the 
people of Cerasus, Cerasuntians. 

Kepacois, -oivros, ἡ (cf. Eng. cherry, 

imported from this place to 
Rome by Lucullus), Cerasus, a 
city in Pontus. 

Kepativos, -7, -ov (xépas), of horn. 

KépBepos, -ov, 6, Cerberus, the 

watch-dog of the lower world, 
brought to the upper world by 
Heracles, VI, 2, 2. 

Kepdalvw (xepdavd, éxépdava), gain, 

acquire. 


κερδαλέος, -a, -ov (κέρδος), fraught 
with gain, profitable. 

κέρδος, -ους, τό, gain, profit, then, 
pay. 

κεφαλαλγής, -és (κεφαλή -Ἐ ἄλγοκ, 
pain), causing headache. 

κεφαλή, -ἧς, ἡ (Lat. caput, Eng, 
head), head. 

κηδεμών, «ὄνος, ὁ (cf. κήδομαι), guar- 
dian, protector. 

κήδομαι, care for, with gen. 

κηρίον, -ov, τό (dim. of κηρός, wax, 
cf. Lat. cera), honeycomb. 

κηρύκειον, -ov, τό (κῆρυξ),. herald’s 
staff. 

κῆρυξ, -υκος, ὁ (καλέω), herald. 

κηρύττω, κηρύξω, etc. (κῆρυξ), pro- 
claim as herald, announce; 
with σιγήν, command, II, 2, 20, 
impers. ἐκήρυξε, the herald pro- 
claimed, ITI, 4, 36. 

Κηφισόδωρος, -ov, ὁ, Cephisodérus 
an Athenian, captain in the 
Greek army. 

Κηφισοφῶν, -wvros, ὁ, Cephisophon, 
father of Cephisodorus. 

κιβώτιον, -ov, τό (dim. of κιβωτός, 4, 
chest), box, chest. 

Κιλικία, -as, ἡ (Κίλιξ), Cilicia, a 
country on the southeastern 
coast of Asia Minor. 

Kaué, -xos, an inhabitant of Ci- 
licia, a Cilician. 

Κίλισσα, -ης, ἡ (Κίλιξ), a Cilician 
woman. 

κινδυνεύω, κινδυνεύσω, etc. (κίνδυνος), 
incur danger, run a risk, expose 
oneself; with infin. expressing 
likelihood, ἐκινδύνευσεν ἂν, διαφθα 
ρῆναι, would have come near 
being killed, would very prob- 
ably have been killed, 1V, 1, 11. 

κίνδυνος, -ov, ὁ, danger, risk; κίν.- 
δυνός (ἐστι) with infin. or clause 
with μή, IT, 5,17; IV 1, 6, 





66 Anabasis 





κινέω, κινήσω, etc. (cf. Lat. cieo, 
cause to go, Eng. hie, kinetic), 
set in motion, move, stir. 

κιττός, -οὔ, ὁ, ivy. 

Κλεαγόρας, -ov, ὁ, Cleagoras, a 
painter from Phlius. 

Κλεαίνετος, -ov, 4, Cleaenetus, a 
captain in the Greek army. 

Κλέανδρος, -ov, ὁ, Cleander, a Spar- 
tan, governor of Byzantium. 

Κλεάνωρ, -opos, ὁ, Cleanor, a Greek 
general from Orchomenos in 
Arcadia. See the Introd., 8 38. 

Κλεάρετος, -ov, ὁ, Clearetus, a cap- 
tain in the Greek army. 

Κλέαρχος, -ov, ὁ, Clearchus, the 
most prominent of Cyrus’ Greek 
generals. See the Introd., § 38, 
and II, 6, 1ff. 

κλεῖθρον, -ov, τό (κλείω), bar or 
bolt of a gate; generally pl. 
fastenings, VII, 1, 17. 

κλείω, κλείσω, ete. (cf. Lat. clavis, 
claudio), shut, close. 

κλέπτω, κλέψω, ἔκλεψα, κέκλοφα, κέκ- 
λεμμαι, ἐκλάπην (cf. Lat. clepo, 
steal), steal, embezzle; hence of 
various stealthy acts, conceal, 
smuggle, IV,1,14; seize secretly, 
IV, 6, 11. 

κλῖμαξ, -axos, ἡ (cf. κλίνη, Eng. 
climax), ladder. 

κλίνη, -ns, ἡ (κλίνω, lean, Lat. in- 
clino, Eng. lean), bed, couch. 

κλοπή, -js, ἡ (κλέπτω), theft, stealing. 

κλωπεύω (κλώψ), rob, waylay. 

κλώψ, κλωπός, ὁ (κλέπτω), thief, 
marauder. 

κνέφας. -ous, τό, darkness. 

κνημίς, -ἶδος, ἡ (κνήμη, leg), greave, 
generally pl. 

κόγχη, -18, ἡ (ef. Eng. conch), 
mussel, shellfish. 

κογχυλιάτης, -ov, adj. (κογχύλη, 
shell ; ef. κόγχη), shelly, of stone. 


κοῖλος, -η, -ον (cf. Lat. cavus, Eng. 
hole, hollow), hollow; of a coun- 
try, cut up by valleys, V, 4, 31. 

κοιμάω, κοιμήσω, etc. (κεῖμαι), put to 
sleep; mid. and pass., go to bed, 
go to sleep. 

κοινός, -4, -ὁν (cf. Eng. epicene), 
common, public; τὸ κοινόν, the 
common good, treasury, author- 
ity ; hence ἀπὸ κοινοῦ, at the pub- 
lic expense, IV, 7,27; by public 
authority, V, 7, 18; πρὸς τὸ κοι- 
νὸν ἐλθεῖν, come before the public 
council or assembly, V, 7, 17; 
dat. fem. sing., as adv. κοινῇ, 
in common, together, abs. or 
with μετά or σύν. 

κοινόω, κοινώσω, etc. (κοινός), make 
common, mid., communicate 
with, consult. 


κοινωνέω, -ἥσω, etc. (κοινωνός), have 
a share in (gen.), VII, 6, 28. 

κοινωνός, -ov, ὁ (κοινός), sharer, 
partner. 

Κοιρατάδας, -ov, ὁ, Coeratadas, a 
Theban adventurer. 

Kotrot, -ων, οἱ, the Coeti, an au- 
tonomous tribe not elsewhere 
mentioned, VII, 8, 25. 

κολάζω, κολάσω, ἐκόλασα, chastise, 
punish. 

Κολοσσαί, -dv, ai, Colossae, a city 
of Phrygia. 

Κολχίς, -ἰδος, ἡ, Colchis, the dis- 
trict east of the Euxine. 

Κόλχοι, -ων, of (ef. Kodxls), the 
Colchians, inhabitants of Col- 
chis. 

κολωνός, -οὔ, ὁ (Lat. collis, Eng. 
hill), hill, mound. 

Koyavia, -as, ἡ, Comania, a fortress 
in Mysia. 

κομιδή, -ἧς, ἡ (κομίζω), conveyance, 
means of transportation. 


Vocabulary 67 











κομίζω, κομιῶ, etc. (cf. κομέω, care 
for), care for, carry away (to 

safety), convey, bring; wmid., 
convey oneself or one’s own, 
fetch, III, 2, 26; pass. travel, 
proceed, V, 4,1. 

κονιατός, -ἦ, -ὁν (verbal of κονιάω, 
plaster, from κονία, dust, ashes; 
cf. κόνις, dust, Lat. cinis, ashes), 
plastered, cemented. 

κονιορτός, -οὔ, ὁ (κόνις, dust; ὄρνυμι, 
stir up), cloud of dust. 

κόπος, -ov, ὁ (xérrw), toil, fatigue. 

κόπρος, -ov, ἡ, dung. 

κόπτω, κόψω, ἔκοψα, κέκοφα, κέκομμαι, 
ἐκόπην (Eng. chop), cut, cut 
down, hew; of animals, slaugh- 
ter; of a door, knock at. 

κόρη, -7S, 7), girl. 

Κορσωτή, -ἧς, ἡ, Corsdte, a city of 
Mesopotamia, on the Euphrates. 

ΚΚορύλας, -a, ὁ, Corylas, ruler of 
the Paphlagonians. 

κορυφή, -fs, ἡ, top, peak, summit. 

κοσμέω, κοσμήσω, etc. (xdcyos), set 
in order, array; of troops, 
marshal, III, 2, 36; adorn, 
dress, 1,9, 23. 

κόσμιος, -a, -ov (κόσμος), orderly, 
well disciplined. 

κόσμος, -ov, d(cf. Eng. cosmic), 
order, good order; ornament, 
dress. 

Kortwpa, -ων, τά, Cotydra, a city 
on the Euxine in the country of 
the Tibaréni. 

Κοτυωρῖται, -ων, of (Koriwpa), the 
people of Cotyora. 

κοῦφος, -ἡ, -ον, light; χόρτος κοῦφος, 
hay, I, 5, 10. 

κούφως, adv. (κοῦφος), lightly. 

κράζω, only in 2 perf. xéxpaya, in 
pres. sense (imitative, like Eng. 
creak; cf.xpavyy), cry out, shout, 
VII, 8, 15. 


κράνος, -ous, τό (κάρα, head?; cf, 
Eng. cranium), helmet. 

κρατέω, κρατήσω, etc. (κράτος), be 
strong, be master, rule, be vic- 
torious, conquer, subdue (abs., 
with gen. or acc.). 

κρατήρ, -ῆρος, ὁ (κεράννυμι), mixing 
bowl. 

κράτιστος, -7, -ov (xpdros), used as 
sup. of ἀγαθός, best, strongest, 
bravest, noblest; κράτιστον (se. 
éorl), it is best, abs., or with 
infin.; neut. pl. as adv., best, 
most bravely; cf. κρείττων. 

κράτος, -ους, τό, strength, force, 
only in the phrases ἀνὰ κράτος 
and κατὰ κράτος, at full speed; 
see ἀνά and κατά. 

κραυγή, -7s, ἡ (κράζω), outcry, shout, 
tumult. 

κρέας, κρέως, pl. κρέα, τό (cf. Lat, 
caro, flesh), flesh, meat. 

κρείττων, -ον, gen. -ovos (xpdros), 
used as comp. of ἀγαθός, better, 
stronger, braver, superior to; 
κρεῖττον (ἐστι), it is better, with 
infin.; ef. κράτιστος. 

κρέμαμαι, expeudunv, hang, be sus- 
pended. 

κρεμάννυμι, κρεμῶ, éxpéuaca, éxpeude 
σθην (κρέμαμαι), hang, hang up. 

κρήνη, -ἡς, ἡ, spring, fountain. 

κρηπίς, -idos, ἡ (cf. Lat. crepidc), 
shoe, hence, foundation. 

Κρής, Kpnrés, ὁ, a Cretan, inhatn- 
tant of Crete, the largest of the 
Greek islands. The Cretans 
were famous archers. 

κριθαί, -dv, al, barley; for the pl. 
cf. rvpol, 

κρίθινος, -ἡ, -ov (κριθή), of barley, of 
bread, IV, 5, 31; οἶνος κρίθινος. 
beer, IV, 5, 26. 

κρίνω, κρινῶ, ἔκρινα, etc. (Lat. cerno, 
Eng. critic), divide, distinguish. 





68 Anabasis 





choose; decide, judge, deter- 
mine; try (as a judge), VI, 6, 16; 
so in pass., V, 6, 33. 

κριός, -οῦ, ὁ, ram. 

κρίσις, -ews, ἡ (κρίνω, Eng. crisis), 
α separating, then, judgment, 
decision, trial. 

κρόμμνον, -ov, τό, onion. 

κρότος, -ov, ὁ (cf. κρούω), a clapping, 
applause. 

Kpotw, κρούσω, etc., strike, knock, 
rattle. 

κρύπτω, κρύψω, ἔκρυψα, ete. hide, 
conceal; with two accs. hide 
something from someone, I, 9, 19 

κρωβύλος, -ov, ὁ, tuft of hair, top- 
knot, crest. 

κτάομαι, κτήσομαι, etc., acquire, 
gain, procure for oneself; in 
the perf., possess; with pred. 
adj. rods Καρδούχους πολεμίους ἐκτη- 
σάμεθα, we made enemies of the 
Cardiichi, V, 5, 17. 

κτείνω (κτενῶ, Exreiva, ἔκτανον, -éxro- 
va), kill, 11, δ, 82 τ. The simple 
vb. is rare; see ἀποκτείνω, 

κτῆμα, -ατος, τό(κτάομαι), possession ; 
in pl., property. 

κτῆνος, -ous, τό (κτάομαι), piece of 
property ; esp.domestic animal, 
generally pl., cattle. 

Κτησίας, -ov, ὁ, Ctesias, a Greek 
physician living at the court of 
Artaxerxes. He wrote a history 
of Persia. See the Introd. § 30. 

κυβερνήτης, -ov, ὁ (κυβερνάω, steer; 
ef. Lat. gubernator, Eng. gover- 
nor), helmsman. 

Κύδνος, -ov, ὁ, the Cydnus, a river 
of Cilicia. 

Κυζικηνός, -οὔ, ὁ (Κύζικος), a Cyzi- 
cene a gold coin of Cyzicus 
with about the value of a Daric. 
The word is properly an adj. 
with στατήρ, stater, understood. 


Κύζικος, -ov, ἡ, Cyzicus, an im- 
portant city of the Propontis, a 
colony of the Milesians. 

κύκλος, -ov, ὁ (cf. Lat. curvus, bent 
circus, circle, Eng. cycle), circle; 
dat. as adv. κύκλῳ, in a circle, all 
around; pl. groups (of men), 
Ws tao 

κυκλόω, κυκλώσω, ete, (κύκλος), 817"- 
round; mid. form a circle, 
gather around, VI, 4, 20. 

κύκλωσις, -ews, ἡ, an encircling, 
surrounding ; ὡς els κύκλωσιν, as 
if to surround, I, 8, 23. 

κυλίνδω, or in pres. system, which 
alone occurs in the Anabasis, 
κυλινδέω, other tenses as if from 
κυλίω (ef. καλινδέομαι, Eng. eylin- 
der), roll, roll down; in pass 
intr., roll. 

Κυνίσκος, -ov, ὁ, Cyniscus, a Spar- 
tan general, warring in the 
Chersonese. 

κυπαρίττινος, -7, -ov (κυπάριττος, cy- 
press tree), of cypress wood. 

Κύρειος, -a, -ov (Kipos) pertaining 
to Cyrus, Cyrus’. For ol Κύρειοι, 
ITI, 2, 17, see the note. 

κύριος, -a, -ον (κῦρος, τό, power), em- 
powered, having authority. 

Κῦρος, ὁ, Cyrus: (1) Cyrus the 
Great, founder of the Persian 
empire, ruled 559-529 5. c.; he 
is called ὁ ἀρχαῖος in I, 9, 1; (2) 
Cyrus the Younger, son of 
Darius Nothus and Parysatis 
and younger brother of Arta- 
xerxes Mnemon. Book I gives 
an account of his ill-fated expe- 

dition against Artaxerxes, For 
a sketch of his character see 
I, 9; for an account of his death 
I, 8, 26 ff. See the Introd. § 24. 

Κυτώνιον, -ov, τό, Cytonium, ἃ ἴον ἢ 
in Mysia, VII, 8, 8, (The text is 











Vocabulary 69 





uncertain, the Paris MS having 
κερτωνοῦ, whence some assume a 
town Certénus.) 

κύων, κυνός, 6 or ἡ (cf. Lat. canis, 
dog, Eng. hound, cynic, etc.), 
dog, bitch. 

κωλύω, κωλύσω, etc., hinder, pre- 
vent, check, abs., with acc., with 
infin., and (I, 6, 2) with τοῦ and 
infin.; τὸ κωλῦον, the hindrance, 
obstacle, IV, 5, 20. 

κώμαρχης, -ov, ὁ (κὠμη- ἄρχω), vil- 
lage chief. 

κώμη, -ης, ἡ (κεῖμαι), village. 

κωμήτης, -ov, ὁ (κώμη), villager. 

κώπη, -ης, ἡ (cf. Lat. capio, Eng. 
haft), handle, esp. of an oar, 
hence, oar, VI, 4, 2. 


A 


λαβεῖν, see λαμβάνω. 

λαγχάνω, λήξομαι, ἔλαχον, εἴληχα, 
εἴληγμαι, ἐλήχθην (Adxos), get or 
obtain by lot, get, obtain, with 
acc. or part. gen. 

λαγώς, -ώ, ὁ, hare. 

λαθεῖν, see λανθάνω. 

λάθρᾳ, adv. (λανθάνω), secretly; 
with gen., without the knowl- 
edge of. 

Λακεδαιμόνιος, -ov, ὁ (Λακεδαίμων), 
a citizen of Lacedaemon, a 
Lacedaemonian. 

Λακεδαίμων, -ovos, ἡ, Lacedaemon 
or Sparta, capital of Laconia, 
the southeastern state of Pelo- 
ponnesus. 

λάκκος, -ov, ὁ (cf. Lat. lacus, Eng. 
lake, loch), cistern, vat, IV, 2, 
22. 

λακτίζω, λακτιῶ, etc. (AdE, with the 
foot), kick. 

Λάκων, -wvos, ὁ, a Laconian; less 
exactly, Spartan. 


Λακωνικός, -ἡ, -dv (Λάκων), Lace- 
daemonian. 

λαμβάνω (λήψομαι, ἔλαβον, εἴληφα, 
εἴλημμαι, ἐλήφθην), take, with vari- 
ous shades of meaning; seize, 
capture, 1, 4,7; get, 1,5, 10; re- 
ceive, I, 2, 26; enlist, I, 1, 6; 
come upon, befall, I, 10, 18; 
find, I, 1, 6; sometimes with 
part. gen., I, 5, 7; ef. I, 6, 10 
The partic. λαβών, like ἔχων, is 
often rendered with, but the 
meaning is fuller, J, 1, 2, ete. 

λαμπρόβ, -d, -dv (Adurw), shining, 
splendid, noble. 

λαμπρότης, -ητος, ἡ (λαμπρός), bril- 
liancy, splendor. 

λάμπω, Adupyw, ἔλαμψα (cf. Eng. 
lamp), be bright, shine, blaze. 

Aapaxnvol, -Gv, of (Adupaxos), in- 
habitants of Lampsacus. 

Adpbakos, -ov, ἡ, Lampsacus, a city 
in the Troad, on the Hellespont. 

λανθάνω (λήσω, ἔλαθον, λέληθα, λέλησ- 
pat), be hid or concealed, be un- 
seen; with acc., escape the notice 
of; often with supplementary 
partic., containing the main 
idea, ἐλάνθανεν τρεφόμενον, Was 86- 
cretly maintained, 1,1,9; so with 
acc., λαθεῖν αὐτὸν ἀπιών, get off 
without his knowledge, I, 3, 17. 

Λάρισα, -ns, ἡ, Larisa, commonly 
spelt Larissa, an Assyrian city, 
ITT, 4, 7n. 

λάσιος, -a, -ον, hairy, shaggy; 
bushy, V, 2, 29; τὰ λάσια, thick- 
ets, VI, 4, 26. 

λαφυροπωλέω (λαφυροπώληΞ), sell 
booty. 

λαφυροπώλης, -ov, ὁ (λάφυρον, spoil, 
+ πωλέω), seller of booty. 

λάχος, -ovs, τό (cf. λαγχάνω), por- 
tion, share, part. 

λαχών, see Aayxdvw. 





70 Anabasis 





λέγω (λέξω, ἔλεξα, λέλεγμαι, ἐλέχθην); 
the perf. is supplied by εἴρηκα 
(see efpw) and the aor. often by 
εἶπον (see the word); in com- 
pounds oftener -ayopedw, -ερῶ 
-<trov), orig., count, reckon, tell 
(in its older use= count), I, 6, 1; 
then, say, speak, tell, mention, 
etc.; be spokesman, II, 5, 39. 
λέγω has regularly ὅτι or ὡς with 
a clause, but in the pass. the in- 
fin. is preferred and the con- 
struction is usually personal 
(impers. in pass. I, 2, 12, etc.); 
see I, 2,8n. The infin. occurs 
with the act., V, 4, 34, VII, 5, 
13, and the partic. I, 3, 15. 
When however λέγω means bid 
or vote, the infin. is regular, I, 
3, 8. 

λεία, -as, ἡ, booty, plunder. 

λειμών, -Gvos, ὁ (cf. λείβω, pour, 
λιμήν), a moist place, meadow. 

λεῖος, -a, -ov (cf. Lat. levis), smooth: 
of hills, gently sloping. 

λείπω (λείψω, ἔλιπον, λέλοιπα, λέλειμι- 
μαι, ἐλείφθην), leave, leave be- 
hind, forsake, abandon; leave 
alive, spare, VI, 3, 5; pass., be 
inferior to, VII, 7, 31. 

λεκτέος, -α, -o» (verbal of λέγω), 
must be said or told. 

λελείψεται, see λείπω. 

λεξάτω, see λέγω. 

Δεοντῖνος, -ov, ὁ, a Leontine, native 
of Leontini, in Sicily. 

λευκοθώραξ, -axos, ὁ, ἡ (λευκός-- Θώραξ), 
with white (linen?), cuirass, I, 
8, 9; of. IV, 7, 16. 

λευκός, ~4, -dv (ef. Lat. lux, light), 
white. 

Δέων, -ovros, ὁ, Leon, of Thurii, a 
soldier in the Greek army. 

Acévupos, -ov, ὁ, Leonymus, a Spar- 
tan in the Greek army, IV, 1, 18, 


λήγω, λήξω, ἔληξα, cease, come to 
an end; of the wind, abate, IV, 
5, 4. 

λήζομαι, ἐλῃσάμην (λεία), plunder, 
pillage, rob. 

λῆρος, -ov, ὁ, nonsense 

λήσομεν, see AavOdvw, 

λῃστεία, -as, ἡ (λῃστής), pillaging, 
plundering. 

λῃστής, -ov, ὁ (Af foua), plunderer, 
robber. 

ληφθησόμεθα, λήψεσθε, see λαμβάνω. 

λίαν, adv., very. 

λίθινος, -7, -ον (λέθος), of stone. 

λίθος, -ov, ὁ (ef. Eng. litho-), stone, 
a stone. 

λιμήν, -évos, ὁ, port, harbor. 

λιμός, -οὔ, ὁ, hunger, famine. 

Atvots, -ἢ, -οῦν (λίνον, linen, Lat. 
linum, flax), of flax, of linen. 

λογίζομαι, λογιοῦμαι, ete. (λόγος), cal- 
culate, consider. 

λόγος, -ov, ὁ (λέγω), word, speech, 
saying, rumor, narrative, dis- 
cussion, debate; els λόγους ἐλθεῖν, 
dat., have an interview with, 
II, 5, 4. 

λόγχη, -ς, ἡ, spear head, spear 
point, spear. 

λοιδορέω, λοιδορήσω, ete., revile, 
abuse, upbraid. 

λοιπός, -ἡ, -dv (λείπω), left, remain- 
ing ; with art., the rest of; τὸ 
λοιπόν, from now on, from then 
on, with gen., for the rest of, II, 
2, 5; τοῦ λοιποῦ, in the Suture, V, 
1, 34; τὴν λοιπήν (se. ὁδόν), the 
rest of the way, III, 4, 46. 

Aoxpés, -οὔ, ὁ, a Locrian, a native 
of Locris, a name given to two 
districts in central Greece, one 
on the Gulf of Corinth, VII, 4, 
18, 

Δουσιάτης, -ov, ὁ, Ξ- the following. 








Vocabulary 71 





ΔΛουσιεύς, -éws, ὁ (Aovool, Lusi) a 
Lusian, native of Lusi in Ar- 
cadia. In VII, 6, 40, we have 
the form Λουσιάτης. 

λόφος, -ov, ὁ, ridge or crest; then, 
of land, hill, ridge. 

λοχαγέω (λοχαγόΞ), be captain. 

Aoxayla, -as, ἡ (λοχαγός), captaincy. 

λοχαγός, -οῦ, ὁ (Adxos-++-dyw), cap- 
tain. 

Aoxlrns, -ov, ὁ (λόχος), one of the 
same λόχος, comrade, VI, 6, 7. 

λόχος, -ov, ὁ (cf. λέχος, bed), prop- 
erly, ambush, lying in wait; 
then, body of armed men, esp. 
company, as a military unit. 
The λόχος numbered as a rule 
100 men, and was divided into 
two πεντηκοστύες or four ἐνωμοτίαι; 
ὄρθιοι λόχοι, BEE ὄρθιος. 

Λυδία, -as, ἡ (Λυδός), Lydia, a prov- 
ince of Western Asia Minor, for- 
merly an independent kingdom. 

Atdvos, -a -ον (Λυδός), Lydian. 

Λυδός, -ov, ὁ, a Lydian. 

Αύκαια, -ων, τά, the Lycaea, a fes- 
tival of Zeus, Avxaios, so called 
from Mt. Lycaeus in Arcadia. 

Avxdoves, -wv, ol, inhabitants of 
Lycaonia, Lycaonians. 

Avxaovia, -as, ἡ, Lycaonia, a coun- 
try in central Asia Minor. 

Λύκειον, -ov, τό (Eng. lycéum), the 
Lycéum, agymnasium at Athens, 
near the temple of Apollo Ly- 
caeus. 

Λύκιος, -ov, ὁ, Zycius: (1) an Athe- 
nian, in command of the Greek 
cavalry; (2) a Syracusan of the 
same name. 

Λύκος, -ov, ὁ, Lycus, a river flowing 
into the Euxine near Heracléa. 

λύκος, -ov, ὁ (Lat. lupus), wolf. 

«Δύκων, -wvos, ὁ, Lycon, an Achaean 
in the Greek army. 


λυμαίνομαι, λυμανοῦμαι, etc. (λύμη 
outrage), destroy, ruin, spoil. 

λυπέω, -ἥσω, etc. (λύπη), grieve, 
pain, vex, molest, annoy. 

λύπη, -73, ἡ, pain, grief. 

λυπηρός, -d, -ὁν (λύπη), painful, 
troublesome, annoying. 

λύττα, -ης, 7, madness. 

λύω (λύσω, ἔλυσα, λέλυκα, λέλυμαι. 
ἐλύθην ; cf. Lat. lwo, loose, Eng, 
loose), loose, set free, unyoke; 
of a bridge or obstacle, break 
down, destroy, do away with, 
II, 4, 17; of oaths, break, II, 5, 
38; mid., ransom, VII, 8,6. For 
ITI, 4, 36, see the note. 

λωτοφάγοι, -ων, of (λωτός, lotus+ 
ἔφαγονῚ, lotus-eaters, III, 2, 25 n. 
The lotus grows in northern 
Africa. Its fruit, called the ju- 
jube, is about the size of an olive 
and is said to be of delicious 
flavor. The legend told that 
whoso ate of it lost all remem- 
brance of his home. 

Awhdw (λωφήσω, ἐλώφησα), cease. 

λῴων, λῷον, gen. -ovos, preferable, 
better, used as comp. of ἀγαθός, 
chiefly in the phrase λῷόν ἐστι. 


M 


pa, adv. of swearing, by, with acc.; 
regularly neg., μὰ τοὺς θεούς, no, 
by heaven, I, 4, 8, unless vat pre- 
cedes, val μὰ Ala, yes, by Zeus, 
Υ, 8, 6. 

μάγαδις, -ἰδος, ἡ, magadis, a harp- 
like musical instrument of 
twenty strings. 

Μάγνητες, -ων, ol, Magnesians. 
people of Magnesia, a district 
in Thessaly. 

μάθε, μάθῃς, μάθοι, see μανθάνω. 





72 Anabasis 





Μαίανδρος, -ov, ὁ, the Maeander, 
a large river in western Asia 
Minor. Its winding course gives 
us our word meander. 

μαίνομαι, μανοῦμαι, μέμηνα, ἑἐμάνην, 
be mad; aor., go mad. 

Μαισάδης, -ov, ὁ, Maesades, father 
of Seuthes. 

μακαρίζω, ἐμακάρισα, ἐμακαρίσθην (ud- 
καρ, blessed), deem happy. 

μακαριστός, -4, -dv (μακαρίζω), to be 
thought happy, enviable. 

Μακίστιος, -ov, ὁ (Mdxwros), a Ma- 
cistian, inhabitant of Macistas, 
a city in southern Elis. 

μακρός, -d, -dv, long (of space or 
time); μακράν (sc. ὁδόν [?]), a long 
distance, III, 4, 17: so μακρο- 
τέραν͵ 11, 2, 11; μακροτάτην, VII, 
8, 20; μακρὰ πλοῖα, war-ships, V, 
1, 11; μακρότερον, as adv., further, 
ITT, 4, 16. 

Maxpoves, -wv, οἱ, the Macrones, 
Macronians, a warlike people 
of Pontus. 

μάλα, by elision nad’, adv. (cf. Lat. 
multus?, melior?), very, used 
with adjs. and advs.; but also 
with vbs. (V, 4, 18) and with 
nouns having an adjectival 
value, μάλα χαιρός ἐστιν, it’s just 
the time, IV, 6, 15; αὐτίκα μάλα, 
on the spot, immediately. III, 
5, 11; οὐ μάλα, not very much, 
t. 6. (by litotes) not at all, IT, 6, 
15; often with intensive καί, 8 

5, 8; comp. μᾶλλον, more, rather, 
regularly followed by 4%, than; 
οὐδὲν μᾶλλον, none the more, I II, 
3, 11; sup. μάλιστα, most, especi- 
ally, in the highest degree; 
with numerals, about, V, 4, 12; 
often with ὡς, ὅτι, ἧ, ὅσον, either 
with or without a vb. of ability, 
e.g., ὡς μάλιστα ἐδύνατο ἐπικρυπτό. 


μενος, with all possible secrecy, 
I, 1,6. 

μαλακίζομαι (μαλακός, soft), be ef- 
feminate or lazy, be a coward. 

μάλιστα, see μάλα, 

μᾶλλον, 566 μάλα. 

μανέντες, see μαένομαι, 

μανθάνω, μαθήσομαι, ἔμαθον, μεμάθηκα, 
learn, find out, understand. 

μαντεία, -as, ἡ (μαντεύω, prophesy, 
μάντις, prophet), prophecy, re- 
sponse of an oracle. 

μαντευτός, -ἤ, -όν (verbal of μαντεύο- 
μαι), directed by an oracle, 
named by an oracle. 

Μαντινεῖς, -dv, οἱ, Mantineans, 
people of Mantinéa, in Arcadia. 

μάντις, -ews, ὁ (μαένομαι), one pos- 
sessed or inspired, a prophet, 
diviner, soothsayer. 

Μάρδοι, -ων, of, the Mardi, a war- 
like tribe in southern Armenia. 

Μαριανδυνοί, -ὥν, ol, the Marian- 
djnt, a people near Heracléa 
on the Euxine. 

μάρσιπος, -ov, ὁ (cf. Eng. marsu- 
pial), bag, pouch. 

Μαρσύας, -ou, ὁ, Marsyas, ἃ satyr 
famous in legend, I, 2, 8n.; also 
a river in Phrygia, named after 
him, ibid. 

μαρτυρέω, μαρτυρήσω, etc. (udprus), 
bear witness, testify. 

μαρτύριον, -ov, τό (μάρτυς), evidence, 
proof. 

μάρτυς, μάρτυρος, ὁ (cf. Eng. mar- 
tyr), witness. 

Μαρωνείτης, -ov, ὁ (Μαρώνεια, Maro- 
néa), a Maronite, a native of 
Maronéa, a city on the southern 
coast of Thrace. 

Μάσκας, Dor. gen. Μάσκα, ὃ, Mas- 
cas, a stream flowing into the 


Euphrates, perhaps not a river 
but a canal. 











Vocabulary 13 





μαστεύω (poetic), seek, search 
after; with infin., strive, ITI, 1, 
43. 

μαστιγόω, μαστιγώσω, etc. (μάστιξ), 
scourge, whip. 

μάστιξ, -cyos, ἡ, whip, lash. 

μαστός, -o0, ὁ, breast, one of the 

breasts; then, hill, hillock, IV, 
2, 6, 18. 

μάταιος, -α, -ov (udry, folly) fool- 

ish, vain. 

μάχαιρα, -as, ἡ (μάχομαι), sword, 
sabre (properly a short sword 
with single edge; the ξίφος was 
long and two-edged). 

μαχαίριον, -ov, τό (dim. of μάχαιρα), 
dagger. 

μάχη, -ης, ἡ (μάχομαι), fight, battle, 
engagement ; battlefield, II, 2, 6. 

μάχιμος, -ον (μάχομαι), fit for fight- 
ing, warlike. 

μάχομαι (μαχοῦμαι, ἐμαχεσάμην, μεμά- 
χημαι), fight, fight against, with 
dat. or (rarely) πρός and acc.; 
quarrel, IV, 5, 12. 

pe, See ἐγώ. 

Μεγάβυζος, -ov, ὁ, Megabyzus, guar- 
dian of the temple of Artemis 
at Ephesus, 

μεγάλην, see μέγας. 

μεγαληγορέω, aor. ἐμεγαληγόρησα (μέ- 
γας- ἀγορά), talk big, boast. 

μεγαλοπρεπῶς, adv. (μέγας: πρέπω), 
in magnificent or princely 
fashion, magnificently, muni- 
ficently, 1, 4, 17; sup. peyaro- 
πρεπέστατα, VII, 3, 19. 

μεγάλως, adv. (μέγας), greatly. | 

Meyapets, -éws, 6 (Méyapa), a native 
of Megara, a Megarian. 

μέγας, μεγάλη, μέγα (cf. μακρός, Lat. 
magnus, Eng. much), comp. 
μείζων, sup. μέγιστος, large, great, 
in varying senses; famous, II, 
6, 17, so μέγας βασιλεύς, as the 


title of the Persian king (ef. 
Great Mogul); of sound, loud, 
IV, 5, 18; of the sea, heavy, V, 
8, 20; μέγα, as adv. (inner obj.); 
greatly, III, 1, 38; so μεγάλα, I, 
9, 24, III, 3,14; μέγιστον, chiefly, 
I, 3, 10; of μέγιστα δυνάμενοι, the 
most powerful, II, 6, 21; μέγα 
φρονεῖν, be elated, proud, III, 1, 
27. 

Meyadépvns, -ov, ὁ, Megaphernes, 
a Persian noble, put to death 
by Cyrus. 

μέγεθος, -ous, τό (uéyas), size, width, 
S¥,15%: 

μέγιστος, see μέγας. 

μέδιμνος, -ου, ὁ, medimnus, an Attic 
dry measure, about 119 bushels. 

μεθ᾽, see μετά. 

μεθίημι (ἴημι), let go. 

μεθίστημι (ἴστημι), set in a differ- 
ent place, remove; aor. mid., 
remove apart from oneself, II, 
3, 8; 2aor. act., go aside or apart, 
II, 3, 21. 

ΜΜεθυδριεύς, -éws, ὁ (Μεθύδριον, Methy 
drium), a Methydrian, native 
of Methydrium, a town in Ar- 
cadia. 

μεθύω (μέθυ, wine; cf. Eng. mead), 
be drunk. 

μείζων, see μέγας. ; 

μειλίχιος, -α, -ον, mild, gentle, epi- 
thet of Zeus, VII, 8, 4. 

μεῖναι μείναντες, μείνειαν, μείνη, See 
μένω. 

μεῖον, See μείων. 

μειράκιον, τό (μεῖραξ, girl), lad, 
youth, from 14 to 20 years old. 

μείωμα, -aros, τό (μειόω, make 
smaller, from μείων), shortage of 
money. 

μείων, -ov, irreg. comp. of μικρὸς (ef. 
Lat. minor), smaller, weaker, 
fewer; neut. μεῖον, as adv., less; 





14 Anabasis 





μεῖον ἔχειν, have the worst of it, 
I, 10, 8; ef. ITI, 2, 17. 

Μελανδῖται, -ῶν, ol, Melanditae, a 
Thracian tribe. 

μελανία, -as, ἡ (μέλας), blackness. 

μέλας, μέλαινα, μέλαν, gen. μέλανος, 
ete. (cf. Lat. malus, Eng. melan- 
choly), black, dark. 

μέλει, μελήσει, ἐμέλησε, μεμέληκε, im- 
pers., it is a care, it concerns; 
ἐμοὶ μελήσει, I will take care, I, 
4,16; ef. 1, 8,13; τῇ θεῷ μελήσει, 
the goddess will see to him, i. δι, 
will punish him, V, 8, 13. 

μελετάω, μελετήσω, etc. (μέλει), prac- 
tice. 

μελετηρός, -ά, -ὁν (μελετάω) diligent 
wn practice. 

peAlvn, -ἡς, ἡ (Lat. milium, millet), 
millet, a kind of grain, in sing. 
or pl. ef. κέγχρος; pl. millet 
fields, IT, 4, 13. 

Μελινοφάγοι, -wy, of (μελένη- ἔφαγον), 
Melinophagi, Millet-eaters, a 
Thracian tribe, living near By- 
zantium, 

μέλλω, μελλήσω, ἐμέλλησα, be about 
to, be going to do something ; 
often with infin. (generally fut.) 
as a periphrastic fut.; delay (be 
always on the point of doing), 
abs., III, 1, 46; in pass., 14 Ae 8 
47n.; intend, ΤΙ, 5, 5; τὸ μέλλον, 
the future, VI, 1, 21. 

μεμνῇο, μέμνησαι, μεμνήσεσθαι, 566 
μιμνήσκω. 

μέμφομαι, μέμψομαι, ἐμεμψάμην or 
ἐμέμφθην, find fault with, blame. 

μέν (a weaker form of μήν), a post- 
pos. particle, rarely admitting 
of translation. Often it empha- 
sizes a preceding word, ἐγὼ μέν, 
I, for my part, I, 9, 28, but 
oftener serves to denote that 
the word or clause is correlated 


with a following one, which is 
normally coupled with δέ (I, 1, 
1), although ἀλλά, μέντοι, and καί 
also occur. Frequent are ὃ μὲν 
- +. 65¢, the one... the other, 
in pl. some . . . others {Δ Τὰ 
Because of this correlating force 
μέν often serves to mark the con- 
clusion of an episode or topic, 
I, 3, 4; I, 10, 18; so μὲν 54, I, 1, 
4. pévis frequently joined with 
other parts., ἀλλὰ, ,, μέν, but 
--. verily, I, 7,6; Ξενίας μὲν δή, 
Xenias on his part, I, 2, 3; οὐ μὲν 
δή, not, you may be sure, I, 9, 13; 
μὲν τοίνυν (only at the beginning 
of a speech), well then, IT, 5, 41. 
μέντοι, adv. and conj. (uév-+-rol): (1) 
confirmative, certainly, in truth, 
moreover, I, 9, 6; (2) adversative, 
yet, still, however, I, 3, 10. 
μένω, μενῶ, ἔμεινα, μεμένηκα, remain, 
watt, stay; last, hold good, II, 
3, 24; trans., wait for, IV, 4, 20. 
Μένων, -wvos, ὁ, Menon, a Thesga- 
lian, general under Cyrus; see 
the Introd., § 38, and IT, 6, 21 ff. 
μέρος, -ovs, τό (cf. Lat. mereo, 
deserve), part, portion, share; 
μέρος τι τῆς εὐταξίας, an instance 
of their discipline, 1, δ, 8; ἐν τῷ 
μέρει, each in his turn, ITT, 4, 23; 
κατὰ μέρος, in turn, by relays, V, 
1,9; κατὰ τὸ Χειρισόφου μέρος, in 
the place of Chirisophus, VI, 4, 
23; καὶ ἐν τῷ μέρει καὶ παρὰ τὸ 
μέρος, both in and out of turn 
(all and more than was my 
duty), VII, 6, 36. 
μεσημβρία, (uécos-+pudpa), midday, 
noon; hence, the south, I, 7, 6; 
ITI, 5, 15. 
μεσόγεια, -as, ἡ (μέσας-:- γῇ), mid- 
land, interior of a country, VI, 
2, 19; 4, 5. 








Vocabulary 75 





μέσος, -7, -ov (Lat. medius, Eng. 
mid), in the middle, the middle 
«f; gen. in pred. posit.; neut. 
(τὸ) μέσον, the middle, the center, 
L. 2,15; διὰ μέσου τούτων, between 
these, I, 4, 4; ef. I, 7, 6; μέσαι 
νύκτες, midnight, I, 7, 1; μέσον 
ἡμέρας, midday, noon, I, 8, 8. 
μεσόω (μέσος), be in the middle; 
ἤδη πέρα μεσούσης τῆς ἡμέρας, when 
it was past midday, VI, 5, 7. 
Μέσπιλα, -ἡς, ἡ (ἢ), Mespila, an 
Assyrian city, III, 4, 10n. 
μεστός, -%, -6v, full of, abounding 
in (gen.); abs., full, VII, 3, 26. 
μετά, by elision μετ᾽ or μεθ᾽, prep. 
with gen. and acc.; with gen., 
with, together with, in various 
uses, (for Xen.’s preference for 
σύν, see σύν); rarely, by means 
of, II, 6, 18; with acc., after, 
next, of place, order, or time; 
μετὰ τοῦτο (ταῦτα), after this, 
thereupon, I, 8, 9; μεθ᾽ ἡμέραν, by 
day (after daybreak), IV, 6, 12; 
in composition, yera- signifies 
participation, or succession, but 
oftenest change. 
μεταβάλλω (βάλλω), throw into a 
different place; mid., shift, e. g., 
the shield so that it covered the 
back in retreat, VI, 5, 16. 
μεταγιγνώσκω (γιγνώσκω), change 
one’s mind. 
μεταδίδωμι (δίδωμι), give among, 
distribute to, dat., give a share 
of, gen. ITI, 3, 1. 
μεταμέλει (μέλει), it is a care after- 
ward, it repents one (dat.); 
best rendered personally, I re- 
pent, am sorry, I, 6, 7. 
μεταξύ, adv. or prep. with gen. 
(uerd+idv), in the midst, be- 
tween; with partic. μεταξὺ ὑπο- 
λαβών, interrupting. him in the 


midst of his talk, 111, 1, 27; οὐ 
πολλοῦ χρόνου μεταξὺ γενομένου, 
after no long interval, V, 2, 17. 
μεταπέμπομαι (πέμπω), send for, 
summon. 
μετάπεμπτος, -ov (μεταπέμπομαι), sent 
for, summoned. 
μετάσχοι, see μετέχω. 
μεταχωρέω, (χωρέω), change one’s 
position, remove, VII, 2, 18. 
μέτειμι (εἰμί), be among, but in 
prose only impers. μέτεστι, etc., 
there is a share, with dat. of 
possessor and part. gen., ITI, 1, 
20. 
μετέχω (ἔχω), have a share in, take 
part in. 
μετέωρος (verd-+talpw), raised aloft; 
μετεώρους ἐξεκόμισαν, they raised 
up and carried out, I, 5, 8. 
μετρέω (μέτρον), measure. 
μετρίως, adv. (μέτριος, moderate), 
with moderation, II, 3, 20. 
μέτρον, -ov, τό (cf. Lat. metior, 
measure, Eng. meter, etc.), mea- 
sure. 
μέχρι, adv. even to; μέχρι els or ἐπί, 
as far as, even to, V, 1, 1; as 
improp. prep. with gen., up to, 
until, as far as; μέχρι οὗ, to a 
point where, I, 7, 6; as conj,, 
until, like ἕως, I, 4, 13. 
μή, adv., not, the neg. of will, as 
ov is the neg. of statement; hence 
used (a) in prohibitions with 
pres. imv. (rarely aor. imv.), or 
aor. subj., II, 1, 12, etc.; (Ὁ) with 
hortatory subj., IIT, 1, 24; (c) in 
final and obj. clauses after ἕνα, 
ὅπως, ws, 1, 4, 18, etc.; (d) in con- 
dit. clauses, II, 1, 4; (6) in rel. 
clauses with indef. antec.; (ἢ 
with partics. in generic sense, 
IV, 4, 15; (g) with infin. not in 
indir. disc., II, 3, 10, etc.; (in 





44 Anabasis 





μεῖον ἔχειν, have the worst of it, 
I, 10, 8; ef. III, 2, 17. 

Μελανδῖται, -ὥν, ol, Melanditae, a 
Thracian tribe. 

μελανία, -as, ἡ (μέλας), blackness. 

μέλας, μέλαινα, μέλαν, gen. μέλανος, 
ete. (ef. Lat. malus, Eng. melan- 
choly), black, dark. 

μέλει, μελήσει, ἐμέλησε, μεμέληκε, im- 
pers., {ξ is α care, it concerns; 
ἐμοὶ μελήσει, 1 will take care, I, 
4,16; ef. 1, 8,13; τῇ θεῷ μελήσει, 
the goddess will see to him, i. e., 
will punish him, V, 3, 13. 

μελετάω, μελετήσω, etc. (μέλει), prac- 
tice. 

μελετηρός, -d, -by (μελετάω) diligent 
in practice. 

μελίνη, -ἡς, ἡ (Lat. milium, millet), 
millet, a kind of grain, in sing. 
or pl. ef. κέγχρος; pl. millet 
fields, II, 4, 13. 

Μελινοφάγοι, -ων, ol (μελένη-! ἔφαγον), 
Melinophagi, Millet-eaters, ἃ 
Thracian tribe, living near By- 
zantium. 

μέλλω, μελλήσω, ἐμέλλησα, be about 
to, be going to do something ; 
often with infin. (generally fut.) 
as a periphrastic fut.; delay (be 
always on the point of doing), 
abs., IIT, 1, 46; in pass., ITI, 1, 
47n.; intend, II, 5,5; τὸ μέλλον, 
the future, VI, 1, 21. 

μεμνῇο, μέμνησαι, μεμνήσεσθαι, see 
μιμνήσκω. 

μέμφομαι, μέμψομαι, ἐμεμψάμην or 
ἐμέμφθην, find fault with, blame. 

μέν (a weaker form of μήν), a post- 
pos. particle, rarely admitting 
of translation. Often it empha- 
sizes a preceding word, ἐγὼ μέν, 
I, for my part, I, 9, 28, but 
oftener serves to denote that 
the word or clause is correlated 


with a following one, which is 
normally coupled with δέ (I, 1, 
1), although ἀλλά, μέντοι, and καί 
also occur. Frequent are ὃ μὲν 
- +» 666, the one... the other, 
in pl. some . . . others (I, 1, 7). 
Because of this correlating force 
μέν often serves to mark the con- 
clusion of an episode or topic, 
I, 3, 4; I, 10, 18; so μὲν δή, 71, 
4. yévis frequently joined with 
other parts. ἀλλὰ, μέν, but 
-+. verily, I, 7,6; Ξενίας μὲν δή, 
Xenias on his part, 1,2, 3; οὐ μὲν 
δή, not, you may be sure, I, 9, 13; 
μὲν τοίνυν (only at the beginning 
of a speech), well then, II, 5, 41. 
μέντοι, adv. and conj. (uéy+-rof): (1) 
confirmative, certainly, in truth, 
moreover, I, 9, 6; (2) adversative, 
yet, still, however, I, 3, 10. 
μένω, μενῶ, ἔμεινα, μεμένηκα, remain, 
watt, stay; last, hold good, II, 
3, 24; trans., wait for, IV, 4, 20. 
Μένων, -wvos, ὁ, Menon, a Thessa- 
lian, general under Cyrus; see 
the Introd., § 38, and 11, 6, 21 ff. 
μέρος, -ous, τό (cf. Lat. mereo, 
deserve), part, portion, share; 
μέρος τι τῆς εὐταξίας, an instance 
of their discipline, 1, 5,8; ἐν τῷ 
μέρει, each in his turn, III, 4, 23; 
κατὰ μέρος, in turn, by relays, V, 
1,9; κατὰ τὸ Χειρισόφου μέρος, in 
the place of Chirisophus, VI, 4, 
23; καὶ ἐν τῷ μέρει καὶ παρὰ τὸ 
μέρος, both in and out of turn 
(all and more than was my 
duty), VII, 6, 36. 
μεσημβρία, (μέσος- ἡμέρα), midday, 
noon; hence, the south, I, 7, 6; 
ITT, 5, 15. 
μεσόγεια, -as, ἡ (μέσα:-[- γῆ), mid- 
land, interior of a country, VI, 
2, 19; 4, 5. 











Vocabulary 75 





μέσος, -7, -ov (Lat. medius, Eng. 
mid), in the middle, the middle 
(f; gen. in pred. posit.; neut. 
(τὸ) μέσον, the middle, the center, 
I, 2, 15; διὰ μέσου τούτων, between 
these, I, 4, 4; cf. I, 7, 6; μέσαι 
νύκτες, midnight, I, 7, 1; μέσον 
ἡμέρας, midday, noon, I, 8, 8. 

μεσόω (μέσος), be in the middle; 
ἤδη πέρα μεσούσης τῆς ἡμέρας, when 
it was past midday, V1, 5, 7. 

MéomaAa, -ns, ἡ (ὃ), Mespila, an 
Assyrian city, ITI, 4, 10n. 

μεστός, -4, -όν, full of, abounding 
in (gen.); abs., full, VII, 3, 26. 

μετά, by elision μετ᾽ or μεθ᾽, prep. 
with gen. and acc.; with gen., 
with, together with, in various 
uses, (for Xen.’s preference for 
σύν, see σύν); rarely, by means 
of, II, 6, 18; with acc., after, 
next, of place, order, or time; 
μετὰ τοῦτο (ταῦτα), after this, 
thereupon, I, 3,9; μεθ᾽ ἡμέραν, by 
day (after daybreak), IV, 6, 12; 
in composition, μετα- signifies 
participation, or succession, but 
oftenest change. 

μεταβάλλω (βάλλω), throw into a 
different place; mid., shift, e. g., 
the shield so that it covered the 
back in retreat, VI, 5, 16. 

μεταγιγνώσκω (γιγνώσκω), change 
one’s mind. 

μεταδίδωμι (δίδωμι), give among, 
distribute to, dat., give a share 
of, gen. ITI, 3, 1. 

μεταμέλει (μέλει), if is a care after- 
ward, it repents one (dat.); 
best rendered personally, I re- 
pent, am sorry, I, 6, 7. 

μεταξύ, adv. or prep. with gen. 
(μετά- -ξύν), in the midst, be- 
tween; with partic. μεταξὺ ὑπο- 
λαβών, interrupting him in the 


midst of his talk, 111, 1, 27; οὐ 
πολλοῦ χρόνου μεταξὺ γενομένου, 
after no long interval, V, 2, 17. 

μεταπέμπομαι (πέμπω), send for, 
summon. 

μετάπεμπτος, -ov (μεταπέμπομαι), sent 
for, summoned. 

μετάσχοι, see μετέχω. 

μεταχωρέω, (χωρέω), change one’s 
position, remove, VII, 2, 18. 

μέτειμι (εἰμί), be among, but in 
prose only impers. μέτεστι, etc., 
there is a share, with dat. of 
possessor and part. gen., ITI, 1, 
20. 

μετέχω (ἔχω), have a share in, take 
part in. 

μετέωρος (uerd-talpw), raised aloft; 
μετεώρους ἐξεκόμισαν, they raised 
up and carried out, I, 5, 8. 

petpéw (μέτρον), measure. 

μετρίως, adv. (μέτριος, moderate), 
with moderation, II, 3, 20. 

μέτρον, -ov, τό (cf. Lat. metior, 
measure, Eng. meter, etc.), mea- 
sure. 

μέχρι, adv. even to; μέχρι els or ἐπί, 
as far as, even to, V, 1, 1; as 
improp. prep. with gen., up fo, 
until, as far as; μέχρι οὗ, to a 
point where, I, 7, 6; as conj,, 
until, like ἕως, I, 4, 13. 

μή, adv., not, the neg. of will, as 
οὐ is the neg. of statement; hence 
used (a) in prohibitions with 
pres. imv. (rarely aor. imv.), or 
aor. subj., II, 1, 12, etc.; (Ὁ) with 
hortatory subj., ITI, 1, 24; (c) in 
final and obj. clauses after ἕνα, 
ὅπως, ws, 1, 4, 18, etc.; (d) in con- 
dit. clauses, II, 1, 4; (e) in rel. 
clauses with indef. antec.; (ἢ 
with partics. in generic sense, 
IV, 4, 15; (g) with infin. not in 
indir. disc., II, 3, 10, etc.; (in 





76 Anabasis 





indir. disc. after vbs. of swearing 
and others implying will, II, 2, 
8, etc.); (ἢ) with subj. after vbs., 
etc., expressing fear (Lat. ne), 
I, 3, 10, ete.; often redundant 
after vbs. of hindering, III, 5, 
11, ef μή, except, II, 1, 12; εἰ δὲ 
μή, otherwise, II, 2, ln. Cpds. 
of μή are similarly used. 

The double neg. οὐ μή is used 
with the subj. in strong denial 
of the fut., οὐκέτι μή, ΤΙ, 2, 12, ete. 
μὴ οὐ is used (a) after words ex- 
pressing fear in the sense of 
lest not, that not, I,7,7; (b) with 
infins. and partics., which would 
in any case have μή, when they 
follow a neg. expressed or im- 
plied, IT, 3, 11, ete. 

μηδαμῇ, adv. (fem. dat. of undayuds), 
in no way, nowhere, VII, 6, 29. 
μηδαμῶς, adv. (cf. μηδαμῇ), by no 
means, in nO wise. 
μηδέ (uj+5é), and not, but not, 
nor; when no neg. precedes 
regularly, not even, (cf. οὐδέ). 
Μήδεια, -as, ἡ, Medéa, wife of Asty- 
ages, the last king of the Medes. 
μηδείς, μηδεμία, μηδέν (μηδέ- εἶς), not 
one, NO One, NO; μηδέν, as adv. 
(inner obj.), not at all, V, 4, 19. 
μηδέποτε, adv. (μηδέ- ποτέ), never. 
μηδέτερος, -α, -ον (μηδέ + repos), 
neither (of two), VII, 4, 10. 
Μηδία, -as, ἡ, Media, properly, the 
country between Assyria and the 
Caspian Sea, but in the Anab- 
asts used loosely of Assyria it- 
self. Μηδίας τεῖχος, the Median 
wall, I, 7,15 n. 


Μῆδοι, -ων, ol, the Medes, people of 
Media. 


Μήδοκος, -ov, ὁ, Medocus, king of 
the Odrysae in Thrace. 


ηδοσάδης, -ov, ὁ, Medosades, am- 
bassador of Seuthes. 
μήθ᾽, see μήτε. 
μηκέτι (μή- ἔτι, the « due to the 
analogy of οὐκέτι) no longer, not 
again. 
μῆκος, -ous, τό (cf. uaxpds), length. 
μήν, post pos. particle of assever- 
ation, in truth, verily, certainly ; 
καὶ μήν, and in truth, and yet, 
I, 7, 5; ἀλλὰ μήν, nay truly, 
I, 9, 18; ἢ μήν, in oaths, in very 
truth, 11, 3, 26. 
μήν, μηνός, ὁ (Lat. mensis, Eng. 
moon, month), month. 
μηνοειδής, -és (μήνη, moon [cf. μήν] 
-Ἐ εἶδος), moon-shaped, crescent- 
shaped. 
μηνύω, μηνύσω, etc., make known, 
give information. 
μήποτε (μή-Ἐ ποτέ), never. 
μήπω, adv. (μή-- πώ), not yet. 
μηρός, -οὔ, ὁ, thigh. 
μήτε, neg. conj. (ujtré; ef. ore), 
and not, nor; generally ure... 
μήτε, neither... nor, I, 3, 14; 
also followed by τέ, not... but, 
II, 2, 8 n. 
μήτηρ, μητρός, ἡ (Lat. mater, Eng. 
mother), mother. 
μητρόπολις, -ews, ἡ (μήτηρ-"- πόλις), 
mother-city, capital. 
μηχανάομαι, μηχανήσομαι, etc. (μη- 
χανή, device), contrive, devise. 
μηχανή, -ῆς, ἡ (ef. Eng. machine), 
pla, see εἷς. 
Μίδας, -ov, ὁ, Midas, a legendary 
king of Phrygia, I, 2,13 n. 
Μιθραδάτης, -ov, ὁ, Mithraddtes 
(so spelled in Xen.), satrap of 
Lycaonia and Cappadocia, VII, 
8, 25. He was on the side of 
Cyrus but after the battle of 


Cunaxa proved faithless to the 
Greeks. 




















Vocabulary 77 





μικρός, -ά, -dv (cf. Eng. microscope), 
small, little, unimportant; 
neut. μικρόν, as subst., a little (of 
space or time), II, 1, 6; as adv., 
barely, hardly, 1, 3,2; κατὰ μικρόν, 
in small divisions, V, 6, 32; xara 
μικρά, in bits or morsels, VII, 3, 
22. 

Μιλήσιος, -α, -ον (Μίλητος), Mile- 
sian; commonly as masc. noun, 
a Milesian, inhabitant of Mi- 
létus; fem. ἡ Μιλησία, the Mile- 
sian (woman), I, 10, 3. 

Μίλητος, -ov, ἡ, Milétus, an impor- 
tant Greek city in Ionia, cap- 
tured by the Persians, 494 B. C. 

Μιλτοκύθης, -ov, ὁ, Miltocythes, in 
command of Cyrus’ Thracian 
troops; deserted to the king, II, 
1, 

μιμέομαι, μιμήσομαι, etc, (μῖμος, actor, 
mime, Eng. mimic, panto- 
mime), imitate; μιμούμενος wpxet- 
το, danced a mimetic dance, a 
dance with pantomime, VI, 1, 9. 

μιμνήσκω, -μνήσω, ἔμνησα, μέμνημαι, 
ἐμνήσθην, act. remind; mid. and 
pass. remember (the perf. tenses 
having the force of pres.; cf. 
Lat. memini), abs. or with gen.; 
make mention of, VII, 5, 8; 
suggest, with infin., VI, 4, 11. 

μισέω, μισήσω, etc. (cf. Eng. misan- 
thrope), hate. 

μισθοδοσία, -as, ἡ (mohbs+dldwu), 
giving of pay. 

μιθοδοτέω (uicbs+-dldwm), pay 
wages to, hire, with dat. 

μισθοδότης, -ov, ὁ (uoGds-+-dldwu), 
paymaster, employer. 

μισθός, -οὔ, ὁ (cf. Eng. meed), pay, 
wages, esp. of soldiers. This 
was ordinarily a daric a month 
for privates, two for a captain, 
and four for a general, VII, 6, 1. 


μισϑοφορά, -ἂς, ἡ (μισθός- φέρω), re- 
ceipt of wages, mercenary ser- 
vice, pay. 
μισθοφόρος, -ον (μισθός-᾿- φέρω), re- 
ceiving pay, cr wages; οἱ μισθο- 
φόροι, as subst. mercenary 
troops, mercenaries. 
μισϑόω, μισθώσω, etc. (μισθός), let out 
for hire; mid., hire for oneself ; 
pass., be hired. 
μνᾶ, -ds, ἡ, mina, one-sixtieth of a 
talent, or one hundred drach- 
mae (about $18.00; but see the 
note on δέκα τάλαντα, I, 7, 18). 
μνήμη, -75, 7, (μιμνήσκω), memory, 
remembrance. 
μνημονεύω (μνήμων, mindful ; cf. μιμ- 
vicxw), call to mind, remember. 
μνημονικός, -ἡ -dv (μνήμων, mindful ; 
cf. μιμνήσκω), having a good 
memory. 
μνησθῇ, see μιμνήσκω. 
μνησικακέω, μνησικακήσω, etc. (μιμ- 
νήσκω-! κακός), remember wrongs, 
cherish ill-will, bear a grudge 
(with dat. of pers. and gen. of 
cause). 
μόλις, adv., with difficulty, hardly, 
barely. 
μολυβδίς, -l50s, ἡ (μόλυβδος), leaden 
ball or bullet. 
μόλυβδος, -ov, ὁ, lead. 
μόλωσιν, see βλώσκω. 
μοναρχία, -ας, ἡ (μόνος--ᾶΖρχω; cf. 
Eng. monarchy), command ves- 
ted in one person, sole or chief 
command. 
μοναχῇ, adv. (μοναχός, solitary, 
from pévos), alone, only. 
povh, is, ἡ (μένω), a stay, halt. 
μονόξυλος, -ov (μόνος-[- ξύλον), made 
of a single log, of canoes, V, 
4,11. 
μόνος, -7, -ον (cf. Eng. monk, etc.), 
alone, only, by oneself; with 





78 Anabasis 





gen., IT, 3, 19; neut. μόνον as adv.; 
ITT, 2, 19, and often. 

μόσσυν, -os, irreg. dat. pl. μοσσύνοις, 
6, wooden tower, V, 4, 26. 

Μοσσύνοικοι, -ων, of (μόσσυν-  οἰκέω), 
the Mossynoeci (tower-dwellers), 
the name of a tribe dwelling on 
the southeastern shore of the 
Euxine. Their manners are 
described in the Anabasis, V, 4. 

μόσχειος, -a, -ον (μόσχος, calf), of a 
calf; with κρέα, veal, IV, 5, 31. 

pox iw, μοχθήσω, etc. (μόχθος, labor), 
labor, toil. 

μοχλός, -οὔ, ὁ, bar or bolt of a gate 
or door. 

pile, suck. 

Mvplavios, -ov, ἡ, Myriandus, a 
city in Syria on the gulf of 
Tasus. 

μυριάς, -ddos, ἡ (μυρίος: cf. Eng. 
myriad), ten thousand, myriad. 

μυρίος, -a -ov, countless, infinite, 
VII, 1, 30; pl. with changed 
accent, μύριοι, -ar, -a, ten thou- 
sand; so in the sing. with a col- 
lective noun, I, 7, 10. 

μύρον, -ov, τό, a fragrant oil or 
unguent. 

Mucia, -ἂς, ἡ, Mysia, a country in 
the northwestern part of Asia 
Minor. 


Μύσιος, -a, -ov (Μυσός), Mysian. 

Μυσός, -οὔ, ὁ, a native of Mysia, 
a Mysian. 

Μυσός, -οὔ, ὁ (=the foregoing), 
Mysus, the name of a brave 
Mysian, V, 2, 29. 

μυχός, -οὔ, ὁ, innermost part, nook, 
recess. 

μῶρος, -a, -ον (cf. Lat. morus, a 
fool, Eng. sophomore), stupid, 
foolish. 

μώρως, aclv. (μῶρος), stupidly. 


N 


vat, intensive particle (cf. v4, Lat. 
ne, nae), yea, verily, in oaths, 
yea by, with acc. with or with- 
out μά, 

ναός, -o0, ὁ, Attic νεώς, «ὦ (ναίω, 
dwell), temple. 

νάπη, -ns, and νάπος, -ous, τό, 
woody glen, valley, vale. 

vavapxéw (vais+dpyw) be in com- 
mand of a fleet, be admiral. 

ναύαρχος, -ov, ὁ (vais+dpxw), com- 
mander, of a fleet, admiral. 

ναύκληρος, -ου, ὁ (vais+- κλῆρος, lot), 
ship-owner, ship-master, cap- 
tain. 

ναῦλον, -ov, τό (vais), passage 
money, fare. 

νανπηγήσιμος, -ον (ναῦς- πήγνυμι), 
jit for shipbuilding, of timber. 

ναῦς, νεώς, ἡ (Lat. navis), ship, 
chiefly, man-of-war. 

Ναυσικλείδης, -ov, ὁ, Nausiclides, 
an envoy who brought pay from 
Thibron to the Greeks, VII, 8, 6. 


ναυσίπορος, -ov (vais+-1/mep), navi 
gable. 


vauTikds, -ἡ -όν (vais, cf. Eng. nau- 
tical), naval. 

νεανίσκος, -ov, ὁ (νεανίας, young 
man), young man, youth. 

νεῖμαι, 566 νέμω. 

νεκρός, -οὔ, ὁ, cf. Lat. nex, death, 
neco, slay), dead body, corpse. 

νέμω, veud, ἔνειμα, -vevéunka, νενέμημαι, 
ἐνεμήθην, portion out, award, of 
meat, carve, VII, 3, 21; of cattle, 
drive to pasture ; in mid., graze, 
Seed, IT, 2, 15. 

νενεμημένων, Fee νέμω. 

γενημένων, see νέω. 


νεόδαρτος, -ον (réost-dépw), Sreshly 
jlayed. 

Νέον Tetxos, -ovs, τό, New Fort. a 
Thracian city on the Propontis. 











Vocabulary 79 





νέος, -a, -ov(cf. Lat. norus, Eng. 
new), new; often, young; so 
vewrepos, 1, 1,1; of things, fresh, 
νέος σῖτος, this year’s grain, V, 
4, 27. 

νεῦμα, -aros, τό (vedw, nod), nod. 

νευρά, -ἂς, ἡ (cf. νεῦρον), sinew; 
hence, bowstring. 

νεῦρον, -ov, τό (Lat. nervus, sinew), 
sinew, cord. 

νευσόμενοι, See véw, swim. 

νεφέλη, -ns, ἡ (τό νέφος, cloud, Lat. 
nebula), cloud. 

véw, νήσω, vévnuat, heap or pile up. 

véw, νεύσομαι (cf. ναῦς), swim. 

νεωκόρος, -ov, ὁ (vads--Kopéw, sweep), 
keeper of a temple, warder, 
sacristan. 

Νέων, -wvos, ὁ, Neon, a Spartan from 
Asine, in the Greek army. 

νεώριον, -ov, τό (vais), navy yard, 
dockyard, VII, 1, 27. 

νεῶν, See vais, 

νεώς, -, ὁ, temple, V, 3, 8; see ναός, 

νεωστί, adv. (νέος), newly, lately. 

vf, intensive particle (cf. val) used 
in oaths with affirmative force, 
yes by, with acc., νὴ Ala, I, 7,9. 
νῆες, See vais. 

νῆσος, -ου, ἡ (ναῦς), island. 

Νίκανδρος, -ov, ὁ, Nicander, a La- 
conian. 

Νίκαρχος, -ov, ὁ, Nicarchus, an Ar- 
cadian. He brought the Greeks 
news of the seizure of their 
generals, II, 5,33. A captain of 
this name deserts, ITT, 3, 5. 

νικάω, νικήσω, etc. (νίκη), conquer, 
excel, surpass; the pres. often 
has the sense of a perf., be vic- 
torious, have conquered, I, 8, 21; 
τὰ πάντα νικᾶν, be completely vic- 
torious, II, 1, 1; ἐκ τῆς νικώσης 
(sc. γνώμη5), in accordance with 
a majority vote, V1, 1, 18. 


νίκη, 7s, 7, victory. 

Νικόμαχος, -ov, ὁ, Nicomachus, 
from the region near Mt. Oeta 
in Thessaly serving: with the 
Greek light armed troops. 

νοέω, νοήσω, etc. (cf, νοῦς), perceive, 
observe, plan. 

νόθος, -7, -ov, or -os, -ov, illegitimate 
bastard. 

vont, -ῆς, ἡ (νέμω), pasture, grazing 
herd, herd. 

νομίζω, νομιῶ, etc. (νόμος), regard as 
custumary or proper; pass., be 
the custom, be held right; so ra 
νομιζόμενα, the customary or reg- 
ular wages, VII, 3, 10; think, 
believe, consider; suppose, gen- 
erally with infin., in VI, 6, 24 with 
partic. 

νόμιμος, -7, -ov (νόμος), customary, 
lawful. 

νόμος, -ov, ὁ (νέμω, assign), custom, 
fashion, usage, law; in music, 
mode, strain, V, 4, 17. 

voréw, ἐνόσησα, be sick; met. of 
a country, be in disorder, VII, 
2, 32. 

νόσος, -ov, ἡ, sickness, disease. 

γότος, -ov, ὁ, the south wind. 

νουμηνία, -as, ἡ (véostpuny), new 
mwon, first day of the month. 

νοῦς, νοῦ, ὁ (γιγνώσκω), mind, sense; 
τὸν νοῦν προσέχειν, see the vb.; ἐν 
νῷ ἔχειν, purpose, plan, III, 3, 2; 
5, 13. 

vuKTepedw, νυκτερεύσω, ἐνυκτέρευσα 
(νύξ), spend the night. 

νύκτα, νυκτί, νυκτός, see νύξ. 

νυκτοφύλαξ, -axos, ὁ (νύξ-- φύλαξ), 
night-watch, sentinel. 

νύκτωρ, adv. (νύξ), by night, at 
night. 

viv, adv. of time (cf. Lat. nunc, 
Eng. 10w), now, at present; 
τὸ νῦν εἶναι, for the present, 





80 Anabasis 





III, 2, 37; τὸν νῦν χρόνον, at pre- 
sent, VI, 6, 13. 

viv, enclitic post-pos. part. (νῦν, 
less emphasized), now, then, of 
inference. 

νυνί, adv., strengthened form of 
viv, NOW. 

νύξ, νυκτός, ἡ (cf. Lat. now, Eng. 
night), night; νυκτός, by night, 
II, 6, 7; τῆς νυκτός, during the 
night, II, 2, 1; διὰ νυκτός, all 
night long, IV, 6, 22; μέσαι 
vixres, midnight, I, 7, I1n.; 
ITT, 1, 33. 

νῷ, 566 νοῦς. 

νῶτον, -ου, τό, back. 


Ἐ 


ἘΠανθικλῆς, -ἔους, 6, Xanthicles, of 
Achaea, elected general in the 
place of Socrates, ITI, 1, 47. 

ξενία, -as, ἡ (ξένος), a bond of hos- 
pitality or friendship, VI, 6, 35. 

Elevias, -ov, ὁ, Xenias, of Parrhasia 
in Arcadia, a general under Cy- 
rus. He deserted, angered, be- 
cause some of his troops had 
gone over to Clearchus, I, 3, 7. 

ξενίζω, (ξένος), entertain, receive 
hospitably. 

ξενικός, -%, -όν (ξένος), belonging to 
a foreigner, foreign; τὸ tev:xdv, 
mercenary force, I, 2,1; II, 5, 22. 

ξένιος, -a, -ov (ξένος), belonging to a 
stranger, hence hospitable; ra 
ξένια, gifts or pledges of friend- 
ship, IV, 8, 23; Ζεὺς ξένιος, Zeus, 
the god of hospitality, the god 
who protects strangers, III, 2, 4. 

ξενόομαι (ξένος), be entertained by 
(dat.), VIT, 8, 6, 8. 

ξένος, -ov, ὁ, stranger, esp. one 
bound by ties of hospitality, 
whether guest or host, guest- 


friend; also frequently, foreign 
soldier, mercenary. 

Ἐξενοφών, -dvros, ὁ, Xenophon, an 
Athenian, author of the Ana- 
basis, see the Introd. 

Eépéns, -ov, ὁ, Xerxes, son of Darius 
Hystaspes, king of Persia from 
485 to 465 B.C.; invaded Greece 
and was defeated at Salamis, 
480 B.C. 

ξεστός, -ἡ, -6v (verbal of tw, scrape), 
scraped, polished. 

Enpalvw, ξηρανῶ, etc. (ξηρός), dry. 

ξηρός, -d, -dv, dry. 

ξίφος, -ous, τό, sword. 

ξόανον, -ov, τό (ξέω, polish; cf. ξεσ- 
76s), wooden image or statue. 

ξνήλη, -ης, ἡ (ξύω,Ξ- ξέω, scrape, pol- 
ish), tool fur scraping; hence 
curved or sickle-shaped dagger, 
used by the Spartans. 

ξυλίζομαι (ξύλον), gather wood. 

ξύλινος, -7, -ov (ξύλον), wooden. 

ξύλον, -ov, τό, wood, in the widest 
sense, piece of wood; pole, I, 
10, 12; in pl. wood, fuel, beams 
(of a house). 

Evv-, 5606 σὺυν-. 


Oo 


ὁ, ἡ, τό, definite art., the. 

1) As a demonstrative pron. 
(its original force), chiefly with 
μέν and δέ; ὃ μὲν... ὃ δὲ, the one 
... the other, ἴδ... ἢ, sing. or 
pl.; often without a balancing 
ὃ μέν, ὃ δέ, and he (they), but he 
(they), regularly with change of 
subj. τὰ μὲν... τὰ δέ, partly... 
partly, IV, 1, 14; τῇ μὲν... τῇ 
δέ, in this respect ... in that, 
III, 1,12; ra μὲν... τέλος δέ, at 
first... finally, I, 9,6. In this 
use the nom. is properly ac- 
cented, 


Vocabulary 81 




















2) As the def. art., much as in 
Eng.; often with proper names, 
I,1,2n.; with possessive force, 
I, 1, 3n.; often, with ellipsis of 
the noun, with gens., οἱ ἐκείνου, 
his men, I, 2, 15; with preposi- 
tional phrases, τῶν παρὰ βασιλέως, 
those (the men) from the king, 
I, 1, 5; or with advs., τοὺς οἴκοι, 
those at home, I, 2,1. In such 
cases the context shows what (if 
anything) is to be supplied. 

The art. is regularly used with 
round numbers ἀμφὶ rods δισχιλί- 
ous, about 2,000, 1, 2, 10; very 
frequently with partics., τοὺς gev- 
yovras, the exiles, 1, 1, 7; some- 
times with distrib. force, τοῦ μηνὸς 
τῷ στρατιώτῃ, per month per 
man, I, 3, 21. 

3, see ὅς. 

ὀβελίσκος, -ov, ὁ (ὀβελός, ὃ, spit), 
little spit, spit. 

ὀβολός, -οὔ, ὁ, obol, an Attic coin, 
worth about three cents. 

ὀγδοήκοντα, indecl. (ὀκτώ), eighty. 

ὄγδοος, -7, -ov (ὀκτώ), eighth. 

ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε, dem. pron. (6-4-5é), this, 
the following, referring usually 
to what is near the speaker (Lat. 
hic) and often suggesting a ges- 
ture, II, 3,19; τάδε, often, as fol- 
lows, I, 5, 15; τῷδε, as adv., in 
the following way (cf. ὧδε), ΤΙ, 
3, 1; so τῇδε, here, VII, 2, 13. 

SSebw (ὁδός), march. 

ὁδοιπορέω (ὁδός-[- ἡ περ), go by land. 

ὁδοποιέω, ὁδοποιήσω, etc. (ὁδός-͵-ποιέω), 
make a road, repair a road. 

ὁδός, -οῦ, ἡ, way, road, march, jour- 
ney; hence, way, means, II, 6, 22. 

᾿Οδρύσης, -ov, ὁ, an Odrysian; pl. 
the Odrysae, a Thracian tribe. 

᾿Οδυσσεύς, -έως, ὁ, Odysseus, Lat. 
Ulysses, the hero of the Odyssey. 


ὅθεν, adv. (ὅς), whence, from which ; 
of persons, from whom, II, 5, 26. 

ὅθενπερ, adv., strengthened form 
of ὅθεν, from which very place, 
just whence. 

oi, see ὁ. 

οἵ, see ὅς. 

οἷ, see οὗ, 

οἶδα, 2 pf. with pres. sense (subj. 
etc. εἰδῶ, εἰδείην, ἴσθι, εἰδέναι, εἰδώς), 
plpf. ἤδη or ἤδειν, fut. εἴσομαι 
(εἶδον), know, understand, be 
acquainted with, abs., with acc., 
with ὅτι, infin., partic. (nom. or 
acc.), or εἰ; χάριν εἰδέναι, be grate- 
ful, I, 4,15; οἶδ᾽ ὅτι, parenthetic, 
I know well; certainly, V,7, 33; 
cf. δῆλον ὅτι. 

οἴει, 566 οἴομαι. 

οἴκαδε, adv. (ofkos), homeward, to 
one’s country; ἡ οἴκαδε ὁδός, the 
homeward way, III, 1, 2. 

οἰκεῖος, -a, -ov (οἶκος), belonging to 
one’s home, familiar, intimate ; 
oi οἰκεῖοι, one’s family, relatives, 
or intimate friends, ITI, 2, 26. 

οἰκείως, adv. (οἰκεῖος), familiarly, 
kindly. 

οἰκέτης, -ov, ὁ (olkéw), member of a 
household, esp. slave; in pl. 
household, IV, 5, 35. 

οἰκέω, οἰκήσω, etc., dwell, live; trans. 
inhabit, live in, III, 2, 23; of 
cities, etc., be situated, lie, V,1, 
13; in this sense oftener pass., 
I, 4,1. 

οἴκημα, -ατος, τό (oixéw), house. 

οἴκησις, -ews, ἡ, dwelling, residence. 

οἰκία, -as, ἡ (οἶκος), house. 

οἰκίζω, οἰκιῶ, ᾧκισα, ᾧκισμαι, ᾧκίσθην, 
settle, found, colonize. 

olxoSopéw, οἰκοδομήσω, etc. (olkos+- 
δέμω, build), build a house, then 
gen., build, construct. 

οἴκοθεν, adv. (olkos), from home. 








82 Anabasis 





οἴκοι, adv. (ofkos), at home; οἱ οἴκοι, 
those at home, I, 2, 1. 

οἰκονόμος, -ου, ὁ (οἶκος- νέμω), house- 
keeper, steward, manager. 

οἶκος, -ov, ὁ, house, home. 

οἰκτίρω, οἰκτιρῶ, ete. (οἶκτος, pity), 
pity. 

οἶμαι, see ofouar. 

οἶνος, -ov, ὁ (Lat. vinum, Eng. wine), 
wine; οἶνος φοινίκων, palm wine, 
IT, 3,14; οἶνος κρίθινος, beer, IV; 
5, 26. 

οἰνοχόος, -ov, ὁ (olvos+ χέω, pour), 
wine-pourer, cup-bearer. 

οἴομαι or οἶμαι, οἰήσομαι, φήθην, sup- 
pose, think, believe ; often paren- 
thetic, methinks, esp. in the 
shorter forms οἶμαι and ᾧμην. 

olos, -a, -ov, rel. pron., of what sort 
or size, how great, frequent in 
indir. ques., ὁρῶν ἐν οἵοις ἐσμέν, 
seeing in what straits we are, 
ITI, 1,15; properly preceded by 
a word like τοιοῦτος, but this is 
often omitted, so that οἷος, alone, 
may be rendered, such as; with 
infin., οὐ γὰρ ἣν ὥρα ola ἄρδειν, it 
was not the proper season for 
watering, 11,3,13n.; οἷοί τ᾽ ἔσεσθε, 
you will be able, V, 4, 9; οὐχ οἷόν 
τε ἦν, it was impossible, III, 3, 9. 
In these phrases the vb. is often 
omitted, IT, 2, 3, ete.; ef. οἷόν re 
μάλιστα πεφυλαγμένως, as guard- 
edly as possible, II, 4, 24. οἵον, 
adv., as for example, IV, 1, 14; 
with sup. intensive, like ὡς, 
IV, 8, 2. 

οἷόσπερ, -arep, -ὄνπερ, a strength- 
ened form of olos, just such as; 
παραπλησία olgrep, freely, pre- 
cisely like the one for which, 
Just such a one as, I, 3, 18. 

olov, see οἴομαι, 


ols, olds, acc. pl. ols, ἡ (cf. Lat. ovis, 
Eng. ewe), sheep. 

οἴσει, see φέρω. 

οἶσϑα, see οἶδα. 

οἰστός, -οὔ, ὁ, αὐτοιυ. The common 
word is τόξευμα. 

Olratos, -ov, ὁ (Οἴτη, Oeta), an 
Oetaean, from the region near 
Mt. Oeta in Thessaly. 

οἴχομαι, οἰχήσομαι, pres. with perf. 
force, be gone, have gone; often 
with partic. expressing the 
means of motion, ¢xero ἀπελαύνων, 
he rode off, II, 4, 24; euphe- 
mistic of the dead, be missing, 
be gone, ITT, 1, 32. 

οἰωνός, -οῦ, ὁ (for ὀριωνός [2], ef. Lat. 
avis), bird, esp. bird of prey; 
then, since eagles, vultures, etc., 
were observed in augury, omen, 
sign, IIT, 2, 9. 

ὀκέλλω, ὥκειλα, run ashore, of ships. 

ὀκλάζω, aor. ὥκλασα, crouch down. 

oxvéw, ὀκνήσω, ete. (ὄκνος), hesitate, 
shrink from, with infin., I, 3,17; 
diead, fear, with μή and subv. 
or opt. 

ὀκνηρῶς, adv. (ὄκνος), reluctantly. 

ὄκνος, -ου, ὁ, hesitation, reluctance. 

ὀκτακισχίλιοι (ὀκτώ-Ἐ- χίλιοι), eight 
thousand, 

ὀκτακόσιοι, -at, -α (ὀκτώ -Ἐ- ἑκατόν), 
eight hundred. 

ὀκτώ, indecl. (Lat. octo), eight. 

ὀκτωκαίδεκα, indecl. (ὀκτώ -+- δέκα), 
eighteen. 

ὄλεθρος, -ov, ὁ (ὄλλυμι, destroy), de- 
struction, death. 

ὀλίγος, -n, -ον (cf. Eng. oligarchy), 
small, little; of time, short; of 
number, few; neut. as adv., 
ὀλίγον, a little; αὐτοῦ ὀλίγον δεή- 
σαντος καταλευσθῆναι, though he 
had come near being stoned to 
death, 1,5,14 (cf. δέω); ἐπ᾽ ὀλίγων, 














Vocabulary 83 





few deep, IV, 8, 11; ὀλίγας (se. 
πληγάς) παίειν, inflict (too) few 
blows, V, 8,12; παρ᾽ ὀλίγον ποιεῖ- 
σθαι, esteem of little worth, VI, 
6, 11; κατ᾽ ddlyous, in small 
parties, VII, 6, 29. 

ὀλισθάνω, slip. 

ὀλισθηρός, -d, -ὄν (ὀλισθάνω), slip- 
pery. 

ὁλκάς, -ddos,  (Z\xw), a merchant- 
man, trading vessel (properly a 
vessel that is towed). 

ὁλοίτροχος, -ov, ὁ (Ved [cf. Lat. 
volvo]+ τρέχω), a rolling stone, 
round stone. 

ὁλοκαυτέω (Sdos-++-Kalw), offer a whole 
burnt offering (instead of cer- 
tain portions only). 

ὅλος, -ἢ, -ov (old Lat. sollus, soli- 
dus), whole (not akin to the 
Greek word), all, entire. 

᾿Ὀλυμπία, -as, ἡ (Ὄλυμπος, ὁ, Olym- 
pus), Olympia, a district in Elis 
on the Alphéus, where the great 
games were held. 

᾿Ὀλύνϑθιος, -ov, ὁ (Ολυνθος), an Olyn- 
thian, native of Olynthus, the 
chief city of Chalcidice. 

ὁμαλής, -és (dua), even, level; ὁμαλὲς 
ἰέναι, march over level ground, 
IV, 6, 12. 

ὁμαλός, -ή, -by (dua), even, level; ἐν 
τῷ ὁμαλῷ, on level ground, IV, 
2, 16. 

ὁμαλῶς, adv, (duanés), evenly. 

ὅμηρος, -ov, ὁ (6u0d-+ ν dp), hostage. 

ὁμιλέω, ὁμιλήσω, etc. (ὅμιλος, throng), 
associate with, consurt with. 

ὁμίχλη, -ns, ἡ (ef. Eng. mist), mist, 
fog. 

ὄμμα, -aros, τό (cf. ὄψομαι), eye; 
hence, look, 

ὄμνυμι or ὀμνύω, ὀμοῦμαι, ὥμοσα, 
ὁμώμοκα, ὀμώμο(σ)μαι, ὠμό(σ᾽θην, 


swear, take an oath, with infin., 
generally fut.; give an oath to 
(dat.), swear by (acc.). 

ὅμοιος, -a, -ov (dua), like, resembling, 
similar ; οἱ ὅμοιοι, equals in rank, 
peers, IV, 6,14 n.; ἐν τῷ ὁμοίῳ, on 
the same footing, IV, 6, 18; 
ὅμοιοι ἦσαν θαυμάζουσιν, were like 
persons wondering, ἴ. 6., seemed 
lost in wonder, III, 5, 13. 

ὁμοίως (ὅμοιος), in like manner, 
alike; ὁμοίως ὥσπερ, just as if, 
VI, 5, 31. 

ὁμολογέω, ὁμολογήσω, etc. (dat 
λέγω), think the same as, agree, 
grant, admit, confess. 

ὁμολογουμένως (ὁμολογέω), confess- 
edly, with the consent of all. 

ὁμομήτριος, -α, -ov (ἅμα- μέτηρ), born 
of the same mother. 

ὀμόσαι, see ὄμνυμι. 

ὁμόσε, adv. (dua), to the same place, 
to close quarters. 

ὁμοτράπεζος, -ον (ἅμα- τράπεζα), at 
the same table with, a table 
companion, I, 8, 25n.; ef. συν- 
τράπεζος. 

ὁμοῦ, adv. (ἅμα), together, at the 
same time, with; ὁμοῦ εἶναι, with 
gen., be near, meet, IV, 6, 24. 

ὀμφαλός, -οῦ, ὁ, navel. 

ὅμως, adv. (ἅμα), all the same, 
nevertheless, yet, however. 

ἔν, see εἰμί, 

ὅν, see ὅς. 

ὄναρ, τό, only nom.and acc., dream. 

ὀνῆσαι, see dvlynu. 

ὀνίνημι, ὀνήσω, ὥνησα, 2 aor. mid. 
ὠνήμην, ὠνήθην, benefit, help, aid. 

ὄνομα, -aros, τό (γιγνώσκω ; cf. Lat. 
nomen), name; acc. as adv., by 
name; also, fame, reputation, 
IT, 6, 17. 

ὀνομαστί, adv. (ὄνομα), by name. 





84 Anabasis 





ὄνος, -ov, ὁ (Lat. asinus, Eng. ass), 
ass ; ὄνος ἀλέτης, the upper (grind- 
ing) mill-stone (turned by an 
ass), I, 5, 5. 

ὄξος, -ous, τό (ὀξύς), sour wine. 

ὀξύς, -εἴα, -ὅ, sharp, of taste, sour. 

ὅπερ, See ὅσπερ. 

ὅπῃ» rel. adv., where, in what way, 
how; loosely, whither. 

ὄπισθεν, adv., from behind, from 
the rear, behind; οἱ ὄπισθεν, those 
in the rear, IV, 2, 26; τὰ ὄπισθεν, 
the rear, III, 4, 40; εἰς τοὔπισθεν, 
backwards, IIT, 3, 10. 

ὀπισθοφυλακέω, ὠπισθοφυλάκησα (ὄὅπι- 
σθεν--φυλάττω), guard the rear, 
form the rear guard. 

ὀπισθοφυλακία, -as, ἡ (ὄπισθεν-Ἰ- 
φυλάττω), command the rear. 

ὀπισθοφύλαξ, -axos, ὁ (ὄπισθεν-!- φυ- 
λάττω), one guarding the rear; 
pl. the rear guard. 

ὀπίσω, adv., back, behind one’s 
back, VI, 1, 8. 

ὁπλίζω, ὥπλισα, ὥπλισμαι, ὡπλίσθην 
(ὅπλον), make ready, equip, arm; 
mid., arm oneself; pf. pass., be 
armed. 

ὅπλισις, -ews, ἡ (ὁπλίζω), equipment, 
arms. 

ὁπλιτεύω (ὁπλίτης), serve as hoplite. 

ὁπλίτης, -ov, ὁ (ὅπλον), hoplite, heavy 
armed soldier. 

ὁπλιτικός, -ἤή, -όν (ὁπλίτης), of or for 
heavy armed troops ; τὸ ὁπλιτικόν, 
the hoplite force. 

ὁπλομαχία, -as, ἡ (ὅπλον- μάχομαι), 
jighting in armor, infantry 
tactics. 

ὅπλον, -ov, τό (ἕπομαι, handle, be 
busy with), implement, tool; 
esp. in pl. arms, weapons, 
armor; τὰ ὅπλα by metonymy= 
ὁπλῖται, II, 2, 4, or the place 
where the arms were stacked, 


the camp, II, 4, 15; ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις 
under arms, IV, 3,7; εἰς τὰ ὅπλα, 
to arms, I, 5,13; τίθεσθαι τὰ ὅπλα, 
take up a position undcr arms, 
I, 5, 14; II, 2, 21; or ground or 
rest arms, I, 10, 16; προβάλλεσθαι 
τὰ ὅπλα, advance arms (for the 
charge), I, 2, 17. 

ὁπόθεν, rel. adv., from whence, 
wheneesoever. 

ὅποι, rel. adv., whither, where. 

ὁποῖος, -a, -ov, rel. pron. (ποῖος), of 
what sort or kind, of such a 
sort as, whatsoever. 

ὁπόσος, -7, -ov, rel. pron. (πόσος), as 
great as,as many as; in indir. 
ques., how large,how much, how 
many ; ὁπόσον, as adv., as far as, 
ITT, 3, 10. 

ὁπόταν (drére+-dv), rel. adv., when- 
ever, when, with subj. 

ὁπότε, rel. adv., of time, when, 
whenever, as often as, with 
indic. or opt.; of cause, since, 
because, VII, 6, 11. 

ὁπότερος, -a, -ov, rel. pron., which 
of two. 

ὅπον, rel. adv., where, wherever; 
ὅπου μή, except where, I, 5, 9. 

ὀπτάω, ὀπτήσω, etc., bake, roast. 

ὀπτός, -%, -όν, roasted; of bricks, 
baked, ΤΊ, 4, 12. 

ὅπως, rel. adv., in what way, how, 
as; οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως οὐκ, it is not 
possible that not, i. e., certainly, 
II, 4, 6; often in indir. ques.; in 
obj. clauses, that, I, 1, 4; in final 
clauses, that, in order that; in 
exhortations with fut. indic., 
ὅπως ἔσεσθε ἄνδρες, see that ye be 
men, I, 7, 3; οὐκ ὅπως, not only 
not, VII, 7, 8. 

ὁράω, ἑώρων, ὄψομαι, ἑώρακα, ἑώραμαι 
Or ὦμμαι, ὥφθην, aor. supplied by 
εἶδον (see the word), see, look, 














Vocabulary 85 





observe, perceive, etc.; abs., with 
ace., with acc. and partic., or 
with ὅτε and a clause, II, 2, 5; 
with rel. clause, IV, 7, 11; VI, 4, 
23; with indir. ques., II, 5, 13; 
with acc. and infin. (following a 
partic.), VII, 7, 30. The infin. 
ὁρᾶν may depend upon an adj. or 
adv. στυγνὸς ὁρᾶν, stern to look 
upon, II, 6, 9; cf. III, 4, 5; so 
ὁρᾶσθαι, II, 3,3 n. 

ὀργή, -ἧς, ἡ, temper, esp. anger; as 
adv. ὀργῇ, angrily, in a passion, 
I, 5, 8; II, 6, 9. 

ὀργίζομαι, ὀργιοῦμαι, etc. (ὀργή), be 
angry, be enraged. 

ὀργνιά, -as, ἡ (dpéyw), length of the 
arms outstretched, fathom, 6 
Greek feet, 5 ft. 10 in., Eng. 

ὀρέγω, ὀρέξω, Gpeta, ὠρέχθην (cf. Lat. 
rego, Eng. reach), reach, reach 
out, VII, 3, 29. 

ὀρεινός, -4, -dy (ὅρος), mountainous. 

ὄρειος, -a, -ov (ὅρος), belonging to 
mountains; of countries, moun- 
tainous; of persons, dwelling in 
the mountains; as subst., ol 
ὄρειοι, mountaineers. 

ὄρθιος, -a, -ον (ὀρθός), steep; τὸ ὄρθιον, 
ascent, IV, 2, 8; ὄρθιον ἱέναι, march 
up hill, IV, 6,12; ὄρθιοι λόχοι, 
companies in column, IV, 2,11 n. 

ὀρθός, -4, dv (cf. Eng. orthodoz), 
straight, direct, erect. 

ὄρθρος, -ov, ὁ, daybreak, dawn. 

ὀρθῶς (ὀρθός), rightly, justly, with 
reason; ὀρθῶς ἔχειν, be proper, 
151. 

ὅρια, -ων, τά (ὅρος, boundary), bor- 
ders of a country, frontier, 
boundary. 

ὁρίζω, -οριῶ, ὥρισα, etc. (ὅρος, boun- 
dary; cf. Eng. horizon), be a 
boundary, bound; determine, 


VII, 7, 36; in mid., set up as 
one’s boundary, VII, 5, 13. 

ὅρκος, -ov, ὁ (elpyw, shut in, re- 
strain, ἕρκος, fence), oath. 

ὁρμάω, dpujow, etc. (ὁρμή), start, 
hasten, rush, set out (τὴν ὁδόν, 
on his march, III, 1, 8); so mid., 
I, 1, 9. 

ὁρμέω, ὁρμήσω, etc. (ὅρμος, anchor- 
age), lie at anchor. 

ὁρμή, -ἢς, ἡ, start, motion, attack 
impulse; ἐν ὁρμῇ εἶναι, be on the 
point of starting, 11, 1, 3; μιᾷ 
ὁρμῇ, with one impulse, 111, 2, 9. 

ὁρμίζω, ὁρμιοῦμαι, ὥρμισα, ὥρμισμαι, 
ὡρμίσθην (cf. ὁρμέω), bring to an- 
chor, anchor; mid., come to 
anchor. 

ὄρνεον, -ov, τό (cf. Spurs), bird. 

ὀρνίθειος, -a, -ov (ὄρνις), of a bird or 
fowl; with κρέα, chicken, IV, 
5, 31. 

ὄρνις, -ἰθος, ὁ, (cf. Eng. ornithol- 
ogy), bird; esp. fowl, hen. 

’Opévras, -a, ὁ, Orontas, the name 
of two Persian nobles mentioned 
in the Anabasis, one a traitor, 
put to death by Cyrus, I, 6, 1ff., 
the other a satrap of Armenia, 
a son-in-law of the king, and in 
command of a division of the 
royal army, II, 4, 8. 

ὄρος, -ous, τό, mountain. 

ὄροφος, -ου, ὁ (cf. ἐρέφω, roof over) 
roof. 

opuKrés, -4, -6v (verbal of ὀρύττω) 
made by digging, dug, artificial. 

ὀρύττω, -ὀρύξω, ὥρυξα, -dpdpvya, ὀρώ- 
ρυγμαι, ὠρύχθην, dig, quarry. 

ὀρφανός, %, -dv, orphan, fatherless. 

ὀρχέομαι, ὀρχήσομαι, ὠρχησάμην, 
dance. 

ὄρχησις, -ews, ἡ (ὀρχέομαι), dance. 

ὀρχηστρίς, -ίδος, ἡ (ὀρχέομαι), dancing 
girl. 





86 Anabasis 





’Opx opévios, -ου, ὁ (’ Ορχομενός, Orcho- 
menus), an Orchomenian, citi- 
zen of Orchomenus in Arcadia. 

és, #, 5, rel. pron., who, which, what ; 
Lat. qui. 

The antec. is often omitted, 
πλὴν ὁπόσοι ἱκανοὶ ἦσαν, I, 2, 2; 
ἔχων οὖς εἴρηκα, I, 2,5; the rel. is 
often attracted to the case of 
the antec., whether expressed or 
not, ἀνθ᾽ ὧν-- ἀντὶ τούτων a, I, 3, 4; 
ef. 1, 7,3; yet ἡγεμόνι ὅν, I, 3,17; 
τῆς χάριτος ἥν, 11, 5,14. Rarely 
the antec. is attr. to the case of 
the rel. (inverse attr.), I, 4, 15(?) 
(cf. V, 5, 12), θεοῖς οἷς, IIT, 1, 6- 
The rel. clause may precede (I, 
8,11), in which case the antec. 
resumes the rel. with emphasis. 
Often the antec. is incorporated 
in the rel. clause, I, 2,1; I, 9, 14; 
IV, 4, 2. 

The rel. has often causal force, 
e.g., III, 1, 17. 

Rel. clauses have regularly 
the indic. or the opt. with ἄν 
when the antec. is definite; the 
subj. with ἄν, or after secondary 
tenses the opt., when it is con- 
ditional. Rarely in indir. disc: 
we find the infin. (by attraction), 
II, 2,1. The rel. is occasionally 
used as an indir. interrog. It 
often stands at the head of a 
sentence, like the Lat. quod, as 
to the fact that, II, 3,1; occa- 
sionally it has demonstrative 
force, but only in phrases, καὶ ὅς, 
and he, I, 8, 16, and, less com- 
monly, καὶ ot, and they, VII, 6, 4. 

ἐν ᾧ, while (even after a pl.), I, 2, 
20; ἀφ᾽ οὗ, since (also after a pl.), 
II1, 2,14; οὗ or 9, as advs., where, 
see the words. μέχρι οὗ, to a 
puint where, I, 7, 6; δι᾽ 6, where- 


fore; see διό. ἐφ᾽ ᾧ, on condi- 
tion that, with infin., IV, 2, 19. 

ὅσιος, -a, -ov, holy, pious. 

ὅσος, -ἡ, -ov, rel. pron., how great, 
how much, how many (Lat. 
quantus), generally to be ren- 
dered, as much as, as many as, 
etc.; properly correlative to 
τοσοῦτος, τοσοῦτοι ὄντες ὅσους σὺ 
ὁρᾷς, II, 1, 16; ef. I, 5,9; IV, 8, 
12; oftener, however, some form 
of πᾶς, all, is expressed, or felt, 
as the antec., πάντων ὅσοι, I, 1, 2; 
ὅσον ἣν αὐτῷ στράτευμα, his entire 
army, I, 2, 1; in indir. ques., 
II, 5,10; sometimes with infin., 
like ὥστε, 1V, 1, 5; IV, 8, 12; 
neut. ὅσον as adv., as much as, 
V, 5, 14; as far as, III, 3, 15; 
with numerals, about, I, 8, 6; 
with superlatives with intensi- 
fying force like ὅτε or ὡς, IV, 5, 
18; ὅσον οὐ, almost, VII, 2, 5; 
ὅσῳ . . . τοσούτῳ, with compara- 
tives; cf. quanto ... tanto, I, 
5, 9. 

ὅσοσπερ, ὅσηπερ, ὅσονπερ, strength- 
ened form of ὅσος, just as great, 
much, or many as; of time, just 
as long as. 

ὅσπερ, ἥπερ, ὅπερ, strengthened f rm 
of ὅς, generally more explicit, 
who, the very one who, or 
which. 

ὄσπριον, -ov, τό, pulse; in pl., peas 
beans, etc., IV, 4, 9. 

ὅστις, ἥτις, ὅτι (gen. and dat. ὅτου, 
ὅτῳ, ὅτων), indef. rel. pron. (ὅς-- 
tis), whoever, whichever, what- 
ever; seometimes best rendered, 
who, which, what; with pl. 
antec., I, 1,5; ITI, 3,1; in indir. 
ques., 1, 3, 11; serving to char- 
acterize, a man who, III, 2, 4; 
hence sometimes used after οὕτω, 











Vocabulary 87 





where ὥστε is looked for, IT, 5, 
12; ef. II, 5,21; often with fut. 
indic. in final sense, I, 3, 14; 
ὅτου δὴ παρεγγυήσαντος, some one 
or other having given the word, 
IV, 7, 25; ef. V, 2, 24; ἐξ ὅτου, 
since, VII, 8, 4. 

ὁστισοῦν, ἡτισοῦν, ὁτιοῦν (Soris+-odr), 
who- or whatsoever. 

ὀσφραίνομαι (cf. d{w, smell), smell, 
get a smell of. 

ὅταν, rel. adv. (re+dv), whenever, 
when, with subj., referring to 
fut.,or else in a generalized sense. 

ὅτε; rel. adv. (o+-7e), by elision ὅτ᾽ or 
ὅθ᾽, when, as, 1, 2,9; with opt., 
whenever, as often as, II, 6, 12; 
cf. ὅταν. 

ὅτι, conj. (neut. of ὅστις): (1) that, 
introducing indir. disc., or 
sometimes dir, speech, in which 
case it is to be omitted in trans- 
lating, e.g., I, 6, 8; (2) causal, 
because, since, I, 2,21; (3) in- 
tensifying a superlative, ὅτι 
ἀπαρασκευότατον, as unprepared 
as possible, I, 1, 6. 

ὅτου, ὅτῳ, 866 ὅστις. 

οὐ (before vowels οὐκ or οὐχ), neg. 
adv., not; accented at the end 
of a clause, e.g., IV, 8, 3; in 
questions, expecting the answer, 
yes, III, 1,29; for οὐ μή, see μή. 

ov, dat. of (which isthe onlysingular 
form in the Anabasis), pl. σφεῖς, 
σφῶν, σφίσι, σφᾶς, pers. pron. of 
3d pers. (orig ofod; cf. Lat. se, 
suus), of him, etc.; but in Attic 
used only as reflexive, and gen- 
erally indir. reflexive, I, 1, 8; pl. 
they, themselves, I, 7, 8. 

ov, rel. adv. (ὅς), where; μέχρι οὗ, 
to a point where, I, 7, 6. 

οὐδαμῇ, adv., in no way, by no 
means. 


οὐδαμόθεν, adv. (cf. οὐδαμῇ), from no 
place or quarter. 
ovSapot, adv. (cf. οὐδαμῇ), to no 
place, nowhere. 
οὐδαμοῦ (cf. οὐδαμῇ), nowhere. 
οὐδέ (ov-+-5¢), after a neg., and not, 
but not, nor; but when there is 
no preceding neg., not even, 
I, 3, 21; οὐδ᾽ ὥς, not even so, I, 8, 
21; οὐ μέντοι οὔδε ἀπέκλινε, how- 
ever, you may be sure he did not 
turn aside, II, 2, 16. 
οὐδείς, οὐδεμία, οὐδέν, gen. οὐδενός, 
οὐδεμιᾶς, οὐδενός (οὐδέ-}- εἷς; ef. 
οὐδέ μιᾶς, VI, 8, 16), not even one, 
not one, none, 11,Ό, 1: οὐδείς and 
οὐδέν often as nouns, nobody, 
nothing, I, 2,22; I, 8,20; οὐδέν, 
as adv., not at all, I, 1, 8. 
οὐδέποτε, adv. (οὐδέ- ποτέ), never. 
οὐδέπω, adv. (οὐδέ-᾿- πώ), not yet; 
separated, οὐδὲ νῦν πώ, VIT, 6, 35. 
006’, see οὔτε. 
οὐκ, see οὐ. 
οὐκέτι, adv. (οὐ-᾿ ἔτι), no longer. 
For οὐκέτι μή, see οὐ μή, under μή. 
οὔκουν, inferential part. (οὐ-[ οὖν), 
therefore not, by no means, III, 
5, 6. 
οὐκοῦν, interr. part. (od-+ οὖν), not 
therefore? expecting an affirma- 
tive answer as Lat. nonne, 1. 
6, 7, etc.; also as inferential 
part., then, therefore, well then, 
ITT, 2, 19. 
οὖν, a post-pos. part.: (1) confirma 
tory, certainly; often coupled 
with other particles, μέν, γάρ, πάνυ, 
for which Eng. has no equiva- 
lents; δ᾽ οὖν (stating a fact and 
dismissing a hypothesis), be that 
as it may, 1, 2,12, (2) inferential, 
now, I,1,2; accordingly, then 
οὗπερ, strengthened form of οὗ, 
just where. 





88 Anabasis 





οὔποτε, adv. (οὐ-Ε ποτέ), never. 

οὔπω, adv. (οὐ-[-πώ), not yet. 

οὐπώποτε, adv. (οὐ- πώ-Ἐ- ποτέ), never 
yet, never before. 

οὐρά, -as, ἡ, tatl, of an army, rear. 

ovpayds, -οῦ, ὁ (οὐρά -ἰ- ἄγω), rear 
leader, rearmost man in a col- 
umn, who became the leader 
when the file faced about, IV, 
3, 26, 29. 

οὐρανός, -ov, ὁ, heaven, the sky. 

οὖς, ὠτός, τό (cf. Eng. par-otid), ear. 

οὔτε, neg. conj. (οὐ- τέ), and not; 
olre... οὔτε, neither... nor, 
I, 2, 26, etc.; otre...re, not... 
but, II, 5, 4, n. 

οὔτοι, adv. (od-+-rol), not indeed, 
certainly not. 

οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, dem. pron., this, 
these; often as pers. pron., he, 
she, it, they, etc. With the art. 
it regularly stands in the pred. 
posit., I, 1,9, unless used with 
an attrib. adj., IV, 2, 6; some- 
times attracted to the gender of 
the pred. noun, I,1, 7; generally 
οὗτος refers to what precedes, 
but it sometimes looks forward, 
especially to a clause with ὅτι, 
ΠῚ, 2, 17, or ὅτωι, IIT, 1, 7; καὶ 
οὗτος, he too, III, 2, 5; ταῦτα is 
often used where Eng. more 
naturally uses the sing., pera 
ταῦτα, after this, I, 3,9; καὶ ταῦτα, 
and that too, with partic. I, 4, 12; 
so καὶ τούτων, II, 5,21; ταύτῃ, as 
adv., see the word. οὗτος often 
refers to something near the 
person addressed, and thus cor- 
responds to Lat. iste, as ὅδε to 
hie. It has sometimes a con- 
temptuous tone, this fellow, I, 
6, 9; ITT, 1, 31. 

οὑτοσί, airnl, τουτί, a strengthened 
form of οὗτος, the suffix having 


the force of a gesture, this man 
(fellow) here, etc. 

οὕτω (before a vowel, οὕτως), adv. 
(οὗτος), thus, in this way, so, to 
such @ degree; referring as a 
rule to what precedes. 

οὐχ, 566 οὐ. 

οὐχί, adv., strengthened form of 
ov, ῃυ. 

ὀφείλω, ὀφειλήσω, etc., 2 aor., ὥφελον 
(ὄφελος), OWe ; in pass. of pay, be 
due, I, 2,11; with infin., ought; 
hence ὥφελον Κῦρος ζῆν in an 
unattainable wish, would that 
Cyrus were living, II, 1, 4. 

ὄφελος, τό, only found in nom. and 
acc., help, advantage, use. 

ὀφθαλμός, -οῦ, ὁ (γ΄ ὀπ)ὴ, eye; ἔχοντες 
ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς, keeping in sight, 
IV, 5, 29. 

ὀφλισκάνω, ὀφλήσω, ὦφλον, Owe, be 
jined, V, 8,1. 

᾿Οφρύνιον, -ov, τό, Ophrynium, a 
city in the Troad. 

oxerdés, -οῦ, ὁ (ἔχω), channel, ditch. 

ὀχέω, ὀχήσω (ἔχω), carry; pass., be 
carried, ride. 

ὄχημα, -aros, τό (ὀχέω), that which 
carries, vehicle, III, 2, 19. 

ὄχθη, -ης, ἡ, bank, bluff. 

ὄχλος, -ου, ὁ, crowd, throng; often 
of camp followers, as contrasted 
with fighting men, ὁ πολὺς ὄχλος, 
ΠῚ, 2, 36; ὄχλον παρέχουσιν, are a 
nuisance, ITI, 2, 27. 


ὀχυρός, -d, -ὁν (ἔχω), that may be 
held, strong, fortified; τὰ ὀχυρά, 
strongholds, LV, 7, 17. 

ὀψέ, adv., late. 

ὄψεσθαι, see dpdw. 

ὀψίζω (ὀψέ), be or come late. 


ὄψις, -ews, ἡ ( ν 62), look, appearance, 
sight, spectacle. 











Vocabulary 89 





II 


παγκράτιον, -ov, τό (ras--Kpdros), the 
pancratium, an athletic contest 
combining boxing with wrest- 
ling, IV, 8, 27. 

παγχαλέπως, adv. (πᾶς + χαλεπός), 
very hardly, with very great 
difficulty ; παγχαλέπως εἶχον πρός, 
were highly incensed against, 
VII, 5, 16. 

παθεῖν, see πάσχω. 

πάθημα, -ατος, τό (πάσχω), suffering, 
misfortune. 

πάθος, -ous, τό (πάσχω), experience, 
trouble, misfortune. 

παιανίζω, aor. ἐπαιάνισα (παιάν, 
paean), sing the paean, properly 
a prayer for help, or of thanks- 
giving for deliverance, hence 
chanted as a war song before 
attacking, I, 8,17, and at feasts 
and sacred ceremonies, III, 2, 9; 
VI, 1, 5. 

παιδεία, -as, ἡ (rats), bringing up, 
education. 

παιδεραστής, -ov, ὁ (mais + ἔραμαι), 
lover of boys. 

παιδεύω, παιδεύσω, etc. (rats), train a 
child, educate. 

παιδικά, -ῶὥῶν, τά (mais), favorite, 
darling. 

παιδίον, -ov, τό (dim. of παῖς), infant, 
child. 

παιδίσκη, -ἡς, ἡ (wats), young girl. 

mats, παιδός, ὁ, ἡ, child, boy, pl., 
children. In the Anabasis al- 
ways masc. in sing. ἐκ παίδων, 
from boyhood, IV, 6, 14. 

παίω, ralow, ἔπαισα (for πάριω, Lat. 
pavio, strike with fear), strike, 
strike at, smite, wound. 

πάλαι, long ago, long since. 

παλαιός, -ά, -dv (πάλαι; cf. Eng. 
palaeography, etc.), old, ancient ; 


τὸ παλαιόν, in ancient times, IIT, 
4, 7, cf. τὸ ἀρχαῖον; comp. παλαί- 
repos, Oldish, rather old, 1V, 5,35. 

παλαίω (πάλη), wrestle. 

πάλη, -ης, ἡ, wrestling. 

πάλιν, δᾶν., back, back again, 
again, of place or time. 

παλλακίς, -ldos, ἡ, concubine. 

παλτόν, -o0, τό (neut. of the verbal 
of πάλλω, brandish), javelin, 
spear (not used by the Greeks). 

παμπληθής, -és (πᾶς- πλῆθος), very 
numerous, vast. 

πάμπολυς, -πόλλη, -πολυ (πᾶς- - πολύς), 
very much, very great; in pl., 
very many; ἐπὶ παμπολύ, over a 
vast extent (cf. ἐπὶ πολύ), VII, 5, 
12. 

παμπόνηρος, -ον (ras--rovnpés), ut- 
terly bad or villainous. 

πανουργία, -as, ἡ (πανοῦργος), vil- 
lainy. 

πανοῦργος, -ον (rds-+-Epyov), doing 
anything; in a bad sense, vil- 
lainous. 

παντάπασι(ν), adv. (ras), all in all, 
utterly, wholly; after a neg., at 
all, ΤΙ, 5, 18. 

πανταχοῦ, adv. (was), everywhere. 

παντελῶς, adv. (ras+-rédos), utterly, 
wholly. 

πάντῃ; adv. (ras), in every way, on 
all sides. 

παντοδαπός, -%, -dv (ras), of every 
sort, of all sorts. 

πάντοθεν, adv. (ras), from every 
side, on all sides. 

παντοῖος, -a, -ov (ras), of all sorts 
or kinds. 

πάντοσε, adv. (as), in all direc- 
tions, everywhere. 

πάντως, adv. (ras), altogether, at 
any rate. 

πάνυ, adv. (ras), very, quite, alto- 
gether; with neg., not at all, 





90 Anabasis 





I, 8,14; VI, 1, 26; πάνυ μὲν οὖν, 
certainly, VII, 6, 4. 

πάομαι, an unused pres., πάσομαι, 
éracdunv, πέπαμαι, poetic vb., 
used by Xen., acquire, pf. as 
pres., possess, I, 9, 19; III, 3, 18; 
VI, 1, 12; VII, 6, 41. 

παρά, prep. with gen., dat., and 
acc., beside, generally of persons, 
and as a rule giving the char- 
acteristic locality. With gen., 
from beside, from the presence 
of, from; of the agent with pass. 
vb., on the part of, by, I, 9,1; 
with dat., beside, at, with, near; 
with acc., to the side of, to, 
towards; beside, along, I, 2, 13; 
of time, during, II, 3,15; con- 
trary to, [1,1,18; of comparison, 
παρ᾽ ὀλίγον ποιεῖσθαι, treat as of 
no account, V1, 6, 11. 

παραβαίνω (βαίνω), 
break (of a treaty). 

παραβοηθέω (βοηθέω), go to bear aid. 

παραγγέλλω, (ἀγγέλλω), pass the 
word, command, order, direct; 
impers. pass., παρήγγελτο, com- 
mands had been given, IIT, 4, 3; 
VI, 5,25; κατὰ τὰ παρηγγελμένα, 
according to orders, II, 2, 8. 

παράγγελσις, -ews, ἡ (παραγγέλλω), 
word of command. 

παραγίγνομαι (γίγνομαι), be beside, 
be present, arrive, come. 

παράγω (ἄγω), lead along or be- 
side, lead past, bring forward, 
bring into line, IV, 6, 6. 

παραγωγή, -7s, ἡ (παράγω), trans- 
portation. 

παράδεισος, -ov, ὁ (a Persian word, 
whence Eng. paradise), park, 
game-preserve. 

παραδίδωμι (δίδωμι), give over, de- 
liver, surrender; of the watch- 


transgress, 


word, give out, VII, 3, 34; of the 
gods, grant, VI, 6, 34. 
παραδραμεῖν, see παρατρέχω. 
παραθαρρύνω (θαρρύνω), encourage, 
cheer. 
παραθέω (θέω), run past. 
παραινέω (αἰνέω, αἰνέσω, 2te., praise), 
advise, exhort. 
παραιτέομαι (airéw), intercede for, 
περί, VI, 6, 29. 
παρακαλέω (καλέω), call to one’s 
side, invite, summon; exhort, 
encourage. 
παρακαταθήκη, -ἡς, ἡ (τίθημι), a de- 
posit (intrusted to one’s care), 
V, 3, 7. 
παράκειμαι (κεῖμαι), lie before or 
near, be placed before. 
παρακελεύομαι (κελεύω), exhort, urge, 
encourage, with dat. 
παρακέλευσις, -ews, ἡ (mapaxededw), 
exhortution, cheering on. 
παρακολουθέω (ἀκολουθέω), follow 
along with, accompany. 
παραλαμβάνω (λαμβάνω), receive or 
take from; takealong; of office, 
succeed to, VI, 4,11; VII, 8, 24. 
παραλείπω (λείπω), leave at one side, 
omit, pass by. 
παραλυπέω (λυπέω), give or cause 
trouble. 
παραλύω (λύω), loose from, of a 
rudder, unship, V, 1, 11. 
παραμείβομαι (duelBw, ἀμείψω, 
change), dep. mid. and pass., 
change one’s position, I, 10, 10. 
παραμελέω (ἀμελέω), neglect, disre- 
gard, abs. or with gen. 
παραμένω (μένω), stay beside or by, 
remain loyal. 
παραμηρίδια, τά (unpds, thigh), thigh- 
pieces (of armor), I, 8, 6. 
παραπέμπω (πέμπω), send along the 
line, despatch. 
παραπλέω (πλέω), sail along or by. 

















Vocabulary 91 





παραπλήσιος, -a, -ον (πλησίος), close 
beside; then, like, resembling. 

παραρρέω, aor. παρερρύην (péw), flow 
by, V, 3, 8; of snow, run or slip 
off, IV, 4, 11. 

παρασάγγης, -ov, ὁ, parasang, a 
Persian measure of distance, 
about 30 stades or 344 miles, but 
rather a measure of time, in 
traveling, than actual distance, 
and so varying in length with 
the character of the country 
traversed. 

παρασκενάζω (σκευάζω), get ready, 
prepare; mid., make one’s own 
preparations, get ready, ar- 
range, provide; in perf. tenses, 
be ready, abs. or with acc. 

παρασκενή, -7s, ἡ, preparation; in 
a military sense, armament, 
force, I, 2, 4. 

παρασκηνέω (oxnvéw),encamp beside 
or near. 

παρασχήσω, see παρέχω. 

παρατάττω (τάττω), draw up side 
by side; in the Anabasis always 
pass., be drawn up in battle 
array. 

παρατείνω (τείνω), stretch out, ex- 
tend. 

παρατίθημι (τίθημι), put beside or 
before; especially of food, set 
before, serve. 

παρατρέχω (τρέχω), run along, run 
by, run across. 

παραχρῆμα, adv., immediately, on 
the spot, in cash, VII, 7, 24. 

mapeyyvaw (παρεγγύη), pass the 
word, order, exhort ; ὅτε παρεγγυ- 
Gro, whenever word was passed, 
IV, 1, 17. 

mapeyyin, -ης, ἡ (ἐγγύη, pledge), 
word passed along the ranks, 
command, VI, 5, 13. 

παρεδεδραμήκεσαν, see παρατρέχω. 


πάρειμι (εἰμί), be beside, be present, 
be at hund; with dat. of pos- 
sessor, II, 3,9; III, 2, 18; often 
as a vb. of motion, arrive, come; 
παρῆν, impers., it was possible, 
IV, 5, 6; cf. the acc. abs., παρόν, 
V, 8,3. τὰ παρόντα, the present 
state of things, III, 1, 34; so, 
with πράγματα added, I, 3,3. ἐν 
τῷ παρόντι, in our present straits, 
IT, 5, 8. 

πάρειμι (εἶμι), go or pass by or 
along; come forward (as a 
speaker), V, 1, 3. 

παρελαύνω (ἐλαύνω), drive or ride 
past; review, abs. or with acc. 

παρέρχομαι (ἔρχομαι), pass by or 
through; of speakers, come for- 
ward, V, 5, 24; of time, go by, 
pass, elapse, I, 7, 18. 

παρεσχημένος, See παρέχω. 

παρέχω (ἔχω), have at hand or 
ready, furnish, supply, give, 
provide, πράγματα, I, 1, 11, see 
πρᾶγμα; ἀγοράν, II, 4, 5; render, 
make, II, 5,13; mid., contribute, 
VI, 2, 10; show, display, VII, 
6, 11. 

παρῆσθα, see πάρειμι (εἰμί). 

Παρθένιον, -ου, τό, Parthenium, a 
town in Mysia. 

Παρθένιος, -ov, ὁ, the Parthenius, a 
river dividing Paphlagonia from 
Bithynia and flowing into the 
Euxine. 

παρθένος, -ov, ἡ, maiden, virgin. 

Παριανοί, -ὥν, of (Πάριον), nutives 
of Parium, Parians. 

παρίημι (ἴημι), let pass by, give 
way, yield. 

Ildpiov, -ov, τό, Partum, a city on 
the Propontis. 

παρίστημι (ἴστημι), set near, bring 
forward, produce, mid. VI, 1, 





92 Anabasis 





22; 2 aor. and 2 pf. act. (as pres.) 
intrans., stand by or beside, V, 
8, 10, 21. 

πάροδος, -ov, ἡ (ὁδός), way by, pas- 
sage, pass. 

παροινέω, aor. ἐπαρῴνησα (πάροινος, 
given to wine, παρά-Ἐ οἶνος), be 
drunken, act insolently or 
abusively, V, 8, 4. 

παροίχομαι, (οἴχομαι), be gone or 
past; τὰ παροιχόμενα, as subst., 
the past, II, 4,1. 

Παρράσιος, ὁ, a Parrhasian, a na- 
tive or inhabitant of Parrhasia 
in Arcadia. 

Παρύσατις, -ἰδος, ἡ, Parysatis, 
daughter of Artaxerxes I, half- 
sister and wife of Darius II, 
king of Persia, mother of Arta- 
xerxes [I andofCyrusthe young- 
er, I, 1,1; 7, 9; II, 4,27; saves 
Cyrus’ life, I, 1,3. Fora sketch 
of her character, see the Introd. 
§ 26. 

πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν, gen, παντός, πάσης, 
παντός, all, the whole of, entire; 
in sing., every; rarely Ξε παντοῖος, 
of all sorts, VI, 4, 6; with art. 
generally in pred. posit.; in at- 
trib. posit., denoting totality, οἱ 
πάντες ἄνθρωποι, all human-kind 
V, 6, 7; as noun, πᾶν, πᾶντα᾽ 
everything; πάντες, everybody; 
πάντα as adv., utterly, in all re- 
spects, I, 3, 10; ἐπὶ πᾶν ἐλθεῖν, 
make every effort, 111,1, 18; περὶ 
παντὸς ποιεῖσθαι, count above 
everything, of all importance, 
I, 9, 16; διὰ παντὸς πολέμου ἱέναι, 
be on terms of absolute hostil- 
ity, III, 2, 8; διὰ παντός, ever, 

always, VII, 8, 11. 
Πασίων, -wvos, ὁ, Pasion, a Mega- 
rian, general under Cyrus; he 


deserts, I, 3, 7. 


πάσχω, πείσομαι, ἔπαθον, πέπονθα, 
experience, suffer, undergo, be 
treated; παθεῖν τι, euphemistic 
for die, V, 3, 6; esp. common are 
the phrases εὖ and κακῶς παθεῖν, 
receive benefits or injury, I, 3, 
5; ΠῚ, 3, 7; ἀνθ᾽ ὧν εὖ ἔπαθον, in 
return for the favors I had re- 
ceived, I, 3, 4. 

πατάσσω, only in aor. ἐπάταξα, etc., 
strike, thrust. 

Πατηγύας, -α, ὁ, Pategyas, a Per- 
sian in the army of Cyrus. 

πατήρ, -τρός, ὁ, (Lat. pater, Eng. 
father), father. 


πάτριος, -a, -ov (πατήρ), hereditary, 
ancestral. 


πατρίς, -ίδος, ἡ (πατήρ), fatherland, 
native land, 

πατρῷος, -a -ov (πατήρ), belonging 
to one’s father, inherited, an- 
cestral. 

παῦλα, -7s, ἡ (παύω), stopping place, 
stopping, prevention. 

παύω, παύσω, etc. (Lat. paucus, 
Eng. few), stop, bring to an 
end; mid., cease, stop, leave off, 
rest; be rid of, V, 1, 23 abs., 
with gen., or with nom. partic. 

TladAayovia, -as, ἡ (Παφλαγών), 
Paphlagonia, a district of Asia 
Minor on the south shore of the 
Euxine. 

Παφλαγονικός, -4, -6» (Παφλαγών) 
Paphlagonian, 4 Παφλαγονική 
(sc. χώρα), Paphlagonia, VI, 1, 
15. 

Παφλαγών, -ὄνος, ὁ, a Paphlago- 
nian, native of Paphlagonia. 
πάχος, -ους, τό(ο7. rdxus), thickness. 
παχύς, -cia, -ὐ (ε7. Lat. pinguis, Eng. 
pachyderm), thick, stout, large. 
πέδη, -ης, ἡ (ποῦς, cf. Lat. pex), fetter, 

in pl. LV, 3, 8. 
πεδινός, -ἡή, -ὁν (cf. πεδίον), flat, level, 








Vocabulary 93 





πεδίον, -ov, τό (cf. πούς), plain, level 
land: as a final element of a city 
name (like Fr. -champ, Eng. 
-field), 1, 2, 11. 
πεϊεύω, aor. ἐπέζευσα (cf. πεζός), 
travel on foot or by land. 
πεῖῇ, adv. (πεζός), on foot, I, 4, 18; 
Ly land, V, 4, 5. 
πεῖός, -ἡ, -dv (cf. πέδη, πούς), ON foot; 
δύναμις πεζή, infantry force, I, 3, 
12; ὁ πεζός, foot soldier; pl. in- 
fantry. 
πείθω, πείσω, ἔπεισα, πέπεικα, πέποιθα, 
πέπεισμαι, ἐπείσθην, persuade, in- 
duce, win over, bribe ; mid. and 
pass., be convinced, won over, 
hence, obey, believe. 
πεινάω, πεινήσω, etc. (πεῖνα, hunger; 
πένομαι, tuil, be poor, Lat. penu- 
ria, poverty), be hungry. 
πεῖρα, -as, ἡ (γ΄ περ, 90 through), a 
going through, trial, proof; ac- 
quaintance with, I, 9, Ἵ, 
πειράομαι, πειράσομαι, etc. (πεῖρα; cf. 
Lat. eaperior), try, attempt, 
make trial of, abs., with infin., 
with obj. clause, III, 2, 3; or 
with gen., ITI, 2, 38. 
πείσας, πεισθῆτε, see πείθω. 
πείσει, πείσομαι, See πάσχω. 
πειστέον, verbal of πείθω, one must 
obey.; 
πελάζω, aor. ἐπέλασα, approach, 
draw near (a poetic vb.). 
Πελοποννήσιος, -α, -ov (ΠελόννησοΞ), 
of or belonging to the Pelopon- 
nesus, Peloponnesian pl. as 
subst., Peloponnesians, VI, 2, 10. 
Πελοπόννησος, -ov, ἡ (Πέλοψ, Pelops 
-Ἐνῆσος), Peloponnésus, the isle 
of Pelops, the southern penin- 
sula of Greece. 
πελτάζω (πέλτη), serve as a peltast. 
TlArat, -ὥν, al, Peltae, a city of 
Phrygia. 


πελταστής, -o0, ὁ (πέλτη), peltast, 
targeteer, carrying the light 
shield, πέλτη. 
πελταστικός, -7, -dv (πελταστής), be- 
longing to peltasts; τὸ πελτασ- 
τικόν, the peltasts, the light- 
armed troops. 
πέλτη, -ἡς, 7, small shield, gener- 
ally crescent-shaped, in I, 10, 12 
it appears to mean pole; see the 
note. 
πεμπταῖος, -a, -ov (πέντε), on the fifth 
day; of corpses, five days un- 
buried, VI, 4, 9. 
πέμπτος, -ἡ. -ov (πέντε), fifth. 
πέμπω, πέμψω, ἔπεμψα, πέπομφα, πέ- 
πεμμαι, ἐπέμφθην, send, despatch, 
escort, send word. 
πένης, -nTos, ὁ (cf. πένομαι), laborer, 
poor man. 
πενία, -as, ἡ (πένομαι), poverty. 
πένομαι, only in pres. system, tot, 
labor, be poor. 
πεντακόσιοι, -at, -α, five hundred. 
πέντε, indecl., five. 
πεντεκαίδεκα, indecl. (révre+-déxa), 
fifteen. 
πεντήκοντα, indecl. (πέντε), fifty. 
πεντηκοντήρ, -jpos, ὁ (πεντήκοντα), 
commander of fifty men. 
πεντηκόντορος, -ov, ἡ (πεντήκοντα), a 
ship with fifty oars, penteconter. 
πεντηκοστύς, -vos, ἡ (πεντήκοντα), a 
company of fifty men. 
πέπανται, πέπαται, See πάομαι. 
πεπόνθασιν, πεπονθώς, see πάσχω. 
πεπρακέναι, πεπράσεται, SEG πι- 
πράσκω. 
πεπτωκότα, See πίπτω. 
πέρ, post-pos. enclitic part. with 
intensive force. In Attic prose 
found only in composition with 
rels. and parts., ἐάνπερ, εἴπερ, ὅσπερ, 
ὥσπερ, etc. 


πέρα, adv. (γ΄ περ), beyond, further. 





94 Anabasis 





περαίνω, περανῶ, ἐπέρανα, πεπέρασμαι, 
ἐπεράνθην (πέρας, end), bring to 
an end, carry out, accomplish. 

περαιόω, -wow, elc. (vy wep), carry 
over, transport; mid. and pass., 
pass over, cross. 

πέραν, adv. (cf. repdw), on the far- 
ther side, across, I, 5, 10 (with 
gen.); τὸ πέραν, the farther bank, 
ITT, 5, 2; πέραν (or ἐν τῷ πέραν) 
γενέσθαι, get across, VI, 5, 22. 

περάω, περάσω, etc. ( ν περ, cf. πέραν, 
πέρα), Cross. 

Πέργαμος, -ου, ἡ, or Πέργαμον, -ου, τό 
Pergamus, an important city of 
Mysia. 

πέρδιξ, -cxos, 6, ἡ (cf. Eng. par- 
tridge), partridge. 

περί, prep. with gen., dat., and acc., 
around, about: (1) with gen. 
(never local), about, concerning ; 
of value, above, περὶ παντὸς ποι- 
εἶσθαι, to consider all-important, 
I, 9,16; so in comp. V, 6, 22; in 
sup. 1, 9, 7 π.; (2) with dat. (rare), 
round, I, 5,8; VII, 4, 4; (3) with 
ace., of place, around, about, 
often of an important personage 
and his suite, of περὶ ᾿Αριαῖον, 
Ariaeus and his men, ΤΊ, 4, 2 (ef. 
ἀμφί, and see the note on ol μετὰ 
"Αριαίου, I, 10, 1); of time, I, {1}. 
of things, περὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἦσαν, 
were busied with the provi- 
sions, III, 5, 7; of actions, ete., 
concerning, toward, to, I, 4, 8. 
In comp. beside the lit. meaning, 
περι- Often denotes superiority 
(6. g., περιγἔγνομαι). 

περιβάλλω (βάλλω), throw around, 
embrace; mid., throw oneself 
around, surround ; ὄπισθεν περι- 
βαλλόμενοι τὰς πέλτας, shifting 


their shields so as to cover their 
backs, VII, 4, 17. 


περιγίγνομαι (γίγνομαι), be superior 
to, get the better of, conquer, 
with gen.; result, with ὥστε and 
infin., V, 8, 26. 
περιειλέω (εἰλέω, wrap), wrap 
around. 
περίειμι (elul), be superior to, excel, 
abs. or with gen. 
περίειμι (εἶμι), go around, abs. or 
with acc. 
περιέλκω (ἕλκω), drag around. 
περιεστῶτας, see περιίστημι. 
περιέχω (ἔχω), surround. 
περιιδεῖν, 566 περιοράω. 
περιίστημι (ἴστημι), place around; 
in mid., 2 aor., and 2 perf. act., 
intrans., stand around. 
περικυκλόομαι (κυκλόω), surround. 
περιλαμβάνω (λαμβάνω), seize round, 
embrace. 
περιμένω (μένω), wait around, re- 
main, wait for, expect. 
Περίνϑθιος, -ov, ὁ (Πέρινθος), a Perin- 
thian, native of Perinthus. 
Πέρινθος, -ov, ἡ, Perinthus, a city 
in Thrace on the Propontis. 
πέριξ, adv. (περί), round about; as 
prep. with gen., round, VII, 8, 12. 
περίοδος, -ov, ἡ (περί-! ὁδός), circuit, 
circumference. 
περιοικέω (olxéw), dwell around. 
περίοικος, -ον(περί-Ἐ οἰκέω), lit., dwell- 
ing around; as subst., a Peri- 
oecus, V,1,15. The Perioeci in 
Laconia were provincials, stand- 
ing midway between the Spar- 
tuns and the Helots, or serfs. 
περιοράω (dpdw), overlook, allow, 
permit, with acc. and partic. 
περίπατος, -ον (repl-+t-mrdros, path; 
cf. Lat. passus, step, Eng. path, 
peripatetic), place for walking, 
walk, ΤΙ, 4, 15. 
περιπήγνυμαι (πήγνυμι), in pass., be 
frozen on, IV, 5, 14. 











Vocabulary 95 





περιπίπτω (πίπτω), fall around, 
fling oneself upon, embrace, I, 
8,28; fall in with, VII, 3, 38. 

περιπλέω (πλέω), sail around. 

περιποιέω (ποιέω), make remain 
over; mid., acquire, gain, V, 6, 
17. 

περιπτύσσω (rriccw, mrviw, etc.), 
fold around, outflank. 

mepippéw (ῥέω), flow around, I, 5, 4; 

flow or slip off (of fetters), IV, 
3, 8. 

περισταυρόω, perf. pass. περιεσταύ- 
pwua (σταυρόω, -dow, etc., fence 
in with stakes; ef. σταυρός), sur- 
round with a fence of stakes, 
enclose with a stockade. 

περιστερά, -as, ἡ, dove, pigeon. 

περιττεύω, περιττεύσω (περιττός), be 
over and above, outnumber, out- 
flank, IV, 8, 11. 

περιττός, -%, -dv (περί, over and 
above, superfluous; οἱ περιττοί, 
outnumbering or extru men, IV, 
8, 11; τὸ περιττόν, surplus, V, 3, 
13. 

περιτυγχάνω (τυγχάνω), fall in 
with. 

περιφανῶς, adv. (περί--φαίνω), mani- 
festly. 

περιφέρω (φέρω), bear or carry 
around. 

περίφοβος, -ov (zrepl-+-pdBos), in great 
fear or alarm. 

Πέρσης, -ov, ὁ, a Persian, in a wide 
sense including all subjects of 
the king. 

περσίζω (Il¢éprns), speak Persian. 

Περσικός, -7, -dv (Πέρση), Persian ; 
τὸ Περσικόν, the Persian, a kind 
of dance, VI, 1, 10. 

περσιστί, adv. (repol{w),in Persian. 

πέταλον, -ov, τό (πετάννυμι ; cf. Eng. 
petal), leaf. 

πέτομαι, -πτήσομαι, ἐπτόμην, fly. 


πέτρα, as, ἡ (cf. wérpos), rock, mass 
of rock, cliff. 

πετροβολία, -as, ἡ (πέτρος-! βάλλω), 
a throwing of stones, stoning. 

πέτρος, -ov, ὁ (cf. Eng. petrify, etc.), 
stone. 

πεφυλαγμένως, adv. (from perf. pass. 
partic. of φυλάττω), on one’s 
guard, cautiously. 

πῇ, indef. adv., enclitic, in any 
way, anyhow. 

πηγή, -fs, ἡ, spring; of rivers» 
source, always pl. in the Anaba- 
sis. 

πήγνυμι, παγήσομαι, ἔπηξα, πέπηγα, 
ἐπάγην, make firm, congeal, 
freeze. 

πηδάλιον, -ov, τό, steering oar, 
rudder. 

πηλός, -οὔ, ὁ (cf. Lat. palus, swamp), 
clay, mire. 

πῆχυς, -ews, ὁ, forearm; as a meas- 
ure of length, the distance from 
the elbow to the tip of the middle 
finger, a cubit, one and a half 
Greek feet or about 1 ft. 54 in. 

Πίγρης; -ητος, ὁ, Pigres, interpreter 
to Cyrus. 

πιέζω, πιέσω, etc., press hard, weigh 
down; in the Anabasis only in 
pass., be weighed down, 111, 4, 
48; be hard pressed, I, 1, 10; be 
crouded, ITT, 4, 19. 

πικρός, -d, -dv, bitter. 

πίμπλημι, πλήσω, ἔπλησα, -πέπληκα, 
-πέπλη(σ μαι, ἐπλήσθην (γ΄ πλα; cf, 
πολύς, πλήρης, Eng. full), fill, 
I, 5, 10. 

“πίνω, πίομαι, ἔπιον, πέπωκα, -πέπομαι, 
-ἐπόθην, drink. 

πιπράσκω, πέπρακα, πέπραμαι, ἐπρά- 
θην, fut. pf. πεπράσομαι (ef. Lat. 
pretium, price), sell. In Attic 
used only in the pf. tenses; cf. 
πωλέω and ἀποδίδομαι. 





96 Anabasis 





πίπτω, πεσοῦμαι, ἔπεσον, πέπτωκα, 
fall, be slain; with εἰς, fall 
upon, be involved in, II, 3, 18. 
Πισίδαι, -dv, ol, the Pisidians, na- 
tives of Pisidia, a mountainous 
country south of Cyrus’ satrapy 
in Asia Minor. 
πιστεύω, πιστεύσω, etc., trust, have 
confidence in, rely on, believe, 
with dat., with infin., I, 9, 8. 
πίστις, -ews, ἡ (πείθω), trust, confi- 
dence, good faith, pledge, assur- 
ance; διὰ πίστεως, relying on 
good faith, 111, 2, 8; πίστεως ἕνε- 
κα, to insure his loyalty, III, 
3, 4. 
πιστός, -}, -dv (πείθω), trusty, faith- 
ful, sure, trustworthy, οἱ πιστοί, 
“the faithful,” title of the coun- 
sellors of the Persian king; τὰ 
πιστά, pledges; ἐπεὶ τὰ πιστὰ 
ἐγένετο, after pledges had been 
exchanged, ΤΊ, 2,10; ef. II, 4, 7. 
πιστότης, -ητος, ἡ (πιστός), fidelity. 
πίτυς, -υος, ἡ (cf. Lat. pinus, Eng. 
pine), pine-tree. 
πλάγιος, -a, -ov (πλάγος, τό, side), 
sideways, oblique; τά πλάγια, 
jianks, of an army, III, 4, 14; 
VI, 3, 15; εἰς πλάγιον, as adv., 
sideways, obliquely, I, 8, 10. 
πλαίσιον, -ov, τό, a rectangle; πλαί- 
σιον ἰσόπλευρον, a square, III, 4,19. 
πλανάομαι, πλανήσομαι, etc. (πλανή, 
wandering), wander; met., of 
words, wander, be idly spoken, 
VII, 7, 24. 
πλάτος, -ovs, τό (πλατύς), breadth. 
πλάττω, πλάσω, ἔπλασα, πέπλασμαι, 
érhdo Onv (cf. Eng. plastic), mould, 
fashion, shape. 
πλατύς, -cia, -b (cf. Eng. place, 
plateau, etc.), broad, wide. 
πλεθριαῖος, -a, -ov, of the length of 
a plethrum. 


πλέθρον, -ov, -τό, plethrum, measure 
of length, 100 Greek ft. or 97 
Eng. ft. 

Πλεισθένης, -ovs, ὁ, Pleisthenes, 
an Amphipolitan in the Greek 
army. 

πλεῖστος, -η, -ov, Fee πολύς. 

πλείων, πλεῖον, see πολύς, 

πλέκω, πλέξω, etc. (Lat. plico, fold), 
twist, plait. 

πλέον, see πολύς, 

πλεονεκτέω, πλεονεκτήσω (πλέον + 
ἔχω), have more than, have the 
advantage over (gen.), in (dat.). 

πλευρά, -as, ἡ (cf. Eng. pleurisy), 
rib, side, flank, generally in pl. 

πλέω, πλεύσομαι Or πλευσοῦμαι, 
ἔπλευσα, πέπλευκα, πέπλευσμαι, sail, 
go by sea. 

πληγή, -ἧς, ἡ (πλήττω), blow, in the 
Anabasis only pl. 

πλῆθος, -ους, τό (cf. πλήθω), multi- 
tude, crowd, number, amount, 
extent; τὸ πλῆθος, the rank and 
jfile, common soldiers, ITI, 1, 37. 

πλήθω, poetic vb., be full; in the 
Anubasis only in the phrase 
ἀμφὶ πλήθουσαν ἀγοράν, about full 
market time, 1, 8,1; II, 1, 7. 

πλήν, adv. or conj., except, save 
that; also prep. with gen. 

πλήρης, -ες (πίμπλημι), full, full of, 
with gen.; of pay, in full, VII, 
ῦ, 0. 
πλησιάζω, πλησιάσω, etc. approach, 
draw near, abs. or with dat. 

πλησίος, -a, -ov, near. The pos. 
is found in prose only in the 
adv. πλησίον, near, close by; 
πλησιαίτατος, I, 10,5; VII, 3, 29. 

πλήττω, πλήξω, 2 pf. πέπληγα, 2 aor. 
pass. ἐπλήγην (cf. Lat. plango, 
strike, pluga, blow, Eng. apo- 
plexy), strike. The act. is little 
used in prose, 








Vocabulary 97 





πλίνθινος, 7, -ov (πλίνθος), of brick, 
brick. 

πλίνθος, -ov, ἡ (cf. Eng. plinth, 
flint ?), brick. 

πλοῖον, -ov, τό (πλέω), boat, vessel, 
of any sort from a canoe (πλοῖον 
μονόξυλον, V, 4, 11) to a warship 
(μακρὸν πλοῖον, V, 1, 11). Gener- 
ally, however, πλοῖον means 
transport or merchantman, con- 
trasted with vais or τριήρης; see 
I, 3,17 n. 

πλοῦς, πλοῦ, ὁ (πλέω), a sailing, 
voyage. 

πλούσιος, -a, -ov (πλοῦτος, wealth), 
rich. 

πλουσίως, adv. (πλούσιος), in wealth, 
richly; comp. rAovewwrépus, I, 9,16. 

πλουτέω, πλουτήσω, etc. (πλοῦτος), be 
rich. 

πλουτίζω, perf. πεπλούτικα (πλοῦτος), 
enrich. 

πνεῦμα, -aros, τό (rvéw; cf. Eng. 
pneumatic), wind. 

πνέω, πνεύσομαι, ἔπνευσα, blow, 
breathe. 

πνίγω, choke; pass., be drowned, 
V, 1, 25. 

ποδαπός, -ἤ, -όν, from what coun- 
try, whence. 

ποϑήρης, -es (rovs+-+/ap), reaching 
to the feet (of shields). 

ποδίζω, only in perf. pass. partic., 
πεποδισμένοι, fetter, hobble, III, 
4, 35. 

ποδῶν, See πούς. 

πόθεν, adv., whence, from what 
source, how. 

ποθέν, indef. adv., enclitic, from 
somewhere or other. 

ποθέω, ποθήσω, etc. (πόθος), long, 
yeurn. 

πόθος, -ου, ὁ, longing. 

ποί, indef. adv., enclitic, some- 
whither, somewhere. 


ποιέω, ποιήσω, etc., make, do, per- 
form, render; often with two 
accs., both nouns, or noun and 
adj., I, 1, 2; I, 9,6; bring about, 
cause, with acc. and infin., I, 7, 
4, or with ὥστε and infin., I, 6, 2; 
imagine, assume, with acc. and 
infin., V, 7,9; very commonly εὖ 
or κακῶς ποιεῖν, to benefit, injure, 
with acc. of person, I, 4, 8; also 
ἀγαθόν, κακὸν ποιεῖν, with acc., I, 
9,11; rarely with dat., IV, 2, 23; 
with ἐκκλησίαν, convene, I, 4, 12; 
often with advs, I,1,11. Mid. 
similarly used; also frequently 
with verbal nouns, forming one 
idea, τὴν πορείαν ἐποιεῖτο-: ἐπο- 
ρεύετο, I, 7, 20; often to be ren- 
dered count, esteem, περὶ παντός, 
πολλοῦ, πλείστου, I, 9, 16, etc.; 
εὕρημα ἐποιησάμην, I counted it a 
piece of good luck, II, 3, 18; in 
V, 3, 5, have made for oneself, 
ἀνάθημα. 


ποιητέος, -α, -ον (verbal οὗ ποιέω), to 
be done, that must be done, with 
or without dat. of agent. 

ποικίλος, -ἡ, -ov (cf. Lat. pingo, 
paint), variegated, of many 
colors; tattooed, V, 4, 32. 

motos, -a, -ον, interrog. pron., of 
what sort or kind, what. 

πολεμέω, πολεμήσω, etc. (mbdepos), 
make war, carry on war, abs., 
with dat., or with πρός and 800. 


πολεμικός, -%, -ὁν (πόλεμος; cf. Eng. 
polemic), fitted for war, skilled 
in war, warlike; τὸ πολεμικόν, 
signal or shout for battle, IV, 3, 
29; VII, 3, 33; τὰ πολεμικά, mili- 
tary affuirs, III, 1, 38, 43. 

πολεμικῶς, adv. (πολεμικός), in α 


hostile manner; sup. πολεμικώ- 
rara, V1, 1,1. 





98 Anabasis 





πολέμιος, -a, -ον (πόλεμος), pertain- 
ing to war, the enemy's, hostile ; 
τὰ πολέμια, military matters, I, 
6, 1; of πολέμιοι, the enemy; 7 
πολεμία, the enemy’s country, 
ITT, 3, 5. 

πόλεμος, -ov, ὁ, war. 

πολίζω (πόλι5), found a city; with 
χωρίον, colonize, VI, 6, 4. 

πολιορκέω, πολιορκήσω, etc. (πόλις -Ἐ- 
εἴργω), besiege, invest. 

πόλις, -ews, ἡ (akin to πολύς), city, 
state ; at Athens, the city proper, 
the acropolis, VII, 1, 27. 

πόλισμα, -ατος, τό (rod fw), town. 

πολιτεύω, πολιτεύσω, etc. (πολίτης), be 
a citizen; freely, live, III, 2, 26. 
πολίτης; -ov, ὁ (πόλι5), citizen. 
πολλάκις, adv. (πολύς), often. 
πολλαπλάσιος, -α, -ον (πολύς), many 
times as much or many. 
πολλαχῇ, adv. (πολύς), in many 
places, often, VII, 3, 12. 
πολλαχοῦ, adv. (πολύς), in many 
places, often, IV, 1, 28. 
πολυάνθρωπος, -ov (πολύς- - ἄνθρωπο»), 
populous, thickly populated. 
moAvapy la, -as, ἡ (πολύς- -.ὀδξρχω), rule 
or command vested in many, 
VI, 1, 18. 

Πολυκράτης, -ovs, ὁ, Polycrates, an 
Athenian, captain in the Greek 
army. 

Πολύνικος, -ov, ὁ, Polynicus, am- 
bassador from Thibron to the 
Greek army. 

πολυπραγμονέω (πολύς-- πράττω), be a 
busybody or meddler. 

πολύς, πολλή, πολύ (cf. πλῆθος, πίμ.- 
πλημι, Lat. plus and plurimus, 
Eng. full), much, many, often to 
be rendered great, far, long, 
mighty, full, ete. Often joined 
to another adj. by καί, where 
Eng. omits the connective, πολλὰ 


kal ἀμήχανα, many difficulties, 
II, 3, 18; τὸ πολύ, the greater 
part, the most, I, 4, 13; οἱ πολλοί, 
the most, II, 3,16; adv. expres- 
sions, πολύ, much, very, far, 
chiefly with comp. and sup. 
adjs.; so πολλῷ, with comp., II, 
5, 32; πολλά, in many respects, 
often, IV, 3, 2; ἐπὶ πολύ and ὡς 
ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ; see ἐπί. περὶ πολλοῦ 
(πλέονος, πλείστου) ποιεῖσθαι, 566 
ποιέω. Comp. πλείων, πλεῖον, more, 
greater, with similar range of 
meanings; neut., as adv., πλεῖον 
or πλέον; ἐκ πλέονος, . . ἔφευγον, 
took flight when at a greater 
distance, I, 10,11; sup. πλεῖστος, 
τῇ, -ov, most, often with ὥς or ὅτι, 
the most possible, I, 1, 6; often 
as noun, of πλεῖστοι, most, the 
most, I, 5, 13; πλεῖστον, πλεῖστα, 
as adv., mostly, generally, III, 
2,31; VII, 6,35; ὡς πλεῖστον, as 
far as possible, IT, 2, 12. 

Tlokterparos, -ov, ὁ, Polystratus, 
an Athenian, father of Lycius. 

πολυτελής, -ἐς (πολύς -ξ- τέλος), of 
great price, costly. 

πομπή, -ῆς, ἡ (πέμπω), escort; gen- 
erally solemn procession, in 
honor of a god, V, 5, 5. 

πονέω, πονήσω, etc. (πόνος), work, 
toil, labor; with acc., earn by 
labor, VII, 6, 41; τὰ πεπονημένα, 
hardships undergone, VII, 6, 10. 

πονηρός, -d, -ὁν (πόνος), properly, toil- 
some, laborious; then, poor, 
worthless, bad; πονηρόν, a 
wretched affair, III, 4, 35; ὁ 
πονηρός, a villain, II, 6, 29; ef. 
IT, 5, 21; in VII, 1, 39, hostile. 

πονήρως, adv. (πονηρός), with diffi- 
culty. 

πόνος, -ov, ὁ (révouat), toil, labor, 
work, hardship. 








Vocabulary 99 





πόντος, -ov, 6, sea; generally as a 
proper name, the Euxine or 
Black Sea; hence Pontus, the 
region about the Euxine, V,6, 15. 

πορεία, -as, ἡ (cf. πορεύομαι), a going, 
journey, march, road. 

πορευτέος, -a, -ov (verbal of πορεύο- 
pa), that must be traversed, II, 
5, 18; impers. πορευτέον ἡμῖν, we 
must march, II, 3, 13 n. 

πορεύομαι, πορεύσομαι, etc., pass. 
dcp. go, travel, march; with 
acc. of region traversed, IV, 4,1; 
ef. II, 4, 13. 

πορθέω, πορθήσω, etc. (πέρθω, sack), 
plunder, ravage, lay waste. 

πορίζω, ropa, érépica, πεπόρικα, πεπό- 
ρισμαι, ἐπορίσθην, bring to, fur- 
nish, supply, provide; mid., 
supply oneself with, obtain. 

πόρος, -ov, ὁ (γ΄ περ), way through 
or across; οὗ a river, ford, IV, 
3, 13, 20; in general, way, means, 
IT, 5, 20. 

πόρρω (πρό), far off, far from 
(gen.). 

πορφυροῦς, -ἃ, -οῦν (πορφύρα, the 
murex, the shellfish from which 
purple dye was obtained), pur- 
ple. 

ποσί, see πούς. 

πόσος, -ἡ, -ον, interrog. pron., how 
great, how large, how much; 
pl., how many. 

ποταμός, -o0, ὁ (cf. hippopotamus, 
Mesopotamia), river, stream, I, 
2,23,etc. The name of the river 
stands regularly in attrib. posi- 
tion, 

ποτέ, indef. adv., enclitic, at any 
time, once, ever; ὅποι ποτε, where 
in the world, 111, 5,13; εἴ ποτε 
καὶ ἄλλοτε, now, if ever, VI, 4, 12. 

πότερος, -a, -ov, interrog. pron., 
which of two; hence πότερον, 


interrog. adv., whether, intro- 
ducing simple questions; πότερον 
(πότερα) ... 4, whether... or, 
introducing alternative ques- 
tions, direct or indirect. 

ποτέρως, interrog. adv. (πότερος), in 
which of two ways. 

ποτήριον, -ov, τό (πίνω), drinking 
cup. 

ποτός, -%, -6v (verbal of πίνω), drink- 
able; neut. τὸ ποτόν, drink, I, 10, 
18; σῖτα καὶ ποτά, food and drink, 
IT, 3, 27. 

πότος, -ov, ὁ(πίνω), α drinking bout, 
banquet. 

ποῦ, interr. adv., where. 

πού, indef. adv., enclitic, some- 
where, anywhere; with gen., 
III, 4, 23; perhaps, of course, 
V,. 7, 43. 

πούς, ποδός, ὁ (Lat. pes, Eng. foot), 
foot. in the lit. sense and as a 
unit of measure, 11%g in.; ἐπὶ 
πόδα ἀναχωρεῖν, retreat while 
facing the foe, V, 2, 32. 

πρᾶγμα, -aros, τό (πράττω), thing 
done, thing, act, deed, affair; 
trouble, IV, 1,17; in this sense 
commonly pl.; πράγματα παρέχειν, 
with dat., annoy, give trouble 
Me bap Ae 

πραγματεύομαι (πρᾶγμα), be busy at, 
seek to bring about, VII, 6, 35. 

πρανής, -és (πρό), bent forward, 
headlong, steep; εἰς τὸ πρανές. 
straight down hiil, III, 4, 25; 
κατὰ τοῦ πρανοῦς, down the slope, 
IV, 8, 28. 

πρᾶξις, -ews, ἡ (πράττω), business, 
undertaking, enterprise, scheme. 

πρᾷος, -εἴα, -ov, gen. pl. πραέων, mild, 
tame, I, 4, 9. 

πράττω, πράξω, ἔπραξα, πέπραχα, 
πέπραγμαι, ἐπράχθην, do, perjorm, 
bring to pass, effect, manage, 








100 Anabasis 





transact, negotiate, etc.; of 
money, exact (with two accs.), 
VII, 6, 17; with advs, as εὖ 
(καλῶς) or κακῶς, intrans., fare 
well or ill, I, 9,10; III, 1, 6. 

πράως, adv. (πρᾷος), mildly, lightly. 

πρέπω, πρέψω, etc., be fitting ; be be- 
coming, suitable, with dat., ITI, 
2, 7; impers., it is fitting or 
proper, with infin., III, 2, 16; 
cf. I, 9, 6. 

πρεσβεία, -as, ἡ (πρεσβεύω), embassy. 

πρεσβεύω, πρεσβεύσω, etc. (πρέσβυ5), 
serve as ambassador. 

πρέσβυς, -éws, ὁ (Eng. presbyter, 
priest), old, poetic adj. In the 
Anabasis only in comp. and 
sup. πρεσβύτερος, I, 1, 1, πρεσβύ- 
τατος, 11,1,10. As subst., only 
in pl., of πρέσβεις, envoys, am- 
bassadors, III, 1, 28. 

πρεσβύτης, -ov, ὁ (πρέσβυ5), old man. 

πρίασθαι, see ἐπριάμην. 

πρίν, temporal conj. (πρό), with 
infin., before, rarely, until, I, 4, 
13, etc.; with indic., ἄν, with 
subj., and opt. (cf. @ws), until, 
before, chiefly after neg. clauses, 
1, 1,10; πρόσθεν... mplv, I, 1,10; 
πρότερον . . . πρίν, III, 1, 16; 
πρὶν %, with infin., IV, 5, 1 n. 

πρό, prep. with gen., of place, 
before, in front of; of time, 
before; also, in defense of, on 
behalf of, for; mpd τῶν τοξευμά- 
των, @ defense against the 
arrows, VII, 8, 18. 

προαγορεύω (ἀγορεύω, announce 
publicly. 

προάγω (ἄγω), lead forward; intr., 
go forward, advance, V1,5, 6,11. 

προαιρέω (aipéw), take before; mid., 
choose, select, VI, 6, 19. 

προαισθάνομαι (αἰσθάνομαι), find out 
or perceive beforehand. 


προαποτρέπομαι (τρέπω), turn away 
before or too soon, VI, 5, 31. 

προβαίνω (βαίνω), step forward, go 
forward, advance. 

προβάλλω (βάλλω), throw before, 
hold in front of, in mid. τὰ ὅπλα 
προβαλέσθαι, advance arms (cf. 
“charge bayonets”), I, 2, 17; 
VI, 5,16; πρὸ ἀμφοῖν προβεβλημένος 
(sc. τὴν ἀσπίδα), with his shield 
held before them both, IV, 2, 21; 
also, bring forward, nominate, 
VI, 1, 25; VI, 2, 6. 

πρόβατον, -ov, τό (πρό- βαίνω), gen- 
erally pl., cattle; in Attic regu- 
larly of small animals, sheep or 
goats, esp. the former. 

προβολή, -ἢς, ἡ (προβάλλω), of spears, 
a throwing forward (into posi- 
tion for the charge), VI, 5, 25. 


προβουλεύω (Sovredw), plan for or 
on behalf of. 


πρόγονος, -ov, ὁ (πρό-[- γἼ γεν), fore- 
father, in pl. ancestors. 
προδίδωμι (δίδωμι), give over, sur- 
render, betray. 
προδότης, -ov, ὁ (προδίδωμι), traitor, 
betrayer. 
προδραμόντες, See προτρέχω. 
προδρομή, -ῆς, ἡ (πρό-- δρόμος), a run- 
ning forth, sally, IV, 7, 10. 
προεῖδον (εἶδον), see before or in 
front, I, 8, 20; in mid., VI, 1, 8. 
πρόειμι (εἶμι), go on, go ahead, ad- 
vance, proceed; προϊούσης τῆς 
νυκτός, as the night went on, in 
the course of the night, II, 2, 19. 
προεῖπον (εἶπον), serving as 2 aor. 
to προλέγω or προαγορεύω, pro- 
claim, give orders, I, 2, 17. 
προελαύνω (ἐλαύνω), intr., ride or 
march forward, push on. 
προεργάζομαι (ἔργον), do before 
achieve or win before, VI, 1, 21.. 














Vocabulary 101 





προέρχομαι (ἔρχομαι), go before, go 
forward, advance. 

προερῶ (ἐρῶ), as fut. of προλέγω, tell 
in advance, warn, VII, 7, 13. 

προέχω (ἔχω), have the advantage 
of. 

προηγέομαι (ἡγέομαι), lead forward. 

mponyopéw (προήγορος, spokesman, 
mwpb-+-dyopd), be spokesman. 

προῆλθον, see προέρχομαι. 

προθέω (θέω), run forward. 

προθυμέομαι, προθυμήσομαι ΟΥ̓ προθυ- 
μηθήσομαι, ἐπροθυμήθην (πρόθυμο), 
be eager or zealous, wish earnest- 
ly, abs. or with infin. 

προθυμία, -as, ἡ (πρό-[ θυμός), eager- 
ness, zeal. 

πρόθυμος, -ov (πρό-[- θυμός), ready, 
eager, zealous. 

προθύμως, adv. (πρόθυμος), eagerly, 
willingly, zealously, comp. mpo- 
θυμότερον. 

προθύω (θύω), sacrifice before, 
offer a preliminary sacrifice, 
mid, 

προίημι (ἴημι), send forth; wid., 
let go, give over, surrender, 
abandon. 

προΐστημι (στημι), put before; in 
perf. tenses, intrans., stand at 
the head of, be in command of. 

προκαλέω (καλέω), call forth; mid., 
to oneself, VII, 7, 2. 

προκαλύπτω (καλύπτω, καλύψω, etc., 
hide), throw a cover before, 
hide, conceal. 

προκαταθέω (0éw), run along in 
advance. 

προκατακαίω or -κάω (καίω), burn 
down in advance or before 
someone. 

προκαταλαμβάνω (λαμβάνω), seize or 
occupy in advance. 

πρόκειμαι (κεῖμαι), lie before or in 
front, project. 


προκινδυνεύω (κινδυνεύω, incur 
danger for or in behalf of. 

Προκλῆς, -éous, ὁ, Procles, governor 
of Teuthrania in Mysia. 

προκρίνω (κρίνω), prefer. 

προλέγω, προερῶ, προεῖπον, declare 
publicly or in advance, give 
warning. 

προμαχεών, -ὥνος, ὁ (μάχομαι), battle- 
ment. 

προμετωπίδιον, -ov, τό (μέτωπον, fore- 
head), frontlet, a piece of ar- 
mor worn by horses, protecting 
the head, I, 8, 7. 

προμνάομαι, impf. προὐμνᾶτο (uvde- 
μαι, court), sue for, solicit. 

προνοέομαι (νοέω), take thought for 
(gen.), VII, 7, 33; provide for 
(acc.), VII, 7, 37. 

πρόνοια, -as, ἡ (mpovoéoua), fore- 
thought. 

προνομή, -7s, ἡ (rpb-+-véuw), foraging 
party. 

προξενέω, προξενήσω, etc. (πρόξενος), 
be one’s πρόξενος, bring about 
for one; of danger, put upon 
one, VI, 5, 14. 

πρόξενος, -ov, ὁ (rpb+-Eévos), a public 
ξένος, one acting as official rep- 
resentative of a foreign state 
among his own people, consul, 
V, 4, 2. 

Πρόξενος, -ov, ὁ, Proxenus, a The- 
ban, one of Cyrus’ generals; the 
personal friend of Xenophon, ITI, 
1,4 ff.; treacherously seized and 
slain after the battle of Cunaxa, 
11, 5, 31 ff. For a sketch of his 
character see IT, 6, 16 ff. and the 
Introd. § 38. 

προπέμπω (πέμπω), send forward; 
escort, V1, 1, 23. 

προπίνω (πίνω), drink to one, pledge. 


προπονέω (rovéw), toil for or on 
behalf of. 








102 Anabasis 





πρός (related to πρό): (1) originally 
an adv., furthermore, besides, 
III, 2, 2, πρὸς δ᾽ ἔτι; (2) as prep. 
with gen., dat., and acc.: with 
gen., on the side of, towards 
(properly from the direction of ; 
cf. Lat. ab, I, 10, 3; II, 2, 4; some- 
times as ὑπό with passives, by, 
on the part of, I, 9,20; πρὸς θεῶν, 
in the sight of, I, 6, 6; so in 
oaths, II, 1, 17; τρόπου, in ac- 
cordance with, I, 2,11; with dat., 
before, beside, at, near; besides, 
in addition to; with acc. after 
vbs. of motion or implying mo- 
tion, to, towards, before; more 
personal than εἰς or ἐπί, but used 
by no means only of persons, 
I, 5,7; often in hostile sense, 
against, I, 5,21; in a more gen- 
eral sense, expressing various 
relat'ons, καταλῦσαι πρός, be rec- 
onciled with, I, 1, 10; πρὸς τὴν 
ἀνάβασιν, with reference to, re- 
garding, I, 4,9; in comparison 
with, VII, 7, 41; of purpose, πρὸς 
ἄριστον, for lunch, 1, 10, 19; of 
time, towards, IV, 5, 21; πρὸς 
φιλίαν, in friendship, I, 3, 19; 
πρὸς ταῦτα, in view of this, in 
answer to this, I, 3,19. In com- 
position πρός means to, against, 
in addition to. 

προσάγω (ἄγω), lead to or against ; 
intr., lead on, advance, I, 10, 9; 
bring to bear, employ, IV, 1, 
23. 

προσαιτέω (airéw), ask in addition, 
ask for more. 

προσαναλίσκω (dvadicxw), spend be- 
sides or in addition. 

προσανεῖπον (εἶπον), command or 
announce further, VII, 1, 11. 

προσβαίνω (βαίνω), step up to, plant 
the foot against, IV, 2, 28. 


προσβάλλω (βάλλω), throw or strike 
against, make an attack. 

προσβατός, -dv (mpocBalvw), ap- 
proachable, accessible. 

προσβολή, -4s, ἡ (προσβάλλω), attack. 

προσγίγνομαι (γίγνομαι), come to, 
attach oneself to. 

προσδανείζομαι, προσεδανεισάμην (δα- 
νείζομαι, borrow), borrow besides. 

προσδεῖ, impers. (δέω), there is need 
of besides or in addition, with 
gen.; also as middle deponent, 
προσδέομαι, with gen., need or 
want besides, VII, 6, 27; strive 
for, VI, 1, 24. 

προσδίδωμι (δίδωμι), give besides 
or in addition. 

προσδοκάω, προσεδόκων, προσεδόκησα 
(πρός-Ἐ γ'δοκ; cf. δοκέω. The 
simple δοκάω is not found), ex- 
pect, with acc, and infin. 

προσδοκεῖ (δοκέω), it seems good 
besides. 

προσέδραμον, See προστρέχω. 

πρόσειμι (εἶμι), come to, approach, 
advance. 

προσελαύνω (ἐλαύνω), drive or ride 
towards or against, march on. 

προσέρχομαι (ἔρχομαι), come to, ap- 
proach, come up. 

προσεύχομαι (εὔχομαι), pray to, dat. 

προσετάχθη, See προστάττω. 

προσέχω (ἔχω), in the Anabasis only 
with νοῦν, give heed to, pay 
close attention to, dat. 

προσήκω (ἥκω), pres. with force of 
a perfect, come to, reach; be 
related to, I, 6,1; impers., it is 
fitting or proper ; τούτῳ τῆς Bow- 
rlas προσήκει οὐδέν, this fellow has 
nothing to do with Boeotia, 
ITI, 1, 31. 

προσῆλθον, See προσέρχομαι. 

προσῇτε; Fee πρόσειμι. 














Vocabulary 103 





πρόσθεν, adv. (πρός), before, of place, 
els τὸ πρόσθεν, forward, to the 
front, 1, 10,5; with gen., III, 1, 
33; τὸ πρόσθεν, the van, III, 2, 36; 
of time, before, formerly; often 
as attrib., former, I, 4,8; some- 
times simply leading up to πρίν, 
I, 1, 10; τὸ πρόσθεν, as adv., before, 
formerly, I, 10,11; of preference, 
πρόσθεν. .. ἤ, sooner... than, 
FE, 1, 1, 

προσθϑθέω (θέω), run towards, charge. 

προσίασι, see πρόσειμι. 

προσίημι (ἴημι), let come to, let ap- 
proach, IV, 5,5; mid., admit, 
receive, III, 1, 30; IV, 2, 12; of 
the gods, permit, sanction, V, 
5, 3. 

προσκαλέω (καλέω), callup,summon. 

προσκτάομαι (κτάομαι), acquire be- 
sides or in addition. 

προσκυνέω, προσκυνήσω, etc. (κυνέω, 
kiss), do obeisance to, bow down 
before, worship, of gods, ITI, 2, 
9, 13; of the oriental salaam be- 
fore men of high rank, I, 6, 10; 
I, 8, 21. 

προσλαμβάνω (λαμβάνω), take be- 
sides or in addition to; lay hold 
of also, lend a hand, II, 3, 11. 

προσμείγνυμι (μείγνυμι, μείξω, ἔμειξα, 
μέμειγμαι, ἐμείχθην or ἐμίγην, mix), 
mingle with, join. 

προσμένω (μένω), wait, watt for. 

πρόσοδος, -ov, ἡ (πρός-}-ὁδός), lit. way 
to, approach, in pl., V, 2,3; pro- 
cession, in honor of a god, VI, 1, 
11; revenue, income, I, 9, 19; 
VII, 7, 36. 

προσόμνυμι (ὄμνυμι), swear in addi- 
tion. 

προσομολογέω (ὁμολογέω), agree to, 
surrender. 

προσπερονάω (περονάω, pierce), perf. 
pass. προσπεπερόνημαι, fasten with 


a pin (περόνη) or skewer, VII, 
3, 21. 

προσπίπτω (πίπτω), fall or throw 
oneself on, run to. 

προσποιέομαι (row), profess, pre- 
tend. 

προσπολεμέω (πολεμέω), war against. 

προσχόντες, SES προσέχω. 

προστατεύω (πρό-[- γἁ στα), be at the 
head or in chief charge of, V, 6,21. 

προστατέω (cf. προστάτης), preside 
over, manage, gen., IV, 8, 25. 

προστάτης, -ov, ὁ (προΐστημι), one who 
stands before or at the head of, 
leader, VII, 7, 31. 

προστάττω (τάττω), give orders to, 
I, 9, 18; in impers. pass. ols 
προσετάχθη, those who had been 
bidden, I, 6, 10 n. 

προστελέω (τέλος), pay in addition. 

προστερνίδιον, -ov, τό(στέρνον), breast- 
plate, of horses, I, 8, 7. 

προστίθημι (τίθημι), add to; mid., 
concur in (something advanced 
by another), I, 6, 10. 

προστρέχω, aor. προσέδραμον (τρέχω), 
run up to. 

προσφέρω (φέρω), bring up, bring 
against, V, 2,14; mid., conduct 
oneself, behave, V,5,19; VII,1,6. 

προσχωρέω (xwpéw), go over to, 
surrender to. 

πρόσχωρος, -ov (πρός-[- χῶρος), neigh- 
boring ; οἱ πρόσχωροι, neighbors, 
V, 3, 9. 

πρόσω, adv., comp. προσωτέρω, sup- 
προσωτάτω (πρό), forwards, in 
advance; so els τὸ πρόσω, for. 
ward, V, 4, 30; ἱέναι τοῦ πρόσω, go 
forward, I, 3,1; with local gen. 
πρόσω τοῦ ποταμοῦ, far into the 
river, IV, 3, 28; also, far, at a 
distance; with gen., fur from, 
III, 2, 22; προσωτέρω τοῦ καιροῦ 
see καιρός. 








104 Anabasis 





πρόσωπον, -ov, τό (πρός--γίοπ; cf. 
ὥψ, face), countenance, face, pl. 
11.86.11 1. 

προτάττω (τάττω), station in front. 

προτελέω (τελέω), pay beforehand. 

mporepatos, -α, -ov (πρό), only in the 
phrase τῇ προτεραίᾳ, on the day 
before, II, 1, 3; V, 4, 23. 

πρότερος, -a, -ον (πρό), former, 
earlier, the adj. being often 
used where Eng. requires an 
adv., I, 2, 25; neut. πρότερον, as 
adv., before; τὸ πρότερον, the time 
before, 1V, 4, 15; πρότερον, like 
πρόσθεν (I, 1, 10n.), may lead up 
to πρίν; it is then not to be 
translated. 

προτιμάω (τιμάω), honor above, pre- 
fer in honor; fut. mid. as pass., 
I, 4, 14. 

προτρέχω (τρέχω), run forward, run 
ahead of (with gen.) 

προφαίνω (palrw), mid., come to 
sight, appear. 

™pov-—Tpoe-. 

προφασίζομαι (πρόφασις), set wp or 
allege as an excuse. 

πρόφασις, -εως, ἡ (φημί), pretest, 
excuse. 

προφυλακή, -ἢῆς, ἡ (πρό-Ἐ φυλακή), in 
pl., outposts, pickets. 

προφύλαξ, -axos, ὁ (rpb-+-purak), owt- 
post, sentinel, picket. 

προχωρέω (xwpéw), go forward, go 
on, progress, prosper ; of omens, 
be favorable, VI, 4,21; impers., 
be of advantage, I, 9, 13. 

πρύμνα, -ης, ἡ, stern (of a ship). 

πρῴ, adv. (πρό), in the morning, 
early; comp. πρῳαίτερον, ITT, 4,1. 

πρῷρα, -as, ἡ (πρό), prow, bow (of a 
ship). 

πρῳρεύς, -éws, ὁ (πρῷρα), prow-officer, 
lookout, ranking next to the 
κυβερνήτης, V, 8, 20. 


πρωτεύω (πρῶτος), be first, hold the 


jirst place. 

πρῶτος, -7, -ov (πρό), first, foremost, 
chief, most eminent; οἱ πρῶτοι, 
the van, II, 2, 17; often where 
Eng. uses an δᾶν. I, 3, 1, yet 
always with personal force, πρῶ- 
ros ἤγγειλα, I was the first to 
announce, II, 3, 19; as adv. πρῶ- 
τον or τὸ πρῶτον, first, at first, in 
the first place, I, 2, 16; ὡς τὸ 
mparov,cum primum, as soon as, 
VII, 8, 14. 

πτάρνυμαι, ἔπταρον (cf. Lat. sternuo, 
sneeze), sneeze. 

πτέρνξ, -υγος, ἡ (πέτομαι), wing, 1,5,3; 
flap (of ἃ corselet), IV, 7, 15. 

πυγμή, -ῆς, ἡ (rt; cf. Eng. pygmy), 
fist, boxing, IV, 8,27. In later 
Greek as in Roman boxing, the 
forearms were weighted with 
the cestus of leathern thongs 
loaded with metal. 

Πυθαγόρας, -ov, ὁ, Pythagoras, a 
Spartan admiral. 

πυθόμενος, 506 πυνθάνομαι. 

πυκνός, -ἡ, -ὁν (cf. πύξ), close, com- 
pact, thick; neut. πυκνά, as adv., 
constantly, VI, 1, 8. 

πύκτης; -ov, ὁ (rit), bower. 

TIvAa, -ῶν (πύλη), Pylae, 7. e., the 
Gates, a fortress or town in 
Mesopotamia, on the border of 
Babylonia. 

πύλη, -ἡς, ἡ, gate, chiefly pl., since 
gates had two folding wings 
then, entrance, pass, I, 4, 4. 

πυνθάνομαι, πεύσομαι, ἐπυθόμην, πέπυσ- 
pat, inquire, ask, learn, dis- 
cover. 

wt, adv. (cf. πυκνός, Lat. pugnus), 
with the fist. 

πῦρ, -pés, τό (Lat. purus, Eng. fire, 
pyre, etc.), fire; pl., τὰ πυρά (dat. 
πυροῖς), watch fires, signal fires. 











Vocabulary 105 





πυραμίς, -ίδος, ἡ (cf. Eng. pyramid), 
pyramid. 

Πύραμος, -ov, ὁ, the Pyramus,a large 
river flowing through Cilicia. 
πυργομαχέω (πύργος- μάχομαι), storm 

a tower or wall. 

πύργος, -ov, ὁ, tower, walled fort. 

πυρέττω (rip), have a fever. 

πύρινος, -7, -ov (πυρός), of wheat, 
wheaten. 

πυροῖς, see πῦρ. 

πυροί, -ὥν, οἱ, wheat; for the pl., cf. 
κριθαί. 

Πυρρίας, -ov, 6, Pyrrhias, an Arca- 
dian commanding a division of 
the Greek army. 

πυρρίχη, -5, ἡ, the pyrrich, a mi- 
metic war dance, VI, 1, 12. 

πυρσεύω, aor. ἐπύρσευσα (πυρσός, 6, a 
torch; ο΄. πῦρ), light beacon fires. 

πώ, indef. adv., enclitic and only 
after a neg., yet, up to this time; 
of. οὕπω, μήπω. 

πωλέω, πωλήσω, ἐπωλήθην (cf. Eng. 
monopoly), sell. 

πῶλος, -ov, ὁ (cf. Lat. pullus, Eng. 
foal), colt, foal. 

TI&dos, -ov, ὁ, Polus, a Spartan ad- 
miral, succeeding Anaxibius, 
VII, 2, 5. 

πῶμα, -atos, τό (πίνω), drink, bever- 
age. 

πώποτε, indef. adv. (r+ ποτέ), after 
negatives, at any time, ever, ever 
yet. 

πῶς, interrog. adv., in what way? 
how ? 

πώς, indef. adv. enclitic, somehow, 
in some way, in any way; often 
serving to modify another word, 
ὧδέ πως, somewhat as follows, 
I, 7, 9; ἀμφὶ τὴν αὐτήν πως ὥραν, 
at about the same hour, IV, 8, 21; 
ἄλλως πως. .. H, any other way 
than, 111,1, 20. 


᾽ν 


ῥᾷάδιος, -α, -ον, comp. ῥᾷάων, sup. 
ῥᾷστος, easy, often in neut. with 
infin. 

ῥᾳδίως, adv., comp. ῥᾷον, sup. ῥᾷστα, 
easily. 

“Ῥαθίνης, -ov, ὁ, Rathines, an officer 
under Pharnabazus. 

ῥαθυμέω (ῥάθυμος, easy-going, pddios 
+6upss), be of an easy-going 
nature, take things easily. 

ῥαθυμία, -as, ἡ (cf. ῥαθυμέω), easy- 
going disposition, laziness. 

ῥᾷον, ῥᾷστον, see ῥᾷάδιος. 

ῥᾳστώνη, -n8, 7) (ῥᾷστος; cf. ῥᾷδιοΞ), 
easiness of character, indolence. 

péw, ῥεύσομαι or ῥυήσομαι, ἐρρύηκα, 
aor. pass., as act., ἐρρύην, flow. 

ῥήτρα, -as, ἡ (cf. elpw), agreement, 
compact. 

ῥῖγος, -ovs, τό (cf. Lat. frigus), 
cold. 

ῥίπτω (in pres. system also ῥιπτέω), 
ῥίψω, ἔρριψα, etc., throw, hurl; of 
garments, throw off. 

pls, ῥινός, ἡ (cf. Eng. rhinoceros), 
nose. 

Ῥόϑιος, -a, -ov (Ῥόδος, Rhodes), Rho- 
dian ; ὁ Ῥόδιος,α Rhodian, native 
of Rhodes, a large island off the 
S.W. coast of Asia Minor. 

podéw (cf. Lat. sorbeo), suck up. 

ῥνθμός, -o}, ὁ (akin to péw, Eng. 
rhythm), measured motion, time, 
rhythm. 

pipa, -ατος, τό (cf. ἐρύω, ῥύομαι, draw), 
properly, that which is drawn, 
only in the phrase ἐκ τόξου ῥύμα- 
τος, with a bow-shot the start, 
ITT, 3, 15. 

ῥώμη, -ns, (cf. ῥώννυμι), strength 
force. 

‘Pwrdpas, -a, ὁ, Rhoparas, satrap 
of Babylonia. 





Anabasis 





σά, see σός. 

σᾶ, 566 σῶς. 

σάγαρις, -ews, ἡ, battle-axe. 

σακίον, -ov, τό (dim. οὗ σάκος, bag, 
Eng. sack), sack, bag, pouch. 

Σαλμυδησσός, -οῦ, ὁ, Salmydessus, a 
town and region in Thrace on 
the Euxine. 

σάλπιγξ, -vyyos, ἡ, trumpet, a long 
straight tube like the Roman 
tuba. 

σαλπίζω, ἐσάλπιξα (σάλπιγξ), sound 
the trumpet, the subj. σαλπικτής 
being generally omitted, I, 2, 
17 n.; with inner obj., ῥυθμούς, 
keep time with the trumpet, 
VII, 3, 32. 

σαλπικτής, -00, ὁ (σάλπιγξ), trum- 
peter. 

Σάμιος, -a, -ov (Σάμος, Samos), of 
Samos, Samian. 

Σαμόλας, -a, 4, Samolas, an Achaean 
in the Greek army. 
Σάρδεις, -ewr, al, Sardis, capital of 
Lydia, and of Cyrus’ satrapy. 
σατραπεύω (carpdrys), be satrap 
(of, gen.), III, 4, 31; govern as 
satrap, acc., I, 7, 6. 

σατράπης, -ov, ὁ, satrap, a Persian 
title for the governor of a prov- 
ince, I, 1, 2 n. 

Σάτυρος, -ov, ὁ, a satyr ; I, 2, 13, Sile- 
nus, the attendant of Dionysus. 

σαντοῦ, efc., see σεαυτοῦ. 

σαφής, -és (cf. σοφός, Lat. sapio), 
clear, plain. 

σαφῶς, adv. (σαφής, clearly, plainly, 
certainly. 

σέ, see σύ. 

.σε, a suffix denoting the place 
whither. 

σεαυτοῦ, -js, or contr. cavrod, -ῆς 
(σέ- αὐτός), pl. ὑμῶν αὐτῶν, etc., of 
thyself, yourself. 


Σελινοῦς, -ofvros, ὁ, Selinus, name 
of two rivers, one in Elis, the 
other flowing by the temple of 
Artemis in Ephesus. 

σεσωμένοι, σέσωται, see og fw. 

Σεύθϑης, -ov, ὁ, Seuthes, king of the 
Odrysae, a tribe in Asiatic 
Thrace. 

Σηλυμβρία, -as, ἡ, Selymbria, a town 
near Byzantium, VII, 2, 28. 

σημαίνω, σημανῶ, ἐσήμηνα, σεσήμασμαι, 
ἐσημάνθην (σῆμα, sign), give a 
sign, give the signal, IV, 3, 32; 
often impers., the signal is given, 
II, 2, 4; make known, inform, 
declare, order. 

σημεῖον, -ov, τό (σῆμα, sign), sign, 
mark, token, signal, standard. 

σησάμινος, -7, -ον (σήσαμον), made 
ΟἹ sesame, 

σήσαμον, -ov, τό, sesame, a legumi- 
nous plant from the seeds of 
which an oil is made, much used 
in cookery, medicine, etc., I, 2, 22; 
in pl, sesame plants or seeds, 
VI, 4, 6. 

σιγάζω (σιγή), make keep silent, 
silence. 

σιγάω, σιγήσομαι, etc. (σιγή), be si- 
lent, say nothing. 

σιγή, -ἢς, ἡ, silence; σιγῇ as adv., 
silently. 

σίγλος, -ov, ὁ (Hebr. shekel), siglus, 
a Semitic coin worth 7% Attic 
obols, I, 5, 6. 

σιδηρεία, -as, ἡ (σίδηρος), working in 
iron. 

σιδηροῦς, -ἃ, -οῦν (σίδηρος, iron), 
made of tron, tron. 

Σικυώνιος, -ov, ὁ (Σικυών, Sicyon), a 
Sicyonian, native of Sicyon, a 
small state in northern Pelopon- 
nésus, west of Corinth. 

Σιλανός, -οῦ, ὁ, Sildnus: (1) sooth 
sayer to Cyrus; (2) another 








Vocabulary 107 





individual of the same name, a 
trumpeter from Macistus. 

σίνομαι, do harm to, hurt, 111, 4, 
16 n. 

Σινωπεύς, -έως, ὁ (Σινώπη), a Sino- 
pean, native of Sinope. 

Σινώπη, -ἡς, ἡ, Sindpe, an important 
city in Paphlagonia on the 
Euxine. 

σιός, Doric for θεός; val τὼ ow, by 
the twin gods, i. e., Castor and 
Pollux, a Spartan oath, VI, 6, 34; 
VII, 6, 39. 

σιταγωγός, -%, -όν (σῖτος--ἄγω), corn 
or grain carrying, of ships. 

Σιτάλκας, -ov, ὁ: (1) Sitalcas, a 
Thracian king of the time of 
Darius the Great; (2) a warsong 
composed in his honor, VI, 1, 6. 

σιτευτός, -ἡ, -dv (verbal of σιτεύω, 
feed; cf. σῖτος), fed-up, fattened. 

σιτηρέσιον, -ov, τό (σῖτος), provision- 
money, VI, 2, 4. 

σιτίον, -ov, τό (σῖτος), food; in pl., 
provisions. 

σῖτος, -ov, ὁ, pl. σῖτα, grain, esp. 
wheat; food, in general, pro- 
visions, supplies; σῖτος μελίνης, 
millet-bread, I, 5, 10. 

Σιττάκη, -ἡς, ἡ, Sittace, a city in 
Babylonia on the Tigris. 

σιωπάω, impf. ἐσιώπων (σιωπή, st- 
lence), be silent. 

σκεδάννυμι, σκεδῶ or σκεδάσω, ἐσκέ- 
daca, ἐσκέδασμαι, ἐσκεδάσθην (cf. 
Eng. scatter, shatter), scatter; 
mid., intr., disperse, III, 5, 2. 

σκέλος, -ous, τό (cf. Eng. isosceles), 
leg. 

σκεπτέος, -a, -ov (verbal of σκέπτο- 
pat), to be considered, must be 
considered. 

σκέπτομαι, σκέψομαι, ἐσκεψάμην, ἔσκεμ.- 
μαι, the pres. is rare, σκοπέω being 
used in its place (cf. Lat. species, 


Eng. spy, skeptic), look at, look 
into, observe, consider, reflect. 
oKevalw, σκευάσχω (σκευή), make 
ready; of persons, dress. 

σκενή, -ἧς, ἡ, dress, robe. 

σκεῦος, -ους, τό, utensil; pl., bag- 
gage. 

σκευοφορέω, σκευοφορήσω (σκεῦος + 
φέρω), carry baggage. 

σκενοφόρος, -ov (cxeios+dépw), bag- 
gage-carrying; as subst., bag- 
gage-carrier ; τὰ σκευοφόρα, pack 
animals, 

σκηνέω, σκηνήσω, ἐσκήνησα (σκηνή), 
be in tents or in camp, be quar- 
tered; in aor., go into camp, 
II, 4, 14; take meals, feast in 
one’s quarters, IV, 5, 33. 

σκηνή, -ἧς, 7, tent; then, loosely, 
quarters, III, 5, 7. 

σκηνόω, σκηνώσω, ἐσκήνωσα (cf. σκη- 
véw), properly, pitch one’s tent, 
go into camp, IV, 5, 23; also= 
oxnvéw, be in camp, tn quarters, 
V, 5, 11. 

σκήνωμα, -aros, τό (cxnvdw), tent; 
pl. quarters.* 

σκηπτός, -ov, ὁ, thunder-bolt. 

σκηπτοῦχος, -ov, ὁ (σκῆπτονΞΞσκῆπτ- 
ρον, sceptie,-+ ἔχω), sceptre- 
bearer, chamberluin, ἃ high 
official at the Persian court. 

Σκιλλοῦς, -οῦντος, ὁ, Scillus, a town 
in Elis, near Olympia, where 
Xenophon had an estate pre- 
sented to him by the Spartans, 
ν,3 1 

σκίμπους, δος, 6, a low couch. 

σκληρός, -ά, -ὀν, hard, rough; ἐν 
σκληρῷ, on rough ground, IV, 
8, 26. 

σκληρῶς, adv. (σκληρός), hardly, in 
hardship. 

σκόλοψ, οπος, ὁ, stake; in pl., pali- 
sade, V, 2, 5. 





Anabasis 





σκοπέω, only in pres. and impf.; cf. 
σκέπτομαι (σκοπός), look out for, 
watch for, watch; see, learn, 

find out, II, 1, 13; consider, 
ponder, V, 6, 30. 

σκοπός, -00, ὁ (cf. σκέπτομαι, Eng. 
scope, microscope, etc.), Spy; 
scout. 

σκόροδον, -ov, τό, garlic; in pl. 
VII, 1, 37. 

σκοταῖος, -a, -ov (σκότος), in the dark. 

σκότος, -ous, τό, darkness. 

Σκυθηνοί, -dv, ol, the Scythéni, a 
tribe dwelling south of the 
Black Sea. 

σκυλεύω, ἐσκύλευσα (σκῦλον, spoil), 
strip, despoil. 

σκύταλον, -ov, τό, stick, club. 

σκύτινος, -7, “ον (σκῦτος, skin), of 
leuther, leathern. 

σμῆνος, -ous, τό, swarm (of bees). 

Σμίκρης, -Ἴτος, ὁ, Smicres, one of 
the generals of the Arcadian 
army, VI, 3, 4f. 

Σόλοι, -ων, οἱ, Soli, a city on the 
coast of Cilicia. 

σός, σή, σόν, possess. pron. (cf. σύ, 
Lat. tuus, Eng. thy), thy, thine, 
your. 

Σοῦσα, τά (biblical Shushan, Neh. 
1:1), Susa, capital of the prov- 
ince of Susiane, and one of the 
capitals of the Persian empire. 
Here the King spent the spring 
months, II, 4, 25; ITI, 5, 15, n. 

Σοφαίνετος, -ov, ὁ, Sophaenetus, of 
Stymphalusin Arcadia, a general 
under Cyrus. 

σοφία, -as, ἡ (copds), wisdom ; hence 
shill, esp. in music. 

σοφός, -4, -dv (Eng. philosophy), 
wise, clever, skilled. 

σπανίζω, crand, ἐσπάνισα, ἐσπάνισμαι 
(ordv.s), lack, want, with gen. 

σπάνιος, -a, -ov (ordus), scanty, rare. 


σπάνις, -ews, ἡ, scarcity, lack. 
Σπάρτη, -ης, ἡ, Sparta, the capital 
of Laconia, IJ, 6, 4. 
Σπαρτιάτης, -ov (Σπάρτη), a Spar- 
tan, one of genuine Dorian stock. 
σπάρτον, -ov, τό (σπεῖρα, coil), rope, 
cord. 
σπάω, -ordow, etc., perf. mid. ἔσπασ- 
pat, draw; mid., of one’s sword 
I, 8, 29. 
σπείρω, σπερῶ, ἔσπειρα (cf. Eng 
spare, sporadic), sow, VI, 1, 8; 
pass. be scattered, dispersed, 
VI, 3, 19. 
σπείσας, σπείσεσθαι, see σπένδω. 
σπένδω, -σπείσω, ἔσπεισα ἔσπεισμαι 
(cf. Lat. spondeo), pour a liba- 
tion, make a drink-offering, 
abs., IV, 3, 13, 14; mid., since li- 
bations were offered by the con- 
tracting parties, make a treaty 
or truce with, dat. 
σπεύδω, σπεύσω, etc., urge, urge On; 
intrans., hasten, press, on, abs. 
or with infin.; ταῦτ᾽ ἐγὼ ἔσπευδον, 
this was (the ground of) my 
haste, IV, 1, 21. 
Σπιθριδάτης, -ov, ὁ, Spithradates, 
an officer under Pharnabazus. 
σπολάς, -άδος, ἡ, leathern jacket or 
cuirass. 

σπονδή, js, ἡ (σπένδω), Libation, 
drink offering ; pl. treaty, truce, 
peace. 

σπουδάζω, crovidew, etc. (σπουδή), 
be in haste, in earnest. 

σπουδαιολογέω, ἐσπουδαιλόγησα, etc 
(σπουδαῖος, serious,+ λέγω), talk 
earnestly with. 

σπουδή, -7s, ἡ (σπεύδω), haste, hurry ; 
dat. σπουδῇ, as adv., hastily, V1, 
5, 14; κατὰ σπουδήν, in haste, 
VII, 6, 28. 

στάδιον, -ov, τό, pl. στάδιοι and 
στάδια, the stadium, stade, a 














Vocabulary 109 





Greek measure of distance, 600 
Greek or 58114 Eng. ft.; also, 
race course (fur foot races, the 
oldest of Greek athletic games); 
ἀγωνίζεσθαι στάδιον (inner obj.), to 
contend in the foot race, IV, 8,27. 

σταθμός, -οὔ, ὁ (crn), halting- 
place, quarters; commonly the 
distance between two halts, a 
day’s journey. 

ords, 860 lornm. 

στασιάζω, cracidow, ἐστασίασα (ord- 
ows), form a faction, be in revolt, 
rebel, abs., with dat., or πρός and 
acc. 

στάσις, -ews, ἡ (lornu), faction, 
dissension, discord. 

σταυρός, -00, ὁ (lcrnm), stake, pali- 
sade. 

σταύρωμα, -aros, τό (σταυρός), stock- 
ade. 

στέαρ, -aros, τό, fat, tallow, suet. 

στέγασμα, -ατος, τό (στεγάζω, cover ; 
cf. στέγη), covering. 

στέγη, -ns, ἡ (στέγω, cover, Eng. 
deck, thatch), roof; hence, 
house. 

στεγνός, -ἤ, -6r, (cf. στέγη), covered ; 
neut. τὰ creyvd, houses, VII, 4, 12. 

στείβω, walk on, tread; pass. par- 
tic., of roads, I, 9, 13. 

στέλλω, στελῶ, ἔστειλα, -ἔσταλκα, 
ἔσταλμαι, ἐστάλην, set in order, 
equip, dress, III, 2, 7, mid. set 
forth, proceed, travel, V, 1, 5. 

στενός, -%, -6v, narrow ; comp. στενό- 
repos, III, 4, 19; as subst., τὸ 
στενόν, or τὰ στενά, defile, pass. 

στενοχωρία, -as, ἡ (crevds+-xGpos), 
narrow pass. 

στέργω, στέρξω, love. 

στερέω, στερήσω, etc. deprive of, 
with acc. and gen.; in pass., be 
deprived of, be without. The 
pres. pass. is στέρομαι, 


στέρνον, -ov, τό (Vorep, spread), 
breast. 

στέρομαι (cf. crepéw), only in pres. 
(the impf. is very rare), and with 
the force of a pf., be deprived 
of, destitute of, have lost, with 
gen. 

στερρῶς, adv. (στερρός, hard, firm; 
cf. Eng. stereotype), firmly, 
steadfastly. 

στέφανος, -ov, ὁ (crédw, pack 
close, encircle), crown, garland 
wreath. 

στεφανόω, -ὦσω, etc. (orépavos), 
crown; mid. crown oneself, put 
on a wreath or garland. 

στήλη, -ἡς, ἡ (στέλλω), pillar, slab 
(of stone). 

στῆναι, see ἵστημι. 

στίβος, -ου, ὁ (στείβω), beaten track, 
track. 

στίζω, στίξω, ἔστιξα, ἔστιγμαι (cf. 
Lat. instigo, Eng. stick, sting, 
stigma), to prick, tattoo. 

στῖφος, -ους, τό (στέφω, pack close ; 
cf. Lat. stipo), throng, mass. 

στλεγγίς, -ἰδος, ἡ, scraper, strigil, 
used after exercising to remove 
the dust and dirt from the body, 
I, 2, 10; according to others, a 
kind of headdress or tiara. 

στολή, -ς, ἡ (στέλλω), dress, robe; 
collective, raiment. 

στόλος, -ov, ὁ (στέλλω), equipment, 
armament, expedition. 

στόμα, -aros, τό (cf. Eng. stomach), 
mouth, opening, front, van. 

στρατεία, -as, ἡ (cf. στρατεύω), ex- 
pedition, campaign. 

στράτευμα, -aros, τό(στρατεύω), army. 

στρατεύω, στρατεύσω, etc. (στρατός), 
make an expedition, make war, 
take the field, of commanding 
officers; more commonly mid., of 
officers or of troops. 





110 Anabasis 





στρατηγέω, στρατηγήσω ete. (στρα- 
τηγόβ), be general, take com- 
mand, abs. or with gen.; στρατη- 
γεῖν ταύτην Thy στρατηγίαν, assume 
this command, I, 3, 15; τοῦτο 
πρῶτον ἡμῶν στρατηγῆσαι, begin 
your generalship over us with 
this, VII, 6, 40. 
στρατηγία, -as, ἡ (στρατηγόΞ), office 
of general, command ; general- 
ship, II, 2, 13. 
στρατηγιάω (στρατηγόΞ), wish to be 
general. 
στρατηγός, -00, ὁ (orparés-+-dyw), 
general, used of the commanders 
of the various divisions in Cy- 
rus’ Greek army, and also of the 
Persian military governors. 
στρατιά, -as, ἡ (στρατός), army, 
troops. 
στρατιώτης, -ov, ὁ (στρατιά), soldier ; 
in pl. troops. 
Στρατοκλῆς, -dovs, ὁ, Stratocles, com- 
mander of the Cretan archers. 
στρατοπεδεύω, -evtw, etc. (στρατό- 
πεδον)ὴ, pitch one’s camp, en- 
camp, generally mid. The pres. 
has sometimes the force of a 
perf., VI, 3, 6. 

στρατόπεδον, -ov, τό (στρατός- πέδον, 
ground), camp; also army in 
cump. 

στρατός, -00, ὁ (στορέννυμι, spread 
out), army, force (esp. in camp), 
5 6, 7. 

στραφέντες, S00 στρέφω. 

στρεπτός, -4, -ὁν (στρέφω), twisted ; 
ὁ στρεπτός, collar, necklace, worn 
by Persians of rank. 

στρέφω, στρέψω, ἔστρεψα, ἔστραμμαι, 
ἐστράφην (cf. Eng. strophe, catas- 
trophe), turn, twist, braid, in 
pass., IV, 7, 15; intr. and in 
pass., turn or wheel about, I, 
10, 6. 


στρουθός, -οὔ, ὁ, ἡ, sparrow ; ὁ μέγας 
στρουθός, ostrich, I, 5, 2, 3. 

στρωματόδεσμος, -ov, ὁ (στρώματα, 
ὑοαοϊοίιο8,-:- δεσμός), sack for bed- 
clothes, V, 4, 13, 

στυγνός, -4, -ὁν (cf. στυγέω, hate), 
hateful, gloomy, sullen, II, 6, 9; 
τὸ στυγνόν, sullenness, II, 6, 11. 

Στυμφάλιος, -ov, ὁ (ΣτύμφαλοΞ), a na- 
tive of Stymphdlus, in Arcadia. 

σύ, cod, pl. ὑμεῖς, pers. pron. (Dor. 
τύ, Lat. tu, Eng. thou’, thou, you. 
The nom. is used only when em- 
phatic. 

evy- before palatals=cvv. 

συγγένεια, -as, ἡ (συγγενήΞ), kinship. 

συγγενής, -ἐς (σύν- - Υἱγνομαι), of the 
same race or family, related; 
ol συγγενεῖς, kinsmen. 

συγγίγνομαι (γίγνομαι), be with, as- 
sociate with, meet; of the rela- 
tions of student with teacher, 
II, 6, 17; of sexual intercourse, 
I, 2, 12. 

συγκάθημαι (κάθημαι), sit down, to- 
gether. 

συγκαλέω (καλέω), call together, 
call a meeting of. 

συγκάμπτω (κάμπτω, κάμψω, etc., 
bend), bend. 

συγκατακαίω or -κάω (καίω), burn 
along with. 

συγκατασκεδάννυμι (σκεδάννυμι), 
sprinkle or scatter along with 
another, VII, 3, 32. 

συγκαταστρέφω (στρέφω), join or 
help in subduing (mid.), II, 1, 14. 

σύγκειμαι (κεῖμαι), lie together, be 
put together, be agreed on; τὸ 
συγκείμενον, place agreed on, 
place of rendezvous, VI, 3, 4; in 
pl. terms of agreement, VII, 2, 7. 

συγκλείω (κλείω), shut to, close. 

συγκομίζω (κομίζω), bring or gather 
together, mid., VI, 6, 37. 








Vocabulary 111 





συγκύπτω (κύπτω, κύψω, etc., stoop), 
draw together, converge, III, 
4,19, 21. 

συγχωρέω (xwpéw), go with, concur, 
yield. 

σύειος, -a, -ov (ods), of swine; with 
χρῖμα, lard, IV, 4, 13. 

Συέννεσις, -cos, ὁ, Syennesis, heredi- 
tary title of the kings of Cilicia, 
used by Xenophon as a proper 
name, I, 2, 12, n. 

σῦκον, -ov, τό, fig. 

συλ- before λ-- σύν. 

συλλαμβάνω (λαμβάνω), seize, arrest, 
capture. 

συλλέγω, -λέξω, -έλεξα, -είλοχα, -εἰλεγ- 
μαι, -ελέγην (λέγω; cf. Lat. col- 
ligo), collect, gather, esp. of 
troops, collect, levy, raise, I, 1, 7; 
pass intr., gather together, as- 
semble, IV, 1, 10. 

συλλογή, -fs, ἡ (συλλέγω), collecting, 
levy, of troops, I, 1, 6. 

σύλλογος, -ov, ὁ (συλλέγω), gather- 
ing, meeting. 

συμβαίνω (βαίνω), come together, 
occur, happen, III, 1, 13. 

συμβάλλω (βάλλω), throw together, 
collect; mid. contribute, I, 1, 9; 
agree upon, VI, 3, 3; contract, 
ξενίαν, VI, 6, 35; sc. γνώμην or 
λόγους, give one’s ideas, converse, 
IV, 6, 14. 

συμβοάω (Sodw), call together, call 
to one another, V1, 3, 6. 

συμβοηθέω (βοηθέω), join in bearing 
aid. 

συμβολή, -is, ἡ (σύν-- βάλλω), en- 
counter, battle. 

συμβουλεύω (Sovredw), advise, coun- 
sel; in mid. ask advice of, con- 
sult with, I, 1,10; act. and mid. 
together, IT, 1, 17. 

συμβουλή, -ἧς, ἡ (ocdv-+fovdy), ad- 
vice, counsel; ἡ ἱερά συμβουλή, V, 


6,4; said with reference to the 
proverb ἱερὸν 4 συμβουλή, advice 
is a holy thing. 
σύμβουλος, -ov, ὁ (βουλεύω), adviser. 
συμμανθάνω (μανθάνω), learn well or 
thoroughly, become accustomed 
to. 
συμμαχέω (σύμμαχος), be in alliance 
with. 
συμμαχία, -as, ἡ (cvupaxos), alliance. 
συμμάχομαι (μάχομαι), fight on one's 
side, be an ally of. 
σύμμαχος, -ον (σύν-- μάχομαι), fight- 
ing with (i.e., on the side of), 
allied; as subst. ally; τὰ σύμ- 
paxa, things that help, advan- 
tages, II, 4, 7. 
συμμείγνυμι (μείγνυμι, μείξω, ἔμειξα, 
μέμειγμαι, ἐμείχθην and ἐμίγην), 
mix with, unite, join, engage 
(in battle), dat. 
συμπαρασκενάζω (σκευάζω), join or 
aid in preparing. 
συμπαρέχω (ἔχω), join in causing 
or affording. 
σύμπας, -aca, -av (ras), all together, 
all in a body, the whole, I, 2, 9; 
τὸ σύμπαν, as adv., on the whole, 
I, 5, 9. 
συμπέμπω (πέμπω), send with. 
συμπίπτω (πίπτω), fall together, 
collapse, V, 2, 24; grapple with, 
I, 9, 6. 
σύμπλεως, -ων, gen. -w (civ-+)/Tha), 
entirely full of, with gen., I, 2, 22. 
συμποδίζω (ποδίζω), shackle; hence, 
hinder, encumber, LV, 4, 11. 
συμπολεμέω (πολεμέω), make war 
along with, help in war. 
συμπορεύομαι (πορεύω), march with, 
accompany. 
συμποσίαρχος, -ov, ὁ (συμπόσιον, 
drinking bout, feast, symposium 
[from σύν- πίνω] ἄρχω), sympost- 
arch, master of a feast, VI, 1, 30 





112 Anabasis 





συμπράττω (πράττω), do with, aid 
in doing, co-operate with. 

συμπρέσβεις, -εων, οἱ (ctv-+-mrpécBus), 
felluw-ambassadors or envoys, 
V, 5, 24. 

συμπροθυμέομαι (προθυμέομαι), share 
in one’s eagerness, join in ur- 
ging that, with infin., or ὅπως. 

συμφέρω (φέρω), bring together, col- 
lect, gather; be of use or ad- 
vantage; συμφέρειν τινι τὴν πενίαν, 
endure poverty with one, VII, 
6, 20, 

σύμφημι (φημί), agree, grant. 

σύμφορος, -ον (συμφέρω), advan- 
tayeous. 

σύν (in the older Attic ξύν), prep. 
with dat., far more common in 
Xenophon than in most prose 
authors, with, together with, 
alung with, common in phrases 
like Μένων καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ, Menon 
and his troops (cf. ἀμφί), I, 2, 15; 
on the side of, σὺν ἡμῖν, III, 1, 21; 
often, with the help of, esp. σὺν 
τοῖς θεοῖς, LIT, 1, 23; σὺν τοῖς ὅπλοις, 
with arms in our hands, ILI, 2, 
8; of clothing, in, IV, 5, 33; of 
manner, I, 8,4; of means, II, 6, 
18. In composition σύν becomes 
συμ- before a labial or μ, συγ- 
before a palatal; before \ and ρ, 
vy is assimilated, and before ¢ 
with following cons. is omitted. 

συναγείρω (dyelpw), collect together, 
assemble. 

συνάγω (dyw), bring together, 
gather, collect, convoke. 

συναδικέω (ἀδικέω), be an accom- 
plice in wrong-doing. 

συναθροίζω (ἁθροίζω), collect to- 
gether; mid. intrans. assemble. 

cuvavéw (αἰνέω, αἰνέσω, qveca, 
praise), join or agree in prais- 
ing, grant, VIL, 7, 31. 


συναιρέω (alpéw), take together, em- 
brace in one phrase; ws συνε- 
λόντι εἰπεῖν, to put the matter 
briefly, in a word, III, 1, 38. 

συναίτιος, -ov (σύν- αἴτιος), involved 
in guilt with another, impli- 
cated. 

συνακολουθέω (ἀκολουθέω), follow 
along with, accompany. 

συνακούω (ἀκούω), hear with or at 
the same time. 

συναλίζω (ἁλέζω), gather or collect 
together. 

συναλλάττω, 2 aor. pass. συνηλλάγην, 
lit. change (so as to bring) to- 
gether, reconcile (πρός), in pass., 
1, 

συναναβαίνω (βαίνω), go up or in- 
land with. 

συναναπράττω (πράττω), join in ex- 
acting. 

συνανίστημι (στημι), raise or set up 
with; 2 aor. intrans. rise up 
with, VII, 3, 35. 

συναντάω (ἀντάω, ἀντήσω, etc., meet ; 
cf. ἀντί), meet, meet with. 

συνάπειμι (εἶμι), go back with. 

συναπολαμβάνω (λαμβάνω), receive 
one’s dues at the same time. 

συνάπτω (drrw), join, engage in 
(acc.) with (dat.). 

συνάρχω (dpxw), rule or command 
jointly with (dat.). 

σύνδειπνος, -ου, ὁ (cdv-+-deirvov), com- 
panion or guest at dinner. 

συνδιαβαίνω (βαίνω), cross over with. 

συνδιαπράττω (πράττω), accomplish 
with; mid., negotiate with or at 
the same time, IV, 8, 24. 

συνδοκέω (δοκέω), seem good also. 

σύνδυο (δύο), two together, two by 
two. 

συνέδραμον, see συντρέχω. 

συνεῖδον (εἶδον), see at a ylunce, ob 
serve. 








Vocabulary 113 





συνειλεγμένοι, 566 συλλέγω. 

συνειλημμένοι, συνειλήφασι, 566 συλ- 
λαμβάνω. 

σύνειμι (εἰμί), be with; οἱ συνόντες, 
one’s associates, II, 6, 20, 23. 

σύνειμι (εἶμι), come together, as- 
semble, ITI, 5,7; in hostile sense, 
encounter, I, 10, 10. 

συνείποντο, see συνέπομαι. 

συνεισέρχομαι (ἔρχομαι), go in with 
or together. 

συνεισπίπτω (πίπτω), fall or rush 
in with. 

συνεκβαίνω (Balyw), go out together 
or with, IV, 3, 22 n. 

συνεκβιβάζω (σύν- ἐκ- βιβάζω, βιβά- 
ow or βιβῶ, etc.), join or aid in 
forcing out. 

συνεκκόπτω (κόπτω), join in cutting 
down. 

συνεκπίνω (πίνω), drink to the dregs 
with, drain with. 

συνεκπορίζω (πορίζω), join in pro- 
viding. 

συνέλαβον, see συλλαμβάνω. 

συνεληλύθατε, συνελθόντες, See συνέρ- 
χομαι. 

συνελόντι, See συναιρέω. 

συνενεγκόντες, συνενηνεγμένα, See 
συμφέρω. 

συνεξέρχομαι (ἔρχομαι), go forth 
with. 

συνεπαινέω (ἐπαινέω), join in prais- 
ing or approving. 

συνεπεύχομαι (εὔχομαι), vow besides 
or in uddition. 

συνεπιμελέομαι (ἐπιμελέομαι), join in 
taking charge of. 

συνεπισπέσθαι, see συνεφέπομαι. 

συνεπισπεύδω (σπεύδω), join or aid 
in pushing on. 

συνεπιτρίβω (τρίβω, τρίψω, etc., rub), 
destroy or ruin utterly. 

συνέπομαι (ἕπομαι), follow with, ac- 
company. 


συνεπόμνυμι (ὄμνυμι), swear besides 
(along with another). 

συνεργός, -ὁν (civ-+-pyov), working 
with, as subst., co-worker, 
helper. 

συνερρύησαν, see cuppéw, 

συνέρχομαι (ἔρχομαι), come together, 
assemble, meet. 

συνέσπων, 506 συσπάω, 

συνεφέπομαι (ἕπομαι), follow along 
with, follow hard upon. 

συνέχω (ἔχω), hold together. 

συνήδομαι (ἥδομαι), be glad or re- 
joice with, congratulate. 

συνθεάομαι (θεάομαι), look at with. 

σύνθημα, -aros, τό (ctv-+ridnu), 
agreement, IV, 6, 20; signal, 
watchword, I, 8, 16. 

συνθηράω (Onpdw), hunt with, join 
in the hunt. 

συνθοῖτο, see συντίθημι. 

συνιδεῖν, 566 συνεῖδον. 

συνίημι (inu), understand. 

συνίστημι (icrnut), make stand or 
bring together, of persons, in- 
troduce, III, 1, 8; intr. in mid. 
and in perf. and 2 aor. act., 
stand together, assemble, gather, 
V, 7, 2; συνεστηκός, of troops, in 
compact order, VI, 5, 30; VII, 
6, 26. 

σύνοδος, -ov, ἡ (συν- ὁδός), meeting, 
encounter. 

σύνοιδα, (οἶδα), know with (one), 
share one’s knowledge, VII, 6, 
18; chiefly with dat. of reflexive 
pron. and nom. partic. be con- 
scious of, be conscious that, I, 
3, 10. 

συνοίσειν, See συμφέρω. 

συνολολύζω (ὀλολύζω, cry aloud, cf. 
ὀλολυγή, a cry, Lat. ulula, screech 
owl, Eng. owl), shout along with, 
join in crying out, of women, 
IV, 3, 19. 





114 Anabasis 





συνομολογέω (ὁμολογέω), agree with 
one (dat.), in something (acc.), 
concur; either case or both 
cases may be used. 

συνοράω (ὁράω), see together or at 
the same time, watch, view, IV, 
1, 11; V, 2, 33. 

συνουσία, -as, ἡ (σύν- -εἰμί), a being 
together, intercourse, interview, 
conference. 

συντάττω (τάττω), arrange, set in 
order, array, marshal, form, of 
troops; mid., of the leader, form 
one’s own troops, I, 10,5; of the 
troops, fall into line, form, I, 3, 
14, 

συντίθημι (τίθημι), put or place to- 
gelher; mid. contract, agree on 
something (acc.), with somebody 
(dat.), J, 9, 7. 

σύντομος, -ον (ctv-+-réuvw), cut short, 
short. 

συντράπεζος, -ov, ὁ (σύν- τράπεζα), 
table companion, I, 9, 31; ef. 
ὁμοτράπεζος. 

συντρέχω (τρέχω), run together. 

συντρίβω (τρίβω, τρίψω, etc., rub), 
rub together; συντετριμμένους 
ἀνθρώπους σκέλη, men with their 
legs crushed, IV, 7, 4. 

συντυγχάνω (τυγχάνω), happen 
upon, fall in with. 

συνωφελέω (ὠφελέω), juin in helping. 

Συρακόσιος; -ov, ὁ (Συράκουσαι, Syra- 
cuse), a Syracusan, inhabitant 
of Syracuse, in Sicily. 

Συρία, -as, ἡ (Zvpios), Syria, the dis- 
trict between the Euphrates 
and the Mediterranean (al- 
though the name in I, 4, 4 is 
used of the region east of the 
river). 

Σύριος, -a. -ov (Σύρος), Syrian. 

Σύρος, -ov, 6, a Syriun, native of 
Syria. 


συρρέω (ῥέω), flow together ; of men, 
stream or flock together. 

σῦς, συός, ὁ, ἡ (cf. is, Lat. sus, Eng. 
hog, sow), swine, pig, boar. 

συσκευάζω (σκευάζω), bring effects 
together; generally mid., pack 
one’s effects, pack up. 

σύσκηνος, -ov, ὁ (σύν-- σκηνή), mess- 
mate. 

συσπάω (ordw), draw or sew to- 
gether. 

συσπειράομαι, pf. pass. συνεσπείραμαι 
(σπεῖρα, coil), of troops, be massed 
together, be in close array, I, 8, 
21. 

συσπουδάζω (σπουδάζω), share in 
one’s zeal or haste. 

συστρατεύομαι, dep. (στρατεύω), take 
the field with, join in a cam- 
paign with. 

συστράτηγος, -ov, ὁ (ctv-+-orparnyés), 
fellow-general. 

συστρατιώτης, -ov, ὁ (σύν--στρατιώ- 
rns), fellow-soldier. 

συστρατοπεδεύομαι (στρατοπεδεύομαι), 
encamp together. 

συχνός, -ἦ, -ὄν, much, great, pl. 
muny; of time, long; διαλεί- 
ποντα συχνὸν am’ ἀλλήλων, some 
distance apart, I, 8, 10. 

σφαγιάζομαι, aor. ἐσφαγιασάμην (σφά- 
Ὑγιον), slay a victim, offer sacri- 
fice. 

σφάγιον, -ov, τό (σφάττω), sacri- 
ficial victim pl., sacrifi€e, esp. a 
propitiatory sacrifice and the 
omens drawn therefrom (cf. 
ἱερά). 

σφαιροειδής, -ἐς (σφαῖρα, ball, Eng., 
sphere+eldos), ball-like, round. 

σφάλλω, chard, ἔσφηλα, ἔσφαλμαι, 
ἐσφάλην, trip; mid. and pass., 
stumble, fall, meet with mis- 
fortune. 

σφᾶς, see οὗ. 





Vocabulary 115 





σφάττω, σφάξω, ἔσφαξα, ἔσφαγμαι, 
ἐσφάγην, slaughter (properly by 
cutting the throat), sacrifice; 
then, freely, kill, slay. 

σφεῖς, see οὗ. 

σφενδονάω, ἐσφενδόνησα, (σφενδόνη), 
sling. 

σφενδόνη, -ns, ἡ, sling; also loosely 
used of the missile, stone, bullet. 

σφενδονήτης, -ov, ὁ (σφενδονάω), 
slinger. 

σφίσι, see οὗ. 

σφόδρα, adv. (σφοδρός, vehement, 
extreme), vehemently, exceed- 
ingly, very. In I, 10, 18 many 
read σφοδρά as adj., extreme. 

σχεδία, -as, ἡ, a raft. 

σχεδόν, adv. (ἔχω), almost, nearly, 
about. 

σχεῖν, See ἔχω. 

σχέτλιος, -a, -ον (ἔχω), holding out, 
unflinching; hence, cruel, 
dreadful, VII, 6, 30. 

σχῆμα, -aros, τό (ἔχω), form or 
shape; of troops, formation, I, 
10, 10. 

σχίζω, ἔσχισα, ἐσχίσθην (cf. Lat. 
scindo, Eng. schism), split (of 
wood), I, 5, 12; IV, 4, 12; pass. 
of troops, be separated, VI, 3, 1. 

σχολάζω, ἐσχόλασα (σχολή), be at 
leisure, have time. 

σχολαῖος, -a, -ον (σχολή), leisurely, 
slow. 

σχολαίωφίααν. of cxodaios), slowly, 
sluggishly, I, 5, 8; compar. cxo- 
λαίτερον, I, 5, 9. 

σχολή, -ἧς, ἡ (ἔχω; cf. Lat. schola, 
Eng. school), leisure; σχολῇ, as 
adv., slowly, III, 4, 27; IV, I, 16. 

σῷ, 566 σῶος. 

σῳζω, σώσω, ἔσωσα, σέσωκα, σέσωμαι, 
ἐσώθην (σῶς), save, rescue, pre- 
serve, hold, keep; mid. save 
onenelf, escupe, II, 1,19; return 


or arrive safely, III, 1, 6; σεσω- 
μένοι, safe and sound, V, 5, 8. 

Σωκράτης, -ov, ὁ, Socrates: (1) the 
famous Athenian philosopher, 
friend and adviser of Xenophon; 
(2) an Achaean, general in the 
army of Cyrus; a brief sketch of 
his character, II, 6, 30. 

σῶμα, -aros, τό, body, I, 9, 27; τὰ 
ἑαυτῶν σώματα, their own per- 
sons, I, 9, 12; σώματα ἀνδρῶν, 
men, IV, 6, 10. 

σῶος, -a, -ov, Or σῶς, σᾶ, σῶν, safe 
and sound. 

Σῶσις, ὁ (Σωσίας), Sosis, of Syra- 
cuse, general under Cyrus. 

σωτήρ, -ῆρος, ὁ (σῴζω), savior, as a 
title of Zeus, I, 8, 16. 

σωτηρία, -as, ἡ (σῴζω), safety. 

Σωτηρίδας, -ου, ὁ, Soteridas, a hop- 
lite cf Sicyon. 

σωτήριος, -ov (σῴζω), saving, bring- 
ing safety; τὰ σωτήρια, thank 
offerings for deliverance, III, 
By OS. Vig 1,1. 

σωφρωνέω, σωφρονήσω, etc. (cds+ 
φρήν), be of sound mind, be pru- 
dent, wise, moderate. 

σωφρονίζω, ἐσωφρόνισα, etc., make 
wise, bing to one’s senses. 

σωφροσύνη, -ης, ἡ (σῶς- φρήν, mind), 
soundness of mind, prudence, 
self-control, moderation, I, 9, 
3, ἢ. 


T 


τ᾽, by elision for re. 

τἀγαθά, crasis for τὰ ἀγαθά. 

τάλαντον, -ov, τό (γ΄ ταλ, bear; cf. 
Lat. tollo), that which bears or 
supports, balance, scale; hence, 
weight, then as a fixed weight, 
talent, sixty minas or 57% 105. 
avoirdupois; most commonly a 
sum or weight of money (never 





110 Anabasis 





a coin), amounting to sixty 
minas or about $1,080.00. See 
the note on I, 7, 18. 

τἄλλα, by crasis for τὰ ἄλλα. 

ταμιεύω, ταμιεύσω (ταμίας, steward ; 
cf. τέμνω), act as steward, serve 
out, parcel out, mid. II, 5, 18. 

Tapds, -ὦ, ὁ, Tamos, an Egyptian 
in command of Cyrus’ fleet. 

τἀναντία, by crasis for τὰ ἐναντία, 

ταξίαρχος, -ov, ὁ (rdéist+dpxw), α 
taxiarch, commander of a τάξις. 

τάξις, -ews, ἡ (τάττω), arrangement, 
order; esp in a military sense, 
array, line of battle, division, 
company; τὰ ἀμφὶ τάξεις, tactics, 
11,1 

Τάοχοι, -ων, ol, the Taochi, Ta- 
ochians, a warlike tribe of 
Pontus. 

ταπεινός, -%, -ὅν, humble, submis- 
sive, groveling, a strong word, 
II, 5, 13. 

ταπεινόω, ἐταπείνωσα͵ etc. (ταπεινός), 
humble, humiliate. 

τάπις, -ἰδος, ἡ (cf. Eng. tape, tapes- 
try), carpet, rug. 

τἀπιτήδεια, by crasis for τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, 

ταράττω, ταράξω, ἐτάραξα, τετάραγμαι, 
ἐταράχθην (cf. τἀραχοΞ), trouble, 
disturb; pass. of troops, be 
thrown into confusion, ITI, 4,19. 

τάραχος; -ov, ὁ (ταράττω), confusion. 

ταριχεύω, τεταρίχευμαι (τάριχος, 
smoked meat), preserve, pickle. 

Ταρσοί, -dv, ol, Tarsus, the capital 
of Cilicia, birthplace of St. Paul. 

τάττω, τάξω, trata, réraxa, τέταγμαι, 
ἐτάχθην, arrange, esp. in a mili- 
tary sense, draw up, form ; in 
mid. and pass., take one’s post, 
be stationed; appoint, order, I, 
5, 7; so in pass, ταχθείς, I, 6, 6; 
ἐν τῷ τεταγμένῳ, in the appointed 
place, III, 3, 18. 


ταῦρος, -ov, ὁ (Lat. taurus, Eng. 
steer), bull. 

ταῦτα, see οὗτος. 

ταύτῃ, adv. (dat. fem. οὗ οὗτος), in 
this way, thus, here, in this 
respect. 

ταφείησαν, see Odrrw, 

τάφος, -ov, ὁ (θάπτω; cf. Eng. epi- 
taph), burial, grave. 

τάφρος, -ov, ἡ (θάπτω), ditch, trench. 

τάχα, adv. (ταχύς), quickly, pres- 
ently, I, 8, 8; perhaps, haply, 
V, 2, 17. 

ταχέως, adv. 
swiftly. 

τάχιστα, see ταχύς. 

τάχος, -ους, τό (ταχύς), speed, swift- 
ness. 

ταχύς, -εἴα, -6, comp. θάττων, sup. 
τάχιστος, swift, quick, speedy; 
τὴν ταχίστην ὁδόν, by the quickest 
road, I, 2, 20; so, without ὁδόν, 
I, 3, 14; διὰ ταχέων, speedily, Ay 
5, 9; neut. ταχύ as adv., quickly, 
speedily, soon, I, 5, 3; comp. 
θᾶττον, I, 2, 17; sup. τάχιστα, 
most common in_ intensive 
phrases, ws τάχιστα, as 800n as 
possible, 1, 3, 14; ὅτι τάχιστα, IV, 
3,29. In these phrases forms of 
δύναμαι are often expressed, ἡ 
ἐδύνατο τάχιστα, 1, 2,4; ἐπείδαν (ΟΥ 
ὡς) τάχιστα, as soon as, III, 1, 9. 

τε (before an aspirated vowel θ᾽), 
enclitic copulative conj. (Lat. 
que), and, rarely standing alone, 
I, 5, 14; regularly τε... 
νιν καί, or τε καί, both... and, I, 
8, 3; I, 1, 5; 1,9, 1; sometimes 
οὔτε (ure)... τε, NOL. o> but, 
where Eng. sacrifices the corre- 
lation of clauses, II, 5, 4; rare- 
ly continued by δέ, V, 5, 8. 

τεθνᾶσι, τεθνάναι, τέθνατον, τεθνεῶτες, 
τεθνηκότα, See θνήσκω. 


(ταχύς), quickly, 


. Τὰ, Te 


Vocabulary 117 





τεθραμμένους, see τρέφω. 

τέθριππον, -ov, τό (τέτταρες--ἵπποΞ), 
a four-horse chariot. 

τείνω, τενῶ, ἔτεινα, -τέτακα, τέταμαι, 
ἐτάθην (Lat. tendo, Eng. thin), 
stretch; hence, exert oneself, 
rush. 

τειχίζω, τειχιῶ, etc., build a wall, 
fortify. 

τεῖχος, -ouvs, τό (Eng. dike), wall, 
esp. city wall, then, walled 
town, stronghold. 

τεκμαίρομαι (τεκμήριον), infer. 

τεκμήριον, -ου, τό (τεκμαίρομαι), sign, 
proof, token. 

τέκνον, -ov, τό (τίκτω, bear, give 
birth to), child. 

τελέθω (cf. τέλος), become, be, 111, 
2,3; of sacrifices, be favorable, 
VI, 6, 36; cf. yiyvouat. A poetic 
vb. 

τελευταῖος, -a, -ov (τελευτή), last, 
hindmost, rear; οἱ τελευταῖοι, the 
rear guard, LV, 1, 10. 

τελευτάω, τελευτήσω, etc, (τελευτή), 
end, finish, trans. and intrans.; 
esp., end one’s life, die, I, 1, 3; 
the partic. τελευτῶν, often like 
an adv., finally, IV, 5, 16. 

τελευτή, -ἧς, ἡ (τέλος), end, esp. the 
end of life, death, with or with- 
out βίον. 

τελέω, τελῶ OF τελέσω, ἐτέλεσα, τετέ- 
λεκα, τετέλεσμαι, ἐτελέσθην (τέλος), 
bring to an end, complete, pay. 

τέλος, -ovs, τό, end, completion, 
issue; often, adv. τέλος, at last, 
in the end, finally, I, 9, 6; διὰ 
τέλους, from first to last, VI, 6, 
11; τέλος ἔχειν, be at, or approach- 
ing, an end, VI, 5, 2; also, su- 
preme authority, magistracy ; 
in pl., of the Spartan Ephors, 
IT, 6, 4; VII, 1, 34. 

répaxos, -ους, τό (cf. τέμνω), slice. 


τέμνω, τεμῶ, ἔτεμον (cf. Eng. atom), 
cut. 

τέναγος, -ouvs, τό, shoal. 

τερμίνθινος, -ἡ, -ov (τέρμινθος, later 
form, τερέβινθος, ἡ, terebinth or 
turpentine-tree), of turpentine. 

τέταρτος, -7, -ov (τέτταρες), fourth. 

τετρακισχίλιοι (τέτταρες -ἰ- χίλιοι), 
four thousand. 

τετρακόσιοι, -αι, -a (TéTTapes+-Exarér), 
four hundred; in sing. with 
collective noun, I, 7, 10. 

τετραμοιρία, -as, ἡ (τέτταρες- μοῖρα, 
portion), a quadruple portion, 
four times as much. 

τετραπλοῦς, -ἢ, -οῦν (rérrapes- y 1a), 
fourfold, quadruple (cf. ἁπλοῦς, 
διπλοῦς, efc.). 

τετταράκοντα (τέτταρες), forty. 

τέτταρες, -α, fOUr. 

Τευθρανία, -ας, ἡ, Teuthrania, a 
district in southwestern Mysia. 

τεύξεσθε, Bee τυγχάνω. 

τεῦχος, -ους, τό (τεύχω, make, fash- 
ion), tool, vessel, jar, chest. 

rex vate (τέχνη), use art or cunning. 

τέχνη, -ns, ἡ (cf. Eng. technical), 
art, skill, means, device. 

τεχνικῶς, adv. (rexuxés, skilful), 
skilfully, artfully. 

τέως, adv. (cf. ἕως), meanwhile, for 
a time, hitherto, VII, 5, 8. 

τῇ, adv. (dat. fem. of the art.), 
here; τῇ μὲν... τῇ δέ, in one 
place... in another, IV, 8,10; 
in some respects ... in others, 
III, 1,12; so τῇ μὲν .. . ὁπότε δέ, 
VI, 1, 20f. 

τῇδε; see ὅδε, 


τήκω, perf. τέτηκα (cf. Lat. tabes, 
decay, Eng. thaw), melt. 

Τηλεβόας, ὁ, the Teleboas, a river 
in Armenia, flowing into the 
Euphrates. 





118 Anabasis 





τήμερον (τ-, mutilated demonstr. 
pron. stem,-+7uépa), today. 

Τημνίτης, -ov, ὁ, a native of Tem- 
nus, in Aeolis. 

τηνικαῦτα, adv. at that time, then, 
answering to ἡνίκα or ἐπεί, 

Τήρης, -ov, ὁ, Teres, ancestor of 
Seuthes, king of the Odrysae. 

τιάρα, -as, ἡ (Eng. tiara), tiara, a 
Persian headdress. The up- 
right tiara was a badge of 
royalty, II, 5, 23. 

τιαροειδής, -ες (ridpa-eldos), tiara- 
shaped. 

Τιβαρηνοί, -dv, ol, the Tibaréni, ἃ 
tribe in Pontus. 

Τίγρης, -nros, ὁ, the Tigris, one of 
the two great rivers of Assyria. 

τίθημι, θήσω, ἔθηκα, τέθηκα, ἐτέθην, 
2 aor. mid. ἐθέμην; the perf. mid. 
is supplied by κεῖμαι (related to 
Lat. dare, Eng. do), place, put, 
set, arrange; of games, insti- 
tute, I, 2, 10; θέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα, a 
military phrase, meaning most 
commonly, halt under arms, 
i. e., in a position of rest, but 
ready at once to assume the 
defensive, I, 5, 14; or, take a 
position under arms, II, 2, 21, 
but sometimes also, ground 
arms, I, 5, 17; I, 10, 16. 

Tipactwv, ωνος, ὁ, Timasion, of 
Dardanus in the Troad, elected 
general in the place of Clearchus. 

τιμάω, -how, etc. (τιμή), value, 
honor. 

τιμή, -ἧς, ἡ (tlw, esteem), value, 
price, VII, 5, 2; VII, 8, 6; 
honor, esteem, I, 9, 29. 

Τιμησίθεος, -ov, ὁ, Timesitheus, of 
Trapezus, πρόξενος of the Mos- 
synoeci. 

τίμιος, a, -ov (τιμή), held in honor, 
esteemed, precious, valuable. 


τιμωρέω, -how, etc. (τιμωρός, avenger, 
from τιμή-ὁράω), help, avenge; 
mid., take vengeance on, punish; 
pass., be punished. 

τιμωρία, -as, ἡ (cf. τιμωρέω), ven- 
geance, punishment, II, 6, 14. 

Τιρίβαζος, -ov, ὁ, Tiribazus, gov- 
ernor of western Armenia. 

τις, τι, gen. τινός, indef. pron., en- 
clitic, as subst., somebody, any 
body, something, anything, one, 
pl. some, they, people; often of 
a definite person whom one does 
not choose to name, I, 4, 12; as 
adj., a, any, some, a certain, a 
sort of; often with limiting 
force, ula τις, ἐλπίς, any single 
hope, II, 1, 19; σχεδόν τι, pretty 
nearly, VI, 4,20; πόση ris, about 
how large, II, 4, 21; ὁποῖον τι, 
what sort of a thing, III, 1, 13. 

tls, τί, gen. τίνος, interrog. pron., 
who, which, what, what kind of, 
neut. often as adv., why. 

Τισσαφέρνης, -ov, ὁ, Tissaphernes, 
a Persian noble, satrap of Caria, 
Lydia, and Ionia. See the 
Introd., § 23. 

τιτρώσκω, τρώσω, Erpwoa, etc. (cf. 
τραῦμα), wound. 

τλήμων, -ον, gen. -oves (TAdw, en- 
dure), suffering, wretched. 

rot, post-pos. intensive particle, 
enclitic (orig. ethic dat. of τύξξ 
σύ), in truth, verily, often best 
rendered by emphasis. 

τοιγαροῦν, inferential conj. (rol+- 
γάρ-Ἐ οὖν), therefore, accordingly. 

τοίνυν, inferential conj., post-posi- 
tive (rol+wiv), therefore, then, 
accordingly, moreover. 

τοιόσδε, -άδε, -όνδε (τοῖος, such-+--de), 
such, referring to what follows; 
esp., ἔλεξε τοιάδε, he spoke as fol- 
lows. 











Vocabulary 119 





τοιοῦτος, τοιαύτη, τοιοῦτοί ν), dem. 
pron., of such a sort or kind, 
such, regularly referring to what 
precedes (contrast τοιόσδε); ἐν τῷ 
τοιούτῳ, at such a crisis, V, 8, 20; 
cf. I, 7, 5,n.3 τούτων τοιούτων 
ὄντων, this being the case, II, 5, 12. 

τοῖχος, -ov, ὁ (cf. Tetxos), wall (of a 
building). 

τολμάω, τολμήσω, etc. (τόλμα, dar- 
ing), dare, have the courage, 
endure, II, 2,12; in a bad sense, 
have the effrontery, VI, 4, 14; 
VII, 7, 46. 

Τολμίδης, -ov, ὁ, Tolmides, an 
Elean, herald of the Greek 
army. 

τόξευμα, -aros, τό (τοξεύω), arrow. 

τοξεύω, τοξεύσω, etc. (τόξον), shoot 
with a bow, shoot arrows, abs.; 
pass. be hit with an arrow, I, 8, 
BD; TV, 1,18. 

τοξικός, -%, -dv (τόξον), pertaining to 
the bow; as subst., ἡ τοξική (80. 
τέχνη), archery, I, 9, 5. 

τόξον, ov, τό, bow. 

τοξότης, -ov, ὁ (τόξον), bowman, 
archer. 

τόπος, -ov, ὁ (cf. Eng. topic), place, 
spot, district, region. 

τοσόσδε, τοσήδε, τοσόνδε, dem. pron. 
(τόσος, so great,+-5e), so much, in 
pl. so many, VI, 5, 19; only so 
many, t. €., so few, IT, 4, 4. 

τοσοῦτος, τοσαύτη, τοσοῦτο(»ν), dem. 
pron., commoner than τοσόσδε, 
of such a size or number, so 
great, so much, pl., so many; 
often following ὅσος (cf. quantus 
owe ἤν). | Ce + ss 
with comps., the more... the 
more, I, 5, 9; τοσοῦτον, as adv., 
so much, I, 8, 13; III, 1, 45. 
εἶπε τοσοῦτον, said only thus 
much, 1, 3, 15, II, 1, 9. 


τοσούτῳ, 


τότε, adv., at that time, then; τῶν 
τότε, of the men of that time, 
IT, 2, 20. 

roré, ady., at times; τοτὲ μέν. .. 
τοτὲ δέ, now... then, VI, 1, 9. 

τοὔμπαλιν, crasis for τὸ ἔμπαλιν. 

τράγημα, -ατος, τό (ἔτραγον, ate), in 
pl., dainties, sweetmeats. 

Τράλλεις, -εων, ol, Tralles, a city of 
Caria. 

Τρανίψαι, -dr, of, the Tranipsae, a 
Thracian tribe. 

τράπεζα, -ns, ἡ (τέτταρες-}-πούς), table. 

Τραπεζούντιος, -ov, ὁ (Ἰραπεζοῦς), a 
Trapezuntian, native of Trape- 
Ζιι8. 

Τραπεζοῦς, -οὔντος, ἡ, Trapezus, the 
modern Trebizond, a city in 
Pontus. 

τράποιτο, See τρέπω. 

τραῦμα, -ατος, τό (cf. τιτρώσκω), 
wound. 

τράχηλος, -ov, ὁ, throat, neck. 

τραχύς, -cia, -¥, rough, rugged, 
harsh; ἡ τραχεῖα (sc. γῆ), rough 
ground, IV, 6, 12. 

τρεῖς, τρία, gen. τριῶν (Lat. tres, 
Eng. three), three. 

τρέπω, τρέψω, ἔτρεψα, ἔτραπον, τέτροφα 
and τέτραφα, τέτραμμαι, ἐτρέφθην 
and ἐτράπην (Lat. torqueo, Eng. 
throw), turn, turn back, put to 
flight (εἰς φυγήν), 1, 8, 24; so in 
mid., V, 4, 16; mid., turn one- 
self to, have recourse to, II, 6,5; 
take flight, IV, 8,19; of places, 
be turned toward, face, III, 5, 15. 

τρέφω, θρέψω, ἔθρεψα, τέτροφα, τέθ- 
ρᾶμμαι, ἐτρέφθην, ἐτράφην, nour- 
ish, support, maintain, V,1, 12; 
oftener in pass., be maintained, 
I, 1, 9; be reared, III, 2, 13; 
τεθραμμένους, fed up, fattened, 
V, 4, 32. ἐλάνθανεν τρεφόμενον, 
see λανθάνω. 








Anabasis 





τρέχω, δραμοῦμαι, ἔδραμον, -δεδράμηκα, 
run. 

τρέω, aor. ἔτρεσα (cf. Lat. tremo, 
shake), tremble; with acc., flee 
from in terror, 1, 9,6. A poetic 
verb. 

τρία, see τρεῖς. 

τριάκοντα, indecl., thirty. 

τριακόντορος, -ου, 7 (τριάκοντα), a 
ship with thirty oars, triaconter. 

τριακόσιοι, -αἱ, -α (τρεῖς-}- ἑκατόν), 
three hundred. 

τριβή, -ῆς, ἡ (τρίβω, rub), a rubbing, 
wearing away; practice, V, 6, 
15. 

τριήρης, -ους, 77 (τρεῖς- yap, fit, or 
Vep, row), properly an adj., 80. 
ναῦς, trireme, a ship with three 
banks of oars, warship; often 
contrasted with πλοῖον, trans- 
port. 

tpinplrys, -ov, ὁ (rpefpns), one serv- 
ing on a trireme, sailor, VI, 6, 1. 

τρίπηχυς, -v (τρεῖς--πῆχυϑ), three 
cubits long. 

τριπλάσιος, -α, -ον (rpets+- ν πλα), 
threefold, three times as large. 

τρίπλεθρος, -ον (τρεῖς- πλέθρον), of 
three plethra, three plethra wide. 

τρίπους, -οὐν, gen., -odos, ὁ (rpets+- 
rots), three-footed; as subst. tri- 
pod, table with three legs. 

τρίς, adv. (τρεῖς), three times; εἰς 
τρίς, somewhat stronger, up to 
three times, VI, 4, 16, 19. 

τρισάσμενος, -7, -ον (τρίς-ἄσμενοΞ), 
thrice-glad, very glad. 

τρισκαίδεκα, indecl. (τρεῖς καὶ δέκα), 
thirteen. 

τρισμύριοι, -at, -α (τρεῖς + μύριοι), 
thirty thousand. 

τρισχίλιοι, -αι, -α (τρεῖς + χίλιοι), 
three thousand. 

τριταῖος, -a, -ov (τρίτος), on the third 
day. 


τρίτος, -7, -ov (τρεῖς) third ; τὸ τρίτον, 
the third time, I, 6, 8; τῇ τρίτῃ, 
on the third day, 1, 7, 20; ἐπὶ τῷ 
τρίτῳ, at the third signal, 11, 
2, 4. 

τρίχα and τριχῇ; adv. (pes), three- 
fold, in three divisions. 

tplxivos, -ἡ, -o» (θρίξ, τριχός, hair, 
Eng. trichina), made of hair. 

τριχοίνικος, -ον (rpeis+-xotnt), hold- 
ing or filling three choinices. 

τρόπαιον, -ov, τό (τροπή; cf. Eng. 
trophy), trophy, sometimes 
merely spoils affixed to a tree 
or post. 

τροπή, -ἧς, ἡ (τρέπω), a turning (of 
the enemy), rout, flight. 

τρόπος, -ου, ὁ (τρέπω), turn, manner, 
way, fashion; τόνδε τὸν τρόπον, 
in the following way, I, 1, 9; 
τρόπῳ τινι, after a fashion, II, 2, 
17; ἐκ ποντὸς τρόπου, by hook or 
crook, III, 1, 43; of a person, 
character, bent, πρὸς τοῦ Κύρου 
τρόπου, in keeping with Cyrus’ 
character, I, 2, 11. 

τροφή, «ἧς, ἡ (τρέφω), support, 
maintenance. 

τροχάζω (cf. τροχός, wheel, Eng. 
truck), run forward. 

τρυπάω, τετρύπημαι (τρύπη, hole), 
bore, pierce ; τὰ ὦτα τετρυπημένον, 
with his ears bored, 111,1, 31. 

Tpwds, -ddos, ἡ (Τροία, Troy), the 
ΤΊ oad, the district in the north 
western part of Asia Minor. 

τρωκτός, -4, -dv (verbal of τρώγω, 
gnaw), that may be eaten, 
edible. 

τρωτός, -ἤ, -6v (verbal of τιτρώσκω) 
vulnerable. 

τυγχάνω, τεύξομαι, ἔτυχον, τετύχηκα: 
(1) trans., hit, with gen., ITI, 2, 
19; reach, attain, meet, I, 4, 15; 
9, 29; τῆς τελευτῆς, II, 6, 29; with 








V ocabulary 121 





two gens., V, 7, 33; with acc. of 
thing and gen. of person, VI, 6, 
32; (2) intrans., happen, chance ; 
generally construed with a sup- 
plementary partic., which ex- 
presses the main idea; παρὼν 
ἐτύγχανε, was there, as tt hap- 
pened, 1I,1,2. The partic. is at 
times omitted (or is to be sup- 
plied from the context), i, 2, 
17; III, 1, 3. Acc. abs. τυχόν, 
perhaps, V1, 1, 20. 

Τυριάειον, -ov, τό, Tyriaeum, a city 
in Phrygia. 

τυρός, -00, ὁ, cheese, in pl. II, 4, 28. 

τύρσις, -ἰος, ἡ (cf. Lat. turris, 
tower), tower, turret. 

τύχη, -ns, ἡ (cf. τυγχάνω), fortune, 
luck. 

τυχών, See τυγχάνω. 


x 


ὑβρίζω, ὑβριῶ, ὕβρισα, ὕβρικα, ὕβρισ- 
μαι, ὑβρίσθην (ὕβρις), treat with 
indignity or outrage, abuse, in- 
sult; abs., act with insolence. 

ὕβρις, -ews, ἡ (ὑπέρ), Overweening- 
ness, arrogance, insolence, 
wantonness. 

ὑβριστότερος, -α -ον and sup. ὕβρισ- 
τότατος, -7 -ov, more or most in- 
solent or wanton, V, 8, 3, 22. 
No positive occurs, but the noun 
ὑβριστής has adjectival force. 

ὑγιαίνω (ὑγιής, healthy ; cf. Eng. 
hygiene), be well, strong. 

ὑγρότης; -nTos, ἣ (ὑγρός, wet), wet- 
ness, suppleness, V, 8, 15. 

ὑδροφορέω (ὑδροφόροΞ), carry water. 

ὑδροφόρος, -ov (ὕδωρ-:- φέρω), bearing 
water; as subst., water-carrier, 
IV, 5, 10. 

ὕδωρ, -aros, τό (Lat. unda, Eng. 
water ; cf. hydraulic, ete.) wa ter; 
ὕδωρ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, rain, IV, 2, 2. 


ὑϊδοῦς, -οὔ, ὁ (cf. vids), grandson. 

vids, -οὔ, ὁ (often spelt ὑός), son. 

ὕλη, -ης, ἡ, (Lat. silva), wood, for- 
est, brush. 

ὑμεῖς, see σύ. 

ὑμέτερος, -a, -ον (ὑμεῖς), your, yours. 

ὑπάγω (ἄγω), lead on, advunce 
slowly, advance; mid., lead on 
or suggest craftily, 11,1, 18. 

ὑπαίθριος, -a, -ov (ὑπό-  αἱθρία, open 
air), in the open air. 

ὑπαίτιος, -ov (5ré-+-airla), under a 
charge, censurable, III, 1, 5, n. 

ὑπακούω (ἀκούω), harken to, heed, 
IV, 1, 9; obey, VII, 3, 7. 

ὑπαντάω (ἀντάω, ἀντήσω, ἤντησα, 
meet), go to meet. 

ὑπαντιάζω, go to meet, meet. 

ὕπαρχος, -ov, ὁ (ἄρχω), subordinate 
officer, lieutenant ; in a province, 
prefect, vice-satrap, IV, 4, 4. 

ὑπάρχω (dpxw), properly, be under, 
serve as foundation, begin, with 
partic., Il, 3,23; support, favor, 
I, 1,4; with dat. (of possessor) 
it may often be rendered, have 
to begin with, have to count 
upon, II, 2, 11; ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρχόν- 
των, α8 far as their means per- 
mitted, VI, 4, 9. 

ὑπασπιστής, -οὔ, ὁ (ὑπό- ἀσπίς), 
shield-bearer, squire. 

ὑπείκω (elke, εἴξω, εἶξα, yield ; cf. Eng. 
weak), give way, yield, submit. 

ὕπειμι (εἰμί), be wnder. 

ὑπεληλυθέναι, see ὑπέρχομαι. 

ὑπέρ, prep. with gen. and acc. (cf. 
Lat, super, Eng. over): (1) with 
gen., of place, over, above, I, 
10, 12; beyond, I, 10, 14; II, 6, 
2 (cf. ace. I, 1, 9); for, on behalf 
of, I, 3, 4; in the name of, V, 5, 
13; (2) with acc., over, beyond, 
I. 1, 9 (ef. gen. II, 6, 2), of num- 
bers, above, more than, V, 3, 1 





Anabasis 





ὑπεράλλομαι (ἄλλομαι), leap over. 

ὑπερανατείνω (τείνω), stretch out 
over. 

ὑπερβαίνω (βαίνω), go over, Cross, 
scale. 

ὑπερβάλλω (βάλλω), throw over; 
intr. pass or cross over, Sv, 2. 3 

ὑπερβολή, 7s, ἡ (βάλλω), α Passing 
over, crossing, pass. 

ὑπερδέξιος, -ov (dmép-+ deéds), above 
on the right, above, III, 4, 37; 
V, 7, 81. 

ὑπερέρχομαι, ὑπερῆλθον (ἔρχομαι), 
cross OF pass over. 

ὑπερέχω (ἔχω), be above, project, 
overhang. 

ὕπερθεν, adv. (ὑπέρ), from above, 
overhead. 

ὑπερκάθημαι (κάθημαι), be stationed 
above, with gen. 

ὑπερόριος, -α, -ον, OF -0s, -ον (ὑπέρ-Ἰ- 
ὅρος, boundary ; cf. ὁρίζω), over 
the border, foreign; ἡ ὑπερορία, 
foreign lands, VII, 1, 27. 

ὑπερύψηλος, -ον (ὑπέρ- ὑψηλός), ea- 
ceedingly high. 

ὑπέρχομαι (ἔρχομαι), go under, go 
secretly, withdraw, V, 2, 30. 

ὑπέσχετο, ὑπεσχημένοι, ὑπέσχον, See 
ὑπισχνέομαι., 

ὑπέχω (ἔχω), undergo, submit to; 
in V, 8, 1, δίκην ὑποσχεῖν, give an 
account for (gen.). 

ὑπήκοος, -ον (ὑπακούω), listening to, 
obedient, subject to; as subst., 
subject, vassal. 

ὑπηρετέω, ὑπηρετήσω, etc. (ὑπηρέτηΞ), 
serve as menial, serve, help, 
dat., I, 9, 18; provide, III, 5, 8. 

ὑπηρέτης; -ov, ὁ (ὑπό- ἐρέτης, rewer), 
properly, under-rower ; then, 
underling, menial, servant. 

ὑπισχνέομαι, ὑποσχήσομαι, ὑπεσχόμην, 
ὑπέσχημαι, promise, undertake 
(abs. or with infin., generally fut.). 


ὕπνος, -ου, ὁ, sleep. 

ὑπό (by elision ὑπ᾽ or ὑφ᾽), prep. 
with gen., dat., or acc.; αἵ. Lat. 
sub, under: (1) with gen., lit. 
from under, VI, 4, 22,25; under; 
ὑπὸ μαστίγων, under the lash, 
III, 4, 25; often of the agent, 
with passives, by, through, at 
the hands of, 1, 1, 10; so with 
virtual passives, παθεῖν, etc., I, 3, 
4: also with things (by a slight 
personification), ὑπὸ λιμοῦ, I, 5, 5, 
(2) with dat., under, at the foot 
of, with vbs. of rest, I, 2,8; in 
the power of, VII, 2, 2; (3) with 
acc., under, with vbs. of motion, 
I, 8, 27. In composition ὑπο- 
means under, secretly, or has 
the force of somewhat, rather. 

ὑποδεέστερος, -a, -ov (br6+-5éw, lack), 
comp.; the positive ὑποδεής (cf. 
ἐνδεής) does not occur, inferior, 
I, 9, 5. 

ὑποδείκνυμι (δείκνυμι), show pri- 
vately, give indications, νι. 

ὑποδέχομαι (δέχομαι), receive under 
one's protection, welcome. 

ὑποδέω (δέω), tie under; mid., bind 
one’s sandals on; ὑποδεδημένοι, 
with their shoes on, IV, 5, 14. 

ὑπόδημα, -aros, τό (ὑποδέω), sandal, 
shoe. 

ὑποζύγιον, -ov, τό (ὑπό-- ζυγόν, yoke), 
beast of burden, baggage ani- 
mal. 

ὑποκαταβαίνω (βαίνω), go down α 
little, VII, 4, 11. 


ὑπολαμβάνω (λαμβάνω), take or re- 
ceive under one’s protection, 1, 
1, 7; tuke up (the discourse, 
λόγον), reply, answer, II, 1, 15; 
μεταξὺ ὑπολαβών, interrupting 
him in the midst of his talk, 
III, 1, 27. 








Vocabulary 123 





ὑπολείπω (λείπω), leave behind; 
pass., be left behind, fall behind. 

ὑπολόχαγος, -ov, ὁ (ὑπό- λοχαγόΞ), 
lieutenant, probably a captain 
of fifty -επεντηκοντήρ, V, 2, 13. 

ὑπολύω (λύω), loose beneath; mid., 
untie one's sandals, IV, 5, 13. 

ὑπομαλακίζομαι (μαλακίζομαι), weak- 
en a little, begin to yield. 

ὑπομένω (μένω), stay behind, wait, 
halt; await an attack, 8 
one’s ground; wait 

ὑπόμνημα, -aros, τό (μιμνήσκω), re- 
minder, mention, I, 6, 3. 

ὑπόπεμπτος, -ov (verbal of ὑποπέμπω), 
sent secretly or with covert pur- 
pose, sent as ἃ spy. 

ὑποπέμπω (πέμπω), send secretly, 
send as αὶ spy. 

ὑποπίνω (πίνω), drink a little; 
perf. partic. ὑποπεπωκώς, rather 
drunk, VII, 3, 29. 

ὑποπτεύω, ὑπώπτευον, ὑπώπτευσα, SUS- 
pect, apprehend, mistrust, with 
acc., infin., or μή. 

ὑποστρατηγέω (στρατηγέω), be lieu- 
tenant, be general under (dat.). 

ὑποστράτηγος, -ov, ὁ (ὑπό-στρατη- 
γὀς), under-general, lieutenant- 
general. 

ὑποστρέφω (στρέφω), turn or wheel 
round, face about, VI, 6, 38; 
ὑποστρέψας, evading the trap, II, 
1, 18, n. 

ὑποσχεῖν, see ὑπέχω. 

ὑπόσχησθε, ὑπόσχοιτο, ὑποσχόμενος, 
566 ὑπισχνέομαι. 

ὑπουργός, -ὁν (ὑπό-[- ν εργ), condu- 
cive to, V, 8, 15. 

ὑποφαίνω (φαίνω), intr., shine a 
little; of the day, begin to 
dawn. 

ὑποφείδομαι (φείδομαι, φείσομαὶ, 
spare), spare somewhut or of 
set purpose, IV, 1, 8. 


ὑποχείριος, -ov (ὑπό- χείρ), under 
the hands of, in the power of 
(dat.). 

ὕποχος, -ov (ὑπό- ἔχω), under the 
control of, subject to (dat.). 

ὑποχωρέω (xwpéw), make way, give 
way, withdraw, retreat, I, 4, 18; 
move on, 1V, 5, 19. 

ὑποψία, -as, ἡ (ὑφοράω), suspicion, 
distrust, apprehension. 
ρκάνιοι, -ων, ol, the Hyrcanians, 
a people living southeast of the 
Caspian Sea. 

ὗς, ὑός, ὁ, (cf. obs), swine, pig. 

ὑστεραῖος, -a, -ov (ὕστερος), later, 
following, next; often with 
ἡμέρα omitted, e.g., TH ὑστεραίᾳ, 
on the following day, I, 2, 21; 
τὴν ὑστεραίαν, ITT, 5, 13. 

ὑστερέω, -ἥσω, etc. (ὕστερος), be or 
come too late for (gen.). 

ὑστερίζω (terepos), be behindhand. 

ὕστερος, later, latter, following, 
behind; neut. as adv., ὕστερον, 
later, afterward. 

ὑφ᾽, see ὑπό, 

ὑφειμένως, adv. (ὑφειμένος, perf. par- 
tic. of ὑφίημι), submissively. 

ὑφεῖτο, see ὑφίημι. 

ὑφέξω, 566 ὑπέχω. 

ὑφηγέομαι (ἡγέομαι), lead on slowly. 

ὑφίημι (in), put under, concede, 
give up, III, 5,5; permit, with 
dat. and infin., VI, 6, 31; mid., 
put oneself under, yield, sur- 
render, III, 1, 17. 

ὑφίστημι (iornm), place under, 
station secretly, IV, 1, 14, n.; 
intr. in mid. and 2 aor. act., 
undertake, promise, volunteer, 
IV, 1, 26; withstand, resist, ITT, 
a) 1h. 

ὑφόραω (ὁράω), regard with sus- 
picion. 





124 Anabasis 





ὑψηλός, -4, -dv (cf. Bos), high, lofty ; 
τὸ ὑψηλόν, height, 111, 4, 25. 
ὕψος, -ους, τό (ὑπέρ), height. 


} 


φαγεῖν, φάγωσιν, 566 ἐσθίω. 

φαιδρός, -ἀ -όν (φάω, shine; cf. 
φαίνω), bright, beaming. 

φαίη, see φημί. 

φαίνω, φανῶ, ἔφηνα, -πέφαγκα and 
πέφηνα, πέφασμαι, ἐφάνην (φάος, 
φῶς, light), bring to light, show, 
IV, 3, 13; give light, shine, IV, 
4, 9; pass. be shown, appear, 
seem, with infin. (which may be 
omitted) of mere semblance, I, 
3,19; with partic. of what is true, 
οὐ φθονῶν ἐφαίνετο, he plainly did 
not envy, 1, 9, 19. 

φάλαγξ, -Ὑγος, ἧ; phalanx, battle- 
array, generally a close forma- 
tion, eight men deep, I, 2, 17; 
without reference to the normal 
form, the main body, IIT, 3, 11; 
ἐπὶ φάλαγγος, in line of battle 
TV, 3, 26. 

Φαλῖνος, -ov, ὁ, Phalinus, a Greek 
in the service of Tissaphernes. 

φανεῖται, φανέντος see φαίνω. 

φανερός, -ά, -ὁν (φαίνω), in plain 
sight, clear, evident; ἐν τῷ φα. 
νερῷ, openly, I, 3, 21; common 
with partics. in pers. constr., ém- 
βουλεύων μοι φανερὸς γέγονας, it has 
become clear thut you are plot- 
ting against me, I, 6, 8. 

φανερῶς, adv. (φανερός), plainly, 
manifestly. 

φαρέτρα, -as, ἡ, quiver. 

φάρμακον, -ov, τό (cf. Eng. phar- 
macy), drug, poison. 

Φαρμακοποσία, -as, ἡ (φάρμακον-- 
πίνω), a taking of physic or pori- 
ΒΟΉΝ 


Φαρνάβαζος, -ov, ὁ, Pharnabazus, 
satrap of Lesser Phrygia and 
Bithynia. 

Pacravol, -dv, οἱ (Pacis), the Phasi- 
ans, a name given to the people 
living on the banks of the Phasis 
river: (1) in Colchis, V, 6, 36; (2) 
in Armenia, IV, 6, 5. 

φασίν, see φημί. 

dacs, -ἰος, ὁ, the Phasis, a river: 
(1) in Colchis, V, 6, 36; (2) in Ar- 
menia, IV, 6, 4. 

φάσκω (φημί), found only in pres. 
system, say, assert, allege. 

φατέ, see φημί, 

φαῦλος, -η, -ov, mean, trifling, of 
no account. 

φέρω, οἴσω, ἤνεγκα, ἤνεγκον, ἐνήνοχα, 
ἐνήνεγμαι, ἐνέχθην (Lat, fero, Eng. 
bear), bear, carry, bring ; carry 
off, 11,1, 6; yield, produce, ᾿ ἃ, 
92: of tribute, pay, V, 5, 7; of 
roads, lead, III, 5, 15; so of winds, 
V, 7, 7; mid., bear off as one's 
own, VI, 6,1; pass., often of vio- 
lent motion, be borne, be hurled, 
be dashed, fly, I, 8, 20,n.; χαλεπῶς 
or βαρέως φέρειν, take it ill, be 
troubled, I, 3,3; II, 1,4; φέρειν καὶ 
ἄγειν, plunder, ravage, II, 6,5, n. 

φεύγω, φεύξομαι and φευξοῦμαι, ἔφυ- 
γον, πέφευγα, flee, take flight; 
flee one’s country, be banished, 
be an ewile, [V,8, 25; of φεύγοντες, 
the exiles, I, 1, T. 

φημί, φήσω, ἔφησα, rare save in pres, 
impf., and 2 aor., the fut. being 
generally ἐρῶ, the aor. εἶπον and 
the perf. εἴρηκα, declare, affirm, 
say, regularly calling for the 
infin. constr.; an isolated case 
with ὅτι, VII, 1, 5; frequently 
parenthetic, said he, said they, 
etc.; in answers, say yes (1,6, 7), 
unless a neg. is added, οὐκ ἔφη, 








Vocabulary 125 





said no, denied, IV, 1, 23. A 
neg. which in Eng. is attached 
to the dependent vb. is in Greek 
regularly attached to φημί; οὐκ 
ἔφασαν ἱέναι, they declared they 
would not go, 1, 3,1. φημί is the 
strongest of the vbs. of saying, 
meaning, aver, asseverate; it 
may even take the neg. μή, as a 
vb. of swearing. 

bys, φήσῃ, φήσω, see φημί. 

φθάνω, φθάσω or φθήσομαι, ἔφθασα, 
get the start of, anticipate, out- 
strip, act first, often followed by 
πρίν, II, 5,5; often with suppl. 
partic. which expresses the main 
idea; φθάσαι καταλαβόντες, to seize 
in advance, I, 3, 14; ef. III, 4, 
49; πορευόμενον δ᾽ αὐτὸν φθάνει ἡμέρα 
γενομένη, the break of day sur- 
prised him on his way, V, 7, 16. 

φθέγγομαι, φθέγξομαι, ἐφθεγξάμην (cf. 
Eng. diphthong), make or utier 
a sound, ery out, scream, shout. 

φθείρω, φϑθερῶ, ἔφθειρα, ἔφθαρκα and 
ἔφθορα, ἔφθαρμαι, ἐφθάρην, corrupt, 
spoil; of a country, lay waste, 
IV, 7, 20. 

φθονέω, φθονήσω, etc. (φθόνος, 6, envy), 
envy (dat.). 

φιάλη, -ης, ἡ, (cf. Eng. phial, vial), 
a shallow bowl, for drinking or 
pouring libations. 

φιλαίτερον, see φίλος. 

φιλέω, φιλήσω, etc. (φίλος), love. 

Φιλήσιος, -ov, ὁ, Philésius, of 
Achaea, elected general in the 
place of Menon, ITI, 1, 47. 

φιλία, -as, ἡ (φίλος), friendship; διὰ 
φιλίας ἱέναι τινί, see διά; πρὸς φιλίαν 
ἀφιέναι, let go in peace, I, 3, 19. 

φιλικός, -%, -όν (φίλος), friendly. 

φιλικῶς, adv. (φιλικός), in a friendly 
manner; φιλικῶς διακεῖσθαι, be on 
friendly terms with, ΤΙ, 5, 27. 


φίλιος, -a, -ον (φίλος), friendly, at 
peace with; esp. of countries 
with or without χώρα. 

φίλιππος, -ov (φίλος- ἵππος), fond of 
horses, I, 9, 5, in sup. 

φιλόθηρος, -ον (φίλος-[-θήρα), fond 
of hunting, I, 9, 6, in sup. 

φιλοκερδέω (φιλοκερδής, greedy for 
gain, φίλος- κέρδος), be greedy 
for gain. 

φιλοκίνδυνος, -ov (pfdos+-Klvduvos), 
loving danger, venturesome, 
II, 6, 7; sup. I, 9, 6. 

φιλομαθής, -és (φίλος-[- μανθάνω), fond 
of learning, eager to learn. 

φιλονικία, -as, ἡ (φίλος- νίκη), 10- 
valry, IV, 8, 27. 

φιλοπόλεμος, -ov (φίλος-[-πόλεμος), 
fond of or devoted to war. 

φίλος, -7, -ov, adj., friendly, comp. 
φιλαίτερον, I, 9, 29; commonly as 
a noun, friend, I, 1, 2. 

φιλόσοφος, -ου, ὁ (piros+-cogds), lover 
of wisdom, philosopher. 

φιλοστρατιώτης, -ov, adj. (φίλος-}» 
στρατιώτης), friend of the sol- 
diers, VII, 6, 4. 

φιλοτιμέομαι, φιλοτιμήσομαι, etc. 
(φιλότιμος, loving honor), love or 
seek honor, be ambitious, jeal- 
ous. 

φιλοφρονέομαι, aor. ἐφιλοφρονησάμην 
or ἐφιλοφρονήθην (φίλος -: φρήν), be 
well disposed, show kindness; 
with acc., treat kindly, greet 
kindly, II, 5, 27. 

Φλειάσιος, -ov, ὁ, a Phliasian, na- 
tive of Phlius in Peloponnésus. 

φλυαρέω (φλύαρος, nonsense), talk 
nonsense. 

φλυαρία, -as, ἡ, NONSENSE, rubbish ; 
in pl., I, 3, 17. 

φοβερός, -d, -όν (φόβος), frightful, 
terrible, II, 5, 9; pass., filled 
with fear. fearful, V, 7, 2. 





126 Anabasis 





φοβέω, φοβήσω, etc. (φόβος), frighten, 
scare, 1V, 5, 17; generally depo- 
nent, fear, be afraid, be fright- 
ened, I, 3, 17. 

φόβος, -ov, ὁ, fear, terror, panic; 
τὸν ἐκ τῶν Ἑλλήνων els τοὺς BapBdp- 
ous φόβον, the fear inspired by the 
Greeks in the barbarians, I,2,18. 

Φοινίκη, -ns, ἡ (Φοῖνιξ), Phoenicia, 
the district on the coast of Syria, 
between the Lebanon mountains 
and the sea. 

φοινικιστής, -οῦ, ὁ (cf. φοινικοῦς), a 
wearer of the purple, te., an 
officer of rank at the Persian 
court; according to others, 
purple-dyer, I, 2, 20, n. 

φοινικοῦς, -ἢ, -οῦν (Φοῖνιξ, since the 
Phoenicians discovered the dye), 
purple, red, scarlet. 

φοῖνιξ, -ικος, ὁ, palm-tree, palm, 
1, 5,10; οἶνος φοινίκων, palm wine, 
IT, 3, 14. 

Φοῖνιξ, -ixos, a Phoenician, native 
of Phoenicia. 

Φολόη, -η5, 7, Pholoe, a range of 
mountains between Arcadia and 
Elis. 

dhopéw, φορήσω, etc. (φέρω), bear 
habitually, wear. 

φόρος, -ov, ὁ (φέρω). tribute. 

φορτίον, -ov, τό (φέρω), burden, load. 

φράζω, φράσω, etc. (Eng. phrase), 
tell (in detail), set forth, ex- 
plain, bid. 

Spaclas, -ου, ὃ, Phrasias, an Athe- 
nian, commanding a division of 
the Greek army. 

φρέαρ, φρέατος, τό (ef. Lat. fervev), 
well, cistern. 

φρονέω, φρονήσω, etc. (φρήν, mind), 
have understanding, be wise, 
be minded; μέγα φρονεῖν, be 
proud, be elated, III, 1, 27; μὲ 


ζον φρονεῖν, be too proud, V, 6, 8. 


φρόνημα, -ατος, τό (φρονέω), mind, 
spirit, courage. 

φρόνιμος, -ον (φρήν, mind), pru- 
dent, wise, shrewd. 

φροντίζω, φροντιῶ, ἐφρόντισα, πεφρόν- 
τικα (φρήν), take thought, be 
anxious, II, 3, 25; also, devise, 
plan, ΤΊ, 6, 8. 

φρούραρχος, -ov, ὁ (ppovpd-+dpx), 
commander of a garrison. 

φρουρέω, φρουρήσω, etc. (wpb ὁράω), 
watch, guard. 

φρούριον, -ov, τό (φρουρό5), guard, 
garrison, citadel. 

dpovpds, -00, ὁ (πρό-Ἰ-ὁράω), guard ; 
in pl. garrison, VII, 1, 20. 

φρύγανα, -ων, τά (φρύγω, roast), dry 
sticks, faggots. 

Φρυγία, -as, ἡ, Phrygia, a large ter- 
ritory in central Asia Minor, 
I, 2, 6; called Φρυγία ἡ μεγάλη 
(1,9, 7) to distinguish it from 
the district on the Propontis 
also called Phrygia (V, 6, 24). 

Φρυνίσκος, -ov, ὁ, Phryniscus, an 
Achaean, one of the Greek gen- 
erals. 

Φρύξ, Φρυγός, ὁ, a Phrygian, native 
of Phrygia. 

φυγάς, -άδος, ὁ (φεύγω), exile, fugi- 
tive. 

φυγή; -“ἣ-, ἡ (φεύγω), jlight, rout ; 
exile, banishment, VII, 7, 57. 

φυγόντες, See φεύγω. 

φυλακή, -ἧς, 7 (φυλάττω), watch, 
guard, guard-duty ; also collect- 
ive, body of guards, garrison, 
1,1, 6; of time, watch, IV, 1,5. 

φύλαξ, -ακος, ὁ (φυλάττω), guard, 
picket ; in pl., bodyguard, I, 2, 12. 

φυλάττω, φυλάξω, ἐφύλαξα, πεφύλαχα, 
πεφύλαγμαι, ἐφυλάχθην, intrans., 
keep watch or guard, I, 2, 22; 
trans., guard, defend, keep, I,2,1; 
mid., be on one’s guard, take 





Vocabulary 127 





care, guard against, acc., I, 6,9 
so with μή, II, 2,16; with ὥστε 
μή, VII, 3, 35. 

φυσάω, φυσήσω, ἐφυσήθην (φῦσα, bel- 
lows), blow up, inflate. 

Picxos, -ov, ὁ, the Physcus, a river 
flowing into the Tigris. 

φυτεύω, φυτεύσω, etc. (φυτόν, plant, 
from verbal of φύω), plant, set 
out. 

φύω, φύσω, etc. (Lat. fut, Eng. be), 
bring forth, produce. 

Pwxats, -ldos, ἡ (Φώκαια, Phocaea), 
a woman of Phocaea, Phocaean 
woman. 

φωνή, -ἢς, ἡ (φημί), voice, speech, 
lunguage, dialect. 

Φῶς, φωτός, τό (for φάος; cf. palrw), 
light, daylight. 


x 


χαίρω, χαιρήσῳ κεχάρηκα, ἐχάρην, re- 
joice, be glad; imperat. χαῖρε, 
often, farewell, hence ἐᾶν χαίρειν, 
bid farewell to, give up, VII,3, 23; 
partic. χαίρων, often=with im- 
punity, οὐ χαίροντες ἂν ἀπαλλάξαιτε, 
you wouldn't get off without 
prying for it, V, 6, 32. 

Χαλδαῖοι, -ων, οἱ, the Chaldaeans,a 
warlike tribe in Armenia. 

χαλεπαίνω, χαλεπανῶ, éxahérava, 
ἐχαλεπάνθην (χαλεπός), be severe, 
be angry; so in pass., IV, 6, 2. 

χαλεπός, -4, -ὁν, hard, difficult, 
dangerous, harsh, stern, fierce; 
τὸ χαλεπόν, severity, violence, 
II, 6, 11; IV, 5, 4. 

χαλεπῶς, adv. (χαλεπός), hardly, 
with difficulty; χαλεπῶς φέρειν, 
take it ill, be distressed, I, 3, 3; 
χαλεπῶς ἔχειν, be angry, VI, 4, 16. 

χαλινόω, ἐχαλίνωσα (χαλινός, bridle), 
bridle. 

χαλκός, -οῦ, ὁ, copper, bronze. 


χαλκοῦς, -ἢ, -οῦν (χαλκός), of bronze, 
bronze. 

χάλκωμα, -ατος, τό (χαλκόω, make in 
bronze, χαλκός), bronze or ΘΟΡΡΘΊ 
vessel, 

Χάλος, -ov, ὁ, the Chalus, a river in 
northern Syria. 

XadrvPes, -ων, οἱ, the Chalybes, Cha- 
lybians, a warlike tribe of 
Pontus. 

χαράδρα, -as, ἡ, torrent; gorge or 
ravine cut by a torrent. 

χαράκωμα, -aros, τό (xapaxdw, fence 
in with stakes; χάραξ, stake), 
palisade, stockade. 

χαρίεις, -εσσα, -ev (xdpis), pretty, 
clever, III, 5, 12. 

Xapifopar, χαριοῦμαι, ἐχαρισάμην, 
κεχάρισμαι (χάρι5), favor, please, 
oblige one (dat.) in something 
(acc.). 

χάρις, -ἰτος, ἡ (χαίρω), grace, favor, 
thanks, gratitude; χάριν εἰδένα: 
or χάριν ἔχειν, feel grateful, I, 4, 
15; IT, 5, 14; χάριν ἀποδοῦναι, 
requite a favor, 1, 4, 15; τοῖς 
θεοῖς χάρις, heaven be praised, 
III, 3, 14. 

Χαρμάνδη, -ys, ἡ, Charmande, a 
large city on the Euphrates. 

Xappivos, -ov, 6, Charminus, a 
Spartan, ambassador from Thib- 
ron to the Greek army. 

χειμών, -dvos, 6 (Lat. hiems), storm, 
wintry weather, winter, cold. 

χείρ, χειρός, ἡ, hand; εἰς χεῖρας ἱέναι, 
come to close quarters, IV, 7, 15 
(cf. els χεῖρας δέχεσθαι, IV, 3, 31), 

but I, 2, 26, els χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν τινι, 
come into the power of; οἱ ἐκ 
χειρὸς βάλλοντες, See βάλλω; ἐκ 
χειρός, hand to hand, V, 4, 25. 
Χειρίσοφος, -ov, ὁ (xelp-copds), Che- 
risophus, a Spartan sent by the 
ephors to join Cyrus’ expedi- 





Anabasis 





tion, I, 4,3. After the murder 
of the generals he was elected 
to that office and with Xenophon 
conducted the Greek retreat; 
his death, VI, 4, 11. 

χειρόομαι, χειρώσομαι (χείρ), get into 
one’s power, subdue. 

χειροπληϑής, -ἐς (xelp+- ν wha), filling 
the hand, as large as the hand. 

χειροποίητος, -ov (xelp-+-morew), made 
by hand, artificial. 

χείρων, -ον, comp. Of κακός, worse, 
inferior. 

Χερρόνησος, -ov, ἡ (xéppos or χέρσος, 
land-+vijeos), Chersonésus, the 
Thracian peninsula, northwest 
of the Hellespont. 

χηλή, -ῆς, ἡ, hoof; then, break- 
water (from its shape), VII, 1, 17. 

χήν, χηνός, 6 or # (Lat. anser, Eng. 
gander, goose), goose. 

χθές, adv. (cf. Lat. heri, Eng. 
yester-), yesterday. 

χίλιοι; -αι, -a, thousand. 

χιλός, -οὔ, ὁ, fodder, grass, I, 5, 7; 
with ξηρός, hay, IV, 5, 33. 

χιλόω (χιλός), feed, of horses. 

χίμαιρα, -as, ἡ (cf. Eng. chimaera), 
she-goat. 

Χῖος, -ov, ὁ (Χίος, ἡ, Chios), a Chian, 
native of Chios. 

χιτών, -ὥνος, 6, undergarment, 
tunic. 

χιτωνίσκος, -ov, ὁ (dim. of χιτών), 
short tunic, V, 4, 13. 

χιών, -dvos, ἡ (cf. Lat. hiems, win- 
ter), snow. 

χλαμύς, -ὕδος, ἡ, cloak or mantle. 

χοῖνιξ, -cxos, ἡ, choenix, an Attic 
dry measure containing a little 
less than a quart. 

xolperos, -α, -ον (χοῖρος, pig), of a 
pig, of swine; with xpéa, pork, 
IV, 5, 31. 

χοῖρος, -ου, ὁ, ἡ, young pig. 


χορεύω (χορός), dance. 

χορός, -οὔ, ὁ (cf. Eng. chorus, choir), 
chorus, band of dancers, dance. 

χόρτος, -ov, ὁ, grass, fodder, I, 5, 5; 
with κοῦφος, hay, I, 5, 10. 

χράομαι, χρήσομαι, ἐχρησάμην, κέχρη- 
μαι, ἐχρήσθην, use, enjoy, have, 
treat, find, abs. or with dat.; 
often with inner obj., τέ βούλεται 
ἡμῖν χρῆσθαι, what use he wishes 
to make of us, I, 3,18; χρῆσθαι 6, 
τι ἂν βούλῃ, treat as you may see 
fit, VI, 6, 20. 

χρή (properly a noun, 86. éorl), tt 
is necessary, one must, with acc. 
and infin., I, 3,11; χρῆναι, as in- 
fin., I, 4, 14. 

χρήζω, only in pres. system (akin 
to χράομαι), want, wish, desire. 

χρῆμα, -aros, τό (χράομαι), a thing 
used, generally pl., goods, pos- 
sessions, esp. money, I, 1, 9. 

χρηματιστικός, -%4, -ὄν (χρηματίζω, do 
business, from χρῆμα), pertaining 
to business or money-making ; 
of an omen, portending gain, 
VI, 1, 23. 

χρῆναι, see χρή. 

χρῆσθαι, see χράομαι. 

χρήσιμος, -7, “ον, OF -ος, -ον (χράομαι), 
useful, serviceable. 

χρηστός, -ἤ, -6v, (χράομαι), service- 
able, of use, worthy, trusty, 1,8,1. 

χρῖμα, -aros, τό (xplw), ointment. 

xplo, xplow, etc. (cf. Lat. frio, 
frico, rub, Eng. grind, Christ), 
rub, anoint. 

χρόνος, -ov, ὁ (cf. Eng. chronology, 
etc.), time; πολλοῦ χρόνου, in a 
long while, I, 9, 25. 

χρυσίον, -ov, τό (dim. of χρυσό), 
piece of gold, gold coin. 

Χρυσόπολις, -ews, ἡ, Chrysopolis, a 
city on the Bosporus, opposite 
Byzantium. 


Vocabulary 129 





χρυσός, -οὔ, ὁ (cf. Eng. chrysan- 
themum, etc.), gold. 

χρυσοῦς, -ἢ, -οῦν (xpveds), golden, of 
gold; lessstrictly, gold-mounted, 
I, 2, 27; gilded, V, 3, 12. 

χρυσοχάλινος, -o» (xpvods--xadivis, 
bridle), with golden (i. e., gold- 
mounted) bridle, 1, 2, 27. 

χώρα, -as, ἡ (cf. xGpos), place; in 
military sense, post, position, 
I, 5, 17; I, 8,17; generally in a 
wider sense, country, region, 
land, I, 1,11; ἐν ἀνδραπόδων χώρᾳ 
εἶναι, be counted a slave, V, 6, 13; 
ἐν οὐδεμιᾷ χώρᾳ εἶναι, be held in no 
esteem, V, 7, 28. 

χωρέω, χωρήσω, etc. (x@pos), move, 
march, advance, withdraw; of 
missiles, penetrate, IV, 2, 28; of 
measures, hold, contain, I, 5, 6. 

χωρίζω, ἐχώρισα, κεχώρισμαι (xwpls), 
separate, set apart, VI, 5, 11; 
pass. be separate, be different 
from, V, 4, 34. 

χωρίον, -ov, τό (dim. of χῶρος), place, 
spot, space; hence, farm, estate, 
V,3,7; town, I, 4,6; stronghold, 
fort, I, 2, 24. 

xwpls,adv., apart, III,5,17; as prep. 
with gen., apart from, I, 4, 13. 

χῶρος, -ov, ὁ (cf. χώρα), place, spot, 
region. 


Ψ 


Ψάρος, -ov, ὁ, the Psarus, a river 
flowing through Cilicia. 

ψέγω, blame. 

ψέλιον, -ov, τό, bracelet, worn by 
Persians of rank. 

Wevdevéipa, -as, ἡ (Wevdts-+-érédpa), 
sham ambuscade. 

ψευδής, -és, (ψεύδω), false, untrue; 
τὰ ψευδῆ, lies, II, 6, 26. 

ψεύδω, ψεύσω, etc. (cf. Eng. pseudo- 
nym), deceive; mid., lie, cheat, 


deceive, act falsely; pass., be 
deceived, abs. or with acc. 

ψηφίζομαι, ψηφιοῦμαι, ἐψηφισάμην, 
etc. (ψῆφος), vote, resolve, decree. 

ψῆφος, -ov, ἡ (cf. Yaw, rub), pebble, 
ballot; hence, decree, VII, T, 57. 

Ψιλός, -4, -ὁν, stripped, bare; of a 
country, barren, 1, 5,5; οἱ ψιλοί, 
light-armed troops, V,° 16; ef. 
III, 3, 7. Te 

Ψιλόω, ψιλώσω, etc. (yrds), strip 
bare; paes., be cleared of, left 
bare of, deserted by, I, 10, 13; 
IV, 3, 27. 

ψοφέω (ψόφος), make a sound, ring. 

ψόφος, -ου, ὁ, noise. 

ψυχή, -ἢς, ἡ, breath of life, spirit, 
soul, life. 

ψῦχος, -ovs, τό(ψύχω, breathe, blow), 
cold, in pl., III, 1, 23, n. 


2 


ὦ, exclamation, O, used commonly 
with vocatives in Greek, where 
it should be left untranslated 


. 


ὦ, 566 εἰμί, 


ᾧ, 566 ὅς, 


ὧδε, adv. (ὅδε), as follows, thus. . 

δή, -ἢς, ἡ (from dowdy; cf. ἀείδω, 
géw, Eng. ode), song. 

ὡδοποιημένη; 566 ὁδοποιέω. 

ᾧετο, φήθησαν, see οἴομαι. 

ὠθέω, ὥσω, ἔωσα, ἔωσμαι, ἐἑώσθην, 
push; mid., push out of one’s 
way, III, 4, 48. 

ὠθισμός, -οὔῦ, ὁ (ὠθίζομαι, push, jostle ; 
cf. ὠθέω), a pushing, crowding, 
struggling. 

φκοδόμητο, 566 οἰκοδομέω. 

ᾧμην, 566 οἴομαι. 

ὠμοβόειος, -α, -ον (ὠμός--βὸῦε), of 
raw or untanned ox-hide. 

ὠμός, -ἡ -ὀν, raw, uncooked, IV,8, 14 
of persons, cruel, fierce, 11, 6, 12. 





180 


Anabasis 





ὦμος, -ov, ὁ, shoulder. 

ὥμοσαν, see ὄμνυμι. 

ὠνέομαι, ὠνήσομαι, ἐώνημαι, ἑωνήθην, 
with ἐπριάμην as 2 aor. mid. (dvos, 
price), buy, purchase. 

ὠνήσατε, see ὀνίνημι. 

ὦνιος, -α, -ον (Svos, price), for sale; 
τὰ Sma, as noun, wares, I, 2, 18. 

ᾧοντο, 566 οἴομαι. 

"Ams. δος, ἡ, Opis, a city on the 
.aver Physcus in Assyria. 

ὥρα, -as, ἡ (Eng. hour), a fixed 
time, season, hour, I, 4, 10; fit 
or proper time, I, 3, 11. 

@patos, -a, -ον (ὥρα), seasonable; 
of persons, in the bloom of 
youth; τὰ ὡραῖα, fruits of the 
season, V, 3, 9. 

ὥρμηντο, see dpudw. 


ὡς, rel. adv. (8s); (1) as, how; 


often, esp. with partics., mark- 
ing the action as intended, or 
avowed by the subj., but not (as 


ἅτε) making a statement on the 
responsibility of the speaker or 
writer; to be variously rendered, 
as if, on the ground that, think- 
ing that, 1,1,3; with numerals, 


about, I, 2, 4; with sup. it has 


intensive force (like ὅτε and Lat. 
quam), ws τάχιστα, as quickly as 
possible, I, 3, 14, ete.; (2) as 
improper prep., to, only with 
persons; (3) as conj. (a) tem- 
poral, as, when, since, ws τάχιστα 
(cum primum), as soon as, 
IV, 3, 9, (b) causal, as, since, 
because, II, 4,17, (c) introducing 
indir. disc., how, that, I, 1, 3, 
(d) final (a use chiefly poetic), 
that, in order that, I, 3,14; so 
with obj. clause, I, 1, 5, (e) con- 


secutive (like ὥστε), so that, with 
infin., 11, 3, 10; after compara- 
tives, βραχύτερα ἢ ὡς ἐξικνεῖσθαι, 
not far enough to reach, III, 3, 
7; with abs. infin. ὡς συνελόντι 
εἰπεῖν, to put the matter briefly, 
ITI, 1, 38. 

ὥς, adv., thus, so only after inten- 
sive καί, or οὐδέ (μηδέ), οὐδ᾽ ὥς, not 
even thus, I, 8, 21; III, 2, 23; 
VI, 4, 22. 

ὡσαύτως, adv. (ὥς- αὐτός), in the 
very same way, just so, in like 
manner, 

ὥσθ᾽, by elision for ὥστε. 

ὦσιν, see εἰμί. 

ὠσίν, see οὖς, 

ὥσπερ, rel. adv. (ὡς-Ἐ πέρ), just as, 
like, just as if; ὥσπερ ἐξόν, just 
as if it were possible, III, 1, 14; 
ὥσπερ εἶχεν, Just as he was, IV, 
1, 19. 

ὥστε, rel. adv. (ws-+re), 80 as, 80 
that; as a rule with indic. of 
actual result and the infin. of 
tendency, I, 1, 5, 8; less com- 
monly, on condition that, with 
infin., IT, 6, 6. 

ὦτα, see οὖς. 

ᾧτε, only in the phrase ἐφ᾽ ᾧτε, on 
condition that, with infin.; see ἐπί, 

ὠτειλή, -ῆς, ἡ, wound, scar. 

ὠτίς, -ἰδος, ἡ, bustard. 

ὥφελε, see ὀφείλω, 

ὠφελέω, ὠφελήσω, etc. (ὄφελος), bene- 
jit, aid, help, be of use, abs. or 
with acc. 

ὠφέλιμος, -ον (ὠφελέω), helpful, use- 
Sul, serviceable. 

ὥφθημεν, see δνάω. 

ὦφλε, see ὀφλισκάνω. 

ὠχόμην, see οἴχομαι, 











UMBIA UNIVERSITY 


win: 


032140037 a 


— 
Oo 
© 
0 
oa) 
tt) 
Tt 





